As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 2014.
Registration No. 333-197085
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 2
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Univar Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Delaware | 5169 | 26-1251958 | ||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation) |
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
3075 Highland Parkway, Suite 200
Downers Grove, IL 60515
331-777-6000
(Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Registrants Principal Executive Offices)
Stephen N. Landsman, Esq.
Executive Vice President and General Counsel
3075 Highland Parkway, Suite 200
Downers Grove, IL 60515
331-777-6000
(Name, Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Agent for Service)
With a copy to:
Steven J. Slutzky, Esq. Debevoise & Plimpton LLP 919 Third Avenue New York, New York 10022 (212) 909-6000 |
Kirk A. Davenport II, Esq. Wesley C. Holmes, Esq. Latham & Watkins LLP 885 Third Avenue New York, New York 10022 (212) 906-1200 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer | ¨ | Accelerated filer | ¨ | |||
Non-accelerated filer | x (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) | Smaller reporting company | ¨ |
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion. Dated August 14, 2014.
Shares
Univar Inc.
Common Stock
This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Univar Inc.
Univar Inc. is offering shares of its common stock.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $ and $ . We intend to apply to list our shares of common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol UNVR.
See Risk Factors beginning on page 14 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Per
Share |
Total | |||||||
Initial public offering price |
$ | $ | ||||||
Underwriting discounts and commissions |
$ | $ | ||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us |
$ | $ |
To the extent that the underwriters sell more than shares of our common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional shares of our common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about , 2014.
Deutsche Bank Securities | Goldman, Sachs & Co. | BofA Merrill Lynch |
Barclays | Credit Suisse | J.P. Morgan | Jefferies | Morgan Stanley |
Prospectus dated , 2014.
Page | ||||
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Information |
ii | |||
iv | ||||
iv | ||||
iv | ||||
1 | ||||
14 | ||||
37 | ||||
38 | ||||
39 | ||||
41 | ||||
42 | ||||
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
44 | |||
82 | ||||
86 | ||||
108 | ||||
114 | ||||
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management |
136 | |||
139 | ||||
141 | ||||
146 | ||||
148 | ||||
152 | ||||
156 | ||||
164 | ||||
164 | ||||
165 | ||||
F-1 |
We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted.
Through and including , 2014, the 25th day after the date of this prospectus, all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
i
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Some of the forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terms such as believes, expects, may, will, should, could, seeks, intends, plans, estimates, anticipates or other comparable terms. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this prospectus and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth strategies and the industries in which we operate and including, without limitation, statements relating to our estimated or anticipated financial performance or results.
Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which may be beyond our control. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industries in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industries in which we operate are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. A number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in or implied by the forward-looking statements, including those reflected in forward-looking statements relating to our operations and business and the risks and uncertainties discussed in Risk Factors. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those reflected in forward-looking statements relating to our operations and business include:
| general economic conditions, particularly fluctuations in industrial production; |
| disruption in the supply of chemicals we distribute or our customers operations; |
| termination of contracts or relationships by customers or producers on short notice; |
| the price and availability of chemicals, or a decline in the demand for chemicals; |
| our ability to pass through cost increases to our customers; |
| our ability to execute strategic investments, including pursuing acquisitions and/or dispositions, and successfully integrating and operating acquired companies; |
| challenges associated with international operations, including securing producers and personnel, compliance with foreign laws and changes in economic or political conditions; |
| our ability to effectively implement our strategies or achieve our business goals; |
| exposure to interest rate and currency fluctuations; |
| competitive pressures in the chemical distribution industry; |
| our ability to implement and efficiently operate the systems needed to manage our operations; |
| increases in transportation costs and changes in our relationship with third party carriers; |
| the risks associated with hazardous materials and related activities; |
| accidents, safety failures, environmental damage, product quality issues, major or systemic delivery failures involving our distribution network or the products we carry or adverse health effects or other harm related to the materials we blend, manage, handle, store, sell or transport; |
| evolving laws and regulations relating to hydraulic fracturing; |
| losses due to potential product liability claims and recalls and asbestos claims; |
| compliance with extensive environmental, health and safety laws, including laws relating to the investigation and remediation of contamination, that could require material expenditures or changes in our operations; |
ii
| general regulatory and tax requirements; |
| operational risks for which we may not be adequately insured; |
| ongoing litigation and other legal and regulatory actions and risks; |
| potential impairment of goodwill; |
| inability to generate sufficient working capital; |
| loss of key personnel; |
| labor disruptions and other costs associated with the unionized portion of our workforce; |
| negative developments affecting our pension plans; |
| inability to carry forward the tax benefits of net operating losses, or NOLs; |
| consolidation of our competitors; and |
| our substantial indebtedness and the restrictions imposed by our debt instruments and indenture. |
You should read this prospectus, including the uncertainties and factors discussed under Risk Factors completely and with the understanding that actual future results may be materially different from expectations. All forward-looking statements made in this prospectus are qualified by these cautionary statements. These forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this prospectus and we do not undertake any obligation, other than as may be required by law, to update or revise any forward-looking or cautionary statements to reflect changes in assumptions, the occurrence of events, unanticipated or otherwise and changes in future operating results over time or otherwise.
Comparisons of results between current and prior periods are not intended to express any future trends, or indications of future performance, unless expressed as such, and should only be viewed as historical data.
iii
All statements made in this prospectus regarding our position in the markets in which we operate, including market data, certain economics data and forecasts, were based upon publicly available information, surveys or studies conducted by third parties and other industry or general publications and our own estimates based on our managements knowledge and experience in the chemical distribution industry and end markets in which we operate. Unless otherwise indicated or unless the context so requires, all information on the markets in which we operate, including market data, certain economics data and forecasts, were based upon the report titled Specialty Chemical DistributionMarket Update published by The Boston Consulting Group, or BCG, in April, 2014. Although we believe the information is accurate, we have not independently verified market and industry data from third party sources. This information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process, and other limitations and uncertainties inherent in surveys of market size.
TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND BRAND NAMES
We use various trademarks, service marks and brand names, such as Univar, ChemPoint.com, Chemcare, Magnablend and the Univar logo that we deem particularly important to the advertising activities and operation of our business, and some of these marks are registered in the United States and, in some cases, other jurisdictions. This prospectus also refers to the trademarks, service marks and brand names of other companies. All trademarks, service marks and brand names cited in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.
Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires, as used in this prospectus, (i) the terms we, our, us, Univar and the Company, refer to Univar Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, and (ii) the term issuer refers to Univar Inc. exclusive of its subsidiaries.
Our fiscal year ends on December 31, and references to fiscal when used in reference to any twelve month period ended December 31, refer to our fiscal years ended December 31.
The term GAAP refers to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
iv
The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in shares of our common stock. You should read carefully this entire prospectus before making an investment decision.
Our Company
We are a leading global chemical distributor and provider of innovative value-added services. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, we held the #1 market position in North America and the #2 market position in Europe. We source chemicals from over 8,800 producers worldwide and provide a comprehensive array of products and services to over 133,000 customer locations in over 150 countries. Our scale and broad geographic reach, combined with our deep product knowledge, end market expertise and our differentiated value-added services, provide us with a distinct competitive advantage and enable us to offer customers a one-stop shop for their chemical needs. As a result, we believe we are strategically positioned for growth and to increase our market share.
The global chemical distribution industry is large, fragmented and growing, as producers and customers increasingly realize the benefits of outsourcing. Chemical producers rely on us to improve their market access and geographic reach and to reduce complexity and costs within their organizations by outsourcing not only the distribution of their products but also many of the services that their customers require. Customers who purchase products and services from us benefit from a lower total cost of ownership, as they are able to simplify the chemical sourcing process and outsource a variety of functions such as packaging, inventory management, mixing, blending and formulating.
Since hiring our President and CEO, Erik Fyrwald, in May 2012, we have implemented a series of transformational initiatives to drive growth and operating performance. These initiatives include:
| focusing increased efforts on strengthening our market, technical and product expertise in attractive, high-growth industry sectors, including oil, gas and mining, water treatment and agricultural sciences, among others; |
| increasing and enhancing our value-added services, which have higher margins and are growing at a faster rate than chemical product sales; |
| undertaking a series of measures to drive operational excellence, such as enhancing our supply chain and logistical expertise, enhancing our Global Sourcing and Exports, or GS&E, capabilities and enhancing our working capital efficiency; |
| pursuing commercial excellence programs, including significantly increasing our global sales force and establishing a performance driven sales culture; and |
| continuing to improve upon our distribution industry leadership in safety performance, an increasingly important consideration for producers and our customers when choosing a chemical distributor. |
These initiatives have contributed to increases in Adjusted EBITDA in recent periods, and we believe we are well-positioned to continue to capture market share while growing Adjusted EBITDA. In the twelve months ended June 30, 2014, we generated $10.4 billion in net sales and $634.8 million in Adjusted EBITDA. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), see Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data.
1
While we to seek to grow volumes across our business, our enhanced focus on end markets and regions with the most attractive growth prospects is a key element of our strategy, as demand within the majority of these end markets and regions is growing faster than overall global chemical distribution demand. We believe, based on managements knowledge of the industry, that we are the #1 chemical distributor to the North American oil and gas industry and serve the leading oilfield service providers. We serve all of the premier U.S. oil and gas plays including Bakken, Eagle Ford and Marcellus, as well as the Canadian oil sands. Based on industry data, we believe the global shale gas market will grow at a 7.9% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, between 2013 and 2019. We intend to grow our oil and gas businesses in North America and internationally by increasing our oil and gas customer base and leveraging our existing relationships with our largest oil and gas customers, including the top three oil and gas service companies, to access other high-growth energy regions such as the Middle East and Mexico.
We have also improved our position in water treatment products and services in multiple end markets, including food ingredients and chemical manufacturing, by hiring highly experienced personnel with strong producer and customer relationships and expanding our product knowledge and service offerings. Our water treatment sales in 2013 represented over 5% of total sales and we believe that we are well positioned to capitalize on the expected 4% CAGR in global water consumption from 2013 to 2018. In addition, we continue to expand our presence within high-growth emerging markets such as China, Mexico and Brazil, as overall chemical consumption growth within these regions is expected to exceed global growth rate levels.
The following charts illustrate the geographical and end market diversity of our 2013 net sales:
2013 Net Sales by Region |
2013 Net Sales by End Market |
|
|
|
We maintain strong, long-term relationships with both producers and our customers, many of which span multiple decades. We source materials from thousands of producers worldwide, including global leaders such as Dow Chemical Company, ExxonMobil, Eastman Chemical Company, LyondellBasell, Dow Corning, BASF and Formosa Chemicals. Our 10 largest producers accounted for approximately 37% of our total chemical expenditures in 2013. Similarly, we sell products to thousands of customers globally, ranging from small and medium-sized businesses to large industrial customers, including Akzo Nobel, Dow Chemical Company, Henkel, Ecolab, PPG, Valero Energy, FMC Corporation, Georgia-Pacific and Kellogg Company. Our top ten customers accounted for approximately 12% of our consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2013.
2
Our Segments
Our business is organized and managed in four geographical segments: Univar USA, or USA, Univar Canada, or Canada, Univar Europe and the Middle East and Africa, or EMEA, and Rest of the World, or Rest of World, which includes developing markets in Latin America, including Brazil and Mexico, and the Asia-Pacific region. The following table presents key operating metrics for each of these segments:
USA | Canada | EMEA | Rest of World | |||||||
2013 net sales(a) |
$5,964 million | $1,559 million | $2,327 million | $475 million | ||||||
2013 Adjusted EBITDA(b) |
$434 million | $106 million | $53 million | $15 million | ||||||
% margin(c) |
7.3% | 6.8% | 2.3% | 3.2% | ||||||
Est. addressable market size |
$34 billion | $5 billion | $78 billion | $106 billion | ||||||
Est. market share(d) |
17.5% | 31.2% | 3.0% | Various(e) | ||||||
Est. market position |
#1(f) | #1(f) | #2 | Various(e) | ||||||
Top 3 as % of total market |
39.8(g) | 12.1% | <10%(e) | |||||||
Historical market growth (2008 2013) |
2.6%(g) | 4.7% | 12.7% | |||||||
Market growth outlook (2013 2018) |
4.9%(g) | 4.4% | 6.7% | |||||||
Network |
430 distribution facilities 2,380 tractors, tankers, and trailers 100 rail / barge terminals 7 deep sea terminals |
145 distribution facilities 66 tractors, tankers, and trailers 13 rail / barge terminals 2 deep sea terminals |
172 distribution facilities 378 tractors, tankers, and trailers 10 rail/barge terminals 11 deep sea terminals |
43 distribution facilities 7 tractors, tankers and trailers 1 rail/barge terminal |
(a) | Amounts represent external sales, which exclude inter-segment sales. |
(b) | For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBTIDA to net income (loss), see Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data. |
(c) | Percent margin is calculated as 2013 Adjusted EBITDA divided by 2013 net sales. |
(d) | Estimated market share is calculated as 2013 net sales divided by estimated addressable market size. |
(e) | Majority of emerging markets are highly fragmented with the top three producers accounting for less than 10% of total market. |
(f) | We are #1 in North America according to BCG. We believe that we are #1 in each of the United States and Canada. |
(g) | Metric represents figure for North America. |
Industry Overview
The global chemical industry represents over $3.4 trillion in annual consumption. The industry is highly fragmented, with more than 100,000 producers supplying chemicals utilized in manufacturing a broad array of products in a diverse range of end markets. In order to supply the diversity of chemicals required in manufacturing chemical products, producers typically utilize a combination of direct sales and outsourced distribution, depending on the properties of their products and their customers requirements. The addressable market for chemical distributors, which excludes chemicals delivered through pipelines, is estimated to be $2.3 trillion, of which $223 billion, or 9.7%, is funneled through approximately 10,000 third-party chemical distributors. Between 2008 and 2013, overall chemical consumption grew at a 4.4% CAGR. As a result of the increased use of chemical distributors, which grew from 9.1% of the addressable chemical distribution market in 2008 to 9.7% in 2013, the amount of chemicals funneled through distributors grew at a 6.5% CAGR. As this trend continues, the global chemical distribution market is expected to expand at a 5.6% CAGR through 2018, which we expect will continue to outpace overall growth in the chemical industry.
The chemical distribution industry is characterized by high barriers to entry, including significant capital investments required for transportation and storage infrastructure, an increasingly complex regulatory, environmental and safety landscape and the need for specialized institutional product knowledge and market
3
intelligence that require significant time and effort to cultivate. Additionally, scale provides significant advantages in the chemical distribution industry due to purchasing power derived from volume based discounts available to large distributors and the fact that most chemical producers and customers are seeking to streamline their supply chain and prefer established chemical distributors with the most comprehensive product and service offerings and broadest geographic reach.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that we benefit significantly from the following competitive strengths:
Leading global market position in a highly attractive, growing industry
We are well positioned to benefit from the anticipated growth of the chemical distribution market due to our scale, geographic reach, broad product offerings, product knowledge and market expertise, as well as our differentiated value-added service offerings. With a #1 market position in both the United States and Canada and a #2 market position in Europe, we are one of the worlds leading chemical distribution companies. We continue to focus on increasing our market share through organic growth, marketing alliances and strategic acquisitions in both established markets, such as the United States, which is experiencing a resurgence in chemical manufacturing, and high-growth emerging markets, such as the Asia-Pacific region, Latin America and the Middle East. We are also well positioned in attractive and high-growth end markets, including oil and gas, water treatment, agricultural sciences, food ingredients, cleaning and sanitization, pharmaceutical ingredients and personal care.
Global sourcing and distribution network producing operational and scale efficiencies
With one of the most extensive chemical distribution networks in the world, we service an international customer base in both established and emerging markets, as well as in difficult-to-access areas such as wellsites in key oil and gas basins and the oil sands region of Northern Canada. Our purchasing power and global procurement relationships provide us with significant competitive advantages over local and regional competitors due to volume-based discounts we receive as well as our enhanced ability to manage our inventory and working capital.
Long-standing, strong relationships with a broad set of producers and customers
We believe that our scale, geographic reach, diversified distribution channels, broad product and value-added services offerings, as well as our deep technical expertise and knowledgeable sales force, have enabled us to develop strong, long-term relationships, often spanning several decades, with both producers and customers. We source chemicals from more than 8,800 producers, many of which are the premier global chemical producers, including Dow Chemical Company, ExxonMobil, Eastman Chemical Company, LyondellBasell, Dow Corning, BASF and Formosa Chemicals. We distribute products to over 133,000 customer locations, from small and medium-sized businesses to global industrial customers, including Akzo Nobel, Dow Chemical Company, Henkel, Ecolab, PPG, Valero Energy, FMC Corporation, Georgia-Pacific and Kellogg Company, across a diverse range of high-value and high-growth end markets.
Broad value-added service offerings driving customer loyalty
To complement our extensive product portfolio, we offer a broad range of value-added services, such as specialty product blending (Magnablend), automated tank monitoring and refill of less than truckload quantities (MiniBulk), chemical waste management (ChemCare) and digitally enabled marketing and sales (ChemPoint.com). Our deep technical expertise, combined with our knowledgeable sales force, allows us to provide tailored solutions to our customers specific needs. These value-added services have higher margins and are growing at a faster rate than our chemical product sales.
4
Strategically positioned assets and sales force focused on high-growth end markets, such as the oil and gas and water industries.
We have successfully focused our sales organization and operating assets to target high-growth end markets, including the oil and gas and water industries. Our assets are strategically configured in and around the most prominent natural gas and crude oil producing plays in North America, including Bakken, Eagle Ford, Marcellus and the Canadian oil sands. We believe we are the only chemical distributor capable of cost-effectively delivering a complete portfolio of specialty and commodity chemicals to all of the major U.S. shale basins as well as the Canadian oil sands. In addition, the resurgence of industrial water treatment requirements in the oil and gas, mining and power generation industries, combined with increased demand for drinking and waste water treatment, has driven an increase in demand for the water treatment chemicals we distribute. We believe our technical expertise and the value-added services we provide to municipalities and industrial users will continue to deliver market share gains in our water vertical.
Resilient business platform with significant growth potential
We believe that the combination of our large geographic footprint, end market diversity, fragmented producer and customer base and broad product offerings provides us with a resilient business platform that enhances our flexibility and ability to take advantage of growth opportunities. We buy thousands of different chemical products in bulk quantities, process them, repack them in quantities that are matched to the needs of our customers, sell them and deliver them to customer locations in over 150 countries. In addition to our vast geographic reach, we serve a wide range of end markets with over 30,000 products and have no major exposure to any single end market or customer. We believe that the combination of our disciplined approach to cost control, our active asset management strategy and our low capital expenditure requirements has resulted in a strong business platform that is well positioned for growth and adaptable to changing industry dynamics.
Experienced and proven management team
Our management team is led by our Chief Executive Officer, Erik Fyrwald, formerly the President and Chief Executive Officer of Nalco Holding Company and President of Ecolab, Inc., who has over 30 years of experience in the chemical and distribution industries. Since mid-2012, our senior management team has implemented an enhanced business strategy and successfully transformed our pricing structure, sales force, capital efficiency and acquisition and integration strategy.
Our Growth Strategy
The key elements of our growth strategy are to:
Leverage our market leading position to grow organically in existing and new geographies and end markets
We seek to build upon our position as a global market leader by leveraging our scale and global network to capitalize on market opportunities as major chemical producers outsource an increasing portion of their distribution operations and rationalize their distributor relationships. Because many producers and our customers look for distributors with specialized industry or product knowledge, we will continue to develop our technical and industry-specific expertise to become the preferred distributor for an even broader range of chemical producers and customers in existing and new markets.
Focus on continued development of innovative value-added services
We are focused on developing and offering a range of value-added services that provide efficiency gains for producers and lower the total cost of ownership for our customers. We will also continue to partner with
5
customers to develop tailored solutions to meet their specific requirements. Our high-growth and value-added service offerings, including Magnablend, MiniBulk, ChemCare and ChemPoint.com, are key differentiators for us relative to our competitors and also enhance our profitability and growth prospects.
Pursue commercial excellence initiatives
We intend to continue to identify areas where we can improve our sales strategy to drive growth. We are currently focused on implementing a number of key commercial excellence programs which include strengthening our sales planning and execution process by investing in and developing our sales force talent, product knowledge and end market expertise, as well as focusing our sales force on high-growth, high-value end markets. We are also expanding our utilization of proprietary intelligent mobile sales force tools which provide market and customer insights and pricing analytics, to drive improved productivity and profitability for producers and us.
Continue to implement additional productivity improvements and operational excellence initiatives
We are committed to continued operational excellence and have implemented several initiatives to further improve operating performance and margins. We are focused on improving our procurement organization through the implementation of robust inventory planning and stocking systems, and we are in the process of centralizing and consolidating our indirect-spend, including third party transportation, in an effort to reduce costs and improve the reliability and level of service we offer customers. In EMEA, we are undertaking a commercial realignment of our business, from a country-based structure to a pan-European platform, with increased focus on key growth markets, local knowledge and local profitability.
Undertake selective acquisitions and ventures
We will continue to evaluate selective acquisitions and ventures in both developed and emerging markets to complement our organic growth initiatives. We seek acquisition opportunities to increase our market share in key regions and end markets, in addition to expanding our product portfolio and our value-added services capabilities.
Risk Factors
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Any of the factors set forth under Risk Factors may limit our ability to successfully execute our business strategy, and you should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus in deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. These risks are discussed more fully under the caption Risk Factors and include, but are not limited to, the following:
| potential disruption in the supply of chemicals we distribute or in the operations of our customers, which could negatively impact our relationships with producers and our customers and diminish our ability to grow organically in our end markets; |
| our inability to manage our international operations effectively, including managing the risks related to international activities and foreign currency exchange rates, which could undermine the strategic positioning of our assets and our strategy of growing in existing and new geographies; |
| accidents, safety failures, environmental damage, product quality issues, major or systemic delivery failures or adverse health effects or other harm related to the hazardous materials we blend, manage, store, sell, transport or dispose of, which could negatively impact the appeal of our value-added services and our ability to continue to develop our value-added services; |
| compliance with and changes to environmental, health and safety laws, including laws relating to the investigation and remediation of contamination; |
6
| negative developments affecting our pension plans; |
| despite our leading global market position, we have incurred net losses for each of the past five fiscal years, which could negatively impact our ability to pursue commercial excellence initiatives and to implement productivity improvements and operational excellence initiatives; |
| as of June 30, 2014, on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to this offering and the application of proceeds as described under Use of Proceeds, we would have had $ of total indebtedness outstanding, which carries a significant interest payment burden and could negatively impact our ability to undertake selective acquisitions and ventures; |
| inability to carry forward the tax benefits of our historical NOLs, which could exacerbate the impact of our recent net losses; and |
| litigation and other proceedings, including those related to asbestos. |
Ownership
Because of our ownership structure, we expect to be a controlled company for the purposes of the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, upon the consummation of this offering.
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC
Founded in 1978, Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC, or CD&R, is a private equity firm composed of a combination of financial and operating executives pursuing an investment strategy predicated on building stronger, more profitable businesses. Since inception, CD&R has managed the investment of more than $19 billion in 59 businesses with an aggregate transaction value of more than $90 billion. CD&R has a disciplined and clearly defined investment strategy with a special focus on multi-location services and distribution businesses. CD&R has a long history of investing in market-leading distribution businesses, including VWR International, a leading global distributor of laboratory supplies, US Foods, the second largest broadline foodservice distributor in the United States, Rexel, the leading distributor worldwide of electrical supplies, Diversey, a leading global manufacturer and distributor of commercial cleaning, sanitation and hygiene solutions, HD Supply, one of the largest industrial distributors in North America, and AssuraMed, a specialty retailer and distributor of medical supplies.
CVC Capital Partners Advisory (U.S.), Inc.
Founded in 1981, CVC Capital Partners Advisory (U.S.), Inc., or CVC, is one of the worlds leading private equity and investment advisory firms. CVC is a private equity and investment advisory firm with approximately $50 billion of capital under management and a network of 21 offices throughout Europe, Asia and the United States. Since its founding in 1981, CVC has completed over 300 investments in a wide range of industries and countries. CVCs current investments in the U.S. include Univar, Pilot Flying J, BJs Wholesale Club, Leslies Poolmart, AlixPartners and Cunningham Lindsey.
Corporate Information
Univar Inc. is a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 3075 Highland Parkway, Suite 200, Downers Grove, IL 60515 and our telephone number at that address is (331) 777-6000. Our website is www.univar.com. Information on, and which can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated in this prospectus.
7
Issuer |
Univar Inc. |
Common stock offered by us |
shares. |
Option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us |
shares. |
Common stock outstanding immediately after the offering |
shares. |
Use of proceeds |
We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering, after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming the shares are sold at the midpoint of the range on the cover of the prospectus, will be approximately $ , or $ if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. |
As described in Use of Proceeds, we intend to use the net proceeds of this offering (i) to redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire $ million of our outstanding long-term indebtedness, (ii) to pay related fees and expenses, (iii) to pay CVC and CD&R, or the Equity Sponsors, an aggregate fee of $ to terminate the consulting agreements described below under Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsConsulting Agreements and Indemnification Agreements and (iv) to use the remaining proceeds, if any, for general corporate purposes. |
Dividends |
We currently expect to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and the repayment of debt and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. See Dividend Policy. |
Proposed NYSE trading symbol |
UNVR. |
Risk Factors |
See Risk Factors and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. |
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately following this offering is based on shares outstanding as of , 2014 and excludes any shares to be reserved for issuance under our stock option plans that may be adopted prior to the completion of this offering.
Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:
| reflects a for reverse stock split of our shares of common stock; |
| assumes the issuance of shares of our common stock in this offering; |
| assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares; |
8
| excludes shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2014 at a weighted average exercise price of $ per share, of which shares were exercisable as of June 30, 2014; |
| excludes shares of unvested restricted stock; |
| excludes shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the Plan (as defined herein); |
| assumes that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be $ per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and |
| gives effect to amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws to be adopted upon the completion of this offering. |
Depending on market conditions at the time of pricing and other considerations, we may sell fewer or more shares of common stock than the number set forth in the cover page of this prospectus.
9
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The following table presents our summary consolidated financial and operating data as of and for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated financial data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2014 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of our management, our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position, results of our operations and cash flows. Our historical consolidated financial data may not be indicative of our future performance.
This Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data should be read in conjunction with Selected Consolidated Financial Data, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Fiscal Year Ended | Six Months Ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31,
2013 |
December 31,
2012 |
December 31,
2011 |
December 31,
2013 (as adjusted)(1) |
June 30,
2014 |
June 30, 2013 |
June 30,
2014 (as adjusted)(2) |
||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in millions, except share and per share data) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(audited) | (unaudited) | (unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statements of Operations: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 10,324.6 | $ | 9,747.1 | $ | 9,718.5 | $ | 5,377.8 | $ | 5,285.7 | ||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) |
8,448.7 | 7,924.6 | 7,883.0 | 4,404.9 | 4,337.8 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross profit |
1,875.9 | 1,822.5 | 1,835.5 | 972.9 | 947.9 | |||||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling expenses |
326.0 | 308.2 | 294.1 | 181.4 | 162.7 | |||||||||||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative |
951.7 | 907.1 | 895.4 | 469.5 | 499.8 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net |
12.0 | 177.7 | 140.3 | 47.3 | 20.4 | |||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
128.1 | 111.7 | 108.4 | 61.2 | 60.9 | |||||||||||||||||||
Amortization |
100.0 | 93.3 | 90.0 | 47.8 | 49.2 | |||||||||||||||||||
Impairment charges(3) |
135.6 | 75.8 | 173.9 | | 62.1 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
1,653.4 | 1,673.8 | 1,702.1 | 807.2 | 855.1 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Operating income |
222.5 | 148.7 | 133.4 | 165.7 | 92.8 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Other (expense) income |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
11.0 | 9.0 | 7.1 | 4.9 | 5.3 | |||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(305.5 | ) | (277.1 | ) | (280.7 | ) | (133.6 | ) | (168.3 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
(2.5 | ) | (0.5 | ) | (16.1 | ) | (1.2 | ) | (2.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
(17.6 | ) | (1.9 | ) | (4.0 | ) | (3.9 | ) | (12.8 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total other expense |
(314.6 | ) | (270.5 | ) | (293.7 | ) | (133.8 | ) | (178.3 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
(92.1 | ) | (121.8 | ) | (160.3 | ) | 31.9 | (85.5 | ) | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Income tax (benefit) expense |
(9.8 | ) | 75.6 | 15.9 | 15.2 | (15.3 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (82.3 | ) | $ | (197.4 | ) | $ | (176.2 | ) | 16.7 | (70.2 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net income (loss) per common share: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic and Diluted |
$ | (0.42 | ) | $ | (1.01 | ) | $ | (0.91 | ) | $ | 0.08 | $ | (0.36 | ) | ||||||||||
Weighted average common shares used in computing net income (loss) per share: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
197,060,636 | 195,186,585 | 194,518,767 | 197,813,005 | 197,020,097 | |||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
197,060,636 | 195,186,585 | 194,518,767 | 198,540,086 | 197,020,097 | |||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma (as adjusted) net income (loss) per share(4): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic and Diluted |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average common shares used in computing pro forma (as adjusted) net income (loss) per share(5): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic and Diluted |
10
As of | As of | |||||||
June 30, 2014
(actual) |
June 30, 2014
(as adjusted)(2) |
|||||||
(Dollars in millions) (unaudited) |
||||||||
Balance sheet data: |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 163.2 | $ | |||||
Total assets |
6,625.8 | |||||||
Long-term obligations |
4,357.3 | |||||||
Stockholders equity |
404.8 |
Fiscal Year Ended | Six Months Ended | |||||||||||||||||||
December 31,
2013 |
December 31,
2012 |
December 31,
2011 |
June 30,
2014 |
June 30,
2013 |
||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in millions) |
||||||||||||||||||||
(audited) | (unaudited) | |||||||||||||||||||
Other financial data: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditures |
141.3 | 170.1 | 102.9 | 48.4 | 83.6 | |||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(6) |
598.2 | 607.2 | 646.0 | 322.0 | 285.4 | |||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA margin(6) |
5.8 | % | 6.2 | % | 6.6 | % | 6.0 | % | 5.4 | % |
(1) | The statement of operations data for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 is presented on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale by us of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us) and the use of the net proceeds therefrom as described in Use of Proceeds. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) would increase or decrease other operating expenses, net by $ , interest expense by $ , net loss by $ and net loss per share by $ . |
(2) | The statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 are presented on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale by us of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us) and the use of the net proceeds therefrom as described in Use of Proceeds. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus) would increase or decrease other operating expenses, net by $ , interest expense by $ , net income by $ , net income per share by $ , cash and cash equivalents by $ , total assets by $ , long-term obligations by $ and stockholders equity by $ . |
(3) | The 2013 impairment charges primarily related to the write-off of goodwill related to the Rest of World segment as well as the write-off of capitalized software costs related to a global enterprise resource planning, or ERP, system. The 2012 and 2011 impairment charges primarily related to the impairment of goodwill in the EMEA segment. See Note 11: Goodwill and intangible assets from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information. |
(4) | Reflects a for reverse stock split of our outstanding shares of common stock to be effected prior to the completion of this offering. |
(5) | Pro forma net loss per share and number of weighted average common shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share in the table above give effect to the offering of shares of our common stock in this offering. |
(6) |
In addition to our net loss determined in accordance with GAAP, we evaluate operating performance using Adjusted EBITDA, which we define as our consolidated net income (loss), plus the sum of interest expense, net of interest income, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation, amortization, other operating expenses, net (which primarily consists of pension mark to market adjustments, acquisition and integration related expenses, employee stock-based compensation expense, redundancy and restructuring costs, advisory fees |
11
paid to stockholders, and other unusual or non-recurring expenses), impairment charges, loss on extinguishment of debt and other expense, net (which consists of gains and losses on foreign currency transactions and undesignated derivative instruments, ineffective portion of cash flow hedges, and debt refinancing costs). We define Adjusted EBITDA margin as Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales. |
We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is an important indicator of operating performance because we report Adjusted EBITDA to our lenders as required under the covenants of our credit agreements. Adjusted EBITDA excludes the effects of income taxes, as well as the effects of financing and investing activities by eliminating the effects of interest, depreciation and amortization expenses. We consider gains (losses) on the acquisition, disposal and impairment of assets as resulting from investing decisions rather than ongoing operations; and other significant items, while periodically affecting our results, may vary significantly from period to period and have a disproportionate effect in a given period, which affects comparability of our results. We also present Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus as a supplemental performance measure because we believe that this measure provides investors and securities analysts with important supplemental information with which to evaluate our performance and to enable them to assess our performance on the same basis as management. |
Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss) or other performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP, or as an alternative to cash flow from operations as a measure of our liquidity. Adjusted EBITDA does not represent net income (loss) or cash flow from operations as those terms are defined by GAAP and does not necessarily indicate whether cash flows will be sufficient to fund cash needs. Adjusted EBITDA as used in this prospectus should not be confused with Compensation Adjusted EBITDA used for calculating incentive compensation under our benefit plans as described in Executive Compensation. |
We caution readers that amounts presented in accordance with our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other companies, because of differing methods used by other companies in calculating Adjusted EBITDA. For a complete discussion of the method of calculating Adjusted EBITDA and its usefulness, refer to Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsKey Business MetricsAdjusted EBITDA, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following is a quantitative reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial performance measure, which is net income (loss): |
Fiscal Year Ended | Six Months Ended | |||||||||||||||||||
December 31,
2013 |
December 31,
2012 |
December 31,
2011 |
June 30,
2014 |
June 30,
2013 |
||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (82.3 | ) | $ | (197.4 | ) | $ | (176.2 | ) | $ | 16.7 | $ | (70.2 | ) | ||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
(9.8 | ) | 75.6 | 15.9 | 15.2 | (15.3 | ) | |||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
294.5 | 268.1 | 273.6 | 128.7 | 163.0 | |||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
2.5 | 0.5 | 16.1 | 1.2 | 2.5 | |||||||||||||||
Amortization |
100.0 | 93.3 | 90.0 | 47.8 | 49.2 | |||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
128.1 | 111.7 | 108.4 | 61.2 | 60.9 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
EBITDA |
$ | 433.0 | $ | 351.8 | $ | 327.8 | $ | 270.8 | $ | 190.1 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Impairment charges(a) |
135.6 | 75.8 | 173.9 | | 62.1 | |||||||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net(b) |
12.0 | 177.7 | 140.3 | 47.3 | 20.4 | |||||||||||||||
Other expense, net(c) |
17.6 | 1.9 | 4.0 | 3.9 | 12.8 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 598.2 | $ | 607.2 | $ | 646.0 | $ | 322.0 | $ | 285.4 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) | The 2013 impairment charges primarily related to the write-off of goodwill related to the Rest of World segment as well as the write-off of capitalized software costs related to a global ERP system. The 2012 and 2011 impairment charges primarily related to the impairment of goodwill in the EMEA segment. See Note 11: Goodwill and intangible assets in our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and Note 6: Impairment Charges in our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information. |
12
(b) | Other operating expense, net primarily consists of pension mark to market adjustments, acquisition and integration related expenses, employee stock based compensation expense, redundancy and restructuring costs, advisory fees paid to stockholders, and other unusual and non-recurring expenses. See Note 4: Other operating expenses, net in our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and Note 4: Other operating expenses, net in our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information. |
(c) | Other expense, net consists of gains and losses on foreign currency transactions, undesignated derivative instruments, ineffective portion of cash flow hedges, and debt refinancing costs. See Note 5: Other expense, net in our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and Note 7 Other expense, net in our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information. |
13
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before you make your investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows could be materially adversely affected. In these circumstances, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risks described below are not the only ones facing us. The occurrence of any of the following risks or future or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Risks Related to Our Business
We are affected by general economic conditions, particularly fluctuations in industrial production and consumption, and an economic downturn could adversely affect our operations and financial results.
We sell chemicals that are used in manufacturing processes and as components of or ingredients in other products and, as a result, our sales are correlated with and affected by fluctuations in the level of industrial production and manufacturing output and general economic activity. Producers of commodity and specialty chemicals, in particular, are likely to reduce their output in periods of significant contraction in industrial and consumer demand, while demand for the products we distribute depends largely on trends in demand in the end markets our customers serve. A majority of our sales are in North America and Europe and our business is therefore susceptible to downturns in those economies as well as, to a lesser extent, the economies in the rest of the world. Our profit margins, as well as overall demand for our products and services, could decline as a result of a large number of factors outside our control, including economic recessions, changes in industrial production processes or consumer preferences, changes in laws and regulations affecting the chemicals industry and the manner in which they are enforced, inflation, fluctuations in interest and currency exchange rates and changes in the fiscal or monetary policies of governments in the regions in which we operate.
General economic conditions and macroeconomic trends, as well as the creditworthiness of our customers, could affect overall demand for chemicals. Any overall decline in the demand for chemicals could significantly reduce our sales and profitability. If the creditworthiness of our customers declines, we would face increased credit risk. In addition, volatility and disruption in financial markets could adversely affect our sales and results of operations by limiting our customers ability to obtain financing necessary to maintain or expand their own operations.
A historical feature of past economic weakness has been significant destocking of inventories, including inventories of chemicals used in industrial and manufacturing processes. It is possible that an improvement in our net sales in a particular period may be attributable in part to restocking of inventories by our customers and represent a level of sales or sales growth that will not be sustainable over the longer term. Further economic weakness could lead to insolvencies among our customers or producers, as well as among financial institutions that are counterparties on financial instruments or accounts that we hold. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Disruptions in the supply of chemicals we distribute or in the operations of our customers could adversely affect our business.
Our business depends on access to adequate supplies of the chemicals our customers purchase from us. From time to time, we may be unable to procure adequate quantities of certain chemicals because of supply disruptions due to natural disasters (including hurricanes and other extreme weather), industrial accidents, scheduled production outages, producer breaches of contract, high demand leading to difficulties allocating appropriate quantities, port closures and other transportation disruptions and other circumstances beyond our
14
control, or we may be unable to purchase chemicals that we are obligated to deliver to our customers at prices that enable us to earn a profit. In addition, unpredictable events may have a significant impact on the industries in which many of our customers operate, reducing demand for products that we normally distribute in significant volumes. As examples, the Gulf of Mexico oil disaster in 2010 had a major impact on our customers that manufactured and operated offshore drilling equipment and recent impacts on supply sources for hydrochloric acid have impacted our ability to meet all of our customers demands for this product. Significant disruptions of supply and in customer industries could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Significant changes in the business strategies of producers could also disrupt our supply. Large chemical manufacturers may elect to sell certain products (or products in certain regions) directly to customers, instead of relying on distributors such as us. While we do not believe that our results depend materially on access to any individual producers products, a reversal of the trend toward more active use of distributors would likely result in increasing margin pressure or products becoming unavailable to us. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
To the extent we have contracts with producers and our customers, they are generally short term or terminable upon short notice or at will, and termination of our relationships with producers and customers could negatively affect our business.
Our purchases and sales of chemicals are typically made pursuant to purchase orders rather than long-term contracts. While some of our relationships for the distribution and sale of specialty chemicals have exclusivity or preference provisions, we may be unable to enforce these provisions effectively for legal or business reasons. Many of our contracts with both producers and our customers are terminable without cause upon 30 days or less notice to us from the producer or customer. Our business relationships and reputation may suffer if we are unable to meet our delivery obligations to our customers which may occur because many producers are not subject to contracts or can terminate contracts on short notice. In addition, renegotiation of purchase or sales terms to our disadvantage could reduce our sales margins. Any of these developments could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The prices and costs of the products we purchase may be subject to large and significant price increases. We might not be able to pass such cost increases through to our customers. We could experience financial losses if our inventories of one or more chemicals exceed our sales and the price of those chemicals decreases significantly while in our inventories or if our inventories fall short of our sales and the purchase price of those chemicals increases significantly.
We purchase and sell a wide variety of chemicals, the price and availability of which may fluctuate, and may be subject to large and significant price increases. Our business is exposed to these fluctuations, as well as to fluctuations in our costs for transportation and distribution due to rising fuel prices or increases in charges from common carriers, rail companies and other third party transportation providers, as well as other factors. Recently, we have faced increases in transportation costs as the availability of trucks and drivers has tightened among the common carriers we use to ship products. Changes in chemical prices affect our net sales and cost of goods sold, as well as our working capital requirements, levels of debt and financing costs. We might not always be able to reflect increases in our chemical costs, transportation costs and other costs in our own pricing. Any inability to pass cost increases onto customers may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In order to meet customer demand, we typically maintain significant inventories and are therefore subject to a number of risks associated with our inventory levels, including the following:
| declines in the prices of chemicals that are held by us; |
| the need to maintain a significant inventory of chemicals that may be in limited supply and therefore difficult to procure; |
15
| buying chemicals in bulk for the best pricing and thereby holding excess inventory; |
| responding to the unpredictable demand for chemicals; |
| cancellation of customer orders; and |
| responding to customer requests for quick delivery. |
In order to manage our inventories successfully, we must estimate demand from our customers and purchase chemicals that substantially correspond to that demand. If we overestimate demand and purchase too much of a particular chemical, we face a risk that the price of that chemical will fall, leaving us with inventory that we cannot sell profitably. In addition, we may have to write down such inventory if we are unable to sell it for its recorded value. If we underestimate demand and purchase insufficient quantities of a particular chemical and prices of that chemical rise, we could be forced to purchase that chemical at a higher price and forego profitability in order to meet customer demand. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer a material adverse effect if either or both of these situations occur frequently or in large volumes. Shortages in the hydrochloric acid supply sources in recent months demonstrate this risk and as a result we have been unable to meet all of our customers demands. We also face the risk of dissatisfied customers and damage to our reputation if we cannot meet customer demand for a particular chemical because we are short on inventories.
We could lose our customers and suffer damage to our reputation if we are unable to meet customer demand for a particular product.
In addition, particularly in cases of pronounced cyclicality in our end markets, it can be difficult to anticipate our customers requirements for particular chemicals, and we could be asked to deliver larger-than-expected quantities of a particular chemical on short notice. If for any reason we experience widespread, systemic difficulties in filling customer orders, our customers may be dissatisfied and discontinue their relationship with us or we may be required to pay a higher price in order to obtain the needed chemical on short notice, thereby adversely affecting our margins.
Our balance sheet includes significant goodwill and intangible assets, the impairment of which could affect our future operating results.
We carry significant goodwill and intangible assets on our balance sheet. As of June 30, 2014, our goodwill and intangible assets totaled approximately $1.8 billion and $0.6 billion, respectively, including approximately $1.2 billion in goodwill resulting from our 2007 acquisition by investment funds advised by CVC. We may also recognize additional goodwill and intangible assets in connection with future business acquisitions. Goodwill is not amortized for book purposes and is tested for impairment using a fair value based approach annually, or between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit has more likely than not declined below its carrying value. The identification and measurement of impairment involves the estimation of the fair value of reporting units, which requires judgment and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions by management. The estimates of fair value of reporting units are based on the best information available as of the date of the assessment and incorporate management assumptions about expected future cash flows and contemplate other valuation techniques. Our estimates of future cash flows may differ from actual cash flows that are subsequently realized due to many factors, including future worldwide economic conditions and the expected benefits of our initiatives, among other things. Intangible assets are amortized for book purposes over their respective useful lives and are tested for impairment if any event occurs or circumstances change that indicates that carrying value may not be recoverable. Although we currently do not expect that our goodwill and intangible assets will be further impaired, we cannot guarantee that a material impairment will not occur, particularly in the event of a substantial deterioration in our future prospects either in total or in a particular reporting unit. See Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of our 2013 impairment review. In the past, we have taken goodwill impairment charges, including impairment charges of $169.4 million and $75.0 million,
16
respectively, for our EMEA segment in 2011 and 2012, and impairment charges of $73.3 million for our Rest of World segment in 2013. If our goodwill and intangible assets become impaired, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We have in the past and may in the future make acquisitions, ventures and strategic investments, some of which may be significant in size and scope, which have involved in the past and will likely involve in the future numerous risks. We may not be able to address these risks without substantial expense, delay or other operational or financial problems.
We have made and may in the future make acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses or companies (including strategic partnerships with other companies). Acquisitions or investments have involved in the past and will likely involve in the future various risks, such as:
| integrating the operations and personnel of any acquired business; |
| the potential disruption of our ongoing business, including the diversion of management attention; |
| the possible inability to obtain the desired financial and strategic benefits from the acquisition or investment; |
| customer attrition arising from preferences to maintain redundant sources of supply; |
| supplier attrition arising from overlapping or competitive products; |
| assumption of contingent or unanticipated liabilities or regulatory liabilities; |
| dependence on the retention and performance of existing management and work force of acquired businesses for the future performance of these businesses; |
| regulatory risks associated with acquired businesses (including the risk that we may be required for regulatory reasons to dispose of a portion of our existing or acquired businesses); and |
| the risks inherent in entering geographic or product markets in which we have limited prior experience. |
Future acquisitions and investments may need to be financed in part through additional financing from banks, through public offerings or private placements of debt or equity securities or through other arrangements, and could result in substantial cash expenditures. The necessary acquisition financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms if and when required, particularly because our current high leverage may make it difficult or impossible for us to secure additional financing for acquisitions.
To the extent that we make acquisitions that result in our recording significant goodwill or other intangible assets, the requirement to review goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment periodically may result in impairments that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
In connection with acquisitions, ventures or divestitures, we may become subject to liabilities.
In connection with any acquisitions or ventures, we may acquire liabilities or defects such as legal claims, including but not limited to third party liability and other tort claims; claims for breach of contract; employment-related claims; environmental liabilities, conditions or damage; permitting, regulatory or other compliance with law issues; hazardous materials or liability for hazardous materials; or tax liabilities. If we acquire any of these liabilities, and they are not adequately covered by insurance or an enforceable indemnity or similar agreement from a creditworthy counterparty, we may be responsible for significant out-of-pocket expenditures. In connection with any divestitures, we may incur liabilities for breaches of representations and warranties or failure to comply with operating covenants under any agreement for a divestiture. In addition, we may indemnify a counterparty in a divestiture for certain liabilities of the subsidiary or operations subject to the divestiture transaction. These liabilities, if they materialize, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
17
We generate a significant portion of our net sales internationally and intend to continue to expand our international operations. We face particular challenges in emerging markets. Our results of operations could suffer if we are unable to manage our international operations effectively or as a result of various risks related to our international activities that are beyond our control.
During the year ended December 31, 2013, approximately 42% of our net sales were generated outside of the United States. We intend to continue to expand our penetration in certain foreign markets and to enter new and emerging foreign markets. Expansion of our international business will require significant management attention and resources. The profitability of our international operations will largely depend on our continued success in the following areas:
| securing key producer relationships to help establish our presence in international markets; |
| hiring and training personnel capable of supporting producers and our customers and managing operations in foreign countries; |
| localizing our business processes to meet the specific needs and preferences of foreign producers and customers, which may differ in certain respects from our experience in North America and Europe; |
| building our reputation and awareness of our services among foreign producers and customers; and |
| implementing new financial, management information and operational systems, procedures and controls to monitor our operations in new markets effectively, without causing undue disruptions to our operations and customer and producer relationships. |
In addition, we are subject to risks associated with operating in foreign countries, including:
| varying and often unclear legal and regulatory requirements that may be subject to inconsistent or disparate enforcement, particularly regarding environmental, health and safety issues and security or other certification requirements, as well as other laws and business practices that favor local competitors, such as exposure to possible expropriation, nationalization, restrictions on investments by foreign companies or other governmental actions; |
| less stable supply sources; |
| competition from existing market participants that may have a longer history in and greater familiarity with the foreign markets where we operate; |
| tariffs, export duties, quotas and other barriers to trade; as well as possible limitations on the conversion of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars or remittance of dividends and other payments by our foreign subsidiaries; |
| divergent labor regulations and cultural expectations regarding employment; |
| different cultural expectations regarding industrialization, international business and business relationships; |
| foreign taxes and related regulations, including foreign taxes that we may not be able to offset against taxes imposed upon us in the United States, and foreign tax and other laws limiting our ability to repatriate earnings to the United States; |
| extended payment terms and challenges in our ability to collect accounts receivable; |
| changes in a specific countrys or regions political or economic conditions; |
| compliance with anti-bribery laws such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions, the violation of which could expose us to severe criminal or civil sanctions; |
18
| compliance with anti-boycott, privacy, economic sanctions, anti-dumping, antitrust, import and export laws and regulations by our employees or intermediaries acting on our behalf, the violation of which could expose us to significant fines, penalties or other sanctions; and |
| in 2013, we paid a fine of $19.9 million imposed by the Autorité de la concurrence, Frances competition authority, for alleged price fixing prior to 2006. |
If we fail to address the challenges and risks associated with international expansion, we may encounter difficulties implementing our strategy, thereby impeding our growth and harming our operating results.
Our operations in the Asia-Pacific region, Latin America and the Middle East and Africa are at an early stage. It may prove difficult to achieve our goals and take advantage of growth and acquisition opportunities in these or in other emerging markets due to a lack of comprehensive market knowledge and network and legal restrictions. Our growth in emerging markets may also be limited by other factors such as significant government influence over local economies, foreign investment restrictions, substantial fluctuations in economic growth, high levels of inflation and volatility in currency values, exchange controls or restrictions on expatriation of earnings, high domestic interest rates, wage and price controls, changes in governmental economic or tax policies, imposition of trade barriers, unexpected changes in regulation and overall political social and economic instability. In addition, the heightened exposure to terrorist attacks or acts of war or civil unrest in certain geographies, if they occur, could result in damage to our facilities, substantial financial losses or injuries to our personnel.
Although we exercise what we believe to be an appropriate level of central control and active supervision of our operations around the world, our local subsidiaries retain significant operational flexibility. There is a risk that our operations around the world will experience problems that could damage our reputation, or that could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may be unable to effectively implement our strategies or achieve our business goals.
The breadth and scope of our business poses several challenges, such as:
| initiating or maintaining effective communication among and across all of our geographic business segments and industry groups; |
| identifying new products and product lines and integrating them into our distribution network; |
| allocating financial and other resources efficiently across all of our business segments and industry groups; |
| aligning organizational structure with managements vision and direction; |
| communicating ownership and accounting over business activities and ensuring responsibilities are properly understood throughout the organization; |
| ensuring cultural and organizational changes are executed smoothly and efficiently and ensuring personnel resources are properly allocated to effect these changes; and |
| establishing standardized processes across geographic business segments and industry groups. |
As a result of these and other factors such as these, we may be unable to effectively implement our strategies or achieve our business goals. Any failure to effectively implement our strategies may adversely impact our future prospects and our results of operations and financial condition.
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may adversely affect our results of operations.
We sell products in over 150 countries and we generated approximately 42% of our 2013 net sales outside the United States. The revenues we receive from such foreign sales are often denominated in currencies other
19
than the U.S. dollar. We do not hedge our foreign currency exposure with respect to our investment in and earnings from our foreign businesses. Accordingly, we might suffer considerable losses if there is a significant adverse movement in exchange rates.
In addition, we report our consolidated results in U.S. dollars. The results of operations and the financial position of our local operations are generally reported in the relevant local currencies and then translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rates for inclusion in our consolidated financial statements, exposing us to currency translation risk. Consequently, any change in exchange rates between our foreign subsidiaries functional currencies and the U.S. dollar will affect our consolidated income statement and balance sheet when the results of those operating companies are translated into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes. Decreases in the value of our foreign subsidiaries functional currencies against the U.S. dollar will tend to reduce those operating companies contributions in dollar terms to our financial condition and results of operations. In 2013, our most significant currency exposures were to the euro, the Canadian dollar and the British pound sterling versus the U.S. dollar. The exchange rates between these and other foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar may fluctuate substantially and such fluctuations have had a significant effect on our results in recent periods. For additional details on our currency exposure and risk management practices, see Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsQuantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market RiskForeign Currency Risk.
The markets in which we operate are highly competitive.
The chemical distribution market is highly competitive. Chemicals can be purchased from a variety of sources, including traders, brokers, wholesalers and other distributors, as well as directly from producers. Many of the products we distribute are made to industry standard specifications, and are essentially fungible with products offered by our competition. The competitive pressure we face is particularly strong in sectors and markets where local competitors have strong positions. Increased competition from distributors of products similar to or competitive with ours could result in price reductions, reduced margins and a loss of market share.
We expect to continue to experience significant and increasing levels of competition in the future. We must also compete with smaller companies that have been able to develop strong local or regional customer bases. In certain countries, some of our competitors are more established, benefit from greater name recognition and have greater resources within those countries than we do.
Consolidation of our competitors in the markets in which we operate could place us at a competitive disadvantage and reduce our profitability.
We operate in an industry which is highly fragmented on a global scale, but in which there has been a trend toward consolidation in recent years. Consolidations of our competitors may jeopardize the strength of our positions in one or more of the markets in which we operate and any advantages we currently enjoy due to the comparative scale of our operations. Losing some of those advantages could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as our growth potential.
We rely on our computer and data processing systems, and a large-scale malfunction or security breach could disrupt our business or create potential liabilities.
Our ability to keep our business operating effectively depends on the functional and efficient operation of our enterprise resource planning, telecommunications systems, inventory tracking, billing and other information systems. We rely on these systems to track transactions, billings, payments and inventory, as well as to make a variety of day-to-day business decisions. Our systems are aging and susceptible to malfunctions, lack of support, interruptions (including due to equipment damage, power outages, computer viruses and a range of other hardware, software and network problems) and security breaches and we may experience such malfunctions, interruptions or security breaches in the future. Our systems may also be older generations of software which are
20
unable to perform as efficiently as, and fail to communicate well with, newer systems. As the development and implementation of our information technology systems continue, we may elect to modify, replace or discontinue certain technology initiatives, which would result in write-downs. For example, in 2013 we discontinued efforts to implement a global enterprise resource planning, or ERP, system. We recorded an impairment charge of $58.0 million in 2013 relating to this decision.
Although our systems are diversified, including multiple server locations and a range of software applications for different regions and functions, a significant or large-scale malfunction, interruption or security breach of our computer or data processing systems could adversely affect our ability to manage and keep our operations running efficiently and damage our reputation if we are unable to track transactions and receive products from producers or deliver products to our customers. A malfunction that results in a wider or sustained disruption to our business could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as on the ability of management to align and optimize technology to implement business strategies. A security breach might also lead to potential claims from third parties or employees.
We depend on transportation assets, some of which we do not own, in order to deliver products to our customers.
Although we maintain a significant portfolio of owned and leased transportation assets, including trucks, trailers, railcars and barges, we also rely on transportation and warehousing provided by third parties (including common carriers and rail companies) to deliver products to our customers, particularly outside the U.S. and Canada. Our access to third party transportation is not guaranteed, and we may be unable to transport chemicals at economically attractive rates in certain circumstances, particularly in cases of adverse market conditions or disruptions to transportation infrastructure. We are also subject to increased costs that we may not always be able to recover from our customers, including rising fuel prices, as well as increases in the charges imposed by common carriers, leasing companies and other third parties involved in transportation. In particular, our U.S. operations rely to a significant extent on rail shipments, and we are therefore required to pay rail companies network access fees, which have increased significantly in recent years, while bulk shipping rates have also recently been highly volatile. We have recently incurred such increased costs as the availability of trucks and drivers has tightened among the common carriers we use to transport our products. We are also subject to the risks normally associated with product delivery, including inclement weather, disruptions in the transportation infrastructure, disruptions in our lease arrangements and the availability of fuel, as well as liabilities arising from accidents to the extent we are not adequately covered by insurance or misdelivery of products. Our business activities in the Gulf of Mexico, for example, have been impacted in recent years by hurricanes. Our failure to deliver products in a timely and accurate manner could harm our reputation and brand, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business exposes us to significant risks associated with hazardous materials and related activities, not all of which are covered by insurance.
Because we are engaged in the blending, managing, handling, storing, selling, transporting and disposing of chemicals, chemical waste products and other hazardous materials, product liability, health impacts, fire damage, safety and environmental risks are significant concerns for us. We maintain substantial reserves, as described below in We are subject to extensive general and product-specific environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Compliance with and changes to these environmental, health and safety laws, including laws relating to the investigation and remediation of contamination, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, relating to remediation activities at our owned sites and third party sites which are subject to federal and state clean-up requirements. We are also subject in the United States to federal legislation enforced by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, as well as to state safety and health laws. We are also exposed to present and future chemical exposure claims by employees, contractors on our premises, other persons located nearby, as well as related workers compensation claims. We carry insurance to protect us against many accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business and we maintain environmental damage
21
and pollution insurance coverage in accordance with our assessment of the risks involved, the ability to bear those risks and the cost and availability of insurance. Each of these insurance policies is subject to exclusions, deductibles and coverage limits we believe are generally in accordance with industry standards and practices. We do not insure against all risks and may not be able to insure adequately against certain risks (whether relating to our or a third partys activities or other matters) and may not have insurance coverage that will pay any particular claim. We also may be unable to obtain at commercially reasonable rates in the future adequate insurance coverage for the risks we currently insure against, and certain risks are or could become completely uninsurable or eligible for coverage only to a reduced extent. In particular, more stringent environmental, health or safety regulations may increase our costs for, or impact the availability of, insurance against accident-related risks and the risks of environmental damage or pollution. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially impaired by accidents and other environmental risks that substantially reduce our revenues, increase our costs or subject us to other liabilities in excess of available insurance.
Accidents, safety failures, environmental damage, product quality issues, major or systemic delivery failures involving our distribution network or the products we carry, or adverse health effects or other harm related to hazardous materials we blend, manage, handle, store, sell, transport or dispose of could damage our reputation and result in substantial damages or remedial obligations.
Our business depends to a significant extent on our customers and producers trust in our reputation for reliability, quality, safety and environmental responsibility. Actual or alleged instances of safety deficiencies, mistaken or incorrect deliveries, inferior product quality, exposure to hazardous materials resulting in illness, injury or other harm to persons, property or natural resources, or of damage caused by us or our products, could damage our reputation and lead to customers and producers curtailing the volume of business they do with us. Also, there may be safety, personal injury or other environmental risks related to our products which are not known today. Any of these events, outcomes or allegations could also subject us to substantial legal claims, and we could incur substantial expenses, including legal fees and other costs, in defending such legal claims which could materially impact our financial position and results of operations.
Actual or alleged accidents or other incidents at our facilities or that otherwise involve our personnel or operations could also subject us to claims for damages by third parties. Because many of the chemicals that we handle are dangerous, we are subject to the ongoing risk of hazards, including leaks, spills, releases, explosions and fires, which may cause property damage, illness, physical injury or death. We sell products used in hydraulic fracturing, a process that involves injecting water, sand and chemicals into subsurface rock formations to release and capture oil and natural gas. The use of such hydraulic fracturing fluids by our customers may result in releases that could impact the environment and third parties. Several of our distribution facilities, including our Los Angeles facility, one of our largest, are located near high-density population centers. If any such events occur, whether through our own fault, through preexisting conditions at our facilities, through the fault of a third party or through a natural disaster, terrorist incident or other event outside our control, our reputation could be damaged significantly. We could also become responsible, as a result of environmental or other laws or by court order, for substantial monetary damages or expensive investigative or remedial obligations related to such events, including but not limited to those resulting from third party lawsuits or environmental investigation and clean-up obligations on and off-site. The amount of any costs, including fines, damages and/or investigative and remedial obligations, that we may become obligated to pay under such circumstances could substantially exceed any insurance we have to cover such losses.
Any of these risks, if they materialize, could significantly harm our reputation, expose us to substantial liabilities and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Evolving environmental laws and regulations on hydraulic fracturing and other oil and gas production activities could have an impact on our financial performance.
Hydraulic fracturing is a common practice that is used to stimulate production of crude oil and/or natural gas from dense subsurface rock formations, and is primarily presently regulated by state agencies. Many states
22
have adopted laws and/or regulations that require disclosure of the chemicals used in hydraulic fracturing, and are considering legal requirements that could impose more stringent permitting, disclosure and well construction requirements on oil and/or natural gas drilling activities as well as regulations relating to waste streams from such activities. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, is also moving forward with various related regulatory actions, including regulations requiring, among other matters, green completions of hydraulically-fractured wells by 2015. Similarly, existing and new regulations in the United States and elsewhere relating to oil and gas production could impact the sale of some of our products into these markets.
Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims and recalls, which could adversely affect our financial condition and performance.
The repackaging, blending, mixing and distribution of chemical products by us, including products used in hydraulic fracturing operations and products produced with food ingredients or with pharmaceutical and nutritional supplement applications, involve an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims, product recalls, product seizures and related adverse publicity, including, without limitation, claims for exposure to our products, spills or escape of our products, personal injuries, food related claims and property damage or environmental claims. A product liability claim, judgment or recall against our customers could also result in substantial and unexpected expenditures for us, affect consumer confidence in our products and divert managements attention from other responsibilities. Although we maintain product liability insurance, there can be no assurance that the type or level of coverage is adequate or that we will be able to continue to maintain our existing insurance or obtain comparable insurance at a reasonable cost, if at all. A product recall or a partially or completely uninsured judgment against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation.
We are subject to extensive general and product-specific environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Compliance with and changes to these environmental, health and safety laws, including laws relating to the investigation and remediation of contamination, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations .
Because we blend, manage, handle, store, sell, transport and arrange for the disposal of chemicals, hazardous materials and hazardous waste, we are subject to extensive environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in multiple jurisdictions. These include laws and regulations governing our management, storage, transportation and disposal of chemicals; product regulation; air, water and soil contamination; and the investigation and cleanup of contaminated sites, including any spills or releases that may result from our management, handling, storage, sale, transportation of chemicals and other products. We hold a number of environmental permits and licenses. Compliance with these laws, regulations, permits and licenses requires that we expend significant amounts for ongoing compliance, investigation and remediation. If we fail to comply with such laws, regulations, permits or licenses we may be subject to fines and other civil, administrative or criminal sanctions, including the revocation of permits and licenses necessary to continue our business activities.
Previous operations, including those of acquired companies, have resulted in contamination at a number of current and former sites, which must be investigated and remediated. We are currently investigating and/or remediating contamination, or contributing to cleanup costs, at approximately 126 currently or formerly owned, operated or used sites or other sites impacted by our operations. We have spent substantial sums on such investigation and remediation and we expect to continue to incur such expenditures in the future. Based on current estimates, we believe that these ongoing investigation and remediation costs will not materially affect our business. There is no guarantee, however, that our estimates will be accurate, that new contamination will not be discovered or that new environmental laws or regulations will not require us to incur additional costs. Any such inaccuracies, discoveries or new laws or regulations, or the interpretation of existing laws and regulations, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. As of December 31, 2013, we reserved approximately $137 million for probable and reasonably estimable losses associated with remediation at currently or formerly owned, operated or used sites or other sites impacted by our operations. We
23
may incur losses in connection with investigation and remediation obligations that exceed our environmental reserve. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsCritical Accounting EstimatesEnvironmental Liabilities. We also may incur substantial costs, including fines, damages, criminal or civil sanctions and investigation and remediation costs, or experience interruptions in our operations, for violations under environmental, health and safety laws or permit requirements.
We could be held liable for the costs to investigate, remediate or otherwise address contamination at any real property we have ever owned, leased, operated or used or other sites impacted by our operations. Some environmental laws could impose on us the entire cost of cleanup of contamination present at a site even though we did not cause all of the contamination. These laws often identify parties who can be strictly and jointly and severally liable for remediation. The discovery of previously unknown contamination at current or former sites or the imposition of other environmental liabilities or obligations in the future, including additional investigation or remediation obligations with respect to contamination that has impacted other properties, could lead to additional costs or the need for additional reserves that have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we may be required to pay damages or civil judgments related to third party claims, including those relating to personal injury (including exposure to hazardous materials or chemicals we blend, handle, store, sell, transport or dispose of), product quality issues, property damage or contribution to remedial obligations.
We have been identified as potentially responsible parties, or Potentially Responsible Parties, at various third party sites at which we have arranged for the disposal of our hazardous wastes. We may be identified as a Potentially Responsible Party at additional sites beyond those for which we currently have financial obligations. Such developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. See BusinessRegulatory MattersEnvironmental, Health and Safety Matters.
Certain agreements to which we are a party contain contractual provisions pursuant to which we agreed to indemnify other parties for contamination at certain real property. We have been, and may in the future be, subject to environmental indemnity claims asserted by other parties with respect to contamination at sites we have ever owned, leased, operated or used. We could incur significant costs in addressing existing and future environmental indemnification claims.
Societal concerns regarding the safety of chemicals in commerce and their potential impact on the environment have resulted in a growing trend towards increasing levels of product safety and environmental protection regulations. These concerns have led to, and could continue to result in, stringent regulatory intervention by governmental authorities. In addition, these concerns could influence public perceptions, impact the commercial viability of the products we sell and increase the costs to comply with increasingly complex regulations, which could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additional findings by government agencies that chemicals pose significant environmental, health or safety risks may lead to their prohibition in some or all of the jurisdictions in which we operate.
Environmental, health and safety laws and regulations vary significantly from country to country and change frequently. Future changes in laws and regulations, or the interpretation of existing laws and regulations, could have an adverse effect on us by adding restrictions, reducing our ability to do business, increasing our costs of doing business or reducing our profitability or reducing the demand for our products. See BusinessRegulatory MattersEnvironmental, Health and Safety Matters.
Current and future laws and regulations addressing greenhouse gas emissions enacted in the United States, Europe and other jurisdictions around the world could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation. Increased energy costs due to such laws and regulations, emissions associated with our customers products or development of alternative products having lower emissions of greenhouse gases and other pollutants could materially affect demand for our customers products and indirectly affect our business. Changes in and introductions of regulations have in the past caused us to devote significant
24
management and capital resources to compliance programs and measures, and future regulations applicable to us would likely further increase these compliance costs and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business is subject to additional general regulatory requirements and tax requirements which increase our cost of doing business, could result in regulatory or tax claims, and could restrict our business in the future.
Our general business operations are subject to a broad spectrum of general regulatory requirements, including antitrust regulations, food and drug regulations, human resources regulations, tax regulations, unclaimed property, banking and treasury regulations, among others. These regulations add cost to our conduct of business and could, in some instances, result in claims or enforcement actions or could reduce our ability to pursue business opportunities. Future changes could additional costs and restrictions to our business activities. In 2013, we paid a fine imposed by the Autorité de la concurrence, Frances competition authority, for alleged price fixing prior to 2006.
We may not be able to repatriate our cash and undistributed earnings held in foreign jurisdictions without incurring additional tax liabilities.
As of June 30, 2014, we had approximately $163.2 million of cash and cash equivalents on our balance sheet, approximately $98.0 million of which was cash and cash equivalents held in foreign jurisdictions, most notably in Canada. Except as required under U.S. tax laws, we do not provide for U.S. taxes on approximately $680.5 million of cumulative undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that have not been previously taxed, as we expect to invest such undistributed earnings indefinitely outside of the United States. We may not be able to repatriate cash and cash equivalents or undistributed earnings held in foreign jurisdictions without incurring additional tax liabilities and higher effective tax rates. Accordingly, our cash and cash equivalents or undistributed earnings held in foreign jurisdictions may effectively be trapped in such foreign jurisdictions unless we are willing to incur additional tax liabilities. In addition, there have been proposals to change U.S. tax laws that would significantly affect how U.S. multinational corporations are taxed on foreign earnings. Although we cannot predict whether or in what form this proposed legislation may pass, if enacted it could have a material adverse effect on our tax expense and cash flow.
We are subject to asbestos claims.
In connection with our purchase of McKesson Chemical Company in 1986, our wholly-owned subsidiary Univar USA Inc. is obligated to indemnify McKesson Corporation, or McKesson, for claims alleging injury from exposure to asbestos-containing products by McKesson Chemical Company. As of June 30, 2014, we are defending lawsuits by more than one hundred plaintiffs claiming asbestos related injuries, including a small number of which name us as a defendant. See BusinessLegal ProceedingsAsbestos Claims. As of June 30, 2014, Univar USA has not recorded a liability related to the pending litigation as any potential loss is neither probable nor estimable. Although our costs of defense to date have not been material, we cannot predict the ultimate outcome of these lawsuits, which, if determined adversely to us, may result in liability that would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, if the number of asbestos claims for which we are obligated to indemnify McKesson, or the number of asbestos claims naming us, were to increase substantially, particularly if the increase were associated with a significant increase in the average cost per lawsuit, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Our business is subject to many operational risks for which we might not be adequately insured.
We are exposed to risks including, but not limited to, accidents, contamination and environmental damage, safety claims, natural disasters, terrorism, acts of war and civil unrest and other events that could potentially
25
interrupt our business operations and/or result in significant costs. Although we attempt to cover these risks with insurance to the extent that we consider appropriate, we may incur losses that are not covered by insurance or exceed the maximum amounts covered by our insurance policies. Damage to a major facility, whether or not insured, could impair our ability to operate our business in a geographic region and cause loss of business and related expenses. From time to time, insurance for chemical risks have not been available on commercially acceptable terms or, in some cases, not available at all. In the future we may not be able to maintain our current coverages. In addition, premiums, which have increased significantly in the last several years, may continue to increase in the future. Increased insurance premiums or our incurrence of significant uncovered losses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have incurred environmental risks and losses, often from our historic activities, for which we have no available or remaining insurance.
We are exposed to ongoing litigation and other legal and regulatory actions and risks in the ordinary course of our business, and we could incur significant liabilities and substantial legal fees.
We are subject to the risk of litigation, other legal claims and proceedings, and regulatory enforcement actions in the ordinary course of our business. Also, there may be safety or personal injury risks related to our products which are not known today. The results of legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty. We cannot guarantee that the results of current or future legal proceedings against McKesson and a few claims asserted directly against Univar USA Inc. will not materially harm our business, reputation or brand, nor can we guarantee that we will not incur losses in connection with current or future legal proceedings that exceed any provisions we may have set aside in respect of such proceedings or that exceed any applicable insurance coverage. We also cannot guarantee that the general assessment of certain past tax payments in Canada by the Canada Revenue Agency will not result in a material tax liability or that the issues raised by Customs and Border Patrol will not result in a material liability. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. See BusinessLegal Proceedings.
Many of the products we sell have long-tail exposures, giving rise to liabilities many years after their sale and use. Insurance purchased at the time of sale may not be available when costs arise in the future and producers may no longer be available to provide indemnification.
We require significant working capital, and we expect our working capital needs to increase in the future, which could result in having lower cash available for, among other things, capital expenditures and acquisition financing.
We require significant working capital to purchase chemicals from chemical producers and distributors and sell those chemicals efficiently and profitably to our customers. Our working capital needs also increase at certain times of the year, as our customers requirements for chemicals increase. For example, our customers in the agricultural sector require significant deliveries of chemicals within a growing season that can be very short and depend on weather patterns in a given year. We need inventory on hand to have product available to ensure timely delivery to our customers. If our working capital requirements increase and we are unable to finance our working capital on terms and conditions acceptable to us, we may not be able to obtain chemicals to respond to customer demand, which could result in a loss of sales.
In addition, the amount of working capital we require to run our business is expected to increase in the future due to expansions in our business activities. If our working capital needs increase, the amount of free cash we have at our disposal to devote to other uses will decrease. A decrease in free cash could, among other things, limit our flexibility, including our ability to make capital expenditures and to acquire suitable acquisition targets that we have identified. If increases in our working capital occur and have the effect of decreasing our free cash, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
26
We have a history of net losses and may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future.
We have incurred net losses in each of the last five fiscal years, including net losses of $176.2 million, $197.4 million and $82.3 million in the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Growth of our revenues may slow or revenues may decline for a number of possible reasons, including slowing demand for our products and services, increasing competition or decreasing growth of our overall market. Our cost of goods sold could increase for a number of possible reasons, including increases in chemical prices and increases in chemical handling expenses due to regulatory action or litigation. In addition, our ability to generate profits could be impacted by our substantial indebtedness and the related interest expense. The interest payments on our indebtedness have exceeded operating income in each of our last five fiscal years. All of these factors could contribute to further net losses and, if we are unable to meet these risks and challenges as we encounter them, our business may suffer. If we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase such profitability.
We depend on a limited number of key personnel who would be difficult to replace. If we lose the services of these individuals, or are unable to attract new talent, our business will be adversely affected.
We depend upon the ability and experience of a number of our executive management and other key personnel who have substantial experience with our operations, the chemicals and chemical distribution industries and the selected markets in which we operate. The loss of the services of one or a combination of our senior executives or key employees could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We also might suffer an additional impact on our business if one of our senior executives or key employees is hired by a competitor. Our success also depends on our ability to continue to attract, manage and retain other qualified management and technical and clerical personnel as we grow. We may not be able to continue to attract or retain such personnel in the future.
A portion of our workforce is unionized and labor disruptions could decrease our profitability.
As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately 600 employees in the United States subject to various collective bargaining agreements, most of which have a three-year term. In addition, in several of our international facilities, particularly those in Europe, employees are represented by Works Councils appointed pursuant to local law consisting of employee representatives who have certain rights to negotiate working terms and to receive notice of significant actions. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 29% of our labor force is covered by a collective bargaining agreement, including approximately 14% of our labor force in the United States, approximately 22% of our labor force in Canada and approximately 52% of our labor force in Europe, and approximately 12% of our labor force is covered by a collective bargaining agreement that will expire within one year. These arrangements grant certain protections to employees and subject us to employment terms that are similar to collective bargaining agreements. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to negotiate these or other collective bargaining agreements or arrangements with Works Councils on the same or more favorable terms as the current agreements or arrangements, or at all, and without interruptions, including labor stoppages at the facility or facilities subject to any particular agreement or arrangement. A prolonged labor dispute, which could include a work stoppage, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Negative developments affecting our pension plans may occur.
We operate a number of pension plans for our employees and have obligations with respect to several multi-employer pension plans sponsored by labor unions in the United States. The terms of these plans vary from country to country. Generally, our defined benefit pension plans are funded with trust assets invested in a diversified portfolio of debt and equity securities and other investments. Among other factors, changes in interest rates, investment returns, the market value of plan assets and actuarial assumptions can (1) affect the level of plan funding; (2) cause volatility in the net periodic benefit cost; and (3) increase our future contribution requirements. In or following an economic environment characterized by declining investment returns and interest rates, we may be required to make additional cash contributions to our pension plans to satisfy our
27
funding requirements and recognize further increases in our net periodic benefit cost. A significant decrease in investment returns or the market value of plan assets or a significant decrease in interest rates could increase our net periodic benefit costs and adversely affect our results of operations.
Our pension plans in the United States and certain other countries are not fully funded. The funded status of our pension plans is equal to the difference between the value of plan assets and projected benefit obligations. At June 30, 2014, our pension plans had an underfunded status of $223.6 million. This amount could increase or decrease depending on factors such as those mentioned above. Changes to the funded status of our pension plans as a result of updates to actuarial assumptions and actual experience that differs from our estimates will be recognized as gains or losses in the period incurred under our mark to market accounting policy, and could result in a requirement for additional funding which would have a direct effect on our cash position. Based on current projections of minimum funding requirements, we expect to make cash contributions of $51 million to our defined benefit pension plans in 2014. The timing for any such requirement in future years is uncertain given the implicit uncertainty regarding the future developments of factors mentioned above. The union sponsored multi-employer pension plans in which we participate are also underfunded, including the substantially underfunded Teamsters Central States, Southeast and Southwest Pension Plan, which has liabilities at a level twice that of its assets. This requires us to make often substantial withdrawal liability payments when we close a facility covered by one of these plans, which could hinder our ability to make otherwise appropriate management decisions to operate as efficiently as possible.
Our NOL carryforwards could be limited if we do not recognize sufficient taxable income or if we experience an ownership change as defined in the Internal Revenue Code.
As of June 30, 2014, we have U.S. federal NOL carryforwards of $55.9 million ($19.6 million on a tax-effected basis). Such NOL carryforwards begin to expire in fiscal 2032. We may not be able to deduct the full amount of these NOL carryforwards if we do not recognize sufficient taxable income before such NOL carryforwards expire. Additionally, our ability to deduct these NOL carryforwards against future taxable income could be limited if we experience an ownership change, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. In general, an ownership change may result from transactions increasing the aggregate ownership of certain persons (or groups of persons) in our stock by more than 50 percentage points over a testing period (generally three years). While we do not expect this offering to result in an immediate ownership change, future direct or indirect changes in the ownership of our common stock, including sales or acquisitions of our common stock by certain stockholders and purchases and issuances of our common stock by us, some of which are not in our control, could result in an ownership change. Any limitation on the use of our NOL carryforwards could result in the payment of taxes above the amounts currently estimated and have a negative effect on our future results of operations and financial position
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness
We and our subsidiaries may incur additional debt in the future, which could substantially reduce our profitability, limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities and reduce the value of your investment.
As of June 30, 2014, we had $2,872.4 million of debt outstanding under our Senior Term Facility, $306.9 million of debt outstanding under our Senior ABL Facility and $63.0 million of debt outstanding under our European ABL Facility, with $1,013.8 million available for additional borrowing under these facilities. Our former European ABL Facility due 2016 was terminated on March 24, 2014, and all amounts outstanding under such facility were repaid. Subject to certain limitations set forth in these facilities, we or our subsidiaries may incur additional debt in the future, or other obligations that do not constitute indebtedness, which could increase the risks described below and lead to other risks. The amount of our debt or such other obligations could have important consequences for holders of our common stock, including, but not limited to:
| our ability to satisfy obligations to lenders may be impaired, resulting in possible defaults on and acceleration of our indebtedness; |
28
| our ability to obtain additional financing for refinancing of existing indebtedness, working capital, capital expenditures, including costs associated with our international expansion, product and service development, acquisitions, general corporate purposes and other purposes may be impaired; |
| our assets that currently serve as collateral for our debt may be insufficient, or may not be available, to support future financings; |
| a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations could be used to repay the principal and interest on our debt; |
| we may be increasingly vulnerable to economic downturns and increases in interest rates; |
| our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and the markets in which we operate may be limited; and |
| we may be placed at a competitive disadvantage relative to other companies in our industry with less debt or comparable debt at more favorable interest rates. |
The agreements governing our indebtedness contain operating covenants and restrictions that limit our operations and could lead to adverse consequences if we fail to comply with them.
The agreements governing our indebtedness contain certain operating covenants and other restrictions relating to, among other things, limitations on indebtedness (including guarantees of additional indebtedness) and liens, mergers, consolidations and dissolutions, sales of assets, investments and acquisitions, dividends and other restricted payments, repurchase of shares of capital stock and options to purchase shares of capital stock and certain transactions with affiliates. In addition, our Senior ABL Facility and European ABL Facility include certain financial covenants.
The restrictions in the agreements governing our indebtedness may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interest of our business, and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted. We may also incur future debt obligations that might subject us to additional restrictive covenants that could affect our financial and operational flexibility.
Failure to comply with these financial and operating covenants could result from, among other things, changes in our results of operations, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the pricing of our products, our success at implementing cost reduction initiatives, our ability to successfully implement our overall business strategy or changes in general economic conditions, which may be beyond our control. The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default under the agreements that govern these facilities that would permit the lenders to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. If we are unable to repay such amounts, lenders having secured obligations could proceed against the collateral securing these obligations. The collateral includes the capital stock of our domestic subsidiaries, 65% of the capital stock of our foreign subsidiaries and substantially all of our and our subsidiaries other tangible and intangible assets, subject in each case to certain exceptions. This could have serious consequences on our financial condition and results of operations and could cause us to become bankrupt or otherwise insolvent. In addition, these covenants may restrict our ability to engage in transactions that we believe would otherwise be in the best interests of our business and stockholders.
See Description of Certain Indebtedness for additional information about the financial and operating covenants set forth in the agreements governing our Amended Senior Term Facility, Senior ABL Facility and European ABL Facility.
Increases in interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our debt and could reduce our profitability.
Our debt outstanding under the Senior Term Facility, Senior ABL Facility and European ABL Facility bears interest at variable rates. As a result, increases in interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our debt and
29
could materially reduce our profitability and cash flows. For additional information on our indebtedness, debt service obligations and sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations, see Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsQualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk and Description of Certain Indebtedness included elsewhere in this prospectus.
We may have future capital needs and may not be able to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, or at all.
We have historically relied on debt financing to fund our operations, capital expenditures and expansion. The market conditions and the macroeconomic conditions that affect the markets in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our ability to secure financing on acceptable terms, if at all. We may be unable to secure additional financing on favorable terms or at all and our operating cash flow may be insufficient to satisfy our financial obligations under the indebtedness outstanding from time to time. The terms of additional financing may limit our financial and operating flexibility. Our ability to satisfy our financial obligations will depend upon our future operating performance, the availability of credit generally, economic conditions and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Furthermore, if financing is not available when needed, or is not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity, convertible debt securities or other securities convertible into equity, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution in their percentage ownership of our company, and any new securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock, including shares of common stock sold in this offering. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, if and when we require it, our ability to grow or support our business and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering
Our common stock has no prior public market and the market price of our common stock may be volatile and could decline after this offering.
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock, and an active market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. We will negotiate the initial public offering price per share with the representatives of the underwriters and therefore, that price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. We cannot assure you that an active public market for our common stock will develop after this offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustained. In the absence of a public trading market, you may not be able to liquidate your investment in our common stock. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:
| industry or general market conditions; |
| domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance; |
| changes in our customers preferences; |
| new regulatory pronouncements and changes in regulatory guidelines; |
| legislative initiatives; |
| adverse publicity related to us or another industry participant; |
| actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results; |
| changes in securities analysts estimates of our financial performance or lack of research and reports by industry analysts; |
30
| action by institutional stockholders or other large stockholders (including the Equity Sponsors), including future sales; |
| speculation in the press or investment community; |
| investor perception of us and our industry; |
| changes in market valuations or earnings of similar companies; |
| announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions or strategic partnerships; |
| any future sales of our common stock or other securities; and |
| additions or departures of key personnel. |
In particular, we cannot assure you that you will be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price. The stock markets have experienced extreme volatility in recent years that has been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a companys securities, class action litigation has often been instituted against such company. Any litigation of this type brought against us could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our managements attention and resources, which would harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Based on shares outstanding as of , 2014, upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding shares of common stock (or outstanding shares of common stock, assuming exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares from us in full). All of the shares sold pursuant to this offering will be immediately tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless held by affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining shares of common stock outstanding as of , 2014 will be restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, but will be eligible for resale subject, in certain cases, to applicable volume, means of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144 or pursuant to an exception from registration under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements entered into among us, the representatives of the underwriters and stockholders holding more than % of our common stock prior to this offering and our directors and executive officers. Upon completion of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements under the Securities Act to register the shares of common stock to be issued under our equity compensation plans and, as a result, all shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of stock options granted under our plans will also be freely tradable under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements, unless purchased by our affiliates. As of April 30, 2014, there were stock options outstanding to purchase a total of approximately 11,020,470 shares of our common stock. In addition, 589,728 shares of common stock are reserved for future issuance under the 2011 Univar Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, or the Plan.
We and our directors, executive officers and stockholders holding more than % of our common stock prior to this offering have agreed to a lock-up, meaning that, subject to certain exceptions, neither we nor they will sell any shares of our common stock without the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Following the expiration of this 180-day lock-up period, approximately shares of our common stock will be eligible for future sale, subject to the applicable volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144. See Shares of Common Stock Eligible for Future Sale for a discussion of the shares of common stock that may be sold into the public market in the future. In addition, certain of our significant stockholders may distribute shares that they hold to their investors who themselves may then sell into the public market following the expiration of the lock-up period. Such sales may not be subject to the volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144. As resale restrictions end, the
31
market price of our common stock could decline if the holders of those shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering. See Underwriting. In the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into common stock in connection with a financing, acquisition, litigation settlement or employee arrangement or otherwise. Any of these issuances could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If there is no coverage of our company by securities or industry analysts, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage; if one or more of these analysts downgrades our stock or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
The Equity Sponsors control the direction of our business. If the ownership of our common stock continues to be highly concentrated, it could prevent you and other stockholders from influencing significant corporate decisions.
Following the completion of this offering, the Equity Sponsors will collectively beneficially own approximately % of the outstanding shares of our common stock, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. As a result, the Equity Sponsors will exercise significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval for the foreseeable future, including approval of significant corporate transactions, which may reduce the market price of our common stock.
The Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement will allow the Equity Sponsors to nominate six directors each as long as they own at least 50% of the shares of our common stock that the applicable Equity Sponsor owned immediately prior to this offering. This could allow the Equity Sponsors to nominate the entire board of directors. In addition, we will be a controlled company for the purposes of the NYSE rules, which will provide us with exemptions from certain of the corporate governance standards imposed by the NYSEs rules. These provisions will allow the Equity Sponsors to exercise significant control over our corporate decisions and limit the ability of the public stockholders to influence our decision making.
Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws will also include a number of provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control for so long as the Equity Sponsors own specified percentages of our common stock. See Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock. These provisions not only could have a negative impact on the trading price of our common stock, but could also allow the Equity Sponsors to delay or prevent a corporate transaction that the public stockholders approve of.
Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that we will waive any interest or expectancy in corporate opportunities presented to the Equity Sponsors.
Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that we, on our behalf and on behalf of our subsidiaries, renounce and waive any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, corporate opportunities that are from time to time presented to the Equity Sponsors, or their respective officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries, even if the opportunity is one that we or our subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or
32
desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. None of the Equity Sponsors or their respective agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries will generally be liable to us or any of our subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person pursues, acquires or participates in such corporate opportunity, directs such corporate opportunity to another person or fails to present such corporate opportunity, or information regarding such corporate opportunity, to us or our subsidiaries unless, in the case of any such person who is a director or officer, such corporate opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer. Stockholders will be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision of our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. This will allow the Equity Sponsors to compete with us. Strong competition for investment opportunities could result in fewer such opportunities for us. We likely will not always be able to compete successfully with our competitors and competitive pressures or other factors may also result in significant price competition, particularly during industry downturns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Fulfilling our obligations incident to being a public company, including with respect to the requirements of and related rules under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, will be expensive and time-consuming, and any delays or difficulties in satisfying these obligations could have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations and our stock price.
Following this offering, we will be subject to the reporting and corporate governance requirements, the listing standards of the NYSE and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which apply to issuers of listed equity, which will impose certain new compliance costs and obligations upon us. The changes necessitated by publicly listing our equity will require a significant commitment of additional resources and management oversight which will increase our operating costs. These changes will also place additional demands on our finance and accounting staff and on our financial accounting and information systems. Other expenses associated with being a public company include increases in auditing, accounting and legal fees and expenses, investor relations expenses, increased directors fees and director and officer liability insurance costs, registrar and transfer agent fees and listing fees, as well as other expenses. As a public company, we will be required, among other things, to:
| prepare and file periodic reports, and distribute other shareholder communications, in compliance with the federal securities laws and the NYSE rules; |
| define and expand the roles and the duties of our Board of Directors and its committees; and |
| institute more comprehensive compliance, investor relations and internal audit functions. |
In particular, upon completion of this offering, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require us to document and test the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with an established internal control framework, and to report on our conclusions as to the effectiveness of our internal controls. Likewise, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, upon completion of this offering, we will be required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, to maintain disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. This could result in a decrease in the value of our common shares. Failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the Securities and Exchange Comission, or the SEC, the NYSE or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.
Our ability to successfully implement our business plan and comply with Section 404 requires us to be able to prepare timely and accurate financial statements. Any delay in the implementation of, or disruption in the
33
transition to, new or enhanced systems, procedures or controls, may cause our operations to suffer and we may be unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective and to obtain an unqualified report on internal controls from our auditors. Moreover, we cannot be certain that these measures would ensure that we implement and maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Even if we were to conclude, and our auditors were to concur, that our internal control over financial reporting provided reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP, because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect fraud or misstatements. This, in turn, could have an adverse impact on trading prices for our shares of common stock, and could adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets.
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.
Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws will include a number of provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. For example, our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws will:
| authorize the issuance of blank check preferred stock that could be issued by our Board of Directors to thwart a takeover attempt; |
| establish a classified Board of Directors, as a result of which our board will be divided into three classes, with each class serving for staggered three-year terms, which prevents stockholders from electing an entirely new Board of Directors at an annual meeting; |
| limit the ability of stockholders to remove directors if the Equity Sponsors collectively cease to own more than % of our voting common stock; |
| provide that vacancies on the Board of Directors, including newly-created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office; |
| prohibit stockholders from calling special meetings of stockholders if the Equity Sponsors collectively cease to own more than % of our voting common stock; |
| prohibit stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders if the Equity Sponsors collectively cease to own more than % of our voting common stock; |
| establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings; and |
| require the approval of holders of at least % of the outstanding shares of our voting common stock to amend the by-laws and certain provisions of the certificate of incorporation if the Equity Sponsors collectively cease to own more than % of our common stock. |
These provisions may prevent our stockholders from receiving the benefit from any premium to the market price of our common stock offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if the provisions are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future. See Description of Capital StockAnti-Takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws. Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws may also make it difficult for stockholders to replace or remove our management. These provisions may facilitate management entrenchment that may delay, deter, render more difficult or prevent a change in our control, which may not be in the best interests of our stockholders.
34
Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will include provisions limiting the personal liability of our directors for breaches of fiduciary duty under the DGCL.
Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will contain provisions permitted under the DGCL relating to the liability of directors. These provisions will eliminate a directors personal liability to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except in circumstances involving:
| any breach of the directors duty of loyalty; |
| acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law; |
| under Section 174 of the DGCL (unlawful dividends); or |
| any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit. |
The principal effect of the limitation on liability provision is that a stockholder will be unable to prosecute an action for monetary damages against a director unless the stockholder can demonstrate a basis for liability for which indemnification is not available under the DGCL. These provisions, however, should not limit or eliminate our rights or any stockholders rights to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission, in the event of a breach of a directors fiduciary duty. These provisions will not alter a directors liability under federal securities laws. The inclusion of this provision in our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their fiduciary duties, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited us and our stockholders.
Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.
Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. By becoming a stockholder in our company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation related to choice of forum. The choice of forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may limit our stockholders ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.
Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering and future equity issuances.
If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your stock, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value per share of the shares you acquire. As a result, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. The net tangible deficit per share, calculated as of , 2014 and after giving effect to the offering, is . Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution of per share. In addition, we have issued options to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us, or if we issue additional equity securities in the future, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience additional dilution. See Dilution.
35
We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.
We do not intend to declare and pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future and the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders have purchased their shares.
We expect to be a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, we will qualify for, and currently intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.
After completion of this offering we expect that the Equity Sponsors will collectively beneficially own approximately % of the outstanding shares of our common stock, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. If that occurs, we expect to qualify as a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance rules. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a controlled company and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:
| the requirement that a majority of the Board of Directors consist of independent directors; |
| the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committees purpose and responsibilities, or otherwise have director nominees selected by vote of a majority of the independent directors; |
| the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committees purpose and responsibilities; and |
| the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees. |
Accordingly, we intend to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors, our compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee may not consist entirely of independent directors and the board committees may not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Additionally, we are only required to have one independent audit committee member upon the listing of our common stock on the NYSE, a majority of independent audit committee members within 90 days from the date of listing and all independent audit committee members within one year from the date of listing. Consequently, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all applicable stock exchange corporate governance rules and requirements. Our status as a controlled company could make our common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.
36
Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $ million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us of approximately $ million in connection with this offering.
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering (i) to redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire $ million of our outstanding long-term indebtedness, (ii) to pay related fees and expenses, (iii) to pay the Equity Sponsors an aggregate fee of $ to terminate the consulting agreements described below under Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsConsulting Agreements and Indemnification Agreements and (iv) to use the remaining proceeds, if any, for general corporate purposes. The indebtedness that we are redeeming, repurchasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring bears interest at a rate of % per annum and matures on .
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus) would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of shares in the number of shares offered would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by us to new investors by $ million, assuming the initial public offering price of $ per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus) remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
37
We have not declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock in our most recent three fiscal years or in 2014. We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance our operations and growth. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent on earnings, financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, any contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. In addition, our secured credit facilities contain limitations on our ability to declare and pay cash dividends. Pursuant to the terms of our Senior ABL Facility, we may pay dividends on our stock as long as (i) no default or event of default has occurred and (ii) either (a)(I) the total availability is at least 20% of the total borrowing base and (II) the U.S. availability is greater than 20% of the U.S. borrowing base or (b)(I) the total availability is greater than 12.5% of the total borrowing base, (II) the U.S. availability is greater than 12.5% of the U.S. borrowing base and (III) after giving effect to the dividend payment, we have a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0, subject to certain other restrictions in our Senior ABL Facility. Pursuant to the terms of our Senior Term Facility, we may pay dividends on our stock so long as no event of default has occurred and is continuing thereunder and provided that at the time of such payment of dividends, and after giving effect thereto, our consolidated total leverage ratio does not exceed 4.00 to 1.00 and the amount of such dividends does not exceed $20 million in the aggregate, subject to certain other restrictions in our Senior Term Facility. Pursuant to the terms of our European ABL Facility, we may pay dividends on our stock as long as (i) no default or event of default has occurred and (ii) either (a) the total availability is greater than the greater of (I) 20% of the total borrowing base and (II) 35 million or (b)(I) the total availability is greater than the greater of (x) 12.5% of the total borrowing base and (y) 20 million and (II) after giving effect to the dividend payment, we have a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0, subject to certain other restrictions in our European ABL Facility. For a description of our Senior ABL Facility, Senior Term Facility and European ABL Facility, see Description of Certain Indebtedness.
38
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization on a consolidated basis as of June 30, 2014:
| on an actual basis; |
| on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale by us of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us) and the use of the net proceeds therefrom as described in Use of Proceeds. |
The as adjusted information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus entitled Selected Consolidated Financial Data, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Description of Certain Indebtedness and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
As of June 30, 2014 | ||||||||
Actual |
As
Adjusted(1) |
|||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||
(Dollars in millions) | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 163.2 | $ | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Senior Term Loan Facilities: |
||||||||
Term B Loan due 2017 |
$ | 2,697.2 | $ | |||||
Euro Tranche Term Loan due 2017 |
175.2 | |||||||
Asset Backed Loan (ABL) Facilities: |
||||||||
ABL Revolver due 2018 |
231.9 | |||||||
ABL Term Loan due 2016 |
75.0 | |||||||
European ABL Facility due 2019 |
63.0 | |||||||
Senior Subordinated Notes: |
||||||||
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 |
600.0 | |||||||
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 |
50.0 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total Debt Before Discount |
3,892.3 | |||||||
Discount on Long-Term Debt |
(26.9 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total Long Term Debt |
3,865.4 | |||||||
Stockholders equity (deficit): |
||||||||
Common stock, par value $0.000000014 per share, 734,625,648 shares authorized: (i) Actual: 199,379,445 shares issued and outstanding and (ii) As adjusted: shares issued and shares outstanding |
| |||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
1,454.6 | |||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(964.3 | ) | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(85.5 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total stockholders equity |
404.8 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total capitalization |
$ | 4,270.2 | $ | |||||
|
|
|
|
(1) |
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus) would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated |
39
offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of shares in the number of shares offered would increase or decrease the net proceeds by $ million, assuming the initial public offering price of $ per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus) remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. |
The share information as of June 30, 2014 shown in the table above excludes any shares to be reserved for issuance under our stock option plans that may be adopted prior to the completion of this offering.
40
If you invest in our common stock, the book value of your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.
Our net tangible book value as of , 2014 was $ million and net tangible book value per share was $ . Net tangible book value per share before the offering has been determined by dividing net tangible book value (total book value of tangible assets less total liabilities) by the number of shares of common stock outstanding at , 2014, after giving effect to a for stock split of our common stock effected on , 2014.
After giving effect to the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our net tangible book value at , 2014 would have been $ million, or $ per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value per share of $ to our existing stockholders and dilution in net tangible book value per share of $ to new investors who purchase shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution to new investors:
Initial public offering price per share |
$ | |||||||
Net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of , 2014 |
$ | |||||||
Increase per share attributable to this offering |
||||||||
|
|
|||||||
Net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering |
$ | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Dilution in net tangible book value (deficit) per share to new investors |
$ | |||||||
|
|
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus) would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of shares in the number of shares offered would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by us to new investors by $ million, assuming the initial public offering price of $ per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The following table summarizes, as of , 2014, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by the existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering:
Shares Purchased | Total Consideration |
Average
Price Per Share |
||||||||||||||
Number | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||
(Shares in thousands) |
(Dollars in millions) |
|||||||||||||||
Existing stockholders |
% | % | $ | |||||||||||||
New investors |
% | % | $ | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
100 | % | 100 | % | $ | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the underwriters were to exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders would be %, and the percentage of shares of common stock held by new investors would be %.
The share information as of , 2014 shown in the table above excludes any shares to be reserved for issuance under our stock option plans that may be adopted prior to the completion of this offering.
41
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table presents our summary consolidated financial data as of and for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of our management, our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position, results of our operations and cash flows. Our historical consolidated financial data may not be indicative of our future performance.
This Selected Consolidated Financial Data should be read in conjunction with Prospectus SummarySummary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Fiscal Year Ended | Six Months Ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31,
2013 |
December 31,
2012 |
December 31,
2011 |
December 31,
2010 |
December 31,
2009 |
June 30,
2014 |
June 30,
2013 |
||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in millions, except share and per share data)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(audited) | (unaudited) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statement of Operations: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 10,324.6 | $ | 9,747.1 | $ | 9,718.5 | $ | 7,908.2 | $ | 7,194.5 | $ | 5,377.8 | $ | 5,285.7 | ||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) |
8,448.7 | 7,924.6 | 7,883.0 | 6,399.9 | 5,804.2 | 4,404.9 | 4,337.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
1,875.9 | 1,822.5 | 1,835.5 | 1,508.3 | 1,390.3 | 972.9 | 947.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling expenses |
326.0 | 308.2 | 294.1 | 209.4 | 181.6 | 181.4 | 162.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative |
951.7 | 907.1 | 895.4 | 799.8 | 770.8 | 469.5 | 499.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net |
12.0 | 177.7 | 140.3 | 86.2 | (39.1 | ) | 47.3 | 20.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
128.1 | 111.7 | 108.4 | 83.0 | 80.1 | 61.2 | 60.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization |
100.0 | 93.3 | 90.0 | 45.6 | 46.3 | 47.8 | 49.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment charges |
135.6 | 75.8 | 173.9 | 12.6 | 36.0 | | 62.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
1,653.4 | 1,673.8 | 1,702.1 | 1,236.6 | 1,075.7 | 807.2 | 855.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Operating income |
222.5 | 148.7 | 133.4 | 271.7 | 314.6 | 165.7 | 92.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Other (expense) income |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
11.0 | 9.0 | 7.1 | 7.7 | 7.7 | 4.9 | 5.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(305.5 | ) | (277.1 | ) | (280.7 | ) | (309.6 | ) | (314.9 | ) | (133.6 | ) | (168.3 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
(2.5 | ) | (0.5 | ) | (16.1 | ) | (14.5 | ) | | (1.2 | ) | (2.5 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
(17.6 | ) | (1.9 | ) | (4.0 | ) | 4.5 | 4.6 | (3.9 | ) | (12.8 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total other expense |
(314.6 | ) | (270.5 | ) | (293.7 | ) | (311.9 | ) | (302.6 | ) | (133.8 | ) | (178.3 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
(92.1 | ) | (121.8 | ) | (160.3 | ) | (40.2 | ) | 12.0 | 31.9 | (85.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Income tax (benefit) expense |
(9.8 | ) | 75.6 | 15.9 | 30.4 | 14.2 | 15.2 | (15.3 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (82.3 | ) | $ | (197.4 | ) | $ | (176.2 | ) | $ | (70.6 | ) | $ | (2.2 | ) | 16.7 | (70.2 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) per common share: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic and Diluted |
$ | (0.42 | ) | $ | (1.01 | ) | $ | (0.91 | ) | $ | (0.48 | ) | $ | (0.02 | ) | $ | 0.08 | $ | (0.36 | ) | ||||||||
Weighted average common shares used in computing net income (loss) per share: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
197,060,636 | 195,186,585 | 194,518,767 | 148,003,681 | 143,986,627 | 197,813,005 | 197,020,097 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
197,060,636 | 195,186,585 | 194,518,767 | 148,003,681 | 143,986,627 | 198,540,086 | 197,020,097 |
42
As of | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31,
2013 |
December 31,
2012 |
December 31,
2011 |
December 31,
2010 |
December 31,
2009 |
June 30,
2014 |
|||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(audited) | (unaudited) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance sheet data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 180.4 | $ | 220.9 | $ | 96.3 | $ | 127.9 | $ | 140.2 | $ | 163.2 | ||||||||||||
Total assets |
6,217.0 | 6,530.5 | 5,712.1 | 6,755.8 | 4,883.3 | 6,625.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Long-term obligations |
4,244.8 | 4,525.4 | 3,632.9 | 4,607.4 | 3,379.6 | 4,357.3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Stockholders equity |
381.3 | 526.4 | 660.3 | 875.9 | 445.2 | 404.8 |
Fiscal Year Ended | Six Months Ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31,
2013 |
December 31,
2012 |
December 31,
2011 |
December 31,
2010 |
December 31,
2009 |
June 30,
2014 |
June 30,
2013 |
||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in millions) (unaudited) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities |
$ | 289.3 | $ | 15.5 | $ | 262.4 | $ | 27.1 | $ | 217.4 | $ | (75.9 | ) | $ | 108.4 | |||||||||||||
Net cash used by investing activities |
(215.7 | ) | (657.1 | ) | (250.8 | ) | (789.6 | ) | (35.3 | ) |
|
(47.7
|
)
|
(159.8 | ) | |||||||||||||
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities |
(110.5 | ) | 753.8 | (35.1 | ) | 749.0 | (278.7 | ) |
|
106.0
|
|
57.1 | ||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditures |
141.3 | 170.1 | 102.9 | 92.0 | 65.9 | 48.4 | 83.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(1) |
598.2 | 607.2 | 646.0 | 499.1 | 437.9 | 322.0 | 285.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA margin(1) |
5.8 | % | 6.2 | % | 6.6 | % | 6.3 | % | 6.1 | % | 6.0 | % | 5.4 | % |
(1) | For a complete discussion of the method of calculating Adjusted EBITDA and its usefulness, refer to Prospectus SummarySummary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following is a quantitative reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial performance measure, which is net income (loss): |
Fiscal Year Ended | Six Months Ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31,
2013 |
December 31,
2012 |
December 31,
2011 |
December 31,
2010 |
December 31,
2009 |
June 30,
2014 |
June 30,
2013 |
||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (82.3 | ) | $ | (197.4 | ) | $ | (176.2 | ) | $ | (70.6 | ) | $ | (2.2 | ) | $ | 16.7 | $ | (70.2 | ) | ||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
(9.8 | ) | 75.6 | 15.9 | 30.4 | 14.2 | 15.2 | (15.3 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
294.5 | 268.1 | 273.6 | 301.9 | 307.2 | 128.7 | 163.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
2.5 | 0.5 | 16.1 | 14.5 | | 1.2 | 2.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization |
100.0 | 93.3 | 90.0 | 45.6 | 46.3 | 47.8 | 49.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
128.1 | 111.7 | 108.4 | 83.0 | 80.1 | 61.2 | 60.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
EBITDA |
$ | 433.0 | $ | 351.8 | $ | 327.8 | $ | 404.8 | $ | 445.6 | $ | 270.8 | $ | 190.1 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Impairment charges(a) |
135.6 | 75.8 | 173.9 | 12.6 | 36.0 | | 62.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net(b) |
12.0 | 177.7 | 140.3 | 86.2 | (39.1 | ) | 47.3 | 20.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other expense (income), net(c) |
17.6 | 1.9 | 4.0 | (4.5 | ) | (4.6 | ) | 3.9 | 12.8 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 598.2 | $ | 607.2 | $ | 646.0 | $ | 499.1 | $ | 437.9 | $ | 322.0 | $ | 285.4 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) | The 2013 impairment charges primarily related to the write-off of goodwill related to the Rest of World segment as well as the write-off of capitalized software costs related to a global ERP system. The 2012 and 2011 impairment charges primarily related to the impairment of goodwill in the EMEA segment. The 2010 and 2009 impairment charges primarily related to impairments of idle properties and equipment. |
(b) | Other operating expense (income), net primarily consists of pension mark to market adjustments, acquisition and integration related expenses, employee stock based compensation expense, redundancy and restructuring costs, advisory fees paid to stockholders, and other unusual and non-recurring expenses. |
(c) | Other expense, net consists of gains and losses on foreign currency transactions, undesignated derivative instruments, ineffective portion of cash flow hedges, and debt refinancing costs. |
43
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Overview
We are a leading global chemical distributor and provider of innovative value-added services. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, we held the #1 market position in North America and the #2 market position in Europe. We source chemicals from over 8,800 producers worldwide and provide a comprehensive array of products and services to over 133,000 customer locations in over 150 countries. Our scale and broad geographic reach, combined with our deep product knowledge, end market expertise and our differentiated value-added services, provide us with a distinct competitive advantage and enable us to offer customers a one-stop shop for their chemical needs. As a result, we believe we are strategically positioned for significant growth and to increase our market share.
Since hiring our President and CEO, Erik Fyrwald, in May 2012, we have significantly enhanced our management team, hiring 12 of our top 18 executives, and have implemented a series of transformational initiatives to drive growth and operating performance. These initiatives include:
| focusing increased efforts on strengthening our market, technical and product expertise in attractive, high-growth industry sectors, such as oil, gas and mining, water treatment, agricultural sciences, food ingredients, cleaning and sanitization, pharmaceutical ingredients and personal care; |
| increasing and enhancing our value-added services, such as specialty product blending, automated tank monitoring and refill of less than truckload quantities, chemical waste management and digitally-enabled marketing and sales; |
| undertaking a series of measures to drive operational excellence, such as enhancing our supply chain and logistics expertise, enhancing our Global Sourcing and Exports, or GS&E capabilities reducing procurement costs, streamlining back-office functions and improving our working capital efficiency; |
| pursuing commercial excellence programs, including significantly increasing our global sales force, establishing a performance driven sales culture and developing our proprietary, analytics-based mobile sales force tools; and |
| continuing to improve upon our distribution industry leadership in safety performance, which serves as a differentiating factor for both producers and our customers. |
These initiatives have contributed to increases in Adjusted EBITDA in recent periods, and we believe we are well-positioned to continue to capture market share while growing Adjusted EBITDA. In the twelve months ended June 30, 2014, we generated $10.4 billion in net sales and $634.8 million in Adjusted EBITDA. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), see Prospectus SummarySummary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data.
Key Business Metrics
Net sales . We generate net sales primarily through the sale of chemicals to our customers. Our net sales also include billings for freight and handling charges and fees earned for services provided, and is presented net of any discounts, returns, customer rebates and sales or other revenue-based tax.
Gross profit and gross margin . We believe that gross profit and gross margin are useful for evaluating our operating performance. We define gross profit as net sales less cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation). We define gross margin as gross profit divided by net sales. Our cost of goods sold includes all inventory costs, such as purchase prices from suppliers, net of any rebates received, as well as inbound freight and handling, direct labor and other costs incurred to blend and repackage the product and is exclusive of costs to deliver the products we buy from producers and depreciation expense. Cost of goods sold is recognized based on the weighted
44
average cost of the inventory sold. Our gross profit may not be comparable to those of other companies, as other companies may include all of the costs related to their distribution network in cost of goods sold.
Operating expenses . Our operating expenses consist of outbound freight and handling, warehousing, selling and administrative expenses, other operating expenses, net, depreciation, amortization and impairment charges. Outbound freight and handling expenses include direct costs in delivering products to customers, such as direct labor costs, fuel and common carrier activity. Warehousing, selling and administrative expenses include indirect labor costs, which consist of substantially all labor costs not related to blending and repackaging, and other general and administrative expenses such as occupancy, warehousing, marketing, selling, and information technology. Other operating expenses, net primarily consists of pension mark to market adjustments, acquisition and integration related expenses, employee stock based compensation expense, redundancy and restructuring costs, advisory fees paid to stockholders, and other unusual and non-recurring expenses.
Adjusted EBITDA . In addition to our net income (loss) determined in accordance with GAAP, we evaluate operating performance using Adjusted EBITDA, which we define as our consolidated net income (loss), plus the sum of interest expense, net of interest income, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation, amortization, other operating expenses, net (which primarily consists of pension mark to market adjustments, acquisition and integration related expenses, employee stock based compensation expense, redundancy and restructuring costs, advisory fees paid to stockholders, and other unusual and non-recurring expenses), impairment charges, loss on extinguishment of debt and other expense (income), net (which consists of gains and losses on foreign currency transactions and undesignated derivative instruments, ineffective portion of cash flow hedges, and debt refinancing costs). We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is an important indicator of operating performance because:
| we report Adjusted EBITDA to our lenders as required under the covenants of our credit agreements; |
| Adjusted EBITDA excludes the effects of income taxes, as well as the effects of financing and investing activities by eliminating the effects of interest, depreciation and amortization expenses; |
| we consider gains (losses) on the acquisition, disposal and impairment of assets as resulting from investing decisions rather than ongoing operations; and |
| other significant items, while periodically affecting our results, may vary significantly from period to period and have a disproportionate effect in a given period, which affects comparability of our results. |
For reconciliations of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, see Prospectus SummarySummary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data and Selected Financial Data.
Key Factors Affecting Operating Results and Financial Condition
Economic conditions and industry trends . Our business depends on demand from customers for chemicals. Because the vast majority of the chemicals we sell are used in industrial production, the chemical market has historically performed in line with broader industrial production trends as well as trends in end markets affecting industrial production such as consumer goods. As general economic conditions improve or deteriorate, industrial production generally and chemicals consumption more specifically tend to move correspondingly, particularly in those industry sectors or geographic areas most directly affected by the changed economic conditions. Although these changes in industrial production and economic activity also affect chemical distribution, they tend to do so to a lesser extent. The changes in industrial production and economic activity have been mitigated by the trend toward outsourcing of distribution by larger chemical producers as well as specific strategies employed by chemical producers.
Acquisitions . From time to time we enter into strategic acquisitions to expand into new markets, new platforms and new geographies in an effort to better service existing customers and attract new ones. In accordance with GAAP, the results of the acquisitions we completed are reflected in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition forward. We incur transaction and integration costs prior to fully realizing the benefits of acquisition synergies.
45
In 2013, we completed one acquisition for an aggregate purchase price of $92.4 million. On May 16, 2013, we acquired 100% of the equity interest in Quimicompuestos S.A. de C.V., or Quimicompuestos, a leading distributor of commodity chemicals in Mexico. The acquisition provides us with a strong platform for future growth in Mexico and enables us to offer its customers and suppliers the complete end to end value proposition with both specialty chemical and commodity offerings. See Note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information on the acquisition.
In 2012, we completed one acquisition for an aggregate purchase price of $517.0 million. On December 11, 2012, we acquired 100% of the equity interest in Magnablend Holdings, Inc., or Magnablend, a Texas-based provider of custom specialty chemical manufacturing, blending and packaging solutions. The acquisition provides us with a strong platform for future growth in the rapidly growing North American oil and gas market.
In 2011, we completed three acquisitions for an aggregate purchase price of $158.5 million.
On January 3, 2011, we acquired 100% of the equity interest in Quaron S.A.S., or Quaron, a leading chemical distributor in Belgium and the Netherlands. The combined organizations will offer better product selection and enhanced value-added services to customers and provide supplier partners with greater opportunities for sales growth and technical service.
On March 16, 2011, we completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Eral A.S. and Protek A.S., or, collectively, Eral-Protek, a leading chemical distributor in Turkey. This acquisition gives us a greater presence in the region, as Turkey is a growing market and an important logistical and cultural bridge between Europe and our growing Middle Eastern and African businesses.
On August 31, 2011, we completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Arinos Quimica, or Arinos, a leading chemical distributor of specialty and commodity chemicals and high-value services in Brazil. The acquisition provides us with a presence in the Brazilian market and will provide customers with access to a broader base of products through our existing global supply chain.
Volume-based pricing . We generally procure chemicals through purchase orders rather than under long-term contracts with firm commitments. Our arrangements with key producers are typically embodied in agreements that we refer to as framework supply agreements. We work to develop strong relationships with a select group of producers that we target based on a number of factors, including price, breadth of product offering, quality, market recognition, delivery terms and schedules, continuity of supply and their strategic positioning. Our framework supply agreements with chemicals producers typically renew annually and, while they generally do not provide for specific product pricing, many include volume-based financial incentives that we earn by meeting or exceeding target purchase volumes. Our ability to earn these volume-based incentives is an important factor in improving our financial results.
Cost Savings . We are increasingly focusing on our procurement organization to reduce sourcing costs and are implementing robust inventory planning and stocking systems. We are also in the process of centralizing, improving and consolidating our indirect-spend, including third party transportation, all in an effort to reduce costs as well as improve reliability and improve the level of service we offer customers. We are also currently implementing a pan-European realignment to consolidate our European operations, including our information technology systems, raw materials procurement, logistics, route operations and the management of producer relationships in order to benefit from economies of scale and improve cost efficiency.
Working capital . In addition to affecting our net sales, fluctuations in chemical prices tend to result in changes in our reported inventories, trade receivables and trade payables even when our sales volumes and our rate of turnover of these working capital items remain relatively constant. Our business is characterized by a relatively high level of reported working capital, the effects of which can be compounded by increases in chemical prices. Our initiatives to improve realization of receivables and inventory management have enabled us to improve our working capital position (represented by the number of days of sales in working capital) by six days from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2013.
46
Foreign currencies. We operate an international business and deal in most major currencies. Although our multi-national operations provide some insulation against the effect of regional economic downturns, they also expose us to currency risk. In 2013, approximately 42% of our net sales came from outside the United States, most of which were foreign currency sales denominated in euro, Canadian dollars and British pounds sterling. The functional currency of our operations outside the United States is generally the local currency. Transactions in local markets are generally recorded in the local functional currency at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the functional currency rate of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date. Fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies affect the translation of our financial results. We have not generally hedged this translation risk. In this Managements Discussion and Analysis, we present the impact of foreign currency translation on our income statement information, which we calculate by applying the average of the daily currency exchange rates for the prior year period to the current years local currency results. Fluctuations in exchange rates also affect our consolidated balance sheet. Changes in the U.S. dollar values of our consolidated assets and liabilities resulting from exchange rate movements may also cause us to record foreign currency gains and losses. See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
In addition to currency translation risks, in some cases we incur costs in currencies other than those in which we record related net sales. Because of the local basis on which these exposures arise, however, and because they are typically of short duration, they tend not to be material to our results. In any event, we tend to hedge our transaction risk by using foreign-exchange forward contracts either through specific hedges for significant transactions or through hedging on a portfolio basis to address currency transaction mismatches embedded in the large number of our smaller transactions.
Quarterly results/seasonality . Seasonal changes may affect our business and results of operations. Our net sales are affected by the level of industrial production, which tends to decline in the fourth quarter of each year. Certain of our end markets also experience seasonal fluctuations, which also affect our net sales and results of operations. For example, our sales to the agricultural end market, particularly in Canada, tend to peak in the second and third quarters in each year, depending in part on weather-related variations in demand for agricultural chemicals. Sales to other end markets such as paints and coatings or water treatment may also be affected by changing seasonal weather conditions. See Quarterly Results of Operations Data.
Reporting Segments
Our operations are structured into four operating segments that represent the geographic areas under which we operate and manage our business. These segments are USA, Canada, EMEA and Rest of World.
We monitor the results of our operating segments separately for the purpose of making decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment. We evaluate performance on the basis of Adjusted EBITDA.
We set transfer prices between operating segments on an arms-length basis in a similar manner to transactions with third parties. We allocate corporate operating expenses that directly benefit our operating segments on a basis that reasonably approximates our estimates of the use of these services.
Other/Eliminations represents the elimination of inter-segment transactions as well as unallocated corporate costs consisting of costs specifically related to parent company operations that do not directly benefit segments, either individually or collectively. In the analysis of our results of operations, we discuss operating segment results for the current reporting period following our consolidated results of operations period-to-period comparison.
47
Results of Operations
The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, certain statements of operations data first on the basis of reported data and then as a percentage of total net sales for the relevant period. The financial data set forth below are not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2013
Six Months Ended |
Favorable
(unfavorable) |
%
Change |
Impact of
Currency* |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in US$ millions) |
June 30, 2014 | June 30, 2013 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 5,377.8 | 100.0 | % | $ | 5,285.7 | 100.0 | % | $ | 92.1 | 1.7 | % | (0.9 | )% | ||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) |
4,404.9 | 81.9 | % | 4,337.8 | 82.1 | % | (67.1 | ) | (1.5 | )% | 1.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
972.9 | 18.1 | % | 947.9 | 17.9 | % | 25.0 | 2.6 | % | (0.4 | )% | |||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling |
181.4 | 3.4 | % | 162.7 | 3.1 | % | (18.7 | ) | (11.5 | )% | 0.4 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative |
469.5 | 8.7 | % | 499.8 | 9.5 | % | 30.3 | 6.1 | % | 0.1 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net |
47.3 | 0.9 | % | 20.4 | 0.4 | % | (26.9 | ) | (131.9 | )% | (2.0 | )% | ||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
61.2 | 1.1 | % | 60.9 | 1.2 | % | (0.3 | ) | (0.5 | )% | | % | ||||||||||||||||
Amortization |
47.8 | 0.9 | % | 49.2 | 0.9 | % | 1.4 | 2.8 | % | 1.2 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Impairment charges |
| | % | 62.1 | 1.2 | % | 62.1 | 100.0 | % | | % | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
807.2 | 15.0 | % | 855.1 | 16.2 | % | 47.9 | 5.6 | % | 0.2 | % | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating income |
165.7 | 3.1 | % | 92.8 | 1.8 | % | 72.9 | 78.6 | % | (3.0 | )% | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other (expense) income: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
4.9 | 0.1 | % | 5.3 | 0.1 | % | (0.4 | ) | (7.5 | )% | 1.9 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(133.6 | ) | (2.5 | )% | (168.3 | ) | (3.2 | )% | 34.7 | 20.6 | % | (0.2 | )% | |||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
(1.2 | ) | | % | (2.5 | ) | | % | 1.3 | 52.0 | % | | % | |||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
(3.9 | ) | (0.1 | )% | (12.8 | ) | (0.2 | )% | 8.9 | 69.5 | % | 2.3 | % | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total other expense |
(133.8 | ) | (2.5 | )% | (178.3 | ) | (3.4 | )% | 44.5 | 25.0 | % | (0.1 | )% | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
31.9 | 0.6 | % | (85.5 | ) | (1.6 | )% | 117.4 | 137.3 | % | (3.4 | )% | ||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
15.2 | 0.3 | % | (15.3 | ) | (0.3 | )% | (30.5 | ) | (199.3 | )% | 2.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 16.7 | 0.3 | % | $ | (70.2 | ) | (1.3 | )% | 86.9 | 123.8 | % | (3.7 | )% | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
* | Foreign currency translation is included in the percentage change. Unfavorable impacts from foreign currency translation are designated with parentheses. |
Net sales
Net sales were $5,377.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $92.1 million, or 1.7%, from the six months ended June 30, 2013. The comparability of these periods is impacted by the May 2013 acquisition of Quimicompuestos in Mexico, which contributed additional net sales of $78.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Excluding the impact of Quimicompuestos, reported sales volumes increased net sales by 2.7% for the comparative periods as the result of increases in the USA and Canada segments, partially offset by decreases in the EMEA and Rest of World segments. Excluding the effect of Quimicompuestos, changes in sales pricing and product mix decreased net sales by 1.5% as a result of decreases in the USA segment partially offset by increases in the Canada, EMEA and Rest of World segments. Foreign currency translation decreased net sales by 0.9% when compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013 primarily due to the US dollar strengthening against the Canadian dollar partially offset by the US dollar weakening against the euro. Refer to the Segment results for the six months ended June 30, 2014 discussion for additional information.
48
Gross profit
Gross profit increased $25.0 million, or 2.6%, to $972.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. Quimicompuestos contributed additional gross profit of $8.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Excluding the effect of Quimicompuestos, gross profit increased by 2.7% due to increases in reported sales volumes. Gross profit decreased by 0.5% primarily due to changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments resulting from decreases in the USA segment partially offset by increases in the Canada, EMEA and Rest of World segments. Foreign currency translation decreased gross profit by 0.4% when compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013 mainly due to the US dollar strengthening against the Canadian dollar partially offset by the US dollar weakening against the euro. Gross margin increased to 18.1% in the six months ended June 30, 2014 from 17.9% in the six months ended June 30, 2013 due to average purchasing costs decreasing at a faster rate than average selling prices in the USA and Canada segments and improved gross margin per ton in the EMEA and Rest of World segments. Refer to the Segment results for the six months ended June 30, 2014 discussion for additional information.
Outbound freight and handling
Outbound freight and handling expenses increased $18.7 million, or 11.5%, to $181.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, and increased as a percentage of net sales from 3.1% in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to 3.4% in the six months ended June 30, 2014, which was primarily attributable to the increase in reported sales volumes, increased expense due to the tight truckload shipping conditions and incremental costs from the Quimicompuestos acquisition. Foreign currency translation decreased outbound freight and handling by 0.4% or $0.6 million. Refer to the Segment results for the six months ended June 30, 2014 discussion for additional information.
Warehousing, selling and administrative
Warehousing, selling and administrative expenses decreased $30.3 million, or 6.1%, to $469.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, and decreased as a percentage of net sales from 9.5% in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to 8.7% in the six months ended June 30, 2014. The decrease was primarily attributable to realizing the benefits of previously implemented productivity initiatives. Quimicompuestos contributed an additional $6.0 million in warehousing, selling and administrative expenses in the six months ended June 30, 2014. On a constant currency basis and excluding Quimicompuestos, the decrease relates to reductions to professional fees from outside services of $11.6 million, payroll related expenses and temporary and contract labor of $5.4 million, bad debts of $3.2 million, uninsured losses and settlements of $3.1 million, repairs and maintenance of $2.7 million, information technology spending of $1.7 million, travel and entertainment of $1.7 million attributable to all segments (except for an increase in the USA segment) and insurance costs of $1.4 million. Foreign currency translation decreased warehousing, selling and administrative expenses by 0.1% or $0.6 million. The remaining $4.9 million increase related to several insignificant components. Refer to the Segment results for the six months ended June 30, 2014 discussion for additional information.
Other operating expenses, net
Other operating expenses, net increased $26.9 million, or 131.9%, to $47.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase was due to a $15.1 million gain in the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to a $1.0 million gain in the six months ended June 30, 2014 resulting from the remeasurement of the fair value of the contingent consideration liability associated with our 2012 acquisition of Magnablend (resulting from a reduced probability of Magnablend achieving its performance targets). In addition, the increase was due to higher consulting costs of $6.4 million and redundancy and restructuring charges of $5.5 million associated with the implementation of several regional initiatives aimed at streamlining our cost structure and improving our operations. These increases were partially offset by lower acquisition and integration costs of $4.2 million. Foreign currency translation increased other operating expenses, net by 2.0% or $0.4 million. Refer to Note 4: Other operating expenses, net and Note 5: Redundancy and Restructuring for additional information.
49
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation expense increased $0.3 million, or 0.5%, to $61.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. Quimicompuestos contributed additional depreciation expense of $1.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 which was partially offset by lower depreciation expense from certain fixed assets in other regions becoming fully depreciated. Foreign currency translation did not have a significant impact on depreciation expense.
Amortization expense decreased $1.4 million, or 2.8%, to $47.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. Amortization expense decreased 1.2% or $0.6 million due to foreign currency translation and the lower amortization levels of existing customer relationship intangibles partially offset by an increase in amortization expense due to the amortization of additional intangible assets associated with Quimicompuestos of $0.3 million. Customer relationships are amortized on an accelerated basis to mirror the economic pattern of benefit.
Interest expense
Interest expense decreased $34.7 million, or 20.6%, to $133.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 primarily as a result of a decrease in fixed interest rates due to the March 2013 refinancing of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the recognition of $27.1 million in fees associated with the March 2013 early payment on the Senior Subordinated Notes of $350.0 million. Foreign currency translation increased interest expense by 0.2% or $0.3 million.
Other expense, net
Other expense, net decreased $8.9 million, or 69.5%, to $3.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 primarily as a result of lower debt refinancing fees and less foreign currency transaction losses in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Refer to Note 7: Other expense, net for additional information.
Income tax expense (benefit)
Income tax expense increased $30.5 million, or 199.3%, from an income tax benefit of $15.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to an income tax expense of $15.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014, primarily due to the mix in jurisdictional earnings in multiple jurisdictions offset by losses incurred in foreign jurisdictions for which a tax benefit may not be recognized.
50
Segment results
Our Adjusted EBITDA by operating segment and in aggregate is summarized in the following tables:
(in US$ millions) |
USA | Canada | EMEA |
Rest of
World |
Other/
Elimin- ations(1) |
Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||
Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
External customers |
$ | 3,012.7 | $ | 907.2 | $ | 1,194.7 | $ | 263.2 | $ | | $ | 5,377.8 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment |
55.6 | 5.1 | 2.1 | | (62.8 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total net sales |
3,068.3 | 912.3 | 1,196.8 | 263.2 | (62.8 | ) | 5,377.8 | |||||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) |
2,489.8 | 785.4 | 967.1 | 225.4 | (62.8 | ) | 4,404.9 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross profit |
578.5 | 126.9 | 229.7 | 37.8 | | 972.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling |
113.0 | 24.3 | 39.4 | 4.7 | | 181.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative (operating expenses) |
248.1 | 48.4 | 144.2 | 24.7 | 4.1 | 469.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 217.4 | $ | 54.2 | $ | 46.1 | $ | 8.4 | $ | (4.1 | ) | $ | 322.0 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net |
47.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
61.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization |
47.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
1.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
128.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
3.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
15.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 16.7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
(in US$ millions) |
USA | Canada | EMEA |
Rest of
World |
Other/
Elimin- ations(1) |
Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||
Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
External customers |
$ | 3,017.3 | $ | 879.5 | $ | 1,195.8 | $ | 193.1 | $ | | $ | 5,285.7 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment |
58.7 | 3.6 | 2.0 | | (64.3 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total net sales |
3,076.0 | 883.1 | 1,197.8 | 193.1 | (64.3 | ) | 5,285.7 | |||||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) |
2,503.6 | 756.2 | 979.1 | 163.2 | (64.3 | ) | 4,337.8 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross profit |
572.4 | 126.9 | 218.7 | 29.9 | | 947.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling |
99.8 | 20.2 | 39.1 | 3.6 | | 162.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative (operating expenses) |
263.1 | 53.1 | 157.1 | 21.9 | 4.6 | 499.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 209.5 | $ | 53.6 | $ | 22.5 | $ | 4.4 | $ | (4.6 | ) | $ | 285.4 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net |
20.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
60.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization |
49.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment charges |
62.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
2.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
163.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
12.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax benefit |
(15.3 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (70.2 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
51
(1) | Other/Eliminations represents the elimination of intersegment transactions as well as unallocated corporate costs consisting of costs specifically related to parent company operations that do not directly benefit segments, either individually or collectively. |
USA . External sales in the USA segment of $3,012.7 million decreased by $4.6 million, or 0.2%, in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Reported sales volumes increased external sales dollars by 7.7% primarily due to increased sales of hydrochloric acid and caustic soda. Sales pricing and product mix decreased external sales dollars by 7.9% primarily resulting from a shift towards products with lower average selling prices. Gross profit increased $6.1 million, or 1.1%, to $578.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Gross profit increased by 7.7% due to reported sales volumes, which was partially offset by a decrease of 6.6% due to sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments primarily due to a shift towards products with lower gross margins. Gross margin increased from 19.0% in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to 19.2% during the six months ended June 30, 2014 due to average purchasing costs decreasing at a faster rate than average selling prices. Outbound freight and handling expenses increased $13.2 million, or 13.2%, to $113.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014 primarily due to the increase in reported sales volumes as well as increased deliveries to remote locations and tighter supply of delivery services. Operating expenses decreased $15.0 million, or 5.7%, to $248.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014 due to lower outside professional fees of $6.7 million in 2014 resulting from costs incurred in 2013 for a sales and operations planning project, lower corporate cost allocations of $5.4 million in 2014 and lower insurance costs of $1.1 million resulting from lower insurance premium rates in the six months ended June 30, 2014. These reductions were partially offset by higher personnel expenses of $2.5 million resulting from the transfer of certain corporate personnel to the USA segment, higher travel and entertainment expenses of $1.7 million resulting from lower than average expenses in the six months ended June 30, 2013, and higher environmental remediation expenses of $1.3 million resulting from lower than average environmental expenses in the six months ended June 30, 2013. The remaining $7.3 million decrease related to several insignificant components. Operating expenses as a percentage of external sales decreased from 8.7% in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to 8.2% in the six months ended June 30, 2014.
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $7.9 million, or 3.8%, to $217.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Adjusted EBITDA margin increased from 6.9% in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to 7.2% in the six months ended June 30, 2014 as a result of improvements in gross margin and lower operating expenses as a percentage of external sales partially offset by increased freight and handling expenses.
Canada . External sales in the Canada segment of $907.2 million increased by $27.7 million, or 3.1%, in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Reported sales volumes increased external sales dollars by 1.0% due to growth in key product families within the oil, gas and mining market including methanol, sodium carbonate, and fuel additives. These reported sales volume increases were partially offset by decreased volumes in commodities and products sold in the chemical manufacturing market (attributable to the softening of general macroeconomic conditions within Canada). Sales pricing and product mix increased external sales dollars by 10.4% due to increased average selling prices as well an increased amount of sales that were denominated in US dollars. Foreign currency translation decreased external sales dollars by 8.3% as the US dollar strengthened against the Canadian dollar when comparing the six months ended June 30, 2014 to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Gross profit was flat and was $126.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Gross profit decreased 8.0% due to foreign currency translation and was offset by an increase of 1.0% from reported sales volumes and an increase of 7.0% from changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments discussed above. Gross margin decreased from 14.4% in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to 14.0% in the six months ended June 30, 2014 due to lower margins on the products that were contributing to the volume increases. Outbound freight and handling expenses increased $4.1 million, or 20.3%, to $24.3 million primarily due to increased deliveries to customers in remote locations and the increase in reported sales volumes. Operating expenses decreased by $4.7 million, or 8.9%, to $48.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014 and decreased as a percentage of external sales from 6.0% in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to 5.3% in the six months ended June 30, 2014. On a constant currency basis, the decrease in operating expenses primarily relates to lower corporate cost
52
allocations of $1.1 million and lower bad debts of $0.5 million due to higher bad debts in 2013 related to a customer bankruptcy partially offset by higher personnel expenses of $0.9 million resulting from annual compensation increases and additional hires. Foreign currency translation decreased operating expenses by 7.3% or $3.9 million. The remaining $0.1 million decrease related to several insignificant components.
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $0.6 million, or 1.1%, to $54.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Foreign currency translation decreased Adjusted EBITDA by 8.2%. On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased due to increased external sales generating increased gross profit. Adjusted EBITDA margin decreased from 6.1% in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to 6.0% in the six months ended June 30, 2014 primarily due to reductions in gross margin.
EMEA . External sales in the EMEA segment of $1,194.7 million decreased by $1.1 million, or 0.1%, in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Reported sales volumes decreased external sales dollars by 4.2% primarily related to the expiration of two high-volume customer contracts which were not renewed due to the low margins on those contracts. Changes in sales pricing and product mix increased external sales dollars by 1.0% primarily from an increase in average selling prices. Foreign currency translation increased external sales dollars by 3.1% primarily from the US dollar weakening against the euro when comparing the six months ended June 30, 2014 to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Gross profit increased $11.0 million, or 5.0%, to $229.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Gross profit increased 5.5% due to sales pricing, product costs, and other adjustments primarily resulting from the expiration of two lower margin customer contracts plus an increase of 3.7% from foreign currency translation, which were partially offset by a decrease of 4.2% in reported sales volumes. Gross margin increased from 18.3% in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to 19.2% in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Outbound freight and handling expenses increased $0.3 million, or 0.8%, to $39.4 million primarily due to foreign currency translation. On a constant currency basis, outbound freight and handling decreased 3.3%, which was primarily related to the decrease in reported sales volumes. Operating expenses decreased $12.9 million, or 8.2%, to $144.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014 and decreased as a percentage of external sales from 13.1% in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to 12.1% in the six months ended June 30, 2014. The decrease primarily related to realizing the benefits of previously implemented productivity initiatives. On a constant currency basis, the decrease resulted from lower personnel expenses and temporary and contract labor of $6.3 million, outside professional fees of $4.0 million, lower bad debts of $2.9 million in 2014 resulting from implementing working capital initiatives, corporate costs of $2.3 million and spending on information technology of $1.4 million resulting from higher than average spending during the six months ended June 30, 2013 related to the implementation of an enterprise resource planning system. These decreases were offset by foreign currency translation of 3.1% or $4.8 million. The remaining $0.8 million decrease related to several insignificant components.
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $23.6 million, or 104.9%, to $46.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014 due to increased gross profit and less operating expenses. Foreign currency translation increased Adjusted EBITDA by 8.0%. Adjusted EBITDA margin increased from 1.9% in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to 3.9% in the six months ended June 30, 2014 as a result of the increase in gross margin and a decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of external sales.
Rest of World . External sales in the Rest of World segment of $263.2 million increased by $70.1 million, or 36.3%, in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Quimicompuestos contributed additional external sales of $78.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Excluding Quimicompuestos, reported sales volumes decreased external sales dollars by 17.7%, which was primarily attributable to decreases in the Asia Pacific region related to competitive pressures and weaker demand. Excluding Quimicompuestos, changes in sales pricing and product mix increased external sales dollars by 20.7% due to a shift in product mix towards products with higher average selling prices in the Asia Pacific region, Brazil and Mexico. Foreign currency translation decreased external sales dollars by 7.6% when comparing the six months ended June 30, 2014 to the six months ended June 30, 2013 primarily due to the US dollar strengthening against the Mexican peso and Brazilian real. Gross profit increased $7.9 million, or 26.4%, to $37.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Quimicompuestos contributed
53
additional gross profit of $8.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Excluding Quimicompuestos, gross profit decreased by 17.7% due to a decrease in reported sales volumes and a negative foreign currency translation impact of 7.7%, which were partially offset by an increase in gross profit of 22.0% due to changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments primarily related to improved margins in the Asia Pacific region resulting from an increased mix of specialty products as well as improved margins within Mexico partially offset by lower margins in Brazil resulting from competitive pressures. Gross margin decreased from 15.5% in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to 14.4% in the six months ended June 30, 2014 (15.7% excluding Quimicompuestos) due to the negative impact on Quimicompuestos margins from tighter margins in the industrial chemicals business. Outbound freight and handling expenses increased $1.1 million, or 30.6%, to $4.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014 primarily related to an increase from Quimicompuestos partially offset by the decrease in reported sales volumes. Operating expenses increased $2.8 million, or 12.8%, to $24.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014 and decreased as a percentage of external sales from 11.3% in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to 9.4% in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Quimicompuestos contributed additional operating expenses of $6.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. On a constant currency basis and excluding Quimicompuestos, the increase was partially offset by reduced corporate cost allocations of $0.8 million and personnel expenses of $0.3 million. Foreign currency translation decreased operating expenses by 6.8% or $1.5 million. The remaining $0.6 million decrease related to several insignificant components.
Adjusted EBITDA was $8.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $4.0 million (an increase of $2.6 million excluding Quimicompuestos) primarily resulting from increased external sales which generated increased gross profit. Adjusted EBITDA margin increased from 2.3% in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to 3.2% in the six months ended June 30, 2014 (3.8% excluding Quimicompuestos) primarily due to lower operating expenses as a percentage of external sales partially offset by lower gross margins.
54
Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012
Year Ended |
Favorable
(unfavorable) |
%
Change |
Impact of
Currency* |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in U.S. $ millions) |
December 31,
2013 |
December 31,
2012 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 10,324.6 | 100.0 | % | $ | 9,747.1 | 100.0 | % | $ | 577.5 | 5.9 | % | 0.1 | % | ||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) |
8,448.7 | 81.8 | % | 7,924.6 | 81.3 | % | (524.1 | ) | (6.6 | )% | (0.1 | )% | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
1,875.9 | 18.2 | % | 1,822.5 | 18.7 | % | 53.4 | 2.9 | % | 0.1 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling |
326.0 | 3.2 | % | 308.2 | 3.2 | % | (17.8 | ) | (5.8 | )% | (0.3 | )% | ||||||||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative |
951.7 | 9.2 | % | 907.1 | 9.3 | % | (44.6 | ) | (4.9 | )% | (0.5 | )% | ||||||||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net |
12.0 | 0.1 | % | 177.7 | 1.8 | % | 165.7 | 93.2 | % | (0.7 | )% | |||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
128.1 | 1.2 | % | 111.7 | 1.1 | % | (16.4 | ) | (14.7 | )% | (0.3 | )% | ||||||||||||||||
Amortization |
100.0 | 1.0 | % | 93.3 | 1.0 | % | (6.7 | ) | (7.2 | )% | 0.4 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Impairment charges |
135.6 | 1.3 | % | 75.8 | 0.8 | % | (59.8 | ) | (78.9 | )% | 2.8 | % | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
1,653.4 | 16.0 | % | 1,673.8 | 17.2 | % | 20.4 | 1.2 | % | (0.3 | )% | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating income |
222.5 | 2.2 | % | 148.7 | 1.5 | % | 73.8 | 49.6 | % | (1.3 | )% | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other income (expense): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
11.0 | 0.1 | % | 9.0 | 0.1 | % | 2.0 | 22.2 | % | | % | |||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(305.5 | ) | (3.0 | )% | (277.1 | ) | (2.8 | )% | (28.4 | ) | (10.2 | )% | | % | ||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
(2.5 | ) | | % | (0.5 | ) | | % | (2.0 | ) | (400.0 | )% | | % | ||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
(17.6 | ) | (0.2 | )% | (1.9 | ) | | % | (15.7 | ) | (826.3 | )% | 15.8 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total other expense |
(314.6 | ) | (3.0 | )% | (270.5 | ) | (2.7 | )% | (44.1 | ) | (16.3 | )% | 0.1 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss before income taxes |
(92.1 | ) | (0.9 | )% | (121.8 | ) | (1.2 | )% | 29.7 | 24.4 | % | (1.2 | )% | |||||||||||||||
Income tax (benefit) expense |
(9.8 | ) | (0.1 | )% | 75.6 | 0.8 | % | 85.4 | 113.0 | % | 0.7 | % | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (82.3 | ) | (0.8 | )% | $ | (197.4 | ) | (2.0 | )% | 115.1 | 58.3 | % | (1.0 | )% | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
* | Foreign currency translation is included in the % change. Unfavorable impacts from foreign currency translation are designated with parentheses. |
Net Sales
Net sales were $10,324.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $577.5 million, or 5.9%, from the year ended December 31, 2012. The comparability of these periods is impacted by the December 2012 acquisition of Magnablend in the United States and the May 2013 acquisition of Quimicompuestos in Mexico, which together contributed incremental revenues of $530.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of acquisitions, reported sales volumes increased net sales by 0.2% for the comparative periods as the result of increases in the USA, Canada and EMEA segments, partially offset by a decrease in the Rest of World segment. Excluding the effect of acquisitions, sales pricing and product mix increased net sales by 0.2% as a result of increases in the Canada and Rest of World segments partially offset by decreases in the USA and EMEA segments. Foreign currency translation increased net sales by 0.1% when compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 mainly due to the US dollar weakening against the euro partially offset by the impact of the US dollar strengthening against the Canadian dollar. Refer to the Segment results for the year ended December 31, 2013 discussion for additional information.
55
Gross Profit
Gross profit increased $53.4 million, or 2.9%, to $1,875.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Acquisitions contributed additional gross profit of $89.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the effect of acquisitions, reported sales volumes increased gross profit by 0.2% in the year ended December 31, 2013. Sales pricing, product cost and other adjustments decreased gross profit by 2.4% as a result of decreases in the USA, Canada and EMEA segments partially offset by an increase in the Rest of World segment. Foreign currency translation increased gross profit by 0.1% in the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to the US dollar weakening against the euro partially offset by the impact of the US dollar strengthening against the Canadian dollar. Gross margin decreased to 18.2% in the year ended December 31, 2013 from 18.7% in the year ended December 31, 2012. Refer to the Segment results for the year ended December 31, 2013 discussion for additional information.
Outbound Freight and Handling Expenses
Outbound freight and handling expenses increased $17.8 million, or 5.8%, to $326.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, and was consistent as a percentage of net sales in the year ended December 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012 at 3.2%, which was primarily attributable to acquisitions, which contributed $8.6 million and the increase in reported sales volumes. Foreign currency translation increased outbound freight and handling expenses by 0.3%. Refer to the Segment results for the year ended December 31, 2013 discussion for additional information.
Warehousing, Selling and Administrative Expenses
Warehousing, selling and administrative expenses increased $44.6 million, or 4.9%, to $951.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, but decreased as a percentage of net sales from 9.3% in the year ended December 31, 2012 to 9.2% in the year ended December 31, 2013. Acquisitions contributed an additional $33.7 million in warehousing, selling and administrative expenses in the year ended December 31, 2013. On a constant currency basis and excluding acquisitions, the increase was also attributable to increases in environmental remediation costs of $9.2 million and uninsured losses and settlements of $6.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. These increases were partially offset by reductions in legal fees of $4.9 million and professional fees from outside services of $3.4 million. Foreign currency translation increased warehousing, selling and administrative expenses by 0.5% or $4.6 million. The remaining $1.5 million decrease related to several insignificant components. Refer to the Segment results for the year ended December 31, 2013 discussion for additional information.
Other Operating Expenses, net
Other operating expenses, net decreased $165.7 million, or 93.2%, to $12.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 and decreased as a percentage of net sales from 1.8% in the year ended December 31, 2012 to 0.1% in the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to a pension mark to market gain relating to the annual remeasurement of our defined benefit and other postretirement plans in the amount of $73.5 million compared to a mark to market loss of $83.6 million in 2012, a $24.5 million gain resulting from the remeasurement of the fair value of the contingent consideration liability associated with our acquisition of Magnablend (resulting from Magnablend not achieving its 2013 performance target and a reduced probability of Magnablend achieving its 2014 performance target), lower acquisition costs of $12.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, and a partial reversal of $4.8 million of an accrual recorded in the year ended December 31, 2012 for estimated fines imposed by Autorité de la concurrence, Frances competition authority, for alleged price fixing prior to 2006 which were assessed in 2013 and paid in full as of December 31, 2013. These decreases were offset by higher redundancy and restructuring costs of $41.6 million as well as higher consulting costs of $14.2 million associated with the implementation of several regional initiatives aimed at streamlining our cost structure and improving our operations in the year ended December 31, 2013. These expenses primarily included costs
56
from initiatives in the USA and EMEA segments, including relocations. Currency translation increased operating expenses, net by 0.7% or $1.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Refer to Note 4: Other operating expenses, net for additional information.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation expense increased $16.4 million, or 14.7%, to $128.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Acquisitions contributed additional depreciation expense of $4.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. The remaining increase was largely due to accelerating depreciation on leasehold improvements of $4.6 million related to vacating leased property as well as the completion of internally developed software projects which were placed into service towards the end of the year ended December 31, 2012 and during the year ended December 31, 2013. Foreign currency translation increased depreciation expense by 0.3% or $0.3 million. Amortization expense increased $6.7 million, or 7.2%, to $100.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 due to the amortization of intangible assets associated with acquisitions partially offset by a decrease in amortization expense of 0.4% or $0.4 million due to foreign currency translation and the lower amortization levels of existing customer relationship intangibles. Customer relationships are amortized on an accelerated basis to mirror the economic pattern of benefit.
Impairment Charges
Impairment charges of $135.6 million were recorded in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $75.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. The 2013 impairment charges primarily related to the writeoff of goodwill of $73.3 million related to the Rest of World segment as well as the write-off of capitalized software costs of $58.0 million related to a new global ERP system. The impairment of goodwill for the Rest of World segment was triggered by the deterioration in general economic conditions within some of the segments significant locations as well as revised financial projections. The impairment of the global ERP system was triggered by our decision to discontinue its implementation. The 2012 impairment charges primarily relate to the impairment of goodwill in the EMEA segment.
Interest Expense
Interest expense increased by $28.4 million, or 10.2%, to $305.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily as a result of the recognition of $27.1 million in fees associated with the $350.0 million early payment of the 2018 Subordinated Notes in March 2013. Foreign currency translation did not have a significant impact on interest expense in the year ended December 31, 2013.
Other Expense, net
Other expense, net increased from $1.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 to $17.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily related to higher foreign currency transaction losses in the year ended December 31, 2013 as well as gains from the fair value remeasurement of the interest rate swap in the year ended December 31, 2012. Refer to Note 5: Other expense, net for additional information.
Income Tax (Benefit) Expense
Income tax expense decreased $85.4 million, or 113.0%, from an income tax expense of $75.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 to an income tax benefit of $9.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to a prior year unfavorable impact of the recognition of a valuation allowance in the United States on certain deferred tax assets of $89.2 million, a net benefit for the effect of flow-through entities of $15.1 million, a current year contingent consideration of $8.6 million, a prior year net French penalty of $7.9 million, a net adjustment to a prior year tax due to a change in estimate of $7.6 million and current year tax deductible goodwill of $6.7 million, offset by a net increase in foreign losses not benefited of $21.5 million and a net increase in goodwill impairment of $13.4 million. The remaining $14.8 million increase related primarily to an increase in earnings.
57
Segment Results
Our Adjusted EBITDA by operating segment and in the aggregate for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 is summarized in the following tables:
(in U.S. $ millions) |
USA | Canada | EMEA |
Rest of
World |
Other/
Eliminations(1) |
Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2013 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
External customers |
$ | 5,964.5 | $ | 1,558.7 | $ | 2,326.8 | $ | 474.6 | $ | | $ | 10,324.6 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment |
116.5 | 8.0 | 4.0 | | (128.5 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total net sales |
6,081.0 | 1,566.7 | 2,330.8 | 474.6 | (128.5 | ) | 10,324.6 | |||||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) |
4,953.4 | 1,316.6 | 1,902.9 | 404.3 | (128.5 | ) | 8,448.7 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross profit |
1,127.6 | 250.1 | 427.9 | 70.3 | | 1,875.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling |
201.3 | 41.6 | 76.1 | 7.0 | | 326.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative (operating expenses) |
492.6 | 102.4 | 299.3 | 48.3 | 9.1 | 951.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 433.7 | $ | 106.1 | $ | 52.5 | $ | 15.0 | $ | (9.1 | ) | $ | 598.2 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net |
12.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
128.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization |
100.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment charges |
135.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
2.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
294.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
17.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax benefit |
(9.8 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (82.3 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
(in U.S. $ millions) |
USA | Canada | EMEA |
Rest of
World |
Other/
Eliminations(1) |
Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
External customers |
$ | 5,659.2 | $ | 1,494.4 | $ | 2,283.0 | $ | 310.5 | $ | | $ | 9,747.1 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment |
138.2 | 16.0 | 4.3 | | (158.5 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total net sales |
5,797.4 | 1,510.4 | 2,287.3 | 310.5 | (158.5 | ) | 9,747.1 | |||||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) |
4,728.7 | 1,242.0 | 1,851.1 | 261.3 | (158.5 | ) | 7,924.6 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross profit |
1,068.7 | 268.4 | 436.2 | 49.2 | | 1.822.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling |
186.1 | 38.1 | 77.7 | 6.3 | | 308.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative (operating expenses) |
456.6 | 103.8 | 298.8 | 39.2 | 8.7 | 907.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 426.0 | $ | 126.5 | $ | 59.7 | $ | 3.7 | $ | (8.7 | ) | 607.2 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net |
177.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
111.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization |
93.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment charges |
75.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
0.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
268.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
1.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
75.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (197.4 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
(1) | Other/Eliminations represents the elimination of intersegment transactions as well as unallocated corporate costs consisting of costs specifically related to parent company operations that do not directly benefit segments, either individually or collectively. |
58
USA . External sales in the USA segment of $5,964.5 million were $305.3 million, or 5.4%, higher in the year ended December 31, 2013. Magnablend contributed external sales of $385.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding Magnablend, reported sales volumes were flat and sales pricing and product mix decreased external sales dollars by 1.4% due to a shift towards lower priced commodity products as well as lower average selling prices. Gross profit increased $58.9 million, or 5.5%, to $1,127.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Magnablend contributed gross profit of $70.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding Magnablend, gross profit decreased 1.1% due to sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments which were attributable to a greater shift towards commodity products, which have lower gross margins. Gross margin of 18.9% remained consistent in the year ended December 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012 (19.0% without Magnablend). Outbound freight and handling expenses increased $15.2 million, or 8.2%, to $201.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to the acquisition of Magnablend. Operating expenses increased $36.0 million, or 7.9%, to $492.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 and increased as a percentage of net sales from 8.1% in the year ended December 31, 2012 to 8.3% in the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was due to $22.4 million in expenses incurred by Magnablend, higher personnel expenses of $25.7 million resulting from higher headcount and increased environmental remediation costs of $5.4 million partially offset by lower corporate cost allocations of $11.0 million, legal fees of $2.6 million and lower maintenance and repair expenses of $1.1 million. The remaining $2.8 million decrease related to several insignificant components.
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $7.7 million, or 1.8%, in the year ended December 31, 2013 (a decrease of $30.8 million, or 7.2%, excluding the results of Magnablend). Adjusted EBITDA margin decreased from 7.5% in the year ended December 31, 2012 to 7.3% in the year ended December 31, 2013 (7.1% excluding Magnablend) as a result of the higher operating expenses relative to external sales.
Canada . External sales of $1,558.7 million in the Canadian segment were $64.3 million, or 4.3%, higher in the year ended December 31, 2013. Reported sales volumes increased external sales dollars by 1.8% in the year ended December 31, 2013 due to growth in key product families including methanol, caustic soda, and sodium carbonate as well as market growth in mining, rubber and plastics and increased agricultural sales. These increases were partially offset by a decline in the oil and gas market and the higher than average reported sales volumes of hydrochloric acid and guar in the year ended December 31, 2012. Sales pricing and product mix increased external sales dollars by 5.7% in the year ended December 31, 2013 due to an increased mix of products with higher average selling prices including sulfates and fuel additives. Foreign currency translation decreased external sales dollars by 3.2% in the year ended December 31, 2013 as the US dollar strengthened against the Canadian dollar. Canadian gross profit decreased by $18.3 million, or 6.8%, to $250.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Gross profit decreased by 5.7% due to changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments largely due to an increased shift towards higher cost products as well as reduced gross margins in the year ended December 31, 2013 on hydrochloric acid and guar sales and a decrease of 2.9% from foreign currency translation partially offset by an increase of 1.8% due to reported sales volumes. Gross margin decreased from 18.0% in the year ended December 31, 2012 to 16.0% in the year ended December 31, 2013. Outbound freight and handling expenses increased $3.5 million, or 9.2%, to $41.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily due to the increase in reported sales volumes. Operating expenses decreased by $1.4 million, or 1.3%, to $102.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 and decreased as a percentage of net sales from 6.9% in the year ended December 31, 2012 to 6.6% in the year ended December 31, 2013. On a constant currency basis, the decrease in operating expenses primarily relates to lower corporate cost allocations of $3.2 million. Foreign currency translation decreased operating expenses by 3.1% or $3.2 million. These decreases were partially offset by higher bad debt expenses of $1.4 million and payroll related expenses of $1.9 million. The remaining $1.7 million increase related to several insignificant components.
Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $20.4 million, or 16.1%, to $106.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Foreign currency translation decreased Adjusted EBITDA by 2.5%. Adjusted EBITDA margin decreased from 8.5% in the year ended December 31, 2012 to 6.8% in the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily due to the reduction in gross margins.
59
EMEA . External sales in the EMEA segment increased $43.8 million, or 1.9%, to $2,326.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Reported sales volumes increased by 0.2%. Changes in sales pricing and product mix decreased external sales dollars by 0.9% in the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to a shift towards lower priced products. Foreign currency translation increased external sales dollars by 2.6% primarily due to the US dollar weakening against the euro. Gross profit decreased $8.3 million, or 1.9%, to $427.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 due to a decrease of 4.7% from sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments primarily resulting from a shift towards lower margin products as well as general macroeconomic pressures on gross margins, which were partially offset by a 2.6% increase in gross profit due to foreign currency translation and a 0.2% increase from reported sales volumes. Gross margin decreased from 19.1% in the year ended December 31, 2012 to 18.4% in the year ended December 31, 2013, mostly due to competitive pressures in the challenging economic environment. Outbound freight and handling expenses decreased $1.6 million, or 2.1%, to $76.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily due to changes in product mix with lower transportation cost per ton and flow optimization. Operating expenses increased $0.5 million, or 0.2%, to $299.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 but decreased as a percentage of external sales from 13.1% in the year ended December 31, 2012 to 12.9% in the year ended December 31, 2013. On a constant currency basis, the increase resulted from an increase in uninsured losses and settlements of $3.9 million, environmental remediation costs of $3.7 million and information technology spend of $2.6 million. Foreign currency translation increased operating expenses by 2.9% or $8.6 million. These increases were partially offset by realizing the benefits of productivity initiatives such as lower personnel expenses and temporary and contract labor of $11.5 million, lower travel costs of $3.4 million, and lower corporate cost allocations of $4.4 million. The remaining $1.0 million increase related to several insignificant components.
Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $7.2 million, or 12.1%, to $52.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Foreign currency translation increased Adjusted EBITDA by 0.2%. Adjusted EBITDA margin decreased from 2.6% in the year ended December 31, 2012 to 2.3% in the year ended December 31, 2013 as a result of the decrease in gross margin partially offset by a decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of external sales.
Rest of World . External sales in the Rest of World segment increased $164.1 million, or 52.9%, to $474.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Quimicompuestos contributed external sales of $144.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding Quimicompuestos, reported sales volumes decreased external sales dollars by 0.3% in the year ended December 31, 2013. Changes in sales pricing and product mix increased external sales dollars by 8.0% due to higher average selling prices in the Asia-Pacific region partially offset by lower sales pricing in Brazil and Mexico resulting from competitive pressures. Foreign currency translation decreased external sales dollars by 1.4% in the year ended December 31, 2013. Gross profit increased $21.1 million, or 42.9%, to $70.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Quimicompuestos contributed gross profit of $19.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding Quimicompuestos, there was an increase of 6.0% from sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments primarily related to improved margins in the Asia-Pacific region offset by a shift towards lower margin products in Brazil and Mexico. These increases were partially offset by a 0.3% decrease in gross profit due to reported sales volumes and a 2.2% decrease in gross profit from foreign currency translation. Gross margin decreased from 15.8% in the year ended December 31, 2012 to 14.8% in the year ended December 31, 2013 (15.4% excluding Quimicompuestos). Operating expenses increased $9.1 million, or 23.2%, to $48.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Quimicompuestos contributed $11.3 million of operating expenses in the year ended December 31, 2013. On a constant currency basis and excluding Quimicompuestos, the increase was partially offset by lower bad debts of $1.1 million. Foreign currency translation decreased operating expenses by 2.6% or $1.0 million. The remaining $0.1 million decrease related to several insignificant components.
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $11.3 million, or 305.4%, to $15.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 (an increase of $2.5 million excluding Quimicompuestos). Adjusted EBITDA margin increased from 1.2% in the year ended December 31, 2012 to 3.2% in the year ended December 31, 2013 (1.9% excluding Quimicompuestos) primarily due to lower operating expenses as a percentage of external sales partially offset by lower gross margins.
60
Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011
Twelve Months Ended | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in U.S. $ millions) |
December 31, 2012 | December 31, 2011 |
Favorable
(unfavorable) |
%
Change |
Impact of
Currency* |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 9,747.1 | 100.0 | % | $ | 9,718.5 | 100.0 | % | $ | 28.6 | 0.3 | % | (1.9 | )% | ||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
7,924.6 | 81.3 | % | 7,883.0 | 81.1 | % | (41.6 | ) | (0.5 | )% | 1.9 | % | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
1,822.5 | 18.7 | % | 1,835.5 | 18.9 | % | (13.0 | ) | (0.7 | )% | (1.8 | )% | ||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling |
308.2 | 3.2 | % | 294.1 | 3.0 | % | (14.1 | ) | (4.8 | )% | 2.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative |
907.1 | 9.3 | % | 895.4 | 9.2 | % | (11.7 | ) | (1.3 | )% | 2.6 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net |
177.7 | 1.8 | % | 140.3 | 1.4 | % | (37.4 | ) | (26.7 | )% | 2.9 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
111.7 | 1.1 | % | 108.4 | 1.1 | % | (3.3 | ) | (3.0 | )% | 2.2 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Amortization |
93.3 | 1.0 | % | 90.0 | 0.9 | % | (3.3 | ) | (3.7 | )% | 1.2 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Impairment charges |
75.8 | 0.8 | % | 173.9 | 1.8 | % | 98.1 | 56.4 | % | 2.5 | % | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
1,673.8 | 17.2 | % | 1,702.1 | 17.5 | % | 28.3 | 1.7 | % | 2.4 | % | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating income |
148.7 | 1.5 | % | 133.4 | 1.4 | % | 15.3 | 11.5 | % | 6.0 | % | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other income (expense): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
9.0 | 0.1 | % | 7.1 | 0.1 | % | 1.9 | 26.8 | % | (4.2 | )% | |||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(277.1 | ) | (2.8 | )% | (280.7 | ) | (2.9 | )% | 3.6 | 1.3 | % | 0.9 | % | |||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
(0.5 | ) | | % | (16.1 | ) | (0.2 | )% | 15.6 | 96.9 | % | | % | |||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
(1.9 | ) | | % | (4.0 | ) | | % | 2.1 | 52.5 | % | | % | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total other expense |
(270.5 | ) | (2.8 | )% | (293.7 | ) | (3.0 | )% | 23.2 | 7.9 | % | 0.7 | % | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss before income taxes |
(121.8 | ) | (1.2 | )% | (160.3 | ) | (1.6 | )% | 38.5 | 24.0 | % | 6.4 | % | |||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
75.6 | 0.8 | % | 15.9 | 0.2 | % | (59.7 | ) | (375.5 | )% | (3.8 | )% | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (197.4 | ) | (2.0 | )% | $ | (176.2 | ) | (1.8 | )% | (21.2 | ) | (12.0 | )% | 5.4 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
* | Foreign currency translation is included in the % change. Unfavorable impacts from currency are designated with parentheses. |
Net Sales
Net sales were $9,747.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $28.6 million, or 0.3%, from the year ended December 31, 2011. The comparability of these periods is impacted by the December 2012 acquisition of Magnablend in the United States, the August 2011 acquisition of Arinos in Brazil, and the March 2011 acquisition of Eral-Protek in Turkey. In total, the acquired companies contributed additional revenues of $92.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. Including the effect of acquisitions, reported sales volumes decreased net sales by 0.4% as reduced demand in the USA segment offset the additional reported sales volumes from acquisitions and growth in the other regions, including a 3.9% increase in Canada on the strength of the agricultural and energy markets. Sales pricing and product mix increased net sales by 2.6%, primarily as a result of changes in product mix in the USA, Canada and Rest of World segments. This positive impact was partially offset by a negative impact in EMEA due to changes in product mix and falling sales prices because of reduced demand under current economic conditions. Foreign currency translation decreased net sales by 1.9% when compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 as the US dollar has strengthened, most notably against the euro. Refer to the Segment results for the year ended December 31, 2012 discussion for additional information.
61
Gross profit
Gross profit decreased $13.0 million, or 0.7%, to $1,822.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. Acquired companies contributed additional gross profit of $11.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. Including the effect of acquisitions, reported sales volumes decreased gross profit by 0.4%. Changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments increased gross profit by 1.5%, primarily due to changes in product mix in the USA segment, partially offset by a negative change in EMEA. Foreign currency translation decreased gross profit by 1.8%, primarily related to the EMEA segment. Gross margin decreased to 18.7% in the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 18.9% in the year ended December 31, 2011. Refer to the Segment results for the year ended December 31, 2012 discussion for additional information.
Outbound Freight and Handling Expenses
Outbound freight and handling expenses increased $14.1 million, or 4.8%, to $308.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, and increased as a percentage of net sales from 3.0% in the year ended December 31, 2011 to 3.2% in the year ended December 31, 2012, which was primarily attributable to the acquisitions of Magnablend, Arinos and Eral-Protek, which contributed $2.3 million and our initiative to increase our internal fleet. Foreign currency translation decreased outbound freight and handling expenses by 2.0% or $6.0 million. Refer to the Segment results for the year ended December 31, 2012 discussion for additional information.
Warehousing, Selling and Administrative Expenses
Warehousing, selling and administrative expenses increased $11.7 million, or 1.3%, to $907.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, and increased as a percentage of net sales from 9.2% in the year ended December 31, 2011 to 9.3% in the year ended December 31, 2012. Acquisitions contributed an additional $12.2 million in warehousing, selling and administrative expenses in the year ended December 31, 2012. On a constant currency basis and excluding acquisition activity, the increase was due to higher professional fees and outside services of $20.6 million due to several strategic initiatives, bad debt expense of $7.4 million and travel costs of $5.0 million. Offsetting these increases was a decline in personnel costs of $13.5 million as lower incentive compensation and retirement benefit costs offset the impact of additional headcount. Foreign currency translation decreased warehousing, selling and administrative expenses by 2.6% or $23.3 million. The remaining $3.3 million increase related to several insignificant components. Refer to the Segment results for the year ended December 31, 2012 discussion for additional information.
Other Operating Expenses, net
Other operating expenses, net increased $37.4 million, or 26.7%, to $177.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, and increased as a percentage of net sales compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to a greater pension mark to market loss of $83.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $49.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 relating to the annual remeasurement of our defined benefit plans and the accrual for estimated fines of $17.2 million imposed by the Autorité de la concurrence, Frances competition authority, for alleged price fixing prior to 2006. The increases were partially offset by lower acquisition and integration costs of $9.0 million and redundancy and restructuring charges of $8.2 million. Foreign currency translation decreased other operating expenses, net by 2.9% or $4.1 million. Refer to Note 4: Other operating expenses, net for additional information.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation expense increased $3.3 million, or 3.0%, to $111.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to higher depreciation on capitalized software costs. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in depreciation expense of 2.2% from foreign currency translation.
62
Amortization expense increased $3.3 million, or 3.7%, to $93.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, due to the amortization of intangible assets associated with the acquired companies, partially offset by a decrease in amortization expense of 1.2% from foreign currency translation.
Impairment Charges
Impairment charges in both the year ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily relate to the impairment of goodwill in the EMEA segment.
Interest Expense
Interest expense decreased $3.6 million, or 1.3%, to $277.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, as a result of the beneficial impact of foreign currency translation of 0.9% or $2.5 million and a decrease in interest rates.
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
In February 2011, we refinanced our senior term loan facilities to increase borrowings, extend maturities and reduce interest rates, resulting in the recognition of a loss on extinguishment of debt of $16.1 million. In October 2012, we refinanced our senior term loan facilities to increase borrowings and amend certain terms, resulting in the recognition of a loss on extinguishment of debt of $0.5 million.
Other Expense, net
Other expense, net decreased $2.1 million, or 52.5%, to $1.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily related to gains of $5.4 million from the fair value remeasurement of the interest rate swap in the year ended December 31, 2012 and lower foreign currency transaction losses of $2.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 offset by higher debt refinancing costs of $5.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. Refer to Note 5: Other expense, net for additional information.
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense increased $59.7 million, or 375.5%, to $75.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to the unfavorable impact of the recognition of a valuation allowance in the United States on certain deferred tax assets of $89.2 million, a non-deductible penalty for anti-competitive practices of $6.1 million, offset by the favorable impact of a reduction in the net goodwill impairment charge of $46.7 million, a net reduction in foreign flow through entities of $4.2 million and a net reduction in deemed dividends from foreign subsidiaries of $2.4 million. The remaining $17.7 million increase related primarily to an increase in earnings.
63
Segment results
Our Adjusted EBITDA by operating segment and in the aggregate for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 is summarized in the following tables:
(in U.S. $ millions) |
USA | Canada | EMEA |
Rest of
World |
Other/
Eliminations(1) |
Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
External customers |
$ | 5,659.2 | $ | 1,494.4 | $ | 2,283.0 | $ | 310.5 | $ | | $ | 9,747.1 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment |
138.2 | 16.0 | 4.3 | | (158.5 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total net sales |
5,797.4 | 1,510.4 | 2,287.3 | 310.5 | (158.5 | ) | 9,747.1 | |||||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) |
4,728.7 | 1,242.0 | 1,851.1 | 261.3 | (158.5 | ) | 7,924.6 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross profit |
1,068.7 | 268.4 | 436.2 | 49.2 | | 1.822.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling |
186.1 | 38.1 | 77.7 | 6.3 | | 308.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative (operating expenses) |
456.6 | 103.8 | 298.8 | 39.2 | 8.7 | 907.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 426.0 | $ | 126.5 | $ | 59.7 | $ | 3.7 | $ | (8.7 | ) | 607.2 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net |
177.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
111.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization |
93.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment charges |
75.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
0.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
268.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
1.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
75.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (197.4 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
(in U.S. $ millions) |
USA | Canada | EMEA |
Rest of
World |
Other/
Eliminations(1) |
Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2011 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
External customers |
$ | 5,660.8 | $ | 1,386.1 | $ | 2,437.6 | $ | 234.0 | $ | | $ | 9,718.5 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment |
61.5 | 9.3 | 4.8 | | (75.6 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total net sales |
5,722.3 | 1,395.4 | 2,442.4 | 234.0 | (75.6 | ) | 9,718.5 | |||||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) |
4,652.0 | 1,137.9 | 1,973.6 | 195.1 | (75.6 | ) | 7,883.0 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross profit |
1,070.3 | 257.5 | 468.8 | 38.9 | | 1,835.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling |
175.1 | 36.8 | 79.4 | 2.8 | | 294.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative (operating expenses) |
445.3 | 99.7 | 313.0 | 22.9 | 14.5 | 895.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 449.9 | $ | 121.0 | $ | 76.4 | $ | 13.2 | $ | (14.5 | ) | 646.0 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net |
140.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
108.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization |
90.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment charges |
173.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
16.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
273.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
4.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
15.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (176.2 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
(1) | Other/Eliminations represents the elimination of intersegment transactions as well as unallocated corporate costs consisting of costs specifically related to parent company operations that do not directly benefit segments, either individually or collectively. |
64
USA . External sales in the USA segment of $5,659.2 million were $1.6 million lower in the year ended December 31, 2012. Reported sales volumes decreased external sales dollars by 2.9%, as the addition of Magnablend in December was offset by reduced reported sales volumes on overall market weakness and a mild winter in the first quarter of the year ended December 31, 2012, which impacted many products, including sulfuric acid, methanol and deicing fluid. Sales pricing and product mix increased external sales dollars by 2.6%, primarily due to the impact of changes in product mix as much of the decline in reported sales volumes was related to products with lower average selling prices. Gross profit decreased by $1.6 million, or 0.1%, to $1,068.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, due to the lower reported sales volumes and the write-down of guar inventory as a result of a decrease in market prices. Positive changes in sales pricing and product costs partially offset these negative factors. Gross margin remained at 18.9% in the year ended December 31, 2012. Operating expenses increased $11.3 million, or 2.5%, in the year ended December 31, 2012 to $456.6 million. Magnablend contributed $1.3 million in operating expenses in the year ended December 31, 2012. Excluding Magnablend, the increase related to higher outside professional fees of $12.6 million, corporate cost allocations of $12.3 million, repairs and maintenance of $8.5 million and travel and entertainment expenses of $1.8 million. These increases were partially offset by lower personnel costs of $25.7 million and environmental costs of $4.0 million. The remaining $4.5 million increase related to several insignificant components.
Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $23.9 million, or 5.3%, to $426.0 million in 2012. Adjusted EBITDA margin decreased from 7.9% in the year ended December 31, 2011 to 7.5% in the year ended December 31, 2012 as a result of the higher operating expenses relative to external sales.
Canada . External sales of $1,494.4 million in the Canadian segment during the year ended December 31, 2012 were $108.3 million, or 7.8%, higher in the year ended December 31, 2012. Reported sales volumes increased external sales dollars by 3.9% primarily as a result of demand in the oil and gas market and favorable weather conditions relative to the prior year, which resulted in higher agricultural sales. Sales pricing and product mix increased external sales dollars by 5.1% primarily as a result of an increased mix of higher priced products, such as hydrochloric acid and guar. Foreign currency translation decreased external sales dollars by 1.2% as the US dollar strengthened against the Canadian dollar. Canadian gross profit increased by $10.9 million, or 4.2%, to $268.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, as the impact of higher reported sales volumes and a positive net impact from changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments exceeded a decrease in gross profit of 1.1% from foreign currency translation and the effect of the write-down of guar inventory. Gross margin decreased from 18.6% in the year ended December 31, 2011 to 18.0% in the year ended December 31, 2012 as the effect of lower producer incentives, the write-down of guar inventory and competitive pressures offset the beneficial impact of the increased mix of higher margin products in the oilfield services market. Outbound freight and handling expenses increased $1.3 million, or 3.5%, to $38.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to the increase in reported sales volumes. Operating expenses increased $4.1 million, or 4.1%, to $103.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, but decreased as a percentage of external sales from 7.2% in the year ended December 31, 2011 to 6.9% in the year ended December 31, 2012. On a constant currency basis, the increase in operating expenses was due to higher personnel costs of $2.7 million and corporate cost allocations of $1.7 million. Foreign currency translation decreased operating expenses by 1.2% or $1.2 million. The remaining $0.9 million increase related to several insignificant components.
Adjusted EBITDA of $126.5 million was $5.5 million, or 4.5%, higher in the year ended December 31, 2012. Foreign currency translation decreased Adjusted EBITDA by 1.1%. Adjusted EBITDA margin decreased from 8.7% in the year ended December 31, 2011 to 8.5% in the year ended December 31, 2012 as a result of the decrease in gross margin, partially offset by a decrease in operating expenses relative to external sales.
EMEA . External sales in the EMEA segment decreased $154.6 million, or 6.3%, to $2,283.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. Reported sales volumes increased external sales dollars by 3.5% as gains in commodities and the additional volumes from Eral-Protek, which was acquired in March 2011, offset the overall negative impact of the poor economic climate in the region. Changes in sales pricing and product mix decreased external sales dollars by 3.6% due to a higher mix of commodity type products, which have lower average selling
65
prices, and due to falling prices on low demand under current economic conditions. A decrease of 6.2% from foreign currency translation was the primary driver of this decrease as the US dollar strengthened against the euro and British pound. Gross profit decreased $32.6 million, or 7.0%, to $436.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, as a 5.8% decrease due to foreign currency translation and a 4.6% decrease from changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments offset the impact of higher reported sales volumes. Gross margin decreased slightly from 19.2% in the year ended December 31, 2011 to 19.1% in the year ended December 31, 2012. Outbound freight and handling expenses decreased $1.7 million, or 2.1%, to $77.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to the impact of foreign currency translation which decreased costs by $5.1 million, partially offset by increases in reported sales volumes. Operating expenses decreased $14.2 million, or 4.5%, to $298.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. On a constant currency basis and excluding acquisitions, the decrease is related to a reduction in headcount, which resulted in lower personnel costs of $5.5 million. Foreign currency translation decreased operating expenses by 6.3% or $19.8 million. These decreases were partially offset by Eral-Protek contributing $1.1 million in additional operating expenses and increases in bad debt expenses of $5.5 million, travel costs of $1.2 million and professional services of $3.3 million excluding Eral-Protek activity. However, operating expenses as a percentage of external sales increased from 12.8% in the year ended December 31, 2011 to 13.1% in the year ended December 31, 2012.
Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $16.7 million, or 21.9%, to $59.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. Foreign currency translation decreased Adjusted EBITDA by 3.1%. Adjusted EBITDA margin decreased from 3.1% in the year ended December 31, 2011 to 2.6% in the year ended December 31, 2012 as a result of the increase in operating expenses relative to external sales and the decrease in gross margin.
Rest of World . External sales in the Rest of World segment increased $76.5 million, or 32.7%, to $310.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. Reported sales volumes increased external sales dollars by 17.4% overall, as the additional reported sales volumes related to the August 2011 acquisition of Arinos in Brazil. Changes in sales pricing and product mix increased external sales dollars by 21.6% due to the addition of the Arinos business. Foreign currency translation decreased external sales dollars by 6.3% due to the strengthening of the US dollar. Gross profit increased $10.3 million, or 26.5%, to $49.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, as the increase in reported sales volumes and a 16.8% increase due to sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments relating to the addition of the Arinos business offset a decrease of 7.7% due to foreign currency translation. Gross margin decreased from 16.6% in the year ended December 31, 2011 to 15.8% in the year ended December 31, 2012. Outbound freight and handling expenses increased $3.5 million, or 125.0%, to $6.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to the increase in reported sales volumes and the Arinos acquisition, which contributed $1.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. Operating expenses increased $16.3 million, or 71.2%, to $39.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, and increased as a percentage of external sales from 9.8% in the year ended December 31, 2011 to 12.6% in the year ended December 31, 2012. On a constant currency basis, this increase was primarily due to the addition of the Arinos business, which contributed $9.8 million of additional expenses in the year ended December 31, 2012 as well as higher personnel costs of $7.9 million excluding Arinos. Foreign currency translation decreased operating expenses by 10.0% or $2.3 million. The remaining $0.9 million increase related to several insignificant components.
Adjusted EBITDA decreased $9.5 million, or 72.0%, to $3.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. Adjusted EBITDA margin decreased from 5.6% in the year ended December 31, 2011 to 1.2% in the year ended December 31, 2012 due to the decrease in gross margin and the increase in operating expenses relative to external sales.
Quarterly Results of Operations Data
The following tables set forth our net sales, cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation), gross profit, outbound freight and handling expenses, warehousing selling and administrative expenses and Adjusted EBITDA data (including a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss)) for each of the most recent ten fiscal
66
quarters. We have prepared the quarterly data on a basis that is consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the financial information reflects all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of these data. This information is not a complete set of financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year or any future period.
Mar 31,
2012 |
Jun 30,
2012 |
Sep 30,
2012 |
Dec 31,
2012 |
Mar 31,
2013 |
Jun 30,
2013 |
Sep 30,
2013 |
Dec 31,
2013 |
Mar 31,
2014 |
Jun 30,
2014 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 2,406.1 | $ | 2,682.3 | $ | 2,424.4 | $ | 2,234.3 | $ | 2,490.5 | $ | 2,795.2 | $ | 2,619.6 | $ | 2,419.3 | $ | 2,516.4 | $ | 2,861.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation) |
1,944.8 | 2,195.8 | 1,962.4 | 1,821.6 | 2,026.2 | 2,311.6 | 2,148.4 | 1,962.5 | 2,044.0 | 2,360.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
461.3 | 486.5 | 462.0 | 412.7 | 464.3 | 483.6 | 471.2 | 456.8 | 472.4 | 500.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling expenses |
76.7 | 77.0 | 76.5 | 78.0 | 82.7 | 80.0 | 81.4 | 81.9 | 87.8 | 93.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Warehouse, selling and administrative expenses |
238.2 | 230.7 | 221.3 | 216.9 | 254.2 | 245.6 | 221.8 | 230.1 | 239.0 | 230.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
146.4 | 178.8 | 164.2 | 117.8 | 127.4 | 158.0 | 168.0 | 144.8 | 145.6 | 176.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other operating expense, net |
9.1 | 31.1 | 11.8 | 125.7 | 20.9 | (0.5 | ) | 17.0 | (25.4 | ) | 21.7 | 25.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
28.0 | 28.9 | 26.3 | 28.5 | 28.9 | 32.0 | 34.9 | 32.3 | 30.6 | 30.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization |
22.7 | 22.6 | 23.8 | 24.2 | 24.7 | 24.5 | 24.8 | 26.0 | 23.7 | 24.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment charges |
0.8 | | | 75.0 | | 62.1 | 73.3 | 0.2 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
65.6 | 64.5 | 65.0 | 73.0 | 98.9 | 64.1 | 65.7 | 65.8 | 63.9 | 64.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
| | | 0.5 | 2.5 | | | | 1.2 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other (income) expense |
(4.9 | ) | 8.0 | (4.3 | ) | 3.1 | 10.0 | 2.8 | 2.6 | 2.2 | 1.9 | 2.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
10.6 | 18.9 | 9.7 | 36.4 | (5.3 | ) | (10.0 | ) | (0.2 | ) | 5.7 | 5.4 | 9.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
14.5 | 4.8 | 31.9 | (248.6 | ) | (53.2 | ) | (17.0 | ) | (50.1 | ) | 38.0 | (2.8 | ) | 19.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary liquidity and capital resource needs are to service our debt and to finance working capital, capital expenditures, other liabilities and cost of acquisitions. We believe that funds provided by these sources will be adequate to meet our liquidity and capital resource needs for at least the next 12 months under current operating conditions. We have significant working capital needs, although we have implemented several initiatives to improve our working capital and reduce the related financing requirements. The nature of our business, however, requires that we maintain inventories that enable us to deliver products to fill customer orders. As of June 30, 2014, we maintained inventories of $988.2 million, equivalent to approximately 37.6 days of sales (which we calculate on the basis of cost of goods sold for the trailing 90-day period).
Historically, our maintenance capital expenditures have largely tracked our depreciation expense. In executing our growth strategies, our capital expenditures increased moderately and we had annual capital expenditures in the range of 1.4% to 1.7% of net sales over the 2012 to 2013 period. We had a number of significant projects in 2012 and 2013, including beginning the global implementation of our ERP System. In general, our sustaining capital expenditures represent less than 2% of net sales.
The funded status of our defined benefit pension plans is the difference between our plan assets and projected benefit obligations. Our pension plans in the U.S. and certain other countries had an underfunded status of $223.6 million, $239.1 million and $374.7 million at June 30, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. During 2013, we made contributions of $62.9 million, primarily for our U.S. defined benefit pension plan. Based on current projections of minimum funding requirements, we expect to make cash contributions of $51.0 million to our defined benefit pension plans in 2014. The timing for any such requirement
67
in future years is uncertain given the implicit uncertainty regarding the future developments of factors described in Risk Factors and Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Our primary source of liquidity is cash generated from our operations as well as borrowings under our credit facilities. As of June 30, 2014, we had $1,013.8 million available under our credit facilities.
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
Senior Term Facility
On October 11, 2007, the issuer, as U.S. borrower, Univar UK Ltd., as U.K. borrower, Ulixes Acquisition, B.V., as parent borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as syndication agent, Banc of America Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and the lenders party thereto from time to time, entered into a Credit Agreement, or the Original Senior Term Facility, pursuant to which a term loan, or the Original Term Loan, was issued in the original principal amount of $1,980.0 million. On October 3, 2012, the issuer, as borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers, joint bookrunners and co-syndication agents, entered into a Third Amendment and Restatement of the Original Senior Term Facility, or, as so amended and restated, the Senior Term Facility, to, among other things, incur a new term loan in the principal amount of $550.0 million, or the New Term Loan, and together with the Original Term Loan, the Term Loans.
For a description of the terms of the Senior Term Facility, see Description of Certain Indebtedness elsewhere in this prospectus.
Senior ABL Facility
On March 25, 2013, the issuer, as U.S. parent borrower, the borrowers party thereto, or collectively with the issuer, the U.S. ABL Borrowers, Univar Canada, Ltd., as Canadian borrower, or the Canadian Borrower and, together with the U.S. ABL Borrowers, the ABL Borrowers, the facility guarantors party thereto, the Facility Guarantors, and, together with the ABL Borrowers, the ABL Loan Parties, Bank of America, N.A. as U.S. administrative agent, U.S. swingline lender and collateral agent, Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch) as Canadian administrative agent, Canadian swingline lender and Canadian letter of credit issuer, the lenders from time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, J.P, Morgan Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as co-syndication agents, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wells Fargo Capital Finance LLC as joint lead arrangers, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Capital Finance LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC as joint bookrunners, and HSBC Bank USA, N.A., Union Bank, N.A., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Suntrust Bank, as co-documentation agents, entered into a Second Amended and Restated Senior ABL Credit Agreement, or the Senior ABL Facility.
For a description of the terms of the Senior ABL Facility, see Description of Certain Indebtedness elsewhere in this prospectus.
European ABL Facility
On March 24, 2014, Univar B.V., the other borrowers from time to time party thereto, or collectively, the European ABL Facility Borrowers, the issuer, as guarantor, or the European ABL Facility Guarantor, and, together with the European ABL Facility Borrowers, the European ABL Loan Parties, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as sole lead arranger and joint bookrunner, Bank of America, N.A., as joint bookrunner and syndication agent, and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as administrative agent and collateral agent, entered into an ABL Credit Agreement, or the European ABL Facility.
68
For a description of the terms of the European ABL Facility, see Description of Certain Indebtedness elsewhere in this prospectus.
Senior Subordinated Notes
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017
On October 11, 2007, we issued $600 million aggregate principal amount of 12.0% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, or the 2017 Subordinated Notes, pursuant to the indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007, as amended or supplemented through the date hereof, or the 2017 Subordinated Notes Indenture, between Univar Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. The second supplemental indenture moved the maturity date of the 2017 Subordinated Notes from September 30, 2015 to September 30, 2017. On March 27, 2013, the interest rate on the 2017 Subordinated Notes was reduced from a 12.0% to a 10.5% per annum fixed rate.
For a description of the terms of the 2017 Subordinated Notes, see Description of Certain Indebtedness elsewhere in this prospectus.
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018
On December 20, 2010, we issued $400 million aggregate principal amount of 12.0% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018, or the 2018 Subordinated Notes, pursuant to the indenture, dated as of December 20, 2010, as amended or supplemented through the date hereof, or the 2018 Subordinated Notes Indenture, between Univar Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. On March 27, 2013, the Company made a $350.0 million prepayment on the $400.0 million principal balance of the 2018 Subordinated Notes. The interest rate on the remaining 2018 Subordinated Notes was reduced from a 12.0% to a 10.5% per annum fixed rate.
For a description of the terms of the 2018 Subordinated Notes, see Description of Certain Indebtedness elsewhere in this prospectus.
Cash Flows
The following table presents a summary of our cash flow activity for the periods set forth below:
Fiscal Year Ended | Six Months Ended | |||||||||||||||||||
December 31,
2013 |
December 31,
2012 |
December 31,
2011 |
June 30,
2014 |
June 30,
2013 |
||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net cash (used by) provided by operating activities |
$ | 289.3 | $ | 15.5 | $ | 262.4 | $ | (75.9 | ) | $ | 108.4 | |||||||||
Net cash (used by) investing activities |
(215.7 | ) | (657.1 | ) | (250.8 | ) | (47.7 | ) | (159.8 | ) | ||||||||||
Net cash (used by) provided by financing activities |
(110.5 | ) | 753.8 | (35.1 | ) | 106.0 | 57.1 |
Cash (Used by) Provided by Operating Activities
Cash used by operating activities increased $184.3 million from cash provided by operating activities of $108.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to $75.9 million of cash used by operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase in cash used by operations was primarily due to an increase of $237.5 million due to working capital changes related to the relatively lower working capital requirements in the six months ended June 30, 2013 resulting from higher than normal working capital levels in 2012 caused by a temporary slowdown in the working capital cycle due to the implementation of an ERP system in EMEA. Another factor contributing to higher cash used by operating activities was the increase of $32.4 million related
69
to prepaids and other current assets primarily consisting of receiving less cash from taxing authorities related to timing of income tax payments in the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. These increases were partially offset by an increase of $65.4 million in net income exclusive of non-cash items primarily consisting on an increase of $36.6 million in Adjusted EBITDA and a decrease of $34.3 million in interest expense, net for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Refer to Results of Operations above for additional information. The remaining decrease of $20.2 million related to several insignificant components.
Cash provided by operating activities increased $273.8 million from $15.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $289.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to a decrease in net loss of $115.1 million; an increase of $321.4 million due to working capital improvements realized from improved inventory management, extending vendor payment terms and improving collections; an increase of $21.0 million related to prepaid expense and other current assets primarily consisting of less pre-payments for the upcoming Canadian agricultural season; and an increase of cash receipts of $44.4 million from taxing authorities related to our income tax receivables. This was partially offset by a $94.8 million decrease in cash related to changes in deferred income taxes and a $73.5 million non-cash pension mark to market gain in 2013 and an $83.6 million non-cash pension mark to market loss in 2012.
Cash provided by operating activities decreased $246.9 million from $262.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $15.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The reduction was primarily due to an increase in net loss of $21.2 million; a decrease of $172.1 million due to working capital changes primarily related to the December 2012 acquisition of Magnablend of $98.3 million and higher than normal working capital levels in EMEA as of December 31, 2012 of $98.7 million due to the temporary slowdown in the working capital cycle resulting from the implementation of a new enterprise resource planning system; an increase of $18.4 million in employer contributions to the U.S. pension plan to achieve regulated minimum funding levels; a decrease of $18.8 million related to prepaid expense and other current assets primarily consisting of more pre-payments for the upcoming Canadian agricultural season; and an increase of $38.2 million in income tax receivables. This was partially offset by $65.7 million related to changes in deferred income taxes.
Cash (Used by) Investing Activities
Cash used by investing activities decreased $112.1 million from $159.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to $47.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The decrease primarily consisted of lower spending on acquisitions in the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013 which was mainly driven by the $88.7 million net cash paid for the acquisition of Quimicompuestos. In addition, there was a reduction in capital expenditures of $35.2 million resulting from our decision to discontinue an ERP implementation during the second quarter of 2013.
Cash used by investing activities decreased $441.4 million from $657.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $215.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to the 2012 acquisition cost of Magnablend exceeding the acquisition cost of the 2013 acquisition of Quimicompuestos. See Note 16 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a further discussion of these acquisitions. Also contributing to the decrease was a reduction in capital expenditures of $28.8 million resulting from our decision to discontinue an ERP implementation during the second quarter of 2013.
Cash used by investing activities increased $406.3 million from $250.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $657.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to the 2012 acquisition cost of Magnablend exceeding the acquisition costs of the 2011 acquisitions of Quaron, Eral-Protek, and Arinos. See Note 16 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a further discussion of these acquisitions. Our decision to commence a global ERP project during 2012 also contributed towards the increase.
70
Cash (Used by) Provided by Financing Activities
Cash provided by financing activities increased $48.9 million from $57.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to $106.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase in cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to the increase in our outstanding balances within our ABL facilities of $139.8 million partially offset by decreases of $13.9 million in our short-term financing in the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to an increase of $18.8 million in our ABL facilities partially offset by a decrease of $10.5 million in our short term financing in the six months ended June 30, 2013. These increases were partially offset by a net cash inflow of $73.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013 related to the additional borrowings of $423.6 million from the refinancing of the Senior Term Loan Facilities partially offset by the prepayment of $350.0 million related to the 2018 Subordinated Notes. In addition, financing fees paid decreased by $7.1 million due to lower debt refinancing activity in the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013.
Cash provided by financing activities decreased $864.3 million from cash provided by financing activities of $753.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to cash used by financing activities of $110.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to a decrease of $126.4 million from amounts raised in the 2013 refinancing of our Senior Term Facility compared to the 2012 refinancing of the Senior Term Facility and a $350.0 million prepayment in 2013 related to the 2018 Subordinated Notes. In addition, in 2013, we reduced the outstanding balances within our ABL Facility and the then-existing European ABL facility and short-term financing by $115.5 million compared to an increase in the ABL Facility and the then-existing European ABL facility and short-term financing outstanding balance by $237.5 million in 2012. These increases were partially offset by capital contributions decreasing by $22.8 million from $26.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.
Cash provided by financing activities increased $788.9 million from cash used by financing activities of $35.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to cash provided by financing activities of $753.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to an increase of $200.0 million from amounts raised in the 2012 refinancing of our Senior Term Facility compared to the 2011 refinancing of our Senior Term Facility. In addition, in 2012, we increased the outstanding balance within our ABL Facility and the then-existing European ABL facility and short-term financing by $237.5 million compared to a decrease in the ABL Facility and the then-existing European ABL facility and short-term financing outstanding balance by $363.7 million in 2011. These decreases were partially offset by capital contributions of $26.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations that require us to make future cash payments as of December 31, 2013. The future contractual requirements include payments required for our operating leases, forward currency contracts, indebtedness and any other long-term liabilities reflected on our balance sheet.
Payment Due by Period
(in millions) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
Less
than 1 year |
1-3 years | 3-5 years |
More
than 5 years |
||||||||||||||||
Short-term financing(1) |
$ | 97.5 | $ | 97.5 | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||
Long-term debt, including current maturities(1)(2) |
3,768.2 | 79.7 | 171.0 | 3,517.5 | | |||||||||||||||
Interest Expense(3) |
809.7 | 233.5 | 444.6 | 131.6 | | |||||||||||||||
Forward currency contracts |
0.5 | 0.5 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Minimum Operating Lease Payments |
318.6 | 73.5 | 113.6 | 64.6 | 66.9 | |||||||||||||||
Estimated Environmental Liability Payments(4) |
140.8 | 30.4 | 30.1 | 20.9 | 59.4 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total(2)(5)(6) |
$ | 5,135.3 | $ | 515.1 | $ | 759.3 | $ | 3,734.6 | $ | 126.3 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71
(1) | See Note 13 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. |
(2) | This table does not reflect the repayment, prepayment, redemption, repurchase or other retirement of any indebtedness since December 31, 2013, including the repayment, prepayment, redemption, repurchase or retirement of indebtedness with the proceeds of this offering as described in Use of Proceeds. |
(3) | Interest payments on debt are calculated for future periods using interest rates in effect at the end of 2013. Projected interest payments include the related effects of interest rate swap agreements. Certain of these projected interest payments may differ in the future based on changes in floating interest rates, foreign currency fluctuations or other factors or events. The projected interest payments only pertain to obligations and agreements outstanding at December 31, 2013. See Note 13 and Note 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion regarding our debt instruments and related interest rate agreements, respectively. |
(4) | Included in the less than one year category is $11.8 million related to environmental liabilities for which the timing is uncertain. The timing of payments is unknown and could differ based on future events. For more information see Note 17 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. |
(5) | Due to the high degree of uncertainty related to the timing of future cash outflows associated with unrecognized income tax benefits, we are unable to reasonably estimate beyond one year when settlement will occur with the respective taxing authorities and have excluded such liabilities from this table. At December 31, 2013, we reported a liability for unrecognized tax benefits of $40.3 million. For more information see Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. |
(6) | This table excludes our pension and postretirement medical benefit obligations. Based on current projections of minimum funding requirements, we expect to make cash contributions of $51.0 million to our defined benefit pension plans in 2014. The timing for any such requirement in future years is uncertain given the implicit uncertainty regarding the future developments of factors described in Risk Factors and Note 7 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. |
We expect that we will be able to fund our remaining obligations and commitments with cash flow from operations. To the extent we are unable to fund these obligations and commitments with cash flow from operations; we intend to fund these obligations and commitments with proceeds from available borrowing capacity under our Senior ABL Facility or under future financings.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have few off-balance sheet arrangements. In recent years, our principal off-balance sheet arrangements have consisted primarily of operating leases for facility space and some equipment leasing and we expect to continue these practices. For additional information on these leases, see Note 17 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We do not use any other type of joint venture or special purpose entities that would create off-balance sheet financing.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies
Our principal financial instruments, other than derivatives, comprise credit facilities and other long-term debt as well as cash and cash equivalents. We have various other financial instruments, such as accounts receivable and accounts payable, which arise directly from our operations. We make use of various financial instruments under a financial policy. We use derivative financial instruments to reduce exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and interest rates in certain limited circumstances described below. While these derivative financial instruments are subject to market risk, principally based on changes in currency exchange and interest rates, the impact of these changes on our financial position and results of operations is generally offset by a corresponding change in the financial or operating items we are seeking to hedge. We follow a strict policy that prohibits trading in
72
financial instruments other than to acquire and manage these hedging positions. We do not hold or issue derivative or other financial instruments for speculative purposes, or to hedge translation risk.
The principal risks arising from our financial instruments are interest rate risk, product price risk, foreign currency risk and credit risk. Our board of directors reviews and approves policies designed to manage each of these risks, which are summarized below. We also monitor the market-price risk arising from all financial instruments. The interest rate risk to which we are subject at year end is discussed below. Our accounting policies for derivative financial instruments are set out in our summary of significant accounting policies at Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Interest Rate Risk
Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our long-term debt obligations. Under our hedging policy, we seek to maintain an appropriate amount of fixed-rate debt obligations, either directly or effectively through interest rate derivative contracts that fix the interest rate payable on all or a portion of our floating rate debt obligations. We assess the anticipated mix of the fixed versus floating amount of debt once a year, in connection with our annual budgeting process, with the purpose of hedging variability of interest expense and interest payments on our variable rate bank debt and maintaining a mix of both fixed and floating rate debt. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 17% of our debt was fixed rate.
Below is a chart showing the sensitivity of both a 100 basis point and 200 basis point increase in interest rates, with other variables held constant (including the impact of derivatives), on our earnings before tax.
Year Ended
December 31, |
||||||||
(in U.S. $ millions) | 2013 | 2012 | ||||||
100 basis point increase in variable interest rates |
$ | 3.3 | $ | 4.4 | ||||
200 basis point increase in variable interest rates |
12.7 | 27.2 |
Foreign Currency Risk
Because we conduct our business on an international basis in multiple currencies, we may be adversely affected by foreign exchange rate fluctuations. Although we report financial results in U.S. dollars, a substantial portion of our net sales and expenses are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, particularly the euro, the Canadian dollar and European currencies other than the euro, including the British pound sterling. Fluctuations in exchange rates could therefore significantly affect our reported results from period to period as we translate results in local currencies into U.S. dollars. We have not used derivative instruments to hedge the translation risk related to earnings of foreign subsidiaries.
Additionally, our investments in EMEA, Canada and Rest of World are subject to foreign currency risk. Currency fluctuations result in non-cash gains and losses that do not impact income before income taxes, but instead are recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in equity in our consolidated balance sheet. We do not hedge our investment in non-U.S. entities because those investments are viewed as long-term in nature.
In addition, there are certain situations where we invoice sales and incur costs in currencies other than those currencies in which we record the financial results for that business operation; however, these exposures are typically of short duration and not material to our overall results. In any event, we tend to hedge this transaction risk either through specific hedges for significant transactions or through hedging on a portfolio basis to address currency transaction mismatches embedded in the large number of smaller transactions.
In 2013, the Company issued a Euro-denominated Term B Loan in the amount of 130.0 million ($173.6 million). The Euro Term B Loan has a variable interest rate based on short-term Eurodollar LIBOR interest rates.
73
In addition, the Company and its subsidiaries may advance or accept intercompany loans in currencies other than the business units currency for financial reporting purposes. The Companys policy is not to hedge these balance sheet revaluations due to the long-term nature of the underlying obligations.
Due to the geographic diversity of the Companys business operations and the local currencies used to record financial results, the Company is exposed to a wide number of foreign currency relationships. The majority of these relationships are based on the U.S. dollar, Euro or British pound sterling. The following table illustrates the sensitivity of our 2013 consolidated earnings before income taxes to a 10% increase in the value of the U.S. dollar, Euro, and, British pounds with all other variables held constant.
Year ended December 31, 2013 |
Effect on
income before taxes |
Effect
on equity |
||||||
(in U.S. $ millions) | ||||||||
10% strengthening of U.S. dollar |
$ | 4.1 | $ | (19.0 | ) | |||
10% strengthening of Euro |
(5.8 | ) | (4.1 | ) | ||||
10% strengthening of British pound |
2.6 | 21.8 |
See also Risk FactorsWe may not be able to repatriate our cash and undistributed earnings held in foreign jurisdictions without incurring additional tax liabilities.
Product Price Risk
Our business model is to buy and sell at spot prices in quantities approximately equal to estimated customer demand. We do not take significant long or short positions in the products we sell in an attempt to speculate on changes in product prices. As a result, we are not significantly exposed to changes in product selling prices or costs and our exposure to product price risk is not material. Because we maintain inventories in order to serve the needs of our customers, we are subject to the risk of reductions in market prices for chemicals we hold in inventory, but we actively manage this risk on a centralized basis and have reduced our exposure by reducing the number of days sales held in inventories by improving sales forecasting and reducing the period of projected sales for which inventories are held, as well as lowering the amount of slow moving and older inventories.
Credit Risk
We have a credit policy in place and monitor exposure to credit risk on an ongoing basis. We perform credit evaluations on all customers requesting credit above a specified exposure level. We generally do not require collateral with respect to credit extended to customers but instead will not extend credit to customers about which we have substantial concerns and will deal with those customers on a cash basis. We typically have limited risk from a concentration of credit risk as no individual customer represents greater than 10% of the outstanding accounts receivable balance.
Investments, if any, are only in liquid securities and only with counterparties with appropriate credit ratings. Transactions involving derivative financial instruments are with counterparties with which we have a signed netting agreement and which have appropriate credit ratings. We do not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its obligations.
Critical Accounting Estimates
General
Preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make a number of significant estimates and assumptions that form the basis for our determinations as to the carrying values of
74
assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
We consider an accounting estimate to be critical if that estimate requires that we make assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time we make that estimate and if different estimates that we could reasonably have used or changes in accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur could materially affect our consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following critical accounting estimates reflect our more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize net sales when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of products has occurred or services are provided to customers, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Net sales includes product sales, billings for freight and handling charges and fees earned for services provided, net of any discounts, returns, customer rebates and sales or other revenue-based tax. We recognize product sales and billings for freight and handling charges when products are considered delivered to the customer under the terms of the sale. Fee revenues are recognized when services are completed.
Our sales to customers in the agriculture end markets principally in Canada, often provide for a form of inventory protection through credit and re-bill as well as understandings pursuant to which certain price changes from chemical producers may be passed through to the customer. These arrangements require us to make estimates of potential returns of unused chemicals as well as revenue deferral to the extent the sales price is not considered determinable. The estimates used to determine the amount of revenue associated with product likely to be returned are based on past experience adjusted for any current market conditions.
Goodwill
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually, or between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Goodwill is tested for impairment at a reporting unit level using a two-step test. Under the first step of the goodwill impairment test, our estimate of fair value of each reporting unit is compared with its carrying value (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and we must perform step two of the impairment test (measurement). Step two of the impairment test, if necessary, would require the identification and estimation of the fair value of the reporting units individual assets, including currently unrecognized intangible assets, and liabilities in order to calculate the implied fair value of the reporting units goodwill. Under step two, an impairment loss is recognized to the extent the carrying amount of the reporting units goodwill exceeds the implied fair value.
To determine fair value, we rely on two valuation techniques: the income approach and the market approach. The results of these two approaches are given equal weighting in determining the fair value of each reporting unit. The income approach used to determine the fair values of the reporting units were based on unobservable inputs such as forecasted cash flows, discount rates and terminal growth rates, and, accordingly, the fair value measurement is classified as Level 3 under our fair-value hierarchy. See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The income approach is a valuation technique used to convert future expected cash flows to a present value. The income approach is dependent on several management assumptions, including estimates of future sales growth, gross margins, operating costs, terminal growth rates, capital expenditures, changes in working capital requirements and the weighted average cost of capital (discount rate). Expected cash flows used under the
75
income approach are developed in conjunction with Univars budgeting and forecasting process and are based on the latest five-year projections approved by management.
The discount rates used in the income approach are an estimate of the rate of return that a market participant would expect of each reporting unit. The discount rates are based on short-term interest rates and the yields of long-term corporate and government bonds, as well as the typical capital structure of companies in the industry. The discount rates used for each reporting unit may vary depending on the risk inherent in the cash flow projections, as well as the risk level that would be perceived by a market participant. The discount rate applied to cash flow projections for testing the impairment of goodwill ranged from 10.5% to 14.0% in 2013, 11.0% to 13.5% in 2012 and 10.5% to 14.0% in 2011.
A terminal value is included at the end of the projection period used in the discounted cash flow analysis in order to reflect the remaining value that each reporting unit is expected to generate. The terminal value represents the present value subsequent to the last year of the projection period of cash flows into perpetuity. The terminal growth rate is a key assumption used in determining the terminal value as it represents the annual growth of all subsequent cash flows into perpetuity. A terminal growth rate of 2.5% to 4.0% was used in 2013 and 2012 and 2.5% was used in 2011.
The market approach measures fair value based on prices generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. Under the market approach, we estimate fair value by applying EBITDA market multiples of comparable companies to each reporting unit. Comparable companies are identified based on a review of publicly traded companies in our line of business. The comparable companies were selected after consideration of several factors, including whether the companies are subject to similar financial and business risks.
On September 1, 2013, we determined it was more likely than not that the fair value of the Rest of World segment was less than its carrying amount based on the deterioration in general economic conditions within some of the segments significant locations and revised financial projections. As a result, we performed step one of the goodwill impairment test for the Rest of World segment as of September 1, 2013. The segments carrying value exceeded its fair value in the step one test. Thus, we performed step two of the goodwill impairment test in order to calculate the implied fair value of the segments goodwill and recorded an impairment charge of $73.3 million.
During 2013, we performed our annual impairment review as of October 1 and concluded that the fair value of the USA and Canada Industrial Chemical Distribution reporting units substantially exceeded their carrying values. The fair value of the Canada Agricultural reporting unit exceeded its carrying value but not by a substantial amount. There were no events or circumstances from the date of the assessment through December 31, 2013 that would affect this conclusion.
As of October 1, 2013, the remaining carrying value of the Canada Agricultural reporting unit was $364.7 million. The inputs that create the most sensitivity in our goodwill valuation model are the discount rate, terminal growth rate, estimated cash flow projections and market multiplier. The following table demonstrates the effects on the headroom percentage based on a one percentage-point increase in our discount rate, a one percentage-point decrease in our terminal growth rate, a five percentage-point decrease in estimated cash flow projections and a one point reduction in the market multiplier. Headroom percentage is defined as the fair value less carrying value divided by carrying value of the reporting unit.
Canada Agricultural
headroom percentage |
||||
October 1, 2013 Impairment test result |
11.1 | % | ||
1% increase in discount rate |
7.7 | % | ||
1% decrease in terminal growth rate |
9.3 | % | ||
5% decrease in cash flow projections |
9.8 | % | ||
1 point decrease in market multiplier |
6.9 | % |
76
Subsequent to our annual testing date of October 1, 2012, the performance of the EMEA reporting unit worsened and we determined it was necessary to review the EMEA reporting unit for impairment at December 31, 2012. We concluded that an indication of impairment existed at December 31, 2012 as the carrying value of the EMEA reporting unit exceeded fair value. We performed step two of the goodwill impairment test in order to calculate the implied fair value of the reporting units goodwill and recorded an impairment charge of $75.0 million in 2012.
During 2011, we performed our annual impairment review as of October 1 and concluded that the fair value of the USA, Canada and Rest of World reporting units substantially exceeded their carrying values. There were no events or circumstances from the date of the assessment through December 31, 2011 that would affect this conclusion. However, the EMEA reporting unit passed the October 1 step one test by a narrow margin as the EMEA reporting units fair value had declined as a result of economic uncertainty in that region, escalating product costs and currency volatility.
Economic conditions in Europe worsened during the fourth quarter and we determined it was necessary to review the EMEA reporting unit for impairment again at December 31, 2011. We concluded that an indication of impairment existed at December 31, 2011 as the carrying value of the EMEA reporting unit exceeded fair value. We performed step two of the goodwill impairment test in order to calculate the implied fair value of the reporting units goodwill and recorded an impairment charge of $169.4 million in 2011.
Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires judgment and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions by management. We can provide no assurance that a material impairment charge will not occur in a future period. Our estimates of future cash flows may differ from actual cash flows that are subsequently realized due to many factors, including future worldwide economic conditions and the expected benefits of our initiatives. Any of these potential factors, or other unexpected factors, may cause us to re-evaluate the carrying value of goodwill.
Environmental Liabilities
As more fully described in Note 2 and Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we recognize environmental contingency liabilities for probable and reasonably estimable losses associated with environmental remediation. The estimated environmental contingency liability includes incremental direct costs of investigations, remediation efforts and post-remediation monitoring. The total environmental reserve at December 31, 2013, and 2012 was $137.0 million and $146.6 million, respectively.
Our environmental reserves are subject to numerous uncertainties that affect our ability to accurately estimate our costs, or our share of costs if multiple parties are responsible. These uncertainties involve the legal, regulatory and enforcement parameters governing environmental assessment and remediation, the nature and extent of contamination at these sites, the extent and cost of assessment and remediation efforts required, the choice of remediation and, in the case of sites with multiple responsible parties, the number and financial strength of other Potentially Responsible Parties. In addition, our determination as to whether a loss is probable may change, particularly as new facts emerge as to the nature or extent of any non-compliance with environmental laws and the costs of assessment and remediation. Our revisions to the environmental reserve estimates have ranged between additions of $4.3 million to reductions of $2.0 million between 2013 and 2011.
Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Obligations
As described more fully in Note 2 and Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we sponsor defined benefit pension plans in the U.S. and various other countries. We determine these pension costs and obligations using actuarial methodologies that use several statistical and judgmental factors. These assumptions include discount rates, rates for expected return on assets, rates for compensation
77
increases, mortality rates and retirement rates, as determined by us within certain guidelines. Actual experience different from those estimated and changes in assumptions can result in the recognition of gains and losses in earnings as our accounting policy is to recognize changes in the fair value of plan assets or each plans projected benefit obligation in the fourth quarter of each year (the mark to market adjustment).
The following table demonstrates the effects of a one percentage-point change in our expected return on plan assets and annual rate of compensation and a 25 basis point change in our assumed discount rate used to calculate 2014 defined benefit pension cost:
2014 Net Benefit Cost
(Income) |
||||||||
%
Increase |
%
Decrease |
|||||||
(Dollars in millions) | ||||||||
Assumed discount rate |
$ | (9.9 | ) | $ | (0.5 | ) | ||
Annual rate of compensation increase |
1.2 | (8.1 | ) | |||||
Expected return on plan assets |
(0.4 | ) | 9.0 |
Stock-Based Compensation
We follow ASC 718, Stock Compensation, which requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock awards, to be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations based on their grant date fair values. Compensation cost is recognized over the vesting period on a straight-line basis. We maintain one stock-based compensation plan: the 2011 Univar Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, or the Plan. The fair value of the stock options granted under these plans is estimated on the date of the grants using a Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model that uses certain assumptions set forth in our consolidated financial statements. The fair value of the restricted stock awarded under these plans is estimated on the date of the grants using our stock price. See Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes-Merton model changes significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously. The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented:
Fiscal year
ended December 31, 2013 |
Fiscal year
ended December 31, 2012 |
Fiscal year
ended December 31, 2011 |
||||
Risk Free Interest Rate |
||||||
Expected Term (in years) |
||||||
Expected Volatility |
||||||
Expected Dividend Yield |
||||||
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value of Stock Options Granted |
These critical inputs into the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model are estimated as follows:
Risk Free Interest Rate . The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield for a term consistent with the expected term of the stock options at the time of grant.
Expected Term . As we do not have sufficient historical exercise data under the Plan, the expected term is based on the average of the vesting period of each tranche and the original contract term of 10 years.
78
Expected volatility . As we do not have sufficient historical volatility data, the expected volatility is based on the average historical data of a peer group of public companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock options.
Expected Dividend Yield . We currently have no expectation of paying cash dividends on our common stock.
In the absence of a public trading market, our management exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant and restricted stock award. Such factors include: our operating and financial performance, current business conditions and projections, the hiring of key personnel, the market performance of comparable publicly-traded companies, the U.S. and global capital market conditions, our stage of development and related discount rate, the timing of potential liquidity events and their probability of occurring and any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability of our common stock.
The input that creates the most sensitivity in our option valuation model is the estimated grant date fair value of our common stock. If the grant date fair value of all outstanding awards as of December 31, 2013 was increased by $1.00, stock-based compensation expense would increase by $2.2 million, or 14.6%, from a reported amount of $15.1 million to $17.3 million for the year ending December 31, 2013.
We granted stock options under the Plan with the following exercise prices during fiscal year 2013 and in the six months ended June 30, 2014:
Option Grant Date |
Number of
Underlying Shares |
Exercise Price |
Fair Value of
Common Stock |
Fair Value of
Options |
||||
March 29, 2013 |
||||||||
April 24, 2013 |
||||||||
August 8, 2013 |
||||||||
September 4, 2013 |
||||||||
November 12, 2013 |
||||||||
December 13, 2013 |
||||||||
January 20, 2014 |
||||||||
February 1, 2014 |
||||||||
February 3, 2014 |
||||||||
March 1, 2014 |
||||||||
March 17, 2014 |
The activities for the restricted common stock issued to employees for the year ended December 31, 2013 and in the six months ended June 30, 2014 are summarized as follows:
Date |
Number of
Shares |
Weighted-
Average Grant- Date Fair Value Per Share |
||
Unvested restricted stock at December 31, 2012 |
||||
Granted |
||||
Forfeited |
||||
Vested |
||||
Unvested restricted stock at December 31, 2013 |
||||
Granted |
||||
Forfeited |
||||
Vested |
||||
Unvested restricted stock at June 30, 2014 |
79
Income Taxes
We are subject to income taxes in the jurisdictions in which we sell products and earn revenues, including the United States, Canada and various Latin American, Asian-Pacific and European jurisdictions. By their nature, a number of our tax positions require us to apply significant judgment in order to properly evaluate and quantify our tax positions and to determine our provision for income taxes. GAAP sets forth a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. GAAP specifically prohibits the use of a valuation allowance as a substitute for derecognition of tax positions and also requires expanded disclosures. See Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Although we believe we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, the final outcome of these tax matters may be different than our provision. We adjust our reserves for tax positions in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, the refinement of an estimate or changes in tax laws. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, the differences are recorded as adjustments to the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate. The interest and penalties related to these reserves are recorded as a component of interest expense and warehousing, selling and administrative expenses, respectively.
Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets or liabilities, or changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles or interpretations thereof. In addition, we are subject to examination of our income tax returns by various tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provisions for income taxes.
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year the differences are expected to reverse. Significant judgment in the forecasting of taxable income using historical and projected future operating results is required in determining our provision for income tax and the related asset and liabilities.
In the event that the actual outcome of future tax consequences differs from our estimates and assumptions due to changes or future events such as tax legislation, geographic mix of the earnings, completion of tax audits or earnings repatriation plans, the resulting change to the provision for income taxes could have a material effect on the consolidated statements of operations and consolidated balance sheets.
We have placed a valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets, including our foreign net operating loss carry forwards. We intend to maintain the valuation allowances until sufficient positive evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowances.
In evaluating our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, in full or in part, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including our past operating results, our forecast of future market growth, forecasted earnings, future taxable income and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.
The assumptions utilized in determining future taxable income require significant judgment and are consistent with the plans and estimates we are using to manage the underlying businesses. We believe it is more likely than not that the remaining deferred tax assets recorded on our balance sheet will ultimately be realized. In the event we were to determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax assets in the
80
future, an adjustment to the deferred tax assets would be charged to earnings in the period in which we make such determination.
Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2014 included elsewhere in this prospectus.
See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Accounting Pronouncements Issued But Not Yet Adopted
See Note 2 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2014 included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Prior Period Reclassifications
In 2013, we reclassified activity from warehousing, selling and administrative, other operating expenses, net and interest expense to other expense, net. This activity includes foreign currency transaction gains and losses, with the exception of certain gains and losses related to intercompany borrowings, the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges, gains and losses related to undesignated derivative instruments and debt refinancing costs. See Note 2 and Note 5 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
81
Global Chemical Distribution Market
The global chemical industry represents over $3.4 trillion in annual consumption. The industry is highly fragmented, with more than 100,000 producers supplying chemicals utilized in manufacturing a broad array of products in a diverse range of end markets. In order to supply the diversity of chemicals required in manufacturing chemical products, producers typically utilize a combination of direct sales and outsourced distribution, depending on the properties of their products and their customers requirements. The addressable market for chemical distributors (chemical consumption that could be provided by third party chemical distributors), which excludes chemicals delivered through pipelines, is estimated to be $2.3 trillion, of which $223 billion, or 9.7%, is currently funneled through approximately 10,000 third-party chemical distributors. Between 2008 and 2013, overall chemical consumption grew at a 4.4% CAGR. As a result of the increased use of chemical distributors, which grew from 9.1% of the addressable chemical distribution market in 2008 to 9.7% in 2013, the amount of chemicals funneled through distributors grew at a 6.5% CAGR. As this trend continues, the global chemical distribution market is expected to expand at a 5.6% CAGR through 2018, which we expect will continue to outpace overall growth in the chemical industry.
The following charts indicate the addressable size and the geographical distribution of the global chemical distribution market:
Global Chemical Market | Chemical Distribution Market | |
|
|
|
$3.4 Trillion | $223 Billion |
The chemical distribution market has grown most rapidly in emerging markets, where overall chemical consumption growth exceeds global growth rate levels. The Asia-Pacific, Middle East and Africa, Central and Eastern Europe and Latin America chemical distribution markets all grew at a CAGR in excess of 8% from 2008 to 2013 and each is expected to realize a CAGR in excess of 5% through 2018. In the United States, where we hold the #1 market position, there has been a resurgence in chemical manufacturing activity due to improving demand dynamics and an advantaged cost position in large part as a result of the proliferation of natural gas liquids from shale formations. According to the American Chemical Council, over 135 new chemical production projects, valued at over $90 billion, have been announced in the U.S. which could lead to an incremental $66.8 billion per year in U.S. chemical output. We intend to leverage our leading market position in the extensive U.S. distribution market to capture an outsized portion of this growth.
82
The graph below depicts the growth rate of the chemical distribution market across various geographies:
Benefits of Chemical Distributors
Chemical distributors benefit both producers and customers by acting as an intermediary between fragmented production and end-user markets. Distributors provide a cost-effective way for producers to serve their diverse end markets and geographically dispersed customer base. Customers look to chemical distributors to efficiently source chemicals from a number of different producers, provide specialized technical and industry expertise, as well as distribution services such as repackaging, blending and storing chemicals, to lower their total cost of ownership.
The key reasons that producers and customers use independent chemical distributors include:
| Fragmented Production and End-User Markets. Chemical production and end-user markets are even more fragmented than the chemical distribution industry, creating an hour-glass structure where over 100,000 producers must distribute products to an equally large number of customers. Chemical distributors like Univar provide a pivotal role as an intermediary by purchasing chemical products from chemical producers and repackaging, blending, storing and aggregating demand and providing other value-added services and specialized product expertise before ultimately selling products to a diverse range of customers looking for a one-stop shop. By leveraging a distributors scale, a producer can reach a larger number of end users than it could through its own efforts. Similarly, customers can access a wider range of chemicals more efficiently by leveraging a distributors relationships with multiple chemical producers. As a result, chemical distributors can add significant value for both producers and customers. |
| Cost-Effectiveness. As measured by volume, most chemicals are delivered by producers in bulk by pipeline, tank, ship or rail directly to customers, a trend that is likely to continue. However, many chemical producers find it difficult to cost-effectively sell and deliver less than bulk quantities, particularly where delivery is distant from their warehouses and production facilities. In addition, purchasing volumes from smaller customers are often insufficient to generate adequate returns for large producers. As a result, chemical producers utilize independent chemical distributors to sell and deliver smaller quantities in a cost-effective manner, as well as to simplify operations by reducing their number of sales representatives, sales offices and internally owned warehouse facilities. |
83
| Specialized Product Knowledge. Many producers and customers look for distributors with specialized industry or product knowledge. Many chemical distributors therefore have dedicated sales teams composed of professionals with technical and industry-specific expertise, allowing them to connect a broad set of chemical producers to a broad set of end-user markets. |
| Geographic Footprint. Large chemical producers are able to benefit from chemical distributors who have a broad geographic footprint by producing at relatively few locations and utilizing chemical distributors to aid in support of their geographically dispersed customer base. Similarly, large customers seek distributors with large geographic footprints to serve their global operations. |
| Services. Chemical distributors provide a diverse array of services to producers and customers. These include distribution services, such as inventory management, product knowledge and technical expertise and mixing, blending and repackaging, as well as value-added services, such as specialty product blending, automated tank monitoring and refill, chemical waste management and digitally-enabled marketing and sales. These value-added services are increasingly important when producers and customers choose a distributor. |
High Barriers to Entry
The chemical distribution industry is characterized by high barriers to entry, including the requirement for significant capital investments for transportation and storage infrastructure, an increasingly complex regulatory, environmental and safety landscape requiring specialized knowledge and the need for specialized institutional product knowledge and market intelligence that require significant time and effort to cultivate. Additionally, scale provides for significant advantages in the chemical distribution industry due to purchasing power derived from volume based discounts available to large distributors and the fact that most chemical producers and customers are seeking to streamline their supply chain and prefer established chemical distributors with the most comprehensive product and service offerings and broadest geographic reach.
Significant Benefits of Scale
Scale also serves as an important driver of growth and a catalyst for consolidation within the chemical distribution industry. Currently, the three largest distributors hold a combined global market share of 12.5%. Except for Univar and a handful of other large international companies, most chemical distributors operate locally or regionally, and many specialize in a small number of specific products or product families which are sold in small quantities. Large-scale chemical distributors can frequently better leverage economies of scale and cost structures compared to smaller distributors or new entrants to the market and typically are able to benefit from volume-based pricing with key producers. Because smaller chemical distributors may be less able to cope with increasing costs, environmental and other regulations and competition from larger global distributors, we believe that the longer-term structural trends, emphasizing outsourcing and specialization on the producer side and one-stop shopping on the customer side, will reinforce the hour-glass market structure and enhance the value proposition of large, diversified global chemical distributors.
Mergers and acquisitions also play an important role within the chemical distribution landscape. First, efficiencies in chemical distribution are achieved by operating on a large scale with dense route structure. Second, chemical producers increasingly expect chemical distributors to have both strong regional and global capabilities, along with the critical mass to invest in safety and regulatory capabilities, market development, technical expertise and information-exchange systems. Third, customers increasingly expect chemical distributors to offer broad product bundles and to set up and operate a safely operated global network for sourcing and delivery. We believe these factors create important opportunities for improving margins and profits through selective acquisitions. Over the last few years, many large international distributors have made acquisitions, especially in emerging markets, which have allowed them to increase their global footprint and gain market expertise.
84
Resilient Economic Model
Diversified, global chemical distributors benefit from the overall stable demand for commodity and specialty chemicals despite any volatility in demand for particular products. In addition, distributors have historically been able to maintain relatively stable gross profit per ton by passing through price changes to customers. As a result, distributors businesses do not typically exhibit the level of cyclicality of most chemical producers and their profitability does not vary as much with the supply and demand dynamics of producers businesses. Because of this resilient model, when commodity prices swing up or down, while the prices of products change with the market, a distributors profitability typically varies less than the overall change in the prices of commodities and products.
85
Our Company
We are a leading global chemical distributor and provider of innovative value-added services. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, we held the #1 market position in North America and the #2 market position in Europe. We source chemicals from over 8,800 producers worldwide and provide a comprehensive array of products and services to over 133,000 customer locations in over 150 countries. Our scale and broad geographic reach, combined with our deep product knowledge and end market expertise and our differentiated value-added services, provide us with a distinct competitive advantage and enable us to offer customers a one-stop shop for their chemical needs. As a result, we believe we are strategically positioned for growth and to increase our market share.
The global chemical distribution industry is large, fragmented and growing, as producers and customers increasingly realize the benefits of outsourcing. Chemical producers rely on us to reduce complexity and costs within their organizations by outsourcing not only the distribution of their products but also many of the services that their customers require, as well as to improve their market access and geographic reach. Customers who purchase products and services from us benefit from a lower total cost of ownership, as they are able to simplify the chemical sourcing process and outsource a variety of functions such as packaging, inventory management, mixing, blending and formulating.
Since hiring our President and CEO, Erik Fyrwald, in May 2012, we have significantly enhanced our management team, hiring 12 of our top 18 executives, and have implemented a series of transformational initiatives to drive growth and operating performance. These initiatives include:
| focusing increased efforts on strengthening our market, technical and product expertise in attractive, high-growth industry sectors, such as oil, gas and mining, water treatment, agricultural sciences, food ingredients, cleaning and sanitization, pharmaceutical ingredients and personal care; |
| increasing and enhancing our value-added services, such as specialty product blending, automated tank monitoring and refill of less than truckload quantities, chemical waste management and digitally-enabled marketing and sales; |
| undertaking a series of measures to drive operational excellence, such as enhancing our supply chain and logistics expertise, enhancing our Global Sourcing and Exports, or GS&E, capabilities reducing procurement costs, streamlining back-office functions and improving our working capital efficiency; |
| pursuing commercial excellence programs, including significantly increasing our global sales force, establishing a performance driven sales culture and developing our proprietary, analytics-based mobile sales force tools; and |
| continuing to improve upon our distribution industry leadership in safety performance, which serves as a differentiating factor for both producers and our customers. |
These initiatives have contributed to increases in Adjusted EBITDA in recent periods, and we believe we are well-positioned to continue to capture market share while growing Adjusted EBITDA. In the twelve months ended June 30, 2014, we generated $10.4 billion in net sales and $634.8 million in Adjusted EBITDA. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), see Prospectus SummarySummary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data.
While we seek to grow volumes across our business, our enhanced focus on end markets and regions with the most attractive growth prospects is a key element of our strategy, as demand within the majority of these end markets and regions is growing faster than overall global chemical distribution demand. We believe, based on managements knowledge of the industry, that we are the #1 chemical distributor to the North American oil and gas industry and serve the leading oilfield service providers. We serve all of the premier U.S. oil and gas plays
86
including Bakken, Eagle Ford and Marcellus as well as the Canadian oil sands. Based on industry data, we believe the global shale gas market will grow at a 7.9% CAGR between 2013 and 2019. We intend to grow our oil and gas business in North America and internationally by increasing our oil and gas customer base and leveraging our existing relationships with our largest oil and gas customers, including the top three oil and gas service companies, to access high-growth energy regions such as the Middle East and Mexico.
We have also improved our position in water treatment products and services in multiple end markets, including food ingredients and chemical manufacturing, by hiring highly experienced personnel with strong producer and customer relationships and expanding our product knowledge and service offerings. Our water treatment sales in 2013 represented over 5% of total sales and we believe that we are well positioned to capitalize on the expected 4% CAGR in global water consumption from 2013 to 2018. In addition, we continue to expand our presence within high-growth emerging markets such as China, Mexico and Brazil, as overall chemical consumption growth within these regions is expected to exceed global growth rate levels.
The following charts illustrate the geographical and end market diversity of our 2013 net sales:
2013 Net Sales by Region | 2013 Net Sales by End Market | |
|
|
We maintain strong, long-term relationships with both producers and our customers, many of which span multiple decades. We source materials from thousands of producers worldwide, including global leaders such as Dow Chemical Company, ExxonMobil, Eastman Chemical Company, LyondellBasell, Dow Corning, BASF and Formosa Chemicals. Our 10 largest producers accounted for approximately 37% of our total chemical expenditures in 2013. Similarly, we sell products to thousands of customers globally, ranging from small and medium-sized businesses to large industrial customers, including Akzo Nobel, Dow Chemical Company, Henkel, Ecolab PPG, Valero Energy, FMC Corporation, Georgia-Pacific and Kellogg Company. Our top ten customers accounted for approximately 12% of our consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2013.
Our Segments
Our business is organized and managed in four geographical segments: USA, Canada, EMEA and Rest of World. For additional information on our geographical segments, see Note 19: Segments in our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 13: Segments in our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus.
USA
With a #1 market position, we supply a significant amount of commodity and specialty chemicals to a wide range of end markets, touching a majority of the manufacturing and industrial production sectors in the United States. Our close proximity to customers serves as a competitive advantage and we believe that nearly
87
100% of U.S. manufacturing GDP is located within 150 miles of a Univar location. Moreover, our U.S. based GS&E division, which focuses on sourcing certain high volume products that we distribute, allows us to globally source lower cost chemicals.
Each major end market we serve varies based upon general U.S. economic conditions. We expect all of these markets to benefit from the economic recovery in 2014 and beyond, as the North American chemical distribution market is forecast to grow at a 4.9% CAGR through 2018. We focus our salesforce in the United States towards four primary industry groups: Industrial Chemicals; Basic Chemical Solutions, or BCS; Oil, Gas and Mining and Agricultural Sciences. Industrial Chemicals includes the coatings and adhesives, chemical manufacturing, food ingredients, cleaning and sanitization, pharmaceutical ingredients and personal care end markets. In the United States, the Industrial Chemicals salesforce is further divided into east and west regions. Our BCS salesforce leverages our strong supplier relationships to provide superior product insight and expertise to deliver high-volume, critical-use inorganic chemicals to customers.
Canada
Our Canadian operations also maintain the #1 market position, and are divided into three regions: Western Canada, where we focus primarily on the Oil, Gas and Mining industry group, including the oil and gas and forestry end markets; Eastern Canada, where we focus primarily on the Industrial Chemicals industry group, including the cleaning and sanitization, coatings and adhesives, food ingredients, chemical manufacturing, personal care and pharmaceutical end markets; and Central Canada, where we focus on the Agricultural Sciences industry group, including the distribution of crop protection products to independent retailers and specialty applicators serving the agricultural sciences end market. We believe that our new Alberta Transload facility also provides our oil and gas team with a significant competitive advantage due to its proximity to the Canadian oil sands.
EMEA
With the #2 market position in Europe, we maintain a strong presence in the United Kingdom and Continental Europe with sales offices in 20 countries. Our EMEA segment also includes six sales offices in the Middle East and Africa which we believe will enable us to capitalize on growing regional demand, especially within the oil and gas industry. EMEA chemical distribution demand is expected to grow 4.4% per annum through 2018, with emerging economies such as the Middle East, Africa, and Central and Eastern Europe driving regional growth.
In 2013, our management team began implementing a pan-European strategy to consolidate our European operations, including our information technology systems, raw materials procurement, logistics, route operations and the management of producer relationships, in order to benefit from economies of scale and improve cost efficiency. We are also strengthening our end market expertise and key account management capability across Europe to better support sales representatives in each country. We have strengthened our European Industrial Chemicals, BCS and Oil, Gas and Mining capabilities, with a focus on higher growth end markets.
Rest of World
Our global footprint also includes sales offices and distribution sites in Mexico, Brazil and the Asia-Pacific region. Chemical distribution demand growth within these regions has outpaced the overall global market, a trend which we expect to continue in the future. The Asia-Pacific and Latin America chemical distribution markets are expected to grow at 7.2% and 5.1% CAGRs, respectively, through 2018. From our operations in China we export to South Korea, Japan, Taiwan, Hong Kong, the United States, the Netherlands, Dubai, Singapore and India. Our operations based in Singapore focus on domestics sales and export sales to Korea, Vietnam, Thailand, Philippines, Malaysia, Indonesia, Sri Lanka and India. Our GS&E capabilities in Asia are based in Shanghai and Qingdao, China, with additional representatives in China and India, and provide us with the capability to source chemicals from these regions as well as access to chemicals that are not produced in North America or Europe. We further expanded our footprint in Latin America through our 2011 acquisition of Arinos, a distributor of specialty and commodity chemicals in Brazil and our 2013 acquisition of Quimicompuestos, a leading distributor of commodity chemicals in Mexico.
88
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe the following competitive strengths have enabled us to become an integrated resource to both producers and our customers and to build and maintain leading market positions in many of the key regions and end markets that we serve.
Leading global market position in a highly attractive, growing industry
We are one of the worlds leading chemical distribution companies, with a #1 market position in both the United States and Canada and a #2 market position in Europe. We continue to focus on increasing our market share through organic growth, marketing alliances and strategic acquisitions in both established markets, such as the United States, which is experiencing a resurgence in chemical manufacturing, and high-growth emerging markets, such as the Asia-Pacific region, Latin America and the Middle East. We are also well positioned in attractive and high-growth end markets, including oil and gas, water treatment, agricultural sciences, food ingredients, cleaning and sanitization, pharmaceutical ingredients and personal care.
Our scale and geographic reach, combined with our broad product offerings, product knowledge and market expertise and our differentiated value-added service offerings, provide us with a significant competitive advantage in the highly fragmented third party chemical distribution market, which includes more than 10,000 participants, primarily comprised of smaller distributors with limited geographic and product reach. As of 2013, the three largest global chemical distributors held a combined market share of 12.5% of the global market, including our 4.7% share.
We operate in a highly attractive, expanding market which has grown at a 6.5% CAGR from 2008 to 2013. This growth has outpaced the growth of total chemical demand (which has grown at a 4.4% CAGR from 2008 to 2013) and this trend is forecasted to continue as a result of increased outsourcing of distribution by producers and growing demand from customers for value-added services. Third party chemical distribution growth is expected to continue to be driven by these trends, as well as consolidation of the highly fragmented chemical distribution market. We believe that we are well-positioned to benefit from this anticipated growth.
Global sourcing and distribution network producing operational and scale efficiencies
We operate one of the most extensive chemical distribution networks in the world, comprised of over 700 distribution facilities, more than 80 million gallons of storage capacity, over 2,800 tractors, tankers and trailers, over 1,200 railcars, over 120 rail/barge terminals and 20 deep sea terminals. We believe that nearly 100% of U.S. manufacturing GDP is located within 150 miles of one of our locations. Our purchasing power and global procurement relationships provide us with significant competitive advantages over local and regional competitors due to volume-based discounts we receive as well as our enhanced ability to manage our inventory and working capital. Our global distribution platform also creates significant value for both producers and our customers through the combination of our comprehensive inventory, electronic ordering and shipment tracking, just-in-time delivery, centralized order handling and fulfillment and access to networked inventory sourcing. Our GS&E group, which operates out of the United States and Asia, has global sourcing capabilities and allows us to source lower cost chemicals. In addition, our scale allows us to service an international customer base in both established and emerging markets, as well as in difficult-to-access areas such as wellsites in key oil and gas basins and the oil sands region of Northern Canada and positions us to take market share as producers and customers streamline their distributor relationships. As one of the worlds largest chemical distributors, we are able to reduce costs by aggregating demand and implementing consistent processes to operate with increasing efficiency as we expand into new markets. We also benefit from a hub and spoke distribution network in many of our markets, providing multiple touch points for efficient delivery.
Long-standing, strong relationships with a broad set of producers and customers
We source chemicals from more than 8,800 producers, many of which are the premier global chemical producers, including Dow Chemical Company, ExxonMobil, Eastman Chemical Company, LyondellBasell, Dow Corning, BASF and Formosa Chemicals. We distribute products to over 133,000 customer locations, from small
89
and medium-sized businesses to global industrial customers, including Akzo Nobel, Dow Chemical Company, Henkel, Ecolab, PPG, Valero Energy, FMC Corporation, Georgia-Pacific and Kellogg Company, across a diverse range of high-value and high-growth end markets. We believe that our scale, geographic reach, diversified distribution channels, broad product and value-added services offerings, as well as our deep technical expertise and knowledgeable sales force, are key differentiators relative to smaller, regional and local competitors, and have enabled us to develop strong, long-term relationships, often spanning several decades, with both producers and customers. The strength of our relationships has provided opportunities for us to integrate our service and logistics capabilities into their business processes and to promote collaboration on supply chain optimization, and, in the case of producers, marketing and other revenue enhancement strategies. In addition, our strong safety record is an increasingly important consideration for producers and our customers when choosing a chemical distributor.
Broad value-added service offerings driving customer loyalty
To complement our extensive product portfolio, we offer a broad range of value-added services, such as specialty product blending (Magnablend), automated tank monitoring and refill of less than truckload quantities (MiniBulk), chemical waste management (ChemCare) and digitally enabled marketing and sales (ChemPoint.com). Our deep technical expertise, combined with our knowledgeable sales force, allows us to provide tailored solutions to our customers. We believe that our innovative and differentiated value-added service offerings provide efficiency and productivity benefits to our customers. In addition, these value-added services have higher margins and are growing at a faster rate than our chemical product sales.
Strategically positioned assets and sales force focused on high-growth end markets, such as the oil and gas and water industries
We have successfully focused our sales organization and operating assets to target high-growth end markets, including the oil and gas and water industries. We have dedicated sales teams composed of professionals with technical and industry-specific expertise, allowing us to connect a broad set of chemical producers to a broad set of end-user markets. Between 2009 and 2013, demand for oil and gas-related chemicals that we distribute has increased at an average annual rate of approximately 4%, principally driven by the acceleration in the growth of extraction of oil and natural gas in areas that historically would have been economically impractical to develop. The location of our facilities and our logistics capabilities lead to high customer retention and a larger addressable market. Our assets are strategically configured in and around the most prominent natural gas and crude oil producing plays in North America, including the Bakken, Eagle Ford and Marcellus. We believe that our new Alberta Transload facility also provides our oil and gas team with a significant competitive advantage due to its proximity to the Canadian oil sands. Based on industry data, we believe the global shale gas market will grow at a 7.9% CAGR between 2013 and 2019. We believe we are the only chemical distributor capable of cost-effectively delivering a complete portfolio of specialty and commodity chemicals to all of the major U.S. shale basins as well as the Canadian oil sands. In addition, the resurgence of industrial water treatment requirements in the oil and gas, mining and power generation industries, combined with increased demand for drinking and waste water treatment, has driven an increase in demand for the water treatment chemicals we distribute. According to a report by the Freedonia Group, world demand for water treatment chemicals is forecast to rise 5.8% per year to $30.8 billion in 2017. We believe our technical expertise and the value-added services we provide to municipalities and industrial users will continue to deliver market share gains in our water vertical.
Resilient business platform with significant growth potential
We believe that the combination of our large geographic footprint, end market diversity, fragmented producer and customer base and broad product offerings provides us with a resilient business platform that enhances our flexibility and ability to take advantage of growth opportunities. We buy thousands of different chemical products in bulk quantities, process them, repack them in quantities that are matched to the needs of our customers, sell them and deliver them to approximately 133,000 customer locations in over 150 countries. In addition to our vast geographic reach, we serve a wide range of end markets with over 30,000 products and have
90
no major exposure to any single end market or customer. Our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 12% of our consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2013. We also benefit from sourcing our products from diverse and large set of producers, with our ten largest producers accounting for approximately 37% of our chemical expenditures in 2013. In addition, we have undertaken substantial cost reduction activities since 2012, which have reduced our fixed costs, improved our net working capital balances and increased our operating margins. For the past three years, capital expenditures have typically averaged less than 2% of sales annually. Capital expenditures for our business have historically been low and predictable year over year. We believe that the combination of our disciplined approach to cost control, our active asset management strategy and our low capital expenditure requirements has resulted in a strong business platform that is well positioned for growth and adaptable to changing industry dynamics.
Experienced and proven management team
We have assembled a highly experienced management team that have, on average, over 30 years of experience in the chemical industry. Our management team is led by our Chief Executive Officer, Erik Fyrwald, formerly the President and Chief Executive Officer of Nalco Holding Company and President of Ecolab, Inc., who has over 30 years of experience in the chemical and distribution industries. Since mid-2012, our senior management team has implemented an enhanced business strategy and successfully transformed our pricing structure, sales force, capital efficiency and acquisition and integration strategy.
Our Growth Strategy
We believe that we are well-positioned to capitalize on industry growth trends and opportunities to increase our market share by focusing on expanding our scale and global infrastructure, while further cultivating our relationships with key producers and customers. We also intend to continue to implement strategies to improve our operating margins. The key elements of our growth strategy are to:
Leverage our market leading position to grow organically in existing and new geographies and end markets
We seek to build upon our position as a global market leader by leveraging our scale and global network to capitalize on market opportunities, as major chemical producers outsource an increasing portion of their distribution operations and rationalize their distributor relationships. Because many producers and customers look for distributors with specialized industry or product knowledge, we will continue to develop our technical and industry-specific expertise to become the preferred distributor for an even broader range of chemical producers and customers in existing and new markets. We will also continue to improve the customer experience through dedicated sales teams composed of professionals with industry-specific expertise in areas such as oil and gas, water treatment, agricultural services, food ingredients, pharmaceutical ingredients, personal care and coatings and adhesives. In addition, we are expanding the scope of our account management by appointing global account leaders to broaden our relationships with global customers. Our broad geographic footprint and extensive producer and customer relationships provide us with a unique opportunity to expand our operations in developing geographies. We believe that we are well-positioned to capture additional sales volume and grow organically as we reinforce our position as a one-stop provider of chemicals to customers and related supply chain management services for chemical producers.
Focus on continued development of innovative value-added services
We are focused on developing and offering a range of value-added services that provide efficiency gains for producers and lower the total cost of ownership for our customers. We will also continue to partner with customers to develop tailored solutions to meet their specific requirements. Our high-growth and value-added service offerings, including Magnablend, MiniBulk, ChemCare and ChemPoint.com, are key differentiators for us relative to our competitors and also enhance our profitability and growth prospects.
91
Pursue commercial excellence initiatives
We are currently focused on implementing a number of key commercial excellence programs including:
| strengthening our sales planning and execution process by focusing on a centralized account planning process, improving value documentation and conducting quarterly business reviews with customers; |
| attracting, retaining, mentoring and developing our sales force talent, increasing the size of our U.S. sales force to take advantage of markets that are underpenetrated by us, enhancing product knowledge and end market expertise across our sales force and focusing our sales force on high-growth, high-value end markets; and |
| expanding our utilization of proprietary intelligent mobile sales force tools which provide market and customer insights, pricing analytics, to drive improved productivity and profitability for producers and us. |
Continue to implement additional productivity improvements and operational excellence initiatives
We are committed to continued operational excellence and have implemented several initiatives to further improve operating performance and margins. Some of the key operational excellence initiatives include:
| Optimizing our global sourcing and supply chain network: We are focusing on our procurement organization to reduce sourcing costs and implementing robust inventory planning and stocking systems, and we are in the process of centralizing, improving and consolidating our indirect-spend, including third party transportation, all in an effort to reduce costs and improve the reliability and level of service we offer customers; and |
| Continuing to refocus our EMEA business . We are undertaking a commercial realignment of our EMEA business, from a country-based structure to a pan-European platform, with increased focus on key growth markets, local knowledge and local profitability. We also continue to rationalize underperforming sites and reduce overhead to drive improved profitability in EMEA. |
Undertake selective acquisitions and ventures
We will continue to evaluate selective acquisitions and ventures in both developed and emerging markets to complement our organic growth initiatives. Specifically, we seek acquisition and venture opportunities that will:
| increase our market share in established markets, such as North America and Europe, to create operating leverage; |
| increase our market share of key products where increased volume provides enhanced margin opportunities; |
| expand our existing product portfolio and our value-added services capabilities; |
| enable us to enter or expand our presence in high-growth developing markets such as China and Brazil; and |
| increase our presence in high-growth industries. |
Company History
Our history dates back to 1924 when we were founded as a brokerage business. In 1986, we acquired McKesson Chemical Corporation, then the third largest U.S. chemical distributor, solidifying our presence throughout the United States and making us the largest chemical distributor in North America. In 2001, we continued our expansion into Europe through the acquisition of Ellis & Everard, which specialized in the
92
distribution of chemicals in the United Kingdom and Ireland and had additional facilities in Europe and the Eastern United States. In 2007, we acquired Chemcentral, which enabled us to improve our market share and operational efficiencies in North America.
In 2007 we were acquired by investment funds advised by CVC as well as investment funds associated with Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Parcom. On November 30, 2010, investment funds associated with CD&R acquired a 42.5% ownership interest in us. Currently funds advised or managed by CD&R and CVC each beneficially own approximately 40% of our company. The remaining interests are beneficially owned by funds managed or advised by Parcom, an investment fund affiliated with ING Group, affiliates of Highbridge Capital Management, affiliates of Apollo Global Management, affiliates of GSO Capital Partners, our management and former management and affiliates of certain of the underwriters, including Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.
In December 2010, we acquired Basic Chemicals Solutions L.L.C., a global distributor and trader of commodity chemicals, which further strengthened our ability to provide value in the supply chain between chemical producers and end-users and reinforced our global sourcing capabilities. In January 2011, we completed our acquisition of Quaron, a chemical distributor operating in Belgium and the Netherlands, which complemented our strong European foothold in specialty chemicals with expanded product portfolio and increased logistical capability. We continued our expansion into the emerging markets in 2011 through our acquisition of Eral-Protek, a leading chemical distributor in Turkey, and the acquisition of Arinos, a leading chemical distributor of specialty and commodity chemicals and high-value services in Brazil. In December 2012, we acquired Magnablend, whose specialty chemical and manufactured products broadened our oil and gas offerings. In May 2013, we expanded our Mexican presence with the acquisition of Quimicompuestos, making us a leading chemical distributor in the Mexican market, which is increasingly connected to the North American market.
Products and End Markets
The main focus of our marketing approach is to identify attractive end-user markets and provide customers in those markets all of their commodity and specialty chemical needs. We also offer value-added services as well as procurement solutions that leverage our chemical, supply chain and logistics expertise, networked inventory sourcing and producer relationships. We provide our customers with a one-stop shop for their commodity and specialty chemical needs and offer a reliable and stable source of quality products.
We buy and inventory chemicals in large quantities such as barge loads, railcars or full truck loads from chemical producers and we sell and distribute smaller quantities to our customers. Approximately 62% of the chemicals we purchase are in bulk form, and we repackage them into various size containers for sale and distribution.
Commodity chemicals currently represent and have historically represented the largest portion of our business by sales and volume. Our commodity chemicals portfolio includes acids and bases, surfactants, glycols, inorganic compounds, alcohols and general chemicals used extensively throughout hundreds of end markets. Our specialty chemicals sales represent an important, high-value, higher-growth portion of the chemical distribution market. We typically sell specialty chemicals in lower volumes but at a higher profit than commodity chemicals. While many chemical producers supply these products directly to customers, there is an increasing trend toward outsourcing the distribution of these specialized, lower volume products. We believe that customers and producers value Univars ability to supply both commodity and specialty products, particularly as the markets continue to consolidate.
Our GS&E group focuses on sourcing certain high volume products that we distribute to our customers. The group buys products globally at attractive pricing. We largely sell chemicals sourced by GS&E through our industry focused salesforce. However, a small proportion of the chemicals that our GS&E group sources are sold directly to certain high volume customers through our BCS group. Our GS&E group helps us enhance our global market presence and our product expertise across all market segments.
93
We serve a diverse set of end markets and regions, with no end market accounting for more than 20% of our net sales over the past year. Our most significant end markets in recent years have included oil and gas, coatings and adhesives, chemical manufacturing, food ingredients and cleaning and sanitization.
Our key global end markets include:
| Oil and Gas . Our strength in the oil and gas sector comes from our expert team of chemical and petroleum engineers and other professionals with many years of industry experience. We believe that our industry expertise, coupled with laboratory services and product lines that are designed for use in refineries and gas processing plants, make us a leading distributor to this industry. We also support the upstream oil and gas business by providing chemicals for use in drilling, completing and reworking oil and gas wells and the oil sands in Canada. Recently, this has been a strong growth driver for us with the increase in shale gas extraction. In this sector, we distribute caustic-soda, hydrochloric acid, absorbents, catalysts, fuel additives, water soluble polymers, gas treating amines, lubricants, surfactants, solvents, methanol and heat transfer fluids. |
| Coatings and Adhesives . The coatings and adhesives industry is also one of our largest customer end markets. We sell solvents, resins, pigments and other thickeners used to make paints, inks, glues and other binders. We have a large team of industry and product specialists offering a diverse line of commodity and specialty paints and coatings products. Our product line includes solvents, epoxy resins, polyurethanes, titanium dioxide, fumed silica, esters, plasticizers, silicones and specialty amines. |
| Agricultural Sciences . We are a leading wholesale distributor of crop protection products to independent retailers and specialty applicators. To support this end market, we distribute horticultural products, fungicides and feed, among other products, and we provide storage and logistics services for major crop protection companies, storing chemicals, feed grade materials, seed, equipment and parties. We also are the largest distributor in the United States of pest control products and equipment to the pest management industry. We service the public health, hay production, post-harvest commodity storage, animal production, dairy and turf and ornamental markets with these products. We operate a network of over 70 Univar ProCenter distribution centers in North America to serve this end market. |
| Chemical Manufacturing. We distribute a full suite of chemical products in support of the chemical manufacturing industry (organic, inorganic and polymer chemistries). Our broad warehousing and delivery resources permit us to assure our chemical manufacturing customers efficient inventory management, just-in-time delivery, custom blends and tailored packages. Our industry expertise also assists our customers in making product selections which best suit the customers objectives and with chemical waste and wastewater issues. |
| Food Ingredients . For the food and beverage industry, we inventory a diverse portfolio of commodity and specialty products that are sold as processing aids or food additives. We sell food ingredients such as texturants, thickeners, sweeteners, preservatives, leavening agents and glycerine, as well as texturizer and fat replacement products that include xanthan gum, carrageenan, cellulosics and pectin. We distribute emulsifier products that include glycerine, propylene glycol and lecithin and we distribute citric acid, an acidulant product, as well as alkalis. The major food and beverage markets we serve are meat processing, baked goods, dairy, grain mill products, processed foods, carbonated soft drinks, fruit drinks and beer. We manage our product portfolio to ensure security of supply, quality standards and cost competitiveness. We refresh our product offering with products that meet the key trends impacting the food industry. Our industry experts have developed marketing tools that simplify the ingredient selection process for our customers and provide product performance information and solutions. |
|
Cleaning and Sanitization . The cleaning and sanitization industry is made up of thousands of large and small formulators that require a multitude of chemical ingredients to make cleaning products and detergents for home and industrial use. We believe that we distribute chemicals manufactured by many |
94
of the industrys leading producers of surfactants, emulsifiers, phosphates, fillers, fabric softeners, bleaching aides, chelants, acids, alkalis and other chemicals that are used in cleaning products. |
| Personal Care . We are a full-line distributor in the personal care industry providing a wide variety of commodity and specialty chemicals used in moisturizing lotions, shampoos, conditioners, body washes, toning, coloring, styling and many other consumable products for cleansing and beautifying. The chemicals that we distribute serve as active ingredients with functional properties in the formulation of personal care products. Business development specialists and industry specialists work with our customer formulators and assist them with their product innovations. |
| Pharmaceutical Ingredients . We are uniquely positioned in the pharmaceutical ingredients industry due to the combination of our product portfolio, logistics footprint and customized solutions to meet the needs of a highly regulated industry. We represent some of the worlds leading excipient, solvent and active pharmaceutical ingredient producers as well as producers of chemicals used to support water treatment and filtering and purification systems, thus offering our customers a broad product offering in the pharmaceutical industry. We sell active ingredients such as aspirin, ascorbic acid, caffeine and ibuprofen and excipients that include polysorbates, methylcellulose, stearyl alcohol and glycerol stearates. |
In some geographic regions we target other markets in addition to the end-user markets described above. Our water treatment products and services are utilized by customers in many of our end markets, and we believe that this will continue to be a growth area for our business.
Services
In addition to selling and distributing chemicals, we use our transportation and warehousing infrastructure and broad knowledge of chemicals and hazardous materials handling to provide important distribution and value-added services for producers and our customers. This intermediary role is increasingly important, in particular due to the recent trend of increased outsourcing of distribution by chemical producers to satisfy their need for supply chain efficiency. These services include:
Distribution Services
| Inventory management. We manage our inventory in order to meet customer demands on short notice whenever possible. Our key role in the supply chain to chemical producers also enables us to obtain access to chemicals in times of short supply, when smaller chemical distributors may not able to obtain or maintain stock. Further, our global distribution network permits us to stock products locally to enhance just-in-time delivery, providing outsourced inventory management to our customers. In addition, for oil and gas customers, we are able to offer a suite of wellsite delivery as well as service options to further assure product availability and proper application, often in difficult to reach areas. |
| Product knowledge and technical expertise. We partner with our customers in their production processes. For example, we employ a team of food technologists and chemicals and petroleum engineers who have the technical expertise to assist in the formulation of chemicals to meet specific customer performance requirements as well as provide customers with after-market support and consultation. |
| Mixing, Blending and repackaging. We provide our customers with a full suite of blending and repackaging services. Additionally, we can fulfill small orders through our repackaging services, enabling customers to maintain smaller inventories. |
Value-Added Services
|
MiniBulk and Remote Monitoring. MiniBulk is a complete storage and delivery system that improves plant safety and productivity. MiniBulk is a safe and efficient handling and use system for customers |
95
receiving less than full truckload quantities of chemicals. Our trained specialists deliver products that minimize employee exposure to hazardous chemicals. In addition drum storage and disposal are eliminated and access to products is improved. Similarly, our remote telemetry systems permit around-the-clock access to inventory information. The result is better inventory management, elimination of manual measurement and better assurance of timely/automatic replenishment. |
| Specialized Blending . Leveraging our technical expertise, we are able to utilize our blending and mixing capabilities to create specialty chemical formulations to meet specific customer performance demands, including formulated products through our Magnablend business. |
| ChemCare. Our ChemCare waste management service collects both hazardous and non-hazardous waste products at customer locations in the United States and Canada, and then works with select partners in the waste disposal business to safely transport these materials to licensed third party treatment, storage and disposal facilities. ChemCare reviews each waste profile, recommends disposal alternatives to the customer and offers transportation of the waste to the appropriate waste disposal company. Hazardous and non-hazardous waste management technologies provided from our approved treatment storage and disposal facility partners include recycling, incineration, fuels blending, lab packing, landfill, deepwell injection and waste to energy. ChemCare also assists in the preparation of manifests, labels and reporting requirements and provides on-site project management for tank cleaning projects and site cleanups. |
| ChemPoint.com . ChemPoint.com is our unique distribution platform that facilitates the marketing and sales of specialty and fine chemicals. ChemPoint.com operates principally in North America and EMEA. Our ChemPoint.com platform is primarily focused on connecting producers to customers who require a technical sales approach on relatively small volumes of high-value and highly-specialized chemicals. Through this platform, we also offer MarketConnect, our leading-edge, web-based opportunity management system, which provides producers with market transparency to customers and allows them to review and participate in a high-value sales process. |
Producers
We source chemicals from many of the premier global chemical manufacturers. Among our largest producers worldwide are the worlds largest general chemical and petrochemical producers, with many of the relationships with these producers having been in place for decades. We have both exclusive and nonexclusive arrangements with producers, depending on the type of chemicals involved. We typically maintain relationships with multiple producers of commodity chemicals to protect against disruption in supply and distribution logistics as well as to maintain pricing discipline in our supply. Specialty chemicals, which often require more in-depth technical application knowledge, tend to be sourced on an exclusive basis. Maintaining strong relationships with producers is important to our overall success. Our scale, geographic reach, diversified distribution channels and industry expertise enable us to develop strong, long-term relationships with producers, allowing us to integrate our service and logistics capabilities into their business processes, promoting collaboration on supply chain optimization, marketing and other revenue enhancement strategies. The producers we work with also benefit from the insight we provide into customer buying patterns and trends. Our scale, geographic reach and close relationship with chemical producers often enable us to receive more attractive pricing terms for our chemical purchasing. Chemical producers have been using fewer independent distributors in an effort to develop more efficient marketing channels and to reduce their overall costs. More and more, chemical producers are depending on the sales forces and infrastructure of large chemical distributors to efficiently market, warehouse and deliver their chemicals to end-users.
Our base of more than 8,800 chemical producers is highly diversified, with Dow Chemical Company representing 12% of our 2013 chemicals expenditures, and no other chemical producer accounting for more than 10% of the total. Our 10 largest producers accounted for approximately 37% of our total chemical expenditures in 2013.
96
We typically purchase our chemicals through purchase orders rather than long-term contracts, although we have exclusive supply arrangements for certain specialty chemicals. We normally enter into framework supply contracts with key producers. These framework agreements generally operate on an annual basis without fixed pricing terms, although they often include financial incentives if we meet or exceed specified purchase volumes. We also have a limited number of longer term agreements with certain producers of commodity chemicals. For all of these chemicals, once we purchase the products, we ship them either directly to a customer or, more commonly, to one of our distribution centers.
Our ability to earn volume-based incentives from producers is an important factor in achieving our financial results. We receive these volume-based incentives in the form of rebates that are payable only when our sales equal or exceed the relevant target. In order to record these incentives throughout the year, we estimate the amount of incentives we expect to receive in order to properly record our cost of sales during the period. Because our right to receive these incentives will depend on our purchases for the entire year, our accounting estimates depend on our ability to forecast our annual purchases accurately which ultimately will vary depending on our customers demand and consumption patterns which may be independent of our performance as a distributor.
Sales and Marketing
We organize our business regionally, mirroring our supply chain and logistics networks. We also further focus our salesforce towards four primary industry groups: Industrial Chemicals; BCS; Oil, Gas and Mining and Agricultural Sciences. We train our sales personnel so that they develop expertise in the industries that they serve. Our Industrial Chemical group has the largest salesforce of our primary groups. It focuses on Coatings and Adhesives, Chemical Manufacturing, Food Ingredients, Cleaning and Sanitization, Pharmaceutical Ingredients and Personal Care. Our Oil, Gas and Mining salesforce focuses on the oil and gas sector as well as the mining sector. Our BCS salesforce leverages our strong supplier relationships to provide superior product insight and expertise to deliver high-volume, critical-use organic chemicals to customers. In North America we also have a salesforce that focuses on the Agricultural Sector. As part of our EMEA restructuring, we have begun realigning our salesforce to focus on the Industrial Chemical, BCS and Oil, Gas and Mining markets. We believe that arranging our business into geographical segments that mirror our supply chain and logistics networks and our sales infrastructure into industry groups that share our supply chain assets and capabilities enables us to focus on key end markets and service offerings and to align our industry expertise with our customers industry specific needs.
We believe that our industry-focused model differentiates us in the market and provides superior technical support and innovation to meet customer needs, which increases our effectiveness as a sales channel for producers. We believe this industry-focused model enables us to provide application support for our customers and encourages customers to consolidate chemical purchasing with us, creating additional sales for us and producers. To fully penetrate various markets and industries, we also use outside sales representatives, telesales representatives and technically trained telemarketing personnel. In addition to pursuing producer diversification and volume-based pricing, we exercise discipline in pricing to customers in order to improve margins. We centrally establish and manage pricing guidelines for select products. Our product managers establish a price based on prices posted by chemical producers plus freight, storage and handling charges. Our field management and sales teams price our products based on order volume and local competitive conditions utilize proprietary tools to price the products. They are required to obtain authorization from the product manager to quote a price below the posted threshold.
Our industry-focused marketing groups are responsible for product management, account management, program marketing product portfolio management and corporate communication with an industry focus to provide superior value-added services. Our industry product management groups work to analyze and identify product and technology trends in the marketplace and develop programs to promote enhanced sales. We have established an international marketing group to focus on the European market and to enter into corporate contracts on behalf of local operating companies. We believe that our European presence and broad product portfolio position us better than our local competitors to meet the requirements of the European corporate market.
97
Commencing in 2013, we began to implement our Freedom to Sell initiative in the United States, which is focused on strengthening our sales planning and execution process. Freedom to Sell seeks to assist our sales force in successfully identifying and prioritizing customer opportunities as well as providing coaching, mentoring and incentivizing our sales force to take advantage of those opportunities, resulting in increased sales time and an efficient allocation of sales resources.
As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately 2,500 sales and marketing professionals, representing approximately 30% of our total workforce. Our sales and marketing professionals as of that date were located in the following regions: 1,200 in USA, 300 in Canada, 800 in EMEA and 200 in Rest of World.
Distribution Channels
We continue to refine our distribution business model to provide producers and our customers with the highest level of service, reliability and timeliness of deliveries while offering cost competitive products. We have several channels to market, including warehouse delivery, direct-to-consumer delivery and ChemPoint.com, our unique distribution platform for specialty and fine chemicals. The principal determinants of the way a customer is serviced include the size, scale and level of customization of a particular order, the nature of the product and the customer, and the location of the product inventories. For the year ended December 31, 2013, warehouse distribution accounted for approximately 80% of our net sales while direct distribution accounted for approximately 18% of our net sales, with the remaining approximate 2% of net sales derived primarily from services.
Warehouse Distribution
Our warehouse distribution business is the core of our operations. In our warehouse business, we purchase chemicals in truck load or larger quantities from chemical producers based on contracted demands of our customers or our estimates of anticipated customer purchases. Once received, chemicals are stored in one or more of our over 700 distribution facilities, depending on customer location, for sale and distribution in smaller, less-than-truckload quantities to our customers. Our warehouses have various facilities for services such as repackaging, blending and mixing to create specialized chemical solutions needed by our customers in ready-to-use formulations.
Our warehouse business connects large chemical producers with smaller volume customers whose consumption patterns tend to make them uneconomical to be served directly by producers. Thus, the core customer for our warehouse business model is a small or medium volume consumer of commodity and specialty chemicals. Since chemicals comprise only a fraction of the input costs for many of our customers products, our warehouse customers typically value quality, reliability of supply and ease of service. Our breadth of chemical product offerings also allows us to provide customers with complete management solutions for their chemical needs as they are able to obtain small volumes of many different products from us more efficiently and economically than if they dealt directly with multiple chemical producers. Our network of warehouses allows us to service most customers from multiple locations and also enables us to move products efficiently and economically throughout our own warehouse system to service customers on a real-time basis. Further, by leveraging our geographic footprint and state-of-the-art logistics platform, we are able to combine multiple customer orders along the same distribution routes to reduce delivery costs and facilitate customer inventory management. For example, we combine multiple less-than-truckload deliveries for different customers along the same route to better utilize our delivery assets while at the same time minimizing our customers inventories.
With the leading market position in North America, our operations are capable of serving customers throughout the United States, including Hawaii and Alaska, and all major provinces and major manufacturing centers within Canada including remote areas such as the oil sands regions of Northern Canada. Our close proximity to major transportation arteries allows us to service customers in the most remote locations throughout the United States, particularly those markets that chemical producers are not able to serve profitably. In the USA, we rely mainly on our own fleet of distribution vehicles, while we primarily use third parties for the transportation of chemicals in EMEA and Rest of World.
98
Direct Distribution
Our direct distribution business provides point-to-point logistics for full truckloads or larger quantities of chemicals between producers and customers. In direct distribution, we sell and service large quantity purchases that are shipped directly from producers through our logistics infrastructure, which provides customers with sourcing and logistics support services for inventory management and delivery, in many cases far more economically than the producer might provide. We believe that producers view us not as competitors, but as providers of a valuable service, brokering these large orders through the utilization of our broad distribution network. We typically do not maintain inventory for direct distribution, but rather use our existing producer relationships and marketing expertise, ordering and logistics infrastructure to serve this demand, resulting in limited working capital investment for these sales. Our direct distribution service is valuable to major chemical producers as it allows them to deliver larger orders to customers utilizing our existing ordering, delivery and payment systems. This distribution channel primarily distributes bulk commodity chemicals utilizing our own delivery vehicles in North America and third party carriers in Europe.
Insurance
We have insurance coverage at levels which we consider adequate for our worldwide facilities and activities. Our insurance policies cover the following categories of risk: property damage and business interruption; product and general liability; environmental liability; directors and officers liability; crime; workers compensation; auto liability; railroad protective liability; excess liability; excess California earthquake; marine liability; marine cargo; aviation products liability; business travel accident; pension trustees liability; and employment practices liability.
Competition
The chemical production, distribution and sales markets are highly competitive. Most of the products that we distribute are made to industry standard specifications and are either produced by, or available from, multiple sources or the producers with which we work may also sell their products through a direct sales force or through multiple chemical distributors.
Chemical distribution itself is a fragmented market in which only a small number of competitors have substantial international operations. Our principal large international competitor is Brenntag, with a particularly strong position in Europe.
Many other chemical distributors operate on a regional, national or local basis and may have a strong relationship with local producers and customers that may give them a competitive advantage in their local market. Some of our competitors are either local or regional distributors with a broad product portfolio, while others are niche players which focus on a specific end market, either industry or product-based.
Chemical producers may also choose to limit their use of third party distributors, particularly with respect to higher margin products, or to partner with other chemical producers for distribution, each of which could increase competition.
We compete primarily on the basis of price, diversification and flexibility in product offerings and supply availability, market insight and the ability to provide value-added services.
North America
The independent chemical distribution market in North America is fragmented with just under 50% of the market serviced by the top five companies and more than half the market serviced by companies that have a share of less than 2% each. Our principal competitors in North America include Brenntag, Helm America, Hydrite Chemical, Prinova and Nexeo Solutionsformerly Ashland Distribution. We also compete with a number of smaller companies in certain niche markets.
99
EMEA
The independent chemical distribution market in Europe historically has been highly fragmented with most distributors operating on a regional basis and just over a quarter of the market serviced by the top five companies. Consolidation among chemical distributors has increased, mirroring developments within the chemical sector as a whole. As consolidation accelerates amongst chemical producers and customers alike, they are increasingly looking to do business with fewer distributors that handle a range of key products across key geographic regions.
Brenntag is our leading competitor in Europe due to its strong market position in Germany, which is the largest European chemical distribution market. Other regional competitors in Europe include Azelis, Helm and IMCD. We believe that we are the leading chemical distributor in the United Kingdom and Ireland.
In EMEA, we believe that there are approximately 50 companies in the chemical distribution market with annual sales in excess of $100 million. We believe that we rank as the third largest in this market and that many of our competitors in this market have narrower product offerings and geographic reach than our company.
Rest of World
In Rest of World, the markets for chemical distribution are much more fragmented and credible competitive information for smaller companies is not available. Our relative competitive position in the Rest of World markets is smaller than in North America or EMEA.
Regulatory Matters
Our business is subject to a wide range of regulatory requirements in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Among other things, these laws and regulations relate to environmental protection, economic sanctions, product regulation, anti-terrorism concerns, management, storage, transport and disposal of hazardous chemicals and other dangerous goods, and occupational health and safety issues. Changes in and introductions of regulations have in the past caused us to devote significant management and capital resources to compliance programs and measures. New laws, regulations, or changing interpretations of existing laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with current laws, regulations or interpretations, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The following summary illustrates some of the significant regulatory and legal requirements applicable to our business.
Environmental, Health and Safety Matters
We operate in a number of jurisdictions and are subject to various foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations related to the protection of the environment, human health and safety, including laws regulating discharges of hazardous substances into the soil, air and water, blending, managing, handling, storing, selling, transporting and disposing of hazardous substances, investigation and remediation of contaminated properties and protecting the safety of our employees and others. Some of our operations are required to hold environmental permits and licenses. The cost of complying with these environmental, health and safety laws, permits and licenses has, in some instances, been substantial.
Some of our historic operations, including those of companies we acquired, have resulted in contamination at a number of currently and formerly owned or operated sites. We are required to investigate and remediate at many of such sites. Contamination at these sites generally resulted from releases of chemicals and other hazardous substances. We have spent substantial sums on such investigation and remediation and expect to continue to incur such expenditures, or discover additional sites in need of investigation and remediation, until such investigation and remediation is deemed complete. Information on our environmental reserves is included in Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 which are included in this prospectus.
CERCLA . The U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, or CERCLA, also known as Superfund, as well as similar laws in other jurisdictions, governs the remediation of
100
contaminated sites and establishes liability for the release of hazardous substances at such sites. A party that transported waste, or arranged for the shipment of waste, to a waste disposal facility or other third party site that requires remediation can be liable for the cost of cleanup regardless of fault, the lawfulness of the disposal or the actions of other parties. Under CERCLA, the EPA or a delegated state agency can oversee or require remediation of such sites and seek cost recovery from any party whose wastes were disposed at, or who otherwise contributed to the contamination of, such sites. We are party to consent agreements with the EPA and state regulatory authorities with respect to environmental remediation at a number of such sites. We may be identified as a Potentially Responsible Party at additional third party sites or waste disposal facilities.
RCRA . The EPA regulates the generation, transport, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous waste under the U.S. Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, or RCRA. RCRA also sets forth a framework for managing non-hazardous waste. Most owners and operators of hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal facilities must obtain a RCRA permit. RCRA also mandates certain operating, recordkeeping and reporting obligations for owners and operators of hazardous waste facilities. Our facilities generate various hazardous and non-hazardous wastes and we are a hazardous waste transporter and temporary storage facility. As a result of such activities, we are required to comply with RCRA requirements, including the maintenance of financial resources and security to address forced closures or accidental releases.
Clean Air Act . The U.S. Clean Air Act and similar laws in other jurisdictions establish a variety of air pollution control measures, including limits for a number of airborne pollutants. These laws also establish controls for emissions from automobiles and trucks, regulate hazardous air pollutants emitted from industrial sources and address the production of substances that deplete stratospheric ozone. Under the Clean Air Act, we are required to obtain permits for, and report on emissions of, certain air pollutants, or qualify for and maintain records substantiating that we qualify for an exemption. Owners and operators of facilities that handle certain quantities of flammable and toxic substances must implement and regularly update detailed risk management plans filed with and approved by the EPA. Failure to comply with the Clean Air Act may subject us to fines, penalties and other governmental and private actions.
Clean Water Act . Many of the jurisdictions in which we operate regulate water quality and contamination of water. In the United States, the EPA regulates discharges of pollutants into U.S. waters, sets wastewater standards for industry and establishes water quality standards for surface waters, such as streams, rivers and lakes, under the U.S. Clean Water Act. The discharge of any regulated pollutant from point sources (such as pipes and manmade ditches) into navigable waters requires a permit from the EPA or a delegated state agency. Several of our facilities have obtained permits for discharges of treated process wastewater directly to surface waters. In addition, several of our facilities discharge to municipal wastewater treatment facilities and therefore are required to obtain pretreatment discharge permits from local agencies. A number of our facilities also have storm water discharge permits.
Oil Pollution Prevention Regulations . The Oil Pollution Prevention regulations promulgated by the EPA under the authority of the Clean Water Act require that facilities storing oil in excess of threshold quantities or which have the ability to reach navigable water have a spill prevention, control and countermeasure, or SPCC, plan. Many of our facilities have SPCC plans or similar oil storage plans required in non-U.S. jurisdictions.
Storage Requirements . Our warehouse facilities are required to comply with applicable permits and zoning requirements from local regulatory authorities and pursuant to leases. These requirements, which differ based on type of facility and location, define structural specifications and establish limits on building usage. Regulators typically have the authority to address non-compliance with storage requirements through fines, penalties and other administrative sanctions.
EPCRA . The U.S. Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act, or EPCRA, establishes reporting rules for facilities that store or manage chemicals and requires such facilities to maintain certain safety data. EPCRA is intended to facilitate state and local planning for chemical emergencies. EPCRA requires state and local emergency planning and emergency response authorities to be informed of the presence of specified
101
quantities of extremely hazardous substances at a facility and the release of listed hazardous substances above threshold quantities. Facilities that store or use significant amounts of toxic chemicals must also submit annual toxic chemical release reports containing information about the types and amounts of toxic chemicals that are released into the air, water and soil, as well as information on the quantities of toxic chemicals sent to other facilities. We store and handle a number of chemicals subject to EPCRA reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
TSCA . The U.S. Toxic Substances Control Act, or TSCA, and similar laws in other jurisdictions, are intended to ensure that chemicals do not pose unreasonable risks to human health or the environment. TSCA requires the EPA to maintain the TSCA registry listing chemicals manufactured or processed in the United States. Chemicals not listed on the TSCA registry cannot be imported into or sold in the United States until registered with the EPA. TSCA also sets forth specific reporting, recordkeeping and testing rules for chemicals, including requirements for the import and export of certain chemicals, as well as other restrictions relevant to our business. Pursuant to TSCA, the EPA from time to time issues Significant New Use Rules, or SNURs, when it identifies new uses of chemicals that could pose risks to human health or the environment and also requires pre-manufacture notification of new chemical substances that do not appear on the TSCA registry. When we import chemicals into the United States, we must ensure that chemicals appear on the TSCA registry prior to import, participate in the SNUR process when a chemical we import requires testing data and report to the EPA information relating to quantities, identities and uses of imported chemicals.
FIFRA and Other Pesticide and Biocide Regulations . We have a significant operation in the distribution and sale of pesticides and biocides. These products are regulated in many jurisdictions. In the United States, the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, or FIFRA, authorizes the EPA to oversee and regulate the manufacture, distribution, sale and use of pesticides and biocides. We are required to register with the EPA and certain state regulatory authorities as a seller and repackager of pesticides and biocides. The EPA may cancel registration of any pesticide or biocide that does not comply with FIFRA, effectively prohibiting the manufacture, sale, distribution or use of such product in the United States.
The EPA has established procedures and standards for the design of pesticide and biocide containers, as well as the removal of pesticides and biocides from such containers prior to disposal. Applicable regulations also prescribe specific labeling requirements and establish standards to prevent leaks and spills of pesticides and biocides from containment structures at bulk storage sites and dispensing operations. These standards apply to dealers who repackage pesticides, commercial applicators and custom blenders.
REACH . In Europe, our business is affected by legislation dealing with the Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals, or REACH. REACH requires manufacturers and importers of chemical substances to register such substances with the European Chemicals Agency, or the ECHA, and enables European and national authorities to track such substances. Depending on the amount of chemical substances to be manufactured or imported, and the specific risks of each substance, REACH requires different sets of data to be included in the registration submitted to the ECHA. Registration of substances with the ECHA imposes significant recordkeeping requirements that can result in significant financial obligations for chemical distributors, such as us, to import products into Europe. REACH is accompanied by legislation regulating the classification, labeling and packaging of chemical substances and mixtures.
GHG Emissions . In the U.S., various legislative and regulatory measures to address greenhouse gas, or GHG, emissions are in various phases of discussion or implementation. At the federal legislative level, Congress has previously considered legislation requiring a mandatory reduction of GHG emissions. Although Congressional passage of such legislation does not appear likely at this time, it could be adopted at a future date. It is also possible that Congress may pass alternative climate change bills that do not mandate a nationwide cap-and-trade program and instead focus on promoting renewable energy and energy efficiency. In the absence of congressional legislation curbing GHG emissions, the EPA is moving ahead administratively under its Clean Air Act authority.
102
The implementation of additional EPA regulations and/or the passage of federal or state climate change legislation will likely result in increased costs to operate and maintain our facilities. Increased costs associated with compliance with any future legislation or regulation of GHG emissions, if it occurs, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and ability to make cash distributions.
Internationally, many of the countries in which we do business (but not the U.S.) have ratified the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, or the Kyoto Protocol, and we have been subject to its requirements, particularly in the European Union. Many nations entered into the Copenhagen Accord, which may result in a new international climate change treaty in the future. If so, we may become subject to different and more restrictive regulation on climate change to the extent the countries in which we do business implement such a new treaty.
OSHA . We are subject to workplace safety laws in many jurisdictions, including the United States. The U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act, or OSHA, which addresses safety and health in workplace environments and establishes maximum workplace chemical exposure levels for indoor air quality. Chemical manufacturers and importers must employ a hazard communication program utilizing labels and other forms of warnings, as well as Material Safety Data Sheets, setting forth safety and hazardous materials information to employees and customers. Employers must provide training to ensure that relevant employees are equipped to properly handle chemicals.
We train employees and visitors who have access to chemical handling areas. OSHA requires the use of personal protective equipment when other controls are not feasible or effective in reducing the risk of exposure to serious workplace injuries or illnesses resulting from contact with hazardous substances or other workplace hazards. Employers must conduct workplace assessments to determine what hazards require personal protective equipment, and must provide appropriate equipment to workers.
OSHA operates a process safety management rule, or PSM Rule, that requires employers to compile written process safety information, operating procedures and facility management plans, conduct hazard analyses, develop written action plans for employee participation in safety management and certify every three years that they have evaluated their compliance with process safety requirements. Employees must have access to safety analyses and related information, and employers must maintain and provide process-specific training to relevant employees. We handle several chemicals that are hazardous and listed under the PSM Rule, which imposes extensive obligations on our handling of these chemicals and results in significant costs on our operations.
OSHAs Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response rules require employers and employees to comply with certain safety standards when conducting operations involving the exposure or potential exposure to hazardous substances and wastes. These standards require hazardous substances preparedness training for employees and generally apply to individuals engaged in cleanup operations, facility operations entailing the treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous wastes, and emergency responses to uncontrolled releases of hazardous substances.
OSHA regulations require employers to develop and maintain an emergency action plan to direct employer and employee actions in the event of a workplace emergency. Under most circumstances, the plan must be maintained in writing, remain accessible at the workplace and be made available to employees for review.
Each of our business units has an obligation to report its Environmental Health and Safety, or EHS, risks and performance to an internal oversight function. EHS risks and performance are tracked through audits, evaluations and reporting. We have implemented an internal integrated risk management audit system through which EHS risks are evaluated and improvement measures proposed. In addition, our sites undergo periodic external audits, including audits by governmental authorities and certification institutions.
Chemical Facility Anti-Terrorism Standards . The U.S. Department of Homeland Security, or DHS, regulates certain high-risk chemical facilities through its Chemical Facility Anti-Terrorism Standards. These standards establish a Chemical Security Assessment Tool comprised of four elements, including facility user registration,
103
top-screen evaluation, security vulnerability assessment and site security planning. The site security plan must address any vulnerabilities identified in the security vulnerability assessment, including access control, personnel credentialing, recordkeeping, employee training, emergency response, testing of security equipment, reporting of security incidents and suspicious activity, and deterring, detecting and delaying potential attacks. DHS must approve all security vulnerability assessments and site security plans. We handle a number of chemicals regulated by DHS.
Other Regulations
We are subject to other foreign, federal, state and local regulations. For example, many of the products we repackage, blend and distribute are subject to Food and Drug Administration regulations governing the handling of chemicals used in food, food processing or pharmaceutical applications. Compliance with these regulations requires testing, additional policies, procedures and documentation and segregation of products. In addition, we are subject to a variety of state and local regulations, including those relating to the fire protection standards, and local licensing and permitting of various aspects of our operations and facilities.
Proprietary Rights
We rely primarily on trademarks, copyrights and trade secret laws to establish and maintain our proprietary rights in our intellectual property including technology, creative works and products.
We currently own trademark registrations or pending applications in approximately 66 countries for the Univar name and in approximately 40 countries for the Univar hexagon logo. Each of the issued registrations is current and valid for the maximum available statutory duration and can be renewed prior to expiration of the relevant statutory period. We renew the registrations as they become due for both of these marks. We claim common law rights in the mark Univar and other Univar-owned trademarks in those jurisdictions that recognize trademark rights based on use without registration. Additionally, we currently own registrations and pending applications in the United States and various jurisdictions for numerous other trademarks that identify Univar as the source of products and services, including ChemPoint.com, ChemCare, and PESTWEB.
Employees
As of December 31, 2013, we employed more than 8,500 persons on a full time equivalent basis worldwide. Approximately 600 of our employees in the United States are represented by labor unions. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 29% of our labor force was covered by a collective bargaining agreement, including approximately 14% of our labor force in the United States, approximately 22% of our labor force in Canada and approximately 52% of our labor force in Europe, and approximately 12% of our labor force was covered by a collective bargaining agreement that will expire within one year. We have experienced no recent work stoppages. In addition, in several of our facilities located outside the United States, particularly those in Europe, employees are represented by works councils appointed pursuant to local law consisting of employee representatives who have certain rights to negotiate working terms and to receive notice of significant actions. These arrangements grant certain protections to employees and subject us to employment terms that are similar to collective bargaining agreements. We believe our relationship with our employees continues to be good.
Facilities
Our principal executive office is located in Downers Grove, Illinois under a lease expiring in June 2024. As of December 31, 2013, we had 442 locations in the United States in 45 states and Puerto Rico. Of these locations, approximately 430 are warehouses responsible for storing and shipping of products and 12 are office space.
104
We have 412 locations outside of the United States in 35 countries. Of these locations, 360 are warehouses responsible for storing and shipping of products and 52 are office space. The facilities outside of the United States are located in:
| Brazil (3 facilities) |
| Canada (146 facilities) |
| China (8 facilities) |
| France (29 facilities) |
| Germany (25 facilities) |
| Italy and Spain (18 facilities) |
| Mexico (38 facilities) |
| Netherlands (14 facilities) |
| Sweden (16 facilities) |
| Turkey (9 facilities) |
| United Kingdom (33 facilities) |
Almost all of our facilities are warehouses where activity is limited to the storing, repackaging and blending of chemicals for distribution. Such facilities do not require substantial investments in equipment and can be opened quickly and replaced with little disruption. As such, we believe that none of our facilities on an individual basis is principal to the operation of our business. We select locations for our warehouses based on proximity to producers and our customers in order for us to fully utilize our facilities and maintain efficient distribution networks. We believe that our facilities are adequate and suitable for our current operations. We hold a relatively small number of surplus sites for potential disposition. Although we own several of our largest facilities, most of our facilities are leased. In some instances, our larger owned sites have been mortgaged under our secured credit facilities.
Legal Proceedings
In the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to periodic lawsuits, investigations and claims. Although we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of pending or future lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a party is likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition. See Note 17 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Asbestos Claims
In its 1986 purchase of McKesson Chemical Company from McKesson Corporation, or McKesson, our wholly owned subsidiary, Univar USA Inc., entered into an indemnification agreement with McKesson, or the McKesson Purchase Agreement. Univar USA has an obligation to defend and indemnify McKesson for claims alleging injury from exposure to asbestos-containing products sold by McKesson Chemical Company, or the asbestos claims. Univar USAs obligation to indemnify McKesson for settlements and judgments arising from asbestos claims is the amount which is in excess of applicable insurance coverage, if any, which may be available under McKessons historical insurance coverage. In addition, we are currently defending a small number of claims which name Univar USA as a defendant.
As of June 30, 2014, Univar USA has accepted the tender of, and is defending McKesson in, 11 pending separate-plaintiff claims in multi-plaintiff lawsuits filed in the State of Mississippi. These lawsuits have multiple plaintiffs, include a large number of defendants, and provide no specific information on the plaintiffs injuries
105
and do not connect the plaintiffs injuries to any specific sources of asbestos. Additionally, the majority of the plaintiffs in these lawsuits have not put forth evidence that they have been seriously injured from exposure to asbestos. No new claims in Mississippi have been received since 2010. At the peak there were approximately 16,000 such claims pending against McKesson. To date, the costs for defending these cases have not been material, and the cases that have been finalized have either been dismissed or resolved with either minimal or no payments. Although we cannot predict the outcome of pending or future claims or lawsuits with certainty, we believe the future defense and liability costs for the Mississippi cases will not be material. Univar USA has not recorded a reserve related to these lawsuits, as it has determined that losses are neither probable nor estimable.
As of June 30, 2014, Univar USA was defending fewer than 132 single-plaintiff asbestos claims against McKesson (or Univar USA as a successor in interest to McKesson Chemical Company) pending in the states of Alabama, California, Illinois, Missouri, Rhode Island, South Carolina and Texas. These cases differ from the Mississippi multi-plaintiff cases in that they are single-plaintiff cases with the plaintiff alleging substantial specific injuries from exposure to asbestos-containing products. These cases are similar to the Mississippi cases in that numerous defendants are named and that they provide little specific information connecting the plaintiffs injuries to any specific source of asbestos. Although we cannot predict the outcome of pending or future claims or lawsuits with certainty, we believe the liabilities for these cases will not be material. In the second quarter of 2014, there were 12 single-plaintiff lawsuits filed against McKesson and 9 cases against McKesson which were resolved. As of June 30, 2014, Univar USA has not recorded a liability related to the pending litigation as any potential loss is neither probable nor estimable.
Environmental Remediation
We are subject to various foreign, federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations that require environmental assessment or remediation efforts, or, collectively, environmental remediation work, at approximately 126 locations, some that are now or were previously owned or occupied by us and some that were never owned or occupied by us, or non-owned sites.
Our environmental remediation work at some sites is being conducted pursuant to governmental proceedings or investigations, while we, with appropriate state or federal agency oversight and approval, are conducting the environmental remediation work at other sites voluntarily. We are currently undergoing remediation efforts or are in the process of active review of the need for potential remediation efforts at approximately 106 current or formerly owned or occupied sites. In addition, we may be liable for a share of the clean-up of approximately 18 non-owned sites. These non-owned sites are typically (a) locations of independent waste disposal or recycling operations with alleged or confirmed contaminated soil and/or groundwater to which we may have shipped waste products or drums for re-conditioning, or (b) contaminated non-owned sites near historical sites owned or operated by us or our predecessors from which contamination is alleged to have arisen.
In determining the appropriate level of environmental reserves, we consider several factors such as information obtained from investigatory studies; changes in the scope of remediation; the interpretation, application and enforcement of laws and regulations; changes in the costs of remediation programs; the development of alternative cleanup technologies and methods; and the relative level of our involvement at various sites for which we are allegedly associated. The level of annual expenditures for remedial, monitoring and investigatory activities will change in the future as major components of planned remediation activities are completed and the scope, timing and costs of existing activities are changed. Project lives, and therefore cash flows, range from 2 to 30 years, depending on the specific site and type of remediation project.
Although we believe that our reserves are adequate for environmental contingencies, it is possible that additional reserves could be required in the future that could have a material effect on the overall financial position, results of operations, or cash flows in a particular period. This additional loss or range of losses cannot be recorded at this time, as it is not reasonably estimable.
106
Of the $137 million in environmental reserves, environmental liabilities of $30.4 million were classified as current in other accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013. The long-term portion of environmental liabilities is recorded in other long-term liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.
Competition Claims
At the end of May 2013, the Autorité de la concurrence, Frances competition authority, fined us $19.91 million (15.18 million) for alleged price fixing. The price fixing was alleged to have occurred prior to 2006. We will not appeal the fine which was paid in full as of December 31, 2013.
The U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, began an investigation in 2011 of our bleach distribution business in North Carolina and Virginia. On April 5, 2013, the FTC informed us that the investigation has been closed and that no further action is warranted at this time.
Customs and International Trade Laws
In April 2012, the U.S. Department of Justice, or the DOJ, issued a civil investigative demand to us in connection with an investigation into our compliance with applicable customs and international trade laws and regulations relating to the importation of saccharin since December 27, 2002. At around the same time, we became aware of an investigation being conducted by U.S. Customs and Border Patrol, or CBP, into our importation of saccharin. On February 26, 2014, a Qui Tam relator who had sued us and two other defendants under seal dismissed its lawsuit. The federal government, through the DOJ, declined to intervene in that lawsuit in November 2013, and as a result, the DOJs inquiry related to the Qui Tam lawsuit is now finished. CBP continues its investigation on our importation of saccharin. On July 21, 2014, CBP sent us a Pre-Penalty Notice indicating the imposition of a penalty against us in the amount of approximately $83 million and asking us to respond to this notice. We have not recorded a liability related to this investigation as any potential loss is neither probable nor estimable.
Canadian Assessment
In 2007, the outstanding shares of Univar N.V., the ultimate parent of the Univar group, were acquired by investment funds advised by CVC. To facilitate the acquisition of Univar N.V. by CVC, a Canadian restructuring was completed. In 2010, the Canada Revenue Agency, or the CRA, initially asserted that certain steps in the restructuring resulted in a $44.5 million (Canadian) withholding tax liability plus penalties pursuant to the General Anti-Avoidance Rule. In February 2013, the CRA issued a Notice of Assessment for withholding tax of $29.4 million (Canadian). We filed our Notice of Objection to the Assessment in April 2013 and our Notice of Appeal of the Assessment in July 2013. In November 2013, the CRAs Reply to our Notice of Appeal was filed with the Tax Court of Canada.
On March 31, 2014, we received a proposal letter from the CRA for tax years 2008 and 2009 disallowing interest expense in the amount of $64.8 million (tax effected $ 17.9 million) (Canadian) and $58.0 million (tax effected $16.8 million) (Canadian), respectively, and a departure tax liability of $14.9 million (Canadian). The proposal letter was subsequently revised on July 30, 2014 to reduce the departure tax liability to $9.0 million (Canadian). The proposal letter reflects the additional tax liability and interest relating to those tax years should the CRA be successful in its assertion of the General Anti-Avoidance Rule relating to the Canadian restructuring described above. As of June 30, 2014, the total tax liability assessed to date, including interest of $24.8 million (Canadian), is $97.9 million (Canadian). We have not recorded any liabilities for these matters in our financial statements, as we believe it is more likely than not that our position will be sustained.
107
The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers and directors as well as persons who have agreed to serve as members of our board of directors effective at the time of consummation of this offering: The respective age of each individual in the table below is as of June 26, 2014.
Name |
Age |
Position |
||||
J. Erik Fyrwald |
54 | President and Chief Executive Officer; Director | ||||
William S. Stavropoulos |
75 | Director and Chairman of the Board | ||||
Richard P. Fox |
66 | Director | ||||
Claude S. Hornsby |
58 | Director | ||||
Richard A. Jalkut |
70 | Director | ||||
George K. Jaquette |
39 | Director | ||||
Christopher J. Stadler |
49 | Director | ||||
Lars Haegg |
48 | Director | ||||
David H. Wasserman |
47 | Director | ||||
Mark J. Byrne |
57 | Director and Chairman to the Univar Commodities Oversight Board | ||||
D. Beatty DAlessandro |
54 | Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer | ||||
W. Terry Hill |
54 | Executive Vice President, Industry Relations | ||||
Stephen N. Landsman |
54 | Executive Vice President, General Counsel | ||||
Randy D. Craddock |
53 | President of Univar Canada and Agricultural Sciences | ||||
David Jukes |
55 | President of Univar EMEA | ||||
George J. Fuller |
50 | President, BCS | ||||
David E. Flitman |
50 | Chief Operating Officer and President of USA and Mexico | ||||
Christopher Oversby |
54 | President Global Oil, Gas and Mining | ||||
Jeffrey H. Siegel |
57 | Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer |
J. Erik Fyrwald. Mr. Fyrwald joined Univar in May 2012 and has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and a director. From December 2011 to May 2012, Mr. Fyrwald was President of Ecolab Inc., a cleaning and sanitation products and services provider. From February 2008 to December 2011, Mr. Fyrwald was Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Nalco Holding Company, a supplier of water treatment, oil and gas products and process improvement services, chemicals and equipment programs. From 2003 to 2008, Mr. Fyrwald served as Group Vice President of the Agriculture and Nutrition Division of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, a supplier of basic materials and products and services. Mr. Fyrwald serves on the board of directors for Eli Lilly and Company and Amsted Industries. He holds a chemical engineering degree from the University of Delaware and completed the Advanced Management Program at Harvard Business School.
We believe that Mr. Fyrwald is qualified to serve as a director because of his years of experience in international operations, corporate management, strategic planning and public company governance
William S. Stavropoulos . Mr. Stavropoulos has served as Univars non-executive chairman since November 2010 and served as Univars Lead Director from May 2012 to December 2012. Since 2006, he has been an Advisory Partner to CD&R. Mr. Stavropoulos is currently Chairman Emeritus of the board of directors of The Dow Chemical Company, a diversified chemical company. From 2000 to 2006, he served as Chairman of Dow; from 2002 to 2004 he was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer; from 1995 to 2000 he was President and Chief Executive Officer; and from 1993 to 1995, he was President and Chief Operating Officer. In a career spanning 39 years at Dow, Mr. Stavropoulos also served in a variety of positions in research, marketing and general management and was a member of the board of directors of Dow from July 1990 to March 2006. He is a director
108
of Teradata Corporation, Maersk Inc. and Tyco International, Inc., and is on the Advisory Board for Metalmark Capital LLC. He is a trustee to the Fidelity Group of Funds. Mr. Stavropoulos is the President and Founder of the Michigan Baseball Foundation. Mr. Stavropoulos is past Chairman of the American Chemistry Council, Society of Chemical Industry, and American Plastics Council. He earned a B.S. degree from Fordham University and a doctorate in medicinal chemistry from the University of Washington.
We believe that Mr. Stavropoulos is qualified to serve as a director because of his decades of experience in the chemical distribution industry, including his experience as a chief executive officer of an international company.
Richard P. Fox . Mr. Fox has been a director since October 2007. Since 2001, Mr. Fox has been retired from Ernst & Young LLP and has served as a consultant and outside board member to companies in varying industries. From 2000 to 2001, he was President and Chief Operating Officer of CyberSafe Corporation, a provider of e-security solutions and services. Prior to joining CyberSafe, Mr. Fox was Chief Financial Officer and a member of the board of directors of Wall Data, Incorporated, a software company. Mr. Fox spent 28 years at Ernst & Young LLP, last serving as Managing Partner of its Seattle office. He serves on the board of directors of Acxiom Corporation, The ServiceMaster Company LLC and Pinnacle West Capital Corporation. In addition, he serves as a member of the Board of Directors of Scottsdale Lincoln Health Network and Premera Blue Cross and is on the Board of Visitors of the Fuqua School of Business at Duke University. Mr. Fox previously served on the boards of aQuantive Inc., Shurgard Storage Centers Inc., PopCap Games, Flow International and Pendrell Corporation. Mr. Fox received a B.A. degree in Business Administration from Ohio University and an MBA from the Fuqua School of Business at Duke University. He is a Certified Public Accountant.
We believe that Mr. Fox is qualified to serve as a director because of his deep understanding of the operational, financial and accounting considerations of companies gained from his years of experience with Ernst & Young LLP, his extensive board experience with public companies and his service on various audit committees and finance committees.
Claude S. Hornsby . Mr. Hornsby has been a director since May 2010. Since November 2011, Mr. Hornsby has been the Chief Executive Officer of Morrison Supply Company, a wholesale distributor of plumbing, HVAC and building products. From August 2006 to June 2009, he served as the Chief Executive Officer of Wolseley PLC, a distributor of plumbing and heating products and supplier of building materials. Mr. Hornsby has spent over three decades in the distribution industry. Mr. Hornsby serves on the board of Virginia Company Bank and is past chairman of National Association of Wholesalers and is past Rector of Christopher Newport University. He holds a B.A. degree from Virginia Tech and is a graduate of the Advanced Management Program at the Wharton School of Business.
We believe that Mr. Hornsby is qualified to serve as a director because of his decades of experience in the distribution industry, including his experience as a chief executive officer of an international company.
Richard A. Jalkut . Mr. Jalkut has been a director since November 2009. Since 2002, Mr. Jalkut has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of U.S. TelePacific Corp., a telecommunications company. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Jalkut was the President and Chief Executive Officer of PathNet, a telecommunications company. From 1991 to 1998, he was the President and Chief Executive Officer of the NYNEX Telephone Companies (now Verizon), a telecommunications company. Mr. Jalkut serves on the boards of HSBC-USA and serves as Chairman of Hawaii telecom. He previously served on the boards of Digex, IKON Office Solutions, Covad Communications, Birch Telecom and Home Wireless Networks. Mr. Jalkut holds a B.A. degree from Boston College.
We believe that Mr. Jalkut is qualified to serve as a director because of his 20 years of experience as a chief executive officer and his service on several corporate boards.
109
George K. Jaquette . Mr. Jaquette has been a director since November 2010. Since 1999, he has been with CD&R, where he is a partner. Mr. Jaquette is principally engaged in sourcing and evaluating investment opportunities and has been involved in a broad range of transactions, including the acquisition and subsequent sale of VWR, Diversey and HGI Holdings. In addition to serving as a director at VWR, Diversey and HGI Holdings, he is currently a director of PharMEDium, Inc. Prior to joining CD&R, he worked in the principal investment area and investment banking division of Goldman, Sachs & Co. He also worked at K Capital Management, a multi-strategy investment firm. Mr. Jaquette earned a B.S. degree from Bucknell University and an MBA from Harvard Business School.
We believe that Mr. Jaquette is qualified to serve as a director because of his significant management experience, including his management experience with CD&R.
Christopher J. Stadler . Mr. Stadler has been a director since October 2007. Since March 2007, he has been Managing Partner of CVC. From 1996 to 2007, Mr. Stadler served as Managing Director and Head of Corporate Investment North America of Investcorp International, Inc., an investment company. Mr. Stadler currently serves on several private company boards and previously served on the board of Saks Incorporated. He holds a B.A. degree from Drew University and an MBA from Columbia University.
We believe that Mr. Stadler is qualified to serve as a director because of his significant management experience, including his management experience with CVC.
Lars Haegg . Mr. Haegg has been a director since October 2013. Since 2012, Mr. Haegg has served as the Senior Managing Director of Operations at CVC. Prior to joining CVC, Mr. Haegg spent over 14 years in the role of Head of Post Acquisition activities in North America with Investcorp, a leading provider and manager of alternative investment products, serving high-net-worth private and institutional clients. Before Investcorp, Mr. Haegg served retail, media, and technology clients while working at McKinsey and Company, a trusted advisor and counsellor to many of the worlds most influential businesses and institutions. He holds a B.A. degree in Business Administration from The University of Texas at Austin and an MBA from Harvard Business School.
We believe that Mr. Haegg is qualified to serve as a director because of his significant management experience, including his management experience with CVC.
David H. Wasserman . Mr. Wasserman has been a director since November 2010. Since 1998, Mr. Wasserman has been with CD&R, where he is a partner. Before joining CD&R, Mr. Wasserman worked in the principal investment area at Goldman, Sachs & Co., an investment banking and securities firm, and as a management consultant at Monitor Company, a strategy consulting firm. Mr. Wasserman led CD&Rs acquisition of Hertz from Ford Motor Company, the carve-out of Culligan Ltd. from Veolia Environment and the acquisition of ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. He is currently a director at ServiceMaster. He previously served on the boards of Kinkos, Inc., Covansys Corporation, Culligan, Hertz and ICO Global Communications (Holdings) Limited, currently known as Pendrell Corporation. He is a graduate of Amherst College and holds an MBA from Harvard Business School.
We believe that Mr. Wasserman is qualified to serve as a director because of his significant management experience, including his management experience at CD&R.
Mark Byrne. Mr. Byrne joined Univar in December 2010 and has served as the Chairman of Basic Chemicals since February 2014. Mr. Byrne also serves as Chairman of the Univar Commodities Oversight Board, where he manages strategic decisions with respect to bulk commodities. From to February 2013 to January 2014, he was the Executive Chairman of BCS. He was Univars Chief Operating Officer from December 2010 to September 2011. Prior to Univar, Mr. Byrne served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of BCS, a company he co-founded in 1995. Under Mr. Byrnes leadership, BCS grew to become a company with global operations and nearly $900 million in 2009 sales revenue. Prior to BCS, Mr. Byrne began his career in 1980 at
110
AlliedSignal (now Honeywell) where he held roles in several functional areas, culminating as President of AlliedSignals Fluorine Products Division. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Economics and Finance and Masters in Business Administration from Fairleigh Dickinson University.
We believe that Mr. Byrne is qualified to serve as a director because of his significant management experience, including his management experience with BCS.
D. Beatty DAlessandro . Mr. DAlessandro joined Univar in January 2013 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. From May 2005 thru December 2012, Mr. DAlessandro served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Graybar Electric, a Fortune 500 distributor of electrical, communications, and data networking products and provider of supply chain management and logistics services. From February 2003 to May 2005, he was Vice President and Chief Information Officer at Graybar Electric. He formerly served on the advisory board of United Missouri Bank of St. Louis and on the Boards of Missouri Baptist Medical Center. He earned his B.A. and MBA from University of South Florida.
W. Terry Hill . Mr. Hill joined Univar in 1985 and has served as Executive Vice President, Industry Relations since September 2010. From May 2007 to September 2010, Mr. Hill served as Senior Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer for Univar and from 2002 to 2007, he served as President of Univar USA. Prior to 2002, he held various sales and management positions including Senior Vice PresidentField Operations, Regional Vice President and Sales Manager. Mr. Hill graduated from Texas Tech University with a B.S. degree in Microbiology and a minor in Chemistry. He is a member of the American Chemical Society and a board member of the Chemical Education Foundation and the National Association of Chemical Distributors.
Stephen N. Landsman . Mr. Landsman joined Univar in June 2013 as Executive Vice President and General Counsel. Prior to Univar, Mr. Landsman acquired over 30 years of legal experience. Most recently from 2003 to 2013, he served as Vice President General Counsel and Corporate Secretary at Nalco, a supplier of water treatment and oil and gas products. Mr. Landsman was responsible for Nalcos worldwide legal functions, mergers and acquisitions, compliance, and documentation of the board process. He earned his B.S. degree in Finance and his J.D. from the University of Illinois.
Randy D. Craddock . Mr. Craddock joined Univar in 1981 and has served as President of Univar Canada since January 2006 and of Agricultural Science since July 2014. Prior to that, Mr. Craddock served as President of Global Agriculture and Environmental Sciences (which were combined to form Agricultural Science) since December 2012. Prior to 2006, Mr. Craddock served in a number of capacities with Univar, including Regional Vice PresidentWestern Canada, General ManagerPrairie Provinces, General Sales ManagerSouthern Alberta, and Technical Sales Representative, first in Regina and then in Edmonton. Mr. Craddock graduated from the British Columbia Institute of Technology in Marketing, Transportation and Distribution Management.
David Jukes . Mr. Jukes joined Univar in 2002 and has served as President of Univar EMEA since January 2011. From July 2009 to January 2011, Mr. Jukes served as Vice President, Sales and Marketing EMEA and from April 2004 to June 2009 as Regional Director of Univar UK, Ireland, the Nordics and Distrupol. Prior to joining Univar, Mr. Jukes was Senior Vice President of Global Sales, Marketing and Industry Relations for Omnexus, a plastics industry consortium e-commerce platform. Mr. Jukes is a graduate of the London Business School.
George J. Fuller . Mr. Fuller joined Univar in April 2013 and serves as President of Univar Basic Chemical Solutions. With 26 years of chemical distribution and chemical manufacturing industry experience, Mr. Fuller has a proven track record of exceptional performance. From November 2012 to February 2013, Mr. Fuller was Executive Vice President of Hydrite Chemical Co., a leading provider of chemicals and related services in North America and from 2009 to 2012, he served as Vice President of Sales and Procurement. Mr. Fuller held numerous leadership roles at Hydrite, including Vice President, Sales and Procurement as well positions in sales, product management, procurement, and business management. Earlier in his career, George was a top sales director and general manager for Prillaman Chemical Corporation, a Division of Ellis & Everard. George earned his B.S. degree in Business and Marketing from Marshall University.
111
David E. Flitman . Mr. Flitman joined Univar in December 2012 as President USA with responsibility over Univars Global Supply Chain & Export Services teams. Since January 2014, he has served as President USA & Mexico and Chief Operating Officer. From November 2011 to November 2012, he served as Executive Vice President and President Water and Process Services at Ecolab, the global leader in water, hygiene and energy technologies and services. Before that, Mr. Flitman served from August 2008 to November 2011 as Senior Executive Vice President at Nalco until it was acquired by Ecolab. He also served as President at Allegheny Power from February 2005 to July 2008. In his early career, Mr. Flitman spent nearly 20 years in operational and leadership positions at DuPont. He earned a B.S. degree in Chemical Engineering from Purdue University.
Christopher Oversby . Mr. Oversby joined Univar in November 2012 as President, Global Oil, Gas & Mining. From May 2008 to October 2012, he served as Vice President & General Manager for the Oil & Mining division at Clariant, an internationally-active, specialty chemical company. He also served as Vice President, Marketing & Technology from January 2002 to May 2008 at Baker Hughes Incorporated, a leading supplier of oilfield services, products, technology, and systems to the worldwide oil and natural gas industry. Mr. Oversby earned his Higher National Certificate in Chemistry from North East London University and his MBA with Merit from Leeds University Business School. He has also completed executive programs at Stanford University and Harvard Business School, and is a Chartered Chemist, Member Royal Society of Chemistry.
Jeffrey H. Siegel. Mr. Siegel joined Univar in 2002 as Vice President, Corporate Controller. Since 2012, he has served as Senior Vice President & Chief Accounting Officer. Mr. Siegel also oversees the Corporate and Univar USA accounts payable and payroll functions and Univar USAs credit and receivables functions. He has acquired over 32 years of accounting experience in high level leadership roles including with the following companies: Occidental Petroleum Corporation, Occidental Chemical Corporation, subsidiaries of Enron Corporation and Reliant Energy International. Mr. Siegel holds a CPA and is a member of the AICPA and Texas Society of CPAs. Mr. Siegel earned his MBA and his BBA from The University of Texas at Austin.
Corporate Governance
Board Composition
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board of Directors. Upon consummation of this offering, the Board will be composed of directors.
For the purposes of the NYSE rules, we expect to be a controlled company. Controlled companies under those rules are companies of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group or another company. CVC and CD&R as a group will continue to control more than 50% of the combined voting power of our common stock upon completion of this offering and will continue to have the right to designate a majority of the members of our board of directors for election and the voting power to elect such directors following this offering. Accordingly, we are eligible to and we intend to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. Specifically, as a controlled company, we would not be required to have (1) a majority of independent directors, (2) a nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors or (3) a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors.
Committees of the Board of Directors
The Board of Directors has an Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and an Executive Committee. Each of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and Executive Committee will operate under a charter that will be approved by our Board of Directors. A copy of each of the charters will be available on our website.
112
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee, which following this offering will consist of , and , has the responsibility for, among other things, assisting the Board of Directors in reviewing: our financial reporting and other internal control processes; our financial statements; the independent auditors qualifications and independence; the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors; and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and our code of business conduct and ethics. Our board of directors has determined that is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of . Following this offering, will be independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and . Within 90 days from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our board of directors intends to replace as a member of our board of directors and our Audit Committee with a person who will meet the applicable audit committee independence standards. Within one year from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our board of directors intends to replace as a member of our Audit Committee with a person who will meet the applicable audit committee independence standards. All members of the Audit Committee will be familiar with finance and accounting practice and principles and will be financially literate.
Compensation Committee
The Compensation Committee, which following this offering will consist of , and , has the responsibility for reviewing and approving the compensation and benefits of our employees, directors and consultants, administering our employee benefits plans, authorizing and ratifying stock option grants and other incentive arrangements and authorizing employment and related agreements.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which following this offering will consist of , and , has the responsibility for identifying and recommending candidates to the Board of Directors for election to our Board of Directors, reviewing the composition of the Board of Directors and its committees, developing and recommending to the Board of Directors corporate governance guidelines that are applicable to us, and overseeing Board of Directors evaluations.
Code of Conduct and Guidelines for Ethical Behavior
Our Board of Directors will, prior to the completion of this offering, adopt a Code of Ethics for Senior Executive and Financial Officers that applies to our senior executive and financial officers including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the Code of Ethics for Senior Executive and Financial Officers will be available on our website at www.univar.com upon the closing of this offering. We will promptly disclose any future amendments to this code on our website as well as any waivers from this code for executive officers and directors. Copies of this code will also be available in print from our General Counsel upon request. We also maintain a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that governs all of our employees.
Board Appointment Letter Agreement
On January 31, 2013, the Equity Sponsors and Mark Byrne signed a letter agreement providing that the Equity Sponsors would appoint Mr. Byrne to our board of directors on January 1, 2015, provided that (i) Mr. Byrne remains employed by us through December 31, 2014 and (ii) at the time of appointment, Mr. Byrne is eligible, qualified and willing to serve as a director. The obligation of the each Equity Sponsor to so appoint Mr. Byrne will be terminated if such Equity Sponsor owns less than 10% of our common stock at any time between January 31, 2013 and January 1, 2015.
113
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Overview
This compensation discussion and analysis provides information regarding our compensation philosophies, plans and practices and the governance of those matters. This section also provides information about the material elements of compensation that are paid or awarded to, or earned by, our named executive officers for fiscal year 2013, or NEOs, who consist of our principal executive officer, our current and former principal financial officers, and our three other most highly compensated executive officers, as follows:
| J. Erik Fyrwald, President and Chief Executive Officer |
| D. Beatty DAlessandro, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (starting January 7, 2013) |
| Steven M. Nielsen, Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (until January 15, 2013) |
| Jeffrey H. Siegel, Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer |
| George J. Fuller, PresidentBasic Chemical Solutions (starting March 12, 2013) |
| Edward A. Evans, Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer (until January 31, 2014) |
In summary, we seek to provide compensation and benefit programs that support our business strategies and objectives by attracting, retaining and developing individuals with necessary expertise and experience. Our incentive programs are designed to encourage performance and results that will create value for us and our shareholders.
We also track broader trends and philosophies guiding compensation programs and decisions, and we have implemented changes that are responsive to such trends. Among other things, we use incentive plans that are tied to performance metrics such as sales, Compensation Adjusted EBITDA (as defined below) and average working capital.
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
The Compensation Committee of our board of directors, or the Committee, and our management have designed compensation programs intended to create a performance culture geared toward retaining customers for life. In particular, the executive compensation programs have the following objectives:
| To establish compensation plans and programs to reward our executives at the relative compensation level that is at or above the 50 th percentile when compared to other companies in our general industry and revenue range, based on third party executive compensation survey data. |
| To align our business units around key customer segments and reward our executives, management and employees for driving profitable growth, managing working capital and generating healthy cash flows, all while avoiding unreasonable risks. |
| To ensure that our senior leaders invest in Univar so they are aligned with our owners and share in their success. |
| To enable Univar to attract and retain top executive talent. |
Role of the Compensation Committee
The Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving the compensation and benefits of our employees, directors and consultants, authorizing and ratifying stock option grants and other incentive arrangements, and authorizing employment and related agreements.
114
Elements of Our Executive Compensation Program
During fiscal year 2013, the compensation program for executives, including our named executive officers consisted of salary, short-term incentive compensation, long-term incentive compensation and certain benefits. Set forth below is a chart outlining each element of our compensation program, the objectives of each component, and the key measures used in determining each component.
Pay Component |
Objective of Pay Component |
Key Measure |
||
Base Salary |
Provide competitive pay while managing fixed costs |
Individual performance Market targets |
||
Annual Cash Incentives |
Focus on annual operating plan financial objectives |
Corporate and business unit EBITDA-related goals
Corporate and business unit working capital goals
Free cash flow goals
Business unit operating adjusted gross margin goals |
||
Equity Awards |
Stock options are awarded to Executives to align them with shareholders focus on value creation
Restricted shares are awarded in limited instances to retain key talent
Certain key Executives have been permitted to purchase shares of our common stock at fair market value to align them with our shareholders focus on value
Create ownership culture |
Growth in stock value
Retention of executives |
||
Benefits and Perquisites |
Benefits provide a safety net of protection in the case of illness, disability, death or retirement
A car allowance is provided to match market practice for Executive talent
Other benefits (e.g. relocation assistance) |
Generally, Executives participate in employee benefit plans on the same basis as our nonunion salaried employees and also in certain additional benefit programs specific to our executives (e.g. non-qualified deferred compensation plans)
The car allowance is valued by executives at minimal cost to Univar |
A description of each component of compensation for the NEOs in 2013 is below, including a summary of the factors considered in determining the applicable amount payable or achievable under each component.
115
Determination of Executive Officer Compensation
Base Salary
Base salaries are set to attract and retain executive talent. The determination of any particular executives base salary is based on personal performance and contribution, experience in the role, market rates of pay for comparable roles and internal equity. Each year, our Chief Executive Officer proposes base salary changes, if any, for all NEOs, excluding himself, based on performance, changes in responsibilities, and other relevant factors, which are prepared by management. His proposal is subject to review and approval, with or without modifications, by the Committee. Changes to Mr. Fyrwalds salary are initiated and approved by the Committee directly.
Salary increases are discretionary and are normally effective in April. In 2013, the only NEOs who were awarded salary increases were Mr. Siegel and Mr. Evans, who each received salary increases related to their relocation from our Redmond, Washington office to the Downers Grove, Illinois headquarters. With respect to 2014, as a result of improvements in our Compensation Adjusted EBITDA results for the 2013 year relative to 2012, at its February 2014 meeting, the Committee approved salary increases for Mr. DAlessandro and Mr. Fuller to $572,000 and $396,000, respectively, effective April 1, 2014.
Annual Cash Incentives
Annual cash incentives are designed to focus the NEOs on achieving planned results against key financial metrics for us as a whole or the individual business units that the NEOs lead. By conditioning a significant portion of our NEOs total cash compensation on our annual performance, we reinforce our focus on achieving profitable growth, managing working capital and generating cash flows.
All of our NEOs participate in our Management Incentive Plan, or MIP, which provides annual cash incentives based on performance against key financial metrics. The metrics and weights are recommended by management each year to the Committee, who then propose adjustments, in their discretion, and approve the final plan design.
MIP target payouts to our NEOs are defined as a percent of base salary. Annually, these target percentages are reviewed by the Committee and adjusted as appropriate based on external market data, changes in roles and responsibilities, and internal equity. No changes were made to NEO MIP targets in 2013. The performance criteria are generally established in a manner that permits the MIP participants to earn incentives below target levels (threshold) and above target with a cap at 200.0% of targeted levels (maximum). Payouts at performance levels between threshold, target and maximum are based on interpolation.
Under the 2013 MIP payout curve, our NEOs were entitled to receive 5.0% of their bonus target amounts for achieving 89.5% of goal (threshold), 100.0% of their target amounts for achieving 100.0% of goal, and 200.0% of their target amounts for achieving 110.5% of goal (maximum). Bonus payouts were prorated based on actual results for Mr. DAlessandro, Mr. Fuller and Mr. Nielsen who were employed by us for only part of 2013.
Incentives under the MIP are based on performance with respect to the following internal metrics used at the corporate level to evaluate our performance:
| Compensation Adjusted EBITDA For purposes of calculating payouts under the MIP, Compensation Adjusted EBITDA is calculated by making the following adjustments to Adjusted EBITDA (as further described in Prospectus SummarySummary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data): (1) adjusting for exchange rate effects by bringing the results back to currency neutral and (2) subtracting acquisitions of businesses made during the year. For purposes of the MIP, Compensation Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal year 2013 was $590.3 million. |
|
Average Working Capital For purposes of calculating payouts under the MIP, average working capital is calculated by dividing a 13 point straight average of month-end working capital |
116
(December of the preceding year through December of the covered year) by the last twelve months of external net sales. This number is then also adjusted for exchange rate effects by bringing the results back to currency neutral. For purposes of the MIP, average working capital for fiscal year 2013 was 12.2% of net sales. |
| Free Cash Flow For purposes of calculating payouts under the MIP, free cash flow is calculated by adding together net cash provided by operating activities and net cash used by investing activities (both as they appear in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus). For purposes of the MIP, free cash flow for fiscal year 2013 was $158.3 million. |
For 2013, Messrs. Fyrwald and DAlessandro had 65.0% of their MIP opportunity based on the Compensation Adjusted EBITDA goal, 25.0% based on the average working capital goal, and 10.0% based on the free cash flow goal, which resulted in an MIP payment to them for 2013 of 40.7% of target, as shown below.
MIP Metric |
2013 Goal |
% Goal
Achieved |
Weight |
Payout %
Earned |
||||||||||||
Compensation Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 745.0 million | 79.2 | % | 65.0 | % | 0.0 | % | ||||||||
Average Working Capital |
12.0 | % | 98.2 | % | 25.0 | % | 20.7 | % | ||||||||
Free Cash Flow |
$ | 129.9 million | 121.8 | % | 10.0 | % | 20.0 | % | ||||||||
Total |
40.7 | % |
For 2013, Messrs. Nielsen, Evans and Siegel had 65.0% of their MIP opportunity based on the Compensation Adjusted EBITDA goal and 35.0% based on the average working capital goal, which resulted in an MIP payment to them for 2013 of 29.0% of target, as shown below.
MIP Metric |
2013 Goal |
% Goal
Achieved |
Weight |
Payout %
Earned |
||||||||||||
Compensation Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 745.0 million | 79.2 | % | 65.0 | % | 0.0 | % | ||||||||
Average Working Capital |
12.0 | % | 98.2 | % | 35.0 | % | 29.0 | % | ||||||||
Total |
29.0 | % |
For Mr. Fuller, who manages Basic Chemical Solutions, or BCS, incentives under the MIP are based on Compensation Adjusted EBITDA performance as well as on performance with respect to the following business unit level internal metrics:
| BCS Income Performance BCS Bulk distribution operating adjusted gross margin is calculated for the bulk activity of the BCS Products using their net sales less cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) less outbound freight and handling. BCS operating adjusted gross margin for fiscal year 2013 was $81.6 million. GSE trading and sourcing EBITDA of $14.9 million for 2013 was calculated as results from actual third party sales plus an assumed profitability for products sourced for other Univar entities. The achieved percent of this goal was then determined by blending according to 2013 revenue for these two segments which was $754.0 million and $126.0 million, respectively. |
| Univar USA Average Working Capital Univar USA average working capital is calculated by dividing a 13 point straight average of month-end working capital (December of the preceding year through December of the covered year) by the last twelve months of external net sales. For purposes of the MIP, Univar USA average working capital for fiscal year 2013 was 8.7%. |
| Univar USA Compensation Adjusted EBITDA Represents the Compensation Adjusted EBITDA for Univar USA. For purposes of the MIP, Univar USA Compensation Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal year 2013 was $333.7 million. |
117
For 2013, Mr. Fuller had 50.0% of his MIP opportunity based on achieving the BCS performance goals, 35.0% based on the Univar USA average working capital goal, and 15.0% based on the Univar USA Compensation Adjusted EBITDA goal, which resulted in an MIP payment to him for 2013 of 101.6% of target, as shown below.
MIP Metric |
2013 Goal |
% Goal
Achieved |
Weight |
Payout %
Earned |
||||||||||||
BCS Income Performance, consisting of: |
||||||||||||||||
Bulk Operating Adjusted Gross Margin |
$ | 80.0 million | ||||||||||||||
GSE Pro Forma EBITDA |
$ | 14.7 million | 101.9 | % | 50.0 | % | 58.5 | % | ||||||||
Univar USA Average Working Capital |
8.9 | % | 102.4 | % | 35.0 | % | 43.1 | % | ||||||||
Univar USA Compensation Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 412.8 million | 80.8 | % | 15.0 | % | 0.0 | % | ||||||||
Total |
101.6 | % |
The 2013 results outlined above resulted in the following MIP payments being made to our NEOs:
Executive |
Financial
Segment |
MIP Target
% of Base Salary |
Payout %
Earned |
MIP
Payout |
Payout
Percentage of Base Salary |
|||||||||||||
Erik Fyrwald |
CEO/CFO | 115.0 | % | 40.7 | % | $ | 468,050 | 46.8 | % | |||||||||
Beatty DAlessandro (from 1/7/2013) |
CEO/CFO | 80.0 | % | 40.7 | % | $ | 178,689 | 33.9 | % | |||||||||
Edward Evans |
Corporate | 85.0 | % | 29.0 | % | $ | 120,354 | 25.5 | % | |||||||||
Jeffrey Siegel |
Corporate | 60.0 | % | 29.0 | % | $ | 69,600 | 18.0 | % | |||||||||
Steven Nielsen (until 1/15/2013) |
Corporate | 80.0 | % | 9.4 | % | $ | 43,335 | 7.5 | % | |||||||||
George Fuller (from 3/12/2013) |
BCS | 70.0 | % | 82.3 | % | $ | 223,228 | 75.3 | % |
The 2013 MIP payouts for Mr. DAlessandro, Mr. Nielsen and Mr. Fuller were prorated since they were only actively employed for part of 2013.
For the 2014 MIP, the bonus metrics have been adjusted to place more weight on Compensation Adjusted EBITDA, and less weight on average working capital, as follows: Mr. Fyrwald and Mr. DAlessandro have 70.0% of their MIP opportunity based on the Compensation Adjusted EBITDA goal, 20.0% based on the average working capital goal, and 10.0% based on the free cash flow goal; Mr. Siegel has 70.0% of his MIP opportunity based on the Compensation Adjusted EBITDA goal and 30.0% based on the average working capital goal; and Mr. Fuller has 40.0% of his MIP opportunity based on achieving a Compensation Adjusted EBITDA goal specific to BCS, 30.0% based on the Univar USA average working capital goal, and 30.0% based on the Univar USA Compensation Adjusted EBITDA goal.
Long-Term Incentives
Stock Incentive Plan
Our NEOs participate in the Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, or the Stock Incentive Plan, which was adopted on March 28, 2011. The Stock Incentive Plan was established to provide a stock ownership opportunity for executives following CD&Rs investment in the Company. The Stock Incentive Plan is intended to align the interests of NEOs and other key employees with our other stockholders to reinforce the NEOs and other key employees focus on increasing shareholder value. The Stock Incentive Plan replaced the Ulysses Management Equity Plan, as described below, which had been in place before CD&R invested in the Company.
Our Committee believes that the best way to accomplish this goal is to provide an up-front grant of stock options either at hire or at appropriate times during the employees tenure (including promotion and acceptance of additional responsibility). The Committee has also granted a limited number of restricted stock awards to key employees, although no restricted stock was granted to any NEO in 2013. Typically, each stock option or restricted stock grant has a four year vesting period, subject to acceleration in certain circumstances. Beginning
118
in 2012, certain executives and key employees (including Mr. Fyrwald and Mr. DAlessandro) were offered the opportunity to purchase shares of our common stock for a purchase price equal to the fair market value of a share at the time. Certain of these purchases were accompanied by option grants to the purchaser. This approach is intended to motivate the NEOs to increase the value of the Company, and therefore our share price, over time. The vesting requirement is intended as a tool to retain executive talent. The up-front nature of the stock option grants is intended to position our executives for the highest possible equity return (because, if the Companys equity value increases over time, annual or other periodic grants would have higher strike prices and therefore less intrinsic value to the recipients of the stock options).
While the Committee does not currently make routine annual grants to any of our NEOs or other executives, the Committee may, from time to time, provide an additional award to one of our NEOs to retain and reward key talent. The Committee may also review and approve awards for promotions.
In 2013, each of Mr. DAlessandro and Mr. Fuller was granted 350,000 stock options in connection with the commencement of their employment, and Mr. DAlessandro purchased 50,000 shares of Company common stock. Also, in 2013, Mr. Siegel was granted 140,000 stock options in connection with his relocation from Redmond, Washington to Downers Grove, Illinois. See Grants of Plan-Based Awards for 2013 Fiscal Year.
Mr. DAlessandro purchased an additional 50,000 shares of our stock at fair market value in February 2014. To date, no stock options or restricted shares have been granted to any NEO in 2014.
Ulysses Management Equity Plan
Prior to the investment by CD&R in the Company, certain of our executives, key employees and directors purchased common and preferred shares of certain of our affiliates at the time, Ulysses Luxembourg and Ulysses Finance, which are controlled by CVC affiliates. As of December 31, 2013, Messrs. Nielsen, Siegel and Evans had equity interests in Ulysses Luxembourg, valued as of December 31, 2013 at 2,469,084, 392,315 and 853,464, respectively, based on a determination of value by Ulysses Luxembourg. See Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.
Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan
Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt an omnibus equity incentive plan to enable us to better align our compensation programs with those typical of companies with publicly traded securities. See Changes to the Executive Compensation Program in Connection with the Initial Public Offering.
Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers
We have entered into employment agreements with each of our NEOs which include severance benefits and the specific terms described under Employment Agreements. We believe that having employment agreements with our executives is beneficial to us because it provides retentive value, in most cases subjects the executives to key restrictive covenants, and generally gives us a competitive advantage in the recruiting process over a company that does not offer employment agreements.
Other Benefits
The benefits provided to our NEOs are generally the same as those provided to our other salaried employees and include medical, dental, basic life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance, short and long-term disability insurance, and a tax-qualified 401(k) plan.
In addition to our tax-qualified 401(k) plan, all of our NEOs are eligible to participate in a non-qualified, unfunded supplemental defined contribution plan, the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan, or SVIP. The purpose of the SVIP is to provide a select group of management or highly compensated employees of
119
Univar USA Inc. and certain affiliated companies with a deferred compensation plan benefit for amounts that exceed the limits imposed under the 401(k) plan. Highly compensated employees become eligible to participate in the SVIP in the second calendar year of their employment. Additionally, one of our NEOs, Mr. Siegel, participates in the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan, which is a defined benefit pension plan. The plan has been frozen since 2004, and no further benefits accrue under the plan.
Perquisites
We do not generally provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers, although Messrs. Fyrwald, DAlessandro, Siegel and Fuller each receive a car allowance. In addition, certain of our NEOs received relocation benefits in 2013 in connection with their relocations to Downers Grove, Illinois, as described below.
Tax and Accounting Considerations
While the accounting and tax treatment of compensation generally has not been a consideration in determining the amounts of compensation for our executive officers, the Committee and management have taken into account the accounting and tax impact of various program designs to balance the potential cost to us with the value to the executive. As we are not currently publicly traded, our board of directors has not previously taken the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code into consideration in making compensation decisions. We expect that following this offering, the Committee will adopt a policy that, where appropriate, will seek to qualify the variable compensation paid to our named executive officers for an exemption from the deductibility limitations of Section 162(m). However, we may authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions in Section 162(m) when we believe that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.
Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Siegel will be entitled to a gross up payment for taxes imposed under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, in the event of a change in control. See Potential Payments Upon Termination or a Change-in-Control. No other NEO has an outstanding entitlement to any tax gross-up for excess parachute payments under Section 280G and it is our current practice to no longer offer such tax gross-ups to any of our employees.
The expenses associated with executive compensation issued to our executive officers and other key associates are reflected in our financial statements. We account for stock-based programs in accordance with the requirements of ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, which requires companies to recognize in the income statement the grant date value of equity-based compensation issued to associates over the vesting period of such awards.
120
Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth the compensation of our NEOs.
Name and
|
Fiscal
Year |
Salary
($) |
Bonus
($) |
Option
Awards (1) ($) |
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation ($) |
All Other
Compensation ($) |
Total
($) |
|||||||||||||||||||||
J. Erik Fyrwald |
2013 | 1,000,000 | | | 468,050 | 159,658 | 1,627,708 | |||||||||||||||||||||
President and Chief Executive Officer |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
D. Beatty DAlessandro |
2013 | 527,692 | | 1,144,500 | 178,689 | 219,326 | 2,070,207 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Steven Nielsen |
2013 | 92,885 | | | 43,355 | 1,446,396 | 1,582,636 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Edward A. Evans |
2013 | 472,154 | | | 120,354 | 1,828,018 | 2,420,526 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jeffrey H. Siegel |
2013 | 386,154 | | 470,400 | 69,600 | 815,691 | 1,741,845 | (3) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
George J. Fuller |
2013 | 296,587 | 125,000 | (2) | 1,179,500 | 223,228 | 42,213 | 1,866,528 | ||||||||||||||||||||
PresidentBCS |
(1) | The amount reported is valued based on the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, modified to exclude any forfeiture assumptions related to service-based vesting conditions. See Note 16, Share-Based Compensation, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsCritical Accounting EstimatesStock-Based Compensation for a discussion of the relevant assumptions used in calculating these amounts. |
(2) | Represents a sign on bonus. |
(3) | In 2013, the pension value for Mr. Siegel decreased primarily due to the change in the applicable discount rate. Pursuant to SEC rules, the negative amount for the change in the pension value for Mr. Siegel was not included in his total compensation. The actual change in pension value for Mr. Siegel is negative $4,302. |
121
All Other Compensation Table
The following table further describes the All Other Compensation column of the above table for our NEOs.
Name and
|
Fiscal
Year |
Auto
Allowance ($) |
Contributions
to Retirement Plans ($) |
Severance
($) |
Commuting
Costs ($) |
Relocation
Assistance ($) |
Total
($) |
|||||||||||||||||||||
J. Erik Fyrwald President and Chief Executive Officer |
2013 | 17,580 | 117,444 | | 24,634 | | 159,658 | |||||||||||||||||||||
D. Beatty DAlessandro Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
2013 | 17,296 | 41,532 | | | 160,498 | 219,326 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Steven M. Nielsen Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
2013 | 1,465 | 7,431 | 1,437,500 | | | 1,446,396 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Edward A. Evans Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer |
2013 | 17,580 | 28,847 | 1,454,894 | | 326,697 | 1,828,018 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Jeffrey H. Siegel Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer |
2013 | 20,370 | 30,520 | | | 764,801 | 815,691 | |||||||||||||||||||||
George J. Fuller PresidentBCS |
2013 | 14,130 | 28,083 | | | | 42,213 |
Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal Year 2013
The following table provides information concerning awards granted to the NEOs in the 2013 fiscal year.
Estimated Possible Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1) |
All Other
Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options (#) |
Exercise
or Base Price of Option Awards ($) |
Grant Date
Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards(2) ($) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name |
Grant
Date |
Threshold
$ |
Target
$ |
Maximum
$ |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
J. Erik Fyrwald |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
MIP |
57,500 | 1,150,000 | 2,300,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
D. Beatty DAlessandro |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
MIP |
22,400 | 448,000 | 896,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock Incentive Plan |
3/29/2013 | 350,000 | (3) | 9.14 | 1,144,500 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Steven M. Nielsen |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
MIP |
28,750 | 575,000 | 1,150,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Edward A. Evans |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
MIP |
20,750 | 415,000 | 830,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jeffrey H. Siegel |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
MIP |
12,000 | 240,000 | 480,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock Incentive Plan |
3/29/2013 | 140,000 | (4) | 9.14 | 470,400 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
George J. Fuller |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
MIP |
13,563 | 271,250 | 542,500 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock Incentive Plan |
3/29/2013 | 350,000 | (5) | 9.14 | 1,179,500 |
122
(1) | A discussion of the Management Incentive Plan for fiscal year 2013, including bonus amounts paid based on actual performance, can be found under Compensation Discussion and AnalysisDetermination of Executive Officer CompensationAnnual Cash Incentives. The 2013 bonus amounts for Mr. DAlessandro, Mr. Nielsen and Mr. Fuller were prorated since they were only actively employed for part of 2013. |
(2) | The amounts reported in this column are valued based on the aggregate grant date fair value computed using the Black-Scholes valuation method, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 16, Share-Based Compensation, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsCritical Accounting EstimatesStock-Based Compensation for a discussion of the relevant assumptions used in calculating these amounts. |
(3) | The options vest in four equal installments on each of the first through fourth anniversaries of January 7, 2013. |
(4) | The options vest in four equal installments on each of the first through fourth anniversaries of February 8, 2013. |
(5) | The options vest in four equal installments on each of the first through fourth anniversaries of March 12, 2013. |
Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table and grants of plan-based awards table
Employment Agreements
We have entered into an employment agreement with each of Messrs. Fyrwald, DAlessandro, Siegel and Fuller, and an additional relocation agreement with Mr. Siegel. We have also entered into separation agreements with Steven M. Nielsen and Edward A. Evans in connection with the termination of their employment.
Fyrwald, DAlessandro, Siegel and Fuller Employment Agreements
The employment agreements (and relocation agreement) with each of Messrs. Fyrwald, DAlessandro, Siegel and Fuller provide for employment at-will, and may be terminated at any time by either party. Pursuant to their respective agreements, each of Messrs. Fyrwald, DAlessandro, Siegel and Fuller is entitled to payment of a base salary and is eligible for payment of an annual cash bonus, with a target amount equal to 115% of base salary for Mr. Fyrwald, 80% of base salary for Mr. DAlessandro, 60% of base salary for Mr. Siegel and 70% of base salary for Mr. Fuller. The maximum bonus amount for each is equal to 200% of the target bonus amount. The annual bonuses are payable in accordance with the terms of the Management Incentive Plan, based on our performance. The amounts paid for 2013 performance are reported in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table. Messrs. Fyrwald, DAlessandro, Siegel and Fuller are also each entitled to receive a monthly car allowance of $1,465. Mr. Siegels employment was transferred to our corporate offices in Downers Grove, Illinois pursuant to the terms of his relocation agreement. Under the relocation agreement, Mr. Siegel was entitled to relocation benefits and a one-time $125,000 relocation bonus in 2013.
Upon a termination of the employment of Mr. Fyrwald or Mr. DAlessandro by us without cause or by him for good reason (as each term is defined in each employment agreement), each executive is entitled to receive (a) a lump sum payment equal to 1.5 times (or two times for Mr. Fyrwald) the sum of (i) his annual base salary plus (ii) his target bonus amount, plus (b) a target bonus amount for the year of his termination, prorated for the period of his service prior to termination, payable in a lump sum at the time bonuses would ordinarily be paid absent a termination of employment. If employment is terminated due to the executives disability or death, each of Messrs. Fyrwald and DAlessandro is entitled to receive a prorated target bonus amount for the year of his termination. Upon a termination of the employment of Mr. Siegel or Mr. Fuller by us without cause or by him for good reason (as each term is defined in each employment agreement), each executive is entitled to receive (a) a lump sum payment equal to the sum of (i) his annual base salary plus (ii) his target bonus amount. Mr. Siegel is also entitled to an additional amount equal to 4.2% times his severance payment described in the
123
immediately preceding sentence. Any severance payments payable pursuant to the employment agreements are subject to the executives execution and nonrevocation of a release. Each of Messrs. Fyrwald, DAlessandro and Fuller is subject to a confidentiality provision, and during his employment and for the 18-month period (or 12 months, for Mr. Fuller) following a termination of his employment, is subject to non-compete and nonsolicitation restrictive covenants. While Mr. Siegels employment agreement does not include any restrictive covenants, Mr. Siegel, as well as the other NEOs, are subject to similar restrictive covenants in their stock option agreements.
Cause and Good Reason Definitions
Cause is defined in the employment agreements generally as (i) willful and continued failure to perform duties, (ii) conviction of a felony or other crime of moral turpitude, (iii) willful and gross misconduct, or (iv) the breach of a non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality covenant to which the executive is subject. Notice and cure provisions apply.
Good Reason is defined in the employment agreements generally as (i) a material reduction in base salary or annual incentive compensation opportunity, (ii) a material diminution in the executives title, duties or responsibilities or (iii) the failure of a successor to assume the employment agreement. Notice
and cure provisions apply. Additionally, for Messrs. Fyrwald, Siegel and DAlessandro, good reason includes a transfer of the executives primary workplace by more than 35 miles.
Separation Agreements
Nielsen Separation Agreement
Mr. Nielsen separated from the Company effective January 15, 2013. In connection with his employment termination, Mr. Nielsen and the Company entered into a Separation Agreement, pursuant to which he received a lump sum payment equal to 18 months of his existing base salary plus an amount equal to his target annual bonus, in the total amount of $1,437,500. In addition, as noted above, Mr. Nielsen was paid $43,355 on February 28, 2014, as a portion of the MIP payment he would otherwise have earned had he been employed through the entire 2013 fiscal year, prorated for the time he was employed in fiscal year 2013 and based on actual results.
Evans Separation Agreement
Mr. Evans separated from the Company effective January 31, 2014, pursuant to a separation agreement entered into on December 31, 2013. In connection with Mr. Evans departure from his position as Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer, he received a lump sum payment equal to 18 months of his existing base salary plus an amount equal to 1.5 times his target annual bonus plus other expenses, in the total amount of $1,454,894. The severance amount payable to Mr. Evans was fully accrued in 2013 and paid in early 2014. Pursuant to the terms of the Release Agreement, all of Mr. Evans vested and unvested options were forfeited in connection with his termination of employment.
Stock Incentive Plan
The Stock Incentive Plan and an Employee Stock Option Agreement or an Employee Restricted Stock Agreement govern each grant of stock options and restricted stock, respectively, to our NEOs and provide, among other things, the vesting provisions of the options and restricted stock and the option term. Options and restricted stock granted under the plan generally vest in four equal annual installments, subject to the recipients continued employment with us. As of April 30, 2014, of the 14,052,963 shares available for issuance under the Stock Incentive Plan, 589,728 shares remained available for future equity award grants.
124
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End 2013
Name |
Number of
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable |
Number of
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable |
Option
Exercise Price ($) |
Option
Expiration Date |
Number of
Shares or Units of Stock that Have Not Vested (#) |
Market Value
of Shares or Units that Have Not Vested ($) |
||||||||||||||||||
J. Erik Fyrwald |
350,000 | 1,050,000 | (1) | 11.62 | 5/7/2022 | | | |||||||||||||||||
125,000 | 375,000 | (2) | 10.62 | 11/30/2022 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
| | | | 750,000 | (2) | 7,005,000 | (8) | |||||||||||||||||
D. Beatty DAlessandro |
| 350,000 | (3) | 9.14 | 3/29/2023 | | | |||||||||||||||||
Steven Nielsen |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Edward Evans |
248,692 | (7) | 82,897 | (4)(7) | 10.00 | 3/28/2021 | ||||||||||||||||||
Jeffrey Siegel |
82,897 | 27,633 | (4) | 10.00 | 3/28/2021 | | | |||||||||||||||||
| 140,000 | (5) | 9.14 | 3/29/2023 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
George Fuller |
| 350,000 | (6) | 9.14 | 3/29/2023 | | |
(1) | The award vests in four equal installments on each of the first through fourth anniversaries of May 7, 2012. |
(2) | The award vests in four equal installments on each of the first through fourth anniversaries of November 30, 2012. |
(3) | The award vest in four equal installments on each of the first through fourth anniversaries of January 7, 2013. |
(4) | The award vests in four equal installments on each of the first through fourth anniversaries of November 30, 2010. |
(5) | The award vests in four equal installments on each of the first through fourth anniversaries of February 8, 2013. |
(6) | The award vests in four equal installments on each of the first through fourth anniversaries of March 12, 2013. |
(7) | Pursuant to the terms of his Separation Agreement, Mr. Evans options were forfeited in connection with the termination of his employment. |
(8) | Fair market value as of December 31, 2013 of $9.34 per share of our common stock was determined by our board of directors, on the basis of a valuation performed by an independent valuation firm. |
Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table
The following table presents information regarding the vesting of restricted stock award held by Mr. Fyrwald for fiscal year 2013. None of our named executive officers exercised any of their stock options during fiscal year 2013 and no restricted stock awards have been granted to any other NEO.
Stock Awards | ||||||||
Name |
Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting (#) |
Value Realized on
Vesting ($) |
||||||
J. Erik Fyrwald |
250,000 | 1,828,750 | (1) |
(1) | Reflects the vesting of a portion of the restricted shares granted to Mr. Fyrwald. The value realized on vesting was calculated based on a per share fair market value of $7.32 on the vesting date, as determined by the board of directors based on a valuation of an independent valuation firm. |
125
Pension Benefits
The following table sets forth certain information concerning pension benefits for Mr. Siegel, who is our only NEO who participated in a frozen pension scheme that we maintain for our employees, as described below.
Name |
Plan Name |
Number of Years
Credited Service (#) |
Present Value of
Accumulated Benefit ($) (1) |
Payments During
Last Fiscal Year ($) |
||||||||||
Jeffrey Siegel |
Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan | 2 | (2) | 57,011 | |
(1) | This figure reflects the estimated present value of Mr. Siegels pension benefit accrued through December 31, 2013. This figure was calculated using the following assumptions: (1) mortality of zero prior to retirement age, (2) an assumed retirement age of 62, (3) benefit commencement at age 62, which is the first age Mr. Siegel is eligible for unreduced benefits and (4) all other data, assumptions, methods and provisions are the same as those described in Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the Companys 2013 Annual Report. |
(2) | Reflects the amount of years Mr. Siegel participated in the plan before it was frozen. |
Mr. Siegel participates in a tax-qualified defined benefit plan that we maintain, the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan. This retirement plan was closed to new entrants as of June 30, 2004 and benefit service was frozen as of June 30, 2004 for participants who had less than five years of benefit service as of that date. Effective December 31, 2009, all accrued benefits under the retirement plan were frozen and no further benefits will be accrued by any participant after such date. All participants are vested in the retirement plan. Upon normal retirement, a participant will receive an accrued benefit in the form of a monthly benefit payable as a single life annuity equal to the greater of (i) $20 multiplied by the participants credited service or (ii) 1.2% of the participants average monthly compensation during the highest five consecutive calendar years plus 0.5% of such average in excess of the integration level multiplied by the participants years of credited service up to a maximum of 25 years. Compensation for purposes of the retirement plan reflects gross compensation received while an eligible employee including overtime, bonuses, commissions and any pre-tax elective contributions to the 401(k) plan and our other benefit programs. Eligible earnings exclude our contributions to an employees welfare benefits or deferred compensation plans, fringe benefits, moving expenses and other specified special payments. Forms of payment options available include single life annuity, various joint and survivor annuities and a period certain and life annuity. If married, an employee must obtain a spousal waiver to choose any payment option other than a 100% joint and survivor annuity.
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal Year 2013
The following table sets forth certain information for our NEOs who participated in the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan.
Name |
Aggregate
Balance at Beginning of Last Fiscal Year ($) |
Executive
Contributions in Last Fiscal Year(1) ($) |
Company
Contributions in Last Fiscal Year(2) ($) |
Aggregate
Earnings in Last Fiscal Year(3) ($) |
Aggregate
Withdrawals/ Distributions ($) |
Aggregate
Balance at Last Fiscal Year End ($) |
||||||||||||||||||
J. Erik Fyrwald |
14,702 | 72,385 | 94,044 | 12,085 | | 193,216 | ||||||||||||||||||
D. Beatty DAlessandro |
| | 10,908 | 198 | | 11,106 | ||||||||||||||||||
Steven Nielsen |
384,228 | | | 57,338 | | 441,566 | ||||||||||||||||||
Edward Evans |
308,184 | 26,362 | 19,226 | 37,352 | | 391,124 | ||||||||||||||||||
Jeffrey Siegel |
455,387 | 21,200 | 11,002 | 85,654 | | 573,242 | ||||||||||||||||||
George Fuller |
| | 1,663 | 11 | | 1,674 |
(1) | Amounts in this column include base salary and bonus amounts that were deferred and are also included in Salary and/or Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation for fiscal year 2013 in the Summary Compensation Table. |
126
(2) | Amounts in this column are included in All Other Compensation for fiscal year 2013 in the Summary Compensation Table. |
(3) | The aggregate earnings represent the market value change of the Deferred Compensation Plan during fiscal year 2013. Because the earnings are not preferential or above-market, they are not included in the Summary Compensation Table. |
Univars unfunded, non-qualified deferred compensation plan, the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan, or SVIP, allows our NEOs and other highly compensated employees to defer up to 75% of eligible earnings that cannot be deferred under the 401(k) plan due to IRS covered compensation limits. Eligible earnings include salary and wages, including bonuses and participant deferrals under the Plan, but do not include equity awards under the Stock Incentive Plan, relocation expenses, any other deferred compensation, welfare benefits (including severance payments) or other special payments. The SVIP provides an employer match of 100% of participant contributions, up to an aggregate of 4% of eligible compensation contributed by the participant to our 401(k) plan and SVIP combined. The employer matching contribution is immediately 100% vested. Participants who are 55 years or older are also eligible to receive retirement contributions from Univar to the SVIP equal to an aggregate of 4% of eligible compensation contributed by the participant to our 401(k) plan and SVIP combined. This additional contribution cliff vests upon the participants completion of three years of employment with us. Employer contributions to the SVIP are made on behalf of eligible employees regardless of the employees contributions.
The amount of earnings that a participant receives depends on the participants investment elections for his or her deferrals. The account balance of each participant is treated as if invested in an investment index determined by us. Plan accounts are distributed on the first to occur of the Participants death, permanent disability, or separation from service with us in a single lump sum either (a) in the month of January immediately following the calendar year in which the distribution event occurs, or (b) if the participant has so elected prior to the calendar year in which the distribution event occurs, at a future date specified by the employee not less than five years from the January 31 st immediately following the calendar year in which the distribution event occurs.
Potential Payments Upon Termination or a Change-in-Control
Severance Payments
The information below describes and quantifies certain compensation that would have become payable to the named executive officers under plans in existence at the end of fiscal year 2013 and the executives respective employment agreements if the named executive officers employment had been terminated on December 31, 2013, given the named executive officers compensation and service levels as of such date and, where applicable, based on the fair market value of our common stock on that date. These benefits are in addition to benefits available generally to salaried employees, such as distributions under our 401(k) savings plans, disability benefits and accrued vacation benefits.
Due to the number of factors that affect the nature and amount of any benefits provided upon the events discussed below, any actual amounts paid or distributed may be different. Factors that could affect these amounts include the timing during the year of any such event, our stock price and the executives age.
Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, in the event of termination of employment without cause or for good reason on December 31, 2013, the last day of fiscal 2013, Messrs. Fyrwald, DAlessandro, Siegel and Fuller would be entitled to the severance payments set forth below. For a description of the potential payments upon a termination pursuant to the employment agreements with these named executive officers, see Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards TableEmployment Agreements. For a description of the consequences of a termination of employment or a change-in-control for the stock options granted to NEOs under the Stock Incentive Plan, see the disclosure that follows the table. For a description of payments
127
made to Mr. Nielsen and Mr. Evans following the termination of their employment with us, see Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards TableSeparation Agreements.
Name |
Termination Without Cause or for
Good Reason ($) |
|||
J. Erik Fyrwald |
4,300,000 | (1) | ||
D. Beatty DAlessandro |
1,512,000 | (2) | ||
Jeffrey Siegel |
666,880 | (3) | ||
George Fuller |
658,750 | (4) |
(1) | Represents a lump sum cash payment equal to two times the sum of (i) his annual base salary plus (ii) his target bonus amount. |
(2) | Represents a lump sum cash payment equal to 1.5 times the sum of (i) his annual base salary plus (ii) his target bonus amount. |
(3) | Represents a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of his (i) his annual base salary plus (ii) his target bonus amount plus (iii) an additional amount equal to 4.2% times the sum of the foregoing payments. |
(4) | Represents a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of (i) his annual base salary plus (ii) his target bonus amount. |
Any severance payments payable pursuant to the employment agreements are subject to the executives execution and nonrevocation of a release.
Accelerated Vesting of Equity Awards on Certain Terminations of Employment or a Change in Control
Pursuant to the terms of their Employee Stock Option Agreements, if an NEOs employment is terminated by us without cause or by the NEO for good reason (as defined in his employment agreement), then a pro-rated number of unvested options (based on the NEOs period of service prior to termination) will accelerate and become vested, and any remaining options will be forfeited. Upon a termination due to the executives death or disability, all unvested options will vest immediately. Upon a termination of employment by the NEO without good reason, all unvested options will be forfeited. Upon a termination of employment for cause, all options (whether vested or unvested) terminate immediately. Any options that are not vested or do not vest as of the date of termination will be forfeited. Following a termination of employment, vested options remain exercisable for 90 days (180 days if the termination was due to death, disability or retirement) or, if sooner, prior to the options normal expiration date. In connection with the Mr. Evans termination of employment, he agreed to forfeit all of his stock options (see Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards TableSeparation Agreements).
Pursuant to the terms of the Employee Restricted Stock Agreement to which Mr. Fyrwald is a party, if his employment is terminated by us without cause (as defined in his employment agreement) or by him for good reason (as defined in his employment agreement) or due to his death or disability, then a pro-rated number of unvested shares of restricted stock (based on the executives period of service prior to termination) will accelerate and become vested, and any remaining shares will be forfeited. If Mr. Fyrwalds employment is terminated by us for cause or by him without good reason, all of his unvested restricted stock will be forfeited. If dividends are paid to our stockholders, then dividend equivalents will be credited to his account in respect of his then unvested restricted stock and any such credited amounts will be paid on the applicable vesting date.
Under the Stock Incentive Plan, unless directed otherwise in the individual grant agreements, if the Company undergoes a change in control, as defined below, (i) stock options will generally accelerate and be canceled in exchange for a cash payment equal to the change in control price per share minus the exercise price of the applicable option, unless the Committee elects to provide for alternative awards in lieu of acceleration and payment, and (ii) shares of restricted stock will vest and become non-forfeitable. Under the Stock Incentive Plan a change in control is generally defined as the first to occur of the following events:
|
the acquisition by any person, entity or group (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Companys then outstanding |
128
voting securities, other than any such acquisition by the Company, any of its subsidiaries, any associate benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or by CD&R Univar Holdings, L.P. or Univar N.V., or any affiliates of any of the foregoing, excluding an acquisition immediately following which CD&R Univar Holdings, L.P. owns at least 10% of the outstanding shares of Company stock and no Company stock is then owned by Univar N.V. or its permitted transferees; |
| Within any 12-month period, the persons who were members of our board of directors at the beginning of such period cease to constitute at least a majority of the board of directors; or |
| The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets to one or more persons or entities that are not, immediately prior to such sale, transfer or other disposition, affiliates of the Company. |
A public offering of our common stock does not constitute a change in control.
As described above, our NEOs would have received benefits from the accelerated vesting of unvested stock options and restricted stock in the following amounts:
Name |
Termination Due to Death or
Disability ($) |
Termination Without Cause
or for Good Reason ($) |
Change in Control(1) ($) | |||||||||
J. Erik Fyrwald |
198,315 | 198,315 | 7,005,000 | |||||||||
D. Beatty DAlessandro |
70,000 | 17,164 | 70,000 | |||||||||
Jeffrey Siegel |
28,000 | 6,252 | 28,000 | |||||||||
George Fuller |
70,000 | 14,096 | 70,000 |
(1) | Fair market value as of December 31, 2013 of $9.34 per share of our common stock was determined by our board of directors, on the basis of a valuation performed by an independent valuation firm. |
Treatment of Nonqualified Deferred Compensation on Termination
In the event that an NEOs employment with us is terminated for any reason, the NEO will receive the balance of his deferred compensation account in accordance with the terms of the SVIP. The balance of each NEOs deferred compensation account as of the end of fiscal year 2013 is set forth in the table above titled Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal Year 2013.
Changes to the Executive Compensation Program in Connection with the Initial Public Offering
The following is a summary of the long-term incentive plan that we intend for our board of directors to adopt and our stockholders to approve in connection with this offering. The following description of the material terms and conditions of the plan is qualified by reference to the full text of the plan, which is filed as an exhibit to this registration statement.
2014 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan
Background. As described above (see Compensation Discussion and AnalysisLong-Term Incentives), we have historically provided our officers and other employees with long-term equity incentives under the Stock Incentive Plan. Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend for our board of directors to adopt and our stockholders to approve the Univar Inc. 2014 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the Omnibus Equity Plan) pursuant to which we will make grants of incentive compensation to our directors, officers and other employees after the adoption of the Omnibus Equity Plan. Once the Omnibus Equity Plan is adopted and the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, becomes effective, the Stock Incentive Plan will terminate and we will make no more awards thereunder. However, awards previously granted under the Stock Incentive Plan will be unaffected by the termination of the Stock Incentive Plan. The following are the material terms of the Omnibus Equity Plan.
129
Administration . Our board of directors has the authority to interpret the terms and conditions of the Omnibus Equity Plan, to determine eligibility for and terms of awards for participants and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Omnibus Equity Plan. Our board of directors will delegate its authority for the Omnibus Equity Plan to the Compensation Committee (which is referred to below as the Administrator). To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Administrator may further delegate the ability to grant awards for non-Executive Officers to our Chief Executive Officer or other officers of the Company. In addition, subcommittees may be established to the extent necessary to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, or Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Eligible Award Recipients . Our directors, officers, other of our employees and consultants will be eligible to receive awards under the Omnibus Equity Plan.
Awards . Awards under the Omnibus Equity Plan may be made in the form of stock options, which may be either incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options; stock purchase rights; restricted stock; restricted stock units; performance shares; performance units; stock appreciation rights (SARs); dividend equivalents; deferred share units; and other stock-based awards.
Shares Subject to the Omnibus Equity Plan . Subject to adjustment as described below, a total of shares of our common stock will be available for issuance under the Omnibus Equity Plan. This figure represents approximately % of our outstanding common stock on a fully diluted basis immediately after giving effect to this offering. Shares issued under the Omnibus Equity Plan may be authorized but unissued shares or shares reacquired by us. During any period that Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable to us, (1) the maximum number of stock options, SARs or other awards based solely on the increase in the value of common stock that a participant may receive in any year is 1,500,000; (2) a participant may receive a maximum of 2,500,000 performance shares, performance units or performance-based dividend equivalents in any year; and (3) the maximum dollar value of performance units granted to a participant during any year may not exceed U.S. $10,000,000.
Any shares covered by an award, or portion of an award, granted under the Omnibus Equity Plan that terminates, is forfeited, is repurchased, expires or lapses for any reason will again be available for the grant of awards under the Omnibus Equity Plan. Additionally, any shares tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligations pursuant to any award under the Omnibus Equity Plan will again be available for issuance. The Omnibus Equity Plan will permit us to issue replacement awards to employees of companies acquired by us, but those replacement awards would not count against the share maximum listed above, and any forfeited replacement awards would not be eligible to be available for future grant.
Terms and Conditions of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights . An incentive stock option is an option that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, and a non-qualified stock option is an option that does not meet those requirements. A SAR is the right of a participant to a payment, in cash, shares of common stock or a combination of cash and shares equal to the amount by which the market value of a share of common stock exceeds the exercise price of the SAR. An option or SAR granted under the Omnibus Equity Plan will be exercisable only to the extent that it is vested on the date of exercise. No option or SAR may be exercisable more than ten years from the grant date. The Administrator may include in the option agreement the period during which an option may be exercised following termination of employment or service. SARs may be granted to participants in tandem with options or separately. Tandem SARs will generally have substantially similar terms and conditions as the options with which they are granted.
The exercise price per share under each non-qualified option and SAR granted under the Omnibus Equity Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the option grant date. For so long as our common stock is listed on the NYSE, the fair market value of the common stock will be equal to the closing price of our common stock on the exchange on which it is listed on the option grant date. If no sales of common stock were reported on the option grant date, the fair market value will be deemed equal to the closing
130
price on the exchange on which it is listed for the last preceding date on which sales of our common stock were reported. If our common stock is not listed on any stock exchange or traded in the over-the-counter market, fair market value will be as determined in good faith by the Administrator in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code. The Omnibus Equity Plan prohibits repricing of options and SARs without shareholder approval.
Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units . Restricted stock is an award of common stock on which certain restrictions are imposed over specified periods that subject the shares to a substantial risk of forfeiture. A restricted stock unit is a unit, equivalent in value to a share of common stock, credited by means of a bookkeeping entry in our books to a participants account, which is settled in stock or cash upon or after vesting. Subject to the provisions of the Omnibus Equity Plan, our Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of each award of restricted stock or restricted stock units, including the restricted period for all or a portion of the award, and the restrictions applicable to the award. Restricted stock and restricted stock units granted under the Omnibus Equity Plan will vest based on a period of service specified by our Administrator or the occurrence of events specified by our Administrator.
Terms and Conditions of Performance Shares and Performance Units . A performance share is a right to receive a specified number of shares of common stock after the date of grant subject to the achievement of predetermined performance conditions. A performance unit is a unit, equivalent in value to a share of common stock, that represents the right to receive a share of common stock or the equivalent cash value of a share of common stock if predetermined performance conditions are achieved. Vested performance units may be settled in cash, stock or a combination of cash and stock, at the discretion of the Administrator. Performance shares and performance units will vest based on the achievement of pre-determined performance goals established by the Administrator, and such other conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the Administrator may determine. The performance goals under the Omnibus Equity Plan consist of the following: (a) net or operating income (before or after taxes); (b) earnings before taxes, interest, depreciation, and/or amortization (EBITDA); (c) EBITDA excluding charges for stock compensation, management fees, restructurings and impairments (Adjusted EBITDA); (d) basic or diluted earnings per share or improvement in basic or diluted earnings per share; (e) sales (including, but not limited to, total sales, net sales or revenue growth); (f) net operating profit; (g) financial return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, capital, invested capital, equity, sales, or revenue); (h) cash flow measures (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on equity, and cash flow return on investment); (i) productivity ratios (including but not limited to measuring liquidity, profitability or leverage); (j) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total shareholder return); (k) expense/cost management targets; (l) margins (including, but not limited to, operating margin, net income margin, cash margin, gross, net or operating profit margins, EBITDA margins, Adjusted EBITDA margins); (m) operating efficiency; (n) market share or market penetration; (o) customer targets (including, but not limited to, customer growth or customer satisfaction); (p) working capital targets or improvements; (q) economic value added; (r) balance sheet metrics (including, but not limited to, inventory, inventory turns, receivables turnover, net asset turnover, debt reduction, retained earnings, year-end cash, cash conversion cycle, ratio of debt to equity or to EBITDA); (s) workforce targets (including but not limited to diversity goals, employee engagement or satisfaction, employee retention and workplace health and safety goals); (t) implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research and development, key products or key projects, lines of business, acquisitions and divestitures and strategic plan development and/or implementation; and (u) comparisons with various stock market indices, peer companies or industry groups or classifications with regard to one more of these criteria; or, for any period of time in which Section 162(m) is not applicable to the Company and the Omnibus Equity Plan, or at any time in the case of (A) persons who are not covered employees under Section 162(m) of the Code or (B) Awards (whether or not to covered employees) not intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, such other criteria as may be determined by the Administrator. Performance goals may be established on a Company-wide basis or with respect to one or more business units, divisions, subsidiaries, or products and may be expressed in absolute terms, or relative to (i) current internal targets or budgets, (ii) the past performance of the Company (including the performance of one or more subsidiaries, divisions, or operating units), (iii) the performance of one or more similarly situated companies, (iv) the performance of an index covering a peer group
131
of companies, or (v) other external measures of the selected performance criteria. The Administrator may provide for a threshold level of performance below which no shares or compensation will be granted or paid in respect of performance based awards, and a maximum level of performance above which no additional shares or compensation will be granted or paid in respect of performance-based awards, and it may provide for differing amounts of shares or compensation to be granted or paid in respect of performance-based awards for different levels of performance.
Terms and Conditions of Deferred Share Units . A deferred share unit is a unit credited to a participants account in our books that represents the right to receive a share of common stock or the equivalent cash value of a share of common stock upon a predetermined settlement date. Deferred share units may be granted by the Administrator independent of other awards or compensation. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, deferred share units would be fully vested when granted.
Other Stock-Based Awards . The Administrator may make other equity-based or equity-related awards not otherwise described by the terms of the Omnibus Equity Plan, including formula grants to our non-employee directors under our director compensation program.
Dividend Equivalents . A dividend equivalent is the right to receive payments in cash or in stock, based on dividends with respect to shares of stock. Dividend equivalents may be granted to participants in tandem with another award or as freestanding awards.
Termination of Employment . Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, in the event a participants employment terminates for any reason other than cause (as defined in the Omnibus Equity Plan), all unvested awards will be forfeited; although if a participants employment is terminated by reason of the participants death or disability, any awards that are unvested or unexercisable would vest on a prorata basis. Unless a participant is terminated for cause, vested options and SARs will remain exercisable for a specified period following termination of employment: in the case of a participants termination by the Company without cause or by the participant for good reason (as defined in the Omnibus Equity Plan), all options and SARs that are vested and exercisable will remain exercisable until the sixth (6 th ) month following the date of the participants termination of employment; in the case of retirement at normal retirement age, until the second (2 nd ) year after retirement; in the case of a participants death or disability, until the twelfth (12 th ) month after the termination of employment, or in the case of any other termination until the three (3) month anniversary of the date of termination (but in any case no later than the expiration of the awards term). In the event of a participants termination for cause, all unvested or unpaid awards, including all options and SARs, whether vested or unvested, will immediately be forfeited and canceled.
Other Forfeiture Provisions . A participant will be required to forfeit and disgorge any awards granted or vested and all gains earned or accrued due to the exercise of stock options or SARs or the sale of any Company common stock to the extent required by applicable law, including Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Section 10D of the Exchange Act, or pursuant to such policies as to forfeiture and recoupment as may be adopted by the Administrator, our board of directors or the Company and communicated to participants.
Change in Capitalization or Other Corporate Event . The number or amount of shares of stock, other property or cash covered by outstanding awards, the number and type of shares of stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Omnibus Equity Plan, the exercise or purchase price of each outstanding award, and the other terms and conditions of outstanding awards, will be subject to adjustment by the Administrator in the event of any stock dividend, extraordinary dividend, stock split or share combination or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation, exchange of shares, spin-off, liquidation or dissolution of the Company or other similar transaction affecting our common stock. Any such adjustment would not be considered repricing for purposes of the prohibition on repricing described above.
132
Effect of a Change in Control . Upon a future change in control (as defined in the Omnibus Equity Plan) of the Company, unvested awards, including options and SARs, would remain unvested and continue their normal vesting schedules, unless the participants employment were to be terminated without cause or for good reason within eighteen (18) months after the change in control or three (3) months preceding the change in control, in which case each unvested award would immediately vest, and in the case of options and SARs, become immediately exercisable. Vested options and SARs and other vested awards would be cancelled for the same per share payment made to the shareholders in the change in control (less, in the case of options and SARs, the applicable exercise or base price), unless our board of directors determines that such vested awards will be assumed and/or replaced in a change in control with substitute awards having the same or better terms and conditions. The Administrator has the ability to prescribe different treatment of awards in the award agreements, including to accelerate the vesting or waive the forfeiture restrictions applicable to any awards granted under the Omnibus Equity Plan. The treatment of performance awards in a change in control will be provided in the applicable award agreements.
Compensation of Directors
Name |
Fees Earned or Paid in Cash
($)(1) |
Total
($) |
||||||
Richard P. Fox |
95,000 | 95,000 | (2) | |||||
Lars Haegg |
| | ||||||
Claude S. Hornsby |
75,000 | 75,000 | ||||||
Richard A. Jalkut |
75,000 | 75,000 | ||||||
George K. Jaquette |
| | ||||||
Christopher J. Stadler |
| | ||||||
William S. Stavropoulos |
| | ||||||
David H. Wasserman |
| | ||||||
Thomas Schmitt |
18,750 | 18,750 |
(1) | Mr. Schmitt ceased to be a director on March 31, 2013, and he was paid only for this period of service. |
(2) | In 2013, the pension value for Mr. Fox decreased due to the change in the applicable discount rate. Pursuant to SEC rules, the negative amount for the change in the pension value for Mr. Fox was not included in his total compensation. The actual change in pension value for Mr. Fox is negative $85,277. See the narrative below for more information on Mr. Foxs pension benefit. |
Each of our independent directors is paid an annual cash fee of $75,000, paid in equal quarterly installments, for his service on our board of directors. Mr. Fox receives an additional quarterly cash payment of $5,000 for his service as Chair of the Audit Committee. In addition, if Mr. Fox lives to age 80, he will become entitled to a monthly benefit of $6,815 commencing on the first of the month after his 80 th birthday and continuing until the first of the month prior to his death, pursuant to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan. Under certain conditions, Mr. Foxs spouse may become entitled to this benefit if she survives him. This annuity was provided to Mr. Fox in December, 2007 in connection with his first year of service as a director.
We do not pay any additional remuneration for director service to any of our directors who are either our officers, namely Mr. Fyrwald, our CEO, and Mr. Byrne, who is an executive officer but not a named executive officer, or who are principals or employees of CD&R or CVC. However, all directors are reimbursed for reasonable travel and lodging expenses incurred to attend meetings of our board of directors or a committee thereof.
Prior to the investment by CD&R in the Company, certain members of our board of directors purchased common and preferred shares of certain of our affiliates at the time, Ulysses Luxembourg and Ulysses Finance, which are controlled by CVC affiliates. As of December 31, 2013, Messrs. Fox, ter Haar, Hornsby, Jalkut and
133
Schmitt owned equity interests in Ulysses Luxembourg, valued as of December 31, 2013 at 784,630, 877,849, 438,924, 438,924 and 520,484, respectively, based on a determination of value by Ulysses Luxembourg. See Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.
We will enter into new indemnification agreements with each of our directors. Under those agreements, we will agree to indemnify each of these individuals against claims arising out of events or occurrences related to that individuals service as our agent or the agent of any of our subsidiaries to the fullest extent legally permitted.
In addition, Robert ter Haar acted as a non-voting observer to our board of directors in 2013 on behalf of Parcom, one of our shareholders, and Mr. ter Haar was paid $18,750 for this service in the first quarter of 2013, following which our obligation to pay for his observer status terminated.
Changes to the Director Compensation Program in Connection with the Initial Public Offering
We intend that, in connection with the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a director compensation program for our non-employee directors, with the following features, which shall apply upon completion of this offering.
Under this intended program, each of our non-employee directors will receive an annual cash retainer of $80,000 and an annual award of restricted stock units with a fair market value equal to $100,000 on the date of grant. This annual grant of restricted stock units will be made on the day of the Companys annual meeting. In addition, under this intended program, each of our non-employee directors will receive a one-time award of restricted stock units on the date of the Companys initial annual meeting following completion of this offering (or, if later, on the date the director commences board service), with a fair market value equal to $200,000 on the date of grant. Restricted stock units granted to our non-employee directors will vest in full on the first anniversary of the grant date, and be paid upon vesting, or, at the directors election, on termination of board service. Non-employee directors may also elect to convert all or a portion of their cash retainers into deferred stock units to be paid on termination of board service. Dividend equivalents will be credited on restricted stock units and deferred stock units and will be subject to the same vesting and payment terms as the restricted stock units and deferred stock units to which the dividend equivalents relate. Restricted stock units and deferred stock units for our non-employee directors will be granted under the Omnibus Equity Plan.
Additionally, under this intended program, a non-employee director appointed to serve as the chair of the Audit Committee will receive an additional annual cash retainer of $20,000, and a non-employee director appointed to serve as the chair of the Compensation Committee or the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will receive an additional annual cash retainer of $10,000. Also, a non-employee director who is a member of more than one board committee will receive an additional annual cash retainer of $10,000. Our directors will not receive additional fees for attending any board or committee meetings.
Each of our directors will be entitled to reimbursement from us for reasonable expenses incurred while traveling to and from board and committee meetings as well as travel for other business related to service on our board of directors or its committees, subject to any maximum reimbursement obligations as may be established by the board of directors from time to time.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
From January 1, 2013 through March 31, 2013, our Compensation Committee was comprised of the following four non-employee directors: David H. Wasserman (Chair), Christopher J. Stadler, Gijs Vuursteen and Thomas Schmitt. From April 1, 2013 through August 8, 2013, our Compensation Committee was comprised of the following three non-employee directors: David H. Wasserman (Chair), Christopher J. Stadler and Gijs Vuursteen. From August 9, 2013 through December 31, 2013, our Compensation Committee was comprised of the following three non-employee directors: David H. Wasserman (Chair), Christopher J. Stadler and
134
William S. Stavropoulos. The current members of the Compensation Committee are David H. Wasserman, Christopher J. Stadler and William S. Stavropoulos. There are no members of the Compensation Committee who serve as an officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. In addition, no executive officer of the Company serves as a director or as a member of the compensation committee of a company (i) whose executive officer served as a director or as a member of the Compensation Committee and (ii) which employs a director of the Company.
Compensation Risk Assessment
The Compensation Committee assessed our compensation policies and practices to evaluate whether they create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us. Based on its assessment, the Compensation Committee concluded that our compensation policies and practices do not create incentives to take risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. We believe we have allocated our compensation among base salary, short-term incentives and long-term equity in such a way as to not encourage excessive risk taking.
135
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth information as of June 30, 2014 with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:
| each person known to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock; |
| each director; |
| each person who has agreed to serve as a director effective at the time of consummation of this offering; |
| each of the named executive officers; and |
| all directors and executive officers as a group. |
The amounts and percentages of shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days of the determination date, which in the case of the following table is June 30, 2014. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such persons ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other persons percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest.
The percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering is based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, as adjusted to reflect a for 1 reverse stock split of our common stock effected on , 2014. The percentage of beneficial ownership following this offering is based on shares of common stock outstanding after the closing of this offering.
136
Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table, each of the beneficial owners listed has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated shares of common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each individual listed below is c/o Univar Inc., 3075 Highland Parkway, Suite 200 Downers Grove, Illinois 60515.
* | Less than 0.1% |
(1) | CVC European Equity Partners IV (comprising the parallel partnerships CVC European Equity Partners IV (A) L.P. , CVC European Equity Partners IV (B) L.P., CVC European Equity Partners IV (C) L.P., CVC European Equity Partners IV (D) L.P. and CVC European Equity Partners IV (E) L.P.) and CVC European Equity Partners Tandem Fund (comprising the parallel partnerships CVC European Equity Partners Tandem Fund (A) L.P., CVC European Equity Partners Tandem Fund (B) L.P. and CVC European Equity Partners Tandem Fund (C) L.P.) both are investment funds advised and managed by affiliates of CVC Capital Partners, control Univar N.V., via a holding company chain. Univar N.V. holds shares of Common Stock in the Company. |
(2) |
Represents shares held by the following group of investment funds associated with Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC as follows: (i) shares of common stock held by CD&R Advisor Univar Co-Investor, L.P.; (ii) shares of common stock held by CD&R Friends & Family Fund VIII, L.P.; (iii) shares of common stock held by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P.; (iv) shares of common stock held by CD&R Univar Co-Investor, L.P.; (v) shares of common stock held by CD&R Advisor Univar Co-Investor II, L.P.; (vi) shares of common stock held by CD&R Univar NEP VIII Co-Investor, LLC; and (vii) shares of common stock held by CD&R Univar NEP IX Co-Investor, LLC. CD&R Associates VIII, Ltd., as the general partner of CD&R Advisor Univar Co-Investor, L.P., CD&R Friends & Family Fund VIII, L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P., CD&R Univar Co-Investor, L.P. and CD&R Advisor Univar Co-Investor II, L.P. and the sole manager of CD&R Univar NEP VIII Co-Investor, LLC and CD&R Univar NEP IX Co-Investor, LLC, CD&R Associates VIII, L.P., as the sole stockholder of CD&R Associates VIII, Ltd., and CD&R Investment Associates VIII, Ltd., as the general partner of CD&R Associates VIII, L.P., may each be deemed to beneficially own the shares of the Companys common stock |
137
held by the CD&R Affiliates. CD&R Investment Associates VIII, Ltd. is managed by a two-person board of directors. Donald J. Gogel and Kevin J. Conway, as directors of CD&R Investment Associates VIII, Ltd., may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares of the Companys common stock shown as beneficially owned by CD&R Advisor Univar Co-Investor, L.P., CD&R Friends & Family Fund VIII, L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P., CD&R Univar Co-Investor, L.P., CD&R Univar Co-Investor II, L.P., CD&R Univar NEP VIII Co-Investor, LLC and CD&R Univar NEP IX Co-Investor, LLC., or collectively the CD&R Affiliates. Such persons expressly disclaim such beneficial ownership. Investment and voting decisions with respect to shares held by each of the CD&R Affiliates are made by an investment committee of limited partners of CD&R Associates VIII, L.P., currently consisting of more than ten individuals, or the Investment Committee. All members of the Investment Committee expressly disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares shown as beneficially owned by the CD&R Affiliates. Each of CD&R Associates VIII, Ltd., CD&R Associates VIII, L.P. and CD&R Investment Associates VIII, Ltd. expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of the Companys common stock held by the CD&R Affiliates. |
The address for each of the CD&R Affiliates, CD&R Associates VIII, Ltd., CD&R Associates VIII, L.P. and CD&R Investment Associates VIII, Ltd. is c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. The address for Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC is 375 Park Avenue, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10152.
(3) | Parcom is an affiliate of ING Group. Parcom Ulysses 2 S.à.r.l. is the beneficial owner of shares of common stock owned of record by Univar N.V and Parcom Buyout Fund II B.V. is the beneficial owner of shares of common stock owned of record by Univar N.V. |
(4) | Represents shares of common stock held of record by J. Erik Fyrwald and shares of common stock held of record by Univar N.V. |
(5) | Represents shares of common stock held of record by William S. Stavropoulos and shares of common stock held of record by Univar N.V. |
(6) | Represents shares of common stock held of record by Richard P. Fox and shares of common stock held of record by Univar N.V. |
(7) | Represents shares of common stock held of record by Claude S. Hornsby and shares of common stock held of record by Univar N.V. |
(8) | Represents shares of common stock held of record by Richard A. Jalkut and shares of common stock held of record by Univar N.V. |
(9) | Represents shares of common stock held of record by George K. Jaquette and shares of common stock held of record by Univar N.V. |
(10) | Represents shares of common stock held of record by Christopher J. Stadler and shares of common stock held of record by Univar N.V. |
(11) | Represents shares of common stock held of record by Lars Haegg and shares of common stock held of record by Univar N.V. |
(12) | Represents shares of common stock held of record by David H. Wasserman and shares of common stock held of record by Univar N.V. |
(13) | Represents shares of common stock held of record by D. Beatty DAlessandro and shares of common stock held of record by Univar N.V. |
(14) | Represents shares of common stock held of record by Steven Nielsen and shares of common stock held of record by Univar N.V. |
(15) | Represents shares of common stock held of record by Edward Evans and shares of common stock held of record by Univar N.V. |
(16) | Represents shares of common stock held of record by Jeffrey H. Siegel and shares of common stock held of record by Univar N.V. |
(17) | Represents shares of common stock held of record by George Fuller and shares of common stock held of record by Univar N.V. |
(18) | Represents shares of common stock held of record by Mark J. Byrne and shares of common stock held of record by Univar N.V. |
(19) | Includes shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options or restricted stock granted pursuant to the Plan which are unexercised as of June 30, 2014 but were exercisable within a period of 60 days from such date. |
138
Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions
Our Board of Directors has adopted a written policy requiring our Audit Committee to review and approve related party transactions. In determining whether to approve or ratify a proposed related party transaction, our Audit Committee will consider all factors it deems relevant and will approve or ratify only those that are in, or are not inconsistent with, the best interests of us and our stockholders.
Related Party Transactions
Set forth below is a summary of certain transactions since January 1, 2011 among us, our directors, our executive officers, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock or our preferred stock outstanding before completion of the offering and some of the entities with which the foregoing persons are affiliated or associated in which the amount involved exceeds or will exceed $120,000.
Certain Indebtedness
As of June 30, 2014 approximately $291 million of the Term Loans and $46 million of our Senior ABL Facility were held by affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. In addition, affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. are the sole holders of our $600.0 million of outstanding 2017 Subordinated Notes and are holders of $30 million of our 2018 Subordinated Notes. Affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. own approximately 2.6% of our outstanding common stock as of June 30, 2014. The greatest principal amount of Term Loans, our Senior ABL Facility, our 2017 Subordinated Notes and our 2018 Subordinated Notes outstanding at the end of any fiscal quarter since January 1, 2011 were $2,898.3 million, $370.0 million, $600.0 million and $400.0 million, respectively. In the year ended December 31, 2013, we made interest payments totaling $138.2 million, $7.9 million, $65.2 million and $36.6 million on our Term Loans, amounts outstanding under our Senior ABL Facility, the 2017 Subordinated Notes and the 2018 Subordinated Notes, respectively.
Stockholders Agreement
We are party to the Third Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, or the Stockholders Agreement, with investment funds associated with the Equity Sponsors and certain other equity investors. In connection with the consummation of this offering, the Equity Sponsors and we will enter into the Fourth Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, or the New Stockholders Agreement. Under the New Stockholders Agreement, each of the Equity Sponsors will be entitled to appoint (i) three sponsor directors and three independent directors for so long as such Equity Sponsor owns at least 50% of the shares of our common stock it held at the time of its acquisition of its interest in us, (ii) two sponsor directors and one independent director for so long as such Equity Sponsor owns at least 25%, but less than 50%, of the shares of our common stock it held at the time of its acquisition of its interest in us and (iii) one sponsor director for so long as such Equity Sponsor owns at least 5%, but less than 25%, of the shares of our common stock it held at the time of its acquisition of its interest in us. With respect to any vacancy of an Equity Sponsor-nominated director, the applicable Equity Sponsor will have the right to nominate his replacement. The New Stockholders Agreement will also contain customary registration rights for the Equity Sponsors shares of our common stock and customary information and access rights.
Consulting Agreements, Indemnification Agreements and Services
We are party to certain consulting agreements with the Equity Sponsors, pursuant to which the Equity Sponsors provide us with financial advisory and management consulting services, which we plan to terminate in connection with this offering. Pursuant to the consulting agreements, we pay the Equity Sponsors an aggregate annual fee of $5 million for such services, subject to adjustments from time to time, and we may pay to the Equity Sponsors an aggregate fee equal to a specified percentage of the transaction value of certain types of transactions we complete, in each case, plus expenses. Each consulting agreement expires by its terms in
139
November 2020 unless otherwise terminated earlier as provided therein. We will pay the Equity Sponsors an aggregate fee of approximately $30 million to terminate the consulting agreements in connection with the consummation of this offering.
We have also entered into indemnification agreements with the Equity Sponsors, pursuant to which we indemnify the Equity Sponsors and their respective affiliates, directors, officers, partners, members, employees, agents, representatives and controlling persons, against certain liabilities arising out of performance of the consulting agreement, securities offerings by us and certain other claims and liabilities.
We perform certain administrative and other corporate services for affiliates of CVC. CVC reimburses us for the costs of these services, and will pay us a fee of approximately $0.2 million for services performed in the year ended December 31, 2013. We will continue to perform these services after the consummation of this transaction.
Management Investment in Certain Company Affiliates
Certain of our directors, officers and other senior employees purchased shares in certain of our indirect stockholders that are affiliates of CVC in connection with the investment in our Company of funds affiliated with CVC on October 11, 2007. Neither we nor any of our subsidiaries is a party to those arrangements.
Board Appointment Letter Agreement
On January 31, 2013, the Equity Sponsors and Mark Byrne signed a letter agreement providing that the Equity Sponsors would appoint Mr. Byrne to our board of directors on January 1, 2015, provided that (i) Mr. Byrne remains employed by us through December 31, 2014 and (ii) at the time of appointment, Mr. Byrne is eligible, qualified and willing to serve as a director. The obligation of the each Equity Sponsor to so appoint Mr. Byrne will be terminated if such Equity Sponsor owns less than 10% of our common stock at any time between January 31, 2013 and January 1, 2015.
140
General
Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of shares of common stock, par value $0.000000014 per share and shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Upon the closing of this offering there will be shares of our common stock issued and outstanding not including shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options.
In connection with this offering, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and by-laws. The following descriptions of our capital stock, Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws are intended as summaries only and are qualified in their entirety by reference to our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering and which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Common Stock
Holders of common stock will be entitled:
| to cast one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders; |
| to receive, on a pro rata basis, dividends and distributions, if any, that the Board of Directors may declare out of legally available funds, subject to preferences that may be applicable to preferred stock, if any, then outstanding; and |
| upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, to share equally and ratably in any assets remaining after the payment of all debt and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights, if any, of holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. |
Any dividends declared on the common stock will not be cumulative. Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is subject to our subsidiaries ability to pay dividends to us, which is in turn subject to the restrictions set forth in the Senior Secured Credit Facility. See Dividend Policy.
The holders of our common stock will not have any preemptive, cumulative voting, subscription, conversion, redemption or sinking fund rights. The common stock will not be subject to future calls or assessments by us. The rights and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to any series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future, as described below.
Before the date of this prospectus, there has been no public market for our common stock.
As of May 31, 2014, we had 199,359,445 shares of common stock outstanding and 37 holders of record of our common stock. The number of shares has not yet been adjusted to reflect our anticipated stock split prior to the completion of the offering.
Preferred Stock
Upon completion of this offering, under our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, our Board of Directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, except as described below, to issue up to shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the voting powers, designations, preferences and the relative participating, optional or other special rights and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of each series, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series. Upon completion of the offering, no shares of our authorized preferred stock will be outstanding. Because the Board of Directors will have the power
141
to establish the preferences and rights of the shares of any additional series of preferred stock, it may afford holders of any preferred stock preferences, powers and rights, including voting and dividend rights, senior to the rights of holders of the common stock, which could adversely affect the holders of the common stock and could delay, discourage or prevent a takeover of us even if a change of control of our company would be beneficial to the interests of our stockholders.
Anti-Takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws
The provisions of our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws and of the Delaware General Corporation Law summarized below may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that you might consider in your best interest, including an attempt that might result in your receipt of a premium over the market price for your shares. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors, which could result in an improvement of their terms.
Classified Board of Directors. Upon completion of this offering, in accordance with the terms of our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws, our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the Board of Directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will also provide that any vacancy on our Board of Directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our Board of Directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office. Our classified Board of Directors could have the effect of delaying or discouraging an acquisition of us or a change in our management.
Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by or at the direction of our Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of our Board of Directors. Special meetings may also be called by our corporate Secretary at the request of the holders of not less than % of the outstanding shares of our common stock so long as the Equity Sponsors collectively own more than % of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Thereafter, stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting.
No Stockholder Action by Written Consent. Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that stockholder action may be taken only at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting, unless the Equity Sponsors collectively own more than % of the outstanding shares of our common stock.
Removal of Directors. Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws will provide that directors may be removed with or without cause at any time upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the votes to which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast until the Equity Sponsors no longer collectively own more than % of the outstanding shares of our common stock. After such time, directors may only be removed from office only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least % of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast.
Stockholder Advance Notice Procedure. Our Amended and Restated By-laws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholders to make nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual meeting of our stockholders. The Amended and Restated By-laws will provide that any stockholder wishing to nominate persons for election as directors at, or bring other business before, an annual meeting must deliver to our Secretary a written notice of the stockholders intention to do so. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not
142
followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirers own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company. To be timely, the stockholders notice must be delivered to our corporate Secretary at our principal executive offices not fewer than days nor more than days before the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is set for a date that is more than days before or more than days after the first anniversary date of the preceding years annual meeting, a stockholders notice must be delivered to our Secretary (x) not earlier than days prior to the meeting or (y) no later than the close of business on the later of the day prior to such annual meeting or the day following the day on which a public announcement of the date of the such meeting is first made by us.
Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws. The DGCL generally provides that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporations certificate of incorporation or by-laws, unless either a corporations certificate of incorporation or by-laws require a greater percentage. Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that, upon the Equity Sponsors ceasing to own collectively more than % of the outstanding shares of our common stock, specified provisions of our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may not be amended, altered or repealed unless the amendment is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least % of the outstanding shares of our common stock then entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, including the provisions governing the liability and indemnification of directors, corporate opportunities, the elimination of stockholder action by written consent and the prohibition on the rights of stockholders to call a special meeting.
In addition, our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws will provide that our Amended and Restated By-laws may be amended, altered or repealed, or new by-laws may be adopted, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, or by the affirmative vote of the holders of (x) as long as the Equity Sponsors collectively own more than % of the outstanding shares of our common stock, at least a majority, and (y) thereafter, at least %, of the outstanding shares of our common stock then entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders.
These provisions make it more difficult for any person to remove or amend any provisions in our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws that may have an anti-takeover effect.
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, we will elect not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL, as permitted under and pursuant to subsection (b)(3) of Section 203. Section 203, with specified exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder unless:
| prior to such time, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; |
| upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or |
| at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 ⁄ 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder. |
143
Section 203 of the DGCL defines business combination to include the following:
| any merger or consolidation of the corporation with the interested stockholder; |
| any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder; |
| subject to specified exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; |
| any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or |
| any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation. |
An interested stockholder is any entity or person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification
Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will contain provisions permitted under the DGCL relating to the liability of directors. These provisions will eliminate a directors personal liability to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except in circumstances involving:
| any breach of the directors duty of loyalty; |
| acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law; |
| under Section 174 of the DGCL (unlawful dividends); or |
| any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit. |
The principal effect of the limitation on liability provision is that a stockholder will be unable to prosecute an action for monetary damages against a director unless the stockholder can demonstrate a basis for liability for which indemnification is not available under the DGCL. These provisions, however, should not limit or eliminate our rights or any stockholders rights to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission, in the event of a breach of a directors fiduciary duty. These provisions will not alter a directors liability under federal securities laws. The inclusion of this provision in our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their fiduciary duties, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited us and our stockholders.
Our Amended and Restated By-laws will require us to indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and other applicable law, except in certain cases of a proceeding instituted by the director or officer without the approval of our Board. Our Amended and Restated By-laws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, to the fullest extent permitted by law, for all judgments, fines, settlements, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with pending or threatened legal proceedings because of the directors or officers positions with us or another entity that the director or officer serves at our request, subject to various conditions, and to advance funds to our directors and officers to enable them to defend against such proceedings.
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements will provide our directors and executive
144
officers with contractual rights to the indemnification and expense advancement rights provided under our Amended and Restated By-laws, as well as contractual rights to additional indemnification as provided in the indemnification agreement.
Corporate Opportunities
Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that we, on our behalf and on behalf of our subsidiaries, renounce and waive any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, corporate opportunities, that are from time to time presented to CVC, CD&R, or their respective officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries, even if the opportunity is one that we or our subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. None of CVC, CD&R or their respective agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries will generally be liable to us or any of our subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person pursues, acquires or participates in such corporate opportunity, directs such corporate opportunity to another person or fails to present such corporate opportunity, or information regarding such corporate opportunity, to us or our subsidiaries unless, in the case of any such person who is a director or officer of Univar, such corporate opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of Univar. Stockholders will be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision of our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
Choice of Forum
Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by our directors, officers, employees or agents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Amended and Restated By-laws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. It is possible that a court could rule that this provision is not applicable or is unenforceable. We may consent in writing to alternative forums. Stockholders will be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.
Market Listing
We intend to apply to list our shares of common stock on the NYSE under the symbol UNVR.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be .
145
SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Some shares of our common stock will not be available for sale for a certain period of time after this offering because they are subject to contractual and legal restrictions on resale, some of which are described below. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market after these restrictions lapse, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future. As of July 31, 2014, there were 37 holders of record of our common stock.
Sales of Restricted Securities
After this offering, shares of our common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless purchased by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering are restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or are sold pursuant to an exemption from registration, including Rule 144 of the Securities Act.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.
In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:
| the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and |
| the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates. |
Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, and subject to the lock up agreements described below, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
| 1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; and |
| the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale. |
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements.
Rule 701
Any of our employees, officers or directors who acquired shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding
146
period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares. However, all shares issued under Rule 701 are subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale when the 180-day lock-up agreements expire.
Lock-up Agreements
Our directors, executive officers and stockholders holding more than % of our common stock prior to this offering will sign lock-up agreements under which they have agreed not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated for a period of 180 days, subject to certain exceptions, after the date of this prospectus. The foregoing restrictions will not restrict certain specified transfers, including (i) to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement, (ii) pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our common stock involving a change of control, provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is abandoned, the shares shall remain subject to the transfer restrictions, (iii) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (iv) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned (immediate family means any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin), (v) as a distribution to partners, members or stockholders of the parties to the lock-up agreements, (vi) to the party to the lock-up agreements subsidiaries, affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by, or under common control or management with, such party, or (vii) to us to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock. These agreements are described below under Underwriting.
Equity Incentive Plans
Prior to completion of this offering, we had one employee share-based incentive plan, the 2011 Univar Inc. Stock Incentive Plan. We expect to adopt one or more new plans, prior to the completion of this offering, to enable us to better align our compensation programs with those typical of companies with publicly traded securities.
As of April 30, 2014 we had outstanding approximately 11,020,470 options to purchase shares of common stock, of which approximately 4,267,513 options to purchase shares of common stock were vested. Following this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options as well as all shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity plans. See Executive CompensationLong Term Incentives for additional information regarding these plans. Shares of our common stock issued under the S-8 registration statement will be available for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 provisions applicable to affiliates, and subject to any vesting restrictions and lock-up agreements applicable to these shares.
147
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
Senior Term Facility
On February 22, 2013, the issuer, as borrower, Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners and the lenders party thereto from time to time, entered into a Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, or the Senior Term Facility, pursuant to which the lenders made to the borrower (i) an aggregate principal amount of $2,789.0 million of Term Loan B, and (ii) a Euro Tranche Loan in the principal amount of 130 million (together with the Term Loan B, the Term Loans).
Obligations under the Senior Term Facility are guaranteed by certain of our U.S. subsidiaries and secured by (i) a first priority lien on substantially all of our assets, as well as the assets of certain of our U.S. subsidiaries, other than inventory and accounts receivable and related collateral, or the Current Assets, and (ii) a second priority lien on the Current Assets, in each case subject to various limitations and exceptions. The Senior Term Facility provides for an uncommitted incremental term loan facility of up to an additional amount such that, on a pro forma basis and after giving effect to the incurrence of incremental term loans, the consolidated senior secured leverage ratio will be less than or equal to 3.5 to 1.0, that will be available subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.
The Senior Term Facility does not contain financial covenants. The Senior Term Facility contains limitations on our ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness and liens, make distributions, investments, acquisitions and dividends, sell assets, prepay or amend the terms of certain indebtedness, engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations and certain transactions with affiliates and change our lines of business. The Senior Term Facility requires us to prepay the loans thereunder with a portion of our excess cash flow, the proceeds of certain indebtedness and, subject to certain re-investment rights, the proceeds of certain asset sales. The Senior Term Facility also contains customary events of default including for failure to make payments under the Term Loans, breaches of covenants (subject to a 30 day grace period after notice in the case of certain covenants), cross-default to other material indebtedness, material unstayed judgments, certain ERISA, bankruptcy and insolvency events, failure of guarantees or security and change of control.
The interest rate for the Term Loan is based on a LIBOR rate or prime rate plus (i) in the case of any Term Loan B at a LIBOR rate, 3.50% (ii) in the case of any Term Loan B at the prime rate, 2.50% and (iii) in the case of any Euro Tranche Loan, 3.75%. The Term Loans will mature on June 30, 2017.
Senior ABL Facility
On March 25, 2013, the issuer, as U.S. parent borrower, the U.S. subsidiary borrowers party thereto, and collectively with the issuer, the U.S. ABL Borrowers, Univar Canada, Ltd., as Canadian borrower, or the Canadian Borrower and, together with the U.S. ABL Borrowers, the ABL Borrowers, Bank of America, N.A. as U.S. administrative agent, U.S. swingline lender and collateral agent, Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canadian branch) as Canadian administrative agent, Canadian swingline lender and Canadian letter of credit issuer, the lenders from time to time party thereto, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wells Fargo Capital Finance LLC as joint lead arrangers, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Capital Finance LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC as joint bookrunners, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. as co-syndication agents, and HSBC Bank USA, N.A., Union Bank, N.A., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Suntrust Bank, as co-documentation agents, entered into a Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement, or the Senior ABL Facility.
148
The Senior ABL Facility is comprised of a revolving credit facility, or the ABL Revolving Facility, for up to $1,300 million and a term loan facility, or the ABL Term Facility, for $100 million. The ABL Revolving Facility is split between the U.S. ABL Borrowers for up to $900 million, or the U.S. ABL Revolving Facility, and, together with the ABL Term Facility, the U.S. ABL Facility, and the Canadian Borrower for up to $300 million, or the Canadian ABL Revolving Facility. The U.S. ABL Facility is guaranteed by certain of our U.S. subsidiaries and secured by (i) a first priority lien on our and our U.S. subsidiary guarantors accounts receivable and inventory and (ii) a second priority lien on substantially all other assets, in each case subject to various limitations and exceptions. The Canadian ABL Revolving Facility is guaranteed by certain of our Canadian and U.S. subsidiaries and secured by (i) a first priority lien on our, the Canadian Borrowers, our U.S. subsidiary guarantors and our Canadian guarantors accounts receivable and inventory and (ii) a second priority lien on substantially all other assets, in each case subject to various limitations and exceptions.
The maximum amount available to borrow under the ABL Revolving Facility is determined by the amount of eligible inventory and accounts receivable of (i) the U.S. ABL Borrowers (with a maximum of $900 million), in the case of the U.S. ABL Revolving Facility, or (ii) the Canadian Borrower and any guarantors of the Canadian ABL Revolving Facility (with a maximum of $300 million), in the case of the Canadian ABL Revolving Facility. When calculating availability under the ABL Revolving Facility as noted above, excess U.S. collateral can be included in the calculation of availability under the Canadian ABL Revolving Facility up to the Canadian limit. However, excess collateral in Canada cannot be used in the calculation of availability under the U.S. ABL Revolving Facility. There is an option to increase the maximum amount available under the Senor ABL Facility by up to the lesser of (i) $400 million and (ii) an amount such that the total amount outstanding under the Senior ABL Facility in excess of $1,400 million would constitute ABL Priority Obligations under the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended), between Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Senior ABL Facility, and Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Senior Term Facility, but such increases must be permitted under the terms of any other material indebtedness.
The Senior ABL Facility requires us to maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0:1.0 when we use more than 90% of the availability under (i) the U.S. ABL Revolving Facility or (ii) the ABL Revolving Facility. The Senior ABL Facility also contains limitations on our ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness and liens, make distributions, investments, acquisitions and restricted junior payments and dividends, sell assets, prepay or amend the terms of certain indebtedness, engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations and certain transactions with affiliates and change our lines of business. The Senior ABL Facility contains events of default including for failure to make payments under the Senior ABL Facility, breaches of covenants (subject to a 30 day grace period after notice in the case of certain covenants), cross-default to other material indebtedness, material unstayed judgments, certain ERISA, bankruptcy and insolvency events, failure of guarantees or security and change of control.
The interest rate for loans under the ABL Term Facility is based on (i) a LIBOR rate or prime rate plus, (ii) an applicable margin of (a) in the case of loans at a LIBOR rate, 3.25% and (b) in the case of loans at the prime rate, 2.25%, plus (iii) in the event that the loans are made by a lender located in certain jurisdictions, specified additional interest. The interest rate for loans under the ABL Revolving Facility is based on (i) a LIBOR rate or prime rate (or Canadian base rate, Canadian prime rate or Canadian bankers acceptance rate, as applicable, with respect to loans under the Canadian ABL Revolving Facility) plus, (ii) an applicable margin of (a) in the case of loans at a LIBOR rate, 1.50% to 2.00%, depending on the amount of availability we have under the ABL Revolving Facility and (b) in the case of loans at the prime rate, 0.50% to 1.00%, depending on the amount of availability we have under the ABL Revolving Facility, plus (iii) in the event that the loans are made by a lender located in certain jurisdictions, specified additional interest. The ABL Borrowers may also be required to pay an unused fee of 0.25-0.50% of the undrawn portion of the ABL Revolving Facility. The loans under the ABL Term Facility will mature on March 25, 2016. The loans under the ABL Revolving Facility will mature on March 25, 2018, subject to acceleration of maturity under certain circumstances.
149
European ABL Facility
On March 24, 2014, Univar B.V., the other borrowers from time to time party thereto, or collectively, the European ABL Facility Borrowers, the issuer, as guarantor, or the European ABL Facility Guarantor, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as sole lead arranger and joint bookrunner, Bank of America, N.A., as joint bookrunner and syndication agent, the several lenders from time to time party thereto and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as administrative agent and collateral agent, entered into an ABL Credit Agreement, or the European ABL Facility.
The European ABL Facility includes a revolving credit facility for up to 200 million. It also includes a swingline facility and the ability for protective advances to be drawn down. The European ABL Facility is guaranteed by the issuer and each European ABL Facility Borrower (other than Univar Belgium NV/SA) and secured by a first priority lien on all of the accounts receivable, inventory, bank accounts and other related assets of the European ABL Facility Borrowers, in each case subject to various limitations and exceptions.
The maximum amount available to borrow is determined by the amount of eligible inventory and eligible accounts receivable of the European ABL Borrowers (less any reserves) considered collectively. In addition, each European ABL Facility Borrower may not borrow an amount in excess of such European ABL Facility Borrowers eligible accounts receivable other than with respect to the Dutch borrowers and the English borrower, in which case the Dutch and English Borrowers may not borrow more than the aggregate of their pooled eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory. There is an option to increase the maximum amount available by up to 50 million, but such increases are only permitted when no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing and, if such increase is permitted under the agreement that governs the terms of any other material indebtedness (i.e. exceeding 75 million). In practice, this will also depend on whether the inventory and accounts receivable allow this.
The European ABL Facility requires us to maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0:1.0 when the availability under the European ABL Facility is less than the greater of (i) 10% of the aggregate commitments under European ABL Facility and (ii) 15 million. The European ABL Facility also contains limitations on our ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness and liens, make distributions, investments, restrict payments of distributions and dividends, by borrower subsidiaries, sell assets, prepay or amend the terms of certain indebtedness, engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations and certain transactions with affiliates and change our lines of business. The European ABL Facility contains events of default including for failure to make payments under the European ABL Facility, breaches of covenants (subject to a 30 day grace period after which written notice needs to be served by the administrative agent on the administrative borrower in the case of certain covenants and in certain circumstances), cross-default to other material indebtedness (i.e., in excess of 10 million), material unstayed judgments, certain ERISA, bankruptcy and insolvency events, failure of guarantees and change of control.
The interest rate for revolving loans under the European ABL Facility is based on (i) an IBOR rate plus (ii) an applicable margin of 1.75% to 2.25%, depending on the amount of availability we have under the European ABL Facility. The loans under the European ABL Facility mature on March 24, 2019.
Senior Subordinated Notes
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017
On October 11, 2007, we issued $600 million aggregate principal amount of 12.0% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, or the 2017 Subordinated Notes, pursuant to the indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007, as amended or supplemented through the date hereof, or the 2017 Subordinated Notes Indenture, between Univar Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. The second supplemental indenture moved the maturity date of the 2017 Subordinated Notes from September 30, 2015 to September 30, 2017.
On March 27, 2013, the interest rate on the 2017 Subordinated Notes was reduced from a 12.0% to a 10.5% per annum fixed rate.
150
The 2017 Subordinated Notes are unsecured subordinated obligations of the Company. The 2017 Subordinated Notes pay interest at a rate of 10.5% per annum, payable quarterly to holders of record on the record date immediately preceding the interest payment date. The 2017 Subordinated Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company at a price of 103% of the aggregate principal amount, if redeemed prior to January 1, 2015, and at a price of 100% of the aggregate principal amount if redeemed thereafter.
Upon certain change of control events, the holders of the 2017 Subordinated Notes have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of its 2017 Subordinated Notes at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2017 Subordinated Notes. We do not expect this offering to result in a change of control event triggering a repurchase right for the holders of the 2017 Subordinated Notes.
The 2017 Subordinated Notes Indenture contains, among others, customary covenants with respect to incurrence of indebtedness, restricted payments, dividend and other payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries, asset sales, transactions with affiliates, change of control and merger, consolidation and sale of certain assets. As of December 31, 2013, we believe we are in compliance with these covenants.
The 2017 Subordinated Notes are subordinated in right of payment to obligations under the Senior Term Facility, the Senior ABL Facility and the European ABL Facility.
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018
On December 20, 2010, we issued $400 million aggregate principal amount of 12.0% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018, or the 2018 Subordinated Notes, pursuant to the indenture, dated as of December 20, 2010 as amended or supplemented through the date hereof, or the 2018 Subordinated Notes Indenture, between Univar Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.
On March 27, 2013, the Company made a $350.0 million prepayment on the $400.0 million principal balance of the 2018 Subordinated Notes. The interest rate on the remaining 2018 Subordinated Notes was reduced from a 12.0% to a 10.5% per annum fixed rate.
The 2018 Subordinated Notes are unsecured subordinated obligations of the Company and will mature on June 30, 2018. The 2018 Subordinated Notes pay interest at a rate of 10.5% per annum, payable quarterly to holders of record on the record date immediately preceding the interest payment date. The 2018 Subordinated Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company at a price of 103% of the aggregate principal amount, if redeemed prior to December 20, 2014, and at a price of 100% of the aggregate principal amount if redeemed thereafter.
Upon certain change of control events, the holders of the 2018 Subordinated Notes have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of its 2018 Subordinated Notes at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Subordinated Notes. We do not expect this offering to result in a change of control event triggering a repurchase right for the holders of the 2018 Subordinated Notes.
The 2018 Subordinated Notes Indenture contains, among others, customary covenants with respect to incurrence of indebtedness, restricted payments, dividend and other payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries, asset sales, transactions with affiliates, change of control and merger, consolidation and sale of certain assets. As of December 31, 2013, we believe we are in compliance with these covenants.
The 2018 Subordinated Notes are subordinated in right of payment to obligations under the Senior Term Facility, the Senior ABL Facility and the European ABL Facility.
151
U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS
The following is a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) that purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and hold such common stock as a capital asset. This discussion is based on the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or to different interpretation. This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to specific Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances or to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (such as banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities or other Non-U.S. Holders that generally mark their securities to market for U.S. federal income tax purposes, foreign governments, international organizations, tax-exempt entities, certain former citizens or residents of the United States, or Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion or other integrated transaction). This discussion does not address any U.S. state or local or non-U.S. tax considerations or any U.S. federal gift or alternative minimum tax considerations.
As used in this discussion, the term Non-U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is:
| an individual who is neither a citizen nor a resident of the United States; |
| a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) that is not created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia; |
| an estate that is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on income from non-U.S. sources which is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States; or |
| a trust unless (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or (ii) it has in effect a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. |
If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes invests in our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to such investment will depend in part upon the status and activities of such entity and the particular partner. Any such entity should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to it and its partners relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.
PERSONS CONSIDERING AN INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME, ESTATE AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATING TO THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.
Distributions on Common Stock
If we make a distribution of cash or other property (other than certain pro rata distributions of our common stock or rights to acquire our common stock) in respect of a share of our common stock, the distribution generally will be treated as a dividend to the extent it is paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). If the amount of such distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess generally will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in such share of our common stock, and then as capital gain (which will be treated in the manner described below under Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock). Distributions treated as dividends on our common stock that are paid to or for the account
152
of a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate if provided by an applicable tax treaty and the Non-U.S. Holder provides the documentation (generally IRS Form W-8BEN) required to claim benefits under such tax treaty to the applicable withholding agent. A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.
If, however, a dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by a Non-U.S. Holder, such dividend generally will not be subject to the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax if such Non-U.S. Holder provides the appropriate documentation (generally, IRS Form W-8ECI) to the applicable withholding agent. Instead, such Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividend in substantially the same manner as a holder that is a U.S. person (except as provided by an applicable tax treaty). In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate if provided by an applicable tax treaty) on its effectively connected income for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments.
The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussion below under FATCA Withholding and Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.
Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock
A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock unless:
| such gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by such Non-U.S. Holder, in which event such Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such gain in substantially the same manner as a holder that is a U.S. person (except as provided by an applicable tax treaty) and, if it is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate if provided by an applicable tax treaty); |
| such Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of such sale, exchange or other disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which event such gain (net of certain U.S. source capital losses) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (except as provided by an applicable tax treaty); or |
| we are or have been a United States real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of (x) the five-year period ending on the date of such sale, exchange or other disposition and (y) such Non-U.S. Holders holding period with respect to such common stock, and certain other conditions are met. |
Generally, a corporation is a United States real property holding corporation if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We believe that we presently are not, and we do not presently anticipate that we will become, a United States real property holding corporation.
The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussion below under FATCA Withholding and Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.
FATCA Withholding
Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act provisions of the Code and related U.S. Treasury guidance (FATCA), a withholding tax of 30% will be imposed in certain circumstances on payments of (i) dividends on
153
our common stock on or after July 1, 2014, and (ii) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock on or after January 1, 2017. In the case of payments made to a foreign financial institution (such as a bank, a broker or an investment fund), as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary, this tax generally will be imposed, subject to certain exceptions, unless such institution (i) has agreed to (and does) comply with the requirements of an agreement with the United States (an FFI Agreement) or (ii) is required to (and does) comply with FATCA pursuant to applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a foreign jurisdiction (an IGA), in either case to, among other things, collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities or other relevant tax authorities certain information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution. In the case of payments made to a foreign entity that is not a financial institution (as a beneficial owner), the tax generally will be imposed, subject to certain exceptions, unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification (i) that it does not have any substantial U.S. owner (generally, any specified U.S. person that directly or indirectly owns more than a specified percentage of such entity), (ii) that identifies its substantial U.S. owners or (iii) that it is a direct reporting NFFE. If our common stock is held through a foreign financial institution that has agreed to comply with the requirements of an FFI Agreement, such foreign financial institution (or, in certain cases, a person paying amounts to such foreign financial institution) generally will be required, subject to certain exceptions, to withhold tax on payments of dividends and proceeds described above made to (i) a person (including an individual) that fails to comply with certain information requests or (ii) a foreign financial institution that has not agreed to comply with the requirements of an FFI Agreement, unless such foreign financial institution is required to (and does) comply with FATCA pursuant to applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an IGA. Each Non-U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the application of FATCA to the ownership and disposition of our common stock.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Amounts treated as payments of dividends on our common stock paid to a Non-U.S. Holder and the amount of any U.S. federal tax withheld from such payments generally must be reported annually to the IRS and to such Non-U.S. Holder by the applicable withholding agent.
The information reporting and backup withholding rules that apply to payments of dividends to certain U.S. persons generally will not apply to payments of dividends on our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder if such Non-U.S. Holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (generally by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption.
Proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to the information reporting and backup withholding rules that apply to payments to certain U.S. persons, provided that the proceeds are paid to the Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States. However, proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker with certain specified U.S. connections or a U.S. broker generally will be subject to these information reporting rules (but generally not to these backup withholding rules), even if the proceeds are paid to such Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States, unless such Non-U.S. Holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (generally by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to these information reporting and backup withholding rules unless such Non-U.S. Holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (generally by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holders U.S. federal income tax liability if the required information is furnished by such Non-U.S. Holder on a timely basis to the IRS.
154
U.S. Federal Estate Tax
Shares of our common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual Non-U.S. Holder at the time of such Non-U.S. Holders death will be included in such Non-U.S. Holders gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
155
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below have severally agreed to purchase from us the following respective number of shares of common stock at a public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:
Underwriter |
Number of
Shares |
|
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. |
||
Goldman, Sachs & Co. |
||
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner &
Smith
|
||
Barclays Capital Inc. |
||
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC |
||
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC |
||
Jefferies LLC |
||
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC |
||
|
||
Total |
||
|
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters obligation to purchase shares of common stock depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:
| the obligation to purchase all of the shares of common stock offered hereby (other than those shares of common stock covered by their option to purchase additional shares as described below), if any of the shares are purchased; |
| the representations and warranties made by us to the underwriters are true; |
| there is no material change in our business or the financial markets; and |
| customary closing documents are delivered to the underwriters. |
The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters right to reject any order in whole or in part.
At our request, the underwriters are reserving up to % of the shares of common stock for sale at the initial public offering price to our directors, officers and employees through a directed share program. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public in the public offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase these reserved shares. Any shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as other shares offered hereby.
Commissions and Expenses
The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The underwriting fee is the difference between the initial offering price to the public and the amount the underwriters pay us for the shares of common stock.
Per Share | Total | |||||||
No
Exercise |
Full
Exercise |
No
Exercise |
Full
Exercise |
|||||
Public Offering Price |
||||||||
Underwriting discounts and commissions |
||||||||
Paid by Univar Inc. |
156
The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $ per share. After the offering, the representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms.
The expenses of the offering that are payable by us are estimated to be approximately $ million (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions), including up to $ in connection with the qualification of the offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, by counsel to the underwriters.
Option to Purchase Additional Shares
We have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of shares at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be committed, so long as the conditions of the underwriting agreement are satisfied, to purchase a number of additional shares of common stock proportionate to that underwriters initial commitment as indicated in the preceding table, and we will be obligated to sell the additional shares of common stock to the underwriters.
No Sales of Similar Securities
We and our directors, executive officers and stockholders holding more than % of our common stock prior to this offering have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. In our case, this agreement will not apply in the case of (i) the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, (ii) any shares of common stock issued by us upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in this prospectus, (iii) any shares of common stock issued or options to purchase common stock granted pursuant to existing employee benefit plans referred to in this prospectus, (iv) any shares of common stock issued pursuant to any non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan and referred to in this prospectus, (v) the filing of any registration statement on Form S-8, or (vi) the entry into an agreement providing for the issuance of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to such an agreement, in connection with (a) the acquisition by us or any of our subsidiaries of the securities, business, property or other assets of another person or entity, including pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by us in connection with such acquisition or (b) joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement, provided that the aggregate number of shares of common stock issued or issuable pursuant to this clause (vi) does not exceed 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock. See Shares of Common Stock Eligible for Future Sale for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.
In the event that either (x) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (y) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, unless waive, in writing, such extension.
157
Offering Price Determination
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was negotiated among us and the representatives. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, the representatives considered:
| the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete; |
| our financial information; |
| the ability of our management, present stage of development and our business potential and earning prospects; |
| the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering; and |
| the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded shares of generally comparable companies. |
Indemnification
We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, liabilities arising from breaches of the representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.
Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
The underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of our common stock, in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.
| Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. |
| A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short position. This short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of shares they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, and/or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through their option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. |
| Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of our common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed to cover syndicate short positions. |
| Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions. |
158
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Electronic Distribution
In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, certain of the underwriters may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of its Internet subscription customers. Such underwriters may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. A prospectus in electronic format is being made available on Internet web sites maintained by one or more of the bookrunners of this offering and may be made available on web sites maintained by other underwriters. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriters web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which the prospectus forms a part.
Listing
We intend to apply to list our shares of common stock on the NYSE under the symbol UNVR.
Discretionary Sales
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts.
Stamp Taxes
Purchasers of the shares of our common stock offered in this prospectus may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus. Accordingly, we urge you to consult a tax advisor with respect to whether you may be required to pay those taxes or charges, as well as any other tax consequences that may arise under the laws of the country of purchase.
Relationships
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they may receive customary fees and expenses. For example, affiliates of certain of the underwriters serve as the administrative agent and collateral agent with respect to each of our Senior Term Facility, Senior ABL Facility and European ABL Facility, and affiliates of certain of the underwriters have served other arranger and agent roles and as lenders with respect to these facilities. As of June 30, 2014 approximately $291 million of the Term Loans and $46 million of our Senior ABL Facility were held by affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co., and affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. are the sole holders of our $600 million of outstanding 2017 Subordinated Notes and are holders of approximately $30 million of our outstanding 2018 Subordinated Notes.
159
In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments including serving as counterparties to certain derivative and hedging arrangements and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:
A. | to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive; |
B. | to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or |
C. | in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive. |
Each person in a Relevant Member State (other than a Relevant Member State where there is a Permitted Public Offer) who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that (A) it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive, and (B) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the Subscribers has been given to the offer or resale. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a nondiscretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
The Company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representation, acknowledgement and agreement.
This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances
160
in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.
For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression an offer to the public in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom
Each underwriter agrees that:
(a) | it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company; and |
(b) | it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom. |
Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong
The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to professional investors within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a prospectus within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to professional investors within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire
161
share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan
The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each Underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia
No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or the ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.
Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are sophisticated investors (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), professional investors (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act), or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.
The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.
This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or the DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other
162
person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland
We have not and will not register with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, or the FINMA, as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 of the Federal Act on Collective Investment Scheme of 23 June 2006, as amended, or the CISA, and accordingly the securities being offered pursuant to this prospectus have not and will not be approved, and may not be licenseable, with FINMA. Therefore, the securities have not been authorized for distribution by FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 CISA and the securities offered hereby may not be offered to the public, as this term is defined in Article 3 CISA, in or from Switzerland. The securities may solely be offered to qualified investors, (as this term is defined in Article 10 CISA) and in the circumstances set out in Article 3 of the Ordinance on Collective Investment Scheme of 22 November 2006, as amended, or the CISO, such that there is no public offer. Investors, however, do not benefit from protection under CISA or CISO or supervision by FINMA. This prospectus and any other materials relating to the securities are strictly personal and confidential to each offeree and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This prospectus may only be used by those qualified investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offer described herein and may neither directly or indirectly be distributed or made available to any person or entity other than its recipients. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in Switzerland or from Switzerland. This prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations. We have not applied for a listing of the securities on the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated securities market in Switzerland, and consequently, the information presented in this prospectus does not necessarily comply with the information standards set out in the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Qatar
The shares described in this prospectus have not been, and will not be, offered, sold or delivered, at any time, directly or indirectly in the State of Qatar in a manner that would constitute a public offering. This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by the Qatar Financial Markets Authority or Qatar Central Bank and may not be publicly distributed. This prospectus is intended for the original recipient only and must not be provided to any other person. This prospectus is not for general circulation in the State of Qatar and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose.
163
The validity of the common stock offered in this offering will be passed upon for us by Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, New York, New York. Various legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. Some items are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or any other document referred to are summaries of the material terms of the respective contract, agreement or other document. With respect to each of these contracts, agreements or other documents filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, reference is made to the exhibits for a more complete description of the matter involved.
A copy of the registration statement, and the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of these materials may be obtained by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SECs website is http://www.sec.gov.
Upon the completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, accordingly, will file annual reports containing financial statements audited by an independent public accounting company, quarterly reports containing unaudited financial statements, current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at the address noted above. You will also be able to obtain copies of this material from the Public Reference Room of the SEC as described above, or inspect them without charge at the SECs website. Upon completion of this offering, you will also be able to access, free of charge, our reports filed with the SEC (for example, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and our Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those forms) through the Investor Relations portion of our Internet website (http://www.univar.com). Reports filed with or furnished to the SEC will be available as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the SEC. Our website is included in this prospectus as an inactive textual reference only. The information found on our website is not part of this prospectus or any report filed with or furnished to the SEC.
164
The consolidated financial statements of Univar Inc. at December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon included elsewhere in this prospectus, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
165
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Univar Inc.
Page | ||||
Unaudited interim consolidated financial statements | ||||
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 |
F-1 | |||
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 |
F-2 | |||
F-3 | ||||
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 |
F-4 | |||
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 |
F-5 | |||
F-6 | ||||
Audited consolidated financial statements | ||||
F-23 | ||||
F-24 | ||||
F-25 | ||||
F-26 | ||||
F-27 | ||||
F-28 | ||||
F-29 |
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(unaudited)
Three months ended June 30, | ||||||||||||
(in millions, except per share data) |
Note | 2014 | 2013 | |||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 2,861.4 | $ | 2,795.2 | ||||||||
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) |
2,360.9 | 2,311.6 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Gross profit |
500.5 | 483.6 | ||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling |
93.6 | 80.0 | ||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative |
230.5 | 245.6 | ||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net |
4 | 25.6 | (0.5 | ) | ||||||||
Depreciation |
30.6 | 32.0 | ||||||||||
Amortization |
24.1 | 24.5 | ||||||||||
Impairment charges |
6 | | 62.1 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total operating expenses |
404.4 | 443.7 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Operating income |
96.1 | 39.9 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Other (expense) income: |
||||||||||||
Interest income |
2.5 | 2.7 | ||||||||||
Interest expense |
(67.3 | ) | (66.8 | ) | ||||||||
Other expense, net |
7 | (2.0 | ) | (2.8 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total other expense |
(66.8 | ) | (66.9 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
29.3 | (27.0 | ) | |||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
8 | 9.8 | (10.0 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 19.5 | $ | (17.0 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income (loss) per common share: |
||||||||||||
Basic |
9 | $ | 0.10 | $ | (0.09 | ) | ||||||
Diluted |
9 | 0.10 | (0.09 | ) | ||||||||
Weighted average common shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||
Basic |
9 | 197.9 | 197.0 | |||||||||
Diluted |
9 | 199.2 | 197.0 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-1
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(unaudited)
Six months ended June 30, | ||||||||||||
(in millions, except per share data) |
Note | 2014 | 2013 | |||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 5,377.8 | $ | 5,285.7 | ||||||||
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) |
4,404.9 | 4,337.8 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Gross profit |
972.9 | 947.9 | ||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling |
181.4 | 162.7 | ||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative |
469.5 | 499.8 | ||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net |
4 | 47.3 | 20.4 | |||||||||
Depreciation |
61.2 | 60.9 | ||||||||||
Amortization |
47.8 | 49.2 | ||||||||||
Impairment charges |
6 | | 62.1 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total operating expenses |
807.2 | 855.1 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Operating income |
165.7 | 92.8 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Other (expense) income: |
||||||||||||
Interest income |
4.9 | 5.3 | ||||||||||
Interest expense |
(133.6 | ) | (168.3 | ) | ||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
(1.2 | ) | (2.5 | ) | ||||||||
Other expense, net |
7 | (3.9 | ) | (12.8 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total other expense |
(133.8 | ) | (178.3 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
31.9 | (85.5 | ) | |||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
8 | 15.2 | (15.3 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 16.7 | $ | (70.2 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income (loss) per common share: |
||||||||||||
Basic |
9 | $ | 0.08 | $ | (0.36 | ) | ||||||
Diluted |
9 | 0.08 | (0.36 | ) | ||||||||
Weighted average common shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||
Basic |
9 | 197.8 | 197.0 | |||||||||
Diluted |
9 | 198.5 | 197.0 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-2
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(unaudited)
Three months ended June 30, | ||||||||||||
(in millions) |
Note | 2014 | 2013 | |||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 19.5 | $ | (17.0 | ) | |||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: |
||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation |
10 | 41.7 | (46.8 | ) | ||||||||
Pension and other postretirement benefits adjustment |
10 | (1.9 | ) | (1.9 | ) | |||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
10 | (2.4 | ) | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total other comprehensive income (loss) |
37.4 | (48.7 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Comprehensive income (loss) |
$ | 56.9 | $ | (65.7 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
Six months ended June 30, | ||||||||||||
(in millions) |
Note | 2014 | 2013 | |||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 16.7 | $ | (70.2 | ) | |||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: |
||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation |
10 | 2.2 | (75.7 | ) | ||||||||
Pension and other postretirement benefits adjustment |
10 | (3.7 | ) | (3.7 | ) | |||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
10 | (2.3 | ) | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total other comprehensive loss |
(3.8 | ) | (79.4 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Comprehensive income (loss) |
$ | 12.9 | $ | (149.6 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-3
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(unaudited)
(in millions, except share and per share data) |
Note |
June 30,
2014 |
December 31,
2013 |
|||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 163.2 | $ | 180.4 | ||||||||
Trade accounts receivable, net |
1,657.1 | 1,277.0 | ||||||||||
Inventories |
988.2 | 893.5 | ||||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
169.5 | 159.5 | ||||||||||
Deferred tax assets |
48.6 | 39.5 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total current assets |
3,026.6 | 2,549.9 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
12 | 1,078.9 | 1,097.1 | |||||||||
Goodwill |
1,786.1 | 1,788.4 | ||||||||||
Intangible assets, net |
12 | 635.3 | 682.1 | |||||||||
Deferred tax assets |
22.1 | 19.3 | ||||||||||
Other assets |
76.8 | 80.2 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 6,625.8 | $ | 6,217.0 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Liabilities and stockholders equity |
||||||||||||
Current liabilities: |
||||||||||||
Short-term financing |
11 | $ | 83.6 | $ | 97.5 | |||||||
Trade accounts payable |
1,337.8 | 1,021.2 | ||||||||||
Current portion of long-term debt |
11 | 79.7 | 79.7 | |||||||||
Accrued compensation |
79.7 | 70.1 | ||||||||||
Other accrued expenses |
278.1 | 321.9 | ||||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
4.8 | 0.5 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total current liabilities |
1,863.7 | 1,590.9 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Long-term debt |
11 | 3,785.7 | 3,657.1 | |||||||||
Pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities |
218.1 | 241.3 | ||||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
171.7 | 162.1 | ||||||||||
Other long-term liabilities |
181.8 | 184.3 | ||||||||||
Commitment and contingencies |
15 | | | |||||||||
Stockholders equity: |
||||||||||||
Common stock, $0.000000014 par value; 734,625,648 shares authorized; 199,379,445 and 198,364,280 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively |
| | ||||||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
1,454.6 | 1,444.0 | ||||||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(964.3 | ) | (981.0 | ) | ||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
10 | (85.5 | ) | (81.7 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total stockholders equity |
404.8 | 381.3 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
$ | 6,625.8 | $ | 6,217.0 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-4
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(unaudited)
Six months ended June 30, | ||||||||||||
(in millions) |
Note | 2014 | 2013 | |||||||||
Operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 16.7 | $ | (70.2 | ) | |||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used by) provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
109.0 | 110.1 | ||||||||||
Impairment charges |
| 62.1 | ||||||||||
Amortization of deferred financing fees and debt discount |
8.2 | 14.6 | ||||||||||
Amortization of pension credit from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) |
10 | (6.0 | ) | (6.0 | ) | |||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
11 | 1.2 | 2.5 | |||||||||
Contingent consideration fair value adjustment |
(1.0 | ) | (15.1 | ) | ||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
6.2 | (26.6 | ) | |||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense |
4 | 7.6 | 6.6 | |||||||||
Other |
1.4 | (0.1 | ) | |||||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||||||
Trade accounts receivable, net |
(374.8 | ) | (346.1 | ) | ||||||||
Inventories |
(94.5 | ) | 28.5 | |||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
(7.5 | ) | 24.9 | |||||||||
Trade accounts payable |
311.2 | 397.0 | ||||||||||
Pensions and other postretirement benefit liabilities |
(23.7 | ) | (26.8 | ) | ||||||||
Other, net |
(29.9 | ) | (47.0 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net cash (used by) provided by operating activities |
(75.9 | ) | 108.4 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Investing activities: |
||||||||||||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment |
(48.4 | ) | (83.6 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment |
1.7 | 8.5 | ||||||||||
Purchases of businesses, net of cash acquired |
| (84.7 | ) | |||||||||
Other |
(1.0 | ) | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net cash used by investing activities |
(47.7 | ) | (159.8 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Financing activities: |
||||||||||||
Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt |
11 | 163.3 | 519.0 | |||||||||
Payments on long-term debt |
11 | (39.8 | ) | (451.3 | ) | |||||||
Short-term financing, net |
11 | (11.9 | ) | 1.5 | ||||||||
Financing fees paid |
11 | (5.0 | ) | (12.1 | ) | |||||||
Other |
(0.6 | ) | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
106.0 | 57.1 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
0.4 | (22.4 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents |
(17.2 | ) | (16.7 | ) | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
180.4 | 220.9 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
$ | 163.2 | $ | 204.2 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information |
||||||||||||
Non-cash activities: |
||||||||||||
Additions of property, plant and equipment included in trade accounts payable and other accrued expenses |
$ | 4.7 | $ | 6.7 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-5
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)
1. Nature of operations
Headquartered in Downers Grove, Illinois, Univar Inc. (the Company or Univar) is a leading global distributor of commodity and specialty chemicals. The Companys operations are structured into four operating segments that represent the geographic areas under which the Company manages its business:
| Univar USA (USA) |
| Univar Canada (Canada) |
| Univar Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA) |
| Rest of World (Rest of World) |
Rest of World includes certain developing businesses in Latin America (including Brazil and Mexico) and the Asia-Pacific region.
2. Significant accounting policies
Basis of presentation
The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Univar Inc. (Univar or the Company) have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (US GAAP) as applicable to interim financial reporting. Unless otherwise indicated, all financial data presented in these condensed consolidated financial statements are expressed in US dollars. These condensed consolidated financial statements, in the Companys opinion, include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals necessary for a fair presentation of the condensed consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows. The results of operations for the periods presented are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that may be expected for the full year. These interim unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the 2013 audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.
Basis of consolidation
The condensed consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are consolidated if the Company has a controlling financial interest, which may exist based on ownership of a majority of the voting interest, or based on the Companys determination that it is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity or if otherwise required by US GAAP. The Company did not have any interests in variable interest entities during the periods presented in these condensed consolidated financial statements. All intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
Use of estimates
The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and disclosed in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications were made to prior year balances to conform to current year presentation.
F-6
Accounting pronouncements issued and adopted
In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2013-11 requiring the standard presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a carryforward related to net operating losses or other tax credits exist. The standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013 for public companies. For nonpublic entities, the effective dates are for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014, although early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted the standard for its year beginning after December 15, 2013, making this change effective as of January 1, 2014. The Company completed an analysis of all jurisdictions in which tax attribute carryforwards and unrecognized tax benefits existed, noting that no change in presentation was required. In addition, there was no impact to the Companys December 31, 2013 balance sheet as a result of adopting ASU 2013-11.
Accounting pronouncements issued and not yet adopted
In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08 Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosure of Disposals of Components of an Entity, which changes the criteria for reporting discontinued operations. This guidance will be applied prospectively and is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014 for public companies. For nonpublic companies, this guidance will be applied prospectively within annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted, but only for disposals (or classifications as held for sale) that have not been reported in financial statements previously issued or available for issuance. The Company believes the guidance will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and contemplates adoption of the guidance during the first quarter of 2015.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 605, Revenue Recognition. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. For public companies, this guidance is effective and will be applied for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016. For nonpublic companies, this guidance is effective and will be applied for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and for interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is not permitted. The guidance is to be applied using one of two retrospective application methods. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standard update on the internal processes, operating results, and financial reporting. The impact is currently not known or reasonably estimable.
3. Employee Benefit Plans
The following table summarizes the components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of operations:
Domestic - Defined Benefit Pension Plans | ||||||||||||||||
Three months ended
June 30, |
Six months ended
June 30, |
|||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2014 | 2013 | 2014 | 2013 | ||||||||||||
Service cost |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Interest cost |
7.9 | 7.2 | 15.8 | 14.3 | ||||||||||||
Expected return on plan assets |
(8.0 | ) | (7.7 | ) | (16.0 | ) | (15.4 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net periodic benefit credit |
$ | (0.1 | ) | $ | (0.5 | ) | $ | (0.2 | ) | $ | (1.1 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
Foreign - Defined Benefit Pension Plans | ||||||||||||||||
Three months ended
June 30, |
Six months ended
June 30, |
|||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2014 | 2013 | 2014 | 2013 | ||||||||||||
Service cost |
$ | 1.8 | $ | 2.2 | $ | 3.6 | $ | 4.5 | ||||||||
Interest cost |
6.0 | 5.4 | 11.9 | 10.9 | ||||||||||||
Expected return on plan assets |
(7.2 | ) | (6.4 | ) | (14.3 | ) | (12.8 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net periodic benefit cost |
$ | 0.6 | $ | 1.2 | $ | 1.2 | $ | 2.6 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Postretirement Benefits | ||||||||||||||||
Three months ended
June 30, |
Six months ended
June 30, |
|||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2014 | 2013 | 2014 | 2013 | ||||||||||||
Service cost |
$ | 0.1 | $ | 0.1 | $ | 0.1 | $ | 0.1 | ||||||||
Interest cost |
| | 0.1 | 0.1 | ||||||||||||
Prior service credits |
(3.0 | ) | (3.0 | ) | (6.0 | ) | (6.0 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net periodic benefit credit |
$ | (2.9 | ) | $ | (2.9 | ) | $ | (5.8 | ) | $ | (5.8 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. Other operating expenses, net
Other operating expenses, net consisted of the following (gains) losses:
Three months ended
June 30, |
Six months ended
June 30 |
|||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2014 | 2013 | 2014 | 2013 | ||||||||||||
Acquisition and integration related expenses |
$ | | $ | 3.2 | $ | 0.5 | $ | 4.7 | ||||||||
Contingent consideration fair value adjustments |
(1.0 | ) | (16.5 | ) | (1.0 | ) | (15.1 | ) | ||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense |
4.0 | 3.2 | 7.6 | 6.6 | ||||||||||||
Redundancy and restructuring |
16.1 | 10.5 | 28.1 | 22.6 | ||||||||||||
Advisory fees paid to CVC and CD&R(1) |
1.6 | 1.3 | 3.0 | 2.6 | ||||||||||||
Other |
4.9 | (2.2 | ) | 9.1 | (1.0 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 25.6 | $ | (0.5 | ) | $ | 47.3 | $ | 20.4 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Significant stockholders CVC Capital Partners (CVC) and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC (CD&R). |
5. Redundancy and restructuring
Redundancy and restructuring charges relate to the implementation of several regional strategic initiatives aimed at streamlining the Companys cost structure and improving its operations primarily within the USA and EMEA operating segments. These actions primarily resulted in workforce reductions, lease termination costs, relocation of the Companys headquarters, and other facility rationalization costs.
The following table summarizes activity related to accrued liabilities associated with redundancy and restructuring:
(in millions) |
12/31/2013 |
Charge to
earnings |
Cash
paid |
Non-cash
and other |
06/30/2014 | |||||||||||||||
Employee termination costs |
$ | 26.7 | $ | 14.1 | $ | (12.5 | ) | $ | | $ | 28.3 | |||||||||
Facility exit costs(1) |
7.8 | 9.9 | (1.3 | ) | | 16.4 | ||||||||||||||
Other exit costs |
0.3 | 4.1 | (3.3 | ) | (0.3 | ) | 0.8 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
$ | 34.8 | $ | 28.1 | $ | (17.1 | ) | $ | (0.3 | ) | $ | 45.5 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
(1) | Facility exit costs were revised by $8.8 million due to changes in estimated sub-lease income and is included within current period redundancy and restructuring charges in other operating expenses, net in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. |
(in millions) |
1/1/2013 |
Charge to
earnings |
Cash
paid |
Non-cash
and other |
12/31/2013 | |||||||||||||||
Employee termination costs |
$ | 20.6 | $ | 47.3 | $ | (41.2 | ) | $ | | $ | 26.7 | |||||||||
Facility exit costs |
0.3 | 14.0 | (8.9 | ) | 2.4 | 7.8 | ||||||||||||||
Other exit costs |
1.1 | 4.5 | (5.3 | ) | | 0.3 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
$ | 22.0 | $ | 65.8 | $ | (55.4 | ) | $ | 2.4 | $ | 34.8 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redundancy and restructuring liabilities of $31.4 million were classified as current in other accrued expenses in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2014. The long-term portion of redundancy and restructuring liabilities of $14.1 million were recorded in other long-term liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets and primarily consists of facility exit costs that are expected to be paid within the next six years.
While the Company believes the recorded redundancy and restructuring liabilities are adequate, revisions to current estimates may be recorded in future periods based on new information as it becomes available. The Company expects to continue executing initiatives to optimize its operating margin. As such, the Company expects further expenses related to workforce reductions, lease termination costs, and other facility rationalization costs when those restructuring plans are finalized and related to expenses are estimable.
6. Impairment charges
The impairment charges of $62.1 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 primarily related to the write-off of capitalized software costs related to a global enterprise resource planning (ERP) system. The impairment was triggered by the Companys decision to abandon the implementation of this ERP system.
7. Other expense, net
Other expense, net consisted of the following (gains) losses:
Three months ended
June 30, |
Six months ended
June 30, |
|||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2014 | 2013 | 2014 | 2013 | ||||||||||||
Foreign currency transactions |
$ | (1.3 | ) | $ | 4.5 | $ | 0.1 | $ | 7.8 | |||||||
Undesignated foreign currency derivative instruments |
1.7 | (1.9 | ) | 2.4 | (0.9 | ) | ||||||||||
Ineffective portion of cash flow hedges |
0.3 | | 0.1 | | ||||||||||||
Debt refinancing costs |
| 0.2 | | 5.9 | ||||||||||||
Other |
1.3 | | 1.3 | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 2.0 | $ | 2.8 | $ | 3.9 | $ | 12.8 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. Income Taxes
The Companys tax provision for interim periods is determined using an estimate of the annual effective tax rate, adjusted for discrete items, if any, that are taken into account in the relevant period. Each quarter an estimate of the annual effective tax rate is updated should management revise its forecast of earnings based upon the Companys operating results. If there is a change in the estimated effective annual tax rate, a cumulative adjustment is made. The quarterly tax provision and forecast estimate of the annual effective tax rate may be subject to volatility due to several factors, including the complexity in forecasting jurisdictional earnings before tax, the rate of realization of forecasting earnings or losses by quarter, acquisitions, divestitures, foreign currency gains and losses, pension gains and losses, etc.
F-9
The income tax expense for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 was $9.8 million and $15.2 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 33.4% and 47.6%, respectively. The Companys effective tax rate for the three months ended June 30, 2014 was lower than the US federal statutory federal rate of 35.0% primarily due to the mix in earnings in multiple jurisdictions. The Companys effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2014 was higher than the US federal statutory federal rate primarily due to the mix in earnings in multiple jurisdictions, offset by losses incurred in certain foreign jurisdictions for which a tax benefit may not be recognized.
The income tax benefit for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 was $10.0 million and $15.3 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 37.0% and 17.9%, respectively. The Companys tax provision for the three months ended June 30, 2013 was negatively impacted by an unfavorable discrete item for a valuation allowance on losses in foreign jurisdictions previously benefitted, offset by a favorable discrete item reflecting a reduction in the estimate of the contingent consideration liability associated with the 2012 Magnablend acquisition. The Companys effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was less than the US federal statutory federal rate of 35.0% due to the mix of earnings in multiple tax jurisdictions, a nontaxable gain resulting from a change in contingent consideration, and the tax benefit resulting from negative earnings, partially offset by losses incurred in foreign jurisdictions for which a tax benefit may not be recognized.
In 2007, the outstanding shares of Univar N.V., the ultimate parent of the Univar group, were acquired by investment funds advised by CVC. To facilitate the acquisition of Univar N.V. by CVC, a Canadian restructuring was completed. In 2010, the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) initially asserted that certain steps in the restructuring resulted in a $44.5 million (Canadian) withholding tax liability plus penalties pursuant to the General Anti-Avoidance Rule. In February 2013, the CRA issued a Notice of Assessment for withholding tax of $29.4 million (Canadian). The Company filed its Notice of Objection to the Assessment in April 2013 and its Notice of Appeal of the Assessment in July 2013. In November 2013, the CRAs Reply to the Companys Notice of Appeal was filed with the Tax Court of Canada. On March 31, 2014, the Company received a proposal letter from the CRA for tax years 2008 and 2009 disallowing interest expense in the amount of $64.8 million (tax effected $17.9 million) (Canadian) and $58.0 million (tax effected $16.8 million) (Canadian), respectively, and a departure tax liability of $14.9 million (Canadian). The proposal letter was subsequently revised by the CRA on July 30, 2014 to reduce the departure tax liability to $9.0 million (Canadian). The proposal letter reflects the additional tax liability and interest relating to those tax years should the CRA be successful in its assertion of the General Anti-Avoidance Rule relating to the Canadian restructuring described above. As of June 30, 2014, the total tax liability assessed to date, including interest of $24.8 million (Canadian), is $97.9 million (Canadian). The Company has not recorded any liabilities for these matters in its financial statements, as it believes it is more likely than not that the Companys position will be sustained.
F-10
9. Earnings per share
The following table presents the basic and diluted income (loss) per share computations:
Three months ended June 30, | Six months ended June 30 | |||||||||||||||
(in millions, except per share data) |
2014 | 2013 | 2014 | 2013 | ||||||||||||
Basic: |
||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 19.5 | $ | (17.0 | ) | $ | 16.7 | $ | (70.2 | ) | ||||||
Weighted average common shares outstanding |
197.9 | 197.0 | 197.8 | 197.0 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Basic income (loss) per common share |
$ | 0.10 | $ | (0.09 | ) | $ | 0.08 | $ | (0.36 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Diluted: |
||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 19.5 | $ | (17.0 | ) | $ | 16.7 | $ | (70.2 | ) | ||||||
Weighted average common shares outstanding |
197.9 | 197.0 | 197.8 | 197.0 | ||||||||||||
Effect of dilutive securities: |
||||||||||||||||
Stock compensation plans(1) |
1.3 | | 0.7 | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Weighted average common shares outstandingdilutive |
199.2 | 197.0 | 198.5 | 197.0 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Diluted income (loss) per common share |
$ | 0.10 | $ | (0.09 | ) | $ | 0.08 | $ | (0.36 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Stock options to purchase 3.5 million and 10.4 million shares of common stock and restricted stock of nil and 1.0 million were outstanding during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Stock options to purchase 5.7 million and 10.3 million shares of common stock and restricted stock of nil and 1.0 million were outstanding during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, but were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share as the impact of these options and restricted stock would have been anti-dilutive. |
10. Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
The following tables present the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component, net of tax:
(in millions) |
Cash flow
hedges |
Defined
benefit pension items |
Currency
translation items |
Total | ||||||||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2013 |
$ | (2.8 | ) | $ | 17.6 | $ | (96.5 | ) | $ | (81.7 | ) | |||||
Other comprehensive gain (loss) before reclassifications |
(4.1 | ) | | 2.2 | (1.9 | ) | ||||||||||
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) |
1.8 | (3.7 | ) | | (1.9 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income(1) |
(2.3 | ) | (3.7 | ) | 2.2 | (3.8 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance as of June 30, 2014 |
$ | (5.1 | ) | $ | 13.9 | $ | (94.3 | ) | $ | (85.5 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2012 |
$ | | $ | 24.6 | $ | (26.0 | ) | $ | (1.4 | ) | ||||||
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications |
| | (75.7 | ) | (75.7 | ) | ||||||||||
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) |
| (3.7 | ) | | (3.7 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net current period other comprehensive loss(2) |
| (3.7 | ) | (75.7 | ) | (79.4 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance as of June 30, 2013 |
$ | | $ | 20.9 | $ | (101.7 | ) | $ | (80.8 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-11
(1) | The losses on cash flow hedges are net of tax of $1.3 million and currency translation items are net of tax of nil. |
(2) | The currency translation items are net of tax of $0.3 million. |
The following is a summary of the amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to net income (loss):
(in millions) |
Three months ended
June 30, 2014(1) |
Three months ended
June 30, 2013(1) |
Location of impact on
statement of operations |
|||||||
Amortization of defined benefit pension items: |
||||||||||
Prior service credits |
$ | (3.0 | ) | $ | (3.0 | ) |
Warehousing,
selling and administrative |
|||
Tax expense |
1.1 | 1.1 |
Income tax expense
(benefit) |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net of tax |
(1.9 | ) | (1.9 | ) | ||||||
Cash flow hedges: |
||||||||||
Interest rate swap contracts |
1.4 | | Interest expense | |||||||
Tax benefit |
(0.5 | ) | |
Income tax expense
(benefit) |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net of tax |
0.9 | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total reclassifications for the period |
$ | (1.0 | ) | $ | (1.9 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
(in millions) |
Six months ended
June 30, 2014(1) |
Six months ended
June 30, 2013(1) |
Location of impact on
statement of operations |
|||||||
Amortization of defined benefit pension items: |
||||||||||
Prior service credits |
$ | (6.0 | ) | $ | (6.0 | ) |
Warehousing,
selling and administrative |
|||
Tax expense |
2.3 | 2.3 |
Income tax expense
(benefit) |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net of tax |
(3.7 | ) | (3.7 | ) | ||||||
Cash flow hedges: |
||||||||||
Interest rate swap contracts |
2.8 | | Interest expense | |||||||
Tax benefit |
(1.0 | ) | |
Income tax expense
(benefit) |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net of tax |
1.8 | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total reclassifications for the period |
$ | (1.9 | ) | $ | (3.7 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | Amounts in parentheses indicate credits to net income (loss) to the statements of operations. |
Refer to Note 3: Employee Benefit Plans for additional information regarding the amortization of defined benefit pension items and Note 14: Derivatives for cash flow hedging activity.
Foreign currency gains and losses relating to intercompany borrowings that are considered a part of the Companys investment in a foreign subsidiary are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Total foreign currency gains (losses) related to such intercompany borrowings were $8.0 million and $0.2 million
F-12
for the three month periods ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Total foreign currency gains (losses) related to such intercompany borrowings were $9.8 million and $(18.1) million for the six month periods ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
11. Debt
Short-term financing
Short-term financing consisted of the following:
(in millions) |
June 30,
2014 |
December 31,
2013 |
||||||
Amounts drawn under credit facilities |
$ | 42.4 | $ | 46.0 | ||||
Bank overdrafts |
41.2 | 51.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
$ | 83.6 | $ | 97.5 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The weighted average interest rate on short-term financing was 7.3% and 6.8% as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
Long-term debt
Long-term debt consisted of the following:
(in millions) |
June 30,
2014 |
December 31,
2013 |
||||||
Senior Term Loan Facilities: |
||||||||
Term B Loan due 2017, variable interest rate of 5.00% at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 |
$ | 2,697.2 | $ | 2,711.1 | ||||
Euro Tranche Term Loan due 2017, variable interest rate of 5.25% at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 |
175.2 | 177.0 | ||||||
Asset Backed Loan (ABL) Facilities: |
||||||||
North American ABL Facility due 2018, variable interest rate of 1.88% and 2.96% at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively |
231.9 | 68.5 | ||||||
North American ABL Term Loan due 2016, variable interest rate of 3.48% and 3.50% at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 |
75.0 | 100.0 | ||||||
European ABL Facility due 2019 (Euro ABL due 2019), variable interest rate of 2.08% at June 30, 2014 |
63.0 | | ||||||
European ABL Facility due 2016 (Euro ABL due 2016), variable interest rate of 2.67% at December 31, 2013 |
| 61.6 | ||||||
Senior Subordinated Notes: |
||||||||
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017, fixed interest rate of 10.50% at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 |
600.0 | 600.0 | ||||||
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018, fixed interest rate of 10.50% at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 |
50.0 | 50.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total long-term debt before discount |
3,892.3 | 3,768.2 | ||||||
Less: discount on debt |
(26.9 | ) | (31.4 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total long-term debt |
3,865.4 | 3,736.8 | ||||||
Less: current maturities |
(79.7 | ) | (79.7 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total long-term debt, excluding current maturities |
$ | 3,785.7 | $ | 3,657.1 | ||||
|
|
|
|
F-13
On March 24, 2014, certain of the Companys European subsidiaries (the Borrowers) entered into a five year 200 million Euro ABL Credit facility ($275.4 million). The Euro ABL is a revolving credit facility pursuant to which the Borrowers may request loan advances and make loan repayments until the maturity date of March 22, 2019. Loan advances may be made in multiple currencies. Each loan advance under this facility has a variable interest rate based on the current benchmark rate (IBOR) for that currency and a current credit spread of 2.00%. This credit spread is determined by a pricing grid that is based on average availability of the facility. The Euro ABL due 2019 is secured by the accounts receivable and inventory of the Borrowers and certain additional collateral. Simultaneously with the execution of the Euro ABL due 2019, certain of the Companys European subsidiaries terminated a 68 million secured asset-based lending credit facility maturing December 31, 2016. As a result of this termination, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of $1.2 million in the condensed consolidated statement of operations.
On February 22, 2013, the Company amended terms of the Term B Loan to borrow an additional $250.0 million on the existing Term B Loan, which is payable in installments of $7.0 million per quarter, with the remaining principal balance due on June 30, 2017. In addition, the Company issued a new Euro-denominated tranche in the amount of 130.0 million ($173.6 million). The Euro Tranche Term Loan has a variable interest rate based on the current benchmark rate (LIBOR) and a credit spread of 3.75%, with a LIBOR floor of 1.50% and is payable in installments of 0.3 million per quarter, with the remaining principal balance due on June 30, 2017. As a result of this refinancing, the Company recognized expenses of $6.2 million for third party and arranger fees in other expenses, net in the condensed consolidated statement of operations during fiscal year 2013.
On March 25, 2013, the Company modified its North American ABL Facility to increase the committed amount from $1.1 billion to $1.3 billion and extend the maturity date of the revolving credit lines from November 30, 2015 to March 23, 2018. The North American ABL Facility has a variable interest rate calculated as a function of the current benchmark rate (LIBOR) and a credit spread of 1.50%. This credit spread is determined by a pricing grid that is based on average combined availability of the facility. As a result of this refinancing, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $2.5 million. In addition, on March 25, 2013, the Company entered into a $100.0 million North American ABL Term Loan which matures on March 25, 2016 and is payable in installments of $12.5 million per quarter. The North American ABL Term Loan has a variable interest rate calculated as a function of the current benchmark rate (LIBOR) and a credit spread of 3.25%.
On March 27, 2013, the Company made a $350.0 million prepayment on the $400.0 million principal balance of the Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018. As a result of this prepayment, the Company wrote off a total of $6.1 million of unamortized deferred financing fees and discount, and paid a $21.0 million prepayment premium, both of which are included in interest expense. The interest rate on the remaining $650.0 million Senior Subordinated Notes was reduced from a 12.00% to a 10.50% per annum fixed rate.
On July 30, 2013, the Company entered into interest rate swap contracts with $2.0 billion in notional value under which the Company will pay a fixed interest rate and receive a variable interest rate related to the Term B Loan. Refer to Note 14: Derivatives for more information regarding the interest rate swap.
12. Supplemental balance sheet information
Property, plant and equipment, net
(in millions) |
June 30, 2014 | December 31, 2013 | ||||||
Property, plant and equipment, at cost |
$ | 1,692.6 | $ | 1,658.4 | ||||
Accumulated depreciation |
613.7 | 561.3 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
$ | 1,078.9 | $ | 1,097.1 | ||||
|
|
|
|
F-14
Intangible assets, net
The gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization of the Companys intangible assets were as follows:
June 30, 2014 | December 31, 2013 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
Gross |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Net | Gross |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Net | ||||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Customer relationships |
$ | 953.0 | $ | 360.8 | $ | 592.2 | $ | 959.8 | $ | 323.0 | $ | 636.8 | ||||||||||||
Trade names |
119.1 | 77.6 | 41.5 | 107.8 | 70.5 | 37.3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other |
47.6 | 46.0 | 1.6 | 50.8 | 42.8 | 8.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total intangible assets |
$ | 1,119.7 | $ | 484.4 | $ | 635.3 | $ | 1,118.4 | $ | 436.3 | $ | 682.1 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other intangible assets consist of supplier relationships, non-compete agreements and exclusive distribution rights.
Other accrued expenses
Other accrued expenses that were greater than five percent of total current liabilities consisted of customer prepayments and deposits, which were $36.1 million and $85.5 million as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The decrease of $49.4 million primarily relates to a decrease in customer prepayments related to the seasonality of the Canadian agriculture business.
13. Fair value measurements
Items measured at fair value on a recurring basis
The following table presents the Companys assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
June 30,
2014 |
December 31,
2013 |
June 30,
2014 |
December 31,
2013 |
June 30,
2014 |
December 31,
2013 |
||||||||||||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward currency contracts |
$ | | $ | | $ | 0.5 | $ | 0.3 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||||
Noncurrent assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swap contracts |
| | | 2.9 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Current liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward currency contracts |
| | 0.9 | 0.7 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swap contracts |
| | 7.5 | 7.5 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Noncurrent liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swap contracts |
| | 0.8 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Contingent consideration |
| | | | | 1.0 |
Derivative financial instruments are recorded in the condensed consolidated balance sheets as either an asset or liability at fair value. For derivative contracts with the same counterparty where the Company has a master netting arrangement with the counterparty, the fair value of the asset/liability is presented on a net basis within the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The amounts related to forward currency contracts are presented in the above table on a gross basis. The net amounts included in prepaid and other current assets were $0.1 million and included in other accrued expenses were $0.5 million as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.
The fair value of forward currency contracts is calculated by reference to current forward exchange rates for contracts with similar maturity profiles. The fair value of interest rate swaps is determined by estimating the net present value of amounts to be paid under the agreement offset by the net present value of the expected cash
F-15
inflows based on market rates and associated yield curves. The fair value of the contingent consideration is based on a real options approach, which took into account managements best estimate of the acquirees performance, as well as achievement risk.
The following table is a reconciliation of the fair value measurements that use significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), which consists of contingent consideration related to prior acquisitions.
(in millions) |
Contingent
consideration |
|||
Fair value as of December 31, 2013 |
$ | 1.0 | ||
Fair value adjustments |
(1.0 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Fair value as of June 30, 2014 |
$ | | ||
|
|
The fair value adjustments related to the reduction of the contingent consideration liability associated with the 2012 Magnablend acquisition. The reduction was based on updated financial information indicating the probability (unobservable input) of achieving the minimum Adjusted EBITDA level is nil. The fair value adjustment was recognized in other operating expenses, net in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. Refer to Note 4: Other operating expenses, net for more information.
Financial instruments not carried at fair value
The estimated fair market values of financial instruments not carried at fair value in the condensed consolidated balance sheets were as follows:
June 30, 2014 | December 31, 2013 | |||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
Carrying
Amount |
Fair
Value |
Carrying
Amount |
Fair
Value |
||||||||||||
Financial liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
Long-term debt including current portion (Level 2) |
$ | 3,865.4 | $ | 3,922.5 | $ | 3,736.8 | $ | 3,767.0 |
The fair values of the long-term debt, including the current portions, were based on current market quotes for similar borrowings and credit risk adjusted for liquidity, margins, and amortization, as necessary.
Fair value of other financial instruments
The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable, and short-term financing included in the condensed consolidated balance sheets approximate fair value due to their short-term nature.
14. Derivatives
Interest rate swaps
At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had interest rate swap contracts in place with a total notional amount of $2.0 billion, whereby a fixed rate of interest (weighted average of 1.64%) is paid and a variable rate of interest (greater of 1.25% or three-month LIBOR) is received on the notional amount.
The objective of the hedging instruments is to offset the variability of cash flows in three-month LIBOR indexed debt interest payments, subject to a 1.50% floor, attributable to changes in the aforementioned benchmark interest rate from September 16, 2013 to June 15, 2017 related to the Term B Loan. Changes in the cash flows of each interest rate swap are expected to be highly effective in offsetting the changes in interest payments on a principal balance equal to the notional amount of the derivative, attributable to the hedged risk. The Company applies hedge accounting related to the interest rate swap contracts and has designated the derivative instrument as a cash flow hedge.
F-16
As of June 30, 2014, $6.6 million of deferred, net losses on derivative instruments included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are expected to be recognized in earnings during the next 12 months, coinciding with when the hedged items are expected to impact earnings.
The interest rate floor related to the Term B Loan (1.50%) is not identical to the interest rate floor of the interest rate swap contracts (1.25%), which results in hedge ineffectiveness. During the three months ended June 30, 2014, a $0.3 million loss related to hedge ineffectiveness was recognized within other expense, net within the condensed consolidated statement of operations. During the six months ended June 30, 2014, a $0.1 million loss related to hedge ineffectiveness was recognized within other expenses, net within the condensed consolidated statement of operations. Refer to Note 7: Other expense, net for more information.
The effective portion of the gains and losses related to the interest rate swap contracts are initially recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and then reclassified into earnings consistent with the underlying hedged item (interest payments). The fair value of interest rate swaps is recorded either in prepaids and other current assets, other assets, other accrued expenses or other long-term liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the current liability of $7.5 million was included in other accrued expenses for both periods. The noncurrent liability of $0.8 million and noncurrent asset of $2.9 million was included in other long-term liabilities and other assets as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
Foreign currency derivatives
The Company uses forward currency contracts to hedge earnings from the effects of foreign exchange relating to certain of the Companys intercompany and third-party receivables and payables denominated in a foreign currency. These derivative instruments are not formally designated as hedges by the Company and the terms of these instruments range from one to three months. Forward currency contracts are recorded at fair value in either prepaid expenses and other current assets or other accrued expenses in the condensed consolidated balance sheets, reflecting their short-term nature. The fair value adjustments and gains and losses are included in other expense, net within the condensed consolidated statements of operations. Refer to Note 7: Other expense, net for more information. The total notional amount of undesignated forward currency contracts were $130.7 million and $127.7 million as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
Cash flows associated with derivative financial instruments are recognized in the operating section of the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows.
15. Commitments and Contingencies
Litigation
In the ordinary course of business the Company is subject to pending or threatened claims, lawsuits, regulatory matters and administrative proceedings from time to time. Where appropriate the Company has recorded provisions in the condensed consolidated financial statements for these matters. The liabilities for injuries to persons or property are in some instances covered by liability insurance, subject to various deductibles and self-insured retentions.
The Company is not aware of any claims, lawsuits, regulatory matters or administrative proceedings, pending or threatened, that are likely to have a material effect on its overall financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. However, the Company cannot predict the outcome of any claims or litigation or the potential for future claims or litigation.
The Company is subject to liabilities from claims alleging personal injury from exposure to asbestos. The claims result primarily from an indemnification obligation related to Univar USA Inc.s 1986 purchase of McKesson Chemical Company from McKesson Corporation (McKesson). Univar USAs obligation to indemnify McKesson for settlements and judgments arising from asbestos claims is the amount which is in
F-17
excess of applicable insurance coverage, if any, which may be available under McKessons historical insurance coverage. Univar USA is also a defendant in a small number of asbestos claims. As of June 30, 2014, there were fewer than 132 asbestos-related claims for which the Company has liability for defense and indemnity pursuant to the indemnification obligation. Historically, the vast majority of the claims against both McKesson and Univar USA have been dismissed without payment. While the Company is unable to predict the outcome of these matters, it does not believe, based upon currently available facts, that the ultimate resolution of any of these matters will have a material effect on its overall financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. However, the Company cannot predict the outcome of any present or future claims or litigation and adverse developments could negatively impact earnings or cash flows in a particular future period.
Environmental
The Company is subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations that require environmental assessment or remediation efforts (collectively environmental remediation work) at approximately 124 locations, some that are now or were previously Company-owned/occupied and some that were never Company-owned/occupied (non-owned sites).
The Companys environmental remediation work at some sites is being conducted pursuant to governmental proceedings or investigations, while the Company, with appropriate state or federal agency oversight and approval, is conducting the environmental remediation work at other sites voluntarily. The Company is currently undergoing remediation efforts or is in the process of active review of the need for potential remediation efforts at approximately 105 current or formerly Company-owned/occupied sites. In addition, the Company may be liable for a share of the clean-up of approximately 19 non-owned sites. These non-owned sites are typically (a) locations of independent waste disposal or recycling operations with alleged or confirmed contaminated soil and/or groundwater to which the Company may have shipped waste products or drums for re-conditioning, or (b) contaminated non-owned sites near historical sites owned or operated by the Company or its predecessors from which contamination is alleged to have arisen.
In determining the appropriate level of environmental reserves, the Company considers several factors such as information obtained from investigatory studies; changes in the scope of remediation; the interpretation, application and enforcement of laws and regulations; changes in the costs of remediation programs; the development of alternative cleanup technologies and methods; and the relative level of the Companys involvement at various sites for which the Company is allegedly associated. The level of annual expenditures for remedial, monitoring and investigatory activities will change in the future as major components of planned remediation activities are completed and the scope, timing and costs of existing activities are changed. Project lives, and therefore cash flows, range from 2 to 30 years, depending on the specific site and type of remediation project.
Although the Company believes that its reserves are adequate for environmental contingencies, it is possible, due to the uncertainties noted above, that additional reserves could be required in the future that could have a material effect on the overall financial position, results of operations, or cash flows in a particular period. This additional loss or range of losses cannot be recorded at this time, as it is not reasonably estimable.
Changes in total environmental liabilities are as follows:
Six Months Ended June 30, | ||||||||
(in millions) |
2014 | 2013 | ||||||
Environmental liabilities at beginning of period |
$ | 137.0 | $ | 146.6 | ||||
Revised obligation estimates |
2.8 | 1.1 | ||||||
Environmental payments |
(8.9 | ) | (8.5 | ) | ||||
Foreign exchange differences and other |
0.1 | (0.2 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Environmental liabilities at end of period |
$ | 131.0 | $ | 139.0 | ||||
|
|
|
|
F-18
Environmental liabilities of $29.9 million and $30.4 million were classified as current in other accrued expenses in the condensed consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The long-term portion of environmental liabilities is recorded in other long-term liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.
Customs and International Trade Laws
In April 2012, the US Department of Justice (DOJ) issued a civil investigative demand to the Company in connection In April 2012, the US Department of Justice (DOJ) issued a civil investigative demand to the Company in connection with an investigation into the Companys compliance with applicable customs and international trade laws and regulations relating to the importation of saccharin from 2002 through 2012. At around the same time, the Company became aware of a parallel investigation being conducted by US Customs and Border Patrol (CBP) into the Companys importation of saccharin. The Company has also recently learned that a civil plaintiff had, at the same time, sued the Company and two other defendants in a Qui Tam proceeding, such filing having been made under seal, and this plaintiff had requested that the DOJ intervene in its lawsuit.
The US government, through the DOJ, declined to intervene in the Qui Tam proceeding in November 2013 and, as a result, the DOJs inquiry related to the Qui Tam lawsuit is now finished. On February 26, 2014, the Qui Tam plaintiff also voluntarily dismissed its lawsuit against the Company.
CBP, however, continues its investigation on the Companys importation of saccharin. On July 21, 2014, CBP sent the Company a Pre-Penalty Notice indicating the imposition of a penalty against the Company in the amount of approximately $83 million and asking the Company to respond to this notice. The Company has not recorded a liability related to this investigation as any potential loss is neither probable nor estimable.
16. Business combinations
Acquisition of Quimicompuestos
On May 16, 2013, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Quimicompuestos S.A. de C.V. (Quimicompuestos), a leading distributor of commodity chemicals in Mexico. The acquisition provides the Company with a strong platform for future growth in Mexico and enables the Company to offer its customers and suppliers the complete end to end value proposition with both specialty chemical and commodity offerings. The final fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for Quimicompuestos are as follows:
(in millions) |
||||
Purchase price: |
||||
Cash consideration |
$ | 92.2 | ||
Fair value of contingent consideration |
0.2 | |||
|
|
|||
92.4 | ||||
Allocation: |
||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
3.5 | |||
Trade accounts receivable |
31.2 | |||
Inventories |
12.9 | |||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
9.0 | |||
Property, plant and equipment |
18.6 | |||
Definite lived intangible assets |
30.6 | |||
Deferred tax assets |
0.7 | |||
Goodwill |
35.0 | |||
Trade accounts payable |
(25.3 | ) | ||
Accrued compensation and other accrued expenses |
(15.0 | ) | ||
Deferred tax liabilities |
(8.8 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
$ | 92.4 | |||
|
|
F-19
The consolidated financial statements include the results of Quimicompuestos from the acquisition date. Net sales and net income contributed by Quimicompuestos to the Company post-acquisition were not significant.
17. Segments
Management monitors the operating results of its operating segments separately for the purpose of making decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment. Management evaluates performance on the basis of Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as consolidated net income (loss), plus the sum of: interest expense, net of interest income; income tax expense (benefit); depreciation; amortization; other operating expenses, net; impairment charges; loss on extinguishment of debt; and other expense, net.
Transfer prices between operating segments are set on an arms-length basis in a similar manner to transactions with third parties. Corporate operating expenses that directly benefit segments have been allocated to the operating segments. Allocable operating expenses are identified through a review process by management. These costs are allocated to the operating segments on a basis that reasonable approximates the use of services. This is typically measured on a weighted distribution of margin, asset, headcount or time spent.
Other/Eliminations represents the elimination of inter-segment transactions as well as unallocated corporate costs consisting of costs specifically related to parent company operations that do not directly benefit segments, either individually or collectively.
Financial information for the Companys segments is as follows:
(in millions) |
USA | Canada | EMEA |
Rest of
World |
Other/
Eliminations |
Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||
Three Months June 30, 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
External customers |
$ | 1,546.2 | $ | 587.7 | $ | 596.9 | $ | 130.6 | $ | | $ | 2,861.4 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment |
28.2 | 2.1 | 1.1 | | (31.4 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total net sales |
1,574.4 | 589.8 | 598.0 | 130.6 | (31.4 | ) | 2,861.4 | |||||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) |
1,275.8 | 521.9 | 483.0 | 111.6 | (31.4 | ) | 2,360.9 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross profit |
298.6 | 67.9 | 115.0 | 19.0 | | 500.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling |
58.1 | 12.2 | 20.2 | 3.1 | | 93.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative |
120.0 | 23.8 | 72.1 | 11.2 | 3.4 | 230.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 120.5 | $ | 31.9 | $ | 22.7 | $ | 4.7 | $ | (3.4 | ) | $ | 176.4 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net |
25.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
30.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization |
24.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
64.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
2.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
9.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 19.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 4,204.2 | $ | 2,016.0 | $ | 1,367.2 | $ | 278.1 | $ | (1,239.7 | ) | $ | 6,625.8 |
F-20
(in millions) |
USA | Canada | EMEA |
Rest of
World |
Other/
Eliminations |
Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||
Three Months June 30, 2013 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
External customers |
$ | 1,534.1 | $ | 552.7 | $ | 594.7 | $ | 113.7 | $ | | $ | 2,795.2 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment |
30.4 | 1.8 | 1.0 | | (33.2 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total net sales |
1,564.5 | 554.5 | 595.7 | 113.7 | (33.2 | ) | 2,795.2 | |||||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) |
1,272.2 | 488.6 | 487.9 | 96.1 | (33.2 | ) | 2,311.6 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross profit |
292.3 | 65.9 | 107.8 | 17.6 | | 483.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling |
48.8 | 10.1 | 19.1 | 2.0 | | 80.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative |
127.5 | 27.5 | 76.5 | 12.1 | 2.0 | 245.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 116.0 | $ | 28.3 | $ | 12.2 | $ | 3.5 | $ | (2.0 | ) | $ | 158.0 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net |
(0.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
32.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization |
24.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment charges |
62.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
64.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
2.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax benefit |
(10.0 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (17.0 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 4,286.6 | $ | 1,908.5 | $ | 1,420.5 | $ | 335.5 | $ | (1,270.5 | ) | $ | 6,680.6 |
(in millions) |
USA | Canada | EMEA |
Rest of
World |
Other/
Eliminations |
Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||
Six Months June 30, 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
External customers |
$ | 3,012.7 | $ | 907.2 | $ | 1,194.7 | $ | 263.2 | $ | | $ | 5,377.8 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment |
55.6 | 5.1 | 2.1 | | (62.8 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total net sales |
3,068.3 | 912.3 | 1,196.8 | 263.2 | (62.8 | ) | 5,377.8 | |||||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) |
2,489.8 | 785.4 | 967.1 | 225.4 | (62.8 | ) | 4,404.9 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross profit |
578.5 | 126.9 | 229.7 | 37.8 | | 972.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling |
113.0 | 24.3 | 39.4 | 4.7 | | 181.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative |
248.1 | 48.4 | 144.2 | 24.7 | 4.1 | 469.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 217.4 | $ | 54.2 | $ | 46.1 | $ | 8.4 | $ | (4.1 | ) | $ | 322.0 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net |
47.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
61.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization |
47.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
1.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
128.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
3.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
15.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 16.7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 4,204.2 | $ | 2,016.0 | $ | 1,367.2 | $ | 278.1 | $ | (1,239.7 | ) | $ | 6,625.8 |
F-21
(in millions) |
USA | Canada | EMEA |
Rest of
World |
Other/
Eliminations |
Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||
Six Months June 30, 2013 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
External customers |
$ | 3,017.3 | $ | 879.5 | $ | 1,195.8 | $ | 193.1 | $ | | $ | 5,285.7 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment |
58.7 | 3.6 | 2.0 | | (64.3 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total net sales |
3,076.0 | 883.1 | 1,197.8 | 193.1 | (64.3 | ) | 5,285.7 | |||||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) |
2,503.6 | 756.2 | 979.1 | 163.2 | (64.3 | ) | 4,337.8 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross profit |
572.4 | 126.9 | 218.7 | 29.9 | | 947.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling |
99.8 | 20.2 | 39.1 | 3.6 | | 162.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative |
263.1 | 53.1 | 157.1 | 21.9 | 4.6 | 499.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 209.5 | $ | 53.6 | $ | 22.5 | $ | 4.4 | $ | (4.6 | ) | $ | 285.4 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net |
20.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
60.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization |
49.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment charges |
62.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
2.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
163.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
12.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax benefit |
(15.3 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (70.2 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 4,286.6 | $ | 1,908.5 | $ | 1,420.5 | $ | 335.5 | $ | (1,270.5 | ) | $ | 6,680.6 |
18. Subsequent events
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through August 7, 2014, the date that these financial statements were available to be issued. Management has concluded that no events require recognition or disclosure in these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-22
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Univar Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Univar Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Companys internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Univar Inc. at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Chicago, Illinois
February 28, 2014
F-23
UNIVAR INC.
December 31, | ||||||||
(in millions, except per share data) |
2013 | 2012 | ||||||
Assets |
||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 180.4 | $ | 220.9 | ||||
Trade accounts receivable, net |
1,277.0 | 1,243.2 | ||||||
Inventories |
893.5 | 928.8 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
159.5 | 211.2 | ||||||
Deferred tax assets |
39.5 | 20.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current assets |
2,549.9 | 2,624.6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
1,097.1 | 1,152.8 | ||||||
Goodwill |
1,788.4 | 1,883.0 | ||||||
Intangible assets, net |
682.1 | 762.2 | ||||||
Deferred tax assets |
19.3 | 20.4 | ||||||
Other assets |
80.2 | 87.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 6,217.0 | $ | 6,530.5 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Liabilities and stockholders equity |
||||||||
Current liabilities: |
||||||||
Short-term financing |
$ | 97.5 | $ | 121.7 | ||||
Trade accounts payable |
1,021.2 | 892.1 | ||||||
Current portion of long-term debt |
79.7 | 25.8 | ||||||
Accrued compensation |
70.1 | 69.8 | ||||||
Other accrued expenses |
321.9 | 367.5 | ||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
0.5 | 1.8 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current liabilities |
1,590.9 | 1,478.7 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Long-term debt |
3,657.1 | 3,750.2 | ||||||
Pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities |
241.3 | 377.8 | ||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
162.1 | 188.6 | ||||||
Other long-term liabilities |
184.3 | 208.8 | ||||||
Commitment and contingencies |
||||||||
Stockholders equity: |
||||||||
Common stock, $0.000000014 par value; 734,625,648 shares authorized; 198,364,280 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 198,015,899 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 |
| | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
1,444.0 | 1,426.5 | ||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(981.0 | ) | (898.7 | ) | ||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(81.7 | ) | (1.4 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total stockholders equity |
381.3 | 526.4 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
$ | 6,217.0 | $ | 6,530.5 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-24
UNIVAR INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(in millions, except per share data) |
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 10,324.6 | $ | 9,747.1 | $ | 9,718.5 | ||||||
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) |
8,448.7 | 7,924.6 | 7,883.0 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Gross profit |
1,875.9 | 1,822.5 | 1,835.5 | |||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling |
326.0 | 308.2 | 294.1 | |||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative |
951.7 | 907.1 | 895.4 | |||||||||
Other operating expenses, net |
12.0 | 177.7 | 140.3 | |||||||||
Depreciation |
128.1 | 111.7 | 108.4 | |||||||||
Amortization |
100.0 | 93.3 | 90.0 | |||||||||
Impairment charges |
135.6 | 75.8 | 173.9 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total operating expenses |
1,653.4 | 1,673.8 | 1,702.1 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating income |
222.5 | 148.7 | 133.4 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other (expense) income: |
||||||||||||
Interest income |
11.0 | 9.0 | 7.1 | |||||||||
Interest expense |
(305.5 | ) | (277.1 | ) | (280.7 | ) | ||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
(2.5 | ) | (0.5 | ) | (16.1 | ) | ||||||
Other expense, net |
(17.6 | ) | (1.9 | ) | (4.0 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total other expense |
(314.6 | ) | (270.5 | ) | (293.7 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Loss before income taxes |
(92.1 | ) | (121.8 | ) | (160.3 | ) | ||||||
Income tax (benefit) expense |
(9.8 | ) | 75.6 | 15.9 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net loss |
$ | (82.3 | ) | $ | (197.4 | ) | $ | (176.2 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Loss per common share: |
||||||||||||
Basic and diluted |
$ | (0.42 | ) | $ | (1.01 | ) | $ | (0.91 | ) | |||
Weighted average common shares outstandingbasic and diluted |
197.1 | 195.2 | 194.5 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-25
UNIVAR INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (82.3 | ) | $ | (197.4 | ) | $ | (176.2 | ) | |||
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax: |
||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
(70.5 | ) | 27.6 | (56.0 | ) | |||||||
Pension and other postretirement benefits adjustment |
(7.0 | ) | (7.6 | ) | (6.9 | ) | ||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
(2.8 | ) | 4.1 | 4.5 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total other comprehensive (loss) income |
(80.3 | ) | 24.1 | (58.4 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Comprehensive loss |
$ | (162.6 | ) | $ | (173.3 | ) | $ | (234.6 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-26
UNIVAR INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
(in millions, except per share data) |
Common
stock (shares) |
Common
stock |
Additional
paid-in capital |
Accumulated
deficit |
Accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss) |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||
Balance, January 1, 2011 |
194,510,000 | $ | | $ | 1,368.1 | $ | (525.1 | ) | $ | 32.9 | $ | 875.9 | ||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | | (176.2 | ) | | (176.2 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax ($2.3) |
| | | | (56.0 | ) | (56.0 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Pension and other postretirement benefits adjustment, net of tax $4.9 |
| | | | (6.9 | ) | (6.9 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments, net of tax ($2.6) |
| | | | 4.5 | 4.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
400,000 | | 19.0 | | | 19.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2011 |
194,910,000 | $ | | $ | 1,387.1 | $ | (701.3 | ) | $ | (25.5 | ) | $ | 660.3 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | | (197.4 | ) | | (197.4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax ($4.7) |
| | | | 27.6 | 27.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Pension and other postretirement benefits adjustment, net of tax $4.4 |
| | | | (7.6 | ) | (7.6 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments, net of tax ($0.7) |
| | | | 4.1 | 4.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital contributions |
2,406,680 | | 26.1 | | | 26.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Retirement of shares |
(2,116,519 | ) | | (22.4 | ) | | | (22.4 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Stock option exercises |
1,815,738 | | 18.2 | | | 18.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
1,000,000 | | 17.5 | | | 17.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2012 |
198,015,899 | $ | | $ | 1,426.5 | $ | (898.7 | ) | $ | (1.4 | ) | $ | 526.4 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | | (82.3 | ) | | (82.3 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax $11.4 |
| | | | (70.5 | ) | (70.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Pension and other postretirement benefits adjustment, net of tax $4.6 |
| | | | (7.0 | ) | (7.0 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments, net of tax $1.6 |
| | | | (2.8 | ) | (2.8 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Capital contributions |
447,600 | | 3.3 | | | 3.3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Retirement of shares |
(185,409 | ) | | (1.8 | ) | | | (1.8 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Stock option exercises |
86,190 | | 0.9 | | | 0.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| | 15.1 | | | 15.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2013 |
198,364,280 | $ | | $ | 1,444.0 | $ | (981.0 | ) | $ | (81.7 | ) | $ | 381.3 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-27
UNIVAR INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||
Operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (82.3 | ) | $ | (197.4 | ) | $ | (176.2 | ) | |||
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
228.1 | 205.0 | 198.4 | |||||||||
Impairment charges |
135.6 | 75.8 | 173.9 | |||||||||
Amortization of deferred financing fees and debt discount |
22.7 | 16.1 | 15.4 | |||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
2.5 | 0.5 | 16.1 | |||||||||
Amortization of pension credit from accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(11.6 | ) | (12.0 | ) | (11.8 | ) | ||||||
Pension mark to market (gain) loss |
(73.5 | ) | 83.6 | 49.1 | ||||||||
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment |
0.5 | 1.1 | 0.9 | |||||||||
Contingent consideration fair value adjustment |
(24.7 | ) | | | ||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
(34.4 | ) | 60.4 | (5.3 | ) | |||||||
Stock-based compensation expense |
15.1 | 17.5 | 19.0 | |||||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||||||
Trade accounts receivable, net |
9.3 | (13.9 | ) | (48.2 | ) | |||||||
Inventories |
41.6 | (97.5 | ) | (17.2 | ) | |||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
15.1 | (5.9 | ) | 12.9 | ||||||||
Trade accounts payable |
111.7 | (47.4 | ) | 78.7 | ||||||||
Pensions and other postretirement benefit liabilities |
(60.3 | ) | (52.2 | ) | (29.8 | ) | ||||||
Other, net |
(6.1 | ) | (18.2 | ) | (13.5 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
289.3 | 15.5 | 262.4 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Investing activities: |
||||||||||||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment |
(141.3 | ) | (170.1 | ) | (102.9 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment |
11.6 | 4.2 | 5.7 | |||||||||
Purchases of businesses, net of cash acquired |
(86.0 | ) | (491.2 | ) | (153.6 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash used by investing activities |
(215.7 | ) | (657.1 | ) | (250.8 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Financing activities: |
||||||||||||
Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt |
519.0 | 745.7 | 129.2 | |||||||||
Payments on long-term debt |
(579.4 | ) | (21.6 | ) | (198.5 | ) | ||||||
Short-term financing, net |
(40.0 | ) | 15.8 | 37.8 | ||||||||
Financing fees paid |
(12.5 | ) | (8.0 | ) | (8.1 | ) | ||||||
Capital contributions |
3.3 | 26.1 | | |||||||||
Shares repurchased |
(1.8 | ) | (22.4 | ) | | |||||||
Stock option exercises |
0.9 | 18.2 | | |||||||||
Loans to related parties, net |
| | (952.1 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds held in escrow |
| | 956.6 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash (used by) provided by financing activities |
(110.5 | ) | 753.8 | (35.1 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
(3.6 | ) | 12.4 | (8.1 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents |
(40.5 | ) | 124.6 | (31.6 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
220.9 | 96.3 | 127.9 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash and cash equivalent at end of period |
$ | 180.4 | $ | 220.9 | $ | 96.3 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: |
||||||||||||
Cash paid during the period for: |
||||||||||||
Income taxes |
$ | 24.1 | $ | 69.5 | $ | 48.1 | ||||||
Interest, net of capitalized interest |
274.0 | 235.3 | 249.3 | |||||||||
Non-cash activities: |
||||||||||||
Additions of property, plant and equipment included in trade accounts payable and other accrued expenses |
7.2 | 16.8 | 24.4 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-28
Headquartered in Redmond, Washington, Univar Inc. (the Company or Univar) is a leading global distributor of commodity and specialty chemicals. The Company is the largest independent chemical distributor in the United States (US) and Canada and the second largest in Europe, with additional distribution sites in Asia-Pacific and Latin America and sales offices located in the Middle East and Africa. The Companys operations are structured into four operating segments that represent the geographic areas under which the Company manages its business:
| Univar USA (USA) |
| Univar Canada (Canada) |
| Univar Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA) |
| Rest of World (ROW) |
ROW includes certain developing businesses in Latin America (including Brazil and Mexico) and the Asia-Pacific region.
The Company was incorporated on October 12, 2007 as part of a plan to facilitate the acquisition of Univar N.V., a public company listed on the Euronext exchange in Amsterdam, by investment funds advised by CVC Capital Partners (CVC) and investment funds associated with Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Parcom. As a result of the 2007 transactions, the Companys sole stockholder was Univar N.V. On November 30, 2010, funds managed by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC (CD&R) acquired a 42.5% ownership interest in the Company through a combination of the purchase of shares issued by the Company and the acquisition of a portion of the shares owned by Univar N.V. (the CD&R transaction).
2 Significant accounting policies
Basis of presentation
The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (US GAAP). Unless otherwise indicated, all financial data presented in these consolidated financial statements are expressed in US dollars.
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are consolidated if the Company has a controlling financial interest, which may exist based on ownership of a majority of the voting interest, or based on the Companys determination that it is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. The Company did not have any interests in variable interest entities during the years presented in these consolidated financial statements. All intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
Prior period reclassifications
The Company reclassified activity in 2012 and 2011 from warehousing, selling and administrative, other operating expenses, net and interest expense to other expense, net to conform to the presentation in the 2013 consolidated statement of operations. This activity includes foreign currency transaction gains and losses, with the exception of certain gains and losses related to intercompany borrowings, the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges, gains and losses related to undesignated derivative instruments and debt refinancing costs. Refer to Note 5: Other expense, net for additional information.
F-29
The impact of prior period reclassifications only impacted the consolidated statements of operations and is summarized below.
Year ended December 31, 2012 | Year ended December 31, 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
Previously
reported |
Effect of
change |
As
revised |
Previously
reported |
Effect of
change |
As
revised |
||||||||||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative |
$ | 1,217.2 | $ | (1.9 | ) | $ | 1,215.3 | $ | 1,184.8 | $ | 4.7 | $ | 1,189.5 | |||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net |
184.9 | (7.2 | ) | 177.7 | 142.2 | (1.9 | ) | 140.3 | ||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(269.9 | ) | (7.2 | ) | (277.1 | ) | (287.5 | ) | 6.8 | (280.7 | ) | |||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
| (1.9 | ) | (1.9 | ) | | (4.0 | ) | (4.0 | ) |
Use of estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and disclosed in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include all highly-liquid investments with an original maturity at the time of purchase of three months or less that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash. Cash at banks earn interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates.
Trade accounts receivable, net
Trade accounts receivable are stated at the invoiced amount, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $17.3 million and $16.3 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts is estimated based on prior experience, as well as an individual assessment of collectability based on factors that include current ability to pay, bankruptcy and payment history.
Inventories
Inventories consist primarily of products purchased for resale and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Inventory cost is determined by the weighted average cost method. Inventory cost includes purchase price from suppliers net of any rebates received, inbound freight and handling, and direct labor and other costs incurred to blend and repackage product. The Company recognized $7.3 million and $14.6 million of lower of cost or market adjustments to certain of its inventories in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The expense related to these adjustments is included in cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) in the consolidated statements of operations.
Supplier incentives
The Company has arrangements with certain suppliers that provide cash discounts when certain measures are achieved, generally related to purchasing volume. Volume rebates are generally earned and realized when the related products are purchased during the year. The reduction in cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) is recorded when the related products, on which the rebate was earned, are sold. Discretionary rebates are recorded when received. The unpaid portion of rebates from suppliers is recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets.
Property, plant and equipment, net
Property, plant and equipment are carried at historical cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for improvements that increase asset values and/or extend useful lives are capitalized. Repair and maintenance
F-30
costs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each asset from the time the asset is ready for its intended purpose, with consideration of any expected residual value.
The estimated useful lives of plant, property and equipment are as follows:
Buildings |
10-50 years | |||
Main components of tank farms |
5-40 years | |||
Containers |
2-15 years | |||
Machinery and equipment |
5-20 years | |||
Furniture, fixtures and others |
5-20 years | |||
Information technology |
3-10 years |
The Company evaluates the carrying value of property, plant and equipment for impairment if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. If an asset is tested for possible impairment, the Company compares the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds its estimated fair value.
Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the term of the applicable lease, including renewable periods if reasonably assured, or the useful life of the improvement. The Company capitalizes interest costs on significant capital projects, as an increase to property, plant and equipment.
Refer to Note 10: Property, plant and equipment, net for further information.
Goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired in business combinations. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually on October 1, or between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.
Intangible assets consist of customer relationships, intellectual property trademarks, tradenames, supplier relationships, non-compete agreements and exclusive distribution rights. Intangible assets have finite lives and are amortized over their respective useful lives of 2 to 20 years. Amortization of intangible assets is based on the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed or otherwise used up which is based on the undiscounted cash flows, or when not reliably determined, on a straight-line basis. Intangible assets are tested for impairment if an event occurs or circumstances change that indicates the carrying value may not be recoverable.
Refer to Note 11: Goodwill and intangible assets for further information.
Short-term financing
Short-term financing includes bank overdrafts and short-term lines of credit. Refer to Note 13: Debt for further information.
Long-term debt
Long-term debt consists of loans with original maturities greater than one year. Fees paid in connection with the execution of financing agreements are included in other assets and are amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the related debt. Refer to Note 13: Debt for further information.
F-31
Income taxes
The Company is subject to income taxes in the US and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment in the forecasting of taxable income using historical and projected future operating results is required in determining the Companys provision for income taxes and the related assets and liabilities. The provision for income taxes includes income taxes paid, currently payable or receivable and those deferred.
In the event that the actual outcome of future tax consequences differs from the Companys estimates and assumptions due to changes or future events such as tax legislation, geographic mix of the earnings, completion of tax audits or earnings repatriation plans, the resulting change to the provision for income taxes could have a material effect on the consolidated statement of operations and consolidated balance sheet.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences reverse. Deferred tax assets are also recognized for the estimated future effects of tax loss carryforwards. The effect on deferred taxes of changes in tax rates is recognized in the period in which the revised tax rate is enacted. Valuation allowances are established when necessary on a jurisdictional basis to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected more likely than not to be realized.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within interest expense and warehousing, selling and administrative, respectively, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included within either other accrued expenses or other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
Refer to Note 6: Income taxes for further information.
Pension and other postretirement benefit plans
The Company sponsors several defined benefit and defined contribution plans. The Companys contributions to defined contribution plans are charged to income during the period of the employees service.
The benefit obligation and cost of defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefits are calculated based upon actuarial valuations, which involves making assumptions about discount rates, expected rates of return on assets, future salary increases, future health care costs, mortality rates and future pension increases. Due to the long-term nature of these plans, such estimates are subject to significant uncertainty.
The projected benefit obligation is calculated separately for each plan based on the estimated future benefit employees have earned in return for their service. Those benefits are discounted to determine the present value of the benefit obligations using the projected unit-credit method. A liability is recognized on the balance sheet for each plan with a projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at fair value. An asset is recorded for each plan with plan assets at fair value in excess of the projected benefit obligation.
The Company recognizes the actuarial gains or losses that arise during the period within other operating expenses, net in the consolidated statement of operations. This mark to market adjustment is recognized at each December 31, or more frequently if required due to a curtailment or settlement. All other components of net periodic benefit cost are classified as warehousing, selling and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company recognizes prior service costs or credits that arise during the period in other comprehensive loss, and amortizes these items in subsequent periods as components of net periodic benefit cost.
The market value of plan assets is used to calculate the expected return on assets component of the net periodic benefit cost. The Company has elected to use fair value as the market-related value of plan assets.
F-32
Refer to Note 7: Employee benefit plans for further information.
Leases
All leases that are determined not to meet the capital lease criteria are classified as operating leases. Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense in the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. During the periods presented, the Company had no material capital lease arrangements. Refer to Note 17: Commitments and contingencies for further information.
Asset retirement obligations
The fair value of liabilities related to the retirement of property is recorded when there is a legal or contractual obligation incurred during normal business operations and the related costs can be estimated. The Company records the asset retirement cost by increasing the carrying cost of the underlying property by the amount of the asset retirement obligation. The asset retirement cost is depreciated over the estimated useful life of the underlying property.
Contingencies
A loss contingency is recorded if it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company evaluates, among other factors, the degree of probability of an unfavorable outcome and the ability to make a reasonable estimate of the amount of the ultimate loss. Changes in these factors and related estimates could materially affect the Companys financial position and results of operations. Legal expenses are recorded as legal services are provided. Refer to Note 17: Commitments and contingencies for further information.
Environmental liabilities
Environmental contingencies are recognized for probable and reasonably estimable losses associated with environmental remediation. Incremental direct costs of the investigation, remediation effort and post-remediation monitoring are included in the estimated environmental contingencies. Expected cash outflows related to environmental remediation for the next 12 months and amounts for which the timing is uncertain are reported as current within other accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets. The long-term portion of environmental liabilities is reported within other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets on an undiscounted basis, except for sites for which the amount and timing of future cash payments are fixed or reliably determinable. The total discount on environmental liabilities was $3.8 million and $3.1 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The discount rate used in the present value calculation was 3.0% and 1.8% as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which represent risk-free rates. Environmental remediation expenses are included within warehousing, selling and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations, unless associated with disposed operations, in which case such expenses are included in other operating expenses, net.
Environmental costs are capitalized if the costs extend the life of the property, increase its capacity and/or mitigate or prevent contamination from future operations.
Refer to Note 17: Commitments and contingencies for further information.
Revenue recognition
The Company recognizes net sales when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of products has occurred or services are provided to customers, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Net sales includes product sales, billings for freight and handling charges and fees earned for
F-33
services provided, net of any discounts, returns, customer rebates and sales or other revenue-based tax. The Company recognizes product sales and billings for freight and handling charges when products are considered delivered to the customer under the terms of the sale. Fee revenues are recognized when services are completed.
The Companys sales to customers in the agriculture end market, principally in Canada, often provide for a form of inventory protection through credit and re-bill as well as understandings pursuant to which certain price changes from chemical producers may be passed through to the customer. These arrangements require us to make estimates of potential returns of unused chemicals as well as revenue deferral to the extent the sales price is not considered determinable. The estimates used to determine the amount of revenue associated with product likely to be returned are based on past experience adjusted for any current market conditions.
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation)
Cost of goods sold includes all inventory costs such as purchase price from suppliers, net of any rebates received, as well as inbound freight and handling, direct labor and other costs incurred to blend and repackage the product and excludes depreciation expense. Cost of goods sold is recognized based on the weighted average cost of the inventory sold.
Foreign currency translation
The functional currency of the Companys subsidiaries is the local currency, unless the primary economic environment requires the use of another currency. Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency of each subsidiary at the rate of exchange on the date of transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency of each subsidiary at period-end exchange rates.
Foreign currency gains and losses relating to intercompany borrowings that are considered a part of the Companys investment in a foreign subsidiary are reflected as a component of currency translation within accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders equity. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, total foreign currency losses (gains) related to such intercompany borrowings were $7.5 million, $13.2 million and $(4.4) million, respectively.
Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated into US dollars at period-end exchange rates. Income and expense accounts of foreign subsidiaries are translated at the average exchange rates for the period. The net exchange gains and losses arising on this translation are reflected as a component of currency translation within accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders equity.
Stock-based compensation plans
The Company measures the total amount of employee stock-based compensation expense for a grant based on the grant date fair value of each award and recognizes the stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting tranche of an award. Stock-based compensation is based on awards expected to vest and, therefore, has been reduced by estimated forfeitures. Stock-based compensation expense is classified within other operating expenses, net in the consolidated statements of operations. Refer to Note 8: Stock-based compensation for further information.
Fair value
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. US GAAP specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable.
F-34
Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Companys market assumptions. These two types of inputs have created the following fair-value hierarchy:
Level 1 | Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets. |
Level 2 | Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuation in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets. |
Level 3 | Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable . |
When available, the Company uses quoted market prices to determine fair value and classifies such items as Level 1. In cases where a market price is not available, the Company will make use of observable market-based inputs to calculate fair value, in which case the items are classified as Level 2. If quoted or observable market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed valuation techniques that use, where possible, current market-based or independently sourced market information. Items valued using internally generated valuation techniques are classified according to the lowest level input that is significant to the valuation, and may be classified as Level 3 even though there may be significant inputs that are readily observable. Refer to Note 14: Fair value measurements for further information.
Certain financial instruments, such as derivative financial instruments, are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Other financial instruments, such as the Companys own debt, are not required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Under current accounting guidance, the Company may make an irrevocable election to measure financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The Company has not elected to apply this fair value option for eligible items.
Derivatives
The Company uses derivative financial instruments, such as foreign currency contracts, interest rate swaps and interest rate caps, to manage its risks associated with foreign currency and interest rate fluctuations. Derivative financial instruments are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets as either an asset or liability at fair value. For derivative contracts with the same counterparty where the Company has a master netting arrangement with the counterparty, the fair value of the asset/liability is presented on a net basis within the consolidated balance sheets. Refer to Note 14: Fair value measurements for additional information relating to the gross and net balances of derivative contracts. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Cash flows associated with derivative financial instruments are recognized in the operating section of the consolidated statements of cash flows.
For the purpose of hedge accounting, derivatives are classified as either fair value hedges, where the instrument hedges the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability, or cash flow hedges, where the instrument hedges the exposure to variability in cash flows that are either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecasted transaction. Gains and losses on derivatives that meet the conditions for fair value hedge accounting are recognized immediately in the consolidated statements of operations, along with the offsetting gain or loss on the related hedged item. For derivatives that meet the conditions for cash flow hedge accounting, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated balance sheet and the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the consolidated statement of operations. Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss are reclassified to the consolidated statement of operations in the same period in which the hedged transactions affect earnings.
For derivative instruments designated as hedges, the Company formally documents the hedging relationship to the hedged item and its risk management strategy. The Company assesses the effectiveness of its hedging
F-35
instruments at inception and on an ongoing basis. Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument is sold, expired, terminated or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.
Refer to Note 15: Derivatives for further information.
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period, which excludes unvested restricted stock and options. Diluted earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding during each period. The Company reflects common share equivalents relating to stock options and unvested restricted stock in its computation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding unless the effect of inclusion is anti-dilutive. The effect of dilutive securities is calculated using the treasury stock method. Refer to Note 3: Earnings per share for further information.
Recently issued and adopted accounting pronouncements
In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued accounting guidance under Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-11 on disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities. The guidance requires entities to disclose both gross and net information about instruments and transactions that are offset in the consolidated balance sheet, as well as instruments and transactions that are subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance under ASU 2013-01 clarifying the scope of the disclosures to apply only to derivatives, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities lending and securities borrowing transactions. The amended guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2012. Adoption of this guidance retrospectively resulted in the additional disclosures included in Note 14: Fair value measurements but did not have any other impact on the Companys financial statements or disclosures.
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income , to require preparers to report, in one place, information about reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI). The ASU also requires companies to report changes in AOCI balances. For significant items reclassified out of AOCI to net income in their entirety in the same reporting period, reporting is required about the effect of the reclassification on the respective line items in the statement of operations. For items that are not reclassified to net income in their entirety in the same reporting period, a cross reference to other disclosures currently required under US GAAP is required in the notes. The amended guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2012. Adoption of this guidance prospectively at the beginning of fiscal 2013 resulted in the additional disclosures included in Note 9: Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss but did not have any other impact on the Companys financial statements or disclosures.
Accounting pronouncements issued but not yet adopted
In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11 to provide guidance relating to the presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a carryforward related to net operating losses or other tax credits exists. This guidance will be applied prospectively and is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013 for public companies and December 15, 2014 for nonpublic companies. Early adoption and retrospective application is permitted. The Company is currently analyzing the impact the guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements, and contemplates the early adoption of the guidance in 2014.
F-36
3 Earnings per share
The following table presents the basic and diluted earnings per share computations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(in million, except per share data) |
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (82.3 | ) | $ | (197.4 | ) | $ | (176.2 | ) | |||
Weighted average common shares outstanding and dilutive(1) |
197.1 | 195.2 | 194.5 | |||||||||
Basic and diluted loss per common share |
$ | (0.42 | ) | $ | (1.01 | ) | $ | (0.91 | ) |
(1) | Stock options to purchase approximately 10.3 million, 10.2 million and 9.8 million shares and 0.8 million, 1.0 million and 0.3 million restricted shares were outstanding during 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, but not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share as the impact of these options and restricted shares would have been anti-dilutive. |
4 Other operating expenses, net
Other operating expenses, net consisted of the following items:
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||
Pension mark to market (gain) loss. |
$ | (73.5 | ) | $ | 83.6 | $ | 49.1 | |||||
Acquisition and integration related expenses |
5.0 | 17.7 | 26.7 | |||||||||
Contingent consideration fair value adjustments. |
(24.7 | ) | | | ||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense |
15.1 | 17.5 | 19.0 | |||||||||
Redundancy and restructuring(1) |
65.8 | 24.2 | 32.4 | |||||||||
Advisory fees paid to CVC and CD&R |
5.2 | 5.2 | 4.4 | |||||||||
French penalty(2) |
(4.8 | ) | 17.2 | | ||||||||
Other |
23.9 | 12.3 | 8.7 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
$ | 12.0 | $ | 177.7 | $ | 140.3 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Redundancy and restructuring charges relate to the implementation of several regional initiatives aimed at streamlining the Companys cost structure and improving its operations within the USA and EMEA segments. |
(2) | The Companys accrual of $7.7 million at December 31, 2011 related to the French penalty was reduced to nil at December 31, 2013 after the fine was paid. Refer to Note 17: Commitments and contingencies for further information on the French penalty. |
5 Other expense, net
Other expense, net includes foreign currency transaction gains and losses, with the exception of certain gains and losses relating to intercompany borrowings, the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges, gains and losses related to undesignated derivative instruments and debt refinancing costs.
F-37
Other expense, net consisted of the following items:
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||
Foreign currency transactions |
$ | (11.0 | ) | $ | (1.3 | ) | $ | (3.3 | ) | |||
Undesignated derivative instruments |
(0.2 | ) | 6.6 | 1.2 | ||||||||
Ineffective portion of cash flow hedges |
(0.2 | ) | | | ||||||||
Debt refinancing costs |
(6.2 | ) | (7.2 | ) | (1.9 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
$ | (17.6 | ) | $ | (1.9 | ) | $ | (4.0 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 Income taxes
For financial reporting purposes, loss before income taxes includes the following components:
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
||||||||||||
United States |
$ | 5.1 | $ | (8.5 | ) | $ | (9.3 | ) | ||||
Foreign |
(97.2 | ) | (113.3 | ) | (151.0 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total loss before income taxes |
$ | (92.1 | ) | $ | (121.8 | ) | $ | (160.3 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The expense (benefit) for income taxes is summarized as follows:
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||
Current: |
||||||||||||
Federal |
$ | 1.0 | $ | (9.1 | ) | $ | (9.4 | ) | ||||
State |
7.0 | 2.5 | 6.6 | |||||||||
Foreign |
16.6 | 21.8 | 24.0 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total current |
24.6 | 15.2 | 21.2 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Deferred: |
||||||||||||
Federal |
(34.0 | ) | 76.2 | (1.6 | ) | |||||||
State |
(0.4 | ) | 0.4 | (0.9 | ) | |||||||
Foreign |
| (16.2 | ) | (2.8 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total deferred |
(34.4 | ) | 60.4 | (5.3 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total income tax (benefit) expense |
$ | (9.8 | ) | $ | 75.6 | $ | 15.9 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-38
The reconciliation between the Companys effective tax rate on loss and the US statutory tax rate is as follows:
December 31, | ||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||
US federal statutory income tax benefit applied to loss before income taxes |
$ | (32.2 | ) | $ | (42.6 | ) | $ | (56.1 | ) | |||
State income taxes, net of federal benefit |
4.8 | 4.2 | 2.4 | |||||||||
Foreign tax rate differential |
(7.0 | ) | (6.1 | ) | (5.9 | ) | ||||||
Foreign losses not benefitted |
33.3 | 11.8 | 14.2 | |||||||||
Valuation allowance |
| 89.2 | | |||||||||
Effect of flow-through entities |
(10.8 | ) | 4.3 | 8.5 | ||||||||
Adjustment to prior year tax due to change in estimate |
(7.7 | ) | (0.1 | ) | (1.3 | ) | ||||||
Non-taxable interest income |
(14.7 | ) | (15.6 | ) | (14.2 | ) | ||||||
Goodwill impairment |
26.0 | 12.6 | 59.3 | |||||||||
Tax deductible goodwill |
(6.7 | ) | | | ||||||||
Contingent consideration |
(8.6 | ) | | | ||||||||
Other |
13.8 | 17.9 | 9.0 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total income tax (benefit) expense |
$ | (9.8 | ) | $ | 75.6 | $ | 15.9 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The consolidated deferred tax assets and liabilities are detailed as follows:
December 31, | ||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | ||||||
Deferred tax assets: |
||||||||
Net operating loss carryforwards |
$ | 130.5 | $ | 85.3 | ||||
Environmental reserves |
53.5 | 54.5 | ||||||
Interest |
93.2 | 93.3 | ||||||
Tax credit and capital loss carryforwards |
16.8 | 18.0 | ||||||
Pension |
82.0 | 131.3 | ||||||
Flow-through entities |
36.4 | 4.3 | ||||||
Stock options |
11.3 | 7.0 | ||||||
Inventory |
5.1 | 0.9 | ||||||
Other temporary differences |
39.1 | 28.3 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Gross deferred tax assets |
467.9 | 422.9 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Valuation allowance |
(201.1 | ) | (168.4 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance |
266.8 | 254.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
||||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
(193.2 | ) | (208.1 | ) | ||||
Intangible assets |
(176.2 | ) | (188.1 | ) | ||||
Other temporary differences |
(1.2 | ) | (7.8 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
(370.6 | ) | (404.0 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net deferred tax liability |
$ | (103.8 | ) | $ | (149.5 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
F-39
The changes in the valuation allowance were as follows:
December 31, | ||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | ||||||
Beginning balance |
$ | 168.4 | $ | 68.2 | ||||
Increase related to foreign net operating loss carryforwards |
33.0 | 13.2 | ||||||
(Decrease) increase related to other items |
(0.3 | ) | 87.0 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Ending balance |
$ | 201.1 | $ | 168.4 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The Company records valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets to the extent it believes more likely than not that a portion of such assets will not be realized. In making such determinations, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and the ability to carry back losses to prior years. Realization is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income prior to expiration of tax attribute carryforwards. Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets will be realized, or if not, a valuation allowance has been recorded. The Company has established a valuation allowance against foreign losses and a deferred interest expense deduction, both of which the Company is currently unable to recognize due to its projections of future taxable income. The Company continues to monitor the value of its deferred tax assets, as the amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward periods are reduced, or current tax planning strategies are not implemented.
As of December 31, 2013, the total remaining tax benefit of available net operating loss carryforwards recognized on the balance sheet amounted to $29.5 million (tax benefit of operating losses of $130.5 million reduced by a valuation allowance of $101.0 million). Total net operating losses at December 31, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $455.2 million and $329.6 million, respectively. If not utilized, $25.0 million of the available loss carryforwards will expire between 2014 and 2018; subsequent to 2018, approximately $65.1 million will expire. The remaining losses of $365.1 million have an unlimited life. The Companys ability to utilize the available net operating loss carry forwards may also be limited in the future by changes in ownership that may occur.
As the result of intercompany dividend payments from Canada to the US in prior years, the Company has carryforward foreign tax credits. These foreign tax credits are subject to a ten-year carryforward life. As of December 31, 2013, the amount of unused foreign tax credits total $10.6 million. If the credits are not utilized, $6.7 million and $3.9 million of the foreign tax credits will expire in 2015 and 2016, respectively. No benefit relating to the future utilization of the foreign tax credits was recorded during the period ended December 31, 2013.
Except as required under US tax law, the Company does not provide for US taxes on approximately $680.5 million of cumulative undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that have not been previously taxed since the Company intends to invest such undistributed earnings indefinitely outside of the US. Determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liability that would be incurred if such amounts were not indefinitely reinvested is not practicable.
US GAAP prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the accounting and financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The evaluation of a tax position is a two step process. The first step requires the Company to determine whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. The second step requires the Company to recognize in the financial statements each tax position that meets the more likely than not criteria, measured at the amount of benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized.
F-40
The changes in unrecognized tax benefits included in other long-term liabilities, excluding interest and penalties, are as follows:
December 31, | ||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012(1) | ||||||
Beginning balance |
$ | 40.5 | $ | 43.6 | ||||
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year |
| 0.5 | ||||||
Additions for tax positions of prior years |
| | ||||||
Reductions for tax positions of prior years |
| (2.5 | ) | |||||
Reductions due to lapse in statute of limitations |
(0.6 | ) | (0.7 | ) | ||||
Reduction due to audit settlement |
| (0.6 | ) | |||||
Foreign exchange |
0.4 | 0.2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Ending balance |
$ | 40.3 | $ | 40.5 | ||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | Prior period amounts were revised to conform to current period presentation |
The Companys unrecognized tax benefit consists largely of foreign flow-through entity liabilities and interest expense liabilities as of December 31, 2013. The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that approximately $34.6 million of its currently remaining unrecognized tax benefits, $20.7 million of which relates to flow-through entities, may be recognized by the end of 2014 as a result of an audit or a lapse of the statute of limitations.
The Company has net $40.3 million and $40.5 million of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate for continuing and discontinued operations was $27.6 million. The remaining unrecognized tax benefits relate to tax positions for which ultimate deductibility is highly certain, but for which there is uncertainty as to the timing of such deductibility. Recognition of these tax benefits would not have an impact on the effective tax rate.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of interest expense and warehousing, selling and administrative, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations. The total liability included in other long term liabilities associated with the interest and penalties was $5.2 million and $4.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company recorded $0.5 million and $1.5 million in interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the consolidated statements of operations for the years 2013 and 2012, respectively.
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. and various state and foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2013, the Companys tax years for 2008 through 2012 are subject to examination by the tax authorities. With limited exceptions or limitations on adjustment due to net operating loss carrybacks or utilization, as of December 31, 2013, the Company is no longer subject to US federal, state, local or foreign examinations by tax authorities for years before 2008.
In 2007, the outstanding shares of Univar N.V., the ultimate parent of the Univar group, were acquired by investment funds advised by CVC Capital Partners (CVC). To facilitate the acquisition of Univar N.V. by CVC, a Canadian restructuring was completed. In 2010, the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) initially asserted that certain steps in the restructuring resulted in a $44.5 million CAD withholding tax liability plus penalties pursuant to the General Anti-Avoidance Rule. In February 2013, the CRA issued a Notice of Assessment for withholding tax of $29.4 million (Canadian), plus $10.1 million (Canadian) for interest. The Company filed its Notice of Objection in April, 2013 and its Notice of Appeal in July, 2013. In November 2013, the CRAs Reply to the Companys Notice of Appeal was filed with the Tax Court of Canada. The Company expects the matter to be litigated in Tax Court in 2014. The Company has not recorded a liability in its financial statements, as it believes it is more likely than not that the Companys position will be sustained.
F-41
7 Employee benefit plans
The Company sponsors defined benefit plans that provide pension benefits for employees upon retirement in certain jurisdictions including the US, Canada, United Kingdom and several other European countries. The Company has final salary and average salary defined benefit plans covering a significant number of its employees.
The US, Canada and United Kingdom defined benefit pension plans are closed to new entrants. Benefits accrued by participants in the United Kingdom plan were frozen as of December 1, 2010. Benefits accrued by participants in the US plans were frozen as of December 31, 2009. These amendments to freeze benefits were made in conjunction with a benefit plan review which provides for enhanced benefits under defined contribution plans available to all employees in the United Kingdom and the US.
Other postretirement benefits relate to a health care plan for retired employees in the US. In 2009, the Company approved a plan to phase out the benefits provided under this plan by 2020. As a result of this change, the benefit obligation was reduced by $76.8 million and a curtailment gain of $73.1 million was recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss and is being amortized to the consolidated statements of operations over the average future service period, which has approximately two years remaining as of December 31, 2013.
The following summarizes the Companys defined benefit pension plans for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:
Domestic | Foreign | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | 2013 | 2012 | 2013 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||||
Change in projected benefit obligations: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations at beginning of year |
$ | 675.2 | $ | 586.5 | $ | 560.6 | $ | 476.4 | $ | 1,235.8 | $ | 1,062.9 | ||||||||||||
Service cost |
| | 9.0 | 8.0 | 9.0 | 8.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest cost |
28.6 | 30.2 | 21.8 | 22.2 | 50.4 | 52.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Contributions by participants |
| | 0.7 | 0.6 | 0.7 | 0.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Benefits paid |
(25.9 | ) | (24.1 | ) | (21.1 | ) | (19.6 | ) | (47.0 | ) | (43.7 | ) | ||||||||||||
Actuarial (gain) loss |
(62.9 | ) | 82.6 | (2.7 | ) | 55.8 | (65.6 | ) | 138.4 | |||||||||||||||
Foreign currency and other |
| | (1.3 | ) | 17.2 | (1.3 | ) | 17.2 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations at end of year |
$ | 615.0 | $ | 675.2 | $ | 567.0 | $ | 560.6 | $ | 1,182.0 | $ | 1,235.8 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Change in the fair value of plan assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Plan assets at beginning of year |
$ | 435.2 | $ | 366.6 | $ | 425.9 | $ | 357.0 | $ | 861.1 | $ | 723.6 | ||||||||||||
Actual return on plan assets |
34.0 | 56.3 | 29.3 | 47.5 | 63.3 | 103.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Contributions by employer |
33.3 | 36.4 | 29.6 | 26.8 | 62.9 | 63.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Contributions by participants |
| | 0.7 | 0.6 | 0.7 | 0.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Benefits paid |
(25.9 | ) | (24.1 | ) | (21.1 | ) | (19.6 | ) | (47.0 | ) | (43.7 | ) | ||||||||||||
Foreign currency and other |
| | 1.9 | 13.6 | 1.9 | 13.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Plan assets at end of year |
476.6 | 435.2 | 466.3 | 425.9 | 942.9 | 861.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Unfunded status at end of year: |
$ | (138.4 | ) | $ | (240.0 | ) | $ | (100.7 | ) | $ | (134.7 | ) | $ | (239.1 | ) | $ | (374.7 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-42
The following summarizes the Companys other postretirement benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:
Other Postretirement
Benefits |
||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | ||||||
Change in projected benefit obligations: |
||||||||
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations at beginning of year |
$ | 9.5 | $ | 10.2 | ||||
Service cost |
0.1 | 0.2 | ||||||
Interest cost |
0.3 | 0.4 | ||||||
Contributions by participants |
1.5 | 1.5 | ||||||
Benefits paid |
(2.5 | ) | (2.3 | ) | ||||
Actuarial gain |
(1.0 | ) | (0.5 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations at end of year |
$ | 7.9 | $ | 9.5 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Change in the fair value of plan assets: |
||||||||
Plan assets at beginning of year |
$ | | $ | | ||||
Contributions by employer |
1.0 | 0.8 | ||||||
Contributions by participants |
1.5 | 1.5 | ||||||
Benefits paid |
(2.5 | ) | (2.3 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Plan assets at end of year |
| | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Unfunded status at end of year: |
$ | (7.9 | ) | $ | (9.5 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
Net amounts related to the Companys defined benefit pension plans recognized in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 consist of:
Domestic | Foreign | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | 2013 | 2012 | 2013 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||||
Overfunded net benefit obligation in other assets |
$ | | $ | | $ | 0.9 | $ | 0.4 | $ | 0.9 | $ | 0.4 | ||||||||||||
Current portion of net benefit obligation in other accrued expenses |
(3.1 | ) | (3.1 | ) | (2.5 | ) | (2.5 | ) | (5.6 | ) | (5.6 | ) | ||||||||||||
Long-term portion of net benefit obligation in pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities |
(135.3 | ) | (236.9 | ) | (99.1 | ) | (132.6 | ) | (234.4 | ) | (369.5 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net liability recognized at end of year |
$ | (138.4 | ) | $ | (240.0 | ) | $ | (100.7 | ) | $ | (134.7 | ) | $ | (239.1 | ) | $ | (374.7 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amounts related to the Companys other postretirement benefit plans recognized in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 consist of:
Other Postretirement
Benefits |
||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | ||||||
Overfunded net benefit obligation in other assets |
$ | | $ | | ||||
Current portion of net benefit obligation in other accrued expenses |
(1.0 | ) | (1.2 | ) | ||||
Long-term portion of net benefit obligation in pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities |
(6.9 | ) | (8.3 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net liability recognized at end of year |
$ | (7.9 | ) | $ | (9.5 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
F-43
The following table summarizes defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:
Domestic | Foreign | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | 2013 | 2012 | 2013 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||||
Accumulated benefit obligation |
$ | 622.9 | $ | 675.2 | $ | 504.2 | $ | 488.4 | $ | 1,127.1 | $ | 1,163.6 | ||||||||||||
Fair value of plan assets |
476.6 | 435.2 | 430.5 | 390.7 | 907.1 | 825.9 |
The following table summarizes defined benefit pension plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:
Domestic | Foreign | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | 2013 | 2012 | 2013 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||||
Projected benefit obligation |
$ | 615.0 | $ | 675.2 | $ | 532.1 | $ | 525.8 | $ | 1,147.1 | $ | 1,201.0 | ||||||||||||
Fair value of plan assets |
476.6 | 435.2 | 430.5 | 390.7 | 907.1 | 825.9 |
The total accumulated benefit obligation for domestic defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $622.9 million and $675.2 million, respectively, and for foreign defined benefit pension benefit plans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $537.6 million and $521.7 million, respectively.
Net periodic benefit cost
The following table summarizes the components of net periodic benefit cost recognized in the consolidated statements of operations related to defined benefit pension plans:
Domestic | Foreign | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Service cost |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 9.0 | $ | 8.0 | $ | 7.7 | $ | 9.0 | $ | 8.0 | $ | 7.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest cost |
28.6 | 30.2 | 30.8 | 21.8 | 22.2 | 24.3 | 50.4 | 52.4 | 55.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Expected return on plan assets |
(30.7 | ) | (26.6 | ) | (24.6 | ) | (25.7 | ) | (22.9 | ) | (21.2 | ) | (56.4 | ) | (49.5 | ) | (45.8 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of unrecognized prior service costs |
| | | 0.2 | | 0.1 | 0.2 | | 0.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Immediate recognition of net actuarial (gain) loss |
(66.2 | ) | 52.9 | 56.1 | (6.3 | ) | 31.2 | (5.1 | ) | (72.5 | ) | 84.1 | 51.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Curtailment gain |
| | | | | (0.1 | ) | | | (0.1 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net periodic benefit (credit) cost |
$ | (68.3 | ) | $ | 56.5 | $ | 62.3 | $ | (1.0 | ) | $ | 38.5 | $ | 5.7 | $ | (69.3 | ) | $ | 95.0 | $ | 68.0 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the components of net periodic benefit cost recognized in the consolidated statements of operations related to other postretirement benefit plans:
Other Postretirement
Benefits |
||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||
Service cost |
$ | 0.1 | $ | 0.2 | $ | 0.2 | ||||||
Interest cost |
0.3 | 0.4 | 0.5 | |||||||||
Amortization of unrecognized prior service credits |
(12.0 | ) | (12.0 | ) | (11.9 | ) | ||||||
Immediate recognition of net actuarial gain |
(1.0 | ) | (0.5 | ) | (1.8 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net periodic benefit credit |
$ | (12.6 | ) | $ | (11.9 | ) | $ | (13.0 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-44
The following summarizes pre-tax amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 related to defined benefit pension plans:
Domestic | Foreign | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | 2013 | 2012 | 2013 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net prior service cost |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 0.4 | $ | | $ | 0.4 |
The following summarizes pre-tax amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 related to other postretirement benefit plans:
Other Postretirement
Benefits |
||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | ||||||
Net prior service credit |
$ | (27.7 | ) | $ | (39.7 | ) |
The following table summarizes the amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2013 that are expected to be amortized as components of net periodic benefit credit during the next fiscal year related to other postretirement benefit plans:
(in millions) |
Other
Postretirement Benefits |
|||
Prior service credit |
$ | 12.0 |
Actuarial assumptions
The significant weighted average actuarial assumptions used in determining the benefit obligations and net periodic benefit cost for the Companys defined benefit plans are as follows:
Domestic | Foreign | |||||||||||||||
Dec. 31,
2013 |
Dec. 31,
2012 |
Dec. 31,
2013 |
Dec. 31,
2012 |
|||||||||||||
Actuarial assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at end of period: |
||||||||||||||||
Discount rate |
5.25 | % | 4.33 | % | 4.29 | % | 3.93 | % | ||||||||
Expected annual rate of compensation increase |
N/A | N/A | 2.82 | % | 3.04 | % |
Domestic | Foreign | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, | Year ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||
Actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the period: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Discount rate |
4.33 | % | 5.27 | % | 5.98 | % | 3.93 | % | 4.53 | % | 4.58 | % | ||||||||||||
Expected rate of return on plan assets |
7.50 | % | 7.75 | % | 7.75 | % | 6.13 | % | 6.22 | % | 6.14 | % | ||||||||||||
Expected annual rate of compensation increase |
N/A | N/A | N/A | 3.04 | % | 3.13 | % | 2.98 | % |
Discount rates are used to measure benefit obligations and the interest cost component of net periodic benefit cost. The Company selects its discount rates based on the consideration of equivalent yields on high-quality fixed income investments at each measurement date. Discount rates are based on a benefit cash flow-matching approach and represent the rates at which the Companys benefit obligations could effectively be settled as of the measurement date.
For domestic defined benefit plans, the discount rates are based on a hypothetical bond portfolio approach. The hypothetical bond portfolio is constructed to comprise AA-rated corporate bonds whose cash flow from coupons and maturities match the expected future plan benefit payments.
F-45
The discount rate for the foreign defined benefit plans are based on a yield curve approach. For plans in countries with a sufficient corporate bond market, the expected future benefit payments are matched with a yield curve derived from AA-rated corporate bonds, subject to minimum amounts outstanding and meeting other selection criteria. For plans in countries without a sufficient corporate bond market, the yield curve is constructed based on prevailing government yields and an estimated credit spread to reflect a corporate risk premium.
The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects managements expectations on long-term average rates of return on funds invested to provide for benefits included in the benefit obligations. The long-term rate of return assumptions are based on the outlook for equity and fixed income returns, with consideration of asset allocations, investment strategies and premiums for active management when appropriate. Assumptions reflect the expected rates of return at the beginning of the year.
Health care cost increases did not have a significant impact on the Companys postretirement benefit obligations in 2013, 2012, and 2011 as a result of the 2009 plan to phase out the health care benefits provided under the US plan.
Plan assets
Plan assets for defined benefit plans are invested in global equity and debt securities through professional investment managers with the objective to achieve targeted risk adjusted returns and to maintain liquidity sufficient to fund current benefit payments. Each funded defined benefit plan has an investment policy that is administered by plan trustees with the objective of meeting targeted asset allocations based on the circumstances of that particular plan. The investment strategy followed by the Company varies by country depending on the circumstances of the underlying plan. Less mature plan benefit obligations are funded by using more equity securities as they are expected to achieve long-term growth while exceeding inflation. More mature plan benefit obligations are funded using a higher allocation to fixed income securities as they are expected to produce current income with limited volatility. The Companys largest plan has adopted a dynamic investment strategy whereby as the plan funded status improves, the investment strategy is migrated to more liability matching assets, and return seeking assets are reduced. Other defined benefit plans are considering similar arrangements suitable to the individual plans circumstances. Risk management practices include the use of multiple asset classes for diversification purposes. Specific guidelines for each asset class and investment manager are implemented and monitored.
The weighted average target asset allocation for defined benefit pension plans in 2013 is as follows:
Domestic | Foreign | |||||||
Asset category: |
||||||||
Equity securities |
50.0 | % | 55.8 | % | ||||
Debt securities |
45.0 | % | 35.3 | % | ||||
Cash/Other |
5.0 | % | 8.9 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % |
F-46
Plan asset valuation methodologies are described below:
Fair value methodology |
Description |
|
Investment funds |
Values are based on the net asset value of the units held at year end. The net asset values are based on the fair value of the underlying assets of the funds, minus their liabilities, and then divided by the number of units outstanding at the valuation date. The funds are traded on private markets that are not active; however, the unit price is based primarily on observable market data of the funds underlying assets. | |
Insurance contracts |
The fair value is based on the present value of the accrued benefit. | |
Derivatives |
Values are based on using the derivative pricing models (e.g., models that incorporate option pricing methodologies, Monte Carlo simulations and discounted cash flows). Price transparency of derivatives can generally be characterized by product type. Interest rate swap prices and other inputs used to value interest rate derivatives are transparent, even for long-dated contracts. Interest rate swaps and options denominated in the currencies of leading industrialized nations are characterized by high trading volumes and tight bid/offer spreads. Interest rate derivatives that reference indices, such as an inflation index, or the shape of the yield curve (e.g., 10-year swap rate vs. 2-year swap rate) are more complex, but the prices and other inputs are generally observable. | |
Real estate |
Real estate is valued by discounting to present value the cash flows expected to be generated by the specific properties. | |
Cash |
This represents cash at banks. The amount of cash in the bank account represents the fair value. |
Domestic defined benefit plan assets
The Company classified its domestic plan assets according to the fair value hierarchy described in Note 2: Significant accounting policies. The following summarizes the fair value of domestic plan assets by asset category and level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.
(in millions as of December 31, 2013) |
Total | Level 1 | Level 2 | |||||||||
Cash |
$ | 2.0 | $ | 2.0 | $ | | ||||||
Investments funds (1) |
474.7 | | 474.7 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
$ | 476.7 | $ | 2.0 | $ | 474.7 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | This category includes investments in approximately 30.7% in US equities, 20.0% in non-US equities, 44.4% in US corporate bonds and 4.9% in other investments. |
(in millions as of December 31, 2012) |
Total | Level 1 | Level 2 | |||||||||
Investments funds (1) |
$ | 435.2 | $ | | $ | 435.2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
$ | 435.2 | $ | | $ | 435.2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-47
(1) | This category includes investments in approximately 30.4% in US equities, 20.6% in non-US equities, 19.3% in US corporate bonds, 24.1% in US government bonds and 5.6% in other investments. |
Foreign defined benefit plan assets
The Company classified its foreign plan assets according to the fair value hierarchy described in Note 2: Significant accounting policies. The following summarizes the fair value of foreign plan assets by asset category and level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2013.
(in millions) |
Total | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | ||||||||||||
Investments: |
||||||||||||||||
Investment funds(1) |
$ | 437.8 | $ | | $ | 437.8 | $ | | ||||||||
Insurance contracts |
14.2 | | | 14.2 | ||||||||||||
Derivatives: |
||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swapsAssets |
9.0 | | 9.0 | | ||||||||||||
Interest rate swapsLiabilities |
(1.2 | ) | | (1.2 | ) | | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Interest rate swapsnet value |
7.8 | | 7.8 | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total investments |
459.8 | | 445.6 | 14.2 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Cash |
0.6 | 0.6 | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Real estate |
5.9 | | | 5.9 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 466.3 | $ | 0.6 | $ | 445.6 | $ | 20.1 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | This category includes investments in approximately 12.3% in US equities, 36.6% in non-US equities, 0.1% in US corporate bonds, 14.3% in non-US corporate bonds, 0.6% in US government bonds, 31.2% in non-US government bonds and 4.9% in other investments. |
The following table presents the changes in the foreign plan assets valued using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2013:
(in millions) |
Real Estate |
Insurance
Contracts |
||||||
Balance at December 31, 2012 |
$ | 5.8 | $ | 12.2 | ||||
Actual return on plan assets: |
||||||||
Related to assets still held at year end |
(0.1 | ) | 0.9 | |||||
Purchases, sales and settlements, net |
| 0.5 | ||||||
Foreign exchange |
0.2 | 0.6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balance at December 31, 2013 |
$ | 5.9 | $ | 14.2 | ||||
|
|
|
|
F-48
The following summarizes the fair value of foreign plan assets by asset category and level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2012:
(in millions) |
Total | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | ||||||||||||
Investments: |
||||||||||||||||
Investment funds(1) |
$ | 385.0 | $ | | $ | 385.0 | $ | | ||||||||
Insurance contracts |
12.2 | | | 12.2 | ||||||||||||
Derivatives: |
||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swapsAssets |
21.8 | | 21.8 | | ||||||||||||
Interest rate swapsLiabilities |
(0.7 | ) | | (0.7 | ) | | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Interest rate swapsnet value |
21.1 | | 21.1 | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total investments |
418.3 | | 406.1 | 12.2 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Cash |
1.8 | 1.8 | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Real estate |
5.8 | | | 5.8 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 425.9 | $ | 1.8 | $ | 406.1 | $ | 18.0 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | This category includes investments in approximately 14.7% in US equities, 39.9% in non-US equities, 0.1% in US corporate bonds, 10.0% in non-US corporate bonds, 28.3% in non-US government bonds and 7.0% in other investments. |
The following table presents the changes in the foreign plan assets valued using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2012:
(in millions) |
Real Estate |
Insurance
Contracts |
||||||
Balance at December 31, 2011 |
$ | 5.7 | $ | 8.2 | ||||
Actual return to plan assets: |
||||||||
Related on assets still held at year end |
| 3.1 | ||||||
Purchases, sales and settlements, net |
0.1 | 0.9 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balance at December 31, 2012 |
$ | 5.8 | $ | 12.2 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Contributions
The Company expects to contribute $20 million and $31 million to its domestic and foreign defined benefit pension plan funds in 2014, respectively, including direct payments to plan participants in unfunded plans. In many countries, local pension protection laws have been put in place, which have introduced minimum funding requirements for qualified pension plans. As a result, the Companys required contributions to its pension plans may vary in the future.
F-49
Benefit payments
The following table shows benefit payments that are projected to be paid in each of the next five years and in aggregate for five years thereafter:
Defined Benefit Pension Plans |
Other
Postretirement Benefits |
|||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
Domestic | Foreign | Total | |||||||||||||
2014 |
$ | 28.5 | $ | 19.9 | $ | 48.4 | $ | 1.0 | ||||||||
2015 |
30.0 | 19.9 | 49.9 | 1.2 | ||||||||||||
2016 |
31.4 | 21.6 | 53.0 | 1.2 | ||||||||||||
2017 |
33.1 | 22.6 | 55.7 | 1.3 | ||||||||||||
2018 |
34.8 | 22.8 | 57.6 | 1.4 | ||||||||||||
2019 through 2023 |
196.4 | 131.4 | 327.8 | 1.9 |
Defined contribution plans
The Company provides defined contribution plans to assist eligible employees in providing for retirement or other future needs. Under such plans, company contribution expense amounted to $28.9 million, $26.6 million and $31.2 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Multi-employer plans
The Company has 18 union bargaining agreements in the US that stipulate contributions to one of three union pension trusts. These bargaining agreements are generally negotiated on three-year cycles and cover employees in driver and material handler positions at 16 represented locations.
The risks of participating in these multi-employer plans are different from single-employer plans in the following aspects:
a. | Assets contributed to the multi-employer plan by the Company may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers. |
b. | If the Company stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers. |
c. | If the Company chooses to stop participating in some of its multi-employer plans, it may be required to pay those plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability. |
F-50
The Companys participation in these plans for the annual period ended December 31, 2013 is outlined in the table below. The EIN/Pension Plan Number column provides the Employee Identification Number (EIN) and the three-digit plan number. Unless otherwise noted, the most recent Pension Protection Act (PPA) zone status available in 2013 and 2012 is for the plans year end at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The zone status is based on information that the Company received from the plan and is certified by the plans actuary. Among other factors, plans in the red zone are less than 65 percent funded, plans in the yellow zone are less than 80 percent funded and plans in the green zone are at least 80 percent funded. The FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented column indicates plans for which a financial improvement plan (FIP) or a rehabilitation plan (RP) is either pending or has been implemented. The last column lists the expiration dates of the collective-bargaining agreement(s) to which the plans are subject. There have been no significant changes that affect the comparability of 2013 and 2012 contributions. There are no minimum contributions required for future periods by the collective-bargaining agreements, statutory obligations, or other contractual obligations.
EIN/Pension
Plan Number |
PPA Zone Status |
FIP/RP
Status Pending/ Implemented |
Contributions(1) |
Surcharge
Imposed |
Expiration
Dates of Collective Bargaining Agreement(s) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pension fund |
2013 | 2012 | 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Plan(2) |
91-6145047/001 | Green | Green | No | $ | 1.4 | $ | 1.3 | $ | 1.5 | No |
4/30/2014 to
7/31/2017 |
||||||||||||||||||
Central States, Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Plan |
36-6044243/001 | Red | Red | Implemented | 1.1 | 1.0 | 1.1 | No |
1/15/2015 to
1/31/2018 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
New England Teamsters and Trucking Industry Pension Fund |
04-6372430/001 |
Red as of
10/01/2012 |
Red as of
10/01/2011 |
Implemented | 0.1 | 0.3 | 0.2 | No | 6/30/2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total
contributions: |
|
$ | 2.6 | $ | 2.6 | $ | 2.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | The plan contributions by the Company did not represent more than 5 percent of total contributions to the plans as indicated in the plans most recently available annual report. |
(2) | Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Plan has elected to spread recognition of 2008 market value losses over 10 years and apply the special (extended) amortization rule to eligible net investment losses using the prospective method, both as provided for in the Preservation of Access to care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension Relief Act of 2010 and applicable guidance. |
8 Stock-based compensation
In March 2011, the Board of Directors adopted the 2011 Univar Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan). The Plan provides for grants of stock options and restricted stock awards to officers and certain employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2013, there were 14,052,963 shares reserved and 12,605,363 shares available for issuance under the Plan.
For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, the Company recognized total stock-based compensation expense within other operating expenses, net of $15.1 million, $17.5 million and $19.0 million, and a net tax benefit relating to stock-based compensation expense of $4.1 million, $5.9 million and $5.7 million.
Stock options
Stock options granted under the Plan expire ten years after the grant date and generally become exercisable over a four-year period or less, based on continued employment, with annual vesting. The exercise price of a stock option is determined at the time of each grant and in no case will the exercise price be less than the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Participants have no stockholder rights until the time of exercise. The Company will issue new shares upon exercise of stock options granted under the Plan.
F-51
In 2012, the Company modified the terms of 1.9 million stock options held by a key employee. The modification resulted in the cancellation of 400,000 stock options and accelerated vesting of 567,135 of the remaining stock options. The Company accelerated the recognition of expense associated with this award and recorded an additional $2.2 million in 2012, which is included in the total stock-based compensation expense disclosed above.
The following reflects stock option activity under the Plan for the year ended December 31, 2013:
Number of
Stock Options |
Weighted-
Average Exercise Price |
Weighted-
Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years) |
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value (in millions)(1) |
|||||||||||||
Outstanding at January 1, 2013 |
10,248,139 | $ | 10.35 | |||||||||||||
Granted |
2,635,000 | 7.96 | ||||||||||||||
Exercised |
(86,190 | ) | 10.00 | |||||||||||||
Forfeited |
(2,506,294 | ) | 10.07 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2013 |
10,290,655 | 9.81 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Exercisable at December 31, 2013 |
4,072,091 | 10.21 | 7.5 | $ | | |||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Expected to vest after December 31, 2013(2) |
5,733,089 | 9.48 | 8.8 | $ | 3.6 | |||||||||||
|
|
(1) | The difference between the exercise price and the fair value of the Companys common stock of $9.34 at December 31, 2013. No amount is included for awards with an exercise price that is greater than the year-end fair value of the Companys common stock. |
(2) | The expected to vest stock options are the result of applying the pre-vesting forfeiture rate assumptions to unvested stock options outstanding. |
As of December 31, 2013, the Company has unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested stock options of approximately $10.9 million, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.9 years.
Restricted stock
In 2012, the Company granted 1,000,000 shares of restricted stock to a key employee under the Plan. This restricted stock award vests in four annual tranches beginning November 30, 2013 through November 30, 2016. Unvested shares of restricted stock may not be sold or transferred and are subject to forfeiture. Restricted stock is included in the Companys shares outstanding. Dividend equivalents are available for unvested shares of restricted stock if dividends are declared by the Company during the vesting period.
In 2012, the Company modified the terms of restricted shares held by a key employee. The modification resulted in the accelerated vesting of 200,000 restricted shares. The Company recognized incremental expense of $0.2 million and accelerated expense of $0.9 million due to this modification in 2012, which are included in the total stock-based compensation expense disclosed above.
F-52
The following table reflects restricted stock activity under the Plan for the year ended December 31, 2013:
Restricted
Stock |
Weighted
Average Grant-Date Fair Value |
|||||||
Nonvested at January 1, 2013 |
1,000,000 | $ | 10.62 | |||||
Vested |
250,000 | 10.62 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Nonvested at December 31, 2013 |
750,000 | 10.62 | ||||||
|
|
As of December 31, 2013, the Company has unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock awards of approximately $4.8 million, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.1 years. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of restricted stock was $10.62 in 2012 and $10.00 in 2011.
Stock-based compensation fair value assumptions
The fair value of the Companys common stock was used to establish the exercise price of stock options granted, grant date fair value of restricted stock awards and as an input in the valuation of stock option awards at each grant date. The Company obtained contemporaneous quarterly valuations performed by an unrelated valuation specialist in support of each award. The fair value of the Companys common stock was based on an equal weighting of the fair values determined under the income and market approaches, discounted for the lack of marketability as a closely held, nonpublic company. A discounted cash flow analysis was used to estimate fair value under the income approach. The market approach consisted of an analysis of multiples of comparable companies whose securities are traded publicly.
The Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model was used to calculate the fair value of stock options. The weighted average grant-date fair value of stock options was $2.96, $4.13, and $4.02 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The weighted-average assumptions used under the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model were as follows:
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
Risk-free interest rate(1) |
1.5 | % | 1.0 | % | 2.5 | % | ||||||
Expected dividend yield(2) |
| % | | % | | % | ||||||
Expected volatility(3) |
35.7 | % | 36.8 | % | 36.9 | % | ||||||
Expected term (years)(4) |
6.1 | 6.2 | 6.1 |
(1) | The risk-free interest rate is based on the US Treasury yield for a term consistent with the expected term of the stock options at the time of grant. |
(2) | The Company currently has no expectation of paying cash dividends on its common stock. |
(3) | As the Company does not have sufficient historical volatility data, the expected volatility is based on the average historical data of a peer group of public companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock options. |
(4) | As the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise data under the Plan, the expected term is based on the average of the vesting period of each tranche and the original contract term of 10 years. |
Additional stock-based compensation information
The following table provides additional stock-based compensation information for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||
Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised |
$ | 0.1 | $ | 1.1 | $ | | ||||||
Fair value of restricted stock vested |
1.8 | 3.2 | 1.0 |
F-53
9 Accumulated other comprehensive loss
The following table presents the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component, net of tax for the year ended December 31, 2013.
(in millions) |
Losses on
cash flow hedges |
Defined
benefit pension items |
Currency
translation items |
Total | ||||||||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2012 |
$ | | $ | 24.6 | $ | (26.0 | ) | $ | (1.4 | ) | ||||||
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications |
(3.7 | ) | | (70.5 | ) | (74.2 | ) | |||||||||
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss |
0.9 | (7.0 | ) | | (6.1 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net current period other comprehensive loss |
(2.8 | ) | (7.0 | ) | (70.5 | ) | (80.3 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2013 |
$ | (2.8 | ) | $ | 17.6 | $ | (96.5 | ) | $ | (81.7 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following is a summary of the amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to net loss during the year ended December 31, 2013.
(1) | Amounts in parentheses indicate credits to net loss. |
Refer to Note 7: Employee benefit plans for additional information regarding the amortization of defined benefit pension items and Note 15: Derivatives for cash flow hedging activity.
10 Property, plant and equipment, net
Property, plant and equipment, net consisted of the following:
December 31, | ||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | ||||||
Land and buildings |
$ | 803.8 | $ | 781.6 | ||||
Tank farms |
206.5 | 181.2 | ||||||
Machinery, equipment and other |
608.2 | 499.5 | ||||||
Less: Accumulated depreciation |
(561.3 | ) | (439.1 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Subtotal |
1,057.2 | 1,023.2 | ||||||
Work in progress |
39.9 | 129.6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
$ | 1,097.1 | $ | 1,152.8 | ||||
|
|
|
|
F-54
During 2013, an impairment charge of $58.0 million was recorded which related to the write-off of capitalized software costs, previously included in work in progress, in connection with the Companys decision to abandon the implementation of a global enterprise resource planning system.
Capitalized interest on capital projects was $2.4 million, $4.6 million and $1.0 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
11 Goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | ||||||
Net book value at January 1 |
$ | 1,883.0 | $ | 1,673.6 | ||||
Additions |
35.0 | 271.0 | ||||||
Impairment |
(73.3 | ) | (75.0 | ) | ||||
Purchase price adjustments |
(12.0 | ) | | |||||
Foreign exchange differences |
(44.3 | ) | 13.4 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net book value at December 31 |
$ | 1,788.4 | $ | 1,883.0 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Additions to goodwill in 2013 related to the acquisition of Quimicompuestos and in 2012 related to the acquisition of Magnablend. Impairments to goodwill in 2013 related to the ROW reporting unit and in 2012 related to the EMEA reporting unit. The purchase price adjustments relate to the Magnablend acquisition. Refer to Note 16: Business Combinations for further information. Accumulated impairment losses on goodwill were $171.1 million at January 1, 2012. Accumulated impairment losses on goodwill were $331.9 million and $250.9 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
The following is a summary of the activity in goodwill by segment.
USA | Canada | EMEA | ROW | Total | ||||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Balance, January 1, 2012 |
$ | 995.0 | $ | 557.0 | $ | 72.4 | $ | 49.2 | $ | 1,673.6 | ||||||||||
Additions |
271.0 | | | | 271.0 | |||||||||||||||
Impairment |
| | (75.0 | ) | | (75.0 | ) | |||||||||||||
Foreign exchange differences |
| 13.3 | 2.6 | (2.5 | ) | 13.4 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2012 |
$ | 1,266.0 | $ | 570.3 | $ | | $ | 46.7 | $ | 1,883.0 | ||||||||||
Additions |
| | | 35.0 | 35.0 | |||||||||||||||
Impairment |
| | | (73.3 | ) | (73.3 | ) | |||||||||||||
Purchase price adjustments |
(12.0 | ) | | | | (12.0 | ) | |||||||||||||
Foreign exchange differences |
| (35.9 | ) | | (8.4 | ) | (44.3 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2013 |
$ | 1,254.0 | $ | 534.4 | $ | | $ | | $ | 1,788.4 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2013 and 2012, the Company has identified the following reporting units: USA, Canada Industrial Chemical Distribution, Canada Agricultural, EMEA and ROW, based on the way the Company manages its business. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units based on the expected benefit from the synergies arising from each business combination, determined by using certain financial metrics, including the forecasted discounted cash flows associated with each reporting unit.
F-55
Goodwill is tested for impairment at a reporting unit level using a two-step test. Under the first step of the goodwill impairment test, the Companys estimate of fair value of each reporting unit is compared with its carrying value (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and the Company must perform step two of the impairment test (measurement). Step two of the impairment test, if necessary, would require the identification and estimation of the fair value of the reporting units individual assets, including currently unrecognized intangible assets and liabilities in order to calculate the implied fair value of the reporting units goodwill. Under step two, an impairment loss is recognized to the extent the carrying amount of the reporting units goodwill exceeds the implied fair value.
To determine fair value, the Company relies on two valuation techniques: the income approach and the market approach. The results of these two approaches are given equal weighting in determining the fair value of each reporting unit. The income approach used to determine the fair values of the reporting units were based on unobservable inputs such as forecasted cash flows, discount rates and terminal growth rates, and, accordingly, the fair value measurement is classified as Level 3 under the fair-value hierarchy.
The income approach is a valuation technique used to convert future expected cash flows to a present value. The income approach is dependent on several management assumptions, including estimates of future sales growth, gross margins, operating costs, terminal growth rates, capital expenditures, changes in working capital requirements and the weighted average cost of capital (discount rate). Expected cash flows used under the income approach are developed in conjunction with the Companys budgeting and forecasting process and are based on the latest five-year projections approved by management.
The discount rates used in the income approach are an estimate, based in part, on the rate of return that a market participant would expect of each reporting unit. The discount rates are based on short-term interest rates and the yields of long-term corporate and government bonds, as well as the typical capital structure of companies in the industry. The discount rates used for each reporting unit may vary depending on the risk inherent in the cash flow projections, as well as the risk level that would be perceived by a market participant. The discount rate applied to cash flow projections for testing the impairment of goodwill ranged from 10.5% to 14.0% in 2013 and 11.0% to 13.5% in 2012.
A terminal value is included at the end of the projection period used in the discounted cash flow analysis in order to reflect the remaining value that each reporting unit is expected to generate. The terminal value represents the present value subsequent to the last year of the projection period of cash flows into perpetuity. The terminal growth rate is a key assumption used in determining the terminal value as it represents the annual growth of all subsequent cash flows into perpetuity. A terminal growth rate of 2.5% to 4.0% was used in 2013 and 2012.
The market approach measures fair value based on prices generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. Under the market approach, the Company estimates fair value by applying earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) market multiples of comparable companies to each reporting unit. Comparable companies are identified based on a review of publicly traded companies in the Companys line of business. The comparable companies were selected after consideration of several factors, including whether the companies are subject to similar financial and business risks.
On September 1, 2013, the Company determined it was more likely than not that the fair value of the ROW reporting unit was less than its carrying amount based on the deterioration in general economic conditions within some of the reporting units significant locations and revised financial projections. As a result, the Company performed step one of the goodwill impairment test for the ROW reporting unit as of September 1, 2013. The reporting units carrying value exceeded its fair value in the step one test. Thus, the Company performed step two of the goodwill impairment test in order to calculate the implied fair value of the reporting units goodwill and recorded an impairment charge of $73.3 million. Refer to Note 16: Business Combinations for further information.
F-56
During 2013, the Company performed its annual impairment review as of October 1 and concluded that the fair value of the USA and Canada Industrial Chemical Distribution reporting units substantially exceeded their carrying values. The fair value of the Canada Agricultural reporting unit exceeded its carrying value but not by a substantial amount. There were no events or circumstances from the date of the assessment through December 31, 2013 that would affect this conclusion.
Subsequent to the Companys annual testing date of October 1, 2012, the performance of the EMEA reporting unit worsened and the Company determined it was necessary to review the EMEA reporting unit for impairment at December 31, 2012. The Company concluded that an indication of impairment existed at December 31, 2012 as the carrying value of the EMEA reporting unit exceeded fair value. The Company performed step two of the goodwill impairment test in order to calculate the implied fair value of the reporting units goodwill and recorded an impairment charge of $75.0 million in 2012.
Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires judgment and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions by management. The Company can provide no assurance that a material impairment charge will not occur in a future period. The Companys estimates of future cash flows may differ from actual cash flows that are subsequently realized due to many factors, including future worldwide economic conditions and the expected benefits of the Companys initiatives. Any of these potential factors, or other unexpected factors, may cause the Company to re-evaluate the carrying value of goodwill.
Intangible Assets, net
The gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization of the Companys intangible assets were as follows at December 31, 2013 and 2012:
2013 | 2012 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
Gross |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Net | Gross |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Net | ||||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets (subject to amortization): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Customer relationships |
$ | 959.8 | $ | 323.0 | $ | 636.8 | $ | 954.1 | $ | 241.1 | $ | 713.0 | ||||||||||||
Trade names |
107.8 | 70.5 | 37.3 | 108.7 | 59.9 | 48.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other |
50.8 | 42.8 | 8.0 | 41.6 | 41.2 | 0.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total intangible assets |
$ | 1,118.4 | $ | 436.3 | $ | 682.1 | $ | 1,104.4 | $ | 342.2 | $ | 762.2 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other intangible assets consist of supplier relationships, non-compete agreements and exclusive distribution rights.
The estimated annual amortization expense in the succeeding five years is as follows:
(in millions) |
||||
2014 |
$ | 98.6 | ||
2015 |
90.7 | |||
2016 |
83.6 | |||
2017 |
74.7 | |||
2018 |
62.7 |
12 Other accrued expenses
Other accrued expenses that were greater than five percent of total current liabilities consisted of customer prepayments and deposits, which were $85.5 million and $95.7 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
F-57
13 Debt
Short-term financing
Short-term financing consisted of the following:
December 31, | ||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | ||||||
Amounts drawn under credit facilities |
$ | 46.0 | $ | 48.7 | ||||
Bank overdrafts |
51.5 | 73.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
$ | 97.5 | $ | 121.7 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The weighted average interest rate on short-term financing was 6.8% and 7.0% as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Long-term debt
Long-term debt consisted of the following:
December 31, | ||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | ||||||
Senior Term Loan Facilities: |
||||||||
Term B Loan due 2017, variable interest rate of 5.00% at December 31, 2013 and 2012 |
$ | 2,711.1 | $ | 2,489.0 | ||||
Euro Tranche Term Loan due 2017, variable interest rate of 5.25% at December 31, 2013 |
177.0 | | ||||||
Asset Backed Loan (ABL) Facilities: |
||||||||
ABL Facility due 2018, variable interest rate of 2.96% and 3.15% at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively |
68.5 | 254.7 | ||||||
ABL Term Loan due 2016, variable interest rate of 3.50% at December 31, 2013 |
100.0 | | ||||||
European ABL Facility (Euro ABL) due 2016, variable interest rate of 2.67% and 2.61% at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively |
61.6 | 66.7 | ||||||
Senior Subordinated Notes: |
||||||||
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017, fixed interest rate of 10.50% and 12.00% at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively |
600.0 | 600.0 | ||||||
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018, fixed interest rate of 10.50% and 12.00% at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively |
50.0 | 400.0 | ||||||
Other long-term debt |
| 6.2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total long-term debt before discount |
3,768.2 | 3,816.6 | ||||||
Less: discount on debt |
(31.4 | ) | (40.6 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total long-term debt |
3,736.8 | 3,776.0 | ||||||
Less: current maturities |
(79.7 | ) | (25.8 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total long-term debt, excluding current maturities |
$ | 3,657.1 | $ | 3,750.2 | ||||
|
|
|
|
On February 28, 2011, the Company completed a refinancing of the Senior Term Loan Facilities to borrow an additional $350 million, extend maturities and reduce interest rates, thereby providing additional operational and financial flexibility. As a part of this refinancing, the Company entered into a new $1.98 billion term loan which was used to pay down the existing term loans, including certain call premiums, and repay a substantial
F-58
portion of the ABL Facility. As a result of this refinancing, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of $16.1 million and additional expenses of $1.9 million for third party fees in other expenses, net in the consolidated statement of operations related to the refinancing.
On October 3, 2012, the Company completed an additional refinancing of its Term B Loan to borrow an additional $550.0 million and to amend certain terms, including an increase in the permitted foreign subsidiary debt and additional flexibility for future debt issuances. The Term B Loan has a variable interest rate based on the current benchmark rate London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and a credit spread of 3.50%, with a LIBOR floor of 1.50%. As a result of this refinancing, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of $0.5 million and additional expenses of $7.2 million for third party fees in other expenses, net in the consolidated statement of operations.
On February 22, 2013, the Company amended terms of the Term B Loan to borrow an additional $250.0 million on the existing Term B Loan, which is payable in installments of $7.0 million per quarter, with the remaining principal balance due on June 30, 2017. In addition, the Company issued a new Euro-denominated tranche in the amount of 130.0 million ($173.6 million). The Euro Tranche Term Loan has a variable interest rate based on the current benchmark rate (LIBOR) and a credit spread of 3.75%, with a LIBOR floor of 1.50% and is payable in installments of 0.3 million per quarter, with the remaining principal balance due on June 30, 2017. As a result of this refinancing, the Company recognized expenses of $6.2 million for third party and arranger fees in other expenses, net in the consolidated statement of operations.
On March 25, 2013, the Company modified its ABL Facility to increase the committed amount from $1.1 billion to $1.3 billion and extend the maturity date of the revolving credit lines from November 30, 2015 to March 23, 2018. The ABL Facility has a variable interest rate calculated as a function of the current benchmark rate (LIBOR) and a credit spread of 1.50%. This credit spread is determined by a pricing grid that is based on average combined availability of the facility. As a result of this refinancing, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $2.5 million. In addition, on March 25, 2013, the Company entered into a $100.0 million ABL Term Loan which matures on March 25, 2016. The ABL Term Loan has a variable interest rate calculated as a function of the current benchmark rate (LIBOR) and a credit spread of 3.25%.
On March 27, 2013, the Company made a $350.0 million prepayment on the $400.0 million principal balance of the Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018. As a result of this prepayment, the Company wrote off a total of $6.1 million of unamortized deferred financing fees and discount, and paid a $21.0 million prepayment premium, both of which are included in interest expense. The interest rate on the remaining $650.0 million Senior Subordinated Notes was reduced from a 12.00% to a 10.50% per annum fixed rate.
On July 30, 2013, the Company entered into interest rate swap contracts with $2.0 billion in notional value under which the Company will pay a fixed interest rate and receive a variable interest rate related to the Term B Loan. Refer to Note 15: Derivatives for more information regarding the interest rate swap.
As of December 31, 2013, availability of the entire $1.3 billion in ABL Facility credit commitments is determined based on the periodic reporting of available qualifying collateral, as defined in the ABL Facility credit agreement. Approximately $710.5 million and $572.1 million were available under the ABL Facility at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. An unused line fee of 0.500% and 0.375% is in effect at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
As of December 31, 2013, certain of the Companys European subsidiaries had a 68 million secured asset-based lending credit facility due December 31, 2016, referred to as the Euro ABL. The Euro ABL has a variable interest rate calculated as a function of the current benchmark rate Euro Interbank Offered Rate (EURIBOR) and a credit spread of 2.50%. Availability of the entire 68 million Euro ABL is determined based on the periodic reporting of available qualifying collateral, as defined in the Euro ABL credit agreement. Approximately $6.7 million and $0.9 million were available under the Euro ABL at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
F-59
The ABL Facility and ABL Term Loan are secured by substantially all of the assets of the US and Canadian operating subsidiaries of the Company. The Senior Term Loan Facilities are also secured by substantially all of the assets of the US operating and management subsidiaries. With respect to shared collateral, the ABL Facility, ABL Term Loan and the Senior Term Loan Facilities are secured by accounts receivable and inventories of the US operating subsidiaries of the Company. The obligations under the ABL Facility and ABL Term Loan are secured by a first priority lien on such accounts receivable and inventory, and the obligations under the Senior Term Loan Facilities are secured by a second priority lien on such accounts receivable and inventory. Under the ABL Facility, Canadian entities secure the obligations of the Canadian borrower. In addition, 65% of the shares of all first-tier foreign subsidiaries owned by the US subsidiaries have been pledged as security to the lenders in respect of all obligations. The Euro ABL is secured by accounts receivable of the Companys subsidiaries in Belgium, France and the Netherlands.
Assets pledged under the ABL Facility, ABL Term Loan, Senior Term Loan Facilities and the Euro ABL are as follows:
December 31, | ||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | ||||||
Cash |
$ | 32.1 | $ | 134.2 | ||||
Trade accounts receivable, net |
898.9 | 872.6 | ||||||
Inventories |
616.5 | 656.8 | ||||||
Prepaids and other current assets |
95.8 | 145.8 | ||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
844.4 | 903.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
$ | 2,487.7 | $ | 2,712.9 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The Companys subsidiaries noted as borrowers and guarantors under the ABL Facility and ABL Term Loan are subject, under certain limited circumstances, to comply with a fixed charge coverage ratio maintenance covenant. Such covenant is calculated based on the consolidated financial results of the Company. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, such covenant was not in effect but the Company would have been in compliance if it was then in effect. The Company and its subsidiaries are also subject to a significant number of non-financial covenants in each of the credit facilities and the Senior Subordinated Notes that restrict the operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, including, without limitation, requiring that the net proceeds from certain dispositions and capital market debt issuances must be used as mandatory prepayments and restrictions on the incurrence of financial indebtedness outside of these facilities (including restrictions on secured indebtedness), prepaying subordinated debt, making dividend payments, making certain investments, making certain asset dispositions, certain transactions with affiliates and certain mergers and acquisitions.
Future contractual maturities of the long-term debt at December 31, 2013 are as follows:
(in millions) |
||||
2014 |
$ | 79.7 | ||
2015 |
79.7 | |||
2016 |
91.3 | |||
2017 |
3,399.0 | |||
2018 |
118.5 |
14 Fair value measurements
The Company classifies its financial instruments according to the fair value hierarchy described in Note 2: Significant accounting policies.
F-60
Items measured at fair value on a recurring basis
The following table presents the Companys assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
December 31,
2013 |
December 31,
2012 |
December 31,
2013 |
December 31,
2012 |
December 31,
2013 |
December 31,
2012 |
||||||||||||||||||
Financial current assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward currency contracts |
$ | | $ | | $ | 0.3 | $ | 0.7 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||||
Financial noncurrent assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swap contracts |
| | 2.9 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial current liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward currency contracts |
| | 0.7 | 0.7 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swap contracts |
| | 7.5 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate cap contracts |
| | | 0.6 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial noncurrent liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent consideration |
| | | | 1.0 | 25.5 |
The Company reclassified the 2012 presentation of forward currency contracts to conform to current year presentation.
The amounts related to forward currency contracts are presented in the above table on a gross basis and presented in the consolidated balance sheets on a net basis. The net amounts included in prepaid and other current assets were $0.1 million and $0.4 million and included in other accrued expenses were $0.5 million and $0.4 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
The fair value of forward currency contracts is calculated by reference to current forward exchange rates for contracts with similar maturity profiles. The fair value of interest rate swaps and interest rate caps is determined by estimating the net present value of amounts to be paid under the agreement offset by the net present value of the expected cash inflows based on market rates and associated yield curves.
The following table is a reconciliation of the fair value measurements that use significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), which consists of contingent consideration related to acquisitions.
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | ||||||
Fair value as of January 1 |
$ | 25.5 | $ | | ||||
Additions |
0.2 | 25.5 | ||||||
Fair value adjustments |
(24.7 | ) | | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Fair value as of December 31 |
$ | 1.0 | $ | 25.5 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The 2013 and 2012 additions related to the fair value of the contingent consideration associated with the Companys acquisition of Quimicompuestos and Magnablend, respectively. Refer to Note 16: Business Combinations for more information regarding the acquisitions.
The fair value adjustments related to the reduction of the contingent consideration liabilities associated with the Magnablend and Quimicompuestos acquisitions. The reductions were based on actual 2013 performance which resulted in no payouts and an updated estimate of Magnablends 2014 performance indicating that the probability of achieving the milestones that would require paying the contingent consideration in 2014 was lower than previously expected. The fair value adjustments are recorded within other operating expenses, net in the consolidated statement of operations. Refer to Note 16: Business Combinations for more information regarding the acquisitions.
F-61
Financial instruments not carried at fair value
The estimated fair market values of financial instruments not carried at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:
December 31, 2013 | December 31, 2012 | |||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
Carrying
Amount |
Fair
Value |
Carrying
Amount |
Fair
Value |
||||||||||||
Financial liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
Long-term debt including current portion (Level 2) |
$ | 3,736.8 | $ | 3,767.0 | $ | 3,776.0 | $ | 3,815.0 |
The fair values of the long-term debt, including the current portions, were based on current market quotes for similar borrowings and credit risk adjusted for liquidity, margins, and amortization, as necessary.
Fair value of other financial instruments
The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable, and short-term financing included in the consolidated balance sheets approximate fair value due to their short-term nature.
15 Derivatives
Interest rate swaps
At December 31, 2013, the Company had interest rate swap contracts in place with a total notional amount of $2.0 billion, whereby a fixed rate of interest (weighted average of 1.64%) is paid and a variable rate of interest (greater of 1.25% or three-month LIBOR) is received on the notional amount.
The objective of the hedging instruments is to offset the variability of cash flows in three-month LIBOR indexed debt interest payments, subject to a 1.50% floor, attributable to changes in the aforementioned benchmark interest rate from September 16, 2013 to June 15, 2017 related to the Term B Loan. Changes in the cash flows of each interest rate swap are expected to be highly effective in offsetting the changes in interest payments on a principal balance equal to the notional amount of the derivative, attributable to the hedged risk. The Company applies hedge accounting related to the interest rate swap contracts and has designated the derivative instrument as a cash flow hedge.
As of December 31, 2013, $6.5 million of deferred, net losses on derivative instruments included in accumulated other comprehensive loss are expected to be recognized in earnings during the next 12 months, coinciding with when the hedged items are expected to impact earnings.
The interest rate floor related to the Senior Term Loan Facility (1.50%) is not identical to the interest rate floor of the interest rate swap contracts (1.25%), which results in hedge ineffectiveness. During the year ended December 31, 2013, $0.2 million of ineffectiveness was recognized within other expense, net within the statement of operations.
The effective portion of the gains and losses related to the interest rate swap contracts are initially recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss and then reclassified into earnings consistent with the underlying hedged item (interest payments). The fair value of interest rate swaps is recorded either in prepaids and other current assets, other assets, other accrued expenses or other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2013, the current liability of $7.5 million was included in other accrued expenses and the noncurrent asset of $2.9 million was included in other assets.
F-62
During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company had one interest rate swap contract in place with a notional amount of $500.0 million, whereby a fixed rate of interest (1.781%) was paid and a variable rate of interest (equal to one-month LIBOR) was received on the notional amount. Prior to the debt refinancing on November 30, 2010, hedge accounting was applied as the swap contract hedged the interest rate risk under the Companys credit facilities. As a result of the debt refinancing, hedge accounting was discontinued on October 1, 2010. The cumulative loss of $13.7 million was amortized to interest expense from accumulated other comprehensive loss over the remaining term of the swap. The interest rate swap expired on December 31, 2012.
Interest rate caps
During 2013 and 2012, the Company had two interest rate caps in place, each with a notional amount of $250.0 million. To the extent the quarterly LIBOR exceeded 2.25%; the Company would have received payment based on the notional amount and the interest rate spread. The Company did not apply hedge accounting for the interest rate caps, which expired on December 31, 2013. The interest rate cap liability was reported in other accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets and fair value adjustments were included in other expense, net in the statements of operations.
Foreign currency derivatives
The Company uses forward currency contracts to hedge earnings from the effects of foreign exchange relating to certain of the Companys intercompany and third party receivables and payables denominated in a foreign currency. These derivative instruments are not formally designated as hedges by the Company and the terms of these instruments range from one to three months. Forward currency contracts are recorded at fair value in either prepaid expenses and other current assets or other accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets, reflecting their short-term nature. The fair value adjustments and gains and losses are included in other expense, net within the statements of operations. The total notional amount of undesignated forward currency contracts were $127.7 million and $213.0 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
The amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to the consolidated statements of operations and the amounts recognized directly in the consolidated statements of operations relating to derivatives are as follows:
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||
Losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss: |
||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps |
$ | 5.8 | $ | | $ | | ||||||
Losses reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to statement of operations: |
||||||||||||
Interest rate swapsinterest expense |
1.4 | 4.8 | 7.1 | |||||||||
Gains (losses) recognized directly in the statement of operations within other expense, net: |
||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps |
(0.2 | ) | 6.1 | 5.2 | ||||||||
Interest rate caps |
| 0.1 | (4.0 | ) |
16 Business combinations
Year ended December 31, 2013
Acquisition of Quimicompuestos
On May 16, 2013, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Quimicompuestos S.A. de C.V. (Quimicompuestos), a leading distributor of commodity chemicals in Mexico. The acquisition provides the Company with a strong platform for future growth in Mexico and enables the
F-63
Company to offer its customers and suppliers the complete end to end value proposition with both specialty chemical and commodity offerings. The final fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for Quimicompuestos are as follows:
(in millions) |
||||
Purchase price: |
||||
Cash consideration |
$ | 92.2 | ||
Fair value of contingent consideration |
0.2 | |||
|
|
|||
92.4 | ||||
Allocation: |
||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
3.5 | |||
Trade accounts receivable |
31.2 | |||
Inventories |
12.9 | |||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
9.0 | |||
Property, plant and equipment |
18.6 | |||
Definite lived intangible assets |
30.6 | |||
Deferred tax assets |
0.7 | |||
Goodwill |
35.0 | |||
Trade accounts payable |
(25.3 | ) | ||
Accrued compensation and other accrued expenses |
(15.0 | ) | ||
Deferred tax liabilities |
(8.8 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
$ | 92.4 | |||
|
|
Pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreement, the Company was conditionally obligated to make an earn-out payment of $5.0 million based on Quimicompuestos performance in 2013. As part of the allocation of the purchase price, the Company recognized $0.2 million in other accrued expenses related to the fair value of Quimicompuestos contingent consideration on the date of acquisition. The contingent consideration was recognized at fair value based on a real options approach, which took into account managements best estimate of Quimicompuestos performance in 2013, as well as achievement risk. The weighted average probability of achievement (unobservable input) was estimated to be 5% at the acquisition date. For the year ended December 31, 2013, Quimicompuestos did not achieve the required performance target, which resulted in no earnout payment.
Costs of $7.5 million directly attributable to the acquisition, consisting of legal and consultancy fees, were expensed as incurred in other operating expenses, net within the consolidated statements of operations.
Substantially all of the goodwill recognized above was attributed to the expected synergies from combining the assets and activities of Quimicompuestos with those of the Companys ROW segment. The goodwill arising on the Quimicompuestos acquisition is not tax-deductible. The intangible assets recognized primarily consisted of customer relationships of $19.9 million, which are being amortized on an accelerated basis over a period of 11 years, and non-compete agreements of $10.0 million, which are being amortized on a straight line basis over a period of 3 years. The weighted average amortization period for intangibles related to the acquisition is 8.2 years.
The consolidated financial statements include the results of Quimicompuestos from the acquisition date. Had the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2012, there would not have been a significant change to the Companys net sales and net loss. Additionally, net sales and net income contributed by Quimicompuestos to the Company post-acquisition were not significant.
F-64
Year ended December 31, 2012
Acquisition of Magnablend Holdings, Inc.
On December 11, 2012, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Magnablend Holdings, Inc. (Magnablend), a Texas-based provider of custom specialty chemical manufacturing, blending and packaging solutions. The acquisition provides the Company with a strong platform for future growth in the rapidly growing North American oil and gas market.
Summarized financial information
In 2013, the Company finalized its purchase accounting and recorded adjustments related to working capital that were previously provisionally determined. The net impact of these adjustments was a decrease of $12.0 million to goodwill. The final fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for Magnablend are as follows:
(in millions) |
||||
Purchase price: |
||||
Cash consideration |
$ | 491.5 | ||
Fair value of contingent consideration |
25.5 | |||
|
|
|||
517.0 | ||||
Allocation: |
||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
3.0 | |||
Trade accounts receivable |
56.8 | |||
Inventories |
60.0 | |||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
13.0 | |||
Deferred tax assets |
2.0 | |||
Property, plant and equipment |
35.7 | |||
Other assets |
1.6 | |||
Definite lived intangible assets |
198.2 | |||
Goodwill |
259.0 | |||
Trade accounts payable |
(23.4 | ) | ||
Accrued compensation and other accrued expenses |
(16.4 | ) | ||
Deferred tax liabilities |
(72.5 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
$ | 517.0 | |||
|
|
Pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreement, the Company was conditionally obligated to make an earn-out payment of up to $50.0 million based on Magnablends performance in 2013 and 2014. As part of the allocation of the purchase price, the Company recognized $25.5 million in other long-term liabilities related to the fair value of Magnablends contingent consideration on the date of acquisition. The contingent consideration was recognized at fair value based on a real options approach, which took into account managements best estimate of Magnablends performance in 2013 and 2014, as well as achievement risk. The weighted average probability of achievement (unobservable input) was estimated to be 4.2% and 54.4% at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
For the year ended December 31, 2013, the liability was re-measured and resulted in a $24.5 million adjustment, which was included in other operating expenses, net. The adjustment was attributable to Magnablend not achieving the required 2013 performance target and thus no earnout payment and a reduced forecast related to the 2014 performance target. As of December 31, 2013, the current liability related to the contingent consideration was $1.0 million. As of December 31, 2013, an increase of 10% in the probability of achievement (unobservable input) would increase the liability by approximately $2.5 million.
F-65
Costs of $6.5 million directly attributable to the acquisition, consisting of legal and consultancy fees, were expensed as incurred in other operating expenses, net within the consolidated statements of operations.
Substantially all of the goodwill recognized above was attributed to the expected synergies from combining the assets and activities of Magnablend with those of the Companys USA segment. The goodwill arising on the Magnablend acquisition is not tax-deductible. The intangible assets recognized were primarily customer relationships of $192.5 million, which are being amortized on an accelerated basis over a period of 13 years. The weighted average amortization period for intangibles related to the acquisition is 12.9 years.
The consolidated financial statements include the results of Magnablend from the acquisition date. Net sales and net loss of Magnablend included in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012, were $14.4 million and $4.9 million, respectively.
Supplemental pro forma information (unaudited)
The following table presents summarized pro forma results of the Company had the acquisition date of Magnablend been on January 1, 2011:
(in millions, except per share data) |
2012 | 2011 | ||||||
Net sales |
$ | 10,112.5 | $ | 9,900.7 | ||||
Net loss |
(181.5 | ) | (187.4 | ) | ||||
Loss per common sharebasic and diluted |
$ | (0.93 | ) | $ | (0.96 | ) |
The supplemental pro forma information presents the combined operating results of the Company and the business acquired, adjusted to exclude acquisition-related costs, include the additional depreciation and amortization expense associated with the effect of fair value adjustments recognized, and to include interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs related to the Companys borrowings used to fund the acquisition.
Year ended December 31, 2011
In 2011, the Company completed three acquisitions for a total purchase price of $158.5 million.
On January 3, 2011, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Quaron, a leading chemical distributor in Belgium and the Netherlands. The combined organizations will offer better product selection and enhanced value-added services to customers and provide supplier partners with greater opportunities for sales growth and technical service.
On March 16, 2011, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Eral-Protek, a leading chemical distributor in Turkey. This acquisition gives the Company a greater presence in the region, as Turkey is a growing market and an important logistical and cultural bridge between Europe and the Companys growing Middle Eastern and African businesses.
On August 31, 2011, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Arinos, a leading chemical distributor of specialty and commodity chemicals and high-value services in Brazil. The acquisition provides the Company with a presence in the Brazilian market and will provide customers with access to a broader base of products through the Companys existing global supply chain.
F-66
Summarized financial information
The final aggregate fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the 2011 acquisitions were as follows:
(in millions) |
||||
Purchase price: |
||||
Cash consideration |
$ | 158.5 | ||
Allocation: |
||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
3.1 | |||
Trade accounts receivable |
42.2 | |||
Inventories |
26.0 | |||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
7.4 | |||
Property, plant and equipment |
54.2 | |||
Definite lived intangible assets |
39.9 | |||
Goodwill |
68.1 | |||
Deferred tax assets |
2.3 | |||
Other assets |
19.9 | |||
Short-term financing |
(8.4 | ) | ||
Trade accounts payable |
(26.6 | ) | ||
Other accrued expenses |
(14.0 | ) | ||
Long-term debt |
(15.4 | ) | ||
Deferred tax liabilities |
(19.4 | ) | ||
Other long-term liabilities |
(20.8 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
$ | 158.5 | |||
|
|
As part of the allocation of the purchase price in 2011, the Company recognized $15.6 million (29.3 million Brazilian Reals) in other long-term liabilities for Arinos contingencies incurred pre-acquisition. The contingencies primarily relate to taxes and potential labor claims. The contingencies will be resolved within five years of the acquisition date as the statute of limitations for each potential claim expires at various dates through 2016. The Company also recognized a $15.6 million (29.3 million Brazilian Reals) indemnification asset in other assets relating to these Arinos contingencies as part of the allocation price in 2011. Under the terms of the Arinos Purchase and Sale Agreement between the Company and the sellers, the Company has a right to recover from the sellers any costs associated with certain contingent liabilities incurred pre-acquisition. Indemnification payments from the sellers are subject to an overall cap of 40.0 million Brazilian Reals within five years from the date of acquisition. The initial recognition and value of the indemnification asset was on the same basis as the related indemnified items. The subsequent accounting for the indemnification asset will reflect the manner in which the indemnified items are subsequently measured, subject to collectability and any contractual limitations on the indemnification payments.
Goodwill and other intangible assets of $47.5 million and $60.5 million were allocated to the Companys EMEA and ROW segments, respectively, relating to the 2011 acquisitions. Substantially all of the goodwill recognized was attributed to the expected synergies from combining the assets and activities of acquired companies with those of the Companys existing businesses. The goodwill arising on the 2011 acquisitions is not tax-deductible. The intangible assets recognized in 2011 business combinations were primarily customer relationships, which are being amortized on an accelerated basis over a weighted-average period of 6.9 years.
Costs of $11.2 million directly attributable to the acquisitions, consisting of legal and consultancy fees, were expensed as incurred in other operating expenses, net within the consolidated statements of operations. The consolidated financial statements include the results of each acquisition from the acquisition date. Net sales and net loss of the above acquisitions included in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011, were $204.4 million and $2.5 million, respectively.
F-67
Supplemental pro forma information (unaudited)
The following table presents summarized pro forma results of the Company and the acquired entities had the acquisition dates of all 2011 business combinations been January 1, 2011:
(in millions, except per share data) |
2011 | |||
Net sales |
$ | 9,799.1 | ||
Net loss |
(171.9 | ) | ||
Loss per common sharebasic and diluted |
$ | (0.88 | ) |
The supplemental pro forma information presents the combined operating results of the Company and the businesses acquired, adjusted to exclude acquisition-related costs, to include the additional depreciation and amortization expense associated with the effect of fair value adjustments recognized, and to include interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs related to the Companys borrowings used to fund the acquisitions.
17 Commitments and contingencies
Operating lease commitments
Minimum rental commitments at December 31, 2013, under non-cancelable operating leases with lease terms in excess of one year are as follows:
(in millions) |
Minimum Rental
Commitments |
|||
2014 |
$ | 73.5 | ||
2015 |
63.0 | |||
2016 |
50.6 | |||
2017 |
36.7 | |||
2018 |
27.9 | |||
More than five years |
66.9 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 318.6 | ||
|
|
Rental and lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $57.9 million, $54.2 million, and $54.4 million, respectively. Rental and lease commitments related to land, buildings and fleet.
Litigation
In the ordinary course of business the Company is subject to pending or threatened claims, lawsuits, regulatory matters and administrative proceedings from time to time. Where appropriate the Company has recorded provisions in the consolidated financial statements for these matters. The liabilities for injuries to persons or property are in some instances covered by liability insurance, subject to various deductibles and self-insured retentions.
The Company is not aware of any claims, lawsuits, regulatory matters or administrative proceedings, pending or threatened, that are likely to have a material effect on its overall financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. However, the Company cannot predict the outcome of any claims or litigation or the potential for future claims or litigation.
The Company is subject to liabilities from claims alleging personal injury from exposure to asbestos. The claims result primarily from an indemnification obligation related to Univar USA Inc.s 1986 purchase of McKesson Chemical Company from McKesson Corporation (McKesson). Univar USAs obligation to indemnify McKesson for settlements and judgments arising from asbestos claims is the amount which is in
F-68
excess of applicable insurance coverage, if any, which may be available under McKessons historical insurance coverage. Univar USA is also a defendant in a small number of asbestos claims. As of December 31, 2013, there were fewer than 128 asbestos-related claims for which the Company has liability for defense and indemnity pursuant to the indemnification obligation. Historically, the vast majority of the claims against both McKesson and Univar USA have been dismissed without payment. While the Company is unable to predict the outcome of these matters, it does not believe, based upon currently available facts, that the ultimate resolution of any of these matters will have a material effect on its overall financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. However, the Company cannot predict the outcome of any present or future claims or litigation and adverse developments could negatively impact earnings or cash flows in a particular future period.
Environmental
The Company is subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations that require environmental assessment or remediation efforts (collectively environmental remediation work) at approximately 124 locations, some that are now or were previously Company-owned/occupied and some that were never Company-owned/occupied (non-owned sites).
The Companys environmental remediation work at some sites is being conducted pursuant to governmental proceedings or investigations, while the Company, with appropriate state or federal agency oversight and approval, is conducting the environmental remediation work at other sites voluntarily. The Company is currently undergoing remediation efforts or is in the process of active review of the need for potential remediation efforts at approximately 106 current or formerly Company-owned/occupied sites. In addition, the Company may be liable for a share of the clean-up of approximately 18 non-owned sites. These non-owned sites are typically (a) locations of independent waste disposal or recycling operations with alleged or confirmed contaminated soil and/or groundwater to which the Company may have shipped waste products or drums for re-conditioning, or (b) contaminated non-owned sites near historical sites owned or operated by the Company or its predecessors from which contamination is alleged to have arisen.
In determining the appropriate level of environmental reserves, the Company considers several factors such as information obtained from investigatory studies; changes in the scope of remediation; the interpretation, application and enforcement of laws and regulations; changes in the costs of remediation programs; the development of alternative cleanup technologies and methods; and the relative level of the Companys involvement at various sites for which the Company is allegedly associated. The level of annual expenditures for remedial, monitoring and investigatory activities will change in the future as major components of planned remediation activities are completed and the scope, timing and costs of existing activities are changed. Project lives, and therefore cash flows, range from 2 to 30 years, depending on the specific site and type of remediation project.
Although the Company believes that its reserves are adequate for environmental contingencies, it is possible, due to the uncertainties noted above, that additional reserves could be required in the future that could have a material effect on the overall financial position, results of operations, or cash flows in a particular period. This additional loss or range of losses cannot be recorded at this time, as it is not reasonably estimable.
Changes in total environmental liabilities are as follows:
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | ||||||
Environmental liabilities at January 1 |
$ | 146.6 | $ | 165.6 | ||||
Revised obligation estimates |
4.3 | (2.0 | ) | |||||
Environmental payments |
(14.4 | ) | (17.5 | ) | ||||
Exchange differences and other |
0.5 | 0.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Environmental liabilities at December 31 |
$ | 137.0 | $ | 146.6 | ||||
|
|
|
|
F-69
Environmental liabilities of $30.4 million and $32.0 million were classified as current in other accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The long-term portion of environmental liabilities is recorded in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
The Company manages estimated cash flows by project. These estimates are subject to change if there are modifications to the scope of the remediation plan or if other factors, both external and internal, change the timing of the remediation activities. The Company periodically reviews the status of all existing or potential environmental liabilities and adjusts its accruals based on all available, relevant information. Based on current estimates, the expected payments for environmental remediation for the next five years and thereafter at December 31, 2013 are as follows, with projects for which timing is uncertain included in the 2014 estimated amount:
(in millions) |
||||
2014 |
$ | 30.4 | ||
2015 |
17.7 | |||
2016 |
12.4 | |||
2017 |
10.9 | |||
2018 |
10.0 | |||
Thereafter |
59.4 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 140.8 | ||
|
|
Competition
At the end of May 2013, the Autorité de la concurrence, Frances competition authority, fined the Company $19.91 million (15.18 million) for alleged price fixing. The price fixing was alleged to have occurred prior to 2006. The Company will not appeal the fine which has been paid in full as of December 31, 2013.
The US Federal Trade Commission (FTC) began an investigation in 2011 of the Companys bleach distribution business in North Carolina and Virginia. On April 5, 2013, the FTC informed the Company that the investigation has been closed and that no further action is warranted at this time.
Customs and International Trade Laws
In April 2012, the US Department of Justice (DOJ) issued a civil investigative demand to the Company in connection with an investigation into the Companys compliance with applicable customs and international trade laws and regulations relating to the importation of saccharin since December 27, 2002. At around the same time, the Company became aware of an investigation being conducted by US Customs and Border Patrol (CBP) into the Companys importation of saccharin. The Company is cooperating with DOJ and CBP. The Company has not recorded a liability related to either of these investigations as any potential loss is neither probable nor estimable at this stage in either investigation.
18 Related party transactions
CD&R and CVC charged the Company a total of $5.2 million, $5.2 million and $4.4 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, for advisory services provided to the Company pertaining strategic consulting. These amounts were recorded in other operating expenses, net.
F-70
The following table summarizes the Companys sales and purchases with related parties:
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||
CVC: |
||||||||||||
Sales to affiliate companies |
$ | 10.5 | $ | 23.1 | $ | 31.2 | ||||||
Purchases from affiliate companies |
19.0 | 13.3 | 27.7 | |||||||||
CD&R: |
||||||||||||
Sales to affiliate companies |
3.5 | 11.5 | 8.3 | |||||||||
Purchases from affiliate companies |
0.4 | 0.4 | | |||||||||
Board of Directors: |
||||||||||||
Sales to affiliate companies |
5.2 | | | |||||||||
Purchases from affiliate companies |
0.2 | | |
The following table summarizes the Companys receivables due from and payables due to related parties:
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
(in millions) |
2013 | 2012 | ||||||
Due from affiliates |
$ | 1.9 | $ | 1.7 | ||||
Due to affiliates |
0.7 | 0.4 |
Included in interest expense is $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, related to loans payable to Univar N.V. In conjunction with the CD&R transaction, these loans were paid off on January 11, 2011, in the amount of $956.6 million.
The Senior Subordinated Notes are held by indirect stockholders of the Company and are therefore considered due to related parties. Refer to Note 13: Debt for further information regarding the Senior Subordinated Notes.
19 Segments
Management monitors the operating results of its operating segments separately for the purpose of making decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment. Management evaluates performance on the basis of Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as consolidated net loss, plus the sum of: interest expense, net of interest income; income tax expense (benefit); depreciation; amortization; other operating expenses, net; impairment charges; loss on extinguishment of debt; and other expense, net.
Transfer prices between operating segments are set on an arms-length basis in a similar manner to transactions with third parties. Corporate operating expenses that directly benefit segments have been allocated to the operating segments. Allocable operating expenses are identified through a review process by management. These costs are allocated to the operating segments on a basis that approximates the use of services. This is typically measured on a weighted distribution of margin, asset, headcount or time spent.
Other/Eliminations represents the elimination of inter-segment transactions as well as unallocated corporate costs consisting of costs specifically related to parent company operations that do not directly benefit segments, either individually or collectively.
F-71
Financial information for the Companys segments is as follows.
(in millions) |
USA | Canada | EMEA | ROW |
Other/
Eliminations |
Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, 2013 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
External customers |
$ | 5,964.5 | $ | 1,558.7 | $ | 2,326.8 | $ | 474.6 | $ | | $ | 10,324.6 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment |
116.5 | 8.0 | 4.0 | | (128.5 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total net sales |
6,081.0 | 1,566.7 | 2,330.8 | 474.6 | (128.5 | ) | 10,324.6 | |||||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) |
4,953.4 | 1,316.6 | 1,902.9 | 404.3 | (128.5 | ) | 8,448.7 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross profit |
1,127.6 | 250.1 | 427.9 | 70.3 | | 1,875.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling |
201.3 | 41.6 | 76.1 | 7.0 | | 326.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative |
492.6 | 102.4 | 299.3 | 48.3 | 9.1 | 951.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 433.7 | $ | 106.1 | $ | 52.5 | $ | 15.0 | $ | (9.1 | ) | $ | 598.2 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net. |
12.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
128.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization |
100.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment charges |
135.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
2.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
294.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
17.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax benefit |
(9.8 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (82.3 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 4,127.2 | $ | 1,780.2 | $ | 1,441.6 | $ | 268.9 | $ | (1,400.9 | ) | $ | 6,217.0 | |||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
621.9 | 147.6 | 226.7 | 26.0 | 74.9 | 1,097.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditures |
59.9 | 15.8 | 23.8 | 3.0 | 38.8 | 141.3 |
(in millions) |
USA | Canada | EMEA | ROW |
Other/
Eliminations |
Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, 2012 (1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
External customers |
$ | 5,659.2 | $ | 1,494.4 | $ | 2,283.0 | $ | 310.5 | $ | | $ | 9,747.1 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment |
138.2 | 16.0 | 4.3 | | (158.5 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total net sales |
5,797.4 | 1,510.4 | 2,287.3 | 310.5 | (158.5 | ) | 9,747.1 | |||||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) |
4,728.7 | 1,242.0 | 1,851.1 | 261.3 | (158.5 | ) | 7,924.6 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross profit |
1,068.7 | 268.4 | 436.2 | 49.2 | | 1,822.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling |
186.1 | 38.1 | 77.7 | 6.3 | | 308.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative |
456.6 | 103.8 | 298.8 | 39.2 | 8.7 | 907.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 426.0 | $ | 126.5 | $ | 59.7 | $ | 3.7 | $ | (8.7 | ) | $ | 607.2 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net |
177.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
111.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization |
93.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment charges |
75.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
0.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
268.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
1.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
75.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (197.4 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 4,049.6 | $ | 1,812.1 | $ | 1,446.5 | $ | 218.2 | $ | (995.9 | ) | $ | 6,530.5 | |||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
630.4 | 153.9 | 240.3 | 9.1 | 119.1 | 1,152.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditures |
35.4 | 14.7 | 53.7 | 1.9 | 64.4 | 170.1 |
F-72
(in millions) |
USA | Canada | EMEA | ROW |
Other/
Eliminations |
Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, 2011(1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
External customers |
$ | 5,660.8 | $ | 1,386.1 | $ | 2,437.6 | $ | 234.0 | $ | | $ | 9,718.5 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment |
61.5 | 9.3 | 4.8 | | (75.6 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total net sales |
5,722.3 | 1,395.4 | 2,442.4 | 234.0 | (75.6 | ) | 9,718.5 | |||||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) |
4,652.0 | 1,137.9 | 1,973.6 | 195.1 | (75.6 | ) | 7,883.0 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross profit |
1,070.3 | 257.5 | 468.8 | 38.9 | | 1,835.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Outbound freight and handling |
175.1 | 36.8 | 79.4 | 2.8 | | 294.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Warehousing, selling and administrative |
445.3 | 99.7 | 313.0 | 22.9 | 14.5 | 895.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 449.9 | $ | 121.0 | $ | 76.4 | $ | 13.2 | $ | (14.5 | ) | $ | 646.0 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Other operating expenses, net. |
140.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
108.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization |
90.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment charges |
173.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
16.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
273.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
4.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
15.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (176.2 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 3,324.3 | $ | 1,686.1 | $ | 1,336.7 | $ | 207.9 | $ | (842.9 | ) | $ | 5,712.1 | |||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
626.6 | 146.0 | 214.2 | 9.7 | 66.3 | 1,062.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditures |
24.9 | 8.3 | 32.0 | 0.7 | 37.0 | 102.9 |
(1) | The 2012 and 2011 amounts were revised in accordance with the reclassifications discussed in Note 2 to conform to the current period presentation. |
Business line information
Over 97% of the Companys net sales from external customers relate to its industrial chemical business. Other sales to external customers relate to services for collecting and arranging for the transportation of hazardous and nonhazardous waste.
Risks and Concentrations
No single customer accounted for more than 10% of net sales in any of the years presented.
The Company has portions of its labor force that are a part of collective bargaining agreements. A work stoppage or other limitation on operations could occur as a result of disputes under existing collective bargaining agreements with labor unions or government based work counsels or in connection with negotiation of new collective bargaining agreements. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, approximately 29 percent and 27 percent of the Companys labor force is covered by a collective bargaining agreement, respectively, and approximately 12 percent of the Companys labor force is covered by a collective bargaining agreement that will expire within one year.
20 Quarterly financial information (unaudited)
The following tables contain selected unaudited statement of operations information for each quarter of 2013 and 2012. The tables include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that is
F-73
necessary for fair presentation of the consolidated financial position and operating results for the quarters presented. Our business is affected by seasonality, which historically has resulted in higher sales volume during our second and third quarter.
Unaudited quarterly results for 2013 are as follows:
Year Ended December 31, 2013 | ||||||||||||||||
(in millions, except per share data) |
March 31(1) | June 30(2) | September 30(3) | December 31(4) | ||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 2,490.5 | $ | 2,795.2 | $ | 2,619.6 | $ | 2,419.3 | ||||||||
Gross profit |
464.3 | 483.6 | 471.2 | 456.8 | ||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
(58.5 | ) | (27.0 | ) | (50.3 | ) | 43.7 | |||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
(5.3 | ) | (10.0 | ) | (0.2 | ) | 5.7 | |||||||||
Net income (loss) |
(53.2 | ) | (17.0 | ) | (50.1 | ) | 38.0 | |||||||||
Earnings (loss) per share: |
||||||||||||||||
Basic and diluted |
$ | (0.27 | ) | $ | (0.09 | ) | $ | (0.25 | ) | $ | 0.19 | |||||
Shares used in computation of earnings (loss) per share: |
||||||||||||||||
Basic |
197.0 | 197.0 | 197.0 | 197.2 | ||||||||||||
Diluted |
197.0 | 197.0 | 197.0 | 197.4 |
(1) | Included in the first quarter of 2013 within interest expense were $27.1 million of fees associated with the March 2013 early payment on the Subordinated Notes of $350.0 million. |
(2) | Included in the second quarter of 2013 was the impairment of a global enterprise resource planning system of $58.0 million. |
(3) | Included in the third quarter of 2013 was the ROW goodwill impairment charge of $73.3 million. |
(4) | Included in the fourth quarter of 2013 was a gain of $73.5 million relating to the annual mark to market adjustment on the defined benefit pension and postretirement plans. |
Year Ended December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
(in millions, except per share data) |
March 31 | June 30 | September 30 | December 31(1) | ||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 2,406.1 | $ | 2,682.3 | $ | 2,424.4 | $ | 2,234.3 | ||||||||
Gross profit |
461.3 | 486.5 | 462.0 | 412.7 | ||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
25.1 | 23.7 | 41.6 | (212.2 | ) | |||||||||||
Income tax expense |
10.6 | 18.9 | 9.7 | 36.4 | ||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
14.5 | 4.8 | 31.9 | (248.6 | ) | |||||||||||
Earnings (loss) per share: |
||||||||||||||||
Basic and diluted |
$ | 0.07 | $ | 0.02 | $ | 0.16 | $ | (1.27 | ) | |||||||
Shares used in computation of earnings (loss) per share: |
||||||||||||||||
Basic |
194.6 | 194.7 | 195.5 | 195.9 | ||||||||||||
Diluted |
195.1 | 195.1 | 195.8 | 195.9 |
(1) | Included in the fourth quarter of 2012 was a loss of $83.6 million relating to the annual mark to market adjustment on the defined benefit pension and postretirement plans. Also included was the EMEA reporting units goodwill impairment charge of $75.0 million. The Company recognized a $92.4 million deferred tax valuation allowance in the fourth quarter of 2012. |
21 Subsequent events
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through February 28, 2014, the date that these financial statements were available to be issued.
F-74
Shares
Univar Inc.
Common Stock
PROSPECTUS
Deutsche Bank Securities
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
BofA Merrill Lynch
Barclays
Credit Suisse
J.P. Morgan
Jefferies
Morgan Stanley
, 2014
Through and including the 25th day after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. | OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION. |
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts or commissions. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.
SEC Registration Fee |
$ | 12,880 | ||
FINRA Filing Fee |
$ | 15,500 | ||
Stock Exchange Listing Fee |
$ | * | ||
Printing Fees and Expenses |
$ | * | ||
Accounting Fees and Expenses |
$ | * | ||
Legal Fees and Expenses |
$ | * | ||
Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses |
$ | * | ||
Miscellaneous |
$ | * | ||
Total |
$ | * | ||
|
|
* To be filed by amendment.
ITEM 14. | INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS |
Delaware General Corporation Law
Univar Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware.
Section 145(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the persons conduct was unlawful.
Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
II-1
Section 145(c) of the DGCL provides that to the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 of the DGCL, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
Section 145(e) of the DGCL provides that expenses, including attorneys fees, incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in Section 145 of the DGCL. Such expenses, including attorneys fees, incurred by former directors and officers or other persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.
Section 145(g) of the DGCL specifically allows a Delaware corporation to purchase liability insurance on behalf of its directors and officers and to insure against potential liability of such directors and officers regardless of whether the corporation would have the power to indemnify such directors and officers under Section 145 of the DGCL.
Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will contain provisions permitted under Delaware General Corporation Law relating to the liability of directors. These provisions will eliminate a directors personal liability to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except in circumstances involving:
| any breach of the directors duty of loyalty; |
| acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law; |
| under Section 174 of the DGCL (unlawful dividends); or |
| any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit. |
Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated By-laws will require us to indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL and other applicable law, except in the case of a proceeding instituted by the director without the approval of our board of directors. Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated By-laws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, to the fullest extent permitted by law, for all judgments, fines, settlements, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with pending or threatened legal proceedings because of the directors or officers positions with us or another entity that the director or officer serves at our request, subject to various conditions, and to advance funds to our directors and officers to enable them to defend against such proceedings. To receive indemnification, the director or officer must have been successful in the legal proceeding or have acted in good faith and in what was reasonably believed to be a lawful manner in our best interest and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a Delaware corporation to include a provision in its certificate of incorporation eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. This provision, however, may not eliminate or limit a directors liability (1) for breach of the directors duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will contain such a provision.
II-2
Indemnification Agreements
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements will provide the directors and executive officers with contractual rights to the indemnification and expense advancement rights provided under our amended and restated by-laws, as well as contractual rights to additional indemnification as provided in the indemnification agreements.
Directors and Officers Liability Insurance
We have obtained directors and officers liability insurance which insures against certain liabilities that our directors and officers and our subsidiaries, may, in such capacities, incur.
Underwriting Agreement
The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.
ITEM 15. | RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES |
None.
ITEM 16. | EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES |
(a) Exhibits.
The following exhibits are included as exhibits to this Registration Statement.
Exhibit List
Exhibit
|
Exhibit Description |
|
1.1* | Form of Underwriting Agreement. | |
3.1* | Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon completion of the offering | |
3.2* | Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon completion of the offering | |
4.1* | Form of Common Stock Certificate | |
4.2 | Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.3 | First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, by and among Univar Inc., UnivarHoldco Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.4 | Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.5 | Amendment to the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 8, 2010, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.6 | Second Amendment to the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 28, 2010, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee |
II-3
Exhibit
|
Exhibit Description |
|
4.7 | Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.8 | Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2010, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.9 | Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2012, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.10 | Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 4, 2013, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.11 | Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 27, 2013, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.12 | Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2010, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.13 | Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2012, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.14 | Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 4, 2013, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.15 | Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 18, 2013, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.16 | Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2010, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto, Apollo Investment Corporation, AIE EuroLux S.à.r.l., GSLP I Offshore Holdings Fund A, L.P., GSLP I Offshore Holdings Fund B, L.P., GSLP I Offshore Holdings Fund C, L.P., GSLP Onshore Holdings Fund, L.L.C., FS Investment Corporation, GSO COF Facility LLC, Highbridge Principal StrategiesMezzanine Partners Delaware Subsidiary, LLC, Highbridge Principal StrategiesInstitutional Mezzanine Partners Subsidiary, L.P., Highbridge Principal StrategiesOffshore Mezzanine Partners Master Fund, L.P., Highbridge Mezzanine Partners LLC and JPM Mezzanine Capital, LLC | |
4.17* | Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement | |
5.1* | Opinion of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP | |
10.1 | Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2013, by and among Univar Inc., as borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners | |
10.2 | Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007 and amended and restated as of February 28, 2011, by and among Univar Inc., the grantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent | |
10.3 | Supplement No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2009, by and among the grantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent | |
10.4 | Supplement No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2013, by and among the grantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent | |
10.5 | Amended and Restated Guarantee, dated as of October 11, 2007, as reaffirmed on September 20, 2010 and further amended and restated as of February 28, 2011, by the guarantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent |
II-4
Exhibit
|
Exhibit Description |
|
10.6 | Second Amended and Restated Senior ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2013, by and among Univar Inc., as U.S. parent borrower, the borrowers party thereto, Univar Canada, Ltd., as Canadian borrower, the facility guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A. as U.S. administrative agent, U.S. swingline lender and collateral agent, Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch) as Canadian administrative agent, Canadian swingline lender and Canadian letter of credit issuer, the lenders from time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, J.P, Morgan Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as co-syndication agents, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wells Fargo Capital Finance LLC as joint lead arrangers, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Capital Finance LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC as joint bookrunners, and HSBC Bank USA, N.A., Union Bank, N.A., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Suntrust Bank, as co-documentation agents | |
10.7 | ABL Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, by and among Univar Inc., the grantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent | |
10.8 | Supplement No. 1 to the ABL Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2009, by and among the grantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent | |
10.9 | Supplement No. 2 to the ABL Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2013, by and among the grantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent | |
10.10 | ABL Patent Security Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, by Univar USA Inc. in favor of Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent | |
10.11 | ABL Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, by Univar USA Inc. in favor of Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent | |
10.12 | ABL Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, by and among ChemPoint.com, Inc., Univar North American Corporation and Univar USA Inc. in favor of Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent | |
10.13 | Canadian ABL Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, among Univar Canada Ltd., each grantor party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent | |
10.14 | Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, between Bank of America, N.A., in its capacities as administrative agent and collateral agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, and Bank of America, N.A., in its capacities as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Term Credit Agreement | |
10.15 | Amendment No. 1 to the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, between Bank of America, N.A., in its capacities as administrative agent and collateral agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, and Bank of America, N.A., in its capacities as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Term Credit Agreement | |
10.16 | European ABL Facility Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2014, by and among Univar B.V., the other borrowers from time to time party thereto, Univar Inc., as guarantor, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as sole lead arranger and joint bookrunner, Bank of America, N.A., as joint bookrunner and syndication agent, and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as administrative agent and collateral agent | |
10.17 | Consulting Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, by and among Univar Inc., Univar USA Inc. and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC | |
10.18 | Implementation and Facilitation Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, among Univar, Inc., Univar USA, Inc., CVC European Equity IV (AB) Limited, CVC European Equity IV (CDE) Limited and CVC Europe Equity Tandem GP Limited |
II-5
Exhibit
|
Exhibit Description |
|
10.19 | Monitoring Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, among Univar Inc., Univar USA Inc. and CVC Capital Partners Advisory Company (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l. | |
10.20 | Univar Expense Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2013, by and between Univar N.V. and Univar Inc. | |
10.21 | Expense Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2013, by and among CVC Capital Partners Advisory Company (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC, Univar USA Inc. and Univar Inc. | |
10.22 | Letter Agreement, dated January 31, 2013, by and among Univar N.V., CD&R Univar Holdings, L.P. and Mark J. Byrne | |
10.23 | Employment Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2012, by and between Univar Inc. and J. Erik Fyrwald | |
10.24 | Employment Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2012, by and between Univar Inc. and D. Beatty DAlessandro | |
10.25 | Employment Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2008, by and between Univar Inc. and Steven Nielsen | |
10.26 | Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of April 9, 2009, by and between Univar Inc. and Steven Nielsen | |
10.27 | Release, dated as of January 15, 2013, by and between Univar Inc. and Steven Nielsen | |
10.28* | Offer Letter and Non-Compete, dated as of February 26, 2013, by and between Univar Inc. and George J. Fuller | |
10.29 | Employment Agreement, effective as of January 18, 2010, by and between Univar Inc. and Edward A. Evans | |
10.30 | Release Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2013, by and between Univar Inc. and Edward A. Evans | |
10.31 | Univar Inc. Management Incentive Plan | |
10.32 | Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of March 28, 2011 | |
10.33 | Amendment No. 1 to the Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, dated as of November 30, 2012 | |
10.34 | Form of Employee Stock Option Agreement | |
10.35 | Employee Restricted Stock Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2012, by and between Univar Inc. and J. Erik Fyrwald | |
10.36* | Ulysses Management Equity Plan | |
10.37 | Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan, dated as of July 1, 2010 | |
10.38 | First Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan, dated as of February 9, 2011 | |
10.39 | Second Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan, dated as of May 2, 2011 | |
10.40 | Third Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan, dated as of June 15, 2011 | |
10.41 | Fourth Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan, dated as of September 7, 2011 |
II-6
Exhibit
|
Exhibit Description |
|
10.42 | Fifth Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan, dated as of December 15, 2011 | |
10.43 | Sixth Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan, dated as of June 18, 2012 | |
10.44 | Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan, dated as of January 1, 2012 | |
10.45 | Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Benefits Plan, dated as of July 1, 2004 | |
10.46 | Fourth Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated as of December 6, 2007 | |
10.47 | Form of Univar Inc. 2014 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan | |
10.48* | Employment Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2005, by and between Univar N.V., Univar Inc. and Jeffrey H. Siegel | |
10.49* | Amendment 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of April 11, 2006, by and between Univar N.V., Univar Inc. and Jeffrey H. Siegel | |
10.50* | Amendment 2 to Employment Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2006, by and between Univar N.V., Univar Inc. and Jeffrey H. Siegel | |
10.51* | Amendment 3 to Employment Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, by and between Univar N.V., Univar Inc. and Jeffrey H. Siegel | |
10.52* | Amendment 4 to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 8, 2013, by and between Univar N.V., Univar Inc. and Jeffrey H. Siegel | |
10.53* | Relocation Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2013, by and between Univar Inc. and Jeffrey H. Siegel | |
21.1 | List of Subsidiaries | |
23.1* | Consent of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1) | |
23.2 | Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | |
24.1 | Power of Attorney (contained in signature pages to this registration statement) |
* | To be filed by amendment. |
| Identifies each management compensation plan or arrangement. |
(b) Financial Statement Schedules.
No financial statement schedules are included herein. All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements and has not therefore been omitted here.
ITEM 17. | UNDERTAKINGS |
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the
II-7
registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) | For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective. |
(2) | For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
II-8
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Univar Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Downers Grove, Illinois, on August 14, 2014.
UNIVAR INC. | ||
By: | /s/ Stephen N. Landsman | |
Name: Stephen N. Landsman | ||
Title: Executive Vice President and General Counsel |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed on August 14, 2014 by the following persons in the capacities indicated.
II-9
* Claude S. Hornsby |
Director |
|
* Richard A. Jalkut |
Director |
|
* Richard P. Fox |
Director |
|
* George K. Jaquette |
Director |
|
* Christopher J. Stadler |
Director |
|
* Lars Haegg |
Director |
|
* David H. Wasserman |
Director |
|
* Mark J. Byrne |
Director |
*By: |
/s/ Stephen N. Landsman |
|
Stephen N. Landsman | ||
as Attorney-in-Fact |
II-10
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit List
Exhibit
|
Exhibit Description |
|
1.1* | Form of Underwriting Agreement. | |
3.1* | Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon completion of the offering | |
3.2* | Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon completion of the offering | |
4.1* | Form of Common Stock Certificate | |
4.2 | Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.3 | First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, by and among Univar Inc., UnivarHoldco Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.4 | Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.5 | Amendment to the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 8, 2010, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.6 | Second Amendment to the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 28, 2010, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.7 | Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.8 | Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2010, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.9 | Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2012, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.10 | Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 4, 2013, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.11 | Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 27, 2013, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.12 | Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2010, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.13 | Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2012, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.14 | Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 4, 2013, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.15 | Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 18, 2013, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.16 | Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2010, by and among Univar Inc., the guarantors party thereto, Apollo Investment Corporation, AIE EuroLux S.à.r.l., GSLP I Offshore Holdings Fund A, L.P., GSLP I Offshore Holdings Fund B, L.P., GSLP I Offshore Holdings Fund C, |
II-11
Exhibit
|
Exhibit Description |
|
L.P., GSLP Onshore Holdings Fund, L.L.C., FS Investment Corporation, GSO COF Facility LLC, Highbridge Principal StrategiesMezzanine Partners Delaware Subsidiary, LLC, Highbridge Principal StrategiesInstitutional Mezzanine Partners Subsidiary, L.P., Highbridge Principal StrategiesOffshore Mezzanine Partners Master Fund, L.P., Highbridge Mezzanine Partners LLC and JPM Mezzanine Capital, LLC | ||
4.17* | Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement | |
5.1* | Opinion of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP | |
10.1 | Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2013, by and among Univar Inc., as borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners | |
10.2 | Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007 and amended and restated as of February 28, 2011, by and among Univar Inc., the grantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent | |
10.3 | Supplement No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2009, by and among the grantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent | |
10.4 | Supplement No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2013, by and among the grantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent | |
10.5 | Amended and Restated Guarantee, dated as of October 11, 2007, as reaffirmed on September 20, 2010 and further amended and restated as of February 28, 2011, by the guarantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent | |
10.6 | Second Amended and Restated Senior ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2013, by and among Univar Inc., as U.S. parent borrower, the borrowers party thereto, Univar Canada, Ltd., as Canadian borrower, the facility guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A. as U.S. administrative agent, U.S. swingline lender and collateral agent, Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch) as Canadian administrative agent, Canadian swingline lender and Canadian letter of credit issuer, the lenders from time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, J.P, Morgan Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as co-syndication agents, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wells Fargo Capital Finance LLC as joint lead arrangers, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Capital Finance LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC as joint bookrunners, and HSBC Bank USA, N.A., Union Bank, N.A., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Suntrust Bank, as co-documentation agents | |
10.7 | ABL Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, by and among Univar Inc., the grantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent | |
10.8 | Supplement No. 1 to the ABL Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2009, by and among the grantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent | |
10.9 | Supplement No. 2 to the ABL Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2013, by and among the grantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent | |
10.10 | ABL Patent Security Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, by Univar USA Inc. in favor of Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent |
II-12
Exhibit
|
Exhibit Description |
|
10.11 | ABL Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, by Univar USA Inc. in favor of Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent | |
10.12 | ABL Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, by and among ChemPoint.com, Inc., Univar North American Corporation and Univar USA Inc. in favor of Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent | |
10.13 | Canadian ABL Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, among Univar Canada Ltd., each grantor party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent | |
10.14 | Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, between Bank of America, N.A., in its capacities as administrative agent and collateral agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, and Bank of America, N.A., in its capacities as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Term Credit Agreement | |
10.15 | Amendment No. 1 to the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, between Bank of America, N.A., in its capacities as administrative agent and collateral agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, and Bank of America, N.A., in its capacities as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Term Credit Agreement | |
10.16 | European ABL Facility Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2014, by and among Univar B.V., the other borrowers from time to time party thereto, Univar Inc., as guarantor, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as sole lead arranger and joint bookrunner, Bank of America, N.A., as joint bookrunner and syndication agent, and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as administrative agent and collateral agent | |
10.17 | Consulting Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, by and among Univar Inc., Univar USA Inc. and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC | |
10.18 | Implementation and Facilitation Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, among Univar, Inc., Univar USA, Inc., CVC European Equity IV (AB) Limited, CVC European Equity IV (CDE) Limited and CVC Europe Equity Tandem GP Limited | |
10.19 | Monitoring Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, among Univar Inc., Univar USA Inc. and CVC Capital Partners Advisory Company (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l. | |
10.20 | Univar Expense Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2013, by and between Univar N.V. and Univar Inc. | |
10.21 | Expense Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2013, by and among CVC Capital Partners Advisory Company (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC, Univar USA Inc. and Univar Inc. | |
10.22 | Letter Agreement, dated January 31, 2013, by and among Univar N.V., CD&R Univar Holdings, L.P. and Mark J. Byrne | |
10.23 | Employment Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2012, by and between Univar Inc. and J. Erik Fyrwald | |
10.24 | Employment Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2012, by and between Univar Inc. and D. Beatty DAlessandro | |
10.25 | Employment Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2008, by and between Univar Inc. and Steven Nielsen | |
10.26 | Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of April 9, 2009, by and between Univar Inc. and Steven Nielsen | |
10.27 | Release, dated as of January 15, 2013, by and between Univar Inc. and Steven Nielsen |
II-13
Exhibit
|
Exhibit Description |
|
10.28* | Offer Letter and Non-Compete, dated as of February 26, 2013, by and between Univar Inc. and George J. Fuller | |
10.29 | Employment Agreement, effective as of January 18, 2010, by and between Univar Inc. and Edward A. Evans | |
10.30 | Release Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2013, by and between Univar Inc. and Edward A. Evans | |
10.31 | Univar Inc. Management Incentive Plan | |
10.32 | Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of March 28, 2011 | |
10.33 | Amendment No. 1 to the Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, dated as of November 30, 2012 | |
10.34 | Form of Employee Stock Option Agreement | |
10.35 | Employee Restricted Stock Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2012, by and between Univar Inc. and J. Erik Fyrwald | |
10.36* | Ulysses Management Equity Plan | |
10.37 | Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan, dated as of July 1, 2010 | |
10.38 | First Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan, dated as of February 9, 2011 | |
10.39 | Second Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan, dated as of May 2, 2011 | |
10.40 | Third Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan, dated as of June 15, 2011 | |
10.41 | Fourth Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan, dated as of September 7, 2011 | |
10.42 | Fifth Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan, dated as of December 15, 2011 | |
10.43 | Sixth Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan, dated as of June 18, 2012 | |
10.44 | Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan, dated as of January 1, 2012 | |
10.45 | Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Benefits Plan, dated as of July 1, 2004 | |
10.46 | Fourth Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated as of December 6, 2007 | |
10.47 | Form of Univar Inc. 2014 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan | |
10.48* | Employment Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2005, by and between Univar N.V., Univar Inc. and Jeffrey H. Siegel | |
10.49* | Amendment 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of April 11, 2006, by and between Univar N.V., Univar Inc. and Jeffrey H. Siegel | |
10.50* | Amendment 2 to Employment Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2006, by and between Univar N.V., Univar Inc. and Jeffrey H. Siegel | |
10.51* | Amendment 3 to Employment Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, by and between Univar N.V., Univar Inc. and Jeffrey H. Siegel | |
10.52* | Amendment 4 to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 8, 2013, by and between Univar N.V., Univar Inc. and Jeffrey H. Siegel |
II-14
Exhibit
|
Exhibit Description |
|
10.53* | Relocation Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2013, by and between Univar Inc. and Jeffrey H. Siegel | |
21.1 | List of Subsidiaries | |
23.1* | Consent of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1) | |
23.2 | Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | |
24.1 | Power of Attorney (contained in signature pages to this registration statement) |
* | To be filed by amendment. |
| Identifies each management compensation plan or arrangement. |
II-15
Exhibit 4.2
UNIVAR INC.
$600,000,000 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015
INDENTURE
Dated as of October 11, 2007
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Trustee
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||||
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE |
9 | |||||
SECTION 1.01 |
Definitions |
9 | ||||
SECTION 1.02 |
Other Definitions |
50 | ||||
SECTION 1.03 |
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act |
51 | ||||
SECTION 1.04 |
Rules of Construction |
52 | ||||
ARTICLE 2 THE SECURITIES |
52 | |||||
SECTION 2.01 |
Form, Dating and Denominations |
52 | ||||
SECTION 2.02 |
Execution and Authentication; Exchange Securities |
53 | ||||
SECTION 2.03 |
Registrar and Paying Agent |
55 | ||||
SECTION 2.04 |
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust |
56 | ||||
SECTION 2.05 |
Securityholder Lists |
56 | ||||
SECTION 2.06 |
Replacement Securities |
57 | ||||
SECTION 2.07 |
Outstanding Securities |
57 | ||||
SECTION 2.08 |
Temporary Securities |
58 | ||||
SECTION 2.09 |
Cancellation |
58 | ||||
SECTION 2.10 |
CUSIP Numbers |
58 | ||||
SECTION 2.11 |
Registration, Transfer and Exchange |
58 | ||||
SECTION 2.12 |
Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange |
62 | ||||
SECTION 2.13 |
Reg. S Temporary Offshore Global Securities |
64 | ||||
SECTION 2.14 |
Defaulted Interest |
65 | ||||
ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION |
65 | |||||
SECTION 3.01 |
Notices to Trustee |
65 | ||||
SECTION 3.02 |
Selection |
66 | ||||
SECTION 3.03 |
Notice |
66 | ||||
SECTION 3.04 |
Effect of Notice of Redemption |
67 | ||||
SECTION 3.05 |
Deposit of Redemption Price |
67 | ||||
SECTION 3.06 |
Securities Redeemed in Part |
67 | ||||
SECTION 3.07 |
Optional Redemption |
68 | ||||
SECTION 3.08 |
No Sinking Fund |
69 | ||||
SECTION 3.09 |
Repurchase Offers |
69 |
i
ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS |
72 | |||||
SECTION 4.01 |
Payment of Securities |
72 | ||||
SECTION 4.02 |
Reports |
73 | ||||
SECTION 4.03 |
Incurrence of Debt and Issuance of Preferred Stock |
74 | ||||
SECTION 4.04 |
Restricted Payments |
81 | ||||
SECTION 4.05 |
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries |
87 | ||||
SECTION 4.06 |
Asset Sales |
90 | ||||
SECTION 4.07 |
Transactions with Affiliates |
92 | ||||
SECTION 4.08 |
Change of Control |
96 | ||||
SECTION 4.09 |
Compliance Certificates |
96 | ||||
SECTION 4.10 |
Liens |
96 | ||||
SECTION 4.11 |
Additional Security Guarantees |
97 | ||||
SECTION 4.12 |
Business Activities |
97 | ||||
SECTION 4.13 |
Payments for Consent |
97 | ||||
SECTION 4.14 |
Taxes |
97 | ||||
SECTION 4.15 |
Corporate Existence |
98 | ||||
SECTION 4.16 |
Limitation on Layered Debt |
98 | ||||
SECTION 4.17 |
Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries |
98 | ||||
SECTION 4.18 |
Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions |
99 | ||||
SECTION 4.19 |
Additional Covenants relating to the GS Parties |
99 | ||||
ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSOR ISSUER |
100 | |||||
SECTION 5.01 |
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets of the Issuer |
100 | ||||
SECTION 5.02 |
Merger or Consolidation of a Guarantor |
102 | ||||
SECTION 5.03 |
Required Reorganization |
103 | ||||
ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES |
103 | |||||
SECTION 6.01 |
Events of Default and Remedies |
103 | ||||
SECTION 6.02 |
Acceleration |
106 | ||||
SECTION 6.03 |
Other Remedies |
107 | ||||
SECTION 6.04 |
Waiver of Past Defaults |
107 | ||||
SECTION 6.05 |
Control by Majority |
108 | ||||
SECTION 6.06 |
Limitation on Suits |
108 | ||||
SECTION 6.07 |
Rights of Holders to Receive Payment |
109 | ||||
SECTION 6.08 |
Collection Suit by Trustee |
109 |
ii
SECTION 6.09 |
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim |
109 | ||||
SECTION 6.10 |
Priorities |
109 | ||||
SECTION 6.11 |
Undertaking for Costs |
110 | ||||
SECTION 6.12 |
Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws |
110 | ||||
SECTION 6.13 |
Rights and Remedies Cumulative |
110 | ||||
SECTION 6.14 |
Delay or Omission Not Waiver |
110 | ||||
ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE |
111 | |||||
SECTION 7.01 |
Duties of Trustee |
111 | ||||
SECTION 7.02 |
Rights of Trustee |
112 | ||||
SECTION 7.03 |
Individual Rights of Trustee |
113 | ||||
SECTION 7.04 |
Trustees Disclaimer |
113 | ||||
SECTION 7.05 |
Notice of Defaults |
113 | ||||
SECTION 7.06 |
Reports by Trustee to Holders |
114 | ||||
SECTION 7.07 |
Compensation and Indemnity |
114 | ||||
SECTION 7.08 |
Replacement of Trustee |
115 | ||||
SECTION 7.09 |
Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. |
116 | ||||
SECTION 7.10 |
Eligibility; Disqualification |
116 | ||||
SECTION 7.11 |
Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer |
117 | ||||
ARTICLE 8 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE |
117 | |||||
SECTION 8.01 |
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance |
117 | ||||
SECTION 8.02 |
Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance |
118 | ||||
SECTION 8.03 |
Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture |
120 | ||||
SECTION 8.04 |
Deposited Money and Government Notes to Be Held in Trust; Miscellaneous Provisions |
121 | ||||
SECTION 8.05 |
Repayment to Issuer |
121 | ||||
SECTION 8.06 |
Reinstatement |
121 | ||||
ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENTS |
122 | |||||
SECTION 9.01 |
Without Consent of Holders |
122 | ||||
SECTION 9.02 |
With Consent of Holders |
122 | ||||
SECTION 9.03 |
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act |
124 | ||||
SECTION 9.04 |
Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers |
124 | ||||
SECTION 9.05 |
Notation on or Exchange of Securities |
125 | ||||
SECTION 9.06 |
Trustee to Sign Amendments |
125 |
iii
ARTICLE 10 SUBORDINATION OF THE SECURITIES |
125 | |||||
SECTION 10.01 |
Agreement to Subordinate |
125 | ||||
SECTION 10.02 |
Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy |
125 | ||||
SECTION 10.03 |
Default on Senior Debt |
126 | ||||
SECTION 10.04 |
Acceleration of Payment of Securities |
127 | ||||
SECTION 10.05 |
When Distribution Must Be Paid Over |
127 | ||||
SECTION 10.06 |
Subrogation |
128 | ||||
SECTION 10.07 |
Relative Rights |
128 | ||||
SECTION 10.08 |
Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Issuer |
128 | ||||
SECTION 10.09 |
Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent |
129 | ||||
SECTION 10.10 |
Distribution or Notice to Representative |
129 | ||||
SECTION 10.11 |
Article 10 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate |
129 | ||||
SECTION 10.12 |
Trust Moneys Not Subordinated |
129 | ||||
SECTION 10.13 |
Trustee Entitled to Rely |
129 | ||||
SECTION 10.14 |
Trustee to Effectuate Subordination |
130 | ||||
SECTION 10.15 |
Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt |
130 | ||||
SECTION 10.16 |
Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt on Subordination Provisions |
130 | ||||
SECTION 10.17 |
Trustees Compensation Not Prejudiced |
130 | ||||
ARTICLE 11 SECURITY GUARANTEES |
131 | |||||
SECTION 11.01 |
Security Guarantees |
131 | ||||
SECTION 11.02 |
Limitation on Liability; Release |
133 | ||||
SECTION 11.03 |
Successors and Assigns |
134 | ||||
SECTION 11.04 |
No Waiver |
134 | ||||
SECTION 11.05 |
Modification |
134 | ||||
SECTION 11.06 |
Execution and Delivery of the Security Guarantee |
134 | ||||
ARTICLE 12 SUBORDINATION OF THE SECURITY GUARANTEES |
134 | |||||
SECTION 12.01 |
Agreement to Subordinate |
134 | ||||
SECTION 12.02 |
Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy |
135 | ||||
SECTION 12.03 |
Default on Senior Debt of a Guarantor |
135 | ||||
SECTION 12.04 |
Demand for Payment |
136 | ||||
SECTION 12.05 |
When Distribution Must Be Paid Over |
137 | ||||
SECTION 12.06 |
Subrogation |
137 | ||||
SECTION 12.07 |
Relative Rights |
137 | ||||
SECTION 12.08 |
Subordination May Not Be Impaired by a Guarantor |
138 | ||||
SECTION 12.09 |
Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent |
138 | ||||
SECTION 12.10 |
Distribution or Notice to Representative |
138 |
iv
SECTION 12.11 |
Article 12 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate |
138 | ||||
SECTION 12.12 |
Trust Moneys Not Subordinated |
138 | ||||
SECTION 12.13 |
Trustee Entitled To Rely |
139 | ||||
SECTION 12.14 |
Trustee to Effectuate Subordination |
139 | ||||
SECTION 12.15 |
Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor |
139 | ||||
SECTION 12.16 |
Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor on Subordination Provisions |
139 | ||||
SECTION 12.17 |
Trustees Compensation Not Prejudiced |
140 | ||||
ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS |
140 | |||||
SECTION 13.01 |
Trust Indenture Act Controls |
140 | ||||
SECTION 13.02 |
Notices |
140 | ||||
SECTION 13.03 |
Communication by Holders with Other Holders |
141 | ||||
SECTION 13.04 |
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent |
141 | ||||
SECTION 13.05 |
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion |
142 | ||||
SECTION 13.06 |
When Securities Disregarded |
142 | ||||
SECTION 13.07 |
Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar |
142 | ||||
SECTION 13.08 |
Legal Holidays |
142 | ||||
SECTION 13.09 |
GOVERNING LAW |
143 | ||||
SECTION 13.10 |
No Recourse Against Others |
143 | ||||
SECTION 13.11 |
Successors |
143 | ||||
SECTION 13.12 |
Multiple Originals |
143 | ||||
SECTION 13.13 |
Table of Contents; Headings |
143 | ||||
SECTION 13.14 |
Severability |
143 |
EXHIBITS | ||
EXHIBIT A | FORM OF SECURITY | |
EXHIBIT B | RESTRICTED LEGEND | |
EXHIBIT C | DTC LEGEND | |
EXHIBIT D | REGULATION S CERTIFICATE | |
EXHIBIT E | RULE 144A CERTIFICATE |
v
EXHIBIT F | INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR CERTIFICATE | |
EXHIBIT G | CERTIFICATE OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP | |
EXHIBIT H | TEMPORARY OFFSHORE GLOBAL SECURITY LEGEND | |
EXHIBIT I | SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE | |
EXHIBIT J | FORM OF AFFILIATE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT |
SCHEDULES | ||
SCHEDULE 1.01 | EXISTING INVESTMENT COMMITMENTS |
vi
CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
TIA Section |
Indenture Section | |||
310 (a)(1) |
7.10 | |||
(a)(2) |
7.10 | |||
(a)(3) |
N/A | |||
(a)(4) |
N/A | |||
(b) |
7.08; 7.10 | |||
(c) |
N/A | |||
311 (a) |
7.11 | |||
(b) |
7.11 | |||
(c) |
N/A | |||
312 (a) |
2.05 | |||
(b) |
12.03 | |||
(c) |
12.03 | |||
313 (a) |
7.06 | |||
(b)(1) |
N/A | |||
(b)(2) |
7.06 | |||
(c) |
12.02 | |||
(d) |
7.06 | |||
314 (a) |
4.02; 4.09 | |||
(b) |
N/A | |||
(c)(1) |
12.04 | |||
(c)(2) |
12.04 | |||
(c)(3) |
12.04 | |||
(d) |
N/A | |||
(e) |
12.05 | |||
(f) |
N/A | |||
315 (a) |
7.01 | |||
(b) |
7.05; 12.02 | |||
(c) |
7.01 | |||
(d) |
7.01 | |||
(e) |
6.11 | |||
316 (a) (last sentence) |
12.06 | |||
(a)(1)(A) |
6.05 | |||
(a)(1)(B) |
6.04 | |||
(a)(2) |
N/A | |||
(b) |
6.07 | |||
317(a)(1) |
6.08 | |||
(a)(2) |
6.09 | |||
(b) |
2.03 | |||
318 (a) |
12.01 |
vii
N/A means Not Applicable
Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.
viii
INDENTURE dated as of October 11, 2007, among UNIVAR INC., a Delaware corporation, to be merged with and into a newly-created U.S. Subsidiary of Univar that is a Qualified New Issuer (the Issuer ), the guarantors from time to time party hereto and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (or any successor trustee, the Trustee ).
Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (i) the Issuers 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 to be issued on each Issue Date and (ii) if and when issued as provided in a Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 issued in a Registered Exchange Offer (as defined below) in exchange for any Securities referred to in clause (i):
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
SECTION 1.01 Definitions .
Acquired Debt means, with respect to any specified Person:
(1) Debt of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Debt incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Persons merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person; and
(2) Debt secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
Acquisition Vehicle means Ulixes B.V.
Additional Interest has the meaning set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement.
Affiliate of any specified Person means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control a corporation if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
Affiliate Subordinated Debt means Subordinated Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued to or held by a Person that is an Affiliate of the Issuer (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) immediately prior to the acquisition of such Subordinated Debt by such Person (a) the principal amount of which has a Stated Maturity no earlier than, and is not subject to amortization thereof prior to, six months after the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities and (b) that is (1) contractually subordinated and junior in right of payment to all
Obligations of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary under the Securities and this Indenture and (2) subject to certain restrictions for the benefit of all Obligations of Holdco under the Holdco Indenture, in each case pursuant to a subordination agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit J or otherwise as reasonably acceptable to the Required Opco Holders and the Required Holdco Holders.
Agent means any Registrar, Paying Agent or Authenticating Agent.
Agent Member means a member of, or a participant in, the Depositary.
Applicable Premium means, with respect to any Security at any redemption date, the excess of (A) the present value at such time of (1) the redemption price of such Security at September 30, 2010 (such redemption price being set forth in the table in Section 3.07(a) plus (2) all required interest payments due on such Security through September 30, 2010 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points and applied quarterly, over (B) the principal amount of such Security on the date of redemption; provided , however , that in no event shall the Applicable Premium be less than zero.
Asset Sale means:
(1) the sale, lease (as lessor), conveyance or other voluntary disposition of any assets or rights (including by way of merger or consolidation or a sale and leaseback) of the Issuer (excluding the sale of Equity Interest of the Issuer); provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be governed by Section 5.01 or 5.02 and not by Section 4.06, and
(2) the issue or sale by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests of any of the Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries (other than directors qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries),
in the case of either clause (1) or (2), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions that have a fair market value in excess of $5.0 million.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be Asset Sales:
(a) a transfer of assets or an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer, any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or a transfer of assets by the Issuer to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;
10
(b) the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.04 (including any formation of or contribution of assets to a Subsidiary or joint venture), the making of any Permitted Investment or the granting of any Lien permitted by Section 4.10;
(c) any disposition of property or assets (including inventory and accounts receivable) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, or that in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer, have become uneconomic, obsolete, damaged or worn out or that are no longer used or useful in the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(d) the disposition of Cash Equivalents or cash;
(e) leases, subleases, assignments, licenses or sublicenses (on a non-exclusive basis with respect to any intellectual property) of real, personal or intellectual property in the ordinary course of business;
(f) the disposition of property (including like-kind exchanges) to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property, in each case under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code or otherwise;
(g) the disposition of Investments in joint ventures (regardless of the form of legal entity) to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
(h) dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
(i) transfers of property subject to casualty, condemnation or eminent domain proceedings (including in lieu thereof) upon the receipt of the net cash proceeds therefor;
(j) voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations;
(k) sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of Securitization Financing to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;
11
(l) any transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of Securitization Financing (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing;
(m) any dispositions (including sale and leaseback transactions) by a Foreign Subsidiary designed to generate foreign distributable reserves and which are not adverse to the Holders in any material respect;
(n) any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;
(o) transactions contemplated by Section 5.03 hereof; and
(p) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Debt or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Attributable Debt in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP) of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended); provided , however , that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Debt represented thereby shall be determined in accordance with the definition of Capital Lease Obligation .
Authenticating Agent refers to a Person engaged to authenticate the Securities in the stead of the Trustee.
Beneficial Owner , Beneficially Own and Beneficial Ownership have the meanings assigned to such terms in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5, under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the Beneficial Ownership of any particular person or group, as such terms are used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, (i) such person or group shall be deemed to have Beneficial Ownership of all shares of Capital Stock that such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition and (ii) for purposes of clause (3) of the definition of Change of Control only, in the case of a group pursuant to Rule 13d-5(b)(1) of the Exchange Act which group includes one or more members of the Initial Control Group (or one or more members of the Initial Control Group are deemed to share beneficial ownership with one or more other persons of any shares of Capital Stock), (a) such group shall be deemed not to have Beneficial Ownership of any shares held by a member of the Initial Control Group forming a part of such group and (b) any person (other than a member of the Initial Control Group) that is a member of such group (or sharing such Beneficial Ownership) shall be deemed not to have Beneficial Ownership of any shares held by a member of the Initial Control Group that is a part of such group (or in which such person shares Beneficial Ownership).
12
Board of Directors means:
(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or (except if used in the definition of Change of Control) any authorized committee of the Board of Directors of such Person;
(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and
(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York State or the state in which the Corporate Trust Office is located are authorized or required by law to close.
Capital Lease Obligation means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. The Stated Maturity of any Capital Lease Obligation is the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.
Capital Stock means:
(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
(2) in the case of a partnership, unlimited liability company or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
(3) in the case of an association or other business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock.
Cash Equivalents means:
(1) securities issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the government of the United States, the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Union whose legal tender is the euro, or in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;
13
(2) securities issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 2 years from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings generally obtainable from either S&P or Moodys;
(3) commercial paper rated A-2 by S&P or P-2 or better by Moodys and in each case maturing within two years after the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition;
(4) domestic and LIBOR certificates of deposit or bankers acceptances maturing no more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank having combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000
(5) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank or trust company having capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;
(6) repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 12 months for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (5) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above or securities dealers of recognized national standing
(7) readily marketable direct obligations with a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moodys or S&P, respectively (or if at any time neither Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within two years after the date of creation;
(8) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (1) to (7) above denominated in euro or pounds sterling or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction;
14
(9) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1)-(8) above.
(10) Debt issued by Persons rated not less than A by S&P or A2 by Moodys having a maturity not more than two years from the date of acquisition;
(11) shares of investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and substantially all the investments of which are one or more of the types of securities described in clauses (1)-(10) above; and
(12) in the case of Investments by the Issuer or any Foreign Subsidiary, other customarily utilized high-quality Investments in the country where the Issuer or such Foreign Subsidiary is located or operates.
Certificate of Beneficial Ownership means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G.
Certificated Security means a Security in registered individual form without interest coupons.
Clean-Up Default shall mean any Default or Event of Default relating to Univar or any of its Subsidiaries other than:
(1) a Major Default;
(2) an Event of Default set forth in Section 6.01(a)(12);
(3) to the extent such Default of Event of Default was procured by the Issuer;
(4) to the extent such Default or Event of Default is incapable of being cured prior to the 90 th day following the Closing Date; or
(5) to the extent such Default or Event of Default would have a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Purchase Agreement);
provided , that on the 90 th day following the Closing Date, any Default or Event of Default that is continuing on such date shall cease to constitute a Clean-Up Default.
15
Clean-Up Period means the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the 90th day following the Closing Date.
Change of Control means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(1) at any time prior to a Qualified IPO, the Initial Control Group ceases to be the exclusive Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock representing at least 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Univar and the Issuer;
(2) at any time on or after a Qualified IPO (a) any person or group (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more members of the Initial Control Group, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly of Voting Stock representing more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Univar and the Issuer, and (b) (i) the Initial Control Group is not the Beneficial Owner of Voting Stock representing at least an equal percentage of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Univar and the Issuer and (ii) the Sponsor and the Management Investors do not have the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election a majority of the Board of Directors of Univar and the Issuer; and
(3) Continuing Directors shall not constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer.
Closing Date means October 11, 2007.
Commission means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.
Commodity Hedging Agreements means any futures contract or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Issuer or any Subsidiary against fluctuations in commodities prices.
Consolidated Cash Flow means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, plus :
(1) without duplication, to the extent deducted (and not added back) in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:
(a) Consolidated Interest Expense;
16
(b) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital (or any alternative in lieu of), including federal, foreign state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations, including payments made pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or arrangements among the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (so long as such tax sharing payments are attributable to the operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries);
(c) depreciation and amortization expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP;
(d) the amount of any interest expense of any minority interest;
(e) management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor in an amount not to exceed the maximum amount permitted under Section 4.07(b)(1);
(f) any costs or expenses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Issuer ( provided such capital contributions contributed in respect of Minority Shares in accordance with Section 4.04(h));
(g) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption
(h) expenses (i) to the extent covered by contractual indemnification or refunding provisions in favor of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and actually paid or refunded, or, (ii) so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be paid or refunded by the indemnifying party or other obligor and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable indemnifying party or obligor in writing within 90 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 180 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 180 days);
17
(i) Securitization Fees to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period; and
(j) any other non-cash charges or expenses reducing Consolidated Net Income except to the extent representing accruals or reserves for future cash expenditures.
minus
(2) without duplication and to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries such period:
(a) extraordinary gains and unusual or non-recurring gains;
(b) non-cash gains (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Cash Flow in any prior period);
(c) gains on asset sales (other than asset sales in the ordinary course of business), and
(d) any net after-tax income from the early extinguishment of Debt or hedging obligations or other derivative instruments,
in each case, as determined on a consolidated basis for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Consolidated Cash Flow shall be deemed to be $88,970,000, $98,110,000, $94,790,000 and $109,750,000, respectively, for the fiscal quarters ended September 30, 2006, December 31, 2006, March 31, 2007 and June 30, 2007.
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio means with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Persons and its Restricted Subsidiaries most recently ended four fiscal quarters, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period. In the event that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees or redeems any Debt (other than revolving credit borrowings) or issues or redeems
18
Preferred Stock, in each case subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the Calculation Date ), then the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee or redemption of Debt, or such issuance or redemption of Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period, provided that no pro forma effect shall be given to the incurrence of any Permitted Debt incurred on the Calculation Date or the discharge on the Calculation Date of any Debt from the proceeds of any such Permitted Debt.
For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers and consolidations that have been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date, and discontinued operations determined in accordance with GAAP on or prior to the Calculation Date, shall be given effect on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers and consolidations or discontinued operations (and the reduction or increase of any associated Fixed Charges, and the change in Consolidated Cash Flow, resulting therefrom, including as a result of any Pro Forma Cost Savings) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation or discontinued an operation, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation or discontinued operations had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. If any Debt to which pro forma effect is given bears interest at a floating rate, the interest expense on such Debt shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable interest rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement in effect on the Calculation Date). Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. Interest on Debt that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Debt under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Debt during the applicable period.
19
Consolidated Interest Expense means, for any period, the total interest expense (including, without limitation, interest expense attributable to Capital Lease Obligations and all net payment obligations pursuant to Hedging Obligations and Securitization Fees but excluding commitment fees, letter of credit fees and non-cash amortization of loan costs) of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, net of all interest income of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all determined for such period on a consolidated basis, without duplication, in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Net Income means, with respect to any Person for any period, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis, in accordance with GAAP excluding, without duplication:
(1) any extraordinary (net of any tax effect), unusual or nonrecurring gains, losses, costs, charges or expenses (including, without limitation, severance, relocation, transition and other restructuring costs and litigation settlements or losses), including, without limitation extraordinary losses and unusual or non-recurring charges in connection with any Investment or Asset Sale;
(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income;
(3) any non-cash compensation expense realized for grants of performance shares, stock options or other rights to officers, directors and employees of the Issuer or any Subsidiary, provided that such shares, options or other rights can be redeemed at the option of the holder only for Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock);
(4) in the case of any period that includes a period ending prior to or during the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2007, any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions, this Indenture, the Senior Credit Facility and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;
(5) with respect to each of the fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2007 and December 31, 2007, the amount of net cost savings projected by the Issuer to be realized during such fiscal quarter as a result of specified actions taken prior to the Closing Date in connection with the acquisition of ChemCentral, to the extent that such cost savings were not actually realized during such fiscal quarter;
20
(6) any fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges incurred during such period in connection with the Transaction, any other acquisition, investment, recapitalization, asset disposition, issuance or repayment of debt or issuance of equity securities Permitted Investment or any Debt permitted to be incurred under this Indenture and any non-recurring costs relating to corporate reorganizations (in each case, including any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges during such period as a result of any such transaction;
(7) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees) deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income;
(8) currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Debt or intercompany balances (including the net loss or gain resulting from Hedge Agreements for currency exchange risk);
(9) any net, after-tax income (loss) for such period and all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto attributable to the early extinguishment of Debt or to Hedging Obligations;
(10) accruals and reserves required to be established or adjusted as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP or changes as a result of adoption of or modification of accounting policies, in each case, within twelve months after the Closing Date;
(11) the income (loss) for such period of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, except to the extent distributed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; and
(12) solely for purposes of determining Consolidated Net Income under clause (iii) (A) of Section 4.04(a), the Net Income of any Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or that is, directly or indirectly, prohibited by operation of the
21
terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends has been waived.
There shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for any period the purchase accounting effects of adjustments to inventory, property, equipment and intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of the Transactions, any consummated acquisition whether consummated before or after the Closing Date, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof.
Continuing Director means, at any date, an individual (a) who is a member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer on the Closing Date, (b) who has been nominated to be a member of such Board of Directors, directly or indirectly, by a Sponsor or Persons nominated by a Sponsor or (c) who has been nominated to be a member of such Board of Directors by a majority of the other Continuing Directors then in office.
Corporate Trust Office means the office of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 or any other office specified by the Trustee from time to time pursuant to such Section.
Credit Facilities means, with respect to Holdco, the Issuer and the Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, indentures or agreements (including the Senior Credit Facility and the Daylight Facility), receivables facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks, insurance companies or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, factoring or other receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from or issue securities to such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit or other credit facilities, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (if more than one such facility, each individually, a Credit Facility).
Currency Agreement means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement to which the Issuer or any Subsidiary is a party or of which it is a beneficiary.
CYC means CVC Capital Partners Group Sarl.
Daylight Facility means a multi-draw daylight term loan facility of Holdco in the amount of $600,000,000 provided by Bank of America, N.A., expected to be dated the Closing Date, the proceeds of which shall be used solely to repay Holdco Tranche Term Loans and to consummate the Securities Exchange.
22
Debt means, with respect to any Person (without duplication):
(1) any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent,
(a) in respect of borrowed money; or
(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or bankers acceptances; or
(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of purchase thereof), including Capital Lease Obligations, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable or similar obligation; or
(d) representing any Hedging Obligations,
if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;
(2) all indebtedness under clause (1) of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person (whether or not such indebtedness is assumed by such Person) provided that the amount of indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of:
(a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination; and
(b) the amount of such indebtedness of such other Persons;
(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by such Person of any Debt under clause (1) of any other Person; and
(4) any Disqualified Stock of such Person;
provided , however , that Debt shall not include trade payables and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business and not past due by more than 90 days or being disputed in good faith.
23
Except as otherwise expressly provided in this definition, or in the definition of Disqualified Stock the amount of any Debt outstanding as of any date shall be:
(1) with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation;
(2) with respect to any Hedging Obligation, the net amount payable if such Hedging Obligation terminated at that time due to default by such Person;
(3) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Debt issued at a discount to par; or
(4) except as provided above, the principal amount or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Debt.
Default means any event that is or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be an Event of Default.
Default Interest Rate means a rate equal to 2% per annum.
Depositary means the depositary of each Global Security, which will initially be DTC.
Designated Non-Cash Consideration means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the fair market value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash following the consummation of the applicable Asset Sale).
Designated Senior Debt means:
(1) any Debt outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility; and
(2) any other Senior Debt permitted under this Indenture, the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Issuer by notice to the Trustee as Designated Senior Debt.
Disqualified Equity Interests means Disqualified Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Disqualified Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Disqualified Stock).
24
Disqualified Stock means any class or series of Capital Stock of any Person that by its terms or otherwise is:
(1) required to be redeemed or is redeemable at the option of the holder of such class or series of Capital Stock at any time on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Securities; or
(2) convertible into or exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof at any time on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Securities for Capital Stock referred to in clause (1) above or Debt.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, (A) if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees or by any such plan to such employees, in each case in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; (B) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Issuer may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.04; and (C) no Capital Stock held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant of the Issuer (or any of its Subsidiaries) shall be considered Disqualified Stock because such stock is redeemable or subject to repurchase pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, stock ownership plan, put agreement, stockholder agreement or similar agreement that may be in effect from time to time.
For purposes hereof, the amount (or principal amount) of any Disqualified Stock shall be equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding accrued dividends, if any. The maximum fixed repurchase price of any Disqualified Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were purchased on any date as of which it shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Stock.
Domestic Subsidiary means any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Foreign Subsidiary.
DTC means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation, and its successors.
DTC Legend means the legend set forth in Exhibit C.
25
Equity Interests means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Exchange Offer means an offer by the Issuer to the Holders of any Initial Securities to exchange outstanding Securities for Exchange Securities, as provided for in a Registration Rights Agreement.
Exchange Offer Registration Statement means the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as defined in a Registration Rights Agreement.
Exchange Securities means the Securities of the Issuer issued pursuant to this Indenture in exchange for, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to, the Initial Securities in compliance with the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement and containing terms substantially identical to the Initial Securities (except that (i) such Exchange Securities will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to transfer restrictions or bear the Restricted Legend, and (ii) the provisions relating to Additional Interest will be eliminated).
Excluded Cash Contributions means net cash proceeds or cash contributions designated as such pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(2).
Fixed Charges means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:
(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;
(2) all dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation and distributions of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock)) on any series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary during such period; and
(3) all dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation and distributions of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock)) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.
Foreign Subsidiary means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States or any political subdivision thereof.
GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time, including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and
26
statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP as in effect as of the Closing Date.
Global Security means a Security in registered global form without interest coupons.
Government Notes means non-redeemable, direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged.
GS Parties means, collectively, the Initial Purchaser and its Affiliates who hold any of the Securities, including, without limitation, the mezzanine investment funds affiliated with GS Mezzanine Partners V, L.P. and their subsidiaries.
Guarantee means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Debt.
Guarantors means:
(1) each of the Issuers Subsidiaries that execute Securities Guarantees other than any Foreign Subsidiary; and
(2) each other Subsidiary that executes and delivers a Security Guarantee after the Closing Date; and
(3) their respective successors and assigns hereunder,
in each case until released from its Security Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. On the Closing Date, the Guarantors shall be each of the Issuers Subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Credit Facility.
Hedging Obligations means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements or Commodity Hedging Agreements.
Holdco means Ulixes Acquisition B.V., an entity organized under the laws of the Netherlands.
Holdco Indenture means the Indenture pursuant to which the Holdco Securities are to be issued.
27
Holdco Securities means Holdcos 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 to be issued pursuant to the Holdco Indenture.
Holdco Tranche Term Loan means a term loan under the Senior Credit Facility in the amount not to exceed $393,056,658 made to Holdco on the Closing Date.
Holder or Securityholder means the Person in whose name a Security is registered on the Registrars books.
Indenture means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.
Initial Control Group means (i) the Sponsor, (ii) any Person making an investment in the Issuer concurrently with the Sponsor on or following the Closing Date (other than the GS Parties), (iii) any Person who is an officer or otherwise a member of management of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date provided that, in no event shall the Sponsor own a lesser percentage of Voting Stock than any other person or group referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii).
Initial Purchaser means Goldman Sachs Investments Ltd., a Bermuda corporation.
Initial Securities means the Securities issued on each Issue Date and any Securities issued in replacement thereof, but not including any Exchange Securities issued in exchange therefor.
Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto.
Interest Rate Agreement means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, repurchase agreement, futures contract or other financial agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Issuer or any Subsidiary against fluctuations in interest rates.
28
Investments means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of direct or indirect loans (but excluding Guarantees of Debt not otherwise prohibited from being incurred under this Indenture), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel, payroll, entertainment, relocation and similar advances to officers and employees and profit sharing plan contributions made in the ordinary course of business), and purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Debt, Equity Interests or other securities. If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer. For purposes of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary and Section 4.04 hereof:
(1) Investments shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuers Equity Interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:
(a) the Issuer Investment in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less
(b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuers Equity Interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and
(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer.
Issue Date means each date on which Securities are issued from time to time in connection with a Securities Exchange.
Issuer means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor (including, without limitation, a Qualified New Issuer) and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA as it applies after a TIA Event, each other obligor on the Securities.
Lien means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or any lease in the nature thereof); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
Major Default means any Event of Default resulting from any event described in the following clauses of Section 6.01(a): clauses (1), (2), (9) (solely with respect to the Issuer), (10) (solely with respect to the Issuer), or (11)(A) (solely as it relates to the inaccuracy in any material respect of any Major Representation).
29
Major Representation means the representations of Holdco and the Issuer set forth in Section 4.5 (solely as it relates to the Issuer), Section 4.6(a), Section 4.9 and Section 4.10 of the Purchase Agreement.
Management Agreements mean, collectively, any agreement primarily providing for or relating to any management consulting, financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or other investment banking activities, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and of this Indenture.
Management Investors means the directors, management officers and employees of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date.
Merger Protocol means the Merger Protocol, dated as of July 8, 2007, by and among Ulysses Luxembourg S.a.r.l., and Univar.
Moodys means Moodys Investors Service, Inc.
Net Proceeds means the aggregate cash proceeds or Cash Equivalents received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions) and any relocation, redundancy and closing costs incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Debt of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not subordinated to the Securities and required (other than as required by Section 4.06(b)(1) or 4.06(c)(2)) to be paid as a result of such Asset Sale, all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Sale, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such Asset Sale and retained by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after such Asset Sale, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale.
Non-U.S. Person means a Person that is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.
Obligations means any principal, interest, Additional Interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages, Guarantees and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Debt, in each case, whether now or hereafter existing, renewed or
30
restructured, whether or not from time to time decreased or extinguished and later increased, created or incurred, whether or not arising on or after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors (including postpetition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding.
Offer Memorandum means that certain Offer Memorandum dated August 20, 2007.
Officers means any of the following: Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any other officer reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
Officers Certificate means a certificate signed by two Officers.
Offshore Global Security means a Global Security representing Securities issued and sold pursuant to Regulation S.
Opinion of Counsel means a signed written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee. As to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may conclusively rely on an Officers Certificate, without any independent investigation.
Pari Passu Debt means any senior subordinated Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Securities or the relevant Security Guarantee.
Payment means, for purposes of Articles 10 and 12 and with respect to the Securities and Security Guarantees, any payment, whether in cash or other assets or property, of interest, principal, premium, or any other amount on, of or in respect of the Securities or the Security Guarantees, any other acquisition of Securities or Security Guarantees and any deposit into the trust described in Article 8. The verb pay has a correlative meaning.
Permanent Offshore Global Security means an Offshore Global Security that does not bear the Temporary Offshore Global Security Legend.
Permitted Business means the businesses and any services, activities or businesses incidental, or directly related or similar to, any line of business conducted by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date and any other business reasonably related, complementary, ancillary or incidental to any of those businesses.
31
Permitted Investments means:
(1) any Investment by the Issuer in any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, or by a Restricted Subsidiary in the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Guarantor;
(2) any Investment in (a) cash or Cash Equivalents or (b) to the extent determined by the Issuer in good faith to be necessary for local currency working capital requirements of a Foreign Subsidiary, other cash equivalents, provided in the case of clause (b), the Investment is made by the Foreign Subsidiary having such requirements;
(3) (i) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if as a result of such Investment:
(A) (x) such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or (y) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor,
(B) no Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing or will result therefrom, and
(C) any Debt of such Person is permitted under Section 4.03, and,
(ii) any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger consolidation, or transfer;
(4) any securities or assets received or other Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration in connection with an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.06 or in connection with any disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale (except for dispositions exempt from such definition pursuant to clause (b) of the exceptions thereto);
32
(5) any Investment solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;
(6) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes (including employee payroll advances) and (ii) in connection with such Persons purchase of Capital Stock of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to the extent that the amount of such loans and advances are directly or indirectly contributed to the Issuer in cash;
(7) stock, obligations or securities received in satisfaction of judgments, foreclosure of liens or settlement of debts (whether pursuant to a plan of reorganization or similar arrangement);
(8) any Investment existing on the Closing Date or pursuant to agreements in effect on the Closing Date as set forth on Schedule 1.01 and any modification, replacement, renewal, or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (a) as required by the terms of such Investment or (b) as otherwise permitted hereunder;
(9) Investments in Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements and Commodity Hedging Agreements not otherwise prohibited under this Indenture;
(10) Investments in split dollar life insurance policies on officers and directors of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(11) receivables owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms (including such concessionary terms as the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable);
(12) Guarantees of Debt permitted under Section 4.03 and performance guarantees in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;
(13) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Debt;
33
(14) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition;
(15) any Investment in a Permitted Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $25.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
(16) any Investments (not to exceed $20,000,000 in the aggregate) in connection with reserves, deposits or other amounts set aside by Univar for purposes of satisfying any calls exercised on or before January 31, 2008 in connection with shares of Univar not tendered pursuant to the Acquisition Documents on or prior to October 5, 2007; and
(17) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (17) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed $25.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or Guarantor and otherwise complies with clause (3) above at the time such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or Guarantor, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (3) above and shall not be included as having been pursuant to this clause (17).
Permitted Junior Securities means debt or equity securities of the Issuer or any successor corporation issued pursuant to a plan of reorganization or readjustment of the Issuer that are subordinated to the payment of all then outstanding Senior Debt of the Issuer, at least to the same extent that the Securities are subordinated to the payment of all Senior Debt of the Issuer, on the Closing Date, and so long as in the case of debt securities, such debt securities:
(a) are unsecured;
34
(b) do not have terms (and are not subject to or entitled to the benefit of any instrument or agreement that has terms) that are more burdensome to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or other issuer or obligor) than are the Securities; and
(c) to the extent that the same are to be guaranteed, shall only be guaranteed by the Issuer and its successors and those Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that have guaranteed the Senior Debt of the Issuer (as such Senior Debt may be modified pursuant to any such reorganization or readjustment) and such guarantees shall be subordinated at least to the same extent as the Guarantees are subordinated to the payment of all Senior Debt of the Guarantors; provided that in the bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding giving rise to such plan, and under such plan, the class comprised of the Holders of the Securities is separately classified from any class comprised of holders of Debt under the Credit Facilities.
Permitted Liens means:
(1) Liens securing Senior Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor or Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (in each case including related Obligations) that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;
(2) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(3) Liens on property (i) existing at the time of acquisition thereof or (ii) of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those acquired or those of the Person so acquired (including through merger or consolidation);
(4) Liens that secure Debt of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer and not incurred in contemplation thereof, provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person that became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;
(5) bankers Liens, rights of setoff and Liens to secure the performance of bids, tenders, trade or government contracts (other than for the payment of Debt), leases, licenses, statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
35
(6) without limitation of clause (1), Liens to secure Debt (including Capital Lease Obligations) incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction, improvement or lease of any property, plant or equipment, in each case covering only the assets acquired, constructed, improved or leased with such Debt or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets; provided that such Debt is incurred within 180 days after the later of such purchase or completion of such construction or improvement or commencement of full operation of the property subject to the Lien;
(7) Liens existing on the Closing Date (not otherwise constituting Permitted Liens);
(8) Liens imposed by law such as (A) carriers, warehousemens, mechanics, landlords, materialmens, repairmens or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and (B) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims, in each case, that are not yet due or delinquent or that are bonded, as the case may be, or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;
(9) Liens, pledges or deposits in connection with workmens compensation obligations and general liability exposure of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;
(10) Liens on goods (and the proceeds thereof) and documents of title and the property covered thereby securing Debt in respect of commercial letters of credit;
(11) (A) mortgages, Liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer has easement rights or on any real property leased by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and subordination or similar agreements relating thereto and (B) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;
(12) Liens arising by reason of a judgment, decree or court order, to the extent not otherwise resulting in an Event of Default, and any Liens that are required to protect or enforce any rights in any administrative, arbitration or other court proceedings in the ordinary course of business;
36
(13) Liens (a) on assets or properties subject to a Permitted Lien securing Debt permitted by this Indenture to be incurred, securing Interest Rate Agreements in respect of such Debt or (b) securing Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(14) extensions, renewals or replacements of any Liens referred to in clauses (3), (4), or (6) in connection with the refinancing of the obligations secured thereby, provided that such Lien does not extend to any other property and, except as contemplated by the definition of Permitted Refinancing Debt, the amount secured by such Lien is not increased;
(15) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of Securitization Financing incurred in connection with a Securitization Financing;
(16) Liens on the Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
(17) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(18) any provision for the retention of title to an asset by the vendor or transferor of such asset if such asset is acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary;
(19) Liens on any escrow account used in connection with pre-funding Permitted Refinancing Debt in accordance with the definition thereof; and
(20) other Liens securing Debt in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $20.0 million at the time of incurrence.
Permitted Refinancing Debt means any Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund, other Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in compliance with this Indenture; provided that:
(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Debt does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus accrued interest on, the Debt so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus the amount of premiums and fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith);
37
(2) principal payments required under such Permitted Refinancing Debt have a Stated Maturity no earlier than the earlier of
(i) the Stated Maturity of those under the Debt being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and
(ii) the maturity date of the Securities;
(3) in the case of term Debt, such Permitted Refinancing Debt has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the lesser of
(i) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Debt being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded, and
(ii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Securities;
(4) if the Debt being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Securities, such Permitted Refinancing Debt has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Securities on terms at least as favorable to the holders of the Securities as those contained in the documentation governing the Debt being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and
(5) such Debt is incurred either by the Issuer or any Guarantor or, if a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is the obligor on the Debt being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded, by any Restricted Subsidiary.
The Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Permitted Refinancing Debt not more than six months prior to the application of the proceeds thereof to repay the Debt to be refinanced; provided that upon the incurrence of such Permitted Refinancing Debt, the Issuer shall provide written notice thereof to the Trustee, specifically identifying the Debt to be refinanced with Permitted Refinancing Debt.
Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, unlimited liability company, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government (or any agency or political subdivision thereof) or any other entity.
Preferred Stock means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person (however designated) that is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.
38
Pro Forma Cost Savings means with respect to any reference period ended on or before any date of determination (the Calculation Date ), the pro forma effect of any cost savings that (1) are attributable to any Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations or discontinued operations, (2) either (a) have been calculated on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act as in effect on the Closing Date or (b) have begun to be implemented on the Calculation Date or have been identified and approved by the Board of Directors and are reasonably expected to begin to be implemented within twelve months following the date of such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operations and (3) are determined based on a supportable, good faith estimate of the principal financial officer of the Issuer, as if all such cost savings had been effected as of the beginning of such reference period, decreased by any incremental expenses (other than capitalized expenses) that are or would be incurred during the reference period in order to achieve such cost savings; provided that, so long as the GS Parties constitute the Required Combined Holders, the amount of Pro Forma Cost Savings that may be identified pursuant to clause (2)(b) hereof shall not exceed 7.5% of Consolidated Cash Flow of the Issuer for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to the Calculation Date (without giving effect to any adjustments pursuant to this definition).
Purchase Agreement means that certain Note Purchase Agreement among Ulysses Luxembourg S.a.r.l., Ulysses Finance S.a.r.l., Holdco, the Issuer, and the Initial Purchaser dated as of the Closing Date.
Qualified New Issuer means a Domestic Subsidiary of Holdco which (i) owns, directly or indirectly, substantially all of the operations of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (ii) has assumed all obligations of the Issuer under the Securities, this Indenture and any Registration Rights Agreement, as required by Section 5.01.
Qualified Securitization Financing means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Debt under a Credit Facility and any Permitted Refinancing Debt with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.
39
Qualified IPO means the issuance by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer of its common stock in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Commission in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Registered Exchange Offer means an offer made by the Issuer pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement and under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act to exchange for outstanding Initial Securities, Exchange Securities substantially identical in all material respects to such Initial Securities (except for the differences provided for in such offer).
Registration Rights Agreement means the Registration Rights Agreement dated on or about the Closing Date between the Issuer and the Initial Purchaser party thereto with respect to the Initial Securities.
Regulation S means Regulation S under the Securities Act.
Regulation S Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.
Representative means any agent or representative in respect of any Designated Senior Debt; provided that if, and for so long as, any Designated Senior Debt lacks such a representative, then the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt shall at all times constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of such Designated Senior Debt.
Required Combined Holders means holders that constitute both the Required Holdco Holders and the Required Opco Holders; provided, however, that if the Securities under this Indenture or the Holdco Securities are no longer outstanding, Required Combined Holders shall mean the Required Holdco Holders or Required Opco Holders, as applicable.
Required Holdco Holders means the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Holdco Securities under the Holdco Indenture.
Required Opco Holders means the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities under this Indenture.
Restricted Investment means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
40
Restricted Legend means the legend set forth in Exhibit B.
Restricted Period means the relevant 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.
Restricted Subsidiary means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Restricted Subsidiary.
Rule 144A means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
Rule 144A Certificate means (i) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto or (ii) a written certification addressed to the Issuer and the Trustee to the effect that the Person making such certification (x) is acquiring such Security (or beneficial interest) for its own account or one or more accounts with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and each such account is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A, (y) is aware that the transfer to it or exchange, as applicable, is being made in reliance upon the exemption from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A, and (z) acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) or has determined not to request such information.
S&P means Standard & Poors Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
Secured Debt means any Debt secured by a Lien on assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor.
Securities means any securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term Securities shall include any Exchange Securities to be issued and exchanged for any Initial Securities pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement and this Indenture. All Securities shall vote together as one series of Securities under this Indenture.
Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Securities Exchange means, on any Business Day, the following transactions to occur substantially concurrently on such Business Day: (i) the borrowing by Holdco of loans under the Daylight Facility, (ii) the purchase by Holdco from the Issuer, for cash out of the proceeds of the borrowings under the Daylight Facility referred to in the foregoing clause (i), of Securities (x) in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of loans borrowed by Holdco under the Daylight Facility on such Business Day, less the principal amount of Holdco Tranche Term Loans, if any, that are being repaid on such Business Day pursuant to Section 4.2(g) of the
41
Senior Credit Facility, and (y) for a cash purchase price in an amount equal to their principal amount, (iii) the redemption of Holdco Securities pursuant to Section 3.10 of the Holdco Indenture and (iv) the repayment by Holdco of loans under the Daylight Facility borrowed on such Business Day. For the avoidance of doubt, Holdco may consummate more than one Securities Exchange.
Securitization Assets means any accounts receivable or other revenue streams subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.
Securitization Fees means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing.
Securitization Financing means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Issuer or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.
Securitization Repurchase Obligation means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.
Securitization Subsidiary means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer makes an Investment and to which the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is
42
designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Debt or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Debt) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither the Issuer nor any other Subsidiary of the Issuer has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Issuer reasonably believes to be no less favorable to either the Issuer or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuer and (e) to which neither the Issuer nor any other Subsidiary of the Issuer has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entitys financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with such Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such other Person giving effect to such designation and an Officers Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.
Security Guarantee means the unconditional Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Issuers Obligations under the Securities and the Exchange Securities, as set forth in Article 11 hereof. Any Guarantor that is not a party to this Indenture on the Closing Date shall become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to Sections 4.12 and 9.01 substantially in the form of Exhibit I.
Securityholder means any Holder of Securities.
Senior Credit Facility means collectively the Term Loan Credit Agreement and the ABL Credit Agreement expected to be dated on or about the Closing Date among Holdco, the Issuer, the Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries and the financial institutions named therein, and any related notes, collateral documents, letters of credit and guarantees, including any appendices, exhibits or schedules to any of the foregoing (as the same may be in effect from time to time), in each case, as such agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid or extended from time to time (whether with the original agents and lenders or other agents or lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original credit agreement or other credit agreements or otherwise).
43
Senior Debt means:
(1) all Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility and all Hedging Obligations with respect thereto;
(2) any other Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor (including Acquired Debt) permitted to be incurred by the Issuer or any Guarantor under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Debt is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or the relevant Security Guarantee; and
(3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding, Senior Debt shall not include:
(4) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Issuer or any Guarantor;
(5) any Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor to any Affiliate or shareholder of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies;
(6) any trade payables;
(7) that portion of Debt incurred in violation of Section 4.03, 4.16 or 4.19; or
(8) any Disqualified Stock.
Senior Officer means the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer.
Shares shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Merger Protocol.
Significant Subsidiary means any Subsidiary that would be a significant subsidiary as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Closing Date.
Specified Affiliate Payments means:
(1) the direct or indirect repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, or payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer
44
on account of any such acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant (that is a natural person) of a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, stock ownership plan, put agreement, stockholder agreement or similar agreement that may be in effect from time to time; provided that the aggregate price paid under this clause (1) for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed the sum of
(A) an amount not to exceed $4.0 million in any calendar year, with any unused amount being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum amount of repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions or retirements pursuant to this clause (1) (without giving effect to the amounts referred to in clause (B) below) of $8.0 million in any calendar year; plus,
(B) the sum of:
(a) the cash proceeds received by the Issuer (including by way of capital contribution) after the Closing Date from the sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer, a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Closing Date (it being understood that such cash proceeds shall be excluded from the Restricted Payments Basket) plus
(b) the cash proceeds from key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such calendar year (including proceeds from the sale of such policies to the person insured thereby);
provided that cancellation of Debt owing to the Issuer from employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (which Debt was incurred to finance the acquisition of such Equity Interests) in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Indenture); and
(2) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants as a result of the payment of all or a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants with Equity Interests;
45
(3) the payment of dividends, other distributions or other amounts by the Issuer to a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer in amounts equal to amounts required for such direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or its shareholders to pay federal, state and local income taxes to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries and at such times as such taxes are due; and
(4) dividends, other distributions, loans or other amounts paid by the Issuer to a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer in amounts equal to amounts required for a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to pay (a) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence; (b) income taxes to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries; (c) customary salary, bonus, severance, indemnification obligations other benefits payable to officers and employees of such parent or indirect parent; (d) general corporate overhead and operating expenses of up to $2.0 million per fiscal year; and (e) fees and expense incurred in connection with any unsuccessful debt or equity offering or other financing transaction by such parent or indirect parent; provided , however , that such payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments.
Sponsor means any collective investment vehicle sponsored, managed or formed by any of CVC and its Affiliates.
Standard Securitization Undertakings means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer which the Board of Directors of the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.
Stated Maturity means, with respect to any installment of interest on or principal of, or any other amount payable in respect of, any series of Debt, the date on which such interest, principal or other amount was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Debt, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest, principal or other amount prior to the date scheduled for the payment thereof.
46
Subordinated Debt means any Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter incurred) that is contractually subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Securities or the applicable Security Guarantee.
Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person:
(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and
(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).
Unless otherwise specified, Subsidiary refers to a Subsidiary of the Issuer.
Temporary Offshore Global Security means an Offshore Global Security that bears the Temporary Offshore Global Security Legend.
Temporary Offshore Global Security Legend means the legend set forth in Exhibit H.
TIA means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture, except as stated in Section 9.03.
Transactions means the transactions contemplated by the Merger Protocol, including the sale of equity interests in an indirect parent company of Holdco to members of the Initial Control Group and to the Initial Purchaser, the issuance of the Holdco Securities, the issuance of the Securities pursuant to the Securities Exchange, and the entry into the Senior Credit Facility and the initial borrowings thereunder and the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing.
Treasury Rate means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15(519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to September 30, 2010; provided , however , that if the period from the redemption date to September 30, 2010, is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States
47
Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to September 30, 2010 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.
Trigger Date means the date that occurs upon the earlier of (x) the date of the consummation of the first initial public offering of Capital Stock of the Issuer, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any parent company of the Issuer and (y) the date of the effectiveness of the registration with the Commission (or any comparable securities regulatory authority in another jurisdiction) of any debt securities of Holdco, the Issuer or any of the Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries.
Trustee means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it, and, thereafter, means the successor.
Trust Officer means, when used with respect to the Trustee or Paying Agent, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee or Paying Agent, as applicable, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee or Paying Agent who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such persons knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
Uniform Commercial Code means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.
Univar means Univar N.V.
Unrestricted Subsidiary means:
(1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and
(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Debt of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that
(1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer;
48
(2) such designation complies with Section 4.04 hereof; and
(3) each of:
(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and
(b) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Debt pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, (x) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.
Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officers Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
U.S. Global Security means a Global Security that bears the Restricted Legend representing Securities issued and sold pursuant to Rule 144A.
Voting Stock of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
49
Weighted Average Life to Maturity means, when applied to any Debt at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:
(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment, by
(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Debt.
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary means any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary. For purposes of determining whether a Foreign Subsidiary constitutes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, minority interests in Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries not owned by the Issuer or any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries shall be disregarded so long as the aggregate fair market value of all such minority interests in all Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries does not exceed $50.0 million (with fair market value of such minority interests in such Foreign Subsidiaries being measured at the time such Foreign Subsidiaries were acquired or such minority interests were issued and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).
Wholly Owned Subsidiary of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors qualifying shares and de minimus amounts of ownership interests held by local residents pursuant to the requirements of local law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
SECTION 1.02 Other Definitions .
Term |
Defined in Section |
|
Affiliate Transaction |
4.07(a) | |
Asset Sale Offer |
3.09(a) | |
Bankruptcy Law |
6.01(c) | |
Calculation Date |
1.02 | |
Change of Control Offer |
3.09(a) | |
Change of Control Payment |
4.08(a) | |
Covenant Defeasance |
8.01(c) | |
Coverage Ratio Exception |
4.03(a) | |
Custodian |
6.01(c) | |
Event of Default |
6.01(a) | |
Excess Proceeds |
4.06(c) | |
Guaranteed Obligations |
11.01(a) | |
incur |
4.03(a) |
50
Indemnified Party |
7.07 | |
Issuer |
Preamble | |
Legal Defeasance |
8.01(b) | |
Legal Holiday |
13.08 | |
Minority Shares |
4.04(h) | |
non-payment default |
10.03(a)(2) | |
Notice of Default |
6.01(d) | |
Offer Amount |
3.09(a)(1)(ii) | |
Paying Agent |
2.03 | |
Payment Blockage Notice |
10.03(a)(2) | |
payment default |
10.03(a)(1) | |
Permitted Debt |
4.03(b) | |
protected purchaser |
2.06 | |
Purchase Date |
3.09(a)(1)(ii) | |
Register |
2.11(a) | |
Registrar |
2.03 | |
Repurchase Offer |
3.09(a) | |
Restricted Payments |
4.04(a) | |
Restricted Payments Basket |
4.04(a)(iii) | |
retiring Trustee |
7.08 | |
TIA Event |
1.03 | |
Trustee |
Preamble |
SECTION 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act . At all times after the effectiveness of a registration statement under a Registration Rights Agreement (a TIA Event ), this Indenture will be subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA, which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture effective upon a TIA Event, except that Section 316 is expressly excluded, to the maximum extent permissible thereunder. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:
indenture securities means the Securities.
indenture security holder means a Securityholder.
indenture to be qualified means this Indenture.
indenture trustee or institutional trustee means the Trustee.
obligor on the indenture securities means the Issuer and any other obligor on the indenture securities.
51
All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.
SECTION 1.04 Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it, and all accounting determinations shall be made, in accordance with GAAP;
(c) or is not exclusive;
(d) including means including without limitation;
(e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;
(f) unsecured Debt shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Debt merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Debt;
(g) all references to principal of the Securities include redemption price and purchase price; and
(h) all exhibits are incorporated by reference herein and expressly made a part of this Indenture.
ARTICLE 2
THE SECURITIES
SECTION 2.01 Form, Dating and Denominations .
(a) The Securities and the Trustees certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A. The terms and provisions contained in the form of the Securities annexed as Exhibit A constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture. The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rules of or agreements with national securities exchanges to which the Issuer is subject, or usage. Each Security will be dated the date of its authentication. The Securities will be issuable in denominations of $1,000 in principal amount and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Initial Securities will be issued in the form of Certificated Securities.
52
(b) (1) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c), Section 2.12(b)(3), (b)(5), or (c) or Section 2.11(b)(4), each Initial Security (other than a Permanent Offshore Global Security) will bear the Restricted Legend.
(2) Each Global Security will bear the DTC Legend.
(3) Each Temporary Offshore Global Security will bear the Temporary Offshore Global Security Legend.
(c) (1) If the Issuer determines (upon the advice of counsel and such other certifications and evidence as the Issuer may reasonably require) that a Security is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or a successor provision) and that the Restricted Legend is no longer necessary or appropriate in order to ensure that subsequent transfers of the Security (or a beneficial interest therein) are effected in compliance with the Securities Act, or
(2) after an Initial Security is (x) sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise, or (y) validly tendered for exchange into an Exchange Security pursuant to an Exchange Offer, the Issuer may instruct the Trustee to cancel the Security and issue to the Holder thereof (or to its transferee) a new Security of like tenor and amount, registered in the name of the Holder thereof (or its transferee), that does not bear the Restricted Legend, and the Trustee will comply with such instruction.
(d) By its acceptance of any Security bearing the Restricted Legend (or any beneficial interest in such a Security), each Holder thereof and each owner of a beneficial interest therein acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Security (and any such beneficial interest) set forth in this Indenture and in the Restricted Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Security (and any such beneficial interest) only in accordance with this Indenture and such legend.
SECTION 2.02 Execution and Authentication; Exchange Securities .
(a) An Officer shall execute the Securities for the Issuer by facsimile or manual signature in the name and on behalf of the Issuer. If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Security is authenticated, the Security will still be valid.
53
(b) A Security will not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Security, with the signature conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this Indenture.
(c) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Securities executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication. The Trustee will authenticate and deliver Initial Securities for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture and Exchange Securities from time to time for issue in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Securities after the following conditions have been met; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Securities outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of $600,000,000, which will be authorized for issuance by the Issuer for pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.06 hereof:
(1) Receipt by the Trustee of an Officers Certificate specifying
(i) the amount of Securities to be authenticated and the date on which the Securities are to be authenticated,
(ii) whether the Securities are to be Initial Securities or Exchange Securities,
(iii) whether the Securities are to be issued as one or more Global Securities or Certificated Securities, and
(iv) other information the Issuer may determine to include or the Trustee may reasonably request.
(2) In the case of Exchange Securities, effectiveness of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement and consummation of the exchange offer thereunder (and receipt by the Trustee of an Officers Certificate to that effect). Initial Securities exchanged for Exchange Securities will be cancelled by the Trustee.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except as provided in Section 2.06, the Issuer may not authorize, and the Trustee may not authenticate, the issuance of the Securities other than in connection with a Securities Exchange, which in the case of each issuance of the Securities (except as provided in Section 2.06) shall be evidenced by (x) the certification of the Issuer in the relevant Authentication Order to the effect that the Securities covered by such Authentication Order are issued in connection with a Securities Exchange and (b) countersignature of the GSMP Purchasers on such Authentication Order confirming that such issuance occurs in connection with a Securities Exchange. The Securities issued pursuant to each Authentication Order shall evidence the same Debt and shall represent a single class of Securities for all purposes of this Indenture.
54
SECTION 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent . The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the Registrar ) and an office or agency where Securities may be presented for payment (the Paying Agent ) and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Securities and the Indenture may be served. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term Paying Agent includes any additional paying agent.
The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 13.02.
The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer shall give prompt notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
The Issuer initially designates the Corporate Trust Office as such office of the Issuer in accordance with this Section 2.03.
The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA not otherwise excluded hereunder to the extent applicable after a TIA Event. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. Either the Issuer or any domestically organized Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or transfer agent.
The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Securities.
Upon issuance of any Global Securities, the Issuer shall appoint DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Securities, and the Trustee shall initially be the securities custodian with respect to any Global Securities.
55
The Issuer may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee, provided that no such removal shall become effective until (1) acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (2) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (1) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon not less than 10 Business Days prior written notice to the Issuer; provided , however , that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08.
SECTION 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust . By 10:00 a.m. on the Business Day prior to each due date of the principal and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any Security, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, when so becoming due. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Securityholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment within one Business Day thereof. If the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.
Any money deposited with any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer or a permitted Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary in trust for the payment of principal or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal and interest and Additional Interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer at its request, or, if then held by the Issuer or a permitted Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, shall be discharged from such trust; and the Securityholders shall thereafter, as general unsecured creditors, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Paying Agent with respect to such money, and all liability of the Issuer or such permitted Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.
SECTION 2.05 Securityholder Lists . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Securityholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest
56
payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Securityholders.
SECTION 2.06 Replacement Securities . If a mutilated Security is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Security claims that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (i) notifies the Issuer or the Trustee within a reasonable time after he has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (ii) makes such request to the Issuer or the Trustee prior to the Security being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a protected purchaser ) and (iii) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee and the Issuer including evidence of the destruction, loss or theft of the Security. Such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and any co-registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Security including the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be required. In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may pay such Security instead of issuing a new Security in replacement thereof.
Every replacement Security is an additional obligation of the Issuer.
The provisions of this Section 2.06 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Securities.
SECTION 2.07 Outstanding Securities . Securities outstanding at any time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Subject to Section 13.06, a Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Security.
If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.06, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Security is held by a protected purchaser.
If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date, repurchase date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and
57
interest payable on that date with respect to the Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or repurchased or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Securityholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Securities (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.
SECTION 2.08 Temporary Securities . Until Certificated Securities and Global Securities are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of Certificated Securities but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Certificated Securities or Global Securities, as the case may be, and deliver them in exchange for temporary Securities upon surrender of such temporary Securities at the office or agency of the Issuer, without charge to the Holder.
SECTION 2.09 Cancellation . The Issuer at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and deliver canceled Securities to the Issuer, or if the Issuer so agrees, may destroy canceled Securities, in accordance with the Trustees customary procedures. The Issuer shall not issue new Securities to replace Securities that have been redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Securities in place of canceled Securities other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.
SECTION 2.10 CUSIP Numbers . The Issuer in issuing the Securities may use CUSIP numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in CUSIP numbers.
SECTION 2.11 Registration, Transfer and Exchange .
(a) The Securities will be issued in registered form only, without coupons, and the Issuer shall cause the Trustee to maintain a register (the Register ) of the Securities, for registering the record ownership of the Securities by the Holders and transfers and exchanges of the Securities.
58
(b) (1) Each Global Security will be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and, so long as DTC is serving as the Depositary thereof, will bear the DTC Legend.
(2) Each Global Security will be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary. Transfers of a Global Security (but not a beneficial interest therein) will be limited to transfers thereof in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees, except (i) as set forth in Section 2.11(b)(4) and (ii) transfers of portions thereof in the form of Certificated Securities may be made upon request of an Agent Member (for itself or on behalf of a beneficial owner) by written notice given to the Trustee by or on behalf of the Depositary in accordance with customary procedures of the Depositary and in compliance with this Section and Section 2.12.
(3) Agent Members will have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security held on their behalf by the Depositary, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner and Holder of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Depositary or its nominee may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person (including any Agent Member and any Person that holds a beneficial interest in a Global Security through an Agent Member) to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Securities, and nothing herein will impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of any security.
(4) If (x) the Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for a Global Security and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of the notice or (y) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Trustee has received a request from the Depositary, the Trustee will promptly exchange each beneficial interest in the Global Security for one or more Certificated Securities in authorized denominations having an equal aggregate principal amount registered in the name of the owner of such beneficial interest, as identified to the Trustee by the Depositary, and thereupon the Global Security will be deemed canceled. If such Security does not bear the Restricted Legend, then the Certificated Securities issued in exchange therefor will not bear the Restricted Legend. If such Security bears the Restricted Legend, then the Certificated Securities issued in exchange therefor will bear the Restricted Legend.
59
(c) Each Certificated Security will be registered in the name of the Holder thereof or its nominee.
(d) A Holder may transfer a Security (or a beneficial interest therein) to another Person or exchange a Security (or a beneficial interest therein) for another Security or Securities of any authorized denomination by presenting to the Trustee a written request therefor stating the name of the proposed transferee or requesting such an exchange, accompanied by any certification, opinion or other document required by Section 2.12. The Trustee will promptly register any transfer or exchange that meets the requirements of this Section by noting the same in the register maintained by the Trustee for such purpose; provided that
(x) no transfer or exchange will be effective until it is registered in such register; and
(y) the Trustee will not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security for a period of 15 days before a selection of Securities to be redeemed or purchased pursuant to a Repurchase Offer, (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption or purchase in whole or in part, except, in the case of a partial redemption or purchase, that portion of any Security not being redeemed or purchased, or (iii) if a redemption or a purchase pursuant to a Repurchase Offer is to occur after a regular record date but on or before the corresponding interest payment date, to register the transfer of or exchange any Security on or after the regular record date and before the date of redemption or purchase. Prior to the registration of any transfer, the Issuer, the Trustee and their agents will treat the Person in whose name the Security is registered as the owner and Holder thereof for all purposes (whether or not the Security is overdue), and will not be affected by notice to the contrary.
From time to time the Issuer will execute and the Trustee will authenticate additional Securities as necessary in order to permit the registration of a transfer or exchange in accordance with this Section.
No service charge will be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of any Security, but the Issuer and the Trustee/Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than a transfer tax or other similar governmental charge payable upon exchange pursuant to subsection (b)(4)).
60
(e) (1) Global Security to Global Security . If a beneficial interest in a Global Security is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Security, the Trustee will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Security being transferred or exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like increase in the principal amount of the other Global Security. Any beneficial interest in one Global Security that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Security, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Security, will, upon transfer or exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Security and become an interest in the other Global Security and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer and exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Security for as long as it remains such an interest.
(2) Global Security to Certificated Security . If a beneficial interest in a Global Security is transferred or exchanged for a Certificated Security, the Trustee will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Security equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) deliver one or more new Certificated Securities in authorized denominations having an equal aggregate principal amount to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the owner of such beneficial interest (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or owner, as applicable.
(3) Certificated Security to Global Security . If a Certificated Security is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Security, the Trustee will (x) cancel such Certificated Security, (y) record an interest or an increase in the principal amount of such Global Security equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Certificated Security, deliver to the Holder thereof one or more new Certificated Securities in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Certificated Security, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.
(4) Certificated Security to Certificated Security . If a Certificated Security is transferred or exchanged for another Certificated Security, the Trustee will (x) cancel the Certificated Security being transferred or exchanged, (y) deliver one or more new Certificated Securities in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the Holder of the canceled Certificated Security (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or
61
exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Certificated Security, deliver to the Holder thereof one or more Certificated Securities in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Certificated Security, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.
SECTION 2.12 Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange .
(a) The transfer or exchange of any Security (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made in accordance with this Section and Section 2.11 and, in the case of a Global Security (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee shall refuse to register any requested transfer or exchange that does not comply with the preceding sentence.
(b) Subject to paragraphs (c) and (d), the transfer or exchange of any Security (or a beneficial interest therein) of the type set forth in column A below for a Security (or a beneficial interest therein) of the type set forth opposite in column B below may only be made in compliance with the certification requirements (if any) described in the clause of this paragraph set forth opposite in column C below.
A |
B |
C |
||||
U.S. Global Security | U.S. Global Security | (1) | ||||
U.S. Global Security | Offshore Global Security | (2) | ||||
U.S. Global Security | Certificated Security | (3) | ||||
Offshore Global Security | U.S. Global Security | (4) | ||||
Offshore Global Security | Offshore Global Security | (1) | ||||
Offshore Global Security | Certificated Security | (5) | ||||
Certificated Security | U.S. Global Security | (4) | ||||
Certificated Security | Offshore Global Security | (2) | ||||
Certificated Security | Certificated Security | (3) |
(1) No certification is required.
62
(2) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee a duly completed Regulation S Certificate; provided that if the requested transfer or exchange is made by the Holder of a Certificated Security that does not bear the Restricted Legend, then no certification is required.
(3) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee (x) a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate, (y) a duly completed Regulation S Certificate or (z) a duly completed Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate, and/or an Opinion of Counsel and such other certifications and evidence as the Issuer may reasonably require in order to determine that the proposed transfer or exchange is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States; provided that if the requested transfer or exchange is made by the Holder of a Certificated Security that does not bear the Restricted Legend, then no certification is required. In the event that (i) the requested transfer or exchange takes place after the Restricted Period and a duly completed Regulation S Certificate is delivered to the Trustee or (ii) a Certificated Security that does not bear the Restricted Legend is surrendered for transfer or exchange, upon transfer or exchange the Trustee will deliver a Certificated Security that does not bear the Restricted Legend.
(4) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate.
(5) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no such exchange is permitted if the requested exchange involves a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Security. If the requested transfer or exchange involves a beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Security, no certification is required and the Trustee will deliver a Certificated Security that does not bear the Restricted Legend.
(c) No certification is required in connection with any transfer or exchange of any Security (or a beneficial interest therein)
(1) after such Security is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or a successor provision); provided that the Issuer has provided the Trustee with an Officers Certificate to that effect, and the Issuer may require from any Person requesting a transfer or exchange in reliance upon this clause (1) an opinion of counsel and any other reasonable certifications and evidence in order to support such certificate; or
(2) (x) sold pursuant to an effective registration statement, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise or (y) which is validly tendered for exchange into an Exchange Security pursuant to an Exchange Offer.
63
Any Certificated Security delivered in reliance upon this paragraph will not bear the Restricted Legend.
(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, until the Trigger Date, no Security may be transferred to any Person other than a Holder or its Affiliates without the consent of the Issuer (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The restrictions of this clause (d) shall not apply (i) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(1), (2), (9) or (10) and (ii) to a pledge of any Security by its Holder as collateral for such Holders obligations and the foreclosure or other exercise of such pledge by a pledgee thereunder.
(e) The Trustee will retain copies of all certificates, opinions and other documents received in connection with the transfer or exchange of a Security (or a beneficial interest therein), and the Issuer will have the right to inspect and make copies thereof at any reasonable time upon written notice to the Trustee.
SECTION 2.13 Reg. S Temporary Offshore Global Securities .
(a) Each Security originally sold in reliance upon Regulation S will be evidenced by one or more Offshore Global Securities that bear the Temporary Offshore Global Security Legend.
(b) An owner of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Security (or a Person acting on behalf of such an owner) may provide to the Trustee (and the Trustee will accept) a duly completed Certificate of Beneficial Ownership at any time after the Restricted Period (it being understood that the Trustee will not accept any such certificate during the Restricted Period). Promptly after acceptance of a Certificate of Beneficial Ownership with respect to such a beneficial interest, the Trustee will cause such beneficial interest to be exchanged for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Security, and will (x) permanently reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Offshore Global Security by the amount of such beneficial interest and (y) increase the principal amount of such Permanent Offshore Global Security by the amount of such beneficial interest.
(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b), if after the Restricted Period the Initial Purchaser owns a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Security, the Initial Purchaser may, upon written request to the Trustee accompanied by a certification as to
64
its status as the Initial Purchaser, exchange such beneficial interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Security, and the Trustee will comply with such request and will (x) permanently reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Offshore Global Security by the amount of such beneficial interest and (y) increase the principal amount of such Permanent Offshore Global Security by the amount of such beneficial interest.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any owner of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Security shall not be entitled to receive payment of principal or interest on such beneficial interest or other amounts in respect of such beneficial interest until such beneficial interest is exchanged for an interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Security or transferred for an interest in another Global Security or a Certificated Security.
SECTION 2.14 Defaulted Interest . If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Securities, the Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Securityholders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly send or cause to be sent to each Securityholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.
The Issuer may make payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements (if applicable) of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this paragraph, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION
SECTION 3.01 Notices to Trustee . If the Issuer elects to redeem Securities pursuant to Section 3.07, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the redemption date, the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur.
The Issuer shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section at least 60 days before the redemption date unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel from the Issuer to the effect that such redemption shall comply with the conditions herein. If fewer than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the
65
Issuer and given to the Trustee, which record date shall be not fewer than 30 days after the date of notice to the Trustee, unless the Trustee otherwise agrees. Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being sent to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.
SECTION 3.02 Selection . If less than all of the Securities are to be redeemed at any time, selection of Securities for redemption shall be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Securities are listed, or, if the Securities are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate; provided that no Securities of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. If any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Security shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the redemption price or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest ceases to accrue on Securities or portions of them called for redemption.
SECTION 3.03 Notice . The Issuer shall give Notices of redemption which shall be sent electronically or mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Securities or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. If the GS Parties are not the Required Holdco Holders, notices of redemption may not be conditional. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of the Securities or portions of Securities to be redeemed.
The notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall state:
(a) the redemption date;
(b) the redemption price;
(c) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(d) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
(e) if fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Securities to be redeemed;
(f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;
66
(g) the Section hereof pursuant to which the Securities called for redemption are being redeemed;
(h) the CUSIP number, if any, printed on the Securities being redeemed; and
(i) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Securities.
At the Issuers request (which may be revoked at any time in writing prior to the time at which the Trustee shall have given such notice to the Holders), the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers name and at the Issuers expense. In such event, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section.
SECTION 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption . Once notice of redemption is sent, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on the date fixed for redemption and at the redemption price stated in the notice. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest, including Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date; provided that if the redemption date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, shall be payable to the Securityholder of the redeemed Securities registered at the close of business on the relevant record date. If sent in the manner herein, the notice shall be conclusively presumed to have been given whether or not the Holder receives such notice. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.
SECTION 3.05 Deposit of Redemption Price . By 10:00 a.m. on the Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all Securities to be redeemed on the redemption date other than Securities or portions of Securities called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. If the redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Security is registered at the close of business on such record date.
SECTION 3.06 Securities Redeemed in Part . Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuers expense) a new Security equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.
67
SECTION 3.07 Optional Redemption .
(a) Except as set forth in Section 3.07(b) or (c), the Securities may not be redeemed prior to September 30, 2010. On that date and thereafter, the Securities shall be subject to redemption at any time at the option of the Issuer, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on September 30 of the years indicated below:
Year |
Percentage | |||
2010 |
106 | % | ||
2011 |
106 | % | ||
2012 |
103 | % | ||
2013 and thereafter |
100 | % |
provided , however , that any such redemption shall be subject to Section 3.07(d).
(b) In addition, at any time and from time to time, prior to September 30, 2010, subject to Section 3.07(d), the Issuer may redeem up to 40% of the sum of the original aggregate principal amount of Securities issued on all Issue Dates at a redemption price of 112% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), with the net cash proceeds of an offering of common stock of the Issuer or an offering of common stock of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, the net cash proceeds of which are contributed as common equity capital to the Issuer; provided that (1) at least 60% of the sum of the original aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and (2) such redemption shall occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of such public offering.
(c) At any time prior to September 30, 2010, subject to Section 3.07(d), the Securities may be redeemed in whole or in part at the option of the Issuer. The redemption price will be equal to (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Securities, plus (ii) accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the rights of Holders on relevant record dates to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), plus (iii) the Applicable Premium, if any.
(d) Any redemption pursuant to Section 3.07 (a), (b) or (c) shall be in a minimum aggregate principal amount of Securities of $5,000,000 (or, if less, the entire principal amount of Securities then outstanding).
68
SECTION 3.08 No Sinking Fund . There shall be no sinking fund for the payment of principal on the Securities to the Securityholders.
SECTION 3.09 Repurchase Offers .
(a) If the Issuer shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Securities (a Repurchase Offer ) pursuant to Section 4.06 (an Asset Sale Offer ) or pursuant to Section 4.08 (a Change of Control Offer ), the Issuer shall follow the procedures specified in this Section 3.09:
(1) Within 30 days after (A) a Change of Control (unless (1) the Issuer is not required to make such offer pursuant to Section 4.08(b) or (2) all Securities have been called for redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(a) or (c)) or (B) the date on which the Issuer is required to make an Asset Sale Offer pursuant to Section 4.06, the Issuer shall commence a Repurchase Offer, which shall remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement (the Offer Period ), by sending a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, by electronic transmission or by first class mail, which notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable the Holders to tender Securities pursuant to such Repurchase Offer. Such notice, which shall govern the terms of the Repurchase Offer, shall describe the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control or Asset Sale requiring an Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be, and shall state:
(i) that the Repurchase Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.06 or 4.08, as the case may be;
(ii) the principal amount of Securities required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.06, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, or that the Issuer is required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding principal amount of Securities, in the case of a Change of Control Offer (such amount, the Offer Amount ), the purchase price and, that on the date specified in such notice (the Purchase Date ), which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is
69
sent, the Issuer shall repurchase an Offer Amount of Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.06 or 4.08, as applicable;
(iii) that any Security not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;
(iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, Securities accepted for payment pursuant to the Repurchase Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;
(v) that Holders electing to have a Security purchased pursuant to a Repurchase Offer may elect to have all or any portion of such Security purchased;
(vi) that Holders electing to have a Security purchased pursuant to any Repurchase Offer shall be required to surrender the Security, with the form entitled Option of Holder to Elect Purchase on the reverse of the Security, or such other customary documents of surrender and transfer as the Issuer may reasonably request, duly completed, or transfer the Security by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, or the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the Purchase Date;
(vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, in each case with a copy to the Trustee, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Security the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Security purchased;
(viii) that, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, if the aggregate principal amount of Securities surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be purchased on a pro rata basis (based upon the outstanding principal amount thereof), with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer so that only Securities in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased;
70
(ix) that Holders whose Securities are purchased only in part shall be issued new Securities equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer); and
(x) the CUSIP number, if any, printed on the Securities being repurchased and that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Securities.
(2) On (or at the Issuers election, before) the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, (A) to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, the Securities or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Repurchase Offer and not theretofore withdrawn, or if Securities aggregating less than the Offer Amount have been tendered, or in the case of a Change of Control Offer all Securities tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers Certificate stating that such Securities or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09, (B) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the payment required in respect of all Securities or portions thereof so tendered and (C) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Securities so accepted together with an Officers Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Securities or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuer. The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment or the payment due to each respective Holder in respect of the Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, with respect to the Securities tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Security, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Issuer, shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Security to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Securities so surrendered, provided that each such new Security shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. Any Security not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. On the Purchase Date, all Securities purchased by the Issuer shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. All Securities or portions thereof purchased pursuant to the Repurchase Offer shall be canceled by the Trustee. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Repurchase Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date, but in no case more than five Business Days thereafter. For the purposes of the preceding sentence, it shall be sufficient for the Issuer to publish the results of the Repurchase Offer on its website on the world wide web.
71
If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the Purchase Date interest shall cease to accrue on the Securities or the portions of Securities repurchased. If a Security is repurchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Security was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Security called is not repurchased upon surrender because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest, including Additional Interest, if any, shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Purchase Date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Securities and in Section 4.01.
(b) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the Repurchase Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 3.09, the Issuer shall comply with such securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 3.09 by virtue thereof.
(c) Once notice of repurchase is sent in accordance with this Section 3.09, all Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn (or, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, if the Issuer is not required to repurchase all of such Securities then the pro rata portion of such Securities that the Issuer may be required to purchase pursuant to Section 3.02 and/or 4.06, as applicable) become irrevocably due and payable on the Purchase Date at the purchase price specified herein. A notice of repurchase may not be conditional.
(d) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.06 or 4.08, as applicable, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to Sections 3.02 and 3.06.
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
SECTION 4.01 Payment of Securities .
(a) The Issuer shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, interest on the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities and in this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, in accordance with this Indenture available funds sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such
72
money to the Securityholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. If the Issuer is required by applicable law to deduct or withhold any taxes from any payments of principal of, premium, interest or Additional Interest on the Securities, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this sentence), the Holders receive an amount equal to the sum they would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the Issuer shall make such deductions or withholdings and (iii) the Issuer shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant governmental authority within the time allowed and in accordance with applicable law; provided , however , that no additional amounts shall be payable on any Security in respect of any U.S. federal withholding tax or any other tax imposed, deducted or withheld by reason of any present or former connection between the Holder or beneficial owner of such Security and the jurisdiction imposing such tax (other than the receipt of payments on such Security, the acquisition, ownership or disposition of such Security or enforcement of, or exercise of rights under, such Security or this Indenture).
(b) The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate and in the manner specified therefor in the Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. The Issuer shall pay interest at a default rate under the circumstances specified in the Securities.
(c) Principal, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities will be payable at the office or agency of the Paying Agent or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest, including Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Securities at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders related to the Securities; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, with respect to any Securities the Holders of which have given wire transfer instructions to the Issuer will be required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof.
SECTION 4.02 Reports .
(a) After the first Issue Date, the Issuer shall provide to the Holders and the Trustee (which may be by electronic means):
(1) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer ending after the Closing Date, a copy of the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of income,
73
stockholders equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year and reported on by independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing;
(2) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Issuer ending after the Closing Date, copies of the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of each such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such quarterly period and the portion of the fiscal year through such date, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding quarter in, and year-to-date portion of, the previous year, certified by the chief financial officer, controller or treasurer of the Issuer as being fairly stated in all material respects.
(b) The Issuer shall furnish to the Holders, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. At all times after a TIA Event, the Issuer also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA § 314(a).
(c) Delivery of the reports and information to the Trustee under this Section 4.02 is for informational purposes only, and the Trustees receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute notice of any information contained therein.
SECTION 4.03 Incurrence of Debt and Issuance of Preferred Stock .
(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, incur ) any Debt (including Acquired Debt and Attributable Debt), and the Issuer shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that, subject to Section 4.19, the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Debt (including Acquired Debt and Attributable Debt) and any Guarantor may issue Preferred Stock if the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuers most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Debt is incurred or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Debt had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period (the Coverage Ratio Exception ); and, provided , further , that Debt (including Acquired Debt and Attributable Debt) incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception shall not exceed $100.0 million.
74
(b) The provisions of Section 4.03(a) shall not apply to any of the following items of Debt or Preferred Stock (collectively, Permitted Debt ), which shall, however, be subject to Section 4.19:
(1) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Debt, including bankers acceptances (with letters of credit and bankers acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) under Credit Facilities (including Guarantees of such Debt by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Debt outstanding pursuant to this clause (1) does not exceed the sum of (x) $2,350.0 million incurred, in the aggregate, pursuant to the ABL revolving credit facility portion and the term loan facility portion of the Senior Credit Facility (of which no more than $393,056,658 million may be incurred by Holdco and then only in the form of Holdco Tranche Term Loans) and (y) the amounts outstanding from time to time under the Daylight Facility, so long as such amounts: (I) are borrowed only in connection with the Securities Exchange or the repayment of Holdco Tranche Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.2(g) of the Senior Credit Facility, (II) are repaid in full on the date of the borrowing thereof and (III) once repaid, shall not be reborrowed and shall permanently reduce commitments available under the Daylight Facility, and (ii) at all times while the GS Parties constitute the Required Combined Holders, such amount shall be reduced by the cumulative Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale to the extent applied pursuant to Section 4.06 to prepayments of Debt under Credit Facilities, provided that once this condition is no longer applicable, the reduction or reductions shall be reversed;
(2) (a) the incurrence by the Issuer of Debt represented by the Securities issued on each Issue Date and by the Exchange Securities including any Guarantees thereof issued from time to time in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Securities pursuant to this Indenture, and (b) the incurrence by the guarantors of the Securities permitted to be incurred pursuant the foregoing clause (2)(a) of Debt represented by the guarantees of such Securities;
(3) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of (i) Debt (including Capital Lease Obligations) incurred within 270 days of the acquisition, construction, lease or improvement of property to finance the acquisition, construction, lease or improvement of such property (real or personal) (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person
75
owning such assets), provided that the aggregate amount of Debt incurred pursuant to this clause (3)(i) at any time outstanding (when aggregated with all Permitted Refinancing Debt in respect thereof) shall not exceed $40.0 million and (ii) Acquired Debt; provided that after giving effect to the incurrence of Acquired Debt pursuant to this clause (3)(ii) either (x) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (y) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be at least equal to or greater than such Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition;
(4) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Debt in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Debt incurred pursuant to clauses (3), (4), (5), (6) or (7);
(5) the incurrence or issuance of Debt or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries under local working capital lines in an aggregate amount not to exceed (together with the amount of any Guarantee pursuant to clause (9) below), other than any Guarantee of Debt incurred pursuant to this clause (5)) $150.0 million at any time outstanding;
(6) the incurrence by the Issuer of intercompany Debt or Preferred Stock owed or issued to and held by any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or the incurrence by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor of intercompany Debt or Preferred Stock owed or issued to and held by the Issuer or any other Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, provided , however , that (a) any such Debt or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be expressly subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Securities or the Securities Guarantee issued by such Guarantor and (b)(i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests or other action that results in any such Debt or Preferred Stock being held by a Person other than the Issuer, a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Debt or Preferred Stock to a Person that is neither the Issuer, a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Debt or issuance of such Preferred Stock by the Issuer, such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);
76
(7) any Debt of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date (other than Debt described in clauses (1) or (2));
(8) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are incurred (a) principally for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Debt that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding or (b) principally for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk or commodity price risk incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(9) (a) the incurrence of any Guarantee by the Issuer or any Guarantor of Debt of the Issuer or a Guarantor or of any Foreign Subsidiary (which Debt of any such Foreign Subsidiary shall not exceed (together with the amount of any Debt or Preferred Stock incurred under clause (5)) $150.0 million at any time outstanding), in each case, which Debt was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant and (b) the incurrence of any Guarantee by any Foreign Subsidiary of Debt of another Foreign Subsidiary;
(10) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Debt (which may comprise Debt under the Senior Credit Facility) in an aggregate principal amount, and the issuance by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors of Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference, at any time outstanding, pursuant to this clause (10) not to exceed an amount equal to $60.0 million (of which amount, no more than $30.0 shall be Debt of any Person that is not a Guarantor);
(11) (x) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Guarantor of Debt or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Debt incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted hereunder; provided that if such Debt is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary or the Issuer, as applicable, any such guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Debt shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantors Guarantee with respect to the Securities substantially to the same extent as such Debt is subordinated to the Securities or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, (y) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of Debt of another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor incurred in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, and (z) any guarantee by a Guarantor of Debt of the Issuer incurred in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;
77
(12) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Guarantor; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Guarantor or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Guarantor) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted under this clause (12);
(13) Debt incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);
(14) Debt in respect of customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations not in connection with money borrowed, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business;
(15) Debt in respect of any bankers acceptance, bank guarantees, letter of credit, warehouse receipt or similar facilities entered into in the ordinary course of business (including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Debt with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims);
(16) Guarantees (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of (or to) suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees or (ii) otherwise constituting Permitted Investments or Restricted Investments permitted by Section 4.04;
(17) Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (i) financing of insurance premiums in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $15.0 million at any time outstanding or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply agreements, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money;
78
(18) Debt representing deferred compensation to employees of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(19) Debt arising from agreements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case entered into in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or Capital Stock permitted hereunder, other than any such obligations incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Capital Stock for the purpose of financing such acquisition, provided that such amount is not Debt reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with GAAP (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this proviso);
(20) Debt consisting of promissory notes issued by the Issuer or any Guarantor to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees (or their respective spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees) to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 4.04;
(21) Debt arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Debt is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;
(22) cash management obligations and Debt in respect of netting services, overdraft facilities, employee credit card programs, cash pooling arrangements or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; provided that, with respect to any cash pooling arrangements, the total amount of all deposits subject to any such cash pooling arrangement at all times equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts that may be subject to such cash pooling arrangements; and
(23) Attributable Debt in respect of any sale and leaseback transaction of property (real or personal), equipment or other fixed or capital assets owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Transactions in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100.0 million.
79
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision in this covenant, the maximum amount of Debt that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies.
(d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03:
(1) the outstanding principal amount of any particular Debt shall be counted only once such that (without limitation) any obligation arising under any guarantee, Lien, letter of credit or similar instrument supporting such Debt (to the extent such guarantee, Lien, letter of credit or similar instrument is otherwise permitted to be incurred) shall be disregarded;
(2) in the event that an item of Debt (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (10) of the definition of Permitted Debt above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify (and may, from time to time, re-classify) such item of Debt (or such portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and such item of Debt (or such portion thereof) shall be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such clauses or pursuant to the first paragraph hereof, and additionally, all or any portion of any item of Debt may later be reclassified as having been incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under any category of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (22) above so long as such Debt is permitted to be incurred pursuant to such provision at the time of reclassification; provided that all outstanding Debt under the Senior Credit Facility immediately following the Transactions shall be deemed to have been incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt and provided further that at all times while the GS Parties constitute the Required Combined Holders, any Debt incurred to refinance the Credit Facilities shall be incurred first under clause (1) hereof; and
(3) accrual of interest or dividends (including the issuance of pay in kind securities in respect of such accrued interest or dividends), the accretion of accreted value or liquidation preference and the extension of maturity shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Debt or issuance of Preferred Stock; provided , in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Consolidated Interest Expense of the Issuer as accrued.
(e) In addition to, and not in limitation of, any other restriction imposed by this Section 4.03, from and after the completion of the first Securities Exchange, all
80
intercompany Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries owed to Univar or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, to the extent not then contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer (i) shall have a Stated Maturity no earlier than, and shall not be subject to amortization or mandatory prepayment thereof prior to, twelve months after the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities, (ii) shall provide for interest to be accrued and capitalized or paid in kind and not paid in cash, (iii) shall be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior repayment of all other Debt of the Issuer (with complete prohibition on the exercise of remedies so long as any Securities are outstanding); provided that, if such Debt is incurred by a person that is not a Guarantor, the holder of such Debt shall effect such subordination through a turnover agreement or other similar contractual arrangements as reasonably acceptable to the Required Combined Holders.
SECTION 4.04 Restricted Payments .
(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution (including any payment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) on account of the Issuers or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Equity Interests (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Issuer and dividends payable to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary);
(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including any acquisition or retirement by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any merger or consolidation) any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by Persons other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(3) make any principal payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or Stated Maturity, any Subordinated Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor (excluding any intercompany Debt between the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Debt, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or Stated Maturity, of the Issuer or any Guarantor in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment, mandatory redemption or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement; or
(4) make any Restricted Investment,
81
(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as Restricted Payments ), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
(i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
(ii) the Issuer would, after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; and
(iii) such Restricted Payment, together with (without duplication) the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3)(A), (4), (5) (except with respect to payments pursuant to Section (4)(e) of the definition of Specified Affiliate Payments), (12), (13), (14) and (15) and excluding 50% of any Restricted Payments under clause (7) (to the extent such payment is not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income) or 100% of such payment under such clause (7) (if such payment is deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum (without duplication) (the Restricted Payments Basket ) of:
(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter containing the Closing Date to the end of the Issuers most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus
(B) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds and fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by the Issuer from the issue or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, or from capital contributions with respect to, Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Equity Interests and Excluded Cash Contributions), in either case after the Closing Date; plus
82
(C) the amount by which the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if less) of Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is reduced on the Issuers consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange after the Closing Date of that Debt for Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock and Excluded Cash Contributions) of the Issuer, together with the net proceeds and fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by the Issuer at the time of such conversion or exchange, if any, less the amount of any cash, or the fair market value of any property (other than such Equity Interests), distributed by the Issuer upon such conversion or exchange;
(D) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer since the Closing Date from Restricted Investments, whether through interest payments, principal payments, dividends or other distributions and payments, or the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) thereof made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for such period; plus
(E) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets.
(b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit:
(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at such date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture, or the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Subordinated Debt, if at the date of any irrevocable redemption notice such payment would have complied with this Section 4.04;
83
(2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Issuer; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment are designated in an Officers Certificate as Excluded Cash Contributions and shall not increase the Restricted Payments Basket;
(3) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of Subordinated Debt or Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Guarantor (A) made by an exchange for, or with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of, Permitted Refinancing Debt or (B) upon a Change of Control or Asset Sale to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Debt but only if the Issuer shall have complied with Section 4.08 or, as the case may be, 4.06 and purchased all Securities validly tendered pursuant to the relevant offer prior to purchasing or repaying such Subordinated Debt;
(4) the payment of any dividend (or any similar distribution) (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis and (ii) by the Issuer to Univar in order to allow Univar to make a payment of any dividend (or any similar distribution) to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis but only in connection with the repayment of the Holdco Tranche Term Loans and/or Securities Exchange and in the amount not to exceed the amount necessary to make such pro rata payment;
(5) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Specified Affiliate Payments;
(6) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;
84
(7) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20.0 million; provided that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing at the time of any such Restricted Payment after giving effect thereto;
(8) Restricted Payments to purchase or otherwise acquire outstanding Equity Interests of Univar from minority shareholders holding Shares of Univar not acquired in connection with the tender offer described in the Offer Memorandum; provided that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing at the time of any such Restricted Payment after giving effect thereto;
(9) distributions of Capital Stock or Debt of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
(10) the payment of dividends on the Issuers common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, as the case may be, to fund the payment by any such parent company of the Issuer of dividends on such entitys common stock) following the first public offering of the Issuers common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Closing Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer after the Closing Date in any such public offering, other than public offerings of common stock of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Cash Contribution;
(11) the declaration and payments of dividends on Disqualified Stock issued pursuant to Section 4.03; provided , however, that, at the time of payment of such dividend, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom);
(12) (a)(i) payment of the GS Parties transaction expenses and (ii) payment of the Issuers and its Affiliates transaction expenses, including fees payable to members of the Initial Control Group (in each case to the extent constituting Restricted Payments) and (b) payments to the Issuers officers and employees in connection with the Transactions, in the case of (a)(ii) and (b), previously disclosed to the Initial Purchaser;
(13) other payments required to consummate the Transactions;
(14) the payment of any dividend (or any similar distribution by the Issuer) to Univar in order to allow Univar to make a payment of any dividend (or
85
any similar distribution) to Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries to consummate the repayment of the Holdco Tranche Term Loans and/or Securities Exchange in the amount not to exceed the amount necessary to consummate such repayment and/or such Securities Exchange; and
(15) the payment of any dividend (or any similar distribution, not to exceed $20,000,000 in the aggregate) to Univar in order to allow Univar to make a payment for purposes of satisfying any calls exercised on or before January 31, 2008 in connection with shares of Univar not tendered pursuant to the Acquisition Documents on or prior to October 5, 2007.
(c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer.
(d) In addition, if any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) in which an Investment is made, which Investment constituted a Restricted Payment when made, thereafter becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investments previously made in such Person shall no longer be counted as Restricted Payments for purposes of calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(iii) to the extent that such Investments would not have been Restricted Payments had such Person been a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Investments were made.
(e) In making the computations required by this covenant:
(1) the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary may use audited financial statements for the portions of the relevant period for which audited financial statements are available on the date of determination and unaudited financial statements and other current financial data based on the books and records of the Issuer for the remaining portion of such period; and
(2) the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary shall be permitted to rely in good faith on the financial statements and other financial data derived from the books and records of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiary that are available on the date of determination.
(f) If the Issuer makes a Restricted Payment that, at the time of the making of such Restricted Payment, would in the good faith determination of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary be permitted under the requirements of this Indenture, such
86
Restricted Payment shall be deemed to have been made in compliance with this Indenture notwithstanding any subsequent adjustments made in good faith to the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiarys financial statements, affecting Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for any period. For the avoidance of doubt, it is expressly agreed that no payment or other transaction permitted by clauses (1) or (5) of Section 4.07(b) below, shall be considered a Restricted Payment for purposes of, or otherwise restricted by, this Indenture.
(g) The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding investments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of Investments. Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 4.04 or the definition of Permitted Investments and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) to the extent the per share consideration paid to any holder of shares ( Minority Shares ) of Univar in its capacity as such, for any share of Univar following the Closing Date (including pro rata dividends, redemptions or repurchases) pursuant to clauses (b)(4)(i) and (b)(7) above in respect of such Minority Shares exceeds 53.50, such distributions may only be made from additional equity contributions to Holdco or the Issuer and (b) if additional equity contributions are made to Holdco, Holdco shall make a capital contribution to the Issuer in an amount equal to the amount of all dividends paid directly and indirectly by the Issuer in respect of Minority Shares.
SECTION 4.05 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .
(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
(1) (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (A) on its Capital Stock or (B) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or (ii) pay any Debt owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
87
(2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
(b) Notwithstanding Section 4.05(a), such section shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions:
(1) under contracts in effect on the Closing Date, including the Senior Credit Facility and the related documentation;
(2) under the Holdco Indenture, the Holdco Securities and related Guarantees (including any Exchange Securities and related Guarantees), this Indenture, the Securities and related Guarantees (including any Exchange Securities and related Guarantees), and any other related agreement entered into after the Closing Date, provided that the encumbrances or restrictions in any such other agreement are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in this Indenture and the Securities;
(3) under any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (but not created in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;
(4) existing under or by reason of purchase money obligations (including Capital Lease Obligations) for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.05(a) above on the property so acquired;
(5) in the case of clause (3) of Section 4.05(a) above, (i) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment, or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, (ii) by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to any property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, (iii) contained in security agreements or mortgages securing Debt to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer of the property subject to such security agreements or mortgages, or (iv) any Lien on property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;
88
(6) existing under or by reason of contracts for the sale of assets, including any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition;
(7) on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by leases and customer contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(8) in customary form under joint venture agreements and other similar agreements which limitations are only applicable to the Person or assets that are the subject of such agreements (and any assets of such Person);
(9) any encumbrances or restrictions required by any governmental, local or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their businesses;
(10) contained in the terms governing any Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Indenture if (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer) (i) the encumbrances or restrictions are ordinary and customary for a financing of that type and (ii) the encumbrances or restrictions would not, at the time agreed to, be expected to materially adversely affect the ability of Issuer to make payments on the Securities;
(11) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;
(12) contained in the terms governing any Secured Debt otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under Sections 4.03 and 4.10 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Debt;
(13) existing under or by reason of any encumbrance or restriction of a Securitization Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; provided however , that such restrictions apply only to such Securitization Subsidiary; or
89
(14) under any Permitted Refinancing Debt or any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (10) above, provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings, taken as a whole, are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, not materially more restrictive with respect to such encumbrances or restrictions than those contained in such predecessor agreements.
SECTION 4.06 Asset Sales .
(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
(1) the Issuer (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and
(2) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of
(x) cash or Cash Equivalents; or
(y) (i) all or substantially all of the assets of, or the majority of the Voting Stock of, another Person that thereupon becomes a Restricted Subsidiary engaging in, a Permitted Business; or
(ii) assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business.
For purposes of this Section 4.06(a)(2), each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:
(i) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet), of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Securities or, in the case of liabilities of a Guarantor, the Security Guarantee of such Guarantor) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets or discharged in connection with such Asset Sale;
90
(ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days after receipt; and
(iii) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 4.06(a)(2) that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of $20.0 million at the time of receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.
(b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Issuer (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds, at its option:
(1) to repay Senior Debt, Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) or Pari Passu Debt (in each case other than Debt owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer); provided that if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall so reduce Pari Passu Debt, it shall equally and ratably make an Asset Sale Offer to the Holders (in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.06(c) and Section 3.09 for an Asset Sale Offer);
(2) to make capital expenditures or to acquire properties or assets that shall be used or useful in the Permitted Business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
(3) to acquire a controlling interest in a Person engaged in a Permitted Business;
provided that if during such 365-day period the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of clause (2) or (3) of this Section 4.06(b) or if the application of such Net Proceeds is part of a project authorized by the Board of Directors that shall take longer than 365 days to complete, such 365 day period shall be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed until required to be paid in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement) or, until completion of such project, as the case may be. Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce borrowing under a Credit Facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.
91
(c) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the first sentence of Section 4.06(b) shall be deemed to constitute Excess Proceeds . When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million the Issuer shall:
(1) make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders in accordance with Section 3.09; and
(2) prepay, purchase or redeem (or make an offer to do so) any other Pari Passu Debt of the Issuer in accordance with provisions governing such Debt requiring the Issuer to prepay, purchase or redeem such Debt with the proceeds from any Asset Sales (or offer to do so),
pro rata in proportion to the respective principal amount of the Securities and such other Debt required to be prepaid, purchased or redeemed or tendered for, in the case of the Securities pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer to purchase the maximum principal amount of Securities that may be purchased out of such pro rata portion of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of purchase subject to the right of holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture and the Securities.
(d) If any Excess Proceeds remain after completion of an Asset Sale Offer and, if applicable, any prepayment, purchase, redemption or tender of or for Pari Passu Debt, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of the Securities surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the pro rata portion of such Excess Proceeds to be used to purchase Securities, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be purchased on a pro rata basis as provided in Section 3.09. Upon completion of such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer may commence an Asset Sale Offer prior to the expiration of 365 days after the occurrence of an Asset Sale.
SECTION 4.07 Transactions with Affiliates .
(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or
92
amend any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance, guarantee or other transaction with, or for the benefit of, any Person that, prior to such transaction, was an Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an Affiliate Transaction ), unless:
(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and
(2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee:
(i) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction entered into after the Closing Date involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.07(a) and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by the Board of Directors; and
(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an investment banking, appraisal or accounting firm of national standing.
(b) Notwithstanding Section 4.07(a), none of the following shall be prohibited by this Section 4.07 (or be deemed to be an Affiliate Transactions):
(1) the payment of fees to the Sponsor pursuant to the Management Agreements 1 in an amount not to exceed $4.0 million in any fiscal year (plus customary out-of-pocket expense reimbursement and indemnity) so long as no Default or Event of Default under Sections 6.01(a)(1), (2), (9) or (10) shall have occurred and be continuing at the date of such payment or would result therefrom (it being understood that following the cure of such all Events of Default, such payments may be made),
1 | Need to see the Management Agreements. |
93
(2) Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments permitted by this Indenture,
(3) the payment of the fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer in connection with the Transactions, the Holdco Indenture, this Indenture and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby,
(4) the issuance of Capital Stock or Equity Interests of the Issuer to the management of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions or pursuant to arrangements described in clause (6) of this Section 4.07(b) or, if otherwise permitted hereunder, to any Affiliate of the Issuer,
(5) loans, advances and other transactions between or among the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent otherwise permitted under this Article 4,
(6) employment and severance arrangements between the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business,
(7) payments by the Issuer (and any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Subsidiaries pursuant to the tax sharing agreements among the Issuer (and any such parent) and the Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity,
(8) the payment of customary compensation and fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of (and entering into related agreements with), directors, managers, consultants, officers and employees of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or senior management thereof,
94
(9) transactions pursuant to agreements in existence on the Closing Date or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not materially adverse, taken as a whole, to the Holders,
(10) payments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, in good faith, and limited to 1% of completed transactions,
(11) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Closing Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date shall only be permitted by this clause (11) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to holders of the Securities in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date,
(12) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms hereof that are fair to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been entered into at such time with an unaffiliated party; or
(13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith, or
(14) any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing.
95
SECTION 4.08 Change of Control .
(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless all Securities have been called for redemption pursuant to Section 3.07, each Holder of Securities shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holders Securities pursuant to a Change of Control Offer made pursuant to Section 3.09 at an offer price in cash (the Change of Control Payment ) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, thereon, if any, to the date of purchase.
(b) The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 3.09 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.
SECTION 4.09 Compliance Certificates . The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer an Officers Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Issuer they would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do have such knowledge, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. At all times after a TIA Event, the Issuer also shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA.
The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any event within five Business Days after any Senior Officer of the Issuer becomes aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default or an event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officers Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or Default and the action which the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.
SECTION 4.10 Liens . The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind securing Debt (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless all payments due under this Indenture and the Securities are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by such Lien or such other obligations are no longer obligations of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that:
(a) if such other Debt constitutes Subordinated Debt or is otherwise subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Obligations under this Indenture, the Securities or the Security Guarantees, such Lien is expressly made prior and senior in priority to the Lien securing such other Debt; or
(b) in any other case, such Lien ranks equally and ratably with or prior to the Lien securing the other Debt or obligations so secured.
96
SECTION 4.11 Additional Security Guarantees .
(a) If the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary after the Closing Date and such Domestic Subsidiary is a guarantor of any Obligations under a Credit Facility, then that newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor and execute a Security Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture within 10 Business Days of the later of (a) the date on which it was acquired or created or (b) on which it becomes a guarantor of such Credit Facility.
(b) Any Security Guarantee given by any Restricted Subsidiary shall be automatically released at such time as the holders of the Debt under the Credit Facility release their guarantees by such Restricted Subsidiary (including any deemed release upon payment in full of all obligations under such Debt).
(c) Any Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor shall do so by executing and delivering to the Trustee a supplemental indenture hereto as provided in Section 9.01.
SECTION 4.12 Business Activities . The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as is not material to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
SECTION 4.13 Payments for Consent . The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Securities unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment.
SECTION 4.14 Taxes . The Issuer shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies, which, if unpaid, might by law become a material liability or Lien upon the property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that the Issuer shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in
97
good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of the Issuer), are being maintained in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment will not be materially disadvantageous to the Holders.
SECTION 4.15 Corporate Existence . Except as otherwise provided in this Article 4 and Article 5, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with their respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time).
SECTION 4.16 Limitation on Layered Debt . The Issuer shall not incur any Debt that is (a) expressly subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Debt and (b) senior in any respect in right of payment of Securities. No Guarantor shall incur any Debt that is (a) expressly subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Debt and (b) senior in any respect in right of payment to the Security Guarantee of such Guarantor. In addition, neither the Issuer nor a Guarantor shall incur any Secured Debt (including any second lien debt) which is, by its express terms, subordinated as to rights to receive proceeds of collateral to any other Secured Debt of the Issuer or a Guarantor secured in whole or in part by the same collateral.
SECTION 4.17 Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries . The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, (a) transfer, convey, sell, issue, lease or otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests of any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer which is not a Guarantor to any Person (other than to the Issuer, another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or, in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, as otherwise permitted by the second sentence of the definition of Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary), unless (i) such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition is of all the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.06; provided , however , that this Section 4.17 shall not restrict any pledge of Capital Stock of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries securing Debt under the Credit Facilities or other Debt permitted to be secured by Section 4.10 hereof, and (b) issue any Equity Interests of any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer which is not a Guarantor to any Person (other than, if necessary, shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary constituting directors qualifying shares or, in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, as otherwise permitted by the second sentence of the definition of Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary) other than to the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer.
98
SECTION 4.18 Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions . The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided , however , that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary (a) could have incurred Debt in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or Section 4.03(b)(23) and (b) disposed of the property or assets subject to such sale and leaseback transaction in compliance with Section 4.06.
SECTION 4.19 Additional Covenants relating to the GS Parties . So long as the GS Parties constitute the Required Combined Holders,
(a) Holdco will not own any material assets, have any material liabilities or engage in any material business other than (1) the direct ownership of 100% of the Capital Stock of the Acquisition Vehicle (and the Acquisition Vehicle will not own any material assets, have any material liabilities or engage in any material business other than the direct ownership of not less than 95% of the Capital Stock of Univar), (2) the consummation of the Transactions (including the entry into other agreements relating to or necessary to consummate the Transactions), (3) the Holdco Securities, (4) (x) for so long as the Holdco Securities remain outstanding, any Debt permitted to be incurred under the Holdco Indenture (and Holdco may enter into any agreements in connection with such Debt) and (y) thereafter, any other Debt that is not Guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (5) customary agreements in connection with any issuance of Equity Interests otherwise permissible under the terms of this Agreement, (6) contractual obligations (other than contractual obligations evidencing Debt) entered into in the ordinary course of and relating to the Issuers business as a passive holding company, and (7) nonconsensual obligations imposed by operation of law,
(b) Univar will not own any material assets other than (1) the direct ownership of 100% of the Capital Stock of the Issuer; (2) the consummation of the Transactions (including the entry into other agreements relating to or necessary to consummate the Transactions), (3) customary agreements in connection with any issuance of Equity Interests otherwise permissible under the terms of this Agreement, (4) (x) for so long as the Holdco Securities remain outstanding, any Debt permitted to be incurred under the Holdco Indenture (and Holdco may enter into any agreements in connection with such Debt) and (y) thereafter, any other Debt that is not Guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (5) contractual obligations (other than contractual obligations evidencing Debt) entered into in the ordinary course of and relating to the Issuers business as a passive holding company, and (6) nonconsensual obligations imposed by operation of law;
99
(c) Debt of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries, including the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly (including through participations) issued to or acquired by an Affiliate (other than investment funds managed by CVC Cordatus Group Limited that are regularly and primarily engage in the business of making debt or mezzanine investments) of the Issuer (other than a direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) shall be Affiliate Subordinated Debt; provided , however , that the foregoing restriction shall not prohibit any purchase by the Initial Control Group or its Affiliates from unaffiliated third parties of up to one-third of the outstanding principal amount of any one or more classes of indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(d) The Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not be permitted to incur any Debt (including Acquired Debt and Attributable Debt) pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; and
(e) The Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be permitted to enter into any Securitization Financing or sell any Securitization Assets.
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSOR ISSUER
SECTION 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets of the Issuer .
(a) The Issuer shall not directly or indirectly consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to another Person unless:
(1) the Issuer is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; provided that if such surviving person is not a corporation, a corporate Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person organized under the laws of the United States, any state or the District of Columbia becomes a co-issuer of the Securities in connection therewith;
(2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the
100
obligations of the Issuer under the Securities, this Indenture and any Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
(3) immediately after such transaction no Default exists;
(4) the Issuer or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made shall, at the time of such transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either (i) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (ii) have a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio at least equal to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer for such four-quarter reference period; and
(5) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.
(b) In addition, the Issuer may not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its and its Restricted Subsidiaries properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (3) and (4) (and, in the case of clause (1) below, clause (5)) of Section 5.01(a) shall not apply to:
(1) the consolidation or merger of the Issuer with or into a Restricted Subsidiary or the consolidation or merger of a Restricted Subsidiary with or into the Issuer or the transfer of assets to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or from a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer;
(2) any merger or consolidation of the Issuer with an Affiliate formed solely for the purpose of reforming the Issuer in another jurisdiction or solely for the purpose of facilitating the formation of a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; and
(3) any merger or consolidation of the Issuer with a Qualified New Issuer in connection with the transactions contemplated by Section 5.03.
101
(d) For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (including by way of merger or consolidation) of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer, which property or assets, if held by the Issuer instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer.
(e) Upon any consolidation or merger or any transfer (other than a lease) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with this Section 5.01, the successor entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer is merged or to which such transfer is made, shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under the Securities and this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor entity had been named in this Indenture as the Issuer, and the Issuer (except in the case of a transfer of less than all of the assets of the Issuer) shall be released from the obligations under the Securities, this Indenture and any Registration Rights Agreement.
SECTION 5.02 Merger or Consolidation of a Guarantor .
(a) No Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person (other than the Issuer or, in the case of a Guarantor, another Guarantor) unless:
(1) subject to the provisions of Section 10.02(b), the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Securities, this Indenture and any Registration Rights Agreement; and
(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default exists.
(b) Upon any consolidation or merger in which a Guarantor is not the continuing corporation in accordance with the foregoing, except as set forth in Section 11.02(b), the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, such Guarantor under its Guarantee, this Indenture and any Registration Rights Agreement with the same effect as if such surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) had been named as such.
102
SECTION 5.03 Required Reorganization . Within thirty days after the Closing Date, the Issuer shall cause all or substantially all of the non-U.S. operations of Univar and the Issuer to be owned (directly or indirectly) by the Issuer; provided , however , that such covenant shall be deemed satisfied if within the same period of time the Issuer causes Univar to become a Guarantor until such reorganization has been consummated.
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
SECTION 6.01 Events of Default and Remedies .
(a) Each of the following constitutes an Event of Default under this Indenture:
(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities (whether or not prohibited by Article 10);
(2) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Securities (including upon mandatory redemption), and any failure of the Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer when required or to purchase Securities required to be purchased in connection therewith (whether or not prohibited by Article 10);
(3) failure by the Issuer to comply with Section 5.01 or 5.03;
(4) failure by the Issuer for 30 days after receipt of notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities specifying such failure to comply with Section 4.03 or Section 4.04; provided , however , at all times while the GS Parties constitute the Required Combined Holders, an Event of Default shall occur upon receipt of any such notice by the Issuer;
(5) failure by the Issuer for 60 days after receipt of notice given to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities outstanding specifying such failure to comply with any other Sections of this Indenture or the Securities; provided , however , at all times while the GS Parties constitute the Required Combined Holders, such 60 day period shall be reduced to 30 days for any failure to comply with Section 4.07;
103
(6) (A) the failure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to pay any Debt within any applicable grace period after final maturity or acceleration by the holders thereof because of a default or (B) or a default occurs with respect to any Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor that ranks pari passu with the Securities or the relevant Security Guarantee or constitutes Subordinated Debt, which default permits the holder or holders thereof (or any trustee or agent on their behalf) to accelerate that Debt (giving effect to any applicable grace period), and, in the case of (A) or (B) the total amount of such Debt unpaid or accelerated or in default at the time exceeds $30.0 million;
(7) any judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of $30.0 million (net of any insurance or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to or within 60 days from the entry thereof, or which are covered by insurance (unless the Issuers insurance carriers have denied coverage in respect thereof) in the event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) is entered against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary and is not discharged, waived or stayed and either (A) an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree or (B) there is a period of 60 days following the entry of such judgment or decree during which such judgment or decree is not discharged, waived or the execution thereof stayed;
(8) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Security Guarantee by a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Security Guarantee;
(9) Holdco, Univar, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
(i) commences a voluntary case;
(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;
(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property;
(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
(v) or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency;
104
(10) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
(i) is for relief against Holdco, Univar, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;
(ii) appoints a Custodian of Holdco, Univar, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or
(iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of Holdco, Univar, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary;
or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree relating thereto remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;
(11) while the GS Parties constitute the Required Combined Holders: (A) the occurrence of (x) any material breach of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Purchase Agreement which do not contain materiality or material adverse effect qualifiers or (y) any breach of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Purchase Agreement which contain materiality or material adverse effect qualifiers or (B) failure by the Issuer for 30 days after receipt of notice from the GS Parties specifying such failure to comply, or cause the compliance of, with any of the covenants contained in the Purchase Agreement; or
(12) Holdco ceases to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, all of the Equity Interests (less the percentage of common stock of Univar not tendered pursuant to the offer described in the Offering Memorandum until such the owners of such common stock are squeezed out in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands) of Univar and/or Univar ceases to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, all of the Equity Interests of the Issuer.
(b) The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effect by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.
105
(c) The term Bankruptcy Law means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. For purposes of this Section, the term Custodian means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
(d) A Default under clause (4) or (5) of Section 6.01(a) is not an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities notify the Issuer in writing by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, of the Default and the Issuer does not cure such Default within the time, if applicable, specified in clauses (4) and (5) of Section 6.01(a) after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a Notice of Default .
SECTION 6.02 Acceleration .
(a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(9) or (10) with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer in writing, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice in writing to the Issuer, may declare the principal amount of and accrued but unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all the Securities to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, shall be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(9) or (10) occurs with respect to the Issuer, the principal of and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all the Securities shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Securityholders.
(b) At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Securities as described in Section 6.02(a), the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences: (i) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree; (ii) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration; (iii) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; and (iv) if the Issuer has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
106
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the events specified in Section 6.01(a) above that constitutes a Clean-Up Default shall be deemed to be a Default or an Event of Default for purposes of any provision of this Indenture unless and until such event has not been remedied on or prior to the expiration of the Clean-Up Period (it being understood that if such event has not been remedied at the expiration of the Clean-Up Period, then from and after the expiration of the Clean-Up Period and unless waived by the Required Holdco Holders, such event shall constitute an Event of Default and the Trustee or the Required Holdco Holders may take any of the actions specified in this Article 6 with respect thereto).
SECTION 6.03 Other Remedies . If, at any time while the GS Parties constitute the Required Combined Holders, unless waived by the GS Parties, a Default in the payment when due of interest on, principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Securities or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, then in each case the Securities will accrue interest at the stated interest rate on the Securities plus the Default Interest Rate until the earlier of such time as no such Default or such Event of Default shall be continuing (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable). At any other time, any amounts payable under or in respect of the Securities not paid when due will accrue interest at the stated interest rate on the Securities plus the Default Interest Rate until such time as such amounts are paid in full, including any interest thereon (to the extent that the payment of such overdue interest shall be legally enforceable). Default interest shall be payable in cash on demand and, to the extent applicable, in accordance with Section 2.14 hereof.
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.
The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Securityholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative (to the extent permitted by law).
SECTION 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults . The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Securities waive any existing Default and its consequences under this Indenture except a continuing Event of Default in the payment of interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on, or the principal of, the Securities. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured and ceases to exist and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and waived for every purpose under this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.
107
SECTION 6.05 Control by Majority . The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee by this Indenture. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Securityholders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided , however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.
SECTION 6.06 Limitation on Suits . Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, when due, no Securityholder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture, the Securities or the Security Guarantees unless:
(a) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing or the Trustee has received such notice from the Issuer;
(b) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
(c) such Holders have offered and, if requested, provided the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;
(d) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of such security or indemnity; and
(e) the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60- day period.
A Securityholder shall not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Securityholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Securityholder. The limitation set forth in this Section 6.06 shall not apply to the GS Parties so long as the GS Parties constitute the Required Combined Holders.
108
SECTION 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Securities, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
SECTION 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07.
SECTION 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Securityholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Guarantor, their creditors or their property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.
SECTION 6.10 Priorities . If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:
FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;
SECOND: to the holders of Senior Debt to the extent required by Article 10;
THIRD: to Securityholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities for principal and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and
FOURTH: to the Issuer.
The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Securityholders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall send to each Securityholder and the Issuer a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.
109
SECTION 6.11 Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Securities.
SECTION 6.12 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws . Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor (to the extent they may lawfully do so) shall at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
SECTION 6.13 Rights and Remedies Cumulative . No right or remedy conferred or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders under this Indenture is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and all such rights and remedies are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or exercise of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent or subsequent assertion or exercise of any other right or remedy.
SECTION 6.14 Delay or Omission Not Waiver . No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default will impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
110
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
SECTION 7.01 Duties of Trustee.
(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Persons own affairs.
(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon statements, certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such statements, certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the statements, certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture.
(c) The Trustee shall not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b);
(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer or Trust Officers unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it from any party authorized to direct the Trustee under this Indenture.
(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.
(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.
(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
111
(g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any potential or actual liability (financial or otherwise) in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
(h) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA after a TIA Event has occurred.
SECTION 7.02 Rights of Trustee . Subject to Section 7.01:
(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document.
(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
(c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.
(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided , however , that the Trustees conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.
(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Securities shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.
(f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
112
(g) The Trustee shall not be required to give any note, bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under this Indenture.
(h) The permissive rights of the Trustee to take any action enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty to take such action.
(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
(j) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officers Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.
SECTION 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co registrar or co paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11 and Sections 310(b) and 311 of the TIA after a TIA Event has occurred.
SECTION 7.04 Trustees Disclaimer . The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Securities or in the Securities other than the Trustees certificate of authentication.
SECTION 7.05 Notice of Defaults . If a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall send to each Holder notice of the Default. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any Security, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of Securityholders. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Senior Officer obtaining actual knowledge of any Default, written notice of any event which would constitute
113
such Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed in this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default hereunder, except in the case of an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) ( provided that the Trustee is Paying Agent), unless and until a Trust Officer receives written notice thereof at its Corporate Trust Office, from the Issuer or a Holder that such Default has occurred.
SECTION 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders . At all times after a TIA Event, the Trustee shall transmit to the Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the TIA at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto. To the extent that any such report is required by the TIA with respect to any 12-month period, such report shall cover the 12-month period ending September 30 and shall be transmitted by the next succeeding September 30. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers Certificate indicating whether the signers thereof actually know of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during the previous year.
A copy of each report at the time of its delivery to Securityholders shall be filed with the Commission and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Securities are listed. The Issuer agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Securities become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.
SECTION 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity . The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as is agreed to in writing by the Trustee and Issuer for the Trustees services hereunder. The Trustees compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it, including but not limited to costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Trustees counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall indemnify and defend the Trustee and its officers, directors, shareholders, agents and employees (each, an Indemnified Party ) for and hold each Indemnified Party harmless against any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys fees and expenses) including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee) incurred by them without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture or the Securities and the performance of their duties hereunder, including the cost and expense of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer (including this Section 7.07), and defending itself against or investigating any claim or liability (whether asserted by a Holder or any other person). The Trustee, in its capacity as Paying Agent, Registrar, Custodian and agent for service of notice and demands, and the Trustees officers, directors, shareholders, agents and employees, when acting in such other capacity, shall have the full benefit of the foregoing indemnity as well as all other
114
benefits, rights and privileges accorded to the Trustee in this Indenture when acting in such other capacity. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided that any failure so to notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer or any Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Indemnified Party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuers expense in the defense. Such Indemnified Parties may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such Indemnified Parties defense and, in such Indemnified Parties reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer and such parties in connection with such defense. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by an Indemnified Party through such partys own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. The Issuer need not pay any settlement made without its consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).
The Trustees right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Indenture shall not be subordinated to any other Debt of the Issuer, and the Securities shall be subordinate to the Trustees rights to receive such payment.
The Issuers payment obligations pursuant to this Section shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any Bankruptcy Law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(9) or (10) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.
SECTION 7.08 Replacement of Trustee . The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer shall remove the Trustee if:
(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;
(b) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;
(c) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
(d) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.
If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Issuer or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee ), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.
115
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall send a notice of its succession to Securityholders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07.
If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Issuer.
If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Securityholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuers and Guarantors obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
SECTION 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc . If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee, provided , that such Person shall be qualified and eligible under this Article 7.
In case at the time such successor or successors by consolidation, merger, conversion or transfer shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Securities or this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.
SECTION 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification . After the occurrence of a TIA Event, the Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA § 310(a). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published
116
annual report of condition. After the occurrence of a TIA Event, the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.
SECTION 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer . After the occurrence of a TIA Event, the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.
ARTICLE 8
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
SECTION 8.01 Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.
(a) The Issuer may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.01(b) or 8.01(c) be applied to all outstanding Securities upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.
(b) Upon the Issuers exercise under Section 8.01(a) of the option applicable to this Section 8.01(b), the Issuer and each Guarantor shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.02, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to the Securities and any Security Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, Legal Defeasance ). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and each Guarantor shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Debt represented by the outstanding Securities and any Security Guarantee, which Securities and Security Guarantees shall thereafter be deemed to be outstanding only for the purposes of Section 8.04 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under the Securities and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Securities to receive solely from the trust fund described in this Article 8, as more fully set forth in such Article, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on such Securities when such payments are due, (ii) the Issuers obligations with respect to the Securities under Article 2 and Sections 4.01, 7.07 and 7.08, which shall survive until the Securities have been paid in full (thereafter, the Issuers obligations in Section 7.02 and Section 7.07 shall survive), and (iii) the rights,
117
powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuers and the Guarantors obligations in connection therewith and (iv) this Section 8.01 and Section 8.02. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its Legal Defeasance option notwithstanding the prior exercise of its Covenant Defeasance option.
(c) Upon the Issuers exercise under Section 8.01(a) of the option applicable to this Section 8.01(c) subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.02, each Guarantor shall be released from its Security Guarantee and the Issuer and each Guarantor shall be released from their obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19, 5.01(a)(4), 5.02 and 5.03 with respect to the outstanding Securities on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, Covenant Defeasance ), and the Securities shall thereafter be deemed not outstanding for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration of act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such Sections, but shall continue to be deemed outstanding for all the other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such Section, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or by reason of any reference in any such Section to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers exercise of its Covenant Defeasance option, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.02, Sections 6.01(a)(3) (with respect to compliance with 5.01(a)(4)), 6.01(a)(4) (with respect to Sections 4.03 and 4.04), 6.01(a)(5) (with respect to compliance with Sections 4.02, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18 and 4.19), 6.01(a)(6), 6.01(a)(7), 6.01(a)(9), 6.01(a)(10) (with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer only), Section 6.01(a)(10) (with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer only) and 6.01(a)(11) shall not constitute Events of Default.
SECTION 8.02 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance . In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:
(a) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee (or another qualifying trustee; for purposes of this Section 8.02 and Section 8.04, the term Trustee shall include such other qualifying trustee), in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States dollars, Government Notes, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient (without reinvestment), in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the outstanding Securities on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Securities are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
118
(b) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions: (A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the Closing Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, the Holders of the outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
(c) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States, reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(d) no Default (other than a Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;
(f) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and qualifications) to the effect that, assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Issuer or any Guarantor between the date of deposit and the 123rd day following the deposit and assuming that no Holder is an insider of the Issuer under applicable bankruptcy law, after the 123rd day following the deposit, the trust funds shall not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any analogous New York State law provision;
(g) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the
119
Holders over the other creditors of the Issuer or the Guarantors, as applicable, or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer or the Guarantors, as applicable, or others; and
(h) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance (other than the expiration of the 123-day period referred to above) have been complied with.
SECTION 8.03 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture . Upon the request of the Issuer, this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Securities, as expressly provided for herein or pursuant hereto), the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be discharged from their obligations under the Securities and the Security Guarantees, and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the Security Guarantees, any Registration Rights Agreement and the Securities when:
(a) either (i) all the Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities that have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (ii) all Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (A) have become due and payable, (B) will become due and payable at maturity within one year or (C) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer, in the case of (A), (B) or (C) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in trust for such purpose in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Debt on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any, on) and interest on the Securities to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities that have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be and any Additional Interest, if any, thereon;
(b) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable under this Indenture by the Issuer; and
(c) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent provided in this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the Security Guarantees and the Securities have been complied with.
120
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuer to the Trustee under Section 7.02 and Section 7.07 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (a)(ii) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee and the Paying Agent under Section 8.04 and Section 2.04 shall survive.
SECTION 8.04 Deposited Money and Government Notes to Be Held in Trust; Miscellaneous Provisions . Subject to Section 8.05, all money and Government Notes (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 in respect of the outstanding Securities shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Notes held by it as provided in Section 8.02 or 8.03 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.02(a)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
SECTION 8.05 Repayment to Issuer . Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer, cause to be published once, in the New York Times (national edition) and the Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuer.
SECTION 8.06 Reinstatement . If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Notes in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise
121
prohibiting such application, then the Issuers obligations under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with this Article 8; provided , however , that, if the Issuer or any Guarantor makes any payment of principal of, premium or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any Security following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENTS
SECTION 9.01 Without Consent of Holders . The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Securities or the Security Guarantees without notice to or consent of any Securityholder:
(a) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
(b) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities;
(c) to provide for the assumption of the Issuers or any Guarantors obligations to Holders in the case of a merger, consolidation or sale of assets;
(d) to release any Security Guarantee in accordance with Section 11.02(b);
(e) to provide for additional Guarantors;
(f) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith, does not adversely affect the legal rights of any such Holder under this Indenture; or
(g) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA after a TIA Event has occurred.
After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Issuer shall send to Securityholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Securityholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section.
SECTION 9.02 With Consent of Holders . The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Securities or the Security Guarantees without
122
notice to any Securityholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Securities), and any existing default or compliance with any provisions of this Indenture, the Securities and the Security Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for Securities). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (I) without the consent of each Securityholder affected, an amendment or waiver shall not (with respect to any Securities held by a non-consenting Holder):
(a) reduce the principal amount of the Securities whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
(b) reduce the principal amount or change the fixed maturity of any Security, reduce any premium payable upon, or change the dates (to earlier dates) of, redemption of any Security (other than provisions applicable to Section 4.06 or 4.08);
(c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Security;
(d) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities (except a rescission of acceleration of the Securities by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
(e) make any Security payable in money other than that stated in the Securities;
(f) impair the rights of the Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the Securities;
(g) after the time a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer is required to have been made, reduce the purchase amount or price or extend the latest expiration date or purchase date thereunder;
(h) make any change in Section 9.01 or this Section 9.02; or
(i) except as permitted by Section 11.02(b), release any Security Guarantee;
123
and (II) no provision of this Indenture that applies only while the GS Parties constitute both the Required Opco Holders and the Required Holdco Holders shall be amended or waived without the consent of such of the GS Parties who then are the Holders of the Securities.
It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
An amendment or waiver under this Section may not make any change that adversely affects the rights under Article 10 or Article 12 of any holder of Senior Debt then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior Debt (or any group or representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent to such change.
After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Issuer shall send to Securityholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Securityholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section.
SECTION 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act . Every amendment to this Indenture or the Securities effected after the occurrence of a TIA Event shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.
SECTION 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers . A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Security shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of the Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holders Security, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Security. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holders Security or portion of the Security if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the requisite number of consents are received by the Issuer or the Trustee. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Securityholder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective once the requisite number of consents are received by the Issuer or the Trustee and any other conditions to effectiveness of such consent specified in the amendment or waiver are satisfied.
The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Securityholders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Securityholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.
124
SECTION 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Securities . If an amendment changes the terms of a Security, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Security that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Security shall not affect the validity of such amendment.
SECTION 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments . The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture that such amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the Guarantors enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03).
ARTICLE 10
SUBORDINATION OF THE SECURITIES
SECTION 10.01 Agreement to Subordinate . The Issuer agrees, and each Securityholder by accepting a Security agrees, that the Debt evidenced by the Securities is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 10, to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all existing and future Senior Debt of the Issuer and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer. The Securities shall in all respects rank pari passu with all other Pari Passu Debt of the Issuer and only Debt of the Issuer that is Senior Debt shall rank senior to the Securities in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article 10 shall be subject to Section 10.12.
SECTION 10.02 Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy . Upon any payment or distribution to creditors of the Issuer in a liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Issuer or its property, an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshaling of the Issuers assets and liabilities for the benefit of creditors, the holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive payment in full, in cash or Cash Equivalents, of all Obligations due in respect of such Senior Debt (including interest after the commencement of any such proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt, whether or not allowed or allowable in such proceeding) before the Holders of Securities shall be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Securities, and until all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt are paid in full, in cash or Cash Equivalents, any payment or distribution to which the holders of Securities would be entitled shall be made to the holders of Senior Debt, except that holders of Securities may receive and retain:
(a) Permitted Junior Securities; and
(b) payments made from the trust described under Article 8 so long as, on the date or dates the respective amounts were paid into the trust, such payments were made with respect to the Securities without violating the provisions of this Article 10).
125
SECTION 10.03 Default on Senior Debt.
(a) The Issuer shall not make any payment or distribution upon or in respect of the Securities (except from the trust described under Article 8) if:
(1) a default in the payment of any Obligations with respect to Designated Senior Debt of the Issuer occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable grace period (a payment default ) or any other default on Designated Senior Debt of the Issuer occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt is accelerated and not paid in full, in cash or Cash Equivalents, in accordance with its terms; or
(2) a default, other than a payment default, occurs and is continuing with respect to Designated Senior Debt of the Issuer that permits holders of the Designated Senior Debt as to which such default relates to accelerate its maturity (a non-payment default ) and, in the case of this clause (2) only, the Trustee receives a notice of such default (a Payment Blockage Notice ) from the Issuer, a Representative for, or the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of, any issue of Designated Senior Debt.
(b) Payments on the Securities may and shall be resumed:
(1) in the case of a payment default, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived and, in the case of any such Designated Senior Debt that has been accelerated, such acceleration has been rescinded; and
(2) in case of a non-payment default, the earliest of (I) the date on which such non-payment default is cured or waived, (II) 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, and (III) the date on which the Trustee receives notice from the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt of the Issuer rescinding the Payment Blockage Notice (such period beginning upon the delivery of a Payment Blockage Notice and ending on the earlier of clauses (I) to (III), the Payment Blockage Period ), unless the maturity of any such Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated.
126
(c) No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until:
(1) 360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice; and
(2) all scheduled payments of principal, interest and premium, if any, on the Securities that have come due have been paid in full in cash.
(d) No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice.
(e) In any event, notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) no more than one Payment Blockage Period may be commenced during any 360-day period and there shall be a period of at least 181 days during each 360-day period when no Payment Blockage Period is in effect and (y) so long as there shall remain outstanding Designated Senior Debt under the Senior Credit Facility, a Payment Blockage Notice may only be given by the Representatives thereunder.
SECTION 10.04 Acceleration of Payment of Securities . If payment of the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Representative of the lenders under the Senior Credit Facility of the acceleration.
SECTION 10.05 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.
(a) If the Trustee, any Paying Agent or any Holder receives a payment in respect of the Securities (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust described under Article 8) when:
(1) the payment is prohibited by this Article 10; and
(2) the Trustee, Paying Agent or the Holder has actual knowledge that the payment is prohibited;
the Trustee, Paying Agent or the Holder, as the case may be, shall hold the payment in trust for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer. Upon the written request of the holders of such Senior Debt, the Trustee, Paying Agent or Holder, as the case may be, shall deliver the amounts in trust to the holders of such Senior Debt or their Representative.
127
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee or any Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Securities and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than three Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Trust Officer of the Trustee or Paying Agent receives written notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this Article 10. The Issuer, the Registrar or co-registrar, any Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Debt of the Issuer may give the notice; provided , however , that, if an issue of Senior Debt of the Issuer has a Representative, only the Representative may give the notice. The Trustee or Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or itself to be a holder of any Senior Debt of the Issuer (or a Representative of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such Senior Debt of the Issuer or a Representative thereof.
SECTION 10.06 Subrogation . If and when all Senior Debt of the Issuer is paid in full and until the Securities are paid in full, Securityholders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt of the Issuer. A distribution made under this Article 10 to holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer which otherwise would have been made to Securityholders is not, as between the Issuer and Securityholders, a payment by the Issuer on Senior Debt of the Issuer.
SECTION 10.07 Relative Rights . This Article 10 defines the relative rights of Securityholders and holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer. Nothing in this Indenture shall:
(a) impair, as between the Issuer and Security holders, the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Securities in accordance with their terms;
(b) prevent the Trustee or any Securityholder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer to receive distributions otherwise payable to Securityholders; or
(c) affect the relative rights of Securityholders and creditors of the Issuer other than their rights in relation to the holders of Senior Debt.
SECTION 10.08 Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Issuer . No right of any holder of Senior Debt of the Issuer to enforce the subordination of the Debt evidenced by the Securities shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Issuer or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.
128
SECTION 10.09 Rights of Trustee and Paving Agent . The Trustee (or any Authenticating Agent hereunder) in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee (or Authenticating Agent hereunder). The Registrar and any co-registrar and any Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee (and any Authenticating Agent hereunder), the Registrar, any co-registrar and any Paying Agent shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 10 with respect to any Senior Debt of the Issuer which may at any time be held by them, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt of the Issuer; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee (or any Authenticating Agent hereunder) or any such other Person of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 10 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07.
SECTION 10.10 Distribution or Notice to Representative . Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any).
SECTION 10.11 Article 10 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate . The failure to make a payment pursuant to the Securities by reason of any provision in this Article 10 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article 10 shall have any effect on the right of the Securityholders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Securities.
SECTION 10.12 Trust Moneys Not Subordinated . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of Government Notes held in trust under Article 8 by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Debt of the Issuer or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article 10, and none of the Securityholders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Issuer or any holder of Senior Debt of the Issuer or any other creditor of the Issuer.
SECTION 10.13 Trustee Entitled to Rely . Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee, any Paying Agent and the Securityholders shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 10.02 are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Securityholders or (iii) upon the Representative for the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt of the Issuer and other Debt of the Issuer, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10. In the event that the Trustee or Paying Agent determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt
129
of the Issuer to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee or Paying Agent may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee or Paying Agent as to the amount of Senior Debt of the Issuer held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 10, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee or Paying Agent may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee or Paying Agent pursuant to this Article 10.
SECTION 10.14 Trustee to Effectuate Subordination . Each Securityholder by accepting a Security authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Securityholders and the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer as provided in this Article 10 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.
SECTION 10.15 Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt . With respect to the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article 10. The Trustee or Paying Agent shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary or other duty to the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Securityholders or the Issuer or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 10 or otherwise.
SECTION 10.16 Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt on Subordination Provisions . Each Securityholder by accepting a Security acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Debt of the Issuer, whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Securities, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Debt and such holder of Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt.
SECTION 10.17 Trustees Compensation Not Prejudiced . Nothing in this Article shall apply to amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to other sections of this Indenture.
130
ARTICLE 11
SECURITY GUARANTEES
SECTION 11.01 Security Guarantees.
(a) Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, subject to any applicable grace period, and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Securities and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuer, whether for expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Securities (all of the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the Guaranteed Obligations ). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from each such Guarantor, and that each such Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article 11 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.
(b) Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Securities or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other Person under this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligations; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any of them; (v) the failure of any Holder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership of such Guarantor, except as provided in Section 11.02(b).
(c) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Security Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor irrevocably waives acceptance hereof, presentment, demand, protest and any notice not provided for herein, as well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken by any Person against the Issuer or any other Person. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of
131
the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.
(d) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Security Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise.
(e) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest or premium, if any, on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) and (iii) all other monetary Guaranteed Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders and the Trustee.
(f) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of any Security Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section.
(g) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section.
132
SECTION 11.02 Limitation on Liability; Release .
(a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum, aggregate amount of the obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed (after giving effect to all its Guarantees of Debt under the Senior Credit Facility) without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.
(b) In the event of:
(1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or
(2) the sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of any Guarantor if as a result of such disposition, such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Issuer,
then the Person acquiring such assets (in the case of clause (i) and notwithstanding Section 5.02) or such Guarantor (in the case of clause (ii)) shall be automatically and irrevocably released and relieved of any obligations under its Security Guarantee and this Indenture; provided that such sale or other disposition is in compliance with this Indenture, including Section 4.06 (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Proceeds as is or is required to be applied on or before the date of such release in accordance with Section 4.06 needs to be so applied).
(c) If the Security Guarantee of any Guarantor terminates pursuant to the foregoing provisions or pursuant to Section 4.11(b) such Person shall cease to be a Guarantor or otherwise a party to this Indenture and, upon request by the Issuer, the Trustee shall execute appropriate instruments acknowledging such termination and the release of such Person from its obligations under its Security Guarantee and hereunder. It is expressly acknowledged that the application of the Net Proceeds of any such sale or other disposition referred to in subsection (b) in accordance with Section 4.06 following the date of such release shall not be a condition precedent to such release and any failure to make such application as required by such Section 4.06 shall not cause the revocation of any such release (it being understood that such failure shall constitute a Default or Event of Default, as applicable).
133
SECTION 11.03 Successors and Assigns . This Article 11 shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Securities shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.
SECTION 11.04 No Waiver . Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 11 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 11 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.
SECTION 11.05 Modification . No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 11, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.
SECTION 11.06 Execution and Delivery of the Security Guarantee . The execution by each Guarantor of the Indenture (or a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit I) evidences the Security Guarantee of such Guarantor, whether or not the person signing as an officer of the Guarantor still holds that office at the time of authentication of any Security. The delivery of any Security after authentication by the Trustee constitutes due delivery of the Security Guarantee set forth in the Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor.
ARTICLE 12
SUBORDINATION OF THE SECURITY GUARANTEES
SECTION 12.01 Agreement to Subordinate . Each Guarantor agrees, and each Securityholder by accepting a Security agrees, that such Guarantors obligations under its Security Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 12, to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all existing and future Senior Debt of such Guarantor and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor. The obligations of a Guarantor under this Article 12 shall in all respects rank pari passu with all other Pari Passu Debt of such Guarantor, and only Debt of such Guarantor that is Senior Debt shall rank senior to the obligations of such Guarantor in this Article 12 in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.
134
SECTION 12.02 Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy . Upon any payment or distribution to creditors of any Guarantor in a liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to any Guarantor or its property, an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshaling of any Guarantors assets and liabilities for the benefit of creditors, the holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive payment in full, in cash or Cash Equivalents, of all Obligations due in respect of such Senior Debt (including interest after the commencement of any such proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt, whether or not allowed or allowable in such proceeding) before the Holders of Securities shall be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Securities, and until all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt are paid in full, in cash or Cash Equivalents, any payment or distribution to which the Holders of Securities would be entitled shall be made to the holders of Senior Debt, except that Holders of may receive and retain:
(a) Permitted Junior Securities; and
(b) payments made from the trust described under Article 8 so long as, on the date or dates the respective amounts were paid into the trust, such payments were made with respect to the Securities without violating the provisions of this Article 12).
SECTION 12.03 Default on Senior Debt of a Guarantor.
(a) A Guarantor may not make any payment or distribution upon or in respect of its Security Guarantee (except from the trust described under Article 8) if:
(1) a payment default occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable grace period with respect to Designated Senior Debt of such Guarantor or any other default on any such Designated Senior Debt occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt is accelerated and not paid in full, in cash or Cash Equivalents, in accordance with its terms; or
(2) a non-payment default occurs and is continuing with respect to Designated Senior Debt that permits holders of the Designated Senior Debt as to which such default relates to accelerate its maturity and, in the case of this clause (2) only, the Trustee receives a Payment Blockage Notice in respect of such default from such Guarantor, a Representative for, or the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of, any issue of Designated Senior Debt.
135
(b) Payments on such Security Guarantee may and shall be resumed:
(1) in the case of a payment default, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived and, in the case of any such Designated Senior Debt that has been accelerated, such acceleration has been rescinded; and
(2) in case of a non-payment default, the earlier of the date on which such non-payment default is cured or waived or 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, unless the maturity of any such Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated.
(c) No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until:
(1) 360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice; and
(2) all scheduled payments of principal, interest and premium, if any, on the Securities that have come due have been paid in full in cash.
(d) No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice.
(e) In any event, notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) no more than one Payment Blockage Period may be commenced during any 360-day period and there shall be a period of at least 181 days during each 360-day period when no Payment Blockage Period is in effect and (y) so long as there shall remain outstanding Designated Senior Debt under the Senior Credit Facility, a Payment Blockage Notice may only be given by the Representatives thereunder.
SECTION 12.04 Demand for Payment . If payment of the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of Default and a demand for payment is made on a Guarantor pursuant to Article 11, the Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer, and the Issuer shall promptly (and in no event more than five Business Days after receipt of such notice) notify the Representative of the lenders under the Senior Credit Facility of the acceleration.
136
SECTION 12.05 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.
(a) If the Trustee, any Paying Agent or any Holder receives a payment in respect of the Security Guarantee of any Guarantor (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust described under Article 8) when:
(1) the payment is prohibited by this Article 12; and
(2) the Trustee, Paying Agent or the Holder has actual knowledge that the payment is prohibited;
the Trustee, Paying Agent or Holder, as the case may be, shall hold the payment in trust for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor. Upon the written request of the holders of such Senior Debt, the Trustee, Paying Agent or Holder, as the case may be, shall deliver the amounts in trust to the holders of such Senior Debt or their Representative.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make payments on such Securities Guarantee and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than three Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Trust Officer of the Trustee or Paying Agent receives written notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this Article 12. The Issuer, the Registrar or co-registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Debt of such Guarantor may give the notice; provided , however , that, if an issue of Senior Debt of such Guarantor has a Representative, only the Representative may give the notice. The Trustee or Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or itself to be a holder of any Senior Debt of any Guarantor (or a Representative of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such Senior Debt of such Guarantor or a Representative thereof.
SECTION 12.06 Subrogation . If and when all Senior Debt of a Guarantor is paid in full and until the Securities are paid in full, Securityholders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt of such Guarantor. A distribution made under this Article 12 to holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor which otherwise would have been made to Securityholders is not, as between such Guarantor and Securityholders, a payment by such Guarantor on Senior Debt of such Guarantor.
SECTION 12.07 Relative Rights . This Article 12 defines the relative rights of Securityholders and holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor. Nothing in this Indenture shall:
(a) impair, as between a Guarantor and Securityholders, the obligation of a Guarantor which is absolute and unconditional, to pay its Obligations under its Security Guarantee to the extent set forth in Article 11;
(b) prevent the Trustee or any Securityholder from exercising its available remedies upon a default by a Guarantor under its Obligations under its Security Guarantee, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor to receive distributions otherwise payable to Securityholders; or
(c) affect the relative rights of Securityholders and creditors of such Guarantor other than their rights in relation to the holders of Senior Debt.
137
SECTION 12.08 Subordination May Not Be Impaired by a Guarantor . No right of any holder of Senior Debt of a Guarantor to enforce the subordination of the Obligations under the Security Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by such Guarantor or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.
SECTION 12.09 Rights of Trustee and Paving Agent . The Trustee (or any Authenticating Agent hereunder) in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt of any Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee (or Authenticating Agent hereunder). The Registrar and any co-registrar and any Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee (and any Authenticating Agent hereunder), the Registrar, any co-registrar and any Paying Agent shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 12 with respect to any Senior Debt of any Guarantor which may at any time be held by them, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt of such Guarantor; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee (or any Authenticating Agent hereunder) or any such other Person of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 12 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07.
SECTION 12.10 Distribution or Notice to Representative . Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any).
SECTION 12.11 Article 12 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate . The failure of a Guarantor to make a payment on any of its Obligations under its Security Guarantee by reason of any provision in this Article 12 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a default by such Guarantor under its Security Guarantee. Nothing in this Article 12 shall have any effect on the right of the Securityholders or the Trustee to make a demand for payment on a Guarantor pursuant to this Article 12.
SECTION 12.12 Trust Moneys Not Subordinated . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of Government. Notes held in trust under Article 8 by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Debt of any Guarantor or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article 12, and none of the Securityholders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Issuer or any holder of Senior Debt of any Guarantor or any other creditor of the Issuer.
138
SECTION 12.13 Trustee Entitled To Rely . Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee, any Paying Agent and the Securityholders shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 12.02 are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Securityholders or (iii) upon the Representatives for the holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt of a Guarantor and other Debt of a Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 12. In the event that the Trustee or Paying Agent determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt of a Guarantor to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee or Paying Agent may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee or Paying Agent as to the amount of Senior Debt of such Guarantor held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 12, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee or Paying Agent may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee or Paying Agent pursuant to this Article 12.
SECTION 12.14 Trustee to Effectuate Subordination . Each Securityholder by accepting a Security authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Securityholders and the holders of Senior Debt of each of the Guarantors as provided in this Article 12 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.
SECTION 12.15 Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor . With respect to the holders of Senior Debt of the Guarantors, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article 12. The Trustee or Paying Agent shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary or other duty to the holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Securityholders or the relevant Guarantor or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 12 or otherwise.
SECTION 12.16 Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor on Subordination Provisions . Each Securityholder by accepting a Security acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Debt of a Guarantor, whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Securities, to acquire and continue to hold,
139
or to continue to hold, such Senior Debt and such holder of Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt.
SECTION 12.17 Trustees Compensation Not Prejudiced . Nothing in this Article shall apply to amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to other sections of this Indenture.
ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls . If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control at all times after a TIA Event.
SECTION 13.02 Notices . Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered, electronically, in person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:
if to the Issuer:
Univar Inc.
Suite 2200, 500 108 th Avenue North East
Bellevue, Washington 98004
Attention: General Counsel
Tel: [ ]
Fax: [ ]
with a copy to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
Citigroup Center
153 East 53rd Street
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Joshua N. Korff, Esq.
Tel: (212) 446-4800
Fax: (212) 446-4900
140
if to the Trustee:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Corporate Trust Services
MAC N9311-110
625 Marquette Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Ulixes Account Manager
Fax: (612) 667-9825
The Issuer or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
Any notice or communication sent to a Securityholder shall be made in compliance with Section 313(c) of the TIA so long as a TIA Event has occurred and sent to the Securityholder at the Securityholders address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so sent within the time prescribed.
Failure to send a notice or communication to a Securityholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Securityholders. If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
SECTION 13.03 Communication by Holders with Other Holders . After a TIA Event has occurred, Securityholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities, and the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).
SECTION 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, at the request of the Trustee the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:
(a) an Officers Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.
To the extent applicable, the Issuer shall comply with Section 314(c)(3) of the TIA after a TIA Event has occurred.
141
SECTION 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion . Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:
(a) statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with or satisfied; and
(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.
SECTION 13.06 When Securities Disregarded . In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent and for purposes of determining the requisite percentage of the Required Holdco Holders or the Required Combined Holders Securities owned by the Issuer or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Securities which the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.
SECTION 13.07 Rules by Trustee, Paving Agent and Registrar . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Securityholders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.
SECTION 13.08 Legal Holidays . A Legal Holiday is a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York or the state where the Corporate Trust Office is located. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.
142
SECTION 13.09 GOVERNING LAW . THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
SECTION 13.10 No Recourse Against Others . A director, officer, incorporator, employee, stockholder or Affiliate as such, of the Issuer or any Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Securities or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Security, each Securityholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.
SECTION 13.11 Successors . All agreements of the Issuer and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind their successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.
SECTION 13.12 Multiple Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.
SECTION 13.13 Table of Contents; Headings . The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
SECTION 13.14 Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture, in the Securities or in the Security Guarantees shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.
SECTION 13.15 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements . This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
143
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
|
|||
Name: | Frank McDonald | |||
Title: | Vice President |
Opco Indenture Signature Page
EXHIBIT A
[FACE OF SECURITY]
UNIVAR INC.
12% Senior Subordinated Note Due 2015
[CUSIP] [CINS]
No. $
Univar Inc., an entity organized under the laws of The Netherlands (the Company , which term includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, promises to pay to , or its registered assigns, the principal sum of DOLLARS ($ ) [or such other amount as indicated on the Schedule of Exchange of Securities attached hereto]2 on September 30, 2015.
Interest Rate: 12% per annum.
Interest Payment Dates: March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 commencing March 31, 2008.
Regular Record Dates: March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 .
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.
2 | For Global Securities only |
A-1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Security to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.
Date: | UNIVAR INC. | |||
By: | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
A-2
(Form of Trustees Certificate of Authentication)
This is one of the 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 described in the Indenture referred to in this Security.
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee | ||
By: |
|
|
Authorized Signatory |
A-3
[REVERSE SIDE OF SECURITY]
UNIVAR INC.
12% Senior Subordinated Note Due 2015
1. Principal and Interest .
The Company promises to pay the principal of this Security on September 30, 2015.
The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security on each interest payment date, as set forth on the face of this Security, at the rate of 12% per annum.
Interest will be payable, in cash, quarterly in arrears (to the holders of record of the Securities at the close of business on the March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date) on each interest payment date, commencing March 31, 2008; provided that any interest that would have been payable in cash on December 31, 2007 had the interest payments commenced on December 31, 2007 shall be compounded and paid in full on March 31, 2008.
Interest on this Security will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on this Security [or the Security surrendered in exchange for this Security] 3 (or, if there is no existing default in the payment of interest and if this Security is authenticated between a regular record date and the next interest payment date, from such interest payment date) or, if no interest has been paid, from [the Issue Date/the date this Security was issued]. Interest will be computed in the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuer will pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner, on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
Interest not paid when due and any interest on principal, premium or interest not paid when due will be paid to the Persons that are Holders on a special record date determined in accordance with the Indenture.
The Company will pay interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and to the extent lawful, interest at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate otherwise payable on this Security plus 2%, provided that if an Event of Default (other than pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(6)(B)) occurs, the GS Parties constitute the Required Combined Holders, and the GS Parties have made demand therefor, the entire principal amount of the Securities shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is 2% plus the otherwise applicable interest rate from the date of such non-payment until paid in full or the applicable Event of Default has otherwise been cured or waived.
3 | Include only for Exchange Security. |
A-4
2. Indentures; Security Guarantee .
This is one of the Securities issued under an Indenture dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended from time to time, the Indenture), among the Company, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and at all times after a TIA Event, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Securities are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of all such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Security and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture will control.
The Securities are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company. The Indenture limits the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities to $600,000,000. This Security is guaranteed by the Guarantors as set forth in the Indenture. The guarantees are subordinated as set forth in the Indenture to all Obligations in respect of Senior Debt (including all interest accrued or accruing on Senior Debt after the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or similar case or proceeding at the contract rate (including, without limitation, any contract rate applicable upon default) specified in the relevant documentation, whether or not the claim for the interest is allowed as a claim in the case or proceeding with respect to the Senior Debt).
3. Redemption and Repurchase; Discharge or Defeasance Prior to Redemption or Maturity .
This Security is subject to optional redemption, and may be the subject of a Repurchase Offer, as further described in the Indenture. Except for certain required Repurchase Offers and mandatory redemption upon a Securities Exchange, there is no sinking fund or mandatory redemption applicable to this Security.
If the Company deposits with the Trustee money or Government Notes sufficient to pay the then outstanding principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Securities to redemption or maturity, the Company may in certain circumstances be discharged from the Indenture and the Securities or may be discharged from certain of its obligations under certain provisions of the Indenture.
A-5
4. Subordination .
This Security is subordinated to Senior Debt of the Issuer, as defined in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Debt of the Issuer must be paid before the Securities may be paid. The Issuer agrees, and each Securityholder by accepting a Security agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give it effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.
5. Registered Form; Denominations; Transfer; Exchange .
The Securities are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. Pursuant to the Indenture, there are certain periods during which the Trustee will not be required to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security or certain portions of a Security.
6. Defaults and Remedies .
If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Securities may declare all the Securities to be due and payable. If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing, the Securities automatically become due and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Securities. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of remedies.
7. Amendment and Waiver .
Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Securities may be amended, or and defaults may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Securities to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency.
8. Authentication .
This Security is not valid until the Trustee (or Authenticating Agent) signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.
A-6
9. Governing Law .
This Security shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
10. Abbreviations .
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A/ (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
The Company will furnish a copy of the Indenture to any Holder upon written request and without charge.
A-7
[FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE]
FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto
Insert Taxpayer Identification No.
Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee
the within Security and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing
attorney to transfer said Security on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.
A-8
[THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED
ON ALL CERTIFICATES BEARING A RESTRICTED LEGEND]
In connection with any transfer of this Security occurring prior to , the undersigned confirms that such transfer is made without utilizing any general solicitation or general advertising and further as follows: ¨
Check One
¨ | (1) This Security is being transferred to a qualified institutional buyer in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and certification in the form of Exhibit E to the Indenture is being furnished herewith. |
¨ | (2) This Security is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Regulation S thereunder, and certification in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture is being furnished herewith. |
or
¨ | (3) This Security is being transferred other than in accordance with (1) or (2) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Security and the Indenture. |
If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee is not obligated to register this Security in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in the Indenture have been satisfied.
Date: |
|
|
||||||
Seller | ||||||||
By: |
|
NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within mentioned instrument in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever.
A-9
Signature Guarantee: 4 |
|
|||||
By: |
|
|||||
To be executed by an executive officer |
4 | Signatures must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Association Medallion Program ( STAMP ) or such other signature guarantee program as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. |
A-10
OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
If you wish to have all of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to [Section 3.09] of the Indenture, check the box: ¨
If you wish to have a portion of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to [Section 3.09] of the Indenture, state the amount (in original principal amount) below:
$ .
Date: |
|
Your Signature: |
|
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security)
Signature Guarantee: 5 |
|
5 | Signatures must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Association Medallion Program ( STAMP ) or such other signature guarantee program as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. |
A-11
SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF SECURITIES 6
The following exchanges of a part of this Global Security for Certificated Securities or a part of another Global Security have been made:
Date of Exchange |
Amount of decrease in principal amount of this Global Security |
Amount of increase in principal amount
of this
Global
|
Principal amount of this Global Security following such decrease (or increase) |
Signature of authorized officer of Trustee |
||||
6 | For Global Securities. |
A-12
EXHIBIT B
RESTRICTED LEGEND
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES ACT), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER
(1) REPRESENTS THAT
(A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT,
(B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR), OR
(C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND
(2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY
(A) TO THE COMPANY,
(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
B-1
(C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(E) IN A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $250,000, TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY, OR
(F) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) OR (F) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
B-2
EXHIBIT C
DTC LEGEND
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (DTC), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY ARE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSORS NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY ARE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TRANSFER PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE.
C-1
EXHIBIT D
REGULATION S CERTIFICATE
,
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Corporate Trust Services
625 Marquette Avenue
Mac N9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Ulixes Account Manager
Fax: (612)-667-9825
Re: | Ulixes Acquisition B.V. |
12 % Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2015 (the Securities) Issued under
the Indenture (the Indenture) dated as
of October 11, 2007 relating to the Securities
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Terms are used in this Certificate as used in Regulation S (Regulation S) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), except as otherwise stated herein.
[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
¨ | A. |
This Certificate relates to our proposed transfer of $ principal amount of Securities issued under the Indenture. We hereby certify as follows: |
1. | The offer and sale of the Securities was not and will not be made to a person in the United States (unless such person is excluded from the definition of U.S. Person pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by it for which it is acting is excluded from the definition of U.S. Person pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3)) and such offer and sale was not and will not be specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad. |
2. |
Unless the circumstances described in the parenthetical in paragraph 1 above are applicable, either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably |
D-1
believed that the buyer was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market, and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States. |
3. | Neither we, any of our affiliates, nor any person acting on our or their behalf has made any directed selling efforts in the United States with respect to the Securities. |
4. | The proposed transfer of Securities is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. |
5. | If we are a dealer or a person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the Securities, and the proposed transfer takes place during the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture), or we are an officer or director of the Company or the Initial Purchaser (as defined in the Indenture), we certify that the proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the provisions of Rule 904(b) of Regulation S. |
¨ | B. |
This Certificate relates to our proposed exchange of $ principal amount of Securities issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Securities to be held by us. We hereby certify as follows: |
1. | At the time the offer and sale of the Securities was made to us, either (i) we were not in the United States or (ii) we were excluded from the definition of U.S. person pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by us for which we were acting was excluded from the definition of U.S. person pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3); and we were not a member of an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad. |
2. | Unless the circumstances described in paragraph 1(ii) above are applicable, either (a) at the time our buy order was originated, we were outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and we did not pre-arrange the transaction in the United States. |
3. | The proposed exchange of Securities is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. |
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
D-2
Very truly yours, | ||
[NAME OF SELLER (FOR TRANSFERS) OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)] | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Address: |
Date: |
|
D-3
EXHIBIT E
RULE 144A CERTIFICATE
,
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
Corporate Trust Services
625 Marquette Avenue
Mac N9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Ulixes Account Manager
Fax: (612)-667-9825
Re: | Ulixes Acquisition B.V. |
12 % Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2015 (the Securities)
Issued under the Indenture (the Indenture) dated
as of October 11, 2007 relating to the Securities
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Certificate relates to:
[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
¨ | A. |
Our proposed purchase of $ principal amount of Securities issued under the Indenture. |
¨ | B. |
Our proposed exchange of $ principal amount of Securities issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Securities to be held by us. |
We and, if applicable, each account for which we are acting in the aggregate owned and invested more than $100,000,000 in securities of issuers that are not affiliated with us (or such accounts, if applicable), as of , 20 , which is a date on or since the close of our most recent fiscal year. We and, if applicable, each account for which we are acting, are a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A (Rule 144A) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act). If we are acting on behalf of an account, we exercise sole investment discretion with respect to such account. We are aware that the transfer of Securities to us, or such exchange, as applicable, is being made in reliance upon the exemption from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A. Prior to the date of this Certificate we have received such information regarding the Company as we have requested pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) or have determined not to request such information.
E-1
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
Very truly yours, | ||
[NAME OF PURCHASER (FOR TRANSFERS) OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)] | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Address: |
Date: |
|
E-2
EXHIBIT F
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR CERTIFICATE 1
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Corporate Trust Services
625 Marquette Avenue
Mac N9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Ulixes Account Manager
Fax: (612)-667-9825
Re: | Ulixes Acquisition B.V. |
12% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2015 (the Securities)
Issued under the Indenture (the Indenture) dated
as of October 11, 2007 relating to the Securities
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Certificate relates to:
[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
¨ | A. |
Our proposed purchase of $ principal amount of Securities issued under the Indenture. |
¨ | B. |
Our proposed exchange of $ principal amount of Securities issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Securities to be held by us. |
We hereby confirm that:
1. | We are an institutional accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act) (an Institutional Accredited Investor). |
2. | Any acquisition of Securities by us will be for our own account or for the account of one or more other Institutional Accredited Investors as to which we exercise sole investment discretion. |
3. | We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that we are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Securities and we and any accounts for which we are acting are able to bear the economic risks of and an entire loss of our or their investment in the Securities. |
F-1
4. | We are not acquiring the Securities with a view to any distribution thereof in a transaction that would violate the Securities Act or the securities laws of any State of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction; provided that the disposition of our property and the property of any accounts for which we are acting as fiduciary will remain at all times within our and their control. |
5. | We acknowledge that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and that the Securities may not be offered or sold within the United States or to or for the benefit of U.S. persons except as set forth below. |
6. | The principal amount of Securities to which this Certificate relates is at least equal to $250,000. |
We agree for the benefit of the Company, on our own behalf and on behalf of each account for which we are acting, that such Securities may be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred only in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any State of the United States and only (a) to the Company, (b) pursuant to a registration statement which has become effective under the Securities Act, (c) to a qualified institutional buyer in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (d) in an offshore transaction in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) in a principal amount of not less than $250,000, to an Institutional Accredited Investor that, prior to such transfer, delivers to the Trustee a duly completed and signed certificate (the form of which may be obtained from the Trustee) relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Securities or (f) pursuant to an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
Prior to the registration of any transfer in accordance with (c) or (d) above, we acknowledge that a duly completed and signed certificate (the form of which may be obtained from the Trustee) must be delivered to the Trustee. Prior to the registration of any transfer in accordance with (e) or (f) above, we acknowledge that the Company reserves the right to require the delivery of such legal opinions, certifications or other evidence as may reasonably be required in order to determine that the proposed transfer is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We acknowledge that no representation is made as to the availability of any Rule 144 exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
We understand that the Trustee will not be required to accept for registration of transfer any Securities acquired by us, except upon presentation of evidence satisfactory to the Company
F-2
and the Trustee that the foregoing restrictions on transfer have been complied with. We further understand that the Securities acquired by us will be in the form of definitive physical certificates and that such certificates will bear a legend reflecting the substance of the preceding paragraph. We further agree to provide to any person acquiring any of the Securities from us a notice advising such person that resales of the Securities are restricted as stated herein and that certificates representing the Securities will bear a legend to that effect.
We agree to notify you promptly in writing if any of our acknowledgments, representations or agreements herein ceases to be accurate and complete.
We represent to you that we have full power to make the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and agreements on our own behalf and on behalf of any account for which we are acting.
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
Very truly yours, | ||
[NAME OF PURCHASER (FOR TRANSFERS) OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)] | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Address: |
Date: |
|
Upon transfer, the Securities would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:
By: |
|
Date: |
|
Taxpayer ID number: |
|
F-3
EXHIBIT G
[COMPLETE FORM I OR FORM II AS APPLICABLE.]
[FORM I]
CERTIFICATE OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Corporate Trust Services
625 Marquette Avenue
Mac N9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Ulixes Account Manager
Fax: (612)-667-9825
Re: | Ulixes Acquisition B.V. |
12% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2015 (the Securities)
Issued under the Indenture (the Indenture) dated
as of October 11, 2007 relating to the Securities
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We are the beneficial owner of $ principal amount of Securities issued under the Indenture and represented by a Temporary Offshore Global Security (as defined in the Indenture).
We hereby certify as follows:
[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
¨ | A. |
We are a non-U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended). |
¨ | B. |
We are a U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that purchased the Securities in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
G-1
Very truly yours, | ||
[NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER] | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Address: |
Date: |
|
G-2
[FORM II]
CERTIFICATE OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Corporate Trust Services
625 Marquette Avenue
Mac N9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Ulixes Account Manager
Fax: (612)-667-9825
Re: | Ulixes Acquisition B.V. |
12% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2015 (the Securities)
Issued under the Indenture (the Indenture) dated
as of October 11, 2007 relating to the Securities
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This is to certify that based solely on certifications we have received in writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission from institutions appearing in our records as persons being entitled to a portion of the principal amount of Securities represented by a Temporary Offshore Global Security issued under the above-referenced Indenture, that as of the date hereof, $ principal amount of Securities represented by the Temporary Offshore Global Security being submitted herewith for exchange is beneficially owned by persons that are either (i) non-U.S. persons (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) or (ii) U.S. persons that purchased the Securities in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
We further certify that (i) we are not submitting herewith for exchange any portion of such Temporary Offshore Global Security excepted in such certifications and (ii) as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any Institution to the effect that the statements made by such Institution with respect to any portion of such Temporary Offshore Global Security submitted herewith for exchange are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
G-3
Yours faithfully, | ||
[Name of DTC Participant] | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Address: |
Date: |
|
G-4
EXHIBIT H
TEMPORARY OFFSHORE GLOBAL SECURITY LEGEND
THIS SECURITY IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY. PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD APPLICABLE HERETO, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN MAY NOT BE HELD BY ANY PERSON OTHER THAN (1) A NON-U.S. PERSON OR (2) A U.S. PERSON THAT PURCHASED SUCH INTEREST IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES ACT). BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN ARE NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR CERTIFICATED SECURITIES OTHER THAN A PERMANENT GLOBAL SECURITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. TERMS IN THIS LEGEND ARE USED AS USED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.
NO BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL OR INTEREST HEREON UNTIL SUCH BENEFICIAL INTEREST IS EXCHANGED OR TRANSFERRED FOR AN INTEREST IN ANOTHER SECURITY.
H-1
EXHIBIT I
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
dated as of ,
among
[UNIVAR INC.,] [NAME OF QUALIFIED NEW ISSUER]
The Guarantor(s) Party Hereto
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015
I-1
THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this Supplemental Indenture ), entered into as of , , among [ UNIVAR INC. ] [ NAME OF QUALIFIED NEW ISSUER ], an entity organized under the laws of Delaware (the Company ), [insert each Guarantor executing this Supplemental Indenture and its jurisdiction of incorporation] (each an Undersigned ) and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as trustee (the Trustee ).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007 (the Indenture ), relating to the Companys 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the Securities );
WHEREAS, as a condition to the Trustee entering into the Indenture and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders, the Company agreed pursuant to the Indenture to cause any newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiaries to provide Security Guarantees, except in certain circumstances.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Capitalized teams used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.
Section 2. Each Undersigned, by its execution of this Supplemental Indenture, agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including, but not limited to, Article XI thereof.
Section 3. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
Section 4. This Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 5. This Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture will henceforth be read together.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
I-2
[UNIVAR INC.] [NAME OF QUALIFIED NEW ISSUER], as Company | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
[GUARANTOR] | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
I-3
EXHIBIT J
FORM OF AFFILIATE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT
J-1
EXHIBIT J
[FORM OF AFFILIATE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT]
This AFFILIATE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT, dated October 11, 2007 (this Affiliate Subordination Agreement ), is delivered pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the Indenture ; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), between Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation, to be merged with and into a newly-created U.S. Subsidiary of Univar that is a Qualified New Issuer (the Issuer ), the guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association (or any successor trustee, the Trustee ).
Pursuant to Section 4.19 of the Indenture, the undersigned hereby agree that so long as the GS Parties constitute the Required Combined Holders (the GS Condition ) all Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly (including through participations) issued to or acquired by the undersigned, an Affiliate of Issuer (other than a direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer), in each case whether incurred prior to or arising after the date of this Affiliate Subordination Agreement (the Affiliate Debt ), shall (i) have a Stated Maturity no earlier than, and shall not be subject to amortization thereof prior to, six months after the Stated Maturity of the Securities, (ii) (a) be contractually subordinated and junior in right of payment to all Obligations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries under the Securities and the Indenture, as set forth herein, and (b) be contractually subordinated and junior in right of payment to all Obligations of Holdco under the Holdco Securities and the Holdco Indenture (all Obligations referred to under subsections (ii)(a) and (ii)(b) being referred to herein as the Affiliate Senior Debt ), as set forth herein, (iii) constitute Affiliate Subordinated Debt (as such term is defined in the Indenture) and (iv) be subject to the terms of this Affiliate Subordination Agreement.
1. Subordination to Obligations . Anything in any agreement pursuant to which any of the Affiliate Debt was created or in any instrument evidencing any of the Affiliate Debt to the contrary notwithstanding, the Affiliate Debt shall be unsecured and subordinate and junior in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided herein, to the payment in full of the Affiliate Senior Debt, whether incurred prior to or arising after the date of this Affiliate Subordination Agreement, so long as the GS Condition applies.
(a) In the event of (i) any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding in connection therewith, relative to the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of Issuer or to its assets, or (ii) any liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy, or (iii) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (the foregoing being a Proceeding ), then and in
any such event the Holders and the holders of the Holdco Securities (the Holdco Holders ) shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on or in respect of all Affiliate Senior Debt before any of the Affiliate Debt shall be paid, and to that end, subject to any intercreditor agreement among the Holders and any lenders or holders of indebtedness of the Issuer, or among the Holdco Holders and any lenders or holders of indebtedness of Holdco, in each case, that is senior to the Securities or Holdco Securities, respectively, the Holders and the Holdco Holders shall be entitled to receive, for application to the payment of the Securities or Holdco Securities, respectively, a pro rata portion of any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities which may be payable or deliverable in respect of the Affiliate Debt in any such case, proceeding, dissolution, liquidation or other winding up or event.
(b) In the event and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (each, a Credit Party ) agrees that no payment shall be made by any Credit Party on account of any of the Affiliate Debt (such a Credit Party, an Obligor Credit Party ) until the Affiliate Senior Debt shall be paid in full, provided that the foregoing shall not prevent the issuance of additional Affiliate Debt in payment of interest on outstanding Affiliate Debt.
(c) In the event and during the continuance of any event of default (or any event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time would be an event of default) with respect to any Affiliate Debt, (i) the Holders and the Holdco Holders shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on or in respect of all Affiliate Senior Debt before the holders of any of the Affiliate Debt are entitled to receive any payment by the defaulting Credit Party (a Defaulting Credit Party ) on account of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any of the Affiliate Debt, and (ii) any obligee of Affiliate Debt party hereto (each, an Obligee ) agrees that in any such event it will not, without the prior written consent of the Required Combined Holders, take any action to accelerate or declare to be due and payable any Affiliate Debt or to enforce any remedies against the Defaulting Credit Party prior to payment in full of all Affiliate Senior Debt; provided, however, each Obligee may, (i) after the passage of 180 days from the occurrence of an event of default with respect to any Affiliate Debt (the Stand-still Period ), if such event of default shall not have been cured or waived within such period and (ii) upon 3 Business Days prior written notice of such intention to the Required Combined Holders, accelerate the Affiliate Debt or enforce any remedies against the Defaulting Credit Parties. Such 3-Business Day notice may be given during the Stand-still Period.
(d) Notwithstanding the restriction in Section 1(c)(ii), (i) each Obligee may file proofs of claim in respect of the Affiliate Debt against any Credit Party and exercise all voting rights in respect of the Affiliate Debt in any Proceeding involving any Credit Party, (ii) each Obligee may accelerate the Affiliate Debt if the Affiliate Senior Debt shall have been accelerated and (iii) to the extent necessary (but only to such extent) that the commencement of a legal action may
2
be required in order to toll the running of any applicable statute of limitation that might otherwise prevent the Obligee from making claims in respect of the Affiliate Debt it otherwise could, there shall be no restriction on the Obligee taking any of the actions referred to in such clause (ii), but in such an event the Obligee shall give prior written notice to the Holders and Holdco Holders and any cash, securities or other amounts received by the Obligee in connection with any such legal action shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Affiliate Subordination Agreement.
2. Payment to the Holders and Holdco Holders of Certain Amounts Received by the Obligee . In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any distribution of assets by the Defaulting Credit Party or payment by or on behalf of the Defaulting Credit Party of any kind or character, whether in cash, securities or other property, to which an Obligee would be entitled but for the provisions of this Affiliate Subordination Agreement, shall be received by an Obligee before all Affiliate Senior Debt is paid in full, such distribution or payment shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall, immediately upon receipt thereof, be paid over or delivered to the Holders and the Holdco Holders, on a pro rata basis, for application to the payment of the Affiliate Senior Debt.
3. Prepayment or Amendment of Affiliate Debt . Whether or not any Event of Default shall exist with respect to any Affiliate Senior Debt, an Obligee agrees that without the prior written consent of the Required Combined Holders, it will not (i) commence any proceeding against the Obligor Credit Party under any bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership law; or (ii) take any collateral security for any Affiliate Debt.
4. Authorizations to the Holders . Each Obligee irrevocably authorizes and empowers (without imposing any obligation on) the holders of the Affiliate Senior Debt to file and prove all claims for the Affiliate Debt if the Obligees shall not have filed or proved such claims at least 30 days prior to the applicable deadline and upon at least 10 days prior notice to the Obligees, take all such other action, in the name of such Obligee, as may be necessary or appropriate for the enforcement of this Affiliate Subordination Agreement and has not been taken by such Obligees; and (b) agrees to execute and deliver to the Holders and the Holdco Holders all such further instruments confirming the above authorization, and all such powers of attorney, proofs of claim, and other instruments, as may be reasonably requested by the Holders and the Holdco Holders.
5. Notice . Each Obligee agrees, for the benefit of the Holders and the Holdco Holders, that in the event that an event of default has occurred with respect to any of the Affiliate Debt, the Credit Parties which are parties to such Affiliate Debt will give prompt notice thereof in writing to the Holders and the Holdco Holders.
6. No Waiver . No right of the Holders or the Holdco Holders to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of any Obligor Credit Party or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any holder of the Affiliate Senior Debt, or by any
3
noncompliance by any Obligor Credit Party with the terms, provisions and covenants of any of the Affiliate Debt or of any agreement pursuant to which the Affiliate Debt is issued, regardless of any knowledge thereof which the Holders or the Holdco Holders may have or be otherwise charged with. The Holders or the Holdco Holders may at any time or from to time and in their absolute discretion consistent with the terms of the Indenture or Holdco Indenture, as applicable, change the manner, place or terms of payment, change or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, any such Affiliate Senior Debt, or amend or supplement any instrument pursuant to which any such Affiliate Senior Debt is issued or by which they may be secured, or release any security therefor, or exercise or refrain from exercising any other of their rights under the Affiliate Senior Debt including, without limitation, the waiver of default thereunder, all without notice to or assent from the Obligees and without affecting the obligations of the Obligor Credit Parties under this Affiliate Subordination Agreement.
7. No Subrogation . No Obligee shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders and the Holdco Holders to receive distribution of assets of any Obligor Credit Party, or payments by or on behalf of any Obligor Credit Party, made on the Securities and Holdco Securities, respectively, until all the Securities and Holdco Securities shall have been paid in full.
8. Benefit of Affiliate Subordination Agreement . This Affiliate Subordination Agreement is intended solely to define the relative rights of the Holders, the Holdco Holders, the Obligor Credit Parties and the Obligees and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing contained in this Affiliate Subordination Agreement is intended to or shall impair, as between any Obligor Credit Party and any Obligee, the obligations of the Obligor Credit Parties, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Obligees the Affiliate Debt as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms thereof, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Obligees and creditors of the Obligor Credit Parties, as permitted under the Indenture or Holdco Indenture, other than the Holders or Holdco Holders, respectively. In particular, for so long as no Default or Event of Default or any default or event of default under the Affiliate Debt has occurred and is continuing the Obligor Credit Parties shall have a right to receive, and the Obligees shall have a right to make, scheduled payments on Affiliate Debt.
9. Further Assurances . Each Obligee, at its own cost, will take all such further actions, including entering into additional agreements, giving notices to holders of Affiliate Debt and taking such further action as the Holders and the Holdco Holders may reasonably request in order to more fully carry out the intent and purpose of this Affiliate Subordination Agreement.
10. Additional Obligees . Each future Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer and each other future Affiliate that, in either case, is the obligee with respect to Affiliate Debt shall be deemed to become an Obligee hereunder bound by this Affiliate Subordination Agreement. Issuer shall cause all of its future Restricted Subsidiaries and each of its other Affiliates that is the obligee with respect to Affiliate Debt to execute simultaneously with and as a precondition to such Person becoming a Restricted
4
Subsidiary or any other Affiliate that is the obligee with respect to Affiliate Debt, as the case may be, a counterpart signature page to this Affiliate Subordination Agreement and otherwise acknowledge its agreement to be bound by the provisions hereof; provided that the failure of a Restricted Subsidiary or any other Affiliate to execute this Affiliate Subordination Agreement shall not in any way reduce such Persons obligations hereunder.
11. Amendment Termination and Assignment . This Affiliate Subordination Agreement may not be amended, modified or terminated without the prior written consent of the Required Combined Holders. The Holders or the Holdco Holders may assign any of the Affiliate Senior Debt or grant participations therein from time to time, and any such assignee or holder of a participation interest shall be entitled to all of the rights of the Holders or the Holdco Holders hereunder with respect to the Affiliate Senior Debt so assigned or as to which a participation interest has been granted. In case of any assignment of any Affiliate Debt, the Obligee thereunder shall ensure that the assignee becomes a party to this Affiliate Subordination Agreement.
12. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.
[ Remainder of page left intentionally blank ]
5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Subordination Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date above first written.
UNIVAR. INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
[EACH RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY OF UNIVAR INC.] | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
HOLDER OF AFFILIATE DEBT | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
Signature page to Affiliate Subordination Agreement
Exhibit 4.3
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
dated as of October 19, 2007
among
UNIVAR INC.,
UNIVARHOLDCO, INC.
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015
THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this Supplemental Indenture ), entered into as of October 19, 2007, among Univar Inc., an entity organized under the laws of Delaware (the Company ), UnivarHoldco, Inc., an entity organized under the laws of Delaware (the Undersigned ) and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as trustee (the Trustee ).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007 (the Indenture ), relating to the Companys 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the Securities );
WHEREAS, the Company, each of the Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Goldman Sachs Investments Ltd. entered into the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007 (the Registration Rights Agreement ), relating to the Securities; and
WHEREAS, as a condition to the Trustee entering into the Indenture and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders, the Company agreed pursuant to the Indenture to cause any entity into which it was merged or consolidated to assume all of its obligations under the Securities, the Notes and the Indenture, except in certain circumstances.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Capitalized teams used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.
Section 2. The Undersigned, by its execution of this Supplemental Indenture, agrees
(a) to assume all of the obligations of the Company under the Securities and the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Securities and the Indenture applicable to the Company, including, but not limited to, Article XI of the Indenture; and
(b) to assume all of the obligations of the Company under the Registration Rights Agreement and to be bound by the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement applicable to the Company.
Section 3. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
Section 4. This Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 5. This Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture will henceforth be read together.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
UNIVAR, INC., as Company | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: Peter Heinz | ||
Title: | ||
UNIVARHOLDCO, INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: Peter Heinz | ||
Title: |
Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture
Acknowledged and Agreed, | ||||||||
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE |
||||||||
By: |
|
Date: December 20, 2007 | ||||||
|
||||||||
Name: | Lynn M. Steiner | |||||||
Title: | Vice President |
Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture
Exhibit 4.4
Execution Version
SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
among
UNIVAR INC.
as Issuer
THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF
as Guarantors
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
September 20, 2010
THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this Second Supplemental Indenture ) is entered into as of September 20, 2010 among Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Issuer ), the Guarantors listed on signature pages hereof and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association (the Trustee ).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee have entered into that certain Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 17, 2007 and the Second Supplemental Indenture and as otherwise amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the Indenture ), relating to the 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 in the aggregate original principal amount of $600 million issued by the Issuer (such notes, as amended, and any notes issued in exchange, substitution or replacement therefor, the Securities );
WHEREAS, the equity holders of the Issuer and its direct and indirect parent companies desire to effect the CD&R Purchase Transaction (as defined in the Indenture);
WHEREAS, the Issuer desires to amend and restate the existing Term Loan Credit Agreement among the Issuer, Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent, and the other parties thereto to, among other things, incur $300 million in additional senior term loans thereunder ( Additional Term Loans );
WHEREAS, the Issuer desires to distribute the net cash proceeds of the Additional Term Loans, together with the proceeds from the CD&R Purchase Transaction, to its direct or indirect equityholders, as more particularly described in Section 4.04(b)(13) of the Indenture, to prepay the Parent Subordinated Notes (as defined in the Indenture, as supplemented hereby) and to pay fees and expenses, as more particularly described in Section 4.07(b)(10) of the Indenture (the Dividend Transactions );
WHEREAS, in connection with the CD&R Purchase Transaction, the Additional Term Loans and the Dividend Transactions, the Issuer wishes to make certain amendments to various provisions of the Indenture; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Indenture, the Issuer has obtained written consent to the proposed amendments from the Holders holding 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities outstanding.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Second Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:
Section 1.
Definitions; Amendments to the Indenture
The Indenture is hereby amended to reflect the blacklined changes set forth in Annex A to this Second Supplemental Indenture, such that the effective Indenture on the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date shall be as set forth in Annex A. All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A.
Section 2.
Stickers
All Securities issued after the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date shall be in the form of Exhibit A attached to the Indenture, as specified in Annex A. All Securities issued prior to the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date and in existence on the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date shall remain in their current form; provided that the Issuer shall execute and deliver to the Holders of such Securities an attachment (the Sticker ), in the form of Annex B to this Second Supplemental Indenture, setting forth the changed provisions of such existing Security. The Sticker shall become an integral part of such existing Securities and such existing Securities and the Sticker shall be read and construed as one and the same document. To the extent any provisions of the Sticker will conflict with the provisions of the existing Security to which it is attached, the provisions of the Sticker shall control. Even without the Sticker, all existing Securities will be deemed to be modified as set forth in Annex A.
Section 3.
Conditions to Effectiveness
This Second Supplemental Indenture shall become effective, on the date (the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date ) on which the Issuer shall have delivered an Officers Certificate stating that all conditions precedent set forth in this Section 3 have been satisfied and such confirmation has been ratified by the Holders in writing. Upon the effectiveness of this Second Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture shall be supplemented in accordance herewith, and this Second Supplemental Indenture shall form part of the Indenture for all purposes, and the Trustee, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be bound hereby and thereby.
1. Counterparts . This Second Supplemental Indenture and Amendment No. 1, dated as of the date hereof, to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, among Ulysses Luxembourg S.a.r.l., Ulysses Finance S.a.r.l., Ulixes Acquisition B.V., Univar Inc., the purchasers party thereto and GS Mezzanine Partners V Institutional, L.P. (the Purchase Agreement Amendment ) shall have been executed by all parties thereto and delivered to the Holders.
2. Senior Credit Facility .
(a) The Senior Credit Facility shall have been amended on or prior to the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date pursuant to documentation substantially in the form of Annex C to this Second Supplemental Indenture.
(b) The Additional Term Loans shall be funded by the Affiliates of the GS Parties in accordance with that certain commitment letter, dated the date hereof, from the Affiliates of the GS Parties to the Issuer.
3
3. Corporate Formalities; Certificates Etc . The Holders shall have received from the Issuer:
(a) A copy of a the resolutions of the board of directors and if applicable, the shareholders and/or the supervisory board or other managers of Holdco, the Issuer and the Guarantors (or a duly authorized committee thereof) authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Second Supplemental Indenture and the Purchase Agreement Amendment, certified by an authorized officer of such Person as of the Second Supplement Indenture Effective Date; and
(b) An Officers Certificate certifying that no Default has occurred and is continuing or will result from the Dividend Transactions.
4. Amendment Payment . The Issuer shall have paid an amount to the Holders equal to 2.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities outstanding as of the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date.
5. Deliveries to the Trustee . The Trustee shall have received Opinion of Counsel and Officers Certificate pursuant to Sections 9.06 and 13.04 of the Indenture.
6. CD&R Purchase Transaction . The CD&R Purchase Transaction shall have been consummated or shall be consummated substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of this Second Supplemental Indenture.
7. Parent Subordinated Notes . The holders of the Parent Subordinated Notes shall have entered into an affirmation on terms reasonably satisfactory to the GS Parties to provide that the Indebtedness represented thereby continue to be subordinated to the Securities.
Section 4.
Miscellaneous
1. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF LAWS OF ANY OTHER STATE) SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.
2. This Second Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts, which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
3. Upon execution and delivery of this Second Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture shall be modified and amended in accordance with this Second Supplemental Indenture, and all the terms and conditions of both shall be read together as though they constitute one instrument,
4
except that, in case of conflict, the provisions of this Second Supplemental Indenture will control. The Indenture, as modified and amended by this Second Supplemental Indenture, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and shall bind every Holder of Notes. In case of conflict between the terms and conditions contained in the Notes and those contained in the Indenture, as modified and amended by this Second Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture, as modified and amended by this Supplemental Indenture, shall control.
4. Except as amended hereby, each provision of the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect and, as amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects agreed to, ratified, and confirmed by the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The consent of the Holders to this Second Supplemental Indenture shall not constitute an amendment or waiver of any provision of the Indenture except to the extent expressly set forth herein, and shall not be construed as a waiver of or consent to any further or future action on the part of the Issuer or any Guarantor or waiver of any Default or Event of Default, except to the extent expressly set forth herein.
5. Each Guarantor hereby reaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee and under Article 11 of the Indenture each as hereby amended by this Second Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer and each Guarantor hereby reaffirms its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.
6. In case any one or more of the provisions in this Second Supplemental Indenture shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
[Second Supplemental Indenture]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
UNIVAR INC. | ||
as Issuer | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
CHEMPOINT, INC. | ||
as Guarantor | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
UNIVAR USA INC. as Guarantor |
||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
UNIVAR NORTH AMERICA CORPORATION as Guarantor |
||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
CHEMCENTRAL INTERNATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION | ||
as Guarantor | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION as Trustee |
||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | Lynn M. Steiner Vice President |
[Second Supplemental Indenture]
ANNEX A
COMPOSITE CONFORMED COPY OF THE INDENTURE TO INCORPORATE AMENDMENT PURSUANT TO THE SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Composite Conformed Copy
UNIVAR INC.
$600,000,000 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017
INDENTURE
Dated as of October 11, 2007
As amended by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 19, 2007
And the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of September 20, 2010
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Trustee
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||||
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE |
1 | |||||
SECTION 1.01 |
Definitions | 1 | ||||
SECTION 1.02 |
Other Definitions | 37 | ||||
SECTION 1.03 |
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act | 37 | ||||
SECTION 1.04 |
Rules of Construction | 38 | ||||
ARTICLE 2 THE SECURITIES |
39 | |||||
SECTION 2.01 |
Form, Dating and Denominations | 39 | ||||
SECTION 2.02 |
Execution and Authentication; Exchange Securities | 39 | ||||
SECTION 2.03 |
Registrar and Paying Agent | 40 | ||||
SECTION 2.04 |
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust | 42 | ||||
SECTION 2.05 |
Securityholder Lists | 42 | ||||
SECTION 2.06 |
Replacement Securities | 42 | ||||
SECTION 2.07 |
Outstanding Securities | 43 | ||||
SECTION 2.08 |
Temporary Securities | 43 | ||||
SECTION 2.09 |
Cancellation | 43 | ||||
SECTION 2.10 |
CUSIP Numbers | 44 | ||||
SECTION 2.11 |
Registration, Transfer and Exchange | 44 | ||||
SECTION 2.12 |
Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange | 47 | ||||
SECTION 2.13 |
Reg S Temporary Offshore Global Securities | 49 | ||||
SECTION 2.14 |
Defaulted Interest | 49 | ||||
ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION |
50 | |||||
SECTION 3.01 |
Notices to Trustee | 50 | ||||
SECTION 3.02 |
Selection | 50 | ||||
SECTION 3.03 |
Notice | 50 | ||||
SECTION 3.04 |
Effect of Notice of Redemption | 51 | ||||
SECTION 3.05 |
Deposit of Redemption Price | 51 | ||||
SECTION 3.06 |
Securities Redeemed in Part | 52 | ||||
SECTION 3.07 |
Optional Redemption | 52 | ||||
SECTION 3.08 |
No Sinking Fund | 53 | ||||
SECTION 3.09 |
Repurchase Offers | 53 | ||||
ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS |
56 | |||||
SECTION 4.01 |
Payment of Securities | 56 | ||||
SECTION 4.02 |
Reports | 57 | ||||
SECTION 4.03 |
Incurrence of Debt and Issuance of Preferred Stock | 57 | ||||
SECTION 4.04 |
Restricted Payments | 63 |
i
SECTION 4.05 |
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries | 68 | ||||
SECTION 4.06 |
Asset Sales | 70 | ||||
SECTION 4.07 |
Transactions with Affiliates | 73 | ||||
SECTION 4.08 |
Change of Control | 75 | ||||
SECTION 4.09 |
Compliance Certificates | 76 | ||||
SECTION 4.10 |
Liens | 76 | ||||
SECTION 4.11 |
Additional Security Guarantees | 76 | ||||
SECTION 4.12 |
Business Activities | 77 | ||||
SECTION 4.13 |
Payments for Consent | 77 | ||||
SECTION 4.14 |
Taxes | 77 | ||||
SECTION 4.15 |
Corporate Existence | 77 | ||||
SECTION 4.16 |
Limitation on Layered Debt | 77 | ||||
SECTION 4.17 |
Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries | 77 | ||||
SECTION 4.18 |
Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions | 78 | ||||
SECTION 4.19 |
Additional Covenants relating to the GS Parties | 78 | ||||
ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSOR ISSUER |
79 | |||||
SECTION 5.01 |
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets of the Issuer | 79 | ||||
SECTION 5.02 |
Merger or Consolidation of a Guarantor | 80 | ||||
ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES |
81 | |||||
SECTION 6.01 |
Events of Default and Remedies | 81 | ||||
SECTION 6.02 |
Acceleration | 84 | ||||
SECTION 6.03 |
Other Remedies | 84 | ||||
SECTION 6.04 |
Waiver of Past Defaults | 85 | ||||
SECTION 6.05 |
Control by Majority | 85 | ||||
SECTION 6.06 |
Limitation on Suits | 85 | ||||
SECTION 6.07 |
Rights of Holders to Receive Payment | 86 | ||||
SECTION 6.08 |
Collection Suit by Trustee | 86 | ||||
SECTION 6.09 |
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim | 86 | ||||
SECTION 6.10 |
Priorities | 86 | ||||
SECTION 6.11 |
Undertaking for Costs | 87 | ||||
SECTION 6.12 |
Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws | 87 | ||||
SECTION 6.13 |
Rights and Remedies Cumulative | 87 | ||||
SECTION 6.14 |
Delay or Omission Not Waiver | 87 | ||||
ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE |
87 | |||||
SECTION 7.01 |
Duties of Trustee | 87 | ||||
SECTION 7.02 |
Rights of Trustee | 89 | ||||
SECTION 7.03 |
Individual Rights of Trustee | 90 | ||||
SECTION 7.04 |
Trustees Disclaimer | 90 |
ii
SECTION 7.05 |
Notice of Defaults | 90 | ||||
SECTION 7.06 |
Reports by Trustee to Holders | 90 | ||||
SECTION 7.07 |
Compensation and Indemnity | 90 | ||||
SECTION 7.08 |
Replacement of Trustee | 91 | ||||
SECTION 7.09 |
Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc | 92 | ||||
SECTION 7.10 |
Eligibility; Disqualification | 92 | ||||
SECTION 7.11 |
Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer | 93 | ||||
ARTICLE 8 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE |
93 | |||||
SECTION 8.01 |
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance | 93 | ||||
SECTION 8.02 |
Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance | 94 | ||||
SECTION 8.03 |
Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture | 96 | ||||
SECTION 8.04 |
Deposited Money and Government Notes to Be Held in Trust; Miscellaneous Provisions | 96 | ||||
SECTION 8.05 |
Repayment to Issuer | 97 | ||||
SECTION 8.06 |
Reinstatement | 97 | ||||
ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENTS |
97 | |||||
SECTION 9.01 |
Without Consent of Holders | 97 | ||||
SECTION 9.02 |
With Consent of Holders | 98 | ||||
SECTION 9.03 |
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act | 99 | ||||
SECTION 9.04 |
Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers | 99 | ||||
SECTION 9.05 |
Notation on or Exchange of Securities | 100 | ||||
SECTION 9.06 |
Trustee to Sign Amendments | 100 | ||||
ARTICLE 10 SUBORDINATION OF THE SECURITIES |
100 | |||||
SECTION 10.01 |
Agreement to Subordinate | 100 | ||||
SECTION 10.02 |
Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy | 100 | ||||
SECTION 10.03 |
Default on Senior Debt | 101 | ||||
SECTION 10.04 |
Acceleration of Payment of Securities | 102 | ||||
SECTION 10.05 |
When Distribution Must Be Paid Over | 102 | ||||
SECTION 10.06 |
Subrogation | 102 | ||||
SECTION 10.07 |
Relative Rights | 103 | ||||
SECTION 10.08 |
Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Issuer | 103 | ||||
SECTION 10.09 |
Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent | 103 | ||||
SECTION 10.10 |
Distribution or Notice to Representative | 103 | ||||
SECTION 10.11 |
Article 10 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate | 103 | ||||
SECTION 10.12 |
Trust Moneys Not Subordinated | 103 | ||||
SECTION 10.13 |
Trustee Entitled to Rely | 104 | ||||
SECTION 10.14 |
Trustee to Effectuate Subordination | 104 | ||||
SECTION 10.15 |
Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt | 104 | ||||
SECTION 10.16 |
Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt on Subordination Provisions | 104 | ||||
SECTION 10.17 |
Trustees Compensation Not Prejudiced | 104 |
iii
ARTICLE 11 SECURITY GUARANTEES |
105 | |||||
SECTION 11.01 |
Security Guarantees | 105 | ||||
SECTION 11.02 |
Limitation on Liability; Release | 107 | ||||
SECTION 11.03 |
Successors and Assigns | 107 | ||||
SECTION 11.04 |
No Waiver | 108 | ||||
SECTION 11.05 |
Modification | 108 | ||||
SECTION 11.06 |
Execution and Delivery of the Security Guarantee | 108 | ||||
ARTICLE 12 SUBORDINATION OF THE SECURITY GUARANTEES |
108 | |||||
SECTION 12.01 |
Agreement to Subordinate | 108 | ||||
SECTION 12.02 |
Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy | 108 | ||||
SECTION 12.03 |
Default on Senior Debt of a Guarantor | 109 | ||||
SECTION 12.04 |
Demand for Payment | 110 | ||||
SECTION 12.05 |
When Distribution Must Be Paid Over | 110 | ||||
SECTION 12.06 |
Subrogation | 111 | ||||
SECTION 12.07 |
Relative Rights | 111 | ||||
SECTION 12.08 |
Subordination May Not Be Impaired by a Guarantor | 111 | ||||
SECTION 12.09 |
Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent | 111 | ||||
SECTION 12.10 |
Distribution or Notice to Representative | 111 | ||||
SECTION 12.11 |
Article 12 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate | 111 | ||||
SECTION 12.12 |
Trust Moneys Not Subordinated | 112 | ||||
SECTION 12.13 |
Trustee Entitled To Rely | 112 | ||||
SECTION 12.14 |
Trustee to Effectuate Subordination | 112 | ||||
SECTION 12.15 |
Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor | 112 | ||||
SECTION 12.16 |
Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor on Subordination Provisions | 113 | ||||
SECTION 12.17 |
Trustees Compensation Not Prejudiced | 113 | ||||
ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS |
113 | |||||
SECTION 13.01 |
Trust Indenture Act Controls | 113 | ||||
SECTION 13.02 |
Notices | 113 | ||||
SECTION 13.03 |
Communication by Holders with Other Holders | 114 | ||||
SECTION 13.04 |
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent | 114 | ||||
SECTION 13.05 |
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion | 114 | ||||
SECTION 13.06 |
When Securities Disregarded | 115 | ||||
SECTION 13.07 |
Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar | 115 | ||||
SECTION 13.08 |
Legal Holidays | 115 | ||||
SECTION 13.09 |
GOVERNING LAW | 115 | ||||
SECTION 13.10 |
No Recourse Against Others | 115 | ||||
SECTION 13.11 |
Successors | 115 |
iv
SECTION 13.12 |
Multiple Originals | 116 | ||||
SECTION 13.13 |
Table of Contents; Headings | 116 | ||||
SECTION 13.14 |
Severability | 116 |
EXHIBITS | ||
EXHIBIT A | FORM OF SECURITY | |
EXHIBIT B | RESTRICTED LEGEND | |
EXHIBIT C | DTC LEGEND | |
EXHIBIT D | REGULATION S CERTIFICATE | |
EXHIBIT E | RULE 144A CERTIFICATE | |
EXHIBIT F | INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR CERTIFICATE | |
EXHIBIT G | CERTIFICATE OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP | |
EXHIBIT H | TEMPORARY OFFSHORE GLOBAL SECURITY LEGEND | |
EXHIBIT I | SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE | |
EXHIBIT J | FORM OF AFFILIATE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT | |
SCHEDULES | ||
SCHEDULE 1.01 EXISTING INVESTMENT COMMITMENTS |
v
CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
TIA Section |
Indenture Section | |||||
310 |
(a)(1) |
7.10 | ||||
(a)(2) |
7.10 | |||||
(a)(3) |
N/A | |||||
(a)(4) |
N/A | |||||
(b) |
7.08; 7.10 | |||||
(c) |
N/A | |||||
311 |
(a) |
7.11 | ||||
(b) |
7.11 | |||||
(c) |
N/A | |||||
312 |
(a) |
2.05 | ||||
(b) |
12.03 | |||||
(c) |
12.03 | |||||
313 |
(a) |
7.06 | ||||
(b)(1) |
N/A | |||||
(b)(2) |
7.06 | |||||
(c) |
12.02 | |||||
(d) |
7.06 | |||||
314 |
(a) |
4.02; 4.09 | ||||
(b) |
N/A | |||||
(c)(1) |
12.04 | |||||
(c)(2) |
12.04 | |||||
(c)(3) |
12.04 | |||||
(d) |
N/A | |||||
(e) |
12.05 | |||||
(f) |
N/A | |||||
315 |
(a) |
7.01 | ||||
(b) |
7.05; 12.02 | |||||
(c) |
7.01 | |||||
(d) |
7.01 | |||||
(e) |
6.11 | |||||
316 |
(a) (last sentence) |
12.06 | ||||
(a)(1)(A) |
6.05 | |||||
(a)(1)(B) |
6.04 | |||||
(a)(2) |
N/A | |||||
(b) |
6.07 | |||||
317 |
(a)(1) |
6.08 | ||||
(a)(2) |
6.09 | |||||
(b) |
2.03 | |||||
318 |
(a) |
12.01 |
N/A means Not Applicable
Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.
vi
INDENTURE dated as of October 11, 2007, as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010, among UNIVAR INC., a Delaware corporation (the Issuer ), the guarantors from time to time party hereto and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (or any successor trustee, the Trustee ).
WITNESSETH
Pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007 (the Original Indenture ), between the Issuer and the Trustee, the Issuer issued its 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015. The Original Indenture has been previously amended on October 19, 2007 pursuant to the First Supplemental Indenture thereto. The parties are now entering into the Second Supplemental Indenture to further amend the Original Indenture to, among other things, extend the maturity of the Securities to September 30, 2017 (which Securities after the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date referred to below shall be known as the Issuers 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017).
Accordingly, each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (i) the Issuers 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 issued on each Issue Date and (ii) if and when issued as provided in a Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 issued in a Registered Exchange Offer (as defined below) in exchange for any Securities referred to in clause (i):
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
SECTION 1.01 Definitions.
Acquired Debt means, with respect to any specified Person:
(1) Debt of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Debt incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Persons merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person; and
(2) Debt secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
Additional Interest has the meaning set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement.
Affiliate of any specified Person means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control a corporation if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
Affiliate Subordinated Debt means Subordinated Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued to or held by a Person that is an Affiliate of the Issuer (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) immediately prior to the acquisition of such Subordinated Debt by such Person (a) the principal amount of which has a Stated Maturity no earlier than, and is not subject to amortization thereof prior to, six months after the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities and (b) that is contractually subordinated and junior in right of payment to all Obligations of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary under the Securities and this Indenture pursuant to a subordination agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit J or otherwise as reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders.
Affiliated CD&R Debt Fund means an Affiliate of CD&R that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, notes, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course and with respect to which neither CD&R nor any of its Subsidiaries or any of the investment professionals employed by CD&R directs or influences the investment policies of such entity or receives confidential information with respect thereto.
Agent means any Registrar, Paying Agent or Authenticating Agent.
Agent Member means a member of, or a participant in, the Depositary.
Applicable Premium means, with respect to any Security at any redemption date, the excess of (A) the present value at such time of (1) the redemption price of such Security at January 1, 2013 (such redemption price being set forth in the table in Section 3.07(a) plus (2) all required interest payments due on such Security through January 1, 2013 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points and applied quarterly, over (B) the principal amount of such Security on the date of redemption; provided , however , that in no event shall the Applicable Premium be less than zero.
Asset Sale means:
(1) the sale, lease (as lessor), conveyance or other voluntary disposition of any assets or rights (including by way of merger or consolidation or a sale and leaseback) of the Issuer (excluding the sale of Equity Interest of the Issuer) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be governed by Section 5.01 or 5.02 and not by Section 4.06, and
(2) the issue or sale by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests of any of the Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries (other than directors qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries),
in the case of either clause (1) or (2), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions that have a fair market value in excess of $5.0 million.
2
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be Asset Sales:
(a) a transfer of assets or an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer, any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or a transfer of assets by the Issuer to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;
(b) the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.04 (including any formation of or contribution of assets to a Subsidiary or joint venture), the making of any Permitted Investment or the granting of any Lien permitted by Section 4.10;
(c) any disposition of property or assets (including inventory and accounts receivable) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, or that in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer, have become uneconomic, obsolete, damaged or worn out or that are no longer used or useful in the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(d) the disposition of Cash Equivalents or cash;
(e) leases, subleases, assignments, licenses or sublicenses (on a non-exclusive basis with respect to any intellectual property) of real, personal or intellectual property in the ordinary course of business;
(f) the disposition of property (including like-kind exchanges) to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property, in each case under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code or otherwise;
(g) the disposition of Investments in joint ventures (regardless of the form of legal entity) to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
(h) dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
(i) transfers of property subject to casualty, condemnation or eminent domain proceedings (including in lieu thereof) upon the receipt of the net cash proceeds therefor;
(j) voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations;
(k) sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of Securitization Financing to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;
(l) any transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of Securitization Financing (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing;
3
(m) any dispositions (including sale and leaseback transactions) by a Foreign Subsidiary designed to generate foreign distributable reserves and which are not adverse to the Holders in any material respect;
(n) any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;
(o) transactions contemplated by Section 5.03 hereof;
(p) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Debt or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(q) dispositions of accounts receivable of Foreign Subsidiaries pursuant to factoring arrangements that would otherwise be permitted to be incurred as Indebtedness hereunder pursuant to clauses (3)(ii), (4) (with respect to Indebtedness incurred under clause (3)(ii)), (5) or (10) of Section 4.03(b) (it being understood that upon any such Disposition, the amount of the uncollected receivable shall be deemed to be Indebtedness for purposes of Section 4.03 until the transferee has collected an amount from the account debtor at least equal to the amount paid to the applicable Subsidiary in respect of such accounts receivable); and
(r) dispositions of Subsidiaries with no assets.
Attributable Debt in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP) of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended); provided , however , that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Debt represented thereby shall be determined in accordance with the definition of Capital Lease Obligation .
Authenticating Agent refers to a Person engaged to authenticate the Securities in the stead of the Trustee.
Beneficial Owner , Beneficially Own and Beneficial Ownership have the meanings assigned to such terms in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5, under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the Beneficial Ownership of any particular person or group, as such terms are used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, (i) such person or group shall be deemed to have Beneficial Ownership of all shares of Capital Stock that such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition and (ii) for purposes of clause (3) of the definition of Change of Control only, in the case of a group pursuant to Rule 13d-5(b)(1) of the Exchange Act which group includes one or more members of the Initial Control Group (or one or more members of the Initial Control Group are deemed to share beneficial ownership with one or more other persons of any shares of Capital Stock), (a) such group shall be deemed not to have Beneficial Ownership of any shares held by a member of the Initial Control Group forming a part of such group and (b) any person (other than a member of the Initial Control Group) that is a member of such group (or sharing such Beneficial Ownership) shall be deemed not to have Beneficial Ownership of any shares held by a member of the Initial Control Group that is a part of such group (or in which such person shares Beneficial Ownership).
4
Board of Directors means:
(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or (except if used in the definition of Change of Control) any authorized committee of the Board of Directors of such Person;
(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and
(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York State or the state in which the Corporate Trust Office is located are authorized or required by law to close.
Capital Lease Obligation means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. The Stated Maturity of any Capital Lease Obligation is the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.
Capital Stock means:
(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
(2) in the case of a partnership, unlimited liability company or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
(3) in the case of an association or other business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock.
Cash Equivalents means:
(1) securities issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the government of the United States, the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Union whose legal tender is the euro, or in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;
(2) securities issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 2 years from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings generally obtainable from either S&P or Moodys;
5
(3) commercial paper rated A-2 by S&P or P-2 or better by Moodys and in each case maturing within two years after the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition;
(4) domestic and LIBOR certificates of deposit or bankers acceptances maturing no more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank having combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000
(5) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank or trust company having capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;
(6) repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 12 months for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (5) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above or securities dealers of recognized national standing
(7) readily marketable direct obligations with a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moodys or S&P, respectively (or if at any time neither Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within two years after the date of creation;
(8) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (1) to (7) above denominated in euro or pounds sterling or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction;
(9) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1)-(8) above.
(10) Debt issued by Persons rated not less than A by S&P or A2 by Moodys having a maturity not more than two years from the date of acquisition;
(11) shares of investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and substantially all the investments of which are one or more of the types of securities described in clauses (1)-(10) above; and
(12) in the case of Investments by the Issuer or any Foreign Subsidiary, other customarily utilized high-quality Investments in the country where the Issuer or such Foreign Subsidiary is located or operates.
6
CD&R means Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC and any successor in interest thereto, and any successor to its investment management business.
CD&R Group means (a) CD&R, (b) Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P. and its successors in interest and (c) any investment fund or vehicle managed, sponsored or advised by CD&R or any Affiliate thereof, and any Affiliate of or successor to any such investment fund or vehicle, excluding, in each case, any operating portfolio company of any of the foregoing.
CD&R Purchase Agreement means the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2010, among Univar, the Issuer and the CD&R Group.
CD&R Purchase Transaction means the acquisition by the CD&R Group (and, if determined by the CD&R Group, one or more co-investors other than the members of the Initial Control Group) on the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date of the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Issuer from the Issuer and Univar pursuant to the CD&R Purchase Agreement and the other transactions contemplated thereby.
CD&R Purchase Transaction Fee means (x) $30,000,000 payable to certain members of the Initial Control Group and (y) $30,000,000 payable to the CD&R Group, in each case, in connection with the CD&R Purchase Transaction.
Certificate of Beneficial Ownership means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G.
Certificated Security means a Security in registered individual form without interest coupons.
Change of Control means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(1) at any time prior to a Qualified IPO, (a) the Initial Control Group ceases to be the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock representing at least 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of (x) so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the Issuer is not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, the Issuer and (b) the Sponsor and the Management Investors do not have the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election a majority of the Board of Directors of (x) so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the Issuer is not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, the Issuer;
(2) at any time on or after a Qualified IPO (a) any person or group (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more members of the Initial Control Group, becomes the Beneficial
7
Owner, directly or indirectly of Voting Stock representing more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of (x) so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the Issuer is not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, the Issuer, and (b) (i) the Initial Control Group is not the Beneficial Owner of Voting Stock representing at least an equal percentage of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) or the Issuer, as applicable and (ii) the Sponsor and the Management Investors do not have the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election a majority of the Board of Directors of (x) so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the Issuer is not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, the Issuer; and
(3) Continuing Directors shall not constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer.
Closing Date means October 11, 2007.
Commission means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.
Commodity Hedging Agreements means any futures contract or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Issuer or any Subsidiary against fluctuations in commodities prices.
Consolidated Cash Flow means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, plus :
(1) without duplication, to the extent deducted (and not added back) in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:
(a) Consolidated Interest Expense;
(b) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital (or any alternative in lieu of), including federal, foreign state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations, including payments made pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or arrangements among the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (so long as such tax sharing payments are attributable to the operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries);
(c) depreciation and amortization expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP;
(d) the amount of any interest expense of any minority interest;
8
(e) management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor and to the CD&R Group in an amount not to exceed the maximum amount permitted under Section 4.07(b)(1);
(f) any costs or expenses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Issuer;
(g) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption
(h) expenses (i) to the extent covered by contractual indemnification or refunding provisions in favor of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and actually paid or refunded, or, (ii) so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be paid or refunded by the indemnifying party or other obligor and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable indemnifying party or obligor in writing within 90 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 180 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 180 days);
(i) Securitization Fees to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period; and
(j) any other non-cash charges or expenses reducing Consolidated Net Income except to the extent representing accruals or reserves for future cash expenditures.
minus
(2) without duplication and to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries such period:
(a) extraordinary gains and unusual or non-recurring gains;
(b) non-cash gains (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Cash Flow in any prior period);
(c) gains on asset sales (other than asset sales in the ordinary course of business), and
(d) any net after-tax income from the early extinguishment of Debt or hedging obligations or other derivative instruments,
9
in each case, as determined on a consolidated basis for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio means with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Persons and its Restricted Subsidiaries most recently ended four fiscal quarters, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period. In the event that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees or redeems any Debt (other than revolving credit borrowings) or issues or redeems Preferred Stock, in each case subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the Calculation Date ), then the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee or redemption of Debt, or such issuance or redemption of Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period, provided that no pro forma effect shall be given to the incurrence of any Permitted Debt incurred on the Calculation Date or the discharge on the Calculation Date of any Debt from the proceeds of any such Permitted Debt.
For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers and consolidations that have been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date, and discontinued operations determined in accordance with GAAP on or prior to the Calculation Date, shall be given effect on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers and consolidations or discontinued operations (and the reduction or increase of any associated Fixed Charges, and the change in Consolidated Cash Flow, resulting therefrom, including as a result of any Pro Forma Cost Savings) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation or discontinued an operation, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation or discontinued operations had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. If any Debt to which pro forma effect is given bears interest at a floating rate, the interest expense on such Debt shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable interest rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement in effect on the Calculation Date). Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer
10
of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. Interest on Debt that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Debt under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Debt during the applicable period.
Consolidated Interest Expense means, for any period, the total interest expense (including, without limitation, interest expense attributable to Capital Lease Obligations and all net payment obligations pursuant to Hedging Obligations and Securitization Fees but excluding commitment fees, letter of credit fees and non-cash amortization of loan costs) of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, net of all interest income of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all determined for such period on a consolidated basis, without duplication, in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Net Income means, with respect to any Person for any period, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis, in accordance with GAAP excluding, without duplication:
(1) any extraordinary (net of any tax effect), unusual or nonrecurring gains, losses, costs, charges or expenses (including, without limitation, severance, relocation, transition and other restructuring costs and litigation settlements or losses), including, without limitation extraordinary losses and unusual or non-recurring charges in connection with any Investment or Asset Sale;
(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income;
(3) any non-cash compensation expense realized for grants of performance shares, stock options or other rights to officers, directors and employees of the Issuer or any Subsidiary, provided that such shares, options or other rights can be redeemed at the option of the holder only for Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock);
(4) in the case of any period that includes a period ending prior to or during the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2007, any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions, this Indenture, the Senior Credit Facility and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;
(5) in the case of any period that includes a period ending prior to or during the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2011, any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the CD&R Purchase Transaction, the Second Supplemental Indenture, the Senior Credit Facility and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;
11
(6) with respect to each of the fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2007 and December 31, 2007, the amount of net cost savings projected by the Issuer to be realized during such fiscal quarter as a result of specified actions taken prior to the Closing Date in connection with the acquisition of ChemCentral, to the extent that such cost savings were not actually realized during such fiscal quarter;
(7) any fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges incurred during such period in connection with the Transaction, any other acquisition, investment, recapitalization, asset disposition, issuance or repayment of debt or issuance of equity securities Permitted Investment or any Debt permitted to be incurred under this Indenture and any non-recurring costs relating to corporate reorganizations (in each case, including any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges during such period as a result of any such transaction;
(8) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees) deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income;
(9) currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Debt or intercompany balances (including the net loss or gain resulting from Hedge Agreements for currency exchange risk);
(10) any net, after-tax income (loss) for such period and all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto attributable to the early extinguishment of Debt or to Hedging Obligations;
(11) accruals and reserves required to be established or adjusted as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP or changes as a result of adoption of or modification of accounting policies, in each case, within twelve months after the Closing Date;
(12) the income (loss) for such period of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, except to the extent distributed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; and
(13) solely for purposes of determining Consolidated Net Income under clause (iii) (A) of Section 4.04(a), the Net Income of any Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or that is, directly or indirectly, prohibited by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends has been waived.
12
There shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for any period the purchase accounting effects of adjustments to inventory, property, equipment and intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of the Transactions, any consummated acquisition whether consummated before or after the Closing Date, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof.
Continuing Director means, at any date, an individual (a) who is a member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer on the Closing Date, (b) who has been nominated to be a member of such Board of Directors, directly or indirectly, by a Sponsor or Persons nominated by a Sponsor or (c) who has been nominated to be a member of such Board of Directors by a majority of the other Continuing Directors then in office.
Corporate Trust Office means the office of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 or any other office specified by the Trustee from time to time pursuant to such Section.
Credit Facilities means, with respect to the Issuer and the Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, indentures or agreements (including the Senior Credit Facility), receivables facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks, insurance companies or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, factoring or other receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from or issue securities to such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit or other credit facilities, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (if more than one such facility, each individually, a Credit Facility).
Currency Agreement means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement to which the Issuer or any Subsidiary is a party or of which it is a beneficiary.
CVC means CVC Capital Partners Group Sarl.
Debt means, with respect to any Person (without duplication):
(1) any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent,
(a) in respect of borrowed money; or
(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or bankers acceptances; or
(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of purchase thereof), including Capital Lease Obligations, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable or similar obligation; or
13
(d) representing any Hedging Obligations,
if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;
(2) all indebtedness under clause (1) of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person (whether or not such indebtedness is assumed by such Person) provided that the amount of indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of:
(a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination; and
(b) the amount of such indebtedness of such other Persons;
(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by such Person of any Debt under clause (1) of any other Person; and
(4) any Disqualified Stock of such Person;
provided , however , that Debt shall not include trade payables and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business and not past due by more than 90 days or being disputed in good faith.
Except as otherwise expressly provided in this definition, or in the definition of Disqualified Stock the amount of any Debt outstanding as of any date shall be:
(1) with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation;
(2) with respect to any Hedging Obligation, the net amount payable if such Hedging Obligation terminated at that time due to default by such Person;
(3) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Debt issued at a discount to par; or
(4) except as provided above, the principal amount or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Debt.
Default means any event that is or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be an Event of Default.
Default Interest Rate means a rate equal to 2% per annum.
Depositary means the depositary of each Global Security, which will initially be DTC.
14
Designated Non-Cash Consideration means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the fair market value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash following the consummation of the applicable Asset Sale).
Designated Senior Debt means:
(1) any Debt outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility; and
(2) any other Senior Debt permitted under this Indenture, the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Issuer by notice to the Trustee as Designated Senior Debt.
Disqualified Equity Interests means Disqualified Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Disqualified Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Disqualified Stock).
Disqualified Stock means any class or series of Capital Stock of any Person that by its terms or otherwise is:
(1) required to be redeemed or is redeemable at the option of the holder of such class or series of Capital Stock at any time on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Securities; or
(2) convertible into or exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof at any time on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Securities for Capital Stock referred to in clause (1) above or Debt.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, (A) if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees or by any such plan to such employees, in each case in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; (B) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Issuer may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.04; and (C) no Capital Stock held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant of the Issuer (or any of its Subsidiaries) shall be considered Disqualified Stock because such stock is redeemable or subject to repurchase pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, stock ownership plan, put agreement, stockholder agreement or similar agreement that may be in effect from time to time.
For purposes hereof, the amount (or principal amount) of any Disqualified Stock shall be equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed
15
repurchase price, but excluding accrued dividends, if any. The maximum fixed repurchase price of any Disqualified Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were purchased on any date as of which it shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Stock.
Domestic Subsidiary means any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Foreign Subsidiary.
DTC means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation, and its successors.
DTC Legend means the legend set forth in Exhibit C.
Equity Interests means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Exchange Offer means an offer by the Issuer to the Holders of any Initial Securities to exchange outstanding Securities for Exchange Securities, as provided for in a Registration Rights Agreement.
Exchange Offer Registration Statement means the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as defined in a Registration Rights Agreement.
Exchange Securities means the Securities of the Issuer issued pursuant to this Indenture in exchange for, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to, the Initial Securities in compliance with the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement and containing terms substantially identical to the Initial Securities (except that (i) such Exchange Securities will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to transfer restrictions or bear the Restricted Legend, and (ii) the provisions relating to Additional Interest will be eliminated).
Excluded Cash Contributions means net cash proceeds or cash contributions designated as such pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(2).
Fixed Charges means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:
(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;
(2) all dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation and distributions of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock)) on any series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary during such period; and
(3) all dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation and distributions of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock)) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.
16
Foreign Subsidiary means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States or any political subdivision thereof.
GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Closing Date, including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession.
Global Security means a Security in registered global form without interest coupons.
Government Notes means non-redeemable, direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged.
GS Parties means, collectively, (i) GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd. and GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd., (ii) any other Affiliate thereof or of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., and (iii) any Subsidiaries of the foregoing.
Guarantee means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Debt.
Guarantors means:
(1) each of the Issuers Subsidiaries that execute Securities Guarantees other than any Foreign Subsidiary; and
(2) each other Subsidiary that executes and delivers a Security Guarantee after the Closing Date; and
(3) their respective successors and assigns hereunder,
in each case until released from its Security Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. On the Closing Date, the Guarantors shall be each of the Issuers Subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Credit Facility.
Hedging Obligations means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements or Commodity Hedging Agreements.
Holdco means Ulixes Acquisition B.V., an entity organized under the laws of the Netherlands.
17
Holder or Securityholder means the Person in whose name a Security is registered on the Registrars books.
Indenture means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.
Initial Control Group means (i) the Sponsor, (ii) any Person who has made an investment in Holdco or the Issuer (directly or indirectly) concurrently with the Sponsor on or about the Closing Date, (iii) any Person who is an officer or otherwise a member of management of Holdco or the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that, in no event shall the Sponsor own a lesser percentage of Voting Stock than any other person or group referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii).
Initial Purchaser means Goldman Sachs Investments Ltd., a Bermuda corporation.
Initial Securities means the Securities issued on each Issue Date and any Securities issued in replacement thereof, but not including any Exchange Securities issued in exchange therefor.
Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto.
Interest Rate Agreement means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, repurchase agreement, futures contract or other financial agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Issuer or any Subsidiary against fluctuations in interest rates.
Investments means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of direct or indirect loans (but excluding Guarantees of Debt not otherwise prohibited from being incurred under this Indenture), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel, payroll, entertainment, relocation and similar advances to officers and employees and profit sharing plan contributions made in the ordinary course of business), and purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Debt, Equity Interests or other securities. If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer. For purposes of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary and Section 4.04 hereof:
(1) Investments shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuers Equity Interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:
(a) the Issuers Investment in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less
18
(b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuers Equity Interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and
(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer.
Issue Date means each date on which Securities are issued pursuant to this Indenture.
Issuer means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA as it applies after a TIA Event, each other obligor on the Securities.
Lien means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or any lease in the nature thereof); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
Management Agreements mean, collectively, any agreement entered into by the Sponsor or the CD&R Group from time to time, primarily providing for or relating to any management, consulting, financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or other investment banking activities with respect to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and of this Indenture.
Management Investors means the directors, management officers and employees of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and its Subsidiaries.
Merger Protocol means the Merger Protocol, dated as of July 8, 2007, by and among Ulysses Luxembourg S.a.r.l., and Univar.
Moodys means Moodys Investors Service, Inc.
Net Proceeds means the aggregate cash proceeds or Cash Equivalents received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions) and any relocation, redundancy and closing costs incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Debt of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not subordinated to the Securities and required (other than as required by Section 4.06(b)(1) or 4.06(c)(2)) to be paid as a result of such Asset Sale, all
19
distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Sale, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such Asset Sale and retained by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after such Asset Sale, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale.
Non-U.S. Person means a Person that is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.
Obligations means any principal, interest, Additional Interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages, Guarantees and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Debt, in each case, whether now or hereafter existing, renewed or restructured, whether or not from time to time decreased or extinguished and later increased, created or incurred, whether or not arising on or after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding.
Offer Memorandum means that certain Offer Memorandum dated August 20, 2007.
Officers means any of the following: Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any other officer reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
Officers Certificate means a certificate signed by two Officers.
Offshore Global Security means a Global Security representing Securities issued and sold pursuant to Regulation S.
Opinion of Counsel means a signed written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee. As to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may conclusively rely on an Officers Certificate, without any independent investigation.
Parent Entity means any company (at the time it is designated a Parent Entity by the Issuer) whose only assets are the Capital Stock and Equity Interests of the Issuer (or one or more other Parent Entities) and assets incidental to such ownership and its existence; provided that such Parent Entity shall cease to be a Parent Entity at such time as such Parent Entity ceases to Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Voting Stock of the Issuer. It being understood that as of the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date, the Issuer has not designated any Parent Entity.
Parent Subordinated Notes means each promissory note issued by the Issuer in compliance with Section 4.03(e) owed to Univar or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and outstanding on the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date.
20
Pari Passu Debt means any senior subordinated Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Securities or the relevant Security Guarantee.
Payment means, for purposes of Articles 10 and 12 and with respect to the Securities and Security Guarantees, any payment, whether in cash or other assets or property, of interest, principal, premium, or any other amount on, of or in respect of the Securities or the Security Guarantees, any other acquisition of Securities or Security Guarantees and any deposit into the trust described in Article 8. The verb pay has a correlative meaning.
Permanent Offshore Global Security means an Offshore Global Security that does not bear the Temporary Offshore Global Security Legend.
Permitted Business means the businesses and any services, activities or businesses incidental, or directly related or similar to, any line of business conducted by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date and any other business reasonably related, complementary, ancillary or incidental to any of those businesses.
Permitted Investments means:
(1) any Investment by the Issuer in any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, or by a Restricted Subsidiary in the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Guarantor;
(2) any Investment in (a) cash or Cash Equivalents or (b) to the extent determined by the Issuer in good faith to be necessary for local currency working capital requirements of a Foreign Subsidiary, other cash equivalents, provided in the case of clause (b), the Investment is made by the Foreign Subsidiary having such requirements;
(3) (i) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if as a result of such Investment:
(A) (x) such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or (y) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor,
(B) no Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing or will result therefrom, and
(C) any Debt of such Person is permitted under Section 4.03, and,
(ii) any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger consolidation, or transfer;
21
(4) any securities or assets received or other Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration in connection with an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.06 or in connection with any disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale (except for dispositions exempt from such definition pursuant to clause (b) of the exceptions thereto);
(5) any Investment solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;
(6) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes (including employee payroll advances) and (ii) in connection with such Persons purchase of Capital Stock of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to the extent that the amount of such loans and advances are directly or indirectly contributed to the Issuer in cash;
(7) stock, obligations or securities received in satisfaction of judgments, foreclosure of liens or settlement of debts (whether pursuant to a plan of reorganization or similar arrangement);
(8) any Investment existing on the Closing Date or pursuant to agreements in effect on the Closing Date as set forth on Schedule 1.01 and any modification, replacement, renewal, or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (a) as required by the terms of such Investment or (b) as otherwise permitted hereunder;
(9) Investments in Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements and Commodity Hedging Agreements not otherwise prohibited under this Indenture;
(10) Investments in split dollar life insurance policies on officers and directors of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(11) receivables owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms (including such concessionary terms as the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable);
(12) Guarantees of Debt permitted under Section 4.03 and performance guarantees in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;
22
(13) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Debt;
(14) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition;
(15) any Investment in a Permitted Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $25.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and
(16) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (16) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed $25.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or Guarantor and otherwise complies with clause (3) above at the time such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or Guarantor, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (3) above and shall not be included as having been pursuant to this clause (16).
Permitted Junior Securities means debt or equity securities of the Issuer or any successor corporation issued pursuant to a plan of reorganization or readjustment of the Issuer that are subordinated to the payment of all then outstanding Senior Debt of the Issuer, at least to the same extent that the Securities are subordinated to the payment of all Senior Debt of the Issuer, on the Closing Date, and so long as in the case of debt securities, such debt securities:
(a) are unsecured;
(b) do not have terms (and are not subject to or entitled to the benefit of any instrument or agreement that has terms) that are more burdensome to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or other issuer or obligor) than are the Securities; and
(c) to the extent that the same are to be guaranteed, shall only be guaranteed by the Issuer and its successors and those Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that have guaranteed the Senior Debt of the Issuer (as such Senior Debt may be modified pursuant to any such reorganization or readjustment) and such guarantees shall be subordinated at least to the same extent as the Guarantees are subordinated to the payment of all Senior Debt of the Guarantors; provided that in the bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
23
receivership or similar proceeding giving rise to such plan, and under such plan, the class comprised of the Holders of the Securities is separately classified from any class comprised of holders of Debt under the Credit Facilities.
Permitted Liens means:
(1) Liens securing Senior Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor or Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (in each case including related Obligations) that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;
(2) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(3) Liens on property (i) existing at the time of acquisition thereof or (ii) of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those acquired or those of the Person so acquired (including through merger or consolidation);
(4) Liens that secure Debt of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer and not incurred in contemplation thereof, provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person that became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;
(5) bankers Liens, rights of setoff and Liens to secure the performance of bids, tenders, trade or government contracts (other than for the payment of Debt), leases, licenses, statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(6) without limitation of clause (1), Liens to secure Debt (including Capital Lease Obligations) incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction, improvement or lease of any property, plant or equipment, in each case covering only the assets acquired, constructed, improved or leased with such Debt or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets; provided that such Debt is incurred within 180 days after the later of such purchase or completion of such construction or improvement or commencement of full operation of the property subject to the Lien;
(7) Liens existing on the Closing Date (not otherwise constituting Permitted Liens);
(8) Liens imposed by law such as (A) carriers, warehousemens, mechanics, landlords, materialmens, repairmens or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and (B) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims, in each case, that are not yet due or delinquent or that are bonded, as the case may be, or that are being contested in good faith and
24
by appropriate proceedings provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;
(9) Liens, pledges or deposits in connection with workmens compensation obligations and general liability exposure of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;
(10) Liens on goods (and the proceeds thereof) and documents of title and the property covered thereby securing Debt in respect of commercial letters of credit;
(11) (A) mortgages, Liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer has easement rights or on any real property leased by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and subordination or similar agreements relating thereto and (B) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;
(12) Liens arising by reason of a judgment, decree or court order, to the extent not otherwise resulting in an Event of Default, and any Liens that are required to protect or enforce any rights in any administrative, arbitration or other court proceedings in the ordinary course of business;
(13) Liens (a) on assets or properties subject to a Permitted Lien securing Debt permitted by this Indenture to be incurred, securing Interest Rate Agreements in respect of such Debt or (b) securing Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(14) extensions, renewals or replacements of any Liens referred to in clauses (3), (4), or (6) in connection with the refinancing of the obligations secured thereby, provided that such Lien does not extend to any other property and, except as contemplated by the definition of Permitted Refinancing Debt, the amount secured by such Lien is not increased;
(15) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of Securitization Financing incurred in connection with a Securitization Financing;
(16) Liens on the Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
(17) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(18) any provision for the retention of title to an asset by the vendor or transferor of such asset if such asset is acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary;
25
(19) Liens on any escrow account used in connection with pre-funding Permitted Refinancing Debt in accordance with the definition thereof; and
(20) other Liens securing Debt in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $20.0 million at the time of incurrence.
Permitted Refinancing Debt means any Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund, other Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in compliance with this Indenture; provided that:
(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Debt does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus accrued interest on, the Debt so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus the amount of premiums and fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith);
(2) principal payments required under such Permitted Refinancing Debt have a Stated Maturity no earlier than the earlier of
(i) the Stated Maturity of those under the Debt being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and
(ii) the maturity date of the Securities;
(3) in the case of term Debt, such Permitted Refinancing Debt has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the lesser of
(i) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Debt being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded, and
(ii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Securities;
(4) if the Debt being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Securities, such Permitted Refinancing Debt has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Securities on terms at least as favorable to the holders of the Securities as those contained in the documentation governing the Debt being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and
(5) such Debt is incurred either by the Issuer or any Guarantor or, if a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is the obligor on the Debt being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded, by any Restricted Subsidiary.
26
The Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Permitted Refinancing Debt not more than six months prior to the application of the proceeds thereof to repay the Debt to be refinanced; provided that upon the incurrence of such Permitted Refinancing Debt, the Issuer shall provide written notice thereof to the Trustee, specifically identifying the Debt to be refinanced with Permitted Refinancing Debt.
Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, unlimited liability company, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government (or any agency or political subdivision thereof) or any other entity.
Preferred Stock means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person (however designated) that is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.
Pro Forma Cost Savings means with respect to any reference period ended on or before any date of determination (the Calculation Date ), the pro forma effect of any cost savings that (1) are attributable to any Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations or discontinued operations, (2) either (a) have been calculated on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act as in effect on the Closing Date or (b) have begun to be implemented on the Calculation Date or have been identified and approved by the Board of Directors and are reasonably expected to begin to be implemented within twelve months following the date of such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operations and (3) are determined based on a supportable, good faith estimate of the principal financial officer of the Issuer, as if all such cost savings had been effected as of the beginning of such reference period, decreased by any incremental expenses (other than capitalized expenses) that are or would be incurred during the reference period in order to achieve such cost savings; provided that, so long as the GS Parties constitute the Required Holders, the amount of Pro Forma Cost Savings that may be identified pursuant to clause (2)(b) hereof shall not exceed 7.5% of Consolidated Cash Flow of the Issuer for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to the Calculation Date (without giving effect to any adjustments pursuant to this definition).
Purchase Agreement means that certain Note Purchase Agreement among Ulysses Luxembourg S.a.r.l., Ulysses Finance S.a.r.l., Holdco, the Issuer, and the GS Parties, as successors to the Initial Purchaser, party thereto dated as of the Closing Date, as amended.
Qualified Securitization Financing means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Issuer or any of
27
its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Debt under a Credit Facility and any Permitted Refinancing Debt with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.
Qualified IPO means the issuance by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer of its common stock, or the sale of such common Stock by the holders thereof, in either case, in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Commission in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Registered Exchange Offer means an offer made by the Issuer pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement and under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act to exchange for outstanding Initial Securities, Exchange Securities substantially identical in all material respects to such Initial Securities (except for the differences provided for in such offer).
Registration Rights Agreement means the Registration Rights Agreement dated on or about the Closing Date between the Issuer and the GS Parties, as successors to the Initial Purchaser, party thereto with respect to the Initial Securities.
Regulation S means Regulation S under the Securities Act.
Regulation S Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.
Representative means any agent or representative in respect of any Designated Senior Debt; provided that if, and for so long as, any Designated Senior Debt lacks such a representative, then the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt shall at all times constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of such Designated Senior Debt.
Required Holders means the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities under this Indenture.
Restricted Investment means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
Restricted Legend means the legend set forth in Exhibit B.
Restricted Period means the relevant 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.
Restricted Subsidiary means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Restricted Subsidiary.
Rule 144A means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
28
Rule 144A Certificate means (i) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto or (ii) a written certification addressed to the Issuer and the Trustee to the effect that the Person making such certification (x) is acquiring such Security (or beneficial interest) for its own account or one or more accounts with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and each such account is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A, (y) is aware that the transfer to it or exchange, as applicable, is being made in reliance upon the exemption from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A, and (z) acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) or has determined not to request such information.
S&P means Standard & Poors Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
Second Supplemental Indenture means the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee.
Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date means the first date on which all conditions set forth in Section 3 of the Second Supplemental Indenture are satisfied, as evidenced by the Officers Certificate delivered pursuant to the Second Supplemental Indenture.
Secured Debt means any Debt secured by a Lien on assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor.
Securities means any securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term Securities shall include any Exchange Securities to be issued and exchanged for any Initial Securities pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement and this Indenture. All Securities shall vote together as one series of Securities under this Indenture.
Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Securitization Assets means any accounts receivable or other revenue streams subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.
Securitization Fees means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing.
Securitization Financing means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Issuer or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.
29
Securitization Repurchase Obligation means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.
Securitization Subsidiary means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer makes an Investment and to which the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Debt or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Debt) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither the Issuer nor any other Subsidiary of the Issuer has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Issuer reasonably believes to be no less favorable to either the Issuer or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuer and (e) to which neither the Issuer nor any other Subsidiary of the Issuer has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entitys financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with such Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such other Person giving effect to such designation and an Officers Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.
Security Guarantee means the unconditional Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Issuers Obligations under the Securities and the Exchange Securities, as set forth in Article 11 hereof. Any Guarantor that is not a party to this Indenture on the Closing Date shall become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to Sections 4.12 and 9.01 substantially in the form of Exhibit I.
Securityholder means any Holder of Securities.
Senior Credit Facility means collectively the Term Loan Credit Agreement and the ABL Credit Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among Holdco, the Issuer, the Issuers
30
Restricted Subsidiaries and the financial institutions named therein, and any related notes, collateral documents, letters of credit and guarantees, including any appendices, exhibits or schedules to any of the foregoing (as the same may be in effect from time to time), in each case, as such agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time (including, for the avoidance of doubt, by the Amended and Restated Term Loan Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement to be entered into on the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date), or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid or extended from time to time (whether with the original agents and lenders or other agents or lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original credit agreement or other credit agreements or otherwise).
Senior Debt means:
(1) all Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility and all Hedging Obligations with respect thereto;
(2) any other Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor (including Acquired Debt) permitted to be incurred by the Issuer or any Guarantor under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Debt is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or the relevant Security Guarantee; and
(3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding, Senior Debt shall not include:
(4) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Issuer or any Guarantor;
(5) any Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor to any Affiliate or shareholder of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies;
(6) any trade payables;
(7) that portion of Debt incurred in violation of Section 4.03, 4.16 or 4.19; or
(8) any Disqualified Stock.
Senior Officer means the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer.
Shares shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Merger Protocol.
31
Significant Subsidiary means any Subsidiary that would be a significant subsidiary as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Closing Date.
Specified Affiliate Payments means:
(1) the direct or indirect repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, or payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer on account of any such acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant (that is a natural person) of a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, stock ownership plan, put agreement, stockholder agreement or similar agreement that may be in effect from time to time; provided that the aggregate price paid under this clause (1) for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed the sum of
(A) an amount not to exceed $4.0 million in any calendar year, with any unused amount being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum amount of repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions or retirements pursuant to this clause (1) (without giving effect to the amounts referred to in clause (B) below) of $8.0 million in any calendar year; plus,
(B) the sum of:
(a) the cash proceeds received by the Issuer (including by way of capital contribution) after the Closing Date from the sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer, a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Closing Date (it being understood that such cash proceeds shall be excluded from the Restricted Payments Basket) plus
(b) the cash proceeds from key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such calendar year (including proceeds from the sale of such policies to the person insured thereby);
provided that cancellation of Debt owing to the Issuer from employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (which Debt was incurred to finance the acquisition of such Equity Interests) in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Indenture); and
32
(2) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants as a result of the payment of all or a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants with Equity Interests;
(3) the payment of dividends, other distributions or other amounts by the Issuer to a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer in amounts equal to amounts required for such direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or its shareholders to pay federal, state and local income taxes to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries and at such times as such taxes are due; and
(4) dividends, other distributions, loans or other amounts paid by the Issuer to a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer in amounts equal to amounts required for a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to pay (a) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence; (b) income taxes to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries; (c) customary salary, bonus, severance, indemnification obligations other benefits payable to officers and employees of such parent or indirect parent; (d) general corporate overhead and operating expenses of up to $2.0 million per fiscal year; and (e) fees and expense incurred in connection with any unsuccessful debt or equity offering or other financing transaction by such parent or indirect parent; provided , however , that such payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments.
Sponsor means any collective investment vehicle sponsored, managed or formed by any of CVC and its Affiliates.
Standard Securitization Undertakings means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer which the Board of Directors of the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.
Stated Maturity means, with respect to any installment of interest on or principal of, or any other amount payable in respect of, any series of Debt, the date on which such interest, principal or other amount was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Debt, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest, principal or other amount prior to the date scheduled for the payment thereof.
Subordinated Debt means any Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter incurred) that is contractually subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Securities or the applicable Security Guarantee.
33
Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person:
(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and
(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).
Unless otherwise specified, Subsidiary refers to a Subsidiary of the Issuer.
Temporary Offshore Global Security means an Offshore Global Security that bears the Temporary Offshore Global Security Legend.
Temporary Offshore Global Security Legend means the legend set forth in Exhibit H.
TIA means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture, except as stated in Section 9.03.
Transactions means the transactions contemplated by the Merger Protocol, including the sale of equity interests in an indirect parent company of Holdco to members of the Initial Control Group and to the Initial Purchaser, the issuance of Holdcos 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, the issuance of the Securities pursuant to the securities exchange contemplated in this Indenture prior to the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date, and the entry into the Senior Credit Facility and the initial borrowings thereunder and the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing.
Treasury Rate means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15(519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to January 1, 2013; provided , however , that if the period from the redemption date to January 1, 2013, is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to January 1, 2013 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.
Trigger Date means the date that occurs upon the earlier of (x) the date of the consummation of the first initial public offering of Capital Stock of the Issuer, any of its
34
Restricted Subsidiaries or any parent company of the Issuer and (y) the date of the effectiveness of the registration with the Commission (or any comparable securities regulatory authority in another jurisdiction) of any debt securities of the Issuer or any of the Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries.
Trustee means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it, and, thereafter, means the successor.
Trust Officer means, when used with respect to the Trustee or Paying Agent, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee or Paying Agent, as applicable, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee or Paying Agent who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such persons knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
Uniform Commercial Code means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.
Univar means Univar N.V.
Unrestricted Subsidiary means:
(1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and
(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Debt of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that
(3) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer;
(4) such designation complies with Section 4.04 hereof; and
(5) each of:
(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and
35
(b) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Debt pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, (x) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.
Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officers Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
U.S. Global Security means a Global Security that bears the Restricted Legend representing Securities issued and sold pursuant to Rule 144A.
Voting Stock of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
Weighted Average Life to Maturity means, when applied to any Debt at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:
(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment, by
(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Debt.
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary means any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary. For purposes of determining whether a Foreign Subsidiary constitutes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, minority interests in Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries not owned by the Issuer or any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries shall be disregarded so long as the aggregate fair market value of all such minority interests in all Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries does not exceed $50.0 million (with fair market value of such minority interests in such Foreign Subsidiaries being measured at the time such Foreign Subsidiaries were acquired or such minority interests were issued and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).
Wholly Owned Subsidiary of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors qualifying shares and de minimus amounts of ownership interests held by local residents pursuant to the requirements of local law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
36
SECTION 1.02 Other Definitions.
Term |
Defined in Section | |||
Affiliate Transaction |
4.07(a) | |||
Asset Sale Offer |
3.09(a) | |||
Bankruptcy Law |
6.01(c) | |||
Calculation Date |
1.02 | |||
Change of Control Offer |
3.09(a) | |||
Change of Control Payment |
4.08(a) | |||
Covenant Defeasance |
8.01(c) | |||
Coverage Ratio Exception |
4.03(a) | |||
Custodian |
6.01(c) | |||
Event of Default |
6.01(a) | |||
Excess Proceeds |
4.06(c) | |||
Guaranteed Obligations |
11.01(a) | |||
incur |
4.03(a) | |||
Indemnified Party |
7.07 | |||
Issuer |
Preamble | |||
Legal Defeasance |
8.01(b) | |||
Legal Holiday |
13.08 | |||
non-payment default |
10.03(a)(2) | |||
Notice of Default |
6.01(d) | |||
Offer Amount |
3.09(a)(1)(ii) | |||
Paying Agent |
2.03 | |||
Payment Blockage Notice |
10.03(a)(2) | |||
payment default |
10.03(a)(1) | |||
Permitted Debt |
4.03(b) | |||
protected purchaser |
2.06 | |||
Purchase Date |
3.09(a)(1)(ii) | |||
Register |
2.11(a) | |||
Registrar |
2.03 | |||
Repurchase Offer |
3.09(a) | |||
Restricted Payments |
4.04(a) | |||
Restricted Payments Basket |
4.04(a)(iii) | |||
retiring Trustee |
7.08 | |||
TIA Event |
1.03 | |||
Trustee |
Preamble |
SECTION 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. At all times after the effectiveness of a registration statement under a Registration Rights Agreement (a TIA Event ), this Indenture will be subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA, which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture effective upon a TIA Event, except that Section 316 is expressly excluded, to the maximum extent permissible thereunder. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:
indenture securities means the Securities.
37
indenture security holder means a Securityholder.
indenture to be qualified means this Indenture.
indenture trustee or institutional trustee means the Trustee.
obligor on the indenture securities means the Issuer and any other obligor on the indenture securities.
All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.
SECTION 1.04 Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it, and all accounting determinations shall be made, in accordance with GAAP;
(c) or is not exclusive;
(d) including means including without limitation;
(e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;
(f) unsecured Debt shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Debt merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Debt;
(g) all references to principal of the Securities include redemption price and purchase price; and
(h) all exhibits are incorporated by reference herein and expressly made a part of this Indenture.
38
ARTICLE 2
THE SECURITIES
SECTION 2.01 Form, Dating and Denominations.
(a) The Securities and the Trustees certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A. The terms and provisions contained in the form of the Securities annexed as Exhibit A constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture. The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rules of or agreements with national securities exchanges to which the Issuer is subject, or usage. Each Security will be dated the date of its authentication. The Securities will be issuable in denominations of $1,000 in principal amount and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Initial Securities will be issued in the form of Certificated Securities.
(b) (1) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c), Section 2.12(b)(3), (b)(5), or (c) or Section 2.11(b)(4), each Initial Security (other than a Permanent Offshore Global Security) will bear the Restricted Legend.
(2) Each Global Security will bear the DTC Legend.
(3) Each Temporary Offshore Global Security will bear the Temporary Offshore Global Security Legend.
(c) (1) If the Issuer determines (upon the advice of counsel and such other certifications and evidence as the Issuer may reasonably require) that a Security is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or a successor provision) and that the Restricted Legend is no longer necessary or appropriate in order to ensure that subsequent transfers of the Security (or a beneficial interest therein) are effected in compliance with the Securities Act, or
(2) after an Initial Security is (x) sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise, or (y) validly tendered for exchange into an Exchange Security pursuant to an Exchange Offer, the Issuer may instruct the Trustee to cancel the Security and issue to the Holder thereof (or to its transferee) a new Security of like tenor and amount, registered in the name of the Holder thereof (or its transferee), that does not bear the Restricted Legend, and the Trustee will comply with such instruction.
(d) By its acceptance of any Security bearing the Restricted Legend (or any beneficial interest in such a Security), each Holder thereof and each owner of a beneficial interest therein acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Security (and any such beneficial interest) set forth in this Indenture and in the Restricted Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Security (and any such beneficial interest) only in accordance with this Indenture and such legend.
SECTION 2.02 Execution and Authentication; Exchange Securities.
(a) An Officer shall execute the Securities for the Issuer by facsimile or manual signature in the name and on behalf of the Issuer. If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Security is authenticated, the Security will still be valid.
39
(b) A Security will not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Security, with the signature conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this Indenture.
(c) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Securities executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication. The Trustee will authenticate and deliver Initial Securities for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture and Exchange Securities from time to time for issue in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Securities after the following conditions have been met; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Securities outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of $600,000,000, which will be authorized for issuance by the Issuer for pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.06 hereof:
(1) Receipt by the Trustee of an Officers Certificate specifying
(i) the amount of Securities to be authenticated and the date on which the Securities are to be authenticated,
(ii) whether the Securities are to be Initial Securities or Exchange Securities,
(iii) whether the Securities are to be issued as one or more Global Securities or Certificated Securities, and
(iv) other information the Issuer may determine to include or the Trustee may reasonably request.
(2) In the case of Exchange Securities, effectiveness of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement and consummation of the exchange offer thereunder (and receipt by the Trustee of an Officers Certificate to that effect). Initial Securities exchanged for Exchange Securities will be cancelled by the Trustee.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except as provided in Section 2.06, the Issuer may not authorize, and the Trustee may not authenticate, the issuance of the Securities other than in connection with the securities exchange contemplated in this Indenture prior to the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date, which in the case of each issuance of the Securities (except as provided in Section 2.06) shall be evidenced by (x) the certification of the Issuer in the relevant Authentication Order to the effect that the Securities covered by such Authentication Order are issued in connection with such securities exchange and (b) countersignature of the GSMP Purchasers on such Authentication Order confirming that such issuance occurs in connection with the securities exchange contemplated in this Indenture prior to the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date. The Securities issued pursuant to each Authentication Order shall evidence the same Debt and shall represent a single class of Securities for all purposes of this Indenture.
SECTION 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the
40
Registrar ) and an office or agency where Securities may be presented for payment (the Paying Agent ) and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Securities and the Indenture may be served. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term Paying Agent includes any additional paying agent.
The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 13.02.
The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer shall give prompt notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
The Issuer initially designates the Corporate Trust Office as such office of the Issuer in accordance with this Section 2.03.
The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA not otherwise excluded hereunder to the extent applicable after a TIA Event. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. Either the Issuer or any domestically organized Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or transfer agent.
The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Securities.
Upon issuance of any Global Securities, the Issuer shall appoint DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Securities, and the Trustee shall initially be the securities custodian with respect to any Global Securities.
The Issuer may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee, provided that no such removal shall become effective until (1) acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (2) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (1) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon not less than 10 Business Days prior written notice to the Issuer; provided , however , that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08.
41
SECTION 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. By 10:00 a.m. on the Business Day prior to each due date of the principal and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any Security, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, when so becoming due. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Securityholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment within one Business Day thereof. If the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.
Any money deposited with any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer or a permitted Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary in trust for the payment of principal or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal and interest and Additional Interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer at its request, or, if then held by the Issuer or a permitted Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, shall be discharged from such trust; and the Securityholders shall thereafter, as general unsecured creditors, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Paying Agent with respect to such money, and all liability of the Issuer or such permitted Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.
SECTION 2.05 Securityholder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Securityholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Securityholders.
SECTION 2.06 Replacement Securities. If a mutilated Security is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Security claims that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (i) notifies the Issuer or the Trustee within a reasonable time after he has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (ii) makes such request to the Issuer or the Trustee prior to the Security being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a protected purchaser ) and (iii) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee and the Issuer including evidence of the destruction, loss or theft of the Security. Such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and any co-registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the
42
Holder for their expenses in replacing a Security including the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be required. In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may pay such Security instead of issuing a new Security in replacement thereof.
Every replacement Security is an additional obligation of the Issuer.
The provisions of this Section 2.06 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Securities.
SECTION 2.07 Outstanding Securities. Securities outstanding at any time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Subject to Section 13.06, a Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Security.
If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.06, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Security is held by a protected purchaser.
If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date, repurchase date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or repurchased or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Securityholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Securities (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.
SECTION 2.08 Temporary Securities. Until Certificated Securities and Global Securities are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of Certificated Securities but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Certificated Securities or Global Securities, as the case may be, and deliver them in exchange for temporary Securities upon surrender of such temporary Securities at the office or agency of the Issuer, without charge to the Holder.
SECTION 2.09 Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and deliver canceled Securities to the Issuer, or if the Issuer so agrees, may destroy canceled Securities, in accordance with the Trustees customary procedures. The Issuer shall not issue new Securities to replace Securities that have been redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Securities in place of canceled Securities other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.
43
SECTION 2.10 CUSIP Numbers. The Issuer in issuing the Securities may use CUSIP numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in CUSIP numbers.
SECTION 2.11 Registration, Transfer and Exchange.
(a) The Securities will be issued in registered form only, without coupons, and the Issuer shall cause the Trustee to maintain a register (the Register ) of the Securities, for registering the record ownership of the Securities by the Holders and transfers and exchanges of the Securities.
(b) (1) Each Global Security will be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and, so long as DTC is serving as the Depositary thereof, will bear the DTC Legend.
(2) Each Global Security will be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary. Transfers of a Global Security (but not a beneficial interest therein) will be limited to transfers thereof in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees, except (i) as set forth in Section 2.11(b)(4) and (ii) transfers of portions thereof in the form of Certificated Securities may be made upon request of an Agent Member (for itself or on behalf of a beneficial owner) by written notice given to the Trustee by or on behalf of the Depositary in accordance with customary procedures of the Depositary and in compliance with this Section and Section 2.12.
(3) Agent Members will have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security held on their behalf by the Depositary, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner and Holder of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Depositary or its nominee may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person (including any Agent Member and any Person that holds a beneficial interest in a Global Security through an Agent Member) to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Securities, and nothing herein will impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of any security.
(4) If (x) the Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for a Global Security and a successor depositary
44
is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of the notice or (y) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Trustee has received a request from the Depositary, the Trustee will promptly exchange each beneficial interest in the Global Security for one or more Certificated Securities in authorized denominations having an equal aggregate principal amount registered in the name of the owner of such beneficial interest, as identified to the Trustee by the Depositary, and thereupon the Global Security will be deemed canceled. If such Security does not bear the Restricted Legend, then the Certificated Securities issued in exchange therefor will not bear the Restricted Legend. If such Security bears the Restricted Legend, then the Certificated Securities issued in exchange therefor will bear the Restricted Legend.
(c) Each Certificated Security will be registered in the name of the Holder thereof or its nominee.
(d) A Holder may transfer a Security (or a beneficial interest therein) to another Person or exchange a Security (or a beneficial interest therein) for another Security or Securities of any authorized denomination by presenting to the Trustee a written request therefor stating the name of the proposed transferee or requesting such an exchange, accompanied by any certification, opinion or other document required by Section 2.12. The Trustee will promptly register any transfer or exchange that meets the requirements of this Section by noting the same in the register maintained by the Trustee for such purpose; provided that
(x) no transfer or exchange will be effective until it is registered in such register; and
(y) the Trustee will not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security for a period of 15 days before a selection of Securities to be redeemed or purchased pursuant to a Repurchase Offer, (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption or purchase in whole or in part, except, in the case of a partial redemption or purchase, that portion of any Security not being redeemed or purchased, or (iii) if a redemption or a purchase pursuant to a Repurchase Offer is to occur after a regular record date but on or before the corresponding interest payment date, to register the transfer of or exchange any Security on or after the regular record date and before the date of redemption or purchase. Prior to the registration of any transfer, the Issuer, the Trustee and their agents will treat the Person in whose name the Security is registered as the owner and Holder thereof for all purposes (whether or not the Security is overdue), and will not be affected by notice to the contrary.
From time to time the Issuer will execute and the Trustee will authenticate additional Securities as necessary in order to permit the registration of a transfer or exchange in accordance with this Section.
45
No service charge will be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of any Security, but the Issuer and the Trustee/Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than a transfer tax or other similar governmental charge payable upon exchange pursuant to subsection (b)(4)).
(e) (1) Global Security to Global Security . If a beneficial interest in a Global Security is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Security, the Trustee will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Security being transferred or exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like increase in the principal amount of the other Global Security. Any beneficial interest in one Global Security that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Security, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Security, will, upon transfer or exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Security and become an interest in the other Global Security and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer and exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Security for as long as it remains such an interest.
(2) Global Security to Certificated Security . If a beneficial interest in a Global Security is transferred or exchanged for a Certificated Security, the Trustee will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Security equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) deliver one or more new Certificated Securities in authorized denominations having an equal aggregate principal amount to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the owner of such beneficial interest (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or owner, as applicable.
(3) Certificated Security to Global Security . If a Certificated Security is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Security, the Trustee will (x) cancel such Certificated Security, (y) record an interest or an increase in the principal amount of such Global Security equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Certificated Security, deliver to the Holder thereof one or more new Certificated Securities in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Certificated Security, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.
(4) Certificated Security to Certificated Security . If a Certificated Security is transferred or exchanged for another Certificated Security, the Trustee will (x) cancel the Certificated Security being transferred or exchanged, (y) deliver one or more new Certificated Securities in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the Holder of the canceled Certificated Security (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or
46
exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Certificated Security, deliver to the Holder thereof one or more Certificated Securities in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Certificated Security, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.
SECTION 2.12 Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange.
(a) The transfer or exchange of any Security (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made in accordance with this Section and Section 2.11 and, in the case of a Global Security (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee shall refuse to register any requested transfer or exchange that does not comply with the preceding sentence.
(b) Subject to paragraphs (c) and (d), the transfer or exchange of any Security (or a beneficial interest therein) of the type set forth in column A below for a Security (or a beneficial interest therein) of the type set forth opposite in column B below may only be made in compliance with the certification requirements (if any) described in the clause of this paragraph set forth opposite in column C below.
A |
B |
C |
||||
U.S. Global Security | U.S. Global Security | (1) | ||||
U.S. Global Security | Offshore Global Security | (2) | ||||
U.S. Global Security | Certificated Security | (3) | ||||
Offshore Global Security | U.S. Global Security | (4) | ||||
Offshore Global Security | Offshore Global Security | (1) | ||||
Offshore Global Security | Certificated Security | (5) | ||||
Certificated Security | U.S. Global Security | (4) | ||||
Certificated Security | Offshore Global Security | (2) | ||||
Certificated Security | Certificated Security | (3) |
(1) No certification is required.
(2) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee a duly completed Regulation S Certificate; provided that if the requested transfer or exchange is made by the Holder of a Certificated Security that does not bear the Restricted Legend, then no certification is required.
47
(3) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee (x) a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate, (y) a duly completed Regulation S Certificate or (z) a duly completed Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate, and/or an Opinion of Counsel and such other certifications and evidence as the Issuer may reasonably require in order to determine that the proposed transfer or exchange is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States; provided that if the requested transfer or exchange is made by the Holder of a Certificated Security that does not bear the Restricted Legend, then no certification is required. In the event that (i) the requested transfer or exchange takes place after the Restricted Period and a duly completed Regulation S Certificate is delivered to the Trustee or (ii) a Certificated Security that does not bear the Restricted Legend is surrendered for transfer or exchange, upon transfer or exchange the Trustee will deliver a Certificated Security that does not bear the Restricted Legend.
(4) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate.
(5) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no such exchange is permitted if the requested exchange involves a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Security. If the requested transfer or exchange involves a beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Security, no certification is required and the Trustee will deliver a Certificated Security that does not bear the Restricted Legend.
(c) No certification is required in connection with any transfer or exchange of any Security (or a beneficial interest therein)
(1) after such Security is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or a successor provision); provided that the Issuer has provided the Trustee with an Officers Certificate to that effect, and the Issuer may require from any Person requesting a transfer or exchange in reliance upon this clause (1) an opinion of counsel and any other reasonable certifications and evidence in order to support such certificate; or
(2) (x) sold pursuant to an effective registration statement, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise or (y) which is validly tendered for exchange into an Exchange Security pursuant to an Exchange Offer.
Any Certificated Security delivered in reliance upon this paragraph will not bear the Restricted Legend.
(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, until the Trigger Date, no Security may be transferred to any Person other than a Holder or its Affiliates without the consent of the Issuer (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The restrictions of this clause (d) shall not apply (i) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an
48
Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(1), (2), (9) or (10) and (ii) to a pledge of any Security by its Holder as collateral for such Holders obligations and the foreclosure or other exercise of such pledge by a pledgee thereunder.
(e) The Trustee will retain copies of all certificates, opinions and other documents received in connection with the transfer or exchange of a Security (or a beneficial interest therein), and the Issuer will have the right to inspect and make copies thereof at any reasonable time upon written notice to the Trustee.
SECTION 2.13 Reg S Temporary Offshore Global Securities.
(a) Each Security originally sold in reliance upon Regulation S will be evidenced by one or more Offshore Global Securities that bear the Temporary Offshore Global Security Legend.
(b) An owner of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Security (or a Person acting on behalf of such an owner) may provide to the Trustee (and the Trustee will accept) a duly completed Certificate of Beneficial Ownership at any time after the Restricted Period (it being understood that the Trustee will not accept any such certificate during the Restricted Period). Promptly after acceptance of a Certificate of Beneficial Ownership with respect to such a beneficial interest, the Trustee will cause such beneficial interest to be exchanged for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Security, and will (x) permanently reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Offshore Global Security by the amount of such beneficial interest and (y) increase the principal amount of such Permanent Offshore Global Security by the amount of such beneficial interest.
(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b), if after the Restricted Period the Initial Purchaser owns a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Security, the Initial Purchaser may, upon written request to the Trustee accompanied by a certification as to its status as the Initial Purchaser, exchange such beneficial interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Security, and the Trustee will comply with such request and will (x) permanently reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Offshore Global Security by the amount of such beneficial interest and (y) increase the principal amount of such Permanent Offshore Global Security by the amount of such beneficial interest.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any owner of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Security shall not be entitled to receive payment of principal or interest on such beneficial interest or other amounts in respect of such beneficial interest until such beneficial interest is exchanged for an interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Security or transferred for an interest in another Global Security or a Certificated Security.
SECTION 2.14 Defaulted Interest. If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Securities, the Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the
49
persons who are Securityholders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly send or cause to be sent to each Securityholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.
The Issuer may make payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements (if applicable) of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this paragraph, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION
SECTION 3.01 Notices to Trustee. If the Issuer elects to redeem Securities pursuant to Section 3.07, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the redemption date, the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur.
The Issuer shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section at least 60 days before the redemption date unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel from the Issuer to the effect that such redemption shall comply with the conditions herein. If fewer than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Issuer and given to the Trustee, which record date shall be not fewer than 30 days after the date of notice to the Trustee, unless the Trustee otherwise agrees. Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being sent to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.
SECTION 3.02 Selection. If less than all of the Securities are to be redeemed at any time, selection of Securities for redemption shall be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Securities are listed, or, if the Securities are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate; provided that no Securities of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. If any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Security shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the redemption price or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest ceases to accrue on Securities or portions of them called for redemption.
SECTION 3.03 Notice. The Issuer shall give Notices of redemption which shall be sent electronically or mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Securities or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of the Securities or portions of Securities to be redeemed.
50
The notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall state:
(a) the redemption date;
(b) the redemption price;
(c) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(d) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
(e) if fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Securities to be redeemed;
(f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;
(g) the Section hereof pursuant to which the Securities called for redemption are being redeemed;
(h) the CUSIP number, if any, printed on the Securities being redeemed; and
(i) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Securities.
At the Issuers request (which may be revoked at any time in writing prior to the time at which the Trustee shall have given such notice to the Holders), the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers name and at the Issuers expense. In such event, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section.
SECTION 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is sent, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on the date fixed for redemption and at the redemption price stated in the notice. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest, including Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date; provided that if the redemption date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, shall be payable to the Securityholder of the redeemed Securities registered at the close of business on the relevant record date. If sent in the manner herein, the notice shall be conclusively presumed to have been given whether or not the Holder receives such notice. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.
SECTION 3.05 Deposit of Redemption Price. By 10:00 a.m. on the Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest, including Additional
51
Interest, if any, on all Securities to be redeemed on the redemption date other than Securities or portions of Securities called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. If the redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Security is registered at the close of business on such record date.
SECTION 3.06 Securities Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuers expense) a new Security equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.
SECTION 3.07 Optional Redemption.
(a) Except as set forth in Section 3.07(b) or (c), the Securities may not be redeemed prior to January 1, 2013. On that date and thereafter, the Securities shall be subject to redemption at any time at the option of the Issuer, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on January 1of the years indicated below:
Year |
Percentage | |||
2013 |
106 | % | ||
2014 |
103 | % | ||
2015 and thereafter |
100 | % |
provided , however , that any such redemption shall be subject to Section 3.07(d).
(b) In addition, at any time and from time to time, prior to January 1, 2013, subject to Section 3.07(d), the Issuer may redeem up to 40% of the sum of the original aggregate principal amount of Securities issued on all Issue Dates at a redemption price of 112% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), with the net cash proceeds of an offering of common stock of the Issuer or an offering of common stock of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, the net cash proceeds of which are contributed as common equity capital to the Issuer; provided that (1) at least 60% of the sum of the original aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and (2) such redemption shall occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of such public offering.
(c) At any time prior to January 1, 2013, subject to Section 3.07(d), the Securities may be redeemed in whole or in part at the option of the Issuer. The redemption price will be equal to (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Securities, plus (ii) accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the rights of Holders on relevant record dates to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), plus (iii) the Applicable Premium, if any.
(d) Any redemption pursuant to Section 3.07 (a), (b) or (c) shall be in a minimum aggregate principal amount of Securities of $5,000,000 (or, if less, the entire principal amount of Securities then outstanding).
52
SECTION 3.08 No Sinking Fund. There shall be no sinking fund for the payment of principal on the Securities to the Securityholders.
SECTION 3.09 Repurchase Offers.
(a) If the Issuer shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Securities (a Repurchase Offer ) pursuant to Section 4.06 (an Asset Sale Offer ) or pursuant to Section 4.08 (a Change of Control Offer ), the Issuer shall follow the procedures specified in this Section 3.09:
(1) Within 30 days after (A) a Change of Control (unless (1) the Issuer is not required to make such offer pursuant to Section 4.08(b) or (2) all Securities have been called for redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(a) or (c)) or (B) the date on which the Issuer is required to make an Asset Sale Offer pursuant to Section 4.06, the Issuer shall commence a Repurchase Offer, which shall remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement (the Offer Period ), by sending a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, by electronic transmission or by first class mail, which notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable the Holders to tender Securities pursuant to such Repurchase Offer. Such notice, which shall govern the terms of the Repurchase Offer, shall describe the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control or Asset Sale requiring an Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be, and shall state:
(i) that the Repurchase Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.06 or 4.08, as the case may be;
(ii) the principal amount of Securities required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.06, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, or that the Issuer is required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding principal amount of Securities, in the case of a Change of Control Offer (such amount, the Offer Amount ), the purchase price and, that on the date specified in such notice (the Purchase Date ), which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent, the Issuer shall repurchase an Offer Amount of Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.06 or 4.08, as applicable;
(iii) that any Security not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;
53
(iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, Securities accepted for payment pursuant to the Repurchase Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;
(v) that Holders electing to have a Security purchased pursuant to a Repurchase Offer may elect to have all or any portion of such Security purchased;
(vi) that Holders electing to have a Security purchased pursuant to any Repurchase Offer shall be required to surrender the Security, with the form entitled Option of Holder to Elect Purchase on the reverse of the Security, or such other customary documents of surrender and transfer as the Issuer may reasonably request, duly completed, or transfer the Security by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, or the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the Purchase Date;
(vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, in each case with a copy to the Trustee, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Security the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Security purchased;
(viii) that, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, if the aggregate principal amount of Securities surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be purchased on a pro rata basis (based upon the outstanding principal amount thereof), with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer so that only Securities in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased;
(ix) that Holders whose Securities are purchased only in part shall be issued new Securities equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer); and
(x) the CUSIP number, if any, printed on the Securities being repurchased and that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Securities.
(2) On (or at the Issuers election, before) the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, (A) to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, the Securities or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Repurchase Offer and not theretofore withdrawn,
54
or if Securities aggregating less than the Offer Amount have been tendered, or in the case of a Change of Control Offer all Securities tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers Certificate stating that such Securities or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09, (B) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the payment required in respect of all Securities or portions thereof so tendered and (C) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Securities so accepted together with an Officers Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Securities or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuer. The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment or the payment due to each respective Holder in respect of the Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, with respect to the Securities tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Security, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Issuer, shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Security to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Securities so surrendered, provided that each such new Security shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. Any Security not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. On the Purchase Date, all Securities purchased by the Issuer shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. All Securities or portions thereof purchased pursuant to the Repurchase Offer shall be canceled by the Trustee. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Repurchase Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date, but in no case more than five Business Days thereafter. For the purposes of the preceding sentence, it shall be sufficient for the Issuer to publish the results of the Repurchase Offer on its website on the world wide web.
If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the Purchase Date interest shall cease to accrue on the Securities or the portions of Securities repurchased. If a Security is repurchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Security was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Security called is not repurchased upon surrender because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest, including Additional Interest, if any, shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Purchase Date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Securities and in Section 4.01.
(b) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the Repurchase Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 3.09, the Issuer shall comply with such securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 3.09 by virtue thereof.
55
(c) Once notice of repurchase is sent in accordance with this Section 3.09, all Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn (or, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, if the Issuer is not required to repurchase all of such Securities then the pro rata portion of such Securities that the Issuer may be required to purchase pursuant to Section 3.02 and/or 4.06, as applicable) become irrevocably due and payable on the Purchase Date at the purchase price specified herein. A notice of repurchase may not be conditional.
(d) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.06 or 4.08, as applicable, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to Sections 3.02 and 3.06.
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
SECTION 4.01 Payment of Securities.
(a) The Issuer shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities and in this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, in accordance with this Indenture available funds sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Securityholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. If the Issuer is required by applicable law to deduct or withhold any taxes from any payments of principal of, premium, interest or Additional Interest on the Securities, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this sentence), the Holders receive an amount equal to the sum they would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the Issuer shall make such deductions or withholdings and (iii) the Issuer shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant governmental authority within the time allowed and in accordance with applicable law; provided , however , that no additional amounts shall be payable on any Security in respect of any U.S. federal withholding tax or any other tax imposed, deducted or withheld by reason of any present or former connection between the Holder or beneficial owner of such Security and the jurisdiction imposing such tax (other than the receipt of payments on such Security, the acquisition, ownership or disposition of such Security or enforcement of, or exercise of rights under, such Security or this Indenture).
(b) The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate and in the manner specified therefor in the Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. The Issuer shall pay interest at a default rate under the circumstances specified in the Securities.
(c) Principal, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities will be payable at the office or agency of the Paying Agent or, at
56
the option of the Issuer, payment of interest, including Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Securities at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders related to the Securities; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, with respect to any Securities the Holders of which have given wire transfer instructions to the Issuer will be required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof.
SECTION 4.02 Reports.
(a) The Issuer shall provide to the Holders and the Trustee (which may be by electronic means):
(1) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer ending after the Closing Date, a copy of the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year and reported on by independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing;
(2) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Issuer ending after the Closing Date, copies of the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of each such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such quarterly period and the portion of the fiscal year through such date, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding quarter in, and year-to-date portion of, the previous year, certified by the chief financial officer, controller or treasurer of the Issuer as being fairly stated in all material respects.
(b) The Issuer shall furnish to the Holders, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. At all times after a TIA Event, the Issuer also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA § 314(a).
(c) Delivery of the reports and information to the Trustee under this Section 4.02 is for informational purposes only, and the Trustees receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute notice of any information contained therein.
SECTION 4.03 Incurrence of Debt and Issuance of Preferred Stock.
(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, incur ) any Debt (including Acquired Debt and Attributable Debt), and the Issuer shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that, subject to Section 4.19, the Issuer and any
57
Restricted Subsidiary may incur Debt (including Acquired Debt and Attributable Debt) and any Guarantor may issue Preferred Stock if the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuers most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Debt is incurred or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Debt had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period (the Coverage Ratio Exception ); and, provided , further , that Debt (including Acquired Debt and Attributable Debt) incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception shall not exceed $100.0 million.
(b) The provisions of Section 4.03(a) shall not apply to any of the following items of Debt or Preferred Stock (collectively, Permitted Debt ), which shall, however, be subject to Section 4.19:
(1) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Debt, including bankers acceptances (with letters of credit and bankers acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) under Credit Facilities (including Guarantees of such Debt by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Debt outstanding pursuant to this clause (1) does not exceed $2,650.0 million incurred, in the aggregate, pursuant to the ABL revolving credit facility portion and the term loan facility portion of the Senior Credit Facility , and (ii) at all times while the GS Parties constitute the Required Holders, such amount shall be reduced by the cumulative Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale to the extent applied pursuant to Section 4.06 to prepayments of Debt under Credit Facilities, provided that once this condition is no longer applicable, the reduction or reductions shall be reversed;
(2) (a) the incurrence by the Issuer of Debt represented by the Securities issued on each Issue Date and by the Exchange Securities including any Guarantees thereof issued from time to time in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Securities pursuant to this Indenture, and (b) the incurrence by the guarantors of the Securities permitted to be incurred pursuant the foregoing clause (2)(a) of Debt represented by the guarantees of such Securities;
(3) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of (i) Debt (including Capital Lease Obligations) incurred within 270 days of the acquisition, construction, lease or improvement of property to finance the acquisition, construction, lease or improvement of such property (real or personal) (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets), provided that the aggregate amount of Debt incurred pursuant to this clause (3)(i) at any time outstanding (when aggregated with all Permitted Refinancing Debt in respect thereof) shall not exceed $40.0 million and (ii) Acquired Debt; provided that after giving effect to the incurrence of Acquired
58
Debt pursuant to this clause (3)(ii) either (x) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (y) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be at least equal to or greater than such Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition;
(4) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Debt in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Debt incurred pursuant to clauses (3), (4), (5), (6) or (7);
(5) the incurrence or issuance of Debt or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries under local working capital lines in an aggregate amount not to exceed (together with the amount of any Guarantee pursuant to clause (9) below), other than any Guarantee of Debt incurred pursuant to this clause (5)) $150.0 million at any time outstanding;
(6) the incurrence by the Issuer of intercompany Debt or Preferred Stock owed or issued to and held by any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or the incurrence by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor of intercompany Debt or Preferred Stock owed or issued to and held by the Issuer or any other Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, provided , however , that (a) any such Debt or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be expressly subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Securities or the Securities Guarantee issued by such Guarantor and (b)(i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests or other action that results in any such Debt or Preferred Stock being held by a Person other than the Issuer, a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Debt or Preferred Stock to a Person that is neither the Issuer, a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Debt or issuance of such Preferred Stock by the Issuer, such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);
(7) any Debt of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date (other than Debt described in clauses (1) or (2));
(8) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are incurred (a) principally for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Debt that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding or (b) principally for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk or commodity price risk incurred in the ordinary course of business;
59
(9) (a) the incurrence of any Guarantee by the Issuer or any Guarantor of Debt of the Issuer or a Guarantor or of any Foreign Subsidiary (which Debt of any such Foreign Subsidiary shall not exceed (together with the amount of any Debt or Preferred Stock incurred under clause (5)) $150.0 million at any time outstanding), in each case, which Debt was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant and (b) the incurrence of any Guarantee by any Foreign Subsidiary of Debt of another Foreign Subsidiary;
(10) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Debt (which may comprise Debt under the Senior Credit Facility) in an aggregate principal amount, and the issuance by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors of Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference, at any time outstanding, pursuant to this clause (10) not to exceed an amount equal to $60.0 million;
(11) (x) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Guarantor of Debt or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Debt incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted hereunder; provided that if such Debt is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary or the Issuer, as applicable, any such guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Debt shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantors Guarantee with respect to the Securities substantially to the same extent as such Debt is subordinated to the Securities or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, (y) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of Debt of another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor incurred in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, and (z) any guarantee by a Guarantor of Debt of the Issuer incurred in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;
(12) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Guarantor; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Guarantor or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Guarantor) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted under this clause (12);
(13) Debt incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);
(14) Debt in respect of customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations not in connection with money borrowed, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business;
60
(15) Debt in respect of any bankers acceptance, bank guarantees, letter of credit, warehouse receipt or similar facilities entered into in the ordinary course of business (including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Debt with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims);
(16) Guarantees (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of (or to) suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees or (ii) otherwise constituting Permitted Investments or Restricted Investments permitted by Section 4.04;
(17) Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (i) financing of insurance premiums in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $15.0 million at any time outstanding or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply agreements, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money;
(18) Debt representing deferred compensation to employees of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(19) Debt arising from agreements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case entered into in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or Capital Stock permitted hereunder, other than any such obligations incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Capital Stock for the purpose of financing such acquisition, provided that such amount is not Debt reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with GAAP (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this proviso);
(20) Debt consisting of promissory notes issued by the Issuer or any Guarantor to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees (or their respective spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees) to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 4.04;
(21) Debt arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Debt is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;
61
(22) cash management obligations and Debt in respect of netting services, overdraft facilities, employee credit card programs, cash pooling arrangements or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; provided that, with respect to any cash pooling arrangements, the total amount of all deposits subject to any such cash pooling arrangement at all times equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts that may be subject to such cash pooling arrangements; and
(23) Attributable Debt in respect of any sale and leaseback transaction of property (real or personal), equipment or other fixed or capital assets owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Transactions in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100.0 million.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision in this covenant, the maximum amount of Debt that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies.
(d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03:
(1) the outstanding principal amount of any particular Debt shall be counted only once such that (without limitation) any obligation arising under any guarantee, Lien, letter of credit or similar instrument supporting such Debt (to the extent such guarantee, Lien, letter of credit or similar instrument is otherwise permitted to be incurred) shall be disregarded;
(2) in the event that an item of Debt (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (10) of the definition of Permitted Debt above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify (and may, from time to time, re-classify) such item of Debt (or such portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and such item of Debt (or such portion thereof) shall be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such clauses or pursuant to the first paragraph hereof, and additionally, all or any portion of any item of Debt may later be reclassified as having been incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under any category of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (22) above so long as such Debt is permitted to be incurred pursuant to such provision at the time of reclassification; provided that all outstanding Debt under the Senior Credit Facility immediately following the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date shall be deemed to have been incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt and provided further that at all times while the GS Parties constitute the Required Holders, any Debt incurred to refinance the Credit Facilities shall be incurred first under clause (1) hereof; and
62
(3) accrual of interest or dividends (including the issuance of pay in kind securities in respect of such accrued interest or dividends), the accretion of accreted value or liquidation preference and the extension of maturity shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Debt or issuance of Preferred Stock; provided , in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Consolidated Interest Expense of the Issuer as accrued.
(e) In addition to, and not in limitation of, any other restriction imposed by this Section 4.03, all intercompany Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries owed to Univar or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, to the extent not then contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer (i) shall have a Stated Maturity no earlier than, and shall not be subject to amortization or mandatory prepayment thereof prior to, twelve months after the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities ( provided that this clause (i) shall only apply to the intercompany Debt that remains outstanding on or after January 17, 2011), (ii) shall provide for interest to be accrued and capitalized or paid in kind and not paid in cash, or, if payment in cash is permitted as an option to payment in kind, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will pay interest on such Debt only in kind, (iii) shall be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior repayment of all other Debt of the Issuer (with complete prohibition on the exercise of remedies so long as any Securities are outstanding); provided that, if such Debt is incurred by a person that is not a Guarantor, the holder of such Debt shall effect such subordination through a turnover agreement or other similar contractual arrangements as reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders.
SECTION 4.04 Restricted Payments.
(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution (including any payment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) on account of the Issuers or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Equity Interests (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Issuer and dividends payable to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary);
(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including any acquisition or retirement by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any merger or consolidation) any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by Persons other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(3) make any principal payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or Stated Maturity, any Subordinated Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor (excluding any intercompany Debt between
63
the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Debt, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or Stated Maturity, of the Issuer or any Guarantor in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment, mandatory redemption or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement; or
(4) make any Restricted Investment,
(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as Restricted Payments ), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
(i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
(ii) the Issuer would, after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; and
(iii) such Restricted Payment, together with (without duplication) the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3)(A), (5) (except with respect to payments pursuant to Section (4)(e) of the definition of Specified Affiliate Payments), (12), and (13) and excluding 50% of any Restricted Payments under clause (7) (to the extent such payment is not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income) or 100% of such payment under such clause (7) (if such payment is deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum (without duplication) (the Restricted Payments Basket ) of:
(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter containing the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date to the end of the Issuers most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus
(B) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds and fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by the Issuer from the issue or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, or from capital contributions with respect to, Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Equity Interests, Excluded Cash Contributions and the proceeds of the CD&R Purchase Transaction), in either case after the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date; plus
64
(C) the amount by which the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if less) of Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is reduced on the Issuers consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange after the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date of that Debt for Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests, Excluded Cash Contributions and the proceeds of the CD&R Purchase Transaction) of the Issuer, together with the net proceeds and fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by the Issuer at the time of such conversion or exchange, if any, less the amount of any cash, or the fair market value of any property (other than such Equity Interests or any proceeds of the CD&R Purchase Transaction), distributed by the Issuer upon such conversion or exchange;
(D) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer since the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date from Restricted Investments (other than any component of the CD&R Purchase Transaction, to the extent such component constitutes a Restricted Investment), whether through interest payments, principal payments, dividends or other distributions and payments, or the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) thereof made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for such period; plus
(E) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets.
65
(b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit:
(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at such date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture, or the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Subordinated Debt, if at the date of any irrevocable redemption notice such payment would have complied with this Section 4.04;
(2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Issuer; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment are designated in an Officers Certificate as Excluded Cash Contributions and shall not increase the Restricted Payments Basket;
(3) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of Subordinated Debt or Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Guarantor (A) made by an exchange for, or with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of, Permitted Refinancing Debt or (B) upon a Change of Control or Asset Sale to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Debt but only if the Issuer shall have complied with Section 4.08 or, as the case may be, 4.06 and purchased all Securities validly tendered pursuant to the relevant offer prior to purchasing or repaying such Subordinated Debt;
(4) [Reserved]
(5) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Specified Affiliate Payments;
(6) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;
(7) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20.0 million; provided that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing at the time of any such Restricted Payment after giving effect thereto;
(8) Restricted Payments to purchase or otherwise acquire outstanding Equity Interests of Univar from minority shareholders holding Shares of Univar not acquired in connection with the tender offer described in the Offer Memorandum; provided that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing at the time of any such Restricted Payment after giving effect thereto;
(9) distributions of Capital Stock or Debt of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
66
(10) the payment of dividends on the Issuers common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, as the case may be, to fund the payment by any such parent company of the Issuer of dividends on such entitys common stock) following the first public offering of the Issuers common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Closing Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer after the Closing Date in any such public offering, other than public offerings of common stock of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Cash Contribution; and
(11) the declaration and payments of dividends on Disqualified Stock issued pursuant to Section 4.03; provided , however, that, at the time of payment of such dividend, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom);
(12) (i) payment of the GS Parties transaction expenses and (ii) payment by the Issuer of the CD&R Purchase Transaction Fee to the extent permitted by Section 4.07(b)(10); and
(13) Restricted Payments made on or prior to July 1, 2011 by means of the repayment or prepayment in full of the outstanding Parent Subordinated Notes from (i) the proceeds of the issuance of the Equity Interests of the Issuer to the CD&R Group pursuant to the CD&R Purchase Agreement, (ii) the proceeds of the incurrence by the Issuer on the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date of an additional $300,000,000 of Opco Tranche C Term Loans under and as defined in the Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement comprising the Senior Credit Facility and (iii) up to $160,000,000 from the borrowings under the Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement comprising the Senior Credit Facility or other cash of the Issuer.
(c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer.
(d) In addition, if any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) in which an Investment is made, which Investment constituted a Restricted Payment when made, thereafter becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investments previously made in such Person shall no longer be counted as Restricted Payments for purposes of calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(iii) to the extent that such Investments would not have been Restricted Payments had such Person been a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Investments were made.
67
(e) In making the computations required by this covenant:
(1) the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary may use audited financial statements for the portions of the relevant period for which audited financial statements are available on the date of determination and unaudited financial statements and other current financial data based on the books and records of the Issuer for the remaining portion of such period; and
(2) the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary shall be permitted to rely in good faith on the financial statements and other financial data derived from the books and records of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiary that are available on the date of determination.
(f) If the Issuer makes a Restricted Payment that, at the time of the making of such Restricted Payment, would in the good faith determination of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary be permitted under the requirements of this Indenture, such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to have been made in compliance with this Indenture notwithstanding any subsequent adjustments made in good faith to the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiarys financial statements, affecting Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for any period. For the avoidance of doubt, it is expressly agreed that no payment or other transaction permitted by clauses (1) or (5) of Section 4.07(b) below, shall be considered a Restricted Payment for purposes of, or otherwise restricted by, this Indenture.
(g) The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding investments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of Investments. Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 4.04 or the definition of Permitted Investments and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
SECTION 4.05 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.
(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
(1) (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (A) on its Capital Stock or (B) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or (ii) pay any Debt owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
68
(2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
(b) Notwithstanding Section 4.05(a), such section shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions:
(1) under contracts in effect on the Closing Date, including the Senior Credit Facility and the related documentation;
(2) under this Indenture, the Securities and related Guarantees (including any Exchange Securities and related Guarantees), and any other related agreement entered into after the Closing Date, provided that the encumbrances or restrictions in any such other agreement are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in this Indenture and the Securities;
(3) under any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (but not created in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;
(4) existing under or by reason of purchase money obligations (including Capital Lease Obligations) for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.05(a) above on the property so acquired;
(5) in the case of clause (3) of Section 4.05(a) above, (i) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment, or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, (ii) by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to any property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, (iii) contained in security agreements or mortgages securing Debt to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer of the property subject to such security agreements or mortgages, or (iv) any Lien on property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;
(6) existing under or by reason of contracts for the sale of assets, including any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition;
69
(7) on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by leases and customer contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(8) in customary form under joint venture agreements and other similar agreements which limitations are only applicable to the Person or assets that are the subject of such agreements (and any assets of such Person);
(9) any encumbrances or restrictions required by any governmental, local or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their businesses;
(10) contained in the terms governing any Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Indenture if (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer) (i) the encumbrances or restrictions are ordinary and customary for a financing of that type and (ii) the encumbrances or restrictions would not, at the time agreed to, be expected to materially adversely affect the ability of Issuer to make payments on the Securities;
(11) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;
(12) contained in the terms governing any Secured Debt otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under Sections 4.03 and 4.10 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Debt;
(13) existing under or by reason of any encumbrance or restriction of a Securitization Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; provided however , that such restrictions apply only to such Securitization Subsidiary; or
(14) under any Permitted Refinancing Debt or any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (10) above, provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings, taken as a whole, are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, not materially more restrictive with respect to such encumbrances or restrictions than those contained in such predecessor agreements.
SECTION 4.06 Asset Sales.
(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
(1) the Issuer (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and
70
(2) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of
(x) cash or Cash Equivalents; or
(y) (i) all or substantially all of the assets of, or the majority of the Voting Stock of, another Person that thereupon becomes a Restricted Subsidiary engaging in, a Permitted Business; or
(ii) assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business.
For purposes of this Section 4.06(a)(2), each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:
(i) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet), of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Securities or, in the case of liabilities of a Guarantor, the Security Guarantee of such Guarantor) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets or discharged in connection with such Asset Sale;
(ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days after receipt; and
(iii) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 4.06(a)(2) that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of $20.0 million at the time of receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.
(b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Issuer (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds, at its option:
(1) to repay Senior Debt, Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) or Pari Passu Debt (in each case other than Debt owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer); provided that if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall so reduce Pari Passu Debt, it shall equally and ratably make an Asset Sale Offer to the Holders (in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.06(c) and Section 3.09 for an Asset Sale Offer);
71
(2) to make capital expenditures or to acquire properties or assets that shall be used or useful in the Permitted Business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
(3) to acquire a controlling interest in a Person engaged in a Permitted Business;
provided that if during such 365-day period the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of clause (2) or (3) of this Section 4.06(b) or if the application of such Net Proceeds is part of a project authorized by the Board of Directors that shall take longer than 365 days to complete, such 365 day period shall be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed until required to be paid in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement) or, until completion of such project, as the case may be. Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce borrowing under a Credit Facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.
(c) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the first sentence of Section 4.06(b) shall be deemed to constitute Excess Proceeds . When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million the Issuer shall:
(1) make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders in accordance with Section 3.09; and
(2) prepay, purchase or redeem (or make an offer to do so) any other Pari Passu Debt of the Issuer in accordance with provisions governing such Debt requiring the Issuer to prepay, purchase or redeem such Debt with the proceeds from any Asset Sales (or offer to do so),
pro rata in proportion to the respective principal amount of the Securities and such other Debt required to be prepaid, purchased or redeemed or tendered for, in the case of the Securities pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer to purchase the maximum principal amount of Securities that may be purchased out of such pro rata portion of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of purchase subject to the right of holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture and the Securities.
(d) If any Excess Proceeds remain after completion of an Asset Sale Offer and, if applicable, any prepayment, purchase, redemption or tender of or for Pari Passu Debt, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of the Securities surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the pro rata portion of
72
such Excess Proceeds to be used to purchase Securities, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be purchased on a pro rata basis as provided in Section 3.09. Upon completion of such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer may commence an Asset Sale Offer prior to the expiration of 365 days after the occurrence of an Asset Sale.
SECTION 4.07 Transactions with Affiliates.
(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance, guarantee or other transaction with, or for the benefit of, any Person that, prior to such transaction, was an Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an Affiliate Transaction ), unless:
(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and
(2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee:
(i) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction entered into after the Closing Date involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.07(a) and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by the Board of Directors; and
(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an investment banking, appraisal or accounting firm of national standing.
(b) Notwithstanding Section 4.07(a), none of the following shall be prohibited by this Section 4.07 (or be deemed to be an Affiliate Transactions):
(1) the payment of fees to the Sponsor and to the CD&R Group pursuant to the Management Agreements in an aggregate amount not to exceed $6.0 million in any fiscal year (plus customary out-of-pocket expense reimbursement and indemnity) so long as no Default or Event of Default under Sections 6.01(a)(1), (2), (9) or (10) shall have occurred and be continuing at the date of such payment or would result therefrom (it being understood that following the cure of such all Events of Default, such payments may be made),
(2) Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments permitted by this Indenture,
73
(3) the payment of the fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer in connection with this Indenture and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby,
(4) the issuance of Capital Stock or Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) to the management of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to arrangements described in clause (6) of this Section 4.07(b) or, if otherwise permitted hereunder, to any Affiliate of the Issuer,
(5) loans, advances and other transactions between or among the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent otherwise permitted under this Article 4,
(6) employment and severance arrangements between the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business,
(7) payments by the Issuer (and any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Subsidiaries pursuant to the tax sharing agreements among the Issuer (and any such parent) and the Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity,
(8) the payment of customary compensation and fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of (and entering into related agreements with), directors, managers, consultants, officers and employees of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or senior management thereof,
(9) transactions pursuant to agreements in existence on the Closing Date or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not materially adverse, taken as a whole, to the Holders,
(10) (x) payments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures but excluding the CD&R Purchase Transaction Fee, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, in good faith, and limited to 1% of completed transactions and (y) payment by the Issuer of the CD&R Purchase Transaction Fee;
74
(11) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Closing Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date shall only be permitted by this clause (11) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to holders of the Securities in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date,
(12) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms hereof that are fair to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been entered into at such time with an unaffiliated party; or
(13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith, or
(14) any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing.
SECTION 4.08 Change of Control.
(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless all Securities have been called for redemption pursuant to Section 3.07, each Holder of Securities shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holders Securities pursuant to a Change of Control Offer made pursuant to Section 3.09 at an offer price in cash (the Change of Control Payment ) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, thereon, if any, to the date of purchase.
(b) The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 3.09 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.
75
SECTION 4.09 Compliance Certificates. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer an Officers Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Issuer they would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do have such knowledge, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. At all times after a TIA Event, the Issuer also shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA.
The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any event within five Business Days after any Senior Officer of the Issuer becomes aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default or an event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officers Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or Default and the action which the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.
SECTION 4.10 Liens. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind securing Debt (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless all payments due under this Indenture and the Securities are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by such Lien or such other obligations are no longer obligations of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that:
(a) if such other Debt constitutes Subordinated Debt or is otherwise subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Obligations under this Indenture, the Securities or the Security Guarantees, such Lien is expressly made prior and senior in priority to the Lien securing such other Debt; or
(b) in any other case, such Lien ranks equally and ratably with or prior to the Lien securing the other Debt or obligations so secured.
SECTION 4.11 Additional Security Guarantees.
(a) If the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary after the Closing Date and such Domestic Subsidiary is a guarantor of any Obligations under a Credit Facility, then that newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor and execute a Security Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture within 10 Business Days of the later of (a) the date on which it was acquired or created or (b) on which it becomes a guarantor of such Credit Facility.
(b) Any Security Guarantee given by any Restricted Subsidiary shall be automatically released at such time as the holders of the Debt under the Credit Facility release their guarantees by such Restricted Subsidiary (including any deemed release upon payment in full of all obligations under such Debt).
(c) Any Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor shall do so by executing and delivering to the Trustee a supplemental indenture hereto as provided in Section 9.01.
76
SECTION 4.12 Business Activities. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as is not material to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
SECTION 4.13 Payments for Consent. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Securities unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment.
SECTION 4.14 Taxes. The Issuer shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies, which, if unpaid, might by law become a material liability or Lien upon the property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that the Issuer shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of the Issuer), are being maintained in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment will not be materially disadvantageous to the Holders.
SECTION 4.15 Corporate Existence. Except as otherwise provided in this Article 4 and Article 5, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with their respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time).
SECTION 4.16 Limitation on Layered Debt. The Issuer shall not incur any Debt that is (a) expressly subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Debt and (b) senior in any respect in right of payment of Securities. No Guarantor shall incur any Debt that is (a) expressly subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Debt and (b) senior in any respect in right of payment to the Security Guarantee of such Guarantor. In addition, neither the Issuer nor a Guarantor shall incur any Secured Debt (including any second lien debt) which is, by its express terms, subordinated as to rights to receive proceeds of collateral to any other Secured Debt of the Issuer or a Guarantor secured in whole or in part by the same collateral.
SECTION 4.17 Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, (a) transfer, convey, sell, issue, lease or otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests of any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer which is not a
77
Guarantor to any Person (other than to the Issuer, another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or, in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, as otherwise permitted by the second sentence of the definition of Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary), unless (i) such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition is of all the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.06; provided , however , that this Section 4.17 shall not restrict any pledge of Capital Stock of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries securing Debt under the Credit Facilities or other Debt permitted to be secured by Section 4.10 hereof, and (b) issue any Equity Interests of any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer which is not a Guarantor to any Person (other than, if necessary, shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary constituting directors qualifying shares or, in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, as otherwise permitted by the second sentence of the definition of Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary) other than to the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer.
SECTION 4.18 Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided , however , that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary (a) could have incurred Debt in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or Section 4.03(b)(23) and (b) disposed of the property or assets subject to such sale and leaseback transaction in compliance with Section 4.06.
SECTION 4.19 Additional Covenants relating to the GS Parties. So long as the GS Parties constitute the Required Holders,
(a) Debt of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries, including the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly (including through participations) issued to or acquired by an Affiliate (other than (x) investment funds managed by CVC Cordatus Group Limited or that are regularly and primarily engaged in the business of making debt or mezzanine investments and (y) Affiliated CD&R Debt Funds) of the Issuer (other than a direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) shall be Affiliate Subordinated Debt; provided , however , that the foregoing restriction shall not prohibit any purchase by the Initial Control Group, the CD&R Group or their respective Affiliates from unaffiliated third parties of up to one-third of the outstanding principal amount of any one or more classes of indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (it being understood and agreed that neither the GS Parties nor any Affiliate of the GS Parties shall be subject to this provisions of this Section solely by virtue of being included in the definition of the Initial Control Group or owning any Indebtedness of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or its Restricted Subsidiaries);
(b) The Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not be permitted to incur any Debt (including Acquired Debt and Attributable Debt) pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; and
(c) The Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be permitted to enter into any Securitization Financing or sell any Securitization Assets.
78
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSOR ISSUER
SECTION 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets of the Issuer.
(a) The Issuer shall not directly or indirectly consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to another Person unless:
(1) the Issuer is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; provided that if such surviving person is not a corporation, a corporate Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person organized under the laws of the United States, any state or the District of Columbia becomes a co-issuer of the Securities in connection therewith;
(2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Securities, this Indenture and any Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
(3) immediately after such transaction no Default exists;
(4) the Issuer or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made shall, at the time of such transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either (i) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (ii) have a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio at least equal to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer for such four-quarter reference period; and
(5) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.
79
(b) In addition, the Issuer may not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its and its Restricted Subsidiaries properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (3) and (4) (and, in the case of clause (1) below, clause (5)) of Section 5.01(a) shall not apply to:
(1) the consolidation or merger of the Issuer with or into a Restricted Subsidiary or the consolidation or merger of a Restricted Subsidiary with or into the Issuer or the transfer of assets to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or from a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer; and
(2) any merger or consolidation of the Issuer with an Affiliate formed solely for the purpose of reforming the Issuer in another jurisdiction or solely for the purpose of facilitating the formation of a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer.
(d) For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (including by way of merger or consolidation) of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer, which property or assets, if held by the Issuer instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer.
(e) Upon any consolidation or merger or any transfer (other than a lease) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with this Section 5.01, the successor entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer is merged or to which such transfer is made, shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under the Securities and this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor entity had been named in this Indenture as the Issuer, and the Issuer (except in the case of a transfer of less than all of the assets of the Issuer) shall be released from the obligations under the Securities, this Indenture and any Registration Rights Agreement.
(f) For the avoidance of doubt, the CD&R Purchase Transaction shall not be considered the sale of all or substantially all of the Issuers and its Restricted Subsidiarys assets for purposes of this Section 5.01.
SECTION 5.02 Merger or Consolidation of a Guarantor.
(a) No Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person (other than the Issuer or, in the case of a Guarantor, another Guarantor) unless:
(1) subject to the provisions of Section 10.02(b), the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Securities, this Indenture and any Registration Rights Agreement; and
(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default exists.
80
(b) Upon any consolidation or merger in which a Guarantor is not the continuing corporation in accordance with the foregoing, except as set forth in Section 11.02(b), the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, such Guarantor under its Guarantee, this Indenture and any Registration Rights Agreement with the same effect as if such surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) had been named as such.
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
SECTION 6.01 Events of Default and Remedies.
(a) Each of the following constitutes an Event of Default under this Indenture:
(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities (whether or not prohibited by Article 10);
(2) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Securities (including upon mandatory redemption), and any failure of the Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer when required or to purchase Securities required to be purchased in connection therewith (whether or not prohibited by Article 10);
(3) failure by the Issuer to comply with Section 5.01 or 5.03;
(4) failure by the Issuer for 30 days after receipt of notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities specifying such failure to comply with Section 4.03 or Section 4.04; provided , however , at all times while the GS Parties constitute the Required Holders, an Event of Default shall occur upon receipt of any such notice by the Issuer;
(5) failure by the Issuer for 60 days after receipt of notice given to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities outstanding specifying such failure to comply with any other Sections of this Indenture or the Securities; provided , however , at all times while the GS Parties constitute the Required Holders, such 60 day period shall be reduced to 30 days for any failure to comply with Section 4.07;
81
(6) (A) the failure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to pay any Debt within any applicable grace period after final maturity or acceleration by the holders thereof because of a default or (B) or a default occurs with respect to any Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor that ranks pari passu with the Securities or the relevant Security Guarantee or constitutes Subordinated Debt, which default permits the holder or holders thereof (or any trustee or agent on their behalf) to accelerate that Debt (giving effect to any applicable grace period), and, in the case of (A) or (B) the total amount of such Debt unpaid or accelerated or in default at the time exceeds $30.0 million;
(7) any judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of $30.0 million (net of any insurance or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to or within 60 days from the entry thereof, or which are covered by insurance (unless the Issuers insurance carriers have denied coverage in respect thereof) in the event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) is entered against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary and is not discharged, waived or stayed and either (A) an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree or (B) there is a period of 60 days following the entry of such judgment or decree during which such judgment or decree is not discharged, waived or the execution thereof stayed;
(8) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Security Guarantee by a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Security Guarantee;
(9) Holdco (for so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of Holdco), the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
(i) commences a voluntary case;
(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;
(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property;
(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
(v) or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency;
82
(10) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
(i) is for relief against Holdco (for so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of Holdco), the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;
(ii) appoints a Custodian of Holdco (for so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of Holdco), the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or
(iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of Holdco (for so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of Holdco), the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary;
or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree relating thereto remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or
(11) while the GS Parties constitute the Required Holders: (A) the occurrence of (x) any material breach of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Purchase Agreement which do not contain materiality or material adverse effect qualifiers or (y) any breach of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Purchase Agreement which contain materiality or material adverse effect qualifiers or (B) failure by the Issuer for 30 days after receipt of notice from the GS Parties specifying such failure to comply, or cause the compliance of, with any of the covenants contained in the Purchase Agreement.
(b) The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effect by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.
(c) The term Bankruptcy Law means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. For purposes of this Section, the term Custodian means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
(d) A Default under clause (4) or (5) of Section 6.01(a) is not an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities notify the Issuer in writing by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, of the Default and the Issuer does not cure such Default within the time, if applicable, specified in clauses (4) and (5) of Section 6.01(a) after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a Notice of Default .
83
SECTION 6.02 Acceleration.
(a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(9) or (10) with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer in writing, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice in writing to the Issuer, may declare the principal amount of and accrued but unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all the Securities to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, shall be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(9) or (10) occurs with respect to the Issuer, the principal of and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all the Securities shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Securityholders.
(b) At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Securities as described in Section 6.02(a), the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences: (i) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree; (ii) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration; (iii) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; and (iv) if the Issuer has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
SECTION 6.03 Other Remedies. If, at any time while the GS Parties constitute the Required Holders, unless waived by the GS Parties, a Default in the payment when due of interest on, principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Securities or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, then in each case the Securities will accrue interest at the stated interest rate on the Securities plus the Default Interest Rate until the earlier of such time as no such Default or such Event of Default shall be continuing (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable). At any other time, any amounts payable under or in respect of the Securities not paid when due will accrue interest at the stated interest rate on the Securities plus the Default Interest Rate until such time as such amounts are paid in full, including any interest thereon (to the extent that the payment of such overdue interest shall be legally enforceable). Default interest shall be payable in cash on demand and, to the extent applicable, in accordance with Section 2.14 hereof.
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.
84
The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Securityholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative (to the extent permitted by law).
SECTION 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Securities waive any existing Default and its consequences under this Indenture except a continuing Event of Default in the payment of interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on, or the principal of, the Securities. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured and ceases to exist and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and waived for every purpose under this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.
SECTION 6.05 Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee by this Indenture. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Securityholders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided , however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.
SECTION 6.06 Limitation on Suits. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, when due, no Securityholder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture, the Securities or the Security Guarantees unless:
(a) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing or the Trustee has received such notice from the Issuer;
(b) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
(c) such Holders have offered and, if requested, provided the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;
(d) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of such security or indemnity; and
(e) the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60- day period.
85
A Securityholder shall not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Securityholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Securityholder. The limitation set forth in this Section 6.06 shall not apply to the GS Parties so long as the GS Parties constitute the Required Holders.
SECTION 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Securities, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
SECTION 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07.
SECTION 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Securityholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Guarantor, their creditors or their property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.
SECTION 6.10 Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:
FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;
SECOND: to the holders of Senior Debt to the extent required by Article 10;
THIRD: to Securityholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities for principal and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and
FOURTH: to the Issuer.
86
The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Securityholders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall send to each Securityholder and the Issuer a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.
SECTION 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Securities.
SECTION 6.12 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor (to the extent they may lawfully do so) shall at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
SECTION 6.13 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy conferred or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders under this Indenture is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and all such rights and remedies are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or exercise of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent or subsequent assertion or exercise of any other right or remedy.
SECTION 6.14 Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default will impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
SECTION 7.01 Duties of Trustee.
(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Persons own affairs.
87
(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon statements, certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such statements, certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the statements, certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture.
(c) The Trustee shall not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b);
(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer or Trust Officers unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it from any party authorized to direct the Trustee under this Indenture.
(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.
(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.
(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
(g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any potential or actual liability (financial or otherwise) in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
(h) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA after a TIA Event has occurred.
88
SECTION 7.02 Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 7.01:
(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document.
(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
(c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.
(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided , however , that the Trustees conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.
(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Securities shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.
(f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
(g) The Trustee shall not be required to give any note, bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under this Indenture.
(h) The permissive rights of the Trustee to take any action enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty to take such action.
(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
(j) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officers Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.
89
SECTION 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co registrar or co paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11 and Sections 310(b) and 311 of the TIA after a TIA Event has occurred.
SECTION 7.04 Trustees Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Securities or in the Securities other than the Trustees certificate of authentication.
SECTION 7.05 Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall send to each Holder notice of the Default. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any Security, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of Securityholders. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Senior Officer obtaining actual knowledge of any Default, written notice of any event which would constitute such Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed in this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default hereunder, except in the case of an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) ( provided that the Trustee is Paying Agent), unless and until a Trust Officer receives written notice thereof at its Corporate Trust Office, from the Issuer or a Holder that such Default has occurred.
SECTION 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders. At all times after a TIA Event, the Trustee shall transmit to the Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the TIA at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto. To the extent that any such report is required by the TIA with respect to any 12-month period, such report shall cover the 12-month period ending September 30 and shall be transmitted by the next succeeding September 30. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers Certificate indicating whether the signers thereof actually know of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during the previous year.
A copy of each report at the time of its delivery to Securityholders shall be filed with the Commission and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Securities are listed. The Issuer agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Securities become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.
SECTION 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as is agreed to in writing by the Trustee and Issuer for the Trustees services hereunder. The Trustees compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made
90
by it, including but not limited to costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Trustees counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall indemnify and defend the Trustee and its officers, directors, shareholders, agents and employees (each, an Indemnified Party ) for and hold each Indemnified Party harmless against any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys fees and expenses) including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee) incurred by them without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture or the Securities and the performance of their duties hereunder, including the cost and expense of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer (including this Section 7.07), and defending itself against or investigating any claim or liability (whether asserted by a Holder or any other person). The Trustee, in its capacity as Paying Agent, Registrar, Custodian and agent for service of notice and demands, and the Trustees officers, directors, shareholders, agents and employees, when acting in such other capacity, shall have the full benefit of the foregoing indemnity as well as all other benefits, rights and privileges accorded to the Trustee in this Indenture when acting in such other capacity. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided that any failure so to notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer or any Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Indemnified Party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuers expense in the defense. Such Indemnified Parties may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such Indemnified Parties defense and, in such Indemnified Parties reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer and such parties in connection with such defense. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by an Indemnified Party through such partys own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. The Issuer need not pay any settlement made without its consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).
The Trustees right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Indenture shall not be subordinated to any other Debt of the Issuer, and the Securities shall be subordinate to the Trustees rights to receive such payment.
The Issuers payment obligations pursuant to this Section shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any Bankruptcy Law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(9) or (10) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.
SECTION 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer shall remove the Trustee if:
(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;
(b) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;
91
(c) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
(d) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.
If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Issuer or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee ), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall send a notice of its succession to Securityholders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07.
If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Issuer.
If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Securityholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuers and Guarantors obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
SECTION 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee, provided , that such Person shall be qualified and eligible under this Article 7.
In case at the time such successor or successors by consolidation, merger, conversion or transfer shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Securities or this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.
SECTION 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. After the occurrence of a TIA Event, the Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA § 310(a). The Trustee shall have a
92
combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. After the occurrence of a TIA Event, the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.
SECTION 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer. After the occurrence of a TIA Event, the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.
ARTICLE 8
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
SECTION 8.01 Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.
(a) The Issuer may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.01(b) or 8.01(c) be applied to all outstanding Securities upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.
(b) Upon the Issuers exercise under Section 8.01(a) of the option applicable to this Section 8.01(b), the Issuer and each Guarantor shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.02, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to the Securities and any Security Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, Legal Defeasance ). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and each Guarantor shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Debt represented by the outstanding Securities and any Security Guarantee, which Securities and Security Guarantees shall thereafter be deemed to be outstanding only for the purposes of Section 8.04 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under the Securities and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Securities to receive solely from the trust fund described in this Article 8, as more fully set forth in such Article, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on such Securities when such payments are due, (ii) the Issuers obligations with respect to the Securities under Article 2 and Sections 4.01, 7.07 and 7.08, which shall survive until the Securities have been paid in full (thereafter, the Issuers obligations in Section 7.02 and Section 7.07 shall survive), and (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuers and the Guarantors obligations in connection therewith and (iv) this Section 8.01 and Section 8.02. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its Legal Defeasance option notwithstanding the prior exercise of its Covenant Defeasance option.
93
(c) Upon the Issuers exercise under Section 8.01(a) of the option applicable to this Section 8.01(c) subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.02, each Guarantor shall be released from its Security Guarantee and the Issuer and each Guarantor shall be released from their obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19, 5.01(a)(4), 5.02 and 5.03 with respect to the outstanding Securities on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, Covenant Defeasance ), and the Securities shall thereafter be deemed not outstanding for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration of act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such Sections, but shall continue to be deemed outstanding for all the other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such Section, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or by reason of any reference in any such Section to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers exercise of its Covenant Defeasance option, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.02, Sections 6.01(a)(3) (with respect to compliance with 5.01(a)(4)), 6.01(a)(4) (with respect to Sections 4.03 and 4.04), 6.01(a)(5) (with respect to compliance with Sections 4.02, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18 and 4.19), 6.01(a)(6), 6.01(a)(7), 6.01(a)(9), 6.01(a)(10) (with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer only), Section 6.01(a)(10) (with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer only) and 6.01(a)(11) shall not constitute Events of Default.
SECTION 8.02 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:
(a) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee (or another qualifying trustee; for purposes of this Section 8.02 and Section 8.04, the term Trustee shall include such other qualifying trustee), in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States dollars, Government Notes, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient (without reinvestment), in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the outstanding Securities on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Securities are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
(b) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions: (A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the Closing Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, the Holders of the outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
94
(c) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States, reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(d) no Default (other than a Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;
(f) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and qualifications) to the effect that, assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Issuer or any Guarantor between the date of deposit and the 123rd day following the deposit and assuming that no Holder is an insider of the Issuer under applicable bankruptcy law, after the 123rd day following the deposit, the trust funds shall not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any analogous New York State law provision;
(g) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders over the other creditors of the Issuer or the Guarantors, as applicable, or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer or the Guarantors, as applicable, or others; and
(h) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance (other than the expiration of the 123-day period referred to above) have been complied with.
95
SECTION 8.03 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. Upon the request of the Issuer, this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Securities, as expressly provided for herein or pursuant hereto), the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be discharged from their obligations under the Securities and the Security Guarantees, and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the Security Guarantees, any Registration Rights Agreement and the Securities when:
(a) either (i) all the Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities that have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (ii) all Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (A) have become due and payable, (B) will become due and payable at maturity within one year or (C) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer, in the case of (A), (B) or (C) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in trust for such purpose in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Debt on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any, on) and interest on the Securities to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities that have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be and any Additional Interest, if any, thereon;
(b) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable under this Indenture by the Issuer; and
(c) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent provided in this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the Security Guarantees and the Securities have been complied with.
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuer to the Trustee under Section 7.02 and Section 7.07 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (a)(ii) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee and the Paying Agent under Section 8.04 and Section 2.04 shall survive.
SECTION 8.04 Deposited Money and Government Notes to Be Held in Trust; Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to Section 8.05, all money and Government Notes (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 in respect of the outstanding Securities shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Notes held by it as provided in Section 8.02 or 8.03 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.02(a)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
96
SECTION 8.05 Repayment to Issuer. Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer, cause to be published once, in the New York Times (national edition) and the Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuer.
SECTION 8.06 Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Notes in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers obligations under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with this Article 8; provided , however , that, if the Issuer or any Guarantor makes any payment of principal of, premium or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any Security following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENTS
SECTION 9.01 Without Consent of Holders. The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Securities or the Security Guarantees without notice to or consent of any Securityholder:
(a) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
(b) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities;
(c) to provide for the assumption of the Issuers or any Guarantors obligations to Holders in the case of a merger, consolidation or sale of assets;
(d) to release any Security Guarantee in accordance with Section 11.02(b);
(e) to provide for additional Guarantors;
97
(f) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith, does not adversely affect the legal rights of any such Holder under this Indenture; or
(g) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA after a TIA Event has occurred.
After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Issuer shall send to Securityholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Securityholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section.
SECTION 9.02 With Consent of Holders. The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Securities or the Security Guarantees without notice to any Securityholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Securities), and any existing default or compliance with any provisions of this Indenture, the Securities and the Security Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for Securities). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (I) without the consent of each Securityholder affected, an amendment or waiver shall not (with respect to any Securities held by a non-consenting Holder):
(a) reduce the principal amount of the Securities whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
(b) reduce the principal amount or change the fixed maturity of any Security, reduce any premium payable upon, or change the dates (to earlier dates) of, redemption of any Security (other than provisions applicable to Section 4.06 or 4.08);
(c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Security;
(d) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities (except a rescission of acceleration of the Securities by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
(e) make any Security payable in money other than that stated in the Securities;
(f) impair the rights of the Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the Securities;
98
(g) after the time a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer is required to have been made, reduce the purchase amount or price or extend the latest expiration date or purchase date thereunder;
(h) make any change in Section 9.01 or this Section 9.02; or
(i) except as permitted by Section 11.02(b), release any Security Guarantee;
and (II) no provision of this Indenture that applies only while the GS Parties constitute the Required Holders shall be amended or waived without the consent of such of the GS Parties who then are the Holders of the Securities.
It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
An amendment or waiver under this Section may not make any change that adversely affects the rights under Article 10 or Article 12 of any holder of Senior Debt then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior Debt (or any group or representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent to such change.
After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Issuer shall send to Securityholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Securityholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section.
SECTION 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment to this Indenture or the Securities effected after the occurrence of a TIA Event shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.
SECTION 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Security shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of the Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holders Security, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Security. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holders Security or portion of the Security if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the requisite number of consents are received by the Issuer or the Trustee. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Securityholder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective once the requisite number of consents are received by the Issuer or the Trustee and any other conditions to effectiveness of such consent specified in the amendment or waiver are satisfied.
The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Securityholders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Securityholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.
99
SECTION 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Securities. If an amendment changes the terms of a Security, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Security that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Security shall not affect the validity of such amendment.
SECTION 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture that such amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the Guarantors enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03).
ARTICLE 10
SUBORDINATION OF THE SECURITIES
SECTION 10.01 Agreement to Subordinate. The Issuer agrees, and each Securityholder by accepting a Security agrees, that the Debt evidenced by the Securities is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 10, to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all existing and future Senior Debt of the Issuer and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer. The Securities shall in all respects rank pari passu with all other Pari Passu Debt of the Issuer and only Debt of the Issuer that is Senior Debt shall rank senior to the Securities in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article 10 shall be subject to Section 10.12.
SECTION 10.02 Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. Upon any payment or distribution to creditors of the Issuer in a liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Issuer or its property, an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshaling of the Issuers assets and liabilities for the benefit of creditors, the holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive payment in full, in cash or Cash Equivalents, of all Obligations due in respect of such Senior Debt (including interest after the commencement of any such proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt, whether or not allowed or allowable in such proceeding) before the Holders of Securities shall be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Securities, and until all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt are paid in full, in cash or Cash Equivalents, any payment or distribution to which the holders of Securities would be entitled shall be made to the holders of Senior Debt, except that holders of Securities may receive and retain:
(a) Permitted Junior Securities; and
(b) payments made from the trust described under Article 8 so long as, on the date or dates the respective amounts were paid into the trust, such payments were made with respect to the Securities without violating the provisions of this Article 10).
100
SECTION 10.03 Default on Senior Debt.
(a) The Issuer shall not make any payment or distribution upon or in respect of the Securities (except from the trust described under Article 8) if:
(1) a default in the payment of any Obligations with respect to Designated Senior Debt of the Issuer occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable grace period (a payment default ) or any other default on Designated Senior Debt of the Issuer occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt is accelerated and not paid in full, in cash or Cash Equivalents, in accordance with its terms; or
(2) a default, other than a payment default, occurs and is continuing with respect to Designated Senior Debt of the Issuer that permits holders of the Designated Senior Debt as to which such default relates to accelerate its maturity (a non-payment default ) and, in the case of this clause (2) only, the Trustee receives a notice of such default (a Payment Blockage Notice ) from the Issuer, a Representative for, or the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of, any issue of Designated Senior Debt.
(b) Payments on the Securities may and shall be resumed:
(1) in the case of a payment default, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived and, in the case of any such Designated Senior Debt that has been accelerated, such acceleration has been rescinded; and
(2) in case of a non-payment default, the earliest of (I) the date on which such non-payment default is cured or waived, (II) 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, and (III) the date on which the Trustee receives notice from the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt of the Issuer rescinding the Payment Blockage Notice (such period beginning upon the delivery of a Payment Blockage Notice and ending on the earlier of clauses (I) to (III), the Payment Blockage Period ), unless the maturity of any such Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated.
(c) No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until:
(1) 360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice; and
(2) all scheduled payments of principal, interest and premium, if any, on the Securities that have come due have been paid in full in cash.
101
(d) No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice.
(e) In any event, notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) no more than one Payment Blockage Period may be commenced during any 360-day period and there shall be a period of at least 181 days during each 360-day period when no Payment Blockage Period is in effect and (y) so long as there shall remain outstanding Designated Senior Debt under the Senior Credit Facility, a Payment Blockage Notice may only be given by the Representatives thereunder.
SECTION 10.04 Acceleration of Payment of Securities. If payment of the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Representative of the lenders under the Senior Credit Facility of the acceleration.
SECTION 10.05 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.
(a) If the Trustee, any Paying Agent or any Holder receives a payment in respect of the Securities (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust described under Article 8) when:
(1) the payment is prohibited by this Article 10; and
(2) the Trustee, Paying Agent or the Holder has actual knowledge that the payment is prohibited;
the Trustee, Paying Agent or the Holder, as the case may be, shall hold the payment in trust for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer. Upon the written request of the holders of such Senior Debt, the Trustee, Paying Agent or Holder, as the case may be, shall deliver the amounts in trust to the holders of such Senior Debt or their Representative.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee or any Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Securities and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than three Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Trust Officer of the Trustee or Paying Agent receives written notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this Article 10. The Issuer, the Registrar or co-registrar, any Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Debt of the Issuer may give the notice; provided , however , that, if an issue of Senior Debt of the Issuer has a Representative, only the Representative may give the notice. The Trustee or Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or itself to be a holder of any Senior Debt of the Issuer (or a Representative of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such Senior Debt of the Issuer or a Representative thereof.
SECTION 10.06 Subrogation. If and when all Senior Debt of the Issuer is paid in full and until the Securities are paid in full, Securityholders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt of the
102
Issuer. A distribution made under this Article 10 to holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer which otherwise would have been made to Securityholders is not, as between the Issuer and Securityholders, a payment by the Issuer on Senior Debt of the Issuer.
SECTION 10.07 Relative Rights. This Article 10 defines the relative rights of Securityholders and holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer. Nothing in this Indenture shall:
(a) impair, as between the Issuer and Security holders, the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Securities in accordance with their terms;
(b) prevent the Trustee or any Securityholder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer to receive distributions otherwise payable to Securityholders; or
(c) affect the relative rights of Securityholders and creditors of the Issuer other than their rights in relation to the holders of Senior Debt.
SECTION 10.08 Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Issuer. No right of any holder of Senior Debt of the Issuer to enforce the subordination of the Debt evidenced by the Securities shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Issuer or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.
SECTION 10.09 Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. The Trustee (or any Authenticating Agent hereunder) in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee (or Authenticating Agent hereunder). The Registrar and any co-registrar and any Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee (and any Authenticating Agent hereunder), the Registrar, any co-registrar and any Paying Agent shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 10 with respect to any Senior Debt of the Issuer which may at any time be held by them, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt of the Issuer; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee (or any Authenticating Agent hereunder) or any such other Person of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 10 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07.
SECTION 10.10 Distribution or Notice to Representative. Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any).
SECTION 10.11 Article 10 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate. The failure to make a payment pursuant to the Securities by reason of any provision in this Article 10 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article 10 shall have any effect on the right of the Securityholders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Securities.
SECTION 10.12 Trust Moneys Not Subordinated. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of Government Notes held in trust under Article 8 by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities shall
103
not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Debt of the Issuer or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article 10, and none of the Securityholders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Issuer or any holder of Senior Debt of the Issuer or any other creditor of the Issuer.
SECTION 10.13 Trustee Entitled to Rely. Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee, any Paying Agent and the Securityholders shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 10.02 are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Securityholders or (iii) upon the Representative for the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt of the Issuer and other Debt of the Issuer, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10. In the event that the Trustee or Paying Agent determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt of the Issuer to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee or Paying Agent may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee or Paying Agent as to the amount of Senior Debt of the Issuer held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 10, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee or Paying Agent may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee or Paying Agent pursuant to this Article 10.
SECTION 10.14 Trustee to Effectuate Subordination. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Securityholders and the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer as provided in this Article 10 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.
SECTION 10.15 Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt. With respect to the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article 10. The Trustee or Paying Agent shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary or other duty to the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Securityholders or the Issuer or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 10 or otherwise.
SECTION 10.16 Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt on Subordination Provisions. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Debt of the Issuer, whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Securities, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Debt and such holder of Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt.
SECTION 10.17 Trustees Compensation Not Prejudiced. Nothing in this Article shall apply to amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to other sections of this Indenture.
104
ARTICLE 11
SECURITY GUARANTEES
SECTION 11.01 Security Guarantees.
(a) Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, subject to any applicable grace period, and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Securities and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuer, whether for expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Securities (all of the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the Guaranteed Obligations ). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from each such Guarantor, and that each such Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article 11 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.
(b) Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Securities or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other Person under this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligations; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any of them; (v) the failure of any Holder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership of such Guarantor, except as provided in Section 11.02(b).
(c) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Security Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor irrevocably waives acceptance hereof, presentment, demand, protest and any notice not provided for herein, as well as any requirement that at any time any action
105
be taken by any Person against the Issuer or any other Person. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.
(d) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Security Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise.
(e) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest or premium, if any, on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) and (iii) all other monetary Guaranteed Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders and the Trustee.
(f) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of any Security Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section.
(g) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section.
106
SECTION 11.02 Limitation on Liability; Release.
(a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum, aggregate amount of the obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed (after giving effect to all its Guarantees of Debt under the Senior Credit Facility) without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.
(b) In the event of:
(1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or
(2) the sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of any Guarantor if as a result of such disposition, such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Issuer,
then the Person acquiring such assets (in the case of clause (i) and notwithstanding Section 5.02) or such Guarantor (in the case of clause (ii)) shall be automatically and irrevocably released and relieved of any obligations under its Security Guarantee and this Indenture; provided that such sale or other disposition is in compliance with this Indenture, including Section 4.06 (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Proceeds as is or is required to be applied on or before the date of such release in accordance with Section 4.06 needs to be so applied).
(c) If the Security Guarantee of any Guarantor terminates pursuant to the foregoing provisions or pursuant to Section 4.11(b) such Person shall cease to be a Guarantor or otherwise a party to this Indenture and, upon request by the Issuer, the Trustee shall execute appropriate instruments acknowledging such termination and the release of such Person from its obligations under its Security Guarantee and hereunder. It is expressly acknowledged that the application of the Net Proceeds of any such sale or other disposition referred to in subsection (b) in accordance with Section 4.06 following the date of such release shall not be a condition precedent to such release and any failure to make such application as required by such Section 4.06 shall not cause the revocation of any such release (it being understood that such failure shall constitute a Default or Event of Default, as applicable).
SECTION 11.03 Successors and Assigns. This Article 11 shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Securities shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.
107
SECTION 11.04 No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 11 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 11 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.
SECTION 11.05 Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 11, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.
SECTION 11.06 Execution and Delivery of the Security Guarantee. The execution by each Guarantor of the Indenture (or a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit I) evidences the Security Guarantee of such Guarantor, whether or not the person signing as an officer of the Guarantor still holds that office at the time of authentication of any Security. The delivery of any Security after authentication by the Trustee constitutes due delivery of the Security Guarantee set forth in the Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor.
ARTICLE 12
SUBORDINATION OF THE SECURITY GUARANTEES
SECTION 12.01 Agreement to Subordinate. Each Guarantor agrees, and each Securityholder by accepting a Security agrees, that such Guarantors obligations under its Security Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 12, to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all existing and future Senior Debt of such Guarantor and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor. The obligations of a Guarantor under this Article 12 shall in all respects rank pari passu with all other Pari Passu Debt of such Guarantor, and only Debt of such Guarantor that is Senior Debt shall rank senior to the obligations of such Guarantor in this Article 12 in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.
SECTION 12.02 Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. Upon any payment or distribution to creditors of any Guarantor in a liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to any Guarantor or its property, an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshaling of any Guarantors assets and liabilities for the benefit of creditors, the holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive payment in full, in cash or Cash Equivalents, of all Obligations due in respect of such Senior Debt (including interest after the commencement of any such proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt, whether or not allowed or allowable in such proceeding) before the Holders of Securities shall be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Securities, and until all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt are paid in full, in cash or Cash Equivalents, any payment or distribution to which the Holders of Securities would be entitled shall be made to the holders of Senior Debt, except that Holders of may receive and retain:
(a) Permitted Junior Securities; and
(b) payments made from the trust described under Article 8 so long as, on the date or dates the respective amounts were paid into the trust, such payments were made with respect to the Securities without violating the provisions of this Article 12).
108
SECTION 12.03 Default on Senior Debt of a Guarantor.
(a) A Guarantor may not make any payment or distribution upon or in respect of its Security Guarantee (except from the trust described under Article 8) if:
(1) a payment default occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable grace period with respect to Designated Senior Debt of such Guarantor or any other default on any such Designated Senior Debt occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt is accelerated and not paid in full, in cash or Cash Equivalents, in accordance with its terms; or
(2) a non-payment default occurs and is continuing with respect to Designated Senior Debt that permits holders of the Designated Senior Debt as to which such default relates to accelerate its maturity and, in the case of this clause (2) only, the Trustee receives a Payment Blockage Notice in respect of such default from such Guarantor, a Representative for, or the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of, any issue of Designated Senior Debt.
(b) Payments on such Security Guarantee may and shall be resumed:
(1) in the case of a payment default, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived and, in the case of any such Designated Senior Debt that has been accelerated, such acceleration has been rescinded; and
(2) in case of a non-payment default, the earlier of the date on which such non-payment default is cured or waived or 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, unless the maturity of any such Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated.
(c) No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until:
(1) 360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice; and
(2) all scheduled payments of principal, interest and premium, if any, on the Securities that have come due have been paid in full in cash.
109
(d) No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice.
(e) In any event, notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) no more than one Payment Blockage Period may be commenced during any 360-day period and there shall be a period of at least 181 days during each 360-day period when no Payment Blockage Period is in effect and (y) so long as there shall remain outstanding Designated Senior Debt under the Senior Credit Facility, a Payment Blockage Notice may only be given by the Representatives thereunder.
SECTION 12.04 Demand for Payment. If payment of the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of Default and a demand for payment is made on a Guarantor pursuant to Article 11, the Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer, and the Issuer shall promptly (and in no event more than five Business Days after receipt of such notice) notify the Representative of the lenders under the Senior Credit Facility of the acceleration.
SECTION 12.05 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.
(a) If the Trustee, any Paying Agent or any Holder receives a payment in respect of the Security Guarantee of any Guarantor (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust described under Article 8) when:
(1) the payment is prohibited by this Article 12; and
(2) the Trustee, Paying Agent or the Holder has actual knowledge that the payment is prohibited;
the Trustee, Paying Agent or Holder, as the case may be, shall hold the payment in trust for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor. Upon the written request of the holders of such Senior Debt, the Trustee, Paying Agent or Holder, as the case may be, shall deliver the amounts in trust to the holders of such Senior Debt or their Representative.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make payments on such Securities Guarantee and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than three Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Trust Officer of the Trustee or Paying Agent receives written notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this Article 12. The Issuer, the Registrar or co-registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Debt of such Guarantor may give the notice; provided , however , that, if an issue of Senior Debt of such Guarantor has a Representative, only the Representative may give the notice. The Trustee or Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or itself to be a holder of any Senior Debt of any Guarantor (or a Representative of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such Senior Debt of such Guarantor or a Representative thereof.
110
SECTION 12.06 Subrogation. If and when all Senior Debt of a Guarantor is paid in full and until the Securities are paid in full, Securityholders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt of such Guarantor. A distribution made under this Article 12 to holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor which otherwise would have been made to Securityholders is not, as between such Guarantor and Securityholders, a payment by such Guarantor on Senior Debt of such Guarantor.
SECTION 12.07 Relative Rights. This Article 12 defines the relative rights of Securityholders and holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor. Nothing in this Indenture shall:
(a) impair, as between a Guarantor and Securityholders, the obligation of a Guarantor which is absolute and unconditional, to pay its Obligations under its Security Guarantee to the extent set forth in Article 11;
(b) prevent the Trustee or any Securityholder from exercising its available remedies upon a default by a Guarantor under its Obligations under its Security Guarantee, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor to receive distributions otherwise payable to Securityholders; or
(c) affect the relative rights of Securityholders and creditors of such Guarantor other than their rights in relation to the holders of Senior Debt.
SECTION 12.08 Subordination May Not Be Impaired by a Guarantor. No right of any holder of Senior Debt of a Guarantor to enforce the subordination of the Obligations under the Security Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by such Guarantor or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.
SECTION 12.09 Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. The Trustee (or any Authenticating Agent hereunder) in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt of any Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee (or Authenticating Agent hereunder). The Registrar and any co-registrar and any Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee (and any Authenticating Agent hereunder), the Registrar, any co-registrar and any Paying Agent shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 12 with respect to any Senior Debt of any Guarantor which may at any time be held by them, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt of such Guarantor; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee (or any Authenticating Agent hereunder) or any such other Person of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 12 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07.
SECTION 12.10 Distribution or Notice to Representative. Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any).
SECTION 12.11 Article 12 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate. The failure of a Guarantor to make a payment on any of its Obligations under its Security Guarantee by reason of any provision in this Article 12 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a default by such Guarantor under its Security Guarantee. Nothing in this Article 12 shall have any effect on the right of the Securityholders or the Trustee to make a demand for payment on a Guarantor pursuant to this Article 12.
111
SECTION 12.12 Trust Moneys Not Subordinated. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of Government Notes held in trust under Article 8 by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Debt of any Guarantor or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article 12, and none of the Securityholders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Issuer or any holder of Senior Debt of any Guarantor or any other creditor of the Issuer.
SECTION 12.13 Trustee Entitled To Rely. Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee, any Paying Agent and the Securityholders shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 12.02 are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Securityholders or (iii) upon the Representatives for the holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt of a Guarantor and other Debt of a Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 12. In the event that the Trustee or Paying Agent determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt of a Guarantor to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee or Paying Agent may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee or Paying Agent as to the amount of Senior Debt of such Guarantor held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 12, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee or Paying Agent may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee or Paying Agent pursuant to this Article 12.
SECTION 12.14 Trustee to Effectuate Subordination. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Securityholders and the holders of Senior Debt of each of the Guarantors as provided in this Article 12 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.
SECTION 12.15 Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor. With respect to the holders of Senior Debt of the Guarantors, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article 12. The Trustee or Paying Agent shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary or other duty to the holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Securityholders or the relevant Guarantor or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 12 or otherwise.
112
SECTION 12.16 Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor on Subordination Provisions. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Debt of a Guarantor, whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Securities, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Debt and such holder of Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt.
SECTION 12.17 Trustees Compensation Not Prejudiced. Nothing in this Article shall apply to amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to other sections of this Indenture.
ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control at all times after a TIA Event.
SECTION 13.02 Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered, electronically, in person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:
if to the Issuer:
Univar Inc.
Suite 2200, 500 108 th Avenue North East
Bellevue, Washington 98004
Attention: General Counsel
Tel: (425) 638-4900
Fax: [ ]
with a copy to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Joshua N. Korff, Esq.
Tel: (212) 446-4800
Fax: (212) 446-4900
if to the Trustee:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Corporate Trust Services
MAC N9311-110
113
625 Marquette Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Ulixes Account Manager
Fax: (612) 667-9825
The Issuer or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
Any notice or communication sent to a Securityholder shall be made in compliance with Section 313(c) of the TIA so long as a TIA Event has occurred and sent to the Securityholder at the Securityholders address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so sent within the time prescribed.
Failure to send a notice or communication to a Securityholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Securityholders. If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
SECTION 13.03 Communication by Holders with Other Holders. After a TIA Event has occurred, Securityholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities, and the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).
SECTION 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, at the request of the Trustee the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:
(a) an Officers Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.
To the extent applicable, the Issuer shall comply with Section 314(c)(3) of the TIA after a TIA Event has occurred.
SECTION 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:
(a) statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
114
(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with or satisfied; and
(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.
SECTION 13.06 When Securities Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Issuer or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Securities which the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.
SECTION 13.07 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Securityholders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.
SECTION 13.08 Legal Holidays. A Legal Holiday is a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York or the state where the Corporate Trust Office is located. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.
SECTION 13.09 GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
SECTION 13.10 No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, incorporator, employee, stockholder or Affiliate as such, of the Issuer or any Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Securities or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Security, each Securityholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.
SECTION 13.11 Successors. All agreements of the Issuer and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind their successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.
115
SECTION 13.12 Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.
SECTION 13.13 Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
SECTION 13.14 Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture, in the Securities or in the Security Guarantees shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.
SECTION 13.15 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements . This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
116
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
UNIVAR INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
CHEMPOINT, INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
UNIVAR USA INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
UNIVAR NORTH AMERICA CORPORATION | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
CHEMCENTRAL INTERNATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Issuer Indenture Signature Page]
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Trustee Indenture Signature Page]
EXHIBIT A
[FACE OF SECURITY]
UNIVAR INC.
12% Senior Subordinated Note Due 2017
[CUSIP] [CINS]
No. | $ |
Univar Inc., an entity organized under the laws of Delaware (the Company , which term includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, promises to pay to , or its registered assigns, the principal sum of DOLLARS ($ ) [or such other amount as indicated on the Schedule of Exchange of Securities attached hereto]1 on September 30, 2017.
Interest Rate: 12% per annum.
Interest Payment Dates: March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 commencing March 31, 2008.
Regular Record Dates: March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 .
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.
1 | For Global Securities only. |
A-1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Security to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.
Date: | UNIVAR INC. | |||||
By: | ||||||
Name: | ||||||
Title: |
A-2
(Form of Trustees Certificate of Authentication)
This is one of the 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 described in the Indenture referred to in this Security.
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee | ||
By: |
|
|
Authorized Signatory |
A-3
[REVERSE SIDE OF SECURITY]
UNIVAR INC.
12% Senior Subordinated Note Due 2017
1. Principal and Interest .
The Company promises to pay the principal of this Security on September 30, 2017.
The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security on each interest payment date, as set forth on the face of this Security, at the rate of 12% per annum.
Interest will be payable, in cash, quarterly in arrears (to the holders of record of the Securities at the close of business on the March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date) on each interest payment date, commencing March 31, 2008; provided that any interest that would have been payable in cash on December 31, 2007 had the interest payments commenced on December 31, 2007 shall be compounded and paid in full on March 31, 2008.
Interest on this Security will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on this Security [or the Security surrendered in exchange for this Security] 2 (or, if there is no existing default in the payment of interest and if this Security is authenticated between a regular record date and the next interest payment date, from such interest payment date) or, if no interest has been paid, from [the Issue Date/the date this Security was issued]. Interest will be computed in the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuer will pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner, on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
Interest not paid when due and any interest on principal, premium or interest not paid when due will be paid to the Persons that are Holders on a special record date determined in accordance with the Indenture.
The Company will pay interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and to the extent lawful, interest at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate otherwise payable on this Security plus 2%, provided that if an Event of Default (other than pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(6)(B)) occurs, the GS Parties constitute the Required Holders, and the GS Parties have made demand therefor, the entire principal amount of the Securities shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is 2% plus the otherwise applicable interest rate from the date of such non-payment until paid in full or the applicable Event of Default has otherwise been cured or waived.
2 | Include only for Exchange Security. |
A-4
2. Indentures; Security Guarantee .
This is one of the Securities issued under an Indenture dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010, and as may be further amended from time to time, the Indenture), among the Company, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and at all times after a TIA Event, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Securities are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of all such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Security and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture will control.
The Securities are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company. The Indenture limits the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities to $600,000,000. This Security is guaranteed by the Guarantors as set forth in the Indenture. The guarantees are subordinated as set forth in the Indenture to all Obligations in respect of Senior Debt (including all interest accrued or accruing on Senior Debt after the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or similar case or proceeding at the contract rate (including, without limitation, any contract rate applicable upon default) specified in the relevant documentation, whether or not the claim for the interest is allowed as a claim in the case or proceeding with respect to the Senior Debt).
3. Redemption and Repurchase; Discharge or Defeasance Prior to Redemption or Maturity .
This Security is subject to optional redemption, and may be the subject of a Repurchase Offer, as further described in the Indenture. Except for certain required Repurchase Offers, there is no sinking fund or mandatory redemption applicable to this Security.
If the Company deposits with the Trustee money or Government Notes sufficient to pay the then outstanding principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Securities to redemption or maturity, the Company may in certain circumstances be discharged from the Indenture and the Securities or may be discharged from certain of its obligations under certain provisions of the Indenture.
4. Subordination .
This Security is subordinated to Senior Debt of the Issuer, as defined in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Debt of the Issuer must be paid before the Securities may be paid. The Issuer agrees, and each Securityholder by accepting a Security agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give it effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.
A-5
5. Registered Form; Denominations; Transfer; Exchange .
The Securities are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. Pursuant to the Indenture, there are certain periods during which the Trustee will not be required to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security or certain portions of a Security.
6. Defaults and Remedies .
If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Securities may declare all the Securities to be due and payable. If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing, the Securities automatically become due and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Securities. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of remedies.
7. Amendment and Waiver .
Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Securities may be amended, or and defaults may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Securities to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency.
8. Authentication .
This Security is not valid until the Trustee (or Authenticating Agent) signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.
9. Governing Law .
This Security shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
10. Abbreviations .
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A/ (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
The Company will furnish a copy of the Indenture to any Holder upon written request and without charge.
A-6
[FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE]
FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto
Insert Taxpayer Identification No.
Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee
the within Security and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing
attorney to transfer said Security on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.
A-7
[THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED
ON ALL CERTIFICATES BEARING A RESTRICTED LEGEND]
In connection with any transfer of this Security occurring prior to , the undersigned confirms that such transfer is made without utilizing any general solicitation or general advertising and further as follows: ¨
Check One
¨ | (1) This Security is being transferred to a qualified institutional buyer in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and certification in the form of Exhibit E to the Indenture is being furnished herewith. | |
¨ | (2) This Security is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Regulation S thereunder, and certification in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture is being furnished herewith. |
or
¨ | (3) This Security is being transferred other than in accordance with (1) or (2) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Security and the Indenture. |
If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee is not obligated to register this Security in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in the Indenture have been satisfied.
Date: |
|
|
||||||
Seller | ||||||||
By: |
|
NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within mentioned instrument in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever.
A-8
Signature Guarantee: 3 |
|
|||||
By: |
|
|||||
To be executed by an executive officer |
3 | Signatures must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Association Medallion Program ( STAMP ) or such other signature guarantee program as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. |
A-9
OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
If you wish to have all of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to [Section 3.09] of the Indenture, check the box: ¨
If you wish to have a portion of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to [Section 3.09] of the Indenture, state the amount (in original principal amount) below:
$ . | ||
Date: |
|
Your Signature: |
|
|||
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security) |
Signature Guarantee: 4 |
|
4 | Signatures must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Association Medallion Program ( STAMP ) or such other signature guarantee program as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. |
A-10
SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF SECURITIES 5
The following exchanges of a part of this Global Security for Certificated Securities or a part of another Global Security have been made:
Date of Exchange |
Amount of decrease
in principal amount of this Global Security |
Amount of increase
in principal amount of this Global Security |
Principal amount of
this Global Security following such decrease (or increase) |
Signature of
authorized officer of Trustee |
||||
5 | For Global Securities. |
A-11
EXHIBIT B
RESTRICTED LEGEND
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES ACT), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER
(1) REPRESENTS THAT
(A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT,
(B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR), OR
(C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND
(2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY
(A) TO THE COMPANY,
(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
B-1
(E) IN A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $250,000, TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY, OR
(F) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) OR (F) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
B-2
EXHIBIT C
DTC LEGEND
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (DTC), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY ARE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSORS NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY ARE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TRANSFER PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE.
C-1
EXHIBIT D
REGULATION S CERTIFICATE
,
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Corporate Trust Services
625 Marquette Avenue
Mac N9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Ulixes Account Manager
Fax: (612)-667-9825
Re: |
Univar Inc. 12 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the Securities) Issued under the Indenture (the Indenture) dated as of October 11, 2007, as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010, relating to the Securities |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Terms are used in this Certificate as used in Regulation S (Regulation S) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), except as otherwise stated herein.
[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
¨ A. | This Certificate relates to our proposed transfer of $ principal amount of Securities issued under the Indenture. We hereby certify as follows: | |||
1. |
The offer and sale of the Securities was not and will not be made to a person in the United States (unless such person is excluded from the definition of U.S. Person pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by it for which it is acting is excluded from the definition of U.S. Person pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3)) and such offer and sale was not and will not be specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad. |
|||
2. | Unless the circumstances described in the parenthetical in paragraph 1 above are applicable, either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the buyer was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market, and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States. |
D-1
3. | Neither we, any of our affiliates, nor any person acting on our or their behalf has made any directed selling efforts in the United States with respect to the Securities. | |||
4. | The proposed transfer of Securities is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. | |||
5. | If we are a dealer or a person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the Securities, and the proposed transfer takes place during the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture), or we are an officer or director of the Company or the Initial Purchaser (as defined in the Indenture), we certify that the proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the provisions of Rule 904(b) of Regulation S. | |||
¨ B. | This Certificate relates to our proposed exchange of $ principal amount of Securities issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Securities to be held by us. We hereby certify as follows: | |||
1. | At the time the offer and sale of the Securities was made to us, either (i) we were not in the United States or (ii) we were excluded from the definition of U.S. person pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by us for which we were acting was excluded from the definition of U.S. person pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3); and we were not a member of an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad. | |||
2. | Unless the circumstances described in paragraph 1(ii) above are applicable, either (a) at the time our buy order was originated, we were outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and we did not pre-arrange the transaction in the United States. | |||
3. | The proposed exchange of Securities is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. |
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
Very truly yours, | ||
[NAME OF SELLER (FOR TRANSFERS) OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)] | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Address: |
Date: |
|
D-2
EXHIBIT E
RULE 144A CERTIFICATE
,
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
Corporate Trust Services
625 Marquette Avenue
Mac N9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Ulixes Account Manager
Fax: (612)-667-9825
Re: | Univar Inc. | |
12 % Senior Subordinated | ||
Notes due 2017 (the Securities) | ||
Issued under the Indenture (the Indenture) dated as of October 11, 2007, as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010, relating to the Securities |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Certificate relates to:
[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
¨ A. | Our proposed purchase of $ principal amount of Securities issued under the Indenture. | |
¨ B. | Our proposed exchange of $ principal amount of Securities issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Securities to be held by us. |
We and, if applicable, each account for which we are acting in the aggregate owned and invested more than $100,000,000 in securities of issuers that are not affiliated with us (or such accounts, if applicable), as of , 20 , which is a date on or since the close of our most recent fiscal year. We and, if applicable, each account for which we are acting, are a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A (Rule 144A) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act). If we are acting on behalf of an account, we exercise sole investment discretion with respect to such account. We are aware that the transfer of Securities to us, or such exchange, as applicable, is being made in reliance upon the exemption from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A. Prior to the date of this Certificate we have received such information regarding the Company as we have requested pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) or have determined not to request such information.
E-1
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
Very truly yours, | ||
[NAME OF PURCHASER (FOR TRANSFERS) OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)] | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Address: |
Date: |
|
E-2
EXHIBIT F
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR CERTIFICATE 1
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Corporate Trust Services
625 Marquette Avenue
Mac N9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Ulixes Account Manager
Fax: (612)-667-9825
Re: | Univar Inc. | |
12 % Senior Subordinated | ||
Notes due 2017 (the Securities) | ||
Issued under the Indenture (the Indenture) dated as of October 11, 2007, as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010, relating to the Securities |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Certificate relates to:
[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
F-1
4. | We are not acquiring the Securities with a view to any distribution thereof in a transaction that would violate the Securities Act or the securities laws of any State of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction; provided that the disposition of our property and the property of any accounts for which we are acting as fiduciary will remain at all times within our and their control. | |||
5. | We acknowledge that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and that the Securities may not be offered or sold within the United States or to or for the benefit of U.S. persons except as set forth below. | |||
6. | The principal amount of Securities to which this Certificate relates is at least equal to $250,000. |
We agree for the benefit of the Company, on our own behalf and on behalf of each account for which we are acting, that such Securities may be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred only in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any State of the United States and only (a) to the Company, (b) pursuant to a registration statement which has become effective under the Securities Act, (c) to a qualified institutional buyer in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (d) in an offshore transaction in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) in a principal amount of not less than $250,000, to an Institutional Accredited Investor that, prior to such transfer, delivers to the Trustee a duly completed and signed certificate (the form of which may be obtained from the Trustee) relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Securities or (f) pursuant to an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
Prior to the registration of any transfer in accordance with (c) or (d) above, we acknowledge that a duly completed and signed certificate (the form of which may be obtained from the Trustee) must be delivered to the Trustee. Prior to the registration of any transfer in accordance with (e) or (f) above, we acknowledge that the Company reserves the right to require the delivery of such legal opinions, certifications or other evidence as may reasonably be required in order to determine that the proposed transfer is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We acknowledge that no representation is made as to the availability of any Rule 144 exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
We understand that the Trustee will not be required to accept for registration of transfer any Securities acquired by us, except upon presentation of evidence satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee that the foregoing restrictions on transfer have been complied with. We further understand that the Securities acquired by us will be in the form of definitive physical certificates and that such certificates will bear a legend reflecting the substance of the preceding paragraph. We further agree to provide to any person acquiring any of the Securities from us a notice advising such person that resales of the Securities are restricted as stated herein and that certificates representing the Securities will bear a legend to that effect.
We agree to notify you promptly in writing if any of our acknowledgments, representations or agreements herein ceases to be accurate and complete.
F-2
We represent to you that we have full power to make the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and agreements on our own behalf and on behalf of any account for which we are acting.
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
Very truly yours, | ||
[NAME OF PURCHASER (FOR TRANSFERS) OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)] | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Address: |
Date: |
|
Upon transfer, the Securities would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:
By: |
|
|
Date: |
|
Taxpayer ID number: |
|
F-3
EXHIBIT G
[COMPLETE FORM I OR FORM II AS APPLICABLE.]
[FORM I]
CERTIFICATE OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Corporate Trust Services
625 Marquette Avenue
Mac N9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Ulixes Account Manager
Fax: (612)-667-9825
Re: | Univar Inc. | |
12 % Senior Subordinated | ||
Notes due 2017 (the Securities) | ||
Issued under the Indenture (the Indenture) dated as of October 11, 2007, as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010, relating to the Securities |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We are the beneficial owner of $ principal amount of Securities issued under the Indenture and represented by a Temporary Offshore Global Security (as defined in the Indenture).
We hereby certify as follows:
[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
¨ A. | We are a non-U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended). | |
¨ B. | We are a U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that purchased the Securities in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
G-1
Very truly yours, | ||
[NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER] | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Address: |
Date: |
|
G-2
[FORM II]
CERTIFICATE OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Corporate Trust Services
625 Marquette Avenue
Mac N9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Ulixes Account Manager
Fax: (612)-667-9825
Re: | Univar Inc. | |
12 % Senior Subordinated | ||
Notes due 2017 (the Securities) | ||
Issued under the Indenture (the Indenture) dated | ||
as of October 11, 2007, as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010, relating to the Securities |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This is to certify that based solely on certifications we have received in writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission from institutions appearing in our records as persons being entitled to a portion of the principal amount of Securities represented by a Temporary Offshore Global Security issued under the above-referenced Indenture, that as of the date hereof, $ principal amount of Securities represented by the Temporary Offshore Global Security being submitted herewith for exchange is beneficially owned by persons that are either (i) non-U.S. persons (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) or (ii) U.S. persons that purchased the Securities in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
We further certify that (i) we are not submitting herewith for exchange any portion of such Temporary Offshore Global Security excepted in such certifications and (ii) as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any Institution to the effect that the statements made by such Institution with respect to any portion of such Temporary Offshore Global Security submitted herewith for exchange are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
Yours faithfully, |
[Name of DTC Participant] |
G-3
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Address: |
Date: |
|
G-4
EXHIBIT H
TEMPORARY OFFSHORE GLOBAL SECURITY LEGEND
THIS SECURITY IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY. PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD APPLICABLE HERETO, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN MAY NOT BE HELD BY ANY PERSON OTHER THAN (1) A NON-U.S. PERSON OR (2) A U.S. PERSON THAT PURCHASED SUCH INTEREST IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES ACT). BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN ARE NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR CERTIFICATED SECURITIES OTHER THAN A PERMANENT GLOBAL SECURITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. TERMS IN THIS LEGEND ARE USED AS USED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.
NO BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL OR INTEREST HEREON UNTIL SUCH BENEFICIAL INTEREST IS EXCHANGED OR TRANSFERRED FOR AN INTEREST IN ANOTHER SECURITY.
H-1
EXHIBIT I
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
dated as of ,
among
[UNIVAR INC.,]
The Guarantor(s) Party Hereto
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017
I-1
THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this Supplemental Indenture ), entered into as of , , among [ UNIVAR INC. ], an entity organized under the laws of Delaware (the Company ), [insert each Guarantor executing this Supplemental Indenture and its jurisdiction of incorporation] (each an Undersigned ) and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as trustee (the Trustee ).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010, and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the Indenture ), relating to the Companys 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the Securities );
WHEREAS, as a condition to the Trustee entering into the Indenture and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders, the Company agreed pursuant to the Indenture to cause any newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiaries to provide Security Guarantees, except in certain circumstances.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Capitalized teams used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.
Section 2. Each Undersigned, by its execution of this Supplemental Indenture, agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including, but not limited to, Article XI thereof.
Section 3. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
Section 4. This Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 5. This Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture will henceforth be read together.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
I-2
[UNIVAR INC.], as Company | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
[GUARANTOR] | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
I-3
EXHIBIT J
FORM OF AFFILIATE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT
J-1
ANNEX B
FORM OF STICKER
September 20, 2010
This sticker (this Sticker ) shall become an integral part of the within-referenced 12% Senior Subordinated Note Due 2015, No. [ ], issued by Univar Inc. on June 30, 2008 in the original principal amount of $[ ] (the Note ), to which this Sticker is attached, and such Note and this Sticker shall be read and construed as one and the same document. To the extent any provisions of this Sticker conflict with the provisions of the Note, the provisions of this Sticker shall control.
Notwithstanding anything in the Note to the contrary, the Note is hereby amended as follows:
(i) by deleting the text Senior Subordinated Note due 2015 and replacing it by the text Senior Subordinated Note due 2017 throughout the text of the Note;
(ii) by deleting the text Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 and replacing it by the text Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 throughout the text of the Note;
(iii) by deleting the text on September 30, 2015 and replacing it with the text on September 30, 2017 throughout the text of the Note;
(iv) by deleting the text Required Combined Holders and replacing it with the text Required Holders in Subsection (1) thereof;
(v) by adding the words amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of [ ], and as may be further before the word amended in Subsection (2) thereof;
(vi) by deleting the text and mandatory redemption upon a Securities Exchange in Subsection (3) thereof; and
(vii) by deleting the text The Netherlands and replacing it with the text Delaware on the face thereof.
Except as expressly modified by this Sticker, all terms of the Note shall remain in full force and effect.
Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this Sticker shall have the meaning defined (including by reference) in the Note.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this instrument to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
UNIVAR INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Sticker]
ANNEX C
SENIOR CREDIT FACILITY DOCUMENTATION
ANNEX D
FORM OF CONSENT TO SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
September 20, 2010
Pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Indenture, the undersigned Holders, holding 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities outstanding, hereby consent to the amendment of the Indenture in the manner set forth in the Second Supplemental Indenture, to be dated as of the date hereof, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, in the form attached hereto (the Second Supplemental Indenture ). Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this consent shall have the meaning defined (including by reference) in the Second Supplemental Indenture.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this instrument to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Consent of Holders]
Exhibit 4.5
EXECUTION COPY
AMENDMENT TO SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
among
UNIVAR INC.
as Issuer
THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF
as Guarantors
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
October 8, 2010
THIS AMENDMENT TO SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this Amendment ) is entered into as of October 8, 2010 among Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Issuer ), the Guarantors listed on signature pages hereof and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association (the Trustee ).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee have entered into that certain Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 17, 2007 and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010 (such supplemental indenture, the Second Supplemental Indenture ) and as otherwise amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the Indenture ), relating to the 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 in the aggregate original principal amount of $600 million issued by the Issuer (such notes, as amended, and any notes issued in exchange, substitution or replacement therefor, the Securities );
WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Holders wish to make certain amendments to various provisions of the Indenture and the Second Supplemental Indenture; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Indenture, the Issuer has obtained written consent to the proposed amendments from the Holders holding 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities outstanding.
WHEREAS, on or prior to the date hereof, the Trustee has received an Opinion of Counsel and Officers Certificate pursuant to Sections 9.06 and 13.04 of the Indenture with respect to the amendments to the Indenture that are to become effective on the date of this Amendment, regardless of whether the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date shall occur.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Second Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:
Section 1.
Amendment to the Second Supplemental Indenture
The Second Supplemental Indenture is hereby amended to replace Annex A attached thereto with the Indenture attached as Annex A to this Amendment, to reflect the blacklined changes set forth in Annex A to this Second Supplemental Indenture, such that, subject to Section 2 of this Amendment, the effective Indenture on the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date shall be as set forth in Annex A attached hereto. All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A.
Section 2.
Amendments to Indenture Effective on the Date of this Amendment
On the date hereof, the Indenture shall be amended as set forth in this Section 2:
(a) Section 1.01 of the Indenture shall be amended to add the following definition in the appropriate alphabetical order:
Debt Facilities means, with respect to the Issuer and the Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt or credit facilities, indentures or agreements (including the Senior Credit Facility) with one or more banks, insurance companies, funds, financial institutions or other institutional lenders or investors, not entered into in the regular ordinary course of business, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, debentures or letters of credit or other credit or financing facilities, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (if more than one such facility, each individually, a Debt Facility).
(b) Section 4.16 of the Indenture shall be amended to read in full as follows:
4.16. Limitation on Layered Debt . The Issuer shall not incur any Debt that is (a) expressly subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Debt and (b) senior in any respect in right of payment of Securities. No Guarantor shall incur any Debt that is (a) expressly subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Debt and (b) senior in any respect in right of payment to the Security Guarantee of such Guarantor. In addition, neither the Issuer nor a Guarantor shall incur any Secured Debt (including any second lien debt or first loss tranche) which is, by its express terms, subordinated as to rights to receive proceeds of collateral to any other Secured Debt of the Issuer or a Guarantor secured in whole or in part by the same collateral. In addition, neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall incur any Debt under Debt Facilities otherwise permitted under Section 4.03(a) or Section 4.03(b)(3)(ii) or any Permitted Refinancing Debt in respect thereof unless:
(A) either (i) such Debt expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated (to the same extent the Securities are subordinated to Senior Debt hereunder) in right of payment to the Securities of the Issuer and each Security Guarantee of each such Guarantor, or (ii) concurrently with the issuance of such Debt, this Indenture, the Securities and the Security Guarantees are amended in accordance with Section 9.01(f) to remove in their entirety, the subordination provisions thereof in Article 12 of this Indenture and all related provisions that relate solely to such subordination provisions, or
(B) such Debt is Secured Debt that is secured by a Lien having the same lien priority as the Liens that secures any Credit Facilities permitted under Section 4.03(b)(i).
(c) Section 4.03(b)(i) is amendment to add the word Secured in the first line thereof prior to the words Debt, including bankers acceptances appearing therein.
3
Section 3.
Miscellaneous
1. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF LAWS OF ANY OTHER STATE) SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.
2. This Amendment may be signed in various counterparts, which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
3. Upon execution and delivery of this Amendment, the Indenture shall be modified and amended in accordance with this Amendment and, as applicable the Second Supplemental Indenture, as amended hereby, and all the terms and conditions of both shall be read together as though they constitute one instrument, except that, in case of conflict, the provisions of this Amendment will control. The Indenture, as modified and amended by this Amendment, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and shall bind every Holder of Notes. In case of conflict between the terms and conditions contained in the Notes and those contained in the Indenture, as modified and amended by this Amendment, the provisions of the Indenture, as modified and amended by this Amendment, shall control.
4. Except as amended hereby, each provision of the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect and, as amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects agreed to, ratified, and confirmed by the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The consent of the Holders to this Amendment shall not constitute an amendment or waiver of any provision of the Indenture except to the extent expressly set forth herein, and shall not be construed as a waiver of or consent to any further or future action on the part of the Issuer or any Guarantor or waiver of any Default or Event of Default, except to the extent expressly set forth herein.
5. Each Guarantor hereby reaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee and under Article 11 of the Indenture each as hereby amended by this Amendment. The Issuer and each Guarantor hereby reaffirms its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.
6. In case any one or more of the provisions in this Amendment shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
UNIVAR INC. | ||
as Issuer | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | DOUGLAS R. DREW | |
Title: | V.P. TREASURER | |
CHEMPOINT, INC. as Guarantor |
||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | DOUGLAS R. DREW | |
Title: | V.P. TREASURER | |
UNIVAR USA INC. as Guarantor |
||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | DOUGLAS R. DREW | |
Title: | V.P. TREASURER | |
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION as Trustee |
||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | Lynn M. Steiner | |
Vice President |
[Second Supplemental Indenture]
Exhibit 4.6
EXECUTION VERSION
SECOND AMENDMENT TO SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
among
UNIVAR INC.
as Issuer
THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF
as Guarantors
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
October 28, 2010
THIS AMENDMENT TO SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this Amendment ) is entered into as of October 28, 2010 among Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Issuer ), the Guarantors listed on signature pages hereof and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association (the Trustee ).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee have entered into that certain Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 17, 2007 and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010 (such supplemental indenture, the Second Supplemental Indenture ) and as otherwise amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the Indenture ), relating to the 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 in the aggregate original principal amount of $600 million issued by the Issuer (such notes, as amended, and any notes issued in exchange, substitution or replacement therefor, the Securities );
WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Holders wish to make certain amendments to various provisions of the Indenture and the Second Supplemental Indenture; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Indenture, the Issuer has obtained written consent to the proposed amendments from the Holders holding 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities outstanding.
WHEREAS, on or prior to the date hereof, the Trustee has received an Opinion of Counsel and Officers Certificate pursuant to Sections 9.06 and 13.04 of the Indenture with respect to the amendments to the Indenture that are to become effective on the date of this Amendment, regardless of whether the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date shall occur.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Second Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:
Section 1.
Amendment to the Second Supplemental Indenture
The Second Supplemental Indenture is hereby amended to replace Annex A attached thereto with the Indenture attached as Annex A to this Amendment, to reflect the blacklined changes set forth in Annex A to this Second Supplemental Indenture, such that, subject to Section 2 of this Amendment, the effective Indenture on the Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date shall be as set forth in Annex A attached hereto. All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A.
Section 2.
Miscellaneous
1. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF LAWS OF ANY OTHER STATE) SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.
2. This Amendment may be signed in various counterparts, which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
3. Upon execution and delivery of this Amendment, the Indenture shall be modified and amended in accordance with this Amendment and, as applicable the Second Supplemental Indenture, as amended hereby, and all the terms and conditions of both shall be read together as though they constitute one instrument, except that, in case of conflict, the provisions of this Amendment will control. The Indenture, as modified and amended by this Amendment, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and shall bind every Holder of Notes. In case of conflict between the terms and conditions contained in the Notes and those contained in the Indenture, as modified and amended by this Amendment, the provisions of the Indenture, as modified and amended by this Amendment, shall control.
4. Except as amended hereby, each provision of the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect and, as amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects agreed to, ratified, and confirmed by the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The consent of the Holders to this Amendment shall not constitute an amendment or waiver of any provision of the Indenture except to the extent expressly set forth herein, and shall not be construed as a waiver of or consent to any further or future action on the part of the Issuer or any Guarantor or waiver of any Default or Event of Default, except to the extent expressly set forth herein.
5. Each Guarantor hereby reaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee and under Article 11 of the Indenture each as hereby amended by this Amendment. The Issuer and each Guarantor hereby reaffirms its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.
6. In case any one or more of the provisions in this Amendment shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.
3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
[Second Supplemental Indenture]
UNIVAR INC., as Company | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
MAGNABLEND HOLDINGS, INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
MAGNABLEND, INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
PMF CAPITAL, LLC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE | ||||
By: |
/s/ Lynn M. Steiner |
|||
Name: | Lynn M. Steiner | |||
Title: | Vice President |
ANNEX A
AMENDED COMPOSITE CONFORMED COPY OF THE INDENTURE TO
INCORPORATE SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, AS AMENDED
PURSUANT TO THIS AMENDMENT
ANNEX B
FORM OF CONSENT TO AMENDMENT TO SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE
October [ ], 2010
Pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Indenture, the undersigned Holders, holding 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities outstanding, hereby consent to the Amendment, dated as of the date of this Consent, to the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, in the form attached hereto. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this Consent shall have the meaning defined (including by reference) in such Amendment.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this instrument to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Consent of Holders]
Exhibit 4.7
THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
among
UNIVAR INC.
as Issuer
THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF
as Guarantors
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
November 15, 2010
THIS THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this Third Supplemental Indenture ) is entered into as of November 15, 2010 among Univar Holdco Canada LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Univar Holdco Canada III LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the New Guarantors and each, a New Guarantor ), Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Issuer ), the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereof and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association (the Trustee ).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010, as amended, and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the Indenture ), relating to the Issuers 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the Securities );
WHEREAS, as a condition to the Trustee entering into the Indenture and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders, the Issuer agreed pursuant to the Indenture to cause any newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiaries to provide Security Guarantees, except in certain circumstances;
WHEREAS, each of the New Guarantors is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer and is a guarantor under a Credit Facility and each is therefore required to become a guarantor of the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Indenture;
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Indenture, each Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a guarantor shall do so by executing and delivering to the Trustee a supplemental indenture; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee are permitted to execute and deliver this Third Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Third Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Capitalized teams used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.
Section 2. Each Undersigned, by its execution of this Third Supplemental Indenture, agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including, but not limited to, Article XI thereof.
Section 3. This Third Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of laws.
Section 4. This Third Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 5. This Third Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture and the Indenture and this Third Supplemental Indenture will henceforth be read together.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Third Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
UNIVAR HOLDCO CANADA LLC | ||
as Guarantor | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Douglas R. Drew | |
Title: | ||
UNIVAR HOLDCO CANADA III LLC as Guarantor |
||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Douglas R. Drew | |
Title: |
[Third Supplemental Indenture]
UNIVAR INC. | ||
as Issuer | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Douglas R. Drew | |
Title: | ||
CHEMPOINT.COM, INC. as Guarantor |
||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Douglas R. Drew | |
Title: | ||
UNIVAR USA INC. as Guarantor |
||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Douglas R. Drew | |
Title: |
[Third Supplemental Indenture]
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION | ||
as Trustee | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Lynn M. Steiner | |
Vice President |
[Third Supplemental Indenture]
Exhibit 4.8
EXECUTION VERSION
FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
among
UNIVAR INC.
as Issuer
THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF
as Guarantors
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
December 20, 2010
THIS FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this Fourth Supplemental Indenture ) is entered into as of December 20, 2010 among Basic Chemical Solutions, L.L.C, a New Jersey limited liability company (the New Guarantor ), Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Issuer ), the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereof and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association (the Trustee ).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010, as amended, and the Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010, and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the Indenture ), relating to the Issuers 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the Securities );
WHEREAS, as a condition to the Trustee entering into the Indenture and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders, the Issuer agreed pursuant to the Indenture to cause any newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiaries to provide Security Guarantees, except in certain circumstances;
WHEREAS, the New Guarantor is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer and is a guarantor under a Credit Facility and is therefore required to become a guarantor of the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Indenture;
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Indenture, each Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a guarantor shall do so by executing and delivering to the Trustee a supplemental indenture; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee are permitted to execute and deliver this Fourth Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Fourth Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Capitalized teams used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.
Section 2. The Undersigned, by its execution of this Fourth Supplemental Indenture, agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including, but not limited to, Article XI thereof.
Section 3. This Fourth Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of laws.
Section 4. This Fourth Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 5. This Fourth Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture and the Indenture and this Fourth Supplemental Indenture will henceforth be read together.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Fourth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
BASIC CHEMICAL SOLUTIONS, L.L.C. | ||
as Guarantor | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Douglas R. Drew | |
Title: |
[Fourth Supplemental Indenture]
UNIVAR INC. | ||
as Issuer | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Douglas R. Drew | |
Title: | ||
CHEMPOINT.COM, INC. as Guarantor |
||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Douglas R. Drew | |
Title: | ||
UNIVAR USA INC. as Guarantor |
||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Douglas R. Drew | |
Title: | ||
UNIVAR HOLDCO CANADA LLC as Guarantor |
||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Douglas R. Drew | |
Title: | ||
UNIVAR HOLDCO CANADA III LLC as Guarantor |
||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Douglas R. Drew | |
Title: |
[Fourth Supplemental Indenture]
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION | ||
as Trustee | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Lynn M. Steiner | |
Vice President |
[Fourth Supplemental Indenture]
Exhibit 4.9
FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
among
UNIVAR INC.
as Issuer
THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF
as Guarantors
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
October 1, 2012
THIS FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this Fifth Supplemental Indenture ) is entered into as of October 1, 2012 among Univar Inc. (the Issuer ), the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereof and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the Trustee ). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given such terms in the Indenture (as defined below).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Issuer, the guarantors listed on signature pages thereto and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010, as amended, the Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010, and the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2010, and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the Indenture ), relating to the Issuers 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the Securities );
WHEREAS, the Issuer desires to amend and restate the existing Term Loan Credit Agreement among the Issuer, Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent, and the other parties thereto to, among other things, incur $550 million in additional senior term loans thereunder ( Additional Term Loans );
WHEREAS, in connection with the Additional Term Loans, the Issuer wishes to make certain amendments to various provisions of the Indenture;
WHEREAS, on or prior to the date hereof, the Trustee has received an Opinion of Counsel and Officers Certificate pursuant to Sections 9.06 and 13.04 of the Indenture with respect to the amendments to the Indenture that are to become effective on the date of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Indenture, the Issuer has obtained duly authorized and written consent, attached hereto as Exhibit A, to the proposed amendments from the Holders holding at least a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities outstanding.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Fifth Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:
Section 1.
Definitions
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.
Section 2.
Amendment
(a) Section 1.01 of the Indenture is amended hereby by adding the following definitions in appropriate alphabetical order:
Additional Term Loans shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Fifth Supplemental Indenture.
Fifth Supplemental Indenture means the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2012, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee.
Fifth Supplemental Indenture Effective Date means the first date on which all conditions set forth in Section 3 of the Fifth Supplemental Indenture are satisfied, as evidenced by the Officers Certificate delivered pursuant to the Fifth Supplemental Indenture.
(b) Section 1.01 of the Indenture is amended by amending and restating the definition of Senior Credit Facility , to read in its entirety:
Senior Credit Facility means collectively the Term Loan Credit Agreement and the ABL Credit Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among Holdco, the Issuer, the Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries and the financial institutions named therein, and any related notes, collateral documents, letters of credit and guarantees, including any appendices, exhibits or schedules to any of the foregoing (as the same may be in effect from time to time), in each case, as such agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time (including, for the avoidance of doubt, by the Third Amended and Restated Term Loan Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 4 to ABL Credit Agreement to be entered into on the Fifth Supplemental Indenture Effective Date), or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid or extended from time to time (whether with the original agents and lenders or other agents or lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original credit agreement or other credit agreements or otherwise).
(c) The definition of Asset Sale in Section 1.01 of the Indenture is hereby amended by adding the following as new clause (s) immediately after clause (r):
(s) Dispositions of accounts receivable pursuant to factoring arrangements in an aggregate amount (with a receivable being deemed to be outstanding until the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary has received the full purchase price thereof from the purchaser) not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding.
(d) The definition of Consolidated Net Income in Section 1.01 of the Indenture is hereby amended by (i) deleting the word and before clause (13) thereof and replacing it with ; (ii) inserting the word and after clause (13) and (iii) adding the following as new clause (14) immediately after clause (13):
(14) in the case of any period that includes a period ending prior to or during the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2012, any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, the Senior Credit Facility and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;
(e) The definition of GAAP in Section 1.01 of the Indenture is hereby amended by inserting the following immediately prior to the . at the end of the definition:
provided further , that for purposes of determining compliance with any financial test or basket under this Indenture, any change in GAAP following the Fifth Supplement Indenture Effective Date with respect to whether a lease is required to be capitalized or operating shall be disregarded for all purposes
3
(f) Clause (1) in the definition of Permitted Liens in Section 1.01 of the Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
(1) Liens securing Senior Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor or Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (including debt of any Foreign Subsidiary) (in each case including related Obligations) that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;
(g) Section 4.03(b)(1) of the Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
(1) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Debt, including bankers acceptances (with letters of credit and bankers acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) under Credit Facilities (including Guarantees of such Debt by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Debt outstanding pursuant to this clause (1) does not exceed $3,050 million incurred, in the aggregate, pursuant to the ABL revolving credit facility portion and the term loan facility portion of the Senior Credit Facility, out of which amount no more than $1,950 million may be incurred in the form of term loans and the remainder may only be incurred under a borrowing base revolving credit facility, and (ii) at all times while the GS Parties constitute the Required Holders, such amount shall be reduced by the cumulative Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale to the extent applied pursuant to Section 4.06 to prepayments of Debt under Credit Facilities, provided that once this condition is no longer applicable, the reduction or reductions shall be reversed;
(h) Section 4.03(b)(5) of the Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
(5) the incurrence or issuance of Debt or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries under local working capital lines in an aggregate amount not to exceed (together with the amount of any Guarantee pursuant to clause (9) below (other than any Guarantee of Debt incurred pursuant to this clause (5))) $500 million at any time outstanding;
(i) Section 4.03(b)(9) of the Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
(9) (a) the incurrence of any Guarantee by the Issuer or any Guarantor of Debt of the Issuer or a Guarantor or of any Foreign Subsidiary (which Debt of any such Foreign Subsidiary shall not exceed (together with the amount of any Debt or Preferred Stock incurred under clause (5) above)) $500 million at any time outstanding, in each case, which Debt was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant and (b) the incurrence of any Guarantee by any Foreign Subsidiary of Debt of another Foreign Subsidiary;
(j) Section 4.03(b)(22) of the Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
(22) cash management obligations and Debt in respect of cash management services, netting services (including treasury and depository services), overdraft facilities, employee credit or debit card programs (including non-card electronic payment services and purchase card programs), cash pooling arrangements, electronic fund transfer services or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; and
4
(k) Section 4.03(d)(2) of the Indenture is hereby amended by (i) replacing the words Second Supplemental Indenture Effective Date in the first proviso thereto with the words Fifth Supplemental Indenture Effective Date (other than the Additional Term Loans, which are incurred under Section 4.03(a)) and (ii) replacing the words clause (1) hereof in the second proviso thereto with the words clause (b)(1) hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the Purchasers acknowledge and agree that a temporary prepayment of the outstanding revolving borrowings under the ABL portion of the Senior Credit Facility with the proceeds of the Additional Term Loans, without the permanent reduction of the commitments under such ABL portion, shall not constitute refinancing of the Senior Credit Facility for purposes of the second proviso of Section 4.03(d)(2) of the Indenture.
(l) Section 6.01(a)(6) of the Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
(6) (A) the failure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to pay any Debt within any applicable grace period after final maturity or acceleration by the holders thereof because of a default or (B) or a default occurs with respect to any Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor that ranks pari passu with the Securities or the relevant Security Guarantee or constitutes Subordinated Debt, which default permits the holder or holders thereof (or any trustee or agent on their behalf) to accelerate that Debt (giving effect to any applicable grace period), and, in the case of (A) or (B) the total amount of such Debt unpaid or accelerated or in default at the time exceeds $75 million;
(m) Section 6.01(a)(7) of the Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
(7) any judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of $75 million (net of any insurance or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to or within 60 days from the entry thereof, or which are covered by insurance (unless the Issuers insurance carriers have denied coverage in respect thereof) in the event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) is entered against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary and is not discharged, waived or stayed and either (A) an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree or (B) there is a period of 60 days following the entry of such judgment or decree during which such judgment or decree is not discharged, waived or the execution thereof stayed;
(n) Section 6.01(a)(9) and Section 6.01(a)(10) of the Indenture are hereby amended by deleting the words Holdco (for so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of Holdco), in each instance as the same appears therein.
Section 3.
Conditions to Effectiveness
This Fifth Supplemental Indenture shall become effective, on the date (the Fifth Supplement Indenture Effective Date ) on which the Issuer shall have delivered an Officers Certificate stating that all conditions precedent set forth in this Section 3 have been satisfied and such confirmation has been ratified by the Holders in writing. Upon the effectiveness of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture shall be supplemented in accordance herewith, and this Fifth Supplemental Indenture shall form part of the Indenture for all purposes, and the Trustee, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be bound hereby and thereby.
5
(a) Counterparts . This Fifth Supplemental Indenture shall have been executed by all parties thereto and delivered to the Holders and the Trustee.
(b) Senior Credit Facility .
The Senior Credit Facility shall have been amended on or prior to the Fifth Supplemental Indenture Effective Date pursuant to documentation substantially in the form of Annex I to this Fifth Supplemental Indenture.
(c) Deliveries to the Trustee . The Trustee shall have received Opinion of Counsel and Officers Certificate pursuant to Sections 9.06 and 13.04 of the Indenture.
Section 4.
Miscellaneous
(a) THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF LAWS OF ANY OTHER STATE) SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.
(b) This Fifth Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts, which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
(c) This Fifth Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture, and the Indenture and this Fifth Supplemental Indenture will henceforth be read together.
(d) Except as amended hereby, each provision of the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect and, as amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects agreed to, ratified, and confirmed by the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The consent of the Holders to this Fifth Supplemental Indenture shall not constitute an amendment or waiver of any provision of the Indenture except to the extent expressly set forth herein, and shall not be construed as a waiver of or consent to any further or future action on the part of the Issuer or any Guarantor or waiver of any Default or Event of Default, except to the extent expressly set forth herein.
(e) Each Guarantor hereby reaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee and under Article 11 of the Indenture each as hereby amended by this Fifth Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer and each Guarantor hereby reaffirms its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.
(f) If any court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that any provision in this Fifth Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
6
(g) The recitals contained herein shall be taken as the statements of the Issuer and the Guarantors, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
7
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Fifth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
UNIVAR INC . as Issuer |
||
By: |
/s/ Thomas P. Martin |
|
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |
Title: | Vice President and Treasurer | |
CHEMPOINT.COM INC. as Guarantor |
||
By: |
/s/ Thomas P. Martin |
|
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |
Title: | Vice President and Treasurer | |
UNIVAR USA INC. as Guarantor |
||
By: |
/s/ Thomas P. Martin |
|
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |
Title: | Vice President and Treasurer | |
UNlVAR HOLDCO LLC as Guarantor |
||
By: |
/s/ Thomas P. Martin |
|
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |
Title: | Treasurer | |
UNIVAR HOLDCO III LLC as Guarantor |
||
By: |
/s/ Thomas P. Martin |
|
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |
Title: | Treasurer | |
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION as Trustee |
||
By: |
/s/ Lynn M. Steiner |
|
Name: | Lynn M. Steiner | |
Title: | Vice President |
Fifth Supplemental Indenture Signature Page
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF CONSENT TO FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
October [ ], 2012
Pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Indenture, the undersigned Holders, constituting the Required Holders, hereby consent to the amendment of the Indenture in the manner set forth in the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, to be dated as of the date hereof, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, in the form attached hereto (the Fifth Supplemental Indenture ). By signing below, the Holders represent that such consent is duly authorized and the signers have the requisite power to enter into this consent on behalf of the Holders. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this consent shall have the meaning defined (including by reference) in the Fifth Supplemental Indenture.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this instrument to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Consent of Holders]
ANNEX I
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
[See Attached.]
[Published CUSIP No.: ]
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of October 11, 2007,
Amended and Restated on September 20, 2010,
as further Amended and Restated on February 28, 2011,
and
as further Amended and Restated on [ ], 2012
among
UNIVAR INC.,
as the Borrower,
The Several Lenders
from Time to Time Parties Hereto
and
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
and
[ ],
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners for the
Third Amendment and Restatement
[ ],
as Syndication Agent for the Third Amendment and Restatement
[ ]
and
[ ],
as Documentation Agents for the Third Amendment and Restatement
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||||
SECTION 1. |
DEFINITIONS | 1 | ||||
1.1. |
Defined Terms | 1 | ||||
1.2. |
Other Interpretive Provisions | 41 | ||||
1.3. |
Accounting Terms | 41 | ||||
1.4. |
Rounding | 42 | ||||
1.5. |
References to Agreements, Laws, Etc. | 42 | ||||
1.6. |
Exchange Rates | 42 | ||||
1.7. |
Effect of Restatement | 42 | ||||
SECTION 2. |
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT | 43 | ||||
2.1. |
Commitments | 43 | ||||
2.2. |
Minimum Amount of Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings | 43 | ||||
2.3. |
Notice of Borrowing | 44 | ||||
2.4. |
Disbursement of Funds | 44 | ||||
2.5. |
Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt | 45 | ||||
2.6. |
Conversions and Continuations | 46 | ||||
2.7. |
Pro Rata Borrowings | 47 | ||||
2.8. |
Interest | 47 | ||||
2.9. |
Interest Periods | 48 | ||||
2.10. |
Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc. | 49 | ||||
2.11. |
Compensation | 50 | ||||
2.12. |
Change of Lending Office | 51 | ||||
2.13. |
Notice of Certain Costs | 51 | ||||
2.14. |
Incremental Facilities | 51 | ||||
SECTION 3. |
FEES; COMMITMENTS | 52 | ||||
3.1. |
Fees | 52 | ||||
3.2. |
Mandatory Termination of Commitments | 52 | ||||
SECTION 4. |
PAYMENTS | 53 | ||||
4.1. |
Voluntary Prepayments | 53 | ||||
4.2. |
Mandatory Prepayments | 53 | ||||
4.3. |
Method and Place of Payment | 55 | ||||
4.4. |
Net Payments | 55 | ||||
4.5. |
Computations of Interest and Fees | 58 | ||||
4.6. |
Limit on Rate of Interest | 58 | ||||
SECTION 5. |
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THIRD RESTATEMENT EFFECTIVE DATE | 59 | ||||
5.1. |
Credit Documents | 59 | ||||
5.2. |
Legal Opinion | 59 | ||||
5.3. |
Authorization of Proceedings of Each Credit Party | 59 |
-i-
Page | ||||||
5.4. |
Certificates | 59 | ||||
5.5. |
Amendment of ABL Credit Agreement | 59 | ||||
5.6. |
Amendment of Intercreditor Agreement | 60 | ||||
5.7. |
Fees | 60 | ||||
SECTION 6. |
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL CREDIT EVENTS | 60 | ||||
6.1. |
No Default; Representations and Warranties | 60 | ||||
6.2. |
Notice of Borrowing | 60 | ||||
SECTION 7. |
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS | 60 | ||||
7.1. |
Corporate Status | 60 | ||||
7.2. |
Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability | 61 | ||||
7.3. |
No Violation | 61 | ||||
7.4. |
Litigation | 61 | ||||
7.5. |
Margin Regulations | 61 | ||||
7.6. |
Governmental Approvals; Other Consents | 61 | ||||
7.7. |
Investment Company Act | 62 | ||||
7.8. |
Disclosure | 62 | ||||
7.9. |
Financial Condition; Financial Statements | 62 | ||||
7.10. |
Tax Matters | 62 | ||||
7.11. |
Compliance with ERISA | 63 | ||||
7.12. |
Subsidiaries | 63 | ||||
7.13. |
Intellectual Property | 63 | ||||
7.14. |
Environmental Laws | 64 | ||||
7.15. |
Properties | 64 | ||||
7.16. |
Solvency | 64 | ||||
7.17. |
Collateral | 64 | ||||
7.18. |
Insurance | 65 | ||||
SECTION 8. |
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS | 65 | ||||
8.1. |
Information Covenants | 65 | ||||
8.2. |
Books, Records and Inspections | 67 | ||||
8.3. |
Maintenance of Insurance | 68 | ||||
8.4. |
Payment of Taxes | 69 | ||||
8.5. |
Maintenance of Existence | 69 | ||||
8.6. |
Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, Etc. | 69 | ||||
8.7. |
Maintenance of Properties | 69 | ||||
8.8. |
Additional Guarantors and Grantors | 69 | ||||
8.9. |
Pledge of Additional Stock and Evidence of Indebtedness | 69 | ||||
8.10. |
Use of Proceeds | 70 | ||||
8.11. |
Further Assurances | 70 | ||||
8.12. |
End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters | 71 | ||||
SECTION 9. |
NEGATIVE COVENANTS | 71 | ||||
9.1. |
Limitation on Indebtedness | 71 | ||||
9.2. |
Limitation on Liens | 75 |
-ii-
Page | ||||||
9.3. |
Limitation on Fundamental Changes | 77 | ||||
9.4. |
Limitation on Sale of Assets | 78 | ||||
9.5. |
Limitation on Investments | 80 | ||||
9.6. |
Limitation on Restricted Payments | 82 | ||||
9.7. |
Limitations on Debt Payments and Amendments | 84 | ||||
9.8. |
Transactions with Affiliates | 84 | ||||
9.9. |
[Reserved] | 85 | ||||
9.10. |
Changes in Business | 85 | ||||
9.11. |
Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries | 86 | ||||
SECTION 10. |
EVENTS OF DEFAULT | 87 | ||||
10.1. |
Payments | 87 | ||||
10.2. |
Representations, Etc. | 88 | ||||
10.3. |
Covenants | 88 | ||||
10.4. |
Default Under Other Agreements | 88 | ||||
10.5. |
Bankruptcy, Etc. | 88 | ||||
10.6. |
ERISA | 89 | ||||
10.7. |
Guarantee | 89 | ||||
10.8. |
Security Documents | 89 | ||||
10.9. |
Judgments | 89 | ||||
10.10. |
Change of Control | 90 | ||||
SECTION 11. |
THE AGENTS | 90 | ||||
11.1. |
Appointment | 90 | ||||
11.2. |
Delegation of Duties | 91 | ||||
11.3. |
Exculpatory Provisions | 91 | ||||
11.4. |
Reliance by Agents | 92 | ||||
11.5. |
Notice of Default | 92 | ||||
11.6. |
Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Other Lenders | 92 | ||||
11.7. |
Indemnification | 93 | ||||
11.8. |
Agents in Their Individual Capacities | 93 | ||||
11.9. |
Successor Agents | 93 | ||||
11.10. |
Withholding Tax | 94 | ||||
SECTION 12. |
MISCELLANEOUS | 94 | ||||
12.1. |
Amendments and Waivers | 94 | ||||
12.2. |
Notices | 97 | ||||
12.3. |
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies | 98 | ||||
12.4. |
Survival of Representations and Warranties | 98 | ||||
12.5. |
Payment of Expenses | 98 | ||||
12.6. |
Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments | 99 | ||||
12.7. |
Replacements of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances | 104 | ||||
12.8. |
Adjustments; Set-off | 105 | ||||
12.9. |
Counterparts | 106 |
-iii-
Page | ||||||
12.10. |
Severability | 106 | ||||
12.11. |
Integration | 106 | ||||
12.12. |
GOVERNING LAW | 106 | ||||
12.13. |
Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers | 106 | ||||
12.14. |
Acknowledgments | 107 | ||||
12.15. |
WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL | 108 | ||||
12.16. |
Confidentiality | 108 | ||||
12.17. |
Direct Website Communications | 109 | ||||
12.18. |
USA PATRIOT Act | 110 | ||||
12.19. |
Intercreditor Agreement | 110 | ||||
SCHEDULES |
||||||
Schedule 1.1(a) |
Mortgaged Properties | |||||
Schedule 1.1(c)(i) |
Excluded Subsidiaries | |||||
Schedule 1.1(e) |
Existing Indebtedness | |||||
Schedule 1.1(f) |
Debt Repayment | |||||
Schedule 7.4 |
Litigation | |||||
Schedule 7.12 |
Subsidiaries | |||||
Schedule 8.11 |
Post-Closing Actions | |||||
Schedule 9.2 |
Existing Liens | |||||
Schedule 9.5 |
Existing Investments | |||||
Schedule 9.8 |
Existing Affiliate Transactions | |||||
Schedule 12.2 |
Notice Addresses | |||||
EXHIBITS |
||||||
Exhibit A Form of Amended and Restated Mortgage (Real Property) |
|
|||||
Exhibit B Form of Perfection Certificate |
|
|||||
Exhibit C Form of Assignment and Acceptance |
|
|||||
Exhibit D Form of Joinder Agreement |
|
|||||
Exhibit E Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate |
|
|||||
Exhibit F Form of Intercreditor Agreement |
|
-iv-
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of October 11, 2007, and amended and restated as of September 20, 2010, further amended and restated as of February 28, 2011, and further amended and restated as of [ ], 2012, among UNIVAR INC., a Delaware corporation (the Borrower ), the registered lending institutions from time to time parties hereto (each a Lender and, collectively, the Lenders ), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined in this preamble having the meaning provided in Section 1 ) and Collateral Agent.
WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent are parties to an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended and restated on September 20, 2010, and as further amended and restated as of February 28, 2011, the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement ); and
WHEREAS, the Required Lenders (under and as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) have consented to the amendment and restatement of the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Restatement Agreement dated as of the Third Restatement Effective Date (the Restatement Agreement ) amongst the parties hereto.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Definitions
1.1. Defined Terms .
(a) As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 1.1 unless the context otherwise requires (it being understood that defined terms in this Agreement shall include in the singular number the plural and in the plural the singular):
ABL Collateral Agent shall mean the collateral agent under the ABL Facility.
ABL Credit Agreement shall mean the Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement, dated September 20, 2010, by and among the Credit Parties, the Canadian borrower party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder, Bank of America and Bank of America (acting through its Canadian branch), as administrative agents and the other parties named therein, as amended or otherwise modified on or prior to the date hereof and as such agreement may be further amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original administrative agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original ABL Credit Agreement or other credit agreements or otherwise, unless such agreement or instrument expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not an ABL Credit Agreement hereunder). Any reference to the ABL Credit Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to any ABL Credit Agreement then in existence.
ABL Credit Agreement Amendment shall mean Amendment No. 4 to the ABL Credit Agreement.
ABL Documents shall mean the Credit Documents (or such corresponding term) as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived, otherwise modified, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced from time to time.
ABL Facility shall mean the collective reference to the ABL Documents, any notes, guarantees, collateral documents and account control agreements, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof.
ABL Priority Collateral shall have the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.
ABR shall mean for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate and (c) the LIBOR Rate (for the avoidance of doubt, after giving effect to the last sentence contained in the definition thereof) for a period of one month commencing on such date plus 1.00%. The prime rate is a rate set by the Administrative Agent based upon various factors including the Administrative Agents costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in the ABR due to a change in such rate announced by the Administrative Agent or in the Federal Funds Effective Rate or LIBOR Rate shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change or on the effective date of such change in the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.
ABR Loan shall mean each Loan bearing interest at the rate provided in Section 2.8(a) .
Acquired EBITDA shall mean, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business or any Converted Restricted Subsidiary (any of the foregoing, a Pro Forma Entity ) for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Pro Forma Entity (determined using such definitions as if references to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries therein were to such Pro Forma Entity and its Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Pro Forma Entity in a manner consistent with GAAP.
Acquired Entity or Business shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Consolidated EBITDA.
Additional Term B Commitment means with respect to the Additional Term B Lender, its commitment to make a Term B Loan on the Third Restatement Effective Date in an amount equal to $[500-550],000,000.
-2-
Additional Term B Joinder Agreement means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Third Restatement Effective Date, by and among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Additional Term B Lender.
Additional Term B Lender means the Person identified as such in the Additional Term B Joinder Agreement.
Additional Term B Loan shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .
Adjusted Total Term Loan Commitment shall mean at any time the Total Term Loan Commitment less the Commitments of all Defaulting Lenders.
Administrative Agent shall mean Bank of America, as the administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, or any successor administrative agent pursuant to Section 11 .
Administrative Agents Office shall mean, with respect to any currency, the Administrative Agents address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 12.2 with respect to such currency, or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the Lenders.
Administrative Questionnaire shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(b)(ii)(D) .
Affiliate shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control a corporation if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
Affiliated Debt Fund shall mean any Affiliate of a Sponsor that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course and with respect to which the Sponsor does not, directly or indirectly, possess the power to direct or cause the direction of the investment policies of such entity.
Affiliated Lender shall mean any Affiliated Debt Fund, Non-Debt Fund Affiliate or Purchasing Borrower Party.
Agent Parties shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17(d) .
Agents shall mean the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Arrangers.
Agreement shall mean this Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
-3-
Applicable Amount shall mean, at any time (the Reference Time ), an amount equal to (a) the sum, without duplication, of:
(i) an amount equal to the greater of (x) zero and (y) 50% of Cumulative Consolidated Net Income for the period from the first day of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Closing Date until the last day of the then most recent fiscal quarter for which Section 8.1 Financials have been delivered; and
(ii) the amount of any capital contributions (other than (A) [Reserved], (B) any amount added back in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (a)(vii) thereof, (C) any contributions in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests and (D) any amount applied to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 9.6(a) , Section 9.6(f) or payments made in reliance on clause (iii) to the proviso to the first sentence of Section 9.7(a) in each case of the Original Credit Agreement) made in cash to, or any proceeds of an equity issuance received by, the Borrower from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Time, including proceeds from the issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower,
minus (b) the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to Section 9.5(i)(y) following the Closing Date and prior to the Reference Time.
Applicable Margin shall mean, for purposes of calculating the applicable interest rate for any day for any Term B Loan that is (i) an ABR Loan, 2.50% or (ii) a LIBOR Loan, 3.50%.
Approved Fund shall mean any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
Arrangers shall mean Bank of America and [ ].
Asset Sale Prepayment Event shall mean any Disposition of any business units, assets or other property of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries not in the ordinary course of business (including any Disposition of any Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary of the Borrower owned by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and any issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents by any Restricted Subsidiary). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Asset Sale Prepayment Event shall not include any transaction permitted by Section 9.4 (other than transactions permitted by Section 9.4(b) ).
Assignment and Acceptance shall mean an assignment and acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit C , or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent.
Auction Agent means (a) the Administrative Agent or (b) any other financial institution or advisor employed by the Borrower (whether or not an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent) to act as an arranger in connection with any offer contemplated by Section 12.6(j) ; provided that the Borrower shall not designate the Administrative Agent as the Auction Agent without the written consent of the Administrative Agent (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to agree to act as the Auction Agent).
-4-
Authorized Officer shall mean the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Vice President-Finance or any other senior officer of the Borrower (or any other general officers authorized by the board of directors) designated as such in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower.
Bank of America shall mean Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.
Benefited Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.8(a) .
Board shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).
Borrower shall have the meaning provided in the preamble.
Borrower Materials shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17(c) .
Borrowing shall mean the incurrence of one Type of Term Loan on a single date (or resulting from conversions on a single date) having, in the case of LIBOR Loans, the same Interest Period ( provided that ABR Loans incurred pursuant to Section 2.10(b) shall be considered part of any related Borrowing of LIBOR Loans). For the avoidance of doubt, the conversion of a LIBOR Loan into an ABR Loan (or vice versa), the continuation or selection of any Interest Period shall not, in each case, constitute a Credit Event.
Business Day shall mean any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day that in the jurisdiction where the Administrative Agents Office is located shall be a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law or other governmental actions to close; provided , however , if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a LIBOR Loan, such day shall be a day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.
Capital Expenditures shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under Capital Leases) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as capital expenditures on a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
Capital Lease shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is, or is required to be, accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.
Capitalized Lease Obligations shall mean, as applied to any Person, all obligations under Capital Leases of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case taken at the amount thereof accounted for as liabilities in accordance with GAAP.
-5-
Cash Management Agreement shall mean (i) any agreement or arrangement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card (including non-card electronic payable services), purchase card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements and (ii) any other agreement (including, without limitation, any agreement which states that it is a Cash Management Agreement for purposes of this Agreement) other than an agreement relating to Indebtedness incurred in reliance on Section 9.1(a)(y) , Section 9.1(i) or Section 9.1(m) .
Cash Management Bank shall mean any Person that, either (x) at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement or (y) on the Closing Date, was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement.
Casualty Event shall mean, with respect to any property of any Person, any loss of or damage to, or any condemnation or other taking by a Governmental Authority of, such property for which such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives insurance proceeds, or proceeds of a condemnation award or other compensation.
CD&R Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC and any successor in interest thereto, and any successor to its investment management business.
CD&R Group means (a) CD&R, (b) Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P. and its successors in interest, (c) any investment fund or vehicle managed, sponsored or advised by CD&R or any Affiliate thereof, and any Affiliate of or successor to any such investment fund or vehicle and (d) any limited or general partners of, or other investors in, any entity described in clause (b) above or any Affiliate thereof, or any such investment fund or vehicle.
Change in Law shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation after the Closing Date, (b) any change in any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the Closing Date or (c) any guideline, request or directive issued or made after the Closing Date by any central bank or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law) that requires compliance by a Lender.
Change of Control shall mean and be deemed to have occurred if (a) prior to a Qualified IPO the Permitted Investors shall at any time not beneficially own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of (x) so long as the Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the Borrower is not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, the Borrower; or (b) after a Qualified IPO, any person, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than one or more Permitted Investors, shall at any time have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership of a percentage of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of (x) so long as the Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the Borrower is not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, the Borrower that (i) exceeds 35% of the outstanding Voting Stock of such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) or the Borrower, as applicable and (ii) exceeds the percentage of the voting power of such Voting Stock then beneficially
-6-
owned, in the aggregate, by the Permitted Investors, unless, in the case of either clause (a) or (b) above, the Permitted Investors have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of (x) so long as the Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the Borrower is not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, the Borrower; or (c) Continuing Directors shall not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower; or (d) at any time, a Change of Control (as defined in any agreement governing Junior Indebtedness) shall have occurred.
Claims shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Environmental Claims.
Class , when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Term B Loans or New Term Loans (of each Series) and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is the Additional Term B Commitment or a New Term Loan Commitment (of each Series).
Closing Date shall mean October 11, 2007.
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. Section references to the Code are to the Code, as in effect at the Closing Date, and any subsequent provisions of the Code, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.
Collateral shall mean all property pledged or purported to be pledged pursuant to the Security Documents.
Collateral Agent shall mean Bank of America, as collateral agent under the Security Documents, or any successor collateral agent pursuant to Section 11 .
Commitments shall mean, with respect to each Lender (to the extent applicable), such Lenders Additional Term B Loan Commitment and New Term Loan Commitment with respect to any Series.
Communications shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17(a) .
Confidential Information shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.16 .
Consolidated EBITDA shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus :
(a) without duplication and to the extent deducted (and not added back) in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:
(i) total interest expense,
-7-
(ii) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital (or any alternative in lieu of), including federal, foreign state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations, including payments made pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or arrangements among the Borrower, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (so long as such tax sharing payments are attributable to the operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries),
(iii) depreciation and amortization,
(iv) extraordinary losses and unusual or non-recurring charges, including, without limitation, severance costs, relocation costs and integration and facilities opening costs including in connection with any Investment or Disposition,
(v) the amount of any interest expense of any minority interest,
(vi) management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor in an amount not to exceed the maximum amount permitted under clause (a) of the first proviso in Section 9.8 ,
(vii) any cash costs or expenses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower ( provided such capital contributions have not been applied to increase the Applicable Amount pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition thereof),
(viii) [Reserved],
(ix) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption,
(x) any fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges incurred during such period in connection with the Transaction, any other acquisition, investment, recapitalization, asset disposition, issuance or repayment of debt, issuance of equity securities or amendment or modification to any Indebtedness and any non-recurring costs relating to corporate reorganizations (in each case, including any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges during such period as a result of any such transaction,
-8-
(xi) expenses to the extent covered by contractual indemnification or refunding provisions in favor of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and actually paid or refunded, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be paid or refunded by the indemnifying party or other obligor and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable indemnifying party or obligor in writing within 90 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 180 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 180 days),
(xii) any non-cash increase in expenses (A) resulting from the revaluation of inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods including changes in capitalization of variances) or (B) due to purchase accounting and other charges associated with the Transactions and the Restatement Transactions,
(xiii) the amount of loss from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments, and
(xiv) any other non-cash charges or expenses reducing Consolidated Net Income except to the extent representing accruals or reserves for future cash expenditures,
less
(b) without duplication and to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:
(i) extraordinary gains and unusual or non-recurring gains,
(ii) non-cash gains (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period),
(iii) gains on asset sales (other than asset sales in the ordinary course of business), and
(iv) any net after-tax income from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments,
in each case, as determined on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP; provided that
(i) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness or intercompany balances (including the net loss or gain resulting from Hedge Agreements for currency exchange risk),
-9-
(ii) there shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period, without duplication, (A) the Acquired EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary following the first day of such period (but not the Acquired EBITDA of any related Person, property, business or assets to the extent not so acquired) to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred, abandoned or otherwise disposed by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary (each such Person, property, business or asset acquired and not subsequently so disposed of, an Acquired Entity or Business ) and the Acquired EBITDA of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is converted into a Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a Converted Restricted Subsidiary ), based on the actual Acquired EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition or conversion) and (B) other than for purposes of determining the Applicable Amount, an adjustment in respect of each Acquired Entity or Business equal to the amount of the Pro Forma Adjustment with respect to such Acquired Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) as specified in a Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate and delivered to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, and
(iii) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period the Disposed EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) sold, transferred, abandoned or otherwise disposed of, closed or classified as discontinued operations by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary following the first day of such period (each such Person, property, business or asset so sold or disposed of, a Sold Entity or Business ), and the Disposed EBITDA of any Restricted Subsidiary that is converted into an Unrestricted Subsidiary following the first day of such period (each, a Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary ) based on the actual Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer or disposition or conversion).
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for the relevant Test Period to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such Test Period.
Consolidated Interest Expense shall mean, for any period, the total interest expense (including, without limitation, interest expense attributable to Capital Leases and all net payment obligations actually made in cash pursuant to Hedge Agreements but excluding commitment fees, letter of credit fees and non-cash amortization of loan costs) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, net of all interest income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all determined for such period on a consolidated basis, without duplication, in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Net Income shall mean, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, excluding, without duplication,
(a) extraordinary items for such period,
-10-
(b) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income,
(c) in the case of any period that includes a period ending prior to or during the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2011, fees and expenses in connection with the Restatement Transactions,
(d) any income (loss) for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or to Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments,
(e) [reserved], and
(f) the income (loss) for such period of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except to the extent distributed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.
There shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for any period the purchase accounting effects of adjustments to inventory, property, equipment and intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of the Transactions and the Restatement Transactions, any consummated acquisition whether consummated before or after the Closing Date, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof.
Consolidated Senior Secured Debt shall mean Consolidated Total Debt but excluding (i) from clause (a) of the definition thereof, any Indebtedness that is not secured by a Lien on any assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) from clause (b) of the definition thereof, the cash proceeds from any New Term Loans.
Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Senior Secured Debt as of the last day of the relevant Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.
Consolidated Total Assets shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption total assets (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date.
Consolidated Total Debt shall mean, as of any date of determination, (a) all Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date to the extent appearing on the balance sheet of the Borrower determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (plus, without duplication, any unamortized deferred financing fees which result in such balance sheet amount being reflected at less than its principal amount) minus (b) the aggregate amount of cash and cash equivalents in excess of $20,000,000 included in the cash and cash equivalents accounts listed on the balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as at such date determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP excluding any cash subject to a Lien other than nonconsensual Permitted Liens and Liens permitted by Section 9.2(m) .
-11-
Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of the last day of the relevant Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.
Consolidated Working Capital shall mean, at any date, the excess of (a) the sum of all amounts (other than cash and cash equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption total current assets (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date over (b) the sum of all cash amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption total current liabilities (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, including deferred revenue but excluding, without duplication, (i) the current portion of any Funded Debt and (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Loans to the extent otherwise included therein.
Continuing Director shall mean, at any date, an individual (a) who is a member of the board of directors of the Borrower on the Closing Date, (b) who has been nominated to be a member of such board of directors, directly or indirectly, by a Sponsor or Persons nominated by a Sponsor or (c) who has been nominated to be a member of such board of directors by a majority of the other Continuing Directors then in office.
Contractual Requirement shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.3 .
Converted Restricted Subsidiary shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Consolidated EBITDA.
Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Consolidated EBITDA.
Credit Documents shall mean this Agreement, the Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Restatement Agreement and any promissory notes issued by the Borrower hereunder, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived, otherwise modified, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced from time to time.
Credit Event shall mean and include the making (but not the conversion or continuation) of a Term Loan.
Credit Facility shall mean a Class of Term Loans (and, if applicable, the corresponding Class of Commitments).
Credit Party shall mean each of the Borrower and the Guarantors.
Cumulative Consolidated Net Income shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, taken as a single accounting period. Cumulative Consolidated Net Income may be a positive or negative amount.
CVC shall mean CVC Capital Partners Group Sarl.
-12-
Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event shall mean any issuance or incurrence by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (excluding any Indebtedness permitted to be issued or incurred under Section 9.1 ).
Default shall mean any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
Defaulting Lender shall mean any Lender with respect to which a Lender Default is in effect.
Deferred Net Cash Proceeds shall have the meaning provided such term in the definition of Net Cash Proceeds.
Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date shall have the meaning provided such term in the definition of Net Cash Proceeds.
Designated Non-Cash Consideration shall mean the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition pursuant to Section 9.4(b) or Section 9.4(c) that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the fair market value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash following the consummation of the applicable Disposition).
Disposed EBITDA shall mean, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business or any Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary (determined as if references to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA were references to such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary and its respective Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.
Disposition shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.4(1) .
Disqualified Equity Interests shall mean any Stock or Stock Equivalent which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Stock or Stock Equivalent into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (c) provides for scheduled mandatory payments of dividends (other than dividends payable solely in the form of Qualified Equity Interests), or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Stock or Stock Equivalent that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, unless any provisions set forth in clause (a) through (d) above do not apply prior to the earlier of (x) the date that is 180 days after the Final Maturity Date, (y) the date such payment would be permitted to be made pursuant to this Agreement or (z) in the case of clause (a) above, following the repayment of all Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of all Commitments.
-13-
Dollars and $ shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.
Domestic Subsidiary shall mean each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is organized under the laws of the United States (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(9) of the Code).
Environmental Claims shall mean any and all actions, suits, orders, decrees, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance, violation or potential responsibility or investigation (other than internal reports prepared by the Parent, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries (a) in the ordinary course of such Persons business or (b) as required in connection with a financing transaction or an acquisition or disposition of real estate) or proceedings relating in any way to any Environmental Law or any permit issued, or any approval given, under any such Environmental Law (hereinafter, Claims ), including, without limitation, (i) any and all Claims by governmental or regulatory authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief relating to the presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials), or the environment including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands.
Environmental Law shall mean any applicable federal, state, provincial, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code and rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, and any binding judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any binding judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, relating to pollution or the protection of the environment, including, without limitation, ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands, or human health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials), or Hazardous Materials.
ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. Section references to ERISA are to ERISA as in effect at the date of this Agreement and any subsequent provisions of ERISA amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.
ERISA Affiliate shall mean each person (as defined in Section 3(9) of ERISA) that together with the Borrower or any Subsidiary would be deemed to be a single employer within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
Event of Default shall have the meaning provided in Section 10 .
-14-
Excess Cash Flow shall mean, for any period, an amount equal to the excess of
(a) the sum, without duplication, of
(i) Consolidated Net Income for such period,
(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,
(iii) an amount equal to the provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including federal, foreign, state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes paid during such period (or accrued during such period and payable within 180 days after the last day of such period) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,
(iv) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such decreases arising from acquisitions by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period),
(v) an amount equal to the aggregate consolidated net non-cash loss on the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of assets by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than sales, leases, transfers or other dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, and
(vi) consolidated cash receipts in respect of Swap Contracts during such fiscal year to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income;
over
(b) the sum, without duplication, of
(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges described in clauses (a) through (e) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income and included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,
(ii) the consolidated amount of Capital Expenditures made in cash during such period, except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures were financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness, a sale of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower, any Disposition (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course) or any Casualty Event,
(iii) the aggregate consolidated amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (B) the amount of any repayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.5 but
-15-
excluding all other prepayments of Term Loans and (y) all prepayments of loans under the ABL Facility made during such period (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), except to the extent financed with the proceeds of other Indebtedness, a sale of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower, any Disposition (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course) or any Casualty Event,
(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of assets by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,
(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such increases arising from acquisitions by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period),
(vi) payments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness to the extent not deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income, except to the extent financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness, a sale of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower, any Disposition (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course) or any Casualty Event,
(vii) the aggregate amount of cash consideration paid by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) in connection with Investments (including acquisitions) made during such period pursuant to Section 9.5 (other than Section 9.5(b) ) to the extent that such Investments were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,
(viii) the amount of Restricted Payments paid during such period (on a consolidated basis) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such dividends were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,
(ix) the amount of taxes (including penalties and interest) paid in cash in such period,
(x) cash expenditures in respect of Swap Contracts during such fiscal year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; and
(xi) at the Borrowers election, without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the Contract Consideration ) entered into prior to or during such period relating to Permitted Acquisitions, Investments, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property to be consummated or made during the
-16-
period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such period; provided that, to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash flow actually utilized to finance such Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters.
Excluded Assets shall mean (i) any lease, license, contract, property right or agreement to which any Credit Party is a party or any of such Credit Partys rights or interests thereunder if and only for so long as the grant of a security interest therein under any Credit Document shall constitute or result in a breach, termination or default or invalidity under such lease, license, contract, property right or agreement (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law); provided that such lease, license, contract, property right or agreement shall be an Excluded Asset only to the extent and for so long as the consequences specified above shall exist and shall cease to be an Excluded Asset and shall become subject to the security interest granted under the Security Documents, immediately and automatically, at such time as such consequences shall no longer exist; (ii) any interests in real property that constitutes a leasehold of any Credit Party; (iii) any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents; (iv) all properties and assets of the Credit Parties secured by Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1(f) so long as the granting of a Lien in favor of the Secured Parties would constitute or result in a breach, termination or default under any agreement or instrument governing the applicable Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1(f) and such properties or assets shall cease to be Excluded Assets once such prohibition ceases to exist and shall immediately and automatically become subject to the security interest granted under the Security Documents; (v) any intellectual property if and to the extent a grant of a security interest therein will result in the loss, voiding, abandonment, cancellation or termination of any right, title or interest in or to such intellectual property and (vi) any segregated and identifiable cash proceeds from the issuance of Parent Subordinated Notes, Qualified Equity Interests and borrowings under the ABL Facility, in each case, in connection with the Restatement Transactions; provided , however , that such intellectual property shall be an Excluded Asset only to the extent and for so long as the circumstances specified above shall exist and shall cease to be an Excluded Asset and shall become subject to the security interest granted under the Security Documents, immediately and automatically, at such time as such circumstances shall no longer exist; and (vi) any vehicles (whether powered or un-powered) subject to certificate of title statutes.
Excluded Perfection Assets shall mean any property or assets (i) constituting deposit accounts, securities accounts or commodities accounts (except to the extent subject to a control agreement in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent), (ii) leasehold interests in real property, (iii) monies, (iv) any interest in real property with a book value of less than $5,000,000; (v) any property or assets that the Collateral Agent and the Borrower agree in good faith that the cost of perfecting a security interest in respect of which the cost of perfecting a security interest is excessive in relation to the value of the security to be afforded thereby or is not commercially practical; (vi) letter of credit rights not constituting supporting obligations; and (vii) any property or assets that constitute intellectual property owned by any Credit Party that is registered or issued or the subject of an application for registration or issuance in a jurisdiction other than the United States and (viii) any other property or assets in which, pursuant to the terms and conditions of any Credit Document, the security interest of the Security Documents need not be perfected.
-17-
Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents shall mean (i) any Stock or Stock Equivalents with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Collateral Agent (confirmed in writing by notice to the Borrower), the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing a pledge of which shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (ii) any Stock or Stock Equivalents of any class of such Foreign Subsidiary (or any Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist, directly or indirectly, of Stock and Stock Equivalents of Foreign Subsidiaries), in excess of 65% of the outstanding Stock or Stock Equivalents of such class, (iii) any Stock or Stock Equivalents to the extent the pledge thereof would violate any applicable Requirement of Law, (iv) the Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary that is organized as an unlimited liability company under the laws of any province of Canada, and (v) in the case of Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary that is not wholly-owned by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, any Stock or Stock Equivalents of such Subsidiary to the extent (A) that a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Requirement (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the UCC or other applicable law), (B) any Contractual Requirement or other contract, agreement or instrument or indenture, prohibits such a pledge without the consent of any other party; provided that this clause (B) shall not apply if (I) such other party is a Credit Party or wholly-owned Subsidiary or (II) such consent has been obtained and is in effect (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate the Borrower or any Subsidiary to obtain any such consent)) and for so long as such Contractual Requirement or other contract, agreement or instrument or indenture, or replacement or renewal thereof is in effect, or (C) a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations would give any other party (other than a Credit Party or wholly-owned Subsidiary) to any contract, agreement, instrument or indenture governing such Stock or Stock Equivalents the right to terminate its obligations thereunder (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the UCC or other applicable law).
Excluded Subsidiary shall mean:
(a) each Domestic Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.1(c)(i) and each future Domestic Subsidiary designated as an Excluded Subsidiary by the Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent, in each case, for so long as any such Subsidiary does not (on a consolidated basis with its Restricted Subsidiaries) have property, plant and equipment with a book value in excess of $5,000,000 or a contribution to Consolidated EBITDA for any four fiscal quarter period for which Section 8.1 Financials have been delivered that includes any date on or after the Closing Date in excess of $2,500,000; provided that for all such Domestic Subsidiaries in the aggregate under this clause (a) , the book value of property, plant and equipment shall not (on a consolidated basis with their respective Restricted Subsidiaries) exceed $40,000,000 and the contribution to Consolidated EBITDA for any four fiscal quarter period for which Section 8.1 Financials have been delivered that includes any date on or after the Closing Date shall not exceed $20,000,000,
-18-
(b) each Foreign Subsidiary and each Domestic Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower,
(c) each Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist, directly or indirectly, of Stock and Stock Equivalents of Foreign Subsidiaries, and
(d) each Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Excluded Taxes shall mean, with respect to any Agent or any Lender, (a) (i) tax imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) and franchise taxes or similar taxes (imposed or measured by overall gross receipts) imposed on such Agent or Lender by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Agent or Lender is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender with respect to any Loan made to the Borrower, any U.S. federal withholding tax to the extent imposed on amounts payable to such Non-U.S. Lender at the time such Non-U.S. Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new lending office) except to the extent that such Non-U.S. Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 4.4(a ), (c) any withholding taxes imposed on any withholdable payment payable to such Agent or Lender as a result of the failure of such Agent or Lender to satisfy the applicable requirements under FATCA to establish that such payment is exempt from withholding under FATCA, and (d) taxes attributable to a Non-U.S. Lenders failure to comply with Section 4.4(d) .
Existing Indebtedness shall mean Indebtedness of Univar N.V. and its Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 1.1(e) .
Existing Term B Loans shall mean all Term B Loans (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) outstanding immediately prior to the Third Restatement Effective Date.
FATCA means current Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (or any amended or successor version thereof that is substantially comparable) and any regulations promulgated thereunder or official interpretations thereof.
Federal Funds Effective Rate shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the per annum rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.
Final Maturity Date shall mean June 30, 2017 (or if such day is not a Business Day, the preceding Business Day).
-19-
Foreign Asset Sale shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.2(f) .
Foreign Plan shall mean any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to employees employed outside the United States.
Foreign Subsidiary shall mean each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
Fund shall mean any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.
Funded Debt shall mean all indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all amounts of Funded Debt required to be paid or prepaid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of the Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.
GAAP shall mean (a) for periods ending prior to June 30, 2010 (except as contemplated by clause (b) below), generally accepted accounting principles based upon International Financing Reporting Standards issued and adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board and (b) for periods ending on or after June 30, 2010 (including, in the case of financial statements delivered for periods ending on or after June 30, 2010, comparative periods ending prior to June 30, 2010 set forth in such financial statements), generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that if there occurs after the date of this Agreement any change in GAAP that affects in any respect the calculation of any covenant contained in Section 9 , the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith amendments to the provisions of this Agreement that relate to the calculation of such covenant with the intent of having the respective positions of the Lenders and the Borrower after such change in GAAP conform as nearly as possible to their respective positions as of the date of this Agreement and, until any such amendments have been agreed upon, the covenants in Section 9 shall be calculated as if no such change in GAAP has occurred; provided further , that for purposes of determining compliance with any financial test or basket under this Agreement, any change in GAAP with respect to whether a lease is required to be capitalized or operating shall be disregarded for all purposes.
Governmental Authority shall mean any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange.
Guarantee shall mean the amended and restated Guarantee, dated as of February 28, 2011, by and among the Guarantors and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
-20-
Guarantee Obligations shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness of any other Person (the Primary Obligor ) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such Indebtedness or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such Indebtedness or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the Primary Obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the Primary Obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such Indebtedness of the ability of the Primary Obligor to make payment of such Indebtedness or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of such Indebtedness against loss in respect thereof; provided , however , that the term Guarantee Obligations shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.
Guarantors shall mean (a) each Domestic Subsidiary that is party to the Guarantee on the Third Restatement Effective Date and (b) each Domestic Subsidiary that becomes a party to the Guarantee after the Third Restatement Effective Date pursuant to Section 8.8 or otherwise.
Hazardous Materials shall mean (a) any petroleum or petroleum products, radioactive materials, friable asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other equipment that contain dielectric fluid containing regulated levels of polychlorinated biphenyls, and radon gas; (b) any chemicals, materials or substances defined as or included in the definition of hazardous substances, hazardous waste, hazardous materials, extremely hazardous waste, restricted hazardous waste, toxic substances, toxic pollutants, contaminants, or pollutants, or words of similar import, under any applicable Environmental Law; and (c) any other chemical, material or substance, which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any Environmental Law.
Hedge Agreements shall mean interest rate swap, cap or collar agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, currency swap agreements, cross-currency rate swap agreements, currency future or option contracts, commodity price protection agreements or other commodity price hedging agreements, and other similar agreements.
Hedge Bank shall mean any Person that either (x) at the time it enters into a Hedge Agreement or (y) on the Closing Date, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in its capacity as a party to such Hedge Agreement.
-21-
Historical Financial Statements shall mean the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and the audited consolidated statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows of the Borrower for each of the fiscal years in the three year period ending on December 31, 2011, in the form provided to the Lenders under the Original Credit Agreement.
Increased Amount Date shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(a) .
Indebtedness of any Person shall mean (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) the deferred purchase price of assets or services that in accordance with GAAP would be included as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person, (c) the face amount of all letters of credit issued for the account of such Person and, without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder, (d) all Indebtedness of any other Person secured by any Lien on any property owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person, (e) the principal component of all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person with respect to obligations of another Person of a type described in one of the foregoing clauses, (f) all obligations of such Person under Hedge Agreements, (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests and (h) without duplication, all Guarantee Obligations of such Person, provided that Indebtedness shall not include trade payables and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business and not past due by more than 270 days or being disputed in good faith.
Indemnified Liabilities shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.5 .
Indemnified Taxes shall mean all Taxes (including Other Taxes) other than Excluded Taxes.
Indemnitees shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.5 .
Insurance Policies shall mean the insurance policies and coverages required to be maintained by each Credit Party which is an owner of Mortgaged Property with respect to the applicable Mortgaged Property pursuant to Section 8.3 and all renewals and extensions thereof.
Insurance Requirements shall mean, collectively, all provisions of the Insurance Policies, all requirements of the issuer of any of the Insurance Policies and all orders, rules, regulations and any other requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters (or any other body exercising similar functions) binding upon each Credit Party which is an owner of Mortgaged Property and applicable to the Mortgaged Property or any use or condition thereof.
Intercreditor Agreement shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between the Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent, and acknowledged by the Borrower and Ulixes Limited, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented, superseded or waived from time to time.
Interest Period shall mean, with respect to any LIBOR Loan, the interest period applicable thereto, as determined pursuant to Section 2.9 .
-22-
Investment shall mean, for any Person: (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, property, services or securities or otherwise) of Stock, Stock Equivalents (or any other capital contribution), bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any other Person (including any short sale or any sale of any securities at a time when such securities are not owned by the Person entering into such sale); (b) the making of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit or capital contribution to, any other Person (including the purchase of property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell such property to such Person); (c) the entering into of any guarantee of, or other contingent obligation with respect to, any obligations of another Person; or (d) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person; provided that, in the event that any Investment is made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Person through substantially concurrent interim transfers of any amount through one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries, then such other substantially concurrent interim transfers shall be disregarded for purposes of Section 9.5 .
Joinder Agreement shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D.
Junior Indebtedness shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.7(a) .
Lender shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include, as the context requires, all Lenders under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
Lender Default shall mean (a) the failure (which has not been cured) of a Lender to make available its portion of any Borrowing or (b) a Lender having notified the Administrative Agent and/or the Borrower that it does not intend to comply with the obligations under Section 2.1 or (c) a Lender becoming the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.
LIBOR Loan shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBOR Rate.
LIBOR Rate shall mean, for any Interest Period with respect to a LIBOR Loan, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate ( BBA LIBOR ), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the LIBOR Loan being made, continued or converted by the Administrative Agent and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by the Administrative Agents London Branch (or other Bank of America branch or Affiliate) to major banks in the London at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m.
-23-
(London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing definition, if the LIBOR Rate for any Term B Loan for any Interest Period as determined above would be less than 1.50% per annum, then the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period for such Loan shall instead be 1.50% per annum.
Lien shall mean, with respect to any property, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, claim, charge, assignment, hypothecation, security interest or encumbrance of any kind or any arrangement to provide priority or preference or any filing of any financing statement under the UCC or any other similar notice of lien under any similar notice or recording statute of any Governmental Authority, including any easement, right-of-way or other encumbrance on title to Real Estate, in each of the foregoing cases whether voluntary or imposed by law, and any agreement to give any of the foregoing; (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such property; and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities. For the avoidance of doubt, Lien shall not be deemed to include any license of intellectual property.
Loan shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Term Loan.
Management Agreements means, collectively, any agreement entered into by any Sponsor from time to time, primarily providing for or relating to any management, consulting, financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or other investment banking activities with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
Management Investors shall mean the directors, management, officers and employees of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and its Subsidiaries.
Master Agreement shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Swap Contract.
Material Adverse Effect shall mean a circumstance or condition affecting the business, assets, operations, properties or financial condition of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that would materially adversely affect (a) the ability of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents or (b) the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents taken as a whole.
Material Subsidiary shall mean, at any date of determination, one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower as to which a specified condition exists, that have, in the aggregate, (a) total assets at the last day of the Test Period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal period for which Section 8.1 Financials have been delivered accounting for 5% or more of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (b) revenues during such Test Period accounting for 5% or more of the consolidated revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.
-24-
Minimum Borrowing Amount shall mean (a) with respect to a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans, $5,000,000 and (b) with respect to a Borrowing of ABR Loans, $1,000,000.
Moodys shall mean Moodys Investors Service, Inc. or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.
Mortgage shall mean, with respect to any Credit Party, a mortgage, collateral charge mortgage, assignment of leases and rents, or other security document entered into by the owner of a Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent in respect of that Mortgaged Property to secure the Obligations, substantially in the form of Exhibit A , as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Mortgaged Property shall mean, initially, each parcel of Real Estate and the improvements thereto owned by a Credit Party with a book value in excess of $5,000,000 and identified on Schedule 1.1(a) , and includes each other parcel of Real Estate and improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 8.11 (or Section 8.11 of the Original Credit Agreement or Section 8.11 of the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement).
Multiemployer Plan shall mean any multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001 of ERISA that is subject to Title IV of ERISA (i) to which the Borrower, any Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate is then making or has an obligation to make contributions or (ii) to which the Borrower, any Subsidiary has or would reasonably expect to incur liability (including on account of its ERISA Affiliates). For the avoidance of doubt, Multiemployer Plan does not include any Foreign Plan.
Net Cash Proceeds shall mean, with respect to any Prepayment Event, (a) the gross cash proceeds (including payments from time to time in respect of installment obligations, if applicable) received by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of such Prepayment Event, as the case may be, less (b) the sum of:
(i) the amount, if any, of all taxes paid or estimated to be payable by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Prepayment Event,
(ii) the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities (other than any taxes deducted pursuant to clause (i) above) (x) associated with the assets that are the subject of such Prepayment Event and (y) retained by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that the amount of any subsequent reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds of such a Prepayment Event occurring on the date of such reduction,
(iii) the amount of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the assets that are the subject of such Prepayment Event that is permanently repaid in connection with such Prepayment Event (other than the Term Loans and any Junior Indebtedness and with respect to the proceeds of Collateral (other than ABL Priority Collateral) Indebtedness under the ABL Facility) to the extent that the instrument creating or evidencing such Indebtedness requires that such Indebtedness be repaid upon consummation of such Prepayment Event,
-25-
(iv) in the case of any Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event, the amount of any proceeds of such Prepayment Event that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has reinvested (or intends to reinvest within the Reinvestment Period or has entered into a binding commitment prior to the last day of the Reinvestment Period to reinvest) in the business of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that any portion of such proceeds that has not been so reinvested within such Reinvestment Period (with respect to such Prepayment Event, the Deferred Net Cash Proceeds ) shall, unless the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has entered into a binding commitment prior to the last day of such Reinvestment Period to reinvest such proceeds, (x) be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event occurring on the last day of such Reinvestment Period or, if later, 180 days after the date the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into such binding commitment, as applicable (such last day or 180th day, as applicable, the Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date ), and (y) be applied to the repayment of Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.2(a)(i) ,
(v) in the case of any Asset Sale Prepayment Event, the amount of any proceeds from asset sales which are designated by the Borrower as applying retroactively to a purchase of assets useful in the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiarys business; provided that (a) at the time of such prior purchase of assets, the Borrower specifically identifies by written notice to the Administrative Agent the assets to be sold in connection with such purchase and (b) the specified asset sale must be made no later than the date which is 180 days after the applicable asset purchase, and
(vi) reasonable and customary fees paid by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any of the foregoing,
in each case only to the extent not already deducted in arriving at the amount referred to in clause (a) above.
New Repayment Date shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(c) .
New Term Loan Commitments shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(a).
New Term Loan Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14 .
New Term Loan Maturity Date shall mean the date on which a New Term Loan matures.
New Term Loan Repayment Amount shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(c) .
-26-
New Term Loans shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(b) . For the avoidance of doubt, the Additional Term B Loans shall not constitute New Term Loans.
Non-Consenting Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.7(b) .
Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall mean an Affiliate of the Borrower that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund or a Purchasing Borrower Party.
Non-U.S. Lender shall mean any Agent or Lender that is not, for United States federal income tax purposes, (a) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (b) a corporation, partnership or other entity treated as a corporation or partnership created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof, (c) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (d) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or a trust that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person. In addition, solely for purposes of clause (b) of the definition of Excluded Taxes, a Non-U.S. Lender shall include a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof, but only to the extent the partners of such partnership (including indirect partners if the direct partners are partnerships or other entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof) are treated as Non-U.S. Lenders under the preceding sentence.
Notice of Borrowing shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.3(a) .
Notice of Conversion or Continuation shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.6 .
Obligations shall mean all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Credit Party arising under the Original Credit Agreement, the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, this Agreement or any Credit Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Existing Term Loan and all debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries under any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement, in each case, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.
Original Credit Agreement shall mean the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended and restated on September 20, 2010, and as further amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 28, 2010, and by the Joinder Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2010), by and among Parent, the Borrower, Ulixes Limited, as U.K. borrower, the lenders party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as in effect immediately prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date.
-27-
Other Taxes shall mean any and all present or future stamp, registration, documentary or any other excise, property or similar taxes (including interest, fines, penalties, additions to tax and related expenses with regard thereto) arising from any payment made or required to be made under this Agreement or any other Credit Document or from the execution or delivery of, registration or enforcement of, consummation or administration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Credit Document.
Overnight Rate shall mean, for any day, (a) the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.
Parent shall mean Ulixes Acquisition, B.V., a private limited liability company under the laws of the Netherlands.
Parent Entity shall mean any company (at the time it is designated a Parent Entity by the Borrower) whose only assets are the Stock and Stock Equivalents of the Borrower (or one or more other Parent Entities) and assets incidental to such ownership and its existence; provided that such Parent Entity shall cease to be a Parent Entity at such time as such Parent Entity ceases to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Voting Stock of the Borrower. It being understood that, as of the Third Restatement Effective Date, the Borrower has not designated any Parent Entity.
Parent Subordinated Notes shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Original Credit Agreement.
Participant shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(c) .
Participant Register shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(c) .
Patriot Act shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.18 .
PBGC shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Section 4002 of ERISA, or any successor thereto.
Perfection Certificate shall mean a certificate of the Borrower in the form of Exhibit B or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
Permitted Acquisition shall mean the acquisition, by merger or otherwise, by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of assets or Stock or Stock Equivalents, so long as (a) such acquisition and all transactions related thereto shall be consummated in accordance with applicable law; (b) all Persons acquired in such acquisition shall be Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are Restricted Subsidiaries; (c) such acquisition shall result in the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Lenders, being granted a security interest in any Stock, Stock Equivalent or any assets so acquired if and, to the extent required by Sections 8.8 , 8.9 and/or 8.11 ; and (d) after giving effect to such acquisition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
-28-
Permitted Additional Subordinated Debt shall mean Subordinated Indebtedness, issued by the Borrower or a Guarantor, (a) the terms of which (i) do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligation prior to the one-year anniversary of the Final Maturity Date (other than customary offers to purchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and customary acceleration rights after an event of default) and (ii) provide for customary subordination to the Obligations under the Credit Documents and provide that such Obligations shall be designated senior debt on customary terms and (b) of which no Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than a Credit Party) is an obligor.
Permitted Investments shall mean:
(a) securities issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, in each case having maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof;
(b) securities issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings generally obtainable from either S&P or Moodys;
(c) commercial paper maturing no more than 24 months after the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either S&P or Moodys;
(d) domestic and LIBOR certificates of deposit or bankers acceptances maturing no more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank having combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000;
(e) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with (i) any Lender or an Affiliate thereof or (ii) any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;
(f) repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the type described in clauses (a) , (b) and (d) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above or securities dealers of recognized national standing;
(g) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moodys or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
-29-
(h) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (g) above;
(i) Indebtedness issued by Persons with a rating of A or higher from S&P or A2 or higher from Moodys with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
(j) shares of investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and substantially all the investments of which are one or more of the types of securities described in clauses (a) through (i) above; and
(k) in the case of Investments by any Restricted Foreign Subsidiary, other customarily utilized high-quality Investments in the country where such Restricted Foreign Subsidiary is located or operates.
Permitted Investors shall mean (a) the Sponsor, (b) any Person making an Investment in Parent or the Borrower (directly or indirectly) concurrently with the Sponsor on or following the Closing Date, and (c) any Person who is an officer or otherwise a member of management of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or any of its subsidiaries; provided that, in no event shall the Sponsor own a lesser percentage of voting stock of (x) so long as the Borrower is a Subsidiary of the any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the Borrower is not a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, the Borrower than any other person or group referred to in clause (b) or (c) .
Permitted Liens shall mean:
(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;
(b) Liens in respect of property or assets of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries imposed by law, such as carriers, materialmens, repairmens, construction, warehousemens and mechanics Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business, in each case so long as such Liens do not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;
(c) zoning, building codes and other land use laws regulating the use or occupancy of the real property owned by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, or the activities conducted thereon, which are imposed by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such real property which are not violated by the current use or occupancy of such real property or the operation of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, or any violation of which would not have a Material Adverse Effect;
(d) Liens arising from judgments or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 10.9 ;
-30-
(e) Liens incurred or deposits made in connection with workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(f) ground leases in respect of Real Estate on which facilities owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are located;
(g) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, servitudes, easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions and restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(h) any interest or title of a lessor or secured by a lessors interest under any lease permitted by this Agreement;
(i) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;
(j) Liens on goods the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit or in respect of bankers acceptances in each case issued or created for the account of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that such Lien secures only the obligations of the Borrower or such Subsidiaries in respect of such letter of credit to the extent permitted under Section 9.1 ;
(k) leases or subleases granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(l) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements or similar filings made in respect of operating leases entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
(m) Liens created in the ordinary course of business in favor of banks and other financial institutions over credit balances of any bank accounts of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries held at such banks or financial institutions, as the case may be, to facilitate the operation of cash pooling and/or interest set-off arrangements in respect of such bank accounts in the ordinary course of business;
(n) Liens in favor of the issuer of stay, customs, appeal, performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
(o) undetermined or inchoate Liens and charges arising or potentially arising under statutory provisions which have not at the time been filed or registered in accordance with applicable law or which written notice has not been duly given in accordance with applicable law or which, although filed or registered, relate to obligations not due or delinquent;
-31-
(p) the rights reserved to or vested in Governmental Authorities by statutory provisions or by the terms of leases, licenses, franchises, grants or permits, which affect any land, to terminate the leases, licenses, franchises, grants or permits or to require annual or other periodic payments as a condition of the continuance thereof;
(q) security deposits to public utilities or to any municipalities or Governmental Authorities or other public authority when required by the utility, municipality or Governmental Authorities or other public authority in connection with the supply of services or utilities to the Credit Parties;
(r) Liens or covenants restricting or prohibiting access to or from lands abutting on controlled access highways or covenants affecting the use to which lands may be put; provided that such Liens or covenants do not materially and adversely affect the use of the lands by any Credit Party;
(s) statutory Liens incurred or pledges or deposits made in favor of a Governmental Authority to secure the performance of obligations of any Credit Party under Environmental Laws to which any asset of such Credit Party are subject;
(t) a Lien granted by any Subsidiary of the Borrower formed under the laws of Canada or any province thereof to a landlord to secure the payment of arrears of rent in respect of leased properties in the Province of Quebec leased from such landlord, provided that such Lien is limited to the assets located at or about such leased properties;
(t) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 9.1 ; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; and
(u) restrictions permitted by Section 9.11 .
Person shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, firm, corporation, unlimited liability company, limited liability company, association, trust or other enterprise or any Governmental Authority.
Plan shall mean any single-employer plan, as defined in Section 4001 of ERISA that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, maintained or contributed to by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which the Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries has or would reasonably expect to incur liability (including on account of its ERISA Affiliates). For the avoidance of doubt, Plan does not include any Foreign Plans.
Platform shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17(c) .
Post-Acquisition Period shall mean, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition, the period beginning on the date such Permitted Acquisition is consummated and ending on the last day of the fourth full consecutive fiscal quarter immediately following the date on which such Permitted Acquisition is consummated.
-32-
Prepayment Event shall mean any Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event or Casualty Event.
Primary Obligor shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Guarantee Obligations.
prime rate shall mean the prime rate referred to in the definition of ABR.
Pro Forma Adjustment shall mean, for any Test Period that includes all or any part of a fiscal quarter included in any Post-Acquisition Period, with respect to the Acquired EBITDA of the applicable Acquired Entity or Business or the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower, the pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, as a result of adjustments that are factually supportable as determined by the Borrower in its reasonable discretion and set forth on the Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate.
Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate shall mean any certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(h) or Section 8.1(e) .
Pro Forma Basis and Pro Forma Effect shall mean, with respect to compliance with any test hereunder for any Test Period, that (A) to the extent applicable (and other than for purposes of determining the Applicable Amount), the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been made and (B) all Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of such Test Period: (a) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, (i) in the case of a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all Capital Stock in any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be excluded, and (ii) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of Specified Transaction, shall be included, (b) any retirement of Indebtedness, and (c) any incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith (it being agreed that if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, such Indebtedness shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate that is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination); provided that, without limiting the application of the Pro Forma Adjustment pursuant to (A) above (but without duplication thereof), the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test or covenant solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and give effect to events (including operating expense reductions) that are factually supportable.
Pro Forma Entity shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Acquired EBITDA.
Public Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17(c) .
-33-
Purchasing Borrower Party shall mean the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower that becomes an Eligible Assignee or a Participant pursuant to Section 12.6(h) .
Qualified Equity Interest shall mean any Stock or Stock Equivalent of the Borrower that does not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest.
Qualified IPO shall mean the issuance by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower of its common Stock or the sale of such common Stock by the holders thereof, in either case, in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Real Estate shall mean, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased or operated by any person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.
Refinanced Term Loans shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.1 .
Register shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(b)(iv) .
Regulation T shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.
Regulation U shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.
Regulation X shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.
Reinvestment Period shall mean 365 days following the date of receipt of cash proceeds of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event.
Related Parties shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Persons Affiliates and the directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, advisors of such Person and any Person that possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.
Release shall mean any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing or migrating of any Hazardous Materials in, into, onto or through the environment.
Repayment Amount shall mean a Term B Loan Repayment Amount or a New Term Loan Repayment Amount with respect to any Series, as applicable.
-34-
Replacement Term Loans shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.1 .
Reportable Event shall mean an event described in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, other than any event as to which the thirty day notice period has been waived.
Required Lenders shall mean, at any date, Lenders having or holding a majority of the sum of (i) the Adjusted Total Term Loan Commitment at such date and (ii) the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans (excluding Term Loans held by Defaulting Lenders) at such date.
Requirement of Law shall mean, as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or assets or to which such Person or any of its property or assets is subject.
Restatement Agreement shall have the meaning provided in the recitals hereto.
Restatement Transactions shall mean the transactions contemplated by Section 5 of the Original Credit Agreement.
Restricted Foreign Subsidiary shall mean a Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.
Restricted Payments shall mean any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof) or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Stock or Stock Equivalents.
Restricted Subsidiary shall mean any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, on the Third Restatement Effective Date, all Subsidiaries of the Borrower that were Restricted Subsidiaries under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement on the Third Restatement Effective Date shall initially be Restricted Subsidiaries under this Agreement.
S&P shall mean Standard & Poors Ratings Services or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.
Sale and Lease-Back Transaction shall mean any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
-35-
SEC shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.
Second Restatement Effective Date shall mean February 28, 2011.
Section 8.1 Financials shall mean the financial statements delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (b) together with the accompanying officers certificate delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Section 8.1(d) .
Secured Cash Management Agreement shall mean any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) or any of its Subsidiaries and any Cash Management Bank.
Secured Hedge Agreement shall mean any Hedge Agreement that is entered into by and between the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any Hedge Bank.
Secured Parties shall mean Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender, each Hedge Bank, each Cash Management Bank and each sub-agent pursuant to Section 11 appointed by the Administrative Agent.
Securitization shall mean a public or private offering by a Lender or any of its Affiliates or their respective successors and assigns of securities or notes which represent an interest in, or which are collateralized, in whole or in part, by the Loans and the Lenders rights under the Credit Documents.
Security Agreement shall mean the amended and restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2011, by and among the Credit Parties and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Security Documents shall mean, collectively, (a) the Guarantee, (b) the Security Agreement, (c) the Mortgages provided by the Credit Parties, (d) the Intercreditor Agreement and (e) each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered pursuant to Section 8.8 , 8.9 or 8.11 or pursuant to any other such Security Documents to secure all of the Obligations.
Series shall have the meaning as provided in Section 2.14 .
Sold Entity or Business shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Consolidated EBITDA.
Solvent shall mean, with respect to any Person, that (a) (i) the sum of such Persons debt (including contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of such Persons present assets; (ii) such Persons capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated; and (iii) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or believe that it will incur, debts including current obligations beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (b) in the case of any Person organized other than under the laws of the United States, the District of Columbia or any State of the
-36-
United States, such Person is solvent within the meaning given that term and similar terms under applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed by the Borrower as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under GAAP).
Specified Transaction shall mean, with respect to any period, any Investment, sale, transfer or other disposition of assets, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including the Loans and other than incurrences and repayments of Indebtedness under working capital facilities in the ordinary course of business or intercompany Indebtedness or Investment), Restricted Payment, Subsidiary designation or other event that involves aggregate consideration in excess of $10,000,000 or that by the terms of this Agreement requires such test to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis or after giving Pro Forma Effect.
Sponsor shall mean, one or more of, (a) CVC and its Affiliates, (b) the CD&R Group, and (c) any collective investment vehicle sponsored, advised or managed by any of CVC and its Affiliates and any investment vehicle sponsored, advised or managed by the CD&R Group but excluding portfolio companies of any such vehicle.
Stock shall mean shares of capital stock or shares in the capital, as the case may be (whether denominated as common stock or preferred stock or ordinary shares or preferred shares, as the case may be), beneficial, partnership or membership interests, participations or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, unlimited liability company or equivalent entity, whether voting or non-voting.
Stock Equivalents shall mean all securities convertible into or exchangeable for Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to purchase or subscribe for any Stock, whether or not presently convertible, exchangeable or exercisable.
Subordinated Indebtedness shall mean the Subordinated Notes and any other Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations of the Borrower and such Guarantor, as applicable, under this Agreement.
Subordinated Notes shall mean (i) $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Borrowers 12% senior subordinated notes due 2017 and (ii) $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Borrowers 12% senior subordinated notes due 2018, in each case, issued pursuant to the Subordinated Notes Purchase Agreements.
Subordinated Notes Purchase Agreements shall mean the purchase agreements with respect to the Subordinated Notes, as amended, restated, supplemented and otherwise modified from time to time.
Subsidiary of any Person shall mean and include (a) any corporation more than 50% of whose Stock of any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time Stock of any class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by
-37-
reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, (b) any limited liability company, partnership, association, joint venture or other entity of which such Person (i) directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries owns or controls more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partner interests and (ii) is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity at such time. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to a Subsidiary shall mean a Subsidiary of the Borrower.
Successor Borrower shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.3(a) .
Survey shall mean a survey of any Mortgaged Property (and all improvements thereon) which is (a) (i) prepared by a surveyor or engineer licensed to perform surveys in the jurisdiction where such Mortgaged Property is located, (ii) dated (or redated) not earlier than six months prior to the date of delivery thereof unless there shall have occurred within six months prior to such date of delivery any exterior construction on the site of such Mortgaged Property or any easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property has been granted or become effective through operation of law or otherwise with respect to such Mortgaged Property which, in either case, can be depicted on a survey, in which events, as applicable, such survey shall be dated (or redated) after the completion of such construction or if such construction shall not have been completed as of such date of delivery, not earlier than 20 days prior to such date of delivery, or after the grant or effectiveness of any such easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property, (iii) certified by the surveyor (in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Title Company, (iv) complying in all respects with the minimum detail requirements of the American Land Title Association as such requirements are in effect on the date of preparation of such survey and (v) sufficient for the Title Company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the title insurance policy (or commitment) relating to such Mortgaged Property and issue the endorsements of the type required by Section 8.11(d) or (b) otherwise acceptable to the Collateral Agent.
Swap Contract shall mean (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, that are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a Master Agreement ), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
Taxes shall mean any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, assessments, deductions, withholdings or other similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority whether computed on a separate, consolidated, unitary, combined or other basis and any interest, fines, penalties or additions to tax with respect to the foregoing.
-38-
Term B Loan Lender means each Lender that has an Additional Term B Commitment or that is the holder of a Term B Loan.
Term B Loans shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a) .
Term B Repayment Amount shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.5(b) .
Term B Repayment Date shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.5(b) .
Term Loans or Loans shall mean the Term B Loans and any New Term Loans, collectively.
Test Period shall mean, for any determination under this Agreement, the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower then last ended for which Section 8.1 Financials have been delivered.
Third Restatement Effective Date shall mean the first date on which each of the conditions set forth in Section 5 has been satisfied.
Title Company shall mean any title insurance company as shall be retained by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
Title Policy shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Schedule 8.11 .
Total Credit Exposure shall mean, at any date, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the Total Term Loan Commitment at such date and (b) without duplication of clause (a) , the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans at such date.
Total Term Loan Commitment shall mean the sum of the Additional Term B Loan Commitment and the New Term Loan Commitments, if applicable, of all the Lenders.
Transactions shall have the meaning assigned to such term by the Original Credit Agreement.
Transferee shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(f) .
Type shall mean as to any Term Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a LIBOR Loan.
UCC shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code in effect from time to time in New York; provided , that if, with respect to any UCC financing statement or by reason of any provisions of law, the perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the applicable Credit Document is
-39-
governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction of the United States other than New York, UCC means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions of each Credit Document and any financing statement relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection.
Unfunded Current Liability of any Plan shall mean the amount, if any, by which the Accumulated Benefit Obligation (as defined under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87 ( SFAS 87 )) under the Plan as of the close of its most recent plan year, determined in accordance with SFAS 87 as in effect on the date hereof, using the actuarial assumptions and methods specified in the most recent actuarial report for such Plan, exceeds the fair market value of the assets allocable thereto.
Unrestricted Subsidiary shall mean (a) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent (or specified in the definition of Restricted Subsidiary as not being a Restricted Subsidiary on the Third Restatement Effective Date), and provided , (x) such designation shall be deemed to be an Investment (or reduction in an outstanding Investment, in the case of a designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary), on the date of such designation in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Borrowers direct or indirect equity ownership percentage of the net worth of such designated Restricted Subsidiary immediately prior to such designation and (ii) without duplication, the aggregate principal amount of any Indebtedness owed by such designated Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary immediately prior to such designation, all calculated, except as set forth in the parenthetical to clause (i) , on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and (y) no Default or Event of Default would result from such designation after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio would be at least 2.0 to 1.0 after giving effect to such designation and (b) each Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, re-designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, and thereafter, such Subsidiary shall no longer constitute an Unrestricted Subsidiary, but only if no Default or Event of Default would result from such re-designation.
U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate has the meaning specified in Sec tion 4.4(d)(iii) .
Voting Stock shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Persons Stock or Stock Equivalents having the right to vote for the election of directors of such Person under ordinary circumstances.
Yield for any Term Loan on any date on which any Yield is required to be calculated hereunder will be the internal rate of return on such Term Loan determined by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower utilizing (a) the greater of (i) if applicable, any LIBOR floor applicable to such Term Loan on such date and (ii) the forward LIBOR curve (calculated on a quarterly basis) as calculated by the Administrative Agent in accordance with its customary practice during the period from such date to the earlier of (x) the date that is four years following such date and (y) the final maturity date of such Term Loan; (b) the Applicable Margin for such Term Loan on such date; and (c) the issue price of such Term Loan (after giving effect to any original issue discount or upfront fees paid to the market in respect of such
-40-
Term Loan calculated based on an assumed four year average life to maturity); provided that, for purposes of calculating the Yield at any time following the Third Restatement Effective Date, the Yield of the Additional Term B Loans shall be deemed to be equal to the Yield of the Existing Term B Loans at such time.
1.2. Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Credit Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Credit Document:
(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.
(b) The words herein, hereto, hereof and hereunder and words of similar import when used in any Credit Document shall refer to such Credit Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.
(c) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Credit Document in which such reference appears; provided that references to (i) Sections in this Agreement shall, unless the context requires otherwise, refer to the corresponding provision determined in accordance with the Original Credit Agreement solely with respect to periods prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date and to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement solely with respect to periods on or after the Second Restatement Date and prior to the Third Restatement Effective Date and (ii) Schedules to this Agreement shall, unless otherwise indicated, refer to Schedules to the Original Credit Agreement.
(d) The term including is by way of example and not limitation.
(e) The term documents includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.
(f) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word from means from and including; the words to and until each mean to but excluding; and the word through means to and including.
(g) Section headings herein and in the other Credit Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.
1.3. Accounting Terms .
(a) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP.
-41-
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test or covenant contained in this Agreement with respect to any period during which any Specified Transaction occurs (or has occurred following such Test Period and prior to the date of determination), the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio and the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated with respect to such period and such Specified Transaction on a Pro Forma Basis.
1.4. Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
1.5. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to organizational documents, agreements (including the Credit Documents) and other Contractual Requirements shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by any Credit Document; and (b) references to any Requirement of Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Requirement of Law. For the avoidance of doubt, the terms of the Loss Sharing Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, by and among the Lenders under the Original Credit Agreement party thereto and the Administrative Agent shall apply to all Loans and Lenders under this Agreement.
1.6. Exchange Rates . For purposes of determining compliance under Sections 9.4 and 9.6 with respect to any amount in a currency other than Dollars (other than with respect to (x) any amount derived from the financial statements of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or (y) any Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than Dollars), such amount shall be determined using the average prevailing currency exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for the related period. For purposes of determining compliance with Sections 9.1 , 9.2 and 9.5 , with respect to any amount denominated in a currency other than Dollars, compliance will be determined at the time of incurrence or advancing thereof using the prevailing currency exchange rates in effect at the time of such incurrence or advancement (or, in the case of any commitment denominated in a foreign currency, at the time such commitment is obtained) and the outstanding amount thereof for purposes of such Sections shall not be deemed to be exceeded as a result of any replacement or refinancing thereof which does not increase the amount thereof (except as otherwise provided by such Sections).
1.7. Effect of Restatement . This Agreement shall amend and restate the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement in its entirety, with the parties hereby agreeing that there is no novation of the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and, on the Third Restatement Effective Date, the rights and obligations of the parties under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement shall be subsumed and governed by this Agreement. For purposes of determining compliance with any covenant in Section 9 that limits the maximum Dollar amount of any Investment, Restricted Payment, Indebtedness, Lien or Disposition, all utilization of the baskets contained in Section 9 from and after the Closing Date and prior to the Third Restatement Effective Date (other than pursuant to Section 9.6 ) shall be taken into account (in addition to any utilization of such baskets from and after the Third Restatement Effective Date).
-42-
SECTION 2. Amount and Terms of Credit
2.1. Commitments .
(a) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, on the Third Restatement Effective Date, the Additional Term B Lender agrees to make a loan (an Additional Term B Loan and, together with the Existing Term B Loans, the Term B Loans ) to the Borrower in Dollars in an amount equal to the Additional Term B Commitment. The Term Loans may, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans (solely in the case of Loans denominated in Dollars) or LIBOR Loans[; provided that (x) all Term Loans made by each of the Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Term Loans of the same Type and (y) on the Third Restatement Effective Date, all Additional Term B Loans shall consist of LIBOR Loans with an initial Interest Period equal to the remaining Interest Period applicable to the Existing Term B Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Third Restatement Effective Date and the LIBOR Rate applicable to the Additional Term B Loans for that Interest Period shall be equal to the LIBOR Rate applicable to the Existing Term B Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Third Restatement Effective Date. Term Loans may be repaid or prepaid in accordance with the provisions hereof, but once repaid or prepaid, may not be reborrowed]. 1
(b) [Reserved].
(c) Each Lender may at its option make any LIBOR Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan, provided that (A) any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan and (B) in exercising such option, such Lender shall use its reasonable efforts to minimize any increased costs to the Borrower resulting therefrom (which obligation of the Lender shall not require it to take, or refrain from taking, actions that it determines would result in increased costs for which it will not be compensated hereunder or that it determines would be otherwise disadvantageous to it and in the event of such request for costs for which compensation is provided under this Agreement, the provisions of Section 2.10 shall apply).
2.2. Minimum Amount of Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings . The aggregate principal amount of Borrowing of Term Loans shall be in a minimum amount of at least the Minimum Borrowing Amount for such Type of Loans and in a multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. More than one Borrowing may be incurred on any date, provided that at no time shall there be outstanding more than 15 Borrowings of LIBOR Loans under this Agreement.
1 | Confirm only one Interest Period. |
-43-
2.3. Notice of Borrowing .
(a) With respect to any Term Loans to be made on or after the Third Restatement Effective Date, the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agents Office (i) prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least three Business Days prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of the Borrowing of Term Loans if such Term Loans are to be initially LIBOR Loans and (ii) written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least one Business Day prior to the date of the Borrowing of Term Loans if such Term Loans are to be ABR Loans (or, in the case of Additional Term B Loans, such shorter period as to which the Administrative Agent may agree). Such notice (a Notice of Borrowing ) shall specify (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans to be made, (ii) the date of the Borrowing and (iii) whether the Term Loans shall consist of ABR Loans) and/or LIBOR Loans and, if the Term Loans are to include LIBOR Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto. The Administrative Agent shall promptly give each Lender written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of the proposed Borrowing of Term Loans, of such Lenders proportionate share thereof and of the other matters covered by the related Notice of Borrowing.
(b) Without in any way limiting the obligation of the Borrower to confirm in writing any notice it may give hereunder by telephone, the Administrative Agent may act prior to receipt of written confirmation without liability upon the basis of such telephonic notice believed by the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from an Authorized Officer of the Borrower.
2.4. Disbursement of Funds .
(a) No later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date specified in each Notice of Borrowing, each Lender will make available its pro rata portion, if any, of each Borrowing requested to be made on such date in the manner provided below.
(b) Each Lender shall make available all amounts it is to fund to the Borrower under any Borrowing for its applicable Commitments, and in immediately available funds in Dollars to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agents Office and the Administrative Agent will make available to the Borrower, by depositing to an account designated by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent the aggregate of the amounts so made available in Dollars. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the date of any such Borrowing that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Administrative Agent its portion of the Borrowing or Borrowings to be made on such date, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date of Borrowing, and the Administrative Agent, in reliance upon such assumption, may (in its sole discretion and without any obligation to do so) make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender and the Administrative Agent has made available such amount to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount from such Lender. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agents demand therefor the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent in the applicable currency. The Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover
-44-
from such Lender or the Borrower interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day from the date such corresponding amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower to the date such corresponding amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to (i) if paid by such Lender, the Overnight Rate or (ii) if paid by the Borrower, the then-applicable rate of interest or fees, calculated in accordance with Section 2.8 , for the Loans.
(c) Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder).
2.5. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt .
(a) [Reserved].
(b) The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent, in Dollars, for the benefit of the Term B Lenders, on each date set forth below, commencing with December 31, 2012 (or, if not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) (each, a Term B Repayment Date ), the principal amount of the Term B Loans set forth below for such date (each, a Term B Repayment Amount ):
Date |
Amount | |
Each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 prior to the Final Maturity Date | $[ ] 2 | |
Final Maturity Date |
The entire principal amounts of all
then outstanding Term B Loans |
(c) In the event that any New Term Loans are made, such New Term Loans shall, subject to Section 2.14(c) , be repaid by the Borrower in the amounts (each, a New Term Loan Repayment Amount ) and on the dates (each a New Repayment Date ) set forth in the applicable Joinder Agreement.
(d) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to the appropriate lending office of such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such lending office of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such lending office of such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.
2 | 0.25% of the aggregate original principal amount of all Term B Loans on the Second Restatement Effective Date plus 0.25% of the aggregate original principal amount of all Additional Term B Loans. |
-45-
(e) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 12.6(b) , and a subaccount for each Lender, in which Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, whether such Loan is a Term B Loan or New Term Loan of any Series, as applicable, the Type of each Loan made and the Interest Period, if any, applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each Lenders share thereof.
(f) The entries made in the Register and accounts and subaccounts maintained pursuant to clauses (d) and (e) of this Section 2.5 shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such account, such Register or such subaccount, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
2.6. Conversions and Continuations .
(a) Subject to the penultimate sentence of this clause (a) , (x) the Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to convert all or a portion equal to at least $5,000,000 of the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans of one Type into a Borrowing or Borrowings of another Type and (y) the Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to continue the outstanding principal amount of any LIBOR Loans as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period, provided that (i) no partial conversion of LIBOR Loans shall reduce the outstanding principal amount of LIBOR Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing to less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount, (ii) ABR Loans may not be converted into LIBOR Loans if a Default or Event of Default is in existence on the date of the conversion and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversion, (iii) LIBOR Loans may not be continued as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period if a Default or Event of Default is in existence on the date of the proposed continuation and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuation and (iv) Borrowings resulting from conversions pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be limited in number as provided in Section 2.2 . Each such conversion or continuation shall be effected by the Borrower by giving the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agents Office prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least (i) three Business Days notice, in the case of a continuation of or conversion to LIBOR Loans or (ii) one Business Days notice in the case of a conversion into ABR Loans prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) (each, a Notice of Conversion or Continuation ) specifying the Loans to be so converted or continued, the Type of Loans to be converted or continued into and, if such Loans are to be converted into or continued as LIBOR Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto. The Administrative Agent shall give each applicable Lender notice as promptly as practicable of any such proposed conversion or continuation affecting any of its Loans.
-46-
(b) If any Default or Event of Default is in existence at the time of any proposed continuation of any LIBOR Loans and the Required Lenders have determined in their sole discretion not to permit such continuation, such LIBOR Loans shall be automatically converted on the last day of the current Interest Period into ABR Loans. If upon the expiration of any Interest Period in respect of LIBOR Loans, the Borrower has failed to elect a new Interest Period to be applicable thereto as provided in clause (a) , the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Borrowing of LIBOR Loans into a Borrowing of ABR Loans, effective as of the expiration date of such current Interest Period.
2.7. Pro Rata Borrowings . Each Borrowing of Additional Term B Loans or New Term Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then-applicable Additional Term B Loan Commitments or New Term Loan Commitments (of the applicable Series). It is understood that (a) no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in its obligation to make Loans hereunder and that each Lender severally but not jointly shall be obligated to make the Loans provided to be made by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder) and (b) other than as expressly provided herein with respect to a Defaulting Lender, failure by a Lender to perform any of its obligations under any of the Credit Documents shall not release any Person from performance of its obligation under any Credit Document.
2.8. Interest .
(a) The unpaid principal amount of each ABR Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin plus the ABR in effect from time to time.
(b) The unpaid principal amount of each LIBOR Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity thereof (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin plus the relevant LIBOR Rate. (c) If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any Loan or (ii) any interest payable thereon shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum that is (the Default Rate ) (x) in the case of overdue principal, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto plus 2% or (y) in the case of any overdue interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the rate described in Section 2.8(a) plus 2% from the date of such non-payment to the date on which such amount is paid in full (after as well as before judgment).
(d) Interest on each Loan shall accrue from and including, in the case of the Existing Term B Loans, the Second Restatement Effective Date, in the case of the Additional Term B Loans, the Third Restatement Effective Date, and, in the case of New Term Loans, the date of any Borrowing to but excluding the date of any repayment thereof and shall be payable in Dollars. Except as provided below, interest shall be payable (i) in respect of each ABR Loan, quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, (ii) in respect of each LIBOR Loan, on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto and, in the case of an Interest Period in excess of three months, on each date occurring at three-month intervals after the first day of such Interest Period, (iii) in respect of each Loan, (A) on any prepayment (on the amount prepaid but excluding in any event prepayments of ABR Loans), (B) at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and (C) after such maturity, on demand, and (iv) in respect of the Existing Term B Loans, the Third Restatement Effective Date.
-47-
(e) All computations of interest hereunder shall be made in accordance with Section 4.5 .
(f) The Administrative Agent, upon determining the interest rate for any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans, shall promptly notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders thereof. Each such determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.
2.9. Interest Periods . At the time the Borrower gives a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion or Continuation in respect of the making of, or conversion into or continuation as, a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans in accordance with Section 2.6(a) , the Borrower shall have the right to elect by giving the Administrative Agent written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) the Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, which Interest Period shall, at the option of the Borrower, be a one, two, three, six or (with the consent of all the Lenders making such Loans) a nine or twelve month period (or such other period of less than six months as to which the Administrative Agent may consent).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, subject to Section 2.1 :
(a) the initial Interest Period for any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans shall commence on the date of such Borrowing (including the date of any conversion from a Borrowing of ABR Loans) and each Interest Period occurring thereafter in respect of such Borrowing shall commence on the day on which the preceding Interest Period expires;
(b) if any Interest Period relating to a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month or begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;
(c) if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day, provided that if any Interest Period in respect of a LIBOR Loan would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the preceding Business Day; and
(d) the Borrower shall not be entitled to elect any Interest Period in respect of any LIBOR Loan if such Interest Period would extend beyond the final maturity date of such Loan.
-48-
2.10. Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc .
(a) In the event that (x) in the case of clause (i) below, the Administrative Agent or (y) in the case of clauses (ii) , (iii) and (iv) below, any Lender shall have reasonably determined (which determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto):
(i) on any date for determining the LIBOR Rate for any Interest Period that (x) deposits in the principal amounts and Dollars of the Loans comprising such LIBOR Borrowing are not generally available in the relevant market or (y) by reason of any changes arising on or after the Closing Date affecting the interbank LIBOR market, adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable interest rate on the basis provided for in the definition of LIBOR Rate; or
(ii) at any time, that such Lender shall incur increased costs or reductions in the amounts received or receivable hereunder with respect to any LIBOR Loans (other than any increase or reduction attributable to Taxes) because of (x) any change since the date hereof in any applicable law, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or in the interpretation or administration thereof and including the introduction of any new law or governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order), such as, for example, without limitation, a change in official reserve requirements, and/or (y) other circumstances affecting the interbank LIBOR market or the position of such Lender in such market; or
(iii) at any time, that, as a result of any Change in Law after date hereof, such Lender shall incur any new or incremental Taxes with respect to any Loan (except for Indemnified Taxes covered by Section 4.4 or any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender);
(iv) at any time, that the making or continuance of any LIBOR Loan has become unlawful by compliance by such Lender in good faith with any law, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or would conflict with any such governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order not having the force of law even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful), or has become impracticable as a result of a contingency occurring after the date hereof that materially and adversely affects the interbank LIBOR market;
then, and in any such event, such Lender (or the Administrative Agent, in the case of clause (i) above) shall within a reasonable time thereafter give notice (if by telephone, confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the other Lenders). Thereafter (x) in the case of clause (i) above, LIBOR Loans shall no longer be available until such time as the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice by the Administrative Agent no longer exist, and any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion given by the Borrower with respect to LIBOR Loans that have not yet been incurred shall be deemed rescinded by the Borrower, (y) in the case of clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender, promptly after receipt of written demand therefor such additional amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lender in its reasonable discretion shall determine) as shall be required to compensate such Lender for such increased costs or reductions in amounts receivable hereunder (it being agreed that a written notice as to the additional amounts owed to such Lender, showing in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation thereof, submitted to the Borrower by such Lender shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) and (z) in the case of subclause (iii) above, the Borrower shall take one of the actions specified in Section 2.10(b) as promptly as possible and, in any event, within the time period required by law.
-49-
(b) At any time that any LIBOR Loan is affected by the circumstances described in Section 2.10(a)(ii) or (iii) , the Borrower may (and in the case of a LIBOR Loan affected pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(iii) shall) either (x) if the affected LIBOR Loan is then being made pursuant to a Borrowing, cancel such Borrowing by giving the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (confirmed promptly in writing) thereof on the same date that Borrower was notified by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(ii) or (iii) or (y) if the affected LIBOR Loan is then outstanding, upon at least three Business Days notice to the Administrative Agent, require the affected Lender to convert each such LIBOR Loan into an ABR Loan, provided that if more than one Lender is affected at any time, then all affected Lenders must be treated in the same manner pursuant to this Section 2.10(b) .
(c) If, after the date hereof, any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy of any Lender or compliance by any Lender or its parent with any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy occurring after the date hereof, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lenders or its parents or its Affiliates capital or assets as a consequence of such Lenders commitments or obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or its parent or its Affiliate could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lenders or its parents policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time, promptly after demand by such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or its parent for such reduction. Each Lender, upon determining in good faith that any additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 2.10(c) , will give prompt written notice thereof to the Borrower, which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis of the calculation of such additional amounts, although the failure to give any such notice shall not, subject to Section 2.13 , release or diminish the Borrowers obligations to pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.10(c) upon receipt of such notice.
(d) It is understood that this Section 2.10 shall not apply to (i) Taxes indemnifiable under Section 4.4 or (ii) Excluded Taxes.
2.11. Compensation . If (a) any payment of principal of any LIBOR Loan is made by the Borrower to or for the account of a Lender other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such LIBOR Loan as a result of a payment or conversion pursuant to Section 2.5 , 2.6 , 2.10 , 4.1 , 4.2 or 12.7 , as a result of acceleration of the maturity of the Loans pursuant to Section 10 or for any other reason, (b) any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans is not made as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Borrowing, (c) any ABR Loan is not converted into a LIBOR Loan as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Conversion or Continuation, (d) any LIBOR Loan is not continued as a LIBOR Loan, as the case may be, as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Conversion or Continuation or (e) any prepayment of principal of any LIBOR Loan is not made as a result of a withdrawn notice of prepayment pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2 , the Borrower shall, after receipt of a written request by such Lender (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses that
-50-
such Lender may reasonably incur as a result of such payment, failure to convert, failure to continue or failure to prepay, including any loss, cost or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) actually incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any Lender to fund or maintain such LIBOR Loan.
2.12. Change of Lending Office . Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.10(a)(ii) , 2.10(a)(iii) , 2.10(b) or 4.4 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event, or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder (subject to the provisions of Section 12.6 ) to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates; provided that such designation is made on such terms that such Lender and its lending office suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, with the object of avoiding the consequence of the event giving rise to the operation of any such Section. Nothing in this Section 2.12 shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the right of any Lender provided in Section 2.10 or 4.4 .
2.13. Notice of Certain Costs . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent any notice required by Section 2.10 or 2.11 is given by any Lender more than 270 days after such Lender has knowledge (or should have had knowledge) of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the additional cost, reduction in amounts, loss, tax or other additional amounts described in such Sections, such Lender shall not be entitled to compensation under Section 2.10 or 2.11 , as the case may be, for any such amounts incurred or accruing prior to the 271st day prior to the giving of such notice to the Borrower.
2.14. Incremental Facilities .
(a) At any time and from time to time prior to the Final Maturity Date, the Borrower may by written notice to Administrative Agent elect to request the establishment of one or more additional tranches of term loans (the commitments thereto, the New Term Loan Commitments ), in an aggregate amount not to exceed an amount such that, on a Pro Forma Basis and after giving effect to the borrowing of such New Term Loans and any other Specified Transaction, the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the most recently ended Test Period shall be less than or equal to 3.5 to 1.0, for all such New Term Loan Commitments. Each such notice shall specify the date (each, an Increased Amount Date ) on which the Borrower proposes that the New Term Loan Commitments shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than five Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent. The Borrower may approach any Lender or any Person (other than a natural person) to provide all or a portion of the New Term Loan Commitments; provided that any Lender offered or approached to provide all or a portion of the New Term Loan Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a New Term Loan Commitment. In each case, such New Term Loan Commitments shall become effective as of the applicable Increased Amount Date; provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default shall exist on such Increased Amount Date before or after giving effect to such New Term Loan Commitments, as applicable; (ii) both before and after giving effect to the making of any Series of New Term Loans, each of the conditions set forth in Section 6 shall be satisfied; (iii) the New Term Loan Commitments shall be effected pursuant to one or more Joinder Agreements executed and delivered by the Borrower and Administrative Agent, and each of which shall be recorded in the Register and shall be subject to
-51-
the requirements set forth in Sections 4.4(e) and (f) ; and (iv) the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered any legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction. Any New Term Loans made on an Increased Amount Date shall be designated, a separate series (a Series ) of New Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement.
(b) On any Increased Amount Date on which any New Term Loan Commitments of any Series are effective, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (i) each Lender with a New Term Loan Commitment (each, a New Term Loan Lender ) of any Series shall make a Loan to the Borrower (a New Term Loan ) in an amount equal to its New Term Loan Commitment of such Series, and (ii) each New Term Loan Lender of any Series shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to the New Term Loan Commitment of such Series and the New Term Loans of such Series made pursuant thereto.
(c) The terms and provisions of the New Term Loans and New Term Loan Commitments of any Series shall be, except as otherwise set forth herein or in the applicable Joinder Agreement, identical to the existing Term B Loans; provided that (i) the applicable New Term Loan Maturity Date of each Series shall be no earlier than the Final Maturity Date and mandatory prepayment and other payment rights (other than scheduled amortization) of the New Term Loans and the existing Term B Loans shall be identical, (ii) the rate of interest and the amortization schedule applicable to the New Term Loans of each Series shall be determined by the Borrower and the applicable new Lenders and shall be set forth in each applicable Joinder Agreement; provided that (x) the weighted average life to maturity of all New Term Loans shall be no shorter than the then remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Term B Loans, (iii) in the event the Yield of the New Term Loans of any Series exceeds the Yield of the Term B Loans by more than 50 basis points, then the Applicable Margins for the Term B Loans shall be increased to the extent necessary so that the Yield for the Term B Loans shall be 50 basis points less than the Yield for the New Term Loans and (iv) all other terms applicable to the New Term Loans of each Series that differ from the existing Term B Loans shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (as evidenced by its execution of the applicable Joinder Agreement).
(d) Each Joinder Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provision of this Section 2.14 .
SECTION 3. Fees; Commitments
3.1. Fees . The Borrower agrees to pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent and other Agents any fees in the amounts previously agreed to in writing by the Borrower in connection with this Agreement.
3.2. Mandatory Termination of Commitments .
(a) The Additional Term B Loan Commitment shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Third Restatement Effective Date.
-52-
(b) The New Term Loan Commitment for any Series shall, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Joinder Agreement, terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Increased Amount Date for such Series.
SECTION 4. Payments
4.1. Voluntary Prepayments . The Borrower shall have the right to prepay its Term Loans, without premium or penalty (except as provided below), in whole or in part from time to time on the following terms and conditions: (a) the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agents Office for payment in the currency in which such Loan is denominated written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of its intent to make such prepayment, the amount of such prepayment and (in the case of LIBOR Loans) the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made, which notice shall be given by the Borrower no later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) (i) in the case of LIBOR Loans, three Business Days prior to or (ii) in the case of ABR Loans, one Business Day prior to, the date of such prepayment and shall promptly be transmitted by the Administrative Agent to each of the Lenders; (b) each partial prepayment of (i) any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 and in multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (ii) any ABR Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and in multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, provided that no partial prepayment of LIBOR Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing shall reduce the outstanding LIBOR Loans made pursuant to such Borrowing to an amount less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount for LIBOR Loans and (c) any prepayment of LIBOR Loans pursuant to this Section 4.1 on any day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto shall be subject to compliance by the Borrower with the applicable provisions of Section 2.11 . Each prepayment in respect of any Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be (a) applied to the Class or Classes of Term Loans as the Borrower may specify and (b) applied to reduce Term B Loan Repayment Amounts and/or any New Term Loan Repayment Amounts, as the case may be, in such order as the Borrower may specify.
4.2. Mandatory Prepayments .
(a) Term Loan Prepayments . (i) On each occasion that a Prepayment Event occurs, the Borrower shall, within three Business Days after receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds from such Prepayment Event by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (or, in the case of Deferred Net Cash Proceeds, within three Business Days after the Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date), prepay, in accordance with clause (c) below, Term Loans with a principal amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from such Prepayment Event (which shall be accompanied by any prepayment premium required pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 4.1 ).
(ii) Not later than the date that is 120 days after the last day of any fiscal year (commencing with and including the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012), the Borrower shall prepay, in accordance with clause (c) below, Term Loans with a principal amount equal to (x) 50% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year (but only if 50% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year exceeds $20,000,000), provided that (A) such 50% shall be reduced to 25% if the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recent Test Period ended prior to such prepayment date is less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 and (B) no payment of any Term
-53-
Loans shall be required under this Section 4.2(a)(ii) if the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recent Test Period ended prior to such prepayment date is less than or equal to 2.75 to 1.00, minus (y) the principal amount of Term Loans voluntarily prepaid pursuant to Section 4.1 during such fiscal year.
(b) Application to Repayment Amounts . Subject to Section 4.2(f) , each prepayment of Term Loans required by Section 4.2(a)(i) or (ii) shall be allocated pro rata among each Class of Term Loans based on the applicable remaining Repayment Amounts due thereunder and shall be applied to reduce such Repayment Amounts in the order specified by the Borrower. Subject to Section 4.2(f) , with respect to each such prepayment, the Borrower will, not later than the date specified in Section 4.2(a) for making such prepayment, give the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (promptly confirmed in writing and which shall include a calculation of the amount of such prepayment to be applied to each Class of Term Loans) requesting that the Administrative Agent provide notice of such prepayment to each applicable Lender.
(c) Application to Term Loans . With respect to each prepayment of Term Loans required by Section 4.2(a) , the Borrower may, if applicable, designate the Types of Loans that are to be prepaid and the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made. In the absence of a designation by the Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.11 .
(d) LIBOR Interest Periods . In lieu of making any payment pursuant to this Section 4.2 in respect of any LIBOR Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period therefor so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower at its option may deposit with the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the amount of the LIBOR Loan to be prepaid and such LIBOR Loan shall be repaid on the last day of the Interest Period therefor in the required amount. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent in a non-interest bearing deposit account established on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Such deposit shall constitute cash collateral for the LIBOR Loans to be so prepaid, provided that the Borrower may at any time direct that such deposit be applied to make the applicable payment required pursuant to this Section 4.2 .
(e) Minimum Amounts for Asset Sale Prepayment Events and Casualty Events . No prepayment shall be required pursuant to Section 4.2(a)(i) (i) in the case of any Disposition by, or Casualty Event of, the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries yielding Net Cash Proceeds of less than $5,000,000 or (ii) unless and until the amount at any time of Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event, as applicable, required to be applied at or prior to such time pursuant to such Section and not yet applied at or prior to such time to prepay Term Loans pursuant to such Section exceeds $25,000,000 in the aggregate for all such Asset Sale Prepayment Events or Casualty Events, as applicable, in any one fiscal year, at which time the excess Net Cash Proceeds over the amount referred to in this subclause (ii) with respect to such fiscal year shall be applied as a prepayment in accordance with this Section 4.2 .
-54-
(f) Foreign Asset Sales . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 4.2 , no Net Cash Proceeds of a Casualty Event attributable to a Restricted Foreign Subsidiary or any asset sale by a Restricted Foreign Subsidiary giving rise to an Asset Sale Prepayment Event (in either case, a Foreign Asset Sale ) shall be required to prepay the Term Loans to the extent that the Borrower has determined in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Cash Proceeds of such Foreign Asset Sale would have a material adverse tax consequence with respect to such Net Cash Proceeds.
4.3. Method and Place of Payment .
(a) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments under this Agreement shall be made by the Borrower, without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind, to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders entitled thereto not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time), in each case, on the date when due and shall be made in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agents Office or at such other office as the Administrative Agent shall specify for such purpose by notice to the Borrower. All repayments or prepayments of any Loans (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) hereunder shall be made in Dollars. The Administrative Agent will thereafter cause to be distributed on the same day (if payment was actually received by the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) or, otherwise, on the next Business Day) like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest or other amounts ratably to the Lenders entitled thereto.
(b) Any payments under this Agreement that are made later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) shall be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable during such extension at the applicable rate in effect immediately prior to such extension.
4.4. Net Payments .
(a) Any and all payments made by or on behalf of any Credit Party under this Agreement or any other Credit Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any Indemnified Taxes; provided that if any Credit Party or the Administrative Agent shall be required by applicable Requirements of Law to deduct or withhold any Indemnified Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable by the applicable Credit Party shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 4.4 ) the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the applicable Credit Party and the Administrative Agent shall make such deductions or withholdings and (iii) the applicable Credit Party and the Administrative Agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority within the time allowed and in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law. Whenever any Indemnified Taxes are payable by any Credit Party, as promptly as possible thereafter, such Credit Party shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of such Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt (or other evidence acceptable to such Lender, acting reasonably) received by such Credit Party showing payment thereof.
-55-
For purposes of this Section 4.4 , (x) any payments by the Administrative Agent to a Lender of any amounts received by the Administrative Agent from any Credit Party on behalf of such Lender shall be treated as a payment from the Credit Party to such Lender and (y) if a Lender is treated as a partnership by a jurisdiction imposing an Indemnified Tax, any withholding or payment of such Indemnified Tax by the Lender in respect of any of such Lenders partners shall be considered a withholding or payment of such Indemnified Tax by the applicable Credit Party.
(b) The Borrower shall timely pay and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, each Collateral Agent and each Lender with regard to any Other Taxes (whether or not such Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority). If the Borrower determines that a reasonable basis exists to claim a refund of the Other Taxes indemnified under this clause (b) , the Collateral Agent or Lender shall, at the Borrowers expense, reasonably cooperate with the Borrower in pursuing such refund, provided that no Collateral Agent or Lender shall be required to pursue the refund claim if such Agent or Lender in good faith discretion determines that to do so would be disadvantageous to it.
(c) The Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender within 5 Business Days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes imposed on the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate setting forth reasonable detail as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as applicable) on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(d) Each Non-U.S. Lender with respect to the Term Loans made to the Borrower, shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver or cause to be delivered to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Non-U.S. Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Credit Parties or the Administrative Agent, but only if such Non-U.S. Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:
(i) two duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States,
(ii) two duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI,
(iii) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (A) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E (any such certificate a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ) and (B) two duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN,
(iv) to the extent a Non-U.S. Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Non-U.S. Lender is a partnership or participating Lender granting a typical participation), Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, Form W-9 or Form W-8IMY from each beneficial owner, as applicable,
-56-
(v) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender that receives payments with respect to the Term Loans through a nominee that is a qualified intermediary as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1441-1(e)(5)(ii), either (I) two (2) properly completed and duly signed copies of an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or successor form) and any attachments thereto by the nominee (A) confirming its qualified intermediary status, (B) designating the accounts of such Non-U.S. Lender for which the qualified intermediary acts as a qualified intermediary and (C) certifying that it assumes primary responsibility for withholding under Chapter 3 of the Code and for Internal Revenue Service Form 1099 reporting and backup withholding with respect to such Non-U.S. Lender or (II) two (2) properly completed and duly signed copies of an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or successor form) and any attachments thereto by the nominee confirming its qualified intermediary status and any other information (e.g., Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN of such Non-U.S. Lender) that it is required to provide under the applicable Treasury Regulations, or
(vi) any other forms, documentation or information reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the proper rate of withholding or the applicability of any exemption from withholding on any payments to a Non-U.S. Lender with respect to the Term Loans.
To the extent it is legally entitled to do so, each Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further copies of any such form or certification (or any applicable successor form) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and promptly after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it is unable to do so.
(e) If any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax for which a payment has been made by any Credit Party pursuant to this Agreement, which refund in the good faith judgment of such Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, is attributable to such payment made by such Credit Party, then the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall reimburse such Credit Party for such amount (together with any interest received thereon) as the Lender, Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, determines in its sole discretion to be the proportion of the refund as will leave it, after such reimbursement, in no better or worse after-Tax position (taking into account expenses) than it would have been in if the payment had not been required; provided that the Borrower and such Credit Party, upon the request of the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, agree to repay the amount paid over to such Credit Party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in the event the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Neither the Lender, the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be obliged to disclose any information regarding its tax affairs or computations to any Credit Party in connection with this clause (e) or any other provision of this Section 4.4 .
-57-
(f) Each Lender and Agent with respect to any Loan made to the Borrower, that is a United States person under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall, at the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or substitute or successor form), properly completed and duly executed, certifying that such Lender or Agent is exempt from United States backup withholding.
(g) The agreements in this Section 4.4 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
(h) Any Lender that is legally entitled to an exemption from or reduction of income tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall cooperate with the Borrower in completing any procedural formalities necessary for the Borrower to obtain authorization to make such payments without withholding or at a reduced rate.
4.5. Computations of Interest and Fees . Except as provided in the next succeeding sentence, interest on LIBOR Loans and ABR Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. Interest on ABR Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed.
4.6. Limit on Rate of Interest .
(a) No Payment Shall Exceed Lawful Rate . Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be obliged to pay any interest or other amounts under or in connection with this Agreement or otherwise in respect of the Obligations in excess of the amount or rate permitted under or consistent with any applicable law, rule or regulation.
(b) Payment at Highest Lawful Rate . If the Borrower is not obliged to make a payment that it would otherwise be required to make, as a result of Section 4.6(a) , the Borrower shall make such payment to the maximum extent permitted by or consistent with applicable laws, rules and regulations.
(c) Adjustment if Any Payment Exceeds Lawful Rate . If any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents would obligate the Borrower to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Lender in an amount or calculated at a rate that would be prohibited by any applicable law, rule or regulation, then notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by law, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, by reducing the amount or rate of interest required to be paid by the Borrower to the affected Lender under Section 2.8 .
Notwithstanding the foregoing, and after giving effect to all adjustments contemplated thereby, if any Lender shall have received from the Borrower an amount in excess of the maximum permitted by any applicable law, rule or regulation, then the Borrower shall be entitled, by notice in writing to the Administrative Agent to obtain reimbursement from that Lender in an amount equal to such excess, and pending such reimbursement, such amount shall be deemed to be an amount payable by that Lender to the Borrower.
-58-
SECTION 5. Conditions Precedent to Third Restatement Effective Date
The effectiveness of the restatement of the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent.
5.1. Credit Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received:
(a) The Restatement Agreement appropriately completed and executed by Lenders under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement constituting the Required Lenders thereunder and the Borrower; and (b) an Additional Term B Joinder Agreement duly executed by the Borrower and the Additional Term B Lender.
5.2. Legal Opinion . The Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, special New York counsel to the Borrower, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
5.3. Authorization of Proceedings of Each Credit Party . The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of the resolutions of the board of directors (or a duly authorized committee thereof) and if applicable, the shareholders and/or the supervisory board or other managers of each Credit Party (or a duly authorized committee thereof) authorizing (a) the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which it is a party and (b) in the case of the Borrower, the extensions of credit contemplated hereunder, certified by the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer of such Credit Party as of the Third Restatement Effective Date.
5.4. Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to the effect that (i) the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement and the other Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), (ii) no Default or Event of Default under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement shall have occurred and is continuing and no Default or Event of Default under this Agreement shall result for the transactions contemplated hereby to occur on the Third Restatement Effective Date and (iii) after giving effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the Borrower on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries is Solvent.
5.5. Amendment of ABL Credit Agreement . The ABL Credit Agreement Amendment shall have become effective.
-59-
5.6. Amendment of Intercreditor Agreement . The Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent shall have entered into an amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement in the form of Exhibit F .
5.7. Fees . The Borrower shall have paid the fees referred to in the Restatement Agreement.
SECTION 6. Conditions Precedent to All Credit Events
The agreement of each Lender to make any Loan requested to be made by it on any date after the Third Restatement Effective Date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
6.1. No Default; Representations and Warranties . At the time of each Credit Event and also after giving effect thereto: (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (b) all representations and warranties made by any Credit Party contained herein or in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Credit Event (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).
6.2. Notice of Borrowing . Prior to the making of each Term Loan, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing (whether in writing or by telephone) meeting the requirements of Section 2.3 .
The acceptance of the benefits of each Credit Event after the Third Restatement Effective Date shall constitute a representation and warranty by each Credit Party to each of the Lenders that all the applicable conditions specified in this Section 6 have been satisfied as of that time.
SECTION 7. Representations, Warranties and Agreements
In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans as provided for herein, the Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to the Lenders, all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans:
7.1. Corporate Status . Each of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (a) is a duly organized and validly existing corporation or other entity in good standing (in respect of each jurisdiction where the good standing concept exists) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in which it is engaged except (with respect to the Restricted Subsidiaries) to the extent that the failure to so exist, be organized, or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (b) has duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing (in respect of such jurisdiction where the good standing concept exists) in all jurisdictions where it is required to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified would not reasonably be expected to (A) result in a Material Adverse Effect or (B) materially adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents taken as a whole.
-60-
7.2. Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability . Each Credit Party has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of the Credit Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which it is a party. Each Credit Party has duly executed and delivered each Credit Document to which it is a party and each such Credit Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.
7.3. No Violation . Neither the execution, delivery or performance by any Credit Party of the Credit Documents to which it is a party nor compliance with the terms and provisions thereof nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will (a) contravene any applicable provision of any material law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality, (b) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents or Liens subject to the Intercreditor Agreement) pursuant to, the terms of any material indenture, loan agreement, lease agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other material instrument to which such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound (any such term, covenant, condition or provision, a Contractual Requirement ) or (c) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents of such Credit Party except, with respect to clauses (a) and (b) , as would not reasonably be expected to (A) result in a Material Adverse Effect or (B) materially adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents taken as a whole.
7.4. Litigation . Except as set forth on Schedule 7.4 , there are no actions, suits or proceedings (including Environmental Claims) pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened with respect to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would, in each case, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
7.5. Margin Regulations . Neither the making of any Loan hereunder nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board.
7.6. Governmental Approvals; Other Consents . The execution, delivery and performance of any Credit Document do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, payment of any stamp, registration, notarial or similar tax or fee to, or other action by, any Governmental Authority or any other Person, except for (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect or are to be made in accordance with Section 8.11(d) , (ii) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents, and (iii) such licenses, approvals, authorizations or consents the failure to obtain or make which would not reasonably be expected to (A) have a Material Adverse Effect or (B) materially adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents taken as a whole.
-61-
7.7. Investment Company Act . No Credit Party is an investment company within the meaning of, and subject to registration under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
7.8. Disclosure .
(a) As of the Third Restatement Effective Date, to the knowledge of the Borrower, none of the written factual information and written data (taken as a whole) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their respective authorized representatives to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders on or before the Third Restatement Effective Date for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement contained any untrue statement of any material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make such information and data (taken as a whole) not misleading at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information or data was furnished, it being understood and agreed that for purposes of this Section 7.8(a) , such factual information and data shall not include projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and/or any other forward-looking information) and information of a general economic or general industry nature.
(b) The projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and other forward-looking information) contained in the information and data referred to in clause (a) above were based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by such Persons to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results.
7.9. Financial Condition; Financial Statements . (a) The unaudited historical consolidated financial information of the Borrower as of June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011 and for the fiscal quarters then ended and (b) the Historical Financial Statements, in each case, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Borrower at the respective dates of said information and statements and results of operations for the respective periods covered and such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied except to the extent provided in the notes to said financial statements and except as contemplated by the definition of GAAP. There has been no Material Adverse Effect since December 31, 2009.
7.10. Tax Matters . Each of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries has filed all material Tax returns required to be filed by it and has paid all material Taxes payable by it that have become due (whether or not shown on a Tax return), other than those Taxes contested in good faith as to which adequate reserves have been provided to the extent required by law and in accordance with GAAP or which would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries have provided adequate reserves to the extent required by law and in accordance with GAAP for the payment of all material Taxes not yet due and payable except where the
-62-
failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has ever participated in a listed transaction within the meaning of the U.S. Treasury regulation Section 1.6011-4, except as could not be reasonably expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.
7.11. Compliance with ERISA .
(a) (i) Each Plan is in compliance with ERISA, the Code and any applicable Requirement of Law; (ii) no Reportable Event has occurred (or is reasonably likely to occur) with respect to any Plan; (iii) to the knowledge of the Borrower, no Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or in reorganization (or is reasonably likely to be insolvent or in reorganization), and no written notice of any such insolvency or reorganization has been given to the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate; (iv) no Plan has an accumulated or waived funding deficiency (or is reasonably likely to have such a deficiency); (v) none of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred (or is reasonably likely to incur) any liability to or on account of a Plan pursuant to Section 409, 502(i), 502(l), 515, 4062, 4063, 4064, or 4069 of ERISA or Section 4971 or 4975 of the Code or on account of a Multiemployer Plan pursuant to Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA or has been notified in writing that it will incur any liability under any of the foregoing Sections with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (vi) no proceedings have been instituted by PBGC (or are reasonably likely to be instituted) to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, to reorganize any Multiemployer Plan, and (vii) no written notice of any such proceedings has been given to the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate; and no lien imposed under the Code or ERISA on the assets of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate exists (or is reasonably likely to exist) nor has the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate been notified in writing that such a lien will be imposed on the assets of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate on account of any Plan, except to the extent that a breach of any of the representations, warranties or agreements in this Section 7.11(a)(i) through (vii) would not result, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount of liability that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Plan has an Unfunded Current Liability that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) All Foreign Plans are in compliance with, and have been established, administered and operated in accordance with, the terms of such Foreign Plans and applicable law, except for any failure to so comply, establish, administer or operate the Foreign Plans as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All contributions or other payments which are due with respect to each Foreign Plan have been made in full and there are no funding deficiencies thereunder, except to the extent any such events would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.12. Subsidiaries . Schedule 7.12 lists each Subsidiary of the Parent (and the direct and indirect ownership interest of the Parent therein), in each case existing on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions.
7.13. Intellectual Property . The Borrower and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries have obtained all intellectual property, free from burdensome restrictions, that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted, except where the failure to obtain any such rights could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
-63-
7.14. Environmental Laws .
(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 7.14 , or as could not otherwise reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries and all Real Estate are in compliance with all Environmental Laws; (ii) neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is subject to any Environmental Claim or any other liability under any Environmental Law; (iii) neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is conducting or paying for, in whole or in part, any investigation, removal, remedial or other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law at any location; and (iv) no underground storage tank or related piping, or any impoundment or other disposal area from which there has been a release of Hazardous Materials is located at, on or under any Real Estate currently owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
(b) Neither the Borrower nor any of the Subsidiaries has treated, stored, transported, Released or disposed or arranged for disposal or transport for disposal of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any currently or formerly owned or leased Real Estate or facility in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) This Section 7.14 sets forth the sole representations and warranties of the Borrower with respect to Environmental Laws.
7.15. Properties . (a) The Borrower and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to or leasehold interests in all properties that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, free and clear of all Liens (other than any Liens permitted by this Agreement) and except where the failure to have such good title could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) no Mortgage encumbers improved Real Estate that is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards within the meaning of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 unless flood insurance available under such Act has been obtained in accordance with Section 8.3 .
7.16. Solvency . Immediately following the making of each Loan and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of such Loans, the Borrower on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries will be Solvent.
7.17. Collateral . Upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, the Security Documents will be effective to create (to the extent described therein), in favor of the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein, except as may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. When the actions specified in each Security Agreement have been duly taken and the Mortgages have been duly recorded, the security interests granted pursuant
-64-
thereto shall constitute (to the extent described therein) a perfected security interest in all right, title and interest of each pledgor or mortgagor (as applicable) party thereto in the Collateral described therein (other than Excluded Perfection Assets) with respect to such pledgor or mortgagor (as applicable) if and to the extent perfection can be achieved by taking such actions.
7.18. Insurance . The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are in compliance with the provisions of Section 8.3. Each Credit Party has insurance in such amounts and covering such risks and liabilities as are customary for companies of a similar size engaged in similar businesses in similar locations.
SECTION 8. Affirmative Covenants
The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date and thereafter, until all Loans, together with interest and all other Obligations (other than indemnification and other contingent Obligations in each case not then due and payable) hereunder, are paid in full:
8.1. Information Covenants . The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly make such information available to the Lenders in accordance with its customary practice):
(a) Annual Financial Statements . As soon as available and in any event on or before the date that is 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012), the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and, if different, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of a public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any going concern or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a management narrative in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent describing significant factors resulting in changes during such fiscal year from the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts.
(b) Quarterly Financial Statements . As soon as available and in any event on or before the date that is 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly accounting periods of the Borrower in each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2012), the consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and, if different, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such quarterly period, and the related consolidated statements of income and shareholders equity for such quarterly accounting period and for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such quarterly period, and the related consolidated statement of cash flows for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such quarterly period, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures
-65-
for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, certified by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders equity and cash flows of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a management narrative in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent describing significant factors resulting in changes during such fiscal quarter and in the year to date period from the corresponding periods in the previous year and budgeted amounts.
(c) Budgets . Within 45 days after the commencement of each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013), a budget of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such fiscal year as customarily prepared by management of the Borrower for their internal use; consistent in scope with the financial statements provided pursuant to Section 8.1(a) , setting forth the principal assumptions upon which such budget is based.
(d) Officers Certificates . At the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Sections 8.1(a) and (b) , a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to the effect that to such Authorized Officers knowledge, no Default or Event of Default exists or, if any Default or Event of Default does exist, specifying the nature and extent thereof, and which certificate shall set forth the amount of any Pro Forma Adjustment not previously set forth in a Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate or any change in the amount of a Pro Forma Adjustment set forth in any Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate previously provided and, in either case, in reasonable detail, the calculations and basis therefor. At the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Section 8.1(a) , (i) a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth in reasonable detail the Applicable Amount as at the end of the fiscal year to which such financial statements relate and (ii) a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth the information required pursuant to Sections 1(a), 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10(a) and 10(b) of the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this clause (d)(ii) , as the case may be.
(e) Notice of Default or Litigation . Promptly after an Authorized Officer of the Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, notice of (i) the occurrence of any event that constitutes a Default or Event of Default, which notice shall specify the nature thereof, the period of existence thereof (to the extent known) and what action the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto and (ii) any litigation or governmental proceeding pending against the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to be determined adversely and, if so determined, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(f) Environmental Matters . Promptly after obtaining knowledge of any one or more of the following environmental matters, unless such environmental matters could not, individually or when aggregated with all other such matters, be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, notice of:
(i) any pending or threatened Environmental Claim against any Credit Party or any Real Estate;
-66-
(ii) any condition or occurrence on any Real Estate that (x) could reasonably be expected to result in noncompliance by any Credit Party with any applicable Environmental Law or (y) could reasonably be anticipated to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against any Credit Party or any Real Estate;
(iii) any condition or occurrence on any Real Estate that could reasonably be anticipated to cause such Real Estate to be subject to any restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, use or transferability of such Real Estate under any Environmental Law; and
(iv) the conduct of any investigation, or any removal, remedial or other corrective action in response to the actual or alleged presence, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material on, at, under or from any Real Estate.
All such notices shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the claim, investigation, condition, occurrence or removal or remedial action and the response thereto.
(g) [ Reserved ].
(h) Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate . Not later than any date on which financial statements are delivered with respect to any Test Period in which a Pro Forma Adjustment is made as a result of the consummation of the acquisition of any Acquired Entity or Business by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary for which there shall be a Pro Forma Adjustment, a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth the amount of such Pro Forma Adjustment and, in reasonable detail, the calculations and basis therefor.
(i) [Reserved]
(j) Change of Name, Locations, Etc . Not later than 30 days following the occurrence of any change referred to in subclauses (i) through (iv) below, written notice of any change (i) in the legal name of any Credit Party, (ii) in the jurisdiction of organization of any Credit Party for purposes of the UCC, (iii) in the type of organization of any Credit Party or (iv) in the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification of any Credit Party. The Borrower shall also promptly provide the Collateral Agent with copies of organizational documents reflecting any of the changes described in the first sentence of this clause (j) .
8.2. Books, Records and Inspections . The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, permit officers and designated representatives of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to visit and inspect any of the properties or assets of the Borrower and any such Restricted Subsidiary in whomevers possession to the extent that it is within such partys control to permit such inspection, and to examine the books and records of the Borrower and any such Restricted Subsidiary and discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower and of any such Restricted Subsidiary with, and be advised as to the same by, its and their officers and
-67-
independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and intervals and to such reasonable extent as the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may reasonably request (and subject, in the case of any such meetings or advice from such independent accountants, to such accountants customary policies and procedures); provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 8.2 and only two such visits per fiscal year of the Borrower shall be at the Borrowers expense (and only to the extent such expense is reasonable); provided further that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent (or any of its representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower and any Lender, at its own expense, may do any of the foregoing at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice.
8.3. Maintenance of Insurance .
(a) The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, at all times maintain in full force and effect, pursuant to self-insurance arrangements or with insurance companies that are financially sound at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business; and will furnish to the Lenders, upon reasonable written request from the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried.
(b) All such insurance shall (i) provide that no cancellation, material reduction in amount or material change in coverage thereof shall be effective until at least 30 days after receipt by the Collateral Agent of written notice thereof, and (ii) name the Collateral Agent as mortgagee (in the case of property insurance) or additional insured on behalf of the Secured Parties (in the case of liability insurance) or loss payee (in the case of property insurance), as applicable.
(c) With respect to each Mortgaged Property, obtain flood insurance in such total amount as the Administrative Agent may from time to time require, if at any time the area in which any improvements located on any Mortgaged Property is designated a flood hazard area in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time.
(d) No Credit Party that is an owner of Mortgaged Property shall take any action that is reasonably likely to be the basis for termination, revocation or denial of any insurance coverage required to be maintained under such Credit Partys respective Mortgage or that could be the basis for a defense to any claim under any Insurance Policy maintained in respect of the Premises, and each Credit Party shall otherwise comply in all material respects with all Insurance Requirements in respect of the premises; provided , however , that each Credit Party may, at its own expense, (i) contest the applicability or enforceability of any such Insurance Requirements by appropriate legal proceedings or (ii) cause the Insurance Policy containing any such Insurance Requirement to be replaced by a new policy complying with the provisions of this Section 8.3 .
-68-
8.4. Payment of Taxes . The Borrower will timely pay and discharge, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to timely pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it, or upon any properties belonging to it, and all lawful claims in respect of any Taxes imposed, assessed or levied that, if unpaid, could reasonably be expected to become a Lien upon any properties of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that neither the Borrower nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any such Tax that is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves with respect thereto to the extent required by law and in accordance with GAAP and the failure to pay could not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.
8.5. Maintenance of Existence . The Borrower will do, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, corporate rights and authority, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided , however , that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may consummate any transaction permitted under Section 9.3 , 9.4 or 9.5 .
8.6. Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, Etc . The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to it or its property, including all governmental approvals or authorizations required to conduct its business, and to maintain all such governmental approvals or authorizations in full force and effect, in each case except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
8.7. Maintenance of Properties . The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep and maintain all tangible property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except to the extent that the failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided , however , that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may consummate any transaction permitted under Section 9.3 , 9.4 or 9.5 .
8.8. Additional Guarantors and Grantors . The Borrower will cause each direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary formed or otherwise purchased or acquired after the date hereof (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition) and each other Domestic Subsidiary (in each case, other than an Excluded Subsidiary) that ceases to constitute an Excluded Subsidiary to execute a supplement to each of the Guarantee and the Security Agreement in order to become a Guarantor under the Guarantee and a grantor under the Security Agreement and take all other action reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant a perfected security interest in its assets to substantially the same extent as created by the Credit Parties on the Closing Date (including actions required pursuant to Section 8.11(d) of the Original Credit Agreement as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) except for Excluded Assets and Excluded Perfection Assets.
8.9. Pledge of Additional Stock and Evidence of Indebtedness . The Borrower will cause (i) all certificates representing Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary (other than (x) any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents and (y) any Stock and Stock Equivalents issued by any Subsidiary for so long as such Subsidiary does not (on a consolidated basis with its
-69-
Restricted Subsidiaries) have property, plant and equipment with a book value in excess of $2,500,000 or a contribution to Consolidated EBITDA for any four fiscal quarter period that includes any date on or after the Closing Date in excess of $1,000,000 held directly by any Credit Party, and (ii) any promissory notes executed after the date hereof evidencing Indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000 held by the Borrower or any Guarantor (other than to the extent the debtor thereon is a Credit Party), in each case, to be delivered to the Collateral Agent as security for the Obligations under the Security Agreement.
8.10. Use of Proceeds . The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Additional Term B Loans solely to pay any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the entering into of this Agreement, the ABL Credit Agreement Amendment and the other transactions occurring on the Third Restatement Effective Date and for general corporate purposes. The Borrower will use any proceeds from New Term Loans received by it for general corporate purposes not in contravention of any law or this Agreement.
8.11. Further Assurances .
(a) The Borrower will, and will cause each other Credit Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents) that may be reasonably required under any applicable law, or that the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the applicable Security Documents, all at the reasonable expense of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided , however , that no Credit Party shall be under any obligation to enter into any such document, financing statement, agreement or instrument, or take any such action in respect of Excluded Perfection Assets.
(b) Subject to the applicable limitations set forth in the Security Documents, if any assets (including any real estate or improvements thereto or any ownership (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, leasehold) interest therein but excluding Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary) with a book value in excess of $5,000,000 are acquired by the Credit Party or any other Credit Party after the Closing Date (other than assets constituting Collateral under a Security Document that become subject to the perfected Lien of the applicable Security Document upon acquisition thereof, or assets constituting Excluded Assets or Excluded Perfection Assets) that are of a nature secured by a Security Document and intended to be collateral, the Borrower will notify the Collateral Agent, and, if reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, the Borrower will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the applicable Obligations and will take, and cause the other applicable Credit Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant and perfect such Liens consistent with the applicable requirements of the Security Documents, including actions described in clause (a) of this Section 8.11 ; provided that this Section 8.11(b) shall not apply to Excluded Assets and Excluded Perfection Assets.
(c) Any Mortgage delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the preceding clause (b) shall be accompanied by (w) a Title Policy, (x) Survey, (y) flood certificate and (z) in the case of a Mortgage, an opinion of local counsel to the mortgagor in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.
-70-
(d) The Borrower agrees that it will, or will cause its relevant Credit Parties to, complete each of the actions described on Schedule 8.11 to this Agreement as soon as commercially reasonable and by no later than the date set forth in Schedule 8.11 to this Agreement with respect to such action or such later date as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree.
8.12. End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters . The Borrower will, for financial reporting purposes, cause (a) each of its, and each of its Subsidiaries, fiscal years to end on December 31 of each year and (b) each of its, and each of its Subsidiaries, fiscal quarters to end on dates consistent with such fiscal year end and the Borrowers past practice.
SECTION 9. Negative Covenants
The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date (immediately after consummation of the Acquisition) and thereafter, until the Loans, together with interest and all other Obligations (other than indemnification and other contingent expense reimbursement Obligations in each case not then due and payable) incurred hereunder, are paid in full:
9.1. Limitation on Indebtedness . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a) (x) Indebtedness arising under the Credit Documents and (y) Indebtedness under the ABL Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed (i) $1,100,000,000 at any time outstanding under the ABL Facility plus (ii) up to $300,000,000;
(b) subject to compliance with Section 9.5 , Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, in each case, all such Indebtedness of any Credit Party owed to any Person that is not a Credit Party shall be subordinated to the Obligations of such Credit Party on customary terms;
(c) Indebtedness in respect of any bankers acceptance, bank guarantees, letter of credit, warehouse receipt or similar facilities entered into in the ordinary course of business (including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims);
(d) subject to compliance with Section 9.5 , Guarantee Obligations incurred by (i) Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or other Restricted Subsidiaries that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement ( provided that if the Indebtedness guaranteed constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, then such Guarantee Obligations shall be subordinated to the applicable Obligations to at least the same extent as the Indebtedness so guaranteed) and (ii) the Borrower in respect of Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement, provided that there shall be no guarantee pursuant to this clause (d) by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of any Indebtedness of a Credit Party;
-71-
(e) Guarantee Obligations (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of (or to) suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees or (ii) otherwise constituting Investments permitted by Section 9.5(g) ;
(f) (i) Indebtedness (including Indebtedness arising under Capital Leases) incurred within 270 days of the acquisition, construction or improvement of fixed or capital assets to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of such fixed or capital assets, provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this subclause (f)(i) at any time outstanding (when aggregated with all Indebtedness outstanding under subclause (f)(ii) below) shall not exceed $30,000,000, and (ii) any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i) above, provided that the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to any fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extensions;
(g) Existing Indebtedness and any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension thereof; provided that (x) the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to the amount of fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (y) the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Indebtedness are not changed and (z) no portion of such Indebtedness matures prior to the Final Maturity Date (unless the Existing Indebtedness being modified, replaced, refunded, renewed or extended originally matured prior to the Final Maturity Date);
(h) Indebtedness in respect of Hedge Agreements not entered into for speculative purposes;
(i) Indebtedness in respect of (x) the Subordinated Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000,000 and (y) any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of Indebtedness referred to in the foregoing subclause (x) ; provided that (i) the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, except by the amount of fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (ii) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations to at least the same extent as the Subordinated Notes and (iii) the other terms of such Indebtedness are not less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Lenders than the terms of the Subordinated Notes;
-72-
(j) (i) Indebtedness of a Person or Indebtedness attaching to assets of a Person that, in either case, becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (or is a Restricted Subsidiary that survives a merger with such Person) or Indebtedness attaching to assets that are acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the Closing Date as the result of a Permitted Acquisition; provided that
(x) such Indebtedness existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time such assets were acquired and, in each case, was not created in anticipation thereof,
(y) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed in any respect by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than by any such Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary in such transaction or is the survivor of a merger with such Person or any of its Subsidiaries in such transaction), and
(z) (A) after giving Pro Forma Effect to the assumption of such Indebtedness, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio is at least 2.0 to 1.0 and, if such Indebtedness is secured by any Liens, the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the most recently ended Test Period shall be less than or equal to 4.0 to 1.0 and (B) except for Indebtedness consisting of Capitalized Lease Obligations, revenue bonds, purchase money Indebtedness, working capital facilities, overdraft facilities and cash management arrangements, or mortgages or other Liens on specific assets, no portion of such Indebtedness matures prior to the Final Maturity Date; and
(ii) any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i) above, provided that (x) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by the amount of fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (y) the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Indebtedness are not changed and (z) if the Indebtedness being refinanced, or any guarantee thereof, constituted Subordinated Indebtedness, then such replacement or refinancing Indebtedness, or such guarantee, respectively, shall be subordinated to the Obligations to at least the same extent;
(k) Indebtedness in respect of customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations not in connection with money borrowed, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business;
(l) additional Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding;
-73-
(m) Indebtedness of the Credit Parties (i) (x) so long as after giving Pro Forma Effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of proceeds thereof on the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio shall be at least 2.0 to 1.0 and (y) the terms of such Indebtedness do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligation prior to the date that is 91 days after the Final Maturity Date ( provided that such Indebtedness may provide for (A) customary offers to purchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and a mandatory offer to prepay from refinancing Indebtedness specified in subclause (ii) below, (B) customary acceleration rights after an event of default and (C) an initial maturity that is earlier than the Final Maturity Date so long as such Indebtedness automatically converts to Indebtedness maturing at least 91 days after the Final Maturity Date subject only to the condition that no payment event of default or bankruptcy (with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) exists on the initial maturity date) and (ii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i) above, provided that (x) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness is not increased above the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension plus the amount of fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith (unless such Indebtedness would otherwise be permitted to be issued in accordance with subclause (i) above), (y) if such Indebtedness constituted Permitted Additional Subordinated Debt and the refinancing is in reliance on this subclause (ii) , such refinancing, refunding or renewal constitutes Permitted Additional Subordinated Debt and (z) if such Indebtedness does not constitute Permitted Additional Subordinated Debt, such refinancing, refunding or renewal complies with subclause (i)(y) above;
(n) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case entered into in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Stock permitted hereunder, other than Guarantee Obligations incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Stock for the purpose of financing such acquisition, provided that such amount is not Indebtedness required to be reflected on the balance sheet of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with GAAP (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this proviso);
(o) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (i) financing of insurance premiums in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $15,000,000 at any time outstanding or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply agreements, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money;
(p) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(q) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Borrower or any Guarantor to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees (or their respective spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees) to finance the purchase or redemption of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 9.6(b) ;
-74-
(r) additional Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries (and any Guarantee thereof by any Loan Party) under local working capital lines in an aggregate principal amount that at the time of incurrence does not cause the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred in reliance on this clause (r) to exceed $500,000,000;
(s) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;
(t) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of cash management services, netting services (including treasury and depository services), overdraft facilities, employee credit or debit card programs (including non-card electronic payment services and purchase card programs), cash pooling arrangements, electronic fund transfer services or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; and
(u) lease obligations in respect of Sale and Lease-Back Transactions in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100,000,000.
9.2. Limitation on Liens . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets of any kind (real or personal, tangible or intangible) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
(a) Liens arising under the Credit Documents;
(b) Liens securing the ABL Facility under the ABL Documents subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement;
(c) [Reserved];
(d) Permitted Liens;
(e) (i) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Sections 9.1(f) and (u) , provided that (x) such Liens attach at all times only to the assets so financed or subject to the applicable Sale and Lease-Back Transaction except for accessions to the property financed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and the proceeds and the products thereof and (y) that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender, and (ii) Liens on the assets of Restricted Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Sections 9.1 ;
(f) Liens existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 9.2 ;
-75-
(g) the replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clauses (e) , (f) and (h) of this Section 9.2 upon or in the same assets theretofore subject to such Lien (or upon or in after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien) or the replacement, extension or renewal (without increase in the amount or change in any direct or contingent obligor except to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder) of the Indebtedness secured thereby;
(h) Liens existing on the assets of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (or is a Restricted Subsidiary that survives a merger with such Person in the transaction in which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary), or existing on assets acquired, pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition to the extent the Liens on such assets secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1(j) ; provided that such Liens attach at all times only to the same assets to which such Liens attached (and after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien), and secure only the same Indebtedness or obligations that such Liens secured, immediately prior to such Permitted Acquisition and any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension thereof permitted by Section 9.1(j) ;
(i) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations (i) of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in favor of a Credit Party and (ii) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party in favor of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party;
(j) Liens (i) of a collecting bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection or (ii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off);
(k) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 9.5 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any property in a transaction permitted under Section 9.4 , in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or sale, disposition, transfer or lease, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;
(l) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business permitted by this Agreement;
(m) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness or (ii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(n) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits or other similar cash deposits made by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent, distribution agreement in the ordinary course of business or purchase agreement not prohibited hereunder;
-76-
(o) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto incurred in the ordinary course of business; and
(p) additional Liens so long as the aggregate principal amount of the obligations secured thereby does not exceed $75,000,000 at any time outstanding.
9.3. Limitation on Fundamental Changes . Except as expressly permitted by Section 9.4 or 9.5 , the Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or substantially all its business units, assets or other properties, except that:
(a) so long as no Default or Event of Default would result therefrom, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any other Person may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Borrower, provided that (i) except as permitted by subclause (ii) below, the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation, (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Borrower is not the Borrower, the surviving Person shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (the Borrower or such surviving Person, as the case may be, being herein referred to as the Successor Borrower ), (iii) any Successor Borrower (if other than the Borrower) shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (iv) each applicable Credit Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the applicable Credit Documents confirmed that its obligations under the Credit Document continue to apply to any Successor Borrowers obligations under this Agreement, (v) the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio for the most recent Test Period would either (A) be at least 2.0 to 1.0 or (B) be greater than the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction, and (vi) the Successor Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer stating that such merger or consolidation complies with this Agreement (it being understood that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Borrower (if other than the Borrower) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Agreement); and
(b) any Person (in each case, other than the Borrower) may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into any one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower, provided that (i) either (x) such merger amalgamation or consolidation constitutes a Disposition permitted by Section 9.4 or (y) a Restricted Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person and the Investment resulting from such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is permitted by Section 9.5 , (ii) in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation in which a Guarantor is the surviving Person, such Guarantor shall execute any supplement to the applicable Guarantee and Security Documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in order to preserve and protect the Liens on the Collateral securing the applicable Obligations and (iii) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officers certificate stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation complies with this Agreement.
-77-
9.4. Limitation on Sale of Assets . (1) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose (each of the foregoing a Disposition ) of any of its property, business or assets (including receivables, Stock and Stock Equivalents of any other Person and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired (other than any such sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition resulting from any casualty or condemnation, of any assets of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries) and (2) the Borrower will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any Stock and Stock Equivalents, in each case, in excess of $1,000,000 per transaction or series of related transactions, except, in each case:
(a) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of (i) inventory, used, surplus or worn out equipment, vehicles and other assets in the ordinary course of business and (ii) Permitted Investments;
(b) Restricted Subsidiaries may issue Stock and Stock Equivalents and the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Dispose of assets, excluding a Disposition of accounts receivable, except in connection with the Disposition of any business to which such accounts receivable relate, for fair value, provided that (i) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (b) for a purchase price in excess of $10,000,000, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Permitted Investments; provided that for the purposes of this subclause (i) the following shall be deemed to be cash: (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrowers or such Restricted Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet provided hereunder) of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than Junior Indebtedness, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which the Borrower and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, (B) any securities received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition and (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 9.4(b)(i) and Section 9.4(c)(ii) that is at that time outstanding, shall not be in excess of $15,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, (ii) any non-cash proceeds received are pledged to the Collateral Agent to the extent required under Section 8.9 , (iii) to the extent required, the Net Cash Proceeds thereof to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries are applied to the prepayment of Term Loans as provided for in Section 4.2 and (iv) after giving effect to any such Disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(c) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make Dispositions to the Borrower or to any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that with respect to any such Dispositions from Credit Parties to Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties, (i) such sale, transfer or disposition shall be for fair value, (ii) with respect to any Disposition
-78-
pursuant to this clause (c) for a purchase price in excess of $10,000,000, the Person making such Disposition shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Permitted Investments; provided that for the purposes of this subclause (ii) the following shall be deemed to be cash: (A) any securities received by the Person making such Disposition from the purchaser that are converted by such Person into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition and (B) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Person making such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 9.4(c)(ii) and Section 9.4(b)(i) that is at that time outstanding, shall not be in excess of $15,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, and (iii) any non-cash proceeds received are pledged to the Collateral Agent to the extent required under Section 8.9 ;
(d) the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may affect any transaction expressly permitted by Section 9.3 , 9.5 or 9.6 (including the making of any Restricted Payment);
(e) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may lease, sublease, license or sublicense (on a non-exclusive basis with respect to any intellectual property) real, personal or intellectual property in the ordinary course of business;
(f) Dispositions of property (including like-kind exchanges) to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property, in each case under Section 1031 of the Code or otherwise;
(g) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures (regardless of the form of legal entity) to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
(h) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof; (i) transfers of property subject to casualty or condemnation proceedings (including in lieu thereof) upon the receipt of the net cash proceeds therefor;
(j) voluntary terminations of Hedge Agreements;
(k) Dispositions (including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions) prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date by a Foreign Subsidiary designed to generate foreign distributable reserves and which are not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect;
-79-
(l) Dispositions prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date among the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the Post-Closing Subsidiary Transfers (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement);
(m) Dispositions of accounts receivable of Foreign Subsidiaries pursuant to factoring arrangements that would otherwise be permitted to be incurred as Indebtedness hereunder pursuant to Section 9.1 (it being understood that upon any such Disposition, the amount of the uncollected receivable shall be deemed to be Indebtedness for purposes of Section 9.1 until the transferee has collected an amount from the account debtor at least equal to the amount paid to the applicable Subsidiary in respect of such accounts receivable);
(n) Dispositions of Subsidiaries with no assets;
(o) Dispositions of the Stock and Stock Equivalents of the Borrower to the extent any such disposition would not result in a Change of Control; and
(p) Dispositions of accounts receivable pursuant to factoring arrangements in an aggregate amount (with a receivable being deemed to be outstanding until the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary has received the full purchase price thereof from the purchaser) not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding.
9.5. Limitation on Investments . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Investment except:
(a) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business and Investments resulting from VAT and other customs arrangements by Subsidiaries with local financial institutions in various jurisdictions in the ordinary course of business;
(b) Permitted Investments;
(c) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes (including employee payroll advances) and (ii) in connection with such Persons purchase of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to the extent that the amount of such loans and advances are directly or indirectly contributed to the Borrower in cash;
(d) Investments existing on, or contemplated as of, the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 9.5 and any extensions, renewals or reinvestments thereof, so long as the aggregate amount of all Investments pursuant to this clause (d) is not increased at any time above the amount of such Investments existing on the date hereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (i) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;
-80-
(e) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers or customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;
(f) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made with Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;
(g) Investments (A) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Credit Party, (B) between or among Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Credit Parties, (C) by any Credit Party in any Restricted Subsidiary that is organized in Canada in an amount not to exceed $100,000,000 or (D) by any Credit Party in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party in an amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the sum of (x) $100,000,000 plus (y) the aggregate amount of cash Investments in Credit Parties by the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties following the Closing Date (and which did not otherwise increase the amount available for any Restricted Payment or Investment hereunder);
(h) Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions;
(i) Investments in an aggregate amount pursuant to this clause (i) that, at the time each such Investment is made, would not exceed the sum of (x) $40,000,000, plus (y) the Applicable Amount at such time;
(j) Investments constituting non-cash proceeds of Dispositions of assets to the extent permitted by clauses (b) and (c) of Section 9.4 ;
(k) loans and advances to any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of, Restricted Payments permitted to be made to such Person in accordance with Section 9.6 ;
(l) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;
(m) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit and customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;
(n) Guarantee Obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;
-81-
(o) Investments held by a Person acquired (including by way of merger or consolidation) after the Closing Date otherwise in accordance with this Section 9.5 to the extent that such Investments do not constitute a majority of the assets acquired and were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;
(p) Investments in connection with the Transactions;
(q) Indebtedness under Hedge Agreements permitted under Section 9.1(h) ;
(r) Investments that would otherwise be permitted as Restricted Payments under Section 9.6(e)(iii) ; and
(s) unsecured Guarantee Obligations of any Credit Party in respect of Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted by Section 9.1 (other than pursuant to Section 9.1(b) ).
9.6. Limitation on Restricted Payments . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Restricted Payment; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing:
(a) the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may (or may make Restricted Payments to permit any direct or indirect parent thereof to) redeem in whole or in part any of its Stock or Stock Equivalents for another class of its (or such parents) Stock or Stock Equivalents or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Stock or Stock Equivalents), provided that such new Stock or Stock Equivalents contain terms and provisions at least as advantageous to the Lenders in all respects material to their interests as those contained in the Stock or Stock Equivalents redeemed thereby;
(b) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may (or may make Restricted Payments to permit any direct or indirect parent thereof to) repurchase shares of its (or such parents) Stock or Stock Equivalents held by officers, directors and employees of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed $3,000,000 in any fiscal year of the Borrower (with unused budgeted amounts from any fiscal year available in any succeeding year); provided that such amount in any fiscal year may be increased by an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds from the sale of Stock and Stock Equivalents (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies so long as such cash proceeds are contributed to the common equity of the Borrower) to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and the Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Closing Date, to the extent the Borrower elects to exclude such amounts from the calculation of the Applicable Amount;
(c) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments, provided that (i) at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4.0 to 1.00 and (ii) the amount of any such Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (c) shall not exceed an amount equal to (x) $20,000,000 in the aggregate following the Closing Date, less (y) the amount of Junior Indebtedness purchased in reliance on Section 9.7(a)(ii) ;
-82-
(d) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments:
(i) the proceeds of which shall be used to allow the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to pay (A) its operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 in any fiscal year of the Borrower plus any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors or officers of the Borrower (or any parent thereof) attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) fees and expenses otherwise due and payable by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and permitted to be paid by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary under this Agreement;
(ii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the corporate existence of any of its direct or indirect parent of the Borrower; and
(iii) to any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to finance any Investment permitted to be made by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 9.5 ; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (B) such parent shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets, Stock or Stock Equivalents) to be contributed to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or (2) the merger (to the extent permitted in Section 9.5 ) of the Person formed or acquired into the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and (C) the Borrower shall comply with Sections 8.8 and 8.9 to the extent applicable; and
(e) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (and pro rata Restricted Payments to the other equity holders of such Restricted Subsidiaries) and (ii) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments to fund the operating expenses and taxes of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent attributable to its ownership of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.
-83-
9.7. Limitations on Debt Payments and Amendments .
(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, prepay, repurchase or redeem or otherwise defease or acquire prior to the scheduled maturity thereof the Subordinated Notes, any other Subordinated Indebtedness, Permitted Additional Subordinated Debt or obligations under the Subordinated Notes (collectively, Junior Indebtedness ); provided , however , that so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the date of such prepayment, repurchase, redemption or other defeasance or would result therefrom, (i) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may prepay, repurchase or redeem Junior Indebtedness (x) in the case of Permitted Additional Subordinated Debt with the proceeds of Permitted Additional Subordinated Debt that (A) is permitted by Section 9.1 and (B) has terms (other than interest rates and call protection) not materially less advantageous to the Lenders than those of the Indebtedness being refinanced and (y) with the proceeds of Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1(i) or (m) , (ii) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make prepayments of Junior Indebtedness for aggregate consideration not to exceed $20,000,000 less the amount of Restricted Payments made in reliance on Section 9.6(c) ; provided that at the time of such prepayment pursuant to the foregoing clause (ii) and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4.0 to 1.00 and (iii) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make prepayments, repurchases, redemptions, defeasances or acquisitions of Junior Indebtedness so long as immediately after giving Pro Forma Effect to any such prepayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition pursuant to this clause (iii) , the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4.25 to 1.00. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 9.7 shall prohibit (x) the repayment or prepayment of intercompany Subordinated Indebtedness owed among the Borrower and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries, in either case unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Borrower has received a notice from the Collateral Agent instructing it not to make or permit any such repayment or prepayment or (y) the conversion of Subordinated Indebtedness into Qualified Equity Interests or Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower.
(b) The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not waive, amend, modify, terminate or release any Junior Indebtedness to the extent that any such waiver, amendment, modification, termination or release would be adverse to the Lenders in any material respect.
9.8. Transactions with Affiliates . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions with any Affiliate of the Borrower, involving aggregate payments in excess of $3,000,000 unless such transactions with any of their Affiliates are on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as it would obtain in a comparable arms-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate, provided that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (a) the payment of fees to the Sponsor pursuant to any Management Agreement in an amount not to exceed $6,000,000, in any fiscal year (plus customary out-of-pocket expense reimbursement and indemnity) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the date of such payment or would result therefrom (it being understood that following the cure of all such Events of Default, such payments may be made), (b) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 9.6 , (c) the payment of expenses in connection with the Transactions, (d) the issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) to the management of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions or pursuant to arrangements described in clause (f) of this Section 9.8 , (e) loans, advances and other
-84-
transactions between or among the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 9 , (f) employment and severance arrangements between the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business, (g) payments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to tax sharing agreements among the Borrower (and/or any of its direct and indirect parent companies) and its Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity, (h) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, managers, consultants, officers and employees of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (i) transactions pursuant to permitted agreements in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 9.8 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not materially adverse, taken as a whole, to the Lenders, (j) payments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower, in good faith, and either (i) limited to 1% of completed transactions and (ii) to the extent in excess of the amounts permitted by subclause (i) above, made from amounts that would have been permitted to be applied to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 9.6(f) , (k) the existence of, or the performance by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it was a party as of the Second Restatement Effective Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date shall only be permitted by this clause (k) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole and (l) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Borrower, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries which are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower in good faith.
9.9. [ Reserved ].
9.10. Changes in Business . The Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not fundamentally and substantively alter the character of their business, taken as a whole, from the business conducted by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on the Third Restatement Effective Date and other business activities incidental or related to any of the foregoing.
-85-
9.11. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) make any loans or advances to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, except any encumbrance or restriction:
(a) pursuant to an agreement or instrument as in effect at or entered into on the date hereof, including without limitation the ABL Facility and the Subordinated Notes Purchase Agreements;
(b) pursuant to any agreement or instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets from such Person, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger or consolidation) and not applying to the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than to any such Person or assets so acquired);
(c) pursuant to an agreement or instrument replacing or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an agreement referred to in clause (a) or (b) above; provided , however , that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such replacement agreement or amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than encumbrances and restrictions contained in such original agreement;
(d) (i) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract, (ii) by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, (iii) contained in mortgages, pledges or other security agreements securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent restricting the transfer of the property or assets subject thereto, (iv) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of Real Estate interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (v) pursuant to purchase money Indebtedness that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property or assets so acquired;
(e) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;
-86-
(f) by reason of any applicable law, rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their businesses;
(g) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (i) relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 9.1 , if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements set forth in clause (a) above (as determined in good faith by the Borrower);
(h) restrictions and conditions on any Foreign Subsidiary by the terms of any Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary permitted to be incurred hereunder;
(i) contractual obligations binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such contractual obligations were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;
(j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 9.5 and applicable solely to such joint venture;
(k) negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.1 but only if such negative pledge or restriction expressly permits Liens for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent and the Lenders with respect to the credit facilities established hereunder and the Obligations under the Credit Documents on a senior basis and without a requirement that such holders of such Indebtedness be secured by such Liens equally and ratably or on a junior basis;
(l) restrictions on cash, other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(m) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under Sections 9.1(f) and (j) that limit the right of the obligor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; and
(n) customary provisions in leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business.
SECTION 10. Events of Default . Upon the occurrence of any of the following specified events (each an Event of Default ):
10.1. Payments . The Borrower shall (a) default in the payment when due of any principal of the Loans, (b) default, and such default shall continue for five or more days, in the payment when due of any interest on the Loans owing hereunder or (c) default, and such default shall continue for 30 or more days, in the payment when due of any other amounts owing hereunder or under any other Credit Document.
-87-
10.2. Representations, Etc . Any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by any Credit Party herein or in any Credit Document or any certificate delivered or required to be delivered by it pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to be untrue in any material respect on the date as of which made or deemed made.
10.3. Covenants . Any Credit Party shall:
(a) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 8.1(e)(i) , 8.8(b) or Section 9 ;
(b) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement (other than those referred to in Section 10.1 or 10.2 or clause (a) of this Section 10.3 ) contained in this Agreement, any Security Document, the Guarantee and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of at least 30 days after receipt of written notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders.
10.4. Default Under Other Agreements . (a) The Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall (i) default in any payment when due with respect to any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) in excess of $75,000,000 in the aggregate, for the Borrower and such Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness in excess of $75,000,000 or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, any such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; provided , that no Event of Default under this subclause (a)(ii) shall exist as a result of the breach of any agreement or condition of the ABL Facility unless such breach continues for a period of 30 days or (b) without limiting the provisions of clause (a) above, any such Indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or as a mandatory prepayment, prior to the stated maturity thereof.
10.5. Bankruptcy, Etc . The Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case, proceeding or action concerning itself under Title 11 of the United States Code entitled Bankruptcy or any domestic or applicable foreign law relating to bankruptcy, judicial management, insolvency, reorganization, administration or relief of debtors in effect in its jurisdiction of incorporation, in each case as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto; or an involuntary case, proceeding or action is commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary and the petition is not controverted within 30 days after commencement of the case, proceeding or action; or an involuntary case, proceeding or action is commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary and such petition is not dismissed within 60 days after commencement of the case, proceeding or action; or a custodian, judicial manager, receiver, monitor, sequestrator, receiver manager, trustee, administrator or similar person is appointed for, or takes charge of, all or substantially all of the property of the Borrower or any
-88-
Material Subsidiary; or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary commences any other voluntary proceeding or action under any reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency, administration or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction whether now or hereafter in effect relating to the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary; or there is commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary any such proceeding or action that remains undismissed for a period of 60 days; or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt; or any order of relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding or action is entered; or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary suffers any appointment of any custodian receiver, receiver manager, trustee, administrator or the like for it or any substantial part of its property to continue undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors.
10.6. ERISA . (a) Any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standard required for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standard or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under Section 412 of the Code; any Plan is or shall have been terminated or is the subject of termination proceedings under Section 4041(c) or Section 4042 of ERISA (including the giving of written notice thereof); an event shall have occurred or a condition shall exist in either case entitling the PBGC to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan (including the giving of written notice thereof); any Plan shall have an accumulated funding deficiency (whether or not waived); the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or is likely to incur a liability to or on account of a Plan under Section 409, 502(i), 502(l), 515, 4062, 4063, 4064, 4069 or 4201, of ERISA or Section 4971 or 4975 of the Code (including the giving of written notice thereof) and (b) there could result from any event or events set forth in clause (a) of this Section 10.6 the imposition of a Lien or a liability or the reasonable likelihood of incurring a Lien or liability that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
10.7. Guarantee . The Guarantee by any Guarantor or group of Guarantors constituting a Material Subsidiary or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect with respect to the Borrower or any Guarantor (other than pursuant to the terms hereof and thereof) or the Borrower or any Guarantor shall deny or disaffirm in writing any such Guarantors material obligations under any such Guarantee.
10.8. Security Documents . Any Security Agreement or Mortgage covering assets in the aggregate in excess of $30,000,000 or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof) or any grantor thereunder shall deny or disaffirm in writing any grantors material obligations under any Security Agreement or Mortgage.
10.9. Judgments . One or more judgments, attachments or decrees shall be entered against the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries involving a liability of $75,000,000 or more in the aggregate for all such judgments and decrees for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not paid or covered by insurance provided by a carrier not disputing coverage) and any such judgments or decrees shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days after the entry thereof.
-89-
10.10. Change of Control . A Change of Control shall occur; then, and in any such event, and at any time thereafter, if any Event of Default shall then be continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, upon the written request of the Required Lenders, by written notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, without prejudice to the rights of the Administrative Agent to enforce its claims against the Borrower, except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement, (i) terminate any then outstanding Commitments and/or (ii) declare the principal of and any accrued interest and fees in respect of all Loans and all Obligations owing hereunder and thereunder to be, whereupon the same shall become, forthwith due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; provided that, if an Event of Default specified in Section 10.5 shall occur with respect to the Borrower, the result that would occur upon the giving of written notice by the Administrative Agent as specified shall occur automatically without the giving of any such notice.
Any amount received by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent from any Credit Party following any acceleration of the Obligations under this Agreement or any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower under Section 10.5 shall be applied:
(i) first , to the payment of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent in connection with such collection or sale or otherwise in connection with any Credit Document, including all court costs and the reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses of its agents and legal counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Credit Document on behalf of any Credit Party and any other reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs or expenses incurred in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under any other Credit Document;
(ii) second , to the Secured Parties, an amount equal to all Obligations owing to them on the date of any distribution; and
(iii) third , any surplus then remaining shall be paid to the applicable Credit Parties or their successors or assigns or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.
SECTION 11. The Agents
11.1. Appointment .
(a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.
-90-
(b) The Administrative Agent and each Lender hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Collateral Agent as the agent with respect to the Collateral, and each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent.
(c) The Arrangers, in their capacity as such, shall not have any obligations, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement but shall be entitled to all benefits of this Section 11 .
11.2. Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may each execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.
11.3. Exculpatory Provisions . None of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any other Agent or any of their officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document (except for its or such Persons own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein) or (b) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any of the Borrower, any Guarantor, any other Credit Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Credit Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by such Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Credit Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Credit Document or for any failure of any Credit Party to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. None of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Agent shall be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit Party.
-91-
11.4. Reliance by Agents . The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or instruction believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the Lender specified in the Register with respect to any amount owing hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Credit Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.
11.5. Notice of Default . Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, it shall give notice thereof to the Lenders and the Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders, provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders except to the extent that this Agreement requires that such action be taken only with the approval of the Required Lenders or each of the Lenders, as applicable.
11.6. Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Credit Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower, any Guarantor and other Credit Party and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the
-92-
time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower, any Guarantor and any other Credit Party. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, assets, operations, properties, financial condition, prospects or creditworthiness of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Credit Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.
11.7. Indemnification . The Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent, each in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective portions of the Total Credit Exposure in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with their respective portions of the Total Credit Exposure in effect immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (including at any time following the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Credit Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by any Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing, provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Agents gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The agreements in this Section 11.7 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
11.8. Agents in Their Individual Capacities . The Agents and their Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower, any Guarantor, and any other Credit Party as though the Administrative Agent or such other Agent were not the Administrative Agent or such other Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents. With respect to the Loans made by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms Lender and Lenders shall include the Agents in their individual capacities.
11.9. Successor Agents . Each of the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, subject to the reasonable consent of the Borrower so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within
-93-
30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the retiring Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Credit Documents (except in the case of the Collateral Agent holding collateral security on behalf of any Secured Parties, the retiring Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security as nominee until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through such Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successors appointment as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). After the retiring Agents resignation hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, the provisions of this Section 11 (including Section 11.7 ) and Section 12.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as an Agent.
11.10. Withholding Tax . To the extent required by any applicable law, each Agent shall withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent (to the extent that the Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Agent as tax or otherwise, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties thereto, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such tax were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
SECTION 12. Miscellaneous
12.1. Amendments and Waivers . Neither this Agreement nor any other Credit Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.1 . The Required Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent may (as applicable depending on the relevant Credit Document), from time to time, (a) enter into with the relevant Credit Party or Credit Parties written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Credit Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this
-94-
Agreement or the other Credit Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Credit Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall directly (i) forgive or reduce any portion of any Loan or extend the scheduled repayment date of any principal of any Loan (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include payments pursuant to Section 4.2(a) , it being understood that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligations of the Borrower to make payments pursuant to Section 4.2(a) ) or reduce the stated rate (it being understood that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the default rate), or forgive any portion, or extend the date for the payment, of any interest or fee payable hereunder (other than as a result of waiving the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), or extend the final expiration date of any Lenders Commitment, or increase the aggregate amount of the Commitments of any Lender, or amend or modify any provisions of Section 4.3(a) (with respect to the ratable allocation of any payments only) and 12.8(a) , or make any Loan, interest, fee or other amount payable in any currency other than expressly provided herein, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 12.1 or reduce the percentages specified in the definitions of the terms Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of its rights and obligations under any Credit Document to which it is a party (except as permitted pursuant to Section 9.3 ) or alter the order of application set forth in the final paragraph of Section 10 , in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (iii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 11 without the written consent of the then-current Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, or (iv) release all or substantially all of the Guarantors under the Guarantee (except as expressly permitted by the Guarantee or this Agreement) or release all or substantially all of the Collateral under the Security Documents (except as expressly permitted by the Security Documents or this Agreement) without the prior written consent of each Lender, or (v) amend Section 2.9 so as to permit Interest Period intervals greater than six months without regard to availability to Lenders, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (vi) change the application of any mandatory prepayments without the consent of a majority of each Class adversely affected thereby. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the affected Lenders and shall be binding upon the Credit Parties, such Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the affected Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing, it being understood that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, acting in its sole reasonable discretion, and the Borrower may (without the consent of any Lender) amend or supplement this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or to make a modification of a minor, consistency or technical nature or to correct a manifest error.
-95-
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in addition to any credit extensions and related Joinder Agreement(s) effectuated without the consent of Lenders in accordance with Section 2.14 , this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated), supplemented or modified, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents with the Term Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders and other definitions related to such new Term Loans.
In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans of any Class ( Refinanced Term Loans ) with a replacement term loan tranche ( Replacement Term Loans ) hereunder; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable Margin for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Margin for such Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the weighted average life to maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing (except to the extent of nominal amortization for periods where amortization has been eliminated as a result of prepayment of the applicable Term Loans) and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially the same in material respects to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term Loans of such Class in effect immediately prior to such refinancing, or in respect of interest rates and/or fees applicable thereto, unless, in each case otherwise agreed by the provider of such Replacement Term Loans and the Required Lenders (which will not include the Class of Refinanced Term Loans in such calculation for this purpose).
The Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent by the Credit Parties on any Collateral shall be automatically released (i) in the case of all Credit Parties, in full, upon payment in full of the Obligations under this Agreement (other than the indemnification and other contingent obligations for which no claim has been asserted), (ii) upon the sale or other disposition of such Collateral (including as part of or in connection with any other sale or other disposition permitted hereunder) to any Person other than another Credit Party (or, in the case of a sale by a Credit Party another Credit Party), to the extent such sale or other disposition is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Credit Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry), (iii) to the extent such Collateral is comprised of property leased to a Credit Party, upon termination or expiration of such lease, (iv) if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other percentage of the Lenders whose consent may be required in accordance with this Section 12.1 ), (v) to the extent the property constituting such Collateral is owned by any Guarantor, upon the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the applicable Guarantee (as
-96-
set forth below) and (vi) as required to effect any sale or other disposition of Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents. In addition to the foregoing, the Collateral Agent, in its reasonable discretion, may release Liens granted to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, on Collateral valued in an aggregate amount not in excess of $10,000,000 per fiscal year of the Borrower without prior written authorization of any Lender. Any such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those being released) upon (or obligations (other than those being released) of the Credit Parties in respect of) all interests retained by the Credit Parties, including the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral except to the extent otherwise released in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents. Additionally, the Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that the Guarantors shall be released from their obligations under the Guarantee upon consummation of any transaction resulting in such Subsidiary ceasing to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary. The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, to execute and deliver any instruments, documents, and agreements necessary or desirable to evidence and confirm the release of any Guarantor or Collateral pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, all without the further consent or joinder of any Lender.
12.2. Notices . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
(a) if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 12.2 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and
(b) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.
All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, three (3) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail, when delivered; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.3 , 2.6 , 2.9 and 4.1 shall not be effective until received.
-97-
12.3. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
12.4. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Credit Documents and in any document, certificate or written statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans hereunder.
12.5. Payment of Expenses . The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Agents for all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (but limited, as to legal fees and expenses, to the out-of-pocket reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP and up to one special and local counsel in respect of each relevant jurisdiction, as applicable, (b) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (and, if applicable as set forth below, the Lenders) for all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, including the out-of-pocket and documented reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold harmless each Lender and Agent from, any and all recording and filing fees and (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold harmless each Lender and Agent and their respective directors, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors and agents (the Indemnitees ) from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever, including reasonable out-of-pocket and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of one legal counsel and up to one special and local counsel in respect of each material and relevant area of law or jurisdiction (as applicable) and one additional counsel in the event of any conflict of interest, with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing relating to the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law (other than by such indemnified person or any of its Related Parties) or to any actual or alleged presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials involving or attributable to the operations of the Borrower, any of the Subsidiaries or any of the Real Estate (all the foregoing in this clause (d) , collectively, the Indemnified Liabilities ), provided that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to the Administrative Agent or any Lender nor any other Indemnitee nor any of their respective Related Parties with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent attributable to (i) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee to be indemnified (as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction), (ii) any material breach of any Credit Document by the Indemnitees to be indemnified or (iii) any claims between Indemnitees and/or their Related Parties and not directly involving the Borrower or any of its Affiliates. All amounts payable under this Section 12.5 shall be paid within ten Business Days of receipt by the Borrower of written demand therefor. The agreements in this Section 12.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
-98-
12.6. Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments .
(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) except as expressly permitted by Section 9.3 , the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 12.6 . Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in clause (c) of this Section 12.6 ) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (b)(ii) below, any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; it being understood that, without limitation, the Borrower shall have the right to withhold or delay its consent to any assignment if, in order for such assignment to comply with applicable law, the Borrower would be required to obtain the consent of, or make any filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority) of:
(A) the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender (unless increased costs including payments under Section 2.10 , 2.11 or 4.4 would result therefrom unless an Event of Default under Section 10.1 or Section 10.5 has occurred and is continuing), an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default under Section 10.1 or Section 10.5 has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee; provided further that consent to an assignment by the Borrower shall be deemed to have been given if the Borrower does not expressly withhold consent thereto within 10 Business Days of a Lender requesting in writing such consent from the Borrower; and
(B) the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of any Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.
-99-
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such assignment shall be made to (i) the Borrower, any Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates or (ii) a natural person.
(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:
(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lenders Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000, and increments of $1,000,000 in excess thereof or, unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents (which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if a Default or an Event of Default under Section 10.1 or Section 10.5 has occurred and is continuing; provided further that contemporaneous assignments to a single assignee made by Affiliates of Lenders and related Approved Funds and contemporaneous assignments by a single assignor made to Funds managed by the same investment advisor shall be aggregated for purposes of meeting the minimum assignment amount requirements stated above;
(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lenders rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;
(C) The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment;
(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire in a form approved by the Administrative Agent (the Administrative Questionnaire ); and
(E) no assignment shall be effective unless and until such assignment is recorded in the Register.
(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to clause (b)(iv) of this Section 12.6 , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 , 2.11 , 4.4 and 12.5 ). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 12.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (c) of this Section 12.6 .
-100-
(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agents Office a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and Participants, and the Commitments of, and principal and interest amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender and Participant pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the Register ). Further, each Register shall contain the name and address of the Administrative Agent and the lending office through which each such Person acts under this Agreement. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Collateral Agent and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignees completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in clause (b) of this Section 12.6 and any written consent to such assignment required by clause (b) of this Section 12.6 , the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance and record the information contained therein in the Register.
(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (each, a Participant ) in all or a portion of such Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it), provided that (A) such Lenders obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and, (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clause (i) of the proviso to Section 12.1 that affects such Participant. Subject to clause (c)(ii) of this Section 12.6 , the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 , 2.11 and 4.4 (subject to the requirements and limitations of those Sections) and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 12.6 . To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 12.8(b) (subject to the requirements and limitations of the Section). Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal and interest amount of each Participants interest in the Loans held by it (the Participant Register ). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such Loan or other obligation hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
-101-
(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.10 , 2.11 or 4.4 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant except to the extent that the entitlement to any greater payment results from any Change in Law after the Participant becomes a Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrowers prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).
(d) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section 12.6 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest, provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. In order to facilitate such pledge or assignment, the Borrower hereby agrees that, upon request of any Lender at any time and from time to time after the Borrower has made its initial borrowing hereunder, the Borrower shall provide to such Lender, at the Borrowers own expense, a promissory note, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, evidencing the Term Loans owing to such Lender.
(e) If the Borrower wishes to replace all of the Loans or Commitments hereunder with ones having different terms, it shall have the option, with the consent of the Administrative Agent and subject to any required prepayment notice to the Lenders, instead of prepaying the Loans or reducing or terminating the Commitments, to require the Lenders to assign all of the Loans and Commitments to the Administrative Agent or its designees. Pursuant to any such assignment, all Loans and Commitments shall be purchased at par, accompanied by payment of any accrued interest thereon and any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.11 . By receiving such purchase price, the Lenders shall automatically be deemed to have assigned all of the Loans and Commitments pursuant to the terms of an Assignment and Acceptance, and accordingly no other action by such Lenders shall be required in connection therewith. The provisions of this paragraph are intended to facilitate the maintenance of the perfection and priority of existing security interests in the Collateral during any such replacement.
(f) Subject to Section 12.16 , the Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any Participant, secured creditor of such Lender or assignee (each, a Transferee ) and any prospective Transferee any and all financial information in such Lenders possession concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Affiliates pursuant to this Agreement or that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Affiliates in connection with such Lenders credit evaluation of the Borrower and its Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Agreement.
(g) The words execution, signed, signature, and words of like import in any Assignment and Acceptance shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
-102-
(h) Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Lender may assign all or a portion of its Term Loans to any Affiliated Lender in accordance with Section 12.6 ; provided that:
(i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or would result therefrom;
(ii) the assigning Lender and Affiliated Lender purchasing such Lenders Term Loans, as applicable, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto (an Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption ) in lieu of an Assignment and Assumption;
(iii) any Loans assigned to any Purchasing Borrower Party shall be automatically and permanently cancelled upon the effectiveness of such assignment and will thereafter no longer be outstanding for any purpose hereunder;
(iv) no Term Loan may be assigned to an Affiliated Lender pursuant to this Section, if after giving effect to such assignment, Affiliated Lenders in the aggregate would own in excess of 25% of the principal amount of all Term Loans then outstanding;
(v) any offer by a Purchasing Borrower Party to purchase or take by assignment any Term Loans shall be made to all Lenders pro rata (with buyback mechanics to be agreed between such Purchasing Borrower Party and the Auction Agent selected by the Borrower for such purchase and which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent); and
(vi) no assignment shall be effective unless and until such assignment is recorded in the Register.
(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Affiliated Lender shall have any right to (x) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Administrative Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Loan Parties are not invited, and (y) receive any information or material prepared by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among the Administrative Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to any Loan Party or its representatives (and in any case, other than the right to receive notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Section 2 ), or (z) make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as a Lender, against the Administrative Agent or any other Lender with respect to any duties or obligations or alleged duties or obligations of the Administrative Agent or such other Lender under the Credit Documents (other than a claim that arises from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or such other Lender).
-103-
(j) Notwithstanding anything in Section 10.1 or the definition of Required Lenders to the contrary, for the purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Credit Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Credit Document, or (iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Credit Document:
(A) all Term Loans held by any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall be deemed to be not outstanding for all purposes of calculating whether the Required Lenders have taken any actions; and
(B) all Term Loans held by Affiliated Debt Funds may not account for more than 50% of the Term Loans of consenting Lenders included in determining whether the Required Lenders have consented to any action pursuant to Section 10.1 .
Additionally, the Loan Parties and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby agree that if a case under Title 11 of the United States Code is commenced against any Loan Party, such Loan Party shall seek (and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall consent) to provide that the vote of any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (in its capacity as a Lender) with respect to any plan of reorganization of such Loan Party shall not be counted except that such Non-Debt Fund Affiliates vote (in its capacity as a Lender) may be counted to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat the Obligations held by such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate in a manner that is less favorable in any material respect to such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders that are not Affiliates of the Borrower. Each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Non-Debt Fund Affiliates attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate and in the name of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate, from time to time in the Administrative Agents discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this paragraph.
(k) The Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility for ensuring compliance by any party with this clauses (h) , (i) and (j) of this Section 12.6 or determining whether any assignee is an Affiliated Lender. The Borrower shall ensure that Section 12.6(h)(iv) is complied with and shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any acquisition by any Affiliated Lender of any Term Loan.
12.7. Replacements of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances .
(a) The Borrower shall be permitted to replace any Lender that (a) requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.10 or 4.4 , (b) is affected in the manner described in Section 2.10(a)(iv) and as a result thereof any of the actions described in such Section is required to be taken or (c) becomes a Defaulting Lender, with a replacement bank or other financial institution, provided that (i) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (iii) the Borrower shall repay (or the replacement bank or institution shall purchase,
-104-
at par) all Loans and other amounts (other than any disputed amounts), pursuant to Section 2.10 , 2.11 or 4.4 , as the case may be) owing to such replaced Lender prior to the date of replacement, (iv) the replacement bank or institution, if not already a Lender, and the terms and conditions of such replacement, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (v) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.6 ( provided that the Borrower shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein) and (vi) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.
(b) If any Lender (such Lender, a Non-Consenting Lender ) has failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination that pursuant to the terms of Section 12.1 requires the consent of all of the Lenders affected and with respect to which the Required Lenders shall have granted their consent, then provided no Event of Default then exists, the Borrower shall have the right (unless such Non-Consenting Lender grants such consent) to replace such Non-Consenting Lender by requiring such Non-Consenting Lender to assign its Loans, and its Commitments hereunder to one or more assignees reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, provided that: (a) all Obligations of the Borrower then due and payable to such Non-Consenting Lender being replaced shall be paid in full to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such assignment, (b) the replacement Lender shall purchase the foregoing by paying to such Non-Consenting Lender a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. In connection with any such assignment, the Borrower, Administrative Agent, such Non-Consenting Lender and the replacement Lender shall otherwise comply with Section 12.6 and (c) if such replacement is in connection with a repricing of the Term B Loans prior to the first anniversary of the Third Restatement Effective Date, the Borrower shall pay the replaced Lender a fee equal to 1.0% of the principal amount of its Term B Loans required to be assigned pursuant to this Section 12.7(b) .
12.8. Adjustments; Set-off .
(a) If any Lender (a Benefited Lender ) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 10.5 , or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lenders Loans, or interest thereon, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of each such other Lenders Loan, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.
-105-
(b) After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, in addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Borrower hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.
12.9. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
12.10. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
12.11. Integration . This Agreement and the other Credit Documents represent the agreement of the Borrower, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent nor any Lender relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents.
12.12. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT IF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN IN REGARD TO THE VALIDITY, PERFECTION OR EFFECT OF PERFECTION OF ANY LIEN OR IN REGARD TO PROCEDURAL MATTERS AFFECTING ENFORCEMENT OF ANY LIENS IN COLLATERAL, SUCH LAWS OF SUCH OTHER JURISDICTIONS SHALL CONTINUE TO APPLY TO THAT EXTENT.
12.13. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and appellate courts from any thereof;
-106-
(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;
(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address set forth on Schedule 12.2 at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant to Section 12.2 ;
(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction;
(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 12.13 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages; and
(f) agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
12.14. Acknowledgments . The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:
(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents;
(b) (i) the credit facilities provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) are an arms-length commercial transaction between the Borrower, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Lender and the other Agents on the other hand, and the Borrower and the other Credit Parties are capable of evaluating and understanding and understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Credit Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Administrative Agent and the other Agents, is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary for any of the Borrower, any other Credit Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Agent has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower or any other Credit Party with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document (irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent or other Agent has advised or is currently advising any of the Borrower, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates on other matters) and neither the
-107-
Administrative Agent or other Agent has any obligation to any of the Borrower, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents; (iv) the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor other Agent has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Agent has provided and none will provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) and the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate. The Borrower hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent or any other Agent with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty; and
(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Parent and the Borrower, on the one hand, and any Lender, on the other hand.
12.15. WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL . THE PARENT, THE BORROWER, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.
12.16. Confidentiality . The Administrative Agent and each Lender shall hold all non-public information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with such Lenders evaluation of whether to become a Lender hereunder or obtained by such Lender or the Administrative Agent pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement ( Confidential Information ), confidential in accordance with its customary procedure for handling confidential information of this nature and (in the case of a Lender that is a bank) in accordance with safe and sound banking practices and in any event may make disclosure as required or requested by any governmental agency or representative thereof or pursuant to legal process or (a) to such Lenders or the Administrative Agents partners, directors, officers, employees, attorneys, professional advisors, independent auditors, trustees or Affiliates or to ratings agencies, (b) to an investor or prospective investor in a Securitization that agrees its access to information regarding the Credit Parties, the Loans and the Credit Documents is solely for purposes of evaluating an investment in a Securitization and who agrees to treat such information as confidential, (c) to a trustee, collateral manager, servicer, backup servicer, noteholder or secured party in connection with the administration, servicing and reporting on the assets serving as collateral for a securitization and who agrees to treat such information as confidential, (d) to a nationally recognized ratings agency that requires access to information regarding the Credit Parties, the Loans and Credit Documents in connection with ratings issued with respect to a Securitization, (e) to any party to this Agreement, (f) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Credit Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Credit Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder,
-108-
(g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Confidential Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 12.16 or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower or its Subsidiaries; provided that unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any request made to such Lender or the Administrative Agent by any governmental agency or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with an examination of the financial condition of such Lender by such governmental agency) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information, and provided further that in no event shall any Lender or the Administrative Agent be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by the Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent agrees that it will not provide to prospective Transferees or to any pledgee referred to in Section 12.6 or to prospective direct or indirect contractual counterparties in swap agreements to be entered into in connection with Loans made hereunder any of the Confidential Information unless such Person is advised of and agrees to be bound by confidentiality provisions comparable to those set forth in this Section 12.16 .
12.17. Direct Website Communications .
(a) The Borrower may, at its option, provide to the Administrative Agent any information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Documents, including, without limitation, all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials Communications ), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to the Administrative Agent at Liliana.Claar@bankofamerica.com. Nothing in this Section 12.17 shall prejudice the right of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Credit Document in any other manner specified in such Credit Document.
(b) The Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by the Administrative Agent at its e-mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Credit Documents. Each Lender agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Credit Documents. Each Lender agrees (A) to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lenders e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and (B) that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address.
(c) The Borrower hereby acknowledge that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the other Agents will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, Borrower Materials ) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the Platform ) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be public-side Lenders ( i.e ., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a Public Lender ). The Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that do not contain any material non-public
-109-
information and that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (x) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked PUBLIC which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word PUBLIC shall appear prominently on the first page thereof and (y) by marking Borrower Materials PUBLIC, the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent and the other Agents to make such Borrower Materials available through a portion of the Platform designated Public Investor. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Borrower nor any of its Related Parties shall be liable, or responsible in any manner, for the use by any Agent, any Lender, any Participant or any of their Related Parties of the Borrower Materials. In addition, it is agreed that (i) to the extent any Borrower Materials constitute Confidential Information, they shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions of Section 12.16 and (ii) the Borrower shall be under no obligation to designate any Borrower Materials as PUBLIC.
(d) THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED AS IS AND AS AVAILABLE. THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the Agent Parties and each an Agent Party ) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agents transmission of Borrower Materials through the internet, except to the extent the liability of any Agent Party resulted from such Agent Partys (or any of its Related Parties) gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or material breach of the Credit Documents.
12.18. USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the Patriot Act ), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Parent and the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act.
12.19. Intercreditor Agreement . The Credit Parties and the Secured Parties acknowledge that the exercise of certain of the Collateral Agents and the Administrative Agents rights and remedies hereunder may be subject to, and restricted by, the provisions of the Inter-creditor Agreement. Except as specified herein, nothing contained in the Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to modify any of the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, which, as among the Credit Parties and the Secured Parties shall remain in full force and effect.
-110-
Exhibit 4.10
SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
dated as of February 4, 2013
among
UNIVAR INC.,
The Guarantor(s) Party Hereto and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017
THIS SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this Sixth Supplemental Indenture ), entered into as of February 4, 2013, among UNIVAR INC., an entity organized under the laws of Delaware (the Company ), MAGNABLEND HOLDINGS, INC., an entity organized under the laws of Delaware corporation, MAGNABLEND, INC., an entity organized under the laws of Texas, PMF Capital, LLC, an entity organized under the laws of Delaware (each an Undersigned ) and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (the Trustee ).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010, as amended, the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 15, 2010, the Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 20, 2010 and the Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 1, 2012 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the Indenture ), relating to the Companys 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the Securities );
WHEREAS, as a condition to the Trustee entering into the Indenture and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders, the Company agreed pursuant to the Indenture to cause any newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiaries to provide Security Guarantees, except in certain circumstances.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Sixth Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Capitalized teams used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.
Section 2. Each Undersigned, by its execution of this Sixth Supplemental Indenture, agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including, but not limited to, Article XI thereof.
Section 3. This Sixth Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
Section 4. This Sixth Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 5. This Sixth Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture and the Indenture and this Sixth Supplemental Indenture will henceforth be read together.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Sixth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
Exhibit 4.11
EXECUTION VERSION
SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
among
UNIVAR INC.
as Issuer
THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF
as Guarantors
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
March 27, 2013
THIS SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this Seventh Supplemental Indenture ) is entered into as of March 27, 2013 among Univar Inc. (the Issuer ), the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereof and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the Trustee ). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Indenture (as defined below).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Issuer, the guarantors listed on signature pages thereto and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010, the Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010, the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2010, the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2012, the Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 4, 2013 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the Indenture), relating to the Issuers 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the Securities );
WHEREAS, the Issuer wishes to make certain amendments to various provisions of the Indenture;
WHEREAS, on or prior to the date hereof, the Trustee has received an Opinion of Counsel and Officers Certificate pursuant to Sections 9.06 and 13.04 of the Indenture with respect to the amendments to the Indenture that are to become effective on the date of this Seventh Supplemental Indenture; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Indenture, the Issuer has obtained duly authorized written consent, attached hereto as Exhibit A, to the proposed amendments from the Holders holding the entire aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Seventh Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:
Section 1.
Definitions
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.
2
Section 2.
Amendments
(a) All references to 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 in the Indenture and the Exhibits shall be replaced with the references to 10.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017.
(b) Section 1.01 of the Indenture is amended by adding the following definitions in appropriate alphabetical order:
2013 Applicable Premium means, with respect to any Security at any redemption date after the Seventh Supplemental Indenture Effective Date and prior to September 27, 2013, the excess of (A) the present value at such time of (1) the redemption price of such Security on September 27, 2013 (such redemption price being 106%) plus (2) all required interest payments due on such Security through the date of redemption (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points and applied quarterly, over (B) the principal amount of such Security on the date of redemption; provided , however , that in no event shall the 2013 Applicable Premium be less than zero.
Seventh Supplemental Indenture means the Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 27, 2013, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee.
Seventh Supplemental Indenture Effective Date means the first date on which all conditions set forth in Section 3 of the Seventh Supplemental Indenture are satisfied, as evidenced by the Officers Certificate delivered pursuant to the Seventh Supplemental Indenture.
(c) Section 1.01 of the Indenture is amended by amending and restating the definition of Senior Credit Facility , to read in its entirety:
Senior Credit Facility means collectively the Term Loan Credit Agreement and the ABL Credit Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among Holdco, the Issuer, the Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries and the financial institutions named therein, and any related notes, collateral documents, letters of credit and guarantees, including any appendices, exhibits or schedules to any of the foregoing (as the same may be in effect from time to time), in each case, as such agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time (including, for the avoidance of doubt, by the Fourth Amended and Restated Term Loan Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 5 to ABL Credit Agreement, each dated as of February 22, 2013), or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid or extended from time to time (whether with the original agents and lenders or other agents or lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original credit agreement or other credit agreements or otherwise).
(d) Section 1.01 of the Indenture is amended by amending and restating the definition of Treasury Rate , to read in its entirety:
Treasury Rate means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15(519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to (x) January 1, 2013, in the case of the Applicable Premium, or (y) September 27, 2013, in the case of the 2013 Applicable Premium; provided , however , that if the period from the redemption date to (x) January 1, 2013, in the case of the Applicable Premium, or (y) September 27, 2013, in the case of the 2013 Applicable Premium, is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to (x) January 1, 2013, in the case of the Applicable Premium, or (y) September 27, 2013, in the case of the 2013 Applicable Premium, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.
(e) Section 2.01(a) of the Indenture is amended by adding the following sentence at the end thereof:
On the Seventh Supplemental Indenture Effective Date, each outstanding Security shall be affixed with a sticker substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached to the Seventh Supplemental Indenture.
(f) Section 3.07(a) of the Indenture is amended by adding the following proviso at the end thereof:
; and, provided , further , that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, during the period after the Seventh Supplemental Indenture Effective Date and prior to September 27, 2013, the Securities can only be redeemed at the Issuers option at the redemption price equal to the sum of the principal amount of the Securities being redeemed, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, plus the 2013 Applicable Premium.
(g) Exhibit A to the Indenture is amended in its entirety by replacing it with the Form of Security attached hereto as Exhibit C.
Section 3.
Conditions to Effectiveness
This Seventh Supplemental Indenture shall become effective, on the date (the Seventh Supplement Indenture Effective Date ) on which the Issuer shall have delivered an Officers Certificate to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent set forth in this Section 3 have been satisfied and such confirmation has been ratified by the Holders in writing. Upon the effectiveness of this Seventh Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture shall be supplemented in accordance herewith, and this Seventh Supplemental Indenture shall form part of the Indenture for all purposes, and the Trustee, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be bound hereby and thereby.
(a) Counterparts . This Seventh Supplemental Indenture shall have been executed by all parties thereto and delivered to the Holders and the Trustee.
(b) Deliveries to the Trustee . The Trustee shall have received an Opinion of Counsel and Officers Certificate pursuant to Sections 9.06 and 13.04 of the Indenture.
Section 4.
Miscellaneous
(a) THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF LAWS OF ANY OTHER STATE) SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.
(b) The Issuer agrees to pay the Holders, the Trustee and their respective counsel all fees and expenses in connection with this Seventh Supplemental Indenture and the transactions contemplated hereby required to be paid by it pursuant to the Indenture and the Note Purchase Agreement.
(c) This Seventh Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts, which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
(d) This Seventh Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture, and the Indenture and this Seventh Supplemental Indenture will henceforth be read together.
(e) Except as amended hereby, each provision of the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect and, as amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects agreed to, ratified, and confirmed by the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The consent of the Holders to this Seventh Supplemental Indenture shall not constitute an amendment or waiver of any provision of the Indenture except to the extent expressly set forth herein, and shall not be construed as a waiver of or consent to any further or future action on the part of the Issuer or any Guarantor or waiver of any Default or Event of Default, except to the extent expressly set forth herein.
(f) Each Guarantor hereby reaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee and under Article 11 of the Indenture each as hereby amended by this Seventh Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer and each Guarantor hereby reaffirms its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.
(g) If any court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that any provision in this Seventh Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
2. The Trustee accepts the amendments of the Indenture effected by this Seventh Supplemental Indenture, but on the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture, including the terms and provisions defining and limiting the liabilities and responsibilities of the Trustee. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or with respect to any of the recitals or statements contained herein, all of which recitals or statements are made solely by the Issuer, or for or with respect to (i) the validity or sufficiency of this Seventh Supplemental Indenture or any of the terms or provisions hereof, (ii) the proper authorization hereof by the Issuer and the Guarantors by action or otherwise, (iii) the due execution hereof by the Issuer and the Guarantors or (iv) the consequences of any amendment herein provided for, and the Trustee makes no representation with respect to any such matters.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Seventh Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
[Signature Pages to the Seventh Supplemental Indenture - 2017 Notes]
MAGNABLEND, INC. | ||
as Guarantor | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |
Title: | Treasurer | |
PMF CAPITAL, LLC as Guarantor |
||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |
Title: | Treasurer |
[Signature Pages to the Seventh Supplemental Indenture - 2017 Notes]
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION | ||
as Trustee | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Richard Prokosch | |
Title: | Vice President |
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF CONSENT TO SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
March 27, 2013
Pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Indenture, the undersigned Holders, constituting the Holders of the entire aggregate principal amount of the Securities, hereby consent to the amendment of the Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, as further amended by the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010, as further amended by the Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010, as further amended by the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2010, as further amended by the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2012, as further amended by the Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 4, 2013 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the Indenture , capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms therein), among Univar Inc. (the Issuer ), the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereof and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the Trustee ) in the manner set forth in the Seventh Supplemental Indenture, to be dated as of the date hereof, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee.
By signing below, the Holders represent that such consent is duly authorized and the signers have the requisite power to enter into this consent on behalf of the Holders. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this consent shall have the meaning defined (including by reference) in the Seventh Supplemental Indenture.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this instrument to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD. | ||
By: Goldman, Sachs & Co., Duly Authorized | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD. | ||
By: Goldman, Sachs & Co., Duly Authorized | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD. | ||
By: Goldman, Sachs & Co., Duly Authorized | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Consent of Holders]
EXHIBIT B
Form of Sticker
[See Attached.]
[Consent of Holders]
UNIVAR INC.
STICKER TO 12% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2017
March 27, 2013
This sticker (this Sticker ) shall become an integral part of the within-referenced 12% Senior Subordinated Note due 2017, No. [ ], issued by Univar Inc., an entity organized under the laws of Delaware (the Company ), on June 30, 2008, in the original principal amount of [ ] (the Note ), to which this Sticker is attached, and such Note and this Sticker shall be read and construed as one and the same document. To the extent any provisions of this Sticker conflict with the provisions of the Note, the provisions of this Sticker shall control. Except as expressly modified by this Sticker, all terms of the Note shall remain in full force and effect. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this Sticker shall have the meaning defined (including by reference) in the Note.
a) | All references to 12% Senior Subordinated Note due 2015 shall be replaced with references to 10.5% Senior Subordinated Note due 2017. |
b) | All references to 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 shall be replaced with references to 10.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017. |
c) | All references to on September 30, 2015 shall be replaced with references to on September 30, 2017. |
d) | Reference to Interest Rate: 12% per annum on the face of the Note shall be replaced with reference to Interest Rate: 10.5% per annum. |
e) | The second and third paragraph of Section 1 Principal and Interest of the reverse of the Note are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows: |
The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security on each interest payment date, as set forth on the face of this Security, at the rate of (i) 12% per annum from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on this Security or the Security surrendered in exchange for this Security or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date to but not including March 27, 2013 and (ii) 10.5% per annum from and including March 27, 2013.
Interest will be payable, in cash, quarterly in arrears (to the holders of record of the Securities at the close of business on the March 15 (or, with respect to the interest payment date occurring on March 31, 2013, March 27), June 15, September 15 and December 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date) on each interest payment date, commencing June 30, 2008.
f) | Reference to Required Combined Holders shall be replaced with reference to Required Holders in Section 1 of the reverse of the Note. |
g) | The first sentence of the first paragraph of Section 2 Indentures; Security Guarantee of the reverse of the Note is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: |
This is one of the Securities issued under an Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010, the Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010, the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2010, the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2012, the Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 4, 2013, the Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 27, 2013, and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the Indenture), among the Company, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.
h) | The first paragraph of Section 3 Redemption and Repurchase; Discharge or Defeasance Prior to Redemption or Maturity of the reverse of the Note is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: |
This Security is subject to optional redemption, and may be the subject of a Repurchase Offer, as further described in the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything in this Note to the contrary, during the period after March 27, 2013 and prior to September 27, 2013, the Securities can only be redeemed at the Issuers option at the redemption price equal to the sum of the principal amount of the Securities being redeemed, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, plus the 2013 Applicable Premium. Except for certain required Repurchase Offers, there is no sinking fund or mandatory redemption applicable to this Security
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this instrument to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
UNIVAR INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Signature Page to Note Sticker]
Agreed and acknowledged as of the date first written above:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as Trustee | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Signature Page to Note Sticker]
EXHIBIT C
[FACE OF SECURITY]
UNIVAR INC.
10.5% Senior Subordinated Note Due 2017
[CUSIP] [CINS]
No. $
Univar Inc., an entity organized under the laws of Delaware (the Company , which term includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, promises to pay to , or its registered assigns, the principal sum of DOLLARS ($ ) [or such other amount as indicated on the Schedule of Exchange of Securities attached hereto] 1 on September 30, 2017.
Interest Rate: 10.5% per annum.
Interest Payment Dates: March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 commencing .
Regular Record Dates: March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 .
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.
1 | For Global Securities only. |
C-1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Security to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.
Date:
UNIVAR INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title |
(Form of Trustees Certificate of Authentication)
This is one of the 10.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 described in the Indenture referred to in this Security.
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL | ||
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee | ||
By: |
|
|
Authorized Signatory |
C-2
[REVERSE SIDE OF SECURITY]
UNIVAR INC.
10.5% Senior Subordinated Note Due 2017
1. Principal and Interest .
The Company promises to pay the principal of this Security on September 30, 2017.
The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security on each interest payment date, as set forth on the face of this Security, at the rate of (i) 12% per annum from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on this Security or the Security surrendered in exchange for this Security or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date to but not including March 27, 2013 and (ii) 10.5% per annum from and including March 27, 2013.
Interest will be payable, in cash, quarterly in arrears (to the holders of record of the Securities at the close of business on the March 15 (or, with respect to the interest payment date occurring on March 31, 2013, March 27), June 15, September 15 and December 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date) on each interest payment date, commencing .
Interest on this Security will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on this Security [or the Security surrendered in exchange for this Security] 2 (or, if there is no existing default in the payment of interest and if this Security is authenticated between a regular record date and the next interest payment date, from such interest payment date) or, if no interest has been paid, from [the Issue Date/the date this Security was issued]. Interest will be computed in the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuer will pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner, on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
Interest not paid when due and any interest on principal, premium or interest not paid when due will be paid to the Persons that are Holders on a special record date determined in accordance with the Indenture.
The Company will pay interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and to the extent lawful, interest at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate otherwise payable on this Security plus 2%, provided that if an Event of Default (other than pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(6)(B)) occurs, the GS Parties constitute the Required Holders, and the GS Parties have made demand therefor, the entire principal amount of the Securities shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is 2% plus the otherwise applicable interest rate from the date of such non-payment until paid in full or the applicable Event of Default has otherwise been cured or waived.
2 | Include only for Exchange Security. |
C-3
2. Indenture; Security Guarantee .
This is one of the Securities issued under an Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2010, the Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010, the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2010, the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2012, the Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 4, 2013, the Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 27, 2013, and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the Indenture), among the Company, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and at all times after a TIA Event, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Securities are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of all such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Security and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture will control.
The Securities are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company. The Indenture limits the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities to $600,000,000. This Security is guaranteed by the Guarantors as set forth in the Indenture. The guarantees are subordinated as set forth in the Indenture to all Obligations in respect of Senior Debt (including all interest accrued or accruing on Senior Debt after the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or similar case or proceeding at the contract rate (including, without limitation, any contract rate applicable upon default) specified in the relevant documentation, whether or not the claim for the interest is allowed as a claim in the case or proceeding with respect to the Senior Debt).
3. Redemption and Repurchase; Discharge or Defeasance Prior to Redemption or Maturity .
This Security is subject to optional redemption, and may be the subject of a Repurchase Offer, as further described in the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything in this Note to the contrary, during the period after March 27, 2013 and prior to September 27, 2013, the Securities can only be redeemed at the Issuers option at the redemption price equal to the sum of the principal amount of the Securities being redeemed, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, plus the 2013 Applicable Premium. Except for certain required Repurchase Offers, there is no sinking fund or mandatory redemption applicable to this Security.
If the Company deposits with the Trustee money or Government Notes sufficient to pay the then outstanding principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Securities to redemption or maturity, the Company may in certain circumstances be discharged from the Indenture and the Securities or may be discharged from certain of its obligations under certain provisions of the Indenture.
C-4
4. Subordination .
This Security is subordinated to Senior Debt of the Issuer, as defined in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Debt of the Issuer must be paid before the Securities may be paid. The Issuer agrees, and each Securityholder by accepting a Security agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give it effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.
5. Registered Form; Denominations; Transfer; Exchange .
The Securities are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. Pursuant to the Indenture, there are certain periods during which the Trustee will not be required to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security or certain portions of a Security.
6. Defaults and Remedies .
If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Securities may declare all the Securities to be due and payable. If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing, the Securities automatically become due and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Securities. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of remedies.
7. Amendment and Waiver .
Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Securities may be amended, or and defaults may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Securities to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency.
8. Authentication .
This Security is not valid until the Trustee (or Authenticating Agent) signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.
9. Governing Law .
This Security shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
C-5
10. Abbreviations .
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A/ (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
The Company will furnish a copy of the Indenture to any Holder upon written request and without charge.
C-6
[FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE]
FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto
Insert Taxpayer Identification No.
|
|
Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee |
the within Security and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing |
|
attorney to transfer said Security on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. |
C-7
[THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED
ON ALL CERTIFICATES BEARING A RESTRICTED LEGEND]
In connection with any transfer of this Security occurring prior to , the undersigned confirms that such transfer is made without utilizing any general solicitation or general advertising and further as follows: ¨
Check One
¨ | (1) This Security is being transferred to a qualified institutional buyer in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and certification in the form of Exhibit E to the Indenture is being furnished herewith. |
¨ | (2) This Security is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Regulation S thereunder, and certification in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture is being furnished herewith. |
or
¨ | (3) This Security is being transferred other than in accordance with (1) or (2) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Security and the Indenture. |
If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee is not obligated to register this Security in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in the Indenture have been satisfied.
Date: |
|
|
||||||
Seller | ||||||||
By: |
|
NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within mentioned instrument in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever.
C-8
Signature Guarantee: 3 |
|
By: |
|
|||||
To be executed by an executive officer |
3 | Signatures must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Association Medallion Program ( STAMP ) or such other signature guarantee program as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. |
C-9
OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
If you wish to have all of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to [Section 3.09] of the Indenture, check the box: ¨
If you wish to have a portion of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to [Section 3.09] of the Indenture, state the amount (in original principal amount) below:
$ . | ||
Date: |
|
Your Signature: |
|
|
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security) |
Signature Guarantee: 4 |
|
4 | Signatures must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Association Medallion Program ( STAMP ) or such other signature guarantee program as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. |
C-10
SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF SECURITIES 5
The following exchanges of a part of this Global Security for Certificated Securities or a part of another Global Security have been made:
Date of Exchange |
Amount of decrease
in principal amount of this Global Security |
Amount of increase
in principal amount of this Global Security |
Principal amount of
this Global Security following such decrease (or increase) |
Signature of
authorized officer of Trustee |
||||
5 | For Global Securities. |
C-11
Exhibit 4.12
EXECUTION VERSION
UNIVAR INC.
$400,000,000 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018
INDENTURE
Dated as of December 20, 2010
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Trustee
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||||
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE |
1 | |||||
SECTION 1.01 |
Definitions |
1 | ||||
SECTION 1.02 |
Other Definitions |
37 | ||||
SECTION 1.03 |
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act |
38 | ||||
SECTION 1.04 |
Rules of Construction |
38 | ||||
ARTICLE 2 THE SECURITIES |
39 | |||||
SECTION 2.01 |
Form, Dating and Denominations |
39 | ||||
SECTION 2.02 |
Execution and Authentication |
40 | ||||
SECTION 2.03 |
Registrar and Paying Agent |
41 | ||||
SECTION 2.04 |
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust |
42 | ||||
SECTION 2.05 |
Securityholder Lists |
42 | ||||
SECTION 2.06 |
Replacement Securities |
42 | ||||
SECTION 2.07 |
Outstanding Securities |
43 | ||||
SECTION 2.08 |
Temporary Securities |
43 | ||||
SECTION 2.09 |
Cancellation |
43 | ||||
SECTION 2.10 |
CUSIP Numbers |
44 | ||||
SECTION 2.11 |
Registration, Transfer and Exchange |
44 | ||||
SECTION 2.12 |
Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange |
47 | ||||
SECTION 2.13 |
Reg S Temporary Offshore Global Securities |
49 | ||||
SECTION 2.14 |
Defaulted Interest |
50 | ||||
ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION |
50 | |||||
SECTION 3.01 |
Notices to Trustee |
50 | ||||
SECTION 3.02 |
Selection |
50 | ||||
SECTION 3.03 |
Notice |
50 | ||||
SECTION 3.04 |
Effect of Notice of Redemption |
51 | ||||
SECTION 3.05 |
Deposit of Redemption Price |
52 | ||||
SECTION 3.06 |
Securities Redeemed in Part |
52 | ||||
SECTION 3.07 |
Optional Redemption |
52 | ||||
SECTION 3.08 |
No Sinking Fund |
53 | ||||
SECTION 3.09 |
Repurchase Offers |
53 | ||||
ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS |
56 | |||||
SECTION 4.01 |
Payment of Securities |
56 | ||||
SECTION 4.02 |
Reports |
57 | ||||
SECTION 4.03 |
Incurrence of Debt and Issuance of Preferred Stock |
58 | ||||
SECTION 4.04 |
Restricted Payments |
63 |
i
SECTION 4.05 |
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries |
68 | ||||
SECTION 4.06 |
Asset Sales |
71 | ||||
SECTION 4.07 |
Transactions with Affiliates |
73 | ||||
SECTION 4.08 |
Change of Control |
75 | ||||
SECTION 4.09 |
Compliance Certificates |
76 | ||||
SECTION 4.10 |
Liens |
76 | ||||
SECTION 4.11 |
Additional Security Guarantees |
76 | ||||
SECTION 4.12 |
Business Activities |
77 | ||||
SECTION 4.13 |
Payments for Consent |
77 | ||||
SECTION 4.14 |
Taxes |
77 | ||||
SECTION 4.15 |
Corporate Existence |
77 | ||||
SECTION 4.16 |
Limitation on Layered Debt |
77 | ||||
SECTION 4.17 |
Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries |
78 | ||||
SECTION 4.18 |
Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions |
78 | ||||
SECTION 4.19 |
Additional Covenants relating to the Initial Purchaser Parties |
78 | ||||
ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSOR ISSUER |
79 | |||||
SECTION 5.01 |
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets of the Issuer |
79 | ||||
SECTION 5.02 |
Merger or Consolidation of a Guarantor |
81 | ||||
ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES |
81 | |||||
SECTION 6.01 |
Events of Default and Remedies |
81 | ||||
SECTION 6.02 |
Acceleration |
84 | ||||
SECTION 6.03 |
Other Remedies |
85 | ||||
SECTION 6.04 |
Waiver of Past Defaults |
85 | ||||
SECTION 6.05 |
Control by Majority |
85 | ||||
SECTION 6.06 |
Limitation on Suits |
85 | ||||
SECTION 6.07 |
Rights of Holders to Receive Payment |
86 | ||||
SECTION 6.08 |
Collection Suit by Trustee |
86 | ||||
SECTION 6.09 |
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim |
86 | ||||
SECTION 6.10 |
Priorities |
87 | ||||
SECTION 6.11 |
Undertaking for Costs |
87 | ||||
SECTION 6.12 |
Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws |
87 | ||||
SECTION 6.13 |
Rights and Remedies Cumulative |
87 | ||||
SECTION 6.14 |
Delay or Omission Not Waiver |
88 | ||||
ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE |
88 | |||||
SECTION 7.01 |
Duties of Trustee |
88 | ||||
SECTION 7.02 |
Rights of Trustee |
89 | ||||
SECTION 7.03 |
Individual Rights of Trustee |
90 | ||||
SECTION 7.04 |
Trustees Disclaimer |
90 |
ii
SECTION 7.05 |
Notice of Defaults |
90 | ||||
SECTION 7.06 |
Reports by Trustee to Holders |
91 | ||||
SECTION 7.07 |
Compensation and Indemnity |
91 | ||||
SECTION 7.08 |
Replacement of Trustee |
92 | ||||
SECTION 7.09 |
Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc |
93 | ||||
SECTION 7.10 |
Eligibility; Disqualification |
93 | ||||
SECTION 7.11 |
Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer |
93 | ||||
ARTICLE 8 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE |
93 | |||||
SECTION 8.01 |
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance |
93 | ||||
SECTION 8.02 |
Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance |
95 | ||||
SECTION 8.03 |
Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture |
96 | ||||
SECTION 8.04 |
Deposited Money and Government Notes to Be Held in Trust; Miscellaneous Provisions |
97 | ||||
SECTION 8.05 |
Repayment to Issuer |
97 | ||||
SECTION 8.06 |
Reinstatement |
97 | ||||
ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENTS |
98 | |||||
SECTION 9.01 |
Without Consent of Holders |
98 | ||||
SECTION 9.02 |
With Consent of Holders |
98 | ||||
SECTION 9.03 |
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act |
100 | ||||
SECTION 9.04 |
Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers |
100 | ||||
SECTION 9.05 |
Notation on or Exchange of Securities |
100 | ||||
SECTION 9.06 |
Trustee to Sign Amendments |
100 | ||||
ARTICLE 10 SUBORDINATION OF THE SECURITIES |
101 | |||||
SECTION 10.01 |
Agreement to Subordinate |
101 | ||||
SECTION 10.02 |
Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy |
101 | ||||
SECTION 10.03 |
Default on Senior Debt |
101 | ||||
SECTION 10.04 |
Acceleration of Payment of Securities |
102 | ||||
SECTION 10.05 |
When Distribution Must Be Paid Over |
102 | ||||
SECTION 10.06 |
Subrogation |
103 | ||||
SECTION 10.07 |
Relative Rights |
103 | ||||
SECTION 10.08 |
Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Issuer |
103 | ||||
SECTION 10.09 |
Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent |
104 | ||||
SECTION 10.10 |
Distribution or Notice to Representative |
104 | ||||
SECTION 10.11 |
Article 10 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate |
104 | ||||
SECTION 10.12 |
Trust Moneys Not Subordinated |
104 | ||||
SECTION 10.13 |
Trustee Entitled to Rely |
104 | ||||
SECTION 10.14 |
Trustee to Effectuate Subordination |
105 | ||||
SECTION 10.15 |
Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt |
105 | ||||
SECTION 10.16 |
Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt on Subordination Provisions |
105 | ||||
SECTION 10.17 |
Trustees Compensation Not Prejudiced |
105 |
iii
ARTICLE 11 SECURITY GUARANTEES |
105 | |||||
SECTION 11.01 |
Security Guarantees |
105 | ||||
SECTION 11.02 |
Limitation on Liability; Release |
107 | ||||
SECTION 11.03 |
Successors and Assigns |
108 | ||||
SECTION 11.04 |
No Waiver |
108 | ||||
SECTION 11.05 |
Modification |
108 | ||||
SECTION 11.06 |
Execution and Delivery of the Security Guarantee |
108 | ||||
ARTICLE 12 SUBORDINATION OF THE SECURITY GUARANTEES |
109 | |||||
SECTION 12.01 |
Agreement to Subordinate |
109 | ||||
SECTION 12.02 |
Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy |
109 | ||||
SECTION 12.03 |
Default on Senior Debt of a Guarantor |
109 | ||||
SECTION 12.04 |
Demand for Payment |
110 | ||||
SECTION 12.05 |
When Distribution Must Be Paid Over |
110 | ||||
SECTION 12.06 |
Subrogation |
111 | ||||
SECTION 12.07 |
Relative Rights |
111 | ||||
SECTION 12.08 |
Subordination May Not Be Impaired by a Guarantor |
111 | ||||
SECTION 12.09 |
Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent |
112 | ||||
SECTION 12.10 |
Distribution or Notice to Representative |
112 | ||||
SECTION 12.11 |
Article 12 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate |
112 | ||||
SECTION 12.12 |
Trust Moneys Not Subordinated |
112 | ||||
SECTION 12.13 |
Trustee Entitled To Rely |
112 | ||||
SECTION 12.14 |
Trustee to Effectuate Subordination |
113 | ||||
SECTION 12.15 |
Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor |
113 | ||||
SECTION 12.16 |
Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor on Subordination Provisions |
113 | ||||
SECTION 12.17 |
Trustees Compensation Not Prejudiced |
113 | ||||
ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS |
113 | |||||
SECTION 13.01 |
Trust Indenture Act Controls |
113 | ||||
SECTION 13.02 |
Notices |
114 | ||||
SECTION 13.03 |
Communication by Holders with Other Holders |
114 | ||||
SECTION 13.04 |
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent |
115 | ||||
SECTION 13.05 |
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion |
115 | ||||
SECTION 13.06 |
When Securities Disregarded |
115 | ||||
SECTION 13.07 |
Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar |
115 | ||||
SECTION 13.08 |
Legal Holidays |
116 | ||||
SECTION 13.09 |
GOVERNING LAW |
116 | ||||
SECTION 13.10 |
No Recourse Against Others |
116 | ||||
SECTION 13.11 |
Successors |
116 |
iv
SECTION 13.12 |
Multiple Originals |
116 | ||||
SECTION 13.13 |
Table of Contents; Headings |
116 | ||||
SECTION 13.14 |
Severability |
116 | ||||
SECTION 13.15 |
No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements |
116 | ||||
SECTION 13.16 |
Force Majeure |
116 | ||||
SECTION 13.17 |
U.S.A. Patriot Act |
117 |
EXHIBITS |
||
EXHIBIT A |
FORM OF SECURITY | |
EXHIBIT B |
RESTRICTED LEGEND | |
EXHIBIT C |
DTC LEGEND | |
EXHIBIT D |
REGULATION S CERTIFICATE | |
EXHIBIT E |
RULE 144A CERTIFICATE | |
EXHIBIT F |
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR CERTIFICATE | |
EXHIBIT G |
CERTIFICATE OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP | |
EXHIBIT H |
TEMPORARY OFFSHORE GLOBAL SECURITY LEGEND | |
EXHIBIT I |
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE | |
EXHIBIT J |
FORM OF AFFILIATE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT |
SCHEDULES |
||
SCHEDULE 1.01 |
EXISTING INVESTMENTS |
v
CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
TIA Section |
Indenture Section |
|||
310 |
(a)(1) |
7.10 | ||
(a)(2) |
7.10 | |||
(a)(3) |
N/A | |||
(a)(4) |
N/A | |||
(b) |
7.08; 7.10 | |||
(c) |
N/A | |||
311 |
(a) |
7.11 | ||
(b) |
7.11 | |||
(c) |
N/A | |||
312 |
(a) |
2.05 | ||
(b) |
12.03 | |||
(c) |
12.03 | |||
313 |
(a) |
7.06 | ||
(b)(1) |
N/A | |||
(b)(2) |
7.06 | |||
(c) |
12.02 | |||
(d) |
7.06 | |||
314 |
(a) |
4.02; 4.09 | ||
(b) |
N/A | |||
(c)(1) |
12.04 | |||
(c)(2) |
12.04 | |||
(c)(3) |
12.04 | |||
(d) |
N/A | |||
(e) |
12.05 | |||
(f) |
N/A | |||
315 |
(a) |
7.01 | ||
(b) |
7.05; 12.02 | |||
(c) |
7.01 | |||
(d) |
7.01 | |||
(e) |
6.11 | |||
316 |
(a) (last sentence) |
12.06 | ||
(a)(1)(A) |
6.05 | |||
(a)(1)(B) |
6.04 | |||
(a)(2) |
N/A | |||
(b) |
6.07 | |||
317(a)(1) |
6.08 | |||
(a)(2) |
6.09 | |||
(b) |
2.03 | |||
318 |
(a) |
12.01 |
N/A means Not Applicable
Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.
vi
INDENTURE dated as of December 20, 2010, among UNIVAR INC., a Delaware corporation (the Issuer ), the guarantors from time to time party hereto and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (or any successor trustee, the Trustee ).
WITNESSETH
Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (i) the Issuers 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 issued on the Closing Date and (ii) if and when issued as provided in a Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 issued in a Registered Exchange Offer (as defined below) in exchange for any Securities referred to in clause (i):
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
SECTION 1.01 Definitions.
Acquired Debt means, with respect to any specified Person:
(1) Debt of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Debt incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Persons merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person; and
(2) Debt secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
Acquisition means the transaction by which the Issuer or one of its subsidiaries will acquire the Basic Chemical Solutions, L.L.C.
Acquisition Agreement means the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2010, among Basic Chemical Solutions, L.L.C., each of the Sellers party thereto and the Issuer, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, in each case with no waiver or modification thereto that is materially adverse to the interests of the Purchasers without the prior written consent of each Initial Purchaser (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (it being understood that any change in the price being paid for the Acquisition (other than pursuant to Section 2.06 of the Acquisition Agreement) and any waiver or modification with respect to the definition of Material Adverse Effect shall be deemed to be material and adverse to the interests of the Initial Purchasers)
Additional Interest has the meaning set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement.
Affiliate of any specified Person means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control a corporation if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
Affiliate Subordinated Debt means Subordinated Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued to or held by a Person that is an Affiliate of the Issuer (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) immediately prior to the acquisition of such Subordinated Debt by such Person (a) the principal amount of which has a Stated Maturity no earlier than, and is not subject to amortization thereof prior to, six months after the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities and (b) that is contractually subordinated and junior in right of payment to all Obligations of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary under the Securities and this Indenture pursuant to a subordination agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit J or otherwise as reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders.
Affiliated CD&R Debt Fund means an Affiliate of CD&R that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, notes, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course and with respect to which neither CD&R nor any of its Subsidiaries or any of the investment professionals employed by CD&R directs or influences the investment policies of such entity or receives confidential information with respect thereto.
Agent means any Registrar, Paying Agent or Authenticating Agent.
Agent Member means a member of, or a participant in, the Depositary.
Applicable Premium means, with respect to any Security at any redemption date, the excess of (A) the present value at such time of (1) the redemption price of such Security at the second anniversary of the Closing Date (such redemption price being set forth in the table in Section 3.07(a) plus (2) all required interest payments due on such Security through the second anniversary of the Closing Date (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points and applied quarterly, over (B) the principal amount of such Security on the date of redemption; provided , however , that in no event shall the Applicable Premium be less than zero.
Asset Sale means:
(1) the sale, lease (as lessor), conveyance or other voluntary disposition of any assets or rights (including by way of merger or consolidation or a sale and leaseback) of the Issuer (excluding the sale of Equity Interest of the Issuer) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be governed by Section 5.01 or 5.02 and not by Section 4.06, and
(2) the issue or sale by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests of any of the Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries (other than directors qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries),
2
in the case of either clause (1) or (2), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions that have a fair market value in excess of $5.0 million.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be Asset Sales:
(a) a transfer of assets or an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer, any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or a transfer of assets by the Issuer to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;
(b) the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.04 (including any formation of or contribution of assets to a Subsidiary or joint venture), the making of any Permitted Investment or the granting of any Lien permitted by Section 4.10;
(c) any disposition of property or assets (including inventory and accounts receivable) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, or that in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer, have become uneconomic, obsolete, damaged or worn out or that are no longer used or useful in the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(d) the disposition of Cash Equivalents or cash;
(e) leases, subleases, assignments, licenses or sublicenses (on a non-exclusive basis with respect to any intellectual property) of real, personal or intellectual property in the ordinary course of business;
(f) the disposition of property (including like-kind exchanges) to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property, in each case under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code or otherwise;
(g) the disposition of Investments in joint ventures (regardless of the form of legal entity) to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
(h) dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
(i) transfers of property subject to casualty, condemnation or eminent domain proceedings (including in lieu thereof) upon the receipt of the net cash proceeds therefor;
(j) voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations;
3
(k) sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of Securitization Financing to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;
(l) any transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of Securitization Financing (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing;
(m) any dispositions (including sale and leaseback transactions) by a Foreign Subsidiary designed to generate foreign distributable reserves and which are not adverse to the Holders in any material respect;
(n) any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;
(o) transactions contemplated by Section 5.03 hereof;
(p) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Debt or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(q) dispositions of accounts receivable of Foreign Subsidiaries pursuant to factoring arrangements that would otherwise be permitted to be incurred as Indebtedness hereunder pursuant to clauses (3)(ii), (4) (with respect to Indebtedness incurred under clause (3)(ii)), (5) or (10) of Section 4.03(b) (it being understood that upon any such Disposition, the amount of the uncollected receivable shall be deemed to be Indebtedness for purposes of Section 4.03 until the transferee has collected an amount from the account debtor at least equal to the amount paid to the applicable Subsidiary in respect of such accounts receivable); and
(r) dispositions of Subsidiaries with no assets.
Attributable Debt in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP) of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended); provided , however , that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Debt represented thereby shall be determined in accordance with the definition of Capital Lease Obligation .
Authenticating Agent refers to a Person engaged to authenticate the Securities in the stead of the Trustee.
Beneficial Owner , Beneficially Own and Beneficial Ownership have the meanings assigned to such terms in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5, under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the Beneficial Ownership of any particular person or group, as such terms are used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, (i) such person or group shall be deemed to have Beneficial Ownership of all shares of Capital Stock that such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition and (ii) for purposes of clause (3) of the definition of Change of
4
Control only, in the case of a group pursuant to Rule 13d-5(b)(1) of the Exchange Act which group includes one or more members of the Initial Control Group (or one or more members of the Initial Control Group are deemed to share beneficial ownership with one or more other persons of any shares of Capital Stock), (a) such group shall be deemed not to have Beneficial Ownership of any shares held by a member of the Initial Control Group forming a part of such group and (b) any person (other than a member of the Initial Control Group) that is a member of such group (or sharing such Beneficial Ownership) shall be deemed not to have Beneficial Ownership of any shares held by a member of the Initial Control Group that is a part of such group (or in which such person shares Beneficial Ownership).
Board of Directors means:
(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or (except if used in the definition of Change of Control) any authorized committee of the Board of Directors of such Person;
(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and
(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York State or the state in which the Corporate Trust Office is located are authorized or required by law to close.
Capital Lease Obligation means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. The Stated Maturity of any Capital Lease Obligation is the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.
Capital Stock means:
(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
(2) in the case of a partnership, unlimited liability company or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
(3) in the case of an association or other business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock.
Cash Equivalents means:
(1) securities issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the government of the United States, the United Kingdom or any member state of the European
5
Union whose legal tender is the euro, or in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;
(2) securities issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 2 years from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings generally obtainable from either S&P or Moodys;
(3) commercial paper rated A-2 by S&P or P-2 or better by Moodys and in each case maturing within two years after the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition;
(4) domestic and LIBOR certificates of deposit or bankers acceptances maturing no more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank having combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000
(5) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank or trust company having capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;
(6) repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 12 months for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (5) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above or securities dealers of recognized national standing
(7) readily marketable direct obligations with a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moodys or S&P, respectively (or if at any time neither Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within two years after the date of creation;
(8) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (1) to (7) above denominated in euro or pounds sterling or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction;
(9) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1)-(8) above.
6
(10) Debt issued by Persons rated not less than A by S&P or A2 by Moodys having a maturity not more than two years from the date of acquisition;
(11) shares of investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and substantially all the investments of which are one or more of the types of securities described in clauses (1)-(10) above; and
(12) in the case of Investments by the Issuer or any Foreign Subsidiary, other customarily utilized high-quality Investments in the country where the Issuer or such Foreign Subsidiary is located or operates.
CD&R means Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC and any successor in interest thereto, and any successor to its investment management business.
CD&R Group means (a) CD&R, (b) Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P. and its successors in interest and (c) any investment fund or vehicle managed, sponsored or advised by CD&R or any Affiliate thereof, and any Affiliate of or successor to any such investment fund or vehicle, excluding, in each case, any operating portfolio company of any of the foregoing.
CD&R Purchase Agreement means the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2010, among Univar, the Issuer and the CD&R Group.
CD&R Purchase Transaction means the acquisition by the CD&R Group (and, if determined by the CD&R Group, one or more co-investors other than the members of the Initial Control Group) on the CD&R Purchase Transaction Date of the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Issuer from the Issuer and Univar pursuant to the CD&R Purchase Agreement and the other transactions contemplated thereby.
CD&R Purchase Transaction Date means November 30, 2010, the date of the closing of the CD&R Purchase Transaction.
CD&R Purchase Transaction Fee means (x) $30,000,000 payable to certain members of the Initial Control Group and (y) $30,000,000 payable to the CD&R Group, in each case, in connection with the CD&R Purchase Transaction.
Certificate of Beneficial Ownership means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G.
Certificated Security means a Security in registered individual form without interest coupons.
Change of Control means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(1) at any time prior to a Qualified IPO, (a) the Initial Control Group ceases to be the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock representing at least 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of (x) so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the Issuer is
7
not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, the Issuer and (b) the Sponsor and the Management Investors do not have the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election a majority of the Board of Directors of (x) so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the Issuer is not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, the Issuer;
(2) at any time on or after a Qualified IPO (a) any person or group (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more members of the Initial Control Group, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly of Voting Stock representing more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of (x) so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the Issuer is not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, the Issuer, and (b) (i) the Initial Control Group is not the Beneficial Owner of Voting Stock representing at least an equal percentage of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) or the Issuer, as applicable and (ii) the Sponsor and the Management Investors do not have the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election a majority of the Board of Directors of (x) so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the Issuer is not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, the Issuer; and
(3) Continuing Directors shall not constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer.
Closing Date means December 20, 2010.
Commission means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.
Commodity Hedging Agreements means any futures contract or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Issuer or any Subsidiary against fluctuations in commodities prices.
Consolidated Cash Flow means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, plus :
(1) without duplication, to the extent deducted (and not added back) in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:
(a) Consolidated Interest Expense;
(b) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital (or any alternative in lieu of), including federal, foreign state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations, including payments made pursuant to any tax sharing
8
agreements or arrangements among the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (so long as such tax sharing payments are attributable to the operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries);
(c) depreciation and amortization expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP;
(d) the amount of any interest expense of any minority interest;
(e) management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor and to the CD&R Group in an amount not to exceed the maximum amount permitted under Section 4.07(b)(1);
(f) any costs or expenses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Issuer;
(g) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption
(h) expenses (i) to the extent covered by contractual indemnification or refunding provisions in favor of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and actually paid or refunded, or, (ii) so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be paid or refunded by the indemnifying party or other obligor and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable indemnifying party or obligor in writing within 90 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 180 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 180 days);
(i) Securitization Fees to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period; and
(j) any other non-cash charges or expenses reducing Consolidated Net Income except to the extent representing accruals or reserves for future cash expenditures.
9
minus
(2) without duplication and to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries such period:
(a) extraordinary gains and unusual or non-recurring gains;
(b) non-cash gains (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Cash Flow in any prior period);
(c) gains on asset sales (other than asset sales in the ordinary course of business), and
(d) any net after-tax income from the early extinguishment of Debt or hedging obligations or other derivative instruments,
in each case, as determined on a consolidated basis for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio means with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Persons and its Restricted Subsidiaries most recently ended four fiscal quarters, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period. In the event that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees or redeems any Debt (other than revolving credit borrowings) or issues or redeems Preferred Stock, in each case subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the Calculation Date ), then the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee or redemption of Debt, or such issuance or redemption of Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period, provided that no pro forma effect shall be given to the incurrence of any Permitted Debt incurred on the Calculation Date or the discharge on the Calculation Date of any Debt from the proceeds of any such Permitted Debt.
For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions (including the Acquisition), dispositions, mergers and consolidations that have been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date, and discontinued operations determined in accordance with GAAP on or prior to the Calculation Date, shall be given effect on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers and consolidations or discontinued operations (and the reduction or increase of any associated Fixed Charges, and the change in Consolidated Cash Flow, resulting therefrom, including as a result of any Pro Forma Cost Savings) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment,
10
acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation or discontinued an operation, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation or discontinued operations had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. If any Debt to which pro forma effect is given bears interest at a floating rate, the interest expense on such Debt shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable interest rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement in effect on the Calculation Date). Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. Interest on Debt that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Debt under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Debt during the applicable period.
Consolidated Interest Expense means, for any period, the total interest expense (including, without limitation, interest expense attributable to Capital Lease Obligations and all net payment obligations pursuant to Hedging Obligations and Securitization Fees but excluding commitment fees, letter of credit fees and non-cash amortization of loan costs) of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, net of all interest income of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all determined for such period on a consolidated basis, without duplication, in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Net Income means, with respect to any Person for any period, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis, in accordance with GAAP excluding, without duplication:
(1) any extraordinary (net of any tax effect), unusual or nonrecurring gains, losses, costs, charges or expenses (including, without limitation, severance, relocation, transition and other restructuring costs and litigation settlements or losses), including, without limitation extraordinary losses and unusual or non-recurring charges in connection with any Investment or Asset Sale;
(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income;
(3) any non-cash compensation expense realized for grants of performance shares, stock options or other rights to officers, directors and employees of the Issuer or any Subsidiary, provided that such shares, options or other rights can be redeemed at the option of the holder only for Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock);
11
(4) [reserved];
(5) in the case of any period that includes a period ending prior to or during the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2011, any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the CD&R Purchase Transaction, the amendment of the GSMP Indenture on the CD&R Purchase Transaction Date (and related amendments to such amendment), the Senior Credit Facility and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;
(6) [reserved]
(7) any fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges incurred during such period in connection with the Acquisition, any other acquisition, investment, recapitalization, asset disposition, issuance or repayment of debt or issuance of equity securities Permitted Investment or any Debt permitted to be incurred under this Indenture and any non-recurring costs relating to corporate reorganizations (in each case, including any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges during such period as a result of any such transaction;
(8) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees) deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income;
(9) currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Debt or intercompany balances (including the net loss or gain resulting from Hedge Agreements for currency exchange risk);
(10) any net, after-tax income (loss) for such period and all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto attributable to the early extinguishment of Debt or to Hedging Obligations;
(11) [reserved];
(12) the income (loss) for such period of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, except to the extent distributed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; and
(13) solely for purposes of determining Consolidated Net Income under clause (iii) (A) of Section 4.04(a), the Net Income of any Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not
12
been obtained) or that is, directly or indirectly, prohibited by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends has been waived.
There shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for any period the purchase accounting effects of adjustments to inventory, property, equipment and intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of the Acquisition, any consummated acquisition whether consummated before or after the Closing Date, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof.
Continuing Director means, at any date, an individual (a) who is a member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer on the Closing Date, (b) who has been nominated to be a member of such Board of Directors, directly or indirectly, by a Sponsor or Persons nominated by a Sponsor or (c) who has been nominated to be a member of such Board of Directors by a majority of the other Continuing Directors then in office.
Corporate Trust Office means the office of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 or any other office specified by the Trustee from time to time pursuant to such Section.
Credit Facilities means, with respect to the Issuer and the Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, indentures or agreements (including the Senior Credit Facility), receivables facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks, insurance companies or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, factoring or other receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from or issue securities to such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit or other credit facilities, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (if more than one such facility, each individually, a Credit Facility ).
Currency Agreement means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement to which the Issuer or any Subsidiary is a party or of which it is a beneficiary.
CVC means CVC Capital Partners Group Sarl.
Debt means, with respect to any Person (without duplication):
(1) any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent,
(a) in respect of borrowed money; or
(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or bankers acceptances; or
13
(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of purchase thereof), including Capital Lease Obligations, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable or similar obligation; or
(d) representing any Hedging Obligations,
if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;
(2) all indebtedness under clause (1) of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person (whether or not such indebtedness is assumed by such Person) provided that the amount of indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of:
(a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination; and
(b) the amount of such indebtedness of such other Persons;
(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by such Person of any Debt under clause (1) of any other Person; and
(4) any Disqualified Stock of such Person;
provided , however , that Debt shall not include trade payables and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business and not past due by more than 90 days or being disputed in good faith.
Except as otherwise expressly provided in this definition, or in the definition of Disqualified Stock the amount of any Debt outstanding as of any date shall be:
(1) with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation;
(2) with respect to any Hedging Obligation, the net amount payable if such Hedging Obligation terminated at that time due to default by such Person;
(3) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Debt issued at a discount to par; or
(4) except as provided above, the principal amount or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Debt.
Debt Facilities means, with respect to the Issuer and the Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt or credit facilities, indentures or agreements (including the Senior Credit Facility) with one or more banks, insurance companies, funds, financial institutions or other institutional lenders or investors, not entered into in the regular ordinary course of business,
14
providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, debentures or letters of credit or other credit or financing facilities, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (if more than one such facility, each individually, a Debt Facility ).
Default means any event that is or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be an Event of Default.
Default Interest Rate means a rate equal to 2% per annum.
Depositary means the depositary of each Global Security, which will initially be DTC.
Designated Non-Cash Consideration means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the fair market value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash following the consummation of the applicable Asset Sale).
Designated Senior Debt means:
(1) any Debt outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility; and
(2) any other Senior Debt permitted under this Indenture, the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Issuer by notice to the Trustee as Designated Senior Debt.
Disqualified Equity Interests means Disqualified Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Disqualified Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Disqualified Stock).
Disqualified Stock means any class or series of Capital Stock of any Person that by its terms or otherwise is:
(1) required to be redeemed or is redeemable at the option of the holder of such class or series of Capital Stock at any time on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Securities; or
(2) convertible into or exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof at any time on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Securities for Capital Stock referred to in clause (1) above or Debt.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, (A) if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees or by any such plan to such employees, in each case in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; (B) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the
15
Issuer to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Issuer may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.04; and (C) no Capital Stock held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant of the Issuer (or any of its Subsidiaries) shall be considered Disqualified Stock because such stock is redeemable or subject to repurchase pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, stock ownership plan, put agreement, stockholder agreement or similar agreement that may be in effect from time to time.
For purposes hereof, the amount (or principal amount) of any Disqualified Stock shall be equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding accrued dividends, if any. The maximum fixed repurchase price of any Disqualified Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were purchased on any date as of which it shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Stock.
Domestic Subsidiary means any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Foreign Subsidiary.
DTC means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation, and its successors.
DTC Legend means the legend set forth in Exhibit C.
Equity Interests means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Exchange Offer means an offer by the Issuer to the Holders of any Initial Securities to exchange outstanding Securities for Exchange Securities, as provided for in a Registration Rights Agreement.
Exchange Offer Registration Statement means the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as defined in a Registration Rights Agreement.
Exchange Securities means the Securities of the Issuer issued pursuant to this Indenture in exchange for, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to, the Initial Securities in compliance with the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement and containing terms substantially identical to the Initial Securities (except that (i) such Exchange Securities will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to transfer restrictions or bear the Restricted Legend, and (ii) the provisions relating to Additional Interest will be eliminated).
16
Excluded Cash Contributions means net cash proceeds or cash contributions designated as such pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(2).
Fixed Charges means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:
(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;
(2) all dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation and distributions of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock)) on any series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary during such period; and
(3) all dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation and distributions of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock)) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.
Foreign Subsidiary means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States or any political subdivision thereof.
GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Closing Date, including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession.
Global Security means a Security in registered global form without interest coupons.
Government Notes means non-redeemable, direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged.
GSMP Indenture means the Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 17, 2007 and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated September 20, 2010, as amended by the First Amendment to the Second Supplemental Indenture dated October 8, 2010 and the Second Amendment to the Second Supplemental Indenture dated October 28, 2010) between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
Guarantee means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Debt.
17
Guarantors means:
(1) each of the Issuers Subsidiaries that execute Securities Guarantees other than any Foreign Subsidiary; and
(2) each other Subsidiary that executes and delivers a Security Guarantee after the Closing Date; and
(3) their respective successors and assigns hereunder,
in each case until released from its Security Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. On the Closing Date, the Guarantors shall be each of the Issuers Domestic Subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Credit Facility.
Hedging Obligations means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements or Commodity Hedging Agreements.
Holdco means Ulixes Acquisition B.V., an entity organized under the laws of the Netherlands.
Holder or Securityholder means the Person in whose name a Security is registered on the Registrars books.
Indenture means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.
Initial Control Group means (i) the Sponsor, (ii) any Person who has made an investment in Holdco or the Issuer (directly or indirectly) concurrently with the Sponsor prior to the Closing Date, (iii) any Person who is an officer or otherwise a member of management of Holdco or the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that, in no event shall the Sponsor own a lesser percentage of Voting Stock than any other person or group referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii).
Initial Purchasers means Apollo Investment Corporation, AIE EuroLux S.à r.l., GSLP I Offshore Issuer Fund A, L.P., GSLP I Offshore Issuer Fund B, L.P., GSLP I Offshore Issuer Fund C, L.P., GSLP Onshore Issuer Fund, L.L.C., FS Investment Corporation, GSO Capital Opportunities Fund LP, Highbridge Principal Strategies Mezzanine Partners Delaware Subsidiary, LLC, Highbridge Principal Strategies Institutional Mezzanine Partners Subsidiary, L.P., Highbridge Principal Stategies Offshore Mezzanine Partners Master Fund, L.P. and JPM Mezzanine Capital, LLC.
Initial Purchaser Parties means the Initial Purchasers, the Affiliates thereof and any Subsidiary of the foregoing that are holders.
Initial Securities means the Securities issued on the Closing Date and any Securities issued in replacement thereof, but not including any Exchange Securities issued in exchange therefor.
Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto.
18
Interest Rate Agreement means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, repurchase agreement, futures contract or other financial agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Issuer or any Subsidiary against fluctuations in interest rates.
Investments means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of direct or indirect loans (but excluding Guarantees of Debt not otherwise prohibited from being incurred under this Indenture), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel, payroll, entertainment, relocation and similar advances to officers and employees and profit sharing plan contributions made in the ordinary course of business), and purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Debt, Equity Interests or other securities. If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer. For purposes of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary and Section 4.04 hereof:
(1) Investments shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuers Equity Interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:
(a) the Issuers Investment in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less
(b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuers Equity Interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and
(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer.
Issue Date means each date on which Securities are issued pursuant to this Indenture.
Issuer means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA as it applies after a TIA Event, each other obligor on the Securities.
Lien means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or any lease in the nature thereof); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
19
Management Agreements mean, collectively, any agreement entered into by the Sponsor or the CD&R Group from time to time, primarily providing for or relating to any management, consulting, financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or other investment banking activities with respect to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and of this Indenture.
Management Investors means the directors, management officers and employees of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and its Subsidiaries.
Moodys means Moodys Investors Service, Inc.
Net Proceeds means the aggregate cash proceeds or Cash Equivalents received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions) and any relocation, redundancy and closing costs incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Debt of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not subordinated to the Securities and required (other than as required by Section 4.06(b)(1) or 4.06(c)(2)) to be paid as a result of such Asset Sale, all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Sale, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such Asset Sale and retained by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after such Asset Sale, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale.
Non-U.S. Person means a Person that is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.
Obligations means any principal, interest, Additional Interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages, Guarantees and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Debt, in each case, whether now or hereafter existing, renewed or restructured, whether or not from time to time decreased or extinguished and later increased, created or incurred, whether or not arising on or after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding.
Officers means any of the following: Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any other officer reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
Officers Certificate means a certificate signed by two Officers.
20
Offshore Global Security means a Global Security representing Securities issued and sold pursuant to Regulation S.
Opinion of Counsel means a signed written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee. As to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may conclusively rely on an Officers Certificate, without any independent investigation.
Parent Entity means any company (at the time it is designated a Parent Entity by the Issuer) whose only assets are the Capital Stock and Equity Interests of the Issuer (or one or more other Parent Entities) and assets incidental to such ownership and its existence; provided that such Parent Entity shall cease to be a Parent Entity at such time as such Parent Entity ceases to Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Voting Stock of the Issuer. It being understood that as of the Closing Date, the Issuer has not designated any Parent Entity.
Parent Subordinated Notes means each promissory note issued by the Issuer in compliance with Section 4.03(e) owed to Univar or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and outstanding on the CD&R Purchase Transaction Date.
Pari Passu Debt means any senior subordinated Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Securities or the relevant Security Guarantee.
Payment means, for purposes of Articles 10 and 12 and with respect to the Securities and Security Guarantees, any payment, whether in cash or other assets or property, of interest, principal, premium, or any other amount on, of or in respect of the Securities or the Security Guarantees, any other acquisition of Securities or Security Guarantees and any deposit into the trust described in Article 8. The verb pay has a correlative meaning.
Permanent Offshore Global Security means an Offshore Global Security that does not bear the Temporary Offshore Global Security Legend.
Permitted Business means the businesses and any services, activities or businesses incidental, or directly related or similar to, any line of business conducted by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date and any other business reasonably related, complementary, ancillary or incidental to any of those businesses.
Permitted Investments means:
(1) any Investment by the Issuer in any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, or by a Restricted Subsidiary in the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Guarantor;
(2) any Investment in (a) cash or Cash Equivalents or (b) to the extent determined by the Issuer in good faith to be necessary for local currency working capital requirements of a Foreign Subsidiary, other cash equivalents, provided in the case of clause (b), the Investment is made by the Foreign Subsidiary having such requirements;
21
(3) (i) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if as a result of such Investment:
(A) (x) such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or (y) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor,
(B) no Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing or will result therefrom, and
(C) any Debt of such Person is permitted under Section 4.03, and,
(ii) any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger consolidation, or transfer;
(4) any securities or assets received or other Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration in connection with an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.06 or in connection with any disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale (except for dispositions exempt from such definition pursuant to clause (b) of the exceptions thereto);
(5) any Investment solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;
(6) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes (including employee payroll advances) and (ii) in connection with such Persons purchase of Capital Stock of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to the extent that the amount of such loans and advances are directly or indirectly contributed to the Issuer in cash;
(7) stock, obligations or securities received in satisfaction of judgments, foreclosure of liens or settlement of debts (whether pursuant to a plan of reorganization or similar arrangement);
(8) any Investment existing on the Closing Date or pursuant to agreements in effect on the Closing Date as set forth on Schedule 1.01 and any modification, replacement, renewal, or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (a) as required by the terms of such Investment or (b) as otherwise permitted hereunder;
22
(9) Investments in Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements and Commodity Hedging Agreements not otherwise prohibited under this Indenture;
(10) Investments in split dollar life insurance policies on officers and directors of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(11) receivables owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms (including such concessionary terms as the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable);
(12) Guarantees of Debt permitted under Section 4.03 and performance guarantees in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;
(13) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Debt;
(14) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition;
(15) any Investment in a Permitted Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $25.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and
(16) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (16) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed $25.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or Guarantor and otherwise complies with clause (3) above at the time such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or Guarantor, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (3) above and shall not be included as having been pursuant to this clause (16).
23
Permitted Junior Securities means debt or equity securities of the Issuer or any successor corporation issued pursuant to a plan of reorganization or readjustment of the Issuer that are subordinated to the payment of all then outstanding Senior Debt of the Issuer, at least to the same extent that the Securities are subordinated to the payment of all Senior Debt of the Issuer, on the Closing Date, and so long as in the case of debt securities, such debt securities:
(a) are unsecured;
(b) do not have terms (and are not subject to or entitled to the benefit of any instrument or agreement that has terms) that are more burdensome to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or other issuer or obligor) than are the Securities; and
(c) to the extent that the same are to be guaranteed, shall only be guaranteed by the Issuer and its successors and those Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that have guaranteed the Senior Debt of the Issuer (as such Senior Debt may be modified pursuant to any such reorganization or readjustment) and such guarantees shall be subordinated at least to the same extent as the Guarantees are subordinated to the payment of all Senior Debt of the Guarantors; provided that in the bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding giving rise to such plan, and under such plan, the class comprised of the Holders of the Securities is separately classified from any class comprised of holders of Debt under the Credit Facilities.
Permitted Liens means:
(1) Liens securing Senior Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor or Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (in each case including related Obligations) that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;
(2) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(3) Liens on property (i) existing at the time of acquisition thereof or (ii) of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those acquired or those of the Person so acquired (including through merger or consolidation);
(4) Liens that secure Debt of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer and not incurred in contemplation thereof, provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person that became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;
(5) bankers Liens, rights of setoff and Liens to secure the performance of bids, tenders, trade or government contracts (other than for the payment of Debt), leases, licenses, statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
24
(6) without limitation of clause (1), Liens to secure Debt (including Capital Lease Obligations) incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction, improvement or lease of any property, plant or equipment, in each case covering only the assets acquired, constructed, improved or leased with such Debt or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets; provided that such Debt is incurred within 180 days after the later of such purchase or completion of such construction or improvement or commencement of full operation of the property subject to the Lien;
(7) Liens existing on the Closing Date (not otherwise constituting Permitted Liens);
(8) Liens imposed by law such as (A) carriers, warehousemens, mechanics, landlords, materialmens, repairmens or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and (B) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims, in each case, that are not yet due or delinquent or that are bonded, as the case may be, or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;
(9) Liens, pledges or deposits in connection with workmens compensation obligations and general liability exposure of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;
(10) Liens on goods (and the proceeds thereof) and documents of title and the property covered thereby securing Debt in respect of commercial letters of credit;
(11) (A) mortgages, Liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer has easement rights or on any real property leased by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and subordination or similar agreements relating thereto and (B) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;
(12) Liens arising by reason of a judgment, decree or court order, to the extent not otherwise resulting in an Event of Default, and any Liens that are required to protect or enforce any rights in any administrative, arbitration or other court proceedings in the ordinary course of business;
(13) Liens (a) on assets or properties subject to a Permitted Lien securing Debt permitted by this Indenture to be incurred, securing Interest Rate Agreements in respect of such Debt or (b) securing Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business;
25
(14) extensions, renewals or replacements of any Liens referred to in clauses (3), (4), or (6) in connection with the refinancing of the obligations secured thereby, provided that such Lien does not extend to any other property and, except as contemplated by the definition of Permitted Refinancing Debt, the amount secured by such Lien is not increased;
(15) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of Securitization Financing incurred in connection with a Securitization Financing;
(16) Liens on the Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
(17) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(18) any provision for the retention of title to an asset by the vendor or transferor of such asset if such asset is acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary;
(19) Liens on any escrow account used in connection with pre-funding Permitted Refinancing Debt in accordance with the definition thereof; and
(20) other Liens securing Debt in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $20.0 million at the time of incurrence.
Permitted Refinancing Debt means any Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund, other Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in compliance with this Indenture; provided that:
(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Debt does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus accrued interest on, the Debt so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus the amount of premiums and fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith);
(2) principal payments required under such Permitted Refinancing Debt have a Stated Maturity no earlier than the earlier of
(i) the Stated Maturity of those under the Debt being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and
(ii) the maturity date of the Securities;
26
(3) in the case of term Debt, such Permitted Refinancing Debt has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the lesser of
(i) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Debt being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded, and
(ii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Securities;
(4) if the Debt being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Securities, such Permitted Refinancing Debt has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Securities on terms at least as favorable to the holders of the Securities as those contained in the documentation governing the Debt being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and
(5) such Debt is incurred either by the Issuer or any Guarantor or, if a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is the obligor on the Debt being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded, by any Restricted Subsidiary.
The Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Permitted Refinancing Debt not more than six months prior to the application of the proceeds thereof to repay the Debt to be refinanced; provided that upon the incurrence of such Permitted Refinancing Debt, the Issuer shall provide written notice thereof to the Trustee, specifically identifying the Debt to be refinanced with Permitted Refinancing Debt.
Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, unlimited liability company, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government (or any agency or political subdivision thereof) or any other entity.
Preferred Stock means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person (however designated) that is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.
Pro Forma Cost Savings means with respect to any reference period ended on or before any date of determination (the Calculation Date ), the pro forma effect of any cost savings that (1) are attributable to any Investments, acquisitions (including the Acquisition), dispositions, mergers, consolidations or discontinued operations, (2) either (a) have been calculated on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act as in effect on the Closing Date or (b) have begun to be implemented on the Calculation Date or have been identified and approved by the Board of Directors and are reasonably expected to begin to be implemented within twelve months following the date of such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operations and (3) are determined based on a supportable, good faith estimate of the principal financial officer of the Issuer, as if all such cost savings had been effected as of the beginning of such reference period, decreased by any incremental expenses (other than capitalized expenses) that are or would be incurred during the reference period in order to achieve such cost savings provided that, so long as the Initial Purchaser Parties hold 40% or more of the then outstanding principal amount of the Securities, the amount of Pro
27
Forma Cost Savings that may be identified pursuant to clause (2)(b) hereof shall not exceed 7.5% of Consolidated Cash Flow of the Issuer for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to the Calculation Date (without giving effect to any adjustments pursuant to this definition).
Purchase Agreement means that certain Note Purchase Agreement among the Issuer and the Initial Purchasers, party thereto dated as of the Closing Date, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
Qualified Securitization Financing means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Debt under a Credit Facility and any Permitted Refinancing Debt with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.
Qualified IPO means the issuance by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer of its common stock, or the sale of such common Stock by the holders thereof, in either case, in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Commission in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Regulation S means Regulation S under the Securities Act.
Regulation S Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.
Registered Exchange Offer means an offer made by the Issuer pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement and under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act to exchange for outstanding Initial Securities, Exchange Securities substantially identical in all material respects to such Initial Securities (except for the differences provided for in such offer).
Registration Rights Agreement means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Closing Date between the Issuer and the Initial Purchasers, party thereto with respect to the Initial Securities, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
Representative means any agent or representative in respect of any Designated Senior Debt; provided that if, and for so long as, any Designated Senior Debt lacks such a
28
representative, then the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt shall at all times constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of such Designated Senior Debt.
Required Holders means the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities under this Indenture.
Restricted Investment means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
Restricted Legend means the legend set forth in Exhibit B.
Restricted Period means the relevant 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.
Restricted Subsidiary means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Restricted Subsidiary.
Rule 144A means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
Rule 144A Certificate means (i) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto or (ii) a written certification addressed to the Issuer and the Trustee to the effect that the Person making such certification (x) is acquiring such Security (or beneficial interest) for its own account or one or more accounts with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and each such account is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A, (y) is aware that the transfer to it or exchange, as applicable, is being made in reliance upon the exemption from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A, and (z) acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) or has determined not to request such information.
S&P means Standard & Poors Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
Secured Debt means any Debt secured by a Lien on assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor.
Securities means any securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term Securities shall include any Exchange Securities to be issued and exchanged for any Initial Securities pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement and this Indenture. All Securities shall vote together as one series of Securities under this Indenture.
Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Securitization Assets means any accounts receivable or other revenue streams subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.
29
Securitization Fees means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing.
Securitization Financing means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Issuer or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.
Securitization Repurchase Obligation means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.
Securitization Subsidiary means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer makes an Investment and to which the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Debt or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Debt) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither the Issuer nor any other Subsidiary of the Issuer has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Issuer reasonably believes to be no less favorable to either the Issuer or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuer and (e) to which neither the Issuer nor any other Subsidiary of the Issuer has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entitys financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of
30
the Issuer or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with such Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such other Person giving effect to such designation and an Officers Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.
Security Guarantee means the unconditional Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Issuers Obligations under the Securities and the Exchange Securities, as set forth in Article 11 hereof. Any Guarantor that is not a party to this Indenture on the Closing Date shall become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to Sections 4.12 and 9.01 substantially in the form of Exhibit I.
Securityholder means any Holder of Securities.
Senior Credit Facility means collectively the Amended and Restated Term Loan Credit Agreement, originally dated as of October 11, 2007, amended and restated as of September 20, 2010, and further amended by Amendment No. 1 dated October 28, 2010, that has become effective as of the CD&R Purchase Transaction Date (as amended, the Term Loan Credit Agreement ), and the Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement, originally dated as of October 11, 2007, amended and restated as of September 20, 2010, and further amended by Amendment No. 1 dated October 28, 2010, that has become effective as of the CD&R Purchase Transaction Date, in each case, among the Issuer, the Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries and the financial institutions named therein, and any related notes, collateral documents, letters of credit and guarantees, including any appendices, exhibits or schedules to any of the foregoing (as the same may be in effect from time to time), in each case, as such agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time (including, for the avoidance of doubt, by the incurrence of the New Term Loans (as defined in the Term Loan Credit Agreement) on the Closing Date), or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid or extended from time to time (whether with the original agents and lenders or other agents or lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original credit agreement or other credit agreements or otherwise).
Senior Debt means:
(1) all Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility and all Hedging Obligations with respect thereto;
(2) any other Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor (including Acquired Debt) permitted to be incurred by the Issuer or any Guarantor under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Debt is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or the relevant Security Guarantee; and
(3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2).
31
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding, Senior Debt shall not include:
(4) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Issuer or any Guarantor;
(5) any Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor to any Affiliate or shareholder of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies;
(6) any trade payables;
(7) that portion of Debt incurred in violation of Section 4.03, 4.16 or 4.19; or
(8) any Disqualified Stock.
Senior Officer means the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer.
Significant Subsidiary means any Subsidiary that would be a significant subsidiary as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Closing Date.
Specified Affiliate Payments means:
(1) the direct or indirect repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, or payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer on account of any such acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant (that is a natural person) of a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, stock ownership plan, put agreement, stockholder agreement or similar agreement that may be in effect from time to time; provided that the aggregate price paid under this clause (1) for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed the sum of
(A) an amount not to exceed $4.0 million in any calendar year, with any unused amount being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum amount of repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions or retirements pursuant to this clause (1) (without giving effect to the amounts referred to in clause (B) below) of $8.0 million in any calendar year; plus,
(B) the sum of:
(a) the cash proceeds received by the Issuer (including by way of capital contribution) after the Closing Date from the sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any
32
direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer, a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Closing Date (it being understood that such cash proceeds shall be excluded from the Restricted Payments Basket) plus
(b) the cash proceeds from key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such calendar year (including proceeds from the sale of such policies to the person insured thereby);
provided that cancellation of Debt owing to the Issuer from employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (which Debt was incurred to finance the acquisition of such Equity Interests) in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Indenture); and
(2) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants as a result of the payment of all or a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants with Equity Interests;
(3) the payment of dividends, other distributions or other amounts by the Issuer to a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer in amounts equal to amounts required for such direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or its shareholders to pay federal, state and local income taxes to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries and at such times as such taxes are due; and
(4) dividends, other distributions, loans or other amounts paid by the Issuer to a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer in amounts equal to amounts required for a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to pay (a) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence; (b) income taxes to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries; (c) customary salary, bonus, severance, indemnification obligations other benefits payable to officers and employees of such parent or indirect parent; (d) general corporate overhead and operating expenses of up to $2.0 million per fiscal year; and (e) fees and expense incurred in connection with any unsuccessful debt or equity offering or other financing transaction by such parent or indirect parent; provided , however , that such payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments.
Specified Univar, N.V. Liability Repayments shall mean the repayment by Univar or any parent company thereof (in either case directly or indirectly from the proceeds of a direct or indirect investment in Issuer by the CD&R Group) to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (i) of up to $57.0 million of liabilities of Univar (or any parent company thereof) owing to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries to the CD&R Purchase Transaction Date and (ii) of up to $46.0 million of advances under an overdraft facility with ING Bank.
33
Sponsor means any collective investment vehicle sponsored, managed or formed by any of CVC and its Affiliates.
Standard Securitization Undertakings means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer which the Board of Directors of the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.
Stated Maturity means, with respect to any installment of interest on or principal of, or any other amount payable in respect of, any series of Debt, the date on which such interest, principal or other amount was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Debt, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest, principal or other amount prior to the date scheduled for the payment thereof.
Subordinated Debt means any Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter incurred) that is contractually subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Securities or the applicable Security Guarantee.
Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person:
(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and
(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).
Unless otherwise specified, Subsidiary refers to a Subsidiary of the Issuer.
Temporary Offshore Global Security means an Offshore Global Security that bears the Temporary Offshore Global Security Legend.
Temporary Offshore Global Security Legend means the legend set forth in Exhibit H.
TIA means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture, except as stated in Section 9.03.
34
Treasury Rate means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15(519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to January 1, 2013; provided , however , that if the period from the redemption date to January 1, 2013, is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to January 1, 2013 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.
Trigger Date means the date that occurs upon the earlier of (x) the date of the consummation of the first initial public offering of Capital Stock of the Issuer, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any parent company of the Issuer and (y) the date of the effectiveness of the registration with the Commission (or any comparable securities regulatory authority in another jurisdiction) of any debt securities of the Issuer or any of the Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries.
Trustee means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it, and, thereafter, means the successor.
Trust Officer means, when used with respect to the Trustee or Paying Agent, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee or Paying Agent, as applicable, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee or Paying Agent who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such persons knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
Uniform Commercial Code means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.
Univar means Univar N.V.
Unrestricted Subsidiary means:
(1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and
(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or
35
Debt of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that
(3) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer;
(4) such designation complies with Section 4.04 hereof; and
(5) each of:
(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and
(b) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Debt pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, (x) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.
Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officers Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
U.S. Global Security means a Global Security that bears the Restricted Legend representing Securities issued and sold pursuant to Rule 144A.
Voting Stock of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
Weighted Average Life to Maturity means, when applied to any Debt at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:
(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment, by
(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Debt.
36
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary means any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary. For purposes of determining whether a Foreign Subsidiary constitutes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, minority interests in Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries not owned by the Issuer or any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries shall be disregarded so long as the aggregate fair market value of all such minority interests in all Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries does not exceed $50.0 million (with fair market value of such minority interests in such Foreign Subsidiaries being measured at the time such Foreign Subsidiaries were acquired or such minority interests were issued and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).
Wholly Owned Subsidiary of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors qualifying shares and de minimus amounts of ownership interests held by local residents pursuant to the requirements of local law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
SECTION 1.02 Other Definitions.
Term |
Defined in Section |
|
Affiliate Transaction | 4.07(a) | |
Asset Sale Offer | 3.09(a) | |
Bankruptcy Law | 6.01(c) | |
Calculation Date | 1.02 | |
Change of Control Offer | 3.09(a) | |
Change of Control Payment | 4.08(a) | |
Covenant Defeasance | 8.01(c) | |
Coverage Ratio Exception | 4.03(a) | |
Custodian | 6.01(c) | |
Event of Default | 6.01(a) | |
Excess Proceeds | 4.06(c) | |
Guaranteed Obligations | 11.01(a) | |
incur | 4.03(a) | |
Indemnified Party | 7.07 | |
Issuer | Preamble | |
Legal Defeasance | 8.01(b) | |
Legal Holiday | 13.08 | |
non-payment default | 10.03(a)(2) | |
Notice of Default | 6.01(d) | |
Offer Amount | 3.09(a)(1)(ii) | |
Paying Agent | 2.03 | |
Payment Blockage Notice | 10.03(a)(2) | |
payment default | 10.03(a)(1) | |
Permitted Debt | 4.03(b) | |
protected purchaser | 2.06 |
37
Purchase Date | 3.09(a)(1)(ii) | |
Register | 2.11(a) | |
Registrar | 2.03 | |
Repurchase Offer | 3.09(a) | |
Restricted Payments | 4.04(a) | |
Restricted Payments Basket | 4.04(a)(iii) | |
retiring Trustee | 7.08 | |
TIA Event | 1.03 | |
Trustee | Preamble |
SECTION 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. At all times after the effectiveness of a registration statement under a Registration Rights Agreement (a TIA Event ), this Indenture will be subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA, which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture effective upon a TIA Event, except that Section 316 is expressly excluded, to the maximum extent permissible thereunder. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:
indenture securities means the Securities.
indenture security holder means a Securityholder.
indenture to be qualified means this Indenture.
indenture trustee or institutional trustee means the Trustee.
obligor on the indenture securities means the Issuer and any other obligor on the indenture securities.
All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.
SECTION 1.04 Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it, and all accounting determinations shall be made, in accordance with GAAP;
(c) or is not exclusive;
(d) including means including without limitation;
(e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;
(f) unsecured Debt shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Debt merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Debt;
38
(g) all references to principal of the Securities include redemption price and purchase price; and
(h) all exhibits are incorporated by reference herein and expressly made a part of this Indenture.
ARTICLE 2
THE SECURITIES
SECTION 2.01 Form, Dating and Denominations.
(a) The Securities and the Trustees certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A. The terms and provisions contained in the form of the Securities annexed as Exhibit A constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture. The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rules of or agreements with national securities exchanges to which the Issuer is subject, or usage. Each Security will be dated the date of its authentication. The Securities will be issuable in denominations of $1,000 in principal amount and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Initial Securities will be issued in the form of Certificated Securities.
(b) (1) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c), Section 2.12(b)(3), (b)(5), or (c) or Section 2.11(b)(4), each Initial Security (other than a Permanent Offshore Global Security) will bear the Restricted Legend.
(2) Each Global Security will bear the DTC Legend.
(3) Each Temporary Offshore Global Security will bear the Temporary Offshore Global Security Legend.
(c) (1) If the Issuer determines (upon the advice of counsel and such other certifications and evidence as the Issuer may reasonably require) that a Security is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or a successor provision) and that the Restricted Legend is no longer necessary or appropriate in order to ensure that subsequent transfers of the Security (or a beneficial interest therein) are effected in compliance with the Securities Act, or
(2) after an Initial Security is (x) sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise, or (y) validly tendered for exchange into an Exchange Security pursuant to an Exchange Offer, the Issuer may instruct the Trustee to cancel the Security and issue to the Holder thereof (or to its transferee) a new Security of like tenor and amount, registered in the name of the Holder thereof (or its transferee), that does not bear the Restricted Legend, and the Trustee will comply with such instruction.
39
(d) By its acceptance of any Security bearing the Restricted Legend (or any beneficial interest in such a Security), each Holder thereof and each owner of a beneficial interest therein acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Security (and any such beneficial interest) set forth in this Indenture and in the Restricted Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Security (and any such beneficial interest) only in accordance with this Indenture and such legend.
SECTION 2.02 Execution and Authentication; Exchange Securities.
(a) An Officer shall execute the Securities for the Issuer by facsimile or manual signature in the name and on behalf of the Issuer. If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Security is authenticated, the Security will still be valid.
(b) A Security will not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Security, with the signature conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this Indenture.
(c) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Securities executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication. The Trustee will authenticate and deliver Initial Securities for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture and Exchange Securities from time to time for issue in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Securities after the following conditions have been met; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Securities outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of $400,000,000, which will be authorized for issuance by the Issuer for pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.06 hereof:
Receipt by the Trustee of an Officers Certificate specifying
(i) the amount of Securities to be authenticated and the date on which the Securities are to be authenticated,
(ii) whether the Securities are to be Initial Securities or Exchange Securities,
(iii) whether the Securities are to be issued as one or more Global Securities or Certificated Securities, and
(iv) other information the Issuer may determine to include or the Trustee may reasonably request.
(2) In the case of Exchange Securities, effectiveness of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement and consummation of the exchange offer thereunder (and receipt by the Trustee of an Officers Certificate to that effect). Initial Securities exchanged for Exchange Securities will be cancelled by the Trustee.
40
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except as provided in Section 2.06, the Issuer may not authorize, and the Trustee may not authenticate, the issuance of the Initial Securities other than on the Closing Date.
SECTION 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the Registrar ) and an office or agency where Securities may be presented for payment (the Paying Agent ) and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Securities and the Indenture may be served. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term Paying Agent includes any additional paying agent.
The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 13.02.
The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer shall give prompt notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
The Issuer initially designates the Corporate Trust Office as such office of the Issuer in accordance with this Section 2.03.
The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA not otherwise excluded hereunder to the extent applicable after a TIA Event. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. Either the Issuer or any domestically organized Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or transfer agent.
The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Securities.
Upon issuance of any Global Securities, the Issuer shall appoint DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Securities, and the Trustee shall initially be the securities custodian with respect to any Global Securities.
The Issuer may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee, provided that no such removal shall become effective until (1) acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (2) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve
41
as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (1) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon not less than 10 Business Days prior written notice to the Issuer; provided , however , that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08.
SECTION 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. By 10:00 a.m. on the Business Day prior to each due date of the principal and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any Security, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, when so becoming due. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Securityholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment within one Business Day thereof. If the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.
Any money deposited with any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer or a permitted Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary in trust for the payment of principal or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal and interest and Additional Interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer at its request, or, if then held by the Issuer or a permitted Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, shall be discharged from such trust; and the Securityholders shall thereafter, as general unsecured creditors, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Paying Agent with respect to such money, and all liability of the Issuer or such permitted Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.
SECTION 2.05 Securityholder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Securityholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Securityholders.
SECTION 2.06 Replacement Securities. If a mutilated Security is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Security claims that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (i) notifies the Issuer or the Trustee within a reasonable time after he has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (ii) makes such request to the Issuer or the Trustee prior to the
42
Security being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a protected purchaser ) and (iii) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee and the Issuer including evidence of the destruction, loss or theft of the Security. Such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and any co-registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Security including the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be required. In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may pay such Security instead of issuing a new Security in replacement thereof.
Every replacement Security is an additional obligation of the Issuer.
The provisions of this Section 2.06 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Securities.
SECTION 2.07 Outstanding Securities. Securities outstanding at any time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those replaced pursuant to Section 2.06 and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Subject to Section 13.06, a Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Security.
If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.06, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Security is held by a protected purchaser.
If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date, repurchase date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or repurchased or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Securityholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Securities (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.
SECTION 2.08 Temporary Securities. Until Certificated Securities and Global Securities are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of Certificated Securities but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Certificated Securities or Global Securities, as the case may be, and deliver them in exchange for temporary Securities upon surrender of such temporary Securities at the office or agency of the Issuer, without charge to the Holder.
SECTION 2.09 Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
43
Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and deliver canceled Securities to the Issuer, or if the Issuer so agrees, may destroy canceled Securities, in accordance with the Trustees customary procedures. The Issuer shall not issue new Securities to replace Securities that have been redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Securities in place of canceled Securities other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.
SECTION 2.10 CUSIP Numbers. The Issuer in issuing the Securities may use CUSIP numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in CUSIP numbers.
SECTION 2.11 Registration, Transfer and Exchange.
(a) The Securities will be issued in registered form only, without coupons, and the Issuer shall cause the Trustee to maintain a register (the Register ) of the Securities, for registering the record ownership of the Securities by the Holders and transfers and exchanges of the Securities.
(b) (1) Each Global Security will be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and, so long as DTC is serving as the Depositary thereof, will bear the DTC Legend.
(2) Each Global Security will be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary. Transfers of a Global Security (but not a beneficial interest therein) will be limited to transfers thereof in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees, except (i) as set forth in Section 2.11(b)(4) and (ii) transfers of portions thereof in the form of Certificated Securities may be made upon request of an Agent Member (for itself or on behalf of a beneficial owner) by written notice given to the Trustee by or on behalf of the Depositary in accordance with customary procedures of the Depositary and in compliance with this Section and Section 2.12.
(3) Agent Members will have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security held on their behalf by the Depositary, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner and Holder of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Depositary or its nominee may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person (including any Agent Member and any Person that holds a beneficial interest in a Global Security through an Agent Member) to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Securities, and nothing herein will impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of any security.
44
(4) If (x) the Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for a Global Security and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of the notice or (y) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Trustee has received a request from the Depositary, the Trustee will promptly exchange each beneficial interest in the Global Security for one or more Certificated Securities in authorized denominations having an equal aggregate principal amount registered in the name of the owner of such beneficial interest, as identified to the Trustee by the Depositary, and thereupon the Global Security will be deemed canceled. If such Security does not bear the Restricted Legend, then the Certificated Securities issued in exchange therefor will not bear the Restricted Legend. If such Security bears the Restricted Legend, then the Certificated Securities issued in exchange therefor will bear the Restricted Legend.
(c) Each Certificated Security will be registered in the name of the Holder thereof or its nominee.
(d) A Holder may transfer a Security (or a beneficial interest therein) to another Person or exchange a Security (or a beneficial interest therein) for another Security or Securities of any authorized denomination by presenting to the Trustee a written request therefor stating the name of the proposed transferee or requesting such an exchange, accompanied by any certification, opinion or other document required by Section 2.12. The Trustee will promptly register any transfer or exchange that meets the requirements of this Section by noting the same in the register maintained by the Trustee for such purpose; provided that
(x) no transfer or exchange will be effective until it is registered in such register; and
(y) the Trustee will not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security for a period of 15 days before a selection of Securities to be redeemed or purchased pursuant to a Repurchase Offer, (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption or purchase in whole or in part, except, in the case of a partial redemption or purchase, that portion of any Security not being redeemed or purchased, or (iii) if a redemption or a purchase pursuant to a Repurchase Offer is to occur after a regular record date but on or before the corresponding interest payment date, to register the transfer of or exchange any Security on or after the regular record date and before the date of redemption or purchase. Prior to the registration of any transfer, the Issuer, the Trustee and their agents will treat the Person in whose name the Security is registered as the owner and Holder thereof for all purposes (whether or not the Security is overdue), and will not be affected by notice to the contrary.
45
From time to time the Issuer will execute and the Trustee will authenticate additional Securities as necessary in order to permit the registration of a transfer or exchange in accordance with this Section.
No service charge will be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of any Security, but the Issuer and the Trustee/Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than a transfer tax or other similar governmental charge payable upon exchange pursuant to subsection (b)(4)).
(e) (1) Global Security to Global Security . If a beneficial interest in a Global Security is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Security, the Trustee will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Security being transferred or exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like increase in the principal amount of the other Global Security. Any beneficial interest in one Global Security that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Security, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Security, will, upon transfer or exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Security and become an interest in the other Global Security and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer and exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Security for as long as it remains such an interest.
(2) Global Security to Certificated Security . If a beneficial interest in a Global Security is transferred or exchanged for a Certificated Security, the Trustee will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Security equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) deliver one or more new Certificated Securities in authorized denominations having an equal aggregate principal amount to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the owner of such beneficial interest (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or owner, as applicable.
(3) Certificated Security to Global Security . If a Certificated Security is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Security, the Trustee will (x) cancel such Certificated Security, (y) record an interest or an increase in the principal amount of such Global Security equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Certificated Security, deliver to the Holder thereof one or more new Certificated Securities in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Certificated Security, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.
(4) Certificated Security to Certificated Security . If a Certificated Security is transferred or exchanged for another Certificated Security, the Trustee will (x) cancel the Certificated Security being transferred or exchanged, (y) deliver one or more new Certificated Securities in authorized denominations
46
having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the Holder of the canceled Certificated Security (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Certificated Security, deliver to the Holder thereof one or more Certificated Securities in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Certificated Security, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.
SECTION 2.12 Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange.
(a) The transfer or exchange of any Security (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made in accordance with this Section and Section 2.11 and, in the case of a Global Security (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee shall refuse to register any requested transfer or exchange that does not comply with the preceding sentence.
(b) Subject to paragraphs (c) and (d), the transfer or exchange of any Security (or a beneficial interest therein) of the type set forth in column A below for a Security (or a beneficial interest therein) of the type set forth opposite in column B below may only be made in compliance with the certification requirements (if any) described in the clause of this paragraph set forth opposite in column C below.
A |
B |
C |
||||||
U.S. Global Security | U.S. Global Security | (1) | ||||||
U.S. Global Security | Offshore Global Security | (2) | ||||||
U.S. Global Security | Certificated Security | (3) | ||||||
Offshore Global Security | U.S. Global Security | (4) | ||||||
Offshore Global Security | Offshore Global Security | (1) | ||||||
Offshore Global Security | Certificated Security | (5) | ||||||
Certificated Security | U.S. Global Security | (4) | ||||||
Certificated Security | Offshore Global Security | (2) | ||||||
Certificated Security | Certificated Security | (3) |
(1) No certification is required.
(2) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee a duly completed Regulation S Certificate; provided that if the requested transfer or exchange is made by the Holder of a Certificated Security that does not bear the Restricted Legend, then no certification is required.
47
(3) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee (x) a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate, (y) a duly completed Regulation S Certificate or (z) a duly completed Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate, and/or an Opinion of Counsel and such other certifications and evidence as the Issuer may reasonably require in order to determine that the proposed transfer or exchange is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States; provided that if the requested transfer or exchange is made by the Holder of a Certificated Security that does not bear the Restricted Legend, then no certification is required. In the event that (i) the requested transfer or exchange takes place after the Restricted Period and a duly completed Regulation S Certificate is delivered to the Trustee or (ii) a Certificated Security that does not bear the Restricted Legend is surrendered for transfer or exchange, upon transfer or exchange the Trustee will deliver a Certificated Security that does not bear the Restricted Legend.
(4) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate.
(5) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no such exchange is permitted if the requested exchange involves a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Security. If the requested transfer or exchange involves a beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Security, no certification is required and the Trustee will deliver a Certificated Security that does not bear the Restricted Legend.
(c) No certification is required in connection with any transfer or exchange of any Security (or a beneficial interest therein)
(1) after such Security is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or a successor provision); provided that the Issuer has provided the Trustee with an Officers Certificate to that effect, and the Issuer may require from any Person requesting a transfer or exchange in reliance upon this clause (1) an opinion of counsel and any other reasonable certifications and evidence in order to support such certificate; or
(2) (x) sold pursuant to an effective registration statement, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise or (y) which is validly tendered for exchange into an Exchange Security pursuant to an Exchange Offer.
Any Certificated Security delivered in reliance upon this paragraph will not bear the Restricted Legend.
(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, until the Trigger Date, no Security may be transferred to any Person other than a Holder or its Affiliates without the
48
consent of the Issuer (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The restrictions of this clause (d) shall not apply (i) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(1), (2), (9) or (10) and (ii) to a pledge of any Security by its Holder as collateral for such Holders obligations and the foreclosure or other exercise of such pledge by a pledgee thereunder.
(e) The Trustee will retain copies of all certificates, opinions and other documents received in connection with the transfer or exchange of a Security (or a beneficial interest therein), and the Issuer will have the right to inspect and make copies thereof at any reasonable time upon written notice to the Trustee.
SECTION 2.13 Reg S Temporary Offshore Global Securities.
(a) Each Security originally sold in reliance upon Regulation S will be evidenced by one or more Offshore Global Securities that bear the Temporary Offshore Global Security Legend.
(b) An owner of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Security (or a Person acting on behalf of such an owner) may provide to the Trustee (and the Trustee will accept) a duly completed Certificate of Beneficial Ownership at any time after the Restricted Period (it being understood that the Trustee will not accept any such certificate during the Restricted Period). Promptly after acceptance of a Certificate of Beneficial Ownership with respect to such a beneficial interest, the Trustee will cause such beneficial interest to be exchanged for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Security, and will (x) permanently reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Offshore Global Security by the amount of such beneficial interest and (y) increase the principal amount of such Permanent Offshore Global Security by the amount of such beneficial interest.
(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b), if after the Restricted Period any Initial Purchaser Party owns a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Security, such Initial Purchaser Party may, upon written request to the Trustee accompanied by a certification as to its status as the Initial Purchaser Party, exchange such beneficial interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Security, and the Trustee will comply with such request and will (x) permanently reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Offshore Global Security by the amount of such beneficial interest and (y) increase the principal amount of such Permanent Offshore Global Security by the amount of such beneficial interest.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any owner of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Security shall not be entitled to receive payment of principal or interest on such beneficial interest or other amounts in respect of such beneficial interest until such beneficial interest is exchanged for an interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Security or transferred for an interest in another Global Security or a Certificated Security.
49
SECTION 2.14 Defaulted Interest. If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Securities, the Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Securityholders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly send or cause to be sent to each Securityholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.
The Issuer may make payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements (if applicable) of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this paragraph, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION
SECTION 3.01 Notices to Trustee. If the Issuer elects to redeem Securities pursuant to Section 3.07, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the redemption date, the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur.
The Issuer shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section at least 60 days before the redemption date unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel from the Issuer to the effect that such redemption shall comply with the conditions herein. If fewer than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Issuer and given to the Trustee, which record date shall be not fewer than 30 days after the date of notice to the Trustee, unless the Trustee otherwise agrees. Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being sent to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.
SECTION 3.02 Selection. If less than all of the Securities are to be redeemed at any time, selection of Securities for redemption shall be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Securities are listed, or, if the Securities are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate; provided that no Securities of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. If any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Security shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the redemption price or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest ceases to accrue on Securities or portions of them called for redemption.
SECTION 3.03 Notice. The Issuer shall give Notices of redemption which shall be sent electronically or mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is
50
issued in connection with a defeasance of the Securities or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of the Securities or portions of Securities to be redeemed.
The notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall state:
(a) the redemption date;
(b) the redemption price;
(c) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(d) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
(e) if fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Securities to be redeemed;
(f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;
(g) the Section hereof pursuant to which the Securities called for redemption are being redeemed;
(h) the CUSIP number, if any, printed on the Securities being redeemed; and
(i) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Securities.
At the Issuers request (which may be revoked at any time in writing prior to the time at which the Trustee shall have given such notice to the Holders), the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers name and at the Issuers expense. In such event, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section.
SECTION 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is sent, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on the date fixed for redemption and at the redemption price stated in the notice. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest, including Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date; provided that if the redemption date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, shall be payable to the Securityholder of the redeemed Securities registered at the close of business on the relevant record date. If sent in the manner herein, the notice shall be conclusively presumed to have been given whether or not the Holder receives such notice. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.
51
SECTION 3.05 Deposit of Redemption Price. By 10:00 a.m. on the Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all Securities to be redeemed on the redemption date other than Securities or portions of Securities called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. If the redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Security is registered at the close of business on such record date.
SECTION 3.06 Securities Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuers expense) a new Security equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.
SECTION 3.07 Optional Redemption.
(a) Except as set forth in Section 3.07(b) or (c), the Securities may not be redeemed prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date. On that date and thereafter, the Securities shall be subject to redemption at any time at the option of the Issuer, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on the anniversary of the Closing Date specified below:
Year |
Percentage | |||
Second anniversary of the Closing Date |
106 | % | ||
Third anniversary of the Closing Date |
103 | % | ||
Fourth anniversary of the Closing Date and each subsequent anniversary |
100 | % |
provided , however , that any such redemption shall be subject to Section 3.07(d).
(b) In addition, at any time and from time to time, prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, subject to Section 3.07(d), the Issuer may redeem up to 40% of the sum of the original aggregate principal amount of Securities at a redemption price of 112% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), with the net cash proceeds of an offering of common stock of the Issuer or an offering of common stock of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, the net cash proceeds of which are contributed as
52
common equity capital to the Issuer; provided that (1) at least 60% of the sum of the original aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and (2) such redemption shall occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of such public offering.
(c) At any time prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, subject to Section 3.07(d), the Securities may be redeemed in whole or in part at the option of the Issuer. The redemption price will be equal to (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Securities, plus (ii) accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the rights of Holders on relevant record dates to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), plus (iii) the Applicable Premium, if any.
(d) Any redemption pursuant to Section 3.07 (a), (b) or (c) shall be in a minimum aggregate principal amount of Securities of $5,000,000 (or, if less, the entire principal amount of Securities then outstanding).
SECTION 3.08 No Sinking Fund. There shall be no sinking fund for the payment of principal on the Securities to the Securityholders.
SECTION 3.09 Repurchase Offers.
(a) If the Issuer shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Securities (a Repurchase Offer ) pursuant to Section 4.06 (an Asset Sale Offer ) or pursuant to Section 4.08 (a Change of Control Offer ), the Issuer shall follow the procedures specified in this Section 3.09:
(1) Within 30 days after (A) a Change of Control (unless (1) the Issuer is not required to make such offer pursuant to Section 4.08(b) or (2) all Securities have been called for redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(a) or (c)) or (B) the date on which the Issuer is required to make an Asset Sale Offer pursuant to Section 4.06, the Issuer shall commence a Repurchase Offer, which shall remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement (the Offer Period ), by sending a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, by electronic transmission or by first class mail, which notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable the Holders to tender Securities pursuant to such Repurchase Offer. Such notice, which shall govern the terms of the Repurchase Offer, shall describe the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control or Asset Sale requiring an Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be, and shall state:
(i) that the Repurchase Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.06 or 4.08, as the case may be;
(ii) the principal amount of Securities required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.06, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, or that the Issuer is required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding principal amount of Securities, in the case of a Change of Control Offer (such amount, the Offer Amount ), the purchase price and, that on the date
53
specified in such notice (the Purchase Date ), which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent, the Issuer shall repurchase an Offer Amount of Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.06 or 4.08, as applicable;
(iii) that any Security not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;
(iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, Securities accepted for payment pursuant to the Repurchase Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;
(v) that Holders electing to have a Security purchased pursuant to a Repurchase Offer may elect to have all or any portion of such Security purchased;
(vi) that Holders electing to have a Security purchased pursuant to any Repurchase Offer shall be required to surrender the Security, with the form entitled Option of Holder to Elect Purchase on the reverse of the Security, or such other customary documents of surrender and transfer as the Issuer may reasonably request, duly completed, or transfer the Security by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, or the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the Purchase Date;
(vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, in each case with a copy to the Trustee, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Security the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Security purchased;
(viii) that, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, if the aggregate principal amount of Securities surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be purchased on a pro rata basis (based upon the outstanding principal amount thereof), with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer so that only Securities in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased;
(ix) that Holders whose Securities are purchased only in part shall be issued new Securities equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer); and
(x) the CUSIP number, if any, printed on the Securities being repurchased and that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Securities.
54
(2) On (or at the Issuers election, before) the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, (A) to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, the Securities or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Repurchase Offer and not theretofore withdrawn, or if Securities aggregating less than the Offer Amount have been tendered, or in the case of a Change of Control Offer all Securities tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers Certificate stating that such Securities or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09, (B) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the payment required in respect of all Securities or portions thereof so tendered and (C) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Securities so accepted together with an Officers Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Securities or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuer. The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment or the payment due to each respective Holder in respect of the Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, with respect to the Securities tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Security, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Issuer, shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Security to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Securities so surrendered, provided that each such new Security shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. Any Security not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. On the Purchase Date, all Securities purchased by the Issuer shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. All Securities or portions thereof purchased pursuant to the Repurchase Offer shall be canceled by the Trustee. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Repurchase Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date, but in no case more than five Business Days thereafter. For the purposes of the preceding sentence, it shall be sufficient for the Issuer to publish the results of the Repurchase Offer on its website on the world wide web.
If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the Purchase Date interest shall cease to accrue on the Securities or the portions of Securities repurchased. If a Security is repurchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Security was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Security called is not repurchased upon surrender because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest, including Additional Interest, if any, shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Purchase Date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Securities and in Section 4.01.
55
(b) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the Repurchase Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 3.09, the Issuer shall comply with such securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 3.09 by virtue thereof.
(c) Once notice of repurchase is sent in accordance with this Section 3.09, all Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn (or, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, if the Issuer is not required to repurchase all of such Securities then the pro rata portion of such Securities that the Issuer may be required to purchase pursuant to Section 3.02 and/or 4.06, as applicable) become irrevocably due and payable on the Purchase Date at the purchase price specified herein. A notice of repurchase may not be conditional.
(d) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.06 or 4.08, as applicable, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to Sections 3.02 and 3.06.
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
SECTION 4.01 Payment of Securities.
(a) The Issuer shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities and in this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, in accordance with this Indenture available funds sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Securityholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. If the Issuer is required by applicable law to deduct or withhold any taxes from any payments of principal of, premium, interest or Additional Interest on the Securities, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this sentence), the Holders receive an amount equal to the sum they would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the Issuer shall make such deductions or withholdings and (iii) the Issuer shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant governmental authority within the time allowed and in accordance with applicable law; provided , however , that no additional amounts shall be payable on any Security in respect of any U.S. federal withholding tax or any other tax imposed, deducted or withheld by reason of any present or former connection between the Holder or beneficial owner of such Security and the jurisdiction imposing such tax (other than the receipt of payments on such Security, the acquisition, ownership or disposition of such Security or enforcement of, or exercise of rights under, such Security or this Indenture).
56
(b) The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate and in the manner specified therefor in the Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. The Issuer shall pay interest at a default rate under the circumstances specified in the Securities.
(c) Principal, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities will be payable at the office or agency of the Paying Agent or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest, including Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Securities at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders related to the Securities; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, with respect to any Securities the Holders of which have given wire transfer instructions to the Issuer will be required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof.
SECTION 4.02 Reports.
(a) The Issuer shall provide to the Holders and the Trustee (which may be by electronic means):
(1) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer ending after the Closing Date, a copy of the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year and reported on by independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing;
(2) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Issuer ending after the Closing Date, copies of the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of each such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such quarterly period and the portion of the fiscal year through such date, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding quarter in, and year-to-date portion of, the previous year, certified by the chief financial officer, controller or treasurer of the Issuer as being fairly stated in all material respects.
(b) The Issuer shall furnish to the Holders, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. At all times after a TIA Event, the Issuer also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA § 314(a).
(c) Delivery of the reports and information to the Trustee under this Section 4.02 is for informational purposes only, and the Trustees receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute notice of any information contained therein.
57
SECTION 4.03 Incurrence of Debt and Issuance of Preferred Stock.
(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, incur ) any Debt (including Acquired Debt and Attributable Debt), and the Issuer shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that, subject to Section 4.19, the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Debt (including Acquired Debt and Attributable Debt) and any Guarantor may issue Preferred Stock if the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuers most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Debt is incurred or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Debt had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period (the Coverage Ratio Exception ); and, provided , further , that Debt (including Acquired Debt and Attributable Debt) incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception shall not exceed $100.0 million.
(b) The provisions of Section 4.03(a) shall not apply to any of the following items of Debt or Preferred Stock (collectively, Permitted Debt ), which shall, however, be subject to Section 4.19:
(1) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Secured Debt, including bankers acceptances (with letters of credit and bankers acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) under Credit Facilities (including Guarantees of such Debt by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Debt outstanding pursuant to this clause (1) does not exceed $2,650.0 million incurred, in the aggregate, pursuant to the ABL revolving credit facility portion and the term loan facility portion of the Senior Credit Facility, and (ii) at all times while the Initial Purchaser Parties hold 40% or more of the then outstanding principal amount of the Securities, such amount shall be reduced by the cumulative Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale to the extent applied pursuant to Section 4.06 to prepayments of Debt under Credit Facilities, provided that once this condition is no longer applicable, the reduction or reductions shall be reversed;
(2) (a) the incurrence by the Issuer of Debt represented by the Securities issued on the Closing Date and by the Exchange Securities including any Guarantees thereof issued from time to time in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Securities pursuant to this Indenture, and (b) the incurrence by the guarantors of the Securities permitted to be incurred pursuant the foregoing clause (2)(a) of Debt represented by the guarantees of such Securities;
58
(3) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of (i) Debt (including Capital Lease Obligations) incurred within 270 days of the acquisition, construction, lease or improvement of property to finance the acquisition, construction, lease or improvement of such property (real or personal) (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets), provided that the aggregate amount of Debt incurred pursuant to this clause (3)(i) at any time outstanding (when aggregated with all Permitted Refinancing Debt in respect thereof) shall not exceed $40.0 million and (ii) Acquired Debt; provided that after giving effect to the incurrence of Acquired Debt pursuant to this clause (3)(ii) either (x) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (y) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be at least equal to or greater than such Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition;
(4) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Debt in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Debt incurred pursuant to clauses (3), (4), (5), (6) or (7);
(5) the incurrence or issuance of Debt or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries under local working capital lines in an aggregate amount not to exceed (together with the amount of any Guarantee pursuant to clause (9) below), other than any Guarantee of Debt incurred pursuant to this clause (5)) $150.0 million at any time outstanding;
(6) the incurrence by the Issuer of intercompany Debt or Preferred Stock owed or issued to and held by any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or the incurrence by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor of intercompany Debt or Preferred Stock owed or issued to and held by the Issuer or any other Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, provided , however , that (a) any such Debt or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be expressly subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Securities or the Securities Guarantee issued by such Guarantor and (b)(i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests or other action that results in any such Debt or Preferred Stock being held by a Person other than the Issuer, a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Debt or Preferred Stock to a Person that is neither the Issuer, a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Debt or issuance of such Preferred Stock by the Issuer, such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);
(7) any Debt of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date (other than Debt described in clauses (1) or (2));
59
(8) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are incurred (a) principally for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Debt that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding or (b) principally for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk or commodity price risk incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(9) (a) the incurrence of any Guarantee by the Issuer or any Guarantor of Debt of the Issuer or a Guarantor or of any Foreign Subsidiary (which Debt of any such Foreign Subsidiary shall not exceed (together with the amount of any Debt or Preferred Stock incurred under clause (5)) $150.0 million at any time outstanding), in each case, which Debt was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant and (b) the incurrence of any Guarantee by any Foreign Subsidiary of Debt of another Foreign Subsidiary;
(10) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Debt (which may comprise Debt under the Senior Credit Facility) in an aggregate principal amount, and the issuance by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors of Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference, at any time outstanding, pursuant to this clause (10) not to exceed an amount equal to $60.0 million;
(11) (x) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Guarantor of Debt or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Debt incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted hereunder; provided that if such Debt is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary or the Issuer, as applicable, any such guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Debt shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantors Guarantee with respect to the Securities substantially to the same extent as such Debt is subordinated to the Securities or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, (y) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of Debt of another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor incurred in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, and (z) any guarantee by a Guarantor of Debt of the Issuer incurred in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;
(12) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Guarantor; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Guarantor or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Guarantor) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted under this clause (12);
60
(13) Debt incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);
(14) Debt in respect of customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations not in connection with money borrowed, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business;
(15) Debt in respect of any bankers acceptance, bank guarantees, letter of credit, warehouse receipt or similar facilities entered into in the ordinary course of business (including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Debt with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims);
(16) Guarantees (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of (or to) suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees or (ii) otherwise constituting Permitted Investments or Restricted Investments permitted by Section 4.04;
(17) Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (i) financing of insurance premiums in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $15.0 million at any time outstanding or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply agreements, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money;
(18) Debt representing deferred compensation to employees of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(19) Debt arising from agreements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case entered into in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or Capital Stock permitted hereunder, other than any such obligations incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Capital Stock for the purpose of financing such acquisition, provided that such amount is not Debt reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with GAAP (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this proviso);
(20) Debt consisting of promissory notes issued by the Issuer or any Guarantor to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and
61
employees (or their respective spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees) to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 4.04;
(21) Debt arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Debt is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;
(22) cash management obligations and Debt in respect of netting services, overdraft facilities, employee credit card programs, cash pooling arrangements or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; provided that, with respect to any cash pooling arrangements, the total amount of all deposits subject to any such cash pooling arrangement at all times equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts that may be subject to such cash pooling arrangements; and
(23) Attributable Debt in respect of any sale and leaseback transaction of property (real or personal), equipment or other fixed or capital assets owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Transactions in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100.0 million.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision in this covenant, the maximum amount of Debt that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies.
(d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03:
(1) the outstanding principal amount of any particular Debt shall be counted only once such that (without limitation) any obligation arising under any guarantee, Lien, letter of credit or similar instrument supporting such Debt (to the extent such guarantee, Lien, letter of credit or similar instrument is otherwise permitted to be incurred) shall be disregarded;
(2) in the event that an item of Debt (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (10) of the definition of Permitted Debt above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify (and may, from time to time, re-classify) such item of Debt (or such portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and such item of Debt (or such portion thereof) shall be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such clauses or pursuant to the first paragraph hereof, and additionally, all or any portion of any item of Debt may later be reclassified as having been incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under any category of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (22) above so long as such Debt is
62
permitted to be incurred pursuant to such provision at the time of reclassification; provided that all outstanding Debt under the Senior Credit Facility immediately following the Closing Date shall be deemed to have been incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt and provided further that at all times while the Initial Purchaser Parties hold 40% or more of the then outstanding principal amount of the Securities, any Debt incurred to refinance the Credit Facilities shall be incurred first under clause (1) hereof; and
(3) accrual of interest or dividends (including the issuance of pay in kind securities in respect of such accrued interest or dividends), the accretion of accreted value or liquidation preference and the extension of maturity shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Debt or issuance of Preferred Stock; provided , in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Consolidated Interest Expense of the Issuer as accrued.
(e) In addition to, and not in limitation of, any other restriction imposed by this Section 4.03, all intercompany Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries owed to Univar or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, to the extent not then contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer (i) shall have a Stated Maturity no earlier than, and shall not be subject to amortization or mandatory prepayment thereof prior to, twelve months after the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities ( provided that this clause (i) shall only apply to the intercompany Debt that remains outstanding on or after January 17, 2011), (ii) shall provide for interest to be accrued and capitalized or paid in kind and not paid in cash, or, if payment in cash is permitted as an option to payment in kind, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will pay interest on such Debt only in kind, (iii) shall be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior repayment of all other Debt of the Issuer (with complete prohibition on the exercise of remedies so long as any Securities are outstanding); provided that, if such Debt is incurred by a person that is not a Guarantor, the holder of such Debt shall effect such subordination through a turnover agreement or other similar contractual arrangements as reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders.
SECTION 4.04 Restricted Payments.
(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution (including any payment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) on account of the Issuers or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Equity Interests (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Issuer and dividends payable to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary);
(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including any acquisition or retirement by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
63
in connection with any merger or consolidation) any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by Persons other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(3) make any principal payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or Stated Maturity, any Subordinated Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor (excluding any intercompany Debt between the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Debt, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or Stated Maturity, of the Issuer or any Guarantor in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment, mandatory redemption or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement; or
(4) make any Restricted Investment,
(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as Restricted Payments ), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
(i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
(ii) the Issuer would, after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; and
(iii) such Restricted Payment, together with (without duplication) the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries since November 30, 2010 (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3)(A), (5) (except with respect to payments pursuant to Section (4)(e) of the definition of Specified Affiliate Payments), (12), and (13) and excluding 50% of any Restricted Payments under clause (7) (to the extent such payment is not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income) or 100% of such payment under such clause (7) (if such payment is deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum (without duplication) (the Restricted Payments Basket ) of:
(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter containing November 30, 2010 to the end of the Issuers most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus
64
(B) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds and fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by the Issuer from the issue or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, or from capital contributions with respect to, Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Equity Interests, Excluded Cash Contributions, Specified Univar N.V. Liability Repayments and the proceeds of the CD&R Purchase Transaction), in either case after November 30, 2010; plus
(C) the amount by which the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if less) of Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is reduced on the Issuers consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange after November 30, 2010 of that Debt for Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests, Excluded Cash Contributions, Specified Univar N.V. Liability Repayments and the proceeds of the CD&R Purchase Transaction) of the Issuer, together with the net proceeds and fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by the Issuer at the time of such conversion or exchange, if any, less the amount of any cash, or the fair market value of any property (other than such Equity Interests, Specified Univar N.V. Liability Repayments or any proceeds of the CD&R Purchase Transaction), distributed by the Issuer upon such conversion or exchange;
(D) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer since November 30, 2010 from Restricted Investments (other than Specified Univar N.V. Liability Repayments or any component of the CD&R Purchase Transaction, to the extent such Specified Univar N.V. Liability Repayments or such component constitutes a Restricted Investment), whether through interest payments, principal payments, dividends or other distributions and payments, or the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) thereof made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for such period; plus
(E) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market
65
value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets.
(b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit:
(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at such date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture, or the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Subordinated Debt, if at the date of any irrevocable redemption notice such payment would have complied with this Section 4.04;
(2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Issuer; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment are designated in an Officers Certificate as Excluded Cash Contributions and shall not increase the Restricted Payments Basket;
(3) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of Subordinated Debt or Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Guarantor (A) made by an exchange for, or with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of, Permitted Refinancing Debt or (B) upon a Change of Control or Asset Sale to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Debt but only if the Issuer shall have complied with Section 4.08 or, as the case may be, 4.06 and purchased all Securities validly tendered pursuant to the relevant offer prior to purchasing or repaying such Subordinated Debt;
(4) [reserved]
(5) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Specified Affiliate Payments;
(6) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;
(7) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20.0 million; provided that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing at the time of any such Restricted Payment after giving effect thereto;
(8) [reserved];
66
(9) distributions of Capital Stock or Debt of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
(10) the payment of dividends on the Issuers common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, as the case may be, to fund the payment by any such parent company of the Issuer of dividends on such entitys common stock) following the first public offering of the Issuers common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Closing Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer after the Closing Date in any such public offering, other than public offerings of common stock of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Cash Contribution; and
(11) the declaration and payments of dividends on Disqualified Stock issued pursuant to Section 4.03; provided , however, that, at the time of payment of such dividend, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom);
(12) (i) payment of the Initial Purchasers transaction expenses and (ii) to the extent not made prior to the Closing Date, payment by the Issuer of the CD&R Purchase Transaction Fee to the extent permitted by Section 4.07(b)(10); and
(13) to the extent not made prior to the Closing Date, Restricted Payments made on or prior to July 1, 2011 by means of the repayment or prepayment in full of the outstanding Parent Subordinated Notes from (i) the proceeds of the issuance of the Equity Interests of the Issuer to the CD&R Group pursuant to the CD&R Purchase Agreement, (ii) Specified Univar N.V. Liability Repayments, (iii) the proceeds of the incurrence by the Issuer on the CD&R Purchase Transaction Date of an additional $300,000,000 of Opco Tranche C Term Loans under and as defined in the Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement comprising the Senior Credit Facility and (iv) up to $160,000,000 from the borrowings under the Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement comprising the Senior Credit Facility or other cash of the Issuer.
(c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer.
(d) In addition, if any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) in which an Investment is made, which Investment constituted a Restricted Payment when made, thereafter becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investments previously made in such Person shall no longer be counted as Restricted Payments for purposes of calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(iii) to the extent that such Investments would not have been Restricted Payments had such Person been a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Investments were made.
67
(e) In making the computations required by this covenant:
(1) the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary may use audited financial statements for the portions of the relevant period for which audited financial statements are available on the date of determination and unaudited financial statements and other current financial data based on the books and records of the Issuer for the remaining portion of such period; and
(2) the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary shall be permitted to rely in good faith on the financial statements and other financial data derived from the books and records of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiary that are available on the date of determination.
(f) If the Issuer makes a Restricted Payment that, at the time of the making of such Restricted Payment, would in the good faith determination of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary be permitted under the requirements of this Indenture, such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to have been made in compliance with this Indenture notwithstanding any subsequent adjustments made in good faith to the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiarys financial statements, affecting Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for any period. For the avoidance of doubt, it is expressly agreed that no payment or other transaction permitted by clauses (1) or (5) of Section 4.07(b) below, shall be considered a Restricted Payment for purposes of, or otherwise restricted by, this Indenture.
(g) The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding investments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of Investments. Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 4.04 or the definition of Permitted Investments and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
SECTION 4.05 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.
(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
(1) (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (A) on its Capital Stock or (B) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or (ii) pay any Debt owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
68
(2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
(b) Notwithstanding Section 4.05(a), such section shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions:
(1) under contracts in effect on the Closing Date, including the Senior Credit Facility, the GSMP Indenture and the related documentation;
(2) under this Indenture, the Securities and related Guarantees (including any Exchange Securities and related Guarantees), and any other related agreement entered into after the Closing Date, provided that the encumbrances or restrictions in any such other agreement are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in this Indenture and the Securities;
(3) under any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (but not created in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;
(4) existing under or by reason of purchase money obligations (including Capital Lease Obligations) for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.05(a) above on the property so acquired;
(5) in the case of clause (3) of Section 4.05(a) above, (i) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment, or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, (ii) by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to any property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, (iii) contained in security agreements or mortgages securing Debt to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer of the property subject to such security agreements or mortgages, or (iv) any Lien on property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;
(6) existing under or by reason of contracts for the sale of assets, including any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition;
69
(7) on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by leases and customer contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(8) in customary form under joint venture agreements and other similar agreements which limitations are only applicable to the Person or assets that are the subject of such agreements (and any assets of such Person);
(9) any encumbrances or restrictions required by any governmental, local or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their businesses;
(10) contained in the terms governing any Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Indenture if (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer) (i) the encumbrances or restrictions are ordinary and customary for a financing of that type and (ii) the encumbrances or restrictions would not, at the time agreed to, be expected to materially adversely affect the ability of Issuer to make payments on the Securities;
(11) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;
(12) contained in the terms governing any Secured Debt otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under Sections 4.03 and 4.10 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Debt;
(13) existing under or by reason of any encumbrance or restriction of a Securitization Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; provided however , that such restrictions apply only to such Securitization Subsidiary; or
(14) under any Permitted Refinancing Debt or any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (10) above, provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings, taken as a whole, are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, not materially more restrictive with respect to such encumbrances or restrictions than those contained in such predecessor agreements.
70
SECTION 4.06 Asset Sales.
(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
(1) the Issuer (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and
(2) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of
(x) cash or Cash Equivalents; or
(y) (i) all or substantially all of the assets of, or the majority of the Voting Stock of, another Person that thereupon becomes a Restricted Subsidiary engaging in, a Permitted Business; or
(ii) assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business.
For purposes of this Section 4.06(a)(2), each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:
(i) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet), of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Securities or, in the case of liabilities of a Guarantor, the Security Guarantee of such Guarantor) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets or discharged in connection with such Asset Sale;
(ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days after receipt; and
(iii) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 4.06(a)(2) that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of $20.0 million at the time of receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.
(b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Issuer (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds, at its option:
(1) to repay Senior Debt, Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) or Pari Passu Debt (in each case other than Debt owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer); provided that if the Issuer or any
71
Restricted Subsidiary shall so reduce Pari Passu Debt, it shall equally and ratably make an Asset Sale Offer to the Holders (in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.06(c) and Section 3.09 for an Asset Sale Offer);
(2) to make capital expenditures or to acquire properties or assets that shall be used or useful in the Permitted Business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
(3) to acquire a controlling interest in a Person engaged in a Permitted Business;
provided that if during such 365-day period the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of clause (2) or (3) of this Section 4.06(b) or if the application of such Net Proceeds is part of a project authorized by the Board of Directors that shall take longer than 365 days to complete, such 365 day period shall be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed until required to be paid in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement) or, until completion of such project, as the case may be. Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce borrowing under a Credit Facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.
(c) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the first sentence of Section 4.06(b) shall be deemed to constitute Excess Proceeds . When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million the Issuer shall:
(1) make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders in accordance with Section 3.09; and
(2) prepay, purchase or redeem (or make an offer to do so) any other Pari Passu Debt of the Issuer in accordance with provisions governing such Debt requiring the Issuer to prepay, purchase or redeem such Debt with the proceeds from any Asset Sales (or offer to do so),
pro rata in proportion to the respective principal amount of the Securities and such other Debt required to be prepaid, purchased or redeemed or tendered for, in the case of the Securities pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer to purchase the maximum principal amount of Securities that may be purchased out of such pro rata portion of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of purchase subject to the right of holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture and the Securities.
(d) If any Excess Proceeds remain after completion of an Asset Sale Offer and, if applicable, any prepayment, purchase, redemption or tender of or for Pari Passu Debt, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal
72
amount of the Securities surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the pro rata portion of such Excess Proceeds to be used to purchase Securities, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be purchased on a pro rata basis as provided in Section 3.09. Upon completion of such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer may commence an Asset Sale Offer prior to the expiration of 365 days after the occurrence of an Asset Sale.
SECTION 4.07 Transactions with Affiliates.
(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance, guarantee or other transaction with, or for the benefit of, any Person that, prior to such transaction, was an Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an Affiliate Transaction ), unless:
(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and
(2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee:
(i) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction entered into after the Closing Date involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.07(a) and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by the Board of Directors; and
(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an investment banking, appraisal or accounting firm of national standing.
(b) Notwithstanding Section 4.07(a), none of the following shall be prohibited by this Section 4.07 (or be deemed to be an Affiliate Transactions):
(1) the payment of fees to the Sponsor and to the CD&R Group pursuant to the Management Agreements in an aggregate amount not to exceed $6.0 million in any fiscal year (plus customary out-of-pocket expense reimbursement and indemnity) so long as no Default or Event of Default under Sections 6.01(a)(1), (2), (9) or (10) shall have occurred and be continuing at the date of such payment or would result therefrom (it being understood that following the cure of such all Events of Default, such payments may be made),
73
(2) Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments permitted by this Indenture,
(3) the payment of the fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer in connection with this Indenture and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby,
(4) the issuance of Capital Stock or Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) to the management of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to arrangements described in clause (6) of this Section 4.07(b) or, if otherwise permitted hereunder, to any Affiliate of the Issuer,
(5) loans, advances and other transactions between or among the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent otherwise permitted under this Article 4,
(6) employment and severance arrangements between the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business,
(7) payments by the Issuer (and any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Subsidiaries pursuant to the tax sharing agreements among the Issuer (and any such parent) and the Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity,
(8) the payment of customary compensation and fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of (and entering into related agreements with), directors, managers, consultants, officers and employees of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or senior management thereof,
(9) transactions pursuant to agreements in existence on the Closing Date or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not materially adverse, taken as a whole, to the Holders,
(10) (x) payments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures but excluding the CD&R Purchase Transaction Fee, which payments
74
are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, in good faith, and limited to 1% of completed transactions and (y) to the extent not made prior to the Closing Date, payment by the Issuer of the CD&R Purchase Transaction Fee;
(11) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Closing Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date shall only be permitted by this clause (11) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to holders of the Securities in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date,
(12) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms hereof that are fair to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been entered into at such time with an unaffiliated party; or
(13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith, or
(14) any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing.
SECTION 4.08 Change of Control.
(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless all Securities have been called for redemption pursuant to Section 3.07, each Holder of Securities shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holders Securities pursuant to a Change of Control Offer made pursuant to Section 3.09 at an offer price in cash (the Change of Control Payment ) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, thereon, if any, to the date of purchase.
(b) The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 3.09 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.
75
SECTION 4.09 Compliance Certificates. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer an Officers Certificate, one of the signers of which shall be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Issuer, stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Issuer they would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do have such knowledge, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. At all times after a TIA Event, the Issuer also shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA.
The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any event within five Business Days after any Senior Officer of the Issuer becomes aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default or an event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officers Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or Default and the action which the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.
SECTION 4.10 Liens. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind securing Debt (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless all payments due under this Indenture and the Securities are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by such Lien or such other obligations are no longer obligations of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that:
(a) if such other Debt constitutes Subordinated Debt or is otherwise subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Obligations under this Indenture, the Securities or the Security Guarantees, such Lien is expressly made prior and senior in priority to the Lien securing such other Debt; or
(b) in any other case, such Lien ranks equally and ratably with or prior to the Lien securing the other Debt or obligations so secured.
SECTION 4.11 Additional Security Guarantees.
(a) If the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary after the Closing Date and such Domestic Subsidiary is a guarantor of any Obligations under a Credit Facility, then that newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor and execute a Security Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture within 10 Business Days of the later of (a) the date on which it was acquired or created or (b) on which it becomes a guarantor of such Credit Facility.
(b) Any Security Guarantee given by any Restricted Subsidiary shall be automatically released at such time as the holders of the Debt under the Credit Facility release their guarantees by such Restricted Subsidiary (including any deemed release upon payment in full of all obligations under such Debt).
(c) Any Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor shall do so by executing and delivering to the Trustee a supplemental indenture hereto as provided in Section 9.01.
76
SECTION 4.12 Business Activities. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as is not material to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
SECTION 4.13 Payments for Consent. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Securities unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment.
SECTION 4.14 Taxes. The Issuer shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies, which, if unpaid, might by law become a material liability or Lien upon the property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that the Issuer shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of the Issuer), are being maintained in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment will not be materially disadvantageous to the Holders.
SECTION 4.15 Corporate Existence. Except as otherwise provided in this Article 4 and Article 5, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with their respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time).
SECTION 4.16 Limitation on Layered Debt. The Issuer shall not incur any Debt that is (a) expressly subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Debt and (b) senior in any respect in right of payment of Securities. No Guarantor shall incur any Debt that is (a) expressly subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Debt and (b) senior in any respect in right of payment to the Security Guarantee of such Guarantor. In addition, neither the Issuer nor a Guarantor shall incur any Secured Debt (including any second lien debt or first loss tranche) which is, by its express terms, subordinated as to rights to receive proceeds of collateral to any other Secured Debt of the Issuer or a Guarantor secured in whole or in part by the same collateral. In addition, neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall incur any Debt under Debt Facilities otherwise permitted under Section 4.03(a) or Section 4.03(b)(3)(ii) or any Permitted Refinancing Debt in respect thereof unless:
(A) either (i) such Debt expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated (to the same extent the Securities are subordinated to Senior Debt hereunder) in right of payment to the Securities of the Issuer and each Security Guarantee of each such Guarantor, or (ii) concurrently with the issuance of such Debt, this Indenture, the Securities and the Security Guarantees are amended in accordance with Section 9.01(f) to remove in their entirety, the subordination provisions thereof in Article 12 of this Indenture and all related provisions that relate solely to such subordination provisions, or
(B) such Debt is Secured Debt that is secured by a Lien having the same lien priority and on the same collateral as the Liens that secures any Credit Facilities permitted under Section 4.03(b)(1).
77
SECTION 4.17 Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, (a) transfer, convey, sell, issue, lease or otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests of any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer which is not a Guarantor to any Person (other than to the Issuer, another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or, in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, as otherwise permitted by the second sentence of the definition of Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary), unless (i) such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition is of all the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.06; provided , however , that this Section 4.17 shall not restrict any pledge of Capital Stock of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries securing Debt under the Credit Facilities or other Debt permitted to be secured by Section 4.10 hereof, and (b) issue any Equity Interests of any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer which is not a Guarantor to any Person (other than, if necessary, shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary constituting directors qualifying shares or, in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, as otherwise permitted by the second sentence of the definition of Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary) other than to the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer.
SECTION 4.18 Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided , however , that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary (a) could have incurred Debt in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or Section 4.03(b)(23) and (b) disposed of the property or assets subject to such sale and leaseback transaction in compliance with Section 4.06.
SECTION 4.19 Additional Covenants relating to the Initial Purchaser Parties. So long as the Initial Purchaser Parties hold 40% or more of the then outstanding principal amount of the Securities,
(a) Debt of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries, including the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly (including through participations) issued to or acquired by an Affiliate (other than (x) investment funds managed by CVC Cordatus Group Limited or that are regularly and primarily engaged in the business of making debt or mezzanine investments and (y) Affiliated CD&R Debt Funds) of the Issuer (other than a direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) shall be Affiliate Subordinated Debt; provided , however , that the foregoing restriction shall not prohibit any purchase by the Initial Control Group, the CD&R Group or their respective Affiliates from unaffiliated third parties of up to one-third of the outstanding principal amount of any one or more classes of indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (it being understood and agreed that no Initial Purchaser Party shall be subject to this provisions of this Section solely by virtue of being included in the definition of the Initial Control Group or owning any Indebtedness of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or its Restricted Subsidiaries);
78
(b) The Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not be permitted to incur any Debt (including Acquired Debt and Attributable Debt) pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; and
(c) The Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be permitted to enter into any Securitization Financing or sell any Securitization Assets.
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSOR ISSUER
SECTION 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets of the Issuer.
(a) The Issuer shall not directly or indirectly consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to another Person unless:
(1) the Issuer is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; provided that if such surviving person is not a corporation, a corporate Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person organized under the laws of the United States, any state or the District of Columbia becomes a co-issuer of the Securities in connection therewith;
(2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Securities, this Indenture and any Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
79
(3) immediately after such transaction no Default exists;
(4) the Issuer or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made shall, at the time of such transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either (i) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (ii) have a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio at least equal to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer for such four-quarter reference period; and
(5) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.
(b) In addition, the Issuer may not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its and its Restricted Subsidiaries properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (3) and (4) (and, in the case of clause (1) below, clause (5)) of Section 5.01(a) shall not apply to:
(1) the consolidation or merger of the Issuer with or into a Restricted Subsidiary or the consolidation or merger of a Restricted Subsidiary with or into the Issuer or the transfer of assets to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or from a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer; and
(2) any merger or consolidation of the Issuer with an Affiliate formed solely for the purpose of reforming the Issuer in another jurisdiction or solely for the purpose of facilitating the formation of a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer.
(d) For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (including by way of merger or consolidation) of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer, which property or assets, if held by the Issuer instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer.
(e) Upon any consolidation or merger or any transfer (other than a lease) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with this Section 5.01, the successor entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer is merged or to which such transfer is made, shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise
80
every right and power of, the Issuer under the Securities and this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor entity had been named in this Indenture as the Issuer, and the Issuer (except in the case of a transfer of less than all of the assets of the Issuer) shall be released from the obligations under the Securities, this Indenture and any Registration Rights Agreement.
(f) For the avoidance of doubt, the CD&R Purchase Transaction shall not be considered the sale of all or substantially all of the Issuers and its Restricted Subsidiarys assets for purposes of this Section 5.01.
SECTION 5.02 Merger or Consolidation of a Guarantor.
(a) No Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person (other than the Issuer or, in the case of a Guarantor, another Guarantor) unless:
(1) subject to the provisions of Section 10.02(b), the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Securities, this Indenture and any Registration Rights Agreement; and
(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default exists.
(b) Upon any consolidation or merger in which a Guarantor is not the continuing corporation in accordance with the foregoing, except as set forth in Section 11.02(b), the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, such Guarantor under its Guarantee, this Indenture and any Registration Rights Agreement with the same effect as if such surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) had been named as such.
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
SECTION 6.01 Events of Default and Remedies.
(a) Each of the following constitutes an Event of Default under this Indenture:
(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities (whether or not prohibited by Article 10);
(2) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Securities (including upon mandatory redemption), and any failure of
81
the Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer when required or to purchase Securities required to be purchased in connection therewith (whether or not prohibited by Article 10);
(3) failure by the Issuer to comply with Section 5.01 or 5.03;
(4) failure by the Issuer for 30 days after receipt of notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities specifying such failure to comply with Section 4.03 or Section 4.04; provided , however , at all times while the Initial Purchaser Parties hold 40% or more of the then outstanding principal amount of the Securities, an Event of Default shall occur upon receipt of any such notice by the Issuer;
(5) failure by the Issuer for 60 days after receipt of notice given to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities outstanding specifying such failure to comply with any other Sections of this Indenture or the Securities; provided , however , at all times while the Initial Purchaser Parties hold 40% or more of the then outstanding principal amount of the Securities, such 60 day period shall be reduced to 30 days for any failure to comply with Section 4.07;
(6) (A) the failure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to pay any Debt within any applicable grace period after final maturity or acceleration by the holders thereof because of a default or (B) or a default occurs with respect to any Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor that ranks pari passu with the Securities or the relevant Security Guarantee or constitutes Subordinated Debt, which default permits the holder or holders thereof (or any trustee or agent on their behalf) to accelerate that Debt (giving effect to any applicable grace period), and, in the case of (A) or (B) the total amount of such Debt unpaid or accelerated or in default at the time exceeds $30.0 million;
(7) any judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of $30.0 million (net of any insurance or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to or within 60 days from the entry thereof, or which are covered by insurance (unless the Issuers insurance carriers have denied coverage in respect thereof) in the event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) is entered against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary and is not discharged, waived or stayed and either (A) an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree or (B) there is a period of 60 days following the entry of such judgment or decree during which such judgment or decree is not discharged, waived or the execution thereof stayed;
(8) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Security Guarantee by a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Security Guarantee;
82
(9) Holdco (for so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of Holdco), the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
(i) commences a voluntary case;
(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;
(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property;
(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
(v) or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency;
(10) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
(i) is for relief against Holdco (for so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of Holdco), the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;
(ii) appoints a Custodian of Holdco (for so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of Holdco), the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or
(iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of Holdco (for so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of Holdco), the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary;
or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree relating thereto remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or
(11) while the Initial Purchaser Parties hold 40% or more of the then outstanding principal amount of the Securities: (A) the occurrence of (x) any material breach of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Purchase Agreement which do not contain materiality or material adverse effect qualifiers or (y) any breach of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Purchase Agreement which contain materiality or material adverse effect qualifiers or (B) failure by the Issuer for 30 days after receipt of notice from the any Initial Purchaser Party specifying such failure to comply, or cause the compliance of, with any of the covenants contained in the Purchase Agreement.
83
(b) The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effect by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.
(c) The term Bankruptcy Law means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. For purposes of this Section, the term Custodian means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
(d) A Default under clause (4) or (5) of Section 6.01(a) is not an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities notify the Issuer in writing by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, of the Default and the Issuer does not cure such Default within the time, if applicable, specified in clauses (4) and (5) of Section 6.01(a) after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a Notice of Default .
SECTION 6.02 Acceleration.
(a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(9) or (10) with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer in writing, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice in writing to the Issuer, may declare the principal amount of and accrued but unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all the Securities to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, shall be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(9) or (10) occurs with respect to the Issuer, the principal of and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all the Securities shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Securityholders.
(b) At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Securities as described in Section 6.02(a), the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences: (i) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree; (ii) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration; (iii) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; and (iv) if the Issuer has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
84
SECTION 6.03 Other Remedies. If, at any time while the Initial Purchaser Parties hold 40% or more of the then outstanding principal amount of the Securities, unless waived by the Initial Purchaser Parties, a Default in the payment when due of interest on, principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Securities or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, then in each case the Securities will accrue interest at the stated interest rate on the Securities plus the Default Interest Rate until the earlier of such time as no such Default or such Event of Default shall be continuing (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable). At any other time, any amounts payable under or in respect of the Securities not paid when due will accrue interest at the stated interest rate on the Securities plus the Default Interest Rate until such time as such amounts are paid in full, including any interest thereon (to the extent that the payment of such overdue interest shall be legally enforceable). Default interest shall be payable in cash on demand and, to the extent applicable, in accordance with Section 2.14 hereof
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.
The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Securityholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative (to the extent permitted by law).
SECTION 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Securities waive any existing Default and its consequences under this Indenture except a continuing Event of Default in the payment of interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on, or the principal of, the Securities. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured and ceases to exist and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and waived for every purpose under this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.
SECTION 6.05 Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee by this Indenture. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Securityholders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided , however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.
SECTION 6.06 Limitation on Suits. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, when due, no Securityholder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture, the Securities or the Security Guarantees unless:
(a) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing or the Trustee has received such notice from the Issuer;
85
(b) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
(c) such Holders have offered and, if requested, provided the Trustee security or indemnity to it against any loss, liability or expense, in each case to be reasonably satisfactory;
(d) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of such security or indemnity; and
(e) the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60- day period.
A Securityholder shall not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Securityholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Securityholder. The limitation set forth in this Section 6.06 shall not apply to the Initial Purchaser Parties so long as the Initial Purchasers hold 40% or more of the then outstanding principal amount of the Securities.
SECTION 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Securities, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
SECTION 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07.
SECTION 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Securityholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Guarantor, their creditors or their property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.
86
SECTION 6.10 Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:
FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;
SECOND: to the holders of Senior Debt to the extent required by Article 10;
THIRD: to Securityholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities for principal and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and
FOURTH: to the Issuer.
The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Securityholders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall send to each Securityholder and the Issuer a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.
SECTION 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Securities.
SECTION 6.12 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor (to the extent they may lawfully do so) shall at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
SECTION 6.13 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy conferred or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders under this Indenture is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and all such rights and remedies are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or exercise of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent or subsequent assertion or exercise of any other right or remedy.
87
SECTION 6.14 Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default will impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
SECTION 7.01 Duties of Trustee.
(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Persons own affairs.
(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon statements, certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such statements, certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the statements, certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture.
(c) The Trustee shall not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b);
(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer or Trust Officers unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it from any party authorized to direct the Trustee under this Indenture.
(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.
88
(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.
(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
(g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any potential or actual liability (financial or otherwise) in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
(h) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA after a TIA Event has occurred.
SECTION 7.02 Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 7.01:
(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document.
(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
(c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.
(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided , however , that the Trustees conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.
(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Securities shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.
(f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
89
(g) The Trustee shall not be required to give any note, bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under this Indenture.
(h) The permissive rights of the Trustee to take any action enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty to take such action.
(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
(j) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officers Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.
(k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
SECTION 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co registrar or co paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11 and Sections 310(b) and 311 of the TIA after a TIA Event has occurred.
SECTION 7.04 Trustees Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Securities or in the Securities other than the Trustees certificate of authentication.
SECTION 7.05 Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall send to each Holder notice of the Default. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any Security, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long it in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of Securityholders. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Senior Officer obtaining actual knowledge of any Default, written notice of any event which would constitute such Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed in this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or
90
Event of Default hereunder, except in the case of an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) ( provided that the Trustee is Paying Agent), unless and until a Trust Officer receives written notice thereof at its Corporate Trust Office, from the Issuer or a Holder that such Default has occurred.
SECTION 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders. At all times after a TIA Event, the Trustee shall transmit to the Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the TIA at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto. To the extent that any such report is required by the TIA with respect to any 12-month period, such report shall cover the 12-month period ending September 30 and shall be transmitted by the next succeeding September 30. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers Certificate indicating whether the signers thereof actually know of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during the previous year.
A copy of each report at the time of its delivery to Securityholders shall be filed with the Commission and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Securities are listed. The Issuer agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Securities become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.
SECTION 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as is agreed to in writing by the Trustee and Issuer for the Trustees services hereunder. The Trustees compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it, including but not limited to costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Trustees counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall indemnify and defend the Trustee and its officers, directors, shareholders, agents and employees (each, an Indemnified Party ) for and hold each Indemnified Party harmless against any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys fees and expenses) including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee) incurred by them without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture or the Securities and the performance of their duties hereunder, including the cost and expense of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer (including this Section 7.07), and defending itself against or investigating any claim or liability (whether asserted by a Holder or any other person). The Trustee, in its capacity as Paying Agent, Registrar, Custodian and agent for service of notice and demands, and the Trustees officers, directors, shareholders, agents and employees, when acting in such other capacity, shall have the full benefit of the foregoing indemnity as well as all other benefits, rights and privileges accorded to the Trustee in this Indenture when acting in such other capacity. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided that any failure so to notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer or any Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Indemnified Party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuers expense in the defense. Such Indemnified Parties may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such Indemnified Parties defense and, in
91
such Indemnified Parties reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer and such parties in connection with such defense. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by an Indemnified Party through such partys own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. The Issuer need not pay any settlement made without its consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).
The Trustees right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Indenture shall not be subordinated to any other Debt of the Issuer, and the Securities shall be subordinate to the Trustees rights to receive such payment.
The Issuers payment obligations pursuant to this Section shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any Bankruptcy Law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(9) or (10) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.
SECTION 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer shall remove the Trustee if:
(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;
(b) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;
(c) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
(d) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.
If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Issuer or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee ), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall send a notice of its succession to Securityholders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07.
If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Issuer.
92
If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Securityholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuers and Guarantors obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
SECTION 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee, provided , that such Person shall be qualified and eligible under this Article 7.
In case at the time such successor or successors by consolidation, merger, conversion or transfer shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Securities or this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.
SECTION 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. After the occurrence of a TIA Event, the Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA § 310(a). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. After the occurrence of a TIA Event, the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.
SECTION 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer. After the occurrence of a TIA Event, the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.
ARTICLE 8
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
SECTION 8.01 Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.
(a) The Issuer may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.01(b) or 8.01(c) be applied to all outstanding Securities upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.
93
(b) Upon the Issuers exercise under Section 8.01(a) of the option applicable to this Section 8.01(b), the Issuer and each Guarantor shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.02, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to the Securities and any Security Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, Legal Defeasance ). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and each Guarantor shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Debt represented by the outstanding Securities and any Security Guarantee, which Securities and Security Guarantees shall thereafter be deemed to be outstanding only for the purposes of Section 8.04 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under the Securities and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Securities to receive solely from the trust fund described in this Article 8, as more fully set forth in such Article, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on such Securities when such payments are due, (ii) the Issuers obligations with respect to the Securities under Article 2 and Sections 4.01, 7.07 and 7.08, which shall survive until the Securities have been paid in full (thereafter, the Issuers obligations in Section 7.02 and Section 7.07 shall survive), and (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuers and the Guarantors obligations in connection therewith and (iv) this Section 8.01 and Section 8.02. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its Legal Defeasance option notwithstanding the prior exercise of its Covenant Defeasance option.
(c) Upon the Issuers exercise under Section 8.01(a) of the option applicable to this Section 8.01(c) subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.02, each Guarantor shall be released from its Security Guarantee and the Issuer and each Guarantor shall be released from their obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19, 5.01(a)(4), 5.02 and 5.03 with respect to the outstanding Securities on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, Covenant Defeasance ), and the Securities shall thereafter be deemed not outstanding for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration of act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such Sections, but shall continue to be deemed outstanding for all the other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such Section, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or by reason of any reference in any such Section to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers exercise of its Covenant Defeasance option, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.02, Sections 6.01(a)(3) (with respect to compliance with 5.01(a)(4)), 6.01(a)(4) (with respect to Sections 4.03 and 4.04), 6.01(a)(5) (with respect to compliance with Sections 4.02, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18 and 4.19), 6.01(a)(6), 6.01(a)(7), 6.01(a)(9), 6.01(a)(10) (with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer only), Section 6.01(a)(10) (with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer only) and 6.01(a)(11) shall not constitute Events of Default.
94
SECTION 8.02 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:
(a) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee (or another qualifying trustee; for purposes of this Section 8.02 and Section 8.04, the term Trustee shall include such other qualifying trustee), in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States dollars, Government Notes, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient (without reinvestment), in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the outstanding Securities on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Securities are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
(b) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions: (A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the Closing Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, the Holders of the outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
(c) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States, reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(d) no Default (other than a Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;
(f) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and qualifications) to the effect that, assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Issuer or any Guarantor between the date of deposit and the
95
123rd day following the deposit and assuming that no Holder is an insider of the Issuer under applicable bankruptcy law, after the 123rd day following the deposit, the trust funds shall not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any analogous New York State law provision;
(g) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders over the other creditors of the Issuer or the Guarantors, as applicable, or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer or the Guarantors, as applicable, or others; and
(h) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance (other than the expiration of the 123-day period referred to above) have been complied with.
SECTION 8.03 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. Upon the request of the Issuer, this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Securities, as expressly provided for herein or pursuant hereto), the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be discharged from their obligations under the Securities and the Security Guarantees, and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the Security Guarantees, any Registration Rights Agreement and the Securities when:
(a) either (i) all the Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities that have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (ii) all Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (A) have become due and payable, (B) will become due and payable at maturity within one year or (C) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer, in the case of (A), (B) or (C) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in trust for such purpose in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Debt on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any, on) and interest on the Securities to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities that have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be and any Additional Interest, if any, thereon;
(b) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable under this Indenture by the Issuer; and
(c) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent provided in this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the Security Guarantees and the Securities have been complied with.
96
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuer to the Trustee under Section 7.02 and Section 7.07 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (a)(ii) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee and the Paying Agent under Section 8.04 and Section 2.04 shall survive.
SECTION 8.04 Deposited Money and Government Notes to Be Held in Trust; Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to Section 8.05, all money and Government Notes (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 in respect of the outstanding Securities shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Notes held by it as provided in Section 8.02 or 8.03 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.02(a)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
SECTION 8.05 Repayment to Issuer. Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer, cause to be published once, in the New York Times (national edition) and the Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuer.
SECTION 8.06 Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Notes in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers obligations under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance
97
with this Article 8; provided , however , that, if the Issuer or any Guarantor makes any payment of principal of, premium or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any Security following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENTS
SECTION 9.01 Without Consent of Holders. The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Securities or the Security Guarantees without notice to or consent of any Securityholder:
(a) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
(b) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities;
(c) to provide for the assumption of the Issuers or any Guarantors obligations to Holders in the case of a merger, consolidation or sale of assets;
(d) to release any Security Guarantee in accordance with Section 11.02(b);
(e) to provide for additional Guarantors;
(f) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith, does not adversely affect the legal rights of any such Holder under this Indenture; or
(g) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA after a TIA Event has occurred.
After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Issuer shall send to Securityholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Securityholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section.
SECTION 9.02 With Consent of Holders. The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Securities or the Security Guarantees without notice to any Securityholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Securities), and any existing default or compliance with any provisions of this Indenture, the Securities and the Security Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for Securities). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (I) without the consent of each Securityholder affected, an amendment or waiver shall not (with respect to any Securities held by a non-consenting Holder):
(a) reduce the principal amount of the Securities whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
98
(b) reduce the principal amount or change the fixed maturity of any Security, reduce any premium payable upon, or change the dates (to earlier dates) of, redemption of any Security (other than provisions applicable to Section 4.06 or 4.08);
(c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Security;
(d) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities (except a rescission of acceleration of the Securities by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
(e) make any Security payable in money other than that stated in the Securities;
(f) impair the rights of the Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Securities on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the Securities;
(g) after the time a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer is required to have been made, reduce the purchase amount or price or extend the latest expiration date or purchase date thereunder;
(h) make any change in Section 9.01 or this Section 9.02; or
(i) except as permitted by Section 11.02(b), release any Security Guarantee;
and (II) no provision of this Indenture that applies only while the Initial Purchaser Parties hold 40% or more of the then outstanding principal amount of the Securities shall be amended or waived without the consent of the Initial Purchaser Parties who then are the Holders of the Securities.
It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
An amendment or waiver under this Section may not make any change that adversely affects the rights under Article 10 or Article 12 of any holder of Senior Debt then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior Debt (or any group or representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent to such change.
After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Issuer shall send to Securityholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Securityholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section.
99
SECTION 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment to this Indenture or the Securities effected after the occurrence of a TIA Event shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.
SECTION 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Security shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of the Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holders Security, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Security. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holders Security or portion of the Security if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the requisite number of consents are received by the Issuer or the Trustee. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Securityholder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective once the requisite number of consents are received by the Issuer or the Trustee and any other conditions to effectiveness of such consent specified in the amendment or waiver are satisfied.
The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Securityholders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Securityholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.
SECTION 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Securities. If an amendment changes the terms of a Security, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Security that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Security shall not affect the validity of such amendment.
SECTION 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity satisfactory to it and shall receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture that such amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the Guarantors enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03).
100
ARTICLE 10
SUBORDINATION OF THE SECURITIES
SECTION 10.01 Agreement to Subordinate. The Issuer agrees, and each Securityholder by accepting a Security agrees, that the Debt evidenced by the Securities is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 10, to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all existing and future Senior Debt of the Issuer and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer. The Securities shall in all respects rank pari passu with all other Pari Passu Debt of the Issuer and only Debt of the Issuer that is Senior Debt shall rank senior to the Securities in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article 10 shall be subject to Section 10.12.
SECTION 10.02 Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. Upon any payment or distribution to creditors of the Issuer in a liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Issuer or its property, an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshaling of the Issuers assets and liabilities for the benefit of creditors, the holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive payment in full, in cash or Cash Equivalents, of all Obligations due in respect of such Senior Debt (including interest after the commencement of any such proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt, whether or not allowed or allowable in such proceeding) before the Holders of Securities shall be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Securities, and until all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt are paid in full, in cash or Cash Equivalents, any payment or distribution to which the holders of Securities would be entitled shall be made to the holders of Senior Debt, except that holders of Securities may receive and retain:
(a) Permitted Junior Securities; and
(b) payments made from the trust described under Article 8 so long as, on the date or dates the respective amounts were paid into the trust, such payments were made with respect to the Securities without violating the provisions of this Article 10).
SECTION 10.03 Default on Senior Debt.
(a) The Issuer shall not make any payment or distribution upon or in respect of the Securities (except from the trust described under Article 8) if:
(1) a default in the payment of any Obligations with respect to Designated Senior Debt of the Issuer occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable grace period (a payment default ) or any other default on Designated Senior Debt of the Issuer occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt is accelerated and not paid in full, in cash or Cash Equivalents, in accordance with its terms; or
(2) a default, other than a payment default, occurs and is continuing with respect to Designated Senior Debt of the Issuer that permits holders of the Designated Senior Debt as to which such default relates to accelerate its maturity (a non-payment default ) and, in the case of this clause (2) only, the Trustee receives a notice of such default (a Payment Blockage Notice ) from the Issuer, a Representative for, or the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of, any issue of Designated Senior Debt.
101
(b) Payments on the Securities may and shall be resumed:
(1) in the case of a payment default, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived and, in the case of any such Designated Senior Debt that has been accelerated, such acceleration has been rescinded; and
(2) in case of a non-payment default, the earliest of (I) the date on which such non-payment default is cured or waived, (II) 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, and (III) the date on which the Trustee receives notice from the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt of the Issuer rescinding the Payment Blockage Notice (such period beginning upon the delivery of a Payment Blockage Notice and ending on the earlier of clauses (I) to (III), the Payment Blockage Period ), unless the maturity of any such Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated.
(c) No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until:
(1) 360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice; and
(2) all scheduled payments of principal, interest and premium, if any, on the Securities that have come due have been paid in full in cash.
(d) No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice.
(e) In any event, notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) no more than one Payment Blockage Period may be commenced during any 360-day period and there shall be a period of at least 181 days during each 360-day period when no Payment Blockage Period is in effect and (y) so long as there shall remain outstanding Designated Senior Debt under the Senior Credit Facility, a Payment Blockage Notice may only be given by the Representatives thereunder.
SECTION 10.04 Acceleration of Payment of Securities. If payment of the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Representative of the lenders under the Senior Credit Facility of the acceleration.
SECTION 10.05 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.
(a) If the Trustee, any Paying Agent or any Holder receives a payment in respect of the Securities (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust described under Article 8) when:
(1) the payment is prohibited by this Article 10; and
(2) the Trustee, Paying Agent or the Holder has actual knowledge that the payment is prohibited;
102
the Trustee, Paying Agent or the Holder, as the case may be, shall hold the payment in trust for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer. Upon the written request of the holders of such Senior Debt, the Trustee, Paying Agent or Holder, as the case may be, shall deliver the amounts in trust to the holders of such Senior Debt or their Representative.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee or any Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Securities and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than three Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Trust Officer of the Trustee or Paying Agent receives written notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this Article 10. The Issuer, the Registrar or co-registrar, any Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Debt of the Issuer may give the notice; provided , however , that, if an issue of Senior Debt of the Issuer has a Representative, only the Representative may give the notice. The Trustee or Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or itself to be a holder of any Senior Debt of the Issuer (or a Representative of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such Senior Debt of the Issuer or a Representative thereof.
SECTION 10.06 Subrogation. If and when all Senior Debt of the Issuer is paid in full and until the Securities are paid in full, Securityholders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt of the Issuer. A distribution made under this Article 10 to holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer which otherwise would have been made to Securityholders is not, as between the Issuer and Securityholders, a payment by the Issuer on Senior Debt of the Issuer.
SECTION 10.07 Relative Rights. This Article 10 defines the relative rights of Securityholders and holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer. Nothing in this Indenture shall:
(a) impair, as between the Issuer and Security holders, the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Securities in accordance with their terms;
(b) prevent the Trustee or any Securityholder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer to receive distributions otherwise payable to Securityholders; or
(c) affect the relative rights of Securityholders and creditors of the Issuer other than their rights in relation to the holders of Senior Debt.
SECTION 10.08 Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Issuer. No right of any holder of Senior Debt of the Issuer to enforce the subordination of the Debt evidenced by the Securities shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Issuer or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.
103
SECTION 10.09 Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. The Trustee (or any Authenticating Agent hereunder) in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee (or Authenticating Agent hereunder). The Registrar and any co-registrar and any Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee (and any Authenticating Agent hereunder), the Registrar, any co-registrar and any Paying Agent shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 10 with respect to any Senior Debt of the Issuer which may at any time be held by them, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt of the Issuer; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee (or any Authenticating Agent hereunder) or any such other Person of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 10 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07.
SECTION 10.10 Distribution or Notice to Representative. Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any).
SECTION 10.11 Article 10 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate. The failure to make a payment pursuant to the Securities by reason of any provision in this Article 10 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article 10 shall have any effect on the right of the Securityholders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Securities.
SECTION 10.12 Trust Moneys Not Subordinated. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of Government Notes held in trust under Article 8 by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Debt of the Issuer or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article 10, and none of the Securityholders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Issuer or any holder of Senior Debt of the Issuer or any other creditor of the Issuer.
SECTION 10.13 Trustee Entitled to Rely. Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee, any Paying Agent and the Securityholders shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 10.02 are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Securityholders or (iii) upon the Representative for the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt of the Issuer and other Debt of the Issuer, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10. In the event that the Trustee or Paying Agent determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt of the Issuer to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee or Paying Agent may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee or Paying Agent as to the amount of Senior Debt of the Issuer held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 10, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee or Paying Agent may defer any payment to such Person pending
104
judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee or Paying Agent pursuant to this Article 10.
SECTION 10.14 Trustee to Effectuate Subordination. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Securityholders and the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer as provided in this Article 10 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.
SECTION 10.15 Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt. With respect to the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article 10. The Trustee or Paying Agent shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary or other duty to the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Securityholders or the Issuer or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt of the Issuer shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 10 or otherwise.
SECTION 10.16 Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt on Subordination Provisions. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Debt of the Issuer, whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Securities, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Debt and such holder of Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt.
SECTION 10.17 Trustees Compensation Not Prejudiced. Nothing in this Article shall apply to amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to other sections of this Indenture.
ARTICLE 11
SECURITY GUARANTEES
SECTION 11.01 Security Guarantees.
(a) Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, subject to any applicable grace period, and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Securities and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuer, whether for expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Securities (all of the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the Guaranteed Obligations ). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from each such Guarantor, and that each such Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article 11 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.
105
(b) Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Securities or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other Person under this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligations; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any of them; (v) the failure of any Holder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership of such Guarantor, except as provided in Section 11.02(b).
(c) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Security Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor irrevocably waives acceptance hereof, presentment, demand, protest and any notice not provided for herein, as well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken by any Person against the Issuer or any other Person. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.
(d) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Security Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise.
(e) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue
106
hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest or premium, if any, on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) and (iii) all other monetary Guaranteed Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders and the Trustee.
(f) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of any Security Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section.
(g) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section.
SECTION 11.02 Limitation on Liability; Release.
(a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum, aggregate amount of the obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed (after giving effect to all its Guarantees of Debt under the Senior Credit Facility) without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.
(b) In the event of:
(1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or
(2) the sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of any Guarantor if as a result of such disposition, such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Issuer,
then the Person acquiring such assets (in the case of clause (i) and notwithstanding Section 5.02) or such Guarantor (in the case of clause (ii)) shall be automatically and irrevocably released and relieved of any obligations under its Security Guarantee and this Indenture; provided that such sale or other disposition is in compliance with this Indenture, including Section 4.06 (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Proceeds as is or is required to be applied on or before the date of such release in accordance with Section 4.06 needs to be so applied).
107
(c) If the Security Guarantee of any Guarantor terminates pursuant to the foregoing provisions or pursuant to Section 4.11(b) such Person shall cease to be a Guarantor or otherwise a party to this Indenture and, upon request by the Issuer, the Trustee shall execute appropriate instruments acknowledging such termination and the release of such Person from its obligations under its Security Guarantee and hereunder. It is expressly acknowledged that the application of the Net Proceeds of any such sale or other disposition referred to in subsection (b) in accordance with Section 4.06 following the date of such release shall not be a condition precedent to such release and any failure to make such application as required by such Section 4.06 shall not cause the revocation of any such release (it being understood that such failure shall constitute a Default or Event of Default, as applicable).
SECTION 11.03 Successors and Assigns. This Article 11 shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Securities shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.
SECTION 11.04 No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 11 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 11 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.
SECTION 11.05 Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 11, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.
SECTION 11.06 Execution and Delivery of the Security Guarantee. The execution by each Guarantor of the Indenture (or a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit I) evidences the Security Guarantee of such Guarantor, whether or not the person signing as an officer of the Guarantor still holds that office at the time of authentication of any Security. The delivery of any Security after authentication by the Trustee constitutes due delivery of the Security Guarantee set forth in the Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor.
108
ARTICLE 12
SUBORDINATION OF THE SECURITY GUARANTEES
SECTION 12.01 Agreement to Subordinate. Each Guarantor agrees, and each Securityholder by accepting a Security agrees, that such Guarantors obligations under its Security Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 12, to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all existing and future Senior Debt of such Guarantor and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor. The obligations of a Guarantor under this Article 12 shall in all respects rank pari passu with all other Pari Passu Debt of such Guarantor, and only Debt of such Guarantor that is Senior Debt shall rank senior to the obligations of such Guarantor in this Article 12 in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.
SECTION 12.02 Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. Upon any payment or distribution to creditors of any Guarantor in a liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to any Guarantor or its property, an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshaling of any Guarantors assets and liabilities for the benefit of creditors, the holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive payment in full, in cash or Cash Equivalents, of all Obligations due in respect of such Senior Debt (including interest after the commencement of any such proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt, whether or not allowed or allowable in such proceeding) before the Holders of Securities shall be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Securities, and until all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt are paid in full, in cash or Cash Equivalents, any payment or distribution to which the Holders of Securities would be entitled shall be made to the holders of Senior Debt, except that Holders of may receive and retain:
(a) Permitted Junior Securities; and
(b) payments made from the trust described under Article 8 so long as, on the date or dates the respective amounts were paid into the trust, such payments were made with respect to the Securities without violating the provisions of this Article 12).
SECTION 12.03 Default on Senior Debt of a Guarantor.
(a) A Guarantor may not make any payment or distribution upon or in respect of its Security Guarantee (except from the trust described under Article 8) if:
(1) a payment default occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable grace period with respect to Designated Senior Debt of such Guarantor or any other default on any such Designated Senior Debt occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt is accelerated and not paid in full, in cash or Cash Equivalents, in accordance with its terms; or
(2) a non-payment default occurs and is continuing with respect to Designated Senior Debt that permits holders of the Designated Senior Debt as to which such default relates to accelerate its maturity and, in the case of this clause
109
(2) only, the Trustee receives a Payment Blockage Notice in respect of such default from such Guarantor, a Representative for, or the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of, any issue of Designated Senior Debt.
(b) Payments on such Security Guarantee may and shall be resumed:
(1) in the case of a payment default, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived and, in the case of any such Designated Senior Debt that has been accelerated, such acceleration has been rescinded; and
(2) in case of a non-payment default, the earlier of the date on which such non-payment default is cured or waived or 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, unless the maturity of any such Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated.
(c) No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until:
(1) 360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice; and
(2) all scheduled payments of principal, interest and premium, if any, on the Securities that have come due have been paid in full in cash.
(d) No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice.
(e) In any event, notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) no more than one Payment Blockage Period may be commenced during any 360-day period and there shall be a period of at least 181 days during each 360-day period when no Payment Blockage Period is in effect and (y) so long as there shall remain outstanding Designated Senior Debt under the Senior Credit Facility, a Payment Blockage Notice may only be given by the Representatives thereunder.
SECTION 12.04 Demand for Payment. If payment of the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of Default and a demand for payment is made on a Guarantor pursuant to Article 11, the Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer, and the Issuer shall promptly (and in no event more than five Business Days after receipt of such notice) notify the Representative of the lenders under the Senior Credit Facility of the acceleration.
SECTION 12.05 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.
(a) If the Trustee, any Paying Agent or any Holder receives a payment in respect of the Security Guarantee of any Guarantor (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust described under Article 8) when:
(1) the payment is prohibited by this Article 12; and
(2) the Trustee, Paying Agent or the Holder has actual knowledge that the payment is prohibited;
110
the Trustee, Paying Agent or Holder, as the case may be, shall hold the payment in trust for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor. Upon the written request of the holders of such Senior Debt, the Trustee, Paying Agent or Holder, as the case may be, shall deliver the amounts in trust to the holders of such Senior Debt or their Representative.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make payments on such Securities Guarantee and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than three Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Trust Officer of the Trustee or Paying Agent receives written notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this Article 12. The Issuer, the Registrar or co-registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Debt of such Guarantor may give the notice; provided , however , that, if an issue of Senior Debt of such Guarantor has a Representative, only the Representative may give the notice. The Trustee or Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or itself to be a holder of any Senior Debt of any Guarantor (or a Representative of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such Senior Debt of such Guarantor or a Representative thereof.
SECTION 12.06 Subrogation. If and when all Senior Debt of a Guarantor is paid in full and until the Securities are paid in full, Securityholders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt of such Guarantor. A distribution made under this Article 12 to holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor which otherwise would have been made to Securityholders is not, as between such Guarantor and Securityholders, a payment by such Guarantor on Senior Debt of such Guarantor.
SECTION 12.07 Relative Rights. This Article 12 defines the relative rights of Securityholders and holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor. Nothing in this Indenture shall:
(a) impair, as between a Guarantor and Securityholders, the obligation of a Guarantor which is absolute and unconditional, to pay its Obligations under its Security Guarantee to the extent set forth in Article 11;
(b) prevent the Trustee or any Securityholder from exercising its available remedies upon a default by a Guarantor under its Obligations under its Security Guarantee, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor to receive distributions otherwise payable to Securityholders; or
(c) affect the relative rights of Securityholders and creditors of such Guarantor other than their rights in relation to the holders of Senior Debt.
SECTION 12.08 Subordination May Not Be Impaired by a Guarantor. No right of any holder of Senior Debt of a Guarantor to enforce the subordination of the Obligations under the Security Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by such Guarantor or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.
111
SECTION 12.09 Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. The Trustee (or any Authenticating Agent hereunder) in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt of any Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee (or Authenticating Agent hereunder). The Registrar and any co-registrar and any Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee (and any Authenticating Agent hereunder), the Registrar, any co-registrar and any Paying Agent shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 12 with respect to any Senior Debt of any Guarantor which may at any time be held by them, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt of such Guarantor; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee (or any Authenticating Agent hereunder) or any such other Person of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 12 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07.
SECTION 12.10 Distribution or Notice to Representative. Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any).
SECTION 12.11 Article 12 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate. The failure of a Guarantor to make a payment on any of its Obligations under its Security Guarantee by reason of any provision in this Article 12 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a default by such Guarantor under its Security Guarantee. Nothing in this Article 12 shall have any effect on the right of the Securityholders or the Trustee to make a demand for payment on a Guarantor pursuant to this Article 12.
SECTION 12.12 Trust Moneys Not Subordinated. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of Government Notes held in trust under Article 8 by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Debt of any Guarantor or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article 12, and none of the Securityholders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Issuer or any holder of Senior Debt of any Guarantor or any other creditor of the Issuer.
SECTION 12.13 Trustee Entitled To Rely. Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee, any Paying Agent and the Securityholders shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 12.02 are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Securityholders or (iii) upon the Representatives for the holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt of a Guarantor and other Debt of a Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 12. In the event that the Trustee or Paying Agent determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt of a Guarantor to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee or Paying Agent may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee or Paying Agent as to the amount of Senior Debt of such Guarantor held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 12, and, if
112
such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee or Paying Agent may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee or Paying Agent pursuant to this Article 12.
SECTION 12.14 Trustee to Effectuate Subordination. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Securityholders and the holders of Senior Debt of each of the Guarantors as provided in this Article 12 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.
SECTION 12.15 Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor. With respect to the holders of Senior Debt of the Guarantors, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article 12. The Trustee or Paying Agent shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary or other duty to the holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Securityholders or the relevant Guarantor or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 12 or otherwise.
SECTION 12.16 Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor on Subordination Provisions. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Debt of a Guarantor, whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Securities, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Debt and such holder of Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt.
SECTION 12.17 Trustees Compensation Not Prejudiced. Nothing in this Article shall apply to amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to other sections of this Indenture.
ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control at all times after a TIA Event.
113
SECTION 13.02 Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered, electronically, in person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:
if to the Issuer:
Univar Inc.
Suite 2200, 500 108 th Avenue North East
Bellevue, Washington 98004
Attention: General Counsel
Tel: (425) 638-4900
Fax: (425) 867-2094
with a copy to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Jason Kanner, Esq.
Tel: (212) 446-4800
Fax: (212) 446-4900
if to the Trustee:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Corporate Trust Services
MAC N9311-110
625 Marquette Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Univar Account Manager
Fax: (612) 667-9825
The Issuer or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
Any notice or communication sent to a Securityholder shall be made in compliance with Section 313(c) of the TIA so long as a TIA Event has occurred and sent to the Securityholder at the Securityholders address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so sent within the time prescribed.
Failure to send a notice or communication to a Securityholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Securityholders. If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
SECTION 13.03 Communication by Holders with Other Holders. After a TIA Event has occurred, Securityholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities, and the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).
114
SECTION 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, at the request of the Trustee the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:
(a) an Officers Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.
To the extent applicable, the Issuer shall comply with Section 314(c)(3) of the TIA after a TIA Event has occurred.
SECTION 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:
(a) statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with or satisfied; and
(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.
SECTION 13.06 When Securities Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Issuer or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Securities which the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.
SECTION 13.07 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Securityholders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.
115
SECTION 13.08 Legal Holidays. A Legal Holiday is a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York or the state where the Corporate Trust Office is located. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.
SECTION 13.09 GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
SECTION 13.10 No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, incorporator, employee, stockholder or Affiliate as such, of the Issuer or any Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Securities or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Security, each Securityholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.
SECTION 13.11 Successors. All agreements of the Issuer and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind their successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.
SECTION 13.12 Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.
SECTION 13.13 Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
SECTION 13.14 Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture, in the Securities or in the Security Guarantees shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.
SECTION 13.15 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
SECTION 13.16 Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work
116
stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
SECTION 13.17 U.S.A. Patriot Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.
117
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
UNIVAR INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: Douglas R. Drew | ||
Title: | ||
CHEMPOINT.COM, INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: Douglas R. Drew | ||
Title: | ||
UNIVAR USA INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: Douglas R. Drew | ||
Title: | ||
UNIVAR HOLDCO CANADA, LLC | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: Douglas R. Drew | ||
Title: | ||
UNIVAR HOLDCO CANADA III, LLC | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: Douglas R. Drew | ||
Title: |
[Issuer Indenture Signature Page]
BASIC CHEMICAL SOLUTIONS, L.L.C. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: Douglas R. Drew | ||
Title: |
[Issuer Indenture Signature Page]
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee |
||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | Lynn M. Steiner | |||
Title: | Vice President |
[Trustee Indenture Signature Page]
SCHEDULE 1.01
Investments in Joint Venture Agreements with Third Parties :
Note : It is understood and agreed that subclause (a) of the proviso in paragraph (8) of the definition of Permitted Investments in this Indenture shall not be applicable to the following Investments:
Elemica Holdings (Ireland)
1% directly owned by Univar Europe Holdings BV
Gleis-Genossenschaft Ristet Bergermoos (Switzerland)
5.7% owned by Univar AG
94.3% owned by third parties
Continental Chemicals LLC
Judy Lowery 20.4%
Shelly Lowery Manos 10.2%
Brandon Lowery 10.2%
Dana Lowery Ramseur 10.2%
Univar USA 49.0%
EXHIBIT A
[FACE OF SECURITY]
UNIVAR INC.
12% Senior Subordinated Note Due 2018
[CUSIP] [CINS]
No. $
Univar Inc., an entity organized under the laws of Delaware (the Company , which term includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, promises to pay to , or its registered assigns, the principal sum of DOLLARS ($ ) on June 30, 2018.
Interest Rate: 12% per annum.
Interest Payment Dates: March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 commencing March 31, 2011.
Regular Record Dates: March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 .
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.
A-1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Security to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.
Date: | UNIVAR INC. | |||||
By: |
|
|||||
Name: | ||||||
Title: |
A-2
(Form of Trustees Certificate of Authentication)
This is one of the 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 described in the Indenture referred to in this Security.
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL | ||
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee | ||
By: |
|
|
Authorized Signatory |
A-3
[REVERSE SIDE OF SECURITY]
UNIVAR INC.
12% Senior Subordinated Note Due 2018
1. Principal and Interest .
The Company promises to pay the principal of this Security on June 30, 2018.
The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security on each interest payment date, as set forth on the face of this Security, at the rate of 12% per annum.
Interest will be payable, in cash, quarterly in arrears (to the holders of record of the Securities at the close of business on the March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date) on each interest payment date, commencing March 31, 2011; provided that any interest that would have been payable in cash on December 31, 2010 had the interest payments commenced on December 31, 2010 shall be compounded and paid in full on March 31, 2011.
Interest on this Security will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on this Security [or the Security surrendered in exchange for this Security] (or, if there is no existing default in the payment of interest and if this Security is authenticated between a regular record date and the next interest payment date, from such interest payment date) or, if no interest has been paid, from [the Issue Date/the date this Security was issued]. Interest will be computed in the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuer will pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner, on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
Interest not paid when due and any interest on principal, premium or interest not paid when due will be paid to the Persons that are Holders on a special record date determined in accordance with the Indenture.
The Company will pay interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and to the extent lawful, interest at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate otherwise payable on this Security plus 2%, provided that if an Event of Default (other than pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(6)(B)) occurs the Initial Purchaser Parties hold 40% or more of the then outstanding principal amount of the Securities, and an Initial Purchaser Party have made demand therefor, the entire principal amount of the Securities shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is 2% plus the otherwise applicable interest rate from the date of such non-payment until paid in full or the applicable Event of Default has otherwise been cured or waived.
2. Indentures; Security Guarantee .
This is one of the Securities issued under an Indenture dated as of , 201 and as may be further amended from time to time, the Indenture), among the Company, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise
A-4
indicated. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and at all times after a TIA Event, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Securities are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of all such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Security and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture will control.
The Securities are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company. The Indenture limits the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities to $400,000,000. This Security is guaranteed by the Guarantors as set forth in the Indenture. The guarantees are subordinated as set forth in the Indenture to all Obligations in respect of Senior Debt (including all interest accrued or accruing on Senior Debt after the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or similar case or proceeding at the contract rate (including, without limitation, any contract rate applicable upon default) specified in the relevant documentation, whether or not the claim for the interest is allowed as a claim in the case or proceeding with respect to the Senior Debt).
3. Redemption and Repurchase; Discharge or Defeasance Prior to Redemption or Maturity .
This Security is subject to optional redemption, and may be the subject of a Repurchase Offer, as further described in the Indenture. Except for certain required Repurchase Offers, there is no sinking fund or mandatory redemption applicable to this Security.
If the Company deposits with the Trustee money or Government Notes sufficient to pay the then outstanding principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Securities to redemption or maturity, the Company may in certain circumstances be discharged from the Indenture and the Securities or may be discharged from certain of its obligations under certain provisions of the Indenture.
4. Subordination .
This Security is subordinated to Senior Debt of the Issuer, as defined in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Debt of the Issuer must be paid before the Securities may be paid. The Issuer agrees, and each Securityholder by accepting a Security agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give it effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.
5. Registered Form; Denominations; Transfer; Exchange .
The Securities are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. Pursuant to the Indenture, there are certain periods during which the Trustee will not be required to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security or certain portions of a Security.
A-5
6. Defaults and Remedies .
If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Securities may declare all the Securities to be due and payable. If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing, the Securities automatically become due and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Securities. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of remedies.
7. Amendment and Waiver .
Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Securities may be amended, or and defaults may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Securities to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency.
8. Authentication .
This Security is not valid until the Trustee (or Authenticating Agent) signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.
9. Governing Law .
This Security shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
10. Abbreviations .
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A/ (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
The Company will furnish a copy of the Indenture to any Holder upon written request and without charge.
A-6
[FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE]
FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto
Insert Taxpayer Identification No.
Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee
the within Security and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing
attorney to transfer said Security on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.
A-7
[THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED
ON ALL CERTIFICATES BEARING A RESTRICTED LEGEND]
In connection with any transfer of this Security occurring prior to , the undersigned confirms that such transfer is made without utilizing any general solicitation or general advertising and further as follows: ¨
Check One
¨ | (1) This Security is being transferred to a qualified institutional buyer in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and certification in the form of Exhibit E to the Indenture is being furnished herewith. |
¨ | (2) This Security is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Regulation S thereunder, and certification in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture is being furnished herewith. |
or
¨ | (3) This Security is being transferred other than in accordance with (1) or (2) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Security and the Indenture. |
If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee is not obligated to register this Security in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in the Indenture have been satisfied.
Date: |
|
|
||||||
Seller | ||||||||
By: |
|
NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within mentioned instrument in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever.
A-8
Signature Guarantee: 1 |
|
|||
By: |
|
|||
To be executed by an executive officer |
1 | Signatures must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Association Medallion Program ( STAMP ) or such other signature guarantee program as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. |
A-9
OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
If you wish to have all of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to [Section 3.09] of the Indenture, check the box: ¨
If you wish to have a portion of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to [Section 3.09] of the Indenture, state the amount (in original principal amount) below:
$ . | ||
Date: |
|
Your Signature: |
|
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security) |
Signature Guarantee: 2 |
|
2 | Signatures must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Association Medallion Program ( STAMP ) or such other signature guarantee program as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. |
A-10
SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF SECURITIES 3
The following exchanges of a part of this Global Security for Certificated Securities or a part of another Global Security have been made:
Date of Exchange |
Amount of decrease in principal amount of this Global Security |
Amount of increase in principal amount of this Global Security |
Principal amount of
decrease (or increase) |
Signature of
authorized officer of Trustee |
||||
3 | For Global Securities. |
A-11
EXHIBIT B
RESTRICTED LEGEND
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES ACT), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER
(1) REPRESENTS THAT
(A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT,
(B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR), OR
(C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND
(2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY
(A) TO THE COMPANY,
(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
B-1
(E) IN A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $250,000, TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY, OR
(F) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) OR (F) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
B-2
EXHIBIT C
DTC LEGEND
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (DTC), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY ARE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSORS NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY ARE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TRANSFER PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE.
C-1
EXHIBIT D
REGULATION S CERTIFICATE
,
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Corporate Trust Services
MAC N9311-110
625 Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Ulixes Account Manager
Fax: (612) 667-9825
Re: | Univar Inc. |
12 % Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2018 (the Securities) Issued under
the Indenture (the Indenture) dated as
of , 201 , relating to the Securities
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Terms are used in this Certificate as used in Regulation S (Regulation S) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), except as otherwise stated herein.
[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
¨ A. | This Certificate relates to our proposed transfer of $ principal amount of Securities issued under the Indenture. We hereby certify as follows: | |||
1. | The offer and sale of the Securities was not and will not be made to a person in the United States (unless such person is excluded from the definition of U.S. Person pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by it for which it is acting is excluded from the definition of U.S. Person pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3)) and such offer and sale was not and will not be specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad. | |||
2. | Unless the circumstances described in the parenthetical in paragraph 1 above are applicable, either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the buyer was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market, and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States. |
D-1
3. | Neither we, any of our affiliates, nor any person acting on our or their behalf has made any directed selling efforts in the United States with respect to the Securities. | |||
4. | The proposed transfer of Securities is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. | |||
5. | If we are a dealer or a person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the Securities, and the proposed transfer takes place during the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture), or we are an officer or director of the Company or the Initial Purchaser Parties (as defined in the Indenture), we certify that the proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the provisions of Rule 904(b) of Regulation S. | |||
¨ B. | This Certificate relates to our proposed exchange of $ principal amount of Securities issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Securities to be held by us. We hereby certify as follows: | |||
1. | At the time the offer and sale of the Securities was made to us, either (i) we were not in the United States or (ii) we were excluded from the definition of U.S. person pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by us for which we were acting was excluded from the definition of U.S. person pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3); and we were not a member of an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad. | |||
2. | Unless the circumstances described in paragraph 1(ii) above are applicable, either (a) at the time our buy order was originated, we were outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and we did not pre-arrange the transaction in the United States. | |||
3. | The proposed exchange of Securities is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. |
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
Very truly yours, | ||||||||
[NAME OF SELLER (FOR TRANSFERS) OR | ||||||||
OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)] | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
Name: | ||||||||
Title: | ||||||||
Address: | ||||||||
Date: |
|
D-2
EXHIBIT E
RULE 144A CERTIFICATE
,
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Corporate Trust Services
MAC N9311-110
625 Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Ulixes Account Manager
Fax: (612) 667-9825
Attention: Ulixes Account Manager
Fax: (612) 667-9825
Re: | Univar Inc. |
12 % Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2018 (the Securities)
Issued under the Indenture (the Indenture) dated
as of , 201 , relating to the Securities
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Certificate relates to:
[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
¨ | A. | Our proposed purchase of $ principal amount of Securities issued under the Indenture. | ||
¨ |
B. |
Our proposed exchange of $ principal amount of Securities issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Securities to be held by us. |
We and, if applicable, each account for which we are acting in the aggregate owned and invested more than $100,000,000 in securities of issuers that are not affiliated with us (or such accounts, if applicable), as of , 201 , which is a date on or since the close of our most recent fiscal year. We and, if applicable, each account for which we are acting, are a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A (Rule 144A) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act). If we are acting on behalf of an account, we exercise sole investment discretion with respect to such account. We are aware that the transfer of Securities to us, or such exchange, as applicable, is being made in reliance upon the exemption from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A. Prior to the date of this Certificate we have received such information regarding the Company as we have requested pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) or have determined not to request such information.
E-1
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
Very truly yours, | ||||||||
[NAME OF PURCHASER (FOR TRANSFERS) | ||||||||
OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)] | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
Name: | ||||||||
Title: | ||||||||
Address: | ||||||||
Date: |
|
E-2
EXHIBIT F
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR CERTIFICATE 1
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Corporate Trust Services
MAC N9311-110
625 Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Ulixes Account Manager
Fax: (612) 667-9825
Re: | Univar Inc. |
12 % Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2018 (the Securities)
Issued under the Indenture (the Indenture) dated
as of , 201 , relating to the Securities
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Certificate relates to:
[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
¨ | A. | Our proposed purchase of $ principal amount of Securities issued under the Indenture. | ||
¨ | B. | Our proposed exchange of $ principal amount of Securities issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Securities to be held by us. |
We hereby confirm that:
1. | We are an institutional accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act) (an Institutional Accredited Investor). |
2. | Any acquisition of Securities by us will be for our own account or for the account of one or more other Institutional Accredited Investors as to which we exercise sole investment discretion. |
3. | We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that we are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Securities and we and any accounts for which we are acting are able to bear the economic risks of and an entire loss of our or their investment in the Securities. |
4. |
We are not acquiring the Securities with a view to any distribution thereof in a transaction that would violate the Securities Act or the securities laws of any State |
F-1
of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction; provided that the disposition of our property and the property of any accounts for which we are acting as fiduciary will remain at all times within our and their control. |
5. | We acknowledge that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and that the Securities may not be offered or sold within the United States or to or for the benefit of U.S. persons except as set forth below. |
6. | The principal amount of Securities to which this Certificate relates is at least equal to $250,000. |
We agree for the benefit of the Company, on our own behalf and on behalf of each account for which we are acting, that such Securities may be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred only in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any State of the United States and only (a) to the Company, (b) pursuant to a registration statement which has become effective under the Securities Act, (c) to a qualified institutional buyer in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (d) in an offshore transaction in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) in a principal amount of not less than $250,000, to an Institutional Accredited Investor that, prior to such transfer, delivers to the Trustee a duly completed and signed certificate (the form of which may be obtained from the Trustee) relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Securities or (f) pursuant to an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
Prior to the registration of any transfer in accordance with (c) or (d) above, we acknowledge that a duly completed and signed certificate (the form of which may be obtained from the Trustee) must be delivered to the Trustee. Prior to the registration of any transfer in accordance with (e) or (f) above, we acknowledge that the Company reserves the right to require the delivery of such legal opinions, certifications or other evidence as may reasonably be required in order to determine that the proposed transfer is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We acknowledge that no representation is made as to the availability of any Rule 144 exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
We understand that the Trustee will not be required to accept for registration of transfer any Securities acquired by us, except upon presentation of evidence satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee that the foregoing restrictions on transfer have been complied with. We further understand that the Securities acquired by us will be in the form of definitive physical certificates and that such certificates will bear a legend reflecting the substance of the preceding paragraph. We further agree to provide to any person acquiring any of the Securities from us a notice advising such person that resales of the Securities are restricted as stated herein and that certificates representing the Securities will bear a legend to that effect.
We agree to notify you promptly in writing if any of our acknowledgments, representations or agreements herein ceases to be accurate and complete.
F-2
We represent to you that we have full power to make the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and agreements on our own behalf and on behalf of any account for which we are acting.
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
Very truly yours, | ||||||||
[NAME OF PURCHASER (FOR TRANSFERS) | ||||||||
OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)] | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
Name: | ||||||||
Title: | ||||||||
Address: | ||||||||
Date: |
|
Upon transfer, the Securities would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:
By: |
|
|
Date: |
|
Taxpayer ID number: |
|
F-3
EXHIBIT G
[COMPLETE FORM I OR FORM II AS APPLICABLE.]
[FORM I]
CERTIFICATE OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Corporate Trust Services
MAC N9311-110
625 Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Ulixes Account Manager
Fax: (612) 667-9825
Re: | Univar Inc. |
12 % Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2018 (the Securities)
Issued under the Indenture (the Indenture) dated
as of , 201 , relating to the Securities
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We are the beneficial owner of $ principal amount of Securities issued under the Indenture and represented by a Temporary Offshore Global Security (as defined in the Indenture).
We hereby certify as follows:
[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
¨ | A. | We are a non-U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended). | ||
¨ | B. | We are a U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that purchased the Securities in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
Very truly yours, | ||||||||
[NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER] | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
Name: | ||||||||
Title: | ||||||||
Address: | ||||||||
Date: |
|
G-1
[FORM II]
CERTIFICATE OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Corporate Trust Services
MAC N9311-110
625 Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Ulixes Account Manager
Fax: (612) 667-9825
Re: | Univar Inc. |
12 % Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2018 (the Securities)
Issued under the Indenture (the Indenture) dated
as of , 201 , relating to the Securities
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This is to certify that based solely on certifications we have received in writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission from institutions appearing in our records as persons being entitled to a portion of the principal amount of Securities represented by a Temporary Offshore Global Security issued under the above-referenced Indenture, that as of the date hereof, $ principal amount of Securities represented by the Temporary Offshore Global Security being submitted herewith for exchange is beneficially owned by persons that are either (i) non-U.S. persons (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) or (ii) U.S. persons that purchased the Securities in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
We further certify that (i) we are not submitting herewith for exchange any portion of such Temporary Offshore Global Security excepted in such certifications and (ii) as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any Institution to the effect that the statements made by such Institution with respect to any portion of such Temporary Offshore Global Security submitted herewith for exchange are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
G-2
Yours faithfully, | ||||||||
[Name of DTC Participant] | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
Name: | ||||||||
Title: | ||||||||
Address: | ||||||||
Date: |
|
G-3
EXHIBIT H
TEMPORARY OFFSHORE GLOBAL SECURITY LEGEND
THIS SECURITY IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY. PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD APPLICABLE HERETO, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN MAY NOT BE HELD BY ANY PERSON OTHER THAN (1) A NON-U.S. PERSON OR (2) A U.S. PERSON THAT PURCHASED SUCH INTEREST IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES ACT). BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN ARE NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR CERTIFICATED SECURITIES OTHER THAN A PERMANENT GLOBAL SECURITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. TERMS IN THIS LEGEND ARE USED AS USED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.
NO BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL OR INTEREST HEREON UNTIL SUCH BENEFICIAL INTEREST IS EXCHANGED OR TRANSFERRED FOR AN INTEREST IN ANOTHER SECURITY.
H-1
EXHIBIT I
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
dated as of ,
among
[UNIVAR INC.,]
The Guarantor(s) Party Hereto
and
[WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,]
as Trustee
12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018
I-1
THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this Supplemental Indenture ), entered into as of , , among [ UNIVAR INC. ], an entity organized under the laws of Delaware (the Company ), [insert each Guarantor executing this Supplemental Indenture and its jurisdiction of incorporation] (each an Undersigned ) and [ WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION] , as trustee (the Trustee ).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of , 201 (and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the Indenture ), relating to the Companys 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 (the Securities );
WHEREAS, as a condition to the Trustee entering into the Indenture and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders, the Company agreed pursuant to the Indenture to cause any newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiaries to provide Security Guarantees, except in certain circumstances.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Capitalized teams used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.
Section 2. Each Undersigned, by its execution of this Supplemental Indenture, agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including, but not limited to, Article XI thereof.
Section 3. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
Section 4. This Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 5. This Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture will henceforth be read together.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
[UNIVAR INC.], as Company | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
I-2
[GUARANTOR] | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
[WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL | ||
ASSOCIATION], AS TRUSTEE | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
I-3
EXHIBIT J
FORM OF AFFILIATE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT
This AFFILIATE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT, dated , 20 (this Affiliate Subordination Agreement ), is delivered pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of December , 2010 (as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the Indenture ; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), between Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the Issuer ), the guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association (or any successor trustee, the Trustee ).
Pursuant to Section 4.19 of the Indenture, the undersigned hereby agree that so long as the Initial Purchasers hold 40% or more of the then outstanding principal amount of the Securities (the Initial Purchaser Condition ) all Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly (including through participations) issued to or acquired by the undersigned, an Affiliate of Issuer (other than a direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer), in each case whether incurred prior to or arising after the date of this Affiliate Subordination Agreement (the Affiliate Debt ), shall (i) have a Stated Maturity no earlier than, and shall not be subject to amortization thereof prior to, six months after the Stated Maturity of the Securities, (ii) be contractually subordinated and junior in right of payment to all Obligations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries under the Securities and the Indenture, as set forth herein, (iii) constitute Affiliate Subordinated Debt (as such term is defined in the Indenture) and (iv) be subject to the terms of this Affiliate Subordination Agreement.
1. Subordination to Obligations . Anything in any agreement pursuant to which any of the Affiliate Debt was created or in any instrument evidencing any of the Affiliate Debt to the contrary notwithstanding, the Affiliate Debt shall be unsecured and subordinate and junior in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided herein, to the payment in full of the Affiliate Senior Debt , whether incurred prior to or arising after the date of this Affiliate Subordination Agreement, so long as the Initial Purchaser Condition applies.
(a) In the event of (i) any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding in connection therewith, relative to the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of Issuer or to its assets, or (ii) any liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy, or (iii) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (the foregoing being a Proceeding ), then and in any such event the Holders shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on or in respect of all Affiliate Senior Debt before any of the Affiliate Debt shall be paid, and to that end, subject to any intercreditor agreement among the Holders and any lenders or holders of indebtedness of the
Issuer that is senior to the Securities, the Holders shall be entitled to receive, for application to the payment of the Securities, respectively, a pro rata portion of any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities which may be payable or deliverable in respect of the Affiliate Debt in any such case, proceeding, dissolution, liquidation or other winding up or event.
(b) In the event and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (each, a Credit Party ) agrees that no payment shall be made by any Credit Party on account of any of the Affiliate Debt (such a Credit Party, an Obligor Credit Party ) until the Affiliate Senior Debt shall be paid in full, provided that the foregoing shall not prevent the issuance of additional Affiliate Debt in payment of interest on outstanding Affiliate Debt.
(c) In the event and during the continuance of any event of default (or any event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time would be an event of default) with respect to any Affiliate Debt, (i) the Holders shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on or in respect of all Affiliate Senior Debt before the holders of any of the Affiliate Debt are entitled to receive any payment by the defaulting Credit Party (a Defaulting Credit Party ) on account of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any of the Affiliate Debt, and (ii) any obligee of Affiliate Debt party hereto (each, an Obligee ) agrees that in any such event it will not, without the prior written consent of the Required Holders, take any action to accelerate or declare to be due and payable any Affiliate Debt or to enforce any remedies against the Defaulting Credit Party prior to payment in full of all Affiliate Senior Debt; provided, however, each Obligee may, (i) after the passage of 180 days from the occurrence of an event of default with respect to any Affiliate Debt (the Stand-still Period ), if such event of default shall not have been cured or waived within such period and (ii) upon 3 Business Days prior written notice of such intention to the Required Holders, accelerate the Affiliate Debt or enforce any remedies against the Defaulting Credit Parties. Such 3-Business Day notice may be given during the Stand-still Period.
(d) Notwithstanding the restriction in Section 1(c)(ii), (i) each Obligee may file proofs of claim in respect of the Affiliate Debt against any Credit Party and exercise all voting rights in respect of the Affiliate Debt in any Proceeding involving any Credit Party, (ii) each Obligee may accelerate the Affiliate Debt if the Affiliate Senior Debt shall have been accelerated and (iii) to the extent necessary (but only to such extent) that the commencement of a legal action may be required in order to toll the running of any applicable statute of limitation that might otherwise prevent the Obligee from making claims in respect of the Affiliate Debt it otherwise could, there shall be no restriction on the Obligee taking any of the actions referred to in such clause (ii), but in such an event the Obligee shall give prior written notice to the Holders and any cash, securities or other amounts received by the Obligee in connection with any such legal action shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Affiliate Subordination Agreement.
2
2. Payment to the Holders and Holdco Holders of Certain Amounts Received by the Obligee . In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any distribution of assets by the Defaulting Credit Party or payment by or on behalf of the Defaulting Credit Party of any kind or character, whether in cash, securities or other property, to which an Obligee would be entitled but for the provisions of this Affiliate Subordination Agreement, shall be received by an Obligee before all Affiliate Senior Debt is paid in full, such distribution or payment shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall, immediately upon receipt thereof, be paid over or delivered to the Holders, on a pro rata basis, for application to the payment of the Affiliate Senior Debt.
3. Prepayment or Amendment of Affiliate Debt . Whether or not any Event of Default shall exist with respect to any Affiliate Senior Debt, an Obligee agrees that without the prior written consent of the Required Holders, it will not (i) commence any proceeding against the Obligor Credit Party under any bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership law; or (ii) take any collateral security for any Affiliate Debt.
4. Authorizations to the Holders . Each Obligee irrevocably authorizes and empowers (without imposing any obligation on) the holders of the Affiliate Senior Debt to file and prove all claims for the Affiliate Debt if the Obligees shall not have filed or proved such claims at least 30 days prior to the applicable deadline and upon at least 10 days prior notice to the Obligees, take all such other action, in the name of such Obligee, as may be necessary or appropriate for the enforcement of this Affiliate Subordination Agreement and has not been taken by such Obligees; and (b) agrees to execute and deliver to the Holders all such further instruments confirming the above authorization, and all such powers of attorney, proofs of claim, and other instruments, as may be reasonably requested by the Holders.
5. Notice . Each Obligee agrees, for the benefit of the Holders, that in the event that an event of default has occurred with respect to any of the Affiliate Debt, the Credit Parties which are parties to such Affiliate Debt will give prompt notice thereof in writing to the Holders.
6. No Waiver . No right of the Holders or the Holdco Holders to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of any Obligor Credit Party or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any holder of the Affiliate Senior Debt, or by any noncompliance by any Obligor Credit Party with the terms, provisions and covenants of any of the Affiliate Debt or of any agreement pursuant to which the Affiliate Debt is issued, regardless of any knowledge thereof which the Holders may have or be otherwise charged with. The Holders may at any time or from to time and in their absolute discretion consistent with the terms of the Indenture, change the manner, place or terms of payment, change or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, any such Affiliate Senior Debt, or amend or supplement any instrument pursuant to which any such Affiliate Senior Debt is issued or by which they may be secured, or release any
3
security therefor, or exercise or refrain from exercising any other of their rights under the Affiliate Senior Debt including, without limitation, the waiver of default thereunder, all without notice to or assent from the Obligees and without affecting the obligations of the Obligor Credit Parties under this Affiliate Subordination Agreement.
7. No Subrogation . No Obligee shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders and the Holdco Holders to receive distribution of assets of any Obligor Credit Party, or payments by or on behalf of any Obligor Credit Party, made on the Securities, respectively, until all the Securities shall have been paid in full.
8. Benefit of Affiliate Subordination Agreement . This Affiliate Subordination Agreement is intended solely to define the relative rights of the Holders, the Obligor Credit Parties and the Obligees and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing contained in this Affiliate Subordination Agreement is intended to or shall impair, as between any Obligor Credit Party and any Obligee, the obligations of the Obligor Credit Parties, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Obligees the Affiliate Debt as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms thereof, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Obligees and creditors of the Obligor Credit Parties, as permitted under the Indenture or Holdco Indenture, other than the Holders. In particular, for so long as no Default or Event of Default or any default or event of default under the Affiliate Debt has occurred and is continuing the Obligor Credit Parties shall have a right to receive, and the Obligees shall have a right to make, scheduled payments on Affiliate Debt.
9. Further Assurances . Each Obligee, at its own cost, will take all such further actions, including entering into additional agreements, giving notices to holders of Affiliate Debt and taking such further action as the Holders may reasonably request in order to more fully carry out the intent and purpose of this Affiliate Subordination Agreement.
10. Additional Obligees . Each future Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer and each other future Affiliate that, in either case, is the obligee with respect to Affiliate Debt shall be deemed to become an Obligee hereunder bound by this Affiliate Subordination Agreement. Issuer shall cause all of its future Restricted Subsidiaries and each of its other Affiliates that is the obligee with respect to Affiliate Debt to execute simultaneously with and as a precondition to such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or any other Affiliate that is the obligee with respect to Affiliate Debt, as the case may be, a counterpart signature page to this Affiliate Subordination Agreement and otherwise acknowledge its agreement to be bound by the provisions hereof; provided that the failure of a Restricted Subsidiary or any other Affiliate to execute this Affiliate Subordination Agreement shall not in any way reduce such Persons obligations hereunder.
11. Amendment Termination and Assignment . This Affiliate Subordination Agreement may not be amended, modified or terminated without the prior written consent of the Required Holders. The Holders may assign any of the Affiliate Senior Debt or grant participations therein from time to time, and any such assignee or
4
holder of a participation interest shall be entitled to all of the rights of the Holders hereunder with respect to the Affiliate Senior Debt so assigned or as to which a participation interest has been granted. In case of any assignment of any Affiliate Debt, the Obligee thereunder shall ensure that the assignee becomes a party to this Affiliate Subordination Agreement.
12. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.
[ Remainder of page left intentionally blank ]
5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Subordination Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date above first written.
UNIVAR. INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
[EACH RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY OF | ||
UNIVAR INC.] | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
[Holder of Affiliate Debt] | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
J-1
Exhibit 4.13
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
among
UNIVAR INC.
as Issuer
THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF
as Guarantors
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
October 1, 2012
THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this Supplemental Indenture ) is entered into as of October 1, 2012 among Univar Inc. (the Issuer ), the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereof and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the Trustee ). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given such terms in the Indenture (as defined below).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Issuer, the guarantors listed on signature pages thereto and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the Indenture ), relating to the Issuers 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 (the Securities );
WHEREAS, the Issuer desires to amend and restate the existing Term Loan Credit Agreement among the Issuer, Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent, and the other parties thereto to, among other things, incur $550 million in additional senior term loans thereunder ( Additional Term Loans );
WHEREAS, in connection with the Additional Term Loans, the Issuer wishes to make certain amendments to various provisions of the Indenture;
WHEREAS, on or prior to the date hereof, the Trustee has received an Opinion of Counsel and Officers Certificate pursuant to Sections 9.06 and 13.04 of the Indenture with respect to the amendments to the Indenture that are to become effective on the date of this Supplemental Indenture; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Indenture, the Issuer has obtained duly authorized and written consent, attached hereto as Exhibit A, to the proposed amendments from the Holders holding at least a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities outstanding.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:
Section 1.
Definitions
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.
Section 2.
Amendment
(a) Section 1.01 of the Indenture is amended hereby by adding the following definitions in appropriate alphabetical order:
Additional Term Loans shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Supplemental Indenture.
Supplemental Indenture means the Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2012, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee.
Supplemental Indenture Effective Date means the first date on which all conditions set forth in Section 3 of the Supplemental Indenture are satisfied, as evidenced by the Officers Certificate delivered pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture.
(b) Section 1.01 of the Indenture is amended by amending and restating the definition of Senior Credit Facility , to read in its entirety:
Senior Credit Facility means collectively the Term Loan Credit Agreement and the ABL Credit Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among Holdco, the Issuer, the Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries and the financial institutions named therein, and any related notes, collateral documents, letters of credit and guarantees, including any appendices, exhibits or schedules to any of the foregoing (as the same may be in effect from time to time), in each case, as such agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time (including, for the avoidance of doubt, by the Third Amended and Restated Term Loan Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 4 to ABL Credit Agreement to be entered into on the Supplemental Indenture Effective Date), or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid or extended from time to time (whether with the original agents and lenders or other agents or lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original credit agreement or other credit agreements or otherwise).
(c) The definition of Asset Sale in Section 1.01 of the Indenture is hereby amended by adding the following as new clause (s) immediately after clause (r):
(s) Dispositions of accounts receivable pursuant to factoring arrangements in an aggregate amount (with a receivable being deemed to be outstanding until the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary has received the full purchase price thereof from the purchaser) not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding.
(d) The definition of Consolidated Net Income in Section 1.01 of the Indenture is hereby amended by (i) deleting the word and before clause (13) thereof and replacing it with ; (ii) inserting the word and after clause (13) and (iii) adding the following as new clause (14) immediately after clause (13):
(14) in the case of any period that includes a period ending prior to or during the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2012, any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Supplemental Indenture, the Senior Credit Facility and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;
(e) The definition of GAAP in Section 1.01 of the Indenture is hereby amended by inserting the following immediately prior to the . at the end of the definition:
provided further , that for purposes of determining compliance with any financial test or basket under this Indenture, any change in GAAP following the Supplement Indenture Effective Date with respect to whether a lease is required to be capitalized or operating shall be disregarded for all purposes
(f) Clause (1) in the definition of Permitted Liens in Section 1.01 of the Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
(1) Liens securing Senior Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor or Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (including debt of any Foreign Subsidiary) (in each case including related Obligations) that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;
(g) Section 4.03(b)(1) of the Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
(1) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Debt, including bankers acceptances (with letters of credit and bankers acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) under Credit Facilities (including Guarantees of such Debt by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Debt outstanding pursuant to this clause (1) does not exceed $3,050 million incurred, in the aggregate, pursuant to the ABL revolving credit facility portion and the term loan facility portion of the Senior Credit Facility, out of which amount no more than $1,950 million may be incurred in the form of term loans and the remainder may only be incurred under a borrowing base revolving credit facility, and (ii) at all times while the GS Parties constitute the Required Holders, such amount shall be reduced by the cumulative Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale to the extent applied pursuant to Section 4.06 to prepayments of Debt under Credit Facilities, provided that once this condition is no longer applicable, the reduction or reductions shall be reversed;
(h) Section 4.03(b)(5) of the Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
(5) the incurrence or issuance of Debt or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries under local working capital lines in an aggregate amount not to exceed (together with the amount of any Guarantee pursuant to clause (9) below (other than any Guarantee of Debt incurred pursuant to this clause (5))) $500 million at any time outstanding;
(i) Section 4.03(b)(9) of the Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
(9) (a) the incurrence of any Guarantee by the Issuer or any Guarantor of Debt of the Issuer or a Guarantor or of any Foreign Subsidiary (which Debt of any such Foreign Subsidiary shall not exceed (together with the amount of any Debt or Preferred Stock incurred under clause (5) above)) $500 million at any time outstanding, in each case, which Debt was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant and (b) the incurrence of any Guarantee by any Foreign Subsidiary of Debt of another Foreign Subsidiary;
(j) Section 4.03(b)(22) of the Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
(22) cash management obligations and Debt in respect of cash management services, netting services (including treasury and depository services), overdraft facilities, employee credit or debit card programs (including non-card electronic payment services and purchase card programs), cash pooling arrangements, electronic fund transfer services or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; and
(k) Section 4.03(d)(2) of the Indenture is hereby amended by (i) replacing the words Closing Date in the first proviso thereto with the words Supplemental Indenture Effective Date (other than the Additional Term Loans, which are incurred under Section 4.03(a)) and (ii) replacing the words clause (1) hereof in the second proviso thereto with the words clause (b)(1) hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the Purchasers acknowledge and agree that a temporary prepayment
of the outstanding revolving borrowings under the ABL portion of the Senior Credit Facility with the proceeds of the Additional Term Loans, without the permanent reduction of the commitments under such ABL portion, shall not constitute refinancing of the Senior Credit Facility for purposes of the second proviso of Section 4.03(d)(2) of the Indenture.
(l) Section 6.01(a)(6) of the Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
(6) (A) the failure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to pay any Debt within any applicable grace period after final maturity or acceleration by the holders thereof because of a default or (B) or a default occurs with respect to any Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor that ranks pari passu with the Securities or the relevant Security Guarantee or constitutes Subordinated Debt, which default permits the holder or holders thereof (or any trustee or agent on their behalf) to accelerate that Debt (giving effect to any applicable grace period), and, in the case of (A) or (B) the total amount of such Debt unpaid or accelerated or in default at the time exceeds $75 million;
(m) Section 6.01(a)(7) of the Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
(7) any judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of $75 million (net of any insurance or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to or within 60 days from the entry thereof, or which are covered by insurance (unless the Issuers insurance carriers have denied coverage in respect thereof) in the event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) is entered against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary and is not discharged, waived or stayed and either (A) an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree or (B) there is a period of 60 days following the entry of such judgment or decree during which such judgment or decree is not discharged, waived or the execution thereof stayed;
(n) Section 6.01(a)(9) and Section 6.01(a)(10) of the Indenture are hereby amended by deleting the words Holdco (for so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of Holdco), in each instance as the same appears therein.
Section 3.
Conditions to Effectiveness
This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective, on the date (the Supplement Indenture Effective Date ) on which the Issuer shall have delivered an Officers Certificate stating that all conditions precedent set forth in this Section 3 have been satisfied and such confirmation has been ratified by the Holders in writing. Upon the effectiveness of this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture shall be supplemented in accordance herewith, and this Supplemental Indenture shall form part of the Indenture for all purposes, and the Trustee, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be bound hereby and thereby.
(a) Counterparts . This Supplemental Indenture shall have been executed by all parties thereto and delivered to the Holders and the Trustee.
(b) Senior Credit Facility .
The Senior Credit Facility shall have been amended on or prior to the Supplemental Indenture Effective Date pursuant to documentation substantially in the form of Annex I to this Supplemental Indenture.
(c) Deliveries to the Trustee . The Trustee shall have received Opinion of Counsel and Officers Certificate pursuant to Sections 9.06 and 13.04 of the Indenture.
Section 4.
Miscellaneous
(a) THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF LAWS OF ANY OTHER STATE) SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.
(b) This Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts, which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
(c) This Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture, and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture will henceforth be read together.
(d) Except as amended hereby, each provision of the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect and, as amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects agreed to, ratified, and confirmed by the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The consent of the Holders to this Supplemental Indenture shall not constitute an amendment or waiver of any provision of the Indenture except to the extent expressly set forth herein, and shall not be construed as a waiver of or consent to any further or future action on the part of the Issuer or any Guarantor or waiver of any Default or Event of Default, except to the extent expressly set forth herein.
(e) Each Guarantor hereby reaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee and under Article 11 of the Indenture each as hereby amended by this Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer and each Guarantor hereby reaffirms its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.
(f) If any court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
(g) The recitals contained herein shall be taken as the statements of the Issuer and the Guarantors, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
IN WITNESS WHEROF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
Supplemental Indenture Signature Page
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
Supplemental Indenture Signature Page
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF CONSENT TO SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
October [ ], 2012
Pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Indenture, the undersigned Holders, constituting the Required Holders, hereby consent to the amendment of the Indenture in the manner set forth in the Supplemental Indenture, to be dated as of the date hereof, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, in the form attached hereto (the Supplemental Indenture ). By signing below, the Holders represent that such consent is duly authorized and the signers have the requisite power to enter into this consent on behalf of the Holders. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this consent shall have the meaning defined (including by reference) in the Supplemental Indenture.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this instrument to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
APOLLO INVESTMENT CORPORATION | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
AIE EUROLUX S.À R.L. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
GSO COF FACILITY LLC | ||
By: | GSO Capital Partners LP as Collateral Manager | |
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
LOCUST STREET FUNDING LLC | ||
By: | FS Investment Corporation, as Sole Member | |
By: | GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC as Sub-Advisor | |
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Consent of Holders]
GSLP I OFFSHORE HOLDINGS FUND A, L.P. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
GSLP I OFFSHORE HOLDINGS FUND B, L.P. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
GSLP I OFFSHORE HOLDINGS FUND C, L.P. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
GSLP I ONSHORE HOLDINGS FUND, L.L.C. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Consent of Holders]
[Consent of Holders]
ANNEX I
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
[See Attached.]
[Published CUSIP No.: ]
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of October 11, 2007,
Amended and Restated on September 20, 2010,
as further Amended and Restated on February 28, 2011,
and
as further Amended and Restated on [ ], 2012
among
UNIVAR INC.,
as the Borrower,
The Several Lenders
from Time to Time Parties Hereto
and
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
and
[ ],
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners for the
Third Amendment and Restatement
[ ],
as Syndication Agent for the Third Amendment and Restatement
[ ]
and
[ ],
as Documentation Agents for the Third Amendment and Restatement
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||||
SECTION 1. |
DEFINITIONS |
1 | ||||
1.1. |
Defined Terms |
1 | ||||
1.2. |
Other Interpretive Provisions |
41 | ||||
1.3. |
Accounting Terms |
41 | ||||
1.4. |
Rounding |
42 | ||||
1.5. |
References to Agreements, Laws, Etc. |
42 | ||||
1.6. |
Exchange Rates |
42 | ||||
1.7. |
Effect of Restatement |
42 | ||||
SECTION 2. |
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT |
43 | ||||
2.1. |
Commitments |
43 | ||||
2.2. |
Minimum Amount of Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings |
43 | ||||
2.3. |
Notice of Borrowing |
44 | ||||
2.4. |
Disbursement of Funds |
44 | ||||
2.5. |
Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt |
45 | ||||
2.6. |
Conversions and Continuations |
46 | ||||
2.7. |
Pro Rata Borrowings |
47 | ||||
2.8. |
Interest |
47 | ||||
2.9. |
Interest Periods |
48 | ||||
2.10. |
Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc. |
48 | ||||
2.11. |
Compensation |
50 | ||||
2.12. |
Change of Lending Office |
51 | ||||
2.13. |
Notice of Certain Costs |
51 | ||||
2.14. |
Incremental Facilities |
51 | ||||
SECTION 3. |
FEES; COMMITMENTS |
52 | ||||
3.1. |
Fees |
52 | ||||
3.2. |
Mandatory Termination of Commitments |
52 | ||||
SECTION 4. |
PAYMENTS |
53 | ||||
4.1. |
Voluntary Prepayments |
53 | ||||
4.2. |
Mandatory Prepayments |
53 | ||||
4.3. |
Method and Place of Payment |
55 | ||||
4.4. |
Net Payments |
55 | ||||
4.5. |
Computations of Interest and Fees |
58 | ||||
4.6. |
Limit on Rate of Interest |
58 | ||||
SECTION 5. |
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THIRD RESTATEMENT EFFECTIVE DATE |
59 | ||||
5.1. |
Credit Documents |
59 | ||||
5.2. |
Legal Opinion |
59 | ||||
5.3. |
Authorization of Proceedings of Each Credit Party |
59 |
-i-
Page | ||||||
5.4. |
Certificates |
59 | ||||
5.5. |
Amendment of ABL Credit Agreement |
59 | ||||
5.6. |
Amendment of Intercreditor Agreement |
60 | ||||
5.7. |
Fees |
60 | ||||
SECTION 6. |
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL CREDIT EVENTS |
60 | ||||
6.1. |
No Default; Representations and Warranties |
60 | ||||
6.2. |
Notice of Borrowing |
60 | ||||
SECTION 7. |
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS |
60 | ||||
7.1. |
Corporate Status |
60 | ||||
7.2. |
Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability |
61 | ||||
7.3. |
No Violation |
61 | ||||
7.4. |
Litigation |
61 | ||||
7.5. |
Margin Regulations |
61 | ||||
7.6. |
Governmental Approvals; Other Consents |
61 | ||||
7.7. |
Investment Company Act |
62 | ||||
7.8. |
Disclosure |
62 | ||||
7.9. |
Financial Condition; Financial Statements |
62 | ||||
7.10. |
Tax Matters |
62 | ||||
7.11. |
Compliance with ERISA |
63 | ||||
7.12. |
Subsidiaries |
63 | ||||
7.13. |
Intellectual Property |
63 | ||||
7.14. |
Environmental Laws |
64 | ||||
7.15. |
Properties |
64 | ||||
7.16. |
Solvency |
64 | ||||
7.17. |
Collateral |
64 | ||||
7.18. |
Insurance |
65 | ||||
SECTION 8. |
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS |
65 | ||||
8.1. |
Information Covenants |
65 | ||||
8.2. |
Books, Records and Inspections |
67 | ||||
8.3. |
Maintenance of Insurance |
68 | ||||
8.4. |
Payment of Taxes |
69 | ||||
8.5. |
Maintenance of Existence |
69 | ||||
8.6. |
Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, Etc. |
69 | ||||
8.7. |
Maintenance of Properties |
69 | ||||
8.8. |
Additional Guarantors and Grantors |
69 | ||||
8.9. |
Pledge of Additional Stock and Evidence of Indebtedness |
69 | ||||
8.10. |
Use of Proceeds |
70 | ||||
8.11. |
Further Assurances |
70 | ||||
8.12. |
End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters |
71 | ||||
SECTION 9. |
NEGATIVE COVENANTS |
71 | ||||
9.1. |
Limitation on Indebtedness |
71 | ||||
9.2. |
Limitation on Liens |
75 |
-ii-
Page | ||||||
9.3. |
Limitation on Fundamental Changes |
77 | ||||
9.4. |
Limitation on Sale of Assets |
78 | ||||
9.5. |
Limitation on Investments |
80 | ||||
9.6. |
Limitation on Restricted Payments |
82 | ||||
9.7. |
Limitations on Debt Payments and Amendments |
83 | ||||
9.8. |
Transactions with Affiliates |
84 | ||||
9.9. |
[Reserved] |
85 | ||||
9.10. |
Changes in Business |
85 | ||||
9.11. |
Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries |
85 | ||||
SECTION 10. |
EVENTS OF DEFAULT |
87 | ||||
10.1. |
Payments |
87 | ||||
10.2. |
Representations, Etc. |
88 | ||||
10.3. |
Covenants |
88 | ||||
10.4. |
Default Under Other Agreements |
88 | ||||
10.5. |
Bankruptcy, Etc. |
88 | ||||
10.6. |
ERISA |
89 | ||||
10.7. |
Guarantee |
89 | ||||
10.8. |
Security Documents |
89 | ||||
10.9. |
Judgments |
89 | ||||
10.10. |
Change of Control |
89 | ||||
SECTION 11. |
THE AGENTS |
90 | ||||
11.1. |
Appointment |
90 | ||||
11.2. |
Delegation of Duties |
91 | ||||
11.3. |
Exculpatory Provisions |
91 | ||||
11.4. |
Reliance by Agents |
91 | ||||
11.5. |
Notice of Default |
92 | ||||
11.6. |
Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Other Lenders |
92 | ||||
11.7. |
Indemnification |
93 | ||||
11.8. |
Agents in Their Individual Capacities |
93 | ||||
11.9. |
Successor Agents |
93 | ||||
11.10. |
Withholding Tax |
94 | ||||
SECTION 12. |
MISCELLANEOUS |
94 | ||||
12.1. |
Amendments and Waivers |
94 | ||||
12.2. |
Notices |
97 | ||||
12.3. |
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies |
97 | ||||
12.4. |
Survival of Representations and Warranties |
98 | ||||
12.5. |
Payment of Expenses |
98 | ||||
12.6. |
Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments |
99 | ||||
12.7. |
Replacements of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances |
104 | ||||
12.8. |
Adjustments; Set-off |
105 | ||||
12.9. |
Counterparts |
106 |
-iii-
Page | ||||||
12.10. |
Severability |
106 | ||||
12.11. |
Integration |
106 | ||||
12.12. |
GOVERNING LAW |
106 | ||||
12.13. |
Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers |
106 | ||||
12.14. |
Acknowledgments |
107 | ||||
12.15. |
WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL |
108 | ||||
12.16. |
Confidentiality |
108 | ||||
12.17. |
Direct Website Communications |
109 | ||||
12.18. |
USA PATRIOT Act |
110 | ||||
12.19. |
Intercreditor Agreement |
110 |
SCHEDULES
Schedule 1.1(a) |
Mortgaged Properties | |
Schedule 1.1(c)(i) |
Excluded Subsidiaries | |
Schedule 1.1(e) |
Existing Indebtedness | |
Schedule 1.1(f) |
Debt Repayment | |
Schedule 7.4 |
Litigation | |
Schedule 7.12 |
Subsidiaries | |
Schedule 8.11 |
Post-Closing Actions | |
Schedule 9.2 |
Existing Liens | |
Schedule 9.5 |
Existing Investments | |
Schedule 9.8 |
Existing Affiliate Transactions | |
Schedule 12.2 |
Notice Addresses |
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A | Form of Amended and Restated Mortgage (Real Property) | |
Exhibit B | Form of Perfection Certificate | |
Exhibit C | Form of Assignment and Acceptance | |
Exhibit D | Form of Joinder Agreement | |
Exhibit E | Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate | |
Exhibit F | Form of Intercreditor Agreement |
-iv-
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of October 11, 2007, and amended and restated as of September 20, 2010, further amended and restated as of February 28, 2011, and further amended and restated as of [ ], 2012, among UNIVAR INC., a Delaware corporation (the Borrower ), the registered lending institutions from time to time parties hereto (each a Lender and, collectively, the Lenders ), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined in this preamble having the meaning provided in Section 1 ) and Collateral Agent.
WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent are parties to an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended and restated on September 20, 2010, and as further amended and restated as of February 28, 2011, the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement ); and
WHEREAS, the Required Lenders (under and as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) have consented to the amendment and restatement of the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Restatement Agreement dated as of the Third Restatement Effective Date (the Restatement Agreement ) amongst the parties hereto.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Definitions
1.1. Defined Terms .
(a) As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 1.1 unless the context otherwise requires (it being understood that defined terms in this Agreement shall include in the singular number the plural and in the plural the singular):
ABL Collateral Agent shall mean the collateral agent under the ABL Facility.
ABL Credit Agreement shall mean the Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement, dated September 20, 2010, by and among the Credit Parties, the Canadian borrower party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder, Bank of America and Bank of America (acting through its Canadian branch), as administrative agents and the other parties named therein, as amended or otherwise modified on or prior to the date hereof and as such agreement may be further amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original administrative agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original ABL Credit Agreement or other credit agreements or otherwise, unless such agreement or instrument expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not an ABL Credit Agreement hereunder). Any reference to the ABL Credit Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to any ABL Credit Agreement then in existence.
ABL Credit Agreement Amendment shall mean Amendment No. 4 to the ABL Credit Agreement.
ABL Documents shall mean the Credit Documents (or such corresponding term) as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived, otherwise modified, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced from time to time.
ABL Facility shall mean the collective reference to the ABL Documents, any notes, guarantees, collateral documents and account control agreements, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof.
ABL Priority Collateral shall have the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.
ABR shall mean for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate and (c) the LIBOR Rate (for the avoidance of doubt, after giving effect to the last sentence contained in the definition thereof) for a period of one month commencing on such date plus 1.00%. The prime rate is a rate set by the Administrative Agent based upon various factors including the Administrative Agents costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in the ABR due to a change in such rate announced by the Administrative Agent or in the Federal Funds Effective Rate or LIBOR Rate shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change or on the effective date of such change in the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.
ABR Loan shall mean each Loan bearing interest at the rate provided in Section 2.8(a) .
Acquired EBITDA shall mean, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business or any Converted Restricted Subsidiary (any of the foregoing, a Pro Forma Entity ) for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Pro Forma Entity (determined using such definitions as if references to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries therein were to such Pro Forma Entity and its Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Pro Forma Entity in a manner consistent with GAAP.
Acquired Entity or Business shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Consolidated EBITDA.
Additional Term B Commitment means with respect to the Additional Term B Lender, its commitment to make a Term B Loan on the Third Restatement Effective Date in an amount equal to $[500-550],000,000.
-2-
Additional Term B Joinder Agreement means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Third Restatement Effective Date, by and among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Additional Term B Lender.
Additional Term B Lender means the Person identified as such in the Additional Term B Joinder Agreement.
Additional Term B Loan shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .
Adjusted Total Term Loan Commitment shall mean at any time the Total Term Loan Commitment less the Commitments of all Defaulting Lenders.
Administrative Agent shall mean Bank of America, as the administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, or any successor administrative agent pursuant to Section 11 .
Administrative Agents Office shall mean, with respect to any currency, the Administrative Agents address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 12.2 with respect to such currency, or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the Lenders.
Administrative Questionnaire shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(b)(ii)(D) .
Affiliate shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control a corporation if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
Affiliated Debt Fund shall mean any Affiliate of a Sponsor that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course and with respect to which the Sponsor does not, directly or indirectly, possess the power to direct or cause the direction of the investment policies of such entity.
Affiliated Lender shall mean any Affiliated Debt Fund, Non-Debt Fund Affiliate or Purchasing Borrower Party.
Agent Parties shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17(d) .
Agents shall mean the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Arrangers.
Agreement shall mean this Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
-3-
Applicable Amount shall mean, at any time (the Reference Time ), an amount equal to (a) the sum, without duplication, of:
(i) an amount equal to the greater of (x) zero and (y) 50% of Cumulative Consolidated Net Income for the period from the first day of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Closing Date until the last day of the then most recent fiscal quarter for which Section 8.1 Financials have been delivered; and
(ii) the amount of any capital contributions (other than (A) [Reserved], (B) any amount added back in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (a)(vii) thereof, (C) any contributions in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests and (D) any amount applied to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 9.6(a) , Section 9.6(f) or payments made in reliance on clause (iii) to the proviso to the first sentence of Section 9.7(a) in each case of the Original Credit Agreement) made in cash to, or any proceeds of an equity issuance received by, the Borrower from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Time, including proceeds from the issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower,
minus (b) the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to Section 9.5(i)(y) following the Closing Date and prior to the Reference Time.
Applicable Margin shall mean, for purposes of calculating the applicable interest rate for any day for any Term B Loan that is (i) an ABR Loan, 2.50% or (ii) a LIBOR Loan, 3.50%.
Approved Fund shall mean any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
Arrangers shall mean Bank of America and [ ].
Asset Sale Prepayment Event shall mean any Disposition of any business units, assets or other property of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries not in the ordinary course of business (including any Disposition of any Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary of the Borrower owned by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and any issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents by any Restricted Subsidiary). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Asset Sale Prepayment Event shall not include any transaction permitted by Section 9.4 (other than transactions permitted by Section 9.4(b) ).
Assignment and Acceptance shall mean an assignment and acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit C , or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent.
Auction Agent means (a) the Administrative Agent or (b) any other financial institution or advisor employed by the Borrower (whether or not an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent) to act as an arranger in connection with any offer contemplated by Section 12.6(j) ; provided that the Borrower shall not designate the Administrative Agent as the Auction Agent without the written consent of the Administrative Agent (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to agree to act as the Auction Agent).
-4-
Authorized Officer shall mean the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Vice President-Finance or any other senior officer of the Borrower (or any other general officers authorized by the board of directors) designated as such in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower.
Bank of America shall mean Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.
Benefited Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.8(a) .
Board shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).
Borrower shall have the meaning provided in the preamble.
Borrower Materials shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17(c) .
Borrowing shall mean the incurrence of one Type of Term Loan on a single date (or resulting from conversions on a single date) having, in the case of LIBOR Loans, the same Interest Period ( provided that ABR Loans incurred pursuant to Section 2.10(b) shall be considered part of any related Borrowing of LIBOR Loans). For the avoidance of doubt, the conversion of a LIBOR Loan into an ABR Loan (or vice versa), the continuation or selection of any Interest Period shall not, in each case, constitute a Credit Event.
Business Day shall mean any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day that in the jurisdiction where the Administrative Agents Office is located shall be a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law or other governmental actions to close; provided , however , if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a LIBOR Loan, such day shall be a day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.
Capital Expenditures shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under Capital Leases) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as capital expenditures on a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
Capital Lease shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is, or is required to be, accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.
Capitalized Lease Obligations shall mean, as applied to any Person, all obligations under Capital Leases of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case taken at the amount thereof accounted for as liabilities in accordance with GAAP.
-5-
Cash Management Agreement shall mean (i) any agreement or arrangement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card (including non-card electronic payable services), purchase card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements and (ii) any other agreement (including, without limitation, any agreement which states that it is a Cash Management Agreement for purposes of this Agreement) other than an agreement relating to Indebtedness incurred in reliance on Section 9.1(a)(y) , Section 9.1(i) or Section 9.1(m) .
Cash Management Bank shall mean any Person that, either (x) at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement or (y) on the Closing Date, was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement.
Casualty Event shall mean, with respect to any property of any Person, any loss of or damage to, or any condemnation or other taking by a Governmental Authority of, such property for which such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives insurance proceeds, or proceeds of a condemnation award or other compensation.
CD&R Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC and any successor in interest thereto, and any successor to its investment management business.
CD&R Group means (a) CD&R, (b) Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P. and its successors in interest, (c) any investment fund or vehicle managed, sponsored or advised by CD&R or any Affiliate thereof, and any Affiliate of or successor to any such investment fund or vehicle and (d) any limited or general partners of, or other investors in, any entity described in clause (b) above or any Affiliate thereof, or any such investment fund or vehicle.
Change in Law shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation after the Closing Date, (b) any change in any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the Closing Date or (c) any guideline, request or directive issued or made after the Closing Date by any central bank or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law) that requires compliance by a Lender.
Change of Control shall mean and be deemed to have occurred if (a) prior to a Qualified IPO the Permitted Investors shall at any time not beneficially own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of (x) so long as the Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the Borrower is not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, the Borrower; or (b) after a Qualified IPO, any person, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than one or more Permitted Investors, shall at any time have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership of a percentage of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of (x) so long as the Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the Borrower is not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, the Borrower that (i) exceeds 35% of the outstanding Voting Stock of such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) or the Borrower, as applicable and (ii) exceeds the percentage of the voting power of such Voting Stock then beneficially
-6-
owned, in the aggregate, by the Permitted Investors, unless, in the case of either clause (a) or (b) above, the Permitted Investors have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of (x) so long as the Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the Borrower is not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, the Borrower; or (c) Continuing Directors shall not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower; or (d) at any time, a Change of Control (as defined in any agreement governing Junior Indebtedness) shall have occurred.
Claims shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Environmental Claims.
Class , when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Term B Loans or New Term Loans (of each Series) and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is the Additional Term B Commitment or a New Term Loan Commitment (of each Series).
Closing Date shall mean October 11, 2007.
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. Section references to the Code are to the Code, as in effect at the Closing Date, and any subsequent provisions of the Code, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.
Collateral shall mean all property pledged or purported to be pledged pursuant to the Security Documents.
Collateral Agent shall mean Bank of America, as collateral agent under the Security Documents, or any successor collateral agent pursuant to Section 11 .
Commitments shall mean, with respect to each Lender (to the extent applicable), such Lenders Additional Term B Loan Commitment and New Term Loan Commitment with respect to any Series.
Communications shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17(a) .
Confidential Information shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.16 .
Consolidated EBITDA shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus :
(a) without duplication and to the extent deducted (and not added back) in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:
(i) total interest expense,
-7-
(ii) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital (or any alternative in lieu of), including federal, foreign state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations, including payments made pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or arrangements among the Borrower, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (so long as such tax sharing payments are attributable to the operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries),
(iii) depreciation and amortization,
(iv) extraordinary losses and unusual or non-recurring charges, including, without limitation, severance costs, relocation costs and integration and facilities opening costs including in connection with any Investment or Disposition,
(v) the amount of any interest expense of any minority interest,
(vi) management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor in an amount not to exceed the maximum amount permitted under clause (a) of the first proviso in Section 9.8 ,
(vii) any cash costs or expenses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower ( provided such capital contributions have not been applied to increase the Applicable Amount pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition thereof),
(viii) [Reserved],
(ix) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption,
(x) any fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges incurred during such period in connection with the Transaction, any other acquisition, investment, recapitalization, asset disposition, issuance or repayment of debt, issuance of equity securities or amendment or modification to any Indebtedness and any non-recurring costs relating to corporate reorganizations (in each case, including any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges during such period as a result of any such transaction,
-8-
(xi) expenses to the extent covered by contractual indemnification or refunding provisions in favor of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and actually paid or refunded, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be paid or refunded by the indemnifying party or other obligor and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable indemnifying party or obligor in writing within 90 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 180 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 180 days),
(xii) any non-cash increase in expenses (A) resulting from the revaluation of inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods including changes in capitalization of variances) or (B) due to purchase accounting and other charges associated with the Transactions and the Restatement Transactions,
(xiii) the amount of loss from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments, and
(xiv) any other non-cash charges or expenses reducing Consolidated Net Income except to the extent representing accruals or reserves for future cash expenditures,
less
(b) without duplication and to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:
(i) extraordinary gains and unusual or non-recurring gains,
(ii) non-cash gains (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period),
(iii) gains on asset sales (other than asset sales in the ordinary course of business), and
(iv) any net after-tax income from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments,
in each case, as determined on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP; provided that
(i) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness or intercompany balances (including the net loss or gain resulting from Hedge Agreements for currency exchange risk),
-9-
(ii) there shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period, without duplication, (A) the Acquired EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary following the first day of such period (but not the Acquired EBITDA of any related Person, property, business or assets to the extent not so acquired) to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred, abandoned or otherwise disposed by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary (each such Person, property, business or asset acquired and not subsequently so disposed of, an Acquired Entity or Business ) and the Acquired EBITDA of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is converted into a Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a Converted Restricted Subsidiary ), based on the actual Acquired EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition or conversion) and (B) other than for purposes of determining the Applicable Amount, an adjustment in respect of each Acquired Entity or Business equal to the amount of the Pro Forma Adjustment with respect to such Acquired Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) as specified in a Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate and delivered to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, and
(iii) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period the Disposed EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) sold, transferred, abandoned or otherwise disposed of, closed or classified as discontinued operations by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary following the first day of such period (each such Person, property, business or asset so sold or disposed of, a Sold Entity or Business ), and the Disposed EBITDA of any Restricted Subsidiary that is converted into an Unrestricted Subsidiary following the first day of such period (each, a Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary ) based on the actual Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer or disposition or conversion).
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for the relevant Test Period to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such Test Period.
Consolidated Interest Expense shall mean, for any period, the total interest expense (including, without limitation, interest expense attributable to Capital Leases and all net payment obligations actually made in cash pursuant to Hedge Agreements but excluding commitment fees, letter of credit fees and non-cash amortization of loan costs) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, net of all interest income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all determined for such period on a consolidated basis, without duplication, in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Net Income shall mean, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, excluding, without duplication,
(a) extraordinary items for such period,
-10-
(b) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income,
(c) in the case of any period that includes a period ending prior to or during the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2011, fees and expenses in connection with the Restatement Transactions,
(d) any income (loss) for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or to Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments,
(e) [reserved], and
(f) the income (loss) for such period of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except to the extent distributed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.
There shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for any period the purchase accounting effects of adjustments to inventory, property, equipment and intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of the Transactions and the Restatement Transactions, any consummated acquisition whether consummated before or after the Closing Date, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof.
Consolidated Senior Secured Debt shall mean Consolidated Total Debt but excluding (i) from clause (a) of the definition thereof, any Indebtedness that is not secured by a Lien on any assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) from clause (b) of the definition thereof, the cash proceeds from any New Term Loans.
Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Senior Secured Debt as of the last day of the relevant Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.
Consolidated Total Assets shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption total assets (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date.
Consolidated Total Debt shall mean, as of any date of determination, (a) all Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date to the extent appearing on the balance sheet of the Borrower determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (plus, without duplication, any unamortized deferred financing fees which result in such balance sheet amount being reflected at less than its principal amount) minus (b) the aggregate amount of cash and cash equivalents in excess of $20,000,000 included in the cash and cash equivalents accounts listed on the balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as at such date determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP excluding any cash subject to a Lien other than nonconsensual Permitted Liens and Liens permitted by Section 9.2(m) .
-11-
Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of the last day of the relevant Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.
Consolidated Working Capital shall mean, at any date, the excess of (a) the sum of all amounts (other than cash and cash equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption total current assets (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date over (b) the sum of all cash amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption total current liabilities (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, including deferred revenue but excluding, without duplication, (i) the current portion of any Funded Debt and (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Loans to the extent otherwise included therein.
Continuing Director shall mean, at any date, an individual (a) who is a member of the board of directors of the Borrower on the Closing Date, (b) who has been nominated to be a member of such board of directors, directly or indirectly, by a Sponsor or Persons nominated by a Sponsor or (c) who has been nominated to be a member of such board of directors by a majority of the other Continuing Directors then in office.
Contractual Requirement shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.3 .
Converted Restricted Subsidiary shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Consolidated EBITDA.
Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Consolidated EBITDA.
Credit Documents shall mean this Agreement, the Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Restatement Agreement and any promissory notes issued by the Borrower hereunder, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived, otherwise modified, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced from time to time.
Credit Event shall mean and include the making (but not the conversion or continuation) of a Term Loan.
Credit Facility shall mean a Class of Term Loans (and, if applicable, the corresponding Class of Commitments).
Credit Party shall mean each of the Borrower and the Guarantors.
Cumulative Consolidated Net Income shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, taken as a single accounting period. Cumulative Consolidated Net Income may be a positive or negative amount.
CVC shall mean CVC Capital Partners Group Sarl.
-12-
Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event shall mean any issuance or incurrence by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (excluding any Indebtedness permitted to be issued or incurred under Section 9.1 ).
Default shall mean any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
Defaulting Lender shall mean any Lender with respect to which a Lender Default is in effect.
Deferred Net Cash Proceeds shall have the meaning provided such term in the definition of Net Cash Proceeds.
Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date shall have the meaning provided such term in the definition of Net Cash Proceeds.
Designated Non-Cash Consideration shall mean the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition pursuant to Section 9.4(b) or Section 9.4(c) that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the fair market value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash following the consummation of the applicable Disposition).
Disposed EBITDA shall mean, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business or any Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary (determined as if references to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA were references to such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary and its respective Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.
Disposition shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.4(1) .
Disqualified Equity Interests shall mean any Stock or Stock Equivalent which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Stock or Stock Equivalent into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (c) provides for scheduled mandatory payments of dividends (other than dividends payable solely in the form of Qualified Equity Interests), or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Stock or Stock Equivalent that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, unless any provisions set forth in clause (a) through (d) above do not apply prior to the earlier of (x) the date that is 180 days after the Final Maturity Date, (y) the date such payment would be permitted to be made pursuant to this Agreement or (z) in the case of clause (a) above, following the repayment of all Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of all Commitments.
-13-
Dollars and $ shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.
Domestic Subsidiary shall mean each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is organized under the laws of the United States (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(9) of the Code).
Environmental Claims shall mean any and all actions, suits, orders, decrees, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance, violation or potential responsibility or investigation (other than internal reports prepared by the Parent, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries (a) in the ordinary course of such Persons business or (b) as required in connection with a financing transaction or an acquisition or disposition of real estate) or proceedings relating in any way to any Environmental Law or any permit issued, or any approval given, under any such Environmental Law (hereinafter, Claims ), including, without limitation, (i) any and all Claims by governmental or regulatory authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief relating to the presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials), or the environment including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands.
Environmental Law shall mean any applicable federal, state, provincial, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code and rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, and any binding judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any binding judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, relating to pollution or the protection of the environment, including, without limitation, ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands, or human health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials), or Hazardous Materials.
ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. Section references to ERISA are to ERISA as in effect at the date of this Agreement and any subsequent provisions of ERISA amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.
ERISA Affiliate shall mean each person (as defined in Section 3(9) of ERISA) that together with the Borrower or any Subsidiary would be deemed to be a single employer within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
Event of Default shall have the meaning provided in Section 10 .
-14-
Excess Cash Flow shall mean, for any period, an amount equal to the excess of
(a) the sum, without duplication, of
(i) Consolidated Net Income for such period,
(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,
(iii) an amount equal to the provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including federal, foreign, state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes paid during such period (or accrued during such period and payable within 180 days after the last day of such period) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,
(iv) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such decreases arising from acquisitions by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period),
(v) an amount equal to the aggregate consolidated net non-cash loss on the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of assets by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than sales, leases, transfers or other dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, and
(vi) consolidated cash receipts in respect of Swap Contracts during such fiscal year to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income;
over
(b) the sum, without duplication, of
(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges described in clauses (a) through (e) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income and included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,
(ii) the consolidated amount of Capital Expenditures made in cash during such period, except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures were financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness, a sale of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower, any Disposition (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course) or any Casualty Event,
(iii) the aggregate consolidated amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (B) the amount of any repayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.5 but excluding
-15-
all other prepayments of Term Loans and (y) all prepayments of loans under the ABL Facility made during such period (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), except to the extent financed with the proceeds of other Indebtedness, a sale of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower, any Disposition (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course) or any Casualty Event,
(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of assets by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,
(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such increases arising from acquisitions by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period),
(vi) payments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness to the extent not deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income, except to the extent financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness, a sale of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower, any Disposition (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course) or any Casualty Event,
(vii) the aggregate amount of cash consideration paid by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) in connection with Investments (including acquisitions) made during such period pursuant to Section 9.5 (other than Section 9.5(b) ) to the extent that such Investments were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,
(viii) the amount of Restricted Payments paid during such period (on a consolidated basis) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such dividends were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,
(ix) the amount of taxes (including penalties and interest) paid in cash in such period,
(x) cash expenditures in respect of Swap Contracts during such fiscal year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; and
(xi) at the Borrowers election, without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the Contract Consideration ) entered into prior to or during such period relating to Permitted Acquisitions, Investments, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property to be consummated or made during the period
-16-
of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such period; provided that, to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash flow actually utilized to finance such Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters.
Excluded Assets shall mean (i) any lease, license, contract, property right or agreement to which any Credit Party is a party or any of such Credit Partys rights or interests thereunder if and only for so long as the grant of a security interest therein under any Credit Document shall constitute or result in a breach, termination or default or invalidity under such lease, license, contract, property right or agreement (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law); provided that such lease, license, contract, property right or agreement shall be an Excluded Asset only to the extent and for so long as the consequences specified above shall exist and shall cease to be an Excluded Asset and shall become subject to the security interest granted under the Security Documents, immediately and automatically, at such time as such consequences shall no longer exist; (ii) any interests in real property that constitutes a leasehold of any Credit Party; (iii) any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents; (iv) all properties and assets of the Credit Parties secured by Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1(f) so long as the granting of a Lien in favor of the Secured Parties would constitute or result in a breach, termination or default under any agreement or instrument governing the applicable Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1(f) and such properties or assets shall cease to be Excluded Assets once such prohibition ceases to exist and shall immediately and automatically become subject to the security interest granted under the Security Documents; (v) any intellectual property if and to the extent a grant of a security interest therein will result in the loss, voiding, abandonment, cancellation or termination of any right, title or interest in or to such intellectual property and (vi) any segregated and identifiable cash proceeds from the issuance of Parent Subordinated Notes, Qualified Equity Interests and borrowings under the ABL Facility, in each case, in connection with the Restatement Transactions; provided , however , that such intellectual property shall be an Excluded Asset only to the extent and for so long as the circumstances specified above shall exist and shall cease to be an Excluded Asset and shall become subject to the security interest granted under the Security Documents, immediately and automatically, at such time as such circumstances shall no longer exist; and (vi) any vehicles (whether powered or un-powered) subject to certificate of title statutes.
Excluded Perfection Assets shall mean any property or assets (i) constituting deposit accounts, securities accounts or commodities accounts (except to the extent subject to a control agreement in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent), (ii) leasehold interests in real property, (iii) monies, (iv) any interest in real property with a book value of less than $5,000,000; (v) any property or assets that the Collateral Agent and the Borrower agree in good faith that the cost of perfecting a security interest in respect of which the cost of perfecting a security interest is excessive in relation to the value of the security to be afforded thereby or is not commercially practical; (vi) letter of credit rights not constituting supporting obligations; and (vii) any property or assets that constitute intellectual property owned by any Credit Party that is registered or issued or the subject of an application for registration or issuance in a jurisdiction other than the United States and (viii) any other property or assets in which, pursuant to the terms and conditions of any Credit Document, the security interest of the Security Documents need not be perfected.
-17-
Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents shall mean (i) any Stock or Stock Equivalents with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Collateral Agent (confirmed in writing by notice to the Borrower), the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing a pledge of which shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (ii) any Stock or Stock Equivalents of any class of such Foreign Subsidiary (or any Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist, directly or indirectly, of Stock and Stock Equivalents of Foreign Subsidiaries), in excess of 65% of the outstanding Stock or Stock Equivalents of such class, (iii) any Stock or Stock Equivalents to the extent the pledge thereof would violate any applicable Requirement of Law, (iv) the Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary that is organized as an unlimited liability company under the laws of any province of Canada, and (v) in the case of Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary that is not wholly-owned by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, any Stock or Stock Equivalents of such Subsidiary to the extent (A) that a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Requirement (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the UCC or other applicable law), (B) any Contractual Requirement or other contract, agreement or instrument or indenture, prohibits such a pledge without the consent of any other party; provided that this clause (B) shall not apply if (I) such other party is a Credit Party or wholly-owned Subsidiary or (II) such consent has been obtained and is in effect (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate the Borrower or any Subsidiary to obtain any such consent)) and for so long as such Contractual Requirement or other contract, agreement or instrument or indenture, or replacement or renewal thereof is in effect, or (C) a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations would give any other party (other than a Credit Party or wholly-owned Subsidiary) to any contract, agreement, instrument or indenture governing such Stock or Stock Equivalents the right to terminate its obligations thereunder (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the UCC or other applicable law).
Excluded Subsidiary shall mean:
(a) each Domestic Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.1(c)(i) and each future Domestic Subsidiary designated as an Excluded Subsidiary by the Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent, in each case, for so long as any such Subsidiary does not (on a consolidated basis with its Restricted Subsidiaries) have property, plant and equipment with a book value in excess of $5,000,000 or a contribution to Consolidated EBITDA for any four fiscal quarter period for which Section 8.1 Financials have been delivered that includes any date on or after the Closing Date in excess of $2,500,000; provided that for all such Domestic Subsidiaries in the aggregate under this clause (a) , the book value of property, plant and equipment shall not (on a consolidated basis with their respective Restricted Subsidiaries) exceed $40,000,000 and the contribution to Consolidated EBITDA for any four fiscal quarter period for which Section 8.1 Financials have been delivered that includes any date on or after the Closing Date shall not exceed $20,000,000,
-18-
(b) each Foreign Subsidiary and each Domestic Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower,
(c) each Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist, directly or indirectly, of Stock and Stock Equivalents of Foreign Subsidiaries, and
(d) each Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Excluded Taxes shall mean, with respect to any Agent or any Lender, (a) (i) tax imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) and franchise taxes or similar taxes (imposed or measured by overall gross receipts) imposed on such Agent or Lender by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Agent or Lender is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender with respect to any Loan made to the Borrower, any U.S. federal withholding tax to the extent imposed on amounts payable to such Non-U.S. Lender at the time such Non-U.S. Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new lending office) except to the extent that such Non-U.S. Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 4.4(a) , (c) any withholding taxes imposed on any withholdable payment payable to such Agent or Lender as a result of the failure of such Agent or Lender to satisfy the applicable requirements under FATCA to establish that such payment is exempt from withholding under FATCA, and (d) taxes attributable to a Non-U.S. Lenders failure to comply with Section 4.4(d) .
Existing Indebtedness shall mean Indebtedness of Univar N.V. and its Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 1.1(e) .
Existing Term B Loans shall mean all Term B Loans (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) outstanding immediately prior to the Third Restatement Effective Date.
FATCA means current Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (or any amended or successor version thereof that is substantially comparable) and any regulations promulgated thereunder or official interpretations thereof.
Federal Funds Effective Rate shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the per annum rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.
Final Maturity Date shall mean June 30, 2017 (or if such day is not a Business Day, the preceding Business Day).
-19-
Foreign Asset Sale shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.2(f) .
Foreign Plan shall mean any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to employees employed outside the United States.
Foreign Subsidiary shall mean each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
Fund shall mean any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.
Funded Debt shall mean all indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all amounts of Funded Debt required to be paid or prepaid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of the Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.
GAAP shall mean (a) for periods ending prior to June 30, 2010 (except as contemplated by clause (b) below), generally accepted accounting principles based upon International Financing Reporting Standards issued and adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board and (b) for periods ending on or after June 30, 2010 (including, in the case of financial statements delivered for periods ending on or after June 30, 2010, comparative periods ending prior to June 30, 2010 set forth in such financial statements), generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that if there occurs after the date of this Agreement any change in GAAP that affects in any respect the calculation of any covenant contained in Section 9 , the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith amendments to the provisions of this Agreement that relate to the calculation of such covenant with the intent of having the respective positions of the Lenders and the Borrower after such change in GAAP conform as nearly as possible to their respective positions as of the date of this Agreement and, until any such amendments have been agreed upon, the covenants in Section 9 shall be calculated as if no such change in GAAP has occurred; provided further , that for purposes of determining compliance with any financial test or basket under this Agreement, any change in GAAP with respect to whether a lease is required to be capitalized or operating shall be disregarded for all purposes.
Governmental Authority shall mean any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange.
Guarantee shall mean the amended and restated Guarantee, dated as of February 28, 2011, by and among the Guarantors and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
-20-
Guarantee Obligations shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness of any other Person (the Primary Obligor ) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such Indebtedness or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such Indebtedness or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the Primary Obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the Primary Obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such Indebtedness of the ability of the Primary Obligor to make payment of such Indebtedness or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of such Indebtedness against loss in respect thereof; provided , however , that the term Guarantee Obligations shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.
Guarantors shall mean (a) each Domestic Subsidiary that is party to the Guarantee on the Third Restatement Effective Date and (b) each Domestic Subsidiary that becomes a party to the Guarantee after the Third Restatement Effective Date pursuant to Section 8.8 or otherwise.
Hazardous Materials shall mean (a) any petroleum or petroleum products, radioactive materials, friable asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other equipment that contain dielectric fluid containing regulated levels of polychlorinated biphenyls, and radon gas; (b) any chemicals, materials or substances defined as or included in the definition of hazardous substances, hazardous waste, hazardous materials, extremely hazardous waste, restricted hazardous waste, toxic substances, toxic pollutants, contaminants, or pollutants, or words of similar import, under any applicable Environmental Law; and (c) any other chemical, material or substance, which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any Environmental Law.
Hedge Agreements shall mean interest rate swap, cap or collar agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, currency swap agreements, cross-currency rate swap agreements, currency future or option contracts, commodity price protection agreements or other commodity price hedging agreements, and other similar agreements.
Hedge Bank shall mean any Person that either (x) at the time it enters into a Hedge Agreement or (y) on the Closing Date, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in its capacity as a party to such Hedge Agreement.
-21-
Historical Financial Statements shall mean the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and the audited consolidated statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows of the Borrower for each of the fiscal years in the three year period ending on December 31, 2011, in the form provided to the Lenders under the Original Credit Agreement.
Increased Amount Date shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(a) .
Indebtedness of any Person shall mean (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) the deferred purchase price of assets or services that in accordance with GAAP would be included as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person, (c) the face amount of all letters of credit issued for the account of such Person and, without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder, (d) all Indebtedness of any other Person secured by any Lien on any property owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person, (e) the principal component of all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person with respect to obligations of another Person of a type described in one of the foregoing clauses, (f) all obligations of such Person under Hedge Agreements, (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests and (h) without duplication, all Guarantee Obligations of such Person, provided that Indebtedness shall not include trade payables and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business and not past due by more than 270 days or being disputed in good faith.
Indemnified Liabilities shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.5 .
Indemnified Taxes shall mean all Taxes (including Other Taxes) other than Excluded Taxes.
Indemnitees shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.5 .
Insurance Policies shall mean the insurance policies and coverages required to be maintained by each Credit Party which is an owner of Mortgaged Property with respect to the applicable Mortgaged Property pursuant to Section 8.3 and all renewals and extensions thereof.
Insurance Requirements shall mean, collectively, all provisions of the Insurance Policies, all requirements of the issuer of any of the Insurance Policies and all orders, rules, regulations and any other requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters (or any other body exercising similar functions) binding upon each Credit Party which is an owner of Mortgaged Property and applicable to the Mortgaged Property or any use or condition thereof.
Intercreditor Agreement shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between the Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent, and acknowledged by the Borrower and Ulixes Limited, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented, superseded or waived from time to time.
Interest Period shall mean, with respect to any LIBOR Loan, the interest period applicable thereto, as determined pursuant to Section 2.9 .
-22-
Investment shall mean, for any Person: (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, property, services or securities or otherwise) of Stock, Stock Equivalents (or any other capital contribution), bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any other Person (including any short sale or any sale of any securities at a time when such securities are not owned by the Person entering into such sale); (b) the making of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit or capital contribution to, any other Person (including the purchase of property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell such property to such Person); (c) the entering into of any guarantee of, or other contingent obligation with respect to, any obligations of another Person; or (d) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person; provided that, in the event that any Investment is made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Person through substantially concurrent interim transfers of any amount through one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries, then such other substantially concurrent interim transfers shall be disregarded for purposes of Section 9.5 .
Joinder Agreement shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D .
Junior Indebtedness shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.7(a) .
Lender shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include, as the context requires, all Lenders under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
Lender Default shall mean (a) the failure (which has not been cured) of a Lender to make available its portion of any Borrowing or (b) a Lender having notified the Administrative Agent and/or the Borrower that it does not intend to comply with the obligations under Section 2.1 or (c) a Lender becoming the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.
LIBOR Loan shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBOR Rate.
LIBOR Rate shall mean, for any Interest Period with respect to a LIBOR Loan, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate ( BBA LIBOR ), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the LIBOR Loan being made, continued or converted by the Administrative Agent and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by the Administrative Agents London Branch (or other Bank of America branch or Affiliate) to major banks in the London at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m.
-23-
(London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing definition, if the LIBOR Rate for any Term B Loan for any Interest Period as determined above would be less than 1.50% per annum, then the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period for such Loan shall instead be 1.50% per annum.
Lien shall mean, with respect to any property, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, claim, charge, assignment, hypothecation, security interest or encumbrance of any kind or any arrangement to provide priority or preference or any filing of any financing statement under the UCC or any other similar notice of lien under any similar notice or recording statute of any Governmental Authority, including any easement, right-of-way or other encumbrance on title to Real Estate, in each of the foregoing cases whether voluntary or imposed by law, and any agreement to give any of the foregoing; (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such property; and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities. For the avoidance of doubt, Lien shall not be deemed to include any license of intellectual property.
Loan shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Term Loan.
Management Agreements means, collectively, any agreement entered into by any Sponsor from time to time, primarily providing for or relating to any management, consulting, financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or other investment banking activities with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
Management Investors shall mean the directors, management, officers and employees of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and its Subsidiaries.
Master Agreement shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Swap Contract.
Material Adverse Effect shall mean a circumstance or condition affecting the business, assets, operations, properties or financial condition of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that would materially adversely affect (a) the ability of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents or (b) the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents taken as a whole.
Material Subsidiary shall mean, at any date of determination, one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower as to which a specified condition exists, that have, in the aggregate, (a) total assets at the last day of the Test Period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal period for which Section 8.1 Financials have been delivered accounting for 5% or more of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (b) revenues during such Test Period accounting for 5% or more of the consolidated revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.
-24-
Minimum Borrowing Amount shall mean (a) with respect to a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans, $5,000,000 and (b) with respect to a Borrowing of ABR Loans, $1,000,000.
Moodys shall mean Moodys Investors Service, Inc. or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.
Mortgage shall mean, with respect to any Credit Party, a mortgage, collateral charge mortgage, assignment of leases and rents, or other security document entered into by the owner of a Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent in respect of that Mortgaged Property to secure the Obligations, substantially in the form of Exhibit A , as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Mortgaged Property shall mean, initially, each parcel of Real Estate and the improvements thereto owned by a Credit Party with a book value in excess of $5,000,000 and identified on Schedule 1.1(a) , and includes each other parcel of Real Estate and improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 8.11 (or Section 8.11 of the Original Credit Agreement or Section 8.11 of the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement).
Multiemployer Plan shall mean any multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001 of ERISA that is subject to Title IV of ERISA (i) to which the Borrower, any Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate is then making or has an obligation to make contributions or (ii) to which the Borrower, any Subsidiary has or would reasonably expect to incur liability (including on account of its ERISA Affiliates). For the avoidance of doubt, Multiemployer Plan does not include any Foreign Plan.
Net Cash Proceeds shall mean, with respect to any Prepayment Event, (a) the gross cash proceeds (including payments from time to time in respect of installment obligations, if applicable) received by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of such Prepayment Event, as the case may be, less (b) the sum of:
(i) the amount, if any, of all taxes paid or estimated to be payable by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Prepayment Event,
(ii) the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities (other than any taxes deducted pursuant to clause (i) above) (x) associated with the assets that are the subject of such Prepayment Event and (y) retained by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that the amount of any subsequent reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds of such a Prepayment Event occurring on the date of such reduction,
(iii) the amount of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the assets that are the subject of such Prepayment Event that is permanently repaid in connection with such Prepayment Event (other than the Term Loans and any Junior Indebtedness and with respect
-25-
to the proceeds of Collateral (other than ABL Priority Collateral) Indebtedness under the ABL Facility) to the extent that the instrument creating or evidencing such Indebtedness requires that such Indebtedness be repaid upon consummation of such Prepayment Event,
(iv) in the case of any Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event, the amount of any proceeds of such Prepayment Event that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has reinvested (or intends to reinvest within the Reinvestment Period or has entered into a binding commitment prior to the last day of the Reinvestment Period to reinvest) in the business of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that any portion of such proceeds that has not been so reinvested within such Reinvestment Period (with respect to such Prepayment Event, the Deferred Net Cash Proceeds ) shall, unless the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has entered into a binding commitment prior to the last day of such Reinvestment Period to reinvest such proceeds, (x) be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event occurring on the last day of such Reinvestment Period or, if later, 180 days after the date the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into such binding commitment, as applicable (such last day or 180th day, as applicable, the Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date ), and (y) be applied to the repayment of Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.2(a)(i) ,
(v) in the case of any Asset Sale Prepayment Event, the amount of any proceeds from asset sales which are designated by the Borrower as applying retroactively to a purchase of assets useful in the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiarys business; provided that (a) at the time of such prior purchase of assets, the Borrower specifically identifies by written notice to the Administrative Agent the assets to be sold in connection with such purchase and (b) the specified asset sale must be made no later than the date which is 180 days after the applicable asset purchase, and
(vi) reasonable and customary fees paid by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any of the foregoing,
in each case only to the extent not already deducted in arriving at the amount referred to in clause (a) above.
New Repayment Date shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(c) .
New Term Loan Commitments shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(a) .
New Term Loan Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14 .
New Term Loan Maturity Date shall mean the date on which a New Term Loan matures.
New Term Loan Repayment Amount shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(c) .
-26-
New Term Loans shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(b) . For the avoidance of doubt, the Additional Term B Loans shall not constitute New Term Loans.
Non-Consenting Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.7(b) .
Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall mean an Affiliate of the Borrower that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund or a Purchasing Borrower Party.
Non-U.S. Lender shall mean any Agent or Lender that is not, for United States federal income tax purposes, (a) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (b) a corporation, partnership or other entity treated as a corporation or partnership created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof, (c) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (d) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or a trust that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person. In addition, solely for purposes of clause (b) of the definition of Excluded Taxes, a Non-U.S. Lender shall include a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof, but only to the extent the partners of such partnership (including indirect partners if the direct partners are partnerships or other entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof) are treated as Non-U.S. Lenders under the preceding sentence.
Notice of Borrowing shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.3(a) .
Notice of Conversion or Continuation shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.6 .
Obligations shall mean all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Credit Party arising under the Original Credit Agreement, the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, this Agreement or any Credit Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Existing Term Loan and all debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries under any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement, in each case, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.
Original Credit Agreement shall mean the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended and restated on September 20, 2010, and as further amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 28, 2010, and by the Joinder Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2010), by and among Parent, the Borrower, Ulixes Limited, as U.K. borrower, the lenders party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as in effect immediately prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date.
-27-
Other Taxes shall mean any and all present or future stamp, registration, documentary or any other excise, property or similar taxes (including interest, fines, penalties, additions to tax and related expenses with regard thereto) arising from any payment made or required to be made under this Agreement or any other Credit Document or from the execution or delivery of, registration or enforcement of, consummation or administration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Credit Document.
Overnight Rate shall mean, for any day, (a) the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.
Parent shall mean Ulixes Acquisition, B.V., a private limited liability company under the laws of the Netherlands.
Parent Entity shall mean any company (at the time it is designated a Parent Entity by the Borrower) whose only assets are the Stock and Stock Equivalents of the Borrower (or one or more other Parent Entities) and assets incidental to such ownership and its existence; provided that such Parent Entity shall cease to be a Parent Entity at such time as such Parent Entity ceases to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Voting Stock of the Borrower. It being understood that, as of the Third Restatement Effective Date, the Borrower has not designated any Parent Entity.
Parent Subordinated Notes shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Original Credit Agreement.
Participant shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(c) .
Participant Register shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(c) .
Patriot Act shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.18 .
PBGC shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Section 4002 of ERISA, or any successor thereto.
Perfection Certificate shall mean a certificate of the Borrower in the form of Exhibit B or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
Permitted Acquisition shall mean the acquisition, by merger or otherwise, by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of assets or Stock or Stock Equivalents, so long as (a) such acquisition and all transactions related thereto shall be consummated in accordance with applicable law; (b) all Persons acquired in such acquisition shall be Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are Restricted Subsidiaries; (c) such acquisition shall result in the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Lenders, being granted a security interest in any Stock, Stock Equivalent or any assets so acquired if and, to the extent required by Sections 8.8 , 8.9 and/or 8.11 ; and (d) after giving effect to such acquisition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
-28-
Permitted Additional Subordinated Debt shall mean Subordinated Indebtedness, issued by the Borrower or a Guarantor, (a) the terms of which (i) do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligation prior to the one-year anniversary of the Final Maturity Date (other than customary offers to purchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and customary acceleration rights after an event of default) and (ii) provide for customary subordination to the Obligations under the Credit Documents and provide that such Obligations shall be designated senior debt on customary terms and (b) of which no Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than a Credit Party) is an obligor.
Permitted Investments shall mean:
(a) securities issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, in each case having maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof;
(b) securities issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings generally obtainable from either S&P or Moodys;
(c) commercial paper maturing no more than 24 months after the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either S&P or Moodys;
(d) domestic and LIBOR certificates of deposit or bankers acceptances maturing no more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank having combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000;
(e) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with (i) any Lender or an Affiliate thereof or (ii) any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;
(f) repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the type described in clauses (a) , (b) and (d) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above or securities dealers of recognized national standing;
(g) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moodys or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
-29-
(h) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (g) above;
(i) Indebtedness issued by Persons with a rating of A or higher from S&P or A2 or higher from Moodys with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
(j) shares of investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and substantially all the investments of which are one or more of the types of securities described in clauses (a) through (i) above; and
(k) in the case of Investments by any Restricted Foreign Subsidiary, other customarily utilized high-quality Investments in the country where such Restricted Foreign Subsidiary is located or operates.
Permitted Investors shall mean (a) the Sponsor, (b) any Person making an Investment in Parent or the Borrower (directly or indirectly) concurrently with the Sponsor on or following the Closing Date, and (c) any Person who is an officer or otherwise a member of management of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or any of its subsidiaries; provided that, in no event shall the Sponsor own a lesser percentage of voting stock of (x) so long as the Borrower is a Subsidiary of the any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the Borrower is not a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, the Borrower than any other person or group referred to in clause (b) or (c) .
Permitted Liens shall mean:
(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;
(b) Liens in respect of property or assets of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries imposed by law, such as carriers, materialmens, repairmens, construction, warehousemens and mechanics Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business, in each case so long as such Liens do not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;
(c) zoning, building codes and other land use laws regulating the use or occupancy of the real property owned by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, or the activities conducted thereon, which are imposed by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such real property which are not violated by the current use or occupancy of such real property or the operation of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, or any violation of which would not have a Material Adverse Effect;
(d) Liens arising from judgments or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 10.9 ;
-30-
(e) Liens incurred or deposits made in connection with workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(f) ground leases in respect of Real Estate on which facilities owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are located;
(g) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, servitudes, easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions and restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(h) any interest or title of a lessor or secured by a lessors interest under any lease permitted by this Agreement;
(i) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;
(j) Liens on goods the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit or in respect of bankers acceptances in each case issued or created for the account of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that such Lien secures only the obligations of the Borrower or such Subsidiaries in respect of such letter of credit to the extent permitted under Section 9.1 ;
(k) leases or subleases granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(l) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements or similar filings made in respect of operating leases entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
(m) Liens created in the ordinary course of business in favor of banks and other financial institutions over credit balances of any bank accounts of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries held at such banks or financial institutions, as the case may be, to facilitate the operation of cash pooling and/or interest set-off arrangements in respect of such bank accounts in the ordinary course of business;
(n) Liens in favor of the issuer of stay, customs, appeal, performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
(o) undetermined or inchoate Liens and charges arising or potentially arising under statutory provisions which have not at the time been filed or registered in accordance with applicable law or which written notice has not been duly given in accordance with applicable law or which, although filed or registered, relate to obligations not due or delinquent;
-31-
(p) the rights reserved to or vested in Governmental Authorities by statutory provisions or by the terms of leases, licenses, franchises, grants or permits, which affect any land, to terminate the leases, licenses, franchises, grants or permits or to require annual or other periodic payments as a condition of the continuance thereof;
(q) security deposits to public utilities or to any municipalities or Governmental Authorities or other public authority when required by the utility, municipality or Governmental Authorities or other public authority in connection with the supply of services or utilities to the Credit Parties;
(r) Liens or covenants restricting or prohibiting access to or from lands abutting on controlled access highways or covenants affecting the use to which lands may be put; provided that such Liens or covenants do not materially and adversely affect the use of the lands by any Credit Party;
(s) statutory Liens incurred or pledges or deposits made in favor of a Governmental Authority to secure the performance of obligations of any Credit Party under Environmental Laws to which any asset of such Credit Party are subject;
(t) a Lien granted by any Subsidiary of the Borrower formed under the laws of Canada or any province thereof to a landlord to secure the payment of arrears of rent in respect of leased properties in the Province of Quebec leased from such landlord, provided that such Lien is limited to the assets located at or about such leased properties;
(t) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 9.1 ; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; and
(u) restrictions permitted by Section 9.11 .
Person shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, firm, corporation, unlimited liability company, limited liability company, association, trust or other enterprise or any Governmental Authority.
Plan shall mean any single-employer plan, as defined in Section 4001 of ERISA that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, maintained or contributed to by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which the Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries has or would reasonably expect to incur liability (including on account of its ERISA Affiliates). For the avoidance of doubt, Plan does not include any Foreign Plans.
Platform shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17(c) .
Post-Acquisition Period shall mean, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition, the period beginning on the date such Permitted Acquisition is consummated and ending on the last day of the fourth full consecutive fiscal quarter immediately following the date on which such Permitted Acquisition is consummated.
-32-
Prepayment Event shall mean any Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event or Casualty Event.
Primary Obligor shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Guarantee Obligations.
prime rate shall mean the prime rate referred to in the definition of ABR.
Pro Forma Adjustment shall mean, for any Test Period that includes all or any part of a fiscal quarter included in any Post-Acquisition Period, with respect to the Acquired EBITDA of the applicable Acquired Entity or Business or the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower, the pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, as a result of adjustments that are factually supportable as determined by the Borrower in its reasonable discretion and set forth on the Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate.
Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate shall mean any certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(h) or Section 8.1(e) .
Pro Forma Basis and Pro Forma Effect shall mean, with respect to compliance with any test hereunder for any Test Period, that (A) to the extent applicable (and other than for purposes of determining the Applicable Amount), the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been made and (B) all Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of such Test Period: (a) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, (i) in the case of a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all Capital Stock in any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be excluded, and (ii) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of Specified Transaction, shall be included, (b) any retirement of Indebtedness, and (c) any incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith (it being agreed that if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, such Indebtedness shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate that is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination); provided that, without limiting the application of the Pro Forma Adjustment pursuant to (A) above (but without duplication thereof), the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test or covenant solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and give effect to events (including operating expense reductions) that are factually supportable.
Pro Forma Entity shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Acquired EBITDA.
Public Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17(c) .
-33-
Purchasing Borrower Party shall mean the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower that becomes an Eligible Assignee or a Participant pursuant to Section 12.6(h) .
Qualified Equity Interest shall mean any Stock or Stock Equivalent of the Borrower that does not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest.
Qualified IPO shall mean the issuance by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower of its common Stock or the sale of such common Stock by the holders thereof, in either case, in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Real Estate shall mean, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased or operated by any person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.
Refinanced Term Loans shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.1 .
Register shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(b)(iv) .
Regulation T shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.
Regulation U shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.
Regulation X shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.
Reinvestment Period shall mean 365 days following the date of receipt of cash proceeds of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event.
Related Parties shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Persons Affiliates and the directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, advisors of such Person and any Person that possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.
Release shall mean any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing or migrating of any Hazardous Materials in, into, onto or through the environment.
Repayment Amount shall mean a Term B Loan Repayment Amount or a New Term Loan Repayment Amount with respect to any Series, as applicable.
-34-
Replacement Term Loans shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.1 .
Reportable Event shall mean an event described in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, other than any event as to which the thirty day notice period has been waived.
Required Lenders shall mean, at any date, Lenders having or holding a majority of the sum of (i) the Adjusted Total Term Loan Commitment at such date and (ii) the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans (excluding Term Loans held by Defaulting Lenders) at such date.
Requirement of Law shall mean, as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or assets or to which such Person or any of its property or assets is subject.
Restatement Agreement shall have the meaning provided in the recitals hereto.
Restatement Transactions shall mean the transactions contemplated by Section 5 of the Original Credit Agreement.
Restricted Foreign Subsidiary shall mean a Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.
Restricted Payments shall mean any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof) or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Stock or Stock Equivalents.
Restricted Subsidiary shall mean any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, on the Third Restatement Effective Date, all Subsidiaries of the Borrower that were Restricted Subsidiaries under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement on the Third Restatement Effective Date shall initially be Restricted Subsidiaries under this Agreement.
S&P shall mean Standard & Poors Ratings Services or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.
Sale and Lease-Back Transaction shall mean any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
-35-
SEC shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.
Second Restatement Effective Date shall mean February 28, 2011.
Section 8.1 Financials shall mean the financial statements delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (b) together with the accompanying officers certificate delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Section 8.1(d) .
Secured Cash Management Agreement shall mean any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) or any of its Subsidiaries and any Cash Management Bank.
Secured Hedge Agreement shall mean any Hedge Agreement that is entered into by and between the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any Hedge Bank.
Secured Parties shall mean Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender, each Hedge Bank, each Cash Management Bank and each sub-agent pursuant to Section 11 appointed by the Administrative Agent.
Securitization shall mean a public or private offering by a Lender or any of its Affiliates or their respective successors and assigns of securities or notes which represent an interest in, or which are collateralized, in whole or in part, by the Loans and the Lenders rights under the Credit Documents.
Security Agreement shall mean the amended and restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2011, by and among the Credit Parties and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Security Documents shall mean, collectively, (a) the Guarantee, (b) the Security Agreement, (c) the Mortgages provided by the Credit Parties, (d) the Intercreditor Agreement and (e) each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered pursuant to Section 8.8 , 8.9 or 8.11 or pursuant to any other such Security Documents to secure all of the Obligations.
Series shall have the meaning as provided in Section 2.14 .
Sold Entity or Business shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Consolidated EBITDA.
Solvent shall mean, with respect to any Person, that (a) (i) the sum of such Persons debt (including contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of such Persons present assets; (ii) such Persons capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated; and (iii) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or believe that it will incur, debts including current obligations beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (b) in the case of any Person organized other than under the laws of the United States, the District of Columbia or any State of the
-36-
United States, such Person is solvent within the meaning given that term and similar terms under applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed by the Borrower as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under GAAP).
Specified Transaction shall mean, with respect to any period, any Investment, sale, transfer or other disposition of assets, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including the Loans and other than incurrences and repayments of Indebtedness under working capital facilities in the ordinary course of business or intercompany Indebtedness or Investment), Restricted Payment, Subsidiary designation or other event that involves aggregate consideration in excess of $10,000,000 or that by the terms of this Agreement requires such test to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis or after giving Pro Forma Effect.
Sponsor shall mean, one or more of, (a) CVC and its Affiliates, (b) the CD&R Group, and (c) any collective investment vehicle sponsored, advised or managed by any of CVC and its Affiliates and any investment vehicle sponsored, advised or managed by the CD&R Group but excluding portfolio companies of any such vehicle.
Stock shall mean shares of capital stock or shares in the capital, as the case may be (whether denominated as common stock or preferred stock or ordinary shares or preferred shares, as the case may be), beneficial, partnership or membership interests, participations or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, unlimited liability company or equivalent entity, whether voting or non-voting.
Stock Equivalents shall mean all securities convertible into or exchangeable for Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to purchase or subscribe for any Stock, whether or not presently convertible, exchangeable or exercisable.
Subordinated Indebtedness shall mean the Subordinated Notes and any other Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations of the Borrower and such Guarantor, as applicable, under this Agreement.
Subordinated Notes shall mean (i) $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Borrowers 12% senior subordinated notes due 2017 and (ii) $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Borrowers 12% senior subordinated notes due 2018, in each case, issued pursuant to the Subordinated Notes Purchase Agreements.
Subordinated Notes Purchase Agreements shall mean the purchase agreements with respect to the Subordinated Notes, as amended, restated, supplemented and otherwise modified from time to time.
Subsidiary of any Person shall mean and include (a) any corporation more than 50% of whose Stock of any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time Stock of any class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason
-37-
of the happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, (b) any limited liability company, partnership, association, joint venture or other entity of which such Person (i) directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries owns or controls more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partner interests and (ii) is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity at such time. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to a Subsidiary shall mean a Subsidiary of the Borrower.
Successor Borrower shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.3(a) .
Survey shall mean a survey of any Mortgaged Property (and all improvements thereon) which is (a) (i) prepared by a surveyor or engineer licensed to perform surveys in the jurisdiction where such Mortgaged Property is located, (ii) dated (or redated) not earlier than six months prior to the date of delivery thereof unless there shall have occurred within six months prior to such date of delivery any exterior construction on the site of such Mortgaged Property or any easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property has been granted or become effective through operation of law or otherwise with respect to such Mortgaged Property which, in either case, can be depicted on a survey, in which events, as applicable, such survey shall be dated (or redated) after the completion of such construction or if such construction shall not have been completed as of such date of delivery, not earlier than 20 days prior to such date of delivery, or after the grant or effectiveness of any such easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property, (iii) certified by the surveyor (in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Title Company, (iv) complying in all respects with the minimum detail requirements of the American Land Title Association as such requirements are in effect on the date of preparation of such survey and (v) sufficient for the Title Company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the title insurance policy (or commitment) relating to such Mortgaged Property and issue the endorsements of the type required by Section 8.11(d) or (b) otherwise acceptable to the Collateral Agent.
Swap Contract shall mean (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, that are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a Master Agreement ), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
Taxes shall mean any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, assessments, deductions, withholdings or other similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority whether computed on a separate, consolidated, unitary, combined or other basis and any interest, fines, penalties or additions to tax with respect to the foregoing.
-38-
Term B Loan Lender means each Lender that has an Additional Term B Commitment or that is the holder of a Term B Loan.
Term B Loans shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a) .
Term B Repayment Amount shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.5(b) .
Term B Repayment Date shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.5(b) .
Term Loans or Loans shall mean the Term B Loans and any New Term Loans, collectively.
Test Period shall mean, for any determination under this Agreement, the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower then last ended for which Section 8.1 Financials have been delivered.
Third Restatement Effective Date shall mean the first date on which each of the conditions set forth in Section 5 has been satisfied.
Title Company shall mean any title insurance company as shall be retained by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
Title Policy shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Schedule 8.11 .
Total Credit Exposure shall mean, at any date, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the Total Term Loan Commitment at such date and (b) without duplication of clause (a) , the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans at such date.
Total Term Loan Commitment shall mean the sum of the Additional Term B Loan Commitment and the New Term Loan Commitments, if applicable, of all the Lenders.
Transactions shall have the meaning assigned to such term by the Original Credit Agreement.
Transferee shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(f) .
Type shall mean as to any Term Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a LIBOR Loan.
UCC shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code in effect from time to time in New York; provided , that if, with respect to any UCC financing statement or by reason of any provisions of law, the perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the applicable Credit Document is governed
-39-
by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction of the United States other than New York, UCC means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions of each Credit Document and any financing statement relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection.
Unfunded Current Liability of any Plan shall mean the amount, if any, by which the Accumulated Benefit Obligation (as defined under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87 ( SFAS 87 )) under the Plan as of the close of its most recent plan year, determined in accordance with SFAS 87 as in effect on the date hereof, using the actuarial assumptions and methods specified in the most recent actuarial report for such Plan, exceeds the fair market value of the assets allocable thereto.
Unrestricted Subsidiary shall mean (a) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent (or specified in the definition of Restricted Subsidiary as not being a Restricted Subsidiary on the Third Restatement Effective Date), and provided , (x) such designation shall be deemed to be an Investment (or reduction in an outstanding Investment, in the case of a designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary), on the date of such designation in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Borrowers direct or indirect equity ownership percentage of the net worth of such designated Restricted Subsidiary immediately prior to such designation and (ii) without duplication, the aggregate principal amount of any Indebtedness owed by such designated Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary immediately prior to such designation, all calculated, except as set forth in the parenthetical to clause (i) , on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and (y) no Default or Event of Default would result from such designation after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio would be at least 2.0 to 1.0 after giving effect to such designation and (b) each Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, re-designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, and thereafter, such Subsidiary shall no longer constitute an Unrestricted Subsidiary, but only if no Default or Event of Default would result from such re-designation.
U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate has the meaning specified in Section 4.4(d)(iii) .
Voting Stock shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Persons Stock or Stock Equivalents having the right to vote for the election of directors of such Person under ordinary circumstances.
Yield for any Term Loan on any date on which any Yield is required to be calculated hereunder will be the internal rate of return on such Term Loan determined by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower utilizing (a) the greater of (i) if applicable, any LIBOR floor applicable to such Term Loan on such date and (ii) the forward LIBOR curve (calculated on a quarterly basis) as calculated by the Administrative Agent in accordance with its customary practice during the period from such date to the earlier of (x) the date that is four years following such date and (y) the final maturity date of such Term Loan; (b) the Applicable Margin for such Term Loan on such date; and (c) the issue price of such Term Loan (after giving effect to any original issue discount or upfront fees paid to the market in respect of such
-40-
Term Loan calculated based on an assumed four year average life to maturity); provided that, for purposes of calculating the Yield at any time following the Third Restatement Effective Date, the Yield of the Additional Term B Loans shall be deemed to be equal to the Yield of the Existing Term B Loans at such time.
1.2. Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Credit Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Credit Document:
(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.
(b) The words herein, hereto, hereof and hereunder and words of similar import when used in any Credit Document shall refer to such Credit Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.
(c) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Credit Document in which such reference appears; provided that references to (i) Sections in this Agreement shall, unless the context requires otherwise, refer to the corresponding provision determined in accordance with the Original Credit Agreement solely with respect to periods prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date and to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement solely with respect to periods on or after the Second Restatement Date and prior to the Third Restatement Effective Date and (ii) Schedules to this Agreement shall, unless otherwise indicated, refer to Schedules to the Original Credit Agreement.
(d) The term including is by way of example and not limitation.
(e) The term documents includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.
(f) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word from means from and including; the words to and until each mean to but excluding; and the word through means to and including.
(g) Section headings herein and in the other Credit Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.
1.3. Accounting Terms .
(a) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test or covenant contained in this Agreement with respect to any period
-41-
during which any Specified Transaction occurs (or has occurred following such Test Period and prior to the date of determination), the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio and the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated with respect to such period and such Specified Transaction on a Pro Forma Basis.
1.4. Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
1.5. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to organizational documents, agreements (including the Credit Documents) and other Contractual Requirements shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by any Credit Document; and (b) references to any Requirement of Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Requirement of Law. For the avoidance of doubt, the terms of the Loss Sharing Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, by and among the Lenders under the Original Credit Agreement party thereto and the Administrative Agent shall apply to all Loans and Lenders under this Agreement.
1.6. Exchange Rates . For purposes of determining compliance under Sections 9.4 and 9.6 with respect to any amount in a currency other than Dollars (other than with respect to (x) any amount derived from the financial statements of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or (y) any Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than Dollars), such amount shall be determined using the average prevailing currency exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for the related period. For purposes of determining compliance with Sections 9.1 , 9.2 and 9.5 , with respect to any amount denominated in a currency other than Dollars, compliance will be determined at the time of incurrence or advancing thereof using the prevailing currency exchange rates in effect at the time of such incurrence or advancement (or, in the case of any commitment denominated in a foreign currency, at the time such commitment is obtained) and the outstanding amount thereof for purposes of such Sections shall not be deemed to be exceeded as a result of any replacement or refinancing thereof which does not increase the amount thereof (except as otherwise provided by such Sections).
1.7. Effect of Restatement . This Agreement shall amend and restate the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement in its entirety, with the parties hereby agreeing that there is no novation of the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and, on the Third Restatement Effective Date, the rights and obligations of the parties under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement shall be subsumed and governed by this Agreement. For purposes of determining compliance with any covenant in Section 9 that limits the maximum Dollar amount of any Investment, Restricted Payment, Indebtedness, Lien or Disposition, all utilization
-42-
of the baskets contained in Section 9 from and after the Closing Date and prior to the Third Restatement Effective Date (other than pursuant to Section 9.6 ) shall be taken into account (in addition to any utilization of such baskets from and after the Third Restatement Effective Date).
SECTION 2. Amount and Terms of Credit
2.1. Commitments .
(a) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, on the Third Restatement Effective Date, the Additional Term B Lender agrees to make a loan (an Additional Term B Loan and, together with the Existing Term B Loans, the Term B Loans ) to the Borrower in Dollars in an amount equal to the Additional Term B Commitment. The Term Loans may, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans (solely in the case of Loans denominated in Dollars) or LIBOR Loans[; provided that (x) all Term Loans made by each of the Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Term Loans of the same Type and (y) on the Third Restatement Effective Date, all Additional Term B Loans shall consist of LIBOR Loans with an initial Interest Period equal to the remaining Interest Period applicable to the Existing Term B Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Third Restatement Effective Date and the LIBOR Rate applicable to the Additional Term B Loans for that Interest Period shall be equal to the LIBOR Rate applicable to the Existing Term B Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Third Restatement Effective Date. Term Loans may be repaid or prepaid in accordance with the provisions hereof, but once repaid or prepaid, may not be reborrowed]. 1
(b) [Reserved].
(c) Each Lender may at its option make any LIBOR Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan, provided that (A) any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan and (B) in exercising such option, such Lender shall use its reasonable efforts to minimize any increased costs to the Borrower resulting therefrom (which obligation of the Lender shall not require it to take, or refrain from taking, actions that it determines would result in increased costs for which it will not be compensated hereunder or that it determines would be otherwise disadvantageous to it and in the event of such request for costs for which compensation is provided under this Agreement, the provisions of Section 2.10 shall apply).
2.2. Minimum Amount of Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings . The aggregate principal amount of Borrowing of Term Loans shall be in a minimum amount of at least the Minimum Borrowing Amount for such Type of Loans and in a multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. More than one Borrowing may be incurred on any date, provided that at no time shall there be outstanding more than 15 Borrowings of LIBOR Loans under this Agreement.
1 | Confirm only one Interest Period. |
-43-
2.3. Notice of Borrowing .
(a) With respect to any Term Loans to be made on or after the Third Restatement Effective Date, the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agents Office (i) prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least three Business Days prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of the Borrowing of Term Loans if such Term Loans are to be initially LIBOR Loans and (ii) written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least one Business Day prior to the date of the Borrowing of Term Loans if such Term Loans are to be ABR Loans (or, in the case of Additional Term B Loans, such shorter period as to which the Administrative Agent may agree). Such notice (a Notice of Borrowing ) shall specify (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans to be made, (ii) the date of the Borrowing and (iii) whether the Term Loans shall consist of ABR Loans) and/or LIBOR Loans and, if the Term Loans are to include LIBOR Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto. The Administrative Agent shall promptly give each Lender written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of the proposed Borrowing of Term Loans, of such Lenders proportionate share thereof and of the other matters covered by the related Notice of Borrowing.
(b) Without in any way limiting the obligation of the Borrower to confirm in writing any notice it may give hereunder by telephone, the Administrative Agent may act prior to receipt of written confirmation without liability upon the basis of such telephonic notice believed by the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from an Authorized Officer of the Borrower.
2.4. Disbursement of Funds .
(a) No later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date specified in each Notice of Borrowing, each Lender will make available its pro rata portion, if any, of each Borrowing requested to be made on such date in the manner provided below.
(b) Each Lender shall make available all amounts it is to fund to the Borrower under any Borrowing for its applicable Commitments, and in immediately available funds in Dollars to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agents Office and the Administrative Agent will make available to the Borrower, by depositing to an account designated by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent the aggregate of the amounts so made available in Dollars. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the date of any such Borrowing that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Administrative Agent its portion of the Borrowing or Borrowings to be made on such date, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date of Borrowing, and the Administrative Agent, in reliance upon such assumption, may (in its sole discretion and without any obligation to do so) make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender and the Administrative Agent has made available such amount to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount from such Lender. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agents demand therefor the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent in the applicable currency. The Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover
-44-
from such Lender or the Borrower interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day from the date such corresponding amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower to the date such corresponding amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to (i) if paid by such Lender, the Overnight Rate or (ii) if paid by the Borrower, the then-applicable rate of interest or fees, calculated in accordance with Section 2.8 , for the Loans.
(c) Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder).
2.5. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt .
(a) [Reserved].
(b) The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent, in Dollars, for the benefit of the Term B Lenders, on each date set forth below, commencing with December 31, 2012 (or, if not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) (each, a Term B Repayment Date ), the principal amount of the Term B Loans set forth below for such date (each, a Term B Repayment Amount ):
Date |
Amount | |||
Each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 prior to the Final Maturity Date |
$ | [ | ] 2 | |
Final Maturity Date |
|
The entire principal amounts
of all then outstanding Term B Loans |
|
(c) In the event that any New Term Loans are made, such New Term Loans shall, subject to Section 2.14(c) , be repaid by the Borrower in the amounts (each, a New Term Loan Repayment Amount ) and on the dates (each a New Repayment Date ) set forth in the applicable Joinder Agreement.
(d) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to the appropriate lending office of such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such lending office of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such lending office of such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.
2 | 0.25% of the aggregate original principal amount of all Term B Loans on the Second Restatement Effective Date plus 0.25% of the aggregate original principal amount of all Additional Term B Loans. |
-45-
(e) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 12.6(b) , and a subaccount for each Lender, in which Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, whether such Loan is a Term B Loan or New Term Loan of any Series, as applicable, the Type of each Loan made and the Interest Period, if any, applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each Lenders share thereof.
(f) The entries made in the Register and accounts and subaccounts maintained pursuant to clauses (d) and (e) of this Section 2.5 shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such account, such Register or such subaccount, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
2.6. Conversions and Continuations .
(a) Subject to the penultimate sentence of this clause (a) , (x) the Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to convert all or a portion equal to at least $5,000,000 of the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans of one Type into a Borrowing or Borrowings of another Type and (y) the Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to continue the outstanding principal amount of any LIBOR Loans as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period, provided that (i) no partial conversion of LIBOR Loans shall reduce the outstanding principal amount of LIBOR Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing to less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount, (ii) ABR Loans may not be converted into LIBOR Loans if a Default or Event of Default is in existence on the date of the conversion and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversion, (iii) LIBOR Loans may not be continued as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period if a Default or Event of Default is in existence on the date of the proposed continuation and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuation and (iv) Borrowings resulting from conversions pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be limited in number as provided in Section 2.2 . Each such conversion or continuation shall be effected by the Borrower by giving the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agents Office prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least (i) three Business Days notice, in the case of a continuation of or conversion to LIBOR Loans or (ii) one Business Days notice in the case of a conversion into ABR Loans prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) (each, a Notice of Conversion or Continuation ) specifying the Loans to be so converted or continued, the Type of Loans to be converted or continued into and, if such Loans are to be converted into or continued as LIBOR Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto. The Administrative Agent shall give each applicable Lender notice as promptly as practicable of any such proposed conversion or continuation affecting any of its Loans.
(b) If any Default or Event of Default is in existence at the time of any proposed continuation of any LIBOR Loans and the Required Lenders have determined in their sole
-46-
discretion not to permit such continuation, such LIBOR Loans shall be automatically converted on the last day of the current Interest Period into ABR Loans. If upon the expiration of any Interest Period in respect of LIBOR Loans, the Borrower has failed to elect a new Interest Period to be applicable thereto as provided in clause (a) , the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Borrowing of LIBOR Loans into a Borrowing of ABR Loans, effective as of the expiration date of such current Interest Period.
2.7. Pro Rata Borrowings . Each Borrowing of Additional Term B Loans or New Term Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then-applicable Additional Term B Loan Commitments or New Term Loan Commitments (of the applicable Series). It is understood that (a) no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in its obligation to make Loans hereunder and that each Lender severally but not jointly shall be obligated to make the Loans provided to be made by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder) and (b) other than as expressly provided herein with respect to a Defaulting Lender, failure by a Lender to perform any of its obligations under any of the Credit Documents shall not release any Person from performance of its obligation under any Credit Document.
2.8. Interest .
(a) The unpaid principal amount of each ABR Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin plus the ABR in effect from time to time.
(b) The unpaid principal amount of each LIBOR Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity thereof (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin plus the relevant LIBOR Rate.
(c) If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any Loan or (ii) any interest payable thereon shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum that is (the Default Rate ) (x) in the case of overdue principal, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto plus 2% or (y) in the case of any overdue interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the rate described in Section 2.8(a) plus 2% from the date of such non-payment to the date on which such amount is paid in full (after as well as before judgment).
(d) Interest on each Loan shall accrue from and including, in the case of the Existing Term B Loans, the Second Restatement Effective Date, in the case of the Additional Term B Loans, the Third Restatement Effective Date, and, in the case of New Term Loans, the date of any Borrowing to but excluding the date of any repayment thereof and shall be payable in Dollars. Except as provided below, interest shall be payable (i) in respect of each ABR Loan, quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, (ii) in respect of each LIBOR Loan, on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto and, in the case of an Interest Period in excess of three months, on each date occurring at three-month intervals after the first day of such Interest Period, (iii) in respect of each Loan, (A) on any prepayment (on the amount prepaid but excluding in any event prepayments of ABR Loans), (B) at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and (C) after such maturity, on demand, and (iv) in respect of the Existing Term B Loans, the Third Restatement Effective Date.
-47-
(e) All computations of interest hereunder shall be made in accordance with Section 4.5 .
(f) The Administrative Agent, upon determining the interest rate for any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans, shall promptly notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders thereof. Each such determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.
2.9. Interest Periods . At the time the Borrower gives a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion or Continuation in respect of the making of, or conversion into or continuation as, a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans in accordance with Section 2.6(a) , the Borrower shall have the right to elect by giving the Administrative Agent written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) the Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, which Interest Period shall, at the option of the Borrower, be a one, two, three, six or (with the consent of all the Lenders making such Loans) a nine or twelve month period (or such other period of less than six months as to which the Administrative Agent may consent).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, subject to Section 2.1 :
(a) the initial Interest Period for any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans shall commence on the date of such Borrowing (including the date of any conversion from a Borrowing of ABR Loans) and each Interest Period occurring thereafter in respect of such Borrowing shall commence on the day on which the preceding Interest Period expires;
(b) if any Interest Period relating to a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month or begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;
(c) if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day, provided that if any Interest Period in respect of a LIBOR Loan would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the preceding Business Day; and
(d) the Borrower shall not be entitled to elect any Interest Period in respect of any LIBOR Loan if such Interest Period would extend beyond the final maturity date of such Loan.
2.10. Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc .
(a) In the event that (x) in the case of clause (i) below, the Administrative Agent or (y) in the case of clauses (ii) , (iii) and (iv) below, any Lender shall have reasonably determined (which determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto):
(i) on any date for determining the LIBOR Rate for any Interest Period that (x) deposits in the principal amounts and Dollars of the Loans comprising such LIBOR Borrowing are not generally available in the relevant market or (y) by reason of any changes arising on or after the Closing Date affecting the interbank LIBOR market, adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable interest rate on the basis provided for in the definition of LIBOR Rate; or
-48-
(ii) at any time, that such Lender shall incur increased costs or reductions in the amounts received or receivable hereunder with respect to any LIBOR Loans (other than any increase or reduction attributable to Taxes) because of (x) any change since the date hereof in any applicable law, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or in the interpretation or administration thereof and including the introduction of any new law or governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order), such as, for example, without limitation, a change in official reserve requirements, and/or (y) other circumstances affecting the interbank LIBOR market or the position of such Lender in such market; or
(iii) at any time, that, as a result of any Change in Law after date hereof, such Lender shall incur any new or incremental Taxes with respect to any Loan (except for Indemnified Taxes covered by Section 4.4 or any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender);
(iv) at any time, that the making or continuance of any LIBOR Loan has become unlawful by compliance by such Lender in good faith with any law, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or would conflict with any such governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order not having the force of law even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful), or has become impracticable as a result of a contingency occurring after the date hereof that materially and adversely affects the interbank LIBOR market;
then, and in any such event, such Lender (or the Administrative Agent, in the case of clause (i) above) shall within a reasonable time thereafter give notice (if by telephone, confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the other Lenders). Thereafter (x) in the case of clause (i) above, LIBOR Loans shall no longer be available until such time as the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice by the Administrative Agent no longer exist, and any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion given by the Borrower with respect to LIBOR Loans that have not yet been incurred shall be deemed rescinded by the Borrower, (y) in the case of clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender, promptly after receipt of written demand therefor such additional amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lender in its reasonable discretion shall determine) as shall be required to compensate such Lender for such increased costs or reductions in amounts receivable hereunder (it being agreed that a written notice as to the additional amounts owed to such Lender, showing in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation thereof, submitted to the Borrower by such Lender shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto)
-49-
and (z) in the case of subclause (iii) above, the Borrower shall take one of the actions specified in Section 2.10(b) as promptly as possible and, in any event, within the time period required by law.
(b) At any time that any LIBOR Loan is affected by the circumstances described in Section 2.10(a)(ii) or (iii) , the Borrower may (and in the case of a LIBOR Loan affected pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(iii) shall) either (x) if the affected LIBOR Loan is then being made pursuant to a Borrowing, cancel such Borrowing by giving the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (confirmed promptly in writing) thereof on the same date that Borrower was notified by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(ii) or (iii) or (y) if the affected LIBOR Loan is then outstanding, upon at least three Business Days notice to the Administrative Agent, require the affected Lender to convert each such LIBOR Loan into an ABR Loan, provided that if more than one Lender is affected at any time, then all affected Lenders must be treated in the same manner pursuant to this Section 2.10(b) .
(c) If, after the date hereof, any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy of any Lender or compliance by any Lender or its parent with any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy occurring after the date hereof, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lenders or its parents or its Affiliates capital or assets as a consequence of such Lenders commitments or obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or its parent or its Affiliate could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lenders or its parents policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time, promptly after demand by such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or its parent for such reduction. Each Lender, upon determining in good faith that any additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 2.10(c) , will give prompt written notice thereof to the Borrower, which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis of the calculation of such additional amounts, although the failure to give any such notice shall not, subject to Section 2.13 , release or diminish the Borrowers obligations to pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.10(c) upon receipt of such notice.
(d) It is understood that this Section 2.10 shall not apply to (i) Taxes indemnifiable under Section 4.4 or (ii) Excluded Taxes.
2.11. Compensation . If (a) any payment of principal of any LIBOR Loan is made by the Borrower to or for the account of a Lender other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such LIBOR Loan as a result of a payment or conversion pursuant to Section 2.5 , 2.6 , 2.10 , 4.1 , 4.2 or 12.7 , as a result of acceleration of the maturity of the Loans pursuant to Section 10 or for any other reason, (b) any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans is not made as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Borrowing, (c) any ABR Loan is not converted into a LIBOR Loan as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Conversion or Continuation, (d) any LIBOR Loan is not continued as a LIBOR Loan, as the case may be, as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Conversion or Continuation or (e) any prepayment of principal of any LIBOR Loan is not made as a result of a withdrawn notice of prepayment pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2 , the Borrower shall, after receipt of a written request by such Lender (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses that
-50-
such Lender may reasonably incur as a result of such payment, failure to convert, failure to continue or failure to prepay, including any loss, cost or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) actually incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any Lender to fund or maintain such LIBOR Loan.
2.12. Change of Lending Office . Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.10(a)(ii) , 2.10(a)(iii) , 2.10(b) or 4.4 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event, or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder (subject to the provisions of Section 12.6 ) to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates; provided that such designation is made on such terms that such Lender and its lending office suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, with the object of avoiding the consequence of the event giving rise to the operation of any such Section. Nothing in this Section 2.12 shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the right of any Lender provided in Section 2.10 or 4.4 .
2.13. Notice of Certain Costs . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent any notice required by Section 2.10 or 2.11 is given by any Lender more than 270 days after such Lender has knowledge (or should have had knowledge) of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the additional cost, reduction in amounts, loss, tax or other additional amounts described in such Sections, such Lender shall not be entitled to compensation under Section 2.10 or 2.11 , as the case may be, for any such amounts incurred or accruing prior to the 271st day prior to the giving of such notice to the Borrower.
2.14. Incremental Facilities .
(a) At any time and from time to time prior to the Final Maturity Date, the Borrower may by written notice to Administrative Agent elect to request the establishment of one or more additional tranches of term loans (the commitments thereto, the New Term Loan Commitments ), in an aggregate amount not to exceed an amount such that, on a Pro Forma Basis and after giving effect to the borrowing of such New Term Loans and any other Specified Transaction, the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the most recently ended Test Period shall be less than or equal to 3.5 to 1.0, for all such New Term Loan Commitments. Each such notice shall specify the date (each, an Increased Amount Date ) on which the Borrower proposes that the New Term Loan Commitments shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than five Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent. The Borrower may approach any Lender or any Person (other than a natural person) to provide all or a portion of the New Term Loan Commitments; provided that any Lender offered or approached to provide all or a portion of the New Term Loan Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a New Term Loan Commitment. In each case, such New Term Loan Commitments shall become effective as of the applicable Increased Amount Date; provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default shall exist on such Increased Amount Date before or after giving effect to such New Term Loan Commitments, as applicable; (ii) both before and after giving effect to the making of any Series of New Term Loans, each of the conditions set forth in Section 6 shall be satisfied; (iii) the New Term Loan Commitments shall be effected pursuant to one or more Joinder Agreements executed and delivered by the Borrower and Administrative Agent, and each of which shall be recorded in the Register and shall be subject to
-51-
the requirements set forth in Sections 4.4(e) and (f) ; and (iv) the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered any legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction. Any New Term Loans made on an Increased Amount Date shall be designated, a separate series (a Series ) of New Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement.
(b) On any Increased Amount Date on which any New Term Loan Commitments of any Series are effective, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (i) each Lender with a New Term Loan Commitment (each, a New Term Loan Lender ) of any Series shall make a Loan to the Borrower (a New Term Loan ) in an amount equal to its New Term Loan Commitment of such Series, and (ii) each New Term Loan Lender of any Series shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to the New Term Loan Commitment of such Series and the New Term Loans of such Series made pursuant thereto.
(c) The terms and provisions of the New Term Loans and New Term Loan Commitments of any Series shall be, except as otherwise set forth herein or in the applicable Joinder Agreement, identical to the existing Term B Loans; provided that (i) the applicable New Term Loan Maturity Date of each Series shall be no earlier than the Final Maturity Date and mandatory prepayment and other payment rights (other than scheduled amortization) of the New Term Loans and the existing Term B Loans shall be identical, (ii) the rate of interest and the amortization schedule applicable to the New Term Loans of each Series shall be determined by the Borrower and the applicable new Lenders and shall be set forth in each applicable Joinder Agreement; provided that (x) the weighted average life to maturity of all New Term Loans shall be no shorter than the then remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Term B Loans, (iii) in the event the Yield of the New Term Loans of any Series exceeds the Yield of the Term B Loans by more than 50 basis points, then the Applicable Margins for the Term B Loans shall be increased to the extent necessary so that the Yield for the Term B Loans shall be 50 basis points less than the Yield for the New Term Loans and (iv) all other terms applicable to the New Term Loans of each Series that differ from the existing Term B Loans shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (as evidenced by its execution of the applicable Joinder Agreement).
(d) Each Joinder Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provision of this Section 2.14 .
SECTION 3. Fees; Commitments
3.1. Fees . The Borrower agrees to pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent and other Agents any fees in the amounts previously agreed to in writing by the Borrower in connection with this Agreement.
3.2. Mandatory Termination of Commitments .
(a) The Additional Term B Loan Commitment shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Third Restatement Effective Date.
(b) The New Term Loan Commitment for any Series shall, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Joinder Agreement, terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Increased Amount Date for such Series.
-52-
SECTION 4. Payments
4.1. Voluntary Prepayments . The Borrower shall have the right to prepay its Term Loans, without premium or penalty (except as provided below), in whole or in part from time to time on the following terms and conditions: (a) the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agents Office for payment in the currency in which such Loan is denominated written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of its intent to make such prepayment, the amount of such prepayment and (in the case of LIBOR Loans) the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made, which notice shall be given by the Borrower no later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) (i) in the case of LIBOR Loans, three Business Days prior to or (ii) in the case of ABR Loans, one Business Day prior to, the date of such prepayment and shall promptly be transmitted by the Administrative Agent to each of the Lenders; (b) each partial prepayment of (i) any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 and in multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (ii) any ABR Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and in multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, provided that no partial prepayment of LIBOR Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing shall reduce the outstanding LIBOR Loans made pursuant to such Borrowing to an amount less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount for LIBOR Loans and (c) any prepayment of LIBOR Loans pursuant to this Section 4.1 on any day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto shall be subject to compliance by the Borrower with the applicable provisions of Section 2.11 . Each prepayment in respect of any Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be (a) applied to the Class or Classes of Term Loans as the Borrower may specify and (b) applied to reduce Term B Loan Repayment Amounts and/or any New Term Loan Repayment Amounts, as the case may be, in such order as the Borrower may specify.
4.2. Mandatory Prepayments .
(a) Term Loan Prepayments . (i) On each occasion that a Prepayment Event occurs, the Borrower shall, within three Business Days after receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds from such Prepayment Event by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (or, in the case of Deferred Net Cash Proceeds, within three Business Days after the Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date), prepay, in accordance with clause (c) below, Term Loans with a principal amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from such Prepayment Event (which shall be accompanied by any prepayment premium required pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 4.1 ).
(ii) Not later than the date that is 120 days after the last day of any fiscal year (commencing with and including the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012), the Borrower shall prepay, in accordance with clause (c) below, Term Loans with a principal amount equal to (x) 50% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year (but only if 50% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year exceeds $20,000,000), provided that (A) such 50% shall be reduced to 25% if the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recent Test Period ended prior to such prepayment date is less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 and (B) no payment of any Term
-53-
Loans shall be required under this Section 4.2(a)(ii) if the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recent Test Period ended prior to such prepayment date is less than or equal to 2.75 to 1.00, minus (y) the principal amount of Term Loans voluntarily prepaid pursuant to Section 4.1 during such fiscal year.
(b) Application to Repayment Amounts . Subject to Section 4.2(f) , each prepayment of Term Loans required by Section 4.2(a)(i) or (ii) shall be allocated pro rata among each Class of Term Loans based on the applicable remaining Repayment Amounts due thereunder and shall be applied to reduce such Repayment Amounts in the order specified by the Borrower. Subject to Section 4.2(f) , with respect to each such prepayment, the Borrower will, not later than the date specified in Section 4.2(a) for making such prepayment, give the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (promptly confirmed in writing and which shall include a calculation of the amount of such prepayment to be applied to each Class of Term Loans) requesting that the Administrative Agent provide notice of such prepayment to each applicable Lender.
(c) Application to Term Loans . With respect to each prepayment of Term Loans required by Section 4.2(a) , the Borrower may, if applicable, designate the Types of Loans that are to be prepaid and the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made. In the absence of a designation by the Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.11 .
(d) LIBOR Interest Periods . In lieu of making any payment pursuant to this Section 4.2 in respect of any LIBOR Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period therefor so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower at its option may deposit with the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the amount of the LIBOR Loan to be prepaid and such LIBOR Loan shall be repaid on the last day of the Interest Period therefor in the required amount. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent in a non-interest bearing deposit account established on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Such deposit shall constitute cash collateral for the LIBOR Loans to be so prepaid, provided that the Borrower may at any time direct that such deposit be applied to make the applicable payment required pursuant to this Section 4.2 .
(e) Minimum Amounts for Asset Sale Prepayment Events and Casualty Events . No prepayment shall be required pursuant to Section 4.2(a)(i) (i) in the case of any Disposition by, or Casualty Event of, the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries yielding Net Cash Proceeds of less than $5,000,000 or (ii) unless and until the amount at any time of Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event, as applicable, required to be applied at or prior to such time pursuant to such Section and not yet applied at or prior to such time to prepay Term Loans pursuant to such Section exceeds $25,000,000 in the aggregate for all such Asset Sale Prepayment Events or Casualty Events, as applicable, in any one fiscal year, at which time the excess Net Cash Proceeds over the amount referred to in this subclause (ii) with respect to such fiscal year shall be applied as a prepayment in accordance with this Section 4.2 .
(f) Foreign Asset Sales . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 4.2 , no Net Cash Proceeds of a Casualty Event attributable to a Restricted Foreign Subsidiary or any asset sale by a Restricted Foreign Subsidiary giving rise to an Asset Sale Prepayment
-54-
Event (in either case, a Foreign Asset Sale ) shall be required to prepay the Term Loans to the extent that the Borrower has determined in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Cash Proceeds of such Foreign Asset Sale would have a material adverse tax consequence with respect to such Net Cash Proceeds.
4.3. Method and Place of Payment .
(a) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments under this Agreement shall be made by the Borrower, without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind, to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders entitled thereto not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time), in each case, on the date when due and shall be made in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agents Office or at such other office as the Administrative Agent shall specify for such purpose by notice to the Borrower. All repayments or prepayments of any Loans (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) hereunder shall be made in Dollars. The Administrative Agent will thereafter cause to be distributed on the same day (if payment was actually received by the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) or, otherwise, on the next Business Day) like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest or other amounts ratably to the Lenders entitled thereto.
(b) Any payments under this Agreement that are made later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) shall be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable during such extension at the applicable rate in effect immediately prior to such extension.
4.4. Net Payments .
(a) Any and all payments made by or on behalf of any Credit Party under this Agreement or any other Credit Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any Indemnified Taxes; provided that if any Credit Party or the Administrative Agent shall be required by applicable Requirements of Law to deduct or withhold any Indemnified Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable by the applicable Credit Party shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 4.4 ) the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the applicable Credit Party and the Administrative Agent shall make such deductions or withholdings and (iii) the applicable Credit Party and the Administrative Agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority within the time allowed and in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law. Whenever any Indemnified Taxes are payable by any Credit Party, as promptly as possible thereafter, such Credit Party shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of such Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt (or other evidence acceptable to such Lender, acting reasonably) received by such Credit Party showing payment thereof.
-55-
For purposes of this Section 4.4 , (x) any payments by the Administrative Agent to a Lender of any amounts received by the Administrative Agent from any Credit Party on behalf of such Lender shall be treated as a payment from the Credit Party to such Lender and (y) if a Lender is treated as a partnership by a jurisdiction imposing an Indemnified Tax, any withholding or payment of such Indemnified Tax by the Lender in respect of any of such Lenders partners shall be considered a withholding or payment of such Indemnified Tax by the applicable Credit Party.
(b) The Borrower shall timely pay and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, each Collateral Agent and each Lender with regard to any Other Taxes (whether or not such Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority). If the Borrower determines that a reasonable basis exists to claim a refund of the Other Taxes indemnified under this clause (b) , the Collateral Agent or Lender shall, at the Borrowers expense, reasonably cooperate with the Borrower in pursuing such refund, provided that no Collateral Agent or Lender shall be required to pursue the refund claim if such Agent or Lender in good faith discretion determines that to do so would be disadvantageous to it.
(c) The Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender within 5 Business Days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes imposed on the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate setting forth reasonable detail as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as applicable) on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(d) Each Non-U.S. Lender with respect to the Term Loans made to the Borrower, shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver or cause to be delivered to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Non-U.S. Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Credit Parties or the Administrative Agent, but only if such Non-U.S. Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:
(i) two duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States,
(ii) two duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI,
(iii) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (A) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E (any such certificate a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ) and (B) two duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN,
(iv) to the extent a Non-U.S. Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Non-U.S. Lender is a partnership or participating Lender granting a typical participation), Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, Form W-9 or Form W-8IMY from each beneficial owner, as applicable,
-56-
(v) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender that receives payments with respect to the Term Loans through a nominee that is a qualified intermediary as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1441-1(e)(5)(ii), either (I) two (2) properly completed and duly signed copies of an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or successor form) and any attachments thereto by the nominee (A) confirming its qualified intermediary status, (B) designating the accounts of such Non-U.S. Lender for which the qualified intermediary acts as a qualified intermediary and (C) certifying that it assumes primary responsibility for withholding under Chapter 3 of the Code and for Internal Revenue Service Form 1099 reporting and backup withholding with respect to such Non-U.S. Lender or (II) two (2) properly completed and duly signed copies of an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or successor form) and any attachments thereto by the nominee confirming its qualified intermediary status and any other information (e.g., Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN of such Non-U.S. Lender) that it is required to provide under the applicable Treasury Regulations, or
(vi) any other forms, documentation or information reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the proper rate of withholding or the applicability of any exemption from withholding on any payments to a Non-U.S. Lender with respect to the Term Loans.
To the extent it is legally entitled to do so, each Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further copies of any such form or certification (or any applicable successor form) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and promptly after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it is unable to do so.
(e) If any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax for which a payment has been made by any Credit Party pursuant to this Agreement, which refund in the good faith judgment of such Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, is attributable to such payment made by such Credit Party, then the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall reimburse such Credit Party for such amount (together with any interest received thereon) as the Lender, Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, determines in its sole discretion to be the proportion of the refund as will leave it, after such reimbursement, in no better or worse after-Tax position (taking into account expenses) than it would have been in if the payment had not been required; provided that the Borrower and such Credit Party, upon the request of the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, agree to repay the amount paid over to such Credit Party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in the event the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Neither the Lender, the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be obliged to disclose any information regarding its tax affairs or computations to any Credit Party in connection with this clause (e) or any other provision of this Section 4.4 .
-57-
(f) Each Lender and Agent with respect to any Loan made to the Borrower, that is a United States person under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall, at the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or substitute or successor form), properly completed and duly executed, certifying that such Lender or Agent is exempt from United States backup withholding.
(g) The agreements in this Section 4.4 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
(h) Any Lender that is legally entitled to an exemption from or reduction of income tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall cooperate with the Borrower in completing any procedural formalities necessary for the Borrower to obtain authorization to make such payments without withholding or at a reduced rate.
4.5. Computations of Interest and Fees . Except as provided in the next succeeding sentence, interest on LIBOR Loans and ABR Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. Interest on ABR Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed.
4.6. Limit on Rate of Interest.
(a) No Payment Shall Exceed Lawful Rate . Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be obliged to pay any interest or other amounts under or in connection with this Agreement or otherwise in respect of the Obligations in excess of the amount or rate permitted under or consistent with any applicable law, rule or regulation.
(b) Payment at Highest Lawful Rate . If the Borrower is not obliged to make a payment that it would otherwise be required to make, as a result of Section 4.6(a) , the Borrower shall make such payment to the maximum extent permitted by or consistent with applicable laws, rules and regulations.
(c) Adjustment if Any Payment Exceeds Lawful Rate . If any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents would obligate the Borrower to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Lender in an amount or calculated at a rate that would be prohibited by any applicable law, rule or regulation, then notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by law, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, by reducing the amount or rate of interest required to be paid by the Borrower to the affected Lender under Section 2.8 .
Notwithstanding the foregoing, and after giving effect to all adjustments contemplated thereby, if any Lender shall have received from the Borrower an amount in excess of the maximum permitted by any applicable law, rule or regulation, then the Borrower shall be
-58-
entitled, by notice in writing to the Administrative Agent to obtain reimbursement from that Lender in an amount equal to such excess, and pending such reimbursement, such amount shall be deemed to be an amount payable by that Lender to the Borrower.
SECTION 5. Conditions Precedent to Third Restatement Effective Date
The effectiveness of the restatement of the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent.
5.1. Credit Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received:
(a) The Restatement Agreement appropriately completed and executed by Lenders under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement constituting the Required Lenders thereunder and the Borrower; and
(b) an Additional Term B Joinder Agreement duly executed by the Borrower and the Additional Term B Lender.
5.2. Legal Opinion . The Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, special New York counsel to the Borrower, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
5.3. Authorization of Proceedings of Each Credit Party . The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of the resolutions of the board of directors (or a duly authorized committee thereof) and if applicable, the shareholders and/or the supervisory board or other managers of each Credit Party (or a duly authorized committee thereof) authorizing (a) the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which it is a party and (b) in the case of the Borrower, the extensions of credit contemplated hereunder, certified by the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer of such Credit Party as of the Third Restatement Effective Date.
5.4. Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to the effect that (i) the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement and the other Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), (ii) no Default or Event of Default under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement shall have occurred and is continuing and no Default or Event of Default under this Agreement shall result for the transactions contemplated hereby to occur on the Third Restatement Effective Date and (iii) after giving effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the Borrower on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries is Solvent.
5.5. Amendment of ABL Credit Agreement . The ABL Credit Agreement Amendment shall have become effective.
-59-
5.6. Amendment of Intercreditor Agreement . The Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent shall have entered into an amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement in the form of Exhibit F .
5.7. Fees . The Borrower shall have paid the fees referred to in the Restatement Agreement.
SECTION 6. Conditions Precedent to All Credit Events
The agreement of each Lender to make any Loan requested to be made by it on any date after the Third Restatement Effective Date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
6.1. No Default; Representations and Warranties . At the time of each Credit Event and also after giving effect thereto: (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (b) all representations and warranties made by any Credit Party contained herein or in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Credit Event (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).
6.2. Notice of Borrowing . Prior to the making of each Term Loan, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing (whether in writing or by telephone) meeting the requirements of Section 2.3 .
The acceptance of the benefits of each Credit Event after the Third Restatement Effective Date shall constitute a representation and warranty by each Credit Party to each of the Lenders that all the applicable conditions specified in this Section 6 have been satisfied as of that time.
SECTION 7. Representations, Warranties and Agreements
In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans as provided for herein, the Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to the Lenders, all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans:
7.1. Corporate Status . Each of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (a) is a duly organized and validly existing corporation or other entity in good standing (in respect of each jurisdiction where the good standing concept exists) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in which it is engaged except (with respect to the Restricted Subsidiaries) to the extent that the failure to so exist, be organized, or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (b) has duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing (in respect of such jurisdiction where the good standing concept exists) in all jurisdictions where it is required to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified would not reasonably be expected to
-60-
(A) result in a Material Adverse Effect or (B) materially adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents taken as a whole.
7.2. Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability . Each Credit Party has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of the Credit Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which it is a party. Each Credit Party has duly executed and delivered each Credit Document to which it is a party and each such Credit Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.
7.3. No Violation . Neither the execution, delivery or performance by any Credit Party of the Credit Documents to which it is a party nor compliance with the terms and provisions thereof nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will (a) contravene any applicable provision of any material law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality, (b) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents or Liens subject to the Intercreditor Agreement) pursuant to, the terms of any material indenture, loan agreement, lease agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other material instrument to which such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound (any such term, covenant, condition or provision, a Contractual Requirement ) or (c) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents of such Credit Party except, with respect to clauses (a) and (b) , as would not reasonably be expected to (A) result in a Material Adverse Effect or (B) materially adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents taken as a whole.
7.4. Litigation . Except as set forth on Schedule 7.4 , there are no actions, suits or proceedings (including Environmental Claims) pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened with respect to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would, in each case, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
7.5. Margin Regulations . Neither the making of any Loan hereunder nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board.
7.6. Governmental Approvals; Other Consents . The execution, delivery and performance of any Credit Document do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, payment of any stamp, registration, notarial or similar tax or fee to, or other action by, any Governmental Authority or any other Person, except for (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect or are to be made in accordance with Section 8.11(d) , (ii) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents, and (iii) such licenses, approvals, authorizations or consents the failure to obtain or make which
-61-
would not reasonably be expected to (A) have a Material Adverse Effect or (B) materially adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents taken as a whole.
7.7. Investment Company Act . No Credit Party is an investment company within the meaning of, and subject to registration under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
7.8. Disclosure .
(a) As of the Third Restatement Effective Date, to the knowledge of the Borrower, none of the written factual information and written data (taken as a whole) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their respective authorized representatives to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders on or before the Third Restatement Effective Date for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement contained any untrue statement of any material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make such information and data (taken as a whole) not misleading at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information or data was furnished, it being understood and agreed that for purposes of this Section 7.8(a) , such factual information and data shall not include projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and/or any other forward-looking information) and information of a general economic or general industry nature.
(b) The projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and other forward-looking information) contained in the information and data referred to in clause (a) above were based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by such Persons to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results.
7.9. Financial Condition; Financial Statements . (a) The unaudited historical consolidated financial information of the Borrower as of June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011 and for the fiscal quarters then ended and (b) the Historical Financial Statements, in each case, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Borrower at the respective dates of said information and statements and results of operations for the respective periods covered and such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied except to the extent provided in the notes to said financial statements and except as contemplated by the definition of GAAP. There has been no Material Adverse Effect since December 31, 2009.
7.10. Tax Matters . Each of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries has filed all material Tax returns required to be filed by it and has paid all material Taxes payable by it that have become due (whether or not shown on a Tax return), other than those Taxes contested in good faith as to which adequate reserves have been provided to the extent required by law and in accordance with GAAP or which would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries have provided adequate reserves to the extent required by law and in accordance with GAAP for the payment of all material Taxes not yet due and payable except where the failure
-62-
to do so would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has ever participated in a listed transaction within the meaning of the U.S. Treasury regulation Section 1.6011-4, except as could not be reasonably expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.
7.11. Compliance with ERISA .
(a) (i) Each Plan is in compliance with ERISA, the Code and any applicable Requirement of Law; (ii) no Reportable Event has occurred (or is reasonably likely to occur) with respect to any Plan; (iii) to the knowledge of the Borrower, no Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or in reorganization (or is reasonably likely to be insolvent or in reorganization), and no written notice of any such insolvency or reorganization has been given to the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate; (iv) no Plan has an accumulated or waived funding deficiency (or is reasonably likely to have such a deficiency); (v) none of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred (or is reasonably likely to incur) any liability to or on account of a Plan pursuant to Section 409, 502(i), 502(l), 515, 4062, 4063, 4064, or 4069 of ERISA or Section 4971 or 4975 of the Code or on account of a Multiemployer Plan pursuant to Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA or has been notified in writing that it will incur any liability under any of the foregoing Sections with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (vi) no proceedings have been instituted by PBGC (or are reasonably likely to be instituted) to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, to reorganize any Multiemployer Plan, and (vii) no written notice of any such proceedings has been given to the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate; and no lien imposed under the Code or ERISA on the assets of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate exists (or is reasonably likely to exist) nor has the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate been notified in writing that such a lien will be imposed on the assets of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate on account of any Plan, except to the extent that a breach of any of the representations, warranties or agreements in this Section 7.11(a)(i) through (vii) would not result, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount of liability that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Plan has an Unfunded Current Liability that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) All Foreign Plans are in compliance with, and have been established, administered and operated in accordance with, the terms of such Foreign Plans and applicable law, except for any failure to so comply, establish, administer or operate the Foreign Plans as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All contributions or other payments which are due with respect to each Foreign Plan have been made in full and there are no funding deficiencies thereunder, except to the extent any such events would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.12. Subsidiaries . Schedule 7.12 lists each Subsidiary of the Parent (and the direct and indirect ownership interest of the Parent therein), in each case existing on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions.
7.13. Intellectual Property . The Borrower and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries have obtained all intellectual property, free from burdensome restrictions, that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted, except where the failure to obtain any such rights could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
-63-
7.14. Environmental Laws .
(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 7.14 , or as could not otherwise reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries and all Real Estate are in compliance with all Environmental Laws; (ii) neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is subject to any Environmental Claim or any other liability under any Environmental Law; (iii) neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is conducting or paying for, in whole or in part, any investigation, removal, remedial or other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law at any location; and (iv) no underground storage tank or related piping, or any impoundment or other disposal area from which there has been a release of Hazardous Materials is located at, on or under any Real Estate currently owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
(b) Neither the Borrower nor any of the Subsidiaries has treated, stored, transported, Released or disposed or arranged for disposal or transport for disposal of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any currently or formerly owned or leased Real Estate or facility in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) This Section 7.14 sets forth the sole representations and warranties of the Borrower with respect to Environmental Laws.
7.15. Properties . (a) The Borrower and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to or leasehold interests in all properties that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, free and clear of all Liens (other than any Liens permitted by this Agreement) and except where the failure to have such good title could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) no Mortgage encumbers improved Real Estate that is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards within the meaning of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 unless flood insurance available under such Act has been obtained in accordance with Section 8.3 .
7.16. Solvency . Immediately following the making of each Loan and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of such Loans, the Borrower on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries will be Solvent.
7.17. Collateral . Upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, the Security Documents will be effective to create (to the extent described therein), in favor of the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein, except as may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. When the actions specified in each Security Agreement have been duly taken and the Mortgages have been duly recorded, the security interests granted pursuant
-64-
thereto shall constitute (to the extent described therein) a perfected security interest in all right, title and interest of each pledgor or mortgagor (as applicable) party thereto in the Collateral described therein (other than Excluded Perfection Assets) with respect to such pledgor or mortgagor (as applicable) if and to the extent perfection can be achieved by taking such actions.
7.18. Insurance . The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are in compliance with the provisions of Section 8.3. Each Credit Party has insurance in such amounts and covering such risks and liabilities as are customary for companies of a similar size engaged in similar businesses in similar locations.
SECTION 8. Affirmative Covenants
The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date and thereafter, until all Loans, together with interest and all other Obligations (other than indemnification and other contingent Obligations in each case not then due and payable) hereunder, are paid in full:
8.1. Information Covenants . The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly make such information available to the Lenders in accordance with its customary practice):
(a) Annual Financial Statements . As soon as available and in any event on or before the date that is 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012), the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and, if different, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of a public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any going concern or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a management narrative in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent describing significant factors resulting in changes during such fiscal year from the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts.
(b) Quarterly Financial Statements . As soon as available and in any event on or before the date that is 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly accounting periods of the Borrower in each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2012), the consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and, if different, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such quarterly period, and the related consolidated statements of income and shareholders equity for such quarterly accounting period and for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such quarterly period, and the related consolidated statement of cash flows for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such quarterly period, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures
-65-
for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, certified by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders equity and cash flows of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a management narrative in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent describing significant factors resulting in changes during such fiscal quarter and in the year to date period from the corresponding periods in the previous year and budgeted amounts.
(c) Budgets . Within 45 days after the commencement of each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013), a budget of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such fiscal year as customarily prepared by management of the Borrower for their internal use; consistent in scope with the financial statements provided pursuant to Section 8.1(a) , setting forth the principal assumptions upon which such budget is based.
(d) Officers Certificates . At the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Sections 8.1(a) and (b) , a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to the effect that to such Authorized Officers knowledge, no Default or Event of Default exists or, if any Default or Event of Default does exist, specifying the nature and extent thereof, and which certificate shall set forth the amount of any Pro Forma Adjustment not previously set forth in a Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate or any change in the amount of a Pro Forma Adjustment set forth in any Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate previously provided and, in either case, in reasonable detail, the calculations and basis therefor. At the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Section 8.1(a) , (i) a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth in reasonable detail the Applicable Amount as at the end of the fiscal year to which such financial statements relate and (ii) a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth the information required pursuant to Sections 1(a), 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10(a) and 10(b) of the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this clause (d)(ii) , as the case may be.
(e) Notice of Default or Litigation . Promptly after an Authorized Officer of the Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, notice of (i) the occurrence of any event that constitutes a Default or Event of Default, which notice shall specify the nature thereof, the period of existence thereof (to the extent known) and what action the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto and (ii) any litigation or governmental proceeding pending against the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to be determined adversely and, if so determined, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(f) Environmental Matters . Promptly after obtaining knowledge of any one or more of the following environmental matters, unless such environmental matters could not, individually or when aggregated with all other such matters, be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, notice of:
(i) any pending or threatened Environmental Claim against any Credit Party or any Real Estate;
-66-
(ii) any condition or occurrence on any Real Estate that (x) could reasonably be expected to result in noncompliance by any Credit Party with any applicable Environmental Law or (y) could reasonably be anticipated to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against any Credit Party or any Real Estate;
(iii) any condition or occurrence on any Real Estate that could reasonably be anticipated to cause such Real Estate to be subject to any restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, use or transferability of such Real Estate under any Environmental Law; and
(iv) the conduct of any investigation, or any removal, remedial or other corrective action in response to the actual or alleged presence, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material on, at, under or from any Real Estate.
All such notices shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the claim, investigation, condition, occurrence or removal or remedial action and the response thereto.
(g) [ Reserved ].
(h) Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate . Not later than any date on which financial statements are delivered with respect to any Test Period in which a Pro Forma Adjustment is made as a result of the consummation of the acquisition of any Acquired Entity or Business by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary for which there shall be a Pro Forma Adjustment, a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth the amount of such Pro Forma Adjustment and, in reasonable detail, the calculations and basis therefor.
(i) [Reserved]
(j) Change of Name, Locations, Etc . Not later than 30 days following the occurrence of any change referred to in subclauses (i) through (iv) below, written notice of any change (i) in the legal name of any Credit Party, (ii) in the jurisdiction of organization of any Credit Party for purposes of the UCC, (iii) in the type of organization of any Credit Party or (iv) in the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification of any Credit Party. The Borrower shall also promptly provide the Collateral Agent with copies of organizational documents reflecting any of the changes described in the first sentence of this clause (j) .
8.2. Books, Records and Inspections . The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, permit officers and designated representatives of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to visit and inspect any of the properties or assets of the Borrower and any such Restricted Subsidiary in whomevers possession to the extent that it is within such partys control to permit such inspection, and to examine the books and records of the Borrower and any such Restricted Subsidiary and discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower and of any such Restricted Subsidiary with, and be advised as to the same by, its and their officers and
-67-
independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and intervals and to such reasonable extent as the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may reasonably request (and subject, in the case of any such meetings or advice from such independent accountants, to such accountants customary policies and procedures); provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 8.2 and only two such visits per fiscal year of the Borrower shall be at the Borrowers expense (and only to the extent such expense is reasonable); provided further that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent (or any of its representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower and any Lender, at its own expense, may do any of the foregoing at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice.
8.3. Maintenance of Insurance .
(a) The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, at all times maintain in full force and effect, pursuant to self-insurance arrangements or with insurance companies that are financially sound at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business; and will furnish to the Lenders, upon reasonable written request from the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried.
(b) All such insurance shall (i) provide that no cancellation, material reduction in amount or material change in coverage thereof shall be effective until at least 30 days after receipt by the Collateral Agent of written notice thereof, and (ii) name the Collateral Agent as mortgagee (in the case of property insurance) or additional insured on behalf of the Secured Parties (in the case of liability insurance) or loss payee (in the case of property insurance), as applicable.
(c) With respect to each Mortgaged Property, obtain flood insurance in such total amount as the Administrative Agent may from time to time require, if at any time the area in which any improvements located on any Mortgaged Property is designated a flood hazard area in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time.
(d) No Credit Party that is an owner of Mortgaged Property shall take any action that is reasonably likely to be the basis for termination, revocation or denial of any insurance coverage required to be maintained under such Credit Partys respective Mortgage or that could be the basis for a defense to any claim under any Insurance Policy maintained in respect of the Premises, and each Credit Party shall otherwise comply in all material respects with all Insurance Requirements in respect of the premises; provided , however , that each Credit Party may, at its own expense, (i) contest the applicability or enforceability of any such Insurance Requirements by appropriate legal proceedings or (ii) cause the Insurance Policy containing any such Insurance Requirement to be replaced by a new policy complying with the provisions of this Section 8.3 .
-68-
8.4. Payment of Taxes . The Borrower will timely pay and discharge, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to timely pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it, or upon any properties belonging to it, and all lawful claims in respect of any Taxes imposed, assessed or levied that, if unpaid, could reasonably be expected to become a Lien upon any properties of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that neither the Borrower nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any such Tax that is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves with respect thereto to the extent required by law and in accordance with GAAP and the failure to pay could not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.
8.5. Maintenance of Existence . The Borrower will do, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, corporate rights and authority, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided , however , that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may consummate any transaction permitted under Section 9.3 , 9.4 or 9.5 .
8.6. Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, Etc . The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to it or its property, including all governmental approvals or authorizations required to conduct its business, and to maintain all such governmental approvals or authorizations in full force and effect, in each case except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
8.7. Maintenance of Properties . The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep and maintain all tangible property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except to the extent that the failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided , however , that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may consummate any transaction permitted under Section 9.3 , 9.4 or 9.5 .
8.8. Additional Guarantors and Grantors . The Borrower will cause each direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary formed or otherwise purchased or acquired after the date hereof (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition) and each other Domestic Subsidiary (in each case, other than an Excluded Subsidiary) that ceases to constitute an Excluded Subsidiary to execute a supplement to each of the Guarantee and the Security Agreement in order to become a Guarantor under the Guarantee and a grantor under the Security Agreement and take all other action reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant a perfected security interest in its assets to substantially the same extent as created by the Credit Parties on the Closing Date (including actions required pursuant to Section 8.11(d) of the Original Credit Agreement as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) except for Excluded Assets and Excluded Perfection Assets.
8.9. Pledge of Additional Stock and Evidence of Indebtedness . The Borrower will cause (i) all certificates representing Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary (other than (x) any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents and (y) any Stock and Stock Equivalents issued by any Subsidiary for so long as such Subsidiary does not (on a consolidated basis with its
-69-
Restricted Subsidiaries) have property, plant and equipment with a book value in excess of $2,500,000 or a contribution to Consolidated EBITDA for any four fiscal quarter period that includes any date on or after the Closing Date in excess of $1,000,000 held directly by any Credit Party, and (ii) any promissory notes executed after the date hereof evidencing Indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000 held by the Borrower or any Guarantor (other than to the extent the debtor thereon is a Credit Party), in each case, to be delivered to the Collateral Agent as security for the Obligations under the Security Agreement.
8.10. Use of Proceeds . The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Additional Term B Loans solely to pay any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the entering into of this Agreement, the ABL Credit Agreement Amendment and the other transactions occurring on the Third Restatement Effective Date and for general corporate purposes. The Borrower will use any proceeds from New Term Loans received by it for general corporate purposes not in contravention of any law or this Agreement.
8.11. Further Assurances .
(a) The Borrower will, and will cause each other Credit Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents) that may be reasonably required under any applicable law, or that the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the applicable Security Documents, all at the reasonable expense of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided , however , that no Credit Party shall be under any obligation to enter into any such document, financing statement, agreement or instrument, or take any such action in respect of Excluded Perfection Assets.
(b) Subject to the applicable limitations set forth in the Security Documents, if any assets (including any real estate or improvements thereto or any ownership (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, leasehold) interest therein but excluding Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary) with a book value in excess of $5,000,000 are acquired by the Credit Party or any other Credit Party after the Closing Date (other than assets constituting Collateral under a Security Document that become subject to the perfected Lien of the applicable Security Document upon acquisition thereof, or assets constituting Excluded Assets or Excluded Perfection Assets) that are of a nature secured by a Security Document and intended to be collateral, the Borrower will notify the Collateral Agent, and, if reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, the Borrower will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the applicable Obligations and will take, and cause the other applicable Credit Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant and perfect such Liens consistent with the applicable requirements of the Security Documents, including actions described in clause (a) of this Section 8.11 ; provided that this Section 8.11(b) shall not apply to Excluded Assets and Excluded Perfection Assets.
(c) Any Mortgage delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the preceding clause (b) shall be accompanied by (w) a Title Policy, (x) Survey, (y) flood certificate and (z) in the case of a Mortgage, an opinion of local counsel to the mortgagor in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.
-70-
(d) The Borrower agrees that it will, or will cause its relevant Credit Parties to, complete each of the actions described on Schedule 8.11 to this Agreement as soon as commercially reasonable and by no later than the date set forth in Schedule 8.11 to this Agreement with respect to such action or such later date as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree.
8.12. End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters . The Borrower will, for financial reporting purposes, cause (a) each of its, and each of its Subsidiaries, fiscal years to end on December 31 of each year and (b) each of its, and each of its Subsidiaries, fiscal quarters to end on dates consistent with such fiscal year end and the Borrowers past practice.
SECTION 9. Negative Covenants
The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date (immediately after consummation of the Acquisition) and thereafter, until the Loans, together with interest and all other Obligations (other than indemnification and other contingent expense reimbursement Obligations in each case not then due and payable) incurred hereunder, are paid in full:
9.1. Limitation on Indebtedness . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a) (x) Indebtedness arising under the Credit Documents and (y) Indebtedness under the ABL Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed (i) $1,100,000,000 at any time outstanding under the ABL Facility plus (ii) up to $300,000,000;
(b) subject to compliance with Section 9.5 , Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, in each case, all such Indebtedness of any Credit Party owed to any Person that is not a Credit Party shall be subordinated to the Obligations of such Credit Party on customary terms;
(c) Indebtedness in respect of any bankers acceptance, bank guarantees, letter of credit, warehouse receipt or similar facilities entered into in the ordinary course of business (including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims);
(d) subject to compliance with Section 9.5 , Guarantee Obligations incurred by (i) Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or other Restricted Subsidiaries that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement ( provided that if the Indebtedness guaranteed constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, then such Guarantee Obligations shall be subordinated to the applicable Obligations to at least the same extent as the Indebtedness so guaranteed) and (ii) the Borrower in respect of Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement, provided that there shall be no guarantee pursuant to this clause (d) by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of any Indebtedness of a Credit Party;
-71-
(e) Guarantee Obligations (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of (or to) suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees or (ii) otherwise constituting Investments permitted by Section 9.5(g) ;
(f) (i) Indebtedness (including Indebtedness arising under Capital Leases) incurred within 270 days of the acquisition, construction or improvement of fixed or capital assets to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of such fixed or capital assets, provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this subclause (f)(i) at any time outstanding (when aggregated with all Indebtedness outstanding under subclause (f)(ii) below) shall not exceed $30,000,000, and (ii) any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i) above, provided that the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to any fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extensions;
(g) Existing Indebtedness and any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension thereof; provided that (x) the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to the amount of fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (y) the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Indebtedness are not changed and (z) no portion of such Indebtedness matures prior to the Final Maturity Date (unless the Existing Indebtedness being modified, replaced, refunded, renewed or extended originally matured prior to the Final Maturity Date);
(h) Indebtedness in respect of Hedge Agreements not entered into for speculative purposes;
(i) Indebtedness in respect of (x) the Subordinated Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000,000 and (y) any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of Indebtedness referred to in the foregoing subclause (x) ; provided that (i) the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, except by the amount of fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (ii) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations to at least the same extent as the Subordinated Notes and (iii) the other terms of such Indebtedness are not less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Lenders than the terms of the Subordinated Notes;
-72-
(j) (i) Indebtedness of a Person or Indebtedness attaching to assets of a Person that, in either case, becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (or is a Restricted Subsidiary that survives a merger with such Person) or Indebtedness attaching to assets that are acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the Closing Date as the result of a Permitted Acquisition; provided that
(x) such Indebtedness existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time such assets were acquired and, in each case, was not created in anticipation thereof,
(y) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed in any respect by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than by any such Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary in such transaction or is the survivor of a merger with such Person or any of its Subsidiaries in such transaction), and
(z) (A) after giving Pro Forma Effect to the assumption of such Indebtedness, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio is at least 2.0 to 1.0 and, if such Indebtedness is secured by any Liens, the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the most recently ended Test Period shall be less than or equal to 4.0 to 1.0 and (B) except for Indebtedness consisting of Capitalized Lease Obligations, revenue bonds, purchase money Indebtedness, working capital facilities, overdraft facilities and cash management arrangements, or mortgages or other Liens on specific assets, no portion of such Indebtedness matures prior to the Final Maturity Date; and
(ii) any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i) above, provided that (x) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by the amount of fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (y) the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Indebtedness are not changed and (z) if the Indebtedness being refinanced, or any guarantee thereof, constituted Subordinated Indebtedness, then such replacement or refinancing Indebtedness, or such guarantee, respectively, shall be subordinated to the Obligations to at least the same extent;
(k) Indebtedness in respect of customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations not in connection with money borrowed, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business;
(l) additional Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding;
(m) Indebtedness of the Credit Parties (i) (x) so long as after giving Pro Forma Effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of proceeds thereof on
-73-
the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio shall be at least 2.0 to 1.0 and (y) the terms of such Indebtedness do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligation prior to the date that is 91 days after the Final Maturity Date ( provided that such Indebtedness may provide for (A) customary offers to purchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and a mandatory offer to prepay from refinancing Indebtedness specified in subclause (ii) below, (B) customary acceleration rights after an event of default and (C) an initial maturity that is earlier than the Final Maturity Date so long as such Indebtedness automatically converts to Indebtedness maturing at least 91 days after the Final Maturity Date subject only to the condition that no payment event of default or bankruptcy (with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) exists on the initial maturity date) and (ii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i) above, provided that (x) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness is not increased above the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension plus the amount of fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith (unless such Indebtedness would otherwise be permitted to be issued in accordance with subclause (i) above), (y) if such Indebtedness constituted Permitted Additional Subordinated Debt and the refinancing is in reliance on this subclause (ii) , such refinancing, refunding or renewal constitutes Permitted Additional Subordinated Debt and (z) if such Indebtedness does not constitute Permitted Additional Subordinated Debt, such refinancing, refunding or renewal complies with subclause (i)(y) above;
(n) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case entered into in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Stock permitted hereunder, other than Guarantee Obligations incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Stock for the purpose of financing such acquisition, provided that such amount is not Indebtedness required to be reflected on the balance sheet of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with GAAP (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this proviso);
(o) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (i) financing of insurance premiums in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $15,000,000 at any time outstanding or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply agreements, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money;
(p) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(q) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Borrower or any Guarantor to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees (or their respective spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators,
-74-
heirs, legatees or distributees) to finance the purchase or redemption of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 9.6(b) ;
(r) additional Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries (and any Guarantee thereof by any Loan Party) under local working capital lines in an aggregate principal amount that at the time of incurrence does not cause the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred in reliance on this clause (r) to exceed $500,000,000;
(s) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;
(t) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of cash management services, netting services (including treasury and depository services), overdraft facilities, employee credit or debit card programs (including non-card electronic payment services and purchase card programs), cash pooling arrangements, electronic fund transfer services or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; and
(u) lease obligations in respect of Sale and Lease-Back Transactions in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100,000,000.
9.2. Limitation on Liens . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets of any kind (real or personal, tangible or intangible) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
(a) Liens arising under the Credit Documents;
(b) Liens securing the ABL Facility under the ABL Documents subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement;
(c) [Reserved];
(d) Permitted Liens;
(e) (i) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Sections 9.1(f) and (u) , provided that (x) such Liens attach at all times only to the assets so financed or subject to the applicable Sale and Lease-Back Transaction except for accessions to the property financed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and the proceeds and the products thereof and (y) that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender, and (ii) Liens on the assets of Restricted Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Sections 9.1 ;
(f) Liens existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 9.2 ;
-75-
(g) the replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clauses (e) , (f) and (h) of this Section 9.2 upon or in the same assets theretofore subject to such Lien (or upon or in after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien) or the replacement, extension or renewal (without increase in the amount or change in any direct or contingent obligor except to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder) of the Indebtedness secured thereby;
(h) Liens existing on the assets of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (or is a Restricted Subsidiary that survives a merger with such Person in the transaction in which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary), or existing on assets acquired, pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition to the extent the Liens on such assets secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1(j) ; provided that such Liens attach at all times only to the same assets to which such Liens attached (and after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien), and secure only the same Indebtedness or obligations that such Liens secured, immediately prior to such Permitted Acquisition and any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension thereof permitted by Section 9.1(j) ;
(i) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations (i) of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in favor of a Credit Party and (ii) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party in favor of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party;
(j) Liens (i) of a collecting bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection or (ii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off);
(k) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 9.5 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any property in a transaction permitted under Section 9.4 , in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or sale, disposition, transfer or lease, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;
(l) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business permitted by this Agreement;
(m) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness or (ii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(n) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits or other similar cash deposits made by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent, distribution agreement in the ordinary course of business or purchase agreement not prohibited hereunder;
-76-
(o) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto incurred in the ordinary course of business; and
(p) additional Liens so long as the aggregate principal amount of the obligations secured thereby does not exceed $75,000,000 at any time outstanding.
9.3. Limitation on Fundamental Changes . Except as expressly permitted by Section 9.4 or 9.5 , the Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or substantially all its business units, assets or other properties, except that:
(a) so long as no Default or Event of Default would result therefrom, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any other Person may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Borrower, provided that (i) except as permitted by subclause (ii) below, the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation, (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Borrower is not the Borrower, the surviving Person shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (the Borrower or such surviving Person, as the case may be, being herein referred to as the Successor Borrower ), (iii) any Successor Borrower (if other than the Borrower) shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (iv) each applicable Credit Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the applicable Credit Documents confirmed that its obligations under the Credit Document continue to apply to any Successor Borrowers obligations under this Agreement, (v) the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio for the most recent Test Period would either (A) be at least 2.0 to 1.0 or (B) be greater than the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction, and (vi) the Successor Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer stating that such merger or consolidation complies with this Agreement (it being understood that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Borrower (if other than the Borrower) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Agreement); and
(b) any Person (in each case, other than the Borrower) may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into any one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower, provided that (i) either (x) such merger amalgamation or consolidation constitutes a Disposition permitted by Section 9.4 or (y) a Restricted Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person and the Investment resulting from such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is permitted by Section 9.5 , (ii) in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation in which a Guarantor is the surviving Person, such Guarantor shall execute any supplement to the applicable Guarantee and Security Documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in order to preserve and protect the Liens on the Collateral securing the applicable Obligations and (iii) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officers certificate stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation complies with this Agreement.
-77-
9.4. Limitation on Sale of Assets . (1) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose (each of the foregoing a Disposition ) of any of its property, business or assets (including receivables, Stock and Stock Equivalents of any other Person and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired (other than any such sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition resulting from any casualty or condemnation, of any assets of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries) and (2) the Borrower will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any Stock and Stock Equivalents, in each case, in excess of $1,000,000 per transaction or series of related transactions, except, in each case:
(a) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of (i) inventory, used, surplus or worn out equipment, vehicles and other assets in the ordinary course of business and (ii) Permitted Investments;
(b) Restricted Subsidiaries may issue Stock and Stock Equivalents and the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Dispose of assets, excluding a Disposition of accounts receivable, except in connection with the Disposition of any business to which such accounts receivable relate, for fair value, provided that (i) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (b) for a purchase price in excess of $10,000,000, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Permitted Investments; provided that for the purposes of this subclause (i) the following shall be deemed to be cash: (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrowers or such Restricted Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet provided hereunder) of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than Junior Indebtedness, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which the Borrower and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, (B) any securities received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition and (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 9.4(b)(i) and Section 9.4(c)(ii) that is at that time outstanding, shall not be in excess of $15,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, (ii) any non-cash proceeds received are pledged to the Collateral Agent to the extent required under Section 8.9 , (iii) to the extent required, the Net Cash Proceeds thereof to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries are applied to the prepayment of Term Loans as provided for in Section 4.2 and (iv) after giving effect to any such Disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(c) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make Dispositions to the Borrower or to any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that with respect to any such Dispositions from Credit Parties to Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties, (i) such sale, transfer or disposition shall be for fair value, (ii) with respect to any Disposition
-78-
pursuant to this clause (c) for a purchase price in excess of $10,000,000, the Person making such Disposition shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Permitted Investments; provided that for the purposes of this subclause (ii) the following shall be deemed to be cash: (A) any securities received by the Person making such Disposition from the purchaser that are converted by such Person into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition and (B) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Person making such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 9.4(c)(ii) and Section 9.4(b)(i) that is at that time outstanding, shall not be in excess of $15,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, and (iii) any non-cash proceeds received are pledged to the Collateral Agent to the extent required under Section 8.9 ;
(d) the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may affect any transaction expressly permitted by Section 9.3 , 9.5 or 9.6 (including the making of any Restricted Payment);
(e) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may lease, sublease, license or sublicense (on a non-exclusive basis with respect to any intellectual property) real, personal or intellectual property in the ordinary course of business;
(f) Dispositions of property (including like-kind exchanges) to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property, in each case under Section 1031 of the Code or otherwise;
(g) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures (regardless of the form of legal entity) to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
(h) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
(i) transfers of property subject to casualty or condemnation proceedings (including in lieu thereof) upon the receipt of the net cash proceeds therefor;
(j) voluntary terminations of Hedge Agreements;
(k) Dispositions (including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions) prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date by a Foreign Subsidiary designed to generate foreign distributable reserves and which are not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect;
-79-
(l) Dispositions prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date among the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the Post-Closing Subsidiary Transfers (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement);
(m) Dispositions of accounts receivable of Foreign Subsidiaries pursuant to factoring arrangements that would otherwise be permitted to be incurred as Indebtedness hereunder pursuant to Section 9.1 (it being understood that upon any such Disposition, the amount of the uncollected receivable shall be deemed to be Indebtedness for purposes of Section 9.1 until the transferee has collected an amount from the account debtor at least equal to the amount paid to the applicable Subsidiary in respect of such accounts receivable);
(n) Dispositions of Subsidiaries with no assets;
(o) Dispositions of the Stock and Stock Equivalents of the Borrower to the extent any such disposition would not result in a Change of Control; and
(p) Dispositions of accounts receivable pursuant to factoring arrangements in an aggregate amount (with a receivable being deemed to be outstanding until the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary has received the full purchase price thereof from the purchaser) not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding.
9.5. Limitation on Investments . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Investment except:
(a) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business and Investments resulting from VAT and other customs arrangements by Subsidiaries with local financial institutions in various jurisdictions in the ordinary course of business;
(b) Permitted Investments;
(c) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes (including employee payroll advances) and (ii) in connection with such Persons purchase of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to the extent that the amount of such loans and advances are directly or indirectly contributed to the Borrower in cash;
(d) Investments existing on, or contemplated as of, the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 9.5 and any extensions, renewals or reinvestments thereof, so long as the aggregate amount of all Investments pursuant to this clause (d) is not increased at any time above the amount of such Investments existing on the date hereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (i) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;
-80-
(e) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers or customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;
(f) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made with Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;
(g) Investments (A) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Credit Party, (B) between or among Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Credit Parties, (C) by any Credit Party in any Restricted Subsidiary that is organized in Canada in an amount not to exceed $100,000,000 or (D) by any Credit Party in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party in an amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the sum of (x) $100,000,000 plus (y) the aggregate amount of cash Investments in Credit Parties by the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties following the Closing Date (and which did not otherwise increase the amount available for any Restricted Payment or Investment hereunder);
(h) Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions;
(i) Investments in an aggregate amount pursuant to this clause (i) that, at the time each such Investment is made, would not exceed the sum of (x) $40,000,000, plus (y) the Applicable Amount at such time;
(j) Investments constituting non-cash proceeds of Dispositions of assets to the extent permitted by clauses (b) and (c) of Section 9.4 ;
(k) loans and advances to any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of, Restricted Payments permitted to be made to such Person in accordance with Section 9.6 ;
(l) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;
(m) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit and customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;
(n) Guarantee Obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;
-81-
(o) Investments held by a Person acquired (including by way of merger or consolidation) after the Closing Date otherwise in accordance with this Section 9.5 to the extent that such Investments do not constitute a majority of the assets acquired and were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;
(p) Investments in connection with the Transactions;
(q) Indebtedness under Hedge Agreements permitted under Section 9.1(h) ;
(r) Investments that would otherwise be permitted as Restricted Payments under Section 9.6(e)(iii) ; and
(s) unsecured Guarantee Obligations of any Credit Party in respect of Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted by Section 9.1 (other than pursuant to Section 9.1(b) ).
9.6. Limitation on Restricted Payments . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Restricted Payment; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing:
(a) the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may (or may make Restricted Payments to permit any direct or indirect parent thereof to) redeem in whole or in part any of its Stock or Stock Equivalents for another class of its (or such parents) Stock or Stock Equivalents or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Stock or Stock Equivalents), provided that such new Stock or Stock Equivalents contain terms and provisions at least as advantageous to the Lenders in all respects material to their interests as those contained in the Stock or Stock Equivalents redeemed thereby;
(b) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may (or may make Restricted Payments to permit any direct or indirect parent thereof to) repurchase shares of its (or such parents) Stock or Stock Equivalents held by officers, directors and employees of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed $3,000,000 in any fiscal year of the Borrower (with unused budgeted amounts from any fiscal year available in any succeeding year); provided that such amount in any fiscal year may be increased by an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds from the sale of Stock and Stock Equivalents (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies so long as such cash proceeds are contributed to the common equity of the Borrower) to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and the Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Closing Date, to the extent the Borrower elects to exclude such amounts from the calculation of the Applicable Amount;
(c) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments, provided that (i) at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4.0 to 1.00 and (ii) the amount of any
-82-
such Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (c) shall not exceed an amount equal to (x) $20,000,000 in the aggregate following the Closing Date, less (y) the amount of Junior Indebtedness purchased in reliance on Section 9.7(a)(ii) ;
(d) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments:
(i) the proceeds of which shall be used to allow the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to pay (A) its operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 in any fiscal year of the Borrower plus any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors or officers of the Borrower (or any parent thereof) attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) fees and expenses otherwise due and payable by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and permitted to be paid by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary under this Agreement;
(ii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the corporate existence of any of its direct or indirect parent of the Borrower; and
(iii) to any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to finance any Investment permitted to be made by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 9.5 ; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (B) such parent shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets, Stock or Stock Equivalents) to be contributed to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or (2) the merger (to the extent permitted in Section 9.5 ) of the Person formed or acquired into the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and (C) the Borrower shall comply with Sections 8.8 and 8.9 to the extent applicable; and
(e) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (and pro rata Restricted Payments to the other equity holders of such Restricted Subsidiaries) and (ii) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments to fund the operating expenses and taxes of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent attributable to its ownership of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.
9.7. Limitations on Debt Payments and Amendments .
(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, prepay, repurchase or redeem or otherwise defease or acquire prior to the scheduled maturity thereof
-83-
the Subordinated Notes, any other Subordinated Indebtedness, Permitted Additional Subordinated Debt or obligations under the Subordinated Notes (collectively, Junior Indebtedness ); provided , however , that so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the date of such prepayment, repurchase, redemption or other defeasance or would result therefrom, (i) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may prepay, repurchase or redeem Junior Indebtedness (x) in the case of Permitted Additional Subordinated Debt with the proceeds of Permitted Additional Subordinated Debt that (A) is permitted by Section 9.1 and (B) has terms (other than interest rates and call protection) not materially less advantageous to the Lenders than those of the Indebtedness being refinanced and (y) with the proceeds of Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1(i) or (m) , (ii) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make prepayments of Junior Indebtedness for aggregate consideration not to exceed $20,000,000 less the amount of Restricted Payments made in reliance on Section 9.6(c) ; provided that at the time of such prepayment pursuant to the foregoing clause (ii) and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4.0 to 1.00 and (iii) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make prepayments, repurchases, redemptions, defeasances or acquisitions of Junior Indebtedness so long as immediately after giving Pro Forma Effect to any such prepayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition pursuant to this clause (iii) , the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4.25 to 1.00. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 9.7 shall prohibit (x) the repayment or prepayment of intercompany Subordinated Indebtedness owed among the Borrower and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries, in either case unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Borrower has received a notice from the Collateral Agent instructing it not to make or permit any such repayment or prepayment or (y) the conversion of Subordinated Indebtedness into Qualified Equity Interests or Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower.
(b) The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not waive, amend, modify, terminate or release any Junior Indebtedness to the extent that any such waiver, amendment, modification, termination or release would be adverse to the Lenders in any material respect.
9.8. Transactions with Affiliates . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions with any Affiliate of the Borrower, involving aggregate payments in excess of $3,000,000 unless such transactions with any of their Affiliates are on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as it would obtain in a comparable arms-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate, provided that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (a) the payment of fees to the Sponsor pursuant to any Management Agreement in an amount not to exceed $6,000,000, in any fiscal year (plus customary out-of-pocket expense reimbursement and indemnity) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the date of such payment or would result therefrom (it being understood that following the cure of all such Events of Default, such payments may be made), (b) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 9.6 , (c) the payment of expenses in connection with the Transactions, (d) the issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) to the management of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions or pursuant to arrangements described in clause (f) of this Section 9.8 , (e) loans, advances and other
-84-
transactions between or among the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 9 , (f) employment and severance arrangements between the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business, (g) payments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to tax sharing agreements among the Borrower (and/or any of its direct and indirect parent companies) and its Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity, (h) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, managers, consultants, officers and employees of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (i) transactions pursuant to permitted agreements in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 9.8 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not materially adverse, taken as a whole, to the Lenders, (j) payments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower, in good faith, and either (i) limited to 1% of completed transactions and (ii) to the extent in excess of the amounts permitted by subclause (i) above, made from amounts that would have been permitted to be applied to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 9.6(f) , (k) the existence of, or the performance by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it was a party as of the Second Restatement Effective Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date shall only be permitted by this clause (k) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole and (l) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Borrower, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries which are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower in good faith.
9.9. [ Reserved ].
9.10. Changes in Business . The Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not fundamentally and substantively alter the character of their business, taken as a whole, from the business conducted by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on the Third Restatement Effective Date and other business activities incidental or related to any of the foregoing.
9.11. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise
-85-
cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) make any loans or advances to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, except any encumbrance or restriction:
(a) pursuant to an agreement or instrument as in effect at or entered into on the date hereof, including without limitation the ABL Facility and the Subordinated Notes Purchase Agreements;
(b) pursuant to any agreement or instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets from such Person, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger or consolidation) and not applying to the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than to any such Person or assets so acquired);
(c) pursuant to an agreement or instrument replacing or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an agreement referred to in clause (a) or (b) above; provided , however , that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such replacement agreement or amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than encumbrances and restrictions contained in such original agreement;
(d) (i) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract, (ii) by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, (iii) contained in mortgages, pledges or other security agreements securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent restricting the transfer of the property or assets subject thereto, (iv) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of Real Estate interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (v) pursuant to purchase money Indebtedness that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property or assets so acquired;
(e) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;
-86-
(f) by reason of any applicable law, rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their businesses;
(g) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (i) relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 9.1 , if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements set forth in clause (a) above (as determined in good faith by the Borrower);
(h) restrictions and conditions on any Foreign Subsidiary by the terms of any Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary permitted to be incurred hereunder;
(i) contractual obligations binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such contractual obligations were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;
(j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 9.5 and applicable solely to such joint venture;
(k) negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.1 but only if such negative pledge or restriction expressly permits Liens for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent and the Lenders with respect to the credit facilities established hereunder and the Obligations under the Credit Documents on a senior basis and without a requirement that such holders of such Indebtedness be secured by such Liens equally and ratably or on a junior basis;
(l) restrictions on cash, other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(m) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under Sections 9.1(f) and (j) that limit the right of the obligor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; and
(n) customary provisions in leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business.
SECTION 10. Events of Default . Upon the occurrence of any of the following specified events (each an Event of Default ):
10.1. Payments . The Borrower shall (a) default in the payment when due of any principal of the Loans, (b) default, and such default shall continue for five or more days, in the payment when due of any interest on the Loans owing hereunder or (c) default, and such default shall continue for 30 or more days, in the payment when due of any other amounts owing hereunder or under any other Credit Document.
-87-
10.2. Representations, Etc . Any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by any Credit Party herein or in any Credit Document or any certificate delivered or required to be delivered by it pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to be untrue in any material respect on the date as of which made or deemed made.
10.3. Covenants . Any Credit Party shall:
(a) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 8.1(e)(i) , 8.8(b) or Section 9 ;
(b) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement (other than those referred to in Section 10.1 or 10.2 or clause (a) of this Section 10.3 ) contained in this Agreement, any Security Document, the Guarantee and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of at least 30 days after receipt of written notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders.
10.4. Default Under Other Agreements . (a) The Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall (i) default in any payment when due with respect to any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) in excess of $75,000,000 in the aggregate, for the Borrower and such Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness in excess of $75,000,000 or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, any such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; provided , that no Event of Default under this subclause (a)(ii) shall exist as a result of the breach of any agreement or condition of the ABL Facility unless such breach continues for a period of 30 days or (b) without limiting the provisions of clause (a) above, any such Indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or as a mandatory prepayment, prior to the stated maturity thereof.
10.5. Bankruptcy, Etc . The Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case, proceeding or action concerning itself under Title 11 of the United States Code entitled Bankruptcy or any domestic or applicable foreign law relating to bankruptcy, judicial management, insolvency, reorganization, administration or relief of debtors in effect in its jurisdiction of incorporation, in each case as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto; or an involuntary case, proceeding or action is commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary and the petition is not controverted within 30 days after commencement of the case, proceeding or action; or an involuntary case, proceeding or action is commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary and such petition is not dismissed within 60 days after commencement of the case, proceeding or action; or a custodian, judicial manager, receiver, monitor, sequestrator, receiver manager, trustee, administrator or similar person is appointed for, or takes charge of, all or substantially all of the property of the Borrower or any
-88-
Material Subsidiary; or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary commences any other voluntary proceeding or action under any reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency, administration or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction whether now or hereafter in effect relating to the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary; or there is commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary any such proceeding or action that remains undismissed for a period of 60 days; or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt; or any order of relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding or action is entered; or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary suffers any appointment of any custodian receiver, receiver manager, trustee, administrator or the like for it or any substantial part of its property to continue undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors.
10.6. ERISA . (a) Any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standard required for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standard or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under Section 412 of the Code; any Plan is or shall have been terminated or is the subject of termination proceedings under Section 4041(c) or Section 4042 of ERISA (including the giving of written notice thereof); an event shall have occurred or a condition shall exist in either case entitling the PBGC to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan (including the giving of written notice thereof); any Plan shall have an accumulated funding deficiency (whether or not waived); the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or is likely to incur a liability to or on account of a Plan under Section 409, 502(i), 502(l), 515, 4062, 4063, 4064, 4069 or 4201, of ERISA or Section 4971 or 4975 of the Code (including the giving of written notice thereof) and (b) there could result from any event or events set forth in clause (a) of this Section 10.6 the imposition of a Lien or a liability or the reasonable likelihood of incurring a Lien or liability that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
10.7. Guarantee . The Guarantee by any Guarantor or group of Guarantors constituting a Material Subsidiary or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect with respect to the Borrower or any Guarantor (other than pursuant to the terms hereof and thereof) or the Borrower or any Guarantor shall deny or disaffirm in writing any such Guarantors material obligations under any such Guarantee.
10.8. Security Documents . Any Security Agreement or Mortgage covering assets in the aggregate in excess of $30,000,000 or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof) or any grantor thereunder shall deny or disaffirm in writing any grantors material obligations under any Security Agreement or Mortgage.
10.9. Judgments . One or more judgments, attachments or decrees shall be entered against the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries involving a liability of $75,000,000 or more in the aggregate for all such judgments and decrees for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not paid or covered by insurance provided by a carrier not disputing coverage) and any such judgments or decrees shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days after the entry thereof.
10.10. Change of Control . A Change of Control shall occur;
-89-
then, and in any such event, and at any time thereafter, if any Event of Default shall then be continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, upon the written request of the Required Lenders, by written notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, without prejudice to the rights of the Administrative Agent to enforce its claims against the Borrower, except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement, (i) terminate any then outstanding Commitments and/or (ii) declare the principal of and any accrued interest and fees in respect of all Loans and all Obligations owing hereunder and thereunder to be, whereupon the same shall become, forthwith due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; provided that, if an Event of Default specified in Section 10.5 shall occur with respect to the Borrower, the result that would occur upon the giving of written notice by the Administrative Agent as specified shall occur automatically without the giving of any such notice.
Any amount received by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent from any Credit Party following any acceleration of the Obligations under this Agreement or any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower under Section 10.5 shall be applied:
(i) first , to the payment of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent in connection with such collection or sale or otherwise in connection with any Credit Document, including all court costs and the reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses of its agents and legal counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Credit Document on behalf of any Credit Party and any other reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs or expenses incurred in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under any other Credit Document;
(ii) second , to the Secured Parties, an amount equal to all Obligations owing to them on the date of any distribution; and
(iii) third , any surplus then remaining shall be paid to the applicable Credit Parties or their successors or assigns or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.
SECTION 11. The Agents
11.1. Appointment .
(a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.
-90-
(b) The Administrative Agent and each Lender hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Collateral Agent as the agent with respect to the Collateral, and each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent.
(c) The Arrangers, in their capacity as such, shall not have any obligations, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement but shall be entitled to all benefits of this Section 11 .
11.2. Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may each execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.
11.3. Exculpatory Provisions . None of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any other Agent or any of their officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document (except for its or such Persons own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein) or (b) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any of the Borrower, any Guarantor, any other Credit Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Credit Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by such Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Credit Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Credit Document or for any failure of any Credit Party to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. None of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Agent shall be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit Party.
11.4. Reliance by Agents . The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice,
-91-
consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or instruction believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the Lender specified in the Register with respect to any amount owing hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Credit Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.
11.5. Notice of Default . Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, it shall give notice thereof to the Lenders and the Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders, provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders except to the extent that this Agreement requires that such action be taken only with the approval of the Required Lenders or each of the Lenders, as applicable.
11.6. Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Credit Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower, any Guarantor and other Credit Party and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the
-92-
time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower, any Guarantor and any other Credit Party. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, assets, operations, properties, financial condition, prospects or creditworthiness of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Credit Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.
11.7. Indemnification . The Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent, each in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective portions of the Total Credit Exposure in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with their respective portions of the Total Credit Exposure in effect immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (including at any time following the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Credit Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by any Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing, provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Agents gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The agreements in this Section 11.7 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
11.8. Agents in Their Individual Capacities . The Agents and their Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower, any Guarantor, and any other Credit Party as though the Administrative Agent or such other Agent were not the Administrative Agent or such other Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents. With respect to the Loans made by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms Lender and Lenders shall include the Agents in their individual capacities.
11.9. Successor Agents . Each of the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, subject to the reasonable consent of the Borrower so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within
-93-
30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the retiring Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Credit Documents (except in the case of the Collateral Agent holding collateral security on behalf of any Secured Parties, the retiring Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security as nominee until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through such Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successors appointment as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). After the retiring Agents resignation hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, the provisions of this Section 11 (including Section 11.7 ) and Section 12.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as an Agent.
11.10. Withholding Tax . To the extent required by any applicable law, each Agent shall withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent (to the extent that the Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Agent as tax or otherwise, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties thereto, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such tax were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
SECTION 12. Miscellaneous
12.1. Amendments and Waivers . Neither this Agreement nor any other Credit Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.1 . The Required Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent may (as applicable depending on the relevant Credit Document), from time to time, (a) enter into with the relevant Credit Party or Credit Parties written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Credit Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this
-94-
Agreement or the other Credit Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Credit Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall directly (i) forgive or reduce any portion of any Loan or extend the scheduled repayment date of any principal of any Loan (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include payments pursuant to Section 4.2(a) , it being understood that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligations of the Borrower to make payments pursuant to Section 4.2(a) ) or reduce the stated rate (it being understood that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the default rate), or forgive any portion, or extend the date for the payment, of any interest or fee payable hereunder (other than as a result of waiving the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), or extend the final expiration date of any Lenders Commitment, or increase the aggregate amount of the Commitments of any Lender, or amend or modify any provisions of Section 4.3(a) (with respect to the ratable allocation of any payments only) and 12.8(a) , or make any Loan, interest, fee or other amount payable in any currency other than expressly provided herein, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 12.1 or reduce the percentages specified in the definitions of the terms Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of its rights and obligations under any Credit Document to which it is a party (except as permitted pursuant to Section 9.3 ) or alter the order of application set forth in the final paragraph of Section 10 , in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (iii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 11 without the written consent of the then-current Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, or (iv) release all or substantially all of the Guarantors under the Guarantee (except as expressly permitted by the Guarantee or this Agreement) or release all or substantially all of the Collateral under the Security Documents (except as expressly permitted by the Security Documents or this Agreement) without the prior written consent of each Lender, or (v) amend Section 2.9 so as to permit Interest Period intervals greater than six months without regard to availability to Lenders, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (vi) change the application of any mandatory prepayments without the consent of a majority of each Class adversely affected thereby. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the affected Lenders and shall be binding upon the Credit Parties, such Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the affected Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing, it being understood that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, acting in its sole reasonable discretion, and the Borrower may (without the consent of any Lender) amend or supplement this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or to make a modification of a minor, consistency or technical nature or to correct a manifest error.
-95-
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in addition to any credit extensions and related Joinder Agreement(s) effectuated without the consent of Lenders in accordance with Section 2.14 , this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated), supplemented or modified, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents with the Term Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders and other definitions related to such new Term Loans.
In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans of any Class ( Refinanced Term Loans ) with a replacement term loan tranche ( Replacement Term Loans ) hereunder; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable Margin for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Margin for such Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the weighted average life to maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing (except to the extent of nominal amortization for periods where amortization has been eliminated as a result of prepayment of the applicable Term Loans) and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially the same in material respects to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term Loans of such Class in effect immediately prior to such refinancing, or in respect of interest rates and/or fees applicable thereto, unless, in each case otherwise agreed by the provider of such Replacement Term Loans and the Required Lenders (which will not include the Class of Refinanced Term Loans in such calculation for this purpose).
The Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent by the Credit Parties on any Collateral shall be automatically released (i) in the case of all Credit Parties, in full, upon payment in full of the Obligations under this Agreement (other than the indemnification and other contingent obligations for which no claim has been asserted), (ii) upon the sale or other disposition of such Collateral (including as part of or in connection with any other sale or other disposition permitted hereunder) to any Person other than another Credit Party (or, in the case of a sale by a Credit Party another Credit Party), to the extent such sale or other disposition is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Credit Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry), (iii) to the extent such Collateral is comprised of property leased to a Credit Party, upon termination or expiration of such lease, (iv) if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other percentage of the Lenders whose consent may be required in accordance with this Section 12.1 ), (v) to the extent the property constituting such Collateral is owned by any Guarantor, upon the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the applicable Guarantee (as
-96-
set forth below) and (vi) as required to effect any sale or other disposition of Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents. In addition to the foregoing, the Collateral Agent, in its reasonable discretion, may release Liens granted to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, on Collateral valued in an aggregate amount not in excess of $10,000,000 per fiscal year of the Borrower without prior written authorization of any Lender. Any such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those being released) upon (or obligations (other than those being released) of the Credit Parties in respect of) all interests retained by the Credit Parties, including the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral except to the extent otherwise released in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents. Additionally, the Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that the Guarantors shall be released from their obligations under the Guarantee upon consummation of any transaction resulting in such Subsidiary ceasing to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary. The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, to execute and deliver any instruments, documents, and agreements necessary or desirable to evidence and confirm the release of any Guarantor or Collateral pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, all without the further consent or joinder of any Lender.
12.2. Notices . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
(a) if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 12.2 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and
(b) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.
All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, three (3) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail, when delivered; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.3 , 2.6 , 2.9 and 4.1 shall not be effective until received.
12.3. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, any
-97-
right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
12.4. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Credit Documents and in any document, certificate or written statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans hereunder.
12.5. Payment of Expenses . The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Agents for all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (but limited, as to legal fees and expenses, to the out-of-pocket reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP and up to one special and local counsel in respect of each relevant jurisdiction, as applicable, (b) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (and, if applicable as set forth below, the Lenders) for all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, including the out-of-pocket and documented reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold harmless each Lender and Agent from, any and all recording and filing fees and (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold harmless each Lender and Agent and their respective directors, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors and agents (the Indemnitees ) from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever, including reasonable out-of-pocket and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of one legal counsel and up to one special and local counsel in respect of each material and relevant area of law or jurisdiction (as applicable) and one additional counsel in the event of any conflict of interest, with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing relating to the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law (other than by such indemnified person or any of its Related Parties) or to any actual or alleged presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials involving or attributable to the operations of the Borrower, any of the Subsidiaries or any of the Real Estate (all the foregoing in this clause (d) , collectively, the Indemnified Liabilities ), provided that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to the Administrative Agent or any Lender nor any other Indemnitee nor any of their respective Related Parties with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent attributable to (i) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee to be indemnified (as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction), (ii) any material breach of any Credit Document by the Indemnitees to be indemnified or (iii) any claims between Indemnitees and/or their Related Parties and not directly involving the Borrower or any of its Affiliates. All amounts payable under this Section 12.5 shall be paid within ten Business Days of receipt by the Borrower of written demand therefor. The agreements in this Section 12.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
-98-
12.6. Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments .
(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) except as expressly permitted by Section 9.3 , the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 12.6 . Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in clause (c) of this Section 12.6 ) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (b)(ii) below, any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; it being understood that, without limitation, the Borrower shall have the right to withhold or delay its consent to any assignment if, in order for such assignment to comply with applicable law, the Borrower would be required to obtain the consent of, or make any filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority) of:
(A) the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender (unless increased costs including payments under Section 2.10 , 2.11 or 4.4 would result therefrom unless an Event of Default under Section 10.1 or Section 10.5 has occurred and is continuing), an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default under Section 10.1 or Section 10.5 has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee; provided further that consent to an assignment by the Borrower shall be deemed to have been given if the Borrower does not expressly withhold consent thereto within 10 Business Days of a Lender requesting in writing such consent from the Borrower; and
(B) the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of any Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.
-99-
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such assignment shall be made to (i) the Borrower, any Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates or (ii) a natural person.
(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:
(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lenders Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000, and increments of $1,000,000 in excess thereof or, unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents (which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if a Default or an Event of Default under Section 10.1 or Section 10.5 has occurred and is continuing; provided further that contemporaneous assignments to a single assignee made by Affiliates of Lenders and related Approved Funds and contemporaneous assignments by a single assignor made to Funds managed by the same investment advisor shall be aggregated for purposes of meeting the minimum assignment amount requirements stated above;
(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lenders rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;
(C) The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment;
(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire in a form approved by the Administrative Agent (the Administrative Questionnaire ); and
(E) no assignment shall be effective unless and until such assignment is recorded in the Register.
(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to clause (b)(iv) of this Section 12.6 , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 , 2.11 , 4.4 and 12.5 ). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 12.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (c) of this Section 12.6 .
-100-
(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agents Office a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and Participants, and the Commitments of, and principal and interest amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender and Participant pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the Register ). Further, each Register shall contain the name and address of the Administrative Agent and the lending office through which each such Person acts under this Agreement. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Collateral Agent and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignees completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in clause (b) of this Section 12.6 and any written consent to such assignment required by clause (b) of this Section 12.6 , the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance and record the information contained therein in the Register.
(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (each, a Participant ) in all or a portion of such Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it), provided that (A) such Lenders obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and, (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clause (i) of the proviso to Section 12.1 that affects such Participant. Subject to clause (c)(ii) of this Section 12.6 , the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 , 2.11 and 4.4 (subject to the requirements and limitations of those Sections) and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 12.6 . To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 12.8(b) (subject to the requirements and limitations of the Section). Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal and interest amount of each Participants interest in the Loans held by it (the Participant Register ). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such Loan or other obligation hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
-101-
(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.10 , 2.11 or 4.4 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant except to the extent that the entitlement to any greater payment results from any Change in Law after the Participant becomes a Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrowers prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).
(d) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section 12.6 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest, provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. In order to facilitate such pledge or assignment, the Borrower hereby agrees that, upon request of any Lender at any time and from time to time after the Borrower has made its initial borrowing hereunder, the Borrower shall provide to such Lender, at the Borrowers own expense, a promissory note, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, evidencing the Term Loans owing to such Lender.
(e) If the Borrower wishes to replace all of the Loans or Commitments hereunder with ones having different terms, it shall have the option, with the consent of the Administrative Agent and subject to any required prepayment notice to the Lenders, instead of prepaying the Loans or reducing or terminating the Commitments, to require the Lenders to assign all of the Loans and Commitments to the Administrative Agent or its designees. Pursuant to any such assignment, all Loans and Commitments shall be purchased at par, accompanied by payment of any accrued interest thereon and any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.11 . By receiving such purchase price, the Lenders shall automatically be deemed to have assigned all of the Loans and Commitments pursuant to the terms of an Assignment and Acceptance, and accordingly no other action by such Lenders shall be required in connection therewith. The provisions of this paragraph are intended to facilitate the maintenance of the perfection and priority of existing security interests in the Collateral during any such replacement.
(f) Subject to Section 12.16 , the Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any Participant, secured creditor of such Lender or assignee (each, a Transferee ) and any prospective Transferee any and all financial information in such Lenders possession concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Affiliates pursuant to this Agreement or that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Affiliates in connection with such Lenders credit evaluation of the Borrower and its Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Agreement.
(g) The words execution, signed, signature, and words of like import in any Assignment and Acceptance shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
-102-
(h) Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Lender may assign all or a portion of its Term Loans to any Affiliated Lender in accordance with Section 12.6 ; provided that:
(i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or would result therefrom;
(ii) the assigning Lender and Affiliated Lender purchasing such Lenders Term Loans, as applicable, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto (an Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption ) in lieu of an Assignment and Assumption;
(iii) any Loans assigned to any Purchasing Borrower Party shall be automatically and permanently cancelled upon the effectiveness of such assignment and will thereafter no longer be outstanding for any purpose hereunder;
(iv) no Term Loan may be assigned to an Affiliated Lender pursuant to this Section, if after giving effect to such assignment, Affiliated Lenders in the aggregate would own in excess of 25% of the principal amount of all Term Loans then outstanding;
(v) any offer by a Purchasing Borrower Party to purchase or take by assignment any Term Loans shall be made to all Lenders pro rata (with buyback mechanics to be agreed between such Purchasing Borrower Party and the Auction Agent selected by the Borrower for such purchase and which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent); and
(vi) no assignment shall be effective unless and until such assignment is recorded in the Register.
(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Affiliated Lender shall have any right to (x) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Administrative Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Loan Parties are not invited, and (y) receive any information or material prepared by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among the Administrative Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to any Loan Party or its representatives (and in any case, other than the right to receive notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Section 2 ), or (z) make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as a Lender, against the Administrative Agent or any other Lender with respect to any duties or obligations or alleged duties or obligations of the Administrative Agent or such other Lender under the Credit Documents (other than a claim that arises from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or such other Lender).
-103-
(j) Notwithstanding anything in Section 10.1 or the definition of Required Lenders to the contrary, for the purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Credit Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Credit Document, or (iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Credit Document:
(A) all Term Loans held by any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall be deemed to be not outstanding for all purposes of calculating whether the Required Lenders have taken any actions; and
(B) all Term Loans held by Affiliated Debt Funds may not account for more than 50% of the Term Loans of consenting Lenders included in determining whether the Required Lenders have consented to any action pursuant to Section 10.1 .
Additionally, the Loan Parties and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby agree that if a case under Title 11 of the United States Code is commenced against any Loan Party, such Loan Party shall seek (and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall consent) to provide that the vote of any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (in its capacity as a Lender) with respect to any plan of reorganization of such Loan Party shall not be counted except that such Non-Debt Fund Affiliates vote (in its capacity as a Lender) may be counted to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat the Obligations held by such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate in a manner that is less favorable in any material respect to such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders that are not Affiliates of the Borrower. Each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Non-Debt Fund Affiliates attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate and in the name of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate, from time to time in the Administrative Agents discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this paragraph.
(k) The Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility for ensuring compliance by any party with this clauses (h) , (i) and (j) of this Section 12.6 or determining whether any assignee is an Affiliated Lender. The Borrower shall ensure that Section 12.6(h)(iv) is complied with and shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any acquisition by any Affiliated Lender of any Term Loan.
12.7. Replacements of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances .
(a) The Borrower shall be permitted to replace any Lender that (a) requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.10 or 4.4 , (b) is affected in the manner described in Section 2.10(a)(iv) and as a result thereof any of the actions described in such Section is required to be taken or (c) becomes a Defaulting Lender, with a replacement bank or other financial institution, provided that (i) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (iii) the Borrower shall repay (or the replacement bank or institution shall purchase,
-104-
at par) all Loans and other amounts (other than any disputed amounts), pursuant to Section 2.10 , 2.11 or 4.4 , as the case may be) owing to such replaced Lender prior to the date of replacement, (iv) the replacement bank or institution, if not already a Lender, and the terms and conditions of such replacement, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (v) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.6 ( provided that the Borrower shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein) and (vi) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.
(b) If any Lender (such Lender, a Non-Consenting Lender ) has failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination that pursuant to the terms of Section 12.1 requires the consent of all of the Lenders affected and with respect to which the Required Lenders shall have granted their consent, then provided no Event of Default then exists, the Borrower shall have the right (unless such Non-Consenting Lender grants such consent) to replace such Non-Consenting Lender by requiring such Non-Consenting Lender to assign its Loans, and its Commitments hereunder to one or more assignees reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, provided that: (a) all Obligations of the Borrower then due and payable to such Non-Consenting Lender being replaced shall be paid in full to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such assignment, (b) the replacement Lender shall purchase the foregoing by paying to such Non-Consenting Lender a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. In connection with any such assignment, the Borrower, Administrative Agent, such Non-Consenting Lender and the replacement Lender shall otherwise comply with Section 12.6 and (c) if such replacement is in connection with a repricing of the Term B Loans prior to the first anniversary of the Third Restatement Effective Date, the Borrower shall pay the replaced Lender a fee equal to 1.0% of the principal amount of its Term B Loans required to be assigned pursuant to this Section 12.7(b) .
12.8. Adjustments; Set-off .
(a) If any Lender (a Benefited Lender ) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 10.5 , or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lenders Loans, or interest thereon, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of each such other Lenders Loan, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.
(b) After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, in addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower
-105-
to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Borrower hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.
12.9. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
12.10. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
12.11. Integration . This Agreement and the other Credit Documents represent the agreement of the Borrower, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent nor any Lender relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents.
12.12. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT IF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN IN REGARD TO THE VALIDITY, PERFECTION OR EFFECT OF PERFECTION OF ANY LIEN OR IN REGARD TO PROCEDURAL MATTERS AFFECTING ENFORCEMENT OF ANY LIENS IN COLLATERAL, SUCH LAWS OF SUCH OTHER JURISDICTIONS SHALL CONTINUE TO APPLY TO THAT EXTENT.
12.13. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and appellate courts from any thereof;
-106-
(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;
(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address set forth on Schedule 12.2 at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant to Section 12.2 ;
(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction;
(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 12.13 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages; and
(f) agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
12.14. Acknowledgments . The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:
(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents;
(b) (i) the credit facilities provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) are an arms-length commercial transaction between the Borrower, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Lender and the other Agents on the other hand, and the Borrower and the other Credit Parties are capable of evaluating and understanding and understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Credit Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Administrative Agent and the other Agents, is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary for any of the Borrower, any other Credit Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Agent has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower or any other Credit Party with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document (irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent or other Agent has advised or is currently advising any of the Borrower, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates on other matters) and neither the Administrative
-107-
Agent or other Agent has any obligation to any of the Borrower, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents; (iv) the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor other Agent has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Agent has provided and none will provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) and the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate. The Borrower hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent or any other Agent with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty; and
(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Parent and the Borrower, on the one hand, and any Lender, on the other hand.
12.15. WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL . THE PARENT, THE BORROWER, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUN-TERCLAIM THEREIN.
12.16. Confidentiality . The Administrative Agent and each Lender shall hold all non-public information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with such Lenders evaluation of whether to become a Lender hereunder or obtained by such Lender or the Administrative Agent pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement ( Confidential Information ), confidential in accordance with its customary procedure for handling confidential information of this nature and (in the case of a Lender that is a bank) in accordance with safe and sound banking practices and in any event may make disclosure as required or requested by any governmental agency or representative thereof or pursuant to legal process or (a) to such Lenders or the Administrative Agents partners, directors, officers, employees, attorneys, professional advisors, independent auditors, trustees or Affiliates or to ratings agencies, (b) to an investor or prospective investor in a Securitization that agrees its access to information regarding the Credit Parties, the Loans and the Credit Documents is solely for purposes of evaluating an investment in a Securitization and who agrees to treat such information as confidential, (c) to a trustee, collateral manager, servicer, backup servicer, noteholder or secured party in connection with the administration, servicing and reporting on the assets serving as collateral for a securitization and who agrees to treat such information as confidential, (d) to a nationally recognized ratings agency that requires access to information regarding the Credit Parties, the Loans and Credit Documents in connection with ratings issued with respect to a Securitization, (e) to any party to this Agreement, (f) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Credit Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Credit Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder,
-108-
(g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Confidential Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 12.16 or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower or its Subsidiaries; provided that unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any request made to such Lender or the Administrative Agent by any governmental agency or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with an examination of the financial condition of such Lender by such governmental agency) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information, and provided further that in no event shall any Lender or the Administrative Agent be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by the Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent agrees that it will not provide to prospective Transferees or to any pledgee referred to in Section 12.6 or to prospective direct or indirect contractual counterparties in swap agreements to be entered into in connection with Loans made hereunder any of the Confidential Information unless such Person is advised of and agrees to be bound by confidentiality provisions comparable to those set forth in this Section 12.16 .
12.17. Direct Website Communications .
(a) The Borrower may, at its option, provide to the Administrative Agent any information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Documents, including, without limitation, all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials Communications ), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to the Administrative Agent at Lilia-na.Claar@bankofamerica.com. Nothing in this Section 12.17 shall prejudice the right of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Credit Document in any other manner specified in such Credit Document.
(b) The Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by the Administrative Agent at its e-mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Credit Documents. Each Lender agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Credit Documents. Each Lender agrees (A) to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lenders e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and (B) that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address.
(c) The Borrower hereby acknowledge that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the other Agents will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, Borrower Materials ) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the Platform ) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be public-side Lenders ( i.e ., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a Public Lender ). The Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that do not contain any material non-public information
-109-
and that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (x) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked PUBLIC which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word PUBLIC shall appear prominently on the first page thereof and (y) by marking Borrower Materials PUBLIC, the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent and the other Agents to make such Borrower Materials available through a portion of the Platform designated Public Investor. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Borrower nor any of its Related Parties shall be liable, or responsible in any manner, for the use by any Agent, any Lender, any Participant or any of their Related Parties of the Borrower Materials. In addition, it is agreed that (i) to the extent any Borrower Materials constitute Confidential Information, they shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions of Section 12.16 and (ii) the Borrower shall be under no obligation to designate any Borrower Materials as PUBLIC.
(d) THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED AS IS AND AS AVAILABLE. THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the Agent Parties and each an Agent Party) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agents transmission of Borrower Materials through the internet, except to the extent the liability of any Agent Party resulted from such Agent Partys (or any of its Related Parties) gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or material breach of the Credit Documents.
12.18. USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law Oc-tober 26, 2001)) (the Patriot Act), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Parent and the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act.
12.19. Intercreditor Agreement . The Credit Parties and the Secured Parties acknowledge that the exercise of certain of the Collateral Agents and the Administrative Agents rights and remedies hereunder may be subject to, and restricted by, the provisions of the Inter-creditor Agreement. Except as specified herein, nothing contained in the Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to modify any of the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, which, as among the Credit Parties and the Secured Parties shall remain in full force and effect.
-110-
Exhibit 4.14
SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Dated as of February 4, 2013
Among
UNIVAR INC.,
The Guarantor(s) Party Hereto
And
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018
THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this Second Supplemental Indenture ), entered into as of February 4, 2013, among UNIVAR INC., an entity organized under the laws of Delaware (the Company ), MAGNABLEND HOLDINGS, INC., an entity organized under the laws of Delaware corporation, MAGNABLEND, INC., an entity organized under the laws of Texas, PMF CAPITAL, LLC, an entity organized under the laws of Delaware (each an Undersigned ) and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (the Trustee ).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2010 (and amended by the Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2012 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the Indenture ), relating to the Companys 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 (the Securities );
WHEREAS, as a condition to the Trustee entering into the Indenture and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders, the Company agreed pursuant to the Indenture to cause any newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiaries to provide Security Guarantees, except in certain circumstances.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Second Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Capitalized teams used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.
Section 2. Each Undersigned, by its execution of this Second Supplemental Indenture, agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including, but not limited to, Article XI thereof.
Section 3. This Second Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed i accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
Section 4. This Second Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 5. This Second Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture and the Indenture and this Second Supplemental Indenture will henceforth be read together.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
3
UNIVAR INC., as Company | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
MAGNABLEND HOLDINGS, INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
MAGNABLEND, INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
PMF CAPITAL, LLC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: Lynn M. Steiner | ||
Title: Vice President |
3
Exhibit 4.15
THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
among
UNIVAR INC.
as Issuer
THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF
as Guarantors
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
March 18, 2013
THIS THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this Third Supplemental Indenture ) is entered into as of March 18, 2013 among Univar Inc. (the Issuer ), the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereof and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the Trustee ). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Indenture (as defined below).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Issuer, the guarantors listed on signature pages thereto and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2010 (as amended by the Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2012, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 4, 2013, and as may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Indenture ), relating to the Issuers 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 (the Securities );
WHEREAS, the Issuer has notified the Holders and the Trustee that prior to the 2013 Redemption Date (as defined below), it intends to deliver a notice of redemption (the 2013 Notice of Redemption ), pursuant to which the Issuer will redeem (the 2013 Redemption ) an aggregate principal amount of $350,000,000 of the Securities, (the 2013 Redeemed Securities ) on March 27, 2013 (the 2013 Redemption Date ) at the redemption price of 106% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon;
WHEREAS, after giving effect to the 2013 Redemption, $50,000,000 in the aggregate principal amount of the Securities will remain outstanding;
WHEREAS, in connection with the Redemption, the Issuer wishes to make certain amendments to, and has requested certain waivers of, various provisions of the Indenture;
WHEREAS, on or prior to the date hereof, the Trustee has received an Opinion of Counsel and Officers Certificate pursuant to Sections 9.06 and 13.04 of the Indenture with respect to the amendments to the Indenture that are to become effective on the date of this Third Supplemental Indenture; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Indenture, the Issuer has obtained duly authorized written consent, attached hereto as Exhibit A, to the proposed amendments from the Holders holding the entire aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Third Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:
2
Section 1.
Definitions
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.
Section 2.
Amendments
(a) All references to 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 in the Indenture and the Exhibits shall be replaced with the references to 10.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018.
(b) Section 1.01 of the Indenture is amended by adding the following definitions in appropriate alphabetical order:
2013 Applicable Premium means, with respect to any Security at any redemption date after the 2013 Redemption Date and prior to September 27, 2013, the excess of (A) the present value at such time of (1) the redemption price of such Security on September 27, 2013 (such redemption price being 106%) plus (2) all required interest payments due on such Security through the date of redemption (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points and applied quarterly, over (B) the principal amount of such Security on the date of redemption; provided , however , that in no event shall the 2013 Applicable Premium be less than zero.
Third Supplemental Indenture means the Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 18, 2013, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee.
Third Supplemental Indenture Effective Date means the first date on which all conditions set forth in Section 4 of the Third Supplemental Indenture are satisfied, as evidenced by the Officers Certificate delivered pursuant to the Third Supplemental Indenture.
(c) Section 1.01 of the Indenture is amended by amending and restating the definition of Senior Credit Facility , to read in its entirety:
Senior Credit Facility means collectively the Term Loan Credit Agreement and the ABL Credit Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among Holdco, the Issuer, the Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries and the financial institutions named therein, and any related notes, collateral documents, letters of credit and guarantees, including any appendices, exhibits or schedules to any of the foregoing (as the same may be in effect from time to time), in each case, as such agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time (including, for the avoidance of doubt, by the Fourth Amended and Restated Term Loan Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 5 to ABL Credit Agreement, each dated as of February 22, 2013), or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid or extended from time to time (whether with the original agents and lenders or other agents or lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original credit agreement or other credit agreements or otherwise).
(d) Section 1.01 of the Indenture is amended by amending and restating the definition of Treasury Rate , to read in its entirety:
Treasury Rate means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15(519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to (x) January 1, 2013, in the case of the Applicable Premium, or (y) September 27, 2013, in the case of the 2013 Applicable Premium; provided , however , that if the period from the redemption date to (x) January 1, 2013, in the case of the Applicable Premium, or (y) September 27, 2013, in the case of the 2013 Applicable Premium, is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to (x) January 1, 2013, in the case of the Applicable Premium, or (y) September 27, 2013, in the case of the 2013 Applicable Premium, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.
(e) Section 1.02 of the Indenture is amended by adding the following terms to the table contained therein in appropriate alphabetical order:
Term |
Defined in Section |
|
2013 Notice of Redemption | Third Supplemental Indenture | |
2013 Redeemed Securities | Third Supplemental Indenture | |
2013 Redemption Date | Third Supplemental Indenture | |
2013 Redemption | Third Supplemental Indenture |
(f) Section 2.02(c) of the Indenture is amended by replacing the figure $400,000,000 in the proviso to the first paragraph thereof with the figure $50,000,000.
(g) Section 3.02 of the Indenture is amended by adding the following sentence at the end thereof:
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.02 to the contrary, the 2013 Redeemed Securities shall be selected, and the 2013 Redemption shall be applied, in the manner set forth on Schedule A attached to the Third Supplemental Indenture.
(h) Section 3.07(a) of the Indenture is amended by adding the following proviso at the end thereof:
; and, provided , further , that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, during the period after the 2013 Redemption Date and prior to September 27,
2013, the Securities can only be redeemed at the Issuers option at the redemption price equal to the sum of the principal amount of the Securities being redeemed, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, plus the 2013 Applicable Premium.
(i) Exhibit A to the Indenture is amended in its entirety by replacing it with the Form of Security attached hereto as Exhibit B.
Section 3.
Waiver
In connection with the Redemption, the Trustee hereby irrevocably waives the requirement under Section 3.01 of the Indenture that the 2013 Notice of Redemption be delivered to the Trustee at least sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date and acknowledges the Holders waiver of the requirement under Section 3.03 of the Indenture that the 2013 Notice of Redemption be delivered to each Holder at least thirty (30) days prior to the Redemption Date.
Section 4.
Conditions to Effectiveness
This Third Supplemental Indenture shall become effective, on the date (the Third Supplement Indenture Effective Date ) on which the Issuer shall have delivered an Officers Certificate stating that all conditions precedent set forth in this Section 4 have been satisfied and such confirmation has been ratified by the Holders in writing. Upon the effectiveness of this Third Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture shall be supplemented in accordance herewith, and this Third Supplemental Indenture shall form part of the Indenture for all purposes, and the Trustee, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be bound hereby and thereby.
(a) Redemption . The 2013 Redemption shall have been effected in accordance with the 2013 Notice of Redemption and the provisions of this Third Supplemental Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate principal amount of the 2013 Redeemed Securities shall be equal to $350,000,000 and the redemption price for the 2013 Redeemed Securities shall be equal to 106% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2013 Redeemed Securities, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the 2013 Redemption Date.
(b) Counterparts . This Third Supplemental Indenture shall have been executed by all parties thereto and delivered to the Holders and the Trustee.
(c) Deliveries to the Trustee . The Trustee shall have received Opinion of Counsel and Officers Certificate pursuant to Sections 9.06 and 13.04 of the Indenture.
(d) Expenses . The Issuer shall have paid to the Holders, the Trustee and their respective counsel all fees and expenses required to be paid by it pursuant to the Indenture and the Note Purchase Agreement.
Section 5.
Miscellaneous
(a) THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF LAWS OF ANY OTHER STATE) SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.
(b) This Third Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts, which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
(c) This Third Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture, and the Indenture and this Third Supplemental Indenture will henceforth be read together.
(d) Except as amended hereby, each provision of the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect and, as amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects agreed to, ratified, and confirmed by the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The consent of the Holders to this Third Supplemental Indenture shall not constitute an amendment or waiver of any provision of the Indenture except to the extent expressly set forth herein, and shall not be construed as a waiver of or consent to any further or future action on the part of the Issuer or any Guarantor or waiver of any Default or Event of Default, except to the extent expressly set forth herein.
(e) Each Guarantor hereby reaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee and under Article 11 of the Indenture each as hereby amended by this Third Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer and each Guarantor hereby reaffirms its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.
(f) If any court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that any provision in this Third Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
(g) The recitals contained herein shall be taken as the statements of the Issuer and the Guarantors, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Third Supplemental Indenture.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Third Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
[Signature Page to Third Supplemental Indenture - 2018 Notes]
MAGNABLEND, INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |
Title: | Treasurer | |
PMF CAPITAL, LLC. | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |
Title: | Treasurer |
[Signature Page to Third Supplemental Indenture - 2018 Notes]
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION as Trustee |
||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | Lynn M. Steiner | |
Title: | Vice President |
[Signature Page to Third Supplemental Indenture 2018 Notes]
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF CONSENT AND WAIVER TO THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
March 27, 2013
Pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Indenture, the undersigned Holders, constituting the Holders of the entire aggregate principal amount of the Securities, hereby (a) consent to the amendment of the Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2010 (as amended by the Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2012 and as further amended by the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 4, 2013 and as may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Indenture , capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms therein), among Univar Inc. (the Issuer ), the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereof and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the Trustee ) in the manner set forth in the Third Supplemental Indenture, to be dated as of the date hereof, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, (b) irrevocably waive the requirement under Section 3.03 of the Indenture that the 2013 Notice of Redemption be delivered to each Holder at least thirty (30) days prior to the 2013 Redemption Date, (c) consent to the retraction of the notice of redemption delivered by the Issuer to the Holders and the Trustee on February 26, 2013 and replacement of such notice with the 2013 Notice of Redemption and (d) authorize the Trustee to waive the requirement under Section 3.01 of the Indenture that the 2013 Notice of Redemption be delivered to the Trustee at least sixty (60) days prior to the 2013 Redemption Date.
By signing below, the Holders represent that such consent is duly authorized and the signers have the requisite power to enter into this consent on behalf of the Holders. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this consent shall have the meaning defined (including by reference) in the Third Supplemental Indenture.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this instrument to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
APOLLO INVESTMENT CORPORATION | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
AIE EUROLUX S.À R.L. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
GSO COF FACILITY LLC | ||
By: | GSO Capital Partners LP as Collateral Manager | |
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
LOCUST STREET FUNDING LLC | ||
By: | FS Investment Corporation, as Sole Member | |
By: | GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC as Sub-Advisor | |
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Consent of Holders]
GSLP I OFFSHORE HOLDINGS FUND A, L.P. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
GSLP I OFFSHORE HOLDINGS FUND B, L.P. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
GSLP I OFFSHORE HOLDINGS FUND C, L.P. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
GSLP I ONSHORE HOLDINGS FUND, L.L.C. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Consent of Holders]
[Consent of Holders]
SCHEDULE A 1
Holder |
Aggregate Principal
Amount of Securities Held Prior to Redemption |
Aggregate Principal
Amount of Securities Held After Redemption |
||||||
Apollo Investment Corporation |
$ | 78,750,000 | $ | 20,000,000 | ||||
GSLP I Offshore Holdings Fund A, L.P. |
$ | 15,267,541.16 | $ | 9,160,524.70 | ||||
GSLP I Offshore Holdings Fund B, L.P. |
$ | 15,267,541.16 | $ | 9,160,524.70 | ||||
GSLP I Offshore Holdings Fund C, L.P. |
$ | 15,267,541.16 | $ | 9,160,524.70 | ||||
GSLP I Onshore Holdings Fund, L.L.C. |
$ | 4,197,376.52 | $ | 2,518,425.90 | ||||
Aie Eurolux S.À R.L. |
$ | 8,750,000 | ||||||
GSO COF Facility LLC |
$ | 97,000,000 | ||||||
Locust Street Funding LLC |
$ | 3,000,000 | ||||||
JPM Mezzanine Capital, LLC |
$ | 75,000,000 | ||||||
Highbridge Principal Strategies Mezzanine Partners Delaware Subsidiary, LLC |
$ | 41,667,500 | ||||||
Highbridge Principal Strategies Institutional Mezzanine Partners Subsidiary, L.P. |
$ | 7,183,750 | ||||||
Highbridge Principal Strategies Offshore Mezzanine Partners Master Fund, L.P. |
$ | 38,648,750 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
$ | 400,000,000 | $ | 50,000,000 | ||||
|
|
|
|
1 | To be confirmed by the Holders |
EXHIBIT B
[FACE OF SECURITY]
UNIVAR INC.
10.5% Senior Subordinated Note Due 2018
[CUSIP] [CINS]
No. $
Univar Inc., an entity organized under the laws of Delaware (the Company , which term includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, promises to pay to , or its registered assigns, the principal sum of DOLLARS ($ ) on June 30, 2018.
Interest Rate: 10.5% per annum.
Interest Payment Dates: March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 commencing [ ].
Regular Record Dates: March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 .
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.
C-1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Security to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.
Date: | UNIVAR INC. | |||||
By: |
|
|||||
Name: | ||||||
Title: |
C-2
(Form of Trustees Certificate of Authentication)
This is one of the 10.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 described in the Indenture referred to in this Security.
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee | ||
By: |
|
|
Authorized Signatory |
C-3
[REVERSE SIDE OF SECURITY]
UNIVAR INC.
10.5% Senior Subordinated Note Due 2018
1. Principal and Interest .
The Company promises to pay the principal of this Security on June 30, 2018.
The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security on each interest payment date, as set forth on the face of this Security, at the rate of (i) 12% per annum from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on this Security or the Security surrendered in exchange for this Security or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date to but not including March 27, 2013 and (ii) 10.5% per annum from and including March 27, 2013.
Interest will be payable, in cash, quarterly in arrears (to the holders of record of the Securities at the close of business on the March 15 (or, with respect to the interest payment date occurring on March 31, 2013, March 27), June 15, September 15 and December 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date) on each interest payment date, commencing March 31, 2013.
Interest on this Security will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on this Security [or the Security surrendered in exchange for this Security] (or, if there is no existing default in the payment of interest and if this Security is authenticated between a regular record date and the next interest payment date, from such interest payment date) or, if no interest has been paid, from [the Issue Date/the date this Security was issued]. Interest will be computed in the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuer will pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner, on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
Interest not paid when due and any interest on principal, premium or interest not paid when due will be paid to the Persons that are Holders on a special record date determined in accordance with the Indenture.
The Company will pay interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and to the extent lawful, interest at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate otherwise payable on this Security plus 2%, provided that if an Event of Default (other than pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(6)(B)) occurs the Initial Purchaser Parties hold 40% or more of the then outstanding principal amount of the Securities, and an Initial Purchaser Party have made demand therefor, the entire principal amount of the Securities shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is 2% plus the otherwise applicable interest rate from the date of such non-payment until paid in full or the applicable Event of Default has otherwise been cured or waived.
2. Indenture; Security Guarantee .
This is one of the Securities issued under an Indenture dated as of December 20, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the Indenture ), among the Company,
C-4
Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and at all times after a TIA Event, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Securities are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of all such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Security and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture will control.
The Securities are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company. The Indenture limits the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities to $50,000,000. This Security is guaranteed by the Guarantors as set forth in the Indenture. The guarantees are subordinated as set forth in the Indenture to all Obligations in respect of Senior Debt (including all interest accrued or accruing on Senior Debt after the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or similar case or proceeding at the contract rate (including, without limitation, any contract rate applicable upon default) specified in the relevant documentation, whether or not the claim for the interest is allowed as a claim in the case or proceeding with respect to the Senior Debt).
3. Redemption and Repurchase; Discharge or Defeasance Prior to Redemption or Maturity .
(h) This Security is subject to optional redemption, and may be the subject of a Repurchase Offer, as further described in the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything in this Note to the contrary, during the period after the 2013 Redemption Date and prior to September 27, 2013, the Securities can only be redeemed at the Issuers option at the redemption price equal to the sum of the principal amount of the Securities being redeemed, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, plus the 2013 Applicable Premium.
Except for certain required Repurchase Offers, there is no sinking fund or mandatory redemption applicable to this Security.
If the Company deposits with the Trustee money or Government Notes sufficient to pay the then outstanding principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Securities to redemption or maturity, the Company may in certain circumstances be discharged from the Indenture and the Securities or may be discharged from certain of its obligations under certain provisions of the Indenture.
4. Subordination .
This Security is subordinated to Senior Debt of the Issuer, as defined in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Debt of the Issuer must be paid before the Securities may be paid. The Issuer agrees, and each Security holder by accepting a Security agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give it effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.
C-5
5. Registered Form; Denominations; Transfer; Exchange .
The Securities are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. Pursuant to the Indenture, there are certain periods during which the Trustee will not be required to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security or certain portions of a Security.
6. Defaults and Remedies .
If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Securities may declare all the Securities to be due and payable. If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing, the Securities automatically become due and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Securities. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of remedies.
7. Amendment and Waiver .
Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Securities may be amended, or and defaults may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Securities to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency.
8. Authentication .
This Security is not valid until the Trustee (or Authenticating Agent) signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.
9. Governing Law .
This Security shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
10. Abbreviations .
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A/ (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
The Company will furnish a copy of the Indenture to any Holder upon written request and without charge.
C-6
[FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE]
FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto
Insert Taxpayer Identification No.
Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee
the within Security and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing
attorney to transfer said Security on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.
C-7
[THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED
ON ALL CERTIFICATES BEARING A RESTRICTED LEGEND]
In connection with any transfer of this Security occurring prior to , the undersigned confirms that such transfer is made without utilizing any general solicitation or general advertising and further as follows: ¨
Check One
¨ | (1) This Security is being transferred to a qualified institutional buyer in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and certification in the form of Exhibit E to the Indenture is being furnished herewith. |
¨ | (2) This Security is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Regulation S thereunder, and certification in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture is being furnished herewith. |
or
¨ | (3) This Security is being transferred other than in accordance with (1) or (2) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Security and the Indenture. |
If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee is not obligated to register this Security in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in the Indenture have been satisfied.
Date: |
|
|
||||||
Seller | ||||||||
By: |
|
NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within mentioned instrument in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever.
C-8
Exhibit 4.16
EXECUTION VERSION
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
by and between
UNIVAR INC.
EACH OF THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO
and
Apollo Investment Corporation
AIE EuroLux S.à r.l.
GSLP I Offshore Holdings Fund A, L.P.
GSLP I Offshore Holdings Fund B, L.P.
GSLP I Offshore Holdings Fund C, L.P.
GSLP Onshore Holdings Fund, L.L.C.
FS Investment Corporation
GSO COF Facility LLC
Highbridge Principal Strategies Mezzanine Partners Delaware Subsidiary, LLC
Highbridge Principal Strategies Institutional Mezzanine Partners Subsidiary, L.P.
Highbridge Principal Strategies Offshore Mezzanine Partners Master Fund, L.P.
Highbridge Mezzanine Partners LLC
JPM Mezzanine Capital, LLC
Dated as of December 20, 2010
Registration Rights Agreement
This Registration Rights Agreement (this Agreement ) is made and entered into as of December 20, 2010, by and among Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Issuer ), each of Apollo Investment Corporation and AIE EuroLux S.à r.l. (together with their affiliates, Apollo ), GSLP I Offshore Holdings Fund A, L.P. ( Offshore Fund A ), GSLP I Offshore Holdings Fund B, L.P. ( Offshore Fund B ), GSLP I Offshore Holdings Fund C, L.P. ( Offshore Fund C ) and GSLP Onshore Holdings Fund, L.L.C. ( Onshore Fund , and together with Offshore Fund A, Offshore Fund B and Offshore Fund C, and their respective affiliates, each, a GSLP Fund and collectively, the GSLP Funds ), FS Investment Corporation and GSO COF Facility LLC ( GSO ) Highbridge Principal Strategies Mezzanine Partners Delaware Subsidiary, LLC, Highbridge Principal Strategies Institutional Mezzanine Partners Subsidiary, L.P., and Highbridge Principal Strategies Offshore Mezzanine Partners Master Fund, L.P. (collectively, Highbridge ) and JPM Mezzanine Capital, LLC (together with its affiliates, JPM Mezzanine , and together with Apollo, the GSLP Funds, GSO and Highbridge, each an Initial Purchaser and collectively the Initial Purchasers , who have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement (as defined below), to purchase the Companys 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 (the Initial Notes ).
This Agreement is made pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2010 (the Purchase Agreement ), by and among Company and the Initial Purchasers (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Notes (including the Initial Purchasers). In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Initial Notes, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. As set forth in Section 3.1(i) of the Purchase Agreement, the execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers to purchase and pay for the Notes.
The parties hereby agree as follows:
S ECTION 1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in, or by reference in, the Purchase Agreement. As used herein, the following terms have the meanings specified herein (it being understood that defined terms shall include in the singular number, the plural and in the plural, the singular):
Additional Interest : As defined in Section 6.
Additional Interest Payment Date : Each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 30.
Advice: As defined in Section 7.
Automatic Shelf Registration Statement : As defined in Section 4(a).
Commission : The Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor thereto.
Consummate: The registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed Consummated with respect to the Initial Notes for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3(d) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Notes in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes that were validly tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer; provided that in no event shall the registered Exchange Offer be deemed Consummated unless and until the Exchange Notes are, upon receipt, transferable by the Holders without restriction under the Securities Act and without material restriction under the blue sky or securities laws of a substantial majority of the States of the United States of America.
Effectiveness Target Date: As defined in Section 6.
Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Exchange Notes : The 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 to be issued to Holders in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer containing terms substantially identical to the Transfer Restricted Securities (except that (i) such Exchange Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to transfer restrictions or bear the Restricted Legend, and (ii) the provisions relating to Additional Interest will be eliminated). All references to the Exchange Notes include the related Note Guarantees.
Exchange Offer : The registration by the Company under the Securities Act of the Exchange Notes pursuant to a Registration Statement pursuant to which the Company shall offer the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holders for Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders.
Exchange Offer Registration Statement: As defined in Section 3(a) hereof.
Free Writing Prospectus : As defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.
Holders : As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.
Indemnified Holder : As defined in Section 9(a) hereof.
Indenture : The Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2007, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the Trustee ), pursuant to which the Notes are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
Initial Purchaser: As defined in the preamble hereto.
Initial Notes : As defined in the preamble hereto, but only for so long as such securities constitute Transfer Restricted Securities. All references to the Exchange Notes include the related Note Guarantees.
NASD: National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or any successor entity thereof.
Non-Eligible Notes: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.
Note Guarantee: With respect to the Notes the related guarantee by the Guarantors.
Notes: The Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes.
Participating Piggy-Back Holders : As defined in Section 5(b) hereof.
Person: An individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, unincorporated organization or other legal entity, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.
Piggy-Back Maximum Number : As defined in Section 5(c) hereof.
Piggy-Back Registration : As defined in Section 5(a) hereof.
Piggy-Back Registration Statement : As defined in Section 5(a) hereof.
Prospectus : The prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference into such Prospectus.
Purchase Agreement : As defined in the preamble hereto.
Record Holder: With respect to any Additional Interest Payment Date relating to the Notes on which Additional Interest is to be paid, each Person who is a Holder of Notes on the March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 immediately prior to such date.
Registration Default: As defined in Section 6 hereof.
Registration Demand : As defined in Section 3(a) hereof.
Registration Statement: Any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, Piggy-Back Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein.
Rule 415 : Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act, as amended or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.
Rule 430A : Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act, as amended or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.
Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 4 hereof.
Shelf Registration Statement : As defined in Section 4 hereof.
Suspension Period : As defined in Section 7(d) hereof.
Trigger Date : As defined in the Indenture.
Trust Indenture Act: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, or any successor thereto, and the rules, regulations and forms promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be amended from time to time.
Transfer Restricted Securities: Each (i) Initial Note, until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Note is exchanged in the Exchange Offer and entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, (b) the date on which such Note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement or a Piggy Back Registration Statement and (c) the date on which such Note is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or is eligible for distribution pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, and (ii) Exchange Note issued to a Broker-Dealer until the date on which such Note has been distributed by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Plan of Distribution contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including delivery of the Prospectus contained therein).
Underwritten Registration or Underwritten Offering : A registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.
S ECTION 2. Securities Subject to this Agreement.
(a) Transfer Restricted Securities . The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted Securities.
(b) Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities . A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a Holder and collectively, the Holders ) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities.
S ECTION 3. Registered Exchange Offer .
(a) At any time on or after the Trigger Date, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities may, by written notice (a Registration Demand ), request that the Company effect a registration under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. Thereupon the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission as soon as possible, but in any event no later than one hundred twenty (120)
days (excluding any days that occur during a permitted Suspension Period under Section 7(d) hereof) after receipt of such Registration Demand, and thereafter use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective, a registration statement (an Exchange Offer Registration Statement ) relating to all Transfer Restricted Securities. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective at the earliest possible time, but in no event later than 240 days after the Registration Demand is received, and in connection with the foregoing, shall (A) file all pre-effective amendments to such Registration Statement to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (B) if applicable, file a post effective amendment to such Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act, and (C) cause all necessary filings in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Notes to be made under the Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and upon the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, commence the Exchange Offer (unless the Exchange Offer would not be permitted by applicable law or Commission policy). The Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Notes to be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of Notes held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(e) below.
(b) The Exchange Notes shall be issued under, and entitled to the benefits of, the Indenture.
(c) Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from the later of (x) the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Notes surrendered in exchange therefor, or (y) if the Notes are surrendered for exchange on a date on or after the record date for an interest payment date which is scheduled to occur on or after the date of such exchange and as to which interest will be paid, such interest payment date.
(d) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided , however , that in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days (as defined in SEC rules) after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders. The Company shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Notes shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on or prior to 30 Business Days after the Effectiveness Target Date for such Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
(e) The Company shall indicate in a Plan of Distribution section contained in the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Initial Notes that are Transfer Restricted Securities and that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Company), may exchange such Initial Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Notes received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such Plan of Distribution section shall also contain all other information with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such Plan of Distribution shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Notes held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in policy, rules or regulations after the date of this Agreement.
(f) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 7(c) below to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Notes acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 90 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and (ii) the date on which all Broker-Dealers are no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities.
(g) The Company shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 90-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales.
S ECTION 4. Shelf Registration .
(a) Shelf Registration . If after the receipt of a Registration Demand (i) the Company is not required to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, (ii) for any reason the Exchange Offer for the Notes is not Consummated within 30 Business Days after the Effectiveness Target Date of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for the Notes, or (iii) any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities ( Non-Eligible Notes ) notifies the Company prior to the 20 th day following consummation of the Exchange Offer that (A) such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, or (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and that the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder, then, upon such Holders request, the Company shall
(x) use commercially reasonable efforts to file a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and which, to the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405) will be an automatic shelf registration statement, as defined in Rule 405 (an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ), (in either event, the Shelf Registration Statement ) on or prior to the earliest to occur of (1) the 90 th day after the date on which the Company determines that it is not required to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as contemplated by clause (i) above, (2) the 90th day after the date 30 Business Days after the Effectiveness Target Date if the Exchange Offer for the Notes is not Consummated as contemplated by clause (ii) above and (3) the 90 th day after the date on which the Company receives notice from a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities as contemplated by clause (iii) above (such date being the Shelf Filing Deadline ), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities (or, in the case of clause (iii), all Non-Eligible Notes) the Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof; and
(y) use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission at the earliest possible time, but in no event later than the 90 th day after the Shelf Filing Deadline.
The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended (subject to Section 7(d) below) as required by the provisions of Sections 7(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Notes by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of at least two years following the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (or shorter period that will terminate when all the Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement or are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(k)).
(b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement . No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within 20 Business Days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Company may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement, Piggy-Back Registration, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading.
S ECTION 5. Piggy-Back Registration .
(a) If the Company or any subsidiary of the Company proposes to file on its behalf and/or on behalf of any holders of its debt securities (other than a Holder) a registration statement on any form for the registration of its debt securities (a Piggy-Back Registration Statement ), it will give written notice to all Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities at least twenty (20) days before the initial filing thereof, which notice shall set forth the intended method of disposition of the securities proposed to be registered by the Company or such subsidiary. The notice shall offer to include in such filing the aggregate number of Transfer Restricted Securities as such Holders may request (a Piggy-Back Registration ).
(b) Each Holder desiring to have Transfer Restricted Securities registered under this Section 5 ( Participating Piggy-Back Holders ) shall advise the Company in writing within ten (10) days after the date of receipt of such offer from the Company, setting forth the amount of Transfer Restricted Securities for which registration is requested. The Company shall thereupon include or cause to be included in such filing the amount of Transfer Restricted Securities for which registration is so requested, subject to paragraph (c) below, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect registration of such Transfer Restricted Securities under the Securities Act.
(c) If the Registration relates to an underwritten public offering and the managing underwriter of such proposed public offering advises in writing that, in its opinion, the amount of Transfer Restricted Securities requested to be included in the Registration in addition to the securities being registered by the Company would be greater than the total number of securities which can be sold in such offering without delaying or jeopardizing the price, timing or distribution thereof (the Piggy-Back Maximum Number ), then:
(i) in the event the Company initiated the Piggy-Back Registration, the Company shall include in such Piggy-Back Registration first , the securities the Company proposes to register and second , the securities of all other selling security holders, including the Participating Piggy-Back Holders, in a principal amount which together with the securities the Company proposes to register, shall not exceed the Piggy-Back Maximum Number, such amount to be allocated among such selling security holders on a pro rata basis (based on the principal amount of debt securities of the Company held by each such selling security holder); and
(ii) in the event any holder of debt securities of the Company other than Transfer Restricted Securities initiated the Piggy-Back Registration, the Company shall include in such Piggy-Back Registration first , the securities such initiating security holder proposes to register, second , the securities of any other selling security holders (including Participating Piggy-Back Holders), in a principal amount which together with the securities the initiating security holder proposes to register, shall not exceed the Piggy- Back Maximum Number, such principal amount to be allocated among such other selling security holders on a pro rata basis (based on the principal amount of debt securities of the Company held by each such selling security holder) and third , any debt securities the Company proposes to register, in a principal amount which together with the securities the initiating security holder and the other selling security holders propose to register, shall not exceed the Piggy-Back Maximum Number.
(d) Subject to Section 6, nothing in this Section 5 shall create any liability on the part of the Company to the Holders if the Company in its sole discretion should decide not to file a registration statement proposed to be filed pursuant to this Section or to withdraw such registration statement subsequent to its filing and prior to the later of its effectiveness or the release of the Transfer Restricted Securities for public offering by the managing underwriter, in the case of an underwritten public offering, regardless of any action whatsoever that a Holder may have taken, whether as a result of the issuance by the Company of any notice hereunder or otherwise.
S ECTION 6. Additional Interest . If (i) either the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement required by Sections 3 and 4 are not filed with the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such filing in this Agreement, (ii) any of such Registration Statements has not been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness in this Agreement (the Effectiveness Target Date ), (iii) unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy, the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated (except with respect to Non-Eligible Notes) within 30 Business Days after the Effectiveness Target Date with respect to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or (iv) any Registration Statement required by Sections 3 and 4 is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable for its intended purpose (except as a result of a Suspension Notice for a period not to exceed that permitted by Section 7(d) below) without being succeeded immediately by a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement that cures such failure and that is itself declared effective within 30 days after filing (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a Registration Default ), the Company hereby agrees that the interest rate borne by the Transfer Restricted Securities shall be increased by 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default and shall increase by an additional 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such increase exceed 1.00% per annum in the aggregate for all Registration Defaults ( Additional Interest ). Following the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to any
Transfer Restricted Securities (or at such time as any Note ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security), Additional Interest payable with respect to the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities will cease; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction in interest rate, a different Registration Default occurs, the interest rate borne by the Transfer Restricted Securities shall again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions.
All obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such Note shall have been satisfied in full.
All accrued Additional Interest shall be paid to the Record Holders entitled thereto, in the manner provided for the payment of interest in the Indenture, on each Additional Interest Payment Date, as more fully set forth in the Indenture and the Initial Notes.
The obligation of the Company to pay Additional Interest in the case of any Registration Default shall be the sole and exclusive monetary remedy of the Initial Purchasers and the Holders for any such Registration Default.
S ECTION 7. Registration Procedures .
(a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement .
(i) In connection with each Exchange Offer, the Company shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 7(c) below and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such exchange and to permit the resale of Notes by Broker-Dealers that tendered in the Exchange Offer Initial Notes that such Broker-Dealers acquired for their own account as a result of market making activities or other trading activities (other than Initial Notes acquired directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates) being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof.
(ii) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Company, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business and (D) if such Holder is a Broker-Dealer, it has acquired the Exchange Notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall otherwise cooperate in the Companys preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder will be required to
acknowledge and agree that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commissions letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (which may include any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Notes obtained by such Holder in exchange for Initial Notes acquired by such Holder directly from the Company.
(b) Shelf Registration Statement . In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall comply with all the provisions of Section 7(c) below and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company will as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof.
(c) General Provisions . In connection with any Registration Statement (except such subsections that specifically apply to only certain Registration Statements) and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Notes by Broker-Dealers), the Company shall:
(i) except during a Suspension Period and except as otherwise provided in Section 5(d), use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements for the period specified in Section 3, 4 or 5 of this Agreement (except as otherwise provided herein), as applicable (subject to Section 7(d) below); upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Company shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the
case of either clause (A) or (B), use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purposes as soon as practicable thereafter;
(ii) except during a Suspension Period, prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 and 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;
(iii) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, advise the underwriters, if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested by such Persons, confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment or any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, or (C) except during a Suspension Period, of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in such Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, any Free Writing Prospectus or any document incorporated by reference in any of the foregoing untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in such Registration Statement or the Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus in order to make the statements therein in the circumstances in which they were made not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time;
(iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, furnish without charge to each of the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and each of the underwriters, if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement) or any Free Writing Prospectus, which documents will be subject to the review of such Holders and underwriters in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least five Business Days, and the Company will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference in any of the foregoing) to which an Initial Purchaser of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement or the underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object in writing within five Business Days after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed timely made upon confirmation of telecopy transmission within such period). The objection of an Initial Purchaser or underwriter, if any, shall be deemed to be reasonable if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement or Free Writing Prospectus, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
(v) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into such Registration Statement or Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and to the underwriters, if any, make available representatives of the Company for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing thereof as such selling Holders or underwriters, if any, reasonably may request;
(vi) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, make available at reasonable times for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, any managing underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney or accountant retained by such Initial Purchaser or any of the underwriters, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause the Companys officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness;
(vii) except during a Suspension Period, if requested by any selling Holders or the underwriters, if any, promptly incorporate in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and underwriters, if any, may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the Plan of Distribution of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold to such underwriters, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;
(viii) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, furnish to each selling Holder, each Broker-Dealer that holds Notes and each of the underwriters, if any, without charge, at least one copy of such Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference);
(ix) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, deliver to each selling Holder, each Broker-Dealer that holds Notes and each of the underwriters, if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; the Company hereby consents to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and any Free Writing Prospectus prepared by the Company and filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;
(x) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, enter into such commercially reasonable agreements (including an underwriting agreement), and make such customary representations and warranties, and take all such other commercially reasonable actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement as contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as may be reasonably requested by any Initial Purchaser or by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement; and whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an Underwritten Registration, the Company shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement:
(A) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, in such substance and scope as they may request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings, upon effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement:
(1) a certificate, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, signed by (y) the President or any Vice President and (z) a principal financial or accounting officer of the Company, confirming, as of the date thereof, (i) that no Material Adverse Effect has occurred, (ii) that the representations and warranties made by the Company in the Purchase Agreement are true and correct with the same effect as though expressly made on such date, and (iii) the Company has complied with all covenants and agreement on its part to be performed or complied with prior to such date, and such other matters as such parties may reasonably request;
(2) an opinion, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement of counsel for the Company, covering matters as such Initial Purchaser may reasonably request, and in any event including a statement to the effect that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company, representatives of the independent public accountants for the Company, the selling Holders representatives and the selling Holders counsel in connection with the preparation of such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and has considered the matters required to be stated therein and the statements contained therein, although such counsel has not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of such statements; and that such counsel advises that, on the basis of the foregoing, no facts came to such counsels attention that caused such counsel to believe that the Shelf Registration Statement, at the time such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto became effective, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances in which they were made not misleading, or that the Prospectus contained in such Registration Statement as of its date, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Without limiting the foregoing, such counsel may state
further that such counsel assumes no responsibility for, and has not independently verified, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements included in any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement or the related Prospectus; and
(3) in the case of an underwriter, a customary comfort letter, dated as of the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement from the Companys independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters by underwriters in connection with primary underwritten offerings;
(B) set forth in full or incorporate by reference in the underwriting agreement, if any, the indemnification provisions and procedures of Section 9 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; and
(C) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties to evidence compliance with clause (A) above and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to this clause (x), if any.
If at any time the representations and warranties of the Company contemplated in clause (A)(1) above cease to be true and correct, the Company shall so advise the Initial Purchaser and the underwriters, if any, and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by such Persons, shall confirm such advice in writing;
(xi) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriters may request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to (A) register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified, (B) make any changes to its organizational documents or (C) take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to such Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;
(xii) shall issue, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Notes covered by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, Exchange Notes, having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes
surrendered to the Company by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Notes to be registered in the name of such Holder or in the name of the purchasers of such Notes, as the case may be; in return, the Initial Notes held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation;
(xiii) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the underwriters, if any, may request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities made by such underwriters;
(xiv) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to the proviso contained in clause (viii) above;
(xv) except during a Suspension Period, if any fact or event contemplated by clause (c)(iii)(C) above shall exist or have occurred, (i) prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any documents incorporated therein by reference or (ii) file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, neither the Prospectus nor any document incorporated by reference therein will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances in which they were made not misleading;
(xvi) provide a CUSIP number for all registered Securities not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for the registered Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary Trust Company;
(xvii) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the NASD and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any qualified independent underwriter) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and approved by such governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Holders selling Transfer Restricted Securities to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities;
(xviii) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) for the twelve-month period (A) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Transfer Restricted Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm or best efforts Underwritten Offering or (B) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, beginning with the first month of the Companys first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of such Registration Statement; and
(xix) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Notes to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner.
Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 7(c)(iii)(C) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holders receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 7(c)(xv) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the Advice ) by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Companys expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended (but not beyond the date on which all Broker-Dealers are no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities (in the case of Section 3) or the date when all the Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement or are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(k) (in the case of Section 4)) by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 7(c)(iii)(C) hereof to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 7(c)(xv) hereof or shall have received the Advice. Each Holder further agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that it will not, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the Company, use, authorize use of, refer to, participate in the planning for use of, any Free Writing Prospectus in connection with the offer or sale of any Notes.
(d) The Company will have the ability to withdraw, delay the filing of or suspend any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed and kept effective pursuant this Agreement (a Suspension Period ), if the Companys Board of Directors determines, in their reasonable business judgment, upon advice of counsel, that the filing, continued effectiveness or use of such Registration Statement would require the disclosure of confidential information or interfere with any financing, acquisition, reorganization or other material transaction involving the Company. A Suspension Period shall commence on and include the date that the Company gives notice that of the Board of Directors determination with respect to such Registration Statement would cause material is no longer effective or the Prospectus included therein is no longer usable for offers and sales of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement and continue until holders of such Transfer Restricted Securities either receive the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 7(c) above or are advised in writing by the Company that use of the Prospectus may be resumed. The Company will not be permitted to exercise its rights under this paragraph more than twice in any twelve-month period with respect to the Notes, and any such suspensions with respect to the Notes may not exceed 90 days in the aggregate during any twelve month period. If the Company shall so postpone the filing of a Registration Statement, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities to be registered shall have the right to withdraw the request for registration by giving written notice from the Holders of a majority of the Transfer Restricted Securities that were to be registered to the Company within 45 days after receipt of the notice of postponement or, if earlier, the termination of such Suspension Period (and, in the event of such withdrawal, such request shall not be counted for purposes of determining the number of requests for registration to which the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities are entitled pursuant to this Agreement). If such Registration Statement is withdrawn, upon receipt of any notice of a Suspension Period, the Holders shall forthwith discontinue use of the prospectus contained in such Registration Statement and, if so directed by the Company, such Holders shall deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies, of the prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.
S ECTION 8. Registration Expenses.
(a) All expenses incident to the Companys performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by any Initial Purchaser or Holder with the NASD (and, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any qualified independent underwriter and its counsel that may be required by the rules and regulations of the NASD)); (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state Blue Sky or securities laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the
Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offers and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and, subject to Section 8(b) below, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing the Exchange Notes on a national securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance). Additionally, if the Company files an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement and does not pay the filing fee covering the Transfer Restricted Securities at the time the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is filed, the Company agrees to pay such fee at such time or times as the Transfer Restricted Securities are to be sold.
The Company will, in any event, bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company.
(b) In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement required by this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being registered pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Shelf Registration Statement is being prepared. In connection with any Piggy Back Registration Statement required by this Agreement, the Company will pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Holders, which may be the same counsel as counsel for the Company.
S ECTION 9. Indemnification.
(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a controlling person ) and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an Indemnified Holder ), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses (including without limitation and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing, settling, compromising, paying or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Indemnified Holder), joint or several, directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any
amendment or supplement thereto) or any Free Writing Prospectus prepared by the Company and filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances in which they were made not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (x) are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Company by any of the Holders expressly for use therein or (y) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Free Writing Prospectus used or distributed by any Holder, agent or underwriter without the prior written consent of the Company. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.
In case any action or proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Company, such Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Company in writing ( provided , that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve the Company of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement). Such Indemnified Holder shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid, as incurred, by the Company (regardless of whether it is ultimately determined that an Indemnified Holder is not entitled to indemnification hereunder). The Company shall not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for such Indemnified Holders, which firm shall be designated by the Holders. The Company shall be liable for any settlement of any such action or proceeding effected with the Companys prior written consent, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably, and the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Holder from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of any settlement of any action effected with the written consent of the Company. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of each Indemnified Holder, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any pending or threatened action, claim, litigation or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Holder is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Holder from all liability arising out of such action, claim, litigation or proceeding.
(b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its directors, officers of the Company
who sign a Registration Statement, and any person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company, and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such person (each a Company Indemnified Person ), to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to claims and actions based on information (i) relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement or (ii) contained in a Free Writing Prospectus used or distributed by such Holder without the prior written consent of the Company. If any action or proceeding shall be brought against a Company Indemnified Person for which such Company Indemnified Person is entitled to indemnification from a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities under this paragraph (b), (i) such Holder shall have the same rights and duties given to the Company in paragraph (a) above and (ii) such Company Indemnified Party shall have the rights and duties given to each Holder in paragraph (a) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the liability of any Holder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of proceeds (net of payment of all expenses) received by such Holder upon the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.
(c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to an indemnified party under Section 9(a) or Section 9(b) hereof (other than by reason of exceptions provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company or such other Company Indemnified Party, as applicable, on the one hand, and of the Indemnified Holder, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company or such other Company Indemnified Party, as applicable, on the one hand and of the Indemnified Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or such other Company Indemnified Party or by the Indemnified Holder and the parties relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9(b) and the second paragraph of Section 9(a), any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim.
The Company and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9(c) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any
other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9(c) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Notes held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the liability of any Holder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of proceeds (net of payment of all expenses) received by such Holder upon the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.
S ECTION 10. Participation In Underwritten Registrations . No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holders Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
S ECTION 11. Selection Of Underwriters . The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering; provided , that such investment bankers and managers must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.
S ECTION 12. Miscellaneous .
(a) Remedies . The Company hereby agrees that, subject to Section 6, monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.
(b) No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company will not on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Companys securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof.
(c) Adjustments Affecting the Notes . The Company will not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to the Notes that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer.
(d) Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities affected thereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to an Exchange Offer and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered or registered; provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be effective.
(e) Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:
(i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture; and
(ii) if to the Company:
Univar, Inc.
Suite 2200, 500 108 th Avenue North East,
Bellevue, Washington 98004, USA,
Attention: General Counsel
With a copy to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
Citigroup Center
153 E. 53 rd Street
New York, NY 10022
Telecopier No.: (212) 446-4900
Attention: Jason Kanner, Esq.
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.
Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture.
(e) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however , that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder and not in violation of the terms of this Agreement, the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture.
(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
(g) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
(h) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
(i) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.
(j) Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with the other Transaction Documents (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.
[ Signature Pages Follow ]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
UNIVAR INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: Douglas R. Drew | ||
Title: | ||
CHEMPOINT.COM, INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: Douglas R. Drew | ||
Title: | ||
UNIVAR USA INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: Douglas R. Drew | ||
Title: | ||
UNIVAR HOLDCO CANADA, LLC | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: Douglas R. Drew | ||
Title: | ||
UNIVAR HOLDCO CANADA III, LLC | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: Douglas R. Drew | ||
Title: |
[Company Sig Page Reg Rights Agreement]
BASIC CHEMICAL SOLUTIONS, L.L.C. | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: Douglas R. Drew | ||
Title: |
[Company Sig Page Reg Rights Agreement]
APOLLO INVESTMENT CORPORATION | ||
By: Apollo Investment Management L.P., as Advisor | ||
By: ACC Management, LLC, as its General Partner | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | Rajay Bagaria | |
Title: | Vice President | |
AIE EUROLUX S.à.r.l. | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | Wendy Dulman | |
Title: | Class A Manager | |
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | Alain KOCH | |
Title: | Class B Manager |
[Purchaser Sig Page Reg Rights Agmt]
[Purchaser Sig Page Reg Rights Agmt]
[Purchaser Sig Page Reg Rights Agmt]
FS INVESTMENT CORPORATION | ||
By: GSO / BLACKSTONE DEBT FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC, its Sub-Advisor | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | DAN SMITH | |
Title: | AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY |
[Purchaser Sig Page Reg Rights Agmt]
GSO COF FACILITY LLC | ||
By: GSO CAPITAL PARTNERS LP, its Collateral Manager | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | Marisa J. Beeney | |
Title: | Authorized Signatory |
[Purchaser Sig Page Reg Rights Agmt]
JPM MEZZANINE CAPITAL, LLC | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | Olof Bergqvist | |
Title: | Executive Director |
[Purchaser Sig Page Reg Rights Agmt]
EXECUTION VERSION
SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE
December 20, 2010
This Solvency Certificate is being delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(f)(iii) of the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2010 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the Note Purchase Agreement ), among Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Issuer ), each of Apollo Investment Corporation and AIE EuroLux S.à r.l. (together with their affiliates, Apollo ), GSLP I Offshore Issuer Fund A, L.P. ( Offshore Fund A ), GSLP I Offshore Issuer Fund B, L.P. ( Offshore Fund B ), GSLP I Offshore Issuer Fund C, L.P. ( Offshore Fund C ) and GSLP Onshore Issuer Fund, L.L.C. ( Onshore Fund , and together with Offshore Fund A, Offshore Fund B and Offshore Fund C, and their respective affiliates, each, a GSLP Fund and collectively, the GSLP Funds ), FS Investment Corporation and GSO COF Facility LLC ( GSO ) Highbridge Principal Strategies Mezzanine Partners Delaware Subsidiary, LLC, Highbridge Principal Strategies Institutional Mezzanine Partners Subsidiary, L.P., and Highbridge Principal Strategies Offshore Mezzanine Partners Master Fund, L.P. (collectively, Highbridge ) and JPM Mezzanine Capital, LLC (together with its affiliates, JPM Mezzanine , and together with Apollo, the GSLP Funds, GSO and Highbridge, each an Initial Purchaser and collectively the Initial Purchasers ,). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings given in the Note Purchase Agreement.
Solely in my capacity as Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer and not in my individual capacity, I hereby certify, in good faith to the best of my knowledge and belief, that I am familiar with the historical and current financial condition of the Issuer its Subsidiaries and that immediately following the consummation of the Transactions to occur on the Closing Date.
A. fair value of the assets of the Issuer on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, at a fair valuation on a going concern basis, will exceed their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise;
B. present fair saleable value of the property of the Issuer on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured;
C. Issuer on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, will be able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured (taking into account all available financing options); and
D. Issuer on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged as such businesses are now conducted and is proposed to be conducted.
[Signature Page Follows]
1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Certificate on behalf of the Issuer as of the day first above written.
UNIVAR INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: Steven M. Nielsen | ||
Title: Chief Financial Officer |
Solvency Certificate
Exhibit 10.1
EXECUTION VERSION
RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of February 22, 2013 (this Restatement Agreement ), to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, amended and restated as of September 20, 2010, further amended and restated as of February 28, 2011 and further amended and restated as of October 3, 2012 (as amended and in effect immediately prior to the Fourth Restatement Effective Date, the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement ) by and among UNIVAR INC., a Delaware corporation (the Borrower ), the LENDERS party hereto and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the Administrative Agent ) and Collateral Agent (the Collateral Agent ).
WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested, and the Lenders party hereto have agreed, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, that the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement be amended and restated as provided herein; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual agreements herein contained, the Borrower, the Lenders party hereto and the Administrative Agent hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as defined below), except that the defined terms Lender and Required Lenders shall have the meaning given such terms by the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
SECTION 2. Amendment and Restatement of the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement . The Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as set forth in Exhibit A hereto (the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement ).
SECTION 3. Effectiveness . This Fourth Restatement Agreement shall become effective when (x) counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders shall have been received by the Administrative Agent, (y) all conditions to the Fourth Restatement Effective Date set forth in Article 5 of the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement shall have been satisfied and (z) the Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrower a non-refundable fee (the Consent Fee ), for the account of each Lender that has delivered an executed signature page to this Fourth Restatement Agreement prior to 12:00 noon New York time on Friday, February 15, 2013, equal to 0.10% of the principal amount of Loans held by such consenting Lender immediately prior to the Fourth Restatement Effective Date.
SECTION 4. Counterparts; Amendments . This Fourth Restatement Agreement may neither be amended nor may any provision hereof be waived except pursuant to a writing signed by each of the Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent and Lenders constituting the Required Lenders. This Fourth Restatement Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Fourth Restatement Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Fourth Restatement Agreement.
SECTION 5. No Novation . The execution and delivery of this Fourth Restatement Agreement and the effectiveness shall not act as a novation of the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and, except as specifically contemplated by this Fourth Restatement Agreement shall not serve to discharge or release any Obligation or Lien under the Credit Documents. This Fourth Restatement Agreement shall be a Credit Document for all purposes of the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
SECTION 6. Applicable Law; Waiver of Jury Trial .
(A) THIS FOURTH RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.
(B) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY AGREES TO THE TERMS SET FORTH IN SECTION 12.15 OF THE FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT AS IF SUCH SECTION WERE SET FORTH IN FULL HEREIN.
SECTION 7. Headings . The Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Fourth Restatement Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Fourth Restatement Agreement.
-2-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Fourth Restatement Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first written above.
UNIVAR INC., as Borrower | ||||
By: |
/s/ Thomas P. Martin |
|||
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |||
Title: | Vice President and Treasurer |
[Signature Page to Restatement Agreement]
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent | ||||
By: |
/s/ W. H. Pegler, Jr |
|||
Name: | W. H. Pegler, Jr | |||
Title: | Managing Director |
[Term Restatement Agreement]
Required Lenders signature pages on file with Bank of America, N.A.
EXHIBIT A
A-1
[Published CUSIP No.: ]
FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of October 11, 2007,
Amended and Restated on September 20, 2010,
as further Amended and Restated on February 28, 2011,
as further Amended and Restated on October 3, 2012
and
as further Amended and Restated on February 22, 2013
among
UNIVAR INC.,
as the Borrower,
The Several Lenders
from Time to Time Parties Hereto
and
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC
HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.
and
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners for the
Fourth Amendment and Restatement
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||||
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS |
1 | |||||
1.1. |
Defined Terms |
1 | ||||
1.2. |
Other Interpretive Provisions |
43 | ||||
1.3. |
Accounting Terms |
44 | ||||
1.4. |
Rounding |
44 | ||||
1.5. |
References to Agreements, Laws, Etc. |
44 | ||||
1.6. |
Exchange Rates |
44 | ||||
1.7. |
Effect of Restatement |
45 | ||||
ARTICLE II AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT |
45 | |||||
2.1. |
Commitments |
45 | ||||
2.2. |
Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings |
46 | ||||
2.3. |
Notice of Borrowing |
46 | ||||
2.4. |
Disbursement of Funds |
47 | ||||
2.5. |
Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt |
47 | ||||
2.6. |
Conversions and Continuations |
49 | ||||
2.7. |
Pro Rata Borrowings |
50 | ||||
2.8. |
Interest |
50 | ||||
2.9. |
Interest Periods |
51 | ||||
2.10. |
Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc. |
52 | ||||
2.11. |
Compensation |
54 | ||||
2.12. |
Change of Lending Office |
54 | ||||
2.13. |
Notice of Certain Costs |
55 | ||||
2.14. |
Incremental Facilities |
55 | ||||
ARTICLE III FEES; COMMITMENTS |
58 | |||||
3.1. |
Fees |
58 | ||||
3.2. |
Mandatory Termination of Commitments |
58 | ||||
ARTICLE IV PAYMENTS |
58 | |||||
4.1. |
Voluntary Prepayments |
58 | ||||
4.2. |
Mandatory Prepayments |
59 | ||||
4.3. |
Method and Place of Payment |
61 | ||||
4.4. |
Net Payments |
61 | ||||
4.5. |
Computations of Interest and Fees |
64 | ||||
4.6. |
Limit on Rate of Interest |
64 | ||||
ARTICLE V CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO FOURTH RESTATEMENT EFFECTIVE DATE |
65 | |||||
5.1. |
Credit Documents |
65 | ||||
5.2. |
Legal Opinion |
65 | ||||
5.3. |
Authorization of Proceedings of Each Credit Party |
65 |
-i-
Page | ||||||
5.4. |
Certificates |
66 | ||||
5.5. |
Amendment of ABL Credit Agreement |
66 | ||||
5.6. |
Amendment of Intercreditor Agreement |
66 | ||||
5.7. |
Fees |
66 | ||||
ARTICLE VI CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL CREDIT EVENTS |
66 | |||||
6.1. |
No Default; Representations and Warranties |
66 | ||||
6.2. |
Notice of Borrowing |
66 | ||||
ARTICLE VII REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS |
67 | |||||
7.1. |
Corporate Status |
67 | ||||
7.2. |
Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability |
67 | ||||
7.3. |
No Violation |
67 | ||||
7.4. |
Litigation |
68 | ||||
7.5. |
Margin Regulations |
68 | ||||
7.6. |
Governmental Approvals; Other Consents |
68 | ||||
7.7. |
Investment Company Act |
68 | ||||
7.8. |
Disclosure |
68 | ||||
7.9. |
Financial Condition; Financial Statements |
69 | ||||
7.10. |
Tax Matters |
69 | ||||
7.11. |
Compliance with ERISA |
69 | ||||
7.12. |
Subsidiaries |
70 | ||||
7.13. |
Intellectual Property |
70 | ||||
7.14. |
Environmental Laws |
70 | ||||
7.15. |
Properties |
70 | ||||
7.16. |
Solvency |
71 | ||||
7.17. |
Collateral |
71 | ||||
7.18. |
Insurance |
71 | ||||
ARTICLE VIII AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS |
71 | |||||
8.1. |
Information Covenants |
71 | ||||
8.2. |
Books, Records and Inspections |
74 | ||||
8.3. |
Maintenance of Insurance |
74 | ||||
8.4. |
Payment of Taxes |
75 | ||||
8.5. |
Maintenance of Existence |
75 | ||||
8.6. |
Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, Etc. |
75 | ||||
8.7. |
Maintenance of Properties |
75 | ||||
8.8. |
Additional Guarantors and Grantors |
76 | ||||
8.9. |
Pledge of Additional Stock and Evidence of Indebtedness |
76 | ||||
8.10. |
Use of Proceeds |
76 | ||||
8.11. |
Further Assurances |
76 | ||||
8.12. |
End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters |
77 | ||||
ARTICLE IX NEGATIVE COVENANTS |
77 | |||||
9.1. |
Limitation on Indebtedness |
77 | ||||
9.2. |
Limitation on Liens |
81 |
-ii-
Page | ||||||
9.3. |
Limitation on Fundamental Changes |
83 | ||||
9.4. |
Limitation on Sale of Assets |
84 | ||||
9.5. |
Limitation on Investments |
86 | ||||
9.6. |
Limitation on Restricted Payments |
88 | ||||
9.7. |
Limitations on Debt Payments and Amendments |
90 | ||||
9.8. |
Transactions with Affiliates |
91 | ||||
9.9. |
[Reserved] |
92 | ||||
9.10. |
Changes in Business |
92 | ||||
9.11. |
Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries |
92 | ||||
ARTICLE X EVENTS OF DEFAULT |
94 | |||||
10.1. |
Payments |
94 | ||||
10.2. |
Representations, Etc. |
94 | ||||
10.3. |
Covenants |
94 | ||||
10.4. |
Default Under Other Agreements |
94 | ||||
10.5. |
Bankruptcy, Etc. |
95 | ||||
10.6. |
ERISA |
95 | ||||
10.7. |
Guarantee |
96 | ||||
10.8. |
Security Documents |
96 | ||||
10.9. |
Judgments |
96 | ||||
10.10. |
Change of Control |
96 | ||||
ARTICLE XI THE AGENTS |
97 | |||||
11.1. |
Appointment |
97 | ||||
11.2. |
Delegation of Duties |
97 | ||||
11.3. |
Exculpatory Provisions |
98 | ||||
11.4. |
Reliance by Agents |
98 | ||||
11.5. |
Notice of Default |
98 | ||||
11.6. |
Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Other Lenders |
99 | ||||
11.7. |
Indemnification |
99 | ||||
11.8. |
Agents in Their Individual Capacities |
100 | ||||
11.9. |
Successor Agents |
100 | ||||
11.10. |
Withholding Tax |
100 | ||||
ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS |
101 | |||||
12.1. |
Amendments and Waivers |
101 | ||||
12.2. |
Notices |
103 | ||||
12.3. |
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies |
104 | ||||
12.4. |
Survival of Representations and Warranties |
104 | ||||
12.5. |
Payment of Expenses |
104 | ||||
12.6. |
Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments |
105 | ||||
12.7. |
Replacements of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances |
111 | ||||
12.8. |
Adjustments; Set-off |
112 | ||||
12.9. |
Counterparts |
112 |
-iii-
Page | ||||||
12.10. |
Severability |
113 | ||||
12.11. |
Integration |
113 | ||||
12.12. |
GOVERNING LAW |
113 | ||||
12.13. |
Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers |
113 | ||||
12.14. |
Acknowledgments |
114 | ||||
12.15. |
WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL |
115 | ||||
12.16. |
Confidentiality |
115 | ||||
12.17. |
Direct Website Communications |
116 | ||||
12.18. |
USA PATRIOT Act |
117 | ||||
12.19. |
Intercreditor Agreement |
117 | ||||
12.20. |
Judgment Currency |
117 | ||||
12.21. |
UK Know-Your-Customer Requirements |
117 | ||||
12.22. |
Eligible Contract Participants |
118 |
SCHEDULES
Schedule 1.1(a) | Mortgaged Properties | |
Schedule 1.1(b) | Commitments and Addresses of Euro Tranche Term Loan Lenders | |
Schedule 1.1(c)(i) | Excluded Subsidiaries | |
Schedule 1.1(d) | Mandatory Costs | |
Schedule 1.1(e) | Existing Indebtedness | |
Schedule 1.1(f) | Debt Repayment | |
Schedule 7.4 | Litigation | |
Schedule 7.12 | Subsidiaries | |
Schedule 8.11 | Post-Closing Actions | |
Schedule 9.2 | Existing Liens | |
Schedule 9.5 | Existing Investments | |
Schedule 9.8 | Existing Affiliate Transactions | |
Schedule 12.2 | Notice Addresses |
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A | Form of Amended and Restated Mortgage (Real Property) | |
Exhibit B | Form of Perfection Certificate | |
Exhibit C | Form of Assignment and Acceptance | |
Exhibit D | Form of Joinder Agreement | |
Exhibit E | Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate | |
Exhibit F | Form of Intercreditor Agreement |
-iv-
FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of October 11, 2007, and amended and restated as of September 20, 2010, further amended and restated as of February 28, 2011, further amended and restated as of October 3, 2012, and further amended and restated as of February 22, 2013, among UNIVAR INC., a Delaware corporation (the Borrower ), the registered lending institutions from time to time parties hereto (each a Lender and, collectively, the Lenders ), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined in this preamble having the meaning provided in Section 1 ) and Collateral Agent.
WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent are parties to an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended and restated on September 20, 2010, as further amended and restated as of February 28, 2011 (the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement ), and as further amended and restated as of October 3, 2012 the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement ); and
WHEREAS, the Required Lenders (under and as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) have consented to the amendment and restatement of the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Restatement Agreement dated as of the Fourth Restatement Effective Date (the Restatement Agreement ) amongst the parties hereto.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I Definitions
1.1. Defined Terms .
(a) As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 1.1 unless the context otherwise requires (it being understood that defined terms in this Agreement shall include in the singular number the plural and in the plural the singular):
ABL Collateral Agent shall mean the collateral agent under the ABL Facility.
ABL Credit Agreement shall mean the Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement, dated September 20, 2010, by and among the Credit Parties, the Canadian borrower party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder, Bank of America and Bank of America (acting through its Canadian branch), as administrative agents and the other parties named therein, as amended or otherwise modified on or prior to the date hereof and as such agreement may be further amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original administrative agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original ABL Credit Agreement or other credit agreements or otherwise, unless such agreement or instrument expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not an ABL Credit Agreement hereunder). Any reference to the ABL Credit Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to any ABL Credit Agreement then in existence.
ABL Credit Agreement Amendment shall mean Amendment No. 5 to the ABL Credit Agreement.
ABL Documents shall mean the Credit Documents (or such corresponding term) as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived, otherwise modified, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced from time to time.
ABL Facility shall mean the collective reference to the ABL Documents, any notes, guarantees, collateral documents and account control agreements, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof.
ABL Priority Collateral shall have the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.
ABR shall mean for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate and (c) the LIBOR Rate (for the avoidance of doubt, after giving effect to the last sentence contained in the definition thereof) for a period of one month commencing on such date plus 1.00%. The prime rate is a rate set by the Administrative Agent based upon various factors including the Administrative Agents costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in the ABR due to a change in such rate announced by the Administrative Agent or in the Federal Funds Effective Rate or LIBOR Rate shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change or on the effective date of such change in the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.
ABR Loan shall mean each Loan bearing interest at the rate provided in Section 2.8(a) and, in any event, shall exclude all Euro Tranche Term Loans.
Acquired EBITDA shall mean, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business or any Converted Restricted Subsidiary (any of the foregoing, a Pro Forma Entity ) for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Pro Forma Entity (determined using such definitions as if references to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries therein were to such Pro Forma Entity and its Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Pro Forma Entity in a manner consistent with GAAP.
Acquired Entity or Business shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Consolidated EBITDA.
Additional Term B Commitment shall mean (a) in the case of each Lender that is a Lender on the Fourth Restatement Effective Date, the amount set forth opposite such Lenders name on Schedule 1.1(b) as such Lenders Additional Term B Commitment and
-2-
(b) in the case of any Lender that becomes a Lender after the Fourth Restatement Effective Date, the amount specified as such Lenders Additional Term B Commitment in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed a portion of the Total Additional Term B Commitment, in each case as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. The aggregate amount of the Additional Term B Commitments as of the Fourth Restatement Effective Date is $250,000,000.
Additional Term B Joinder Agreement means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Fourth Restatement Effective Date, by and among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Additional Term B Lenders.
Additional Term B Lender shall mean a Lender with an Additional Term B Commitment or an outstanding Additional Term B Loan.
Additional Term B Loan shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .
Adjusted Total Term Loan Commitment shall mean at any time the Total Term Loan Commitment less the Commitments of all Defaulting Lenders.
Administrative Agent shall mean Bank of America, as the administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, or any successor administrative agent pursuant to Section 11 .
Administrative Agents Office shall mean, with respect to any currency, the Administrative Agents address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 12.2 with respect to such currency, or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the Lenders.
Administrative Questionnaire shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(b)(ii)(D) .
Affiliate shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control a corporation if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
Affiliated Debt Fund shall mean any Affiliate of a Sponsor that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course and with respect to which the Sponsor does not, directly or indirectly, possess the power to direct or cause the direction of the investment policies of such entity.
Affiliated Lender shall mean any Affiliated Debt Fund, Non-Debt Fund Affiliate or Purchasing Borrower Party.
Agent Parties shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17(d) .
-3-
Agents shall mean the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Arrangers.
Agreement shall mean this Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Agreement Currency shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.20 .
Applicable Amount shall mean, at any time (the Reference Time ), an amount equal to (a) the sum, without duplication, of:
(i) an amount equal to the greater of (x) zero and (y) 50% of Cumulative Consolidated Net Income for the period from the first day of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Closing Date until the last day of the then most recent fiscal quarter for which Section 8.1 Financials have been delivered; and
(ii) the amount of any capital contributions (other than (A) [Reserved], (B) any amount added back in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (a)(vii) thereof, (C) any contributions in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests and (D) any amount applied to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 9.6(a) , Section 9.6(f) or payments made in reliance on clause (iii) to the proviso to the first sentence of Section 9.7(a) in each case of the Original Credit Agreement) made in cash to, or any proceeds of an equity issuance received by, the Borrower from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Time, including proceeds from the issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower,
minus (b) the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to Section 9.5(i)(y) following the Closing Date and prior to the Reference Time.
Applicable Margin shall mean, for purposes of calculating the applicable interest rate for any day for (A) any Term B Loan that is (i) an ABR Loan, 2.50% or (ii) a LIBOR Loan, 3.50% and (B) any Euro Tranche Term Loan, 3.75%.
Approved Fund shall mean any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
Arrangers shall mean Bank of America, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.
Asset Sale Prepayment Event shall mean any Disposition of any business units, assets or other property of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries not in the ordinary course of business (including any Disposition of any Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary of the Borrower owned by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and any issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents by any Restricted Subsidiary). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Asset Sale Prepayment Event shall not include any transaction permitted by Section 9.4 (other than transactions permitted by Section 9.4(b) ).
-4-
Assignment and Acceptance shall mean an assignment and acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit C , or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent.
Auction Agent means (a) the Administrative Agent or (b) any other financial institution or advisor employed by the Borrower (whether or not an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent) to act as an arranger in connection with any offer contemplated by Section 12.6(j) ; provided that the Borrower shall not designate the Administrative Agent as the Auction Agent without the written consent of the Administrative Agent (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to agree to act as the Auction Agent).
Authorized Officer shall mean the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Vice President-Finance or any other senior officer of the Borrower (or any other general officers authorized by the board of directors) designated as such in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower.
Bank of America shall mean Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.
Benefited Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.8(a) .
Board shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).
Borrower shall have the meaning provided in the preamble.
Borrower Materials shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17(c) .
Borrowing shall mean the incurrence of one Type and Class of Term Loan on a single date (or resulting from conversions on a single date) having, in the case of LIBOR Loans, the same Interest Period ( provided that ABR Loans incurred pursuant to Section 2.10(b) shall be considered part of any related Borrowing of LIBOR Loans). For the avoidance of doubt, the conversion of a LIBOR Loan into an ABR Loan (or vice versa), the continuation or selection of any Interest Period shall not, in each case, constitute a Credit Event.
Business Day shall mean any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day that in the jurisdiction where the Administrative Agents Office for Loans in Dollars is located shall be a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law or other governmental actions to close; provided , however ,
(a) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a LIBOR Loan denominated in Dollars, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Dollars in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, or any other dealings in Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, such day shall be a day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market;
-5-
(b) if such day relates to any interest rate settings, fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Euro in respect of a LIBOR Loan denominated in Euro, or any other dealings in Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, such day shall be a day on which banks are open for foreign exchange business in London and is a TARGET Day.
Capital Expenditures shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under Capital Leases) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as capital expenditures on a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
Capital Lease shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is, or is required to be, accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.
Capitalized Lease Obligations shall mean, as applied to any Person, all obligations under Capital Leases of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case taken at the amount thereof accounted for as liabilities in accordance with GAAP.
Cash Management Agreement shall mean (i) any agreement or arrangement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card (including non-card electronic payable services), purchase card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements and (ii) any other agreement (including, without limitation, any agreement which states that it is a Cash Management Agreement for purposes of this Agreement) other than an agreement relating to Indebtedness incurred in reliance on Section 9.1(a)(y) , Section 9.1(i) or Section 9.1(m) .
Cash Management Bank shall mean any Person that, either (x) at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement or (y) on the Closing Date, was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement.
Casualty Event shall mean, with respect to any property of any Person, any loss of or damage to, or any condemnation or other taking by a Governmental Authority of, such property for which such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives insurance proceeds, or proceeds of a condemnation award or other compensation.
CD&R Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC and any successor in interest thereto, and any successor to its investment management business.
CD&R Group means (a) CD&R, (b) Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P. and its successors in interest, (c) any investment fund or vehicle managed, sponsored or advised by CD&R or any Affiliate thereof, and any Affiliate of or successor to any such investment fund or vehicle and (d) any limited or general partners of, or other investors in, any entity described in clause (b) above or any Affiliate thereof, or any such investment fund or vehicle.
Change in Law shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation after the Closing Date, (b) any change in any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or
-6-
regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the Closing Date or (c) any guideline, request or directive issued or made after the Closing Date by any central bank or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law) that requires compliance by a Lender; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a Change in Law, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.
Change of Control shall mean and be deemed to have occurred if (a) prior to a Qualified IPO the Permitted Investors shall at any time not beneficially own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of (x) so long as the Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the Borrower is not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, the Borrower; or (b) after a Qualified IPO, any person, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than one or more Permitted Investors, shall at any time have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership of a percentage of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of (x) so long as the Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the Borrower is not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, the Borrower that (i) exceeds 35% of the outstanding Voting Stock of such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) or the Borrower, as applicable and (ii) exceeds the percentage of the voting power of such Voting Stock then beneficially owned, in the aggregate, by the Permitted Investors, unless, in the case of either clause (a) or (b) above, the Permitted Investors have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of (x) so long as the Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the Borrower is not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, the Borrower; or (c) Continuing Directors shall not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower; or (d) at any time, a Change of Control (as defined in any agreement governing Junior Indebtedness) shall have occurred.
Claims shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Environmental Claims.
Class , when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Euro Tranche Term Loans, Term B Loans, Extended Term Loans (of the same Extension Series) or New Term Loans (of each Series) and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is the Additional Term B Commitment, Euro Tranche Term Loan Commitment or a New Term Loan Commitment (of each Series).
Closing Date shall mean October 11, 2007.
-7-
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. Section references to the Code are to the Code, as in effect at the Closing Date, and any subsequent provisions of the Code, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.
Collateral shall mean all property pledged or purported to be pledged pursuant to the Security Documents.
Collateral Agent shall mean Bank of America, as collateral agent under the Security Documents, or any successor collateral agent pursuant to Section 11 .
Commitments shall mean, with respect to each Lender (to the extent applicable), such Lenders Additional Term B Loan Commitment, Euro Tranche Term Loan Commitment and New Term Loan Commitment with respect to any Series.
Commodity Exchange Act means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
Communications shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17(a) .
Confidential Information shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.16 .
Consolidated EBITDA shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus :
(a) without duplication and to the extent deducted (and not added back) in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:
(i) total interest expense,
(ii) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital (or any alternative in lieu of), including federal, foreign state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations, including payments made pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or arrangements among the Borrower, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (so long as such tax sharing payments are attributable to the operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries),
(iii) depreciation and amortization,
(iv) extraordinary losses and unusual or non-recurring charges, including, without limitation, severance costs, relocation costs and integration and facilities opening costs including in connection with any Investment or Disposition,
(v) the amount of any interest expense of any minority interest,
-8-
(vi) management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor in an amount not to exceed the maximum amount permitted under clause (a) of the first proviso in Section 9.8 ,
(vii) any cash costs or expenses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower ( provided such capital contributions have not been applied to increase the Applicable Amount pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition thereof),
(viii) [Reserved],
(ix) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption,
(x) any fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges incurred during such period in connection with the Transaction, any other acquisition, investment, recapitalization, asset disposition, issuance or repayment of debt, issuance of equity securities or amendment or modification to any Indebtedness and any non-recurring costs relating to corporate reorganizations (in each case, including any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges during such period as a result of any such transaction,
(xi) expenses to the extent covered by contractual indemnification or refunding provisions in favor of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and actually paid or refunded, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be paid or refunded by the indemnifying party or other obligor and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable indemnifying party or obligor in writing within 90 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 180 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 180 days),
(xii) any non-cash increase in expenses (A) resulting from the revaluation of inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods including changes in capitalization of variances) or (B) due to purchase accounting and other charges associated with the Transactions and the Restatement Transactions,
-9-
(xiii) the amount of loss from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments, and
(xiv) any other non-cash charges or expenses reducing Consolidated Net Income except to the extent representing accruals or reserves for future cash expenditures,
less
(b) without duplication and to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:
(i) extraordinary gains and unusual or non-recurring gains,
(ii) non-cash gains (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period),
(iii) gains on asset sales (other than asset sales in the ordinary course of business), and
(iv) any net after-tax income from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments,
in each case, as determined on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP; provided that
(i) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness or intercompany balances (including the net loss or gain resulting from Hedge Agreements for currency exchange risk),
(ii) there shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period, without duplication, (A) the Acquired EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary following the first day of such period (but not the Acquired EBITDA of any related Person, property, business or assets to the extent not so acquired) to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred, abandoned or otherwise disposed by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary (each such Person, property, business or asset acquired and not subsequently so disposed of, an Acquired Entity or Business ) and the Acquired EBITDA of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is converted into a Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a Converted Restricted Subsidiary ), based on the actual Acquired EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition or conversion) and (B) other than for purposes of determining the Applicable Amount, an adjustment in respect of each Acquired Entity or Business equal to the amount of the Pro Forma Adjustment with respect to such Acquired Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) as specified in a Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate and delivered to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, and
-10-
(iii) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period the Disposed EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) sold, transferred, abandoned or otherwise disposed of, closed or classified as discontinued operations by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary following the first day of such period (each such Person, property, business or asset so sold or disposed of, a Sold Entity or Business ), and the Disposed EBITDA of any Restricted Subsidiary that is converted into an Unrestricted Subsidiary following the first day of such period (each, a Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary ) based on the actual Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer or disposition or conversion).
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for the relevant Test Period to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such Test Period.
Consolidated Interest Expense shall mean, for any period, the total interest expense (including, without limitation, interest expense attributable to Capital Leases and all net payment obligations actually made in cash pursuant to Hedge Agreements but excluding commitment fees, letter of credit fees and non-cash amortization of loan costs) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, net of all interest income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all determined for such period on a consolidated basis, without duplication, in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Net Income shall mean, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, excluding, without duplication,
(a) extraordinary items for such period,
(b) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income,
(c) in the case of any period that includes a period ending prior to or during the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2011, fees and expenses in connection with the Restatement Transactions,
(d) any income (loss) for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or to Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments,
(e) [reserved], and
(f) the income (loss) for such period of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except to the extent distributed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.
-11-
There shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for any period the purchase accounting effects of adjustments to inventory, property, equipment and intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of the Transactions and the Restatement Transactions, any consummated acquisition whether consummated before or after the Closing Date, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof.
Consolidated Senior Secured Debt shall mean Consolidated Total Debt but excluding (i) from clause (a) of the definition thereof, any Indebtedness that is not secured by a Lien on any assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) from clause (b) of the definition thereof, the cash proceeds from any New Term Loans.
Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Senior Secured Debt as of the last day of the relevant Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.
Consolidated Total Assets shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption total assets (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date.
Consolidated Total Debt shall mean, as of any date of determination, (a) all Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date to the extent appearing on the balance sheet of the Borrower determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (plus, without duplication, any unamortized deferred financing fees which result in such balance sheet amount being reflected at less than its principal amount) minus (b) the aggregate amount of cash and cash equivalents in excess of $20,000,000 included in the cash and cash equivalents accounts listed on the balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as at such date determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP excluding any cash subject to a Lien other than nonconsensual Permitted Liens and Liens permitted by Section 9.2(m) .
Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of the last day of the relevant Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.
Consolidated Working Capital shall mean, at any date, the excess of (a) the sum of all amounts (other than cash and cash equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption total current assets (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date over (b) the sum of all cash amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption total current liabilities (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, including deferred revenue but excluding, without duplication, (i) the current portion of any Funded Debt and (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Loans to the extent otherwise included therein.
-12-
Continuing Director shall mean, at any date, an individual (a) who is a member of the board of directors of the Borrower on the Closing Date, (b) who has been nominated to be a member of such board of directors, directly or indirectly, by a Sponsor or Persons nominated by a Sponsor or (c) who has been nominated to be a member of such board of directors by a majority of the other Continuing Directors then in office.
Contractual Requirement shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.3 .
Converted Restricted Subsidiary shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Consolidated EBITDA.
Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Consolidated EBITDA.
Credit Documents shall mean this Agreement, the Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Restatement Agreement and any promissory notes issued by the Borrower hereunder, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived, otherwise modified, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced from time to time.
Credit Event shall mean and include the making (but not the conversion or continuation) of a Term Loan.
Credit Facility shall mean a Class of Term Loans (and, if applicable, the corresponding Class of Commitments).
Credit Party shall mean each of the Borrower and the Guarantors.
Cumulative Consolidated Net Income shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, taken as a single accounting period. Cumulative Consolidated Net Income may be a positive or negative amount.
CVC shall mean CVC Capital Partners Group Sarl.
Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event shall mean any issuance or incurrence by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (excluding any Indebtedness permitted to be issued or incurred under Section 9.1 ).
Default shall mean any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
Defaulting Lender shall mean any Lender with respect to which a Lender Default is in effect.
Deferred Net Cash Proceeds shall have the meaning provided such term in the definition of Net Cash Proceeds.
Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date shall have the meaning provided such term in the definition of Net Cash Proceeds.
-13-
Designated Non-Cash Consideration shall mean the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition pursuant to Section 9.4(b) or Section 9.4(c) that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the fair market value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash following the consummation of the applicable Disposition).
Disposed EBITDA shall mean, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business or any Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary (determined as if references to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA were references to such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary and its respective Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.
Disposition shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.4(1) .
Disqualified Equity Interests shall mean any Stock or Stock Equivalent which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Stock or Stock Equivalent into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (c) provides for scheduled mandatory payments of dividends (other than dividends payable solely in the form of Qualified Equity Interests), or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Stock or Stock Equivalent that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, unless any provisions set forth in clause (a) through (d) above do not apply prior to the earlier of (x) the date that is 180 days after the Final Maturity Date, (y) the date such payment would be permitted to be made pursuant to this Agreement or (z) in the case of clause (a) above, following the repayment of all Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of all Commitments.
Dollars and $ shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.
Dollar Equivalent shall mean, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any currency other than Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars at such time as determined by the Administrative Agent on the basis of the Spot Rate for the purchase of Dollars with such currency.
Domestic Subsidiary shall mean each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is organized under the laws of the United States (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(9) of the Code).
-14-
EMU Legislation shall mean the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.
Environmental Claims shall mean any and all actions, suits, orders, decrees, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance, violation or potential responsibility or investigation (other than internal reports prepared by the Parent, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries (a) in the ordinary course of such Persons business or (b) as required in connection with a financing transaction or an acquisition or disposition of real estate) or proceedings relating in any way to any Environmental Law or any permit issued, or any approval given, under any such Environmental Law (hereinafter, Claims ), including, without limitation, (i) any and all Claims by governmental or regulatory authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief relating to the presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials), or the environment including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands.
Environmental Law shall mean any applicable federal, state, provincial, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code and rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, and any binding judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any binding judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, relating to pollution or the protection of the environment, including, without limitation, ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands, or human health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials), or Hazardous Materials.
ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. Section references to ERISA are to ERISA as in effect at the date of this Agreement and any subsequent provisions of ERISA amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.
ERISA Affiliate shall mean each person (as defined in Section 3(9) of ERISA) that together with the Borrower or any Subsidiary would be deemed to be a single employer within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
Euro and shall mean the lawful single currency of the Participating Member States.
Euro Tranche Repayment Amount shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5 .
Euro Tranche Term Loan shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1 .
-15-
Euro Tranche Term Loan Commitment shall mean (a) in the case of each Lender that is a Lender on the Fourth Restatement Effective Date, the amount set forth opposite such Lenders name on Schedule 1.1(b) as such Lenders Euro Tranche Term Loan Commitment and (b) in the case of any Lender that becomes a Lender after the Fourth Restatement Effective Date, the amount specified as such Lenders Euro Tranche Term Loan Commitment in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed a portion of the Total Euro Tranche Term Loan Commitment, in each case as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. The aggregate amount of the Euro Tranche Term Loan Commitments as of the Fourth Restatement Effective Date is 130,000,000.
Euro Tranche Term Loan Lender shall mean a Lender with a Euro Tranche Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Euro Tranche Term Loan.
Event of Default shall have the meaning provided in Section 10 .
Excess Cash Flow shall mean, for any period, an amount equal to the excess of
(a) the sum, without duplication, of
(i) Consolidated Net Income for such period,
(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,
(iii) an amount equal to the provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including federal, foreign, state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes paid during such period (or accrued during such period and payable within 180 days after the last day of such period) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,
(iv) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such decreases arising from acquisitions by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period),
(v) an amount equal to the aggregate consolidated net non-cash loss on the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of assets by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than sales, leases, transfers or other dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, and
(vi) consolidated cash receipts in respect of Swap Contracts during such fiscal year to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income;
-16-
over
(b) the sum, without duplication, of
(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges described in clauses (a) through (e) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income and included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,
(ii) the consolidated amount of Capital Expenditures made in cash during such period, except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures were financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness, a sale of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower, any Disposition (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course) or any Casualty Event,
(iii) the aggregate consolidated amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (B) the amount of any repayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.5 but excluding all other prepayments of Term Loans and (y) all prepayments of loans under the ABL Facility made during such period (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), except to the extent financed with the proceeds of other Indebtedness, a sale of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower, any Disposition (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course) or any Casualty Event,
(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of assets by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,
(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such increases arising from acquisitions by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period),
(vi) payments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness to the extent not deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income, except to the extent financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness, a sale of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower, any Disposition (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course) or any Casualty Event,
(vii) the aggregate amount of cash consideration paid by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) in connection with Investments (including acquisitions) made during such period pursuant to Section 9.5 (other than Section 9.5(b) ) to the extent that such Investments were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,
-17-
(viii) the amount of Restricted Payments paid during such period (on a consolidated basis) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such dividends were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,
(ix) the amount of taxes (including penalties and interest) paid in cash in such period,
(x) cash expenditures in respect of Swap Contracts during such fiscal year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; and
(xi) at the Borrowers election, without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the Contract Consideration ) entered into prior to or during such period relating to Permitted Acquisitions, Investments, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property to be consummated or made during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such period; provided that, to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash flow actually utilized to finance such Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters.
Excluded Assets shall mean (i) any lease, license, contract, property right or agreement to which any Credit Party is a party or any of such Credit Partys rights or interests thereunder if and only for so long as the grant of a security interest therein under any Credit Document shall constitute or result in a breach, termination or default or invalidity under such lease, license, contract, property right or agreement (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law); provided that such lease, license, contract, property right or agreement shall be an Excluded Asset only to the extent and for so long as the consequences specified above shall exist and shall cease to be an Excluded Asset and shall become subject to the security interest granted under the Security Documents, immediately and automatically, at such time as such consequences shall no longer exist; (ii) any interests in real property that constitutes a leasehold of any Credit Party; (iii) any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents; (iv) all properties and assets of the Credit Parties secured by Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1(f) so long as the granting of a Lien in favor of the Secured Parties would constitute or result in a breach, termination or default under any agreement or instrument governing the applicable Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1(f) and such properties or assets shall cease to be Excluded Assets once such prohibition ceases to exist and shall immediately and automatically become subject to the security interest granted under the Security Documents; (v) any intellectual property if and to the extent a grant of a security interest therein will result in the loss, voiding, abandonment, cancellation or termination of any right, title or interest in or to such intellectual property and (vi) any segregated and identifiable cash proceeds from the issuance of Parent Subordinated Notes, Qualified Equity Interests and borrowings under the ABL Facility, in each
-18-
case, in connection with the Restatement Transactions; provided , however , that such intellectual property shall be an Excluded Asset only to the extent and for so long as the circumstances specified above shall exist and shall cease to be an Excluded Asset and shall become subject to the security interest granted under the Security Documents, immediately and automatically, at such time as such circumstances shall no longer exist; and (vi) any vehicles (whether powered or un-powered) subject to certificate of title statutes.
Excluded Perfection Assets shall mean any property or assets (i) constituting deposit accounts, securities accounts or commodities accounts (except to the extent subject to a control agreement in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent), (ii) leasehold interests in real property, (iii) monies, (iv) any interest in real property with a book value of less than $5,000,000; (v) any property or assets that the Collateral Agent and the Borrower agree in good faith that the cost of perfecting a security interest in respect of which the cost of perfecting a security interest is excessive in relation to the value of the security to be afforded thereby or is not commercially practical; (vi) letter of credit rights not constituting supporting obligations; and (vii) any property or assets that constitute intellectual property owned by any Credit Party that is registered or issued or the subject of an application for registration or issuance in a jurisdiction other than the United States and (viii) any other property or assets in which, pursuant to the terms and conditions of any Credit Document, the security interest of the Security Documents need not be perfected.
Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents shall mean (i) any Stock or Stock Equivalents with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Collateral Agent (confirmed in writing by notice to the Borrower), the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing a pledge of which shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (ii) any Stock or Stock Equivalents of any class of such Foreign Subsidiary (or any Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist, directly or indirectly, of Stock and Stock Equivalents of Foreign Subsidiaries), in excess of 65% of the outstanding Stock or Stock Equivalents of such class, (iii) any Stock or Stock Equivalents to the extent the pledge thereof would violate any applicable Requirement of Law, (iv) the Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary that is organized as an unlimited liability company under the laws of any province of Canada, and (v) in the case of Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary that is not wholly-owned by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, any Stock or Stock Equivalents of such Subsidiary to the extent (A) that a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Requirement (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the UCC or other applicable law), (B) any Contractual Requirement or other contract, agreement or instrument or indenture, prohibits such a pledge without the consent of any other party; provided that this clause (B) shall not apply if (I) such other party is a Credit Party or wholly-owned Subsidiary or (II) such consent has been obtained and is in effect (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate the Borrower or any Subsidiary to obtain any such consent)) and for so long as such Contractual Requirement or other contract, agreement or instrument or indenture, or replacement or renewal thereof is in effect, or (C) a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations would give any other party (other than a Credit Party or wholly-owned Subsidiary) to any contract, agreement, instrument or indenture governing such Stock or Stock Equivalents the right to terminate its obligations thereunder (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the UCC or other applicable law).
-19-
Excluded Subsidiary shall mean:
(a) each Domestic Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.1(c)(i) and each future Domestic Subsidiary designated as an Excluded Subsidiary by the Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent, in each case, for so long as any such Subsidiary does not (on a consolidated basis with its Restricted Subsidiaries) have property, plant and equipment with a book value in excess of $5,000,000 or a contribution to Consolidated EBITDA for any four fiscal quarter period for which Section 8.1 Financials have been delivered that includes any date on or after the Closing Date in excess of $2,500,000; provided that for all such Domestic Subsidiaries in the aggregate under this clause (a) , the book value of property, plant and equipment shall not (on a consolidated basis with their respective Restricted Subsidiaries) exceed $40,000,000 and the contribution to Consolidated EBITDA for any four fiscal quarter period for which Section 8.1 Financials have been delivered that includes any date on or after the Closing Date shall not exceed $20,000,000,
(b) each Foreign Subsidiary and each Domestic Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower,
(c) each Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist, directly or indirectly, of Stock and Stock Equivalents of Foreign Subsidiaries, and
(d) each Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Excluded Taxes shall mean, with respect to any Agent or any Lender, (a) (i) tax imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) and franchise taxes or similar taxes (imposed or measured by overall gross receipts) imposed on such Agent or Lender by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Agent or Lender is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender with respect to any Loan made to the Borrower, any U.S. federal withholding tax to the extent imposed on amounts payable to such Non-U.S. Lender at the time such Non-U.S. Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new lending office) except to the extent that such Non-U.S. Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 4.4(a) , (c) any withholding taxes imposed on any withholdable payment payable to such Agent or Lender as a result of the failure of such Agent or Lender to satisfy the applicable requirements under FATCA to establish that such payment is exempt from withholding under FATCA, and (d) taxes attributable to a Non-U.S. Lenders failure to comply with Section 4.4(d) .
Existing Indebtedness shall mean Indebtedness of Univar N.V. and its Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 1.1(e) .
Existing Term B Loans shall mean all Term B Loans (as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) outstanding immediately prior to the Fourth Restatement Effective Date (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Additional Term B Loans as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement).
-20-
Extended Term Loan Repayment Amount shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(c) .
Extended Term Loans shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(e) .
Extending Lender shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(e) .
Extension Amendment shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(e) .
Extension Election shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(e) .
Extension Request shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(e) .
Extension Series shall mean all Extended Term Loans that are established pursuant to the same Extension Amendment (or any subsequent Extension Amendment to the extent such Extension Amendment expressly provides that the Extended Term Loans provided for therein are intended to be a part of any previously established Extension Series (to the extent permitted by Section 2.14(e) ) and that provide for the same interest margins, extension fees and amortization schedule.
FATCA means current Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (or any amended or successor version thereof that is substantially comparable) and any regulations promulgated thereunder or official interpretations thereof.
Federal Funds Effective Rate shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the per annum rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.
Final Maturity Date shall mean June 30, 2017 (or if such day is not a Business Day, the preceding Business Day).
Foreign Asset Sale shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.2(f) .
Foreign Plan shall mean any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to employees employed outside the United States.
Foreign Subsidiary shall mean each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
Fourth Restatement Effective Date shall mean February 22, 2013.
-21-
Fund shall mean any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.
Funded Debt shall mean all indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all amounts of Funded Debt required to be paid or prepaid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of the Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.
GAAP shall mean (a) for periods ending prior to June 30, 2010 (except as contemplated by clause (b) below), generally accepted accounting principles based upon International Financing Reporting Standards issued and adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board and (b) for periods ending on or after June 30, 2010 (including, in the case of financial statements delivered for periods ending on or after June 30, 2010, comparative periods ending prior to June 30, 2010 set forth in such financial statements), generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that if there occurs after the date of this Agreement any change in GAAP that affects in any respect the calculation of any covenant contained in Section 9 , the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith amendments to the provisions of this Agreement that relate to the calculation of such covenant with the intent of having the respective positions of the Lenders and the Borrower after such change in GAAP conform as nearly as possible to their respective positions as of the date of this Agreement and, until any such amendments have been agreed upon, the covenants in Section 9 shall be calculated as if no such change in GAAP has occurred; provided further , that for purposes of determining compliance with any financial test or basket under this Agreement, any change in GAAP with respect to whether a lease is required to be capitalized or operating shall be disregarded for all purposes.
Governmental Authority shall mean any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange.
Guarantee shall mean the amended and restated Guarantee, dated as of February 28, 2011, by and among the Guarantors and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Guarantee Obligations shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness of any other Person (the Primary Obligor ) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such Indebtedness or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such Indebtedness or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the
-22-
Primary Obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the Primary Obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such Indebtedness of the ability of the Primary Obligor to make payment of such Indebtedness or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of such Indebtedness against loss in respect thereof; provided , however , that the term Guarantee Obligations shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.
Guarantors shall mean (a) each Domestic Subsidiary that is party to the Guarantee on the Fourth Restatement Effective Date and (b) each Domestic Subsidiary that becomes a party to the Guarantee after the Fourth Restatement Effective Date pursuant to Section 8.8 or otherwise.
Hazardous Materials shall mean (a) any petroleum or petroleum products, radioactive materials, friable asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other equipment that contain dielectric fluid containing regulated levels of polychlorinated biphenyls, and radon gas; (b) any chemicals, materials or substances defined as or included in the definition of hazardous substances, hazardous waste, hazardous materials, extremely hazardous waste, restricted hazardous waste, toxic substances, toxic pollutants, contaminants, or pollutants, or words of similar import, under any applicable Environmental Law; and (c) any other chemical, material or substance, which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any Environmental Law.
Hedge Agreements shall mean interest rate swap, cap or collar agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, currency swap agreements, cross-currency rate swap agreements, currency future or option contracts, commodity price protection agreements or other commodity price hedging agreements, and other similar agreements.
Hedge Bank shall mean any Person that either (x) at the time it enters into a Hedge Agreement or (y) on the Closing Date, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in its capacity as a party to such Hedge Agreement.
Historical Financial Statements shall mean the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and the audited consolidated statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows of the Borrower for each of the fiscal years in the three year period ending on December 31, 2011, in the form provided to the Lenders under the Original Credit Agreement.
Increased Amount Date shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(a) .
-23-
Indebtedness of any Person shall mean (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) the deferred purchase price of assets or services that in accordance with GAAP would be included as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person, (c) the face amount of all letters of credit issued for the account of such Person and, without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder, (d) all Indebtedness of any other Person secured by any Lien on any property owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person, (e) the principal component of all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person with respect to obligations of another Person of a type described in one of the foregoing clauses, (f) all obligations of such Person under Hedge Agreements, (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests and (h) without duplication, all Guarantee Obligations of such Person, provided that Indebtedness shall not include trade payables and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business and not past due by more than 270 days or being disputed in good faith.
Indemnified Liabilities shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.5 .
Indemnified Taxes shall mean all Taxes (including Other Taxes) other than Excluded Taxes.
Indemnitees shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.5 .
Insurance Policies shall mean the insurance policies and coverages required to be maintained by each Credit Party which is an owner of Mortgaged Property with respect to the applicable Mortgaged Property pursuant to Section 8.3 and all renewals and extensions thereof.
Insurance Requirements shall mean, collectively, all provisions of the Insurance Policies, all requirements of the issuer of any of the Insurance Policies and all orders, rules, regulations and any other requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters (or any other body exercising similar functions) binding upon each Credit Party which is an owner of Mortgaged Property and applicable to the Mortgaged Property or any use or condition thereof.
Intercreditor Agreement shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between the Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent, and acknowledged by the Borrower and Ulixes Limited, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented, superseded or waived from time to time.
Interest Period shall mean, with respect to any LIBOR Loan, the interest period applicable thereto, as determined pursuant to Section 2.9 .
Investment shall mean, for any Person: (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, property, services or securities or otherwise) of Stock, Stock Equivalents (or any other capital contribution), bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any other Person (including any short sale or any sale of any securities at a time when such securities are not owned by the Person entering into such sale); (b) the making of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit or capital contribution to, any other Person (including the purchase of property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell such property to such Person); (c) the entering into of any guarantee of, or other contingent obligation with respect to, any obligations of another
-24-
Person; or (d) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person; provided that, in the event that any Investment is made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Person through substantially concurrent interim transfers of any amount through one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries, then such other substantially concurrent interim transfers shall be disregarded for purposes of Section 9.5 .
Joinder Agreement shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D .
Judgment Currency shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.20 .
Junior Indebtedness shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.7(a) .
Lender shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include, as the context requires, all Lenders under the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
Lender Default shall mean (a) the failure (which has not been cured) of a Lender to make available its portion of any Borrowing or (b) a Lender having notified the Administrative Agent and/or the Borrower that it does not intend to comply with the obligations under Section 2.1 or (c) a Lender becoming the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.
LIBOR Loan shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBOR Rate.
LIBOR Rate shall mean, for any Interest Period (x) with respect to a LIBOR Loan denominated in Dollars, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate or the successor thereto if the British Bankers Association is no longer making a LIBOR Rate available ( LIBOR ), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period and (y) with respect to a LIBOR Loan denominated in Euro, the rate per annum equal to the Banking Federation of the European Unions EURIBOR Rate or the successor thereto if the Banking Federation of the European Union is no longer making a EURIBOR Rate available ( EURIBOR ) as published by Reuters on Reuters page EURIBOR01 (or any successor thereto) (or other commercially available source providing quotations of EURIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in Euro (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the LIBOR Loan being made, continued or converted by the Administrative Agent and with a term
-25-
equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by the Administrative Agents London Branch (or other Bank of America branch or Affiliate) to major banks in the London or other offshore interbank eurocurrency market, or in the case of LIBOR Loans denominated in Euro, in the European interbank market, at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing definition, if the LIBOR Rate for any Term B Loan or Euro Tranche Term Loan for any Interest Period as determined above would be less than 1.50% per annum, then the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period for such Loan shall instead be 1.50% per annum.
Lien shall mean, with respect to any property, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, claim, charge, assignment, hypothecation, security interest or encumbrance of any kind or any arrangement to provide priority or preference or any filing of any financing statement under the UCC or any other similar notice of lien under any similar notice or recording statute of any Governmental Authority, including any easement, right-of-way or other encumbrance on title to Real Estate, in each of the foregoing cases whether voluntary or imposed by law, and any agreement to give any of the foregoing; (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such property; and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities. For the avoidance of doubt, Lien shall not be deemed to include any license of intellectual property.
Loan shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Term Loan.
Management Agreements means, collectively, any agreement entered into by any Sponsor from time to time, primarily providing for or relating to any management, consulting, financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or other investment banking activities with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
Management Investors shall mean the directors, management, officers and employees of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and its Subsidiaries.
Mandatory Cost means, with respect to any period, the percentage rate per annum determined in accordance with Schedule 1.1(d) .
Master Agreement shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Swap Contract.
Material Adverse Effect shall mean a circumstance or condition affecting the business, assets, operations, properties or financial condition of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that would materially adversely affect (a) the ability of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents or (b) the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents taken as a whole.
-26-
Material Subsidiary shall mean, at any date of determination, one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower as to which a specified condition exists, that have, in the aggregate, (a) total assets at the last day of the Test Period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal period for which Section 8.1 Financials have been delivered accounting for 5% or more of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (b) revenues during such Test Period accounting for 5% or more of the consolidated revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.
Minimum Borrowing Amount shall mean (a) with respect to a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans, $5,000,000 (or 1,000,000 in the case of Loans denominated in Euro) and (b) with respect to a Borrowing of ABR Loans, $1,000,000.
Moodys shall mean Moodys Investors Service, Inc. or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.
Mortgage shall mean, with respect to any Credit Party, a mortgage, collateral charge mortgage, assignment of leases and rents, or other security document entered into by the owner of a Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent in respect of that Mortgaged Property to secure the Obligations, substantially in the form of Exhibit A , as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Mortgaged Property shall mean, initially, each parcel of Real Estate and the improvements thereto owned by a Credit Party with a book value in excess of $5,000,000 and identified on Schedule 1.1(a) , and includes each other parcel of Real Estate and improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 8.11 (or Section 8.11 of the Original Credit Agreement or Section 8.11 of the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement or Section 8.11 of the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement).
Multiemployer Plan shall mean any multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001 of ERISA that is subject to Title IV of ERISA (i) to which the Borrower, any Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate is then making or has an obligation to make contributions or (ii) to which the Borrower, any Subsidiary has or would reasonably expect to incur liability (including on account of its ERISA Affiliates). For the avoidance of doubt, Multiemployer Plan does not include any Foreign Plan.
Net Cash Proceeds shall mean, with respect to any Prepayment Event, (a) the gross cash proceeds (including payments from time to time in respect of installment obligations, if applicable) received by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of such Prepayment Event, as the case may be, less (b) the sum of:
(i) the amount, if any, of all taxes paid or estimated to be payable by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Prepayment Event,
(ii) the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities (other than any taxes deducted pursuant to clause (i) above) (x) associated with the assets that are the subject of such Prepayment Event and (y) retained by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that the amount of
-27-
any subsequent reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds of such a Prepayment Event occurring on the date of such reduction,
(iii) the amount of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the assets that are the subject of such Prepayment Event that is permanently repaid in connection with such Prepayment Event (other than the Term Loans and any Junior Indebtedness and with respect to the proceeds of Collateral (other than ABL Priority Collateral) Indebtedness under the ABL Facility) to the extent that the instrument creating or evidencing such Indebtedness requires that such Indebtedness be repaid upon consummation of such Prepayment Event,
(iv) in the case of any Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event, the amount of any proceeds of such Prepayment Event that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has reinvested (or intends to reinvest within the Reinvestment Period or has entered into a binding commitment prior to the last day of the Reinvestment Period to reinvest) in the business of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that any portion of such proceeds that has not been so reinvested within such Reinvestment Period (with respect to such Prepayment Event, the Deferred Net Cash Proceeds ) shall, unless the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has entered into a binding commitment prior to the last day of such Reinvestment Period to reinvest such proceeds, (x) be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event occurring on the last day of such Reinvestment Period or, if later, 180 days after the date the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into such binding commitment, as applicable (such last day or 180th day, as applicable, the Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date ), and (y) be applied to the repayment of Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.2(a)(i) ,
(v) in the case of any Asset Sale Prepayment Event, the amount of any proceeds from asset sales which are designated by the Borrower as applying retroactively to a purchase of assets useful in the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiarys business; provided that (a) at the time of such prior purchase of assets, the Borrower specifically identifies by written notice to the Administrative Agent the assets to be sold in connection with such purchase and (b) the specified asset sale must be made no later than the date which is 180 days after the applicable asset purchase, and
(vi) reasonable and customary fees paid by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any of the foregoing,
in each case only to the extent not already deducted in arriving at the amount referred to in clause (a) above.
New Term Loan Commitments shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(a) .
New Term Loan Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14 .
-28-
New Term Loan Maturity Date shall mean the date on which a New Term Loan matures.
New Term Loan Repayment Amount shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(c) .
New Term Loans shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(b) . For the avoidance of doubt, the Additional Term B Loans incurred on the Fourth Restatement Effective Date and any Existing Term Loans shall not constitute New Term Loans.
Non-Consenting Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.7(b) .
Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall mean an Affiliate of the Borrower that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund or a Purchasing Borrower Party.
Non-U.S. Lender shall mean any Agent or Lender that is not, for United States federal income tax purposes, (a) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (b) a corporation, partnership or other entity treated as a corporation or partnership created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof, (c) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (d) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or a trust that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person. In addition, solely for purposes of clause (b) of the definition of Excluded Taxes, a Non-U.S. Lender shall include a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof, but only to the extent the partners of such partnership (including indirect partners if the direct partners are partnerships or other entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof) are treated as Non-U.S. Lenders under the preceding sentence.
Notice of Borrowing shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.3(a) .
Notice of Conversion or Continuation shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.6 .
Obligations shall mean all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Credit Party arising under the Original Credit Agreement, the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, this Agreement or any Credit Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Existing Term Loan and all debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries under any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement, in each case, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.
-29-
Original Credit Agreement shall mean the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended and restated on September 20, 2010, and as further amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 28, 2010, and by the Joinder Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2010), by and among Parent, the Borrower, Ulixes Limited, as U.K. borrower, the lenders party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as in effect immediately prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date.
Other Taxes shall mean any and all present or future stamp, registration, documentary or any other excise, property or similar taxes (including interest, fines, penalties, additions to tax and related expenses with regard thereto) arising from any payment made or required to be made under this Agreement or any other Credit Document or from the execution or delivery of, registration or enforcement of, consummation or administration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Credit Document.
Overnight Rate shall mean, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on inter-bank compensation and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in Euro, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in Euro in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of the Administrative Agent in the European interbank market for Euro to major banks in such interbank market.
Parent shall mean Ulixes Acquisition, B.V., a private limited liability company under the laws of the Netherlands.
Parent Entity shall mean any company (at the time it is designated a Parent Entity by the Borrower) whose only assets are the Stock and Stock Equivalents of the Borrower (or one or more other Parent Entities) and assets incidental to such ownership and its existence; provided that such Parent Entity shall cease to be a Parent Entity at such time as such Parent Entity ceases to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Voting Stock of the Borrower. It being understood that, as of the Fourth Restatement Effective Date, the Borrower has not designated any Parent Entity.
Parent Subordinated Notes shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Original Credit Agreement.
Participant shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(c) .
Participant Register shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(c) .
Participating Member State shall mean each state so described in any EMU Legislation.
Patriot Act shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.18 .
PBGC shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Section 4002 of ERISA, or any successor thereto.
-30-
Perfection Certificate shall mean a certificate of the Borrower in the form of Exhibit B or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
Permitted Acquisition shall mean the acquisition, by merger or otherwise, by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of assets or Stock or Stock Equivalents, so long as (a) such acquisition and all transactions related thereto shall be consummated in accordance with applicable law; (b) all Persons acquired in such acquisition shall be Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are Restricted Subsidiaries; (c) such acquisition shall result in the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Lenders, being granted a security interest in any Stock, Stock Equivalent or any assets so acquired if and, to the extent required by Sections 8.8 , 8.9 and/or 8.11 ; and (d) after giving effect to such acquisition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
Permitted Investments shall mean:
(a) securities issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, in each case having maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof;
(b) securities issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings generally obtainable from either S&P or Moodys;
(c) commercial paper maturing no more than 24 months after the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either S&P or Moodys;
(d) domestic and LIBOR certificates of deposit or bankers acceptances maturing no more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank having combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000;
(e) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with (i) any Lender or an Affiliate thereof or (ii) any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;
(f) repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the type described in clauses (a) , (b) and (d) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above or securities dealers of recognized national standing;
(g) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moodys or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
-31-
(h) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (g) above;
(i) Indebtedness issued by Persons with a rating of A or higher from S&P or A2 or higher from Moodys with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
(j) shares of investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and substantially all the investments of which are one or more of the types of securities described in clauses (a) through (i) above; and
(k) in the case of Investments by any Restricted Foreign Subsidiary, other customarily utilized high-quality Investments in the country where such Restricted Foreign Subsidiary is located or operates.
Permitted Investors shall mean (a) the Sponsor, (b) any Person making an Investment in Parent or the Borrower (directly or indirectly) concurrently with the Sponsor on or following the Closing Date, and (c) any Person who is an officer or otherwise a member of management of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or any of its subsidiaries; provided that, in no event shall the Sponsor own a lesser percentage of voting stock of (x) so long as the Borrower is a Subsidiary of the any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the Borrower is not a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, the Borrower than any other person or group referred to in clause (b) or (c) .
Permitted Liens shall mean:
(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;
(b) Liens in respect of property or assets of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries imposed by law, such as carriers, materialmens, repairmens, construction, warehousemens and mechanics Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business, in each case so long as such Liens do not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;
(c) zoning, building codes and other land use laws regulating the use or occupancy of the real property owned by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, or the activities conducted thereon, which are imposed by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such real property which are not violated by the current use or occupancy of such real property or the operation of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, or any violation of which would not have a Material Adverse Effect;
(d) Liens arising from judgments or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 10.9 ;
-32-
(e) Liens incurred or deposits made in connection with workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(f) ground leases in respect of Real Estate on which facilities owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are located;
(g) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, servitudes, easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions and restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(h) any interest or title of a lessor or secured by a lessors interest under any lease permitted by this Agreement;
(i) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;
(j) Liens on goods the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit or in respect of bankers acceptances in each case issued or created for the account of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that such Lien secures only the obligations of the Borrower or such Subsidiaries in respect of such letter of credit to the extent permitted under Section 9.1 ;
(k) leases or subleases granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(l) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements or similar filings made in respect of operating leases entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
(m) Liens created in the ordinary course of business in favor of banks and other financial institutions over credit balances of any bank accounts of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries held at such banks or financial institutions, as the case may be, to facilitate the operation of cash pooling and/or interest set-off arrangements in respect of such bank accounts in the ordinary course of business;
(n) Liens in favor of the issuer of stay, customs, appeal, performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
(o) undetermined or inchoate Liens and charges arising or potentially arising under statutory provisions which have not at the time been filed or registered in accordance with applicable law or which written notice has not been duly given in accordance with applicable law or which, although filed or registered, relate to obligations not due or delinquent;
-33-
(p) the rights reserved to or vested in Governmental Authorities by statutory provisions or by the terms of leases, licenses, franchises, grants or permits, which affect any land, to terminate the leases, licenses, franchises, grants or permits or to require annual or other periodic payments as a condition of the continuance thereof;
(q) security deposits to public utilities or to any municipalities or Governmental Authorities or other public authority when required by the utility, municipality or Governmental Authorities or other public authority in connection with the supply of services or utilities to the Credit Parties;
(r) Liens or covenants restricting or prohibiting access to or from lands abutting on controlled access highways or covenants affecting the use to which lands may be put; provided that such Liens or covenants do not materially and adversely affect the use of the lands by any Credit Party;
(s) statutory Liens incurred or pledges or deposits made in favor of a Governmental Authority to secure the performance of obligations of any Credit Party under Environmental Laws to which any asset of such Credit Party are subject;
(t) a Lien granted by any Subsidiary of the Borrower formed under the laws of Canada or any province thereof to a landlord to secure the payment of arrears of rent in respect of leased properties in the Province of Quebec leased from such landlord, provided that such Lien is limited to the assets located at or about such leased properties;
(t) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 9.1 ; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; and
(u) restrictions permitted by Section 9.11 .
Person shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, firm, corporation, unlimited liability company, limited liability company, association, trust or other enterprise or any Governmental Authority.
Plan shall mean any single-employer plan, as defined in Section 4001 of ERISA that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, maintained or contributed to by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which the Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries has or would reasonably expect to incur liability (including on account of its ERISA Affiliates). For the avoidance of doubt, Plan does not include any Foreign Plans.
Platform shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17(c) .
Post-Acquisition Period shall mean, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition, the period beginning on the date such Permitted Acquisition is consummated and ending on the last day of the fourth full consecutive fiscal quarter immediately following the date on which such Permitted Acquisition is consummated.
-34-
Prepayment Event shall mean any Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event or Casualty Event.
Primary Obligor shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Guarantee Obligations.
prime rate shall mean the prime rate referred to in the definition of ABR.
Pro Forma Adjustment shall mean, for any Test Period that includes all or any part of a fiscal quarter included in any Post-Acquisition Period, with respect to the Acquired EBITDA of the applicable Acquired Entity or Business or the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower, the pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, as a result of adjustments that are factually supportable as determined by the Borrower in its reasonable discretion and set forth on the Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate.
Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate shall mean any certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(h) or Section 8.1(e) .
Pro Forma Basis and Pro Forma Effect shall mean, with respect to compliance with any test hereunder for any Test Period, that (A) to the extent applicable (and other than for purposes of determining the Applicable Amount), the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been made and (B) all Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of such Test Period: (a) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, (i) in the case of a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all Capital Stock in any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be excluded, and (ii) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of Specified Transaction, shall be included, (b) any retirement of Indebtedness, and (c) any incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith (it being agreed that if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, such Indebtedness shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate that is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination); provided that, without limiting the application of the Pro Forma Adjustment pursuant to (A) above (but without duplication thereof), the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test or covenant solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and give effect to events (including operating expense reductions) that are factually supportable.
Pro Forma Entity shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Acquired EBITDA.
Public Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17(c) .
-35-
Purchasing Borrower Party shall mean the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower that becomes an Eligible Assignee or a Participant pursuant to Section 12.6(h) .
Qualified Equity Interest shall mean any Stock or Stock Equivalent of the Borrower that does not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest.
Qualified IPO shall mean the issuance by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower of its common Stock or the sale of such common Stock by the holders thereof, in either case, in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Real Estate shall mean, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased or operated by any person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.
Refinanced Term Loans shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.1 .
Register shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(b)(iv) .
Regulation T shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.
Regulation U shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.
Regulation X shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.
Reinvestment Period shall mean 365 days following the date of receipt of cash proceeds of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event.
Related Parties shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Persons Affiliates and the directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, advisors of such Person and any Person that possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.
Release shall mean any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing or migrating of any Hazardous Materials in, into, onto or through the environment.
Repayment Amount shall mean a Euro Tranche Repayment Amount, a Term B Loan Repayment Amount, an Extended Term Loan Repayment Amount or a New Term Loan Repayment Amount with respect to any Series, as applicable.
-36-
Replacement Term Loans shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.1 .
Reportable Event shall mean an event described in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, other than any event as to which the thirty day notice period has been waived.
Required Lenders shall mean, at any date, Lenders having or holding a majority of the Dollar Equivalent of the sum of (i) the Adjusted Total Term Loan Commitment at such date and (ii) the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans (excluding Term Loans held by Defaulting Lenders) at such date.
Requirement of Law shall mean, as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or assets or to which such Person or any of its property or assets is subject.
Restatement Agreement shall have the meaning provided in the recitals hereto.
Restatement Transactions shall mean the transactions contemplated by Section 5 of the Original Credit Agreement.
Restricted Foreign Subsidiary shall mean a Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.
Restricted Payments shall mean any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof) or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Stock or Stock Equivalents.
Restricted Subsidiary shall mean any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, on the Fourth Restatement Effective Date, all Subsidiaries of the Borrower that were Restricted Subsidiaries under the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement on the Fourth Restatement Effective Date shall initially be Restricted Subsidiaries under this Agreement.
S&P shall mean Standard & Poors Ratings Services or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.
Sale and Lease-Back Transaction shall mean any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
-37-
SEC shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.
Second Restatement Effective Date shall mean February 28, 2011.
Section 2.14(e) Additional Amendment shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(e) .
Section 8.1 Financials shall mean the financial statements delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (b) together with the accompanying officers certificate delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Section 8.1(d) .
Secured Cash Management Agreement shall mean any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) or any of its Subsidiaries and any Cash Management Bank.
Secured Hedge Agreement shall mean any Hedge Agreement that is entered into by and between the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any Hedge Bank.
Secured Parties shall mean Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender, each Hedge Bank, each Cash Management Bank and each sub-agent pursuant to Section 11 appointed by the Administrative Agent.
Securitization shall mean a public or private offering by a Lender or any of its Affiliates or their respective successors and assigns of securities or notes which represent an interest in, or which are collateralized, in whole or in part, by the Loans and the Lenders rights under the Credit Documents.
Security Agreement shall mean the amended and restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2011, by and among the Credit Parties and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Security Documents shall mean, collectively, (a) the Guarantee, (b) the Security Agreement, (c) the Mortgages provided by the Credit Parties, (d) the Intercreditor Agreement and (e) each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered pursuant to Section 8.8 , 8.9 or 8.11 or pursuant to any other such Security Documents to secure all of the Obligations.
Series shall have the meaning as provided in Section 2.14 .
Sold Entity or Business shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Consolidated EBITDA.
Solvent shall mean, with respect to any Person, that (a) (i) the sum of such Persons debt (including contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of such Persons present assets; (ii) such Persons capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated; and (iii) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or
-38-
believe that it will incur, debts including current obligations beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (b) in the case of any Person organized other than under the laws of the United States, the District of Columbia or any State of the United States, such Person is solvent within the meaning given that term and similar terms under applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed by the Borrower as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under GAAP).
Specified Transaction shall mean, with respect to any period, any Investment, sale, transfer or other disposition of assets, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including the Loans and other than incurrences and repayments of Indebtedness under working capital facilities in the ordinary course of business or intercompany Indebtedness or Investment), Restricted Payment, Subsidiary designation or other event that involves aggregate consideration in excess of $10,000,000 or that by the terms of this Agreement requires such test to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis or after giving Pro Forma Effect.
Sponsor shall mean, one or more of, (a) CVC and its Affiliates, (b) the CD&R Group, and (c) any collective investment vehicle sponsored, advised or managed by any of CVC and its Affiliates and any investment vehicle sponsored, advised or managed by the CD&R Group but excluding portfolio companies of any such vehicle.
Spot Rate for a currency shall mean the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate quoted by the Administrative Agent as the spot rate for the purchase by the Administrative Agent of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Administrative Agent may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent if it does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency.
Stock shall mean shares of capital stock or shares in the capital, as the case may be (whether denominated as common stock or preferred stock or ordinary shares or preferred shares, as the case may be), beneficial, partnership or membership interests, participations or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, unlimited liability company or equivalent entity, whether voting or non-voting.
Stock Equivalents shall mean all securities convertible into or exchangeable for Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to purchase or subscribe for any Stock, whether or not presently convertible, exchangeable or exercisable.
Subordinated Indebtedness shall mean the Subordinated Notes and any other Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations of the Borrower and such Guarantor, as applicable, under this Agreement.
-39-
Subordinated Notes shall mean (i) $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Borrowers 12% senior subordinated notes due 2017 and (ii) $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Borrowers 12% senior subordinated notes due 2018, in each case, issued pursuant to the Subordinated Notes Purchase Agreements.
Subordinated Notes Purchase Agreements shall mean the purchase agreements with respect to the Subordinated Notes, as amended, restated, supplemented and otherwise modified from time to time.
Subsidiary of any Person shall mean and include (a) any corporation more than 50% of whose Stock of any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time Stock of any class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, (b) any limited liability company, partnership, association, joint venture or other entity of which such Person (i) directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries owns or controls more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partner interests and (ii) is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity at such time. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to a Subsidiary shall mean a Subsidiary of the Borrower.
Successor Borrower shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.3(a) .
Survey shall mean a survey of any Mortgaged Property (and all improvements thereon) which is (a) (i) prepared by a surveyor or engineer licensed to perform surveys in the jurisdiction where such Mortgaged Property is located, (ii) dated (or redated) not earlier than six months prior to the date of delivery thereof unless there shall have occurred within six months prior to such date of delivery any exterior construction on the site of such Mortgaged Property or any easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property has been granted or become effective through operation of law or otherwise with respect to such Mortgaged Property which, in either case, can be depicted on a survey, in which events, as applicable, such survey shall be dated (or redated) after the completion of such construction or if such construction shall not have been completed as of such date of delivery, not earlier than 20 days prior to such date of delivery, or after the grant or effectiveness of any such easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property, (iii) certified by the surveyor (in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Title Company, (iv) complying in all respects with the minimum detail requirements of the American Land Title Association as such requirements are in effect on the date of preparation of such survey and (v) sufficient for the Title Company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the title insurance policy (or commitment) relating to such Mortgaged Property and issue the endorsements of the type required by Section 8.11(d) or (b) otherwise acceptable to the Collateral Agent.
Swap Contract shall mean (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor
-40-
transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, that are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a Master Agreement ), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
TARGET2 means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilises a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007.
TARGET Day means any day on which TARGET2 is open for the settlement of payments in euro.
Taxes shall mean any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, assessments, deductions, withholdings or other similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority whether computed on a separate, consolidated, unitary, combined or other basis and any interest, fines, penalties or additions to tax with respect to the foregoing.
Term B Loan Lender means each Lender that has an Additional Term B Commitment, or that is the holder of a Term B Loan.
Term B Loans shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a) .
Term B Loan Repayment Amount shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.5(b) .
Term Loans or Loans shall mean the Euro Tranche Term Loans, the Term B Loans, any Extended Term Loans and any New Term Loans, collectively.
Test Period shall mean, for any determination under this Agreement, the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower then last ended for which Section 8.1 Financials have been delivered.
Third Restatement Effective Date shall mean October 3, 2012.
Title Company shall mean any title insurance company as shall be retained by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
Title Policy shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Schedule 8.11 .
Total Credit Exposure shall mean, at any date, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the Total Term Loan Commitment at such date and (b) without duplication of clause (a) , the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans at such date.
-41-
Total Term Loan Commitment shall mean the sum of the Euro Tranche Term Loan Commitment, the Additional Term B Loan Commitment and the New Term Loan Commitments, if applicable, of all the Lenders.
Transactions shall have the meaning assigned to such term by the Original Credit Agreement.
Transferee shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(f) .
Type shall mean as to any Term Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a LIBOR Loan.
UCC shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code in effect from time to time in New York; provided , that if, with respect to any UCC financing statement or by reason of any provisions of law, the perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the applicable Credit Document is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction of the United States other than New York, UCC means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions of each Credit Document and any financing statement relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection.
Unfunded Current Liability of any Plan shall mean the amount, if any, by which the Accumulated Benefit Obligation (as defined under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87 ( SFAS 87 )) under the Plan as of the close of its most recent plan year, determined in accordance with SFAS 87 as in effect on the date hereof, using the actuarial assumptions and methods specified in the most recent actuarial report for such Plan, exceeds the fair market value of the assets allocable thereto.
Unrestricted Subsidiary shall mean (a) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent (or specified in the definition of Restricted Subsidiary as not being a Restricted Subsidiary on the Fourth Restatement Effective Date), and provided , (x) such designation shall be deemed to be an Investment (or reduction in an outstanding Investment, in the case of a designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary), on the date of such designation in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Borrowers direct or indirect equity ownership percentage of the net worth of such designated Restricted Subsidiary immediately prior to such designation and (ii) without duplication, the aggregate principal amount of any Indebtedness owed by such designated Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary immediately prior to such designation, all calculated, except as set forth in the parenthetical to clause (i) , on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and (y) no Default or Event of Default would result from such designation after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio would be at least 2.0 to 1.0 after giving effect to such designation and (b) each Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, re-designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, and thereafter, such Subsidiary shall no longer constitute an Unrestricted Subsidiary, but only if no Default or Event of Default would result from such re-designation.
-42-
U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate has the meaning specified in Section 4.4(d)(iii) .
Voting Stock shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Persons Stock or Stock Equivalents having the right to vote for the election of directors of such Person under ordinary circumstances.
Yield for any Term Loan on any date on which any Yield is required to be calculated hereunder will be the internal rate of return on such Term Loan determined by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower utilizing (a) the greater of (i) if applicable, any LIBOR floor applicable to such Term Loan on such date and (ii) the forward LIBOR curve (calculated on a quarterly basis) as calculated by the Administrative Agent in accordance with its customary practice during the period from such date to the earlier of (x) the date that is four years following such date and (y) the final maturity date of such Term Loan; (b) the Applicable Margin for such Term Loan on such date; and (c) the issue price of such Term Loan (after giving effect to any original issue discount or upfront fees paid to the market in respect of such Term Loan calculated based on an assumed four year average life to maturity); provided that, for purposes of calculating the Yield at any time following the Third Restatement Effective Date, the Yield of the Additional Term B Loans (as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) shall be deemed to be equal to the Yield of the Existing Term B Loans at such time; provided further that, for purposes of calculating the Yield at any time following the Fourth Restatement Effective Date, the Yield of the Additional Term B Loans (as defined herein) shall be deemed to be equal to the Yield of the Existing Term B Loans at such time.
1.2. Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Credit Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Credit Document:
(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.
(b) The words herein, hereto, hereof and hereunder and words of similar import when used in any Credit Document shall refer to such Credit Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.
(c) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Credit Document in which such reference appears; provided that references to (i) Sections in this Agreement shall, unless the context requires otherwise, refer to the corresponding provision determined in accordance with the Original Credit Agreement solely with respect to periods prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date and in accordance with the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement solely with respect to periods on or after the Second Restatement Effective Date and prior to the Third Restatement Effective Date and in accordance with the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement solely with respect to periods on or after the Third Restatement Effective Date and prior to the Fourth Restatement Effective Date and (ii) Schedules to this Agreement shall, unless otherwise indicated, refer to Schedules to the Original Credit Agreement.
(d) The term including is by way of example and not limitation.
-43-
(e) The term documents includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.
(f) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word from means from and including; the words to and until each mean to but excluding; and the word through means to and including.
(g) Section headings herein and in the other Credit Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.
1.3. Accounting Terms .
(a) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test or covenant contained in this Agreement with respect to any period during which any Specified Transaction occurs (or has occurred following such Test Period and prior to the date of determination), the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio and the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated with respect to such period and such Specified Transaction on a Pro Forma Basis.
1.4. Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
1.5. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to organizational documents, agreements (including the Credit Documents) and other Contractual Requirements shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by any Credit Document; and (b) references to any Requirement of Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Requirement of Law. For the avoidance of doubt, the terms of the Loss Sharing Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, by and among the Lenders under the Original Credit Agreement party thereto and the Administrative Agent shall apply to all Loans and Lenders under this Agreement.
1.6. Exchange Rates . For purposes of determining compliance under Sections 9.4 and 9.6 with respect to any amount in a currency other than Dollars (other than with respect to (x) any amount derived from the financial statements of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or
-44-
(y) any Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than Dollars), such amount shall be determined using the average prevailing currency exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for the related period. For purposes of determining compliance with Sections 9.1 , 9.2 and 9.5 , with respect to any amount denominated in a currency other than Dollars, compliance will be determined at the time of incurrence or advancing thereof using the prevailing currency exchange rates in effect at the time of such incurrence or advancement (or, in the case of any commitment denominated in a foreign currency, at the time such commitment is obtained) and the outstanding amount thereof for purposes of such Sections shall not be deemed to be exceeded as a result of any replacement or refinancing thereof which does not increase the amount thereof (except as otherwise provided by such Sections).
1.7. Effect of Restatement . This Agreement shall amend and restate the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement in its entirety, with the parties hereby agreeing that there is no novation of the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and, on the Fourth Restatement Effective Date, the rights and obligations of the parties under the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement shall be subsumed and governed by this Agreement. For purposes of determining compliance with any covenant in Section 9 that limits the maximum Dollar amount of any Investment, Restricted Payment, Indebtedness, Lien or Disposition, all utilization of the baskets contained in Section 9 from and after the Closing Date and prior to the Fourth Restatement Effective Date (other than pursuant to Section 9.6 ) shall be taken into account (in addition to any utilization of such baskets from and after the Fourth Restatement Effective Date).
ARTICLE II Amount and Terms of Credit
2.1. Commitments .
(a) (i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, on the Fourth Restatement Effective Date, the Additional Term B Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, to make loans (each such loan an Additional Term B Loan and, together with the Existing Term B Loans, the Term B Loans ) to the Borrower in Dollars in an amount equal to the Additional Term B Commitment. The Term B Loans may, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans (solely in the case of Loans denominated in Dollars) or LIBOR Loans; provided that (x) all Term B Loans made by each of the Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Term B Loans of the same Type and (y) on the Fourth Restatement Effective Date, all Additional Term B Loans shall consist of LIBOR Loans with an initial Interest Period equal to the remaining Interest Period applicable to the Existing Term B Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Fourth Restatement Effective Date and the LIBOR Rate applicable to the Additional Term B Loans for that Interest Period shall be equal to the LIBOR Rate applicable to the Existing Term B Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Fourth Restatement Effective Date. Term Loans may be repaid or prepaid in accordance with the provisions hereof, but once repaid or prepaid, may not be reborrowed.
(ii) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, on the Fourth Restatement Effective Date, the Euro Tranche Term Loan Lenders agree, severally and
-45-
not jointly, to make loans (each such loan a Euro Tranche Term Loan ) to the Borrower in Euro in an amount equal to the Euro Tranche Term Loan Commitment. Euro Tranche Term Loans shall be maintained as LIBOR Loans. Euro Tranche Term Loans may be repaid or prepaid in accordance with the provisions hereof, but once repaid or prepaid, may not be reborrowed.
(b) [Reserved].
(c) Each Lender may at its option make any LIBOR Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan, provided that (A) any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan and (B) in exercising such option, such Lender shall use its reasonable efforts to minimize any increased costs to the Borrower resulting therefrom (which obligation of the Lender shall not require it to take, or refrain from taking, actions that it determines would result in increased costs for which it will not be compensated hereunder or that it determines would be otherwise disadvantageous to it and in the event of such request for costs for which compensation is provided under this Agreement, the provisions of Section 2.10 shall apply).
2.2. Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings . The aggregate principal amount of each Borrowing of Term Loans shall be in a minimum amount of at least the Minimum Borrowing Amount for such Type of Loans and in a multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or 1,000,000 in the case of Loans denominated in Euro). More than one Borrowing may be incurred on any date, provided that at no time shall there be outstanding more than 15 Borrowings of LIBOR Loans under this Agreement.
2.3. Notice of Borrowing .
(a) With respect to any Term Loans to be made on or after the Fourth Restatement Effective Date, the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agents Office (i) prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least three Business Days prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of the Borrowing of Term Loans if such Term Loans are to be initially LIBOR Loans and (ii) written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least one Business Day prior to the date of the Borrowing of Term Loans if such Term Loans are to be ABR Loans (or, in the case of Additional Term B Loans, such shorter period as to which the Administrative Agent may agree). Such notice (a Notice of Borrowing ) shall specify (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans to be made, (ii) the date of the Borrowing and (iii) whether the Term Loans shall consist of ABR Loans (in the case of Loans denominated in Dollars) and/or LIBOR Loans and, if the Term Loans are to include LIBOR Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto. The Administrative Agent shall promptly give each Lender written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of the proposed Borrowing of Term Loans, of such Lenders proportionate share thereof and of the other matters covered by the related Notice of Borrowing.
(b) Without in any way limiting the obligation of the Borrower to confirm in writing any notice it may give hereunder by telephone, the Administrative Agent may act prior to receipt of written confirmation without liability upon the basis of such telephonic notice believed by the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from an Authorized Officer of the Borrower.
-46-
2.4. Disbursement of Funds .
(a) No later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date specified in each Notice of Borrowing, each Lender will make available its pro rata portion, if any, of each Borrowing requested to be made on such date in the manner provided below.
(b) Each Lender shall make available all amounts it is to fund to the Borrower under any Borrowing for its applicable Commitments, and in immediately available funds in the currency in which such Loan is denominated to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agents Office for such currency and the Administrative Agent will make available to the Borrower, by depositing to an account designated by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent the aggregate of the amounts so made available in the applicable currency. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the date of any such Borrowing that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Administrative Agent its portion of the Borrowing or Borrowings to be made on such date, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date of Borrowing, and the Administrative Agent, in reliance upon such assumption, may (in its sole discretion and without any obligation to do so) make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender and the Administrative Agent has made available such amount to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount from such Lender. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agents demand therefor the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent in the applicable currency. The Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover from such Lender or the Borrower interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day from the date such corresponding amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower to the date such corresponding amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to (i) if paid by such Lender, the Overnight Rate or (ii) if paid by the Borrower, the then-applicable rate of interest or fees, calculated in accordance with Section 2.8 , for the Loans.
(c) Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder).
2.5. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt .
(a) [Reserved].
-47-
(b) (i) The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent, in Dollars, for the benefit of the Term B Loan Lenders, on each date set forth below, commencing with March 31, 2013 (or, if not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day), the principal amount of the Term B Loans set forth below for such date (each, a Term B Loan Repayment Amount ):
Date |
Amount |
|
Each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 prior to the Final Maturity Date |
$6,975,000 | |
Final Maturity Date |
The entire principal amounts of all
then outstanding Term B Loans |
(ii) The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent, in Euro, for the benefit of the Euro Tranche Term Loan Lenders, on each date set forth below, commencing with March 31, 2013 (or, if not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day), the principal amount of the Euro Tranche Term Loans set forth below for such date (each, a Euro Tranche Repayment Amount ):
Date |
Amount |
|
Each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 prior to the Final Maturity Date |
325,000 | |
Final Maturity Date |
The entire principal amounts of all
then outstanding Euro Tranche Term Loans |
(c) In the event that any New Term Loans are made, such New Term Loans shall, subject to Section 2.14(c) , be repaid by the Borrower in the amounts (each, a New Term Loan Repayment Amount ) and on the dates set forth in the applicable Joinder Agreement. In the event that any Extended Term Loans are established following the Fourth Restatement Effective Date, such Extended Term Loans shall, subject to Section 2.14(e) , be repaid by the Borrower in the amounts (each such amount with respect to any Extended Repayment Date, an Extended Term Loan Repayment Amount ) and on the dates set forth in the applicable Extension Amendment
(d) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to the appropriate lending office of such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such lending office of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such lending office of such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.
(e) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 12.6(b) , and a subaccount for each Lender, in which Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, whether such Loan is a Euro Tranche
-48-
Term Loan, a Term B Loan, Extended Term Loan of any Extension Series or New Term Loan of any Series, as applicable, the Type of each Loan made, the currency in which made and the Interest Period, if any, applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each Lenders share thereof.
(f) The entries made in the Register and accounts and subaccounts maintained pursuant to clauses (d) and (e) of this Section 2.5 shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such account, such Register or such subaccount, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
2.6. Conversions and Continuations .
(a) Subject to the penultimate sentence of this clause (a) , (x) the Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to convert all or a portion equal to at least $5,000,000 of the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans denominated in Dollars of one Type into a Borrowing or Borrowings of another Type and (y) the Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to continue the outstanding principal amount of any LIBOR Loans as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period, provided that (i) no partial conversion of LIBOR Loans shall reduce the outstanding principal amount of LIBOR Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing to less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount, (ii) ABR Loans may not be converted into LIBOR Loans if a Default or Event of Default is in existence on the date of the conversion and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversion, (iii) LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars may not be continued as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period if a Default or Event of Default is in existence on the date of the proposed continuation and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuation, (iv) Borrowings resulting from conversions pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be limited in number as provided in Section 2.2 and (v) LIBOR Loans denominated in Euro may only be continued as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period of one month if a Default or Event of Default is in existence on the date of the proposed continuation and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not permit any other continuation. Each such conversion or continuation shall be effected by the Borrower by giving the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agents Office prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least (i) three Business Days notice, in the case of a continuation of or conversion to LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars, (ii) four Business Days notice, in the case of a continuation or conversion to LIBOR Loans denominated in Euro or (iii) one Business Days notice in the case of a conversion into ABR Loans prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) (each, a Notice of Conversion or Continuation ) specifying the Loans to be so converted or continued, the Type of Loans to be converted or continued into and, if such Loans are to be converted into or continued as LIBOR Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto. The Administrative Agent shall give each applicable Lender notice as promptly as practicable of any such proposed conversion or continuation affecting any of its Loans.
-49-
(b) If any Default or Event of Default is in existence at the time of any proposed continuation of any LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars and the Required Lenders have determined in their sole discretion not to permit such continuation, such LIBOR Loans shall be automatically converted on the last day of the current Interest Period into ABR Loans. If upon the expiration of any Interest Period in respect of LIBOR Loans, the Borrower has failed to elect a new Interest Period to be applicable thereto as provided in clause (a) , the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Borrowing of LIBOR Loans into a Borrowing of ABR Loans, effective as of the expiration date of such current Interest Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to Borrowings of LIBOR Loans denominated in Euro, in connection with the occurrence of any of the events described in the preceding two sentences, at the expiration of the then current Interest Period each such Borrowing shall be automatically continued as a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans with an Interest Period of one month.
(c) No Loan may be converted into or continued as a Loan denominated in a different currency.
2.7. Pro Rata Borrowings . Each Borrowing of Euro Tranche Term Loans, Additional Term B Loans or New Term Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then-applicable Euro Tranche Term Loan Commitments, Additional Term B Loan Commitments or New Term Loan Commitments (of the applicable Series). It is understood that (a) no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in its obligation to make Loans hereunder and that each Lender severally but not jointly shall be obligated to make the Loans provided to be made by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder) and (b) other than as expressly provided herein with respect to a Defaulting Lender, failure by a Lender to perform any of its obligations under any of the Credit Documents shall not release any Person from performance of its obligation under any Credit Document.
2.8. Interest .
(a) The unpaid principal amount of each ABR Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin plus the ABR in effect from time to time.
(b) The unpaid principal amount of each LIBOR Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity thereof (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin plus the relevant LIBOR Rate plus (in the case of a LIBOR Loan of any Lender that is loaned from a lending office in the United Kingdom or a Participating Member State) the Mandatory Cost (if any), in each case, in effect from time to time.
(c) If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any Loan or (ii) any interest payable thereon shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum that is (the Default Rate ) (x) in the case of overdue principal, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto plus 2% or (y) in the case of any overdue interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the rate described in Section 2.8(a) plus 2% from the date of such non-payment to the date on which such amount is paid in full (after as well as before judgment).
-50-
(d) Interest on each Loan shall accrue from and including, in the case of the Existing Term B Loans, the Second Restatement Effective Date, in the case of the Additional Term B Loans (as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement), the Third Restatement Effective Date, in the case of the Euro Tranche Term Loans and the Additional Term Loans (as defined herein), the Fourth Restatement Effective Date, and, in the case of New Term Loans, the date of any Borrowing to but excluding the date of any repayment thereof and shall be payable in the same currency in which such Loan is denominated. Except as provided below, interest shall be payable (i) in respect of each ABR Loan, quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, (ii) in respect of each LIBOR Loan, on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto and, in the case of an Interest Period in excess of three months, on each date occurring at three-month intervals after the first day of such Interest Period, (iii) in respect of each Loan, (A) on any prepayment (on the amount prepaid but excluding in any event prepayments of ABR Loans), (B) at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and (C) after such maturity, on demand, and (iv) in respect of the Existing Term B Loans, the Third Restatement Effective Date.
(e) All computations of interest hereunder shall be made in accordance with Section 4.5 .
(f) The Administrative Agent, upon determining the interest rate for any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans, shall promptly notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders thereof. Each such determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.
2.9. Interest Periods . At the time the Borrower gives a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion or Continuation in respect of the making of, or conversion into or continuation as, a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans in accordance with Section 2.6(a) , the Borrower shall have the right to elect by giving the Administrative Agent written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) the Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, which Interest Period shall, at the option of the Borrower, be a one, two, three, six or (with the consent of all the Lenders making such Loans) a nine or twelve month period (or such other period of less than six months as to which the Administrative Agent may consent).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, subject to Section 2.1 :
(a) the initial Interest Period for any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans shall commence on the date of such Borrowing (including the date of any conversion from a Borrowing of ABR Loans) and each Interest Period occurring thereafter in respect of such Borrowing shall commence on the day on which the preceding Interest Period expires;
(b) if any Interest Period relating to a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month or begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;
-51-
(c) if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day, provided that if any Interest Period in respect of a LIBOR Loan would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the preceding Business Day; and
(d) the Borrower shall not be entitled to elect any Interest Period in respect of any LIBOR Loan if such Interest Period would extend beyond the final maturity date of such Loan.
2.10. Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc .
(a) In the event that (x) in the case of clause (i) below, the Administrative Agent or (y) in the case of clauses (ii) , (iii) and (iv) below, any Lender shall have reasonably determined (which determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto):
(i) on any date for determining the LIBOR Rate for any Interest Period that (x) deposits in the principal amounts and currencies of the Loans comprising such LIBOR Borrowing are not generally available in the relevant market or (y) by reason of any changes arising on or after the Closing Date affecting the interbank LIBOR market, adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable interest rate on the basis provided for in the definition of LIBOR Rate; or
(ii) at any time, that such Lender shall incur increased costs or reductions in the amounts received or receivable hereunder with respect to any LIBOR Loans (other than any increase or reduction attributable to Taxes) because of (x) any change since the date hereof in any applicable law, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or in the interpretation or administration thereof and including the introduction of any new law or governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order), such as, for example, without limitation, a change in official reserve requirements, and/or (y) other circumstances affecting the interbank LIBOR market or the position of such Lender in such market; or
(iii) at any time, that, as a result of any Change in Law after date hereof, such Lender shall incur any new or incremental Taxes with respect to any Loan (except for Indemnified Taxes covered by Section 4.4 or any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender);
(iv) at any time, that the making or continuance of any LIBOR Loan has become unlawful by compliance by such Lender in good faith with any law, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or would
-52-
conflict with any such governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order not having the force of law even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful), or has become impracticable as a result of a contingency occurring after the date hereof that materially and adversely affects the interbank LIBOR market;
then, and in any such event, such Lender (or the Administrative Agent, in the case of clause (i) above) shall within a reasonable time thereafter give notice (if by telephone, confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the other Lenders). Thereafter (x) in the case of clause (i) above, LIBOR Loans (other than the Loans denominated in Euro, which shall automatically continue as LIBOR Loans with Interest Periods of one month duration with LIBOR for such Interest Period being determined in accordance with clause (b)(y) below) shall no longer be available until such time as the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice by the Administrative Agent no longer exist, and any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion given by the Borrower with respect to LIBOR Loans that have not yet been incurred shall be deemed rescinded by the Borrower, (y) in the case of clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender, promptly after receipt of written demand therefor such additional amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lender in its reasonable discretion shall determine) as shall be required to compensate such Lender for such increased costs or reductions in amounts receivable hereunder (it being agreed that a written notice as to the additional amounts owed to such Lender, showing in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation thereof, submitted to the Borrower by such Lender shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) and (z) in the case of subclause (iii) above, the Borrower shall take one of the actions specified in subclause (A) or (B) , as applicable, of Section 2.10(b) as promptly as possible and, in any event, within the time period required by law.
(b) At any time that (A) any LIBOR Loan denominated in Dollars is affected by the circumstances described in Section 2.10(a)(ii) or (iii) , the Borrower may (and in the case of a LIBOR Loan affected pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(iii) shall) either (x) if the affected LIBOR Loan is then being made pursuant to a Borrowing, cancel such Borrowing by giving the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (confirmed promptly in writing) thereof on the same date that Borrower was notified by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(ii) or (iii) or (y) if the affected LIBOR Loan is then outstanding, upon at least three Business Days notice to the Administrative Agent, require the affected Lender to convert each such LIBOR Loan into an ABR Loan, provided that if more than one Lender is affected at any time, then all affected Lenders must be treated in the same manner pursuant to this Section 2.10(b) , or (B) any LIBOR Loan denominated in Euro is affected by the circumstances described in Section 2.10(a)(ii) or (iii), the Borrower may (and in the case of a LIBOR Loan affected pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(iii) shall) either (x) prepay each such LIBOR Loan or (y) keep such LIBOR Loan outstanding, in which case the LIBOR Rate with respect to such Loan shall be deemed to be the rate reasonably determined by such Lender as the all-in-cost of funds to fund such Loan with maturities comparable to the Interest Period applicable thereto.
(c) If, after the date hereof, any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy of any Lender or compliance by any Lender or its parent with any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy
-53-
occurring after the date hereof, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lenders or its parents or its Affiliates capital or assets as a consequence of such Lenders commitments or obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or its parent or its Affiliate could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lenders or its parents policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time, promptly after demand by such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or its parent for such reduction. Each Lender, upon determining in good faith that any additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 2.10(c) , will give prompt written notice thereof to the Borrower, which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis of the calculation of such additional amounts, although the failure to give any such notice shall not, subject to Section 2.13 , release or diminish the Borrowers obligations to pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.10(c) upon receipt of such notice.
(d) It is understood that this Section 2.10 shall not apply to (i) Taxes indemnifiable under Section 4.4 or (ii) Excluded Taxes.
2.11. Compensation . If (a) any payment of principal of any LIBOR Loan is made by the Borrower to or for the account of a Lender other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such LIBOR Loan as a result of a payment or conversion pursuant to Section 2.5 , 2.6 , 2.10 , 4.1 , 4.2 or 12.7 , as a result of acceleration of the maturity of the Loans pursuant to Section 10 or for any other reason, (b) any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans is not made as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Borrowing, (c) any ABR Loan is not converted into a LIBOR Loan as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Conversion or Continuation, (d) any LIBOR Loan is not continued as a LIBOR Loan, as the case may be, as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Conversion or Continuation or (e) any prepayment of principal of any LIBOR Loan is not made as a result of a withdrawn notice of prepayment pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2 , the Borrower shall, after receipt of a written request by such Lender (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses that such Lender may reasonably incur as a result of such payment, failure to convert, failure to continue or failure to prepay, including any loss, cost or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) actually incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any Lender to fund or maintain such LIBOR Loan.
2.12. Change of Lending Office . Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.10(a)(ii) , 2.10(a)(iii) , 2.10(b) or 4.4 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event, or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder (subject to the provisions of Section 12.6 ) to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates; provided that such designation is made on such terms that such Lender and its lending office suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, with the object of avoiding the consequence of the event giving rise to the operation of any such Section. Nothing in this Section 2.12 shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the right of any Lender provided in Section 2.10 or 4.4 .
-54-
2.13. Notice of Certain Costs . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent any notice required by Section 2.10 or 2.11 is given by any Lender more than 270 days after such Lender has knowledge (or should have had knowledge) of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the additional cost, reduction in amounts, loss, tax or other additional amounts described in such Sections, such Lender shall not be entitled to compensation under Section 2.10 or 2.11 , as the case may be, for any such amounts incurred or accruing prior to the 271st day prior to the giving of such notice to the Borrower.
2.14. Incremental Facilities .
(a) At any time and from time to time prior to the Final Maturity Date, the Borrower may by written notice to Administrative Agent elect to request the establishment of one or more additional tranches of term loans (the commitments thereto, the New Term Loan Commitments ), in an aggregate amount not to exceed an amount such that, on a Pro Forma Basis and after giving effect to the borrowing of such New Term Loans and any other Specified Transaction, the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the most recently ended Test Period shall be less than or equal to 3.5 to 1.0, for all such New Term Loan Commitments. Each such notice shall specify the date (each, an Increased Amount Date ) on which the Borrower proposes that the New Term Loan Commitments shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than five Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent. The Borrower may approach any Lender or any Person (other than a natural person) to provide all or a portion of the New Term Loan Commitments; provided that any Lender offered or approached to provide all or a portion of the New Term Loan Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a New Term Loan Commitment. In each case, such New Term Loan Commitments shall become effective as of the applicable Increased Amount Date; provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default shall exist on such Increased Amount Date before or after giving effect to such New Term Loan Commitments, as applicable; (ii) both before and after giving effect to the making of any Series of New Term Loans, each of the conditions set forth in Section 6 shall be satisfied; (iii) the New Term Loan Commitments shall be effected pursuant to one or more Joinder Agreements executed and delivered by the Borrower and Administrative Agent, and each of which shall be recorded in the Register and shall be subject to the requirements set forth in Sections 4.4(e) and (f) ; and (iv) the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered any legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction. Any New Term Loans made on an Increased Amount Date shall, unless specified in the applicable Joinder Agreement to be part of any existing Class of Term Loans, be designated, a separate series (a Series ) of New Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement.
(b) On any Increased Amount Date on which any New Term Loan Commitments of any Series are effective, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (i) each Lender with a New Term Loan Commitment (each, a New Term Loan Lender ) of any Series shall make a Loan to the Borrower (a New Term Loan ) in an amount equal to its New Term Loan Commitment of such Series, and (ii) each New Term Loan Lender of any Series shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to the New Term Loan Commitment of such Series and the New Term Loans of such Series made pursuant thereto.
-55-
(c) The terms and provisions of the New Term Loans and New Term Loan Commitments of any Series shall be, except as otherwise set forth herein or in the applicable Joinder Agreement, identical to the existing Term Loans; provided that (i) the applicable New Term Loan Maturity Date of each Series shall be no earlier than the Final Maturity Date and mandatory prepayment and other payment rights (other than scheduled amortization) of the New Term Loans and the existing Term Loans shall be identical, (ii) the rate of interest and the amortization schedule applicable to the New Term Loans of each Series shall be determined by the Borrower and the applicable new Lenders and shall be set forth in each applicable Joinder Agreement; provided that (x) the weighted average life to maturity of all New Term Loans shall be no shorter than the then remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Term Loans, (iii) in the event the Yield of the New Term Loans of any Series (A) denominated in Dollars exceeds the Yield of the Term B Loans by more than 50 basis points, then the Applicable Margins for the Term B Loans shall be increased to the extent necessary so that the Yield for the Term B Loans shall be 50 basis points less than the Yield for the New Term Loans and (B) denominated in Euro exceeds the Yield of the Euro Tranche Term Loans by more than 50 basis points, then the Applicable Margin for the Euro Tranche Term Loans shall be increased to the extent necessary so that the Yield for the Euro Tranche Term Loans shall be 50 basis points less than the Yield for the New Term Loans and (iv) all other terms applicable to the New Term Loans of each Series that differ from the existing Term B Loans shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (as evidenced by its execution of the applicable Joinder Agreement).
(d) Each Joinder Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provision of this Section 2.14 .
(e)
(i) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time following the Fourth Restatement Effective Date request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of any Class (an Existing Class ) be converted to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Term Loans (any such Term Loans which have been so converted, Extended Term Loans ) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.14(e) . In order to establish any Extended Term Loans, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the applicable Existing Class) (an Extension Request ) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Loans to be established which shall be identical to the Term Loans of the Existing Class from which they are to be converted except (x) all or any of the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Extended Term Loans may be delayed to later dates than the scheduled amortization of principal of the Term Loans of such Existing Class (with any such delay resulting in a corresponding adjustment to the scheduled amortization payments reflected in Section 2.5 or in the Joinder Agreement, as the case may be, with respect to the Existing Class of Term Loans from which such Extended Term Loans were converted, in each case as more particularly set forth in paragraph (iii) of this Section 2.14(e) below), (y) (A) the interest margins and/or any interest rate floor with respect to the Extended Term Loans may be different than the interest margins and/or any interest rate floor for the Term Loans of such Existing Class and/or (B) additional fees may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Term Loans in addition to or in lieu of any increased margins
-56-
contemplated by the preceding clause (A), in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment and (z) the mandatory prepayment rights of the Extended Term Loans and such Existing Class with respect to any Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event may be different so long as the proportion (if any) of the proceeds thereof to which such Extended Term Loans are entitled is no greater than the proportion of such proceeds to which the Existing Class is entitled for so long as such Existing Class is outstanding and such prepayment rights would not result in the proportionate repayment thereof from any such Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event, when added to the proportionate repayments required with respect to all other Classes of Term Loans then outstanding, exceeding the amount of Net Cash Proceeds from such Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event); provided, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.14 or otherwise, no Extended Term Loans of any Series shall be prepaid from any Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event until all Existing Term B Loans, Additional Term B Loans and Euro Tranche Term Loans have been repaid. No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Term Loans of any Existing Class converted into Extended Term Loans pursuant to any Extension Request. Any Extended Term Loans of any Class of Term Loans shall constitute a separate Class of Term Loans from the Existing Class of Term Loans from which they were converted (except to the extent that the Extension Amendment relating thereto provides that such Extended Term Loans shall constitute an increase in any previously established Class of Term Loans of the Borrower, in which case each Repayment Amount remaining for the Extended Term Loans of the applicable Class of Term Loans shall be increased in proportion to the increase in the principal amount of such Class of Term Loans resulting therefrom).
(ii) The Borrower shall provide the applicable Extension Request at least three (3) Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders under the Existing Class are requested to respond. Any Lender (an Extending Lender ) wishing to have all or a portion of its Term Loans of the Existing Class subject to such Extension Request converted into Extended Term Loans shall notify the Administrative Agent (an Extension Election ) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Term Loans of the Existing Class which it has elected to convert into Extended Term Loans. In the event that the aggregate amount of Term Loans of the Existing Class subject to Extension Elections exceeds the amount of Extended Term Loans requested pursuant to the Extension Request, Term Loans subject to Extension Elections shall be converted to Extended Term Loans on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Term Loans included in each such Extension Election. Such Extension Election may provide that Lenders may elect to extend at times after the date specified in such Extension Request upon three (3) Business Days notice to the Administrative Agent.
(iii) Extended Term Loans shall be established pursuant to an amendment (an Extension Amendment ) to this Credit Agreement (which, except to the extent expressly contemplated by the penultimate sentence of this Section 2.14(e)(iii) and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 12.1 , shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Extending Lenders with respect to the Extended Term Loans established thereby) executed by the Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Extending Lenders. In addition to any terms and changes required or permitted by Section 2.14(e)(i) , each Extension Amendment (x) shall amend the scheduled amortization payments pursuant to Section 2.5 or the applicable Joinder Agreement with respect to the Existing Class of Term Loans from which the Extended Term Loans were converted to reduce each scheduled Repayment Amount for the Existing Class in the same proportion as the amount of Term Loans of the Existing Class is to be
-57-
reduced pursuant to such Extension Amendment (it being understood that the amount of any Repayment Amount payable with respect to any individual Term Loan of such Existing Class that is not an Extended Term Loan shall not be reduced as a result thereof) and (y) may, but shall not be required to, impose additional requirements (not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement in effect at such time) with respect to the final maturity and weighted average life to maturity of New Term Loans incurred following the date of such Extension Amendment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.14(e) and without limiting the generality or applicability of Section 12.1 to any Section 2.14(e) Additional Amendments, any Extension Amendment may provide for additional terms and/or additional amendments other than those referred to or contemplated above (any such additional amendment, a Section 2.14(e) Additional Amendment ) to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents; provided that such Section 2.14(e) Additional Amendments do not become effective prior to the time that such Section 2.14(e) Additional Amendments have been consented to (including, without limitation, pursuant to (1) consents applicable to holders of New Term Loans provided for in any Joinder Agreement and (2) consents applicable to holders of any Extended Term Loans provided for in any Extension Amendment) by such of the Lenders, Credit Parties and other parties (if any) as may be required in order for such Section 2.14(e) Additional Amendments to become effective in accordance with Section 12.1 . It is understood and agreed that, each Lender that has consented to the Restatement Agreement hereby has consented, and shall at the effective time thereof be deemed to consent to each amendment to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents authorized by this Section 2.14(e) and the arrangements described above in connection therewith except that the foregoing shall not constitute a consent on behalf of any Lender to the terms of any Section 2.14(e) Additional Amendment. In connection with any Extension Amendment, the Borrower shall deliver a customary opinion of counsel.
ARTICLE III Fees; Commitments
3.1. Fees . The Borrower agrees to pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent and other Agents any fees in the amounts previously agreed to in writing by the Borrower in connection with this Agreement.
3.2. Mandatory Termination of Commitments .
(a) The Euro Tranche Term Loan Commitments and the Additional Term B Loan Commitments shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Fourth Restatement Effective Date.
(b) The New Term Loan Commitment for any Series shall, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Joinder Agreement, terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Increased Amount Date for such Series.
ARTICLE IV Payments
4.1. Voluntary Prepayments . The Borrower shall have the right to prepay its Term Loans, without premium or penalty (except as provided below), in whole or in part from time to time on the following terms and conditions: (a) the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agents Office for payment in the currency in which such Loan is
-58-
denominated written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of its intent to make such prepayment, the amount of such prepayment and (in the case of LIBOR Loans) the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made, which notice shall be given by the Borrower no later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) (i) in the case of LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars, three Business Days prior to, (ii) in the case of LIBOR Loans denominated in Euro, four Business Days prior to or (iii) in the case of ABR Loans, one Business Day prior to, the date of such prepayment and shall promptly be transmitted by the Administrative Agent to each of the Lenders; (b) each partial prepayment of (i) any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 and in multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (ii) any ABR Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and in multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (iii) any Loans denominated in Euro shall be in a minimum amount of 1,000,000 and in multiples of 1,000,000 in excess thereof, provided that no partial prepayment of LIBOR Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing shall reduce the outstanding LIBOR Loans made pursuant to such Borrowing to an amount less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount for LIBOR Loans and (c) any prepayment of LIBOR Loans pursuant to this Section 4.1 on any day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto shall be subject to compliance by the Borrower with the applicable provisions of Section 2.11 . Each prepayment in respect of any Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be (a) applied to the Class or Classes of Term Loans as the Borrower may specify and (b) applied to reduce Euro Tranche Term Loan Repayment Amounts, Term B Loan Repayment Amounts and/or any New Term Loan Repayment Amounts, as the case may be, in such order as the Borrower may specify.
In the event that, at any time on or prior to the date that is six months after the Fourth Restatement Effective Date, the Borrower makes any mandatory (other than pursuant to Section 2.5(b) and 4.2(a)(ii) ) or voluntary prepayment of Additional Term B Loans or Euro Tranche Term Loans with the proceeds of any term loan Indebtedness under any credit facility (including, without limitation, any new or additional term loans under this Agreement) which term indebtedness has a lower Yield than the Yield of the Additional Term B Loans or Euro Tranche Term Loans, as applicable, then, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender with Additional Term B Loans or Euro Tranche Term Loans being prepaid a fee in an amount equal to 1.00% of the principal amount of such Lenders Additional Term B Loans or Euro Tranche Term Loans that are being prepaid as a result of such prepayment.
4.2. Mandatory Prepayments .
(a) Term Loan Prepayments . (i) On each occasion that a Prepayment Event occurs, the Borrower shall, within three Business Days after receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds from such Prepayment Event by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (or, in the case of Deferred Net Cash Proceeds, within three Business Days after the Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date), prepay, in accordance with clause (c) below, Term Loans with a Dollar Equivalent principal amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from such Prepayment Event (which shall be accompanied by any prepayment premium required pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 4.1 ).
(ii) Not later than the date that is 120 days after the last day of any fiscal year (commencing with and including the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012), the Borrower shall
-59-
prepay, in accordance with clause (c) below, Term Loans with a Dollar Equivalent principal amount equal to (x) 50% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year (but only if 50% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year exceeds $20,000,000), provided that (A) such 50% shall be reduced to 25% if the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recent Test Period ended prior to such prepayment date is less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 and (B) no payment of any Term Loans shall be required under this Section 4.2(a)(ii) if the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recent Test Period ended prior to such prepayment date is less than or equal to 2.75 to 1.00, minus (y) the Dollar Equivalent principal amount of Term Loans voluntarily prepaid pursuant to Section 4.1 during such fiscal year.
(b) Application to Repayment Amounts . Subject to Section 4.2(f) , each prepayment of Term Loans required by Section 4.2(a)(i) or (ii) shall be allocated pro rata among each Class of Term Loans based on the applicable remaining Repayment Amounts due thereunder and shall be applied to reduce such Repayment Amounts in the order specified by the Borrower. Subject to Section 4.2(f) , with respect to each such prepayment, the Borrower will, not later than the date specified in Section 4.2(a) for making such prepayment, give the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (promptly confirmed in writing and which shall include a calculation of the amount of such prepayment to be applied to each Class of Term Loans) requesting that the Administrative Agent provide notice of such prepayment to each applicable Lender.
(c) Application to Term Loans . With respect to each prepayment of Term Loans required by Section 4.2(a) , the Borrower may, if applicable, designate the Types of Loans that are to be prepaid and the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made. In the absence of a designation by the Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.11 .
(d) LIBOR Interest Periods . In lieu of making any payment pursuant to this Section 4.2 in respect of any LIBOR Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period therefor so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower at its option may deposit with the Administrative Agent an amount in the applicable currency equal to the amount of the LIBOR Loan to be prepaid and such LIBOR Loan shall be repaid on the last day of the Interest Period therefor in the required amount. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent in a non-interest bearing deposit account established on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Such deposit shall constitute cash collateral for the LIBOR Loans to be so prepaid, provided that the Borrower may at any time direct that such deposit be applied to make the applicable payment required pursuant to this Section 4.2 .
(e) Minimum Amounts for Asset Sale Prepayment Events and Casualty Events . No prepayment shall be required pursuant to Section 4.2(a)(i) (i) in the case of any Disposition by, or Casualty Event of, the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries yielding Net Cash Proceeds of less than $5,000,000 or (ii) unless and until the amount at any time of Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event, as applicable, required to be applied at or prior to such time pursuant to such Section and not yet applied at or prior to such time to prepay Term Loans pursuant to such Section exceeds $25,000,000 in the aggregate for all such Asset Sale Prepayment Events or Casualty Events, as applicable, in any one fiscal year, at which time the excess Net Cash Proceeds over the amount referred to in this subclause (ii) with respect to such fiscal year shall be applied as a prepayment in accordance with this Section 4.2 .
-60-
(f) Foreign Asset Sales . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 4.2 , no Net Cash Proceeds of a Casualty Event attributable to a Restricted Foreign Subsidiary or any asset sale by a Restricted Foreign Subsidiary giving rise to an Asset Sale Prepayment Event (in either case, a Foreign Asset Sale ) shall be required to prepay the Term Loans to the extent that the Borrower has determined in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Cash Proceeds of such Foreign Asset Sale would have a material adverse tax consequence with respect to such Net Cash Proceeds.
4.3. Method and Place of Payment .
(a) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments under this Agreement shall be made by the Borrower, without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind, to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders entitled thereto not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time), in each case, on the date when due and shall be made in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agents Office for the applicable currency or at such other office as the Administrative Agent shall specify for such purpose by notice to the Borrower. All repayments or prepayments of any Loans (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) hereunder shall be made in the currency in which such Loans are denominated and all other payments under each Credit Document shall, unless otherwise specified in such Credit Document, be made in Dollars. The Administrative Agent will thereafter cause to be distributed on the same day (if payment was actually received by the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) or, otherwise, on the next Business Day) like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest or other amounts ratably to the Lenders entitled thereto.
(b) Any payments under this Agreement that are made later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) shall be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable during such extension at the applicable rate in effect immediately prior to such extension.
4.4. Net Payments .
(a) Any and all payments made by or on behalf of any Credit Party under this Agreement or any other Credit Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any Indemnified Taxes; provided that if any Credit Party or the Administrative Agent shall be required by applicable Requirements of Law to deduct or withhold any Indemnified Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable by the applicable Credit Party shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 4.4 ) the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the applicable Credit Party and the Administrative Agent shall make such deductions or withholdings and (iii) the applicable Credit Party and the Administrative
-61-
Agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority within the time allowed and in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law. Whenever any Indemnified Taxes are payable by any Credit Party, as promptly as possible thereafter, such Credit Party shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of such Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt (or other evidence acceptable to such Lender, acting reasonably) received by such Credit Party showing payment thereof.
For purposes of this Section 4.4 , (x) any payments by the Administrative Agent to a Lender of any amounts received by the Administrative Agent from any Credit Party on behalf of such Lender shall be treated as a payment from the Credit Party to such Lender and (y) if a Lender is treated as a partnership by a jurisdiction imposing an Indemnified Tax, any withholding or payment of such Indemnified Tax by the Lender in respect of any of such Lenders partners shall be considered a withholding or payment of such Indemnified Tax by the applicable Credit Party.
(b) The Borrower shall timely pay and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, each Collateral Agent and each Lender with regard to any Other Taxes (whether or not such Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority). If the Borrower determines that a reasonable basis exists to claim a refund of the Other Taxes indemnified under this clause (b) , the Collateral Agent or Lender shall, at the Borrowers expense, reasonably cooperate with the Borrower in pursuing such refund, provided that no Collateral Agent or Lender shall be required to pursue the refund claim if such Agent or Lender in good faith discretion determines that to do so would be disadvantageous to it.
(c) The Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender within 5 Business Days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes imposed on the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate setting forth reasonable detail as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as applicable) on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(d) Each Non-U.S. Lender with respect to the Term Loans made to the Borrower, shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver or cause to be delivered to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Non-U.S. Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Credit Parties or the Administrative Agent, but only if such Non-U.S. Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:
(i) two duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States,
-62-
(ii) two duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI,
(iii) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (A) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E (any such certificate a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ) and (B) two duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN,
(iv) to the extent a Non-U.S. Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Non-U.S. Lender is a partnership or participating Lender granting a typical participation), Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, Form W-9 or Form W-8IMY from each beneficial owner, as applicable,
(v) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender that receives payments with respect to the Term Loans through a nominee that is a qualified intermediary as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1441-1(e)(5)(ii), either (I) two (2) properly completed and duly signed copies of an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or successor form) and any attachments thereto by the nominee (A) confirming its qualified intermediary status, (B) designating the accounts of such Non-U.S. Lender for which the qualified intermediary acts as a qualified intermediary and (C) certifying that it assumes primary responsibility for withholding under Chapter 3 of the Code and for Internal Revenue Service Form 1099 reporting and backup withholding with respect to such Non-U.S. Lender or (II) two (2) properly completed and duly signed copies of an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or successor form) and any attachments thereto by the nominee confirming its qualified intermediary status and any other information (e.g., Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN of such Non-U.S. Lender) that it is required to provide under the applicable Treasury Regulations, or
(vi) any other forms, documentation or information reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the proper rate of withholding or the applicability of any exemption from withholding on any payments to a Non-U.S. Lender with respect to the Term Loans.
To the extent it is legally entitled to do so, each Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further copies of any such form or certification (or any applicable successor form) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and promptly after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it is unable to do so.
-63-
(e) If any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax for which a payment has been made by any Credit Party pursuant to this Agreement, which refund in the good faith judgment of such Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, is attributable to such payment made by such Credit Party, then the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall reimburse such Credit Party for such amount (together with any interest received thereon) as the Lender, Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, determines in its sole discretion to be the proportion of the refund as will leave it, after such reimbursement, in no better or worse after-Tax position (taking into account expenses) than it would have been in if the payment had not been required; provided that the Borrower and such Credit Party, upon the request of the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, agree to repay the amount paid over to such Credit Party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in the event the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Neither the Lender, the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be obliged to disclose any information regarding its tax affairs or computations to any Credit Party in connection with this clause (e) or any other provision of this Section 4.4 .
(f) Each Lender and Agent with respect to any Loan made to the Borrower, that is a United States person under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall, at the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or substitute or successor form), properly completed and duly executed, certifying that such Lender or Agent is exempt from United States backup withholding.
(g) The agreements in this Section 4.4 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
4.5. Computations of Interest and Fees . Except as provided in the next succeeding sentence, interest on LIBOR Loans and ABR Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. Interest on ABR Loans in respect of which the rate of interest is calculated on the basis of the Administrative Agents prime rate shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed.
4.6. Limit on Rate of Interest .
(a) No Payment Shall Exceed Lawful Rate . Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be obliged to pay any interest or other amounts under or in connection with this Agreement or otherwise in respect of the Obligations in excess of the amount or rate permitted under or consistent with any applicable law, rule or regulation.
(b) Payment at Highest Lawful Rate . If the Borrower is not obliged to make a payment that it would otherwise be required to make, as a result of Section 4.6(a) , the Borrower shall make such payment to the maximum extent permitted by or consistent with applicable laws, rules and regulations.
-64-
(c) Adjustment if Any Payment Exceeds Lawful Rate . If any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents would obligate the Borrower to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Lender in an amount or calculated at a rate that would be prohibited by any applicable law, rule or regulation, then notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by law, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, by reducing the amount or rate of interest required to be paid by the Borrower to the affected Lender under Section 2.8 .
Notwithstanding the foregoing, and after giving effect to all adjustments contemplated thereby, if any Lender shall have received from the Borrower an amount in excess of the maximum permitted by any applicable law, rule or regulation, then the Borrower shall be entitled, by notice in writing to the Administrative Agent to obtain reimbursement from that Lender in an amount equal to such excess, and pending such reimbursement, such amount shall be deemed to be an amount payable by that Lender to the Borrower.
ARTICLE V Conditions Precedent to Fourth Restatement Effective Date
The effectiveness of the restatement of the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent.
5.1. Credit Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received:
(a) The Restatement Agreement appropriately completed and executed by Lenders under the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement constituting the Required Lenders thereunder and the Borrower;
(b) the Additional Term B Joinder Agreement duly executed by the Borrower and each Additional Term B Lender; and
(c) the Euro Tranche Joinder Agreement duly executed by the Borrower and each Euro Tranche Term Loan Lender.
5.2. Legal Opinion . The Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, special New York counsel to the Borrower, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
5.3. Authorization of Proceedings of Each Credit Party . The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of the resolutions of the board of directors (or a duly authorized committee thereof) and if applicable, the shareholders and/or the supervisory board or other managers of each Credit Party (or a duly authorized committee thereof) authorizing (a) the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which it is a party and (b) in the case of the Borrower, the extensions of credit contemplated hereunder, certified by the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer of such Credit Party as of the Fourth Restatement Effective Date.
-65-
5.4. Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to the effect that (i) the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement and the other Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), (ii) no Default or Event of Default under the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement shall have occurred and is continuing and no Default or Event of Default under this Agreement shall result for the transactions contemplated hereby to occur on the Fourth Restatement Effective Date and (iii) after giving effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the Borrower on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries is Solvent.
5.5. Amendment of ABL Credit Agreement . The ABL Credit Agreement Amendment shall have become effective.
5.6. Amendment of Intercreditor Agreement . The Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent shall have entered into an amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement in the form of Exhibit F .
5.7. Fees . The Borrower shall have paid the fees referred to in the Restatement Agreement.
ARTICLE VI Conditions Precedent to All Credit Events
The agreement of each Lender to make any Loan requested to be made by it on any date after the Fourth Restatement Effective Date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
6.1. No Default; Representations and Warranties . At the time of each Credit Event and also after giving effect thereto: (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (b) all representations and warranties made by any Credit Party contained herein or in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Credit Event (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).
6.2. Notice of Borrowing . Prior to the making of each Term Loan, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing (whether in writing or by telephone) meeting the requirements of Section 2.3 .
The acceptance of the benefits of each Credit Event after the Fourth Restatement Effective Date shall constitute a representation and warranty by each Credit Party to each of the Lenders that all the applicable conditions specified in this Section 6 have been satisfied as of that time.
-66-
ARTICLE VII Representations, Warranties and Agreements
In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans as provided for herein, the Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to the Lenders, all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans:
7.1. Corporate Status . Each of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (a) is a duly organized and validly existing corporation or other entity in good standing (in respect of each jurisdiction where the good standing concept exists) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in which it is engaged except (with respect to the Restricted Subsidiaries) to the extent that the failure to so exist, be organized, or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (b) has duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing (in respect of such jurisdiction where the good standing concept exists) in all jurisdictions where it is required to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified would not reasonably be expected to (A) result in a Material Adverse Effect or (B) materially adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents taken as a whole.
7.2. Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability . Each Credit Party has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of the Credit Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which it is a party. Each Credit Party has duly executed and delivered each Credit Document to which it is a party and each such Credit Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.
7.3. No Violation . Neither the execution, delivery or performance by any Credit Party of the Credit Documents to which it is a party nor compliance with the terms and provisions thereof nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will (a) contravene any applicable provision of any material law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality, (b) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents or Liens subject to the Intercreditor Agreement) pursuant to, the terms of any material indenture, loan agreement, lease agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other material instrument to which such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound (any such term, covenant, condition or provision, a Contractual Requirement ) or (c) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents of such Credit Party except, with respect to clauses (a) and (b) , as would not reasonably be expected to (A) result in a Material Adverse Effect or (B) materially adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents taken as a whole.
-67-
7.4. Litigation . Except as set forth on Schedule 7.4 , there are no actions, suits or proceedings (including Environmental Claims) pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened with respect to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would, in each case, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
7.5. Margin Regulations . Neither the making of any Loan hereunder nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board.
7.6. Governmental Approvals; Other Consents . The execution, delivery and performance of any Credit Document do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, payment of any stamp, registration, notarial or similar tax or fee to, or other action by, any Governmental Authority or any other Person, except for (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect or are to be made in accordance with Section 8.11(d) , (ii) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents, and (iii) such licenses, approvals, authorizations or consents the failure to obtain or make which would not reasonably be expected to (A) have a Material Adverse Effect or (B) materially adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents taken as a whole.
7.7. Investment Company Act . No Credit Party is an investment company within the meaning of, and subject to registration under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
7.8. Disclosure .
(a) As of the Fourth Restatement Effective Date, to the knowledge of the Borrower, none of the written factual information and written data (taken as a whole) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their respective authorized representatives to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders on or before the Fourth Restatement Effective Date for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement contained any untrue statement of any material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make such information and data (taken as a whole) not misleading at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information or data was furnished, it being understood and agreed that for purposes of this Section 7.8(a) , such factual information and data shall not include projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and/or any other forward-looking information) and information of a general economic or general industry nature.
(b) The projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and other forward-looking information) contained in the information and data referred to in clause (a) above were based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by such Persons to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results.
-68-
7.9. Financial Condition; Financial Statements . (a) The unaudited historical consolidated financial information of the Borrower as of June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011 and for the fiscal quarters then ended and (b) the Historical Financial Statements, in each case, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Borrower at the respective dates of said information and statements and results of operations for the respective periods covered and such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied except to the extent provided in the notes to said financial statements and except as contemplated by the definition of GAAP. There has been no Material Adverse Effect since December 31, 2009.
7.10. Tax Matters . Each of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries has filed all material Tax returns required to be filed by it and has paid all material Taxes payable by it that have become due (whether or not shown on a Tax return), other than those Taxes contested in good faith as to which adequate reserves have been provided to the extent required by law and in accordance with GAAP or which would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries have provided adequate reserves to the extent required by law and in accordance with GAAP for the payment of all material Taxes not yet due and payable except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has ever participated in a listed transaction within the meaning of the U.S. Treasury regulation Section 1.6011-4, except as could not be reasonably expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.
7.11. Compliance with ERISA .
(a) (i) Each Plan is in compliance with ERISA, the Code and any applicable Requirement of Law; (ii) no Reportable Event has occurred (or is reasonably likely to occur) with respect to any Plan; (iii) to the knowledge of the Borrower, no Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or in reorganization (or is reasonably likely to be insolvent or in reorganization), and no written notice of any such insolvency or reorganization has been given to the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate; (iv) no Plan has an accumulated or waived funding deficiency (or is reasonably likely to have such a deficiency); (v) none of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred (or is reasonably likely to incur) any liability to or on account of a Plan pursuant to Section 409, 502(i), 502(l), 515, 4062, 4063, 4064, or 4069 of ERISA or Section 4971 or 4975 of the Code or on account of a Multiemployer Plan pursuant to Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA or has been notified in writing that it will incur any liability under any of the foregoing Sections with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (vi) no proceedings have been instituted by PBGC (or are reasonably likely to be instituted) to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, to reorganize any Multiemployer Plan, and (vii) no written notice of any such proceedings has been given to the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate; and no lien imposed under the Code or ERISA on the assets of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate exists (or is reasonably likely to exist) nor has the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate been notified in writing that such a lien will be imposed on the assets of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate on account of any Plan, except to the extent that a breach of any of the representations, warranties or agreements in this Section 7.11(a)(i) through (vii) would not result, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount of liability that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Plan has an Unfunded Current Liability that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
-69-
(b) All Foreign Plans are in compliance with, and have been established, administered and operated in accordance with, the terms of such Foreign Plans and applicable law, except for any failure to so comply, establish, administer or operate the Foreign Plans as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All contributions or other payments which are due with respect to each Foreign Plan have been made in full and there are no funding deficiencies thereunder, except to the extent any such events would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.12. Subsidiaries . Schedule 7.12 lists each Subsidiary of the Parent (and the direct and indirect ownership interest of the Parent therein), in each case existing on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions.
7.13. Intellectual Property . The Borrower and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries have obtained all intellectual property, free from burdensome restrictions, that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted, except where the failure to obtain any such rights could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.14. Environmental Laws .
(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 7.14 , or as could not otherwise reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries and all Real Estate are in compliance with all Environmental Laws; (ii) neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is subject to any Environmental Claim or any other liability under any Environmental Law; (iii) neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is conducting or paying for, in whole or in part, any investigation, removal, remedial or other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law at any location; and (iv) no underground storage tank or related piping, or any impoundment or other disposal area from which there has been a release of Hazardous Materials is located at, on or under any Real Estate currently owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
(b) Neither the Borrower nor any of the Subsidiaries has treated, stored, transported, Released or disposed or arranged for disposal or transport for disposal of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any currently or formerly owned or leased Real Estate or facility in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) This Section 7.14 sets forth the sole representations and warranties of the Borrower with respect to Environmental Laws.
7.15. Properties . (a) The Borrower and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to or leasehold interests in all properties that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, free and clear of all Liens (other than any Liens permitted by this Agreement) and except where the failure to have such good title could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) no Mortgage encumbers improved Real Estate that is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards within the meaning of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 unless flood insurance available under such Act has been obtained in accordance with Section 8.3 .
-70-
7.16. Solvency . Immediately following the making of each Loan and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of such Loans, the Borrower on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries will be Solvent.
7.17. Collateral . Upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, the Security Documents will be effective to create (to the extent described therein), in favor of the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein, except as may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. When the actions specified in each Security Agreement have been duly taken and the Mortgages have been duly recorded, the security interests granted pursuant thereto shall constitute (to the extent described therein) a perfected security interest in all right, title and interest of each pledgor or mortgagor (as applicable) party thereto in the Collateral described therein (other than Excluded Perfection Assets) with respect to such pledgor or mortgagor (as applicable) if and to the extent perfection can be achieved by taking such actions.
7.18. Insurance . The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are in compliance with the provisions of Section 8.3. Each Credit Party has insurance in such amounts and covering such risks and liabilities as are customary for companies of a similar size engaged in similar businesses in similar locations.
ARTICLE VIII Affirmative Covenants
The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date and thereafter, until all Loans, together with interest and all other Obligations (other than indemnification and other contingent Obligations in each case not then due and payable) hereunder, are paid in full:
8.1. Information Covenants . The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly make such information available to the Lenders in accordance with its customary practice):
(a) Annual Financial Statements . As soon as available and in any event on or before the date that is 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012), the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and, if different, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of a public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to
-71-
any going concern or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a management narrative in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent describing significant factors resulting in changes during such fiscal year from the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts.
(b) Quarterly Financial Statements . As soon as available and in any event on or before the date that is 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly accounting periods of the Borrower in each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2012), the consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and, if different, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such quarterly period, and the related consolidated statements of income and shareholders equity for such quarterly accounting period and for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such quarterly period, and the related consolidated statement of cash flows for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such quarterly period, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, certified by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders equity and cash flows of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a management narrative in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent describing significant factors resulting in changes during such fiscal quarter and in the year to date period from the corresponding periods in the previous year and budgeted amounts.
(c) Budgets . Within 90 days after the commencement of each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013), a budget of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such fiscal year as customarily prepared by management of the Borrower for their internal use; consistent in scope with the financial statements provided pursuant to Section 8.1(a) , setting forth the principal assumptions upon which such budget is based.
(d) Officers Certificates . At the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Sections 8.1(a) and (b) , a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to the effect that to such Authorized Officers knowledge, no Default or Event of Default exists or, if any Default or Event of Default does exist, specifying the nature and extent thereof, and which certificate shall set forth the amount of any Pro Forma Adjustment not previously set forth in a Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate or any change in the amount of a Pro Forma Adjustment set forth in any Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate previously provided and, in either case, in reasonable detail, the calculations and basis therefor. At the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Section 8.1(a) , (i) a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth in reasonable detail the Applicable Amount as at the end of the fiscal year to which such financial statements relate and (ii) a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth the information required pursuant to Sections 1(a), 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10(a) and 10(b) of the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this clause (d)(ii) , as the case may be.
-72-
(e) Notice of Default or Litigation . Promptly after an Authorized Officer of the Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, notice of (i) the occurrence of any event that constitutes a Default or Event of Default, which notice shall specify the nature thereof, the period of existence thereof (to the extent known) and what action the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto and (ii) any litigation or governmental proceeding pending against the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to be determined adversely and, if so determined, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(f) Environmental Matters . Promptly after obtaining knowledge of any one or more of the following environmental matters, unless such environmental matters could not, individually or when aggregated with all other such matters, be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, notice of:
(i) any pending or threatened Environmental Claim against any Credit Party or any Real Estate;
(ii) any condition or occurrence on any Real Estate that (x) could reasonably be expected to result in noncompliance by any Credit Party with any applicable Environmental Law or (y) could reasonably be anticipated to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against any Credit Party or any Real Estate;
(iii) any condition or occurrence on any Real Estate that could reasonably be anticipated to cause such Real Estate to be subject to any restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, use or transferability of such Real Estate under any Environmental Law; and
(iv) the conduct of any investigation, or any removal, remedial or other corrective action in response to the actual or alleged presence, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material on, at, under or from any Real Estate.
All such notices shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the claim, investigation, condition, occurrence or removal or remedial action and the response thereto.
(g) [ Reserved ].
(h) Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate . Not later than any date on which financial statements are delivered with respect to any Test Period in which a Pro Forma Adjustment is made as a result of the consummation of the acquisition of any Acquired Entity or Business by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary for which there shall be a Pro Forma Adjustment, a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth the amount of such Pro Forma Adjustment and, in reasonable detail, the calculations and basis therefor.
(i) [Reserved]
-73-
(j) Change of Name, Locations, Etc . Not later than 30 days following the occurrence of any change referred to in subclauses (i) through (iv) below, written notice of any change (i) in the legal name of any Credit Party, (ii) in the jurisdiction of organization of any Credit Party for purposes of the UCC, (iii) in the type of organization of any Credit Party or (iv) in the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification of any Credit Party. The Borrower shall also promptly provide the Collateral Agent with copies of organizational documents reflecting any of the changes described in the first sentence of this clause (j) .
8.2. Books, Records and Inspections . The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, permit officers and designated representatives of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to visit and inspect any of the properties or assets of the Borrower and any such Restricted Subsidiary in whomevers possession to the extent that it is within such partys control to permit such inspection, and to examine the books and records of the Borrower and any such Restricted Subsidiary and discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower and of any such Restricted Subsidiary with, and be advised as to the same by, its and their officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and intervals and to such reasonable extent as the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may reasonably request (and subject, in the case of any such meetings or advice from such independent accountants, to such accountants customary policies and procedures); provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 8.2 and only two such visits per fiscal year of the Borrower shall be at the Borrowers expense (and only to the extent such expense is reasonable); provided further that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent (or any of its representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower and any Lender, at its own expense, may do any of the foregoing at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice.
8.3. Maintenance of Insurance .
(a) The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, at all times maintain in full force and effect, pursuant to self-insurance arrangements or with insurance companies that are financially sound at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business; and will furnish to the Lenders, upon reasonable written request from the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried.
(b) All such insurance shall (i) provide that no cancellation, material reduction in amount or material change in coverage thereof shall be effective until at least 30 days after receipt by the Collateral Agent of written notice thereof, and (ii) name the Collateral Agent as mortgagee (in the case of property insurance) or additional insured on behalf of the Secured Parties (in the case of liability insurance) or loss payee (in the case of property insurance), as applicable.
(c) With respect to each Mortgaged Property, obtain flood insurance in such total amount as the Administrative Agent may from time to time require, if at any time the area in
-74-
which any improvements located on any Mortgaged Property is designated a flood hazard area in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time.
(d) No Credit Party that is an owner of Mortgaged Property shall take any action that is reasonably likely to be the basis for termination, revocation or denial of any insurance coverage required to be maintained under such Credit Partys respective Mortgage or that could be the basis for a defense to any claim under any Insurance Policy maintained in respect of the Premises, and each Credit Party shall otherwise comply in all material respects with all Insurance Requirements in respect of the premises; provided , however , that each Credit Party may, at its own expense, (i) contest the applicability or enforceability of any such Insurance Requirements by appropriate legal proceedings or (ii) cause the Insurance Policy containing any such Insurance Requirement to be replaced by a new policy complying with the provisions of this Section 8.3 .
8.4. Payment of Taxes . The Borrower will timely pay and discharge, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to timely pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it, or upon any properties belonging to it, and all lawful claims in respect of any Taxes imposed, assessed or levied that, if unpaid, could reasonably be expected to become a Lien upon any properties of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that neither the Borrower nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any such Tax that is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves with respect thereto to the extent required by law and in accordance with GAAP and the failure to pay could not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.
8.5. Maintenance of Existence . The Borrower will do, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, corporate rights and authority, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided , however , that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may consummate any transaction permitted under Section 9.3 , 9.4 or 9.5 .
8.6. Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, Etc . The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to it or its property, including all governmental approvals or authorizations required to conduct its business, and to maintain all such governmental approvals or authorizations in full force and effect, in each case except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
8.7. Maintenance of Properties . The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep and maintain all tangible property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except to the extent that the failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided , however , that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may consummate any transaction permitted under Section 9.3 , 9.4 or 9.5 .
-75-
8.8. Additional Guarantors and Grantors . The Borrower will cause each direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary formed or otherwise purchased or acquired after the date hereof (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition) and each other Domestic Subsidiary (in each case, other than an Excluded Subsidiary) that ceases to constitute an Excluded Subsidiary to execute a supplement to each of the Guarantee and the Security Agreement in order to become a Guarantor under the Guarantee and a grantor under the Security Agreement and take all other action reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant a perfected security interest in its assets to substantially the same extent as created by the Credit Parties on the Closing Date (including actions required pursuant to Section 8.11(d) of the Original Credit Agreement as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) except for Excluded Assets and Excluded Perfection Assets.
8.9. Pledge of Additional Stock and Evidence of Indebtedness . The Borrower will cause (i) all certificates representing Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary (other than (x) any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents and (y) any Stock and Stock Equivalents issued by any Subsidiary for so long as such Subsidiary does not (on a consolidated basis with its Restricted Subsidiaries) have property, plant and equipment with a book value in excess of $2,500,000 or a contribution to Consolidated EBITDA for any four fiscal quarter period that includes any date on or after the Closing Date in excess of $1,000,000 held directly by any Credit Party, and (ii) any promissory notes executed after the date hereof evidencing Indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000 held by the Borrower or any Guarantor (other than to the extent the debtor thereon is a Credit Party), in each case, to be delivered to the Collateral Agent as security for the Obligations under the Security Agreement.
8.10. Use of Proceeds . The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Euro Tranche Term Loans and Additional Term B Loans solely to pay any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the entering into of this Agreement, the ABL Credit Agreement Amendment and the other transactions occurring on the Fourth Restatement Effective Date and for general corporate purposes. The Borrower will use any proceeds from New Term Loans received by it for general corporate purposes not in contravention of any law or this Agreement.
8.11. Further Assurances .
(a) The Borrower will, and will cause each other Credit Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents) that may be reasonably required under any applicable law, or that the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the applicable Security Documents, all at the reasonable expense of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided , however , that no Credit Party shall be under any obligation to enter into any such document, financing statement, agreement or instrument, or take any such action in respect of Excluded Perfection Assets.
(b) Subject to the applicable limitations set forth in the Security Documents, if any assets (including any real estate or improvements thereto or any ownership (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, leasehold) interest therein but excluding Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary) with a book value in excess of $5,000,000 are acquired by the Credit Party or any
-76-
other Credit Party after the Closing Date (other than assets constituting Collateral under a Security Document that become subject to the perfected Lien of the applicable Security Document upon acquisition thereof, or assets constituting Excluded Assets or Excluded Perfection Assets) that are of a nature secured by a Security Document and intended to be collateral, the Borrower will notify the Collateral Agent, and, if reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, the Borrower will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the applicable Obligations and will take, and cause the other applicable Credit Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant and perfect such Liens consistent with the applicable requirements of the Security Documents, including actions described in clause (a) of this Section 8.11 ; provided that this Section 8.11(b) shall not apply to Excluded Assets and Excluded Perfection Assets.
(c) Any Mortgage delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the preceding clause (b) shall be accompanied by (w) a Title Policy, (x) Survey, (y) flood certificate and (z) in the case of a Mortgage, an opinion of local counsel to the mortgagor in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.
(d) The Borrower agrees that it will, or will cause its relevant Credit Parties to, complete each of the actions described on Schedule 8.11 to this Agreement as soon as commercially reasonable and by no later than the date set forth in Schedule 8.11 to this Agreement with respect to such action or such later date as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree.
8.12. End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters . The Borrower will, for financial reporting purposes, cause (a) each of its, and each of its Subsidiaries, fiscal years to end on December 31 of each year and (b) each of its, and each of its Subsidiaries, fiscal quarters to end on dates consistent with such fiscal year end and the Borrowers past practice.
ARTICLE IX Negative Covenants
The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date (immediately after consummation of the Acquisition) and thereafter, until the Loans, together with interest and all other Obligations (other than indemnification and other contingent expense reimbursement Obligations in each case not then due and payable) incurred hereunder, are paid in full:
9.1. Limitation on Indebtedness . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a) (x) Indebtedness arising under the Credit Documents and (y) Indebtedness under the ABL Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed (i) $1,100,000,000 at any time outstanding under the ABL Facility plus (ii) up to $300,000,000;
(b) subject to compliance with Section 9.5 , Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, in each case, all such Indebtedness of any Credit Party owed to any Person that is not a Credit Party shall be subordinated to the Obligations of such Credit Party on customary terms;
-77-
(c) Indebtedness in respect of any bankers acceptance, bank guarantees, letter of credit, warehouse receipt or similar facilities entered into in the ordinary course of business (including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims);
(d) subject to compliance with Section 9.5 , Guarantee Obligations incurred by (i) Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or other Restricted Subsidiaries that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement ( provided that if the Indebtedness guaranteed constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, then such Guarantee Obligations shall be subordinated to the applicable Obligations to at least the same extent as the Indebtedness so guaranteed) and (ii) the Borrower in respect of Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement, provided that there shall be no guarantee pursuant to this clause (d) by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of any Indebtedness of a Credit Party;
(e) Guarantee Obligations (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of (or to) suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees or (ii) otherwise constituting Investments permitted by Section 9.5(g) ;
(f) (i) Indebtedness (including Indebtedness arising under Capital Leases) incurred within 270 days of the acquisition, construction or improvement of fixed or capital assets to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of such fixed or capital assets, provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this subclause (f)(i) at any time outstanding (when aggregated with all Indebtedness outstanding under subclause (f)(ii) below) shall not exceed $30,000,000, and (ii) any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i) above, provided that the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to any fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extensions;
(g) Existing Indebtedness and any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension thereof; provided that (x) the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to the amount of fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (y) the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Indebtedness are not changed and (z) no portion of such Indebtedness matures prior to the Final Maturity Date (unless the Existing Indebtedness being modified, replaced, refunded, renewed or extended originally matured prior to the Final Maturity Date);
(h) Indebtedness in respect of Hedge Agreements not entered into for speculative purposes;
-78-
(i) Indebtedness in respect of (x) the Subordinated Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000,000 and (y) any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of Indebtedness referred to in the foregoing subclause (x) ; provided that (i) the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, except by the amount of fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (ii) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations to at least the same extent as the Subordinated Notes and (iii) the other terms of such Indebtedness are not less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Lenders than the terms of the Subordinated Notes;
(j) (i) Indebtedness of a Person or Indebtedness attaching to assets of a Person that, in either case, becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (or is a Restricted Subsidiary that survives a merger with such Person) or Indebtedness attaching to assets that are acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the Closing Date as the result of a Permitted Acquisition; provided that
(x) such Indebtedness existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time such assets were acquired and, in each case, was not created in anticipation thereof,
(y) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed in any respect by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than by any such Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary in such transaction or is the survivor of a merger with such Person or any of its Subsidiaries in such transaction), and
(z) (A) after giving Pro Forma Effect to the assumption of such Indebtedness, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio is at least 2.0 to 1.0 and, if such Indebtedness is secured by any Liens, the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the most recently ended Test Period shall be less than or equal to 4.0 to 1.0 and (B) except for Indebtedness consisting of Capitalized Lease Obligations, revenue bonds, purchase money Indebtedness, working capital facilities, overdraft facilities and cash management arrangements, or mortgages or other Liens on specific assets, no portion of such Indebtedness matures prior to the Final Maturity Date; and
(ii) any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i) above, provided that (x) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by the amount of fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (y) the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Indebtedness are not changed and (z) if the Indebtedness being refinanced, or any guarantee thereof, constituted Subordinated Indebtedness, then such replacement or refinancing Indebtedness, or such guarantee, respectively, shall be subordinated to the Obligations to at least the same extent;
-79-
(k) Indebtedness in respect of customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations not in connection with money borrowed, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business;
(l) additional Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding;
(m) Indebtedness of the Credit Parties (i) (x) so long as after giving Pro Forma Effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of proceeds thereof on the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio shall be at least 2.0 to 1.0 and (y) the terms of such Indebtedness do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligation prior to the date that is 91 days after the Final Maturity Date ( provided that such Indebtedness may provide for (A) customary offers to purchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and a mandatory offer to prepay from refinancing Indebtedness specified in subclause (ii) below, (B) customary acceleration rights after an event of default and (C) an initial maturity that is earlier than the Final Maturity Date so long as such Indebtedness automatically converts to Indebtedness maturing at least 91 days after the Final Maturity Date subject only to the condition that no payment event of default or bankruptcy (with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) exists on the initial maturity date) and (ii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i) above, provided that (x) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness is not increased above the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension plus the amount of fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith (unless such Indebtedness would otherwise be permitted to be issued in accordance with subclause (i) above) and (y) such refinancing, refunding or renewal complies with subclause (i)(y) above;
(n) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case entered into in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Stock permitted hereunder, other than Guarantee Obligations incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Stock for the purpose of financing such acquisition, provided that such amount is not Indebtedness required to be reflected on the balance sheet of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with GAAP (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this proviso);
(o) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (i) financing of insurance premiums in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $15,000,000 at any time outstanding or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply agreements, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money;
-80-
(p) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(q) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Borrower or any Guarantor to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees (or their respective spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees) to finance the purchase or redemption of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 9.6(b) ;
(r) additional Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries (and any Guarantee thereof by any Credit Party) under local working capital lines in an aggregate principal amount that at the time of incurrence does not cause the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred in reliance on this clause (r) to exceed $500,000,000;
(s) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;
(t) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of cash management services, netting services (including treasury and depository services), overdraft facilities, employee credit or debit card programs (including non-card electronic payment services and purchase card programs), cash pooling arrangements, electronic fund transfer services or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; and
(u) lease obligations in respect of Sale and Lease-Back Transactions in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100,000,000.
9.2. Limitation on Liens . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets of any kind (real or personal, tangible or intangible) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
(a) Liens arising under the Credit Documents;
(b) Liens securing the ABL Facility under the ABL Documents subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement;
(c) [Reserved];
(d) Permitted Liens;
-81-
(e) (i) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Sections 9.1(f) and (u) , provided that (x) such Liens attach at all times only to the assets so financed or subject to the applicable Sale and Lease-Back Transaction except for accessions to the property financed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and the proceeds and the products thereof and (y) that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender, and (ii) Liens on the assets of Restricted Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Sections 9.1 ;
(f) Liens existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 9.2 ;
(g) the replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clauses (e) , (f) and (h) of this Section 9.2 upon or in the same assets theretofore subject to such Lien (or upon or in after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien) or the replacement, extension or renewal (without increase in the amount or change in any direct or contingent obligor except to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder) of the Indebtedness secured thereby;
(h) Liens existing on the assets of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (or is a Restricted Subsidiary that survives a merger with such Person in the transaction in which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary), or existing on assets acquired, pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition to the extent the Liens on such assets secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1(j) ; provided that such Liens attach at all times only to the same assets to which such Liens attached (and after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien), and secure only the same Indebtedness or obligations that such Liens secured, immediately prior to such Permitted Acquisition and any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension thereof permitted by Section 9.1(j) ;
(i) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations (i) of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in favor of a Credit Party and (ii) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party in favor of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party;
(j) Liens (i) of a collecting bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection or (ii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off);
(k) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 9.5 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any property in a transaction permitted under Section 9.4 , in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or sale, disposition, transfer or lease, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;
(l) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business permitted by this Agreement;
-82-
(m) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness or (ii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(n) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits or other similar cash deposits made by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent, distribution agreement in the ordinary course of business or purchase agreement not prohibited hereunder;
(o) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto incurred in the ordinary course of business; and
(p) additional Liens so long as the aggregate principal amount of the obligations secured thereby does not exceed $75,000,000 at any time outstanding.
9.3. Limitation on Fundamental Changes . Except as expressly permitted by Section 9.4 or 9.5 , the Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or substantially all its business units, assets or other properties, except that:
(a) so long as no Default or Event of Default would result therefrom, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any other Person may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Borrower, provided that (i) except as permitted by subclause (ii) below, the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation, (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Borrower is not the Borrower, the surviving Person shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (the Borrower or such surviving Person, as the case may be, being herein referred to as the Successor Borrower ), (iii) any Successor Borrower (if other than the Borrower) shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (iv) each applicable Credit Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the applicable Credit Documents confirmed that its obligations under the Credit Document continue to apply to any Successor Borrowers obligations under this Agreement, (v) the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio for the most recent Test Period would either (A) be at least 2.0 to 1.0 or (B) be greater than the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction, and (vi) the Successor Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer stating that such merger or consolidation complies with this Agreement (it being understood that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Borrower (if other than the Borrower) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Agreement); and
(b) any Person (in each case, other than the Borrower) may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into any one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower,
-83-
provided that (i) either (x) such merger amalgamation or consolidation constitutes a Disposition permitted by Section 9.4 or (y) a Restricted Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person and the Investment resulting from such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is permitted by Section 9.5 , (ii) in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation in which a Guarantor is the surviving Person, such Guarantor shall execute any supplement to the applicable Guarantee and Security Documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in order to preserve and protect the Liens on the Collateral securing the applicable Obligations and (iii) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officers certificate stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation complies with this Agreement.
9.4. Limitation on Sale of Assets . (1) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose (each of the foregoing a Disposition ) of any of its property, business or assets (including receivables, Stock and Stock Equivalents of any other Person and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired (other than any such sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition resulting from any casualty or condemnation, of any assets of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries) and (2) the Borrower will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any Stock and Stock Equivalents, in each case, in excess of $1,000,000 per transaction or series of related transactions, except, in each case:
(a) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of (i) inventory, used, surplus or worn out equipment, vehicles and other assets in the ordinary course of business and (ii) Permitted Investments;
(b) Restricted Subsidiaries may issue Stock and Stock Equivalents and the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Dispose of assets, excluding a Disposition of accounts receivable, except in connection with the Disposition of any business to which such accounts receivable relate, for fair value, provided that (i) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (b) for a purchase price in excess of $10,000,000, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Permitted Investments; provided that for the purposes of this subclause (i) the following shall be deemed to be cash: (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrowers or such Restricted Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet provided hereunder) of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than Junior Indebtedness, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which the Borrower and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, (B) any securities received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition and (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 9.4(b)(i) and Section 9.4(c)(ii) that is at that time outstanding, shall not be in excess of $15,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and
-84-
without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, (ii) any non-cash proceeds received are pledged to the Collateral Agent to the extent required under Section 8.9 , (iii) to the extent required, the Net Cash Proceeds thereof to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries are applied to the prepayment of Term Loans as provided for in Section 4.2 and (iv) after giving effect to any such Disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(c) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make Dispositions to the Borrower or to any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that with respect to any such Dispositions from Credit Parties to Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties, (i) such sale, transfer or disposition shall be for fair value, (ii) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (c) for a purchase price in excess of $10,000,000, the Person making such Disposition shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Permitted Investments; provided that for the purposes of this subclause (ii) the following shall be deemed to be cash: (A) any securities received by the Person making such Disposition from the purchaser that are converted by such Person into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition and (B) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Person making such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 9.4(c)(ii) and Section 9.4(b)(i) that is at that time outstanding, shall not be in excess of $15,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, and (iii) any non-cash proceeds received are pledged to the Collateral Agent to the extent required under Section 8.9 ;
(d) the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may affect any transaction expressly permitted by Section 9.3 , 9.5 or 9.6 (including the making of any Restricted Payment);
(e) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may lease, sublease, license or sublicense (on a non-exclusive basis with respect to any intellectual property) real, personal or intellectual property in the ordinary course of business;
(f) Dispositions of property (including like-kind exchanges) to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property, in each case under Section 1031 of the Code or otherwise;
(g) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures (regardless of the form of legal entity) to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
-85-
(h) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
(i) transfers of property subject to casualty or condemnation proceedings (including in lieu thereof) upon the receipt of the net cash proceeds therefor;
(j) voluntary terminations of Hedge Agreements;
(k) Dispositions (including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions) prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date by a Foreign Subsidiary designed to generate foreign distributable reserves and which are not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect;
(l) Dispositions prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date among the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the Post-Closing Subsidiary Transfers (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement);
(m) Dispositions of accounts receivable of Foreign Subsidiaries pursuant to factoring arrangements that would otherwise be permitted to be incurred as Indebtedness hereunder pursuant to Section 9.1 (it being understood that upon any such Disposition, the amount of the uncollected receivable shall be deemed to be Indebtedness for purposes of Section 9.1 until the transferee has collected an amount from the account debtor at least equal to the amount paid to the applicable Subsidiary in respect of such accounts receivable);
(n) Dispositions of Subsidiaries with no assets;
(o) Dispositions of the Stock and Stock Equivalents of the Borrower to the extent any such disposition would not result in a Change of Control; and
(p) Dispositions of accounts receivable pursuant to factoring arrangements in an aggregate amount (with a receivable being deemed to be outstanding until the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary has received the full purchase price thereof from the purchaser) not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding.
9.5. Limitation on Investments . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Investment except:
(a) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business and Investments resulting from VAT and other customs arrangements by Subsidiaries with local financial institutions in various jurisdictions in the ordinary course of business;
(b) Permitted Investments;
(c) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes (including employee payroll advances) and (ii) in connection with such Persons purchase of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to the extent that the amount of such loans and advances are directly or indirectly contributed to the Borrower in cash;
-86-
(d) Investments existing on, or contemplated as of, the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 9.5 and any extensions, renewals or reinvestments thereof, so long as the aggregate amount of all Investments pursuant to this clause (d) is not increased at any time above the amount of such Investments existing on the date hereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (i) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;
(e) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers or customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;
(f) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made with Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;
(g) Investments (A) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Credit Party, (B) between or among Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Credit Parties, (C) by any Credit Party in any Restricted Subsidiary that is organized in Canada in an amount not to exceed $100,000,000 or (D) by any Credit Party in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party in an amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the sum of (x) $100,000,000 plus (y) the aggregate amount of cash Investments in Credit Parties by the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties following the Closing Date (and which did not otherwise increase the amount available for any Restricted Payment or Investment hereunder);
(h) Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions;
(i) Investments in an aggregate amount pursuant to this clause (i) that, at the time each such Investment is made, would not exceed the sum of (x) $40,000,000, plus (y) the Applicable Amount at such time;
(j) Investments constituting non-cash proceeds of Dispositions of assets to the extent permitted by clauses (b) and (c) of Section 9.4 ;
(k) loans and advances to any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of, Restricted Payments permitted to be made to such Person in accordance with Section 9.6 ;
(l) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;
-87-
(m) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit and customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;
(n) Guarantee Obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(o) Investments held by a Person acquired (including by way of merger or consolidation) after the Closing Date otherwise in accordance with this Section 9.5 to the extent that such Investments do not constitute a majority of the assets acquired and were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;
(p) Investments in connection with the Transactions;
(q) Indebtedness under Hedge Agreements permitted under Section 9.1(h) ;
(r) Investments that would otherwise be permitted as Restricted Payments under Section 9.6(e)(iii) ; and
(s) unsecured Guarantee Obligations of any Credit Party in respect of Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted by Section 9.1 (other than pursuant to Section 9.1(b) ).
9.6. Limitation on Restricted Payments . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Restricted Payment; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing:
(a) the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may (or may make Restricted Payments to permit any direct or indirect parent thereof to) redeem in whole or in part any of its Stock or Stock Equivalents for another class of its (or such parents) Stock or Stock Equivalents or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Stock or Stock Equivalents), provided that such new Stock or Stock Equivalents contain terms and provisions at least as advantageous to the Lenders in all respects material to their interests as those contained in the Stock or Stock Equivalents redeemed thereby;
(b) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may (or may make Restricted Payments to permit any direct or indirect parent thereof to) repurchase shares of its (or such parents) Stock or Stock Equivalents held by officers, directors and employees of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed $3,000,000 in any fiscal year of the Borrower (with unused budgeted amounts from any fiscal year available in any succeeding year); provided that such amount in any fiscal year may be increased by an amount not to exceed the cash
-88-
proceeds from the sale of Stock and Stock Equivalents (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies so long as such cash proceeds are contributed to the common equity of the Borrower) to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and the Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Closing Date, to the extent the Borrower elects to exclude such amounts from the calculation of the Applicable Amount;
(c) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments, provided that (i) at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4.0 to 1.00 and (ii) the amount of any such Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (c) shall not exceed an amount equal to (x) $20,000,000 in the aggregate following the Closing Date, less (y) the amount of Junior Indebtedness purchased in reliance on Section 9.7(a)(ii) ;
(d) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments:
(i) the proceeds of which shall be used to allow the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to pay (A) its operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 in any fiscal year of the Borrower plus any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors or officers of the Borrower (or any parent thereof) attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) fees and expenses otherwise due and payable by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and permitted to be paid by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary under this Agreement;
(ii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the corporate existence of any of its direct or indirect parent of the Borrower; and
(iii) to any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to finance any Investment permitted to be made by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 9.5 ; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (B) such parent shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets, Stock or Stock Equivalents) to be contributed to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or (2) the merger (to the extent permitted in Section 9.5 ) of the Person formed or acquired into the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and (C) the Borrower shall comply with Sections 8.8 and 8.9 to the extent applicable; and
-89-
(e) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (and pro rata Restricted Payments to the other equity holders of such Restricted Subsidiaries) and (ii) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments to fund the operating expenses and taxes of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent attributable to its ownership of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.
9.7. Limitations on Debt Payments and Amendments .
(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, prepay, repurchase or redeem or otherwise defease or acquire prior to the scheduled maturity thereof the Subordinated Notes or any other Subordinated Indebtedness, or obligations under the Subordinated Notes (collectively, Junior Indebtedness ); except so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the date of such prepayment, repurchase, redemption or other defeasance or would result therefrom: (i) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may prepay, repurchase or redeem Junior Indebtedness with the proceeds of Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1(i) or (m) ; (ii) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make prepayments of Junior Indebtedness for aggregate consideration not to exceed $20,000,000 less the amount of Restricted Payments made in reliance on Section 9.6(c) ; provided that at the time of such prepayment pursuant to the foregoing clause (ii) and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4.0 to 1.00; and (iii) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make prepayments, repurchases, redemptions, defeasances or acquisitions of Junior Indebtedness so long as immediately after giving Pro Forma Effect to any such prepayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition pursuant to this clause (iii) , the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4.25 to 1.00. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 9.7 shall prohibit (x) the repayment or prepayment of intercompany Subordinated Indebtedness owed among the Borrower and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries, in either case unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Borrower has received a notice from the Collateral Agent instructing it not to make or permit any such repayment or prepayment or (y) the conversion of Junior Indebtedness into Qualified Equity Interests or Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (or the repayment or prepayment of Junior Indebtedness with the proceeds thereof).
(b) The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not waive, amend, modify, terminate or release any Junior Indebtedness to the extent that any such waiver, amendment, modification, termination or release would be adverse to the Lenders in any material respect; provided that any Junior Indebtedness may be amended or modified in any manner including to delete the subordination provisions therein to the extent that, immediately after giving effect to such amendment or modification, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary would have been permitted to incur such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 9.1(m) (other than with respect to scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligations prior to the date that is 91 days after the Final Maturity Date that do not arise as a result of such amendment or modification but including, without limitation, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Test set forth therein). For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are permitted to modify the Subordinated Notes to remove the subordination provisions and following any such modification which removes the subordination provision the Subordinated Notes shall no longer constitute Subordinated Indebtedness.
-90-
9.8. Transactions with Affiliates . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions with any Affiliate of the Borrower, involving aggregate payments in excess of $3,000,000 unless such transactions with any of their Affiliates are on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as it would obtain in a comparable arms-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate, provided that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (a) the payment of fees to the Sponsor pursuant to any Management Agreement in an amount not to exceed $6,000,000, in any fiscal year (plus customary out-of-pocket expense reimbursement and indemnity) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the date of such payment or would result therefrom (it being understood that following the cure of all such Events of Default, such payments may be made), (b) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 9.6 , (c) the payment of expenses in connection with the Transactions, (d) the issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) to the management of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions or pursuant to arrangements described in clause (f) of this Section 9.8 , (e) loans, advances and other transactions between or among the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 9 , (f) employment and severance arrangements between the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business, (g) payments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to tax sharing agreements among the Borrower (and/or any of its direct and indirect parent companies) and its Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity, (h) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, managers, consultants, officers and employees of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (i) transactions pursuant to permitted agreements in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 9.8 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not materially adverse, taken as a whole, to the Lenders, (j) payments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower, in good faith, and either (i) limited to 1% of completed transactions and (ii) to the extent in excess of the amounts permitted by subclause (i) above, made from amounts that would have been permitted to be applied to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 9.6(f) , (k) the existence of, or the performance by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it was a party as of the Second Restatement Effective Date and any similar agreements
-91-
which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date shall only be permitted by this clause (k) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole, (l) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Borrower, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries which are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower in good faith and (m) modifications to Junior Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.7(b) .
9.9. [ Reserved ].
9.10. Changes in Business . The Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not fundamentally and substantively alter the character of their business, taken as a whole, from the business conducted by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on the Fourth Restatement Effective Date and other business activities incidental or related to any of the foregoing.
9.11. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) make any loans or advances to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, except any encumbrance or restriction:
(a) pursuant to an agreement or instrument as in effect at or entered into on the date hereof, including without limitation the ABL Facility and the Subordinated Notes Purchase Agreements;
(b) pursuant to any agreement or instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets from such Person, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger or consolidation) and not applying to the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than to any such Person or assets so acquired);
(c) pursuant to an agreement or instrument replacing or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an agreement referred to in clause (a) or (b) above; provided , however , that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such replacement agreement or amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than encumbrances and restrictions contained in such original agreement;
-92-
(d) (i) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract, (ii) by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, (iii) contained in mortgages, pledges or other security agreements securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent restricting the transfer of the property or assets subject thereto, (iv) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of Real Estate interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (v) pursuant to purchase money Indebtedness that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property or assets so acquired;
(e) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;
(f) by reason of any applicable law, rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their businesses;
(g) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (i) relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 9.1 , if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements set forth in clause (a) above (as determined in good faith by the Borrower);
(h) restrictions and conditions on any Foreign Subsidiary by the terms of any Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary permitted to be incurred hereunder;
(i) contractual obligations binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such contractual obligations were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;
(j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 9.5 and applicable solely to such joint venture;
(k) negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.1 but only if such negative pledge or restriction expressly permits Liens for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent and the Lenders with respect to the credit facilities established hereunder and the Obligations under the Credit Documents on a senior basis and without a requirement that such holders of such Indebtedness be secured by such Liens equally and ratably or on a junior basis;
-93-
(l) restrictions on cash, other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(m) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under Sections 9.1(f) and (j) that limit the right of the obligor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; and
(n) customary provisions in leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business.
ARTICLE X Events of Default . Upon the occurrence of any of the following specified events (each an Event of Default ):
10.1. Payments . The Borrower shall (a) default in the payment when due of any principal of the Loans, (b) default, and such default shall continue for five or more days, in the payment when due of any interest on the Loans owing hereunder or (c) default, and such default shall continue for 30 or more days, in the payment when due of any other amounts owing hereunder or under any other Credit Document.
10.2. Representations, Etc . Any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by any Credit Party herein or in any Credit Document or any certificate delivered or required to be delivered by it pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to be untrue in any material respect on the date as of which made or deemed made.
10.3. Covenants . Any Credit Party shall:
(a) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 8.1(e)(i) , 8.8(b) or Section 9 ;
(b) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement (other than those referred to in Section 10.1 or 10.2 or clause (a) of this Section 10.3 ) contained in this Agreement, any Security Document, the Guarantee and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of at least 30 days after receipt of written notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders.
10.4. Default Under Other Agreements . (a) The Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall (i) default in any payment when due with respect to any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) in excess of $75,000,000 in the aggregate, for the Borrower and such Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness in excess of $75,000,000 or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, any such Indebtedness to become due prior to
-94-
its stated maturity; provided , that no Event of Default under this subclause (a)(ii) shall exist as a result of the breach of any agreement or condition of the ABL Facility unless such breach continues for a period of 30 days or (b) without limiting the provisions of clause (a) above, any such Indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or as a mandatory prepayment, prior to the stated maturity thereof.
10.5. Bankruptcy, Etc . The Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case, proceeding or action concerning itself under Title 11 of the United States Code entitled Bankruptcy or any domestic or applicable foreign law relating to bankruptcy, judicial management, insolvency, reorganization, administration or relief of debtors in effect in its jurisdiction of incorporation, in each case as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto; or an involuntary case, proceeding or action is commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary and the petition is not controverted within 30 days after commencement of the case, proceeding or action; or an involuntary case, proceeding or action is commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary and such petition is not dismissed within 60 days after commencement of the case, proceeding or action; or a custodian, judicial manager, receiver, monitor, sequestrator, receiver manager, trustee, administrator or similar person is appointed for, or takes charge of, all or substantially all of the property of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary; or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary commences any other voluntary proceeding or action under any reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency, administration or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction whether now or hereafter in effect relating to the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary; or there is commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary any such proceeding or action that remains undismissed for a period of 60 days; or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt; or any order of relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding or action is entered; or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary suffers any appointment of any custodian receiver, receiver manager, trustee, administrator or the like for it or any substantial part of its property to continue undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors.
10.6. ERISA . (a) Any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standard required for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standard or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under Section 412 of the Code; any Plan is or shall have been terminated or is the subject of termination proceedings under Section 4041(c) or Section 4042 of ERISA (including the giving of written notice thereof); an event shall have occurred or a condition shall exist in either case entitling the PBGC to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan (including the giving of written notice thereof); any Plan shall have an accumulated funding deficiency (whether or not waived); the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or is likely to incur a liability to or on account of a Plan under Section 409, 502(i), 502(l), 515, 4062, 4063, 4064, 4069 or 4201, of ERISA or Section 4971 or 4975 of the Code (including the giving of written notice thereof) and (b) there could result from any event or events set forth in clause (a) of this Section 10.6 the imposition of a Lien or a liability or the reasonable likelihood of incurring a Lien or liability that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
-95-
10.7. Guarantee . The Guarantee by any Guarantor or group of Guarantors constituting a Material Subsidiary or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect with respect to the Borrower or any Guarantor (other than pursuant to the terms hereof and thereof) or the Borrower or any Guarantor shall deny or disaffirm in writing any such Guarantors material obligations under any such Guarantee.
10.8. Security Documents . Any Security Agreement or Mortgage covering assets in the aggregate in excess of $30,000,000 or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof) or any grantor thereunder shall deny or disaffirm in writing any grantors material obligations under any Security Agreement or Mortgage.
10.9. Judgments . One or more judgments, attachments or decrees shall be entered against the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries involving a liability of $75,000,000 or more in the aggregate for all such judgments and decrees for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not paid or covered by insurance provided by a carrier not disputing coverage) and any such judgments or decrees shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days after the entry thereof.
10.10. Change of Control . A Change of Control shall occur;
then, and in any such event, and at any time thereafter, if any Event of Default shall then be continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, upon the written request of the Required Lenders, by written notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, without prejudice to the rights of the Administrative Agent to enforce its claims against the Borrower, except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement, (i) terminate any then outstanding Commitments and/or (ii) declare the principal of and any accrued interest and fees in respect of all Loans and all Obligations owing hereunder and thereunder to be, whereupon the same shall become, forthwith due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; provided that, if an Event of Default specified in Section 10.5 shall occur with respect to the Borrower, the result that would occur upon the giving of written notice by the Administrative Agent as specified shall occur automatically without the giving of any such notice.
Any amount received by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent from any Credit Party following any acceleration of the Obligations under this Agreement or any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower under Section 10.5 shall be applied:
(i) first , to the payment of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent in connection with such collection or sale or otherwise in connection with any Credit Document, including all court costs and the reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses of its agents and legal counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Credit Document on behalf of any Credit Party and any other reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs or expenses incurred in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under any other Credit Document;
-96-
(ii) second , to the Secured Parties, an amount equal to all Obligations owing to them on the date of any distribution; and
(iii) third , any surplus then remaining shall be paid to the applicable Credit Parties or their successors or assigns or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.
ARTICLE XI The Agents
11.1. Appointment .
(a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.
(b) The Administrative Agent and each Lender hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Collateral Agent as the agent with respect to the Collateral, and each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent.
(c) The Arrangers, in their capacity as such, shall not have any obligations, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement but shall be entitled to all benefits of this Section 11 .
11.2. Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may each execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.
-97-
11.3. Exculpatory Provisions . None of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any other Agent or any of their officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document (except for its or such Persons own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein) or (b) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any of the Borrower, any Guarantor, any other Credit Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Credit Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by such Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Credit Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Credit Document or for any failure of any Credit Party to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. None of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Agent shall be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit Party.
11.4. Reliance by Agents . The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or instruction believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the Lender specified in the Register with respect to any amount owing hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Credit Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.
11.5. Notice of Default . Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, it shall give notice thereof to the Lenders and the Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agent shall take such action
-98-
with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders, provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders except to the extent that this Agreement requires that such action be taken only with the approval of the Required Lenders or each of the Lenders, as applicable.
11.6. Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Credit Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower, any Guarantor and other Credit Party and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower, any Guarantor and any other Credit Party. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, assets, operations, properties, financial condition, prospects or creditworthiness of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Credit Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.
11.7. Indemnification . The Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent, each in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective portions of the Total Credit Exposure in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with their respective portions of the Total Credit Exposure in effect immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (including at any time following the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Credit Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action
-99-
taken or omitted by any Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing, provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Agents gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The agreements in this Section 11.7 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
11.8. Agents in Their Individual Capacities . The Agents and their Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower, any Guarantor, and any other Credit Party as though the Administrative Agent or such other Agent were not the Administrative Agent or such other Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents. With respect to the Loans made by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms Lender and Lenders shall include the Agents in their individual capacities.
11.9. Successor Agents . Each of the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, subject to the reasonable consent of the Borrower so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the retiring Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Credit Documents (except in the case of the Collateral Agent holding collateral security on behalf of any Secured Parties, the retiring Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security as nominee until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through such Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successors appointment as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). After the retiring Agents resignation hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, the provisions of this Section 11 (including Section 11.7 ) and Section 12.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as an Agent.
11.10. Withholding Tax . To the extent required by any applicable law, each Agent shall withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding
-100-
tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent (to the extent that the Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Agent as tax or otherwise, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties thereto, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such tax were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
ARTICLE XII Miscellaneous
12.1. Amendments and Waivers . Neither this Agreement nor any other Credit Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.1 . The Required Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent may (as applicable depending on the relevant Credit Document), from time to time, (a) enter into with the relevant Credit Party or Credit Parties written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Credit Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Credit Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall directly (i) forgive or reduce any portion of any Loan or extend the scheduled repayment date of any principal of any Loan (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include payments pursuant to Section 4.2(a) , it being understood that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligations of the Borrower to make payments pursuant to Section 4.2(a) ) or reduce the stated rate (it being understood that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the default rate), or forgive any portion, or extend the date for the payment, of any interest or fee payable hereunder (other than as a result of waiving the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), or extend the final expiration date of any Lenders Commitment, or increase the aggregate amount of the Commitments of any Lender, or amend or modify any provisions of Section 4.3(a) (with respect to the ratable allocation of any payments only) and 12.8(a) , or make any Loan, interest, fee or other amount payable in any currency other than expressly provided herein, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 12.1 or reduce the percentages specified in the definitions of the terms Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of its rights and obligations under any Credit Document to which it is a party (except as permitted pursuant to Section 9.3 ) or alter the order of application set forth in the final paragraph of Section 10 , in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or
-101-
(iii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 11 without the written consent of the then-current Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, or (iv) release all or substantially all of the Guarantors under the Guarantee (except as expressly permitted by the Guarantee or this Agreement) or release all or substantially all of the Collateral under the Security Documents (except as expressly permitted by the Security Documents or this Agreement) without the prior written consent of each Lender, or (v) amend Section 2.9 so as to permit Interest Period intervals greater than six months without regard to availability to Lenders, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (vi) change the application of any mandatory prepayments without the consent of a majority of each Class adversely affected thereby. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the affected Lenders and shall be binding upon the Credit Parties, such Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the affected Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing, it being understood that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, acting in its sole reasonable discretion, and the Borrower may (without the consent of any Lender) amend or supplement this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or to make a modification of a minor, consistency or technical nature or to correct a manifest error.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in addition to any credit extensions and related Joinder Agreement(s) effectuated without the consent of Lenders in accordance with Section 2.14 , this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated), supplemented or modified, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents with the Term Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders and other definitions related to such new Term Loans.
In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans of any Class ( Refinanced Term Loans ) with a replacement term loan tranche ( Replacement Term Loans ) hereunder; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable Margin for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Margin for such Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the weighted average life to maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing (except to the extent of nominal amortization for periods where amortization has been eliminated as a result of prepayment of the applicable Term Loans) and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement
-102-
Term Loans shall be substantially the same in material respects to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term Loans of such Class in effect immediately prior to such refinancing, or in respect of interest rates and/or fees applicable thereto, unless, in each case otherwise agreed by the provider of such Replacement Term Loans and the Required Lenders (which will not include the Class of Refinanced Term Loans in such calculation for this purpose).
The Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent by the Credit Parties on any Collateral shall be automatically released (i) in the case of all Credit Parties, in full, upon payment in full of the Obligations under this Agreement (other than the indemnification and other contingent obligations for which no claim has been asserted), (ii) upon the sale or other disposition of such Collateral (including as part of or in connection with any other sale or other disposition permitted hereunder) to any Person other than another Credit Party (or, in the case of a sale by a Credit Party another Credit Party), to the extent such sale or other disposition is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Credit Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry), (iii) to the extent such Collateral is comprised of property leased to a Credit Party, upon termination or expiration of such lease, (iv) if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other percentage of the Lenders whose consent may be required in accordance with this Section 12.1 ), (v) to the extent the property constituting such Collateral is owned by any Guarantor, upon the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the applicable Guarantee (as set forth below) and (vi) as required to effect any sale or other disposition of Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents. In addition to the foregoing, the Collateral Agent, in its reasonable discretion, may release Liens granted to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, on Collateral valued in an aggregate amount not in excess of $10,000,000 per fiscal year of the Borrower without prior written authorization of any Lender. Any such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those being released) upon (or obligations (other than those being released) of the Credit Parties in respect of) all interests retained by the Credit Parties, including the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral except to the extent otherwise released in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents. Additionally, the Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that the Guarantors shall be released from their obligations under the Guarantee upon consummation of any transaction resulting in such Subsidiary ceasing to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary. The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, to execute and deliver any instruments, documents, and agreements necessary or desirable to evidence and confirm the release of any Guarantor or Collateral pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, all without the further consent or joinder of any Lender.
12.2. Notices . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
(a) if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 12.2 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and
-103-
(b) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.
All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, three (3) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail, when delivered; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.3 , 2.6 , 2.9 and 4.1 shall not be effective until received.
12.3. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
12.4. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Credit Documents and in any document, certificate or written statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans hereunder.
12.5. Payment of Expenses . The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Agents for all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (but limited, as to legal fees and expenses, to the out-of-pocket reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP and up to one special and local counsel in respect of each relevant jurisdiction, as applicable, (b) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (and, if applicable as set forth below, the Lenders) for all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other
-104-
Credit Documents and any such other documents, including the out-of-pocket and documented reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold harmless each Lender and Agent from, any and all recording and filing fees and (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold harmless each Lender and Agent and their respective directors, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors and agents (the Indemnitees ) from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever, including reasonable out-of-pocket and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of one legal counsel and up to one special and local counsel in respect of each material and relevant area of law or jurisdiction (as applicable) and one additional counsel in the event of any conflict of interest, with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing relating to the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law (other than by such indemnified person or any of its Related Parties) or to any actual or alleged presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials involving or attributable to the operations of the Borrower, any of the Subsidiaries or any of the Real Estate (all the foregoing in this clause (d) , collectively, the Indemnified Liabilities ), provided that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to the Administrative Agent or any Lender nor any other Indemnitee nor any of their respective Related Parties with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent attributable to (i) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee to be indemnified (as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction), (ii) any material breach of any Credit Document by the Indemnitees to be indemnified or (iii) any claims between Indemnitees and/or their Related Parties and not directly involving the Borrower or any of its Affiliates. All amounts payable under this Section 12.5 shall be paid within ten Business Days of receipt by the Borrower of written demand therefor. The agreements in this Section 12.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
12.6. Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments .
(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) except as expressly permitted by Section 9.3 , the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 12.6 . Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in clause (c) of this Section 12.6 ) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (b)(ii) below, any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; it being
-105-
understood that, without limitation, the Borrower shall have the right to withhold or delay its consent to any assignment if, in order for such assignment to comply with applicable law, the Borrower would be required to obtain the consent of, or make any filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority) of:
(A) the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender (unless increased costs including payments under Section 2.10 , 2.11 or 4.4 would result therefrom unless an Event of Default under Section 10.1 or Section 10.5 has occurred and is continuing), an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default under Section 10.1 or Section 10.5 has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee; provided further that consent to an assignment by the Borrower shall be deemed to have been given if the Borrower does not expressly withhold consent thereto within 10 Business Days of a Lender requesting in writing such consent from the Borrower; and
(B) the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of any Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such assignment shall be made to (i) the Borrower, any Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates or (ii) a natural person.
(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:
(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lenders Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000, and increments of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or, the case of a Euro Tranche Term Loan, 1,000,000 or increments of 1,000,000 in excess thereof) or, unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents (which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if a Default or an Event of Default under Section 10.1 or Section 10.5 has occurred and is continuing; provided further that contemporaneous assignments to a single assignee made by Affiliates of Lenders and related Approved Funds and contemporaneous assignments by a single assignor made to Funds managed by the same investment advisor shall be aggregated for purposes of meeting the minimum assignment amount requirements stated above;
(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lenders rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;
-106-
(C) The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment;
(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire in a form approved by the Administrative Agent (the Administrative Questionnaire ); and
(E) no assignment shall be effective unless and until such assignment is recorded in the Register.
(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to clause (b)(iv) of this Section 12.6 , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 , 2.11 , 4.4 and 12.5 ). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 12.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (c) of this Section 12.6 .
(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agents Office a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and Participants, and the Commitments of, and principal and interest amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender and Participant pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the Register ). Further, each Register shall contain the name and address of the Administrative Agent and the lending office through which each such Person acts under this Agreement. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Collateral Agent and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignees completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in clause (b) of this Section 12.6 and any written consent to such assignment required by clause (b) of this Section 12.6 , the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance and record the information contained therein in the Register.
-107-
(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (each, a Participant ) in all or a portion of such Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it), provided that (A) such Lenders obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and, (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clause (i) of the proviso to Section 12.1 that affects such Participant. Subject to clause (c)(ii) of this Section 12.6 , the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 , 2.11 and 4.4 (subject to the requirements and limitations of those Sections) and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 12.6 . To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 12.8(b) (subject to the requirements and limitations of the Section). Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal and interest amount of each Participants interest in the Loans held by it (the Participant Register ). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such Loan or other obligation hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.10 , 2.11 or 4.4 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant except to the extent that the entitlement to any greater payment results from any Change in Law after the Participant becomes a Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrowers prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).
(d) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section 12.6 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest, provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. In order to facilitate such pledge or assignment, the Borrower hereby agrees that, upon request of any Lender at any time and from time to time after the Borrower has made its initial borrowing hereunder, the Borrower shall provide to such Lender, at the Borrowers own expense, a promissory note, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, evidencing the Term Loans owing to such Lender.
-108-
(e) If the Borrower wishes to replace all of the Loans or Commitments hereunder with ones having different terms, it shall have the option, with the consent of the Administrative Agent and subject to any required prepayment notice to the Lenders, instead of prepaying the Loans or reducing or terminating the Commitments, to require the Lenders to assign all of the Loans and Commitments to the Administrative Agent or its designees. Pursuant to any such assignment, all Loans and Commitments shall be purchased at par, accompanied by payment of any accrued interest thereon and any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.11 . By receiving such purchase price, the Lenders shall automatically be deemed to have assigned all of the Loans and Commitments pursuant to the terms of an Assignment and Acceptance, and accordingly no other action by such Lenders shall be required in connection therewith. The provisions of this paragraph are intended to facilitate the maintenance of the perfection and priority of existing security interests in the Collateral during any such replacement.
(f) Subject to Section 12.16 , the Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any Participant, secured creditor of such Lender or assignee (each, a Transferee ) and any prospective Transferee any and all financial information in such Lenders possession concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Affiliates pursuant to this Agreement or that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Affiliates in connection with such Lenders credit evaluation of the Borrower and its Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Agreement.
(g) The words execution, signed, signature, and words of like import in any Assignment and Acceptance shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
(h) Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Lender may assign all or a portion of its Term Loans to any Affiliated Lender in accordance with Section 12.6 ; provided that:
(i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or would result therefrom;
(ii) the assigning Lender and Affiliated Lender purchasing such Lenders Term Loans, as applicable, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto (an Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption ) in lieu of an Assignment and Assumption;
(iii) any Loans assigned to any Purchasing Borrower Party shall be automatically and permanently cancelled upon the effectiveness of such assignment and will thereafter no longer be outstanding for any purpose hereunder;
-109-
(iv) no Term Loan may be assigned to an Affiliated Lender pursuant to this Section, if after giving effect to such assignment, Affiliated Lenders in the aggregate would own in excess of 25% of the principal amount of all Term Loans then outstanding;
(v) any offer by a Purchasing Borrower Party to purchase or take by assignment any Term Loans shall be made to all Lenders pro rata (with buyback mechanics to be agreed between such Purchasing Borrower Party and the Auction Agent selected by the Borrower for such purchase and which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent); and
(vi) no assignment shall be effective unless and until such assignment is recorded in the Register.
(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Affiliated Lender shall have any right to (x) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Administrative Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Credit Parties are not invited, and (y) receive any information or material prepared by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among the Administrative Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to any Credit Party or its representatives (and in any case, other than the right to receive notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Section 2 ), or (z) make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as a Lender, against the Administrative Agent or any other Lender with respect to any duties or obligations or alleged duties or obligations of the Administrative Agent or such other Lender under the Credit Documents (other than a claim that arises from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or such other Lender).
(j) Notwithstanding anything in Section 10.1 or the definition of Required Lenders to the contrary, for the purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Credit Document or any departure by any Credit Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Credit Document, or (iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Credit Document:
(A) all Term Loans held by any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall be deemed to be not outstanding for all purposes of calculating whether the Required Lenders have taken any actions; and
(B) all Term Loans held by Affiliated Debt Funds may not account for more than 50% of the Term Loans of consenting Lenders included in determining whether the Required Lenders have consented to any action pursuant to Section 10.1 .
Additionally, the Credit Parties and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby agree that if a case under Title 11 of the United States Code is commenced against any Credit Party, such Credit Party
-110-
shall seek (and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall consent) to provide that the vote of any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (in its capacity as a Lender) with respect to any plan of reorganization of such Credit Party shall not be counted except that such Non-Debt Fund Affiliates vote (in its capacity as a Lender) may be counted to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat the Obligations held by such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate in a manner that is less favorable in any material respect to such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders that are not Affiliates of the Borrower. Each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Non-Debt Fund Affiliates attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate and in the name of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate, from time to time in the Administrative Agents discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this paragraph.
(k) The Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility for ensuring compliance by any party with this clauses (h ), (i) and (j) of this Section 12.6 or determining whether any assignee is an Affiliated Lender. The Borrower shall ensure that Section 12.6(h)(iv) is complied with and shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any acquisition by any Affiliated Lender of any Term Loan.
12.7. Replacements of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances .
(a) The Borrower shall be permitted to replace any Lender that (a) requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.10 or 4.4 , (b) is affected in the manner described in Section 2.10(a)(iv) and as a result thereof any of the actions described in such Section is required to be taken or (c) becomes a Defaulting Lender, with a replacement bank or other financial institution, provided that: (i) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (iii) the Borrower shall repay (or the replacement bank or institution shall purchase, at par) all Loans and other amounts (other than any disputed amounts), pursuant to Section 2.10 , 2.11 or 4.4 , as the case may be) owing to such replaced Lender prior to the date of replacement, (iv) the replacement bank or institution, if not already a Lender, and the terms and conditions of such replacement, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (v) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.6 ( provided that the Borrower shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein) and (vi) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.
(b) If any Lender (such Lender, a Non-Consenting Lender ) has failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination that pursuant to the terms of Section 12.1 requires the consent of all of the Lenders affected and with respect to which the Required Lenders shall have granted their consent, then provided no Event of Default then exists, the Borrower shall have the right (unless such Non-Consenting Lender grants such consent) to replace such Non-Consenting Lender by requiring such Non-Consenting Lender to assign its Loans, and its Commitments hereunder to one or more assignees reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, provided that: (i) all Obligations of the Borrower then due and payable to
-111-
such Non-Consenting Lender being replaced shall be paid in full to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such assignment, (ii) the replacement Lender shall purchase the foregoing by paying to such Non-Consenting Lender a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, (iii) the Borrower, Administrative Agent, such Non-Consenting Lender and the replacement Lender shall otherwise comply with Section 12.6 , (iv) if such replacement is in connection with a repricing of the Term B Loans prior to the first anniversary of the Third Restatement Effective Date, the Borrower shall pay the replaced Lender a fee equal to 1.0% of the principal amount of its Term Loans required to be assigned pursuant to this Section 12.7(b) and (v) if such replacement is in connection with a repricing of the Euro Tranche Term Loans prior to the date that is six months after the Fourth Restatement Effective Date, the Borrower shall pay the replaced Lender a fee equal to 1.0% of the principal amount of its Euro Tranche Term Loans required to be assigned pursuant to this Section 12.7(b) .
12.8. Adjustments; Set-off .
(a) If any Lender (a Benefited Lender ) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 10.5 , or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lenders Loans, or interest thereon, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of each such other Lenders Loan, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.
(b) After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, in addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Borrower hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.
12.9. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
-112-
12.10. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
12.11. Integration . This Agreement and the other Credit Documents represent the agreement of the Borrower, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent nor any Lender relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents.
12.12. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT IF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN IN REGARD TO THE VALIDITY, PERFECTION OR EFFECT OF PERFECTION OF ANY LIEN OR IN REGARD TO PROCEDURAL MATTERS AFFECTING ENFORCEMENT OF ANY LIENS IN COLLATERAL, SUCH LAWS OF SUCH OTHER JURISDICTIONS SHALL CONTINUE TO APPLY TO THAT EXTENT.
12.13. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and appellate courts from any thereof;
(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;
(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address set forth on Schedule 12.2 at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant to Section 12.2 ;
(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction;
-113-
(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 12.13 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages; and
(f) agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
12.14. Acknowledgments . The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:
(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents;
(b) (i) the credit facilities provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) are an arms-length commercial transaction between the Borrower, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Lender and the other Agents on the other hand, and the Borrower and the other Credit Parties are capable of evaluating and understanding and understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Credit Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Administrative Agent and the other Agents, is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary for any of the Borrower, any other Credit Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Agent has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower or any other Credit Party with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document (irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent or other Agent has advised or is currently advising any of the Borrower, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates on other matters) and neither the Administrative Agent or other Agent has any obligation to any of the Borrower, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents; (iv) the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor other Agent has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Agent has provided and none will provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) and the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate. The Borrower hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent or any other Agent with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty; and
(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Parent and the Borrower, on the one hand, and any Lender, on the other hand.
-114-
12.15. WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL . THE PARENT, THE BORROWER, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTER-CLAIM THEREIN.
12.16. Confidentiality . The Administrative Agent and each Lender shall hold all non-public information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with such Lenders evaluation of whether to become a Lender hereunder or obtained by such Lender or the Administrative Agent pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement ( Confidential Information ), confidential in accordance with its customary procedure for handling confidential information of this nature and (in the case of a Lender that is a bank) in accordance with safe and sound banking practices and in any event may make disclosure as required or requested by any governmental agency or representative thereof or pursuant to legal process or (a) to such Lenders or the Administrative Agents partners, directors, officers, employees, attorneys, professional advisors, independent auditors, trustees or Affiliates or to ratings agencies, (b) to an investor or prospective investor in a Securitization that agrees its access to information regarding the Credit Parties, the Loans and the Credit Documents is solely for purposes of evaluating an investment in a Securitization and who agrees to treat such information as confidential, (c) to a trustee, collateral manager, servicer, backup servicer, noteholder or secured party in connection with the administration, servicing and reporting on the assets serving as collateral for a securitization and who agrees to treat such information as confidential, (d) to a nationally recognized ratings agency that requires access to information regarding the Credit Parties, the Loans and Credit Documents in connection with ratings issued with respect to a Securitization, (e) to any party to this Agreement, (f) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Credit Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Credit Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Confidential Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 12.16 or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower or its Subsidiaries; provided that unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any request made to such Lender or the Administrative Agent by any governmental agency or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with an examination of the financial condition of such Lender by such governmental agency) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information, and provided further that in no event shall any Lender or the Administrative Agent be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by the Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent agrees that it will not provide to prospective Transferees or to any pledgee referred to in Section 12.6 or to prospective direct or indirect contractual counterparties in swap agreements to be entered into in connection with Loans made hereunder any of the Confidential Information unless such Person is advised of and agrees to be bound by confidentiality provisions comparable to those set forth in this Section 12.16 .
-115-
12.17. Direct Website Communications .
(a) The Borrower may, at its option, provide to the Administrative Agent any information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Documents, including, without limitation, all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials Communications ), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to the Administrative Agent at Liliana.Claar@bankofamerica.com. Nothing in this Section 12.17 shall prejudice the right of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Credit Document in any other manner specified in such Credit Document.
(b) The Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by the Administrative Agent at its e-mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Credit Documents. Each Lender agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Credit Documents. Each Lender agrees (A) to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lenders e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and (B) that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address.
(c) The Borrower hereby acknowledge that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the other Agents will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, Borrower Materials ) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the Platform ) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be public-side Lenders ( i.e ., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a Public Lender ). The Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that do not contain any material non-public information and that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (x) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked PUBLIC which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word PUBLIC shall appear prominently on the first page thereof and (y) by marking Borrower Materials PUBLIC, the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent and the other Agents to make such Borrower Materials available through a portion of the Platform designated Public Investor. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Borrower nor any of its Related Parties shall be liable, or responsible in any manner, for the use by any Agent, any Lender, any Participant or any of their Related Parties of the Borrower Materials. In addition, it is agreed that (i) to the extent any Borrower Materials constitute Confidential Information, they shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions of Section 12.16 and (ii) the Borrower shall be under no obligation to designate any Borrower Materials as PUBLIC.
(d) THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED AS IS AND AS AVAILABLE. THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS
-116-
FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the Agent Parties and each an Agent Party ) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agents transmission of Borrower Materials through the internet, except to the extent the liability of any Agent Party resulted from such Agent Partys (or any of its Related Parties) gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or material breach of the Credit Documents.
12.18. USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the Patriot Act ), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Parent and the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act.
12.19. Intercreditor Agreement . The Credit Parties and the Secured Parties acknowledge that the exercise of certain of the Collateral Agents and the Administrative Agents rights and remedies hereunder may be subject to, and restricted by, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. Except as specified herein, nothing contained in the Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to modify any of the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, which, as among the Credit Parties and the Secured Parties shall remain in full force and effect.
12.20. Judgment Currency . If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Credit Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of each Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the Judgment Currency ) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the Agreement Currency ), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent from any Borrower in the Agreement Currency, such Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in such currency, the Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law). UK Know-Your-Customer Requirements .
-117-
(a) If:
(A) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;
(B) any change in the status of a Credit Party after the date of this Agreement; or
(C) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,
obliges the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of clause (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with know your customer or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Credit Party shall promptly upon the request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in subclause (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in subclause (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all Requirements of Law applicable to the transactions contemplated in the Credit Documents.
(b) Each Lender shall promptly upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent (for itself) in order for the Administrative Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all Requirements of Law applicable to the transactions contemplated in the Credit Documents.
12.22. Eligible Contract Participants. Notwithstanding any provision hereof or in any other Credit Document to the contrary, in the event that any Guarantor is not an eligible contract participant as such term is defined in Section 1(a)(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act, at the time (i) any transaction is entered into under a Hedge Agreement or (ii) such Guarantor becomes a Guarantor hereunder, the Guarantee Obligations of such Guarantor shall not include, only to the extent and for so long as the Guarantee Obligations of such Guarantor shall be prohibited from including such transactions under the Commodity Exchange Act, (x) in the case of clause (i) above, such transaction and (y) in the case of clause (ii) above, any transactions outstanding under any Hedge Agreements as of the date such Guarantor becomes a Guarantor hereunder.
-118-
Exhibit 10.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of October 11, 2007 and amended and restated as of February 28, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, this Agreement ) among UNIVAR INC., a Delaware corporation (the Borrower ), each of the Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower listed on the signature pages hereto or that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 8.13 (each such entity being a Subsidiary Grantor and, collectively, the Subsidiary Grantors ; the Subsidiary Grantors and the Borrower are referred to collectively as the Grantors ), and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the Collateral Agent ) under the Credit Agreement (as defined below) for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, the Borrower is party to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, as amended and restated on September 20, 2010, and as further amended by Amendment No. I, dated as of October 28, 2010, and by the Joinder Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2010, and further amended and restated as of February 28, 2011 (as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the Credit Agreement ) among the Borrower, the registered lending institutions from time to time party thereto (the Lenders ), Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, and the other parties named therein;
WHEREAS, (a) pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have severally agreed to make Term Loans to the Borrower (collectively, the Loans ) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein and (b) one or more Cash Management Banks or Hedge Banks that are Secured Parties may from time to time enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements with the Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Guarantee dated as of October 11, 2007 and as amended and restated as of the date hereof: each Subsidiary Grantor party thereto has unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations;
WHEREAS, each Subsidiary Grantor is a Guarantor;
WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Loans have been or will be used in part to enable valuable transfers to the Subsidiary Grantors in connection with the operation of their respective businesses;
WHEREAS, each Grantor acknowledges that it has derived or will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the Loans; and
WHEREAS, as a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders to make their respective Loans to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement, the Grantors executed and delivered a Security Agreement (or supplement thereto) to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties dated as of October 11, 2007 (the Original Security Agreement );
WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement that the Grantors enter into this Amended and Restated Security Agreement for the benefit of the First Lien Secured Parties;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Lenders to make their Loans to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Lenders or affiliates of Lenders to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements with the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries, the Grantors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to amend and restate the Original Security Agreement as follows:
I. Defined Terms .
(a) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
(b) Terms used herein without definition that are defined in the UCC have the meanings given to them in the UCC, including the following terms (which are capitalized herein): Account, Chattel Paper, Certificated Security, Commercial Tort Claims, Commodity Contract, Deposit Accounts, Documents, Fixtures, Instruments, Inventory, Letter-of-Credit Right, Securities Account, Security, Security Entitlement and Supporting Obligation.
(c) The following terms shall have the following meanings:
ABL Controlled Accounts shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, (i) all Deposit Accounts and all accounts and sub-accounts relating to any of the foregoing Deposit Accounts and (ii) all cash, funds, checks, notes and Instruments from time to time on deposit in any of the accounts or sub-accounts described in clause (i) of this definition, in each case, which are subject to a control agreement in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent (it being understood that no such account, cash, funds, checks, notes or Instruments shall be deemed to be an ABL Controlled Account at any time that such account, cash, funds, checks, notes or Instruments are not subject to a control agreement in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date such account or funds would have otherwise ceased to constitute an ABL Controlled Account).
Applicable Control Agreement shall mean any Control Agreement in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent as to which the ABL Collateral Agent has agreed in writing that its Control over the ABL Controlled Accounts covered thereby is also for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
ABL Priority Collateral shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.
Collateral shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.
-2-
Collateral Account shall mean any collateral account established by the Collateral Agent as provided in Section 5.1 or Section 5.3.
Collateral Agent shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Security Agreement.
Control shall mean control, as such term is defined in Section 9-104 or 9-106, as applicable, of the UCC.
Control Agreement shall mean an agreement (which, if in favor of the Collateral Agent, shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) establishing a Persons Control with respect to any ABL Controlled Account (it being understood that any such agreement in favor of the Collateral Agent may be the same agreement granting Control to the ABL Collateral Agent).
Copyright License shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third party (other than an Agreement with any person who is a Grantor) under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement, including those listed on Schedule I to the Original Security Agreement.
Copyrights shall mean, with respect to any Grantor, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor: (i) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States or any other country, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, including those listed on Schedule 2 to the Original Security Agreement and (ii) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States or any other country, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office.
Equipment shall mean all equipment, as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or to which any Grantor has rights and, in any event, shall include all machinery, equipment, furnishings and movable trade fixtures now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or to which any Grantor has rights and any and all Proceeds, additions, substitutions and replacements of any of the foregoing, wherever located, together with all attachments, components, parts, equipment and accessories installed thereon or affixed thereto; but excluding equipment to the extent it is subject to a Lien, in each case permitted by clauses (e) or (h) of Section 9.2 of the Credit Agreement and the terms of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien prohibit assignment of, or granting of a security interest in, such Grantors rights and interests therein (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law), provided , that immediately upon the repayment of all Indebtedness secured by such Lien, such Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a Security Interest in all the rights and interests with respect to such equipment.
-3-
General Intangibles shall mean all general intangibles as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC and, in any event, including with respect to any Grantor, all contracts, agreements, instruments and indentures in any form, and portions thereof, to which such Grantor is a party or under which such Grantor has any right, title or interest or to which such Grantor or any property of such Grantor is subject, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, including (a) all rights of such Grantor to receive moneys due and to become due to it thereunder or in connection therewith, (b) all rights of such Grantor to receive proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guarantee with respect thereto, (c) all claims of such Grantor for damages arising out of any breach of or default thereunder (except to the extent constituting Commercial Tort Claims) and (d) all rights of such Grantor to terminate, amend, supplement, modify or exercise rights or options thereunder, to perform thereunder and to compel performance and otherwise exercise all remedies thereunder.
Grantor shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.
Intellectual Property shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (A) all Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents, and (B) all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise now owned or hereafter acquired, including (a) all goodwill, trade secrets, trade secret rights, know-how, customer lists, processes of production, ideas, confidential business information, techniques, processes, formulas and all other proprietary information, and (b) rights, priorities and privileges relating to the Copyrights, the Patents and the Trademarks and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.
Intercreditor Agreement shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.15.
Investment Property shall mean all Securities (whether certificated or uncertificated), Security Entitlements and Commodity Contracts of any Grantor.
License shall mean any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other license or sublicense to which any Grantor is a party.
Loans shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.
Patent License shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party (other than an Agreement with any person who is a Grantor) any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor (including all Patents) or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a patent, now or hereafter owned by any third party, is in existence, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement, including those listed on Schedule 3 to the Original Security Agreement.
Patents shall mean, with respect to any Grantor, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor: (a) all letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, all registrations and recordings thereof and all applications for letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any other country, and including those listed on Schedule 4 to the Original Security Agreement and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein.
-4-
Pledged Collateral shall mean, as to any Pledgor, the Pledged Securities now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Pledgor, and any Proceeds thereof.
Pledged Debt shall mean, with respect to any Pledgor, all Indebtedness listed on Schedule 7 to the Original Security Agreement together with any other Indebtedness issued to, or held or owned by, any Pledgor hereafter and required to be pledged and evidenced by a promissory note pursuant to Section 8.9 of the Credit Agreement, and all interest, cash, Instruments and other property or Proceeds from time to time received or receivable in respect thereof.
Pledged Securities shall mean the collective reference to the Pledged Debt and the Pledged Stock.
Pledged Stock : with respect to any Pledgor, the shares of Stock listed on Schedule 7 to the Original Security Agreement as held by such Pledgor, together with any other shares of Stock or Stock Equivalents required to be pledged by such Pledgor pursuant to Section 8.9 of the Credit Agreement, as well as any other shares, stock certificates, options or rights of any nature whatsoever in respect of the Stock or Stock Equivalents that may be issued or granted to, or held by, such Pledgor while this Security Agreement is in effect, except to the extent excluded from the Collateral pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2(a) herein.
Pledgor shall mean each Grantor with respect to Pledged Securities held by such Grantor and all other Pledged Collateral of such Grantor.
Proceeds shall mean all proceeds as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC and, in any event, shall include with respect to any Grantor, any consideration received from the sale, exchange, license, lease or other disposition of any asset or property that constitutes Collateral and any payment received from any insurer or other Person or entity as a result of the destruction, loss, theft, damage or other involuntary conversion of whatever nature of any asset or property that constitutes Collateral, and shall include (a) all cash and negotiable instruments received by or held on behalf of the Collateral Agent, (b) except to the extent constituting a Commercial Tort Claim, any claim of any Grantor against any third party for (and the right to sue and recover for and the rights to damages or profits due or accrued arising out of or in connection with) (i) past, present or future infringement of any Patent now or hereafter owned by any Grantor, or licensed under a Patent License, (ii) past, present or future infringement or dilution of any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or licensed under a Trademark License or injury to the goodwill associated with or symbolized by any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor, (iii) past, present or future breach of any License and (iv) past, present or future infringement of any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or licensed under a Copyright License and (c) any and all other amounts from time to time paid or payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral.
Security Agreement shall mean this Security Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
-5-
Security Interest shall have the meaning provided in Section 2(a).
Trademark License shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party (other than an Agreement with any person who is a Grantor) any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor (including any Trademark) or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement, including those listed on Schedule 5 to the Original Security Agreement.
Trademarks shall mean, with respect to any Grantor, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor: (i) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of like nature, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof (if any), and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof, including those listed on Schedule 6 to the Original Security Agreement and (ii) all goodwill associated therewith or symbolized thereby.
UCC shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided , however , that, in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any of the attachment, perfection or priority of the Collateral Agents and the Secured Parties security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term UCC shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such attachment, perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.
(d) The words hereof, herein, hereto and hereunder and words of similar import when used in this Security Agreement shall refer to this Security Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Security Agreement, and Section, subsection, clause and Schedule references are to this Security Agreement unless otherwise specified. The words include, includes and including shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase without limitation.
(e) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.
(f) Where the context requires, terms relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, when used in relation to a Grantor, shall refer to such Grantors Collateral or the relevant part thereof.
(g) References to Lenders in this Security Agreement shall be deemed to include affiliates of any Lender that constitute Secured Parties.
-6-
(h) This Amended and Restated Security Agreement amends and restates the Original Security Agreement. The Obligations of the Grantors under the Original Security Agreement and the grant of security interest in the Collateral by the Grantors under the Original Security Agreement shall continue under this Amended and Restated Security Agreement, and shall not in any event be terminated, extinguished or annulled, but shall hereafter be governed by this Amended and Restated Security Agreement. All references to the Original Security Agreement in any Credit Document (other than this Amended and Restated Security Agreement) or other document or instrument delivered in connection therewith shall be deemed to refer to this Amended and Restated Security Agreement and the provisions hereof. It is understood and agreed that the Original Security Agreement is being amended and restated by entry into this Amended and Restated Security Agreement on the date hereof.
2. Grant of Security Interest .
(a) Each Grantor hereby bargains, conveys, assigns, sets over, mortgages, pledges, hypothecates, grants and transfers to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and confirms its prior grant to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties of, a lien on and security interest in (the Security Interest ), all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the Collateral ), as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations:
(i) all Accounts;
(ii) all Chattel Paper;
(iii) all Documents;
(iv) all Equipment;
(v) all Fixtures;
(vi) all General Intangibles;
(vii) all Goods not covered by other clauses in this Section 2(a);
(viii) all Instruments;
(ix) all Intellectual Property;
(x) all Inventory;
(xi) all Investment Property;
(xii) all Letters of Credit and Letter-of-Credit Rights;
(xiii) all Supporting Obligations;
(xiv) all Collateral Accounts and all ABL Controlled Accounts;
-7-
(xv) all Pledged Collateral;
(xvi) all books and records pertaining to the Collateral;
(xvii) the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing;
provided , that the Collateral for any Obligations shall not include any Excluded Assets with respect to such Obligations.
(b) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent and its Affiliates and counsel, at any time and from time to time, to file or record financing statements, amendments to financing statements and, with notice to the Borrower, and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral in such form and in such offices as the Collateral Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect the security interests of the Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement, and such financing statements and amendments may described the Collateral covered thereby as all assets, all personal property or words of similar effect. Each Grantor hereby also authorizes the Collateral Agent and its Affiliates and counsel, at any time and from time to time, to file continuation statements with respect to previously filed financing statements. A photographic or other reproduction of this Security Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing statement or other filing or recording document or instrument for filing or recording in any jurisdiction to the Collateral Agent.
Each Grantor hereby agrees to provide to the Collateral Agent, promptly upon written request, any information reasonably necessary to effectuate the filings or recordings authorized by this Section 2(c). All certificates or instruments, if any, representing or evidencing the Pledged Collateral shall be promptly delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent pursuant hereto to the extent required by the Credit Agreement and shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. Each delivery of Pledged Collateral shall be accompanied by a notice to the Collateral Agent describing the Securities theretofore and then being pledged hereunder.
The Collateral Agent is further authorized to file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest granted by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, as secured party. The Collateral Agent agrees, upon request by the Borrower, to promptly furnish copies of such filings to the Borrower.
The Security Interests are granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Collateral.
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no Grantor shall be required to and neither the Collateral Agent, not its Affiliates, counsel nor any other Person on their behalf is authorized to take any action to perfect the Security Interest of the Collateral Agent in any Excluded Perfection Assets.
-8-
3. Representations and Warranties .
Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party that:
3.1 Title . Such Grantor owns its right, title and interest in each item of the Collateral.
3.2 Perfected First Priority Liens .
(a) This Security Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Security Interests in the Collateral (other than Excluded Perfection Assets), subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors rights generally and general equitable principles. Upon delivery of such Pledged Collateral to the Collateral Agent in the State of New York, this Security Agreement shall create a fully perfected Lien on and security interest in the Pledged Collateral, securing the payment of the Obligations (or the U.K. Obligations, as applicable), in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting creditors rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.
(b) The Security Interests granted pursuant to this Security Agreement (i) constitute and will continue to constitute legal, valid and perfected Security Interests in the Collateral and (other than Excluded Perfection Assets as to which perfection may be obtained by the filings or other actions described in clause (A), (B) or (C) of this paragraph, which actions have been taken prior to the date hereof to the extent required by the Original Security Agreement and shall continue to apply to the Obligations under this Security Agreement) in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the Obligations, as a result of (A) the completion of the filing in the applicable filing offices of all financing statements, in each case, naming each Grantor as debtor and the Collateral Agent as secured party and describing the Collateral, (B) the delivery of all Instruments, Chattel Paper, Certificated Securities and negotiable Documents in each case, properly endorsed for transfer to the Collateral Agent or the ABL Collateral Agent, acting as agent for the Collateral Agent the purposes of perfection of all ABL Priority Collateral, in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement, or in blank and (C) the completion of the filing, registration and recording of a fully executed agreement in the form hereof (or a supplement hereto) and containing a description of all Collateral constituting United States registered Trademarks, applications for Trademark Registration, Patents, or Patent applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office (or any successor office) within the three month period (commencing as of the date of the Original Security Agreement) and all Collateral (other than Excluded Perfection Assets) constituting United States registered Copyrights in the United States Copyright Office (or any successor office) within one month period (commencing as of the applicable date of acquisition or filing), provided, however, that additional filings may be required to perfect the security interest in any Intellectual Property acquired after the date of the Original Security Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to require any Grantor to prepare any documents or otherwise take any action to perfect the Collateral Agents security interest in any Intellectual Property outside of the United States.
-9-
3.3 Pledged Collateral . Each Grantor represents and warrants as follows:
(a) Schedule 7 to the Original Security Agreement (i) correctly represents as of the Closing Date (A) the issuer, the certificate number, the Grantor and the record and beneficial owner, the number and class and the percentage of the issued and outstanding Stock of such Subsidiary of each class of all Stock of such Subsidiary and (B) the issuer, the initial principal amount or the approximate amount outstanding as of the Closing Date, the Grantor and holder, issue date of and maturity date of all Pledged Debt and (ii) together with the comparable schedule to each supplement hereto, includes all Stock, debt securities and promissory notes constituting part of the Collateral (other than Excluded Perfection Assets). Except as set forth on Schedule 7 to the Original Security Agreement, the Pledged Stock represents all of the issued and outstanding Stock of each class of Stock in the issuer on the Closing Date.
(b) Such Pledgor is the legal and beneficial owner of the Pledged Collateral pledged or assigned by such Grantor hereunder free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement.
(c) As of the date hereof, the Pledged Stock pledged by such Grantor hereunder has been duly authorized and validly issued and, in the case of Pledged Stock issued by a corporation, is fully paid and non-assessable.
(d) [Reserved]
(e) [Reserved]
(f) As of the date hereof, no Grantor has knowledge of rights in any Commercial Tort Claim as to which it reasonably expects to recover more than $5,000,000.
4. Covenants .
Each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees with the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties that, from and after the date of this Security Agreement until the Obligations are paid in full and the Commitments are terminated (other than indemnities and other contingent Obligations not then due and payable):
4.1 Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest: Further Documentation .
(a) Such Grantor shall maintain the Security Interest created by this Security Agreement as a perfected Security Interest having at least the priority described in Section 3.1 and subject to the qualifications described in Section 3.2 shall defend such Security Interest against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever other than the holders of Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement.
-10-
(b) Such Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the assets and property of such Grantor and such other reports in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request.
(c) Subject to clause (d) below, each Grantor agrees that at any time and from time to time, at the expense of such Grantor, it will execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements and other documents, including all applicable documents required under Section 3.2(b)(C)), which may be required under any applicable law, or which the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, in order (i) to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the Security Interest created or intended to be created hereby or (ii) to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral, including the filing of any financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the Security Interest created hereby and all applicable documents required under Section 3 .2(b)( C), all at the expense of such Grantor.
(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.1 to the contrary, (i) with respect to any assets acquired by such Grantor after the date hereof that constitute Collateral or (ii) with respect to any Person that, subsequent to the date hereof, becomes a Domestic Subsidiary that is required by the Credit Agreement to become a party hereto, the relevant Grantor after the acquisition or creation thereof shall promptly take all actions required by the Credit Agreement or this Section 4.1.
(e) In order better to perfect the security interest of the Secured Parties in ABL Controlled Accounts which are subject to Applicable Control Agreements, each Grantor hereby grants to the ABL Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien on and security interest in, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the ABL Controlled Accounts and shall enter into any Applicable Control Agreements as required by the ABL Collateral Agent.
4.2 Damage or Destruction of Collateral . The Grantors agree promptly to notify the Collateral Agent if any material portion of the tangible Collateral is damaged or destroyed.
4.3 Notices . Each Grantor will advise the Collateral Agent promptly, in reasonable detail, of any Lien of which it has knowledge (other than the Security Interests created hereby or Liens permitted under the Credit Agreement) on any of the Collateral which would adversely affect, in any material respect, the ability of the Collateral Agent to exercise any of its remedies hereunder.
4.4 Location of Inventory and Equipment . Such Grantor will not move any material portion of Equipment or Inventory outside of the United States other than in the ordinary course of business unless such Grantor takes all action necessary, as reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, to ensure that the Collateral Agent shall have a valid and perfected Lien in such Collateral under the laws of the foreign jurisdiction to which such Collateral was moved.
-11-
4.5 [Reserved]
4.6 Certification of Limited Liability Company, Limited Partnership Interests .
(a) In the event that any Pledged Stock issued by any Subsidiary that is organized as a limited liability company or limited partnership and pledged hereunder shall be represented by a certificate, the Grantors shall cause the issuer of such interests to elect to treat such interests as a security within the meaning of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of its jurisdiction of organization or formation, as applicable, by including in its organizational documents language similar in all material respects to the following and, accordingly, such interests shall be governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code:
The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of [jurisdiction of organization or formation]. Each certificate evidencing partnership/membership interests in the Company shall bear the following legend: This certificate evidences an interest in [name of Partnership/LLC] and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code. No change to this provision shall be effective until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation and any new certificates thereafter issued shall not bear the foregoing legend.
(b) Each Grantor will comply with Section 8.9 of the Credit Agreement.
4.7 Commercial Tort Claims . If such Grantor shall obtain an interest in any Commercial Tort Claim as to which it determines that it reasonably expects to recover more than $5,000,000, such Grantor shall promptly upon making such determination sign and deliver documentation reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent granting a security interest under the terms and provisions of this Agreement in and to such Commercial Tort Claim.
5. Remedial Provisions .
5.1 Certain Matters Relating to Accounts .
(a) At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to instruct the Collateral Agent to (and upon such instruction, the Collateral Agent shall) make test verifications of the Accounts in any manner and through any medium that the Administrative Agent reasonably considers advisable, and each Grantor shall furnish all such reasonable assistance and information as such Agent may require in connection with such test verifications. Such Agent shall have the right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party in accordance with the terms of the Credit Documents.
(b) Each Grantor is permitted at all times to collect such Grantors Accounts, except that the Collateral Agent may curtail or terminate said authority at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default in respect of Accounts constituting Collateral. If required in writing by the Collateral Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any payments of Accounts, when collected by any Grantor, (i) shall be forthwith (and, in any event, within three (3) Business Days of receipt by
-12-
such Grantor) deposited by such Grantor in the exact form received, duly endorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent if required, in a Collateral Account maintained under the control of and on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent subject to withdrawal by the Collateral Agent for the account of the Secured Parties only as provided in Section 5.5, and (ii) until so turned over, shall be held by such Grantor for the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor. Each such deposit of Proceeds of Accounts shall be accompanied by a report identifying in reasonable detail the nature and source of the payments included in the deposit.
(c) At the Collateral Agents request at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent, all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to the Accounts constituting Collateral, including all original orders, invoices and shipping receipts.
(d) Other than in the ordinary course of business or as permitted by the Credit Documents, during the continuance of an Event of Default, a Grantor shall not grant any extension of the time of payment of any of the Accounts, compromise, compound or settle the same for less than the full amount thereof, release, wholly or partly, any Person liable for the payment thereof, or allow any credit or discount whatsoever thereon if the Collateral Agent shall have instructed the Grantors not to grant or make any such extension, credit, discount, compromise or settlement under any circumstances.
(e) At the reasonable written direction of the Collateral Agent, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall grant to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to the extent assignable, until termination of this Agreement, a non-exclusive, fully paid-up, royalty-free, worldwide license to use or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor; provided, however, that no such license shall be deemed granted to the extent it (i) conflicts with the terms of any agreement to which such Grantor is a party or otherwise bound or (ii) would result in the invalidity, unenforceability or abandonment of any Trademarks. Such license shall include access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout thereof.
5.2 Communications with Credit Parties; Grantors Remain Liable .
(a) The Collateral Agent in its own name or in the name of others may at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after giving reasonable written notice to the relevant Grantor of its intent to do so, communicate with obligors under the Accounts to verify with them to the Collateral Agents satisfaction the existence, amount and terms of any Accounts constituting Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall have the right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party or the ABL Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of the Credit Documents.
(b) Upon the written reasonable request of the Collateral Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall notify obligors on the Accounts that the Accounts have been assigned to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and that payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to the Collateral Agent.
-13-
(c) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Grantor shall remain liable to the relevant Account creditors under each of the Accounts to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise thereto. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto) by reason of or arising out of this Security Agreement or the receipt by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any payment relating thereto, nor shall the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party thereunder, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.
5.3 Proceeds to be Turned Over To Collateral Agent . In addition to the rights of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties specified in Section 5.1 with respect to payments of Accounts, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Collateral Agent so instructs any Grantor to do so in writing, all Proceeds received by any Grantor consisting of cash, checks and other near cash items shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Grantor, be turned over to the Collateral Agent in the exact form received by such Grantor (duly endorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent if required). All Proceeds received by the Collateral Agent hereunder shall be held by the Collateral Agent in a Collateral Account maintained under its dominion and control and on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. All Proceeds while held by the Collateral Agent in a Collateral Account (or by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties) shall continue to be held as collateral security for all the Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section 5.4.
5.4 Application of Proceeds . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection, sale or other realization of the Collateral as well as any Collateral consisting of cash held by Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement, at any time after receipt in the order specified in Section 10 of the Credit Agreement and according to the priorities set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.
5.5 Code and Other Remedies . If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party upon default under the UCC or any other applicable law and also may with notice to the relevant Grantor, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, brokers board or office of the Collateral Agent or any Lender or elsewhere for cash or on credit or for future delivery at such price or prices and upon such other terms as are commercially reasonable. The Collateral Agent shall be authorized at any such sale (if it deems it reasonably advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or
-14-
purchasers of Collateral to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and, upon consummation of any such sale, the Collateral Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of stay and/or appraisal that it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. The Collateral Agent and any Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, and the Collateral Agent or such Secured Party may pay the purchase price by crediting the amount thereof against the Obligations. Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten (10) days notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. To the extent permitted by law, each Grantor hereby waives any claim against the Collateral Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price that might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree. Each Grantor further agrees, at the Collateral Agents reasonable written request to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Collateral Agent, at places which the Collateral Agent shall reasonably select, whether at such Grantors premises or elsewhere. The Collateral Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 5.5 in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.4. Additionally, the Collateral Agent shall have the right, at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and with notice to the relevant Grantor, to transfer to, or to register in the name of, the Collateral Agent or any of its nominees any or all of the Pledged Collateral.
5.6 Deficiency . Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Obligations and the fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to collect such deficiency.
5.7 Amendments, etc. with Respect to the Obligations; Waiver of Rights . Each Grantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Grantor and without notice to or further assent by any Grantor, (a) any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may be rescinded by such party and any of the Obligations continued, (b) the Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, (c) the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith and the Secured Cash Management Agreements and the Secured Hedge Agreements and any other
-15-
documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders, as the case may be, or, in the case of any Secured Hedge Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreement, the Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank party thereto) may deem advisable from time to time, and (d) any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Obligations or for this Security Agreement or any property subject thereto. When making any demand hereunder against any Grantor, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on any Grantor or any other Person, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to make any such demand or to collect any payments from any Borrower or any Grantor or any other Person or any release of any Borrower or any Grantor or any other Person shall not relieve any Grantor in respect of which a demand or collection is not made or any Grantor not so released of its several obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party against any Grantor. For the purposes hereof demand shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.
5.8 Matters Relating to Pledged Collateral .
(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and except in the case of a bankruptcy default, the Collateral Agent shall have given the Grantors prior written notice of its intent to exercise its rights under this Agreement:
(i) Each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents, and applicable law.
(ii) The Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to each Pledgor all such proxies and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and other rights that it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (i) above.
(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain and use, free and clear of the Lien of this Agreement, any and all dividends, distributions, principal and interest made or paid in respect of the Pledged Collateral to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement, as applicable; provided , however , that any and all noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Stock or Pledged Debt, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Stock or Stock Equivalents of the issuer of any Pledged Stock or received in exchange for Pledged Stock or Pledged Debt or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be, and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent to hold as,
-16-
Pledged Collateral and shall, if received by such Grantor, be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, be segregated from the other property or funds of such Grantor and be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).
(c) Upon written notice to a Grantor by the Collateral Agent following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default,
(i) all rights of such Grantor to exercise or refrain from exercising the voting and other consensual rights that it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.8(a)(i) shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise or refrain from exercising such voting and other consensual rights during the continuance of such Event of Default, provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Collateral Agent shall have the right from time to time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Pledgors to exercise such rights. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, each Grantor will have the right to exercise the voting and consensual rights that such Pledgor would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8(a)(i) (and the obligations of the Collateral Agent under Section 5.8(a)(ii) shall be reinstated);
(ii) all rights of such Grantor to receive the dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments that such Grantor would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.8(b) shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to receive and hold as Collateral such dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments during the continuance of such Event of Default. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, the Collateral Agent shall repay to each Grantor (without interest) all dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments that such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to receive, retain and use pursuant to the terms of Section 5 .8(b) to the extent such amounts have not been applied to repay Obligations;
(iii) all dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments that are received by such Grantor contrary to the provisions of Section 5.8(b) shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall forthwith be delivered to the Collateral Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements); and
(iv) in order to permit the Collateral Agent to receive all dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments to which it may be entitled under Section 5.8(b) above, to exercise the voting and other consensual rights that it may be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.8(c)(i) above, and to receive all dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments that it may be entitled to under Sections 5.8(c)(ii) and (c)(iii) above, such Grantor shall, if necessary, upon reasonable written notice from the Collateral Agent, from time to time execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent, appropriate proxies, dividend payment orders and other instruments as the Collateral Agent may in writing, reasonably request.
-17-
6. The Collateral Agent .
6.1 Collateral Agents Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc .
(a) Each Grantor hereby appoints, in its capacity as a Credit Party, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, the Collateral Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Security Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary or reasonably desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Security Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the Collateral Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, either in the Collateral Agents name or in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, without written notice to or assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of the following, in each case after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(i) take possession of and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Account that constitutes Collateral or with respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Collateral Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Account or with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable;
(ii) in the case of any Intellectual Property constituting Collateral, execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Collateral Agent may in writing, reasonably request to evidence the Collateral Agents and the Secured Parties Security Interest in such Intellectual Property and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby;
(iii) pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral;
(iv) execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 5.5, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral;
(v) obtain and adjust insurance in respect of Collateral required to be maintained by such Grantor pursuant to Section 8.3 of the Credit Agreement;
(vi) direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Collateral Agent or as the Collateral Agent shall direct;
(vii) ask or demand for, collect and receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral;
-18-
(viii) sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral;
(ix) commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral;
(x) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral;
(xi) settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Collateral Agent may deem appropriate;
(xii) assign any Copyright, Patent or Trademark constituting Collateral (along with the goodwill of the business to which any such Copyright, Patent or Trademark pertains), throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the Collateral Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and
(xiii) generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Collateral Agents option and such Grantors expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things that the Collateral Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Collateral Agents and the Secured Parties Security Interests therein and to effect the intent of this Security Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.
Anything in this Section 6.1(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Collateral Agent agrees that it will not exercise, without written notice, any rights under the power of attorney provided for in this Section 6.1 (a) unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
(b) If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, the Collateral Agent, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may during the continuance of an Event of Default perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement.
(c) The expenses of the Collateral Agent incurred in connection with actions undertaken as provided in this Section 6.1, together with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the rate per annum at which interest would then be payable on past due ABR Loans under the Credit Agreement, from the date of payment by the Collateral Agent to the date reimbursed by the relevant Grantor, shall be payable by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent on demand.
-19-
(d) Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Security Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until the payment in full of the Obligations and the Commitments are terminated (other than indemnities and other contingent Obligations not then due).
6.2 Duty of Collateral Agent . The Collateral Agents sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the UCC or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Collateral Agent deals with similar property for its own account. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Collateral Agent accords its own property. Neither the Collateral Agent, any Secured Party nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties hereunder are solely to protect the Collateral Agents and the Secured Parties interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to exercise any such powers. The Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.
6.3 Authority of Collateral Agent . Each Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Collateral Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Collateral Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Security Agreement shall, as between the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, be governed by the Credit Agreement, and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Collateral Agent and the Grantors, the Collateral Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the applicable Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.
6.4 [Reserved]
6.5 Continuing Security Interest; Assignments Under the Credit Agreement; Release .
(a) This Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon each Grantor and the successors and assigns thereof and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors, endorsees, transferees and assigns until all Obligations under the Credit Documents (other than any contingent Obligations not then due) and the Obligations of each Grantor under this Security Agreement shall have been satisfied by payment in full and the Commitments shall be terminated, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement and any Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreement the Credit Parties may be free from any Obligations.
-20-
(b) A Subsidiary Grantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder if it ceases to be a U.S. Guarantor in accordance with Section 12.1 of the Credit Agreement.
(c) The Security Interest granted hereby in any Collateral shall automatically and without further action be released (i) to the extent provided in Section 12.1 of the Credit Agreement, (ii) upon any sale, transfer or other disposition to any Person (other than a Grantor) not prohibited by the Credit Agreement and (iii) upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the Security Interest granted hereby in such Collateral pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Credit Agreement. Any such release in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of such Collateral shall result in such Collateral being sold, transferred or disposed of, as applicable, free and clear of the Lien and Security Interest created hereby.
(d) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above, the Collateral Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantors expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 6.5 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent.
6.6 Reinstatement . Each Grantor further agrees that, if any payment made by any Credit Party or other Person and applied to the Obligations is at any time annulled, avoided, set aside, rescinded, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential or otherwise required to be refunded or repaid, or the proceeds of Collateral are required to be returned by any Secured Party to such Credit Party, its estate, trustee, receiver or any other party, including any Grantor, under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or repayment, any Lien or other Collateral securing such liability shall be and remain in full force and effect, as fully as if such payment had never been made or, if prior thereto the Lien granted hereby or other Collateral securing such liability hereunder shall have been released or terminated by virtue of such cancellation or surrender), such Lien or other Collateral shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior cancellation or surrender shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect any Lien or other Collateral securing the obligations of any Grantor in respect of the amount of such payment.
7. Collateral Agent As Agent .
(a) Bank of America, N.A. has been appointed to act as the Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement, by the Lenders under the Credit Agreement and, by their acceptance of the benefits hereof, the other Secured Parties. The Collateral Agent shall be obligated, and shall have the right hereunder, to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking any action (including the release or substitution of Collateral), solely in accordance with this Security Agreement and the Credit Agreement.
-21-
(b) The Collateral Agent shall at all times be the same Person that is the Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement. Written notice of resignation by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 11.9 of the Credit Agreement shall also constitute notice of resignation as Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement; removal of the Collateral Agent shall also constitute removal under this Security Agreement; and appointment of a Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 11.9 of the Credit Agreement shall also constitute appointment of a successor Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Collateral Agent under Section 11.9 of the Credit Agreement by a successor Collateral Agent, that successor Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement, and the retiring or removed Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Collateral Agent all sums, Securities and other items of Collateral held hereunder, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement, and (ii) execute and deliver to such successor Collateral Agent or otherwise authorize the filing of such amendments to financing statements and take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the assignment to such successor Collateral Agent of the Security Interests created hereunder, whereupon such retiring or removed Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement. After any retiring or removed Collateral Agents resignation or removal hereunder as Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Agreement while it was Collateral Agent hereunder.
(c) The Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have any duty whatsoever with respect to any Secured Party that is a counterparty to a Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement the obligations under which constitute Obligations, unless it shall have received written notice in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent from a Grantor or any such Secured Party as to the existence and terms of the applicable Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement.
8. Miscellaneous .
8.1 Amendments in Writing . None of the terms or provisions of this Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by a written instrument executed by the affected Grantor and the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 12.1 of the Credit Agreement.
8.2 Notices . All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Subsidiary Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Borrower at the Borrowers address set forth in Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement.
8.3 No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies . Neither the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 8.1), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on
-22-
the part of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on anyone occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that the Collateral Agent or such other Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.
8.4 [Reserved]
8.5 Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Security Agreement without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent except pursuant to a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement.
8.6 Counterparts . This Security Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Security Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Security Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Borrower.
8.7 Severability . Any provision of this Security Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction provided that, with respect to any Pledged Stock issued by a Foreign Subsidiary, all rights, powers and remedies provided in this Security Agreement may be exercised only to the extent that they do not violate any provision of any law, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to any such Pledged Stock or affecting the legality, validity or enforceability of any of the provisions of this Agreement against the Pledgor (such laws, rules or regulations, Applicable Law ) and are intended to be limited to the extent necessary so that they will not render this Agreement invalid, unenforceable or not entitled to be recorded, registered or filed under the provisions of any Applicable Law.
8.8 Section Headings . The Article and Section headings used in this Security Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.
8.9 Integration . This Security Agreement together with the other Credit Documents represents the agreement of each of the Grantors with respect to the subject matter hereof and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents.
-23-
8.10 GOVERNING LAW . THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER (OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
8.11 Submission To Jurisdiction Waivers . Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Security Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof. to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;
(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the san1e;
(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address referred to in Section 8.2 or at such other address of which such Person shall have been notified pursuant thereto;
(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of any other party hereto (or any Secured Party) to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of any party hereto (or any Secured Party) to sue in any other jurisdiction; and
(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 8.11 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.
8.12 Acknowledgments . Each party hereto hereby acknowledges that:
(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Security Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party;
(b) neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Grantor arising out of or in connection with this Security Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, and the relationship between the Grantors, on the one hand, and the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and
(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders and any other Secured Party or among the Grantors and the Lenders and any other Secured Party.
-24-
8.13 Additional Grantors . Each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower that is required to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.8 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein, for all purposes of this Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of a written supplement substantially in the form of Annex B hereto. The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Grantor as a party to this Agreement shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Security Agreement.
8.14 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABL Y AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.
8.15 Intercreditor Agreement . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder, in each case, with respect to the Collateral are subject to the limitations and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Intercreditor Agreement ), among Bank of America, N.A., as ABL Collateral Agent and the Collateral Agent and certain other Persons party or that may become party thereto from time to time, and consented to by the Grantors identified therein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement with respect to the Collateral, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]
-25-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Amended and Restated Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
UNIVAR INC. |
||
By: |
/s/ Douglas R. Drew |
|
Name: Douglas R. Drew | ||
Title: Vice President and Treasurer | ||
UNIVAR USA INC. |
||
By: |
/s/ Douglas R. Drew |
|
Name: Douglas R. Drew | ||
Title: Vice President and Treasurer | ||
CHEMPOINT.COM INC. |
||
By: |
/s/ Douglas R. Drew |
|
Name: Douglas R. Drew | ||
Title: Vice President and Treasurer | ||
UNIVAR HOLDCO CANADA LLC |
||
By: |
/s/ Douglas R. Drew |
|
Name: Douglas R. Drew | ||
Title: Treasurer | ||
UNIVAR HOLDCO CANADA III LLC |
||
By: |
/s/ Douglas R. Drew |
|
Name: Douglas R. Drew | ||
Title: Treasurer |
Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement
BASIC CHEMICAL SOLUTIONS, L.L.C. |
||
By: |
/s/ Douglas R. Drew |
|
Name: Douglas R. Drew | ||
Title: Vice President and Treasurer |
Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent |
||
By: |
/s/ Robert A. Klawinski |
|
Name: Robert A. Klawinski | ||
Title: Managing Director |
Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement
ANNEX A TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
SUPPLEMENT NO. [ ] dated as of [ ], to the Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of October 11, 2007 and amended and restated as of February [ ], 2011 (the Security Agreement ) among UNIVAR INC., a Delaware corporation (the Borrower ), each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower listed on the signature pages thereto (each such Subsidiary individually a Subsidiary Grantor and, collectively, the Subsidiary Grantors ; the Subsidiary Grantors and the Borrower are referred to collectively herein as the Grantors ), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the Collateral Agent ) under the Security Agreement referred to below.
A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended and restated as of September 20, 2010 and further amended and restated as of February [ ], 2011 and as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the Credit Agreement ) among the Borrower, the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto (the Lenders ) and the Administrative Agent.
B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement.
C. The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Lenders to make their respective Loans to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Cash Management Banks or Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements with the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries. Pursuant to Section 8.1(i) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower has agreed to deliver to the Collateral Agent a written supplement substantially in the form hereof with respect to any additional material Copyrights, Patents, and Trademarks that are registered (or for which an application to register such items has been filed) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor to such office) and any material Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses, and Trademark Licenses and Pledged Collateral acquired by any Grantor after the date of the Security Agreement constituting Collateral. The Grantors have identified the additional material Copyrights, Patents, and Trademarks that are registered (or for which an application to register such items has been filed) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor to such office) and any material Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses, and Trademark Licenses set forth on Schedule I, II, III, IV, V, VI and VII hereto. The undersigned Grantors are executing this Supplement in order to facilitate supplemental filings to be made by the Collateral Agent with the United States Copyright Office and the United States Patent and Trademark Office.
A-1
Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the Grantors agree as follows:
SECTION I. (a) Schedule 1 of the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented, as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule I hereto, (b) Schedule 2 of the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented, as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule II hereto, (c) Schedule 3 of the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented, as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule III hereto, (d) Schedule 4 of the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented, as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule IV hereto, (e) Schedule 5 of the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented, as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule V hereto, (f) Schedule 6 of the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented, as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule VI hereto and (g) Schedule 7 of the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented, as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule VII hereto.
SECTION 2. Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a security interest in the Intellectual Property set forth in Schedules I, II, III, IV, V, VI and VII hereto. Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants that the information set forth on Schedules I, II, III, IV, V, VI and VII hereto is true and correct in all material respects.
SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Borrower. This Supplement shall become effective as to each Grantor when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of such Grantor and the Collateral Agent.
SECTION 4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
SECTION 5. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
SECTION 6. Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Security Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
SECTION 7. All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to each Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Borrower at the Borrowers address set forth in Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement.
[A-2]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
UNIVAR INC. |
||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
[Each of the U.S. Guarantors] | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as | ||
Collateral Agent | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
[A-3]
SCHEDULE I
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHT LICENSES
SCHEDULE II
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHTS
Registered Owner/Grantor |
Title |
Registration Number |
SCHEDULE III
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENT LICENSES
SCHEDULE IV
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENTS
SCHEDULE V
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
TRADEMARK LICENSES
SCHEDULE VI
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
TRADEMARKS
Domestic Trademarks
Registered Owner/Grantor | Trademark | Registration No. | Application No. |
Foreign Trademarks
Registered Owner/Grantor | Trademark | Registration No. | Application No. | Country |
SCHEDULE VII
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PLEDGED DEBT
PLEDGED SECURITIES
[A-2]
ANNEX B TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
SUPPLEMENT NO. [ ] dated as of [ ], to the Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of October 11, 2007 and amended and restated as of February [ ], 2011 (the Security Agreement ) among UNIVAR INC., a Delaware corporation (the Borrower ), each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower listed on Annex A thereto (each such Domestic Subsidiary individually a Subsidiary Grantor and, collectively, the Subsidiary Grantors ; the Subsidiary Grantors and the Borrower are referred to collectively herein as the Grantors ), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the Collateral Agent ) under the Credit Agreement referred to below.
A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended and restated as of September 20, 2010 and further amended and restated as of February [ ], 20 II and as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the Credit Agreement ) among the Borrower, the lenders or other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the Lenders ), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as the Administrative Agent, and the other parties named thereto.
B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement.
C. The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Lenders to make their respective Loans to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Cash Management Banks and Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements with the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries.
D. Section 8.8 of the Credit Agreement and Section 8.13 of the Security Agreement provide that each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower that is required to become a party to the Security Agreement pursuant to Section 8.8 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor therein, for all purposes of the Security Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Domestic Subsidiary of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. Each undersigned Domestic Subsidiary (each a New Grantor ) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Security Agreement to become a Subsidiary Grantor under the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and as consideration for Loans previously made.
Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the New Grantors agree as follows:
SECTION 1. In accordance with subsection 8.13 of the Security Agreement, each New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and each New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations related to any earlier date). In furtherance of the foregoing, each New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations, does hereby bargain, sell, convey, assign, set over, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate and transfer to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a Security Interest in all of the Collateral of such New Grantor, in each case whether now or hereafter existing or in which it now has or hereafter acquires an interest. Each reference to a Grantor in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include each New Grantor. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
SECTION 2. Each New Grantor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Borrower. This Supplement shall become effective as to each New Grantor when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of such New Grantor and the Collateral Agent.
SECTION 4. Each New Grantor hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I hereto is (i) the legal name of such New Grantor, (ii) the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of such New Grantor, (iii) the mailing address for such New Grantor, (iv) the identity or type of organization or corporate structure of such New Grantor and (v) the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number and organizational number of such New Grantor (if any) and (b) as of the date hereof (i) Schedule II hereto sets forth, in all material respects, all of each New Grantors Copyright Licenses, (ii) Schedule III hereto sets forth in all material respects, in proper form for filing with the United States Copyright Office, all of each New Grantors Copyrights (and all applications therefor), (iii) Schedule IV hereto sets forth in all material respects all of each New Grantors Patent Licenses, (iv) Schedule V hereto sets forth in all material respects, in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, all of each New Grantors Patents (and all applications therefor), (v) Schedule VI hereto sets forth in all material respects all of each New Grantors Trademark Licenses, (vi) Schedule VII hereto sets forth in all material respects, in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, all of each New Grantors Trademarks (and all applications therefor) and (vii) Schedule VIII hereto sets forth all of New Grantors Pledged Collateral in each case with respect to this Section 4(b) that are to constitute Collateral.
SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
SECTION 7. Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceabi1ity without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Security Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
SECTION 8. All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to each New Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Borrower at the Borrowers address set forth in Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each New Grantor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
[NAME OF NEW GRANTOR] | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as | ||
Collateral Agent | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
SCHEDULE I
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COLLATERAL
Federal Taxpayer | ||||||||
Identification | ||||||||
Jurisdiction of | Type of | Number and | ||||||
Incorporation | Organization or | Organizational | ||||||
or | Mailing | Corporate | Identification | |||||
Legal Name |
Organization |
Address |
Structure |
Number |
SCHEDULE II
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHT LICENSES
SCHEDULE III
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHTS
Registered | Registration | |||
Owner/Grantor |
Title |
Number |
SCHEDULE IV
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENT LICENSES
SCHEDULE V
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENTS
SCHEDULE VI
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
TRADEMARK LICENSES
SCHEDULE VII
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
TRADEMARKS
Domestic Trademarks
Registered | ||||||
Owner/Grantor | Trademark | Registration No. | Application No. |
Foreign Trademarks
Registered | ||||||||
Owner/Grantor | Trademark | Registration No. | Application No. | Country |
SCHEDULE VIII
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PLEDGED COLLATERAL
Exhibit 10.3
SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 dated as of October 31, 2009, to the Security Agreement dated as of October 11, 2007 (the Security Agreement ) among UNIVAR INC., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), each Domestic Subsidiary of the Company listed on Annex A thereto (each such Domestic Subsidiary individually a Subsidiary Grantor and, collectively, the Subsidiary Grantors ; the Subsidiary Grantors and the Company are referred to collectively herein as the Grantors ), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the Collateral Agent ) under the Credit Agreement referred to below.
A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of October 11, 2007 (as modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time, the Credit Agreement ) among ULIXES ACQUISITION, B.V. (the Parent ), the Company, the U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers, UNIVAR CANADA LTD., (together with the Company and the U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers, the Borrowers ), the lenders or other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the Lenders ), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as the Administrative Agent, and the other parties named thereto.
B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement.
C. The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Lenders to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Cash Management Banks and Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries.
D. Section 8.8 of the Credit Agreement and Section 8.13 of the Security Agreement provide that each Domestic Subsidiary of the Company that is required to become a party to the Security Agreement pursuant to Section 8.8 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor therein, for all purposes of the Security Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Domestic Subsidiary of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. Each undersigned Domestic Subsidiary (each a New Grantor ) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Security Agreement to become a Subsidiary Grantor under the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Extensions of Credit and as consideration for Extensions of Credit previously made.
Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the New Grantors agree as follows:
SECTION 1. In accordance with subsection 8.13 of the Security Agreement, each New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and each New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations related to any earlier date). In furtherance of the foregoing, each New
Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations, does hereby bargain, sell, convey, assign, set over, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate and transfer to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a Security Interest in all of the Collateral of such New Grantor, in each case whether now or hereafter existing or in which it now has or hereafter acquires an interest. Each reference to a Grantor in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include each New Grantor. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
SECTION 2. Each New Grantor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Company. This Supplement shall become effective as to each New Grantor when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of such New Grantor and the Collateral Agent.
SECTION 4. Each New Grantor hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I hereto is (i) the legal name of such New Grantor, (ii) the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of such New Grantor, (iii) the mailing address for such New Grantor, (iv) the identity or type of organization or corporate structure of such New Grantor and (v) the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number and organizational number of such New Grantor (if any) and (b) as of the date hereof (i) Schedule II hereto sets forth, in all material respects, all of each New Grantors Copyright Licenses, (ii) Schedule III hereto sets forth in all material respects, in proper form for filing with the United States Copyright Office, all of each New Grantors Copyrights (and all applications therefor), (iii) Schedule IV hereto sets forth in all material respects all of each New Grantors Patent Licenses, (iv) Schedule V hereto sets forth in all material respects, in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, all of each New Grantors Patents (and all applications therefor), (v) Schedule VI hereto sets forth in all material respects all of each New Grantors Trademark Licenses, (vi) Schedule VII hereto sets forth in all material respects, in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, all of each New Grantors Trademarks (and all applications therefor) and (vii) Schedule VIII hereto sets forth all of New Grantors Pledged Collateral in each case with respect to this Section 4(b) that are to constitute Collateral.
SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
SECTION 7. Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Security Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
SECTION 8. All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to each New Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Company at the Companys address set forth in Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each New Grantor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
Signature Page to Supplement No. 1 to the Security Agreement
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as | ||||
Collateral Agent | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Christopher Godfrey | |||
Title: | Senior Vice President |
Signature Page to Supplement No. 1 to the Security Agreement
SCHEDULE I
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COLLATERAL
Legal Name |
Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization |
Mailing Address |
Type of Organization or Corporate Structure |
Federal Taxpayer Identification Number and Organizational Identification Number |
||||
Univar Holdco Canada LLC | Delaware | 1105 North Market Street, Suite 1300 Wilmington, Delaware 19801 | Limited Liability Company | 80-0498452 | ||||
Univar Holdco Canada III LLC | Delaware | 1105 North Market Street, Suite 1300 Wilmington, Delaware 19801 | Limited Liability Company | 80-0498458 |
SCHEDULE II
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHT LICENSES
None
SCHEDULE III
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHTS
None
SCHEDULE IV
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENT LICENSES
None
SCHEDULE V
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENTS
None
SCHEDULE VI
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
TRADEMARK LICENSES
None
SCHEDULE VII
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
TRADEMARKS
None
SCHEDULE VIII
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PLEDGED COLLATERAL
New Grantor: Univar Holdco Canada LLC
Issuer of Pledged Securities |
Number and Class of Pledged
Securities |
% of issued
and outstanding Securities of Issuer |
Certificate
Number |
|||||
Univar Holdco Canada III LLC |
420,210,181 shares | 100 | 1 |
New Grantor: Univar Holdco Canada III LLC
Issuer of Pledged Securities |
Number and Class of Pledged
Securities |
% of issued
and outstanding Securities of Issuer |
Certificate
Number |
|||||
Univar Canada Ltd. |
196,583,401 common shares | 46.8 | % | C-1 | ||||
Univar Canada Ltd. |
105,852,600 common shares | 25.2 | % | C-2 | ||||
Univar Canada Ltd. |
76,553,217 common shares | 18.2 | % | C-3 | ||||
Univar Canada Ltd. |
41,220,963 common shares | 9.8 | % | C-4 |
Exhibit 10.4
SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 dated as of February 12, 2013, to the Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of October 11, 2007, amended and restated as of February 28, 2011 (the Security Agreement ) among UNIVAR INC., a Delaware corporation (the Borrower ), each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower listed on Annex A thereto (each such Domestic Subsidiary individually a Subsidiary Grantor and, collectively, the Subsidiary Grantors ; the Subsidiary Grantors and the Borrower are referred to collectively herein as the Grantors ), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the Collateral Agent ) under the Credit Agreement referred to below.
A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended and restated as of September 20, 2010, further amended and restated as of February 28, 2011, and further amended and restated as of October 3, 2012 and as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the Credit Agreement ) among the Borrower, the lenders or other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the Lenders), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as the Administrative Agent, and the other parties named thereto.
B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement.
C. The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Lenders to make their respective Loans to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Cash Management Banks and Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements with the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries.
D. Section 8.8 of the Credit Agreement and Section 8.13 of the Security Agreement provide that each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower that is required to become a party to the Security Agreement pursuant to Section 8.8 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor therein, for all purposes of the Security Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Domestic Subsidiary of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. Each undersigned Domestic Subsidiary (each a New Grantor ) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Security Agreement to become a Subsidiary Grantor under the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and as consideration for Loans previously made.
Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the New Grantors agree as follows:
SECTION 1. In accordance with subsection 8.13 of the Security Agreement, each New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and each New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a
Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations related to any earlier date). In furtherance of the foregoing, each New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations, does hereby bargain, sell, convey, assign, set over, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate and transfer to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a Security Interest in all of the Collateral of such New Grantor, in each case whether now or hereafter existing or in which it now has or hereafter acquires an interest. Each reference to a Grantor in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include each New Grantor. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
SECTION 2. Each New Grantor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Borrower. This Supplement shall become effective as to each New Grantor when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of such New Grantor and the Collateral Agent.
SECTION 4. Each New Grantor hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I hereto is (i) the legal name of such New Grantor, (ii) the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of such New Grantor, (iii) the mailing address for such New Grantor, (iv) the identity or type of organization or corporate structure of such New Grantor and (v) the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number and organizational number of such New Grantor (if any) and (b) as of the date hereof(i) Schedule II hereto sets forth, in all material respects, all of each New Grantors Copyright Licenses, (ii) Schedule III hereto sets forth in all material respects, in proper form for filing with the United States Copyright Office, all of each New Grantors Copyrights (and all applications therefor), (iii) Schedule IV hereto sets forth in all material respects all of each New Grantors Patent Licenses, (iv) Schedule V hereto sets forth in all material respects, in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, all of each New Grantors Patents (and all applications therefor), (v) Schedule VI hereto sets forth in all material respects all of each New Grantors Trademark Licenses, (vi) Schedule VII hereto sets forth in all material respects, in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, all of each New Grantors Trademarks (and all applications therefor) and (vii) Schedule VIII hereto sets forth all of New Grantors Pledged Collateral in each case with respect to this Section 4(b) that are to constitute Collateral.
SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
SECTION 7. Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Security Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
SECTION 8. All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to each New Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Borrower at the Borrowers address set forth in Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each New Grantor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
[Signature page to Supplement to Security Agreement Term Loan]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each New Grantor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
MAGNABLEND HOLDINGS, INC. | ||||
By: | ||||
|
||||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
MAGNABLEND, INC. | ||||
By: | ||||
|
||||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
PMF CAPITAL, LLC | ||||
By: | ||||
|
||||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Liliana Claar | |||
Title: | Vice President |
[Signature Page to Supplement to Security Agreement Term Loan]
SCHEDULE I
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COLLATERAL
Legal Name |
Jurisdiction of
|
Mailing
|
Type of
|
Federal Taxpayer
|
||||
Magnablend Holdings, Inc. | Delaware | 326 North Grand Avenue, Waxahachie, TX 75165 | Corporation | 80-0726400; 4971677 | ||||
Magnablend, Inc. | Texas | 326 North Grand Avenue, Waxahachie, TX 75165 | Corporation | 75-1658841; 47730500 | ||||
PMF Capital, LLC | Delaware | 326 North Grand Avenue, Waxahachie, TX 75165 | Limited Liability Company | N/A; 5098408 |
SCHEDULE II
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHT LICENSES
None.
SCHEDULE III
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHTS
None.
SCHEDULE IV
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENT LICENSES
None.
SCHEDULE V
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENTS
None.
SCHEDULE VI
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
TRADEMARK LICENSES
None.
SCHEDULE VII
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
TRADEMARKS
Domestic Trademarks
Registered Owner/Grantor |
Trademark | Registration No. | Application No. | |||
MAGNABLEND | 3,625,468 | |||||
MAGNABLEND | 3,645,628 | |||||
INC. CUSTOM | ||||||
CHEMICAL | ||||||
MANUFACTURING, | ||||||
BLENDING & PACKAGING (and Design) |
Foreign Trademarks
None.
SCHEDULE VIII
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PLEDGED COLLATERAL
1. 15,000 Common Stock of Magnablend, Inc., owned by Magnablend Holdings, Inc., Stock Certificate Number 012.
2. 100% of the equity of PMF Capital, LLC, owned by Magnablend Holdings, Inc., Certificate Number 001.
Exhibit 10.5
AMENDED AND RESTATED GUARANTEE
AMENDED AND RESTATED GUARANTEE dated as of October 11, 2007, as reaffirmed on September 20, 2010 and further amended and restated as of February 28, 2011 by each of the signatories hereto and each of the other entities that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 19 (the Guarantors and individually, a Guarantor ), in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (the Guarantee ).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007, as amended and restated on September 20, 2010, as further amended by Amendment No.1, dated as of October 28, 2010 and by the Joinder Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2010 and as further amended and restated as of February 28, 2011 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the Credit Agreement ), among Univar, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Borrower), the registered lending institutions from time to time parties thereto (each a Lender and, collectively, the Lenders ), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other parties named therein, pursuant to which, among other things, the Lenders have severally agreed to make Loans to the Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, and one or more Cash Management Banks or Secured Hedge Banks may from time to time enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements with the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries;
WHEREAS, each Guarantor is a direct or indirect wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower;
WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Loans will be used in part to enable valuable transfers to the Guarantors in connection with the operation of their respective businesses;
WHEREAS, each Guarantor acknowledges that it will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the Loans; and
WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders to make their respective Loans to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement that the Guarantors shall have executed and delivered this Guarantee to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Lenders to make their respective Loans to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Cash Management Banks or Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements with the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries, the Guarantors hereby agree with the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:
1. Defined Terms .
(a) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
(b) The words hereof, herein and hereunder and words of similar import when used in this Guarantee shall refer to this Guarantee as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Guarantee, and Section references are to Sections of this Guarantee unless otherwise specified. The words include, includes and including shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase without limitation.
(c) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.
2. Guarantee .
(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2(b), each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations.
(b) Anything herein or in any other Credit Document to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder and under the other Credit Documents shall in no event exceed the amount that can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code, or any applicable laws relating to corporate law, fraudulent conveyances, fraudulent transfers or the insolvency of debtors and (ii) any provision of this agreement that is prohibited, void, voidable, unenforceable, invalid or would result in the liabilities of any Guarantor hereunder or under the other Credit Documents being subordinated to any claims of other creditors in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition, voidness, voidability, unenforceability, invalidity or subordination without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition, voidness, voidability, unenforceability, invalidity or subordination in any jurisdiction shall not make void, invalidate or render unenforceable or subordinate such provision in any other jurisdiction.
(c) Each Guarantor agrees that the Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of such Guarantor hereunder without impairing this Guarantee or affecting the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party hereunder.
(d) No payment or payments made by the Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party from the Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any Guarantor hereunder, which shall, notwithstanding any such payment or payments, other than payments made by such Guarantor in respect of the Obligations or payments received or collected from such Guarantor in respect of the Obligations, remain liable for the Obligations up to the maximum liability of such Guarantor hereunder until the Obligations under the Credit Documents are paid in full (other than indemnities and other Contingent Obligations not then due).
-2-
3. Right of Contribution . Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder (including by way of set-off rights being exercised against it), such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder who has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Guarantors right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 5 hereof. The provisions of this Section 3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties up to the maximum liability of such Guarantor hereunder.
4. Right of Set-off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Secured Parties provided by law, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably authorizes each Secured Party at any time and from time to time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without notice to such Guarantor or any other Guarantor, (except for notice set forth in Section 10.10 of the Credit Agreement) any such notice (except for notice set forth in Section 10.10 of the Credit Agreement) being expressly waived by each Guarantor, upon any amount becoming due and payable by such Guarantor hereunder (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Secured Party to or for the credit or the account of such Guarantor. Each Secured Party shall notify such Guarantor promptly of any such set-off and the appropriation and application made by such Secured Party, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.
5. No Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by any of the Guarantors hereunder or any set-off or appropriation and application of funds of any of the Guarantors by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights (or if subrogated by operation of law, such Guarantor hereby waives such rights to the extent permitted by applicable law) of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party against the Borrower or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of any of the Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Borrower or any other Guarantor or other guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder until all amounts owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on account of the Obligations under the Credit Documents are paid in full and the Commitments are Terminated (other than contingent Obligations not then due and payable). If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all the Obligations shall not have been paid in full (other than contingent Obligations not then due and payable), such amount shall be held by such Guarantor for the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Administrative
-3-
Agent in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly endorsed by such Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, if required), to be applied against the Obligations, whether due or to become due, in such order as set forth in the Credit Agreement.
6. Amendments, etc. with Respect to the Obligations; Waiver of Rights . Each Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by any Guarantor, (a) any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party may be rescinded by such party and any of the Obligations continued, (b) the Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, (c) the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith and the Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders, as the case may be, or, in the case of any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement, the party thereto) may deem advisable from time to time, and (d) any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of any of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Obligations or for this Guarantee or any property subject thereto. When making any demand hereunder against any Guarantor, the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on the Borrower or any Guarantor or any other person, and any failure by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to make any such demand or to collect any payments from the Borrower or any Guarantor or any other person or any release of the Borrower or any Guarantor or any other person shall not relieve any Guarantor in respect of which a demand or collection is not made or any Guarantor not so released of its several obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party against any Guarantor. For the purposes hereof demand shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.
7. Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional .
(a) Each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, contraction, incurrence, renewal, extension, amendment, waiver or accrual of any of the Obligations, and notice of or proof of reliance by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon this Guarantee or acceptance of this Guarantee. All Obligations shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended, waived or accrued, in reliance upon this Guarantee, and all dealings between the Borrower and any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guarantee. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives diligence,
-4-
promptness, presentment, protest and notice of protest, demand for payment or performance, notice of default or nonpayment, notice of acceptance and any other notice in respect of the Obligations or any part of them, and any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors with respect to the Obligations. Each Guarantor understands and agrees that this Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment in accordance with its terms without regard to (a) the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Credit Document, any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement, any of the Obligations or any collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) that may at any time be available to or be asserted by the Borrower against the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party or (c) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of the Borrower or such Guarantor) that constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of the Borrower for the Obligations, or of such Guarantor under this Guarantee, in bankruptcy or in any other instance. When pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Guarantor, the Administrative Agent and any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against the Borrower or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from the Borrower or any such other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of the Borrower or any such other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve such Guarantor of any liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties against such Guarantor.
(b) This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon each Guarantor and the successors and assigns thereof and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors, endorsees, transferees and assigns until all Obligations (other than any contingent indemnity obligations not then due) shall have been satisfied by payment in full and the Commitments thereunder shall have been terminated, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement and any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement the Credit Parties may be free from any Obligations.
(c) A Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be automatically released under the circumstances described in Section 12.1 of the Credit Agreement.
8. Reinstatement . This Guarantee shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.
-5-
9. Payments . Each Guarantor hereby guarantees that payments hereunder will be paid to the Administrative Agent without set-off or counterclaim in accordance with Section 4 of the Credit Agreement. Each Guarantor agrees that the provisions of Sections 4.4 and 12.19 of the Credit Agreement shall apply to such Guarantors obligations under this Guarantee.
10. Representations and Warranties; Covenants . Each Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 and 7.6 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as they relate to such Guarantor, each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference, are true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), and the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party shall be entitled to rely on each of them as if they were fully set forth herein.
11. Authority of the Administrative Agent .
(a) The Administrative Agent enters into this Guarantee in its capacity as agent for the Secured Parties from time to time. The rights and obligations of the Administrative Agent under this Guarantee at any time are the rights and obligations of the Secured Parties at that time. Each of the Secured Parties has (subject to the terms of the Credit Documents) a several entitlement to each such right, and a several liability in respect of each such obligation, in the proportions described in the Credit Documents. The rights, remedies and discretions of the Secured Parties, or any of them, under this Guarantee may be exercised by the Administrative Agent. No party to this Guarantee is obliged to inquire whether an exercise by the Administrative Agent of any such right, remedy or discretion is within the Administrative Agents authority as agent for the Secured Parties.
(b) Each party to this Guarantee acknowledges and agrees that any changes (in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents) in the identity of the persons from time to time comprising the Secured Parties gives rise to an equivalent change in the Secured Parties, without any further act. Upon such an occurrence, the persons then comprising the Secured Parties are vested with the rights, remedies and discretions and assume the obligations of the Secured Parties under this Guarantee. Each party to this Guarantee irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to give effect to the change in Lenders contemplated in this Section II (b) by countersigning an Assignment and Acceptance.
12. Notices . All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Guarantor shall be given to it in care of the Borrower at the Borrowers address set forth in Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement.
13. Counterparts . This Guarantee may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Guarantee on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Guarantee signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Administrative Agent and the Borrower
-6-
14. Severability . Any provision of this Guarantee that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
15. Integration . This Guarantee together with the other Credit Documents represent the agreement of each Guarantor and the Administrative Agent with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents.
16. Amendments in Writing; No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .
(a) None of the terms or provisions of this Guarantee may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 12.1 of the Credit Agreement.
(b) Neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 16(a)), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on anyone occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion.
(c) The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.
17. Section Headings . The Section headings used in this Guarantee are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.
18. Successors and Assigns . This Guarantee shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns except that no Guarantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Guarantee without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.
-7-
19. Additional Guarantors . Each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower that is required to become a party to this Guarantee pursuant to Section 8.8 or 8.11 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Guarantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor herein, for all purposes of this Guarantee, upon execution and delivery by such Domestic Subsidiary of a written supplement substantially in the form of Annex A hereto. The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Guarantor as a party to this Guarantee shall not require the consent of any other Guarantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guarantor as a party to this Guarantee.
20. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS GUARANTEE, ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.
21. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers; Service of Process . Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Guarantee and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and appellate courts from any thereof;
(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;
(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Guarantor in care of the Borrower at the Borrower address set forth in the Credit Agreement, and such Person hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Borrower to accept such service on its behalf;
(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to sue in any other jurisdiction; and
(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 21 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.
-8-
22. GOVERNING LAW . THIS GUARANTEE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
[Signature pages follow]
-9-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Guarantee to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer or other representative as of the day and year first above written.
UNIVAR USA INC., | ||
as a Guarantor | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | Douglas R. Drew | |
Title: | Vice President and Treasurer | |
CHEMPOINT.COM INC., as a Guarantor |
||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | Douglas R. Drew | |
Title: | Vice President and Treasurer | |
UNIVAR HOLDCO CANADA LLC, as a Guarantor |
||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | Douglas R. Drew | |
Title: | Treasurer | |
UNIVAR HOLDCO CANADA III LLC, as a Guarantor |
||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | Douglas R. Drew | |
Title: | Treasurer | |
BASIC CHEMICAL SOLUTIONS, L.L.C., as a Guarantor |
||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | Douglas R. Drew | |
Title: | Vice President and Treasurer |
Amended and Restated Guarantee
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., | ||||
as Administrative Agent | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Robert A. Klawinski | |||
Title: | Managing Director |
Amended and Restated Guarantee
ANNEX A TO
THE GUARANTEE
SUPPLEMENT NO. [ ] dated as of [ ] to the AMENDED AND RESTATED GUARANTEE (the Guarantee ) dated as of October 11,2007, as reaffirmed on September 20, 2010 and further amended and restated as of February [ ], 2011 among each of the Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto (each such subsidiary individually, a Guarantor and, collectively, the Guarantors ), and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below.
A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of October 11, 2007, as amended and restated on September 20, 2010, as further amended by Amendment No. I, dated as of October 28, 2010 and by the Joinder Agreement, dated as of December 17,2010 and as further amended and restated as of February [ ], 2011 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the Credit Agreement), among UNIVAR INC., a Delaware corporation (the Borrower), the registered lending institutions from time to time parties thereto (each a Lender and, collectively, the Lenders), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other parties named therein.
B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Guarantee.
C. The Guarantors have entered into the Guarantee in order to induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective Loans to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Cash Management Banks or Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements with the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries. Section 8.8 of the Credit Agreement and Section 19 of the Guarantee provide that additional Domestic Subsidiaries may become Guarantors under the Guarantee by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. Each undersigned Subsidiary (each a New Guarantor ) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Guarantor under the Guarantee in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and as consideration for Loans previously made.
Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and each New Guarantor agrees as follows:
SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 19 of the Guarantee. each New Guarantor by its signature below becomes a Guarantor under the Guarantee with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor, and each New Guarantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Guarantee applicable to it as a Guarantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Guarantor thereunder
are true and correct on and as of the date hereof (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date). Each reference to a Guarantor in the Guarantee shall be deemed to include each New Guarantor. The Guarantee is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
SECTION 2. Each New Guarantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. This Supplement shall become effective as to each New Guarantor when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of such New Guarantor and the Administrative Agent.
SECTION 4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect.
SECTION 5. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
SECTION 6. Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Guarantee, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
SECTION 7. All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to each New Guarantor shall be given to it in care of the Borrower at the Borrowers address set forth in Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement.
-2-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each New Guarantor and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Guarantee as of the day and year first above written.
[NAME OF NEW GUARANTOR] | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A, as Administrative Agent |
||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
Exhibit 10.6
$1,400,000,000
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
ABL CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of October 11, 2007,
as Amended and Restated on September 20, 2010
and
as Further Amended and Restated on March 25, 2013,
among
UNIVAR INC.,
as the U.S. Parent Borrower,
The U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers
from Time to Time Party Hereto,
UNIVAR CANADA LTD.,
as the Canadian Borrower,
The Several Lenders
from Time to Time Parties Hereto,
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED
and
WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE LLC,
as Joint Lead Arrangers
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,
WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE LLC,
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
and
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,
as Joint Bookrunners,
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as U.S. Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, U.S. Swingline Lender
and U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer,
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch),
as Canadian Administrative Agent, a Canadian Swingline Lender
and Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer,
WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE LLC,
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
and
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,
as Co-Syndication Agents
and
HSBC BANK USA, N.A.,
UNION BANK, N.A.,
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.
and
SUNTRUST BANK,
as Co-Documentation Agents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||||
SECTION 1. |
DEFINITIONS |
1 | ||||
1.1. |
Defined Terms |
1 | ||||
1.2. |
Other Interpretive Provisions |
55 | ||||
1.3. |
Accounting Terms |
56 | ||||
1.4. |
Rounding |
56 | ||||
1.5. |
References to Agreements, Laws, Etc. |
57 | ||||
1.6. |
Exchange Rates |
57 | ||||
1.7. |
Additional Alternative Currencies |
57 | ||||
1.8. |
Change of Currency |
58 | ||||
1.9. |
Effect of Restatement |
59 | ||||
SECTION 2. |
LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT |
59 | ||||
2.1. |
Credit Facilities |
59 | ||||
2.2. |
U.S. Revolving Loans and Borrowing Procedures for U.S. Revolving Loans and Term Loans |
60 | ||||
2.3. |
Canadian Revolving Loans |
64 | ||||
2.4. |
Letters of Credit |
69 | ||||
2.5. |
Interest |
75 | ||||
2.6. |
Pro Rata Borrowings |
77 | ||||
2.7. |
Interest Period |
77 | ||||
2.8. |
Continuation and Conversion Elections |
78 | ||||
2.9. |
Interest Act (Canada) |
80 | ||||
2.10. |
Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc |
80 | ||||
2.11. |
Compensation |
82 | ||||
2.12. |
Change of Lending Office |
82 | ||||
2.13. |
Notice of Certain Costs |
82 | ||||
2.14. |
Excess Resulting from Exchange Rate Change |
82 | ||||
2.15. |
Increase of U.S. Maximum Amount and Canadian Maximum Amount |
83 | ||||
2.16. |
Revolving Facility Loans Refunding |
84 | ||||
2.17. |
Extensions of Term Loans and Revolving Commitments |
85 | ||||
SECTION 3. |
FEES; COMMITMENTS |
87 | ||||
3.1. |
Fees |
87 | ||||
3.2. |
Unused Line Fees |
87 | ||||
3.3. |
Letter of Credit Fee |
87 | ||||
3.4. |
Mandatory Termination of Commitments |
88 | ||||
3.5. |
Fees to Revolving Participants |
89 | ||||
SECTION 4. |
PAYMENTS |
89 | ||||
4.1. |
Prepayment of Loans |
89 | ||||
4.2. |
Voluntary Prepayment, Reduction or Termination |
89 | ||||
4.3. |
Mandatory Prepayments |
90 | ||||
4.4. |
Method and Place of Payment |
91 | ||||
4.5. |
Net Payments |
92 | ||||
4.6. |
[Omitted] |
94 | ||||
4.7. |
Limit on Rate of Interest |
94 |
-i-
Page | ||||||
SECTION 5. |
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO SECOND RESTATEMENT EFFECTIVE DATE |
95 | ||||
5.1. |
Credit Documents |
95 | ||||
5.2. |
Legal Opinions |
95 | ||||
5.3. |
Authorization of Proceedings of Each Credit Party |
95 | ||||
5.4. |
Certificates |
95 | ||||
5.5. |
Extension Fees |
95 | ||||
5.6. |
Compliance with Flood Insurance Regulations |
96 | ||||
SECTION 6. |
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL CREDIT EVENTS |
96 | ||||
6.1. |
No Default; Representations and Warranties |
96 | ||||
6.2. |
Notice of Borrowing |
96 | ||||
6.3. |
Letter of Credit Request |
96 | ||||
SECTION 7. |
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS |
96 | ||||
7.1. |
Corporate Status |
96 | ||||
7.2. |
Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability |
97 | ||||
7.3. |
No Violation |
97 | ||||
7.4. |
Litigation |
97 | ||||
7.5. |
Margin Regulations |
97 | ||||
7.6. |
Governmental Approvals; Other Consents |
97 | ||||
7.7. |
Investment Company Act |
97 | ||||
7.8. |
Disclosure |
98 | ||||
7.9. |
Financial Condition; Financial Statements |
98 | ||||
7.10. |
Tax Matters |
98 | ||||
7.11. |
Compliance with ERISA |
98 | ||||
7.12. |
Subsidiaries |
99 | ||||
7.13. |
Intellectual Property |
99 | ||||
7.14. |
Environmental Laws |
99 | ||||
7.15. |
Properties |
100 | ||||
7.16. |
Solvency |
100 | ||||
7.17. |
Collateral |
100 | ||||
7.18. |
Insurance |
100 | ||||
SECTION 8. |
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS |
101 | ||||
8.1. |
Information Covenants |
101 | ||||
8.2. |
Books, Records and Inspections |
103 | ||||
8.3. |
Maintenance of Insurance |
104 | ||||
8.4. |
Payment of Taxes |
105 | ||||
8.5. |
Maintenance of Existence |
105 | ||||
8.6. |
Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, Etc. |
105 | ||||
8.7. |
Maintenance of Properties |
105 | ||||
8.8. |
Additional U.S. Borrowers, Canadian Guarantors and Grantors |
106 | ||||
8.9. |
Pledge of Additional Stock and Evidence of Indebtedness |
106 | ||||
8.10. |
Use of Proceeds |
106 | ||||
8.11. |
Further Assurances |
107 | ||||
8.12. |
End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters |
107 | ||||
8.13. |
Cash Management Systems |
107 | ||||
8.14. |
Post-Closing Requirements |
110 | ||||
8.15. |
Foreign Plans |
111 |
-ii-
Page | ||||||
SECTION 9. |
NEGATIVE COVENANTS |
111 | ||||
9.1. |
Limitation on Indebtedness |
111 | ||||
9.2. |
Limitation on Liens |
115 | ||||
9.3. |
Limitation on Fundamental Changes |
117 | ||||
9.4. |
Limitation on Sale of Assets |
118 | ||||
9.5. |
Limitation on Investments |
120 | ||||
9.6. |
Limitation on Restricted Payments |
122 | ||||
9.7. |
Limitations on Debt Payments and Amendments |
123 | ||||
9.8. |
Transactions with Affiliates |
124 | ||||
9.9. |
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio |
125 | ||||
9.10. |
Changes in Business |
125 | ||||
9.11. |
Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries |
125 | ||||
SECTION 10. |
EVENTS OF DEFAULT |
127 | ||||
10.1. |
Payments |
127 | ||||
10.2. |
Representations, Etc |
127 | ||||
10.3. |
Covenants |
127 | ||||
10.4. |
Default Under Other Agreements |
127 | ||||
10.5. |
Bankruptcy, Etc. |
128 | ||||
10.6. |
ERISA |
128 | ||||
10.7. |
Guarantee |
129 | ||||
10.8. |
Security Documents |
129 | ||||
10.9. |
Judgments |
129 | ||||
10.10. |
Change of Control |
129 | ||||
SECTION 11. |
THE AGENTS |
132 | ||||
11.1. |
Appointment |
132 | ||||
11.2. |
Delegation of Duties |
133 | ||||
11.3. |
Exculpatory Provisions |
133 | ||||
11.4. |
Reliance by Agents |
134 | ||||
11.5. |
Notice of Default |
134 | ||||
11.6. |
Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Other Lenders |
134 | ||||
11.7. |
Indemnification |
135 | ||||
11.8. |
Agents in Their Individual Capacities |
135 | ||||
11.9. |
Successor Agents |
136 | ||||
11.10. |
Withholding Tax |
136 | ||||
SECTION 12. |
MISCELLANEOUS |
137 | ||||
12.1. |
Amendments and Waivers |
137 | ||||
12.2. |
Notices |
139 | ||||
12.3. |
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies |
139 | ||||
12.4. |
Survival of Representations and Warranties |
139 | ||||
12.5. |
Payment of Expenses |
139 | ||||
12.6. |
Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments |
140 | ||||
12.7. |
Replacements of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances |
144 | ||||
12.8. |
Adjustments; Set-off |
145 | ||||
12.9. |
Counterparts |
145 | ||||
12.10. |
Severability |
145 | ||||
12.11. |
Integration |
146 | ||||
12.12. |
GOVERNING LAW |
146 | ||||
12.13. |
Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers |
146 |
-iii-
Page | ||||||
12.14. |
Acknowledgments |
147 | ||||
12.15. |
WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL |
147 | ||||
12.16. |
Confidentiality |
147 | ||||
12.17. |
Direct Website Communications |
148 | ||||
12.18. |
USA PATRIOT Act |
149 | ||||
12.19. |
Judgment Currency |
150 | ||||
12.20. |
Intercreditor Agreement |
150 | ||||
12.21. |
Joint and Several Liability of U.S. Borrowers |
151 | ||||
12.22. |
Contribution and Indemnification Among the U.S. Borrowers |
152 | ||||
12.23. |
Agency of the U.S. Parent Borrower for Each Other U.S. Borrower |
152 | ||||
12.24. |
Express Waivers by U.S. Borrowers in Respect of Cross-Guaranties and Cross-Collateralization |
152 | ||||
12.25. |
Obligations Several and Not Joint |
153 | ||||
12.26. |
Eligible Contract Participants |
154 | ||||
12.27. |
Keepwell |
154 |
SCHEDULES |
||
Schedule 1.1(a) | Mortgaged Properties | |
Schedule 1.1(b) | Commitments | |
Schedule 1.1(c)(i) | Excluded Subsidiaries | |
Schedule 1.1(c)(ii) | Excluded Canadian Subsidiaries | |
Schedule 1.1(d) | Mandatory Costs | |
Schedule 1.1(e) | Existing Indebtedness | |
Schedule 1.1(f) | Debt Repayment | |
Schedule 1.1(j) | Existing Parent Subordinated Notes | |
Schedule 7.4 | Litigation | |
Schedule 7.12 | Subsidiaries | |
Schedule 8.11 | Post-Closing Actions | |
Schedule 8.13(a) | Lockboxes and Blocked Accounts | |
Schedule 9.2 | Existing Liens | |
Schedule 9.5 | Existing Investments | |
Schedule 9.8 | Existing Affiliate Transactions | |
Schedule 12.2 | Notice Addresses |
EXHIBITS |
||
Exhibit A-1 | U.S. Notice of Borrowing | |
Exhibit A-2 | Canadian Notice of Borrowing | |
Exhibit A-3 | Term Notice of Borrowing | |
Exhibit C | [Reserved] | |
Exhibit D | [Reserved] | |
Exhibit E-1 | [Reserved] | |
Exhibit E-2 | [Reserved] | |
Exhibit H | Form of Assignment and Acceptance | |
Exhibit J | Form of Joinder Agreement | |
Exhibit K | Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate | |
Exhibit L | Form of U.S. Parent Borrower Assumption Agreement | |
Exhibit M | Form of Borrowing Base Certificate | |
Exhibit N | Form of U.S. Subsidiary Borrower Assumption Agreement | |
Exhibit O | Form of Reaffirmation by the Canadian Borrower |
-iv-
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED ABL CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of October 11, 2007, as amended and restated as of September 20, 2010 and as further amended and restated as of March 25, 2013, among UNIVAR INC., a Delaware corporation ( Univar U.S. ), UNIVAR CAN-ADA LTD., a company formed under the laws of the Province of Alberta (the Canadian Borrower ), the Domestic Subsidiaries (each capitalized term used but not defined in this preamble having the meaning provided in Section 1 ) of the U.S. Borrower from time to time party hereto (the U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers ; together with the U.S. Parent Borrower, the U.S. Borrowers ; and the U.S. Borrowers, together with the Canadian Borrower, the Borrowers and each a Borrower ), the registered lending institutions from time to time parties hereto (each a Lender and, collectively, the Lenders ), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as U.S. Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, U.S. Swingline Lender and U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer, BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (acting through its Canadian branch), as Canadian Administrative Agent, a Canadian Swingline Lender and Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer and Bank of Montreal as a Canadian Swingline Lender.
WHEREAS, Parent, the Borrowers, the Lenders, the U.S. Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Canadian Administrative Agent are parties to a Credit Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended prior to September 20, 2010, the Original Credit Agreement ), as amended and restated as of September 20, 2010 (as further amended prior to the date hereof, the First Restated Credit Agreement ); and
WHEREAS, the Required Lenders (under and as defined in the First Restated Credit Agreement) have consented to the amendment and restatement of the First Restated Credit Agreement on the terms set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. | Definitions |
1.1. Defined Terms .
(a) As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 1.1 unless the context otherwise requires (it being understood that defined terms in this Agreement shall include in the singular number the plural and in the plural the singular):
ABL Priority Collateral shall have the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.
ABR shall mean for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by the U.S. Administrative Agent as its prime rate and (c) the LIBOR Rate plus 1.00%. The prime rate is a rate set by the U.S. Administrative Agent based upon various factors including the U.S. Administrative Agents costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in the ABR due to a change in such rate announced by the U.S. Administrative Agent or in the Federal Funds Effective Rate or LIBOR Rate shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change or on the effective date of such change in the Federal Funds Effective Rate or LIBOR Rate, respectively.
ABR Loan shall mean (i) any U.S. Revolving Loan denominated in Dollars, U.S. Agent Advance, U.S. Swingline Loan or Term Loan, in each case, during any period for which it bears
-1-
interest by reference to the ABR, or (ii) any Canadian Revolving Loan, Canadian Swingline Loan or Canadian Agent Advance, in each case, denominated in Dollars, during any period for which it bears interest by reference to the Canadian Base Rate, as the context requires.
Accommodation Payment shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.22 .
Account Debtor shall mean each Person obligated in any way on or in connection with an Account or Chattel Paper.
Accounts shall mean, with respect to a Credit Party, all of such Credit Partys now owned or hereafter acquired or arising accounts, as defined in Article 9 of the UCC, including any rights to payment for the sale or lease of goods or rendition of services, whether or not they have been earned by performance; provided , however , if the governing law where a Credit Party has its domicile or chief executive office is the PPSA or the Civil Code of Quebec, then for purposes of this definition, UCC shall mean the PPSA or the Civil Code of Quebec, as the case may be.
Acquired EBITDA shall mean, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business or any Converted Restricted Subsidiary (any of the foregoing, a Pro Forma Entity ) for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Pro Forma Entity (determined using such definitions as if references to the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries therein were to such Pro Forma Entity and its Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Pro Forma Entity in a manner consistent with GAAP.
Acquired Entity or Business shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Consolidated EBITDA.
Adjusted Term Commitment shall mean at any time the Term Commitment minus the Term Commitments of all Defaulting Lenders.
Adjusted Total Revolving Commitment shall mean at any time the Total Revolving Commitment minus the Revolving Commitments of all Defaulting Lenders.
Administrative Agent shall mean as the context requires, (a) the U.S. Administrative Agent or (b) the Canadian Administrative Agent. Any general reference to the Administrative Agent shall refer to the U.S. Administrative Agent with respect to the U.S. Revolving Facility and the Term Facility and/or the Canadian Administrative Agent with respect to the Canadian Revolving Facility, as applicable.
Administrative Agents Office shall mean, with respect to any currency, the applicable Administrative Agents address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 12.2 with respect to such currency, or such other address or account as such Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrowers and the Lenders.
Administrative Questionnaire shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(b)(ii)(D) .
Affiliate shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control a corporation if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
-2-
Agent Advances shall mean the collective reference to U.S. Agent Advances and Canadian Agent Advances.
Agent Parties shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17(d) .
Agents shall mean the Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent and the Arrangers.
Aggregate Canadian Revolving Exposure shall mean, at any date of determination, without duplication: the sum of (a) the Outstanding Amount of all Canadian Revolving Loans, Canadian Swingline Loans and Canadian Agent Advances on such date, in each case, borrowed by the Canadian Borrower and (b) the Outstanding Amount of Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations on such date in respect of Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Canadian Borrower.
Aggregate Revolving Exposure shall mean, at any date of determination, the sum of (a) Aggregate Canadian Revolving Exposure on such date and (b) the Aggregate U.S. Revolving Exposure (other than Canadian Overadvances) on such date.
Aggregate U.S. Revolving Exposure shall mean, at any date of determination, without duplication: the sum of (a) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all U.S. Revolving Loans, U.S. Swingline Loans and U.S. Agent Advances on such date, (b) the Outstanding Amount of U.S. Letter of Credit Obligations on such date, (c) the Outstanding Amount of Canadian Overadvances on such date, (d) the Outstanding Amount of all Canadian Revolving Loans, Canadian Swingline Loans and Canadian Agent Advances on such date, in each case, borrowed by the U.S. Borrowers and (e) the Outstanding Amount of all Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations on such date in respect of Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the U.S. Borrowers.
Agreement shall mean this Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Agreement Currency shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.19 .
Allocable Amount shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.22 .
Alternative Currency shall mean (i) with respect to the Canadian Revolving Facility, Euros, Cdn. Dollars and Sterling and (ii) with respect to the U.S. Revolving Facility, Euros and Sterling and, in each case, each other currency (other than Dollars) that is approved in accordance with Section 1.7 .
Applicable Canadian Unused Line Fee Margin shall mean, with respect to any period for which Canadian Unused Line Fees are paid, (a) 0.375% if the average daily Outstanding Amount of Canadian Revolving Loans (excluding Canadian Agent Advances and Canadian Swingline Loans) and Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations during such period is equal to or greater than 33 1/3%, but less than 66 2/3%, of the average daily amount of the Total Canadian Revolving Commitment during such period, (b) 0.25%, if the average daily Outstanding Amount of Canadian Revolving Loans (excluding Canadian Agent Advances and Canadian Swingline Loans) and Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations during such period is equal to or greater than 66 2/3% of the average daily amount of the Total Canadian Revolving Commitment during such period or (c) 0.50%, otherwise.
Applicable Margin shall mean, for purposes of calculating the applicable interest rate for any day for (x) any Term Loan that is (i) an ABR Loan, 2.25%, or (ii) a LIBOR Loan, 3.25%, and (y) any Revolving Loan, Swingline Loan or other Obligations and the applicable rate of the Letter of
-3-
Credit Fees for any day under Section 3.3 , the percentage corresponding to Average Combined Availability as a percentage of the lesser of the Total Revolving Commitment and the Combined Borrowing Base for the most recent fiscal quarter (subject to the immediately succeeding sentence):
Pricing Level |
Average Combined
|
Applicable Margin | ||||||||
Swingline Loans, Agent
Advances, U.S. Revolving Loans and Canadian Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans |
U.S. Revolving Loans and
Canadian Revolving Loans that are LIBOR Loans or BA Equivalent Loans and Letter of Credit Fees |
|||||||||
I |
Greater than or equal to 66 2 ⁄ 3 % |
0.50 | % | 1.50 | % | |||||
II |
Greater than or equal to 33 1 ⁄ 3 % but less than 66 2 ⁄ 3 % |
0.75 | % | 1.75 | % | |||||
III |
Less than 33 1 ⁄ 3 % |
1.00 | % | 2.00 | % |
The Applicable Margins shall be adjusted (up or down) prospectively, determined by reference to the pricing grid set forth above, on a quarterly basis on the date (each a Calculation Date ) that is the first Business Day after each fiscal quarter end; provided , however , that (i) except as set forth below, the initial Applicable Margins shall be based on Pricing Level II; all such initial Applicable Margins shall remain at such levels until the first Business Day following the last calendar day of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Second Restatement Effective Date and (ii) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time any reduction in the Applicable Margins is to be implemented, no reduction may occur until the first Business Day following the date such Event of Default is waived or cured.
Applicable U.S. Unused Line Fee Margin shall mean, with respect to any period for which U.S. Unused Line Fees are paid, (a) 0.375%, if the average daily Aggregate U.S. Revolving Exposure (excluding Swingline Loans, Agent Advances, Canadian Revolving Loans and Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations) during such period is equal to or greater than 33 1/3%, but less than 66 2/3%, of the average daily amount of the Total U.S. Revolving Commitment during such period, (b) 0.25%, if the average daily Aggregate U.S. Exposure (excluding Swingline Loans, Agent Advances, Canadian Revolving Loans and Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations) during such period is equal to or greater than 66 2/3% of the average daily amount of the Total U.S. Revolving Commitment during such period or (c) 0.50%, otherwise
Approved Fund shall mean any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
Arrangers shall mean MLPFS and Wells Fargo Capital Finance LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers, and MLPFS, Wells Fargo Capital Finance LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as Joint Bookrunners.
Assignment and Acceptance shall mean an assignment and acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit H , or such other form as may be approved by the applicable Administrative Agent.
-4-
Authorized Officer shall mean the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Vice President-Finance or any other senior officer of the U.S. Parent Borrower or the Canadian Borrower or any other general officers authorized by the board of directors), or any other officer designated as such in writing to the applicable Administrative Agent by such Person.
Availability shall mean the U.S. Availability or Canadian Availability, as the context requires.
Availability Conditions shall be deemed to be satisfied on any date if:
(a) U.S. Availability shall be not less than $0 on such date; and
(b) Canadian Availability shall be not less than $0 on such date.
Average Combined Availability shall mean, for any period of determination, average daily Combined Availability for such period, as calculated by the Administrative Agents.
BA Equivalent Interest Payment Date shall mean, with respect to a BA Equivalent Loan, (i) the last day of each BA Equivalent Interest Period applicable to such BA Equivalent Loan, (ii) if such BA Equivalent Interest Period is longer than three months, each three month anniversary of the making of such BA Equivalent Loan and (iii) the Termination Date.
BA Equivalent Interest Period shall mean, with respect to each BA Equivalent Loan, the interest period applicable thereto, as determined pursuant to Section 2.7 .
BA Equivalent Loan shall mean a Canadian Revolving Loan denominated in Cdn. Dollars which bears interest based on the BA Rate.
BA Rate shall mean, for the BA Equivalent Interest Period of each BA Equivalent Loan, the rate of interest per annum equal to the annual rates applicable to Cdn. Dollar Bankers Acceptances having an identical or comparable term as the proposed BA Equivalent Loan displayed and identified as such on the display referred to as the CDOR Page (or any display substituted therefor) of Reuter Monitor Money Rates Service as at approximately 10:00 a.m. New York City time on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, as of 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the immediately preceding Business Day), provided that if such rates do not appear on the CDOR Page at such time on such date, the rate for such date will be the average of the annual discount rates (rounded upward to the nearest whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) as of 10:00 a.m. New York City time on such day at which the Canadian chartered banks listed on Schedule 1 of the Bank Act (Canada) are then offering to purchase Cdn. Dollar Bankers Acceptances accepted by them having such specified term (or a term as closely as possible comparable to such specified term), plus five (5) points.
Bank of America shall mean Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.
Bank Product Reserves shall mean all reserves which the Administrative Agents from time to time establish in their reasonable credit judgment exercised in good faith for the Bank Products then provided or outstanding.
Bank Products shall mean Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements.
-5-
Bankruptcy Code shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et seq . (or any successor statute), as amended from time to time.
Benefited Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.8(a) .
BIA shall mean the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) (or any successor statute), as amended from time to time and includes all regulations thereunder.
Blocked Account shall mean the U.S. Blocked Account or the Canadian Blocked Account, as the context requires.
Blocked Account Agreement shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.13(a)(iii) .
Board shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).
Borrower Materials shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17(c) .
Borrowers shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement.
Borrowing shall mean the incurrence of one Type of Loan of a single Class on a single date (or resulting from conversions on a single date) having, in the case of LIBOR Loans or BA Equivalent Loans, the same Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period, as applicable ( provided that ABR Loans incurred pursuant to Section 2.10(b) shall be considered part of any related Borrowing of LIBOR Loans or BA Equivalent Loans, as applicable). For the avoidance of doubt, the conversion of a LIBOR Loan into an ABR Loan (or vice versa), the continuation or selection of any Interest Period shall not, in each case, constitute a Borrowing or a Loan.
Borrowing Base shall refer to the U.S. Borrowing Base or the Canadian Borrowing Base, as the context requires.
Borrowing Base Certificate shall mean a certificate of the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Canadian Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit M (or another form acceptable to the Administrative Agents) setting forth the calculation of the U.S. Borrowing Base and the Canadian Borrowing Base, including a calculation of each component thereof, all in such detail as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agents. All calculations of the U.S. Borrowing Base and Canadian Borrowing Base in connection with the preparation of any Borrowing Base Certificate shall originally be made by the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Canadian Borrower and certified to the Administrative Agents; provided that the Administrative Agents shall have the right to review and adjust any such calculation to the extent that such calculation is not in accordance with this Agreement.
Business Day shall mean any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day that in the jurisdiction where the Administrative Agents Office for Loans in Dollars is located shall be a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law or other governmental actions to close; provided , however ,
(a) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a LIBOR Loan denominated in Dollars, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Dollars in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, or any other dealings in Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, such day shall be a day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market;
-6-
(b) when used in connection with a Canadian Revolving Loan (subject to clause (a) above in the case of a Canadian Revolving Loan that is a LIBOR Loan), such day shall be a day on which banks are open for business in Toronto, Canada but excluding Saturday, Sunday and any other day which is a legal holiday in Toronto, Canada;
(c) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a LIBOR Loan denominated in Euro, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Euro in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, or any other dealings in Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, such day shall be a TARGET Day;
(d) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a LIBOR Loan denominated in a currency other than Dollars or Euro, such day shall be a day on which dealings in deposits in the relevant currency are conducted by and between banks in the London or other applicable offshore interbank market for such currency; and
(e) if such day relates to any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in a currency other than Dollars or Euro in respect of a LIBOR Loan denominated in a currency other than Dollars or Euro, or any other dealings in any currency other than Dollars or Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such LIBOR Loan (other than any interest rate settings), such day shall be a day on which banks are open for foreign exchange business in the principal financial center of the country of such currency.
Canadian Administrative Agent shall mean Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch), as the administrative agent for the Canadian Revolving Lenders under this Agreement, or any successor administrative agent pursuant to Section 11 .
Canadian Agent Advances shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.3(h) .
Canadian Availability shall mean at any time the lesser of (i) the excess of (x) the Total Canadian Revolving Commitment at such time minus (y) the Outstanding Amount of Canadian Revolving Loans, Canadian Swingline Loans, Canadian Agent Advances and the Outstanding Amount of Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations and (ii) the excess of (x) the Combined Borrowing Base at such time, minus (y) the Aggregate Revolving Exposure at such time.
Canadian Bank shall mean Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch), for so long as it is a Canadian Revolving Lender hereunder.
Canadian Base Rate shall mean for any day, the greater of (x) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by the Canadian Administrative Agent in Toronto, Ontario as its base rate (the base rate being a rate set by the Canadian Administrative Agent based on various factors including costs and desired return of the Canadian Administrative Agent, general economic conditions and other factors, and used as a reference point for pricing some loans in Dollars, which may be priced at, above or below such announced rate) and (b) the LIBOR Rate plus 1.00%. Any change in the base rate announced by the Canadian Administrative Agent shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change. Each interest rate based upon the Canadian Base Rate shall be adjusted simultaneously with any change in the base rate. In the event that the Canadian Administrative Agent (including any successor or assignee) does not at any time publicly announce a base rate, then Canadian Base Rate shall mean the base rate publicly announced by a Schedule 1 chartered bank in Canada selected by the Canadian Administrative Agent.
Canadian Blocked Account shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.13(a) .
-7-
Canadian Borrower shall have the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.
Canadian Borrowing Base shall mean, with respect to the Canadian Credit Parties, at any time, an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent of (w) 85% multiplied by the book value of Eligible Accounts of the Canadian Credit Parties plus (x) 85% multiplied by the Net Orderly Liquidation Value of Eligible Inventory of the Canadian Credit Parties (without duplication) plus (y) 100% multiplied by the amount of cash of the Canadian Credit Parties held in deposit accounts with the Canadian Administrative Agent or any other bank reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and, in each case, subject to control agreements (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) in favor of the Collateral Agent (without duplication) minus (z) any Reserves from time to time established by the Canadian Administrative Agent with respect to the Canadian Borrowing Base.
Canadian Collateral shall mean all property pledged or purported to be pledged pursuant to the Canadian Security Documents.
Canadian Commitment Increase shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.15(a) .
Canadian Concentration Account shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.13(a) .
Canadian Credit Parties shall mean the Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Guarantors.
Canadian Defined Benefit Plan shall mean a Foreign Plan for the purposes of any applicable pension benefits standards statute or regulation in Canada, which contains a defined benefit provision, as defined in subsection 147.1(1) of the Income Tax Act (Canada).
Canadian Designated Account shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3(c) .
Canadian Fronting Fee shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.3(b) .
Canadian Fronting Lender shall mean the Canadian Bank, in its capacity as fronting lender under the Canadian Revolving Facility, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity.
Canadian Guarantee shall mean, collectively, the guarantees by the Canadian Subsidiaries in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties in respect of the Canadian Obligations.
Canadian Guarantee and Pledge Agreement shall mean each of a Canadian limited recourse guarantee and a Canadian share pledge agreement entered into by any subsidiary that is required to enter into such agreement pursuant to Section 8.8(b) and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties dated as of the Closing Date, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Canadian Guarantor shall mean, except as set forth in Schedule 8.11 , each Canadian Subsidiary that provides a Canadian Guarantee or becomes a party to the Canadian Guarantee after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 8.8 or otherwise.
Canadian Letter of Credit shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.4(a)(ii) .
Canadian Letter of Credit Fee shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.3(b) .
-8-
Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer shall mean the Canadian Bank, any Affiliate of the Canadian Bank or any other financial institution, in each case, that issues any Canadian Letter of Credit pursuant to this Agreement; provided that solely for purposes of each Existing Canadian Letter of Credit, the entity identified on Schedule 1.1(h) as the issuer of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to be the Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer and shall have all rights, obligations and privileges of the Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer with respect thereto.
Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations shall mean, as at any date of determination, the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Canadian Letters of Credit plus the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of all amounts drawn under the Canadian Letters of Credit, including all Letter of Credit Borrowings arising under Canadian Letters of Credit. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Canadian Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Canadian Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be outstanding in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.
Canadian Letter of Credit Participant shall mean a Letter of Credit Participant in a Canadian Letter of Credit.
Canadian Letter of Credit Subfacility shall mean $110,000,000.
Canadian Lock Boxes shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.13(a) .
Canadian Notice of Borrowing shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3(b)(i) .
Canadian Notice of Conversion or Continuation shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.9(c) .
Canadian Obligations shall mean all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, the Canadian Borrower arising under any Credit Document and all obligations of the Canadian Credit Parties arising under any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent (including by way of Guarantee), due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Canadian Credit Party of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.
Canadian Overadvances shall mean, at any time, the excess (if any) of the Aggregate Canadian Revolving Exposure at such time over the Canadian Borrowing Base at such time.
Canadian Prime Rate shall mean, on any day, the nominal annual rate of interest announced from time to time by the Canadian Administrative Agent as its reference rate of interest for loans made in Cdn. Dollars to Canadian customers and designated as its prime rate (the prime rate being a rate set by the Canadian Administrative Agent based upon various factors including the Canadian Administrative Agents costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above or below such announced rate). Any change in the prime rate announced by the Canadian Administrative Agent shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change. Each rate of interest based upon the Canadian Prime Rate shall be adjusted simultaneously with any change in the Canadian Prime Rate. In the event that the Canadian Administrative Agent (including any successor or assignor) does not at any time publicly announce a prime rate, the Prime Rate shall mean the prime rate publicly announced by a Schedule 1 chartered bank in Canada selected by the Canadian Administrative Agent.
-9-
Canadian Prime Rate Loan shall mean a Canadian Revolving Loan, Canadian Swingline Loan or Canadian Agent Advance which bears interest based on the Canadian Prime Rate.
Canadian Revolving Commitment shall mean, as to any Canadian Revolving Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make Canadian Revolving Loans and participate in Canadian Letters of Credit and Canadian Swingline Loans in an aggregate principal and/or face amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading Canadian Revolving Commitment opposite such Lenders name on Schedule 1.1(b) or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. The aggregate amount of the aggregate Canadian Revolving Commitments of all Canadian Revolving Lenders as of the Second Restatement Effective Date is $400,000,000.
Canadian Revolving Facility shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) .
Canadian Revolving Lender shall mean a Lender with a Canadian Revolving Commitment or an outstanding Canadian Revolving Loan, Canadian Swingline Loan, Canadian Agent Advance or that is a Canadian Letter of Credit Participant.
Canadian Revolving Loans shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3(a) .
Canadian Revolving Participant shall mean each Canadian Revolving Lender for whom the Canadian Fronting Lender will make Canadian Revolving Loans denominated in Euro or Sterling as set forth on Schedule 1.1(b) or a separate written agreement between the Canadian Fronting Lender and such Canadian Revolving Lender.
Canadian Secured Parties shall mean the Canadian Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Canadian Revolving Lender, each Canadian Swingline Lender, the Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer, each Secured Hedge Bank that is party to any Secured Hedge Agreement with any Restricted Foreign Subsidiary, each Cash Management Bank that is party to a Secured Cash Management Agreement with a Restricted Foreign Subsidiary and each sub-agent pursuant to Section 11 appointed by the Canadian Administrative Agent.
Canadian Security Agreement shall mean the general security agreements and deeds of hypothec entered into by the Canadian Credit Parties in favor of the Collateral Agent to secure the Canadian Obligations, dated as of the Closing Date, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Canadian Security Documents shall mean the Canadian Security Agreement, the Canadian Guarantee and Pledge Agreement and any other agreements executed by one or more of the Canadian Credit Parties pursuant to which the Collateral Agent has been granted a Lien to secure the Canadian Obligations.
Canadian Subsidiary shall mean any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the U.S. Parent Borrower which is incorporated or otherwise organized under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof.
-10-
Canadian Swingline Commitment shall mean the obligation of the Canadian Swingline Lenders to make Canadian Swingline Loans in an aggregate Outstanding Amount not to exceed $30,000,000.
Canadian Swingline Lenders shall mean (i) the Canadian Bank, (ii) Bank of Montreal and (iii) any successor financial institution to either of the foregoing agreed to by the Agent, each in its capacity as provider of Canadian Swingline Loans.
Canadian Swingline Loan shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3(g)(i) .
Canadian Unused Line Fee shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.2(b) .
Capital Expenditures shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under Capital Leases) by the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as capital expenditures on a consolidated statement of cash flows of the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
Capital Lease shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is, or is required to be, accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.
Capitalized Lease Obligations shall mean, as applied to any Person, all obligations under Capital Leases of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case taken at the amount thereof accounted for as liabilities in accordance with GAAP.
Cash Dominion Event shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) Combined Availability (as determined by the Administrative Agents in their reasonable credit judgment) is less than or equal to the greater of (i) $130,000,000 and (ii) 10.0% of the Combined Borrowing Base for five consecutive Business Days, (b) U.S. Availability is less than or equal to 10.0% of the U.S. Borrowing Base for five consecutive Business Days or (c) upon the declaration of such by the Required Lenders when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
Cash Dominion Period shall mean the period commencing with prior written notice by the Administrative Agents to the Borrowers of the occurrence of a Cash Dominion Event and ending (a) no less than 20 consecutive days thereafter and (b) only after such Cash Dominion Event (i) is no longer in existence for a period of at least 20 consecutive days, provided that no other Cash Dominion Event has been in existence during such 20 consecutive day period; or (ii) has been waived by Required Lenders.
Cash Flow Term Administrative Agent shall mean Bank of America, in its capacity as administrative agent under the Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement, and its successors and assigns.
Cash Flow Term Collateral Agent shall mean Bank of America, in its capacity as collateral agent under the Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement, and its successors and assigns.
Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement shall mean the Fourth Amended and Restated Term Credit Agreement, dated February 22, 2013, by and among the U.S. Parent Borrower, Univar UK Ltd., the lenders party thereto, the Cash Flow Term Administrative Agent and the other parties named therein, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to
-11-
time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original administrative agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement or other credit agreements or otherwise, unless such agreement or instrument expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not a Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement hereunder). Any reference to the Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to any Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement then in existence.
Cash Flow Term Credit Documents shall mean the Credit Documents (or comparable term) as defined in the Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived, otherwise modified, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced from time to time.
Cash Flow Term Facility shall mean the collective reference to the Cash Flow Term Credit Documents, any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages, letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and collateral documents, and other instruments and documents, executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement or one or more other credit agreements, indentures or financing agreements or otherwise, unless such agreement or instrument expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not a Cash Flow Term Facility hereunder).
Cash Management Agreement shall mean (i) any agreement or arrangement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card (including non-card electronic payable services), purchase card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements and (ii) any other agreement (including, without limitation, any agreement which states that it is a Cash Management Agreement for purposes of this Agreement) other than an agreement relating to Indebtedness incurred in reliance on Section 9.1(a)(y), Section 9.1(i) or Section 9.1(m).
Cash Management Bank shall mean any Person that, either (x) at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement or (y) on the Closing Date, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement.
Casualty Event shall mean, with respect to any property of any Person, any loss of or damage to, or any condemnation or other taking by a Governmental Authority of, such property for which such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives insurance proceeds, or proceeds of a condemnation award or other compensation.
CCAA shall mean Companies Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) (or any successor statute), as amended from time to time, and includes all regulations thereunder.
CD&R shall mean Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC and any successor in interest thereto, and any successor to its investment management business.
CD&R Group shall mean (a) CD&R, (b) Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P. and its successors in interest, (c) any investment fund or vehicle managed, sponsored or advised by CD&R or any Affiliate thereof, and any Affiliate of or successor to any such investment fund or vehicle and (d) any limited or general partners of, or other investors in, any entity described in clause (b) above or any Affiliate thereof, or any such investment fund or vehicle.
-12-
Cdn. Dollar and Cdn.$ shall mean dollars in the lawful currency of Canada.
Change in Law shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation after the Second Restatement Effective Date, (b) any change in any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the Second Restatement Effective Date or (c) any guideline, request or directive issued or made after the Second Restatement Effective Date by any central bank or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law) that requires compliance by a Lender; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a Change in Law, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.
Change of Control shall mean and be deemed to have occurred if (a) prior to a Qualified IPO the Permitted Investors shall at any time not beneficially own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of (x) so long as the U.S. Parent Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the U.S. Parent Borrower is not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, the U.S. Parent Borrower; or (b) after a Qualified IPO, any person, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than one or more Permitted Investors, shall at any time have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership of a percentage of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of (x) so long as the U.S. Parent Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the U.S. Parent Borrower is not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, the U.S. Parent Borrower that (i) exceeds 35% of the outstanding Voting Stock of such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) or the U.S. Parent Borrower, as applicable, and (ii) exceeds the percentage of the voting power of such Voting Stock then beneficially owned, in the aggregate, by the Permitted Investors, unless, in the case of either clause (a) or (b) above, the Permitted Investors have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of (x) so long as the U.S. Parent Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the U.S. Parent Borrower is not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, the U.S. Parent Borrower; or (c) Continuing Directors shall not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the U.S. Parent Borrower; or (d) at any time, a Change of Control (as defined in any agreement governing Junior Indebtedness) shall have occurred.
Chattel Paper shall have the meaning provided in Article 9 of the UCC and in the PPSA, as applicable.
Claims shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Environmental Claims.
Class , when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are U.S. Revolving Loans, Canadian Revolving Loans or Term Loans and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a U.S. Revolving Commitment, a Canadian Revolving Commitment or a Term Commitment.
Closing Date shall mean October 11, 2007.
-13-
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. Section references to the Code are to the Code, as in effect at the Closing Date, and any subsequent provisions of the Code, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.
Collateral shall mean the U.S. Collateral and the Canadian Collateral, collectively. Collateral, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include at any time any Excluded Assets.
Collateral Agent shall mean Bank of America, as collateral agent under the Security Documents, or any successor collateral agent pursuant to Section 11 .
Combined Availability shall mean, at any date of determination, the sum of (a) U.S. Availability and (b) the lesser of (x) Canadian Availability on such date and (y) the greater of (i) zero dollars and (ii) the excess of the Canadian Borrowing Base over Aggregate Canadian Revolving Exposure.
Combined Borrowing Base shall mean, at any time, the sum of (a) the U.S. Borrowing Base at such time and (b) the Canadian Borrowing Base at such time.
Commitment Increase shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.15 .
Commitment Increase Effective Date shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.15(c) .
Commitments shall mean, with respect to each Lender (to the extent applicable), such Lenders U.S. Revolving Commitment, Canadian Revolving Commitment, Swingline Commitment and Term Commitment.
Commodity Exchange Act shall mean the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
Communications shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17(a) .
Concentration Account shall mean the U.S. Concentration Account or the Canadian Concentration Account, as the context requires.
Confidential Information shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.16 .
Consolidated EBITDA shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus :
(a) without duplication and to the extent deducted (and not added back) in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:
(i) total interest expense,
(ii) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital (or any alternative in lieu of), including federal, foreign state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations, including payments made pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or arrangements among the U.S. Parent Borrower, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the U.S. Parent Borrower (so long as such tax sharing payments are attributable to the operations of the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries),
-14-
(iii) depreciation and amortization,
(iv) extraordinary losses and unusual or non-recurring charges, including, without limitation, severance costs, relocation costs and integration and facilities opening costs including in connection with any Investment or Disposition,
(v) the amount of any interest expense of any minority interest,
(vi) management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor in an amount not to exceed the maximum amount permitted under clause (a) of the first proviso in Section 9.8 ,
(vii) any costs or expenses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the U.S. Parent Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the U.S. Parent Borrower,
(viii) [Reserved],
(ix) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the U.S. Parent Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption,
(x) any fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges incurred during such period in connection with the Transaction, any other acquisition, investment, recapitalization, asset disposition, issuance or repayment of debt or issuance of equity securities amendment, or modification to any Indebtedness and any non-recurring costs relating to corporate reorganizations (in each case, including any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges during such period as a result of any such transaction,
(xi) expenses to the extent covered by contractual indemnification or refunding provisions in favor of the U.S. Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and actually paid or refunded, or, so long as the U.S. Parent Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be paid or refunded by the indemnifying party or other obligor and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable indemnifying party or obligor in writing within 90 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 180 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 180 days),
(xii) any non-cash increase in expenses (A) resulting from the revaluation of inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods including changes in capitalization of variances) or (B) due to purchase accounting and other charges associated with the Transactions and the First Restatement Transactions,
-15-
(xiii) the amount of loss from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments, and
(xiv) any other non-cash charges or expenses reducing Consolidated Net Income except to the extent representing accruals or reserves for future cash expenditures,
less
(b) without duplication and to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:
(i) extraordinary gains and unusual or non-recurring gains,
(ii) non-cash gains (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period),
(iii) gains on asset sales (other than asset sales in the ordinary course of business), and
(iv) any net after-tax income from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments,
in each case, as determined on a consolidated basis for the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP; provided that
(i) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA currency translation gains and losses related to currency re-measurements of Indebtedness or intercompany balances (including the net loss or gain resulting from Hedge Agreements for currency exchange risk),
(ii) there shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period, without duplication, (A) the Acquired EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset acquired by the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary following the first day of such period (but not the Acquired EBITDA of any related Person, property, business or assets to the extent not so acquired) to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred, abandoned or otherwise disposed by the U.S. Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary (each such Person, property, business or asset acquired and not subsequently so disposed of, an Acquired Entity or Business ) and the Acquired EBITDA of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is converted into a Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a Converted Restricted Subsidiary ), based on the actual Acquired EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition or conversion) and (B) an adjustment in respect of each Acquired Entity or Business equal to the amount of the Pro Forma Adjustment with respect to such Acquired Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) as specified in a Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate and delivered to the Lenders and the Administrative Agents, and
-16-
(iii) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period the Disposed EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) sold, transferred, abandoned or otherwise disposed of, closed or classified as discontinued operations by the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary following the first day of such period (each such Person, property, business or asset so sold or disposed of, a Sold Entity or Business ), and the Disposed EBITDA of any Restricted Subsidiary that is converted into an Unrestricted Subsidiary following the first day of such period (each, a Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary ) based on the actual Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer or disposition or conversion).
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall mean, for any Test Period, the ratio of (i) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period minus Capital Expenditures of the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries paid in cash during such Test Period except to the extent such Capital Expenditures were made with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than any Loans) or through equity investments in the Parent minus the aggregate amount of income taxes of the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries paid in cash during such Test Period to (ii) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such Test Period.
Consolidated Fixed Charges shall mean, for any period, without duplication, the sum of (A) all scheduled payments of principal on Indebtedness (other than (i) refinancings or repayments made with additional Indebtedness (other than proceeds of Loans), (ii) payments of Obligations under this Agreement, (iii) payments and prepayments under other revolving credit facilities that do not constitute permanent payments under any such facility, whether upon termination of such facility or otherwise, and do not result in a permanent reduction in any revolving credit commitment under any such facility and (iv) payments of intercompany Indebtedness), (B) the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period and (C) cash dividends paid by the U.S. Parent Borrower with respect to its Stock and Stock Equivalents for such period (other than (i) management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees paid to the Sponsor in an amount not to exceed the maximum amount permitted under clause (a) of the first proviso in Section 9.8 and (ii) cash dividends made with the proceeds of additional Indebtedness (other than proceeds of Loans)).
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement as in effect on the Second Restatement Effective Date.
Consolidated Interest Expense shall mean, for any period, the total interest expense (including, without limitation, interest expense attributable to Capital Leases and all net payment obligations actually made in cash pursuant to Hedge Agreements) of the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries net of all interest income of the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all determined for such period on a consolidated basis, without duplication, in accordance with GAAP to the extent payable in cash, but excluding (i) commitment fees, letter of credit fees and non-cash amortization of loan costs, (ii) any non-cash or deferred interest financing costs, including on account of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and any non-cash accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, all as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (iii) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, including expenses resulting from the discounting of any outstanding Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition and (iv) interest with respect to Indebtedness of any Parent Entity appearing on the balance sheet of such Person, solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP.
-17-
Consolidated Net Income shall mean, for any period, the net income (loss) of the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, excluding, without duplication,
(a) extraordinary items for such period,
(b) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income,
(c) in the case of any period that includes a period ending prior to or during the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2013, fees and expenses in connection with the Second Restatement Transactions,
(d) any income (loss) for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments,
(e) [Reserved], and
(f) the income (loss) for such period of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except to the extent distributed to the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.
There shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for any period the purchase accounting effects of adjustments to inventory, property, equipment and intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of the Transactions and the First Restatement Transactions, any consummated acquisition whether consummated before or after the Closing Date, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof.
Consolidated Total Assets shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption total assets (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date.
Continuing Director shall mean, at any date, an individual (a) who is a member of the board of directors of the U.S. Parent Borrower on the Closing Date, (b) who has been nominated to be a member of such board of directors, directly or indirectly, by a Sponsor or Persons nominated by a Sponsor or (c) who has been nominated to be a member of such board of directors by a majority of the other Continuing Directors then in office.
Contractual Requirement shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.3 .
Converted Restricted Subsidiary shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Consolidated EBITDA.
Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Consolidated EBITDA.
Covenant Compliance Event shall mean either (a) the Combined Availability at any time is less than or equal to 10.0% of the Combined Borrowing Base or (b) the U.S. Availability at any time is less than or equal to 10.0% of the U.S. Borrowing Base. For purposes hereof, the occurrence of a Covenant Compliance Event shall be deemed continuing until the Combined Availability has exceeded 10.0% of the Combined Borrowing Base and the U.S. Availability has exceeded 10.0% of the U.S. Borrowing Base for 20 consecutive days, in which case a Covenant Compliance Event shall no longer be deemed to be continuing for purposes of this Agreement.
-18-
Credit Documents shall mean this Agreement, the Canadian Guarantee, the Security Documents, the Canadian Guarantee and Pledge Agreement, and any promissory notes issued by a Borrower hereunder, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived, otherwise modified, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced from time to time.
Credit Event shall mean and include the making (but not the conversion or continuation) of a Revolving Loan, Agent Advance or a Swingline Loan or the issuance of a Letter of Credit. For the avoidance of doubt Credit Event does not include participation payments or advances, sold or made (as applicable) pursuant to Section 2.4(f)(iii) .
Credit Party shall mean each of the Borrowers and the Canadian Guarantors.
CVC shall mean CVC Capital Partners Group S.a.r.l.
Default shall mean any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
Default Rate shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(c) .
Defaulting Lender shall mean any Lender with respect to which a Lender Default is in effect.
Designated Account Debtor shall mean each Account Debtor designated in writing by the U.S. Borrower to the U.S. Administrative Agent as a Designated Account Debtor ( provided that, if such Account Debtor had any Eligible Accounts that were included in the calculation of any Borrowing Base in the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agents, such designation shall only be allowed to the extent the Borrowers have provided an updated Borrowing Base Certificate to the U.S. Administrative Agent prepared as of the date of such most recently delivered Borrowing Base Certificate but giving effect to the exclusion of all Accounts of such Designated Account Debtor from Eligible Accounts and demonstrating that after giving effect to such designation no prepayment of Loans or cash collateralization of Letters of Credit would be required pursuant to Section 4.3(a) or (b) ); provided that upon written notice to the U.S. Administrative Agent, the U.S. Parent Borrower may designate an Account Debtor that was previously designated as a Designated Account Debtor as no longer being a Designated Account Debtor so long as no Accounts of such Account Debtor have been transferred pursuant to Section 9.4(p) within the previous 120 days (or 210 days, with respect to any Account Debtor who has Accounts arising from transactions with the Canadian Borrowers agricultural division) prior to such date of designation.
Designated Non-Cash Consideration shall mean the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the U.S. Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition pursuant to Section 9.4(b) or Section 9.4(c) that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the U.S. Parent Borrower, setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the fair market value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash following the consummation of the applicable Disposition).
Designated Obligations shall mean all obligations of the Borrowers with respect to (a) principal of and interest on the Loans, (b) all unreimbursed drawings under Letters of Credit and (c) accrued and unpaid fees under the Credit Documents.
-19-
Disposed EBITDA shall mean, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business or any Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary (determined as if references to the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA were references to such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary and its respective Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.
Disposition shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.4 .
Disqualified Equity Interests shall mean any Stock or Stock Equivalent which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Stock or Stock Equivalent into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (c) provides for scheduled mandatory payments of dividends (other than dividends payable solely in the form of Qualified Equity Interests), or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Stock or Stock Equivalent that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, unless any provisions set forth in clause (a) through (d) above do not apply prior to the earlier of (x) the date that is 180 days after the Final Maturity Date, (y) the date such payment would be permitted to be made pursuant to this Agreement or (z) in the case of clause (a) above, following the repayment of all Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of all Commitments.
Dollar Equivalent shall mean, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any Alternative Currency, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the applicable Administrative Agent, Fronting Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable, on the basis of the Spot Rate for the purchase of Dollars with such Alternative Currency.
Dollars and $ shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.
Domestic Subsidiary shall mean each Subsidiary of the U.S. Parent Borrower that is organized under the laws of the United States (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(9) of the Code).
Eligible Accounts shall mean, with respect to any Credit Party, the Accounts created and owned by such Credit Party and arising in the ordinary course of such Credit Partys business from the sale of goods by such Credit Party, and which the applicable Administrative Agent in the exercise of its reasonable, good faith credit judgment determines to be Eligible Accounts; provided that neither Administrative Agent shall establish any criteria for excluding Accounts from Eligible Accounts other than those set forth below unless (i) such Administrative Agent shall have given the U.S. Parent Borrower at least five Business Days prior notice of such Administrative Agents intention to establish such criteria including an explanation as to the reasons that such Administrative Agent has determined in its reasonable, good faith credit judgment that such criteria are appropriate and (ii) to the extent the U.S. Parent Borrower shall have objected to the addition of such criteria within five Business Days of receiving such notice, such Administrative Agent shall have taken into consideration the U.S. Parent Borrowers basis of objection and shall have negotiated in good faith with the U.S. Parent Borrower for a period of five Business Days in order to reach a mutually satisfactory resolution with respect to such additional criteria (it being understood that nothing in the foregoing shall prohibit either Administrative Agent from establishing additional criteria for excluding Accounts from Eligible Accounts without the consent of the U.S. Parent Borrower if, following such Administrative Agents compliance with the procedures set forth
-20-
above, such Administrative Agent shall have determined in its reasonable, good faith credit judgment that such criteria are appropriate). Without limiting the discretion of the Administrative Agents to establish other criteria of ineligibility in their reasonable good faith credit judgment in accordance with the foregoing, unless otherwise approved by the Administrative Agents in their discretion, Eligible Accounts shall not include any Account:
(a) with respect to which more than 120 days (or 210 days, with respect to Accounts of the Canadian Borrower arising from its agricultural division) have elapsed since the date of the original invoice therefor or which is more than 60 days past due from the due date of the original invoice;
(b) with respect to which any of the representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements contained in the Agreement, any Security Agreement or any other Credit Document are incorrect in any material respect or have been breached and remain uncured;
(c) with respect to which Account (or any other Account due from such Account Debtor), in whole or in part, a check, promissory note, draft, trade acceptance or other instrument for the payment of money has been received, presented for payment and returned uncollected for any reason, unless and until such uncollected payment has been made and the Administrative Agents have consented to the inclusion of such Account as eligible;
(d) which represents a Progress Billing;
(e) with respect to which any one or more of the following events has occurred to the Account Debtor on such Account: death or judicial declaration of incompetency of an Account Debtor who is an individual; the filing by or against the Account Debtor of a request, proposal, notice of intent to file a proposal, or petition for liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debts, adjudication as a bankrupt, winding-up, or other relief under the bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws of the United States or Canada, any state, province or territory thereof, or any other foreign jurisdiction, now or hereafter in effect; the making of any general assignment by the Account Debtor for the benefit of creditors; the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, monitor, custodian, sequestrator, administrator or trustee for the Account Debtor or for any of the assets of the Account Debtor, including the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, as defined in the Bankruptcy Code; the institution by or against the Account Debtor of any other type of insolvency proceeding (under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, Canada (including the BIA and CCAA) or otherwise) or of any formal or informal proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of, settlement of claims against, or winding up of affairs of, the Account Debtor; the sale, assignment, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Account Debtor; the nonpayment generally by the Account Debtor of its debts as they become due; or the cessation of the business of the Account Debtor as a going concern;
(f) if fifty percent (50%) or more of the aggregate amount of outstanding Accounts owed at such time by the Account Debtor thereon is classified as ineligible under clause (a) above;
(g) owed by an Account Debtor which: (i) does not maintain its chief executive office in the United States of America or, in the case of any Account Debtor of a Canadian Credit Party, Canada; or (ii) is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or Canada or any state or province thereof; or (iii) is the government of any country or sovereign state (other than the United States of America or Canada or any state, province, municipality or other political subdivision thereof), or of any state, province, municipality, or other political subdivision thereof,
-21-
or of any department, agency, public corporation, or other instrumentality thereof; except to the extent that such Account is secured or payable by a letter of credit satisfactory to the applicable Administrative Agent in its reasonable credit judgment;
(h) owed by an Account Debtor which is an Affiliate or officer, director or employee of a Credit Party or owed by an Account Debtor which is a Designated Account Debtor;
(i) owed by an Account Debtor to which a Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries is indebted in any way, or which is subject to any right of setoff or recoupment by the Account Debtor, unless the Account Debtor has entered into an agreement acceptable to the applicable Administrative Agent to waive setoff rights; or if the Account Debtor thereon has disputed liability or made any claim with respect to any other Account due from such Account Debtor; of if such Account is subject to a chargeback or a rebate that has been earned but not taken; but in each such case only to the extent of such indebtedness, setoff, recoupment, dispute, claim, chargeback or rebate;
(j) owed by the government of the United States of America or Canada, or any department, agency, public or crown corporation or other instrumentality thereof, unless, (i) in the case of an Account owed to a U.S. Borrower by the government of the United States or any department, agency, public corporation or other instrumentality thereof, the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended (31 U.S.C. § 3727 et seq .), and any other steps necessary to perfect the U.S. Administrative Agents Liens therein, have been complied with to the U.S. Administrative Agents satisfaction with respect to such Account or (ii) in the case of an Account owed to a Canadian Credit Party by the government of Canada, or any department, agency, public or crown corporation or other instrumentality thereof, the FAA or any equivalent legislation and any other steps necessary to perfect the Collateral Agents Liens therein, have been complied with to the Canadian Administrative Agents satisfaction with respect to such Account;
(k) which is subject to cash-on-delivery or cash-in-advance payment terms;
(l) which represents a sale on a bill-and-hold, guaranteed sale, sale and return, sale on approval, consignment, or other repurchase or return basis;
(m) which is evidenced by a promissory note or other instrument or by chattel paper unless the Collateral Agent has a perfected first priority security interest in such note, instrument or chattel paper;
(n) if the applicable Administrative Agent believes, in the exercise of its reasonable judgment, that the prospect of collection of such Account is materially impaired or that there is a material likelihood that such Account may not be paid by reason of the Account Debtors financial inability to pay;
(o) with respect to which the Account Debtor is located in any State requiring the filing of a notice of business activities report or similar report in order to permit the applicable Credit Party to seek judicial enforcement in such State of payment of such Account, unless such Credit Party has qualified to do business in such state or has filed a notice of business activities report or equivalent report for the then current year;
(p) which is not evidenced by an invoice;
-22-
(q) with respect to an Account arising from a sale, if the Account does not represent a final sale;
(r) owed by an Account Debtor which is obligated to the Credit Parties respecting Accounts the aggregate unpaid balance of which (together with the aggregate unpaid balance of Accounts owing by Affiliates of such Account Debtor) exceeds 7.5% of the aggregate unpaid balance of all Accounts owed to the Credit Parties at such time by all of the Credit Parties Account Debtors, but only to the extent of such excess;
(s) with respect to which the Account Debtor has made any security deposit (including container drum deposits) or other advance payment that, in the applicable Administrative Agents reasonable credit judgment, adversely affects the collectibility of the Account but only up to the amount of such security deposit;
(t) with respect to which the goods giving rise to such Account have not been shipped and delivered to and accepted by the Account Debtor or the services giving rise to such Account have not been performed by such Credit Party, and, if applicable, accepted by the Account Debtor, or the Account Debtor revokes its acceptance of such goods or services;
(u) that was acquired, or is an Account of a Person that was acquired, by the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Effective Date outside the ordinary course of business in a transaction involving the payment of consideration by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of $50,000,000 unless the applicable Administrative Agent has had an opportunity to conduct a field examination with respect to the Accounts or Persons so acquired;
(v) which is not subject to the Collateral Agents first priority Liens, which are perfected as to such Accounts, or which are subject to any other Lien whatsoever (other than the Liens described in Section 9.2(a) or (b) and Permitted Liens, provided that such Liens (i) are junior in priority to the Collateral Agents Liens or subject to Reserves and (ii) do not impair the ability of the Collateral Agent to realize on or obtain the full benefit of the Collateral); or
(w) which is payable in any currency other than Dollars or Cdn. Dollars.
If any Account at any time ceases to be an Eligible Account, the Administrative Agents may exclude such Account from the calculation of Eligible Accounts.
Eligible Inventory shall mean, with respect to any Credit Party, the Inventory of such Credit Party, valued at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out basis) or market, which the Administrative Agents, in their reasonable, good faith credit judgment, determine to be Eligible Inventory; provided that neither Administrative Agent shall establish any criteria for excluding Inventory from Eligible Inventory other than those set forth below unless (i) such Administrative Agent shall have given the U.S. Parent Borrower at least five Business Days prior notice of such Administrative Agents intention to establish such criteria including an explanation as to the reasons that such Administrative Agent has determined in its reasonable, good faith credit judgment that such criteria are appropriate and (ii) to the extent the U.S. Parent Borrower shall have objected to the addition of such criteria within five Business Days of receiving such notice, such Administrative Agent shall have taken into consideration the U.S. Parent Borrowers basis of objection and shall have negotiated in good faith with the U.S. Parent Borrower for a period of five Business Days in order to reach a mutually satisfactory resolution with respect to such additional criteria (it being understood that nothing in the foregoing shall prohibit either Administrative Agent from establishing additional criteria for excluding Inventory from Eligible Inventory without the consent of the U.S. Parent Borrower if, following such Administrative Agents compliance with the procedures set forth
-23-
above, such Administrative Agent shall have determined in its reasonable, good faith credit judgment that such criteria are appropriate). Without limiting the reasonable good faith credit judgment of the Administrative Agents to establish other criteria of ineligibility unless otherwise approved by the Administrative Agents in their discretion, Eligible Inventory of a Credit Party shall not include any Inventory of such Credit Party:
(a) that is not owned by such Credit Party;
(b) that is not subject to the Collateral Agents first priority Liens, which are perfected as to such Inventory, or that are subject to any other Lien whatsoever (other than the Liens described in Section 9.2(a) or (b) and Permitted Liens, provided that such Liens (i) are junior in priority to the Collateral Agents Liens or subject to Reserves and (ii) do not impair the ability of the Collateral Agent to realize on or obtain the full benefit of the Collateral);
(c) that consists of work-in-progress, customized products, display items, samples or packing or shipping materials, packaging, manufacturing supplies or replacement or spare parts not considered for sale in the ordinary course of business;
(d) that consists of goods which have been returned by the buyer, other than goods that are undamaged or that are resaleable in the normal course of business;
(e) that does not comply in all material respects with each of the representations and warranties respecting Eligible Inventory made in the Credit Documents;
(f) that is covered by negotiable document of title, unless such document has been delivered to the Collateral Agent;
(g) the cost of which is subject to a deferred rebate, to the extent of such rebate;
(h) that is not in good condition, is unmerchantable or does not meet all standards imposed by any Governmental Authority, having regulatory authority over such goods, their use or sale;
(i) that is not currently either usable or salable, at prices approximating at least cost, in the normal course of such Credit Partys business or that is slow moving, defective or stale;
(j) that is more than one year old, or that is obsolete or returned or repossessed or used goods taken in trade;
(k) that is located outside the United States of America or Canada;
(l) that is in-transit, other than Inventory in-transit from a Credit Partys location in the United States of America or Canada to another location of a Credit Party in the United States of America or Canada;
(m) that is located in a public warehouse or in possession of a bailee or in a facility leased by a Credit Party, unless (A) the warehouseman or the bailee or the lessor has delivered to the applicable Administrative Agent, if requested by such Administrative Agent, a waiver agreement in form and substance satisfactory to such Administrative Agent or (B) a Reserve for rents or storage charges has been established for Inventory at that location;
-24-
(n) that contains or bears any intellectual property rights licensed to a Credit Party by any Person if the applicable Administrative Agent is not satisfied that the Collateral Agent may sell or otherwise dispose of such Inventory in accordance with the terms of the U.S. Security Agreement or the Canadian Security Agreement, as applicable, without infringing the rights of the licensor of such intellectual property rights or violating any contract with such licensor (and without payment of any royalties other than any royalties due with respect to the sale or disposition of such Inventory pursuant to the existing license agreement) and as to which such Credit Party has not delivered to the applicable Administrative Agent a consent or sublicense agreement from such licensor in form and substance acceptable to such Administrative Agent if requested, in each case to the extent necessary in order to enable the Collateral Agent to foreclose on or otherwise exercise remedies with respect to the Collateral pursuant to the terms of the U.S. Security Agreement or the Canadian Security Agreement, as applicable;
(o) that is not included in the calculation of a current perpetual inventory report (including all Inventory purchased by the U.S. Borrowers International Sourcing Group);
(p) that represents intercompany profit;
(q) that is Inventory placed on consignment or with a processor;
(r) that is reserved for as slow or dead inventory by the Borrowers; or
(s) that was acquired, or is Inventory of a Person that was acquired, by the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Closing Date outside the ordinary course of business in a transaction involving the payment of consideration by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of $50,000,000 unless the applicable Administrative Agent has had an opportunity to conduct a field examination with respect to the Inventory or Persons so acquired.
If any Inventory of a Credit Party at any time ceases to be Eligible Inventory, the Administrative Agents may exclude such Inventory from the calculation of Eligible Inventory of such Credit Party.
EMU Legislation shall mean the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.
Environmental Claims shall mean any and all actions, suits, orders, decrees, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance, violation or potential responsibility or investigation (other than internal reports prepared by the Parent or any of the Subsidiaries (a) in the ordinary course of such Persons business or (b) as required in connection with a financing transaction or an acquisition or disposition of real estate) or proceedings relating in any way to any Environmental Law or any permit issued, or any approval given, under any such Environmental Law (hereinafter, Claims ), including, without limitation, (i) any and all Claims by governmental or regulatory authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief relating to the presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials), or the environment including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands.
-25-
Environmental Law shall mean any applicable federal, state, provincial, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code and rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, and any binding judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any binding judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, relating to pollution or the protection of the environment, including, without limitation, ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands, or human health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials), or Hazardous Materials.
ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. Section references to ERISA are to ERISA as in effect at the date of this Agreement and any subsequent provisions of ERISA amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.
ERISA Affiliate shall mean each person (as defined in Section 3(9) of ERISA) that together with the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary would be deemed to be a single employer within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
Euro and EUR shall mean the lawful currency of the Participating Member States introduced in accordance with the EMU Legislation.
Event of Default shall have the meaning provided in Section 10 .
Excluded Assets shall mean (i) any lease, license, contract, property right or agreement to which any Credit Party is a party or any of such Credit Partys rights or interests thereunder if and only for so long as the grant of a security interest therein under any Credit Document shall constitute or result in a breach, termination or default or invalidity under such lease, license, contract, property right or agreement (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law); provided that such lease, license, contract, property right or agreement shall be an Excluded Asset only to the extent and for so long as the consequences specified above shall exist and shall cease to be an Excluded Asset and shall become subject to the security interest granted under the Security Documents, immediately and automatically, at such time as such consequences shall no longer exist; (ii) any interests in real property that constitutes a leasehold of any Credit Party; (iii) any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents; (iv) all properties and assets of the Credit Parties secured by Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1(f) , so long as the granting of a Lien in favor of the Secured Parties would constitute or result in a breach, termination or default under any agreement or instrument governing the applicable Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1(f) ) and such properties or assets shall cease to be Excluded Assets once such prohibition ceases to exist and shall immediately and automatically become subject to the security interest granted under the Security Documents; (v) any intellectual property if and to the extent a grant of a security interest therein will result in the loss, voiding, abandonment, cancellation or termination of any right, title or interest in or to such intellectual property; provided , however , that such intellectual property shall be an Excluded Asset only to the extent and for so long as the circumstances specified above shall exist and shall cease to be an Excluded Asset and shall become subject to the security interest granted under the Security Documents, immediately and automatically, at such time as such circumstances shall no longer exist; (vi) any vehicles (whether powered or unpowered) subject to certificate of title statutes and (vii) any segregated and identifiable cash proceeds from the issuance of Qualified Equity Interests and borrowings under the Cash Flow Term Facility, in each case, in connection with the First Restatement Transactions; provided that no amounts in the Concentration Account shall be excluded by this clause (vii) .
-26-
Excluded Canadian Subsidiary shall mean (a) each Canadian Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.1(c)(ii) and each future Canadian Subsidiary, in each case, for so long as any such Subsidiary does not (on a consolidated basis with its Restricted Subsidiaries) have property, plant and equipment with a book value in excess of $2,500,000 or a contribution to Consolidated EBITDA for any four fiscal quarter period that includes any date on or after the Closing Date in excess of $1,000,000; provided that for all such Canadian Subsidiaries in the aggregate under this clause (a) , the book value of property, plant and equipment shall not (on a consolidated basis with their respective Restricted Subsidiaries) exceed $25,000,000 and the contribution to Consolidated EBITDA for any four fiscal quarter period that includes any date on or after the Closing Date in shall not exceed $10,000,000, and (b) each Canadian Subsidiary that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Excluded Perfection Assets shall mean any property or assets (i) constituting deposit accounts, securities accounts or commodities accounts (except to the extent provided in Section 8.13 ); (ii) leasehold interests in real property; (iii) monies; (iv) any interest in real property with a book value of less than $5,000,000; (v) any property or assets that the Collateral Agent and the Borrowers agree in good faith that the cost of perfecting a security interest in respect of which the cost of perfecting a security interest is excessive in relation to the value of the security to be afforded thereby or is not commercially practical; (vi) letter of credit rights not constituting supporting obligations; (vii) any property or assets that constitute intellectual property owned by any U.S. Borrower that is registered or issued or the subject of an application for registration or issuance in a jurisdiction other than the United States); and (viii) any other property or assets in which, pursuant to the terms and conditions of any Credit Document, the security interest of the Security Documents need not be perfected.
Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents shall mean (i) any Stock or Stock Equivalents with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Collateral Agent (confirmed in writing by notice to the U.S. Parent Borrower), the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing a pledge of which shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (ii) solely in the case of any pledge of Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Foreign Subsidiary (or any Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist, directly or indirectly, of Stock and Stock Equivalents of Foreign Subsidiaries) to secure the U.S. Obligations, any Stock or Stock Equivalents of any class of such Foreign Subsidiary or Domestic Subsidiary, as applicable, in excess of 65% of the outstanding Stock or Stock Equivalents of such class, (iii) any Stock or Stock Equivalents to the extent the pledge thereof would violate any applicable Requirement of Law, (iv) the Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary that is organized as an unlimited liability company under the laws of any province of Canada, and (v) in the case of Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary that is not wholly-owned by the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, any Stock or Stock Equivalents of such Subsidiary to the extent (A) that a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Requirement (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the UCC or other applicable law), (B) any Contractual Requirement or other contract, agreement or instrument or indenture, prohibits such a pledge without the consent of any other party; provided that this clause (B) shall not apply if (I) such other party is the U.S. Parent Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary or (II) such consent has been obtained and is in effect (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary to obtain any such consent)) and for so long as such Contractual Requirement or other contract, agreement or instrument or indenture, or replacement or renewal thereof is in effect, or (C) a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations would give any other party (other than the U.S. Parent Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary) to any contract, agreement, instrument or indenture governing such Stock or Stock Equivalents the right to terminate its obligations thereunder (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the UCC, the PPSA or other applicable law).
-27-
Excluded Subsidiary shall mean:
(a) each Domestic Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.1(c)(i) and each future Domestic Subsidiary designated as an Excluded Subsidiary by the U.S. Parent Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent, in each case, for so long as any such Subsidiary does not (on a consolidated basis with its Restricted Subsidiaries) have property, plant and equipment with a book value in excess of $5,000,000 or a contribution to Consolidated EBITDA for any four fiscal quarter period for which Section 8.1 Financials have been delivered that includes any date on or after the Closing Date in excess of $2,500,000; provided that for all such Domestic Subsidiaries in the aggregate under this clause (a) , the book value of property, plant and equipment shall not (on a consolidated basis with their respective Restricted Subsidiaries) exceed $40,000,000 and the contribution to Consolidated EBITDA for any four fiscal quarter period for which Section 8.1 Financials have been delivered that includes any date on or after the Closing Date shall not exceed $20,000,000,
(b) each Domestic Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary of the U.S. Parent Borrower,
(c) each Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist directly or indirectly of Stock and Stock Equivalents of Foreign Subsidiaries, and
(d) each Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Excluded Swap Obligations shall mean, with respect to any Swap Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of any Guaranty of such Swap Guarantor of, or the grant by such Swap Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligations (or any Guaranty thereof) is or becomes illegal or unlawful under the Commodity Exchange Act (or the application or official interpretation thereof) by virtue of such Swap Guarantors failure for any reason to constitute an eligible contract participant as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act (determined after giving effect to Section 12.27, any other keepwell, support, or other agreement for the benefit of such Swap Guarantor and any and all guarantees of such Swap Guarantors Swap Obligations by other Credit Parties) at the time the Guaranty or grant of security interest of such Swap Guarantor would otherwise have become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation but for such Swap Guarantors failure to constitute an eligible contract participant at such time.
Excluded Taxes shall mean, with respect to any Agent or any Lender, (a) tax imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) and franchise taxes or similar taxes (imposed or measured by overall gross receipts) imposed on such Agent or Lender by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Agent or Lender is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located; (b) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender with respect to any U.S. Revolving Loan or other Loans made to the U.S. Borrowers, any U.S. federal withholding tax to the extent imposed on amounts payable to such Non-U.S. Lender at the time such Non-U.S. Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new lending office) except to the extent that such Non-U.S. Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 4.5(a) ; (c) taxes attributable to a Non-U.S. Lenders failure to comply with Section 4.5(d); (d) any U.S. federal withholding taxes imposed pursuant to current Section 1471, Section 1472 or Section 1474 of the Code (and any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable), and any regulations issued thereunder or published administrative guidance issued pursuant thereto; or (e) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Taxes imposed under Part XIII of the Income Tax Act (Canada).
-28-
Existing Canadian Revolving Loans shall mean all Canadian Revolving Loans (as defined in the First Restated Credit Agreement) outstanding immediately prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date.
Existing Indebtedness shall mean Indebtedness of the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries outstanding on the Second Restatement Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 1.1(e) .
Existing Revolving Commitments shall mean all Revolving Commitments (as defined in the First Restated Credit Agreement) outstanding immediately prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date.
Existing U.S. Revolving Loans shall mean all U.S. Revolving Loans (as defined in the First Restated Credit Agreement) outstanding immediately prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date.
Extension shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.17(a) .
Extension Offer shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.17(a) .
Extended Revolving Commitment shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.17(a) .
Extended Term Loans shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.17(a) .
Extending Revolving Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.17(a) .
Extending Term Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.17(a) .
FAA shall mean Financial Administration Act (Canada), as amended.
Facilities shall mean the U.S. Revolving Facility, the Canadian Revolving Facility and the Term Facility.
Federal Funds Effective Rate shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the per annum rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to the U.S. Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the U.S. Administrative Agent.
Final Maturity Date shall mean the later of the Revolving Maturity Date and the Term Maturity Date.
First Restated Credit Agreement shall have the meaning provided in the preamble.
First Restatement Effective Date shall mean September 20, 2010.
-29-
First Restatement Transactions shall have the meaning assigned to the term Restatement Transactions in the First Restated Credit Agreement.
Flood Insurance Documentation shall mean, with respect to each Mortgaged Property located in the United States or any territory thereof, (i) a completed life-of-loan Federal Emergency Management Agency standard flood hazard determination (together with a notice about Special Flood Hazard Area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Borrower and the applicable Credit Party relating thereto) and (ii) evidence of the insurance policies required by Section 8.3(c) hereof, each of which shall (A) be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a standard or New York lenders loss payable or mortgagee endorsement (as applicable), (B) name the U.S. Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as loss payee and mortgagee, (C) identify the address of each property located in a Special Flood Hazard Area, the applicable flood zone designation and the flood insurance coverage and deductible relating thereto, and (iv) be otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the U.S. Administrative Agent.
Flood Insurance Laws shall mean, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.
Foreign Plan shall mean a pension plan that is covered by the applicable pension standards laws of any jurisdiction in Canada including the PBA and the Income Tax Act (Canada) and that is either (a) maintained or sponsored by the Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Subsidiary for employees or (b) maintained pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement, or other arrangement under which more than one employer makes contributions and to which the Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Subsidiary is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or has within the preceding five years made or accrued such contributions.
Foreign Plan Termination Event shall mean (a) the withdrawal of the Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Subsidiary from a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan which is multi-employer pension plan, as defined under applicable pension standards legislation, during a plan year; or (b) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate in whole or in part a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan or the filing of an amendment with the applicable Governmental Authority which terminates a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan, in whole or in part; or (c) the institution of proceedings by any Governmental Authority to terminate a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan in whole or in part or have a replacement administrator appointed to administer a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan; or (d) any other event or condition or declaration or application which results in the termination or winding up of a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan, in whole or in part, or the appointment by any Governmental Authority of a replacement administrator to administer a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan.
Foreign Subsidiary shall mean each Subsidiary of the U.S. Parent Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
Fronting Fees shall mean the U.S. Fronting Fee and the Canadian Fronting Fee.
Fronting Lender shall mean, with respect to the U.S. Revolving Facility, the U.S. Fronting Lender and, with respect to the Canadian Revolving Facility, the Canadian Fronting Lender.
-30-
FSCO shall mean the Financial Services Commission of Ontario or like body in any other province of Canada with whom a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan is registered in accordance with applicable law and any other Governmental Authority succeeding to the functions thereof.
Fund shall mean any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.
GAAP shall mean (a) generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that if there occurs after the date hereof any change in GAAP that affects in any respect the calculation of any covenant contained in Section 9 , the Lenders and the Borrowers shall negotiate in good faith amendments to the provisions of this Agreement that relate to the calculation of such covenant with the intent of having the respective positions of the Lenders and the Borrowers after such change in GAAP conform as nearly as possible to their respective positions as of the date of this Agreement and, until any such amendments have been agreed upon, the covenants in Section 9 shall be calculated as if no such change in GAAP has occurred; provided further , that for purposes of determining compliance with any financial test or basket under this Agreement, any change in GAAP following the Second Restatement Effective Date with respect to whether a lease is required to be capitalized or operating shall be disregarded for all purposes.
Governmental Authority shall mean any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange.
Guarantee Obligations shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness of any other Person (the Primary Obligor ) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such Indebtedness or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such Indebtedness or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the Primary Obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the Primary Obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such Indebtedness of the ability of the Primary Obligor to make payment of such Indebtedness or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of such Indebtedness against loss in respect thereof; provided , however , that the term Guarantee Obligations shall not include any endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.
Hazardous Materials shall mean (a) any petroleum or petroleum products, radioactive materials, friable asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other equipment that contain dielectric fluid containing regulated levels of polychlorinated biphenyls, and radon gas; (b) any chemicals, materials or substances defined as or included in the definition of hazardous substances, hazardous waste, hazardous materials, extremely hazardous waste, restricted hazardous waste, toxic substances, toxic pollutants, contaminants, or pollutants, or words of similar import, under any applicable Environmental Law; and (c) any other chemical, material or substance, which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any Environmental Law.
-31-
Hedge Agreements shall mean interest rate swap, cap or collar agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, currency swap agreements, cross-currency rate swap agreements, currency future or option contracts, commodity price protection agreements or other commodity price hedging agreements, and other similar agreements.
Hedge Bank shall mean any Person that either (x) at the time it enters into a Hedge Agreement or (y) on the Closing Date, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in its capacity as a party to such Hedge Agreement.
Historical Financial Statements shall mean the audited consolidated balance sheets of the U.S. Parent Borrower as of December 31, 2011 and the audited consolidated statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows of the U.S. Parent Borrower for each of the fiscal years in the three year period ending on December 31, 2011, in the form provided to the Lenders.
Increasing Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.15(c) .
Indebtedness of any Person shall mean (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) the deferred purchase price of assets or services that in accordance with GAAP would be included as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person, (c) the face amount of all letters of credit issued for the account of such Person and, without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder, (d) all Indebtedness of any other Person secured by any Lien on any property owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person, (e) the principal component of all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person with respect to obligations of another Person of a type described in one of the foregoing clauses, (f) all obligations of such Person under Hedge Agreements, (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests and (h) without duplication, all Guarantee Obligations of such Person, provided that Indebtedness shall not include trade payables and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business and not past due by more than 270 days or being disputed in good faith.
Indemnified Liabilities shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.5 .
Indemnified Taxes shall mean all Taxes (including Other Taxes) other than Excluded Taxes.
Indemnitees shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.5 .
Insurance Policies shall mean the insurance policies and coverages required to be maintained by each Credit Party which is an owner of Mortgaged Property with respect to the applicable Mortgaged Property pursuant to Section 8.3 and all renewals and extensions thereof.
Insurance Requirements shall mean, collectively, all provisions of the Insurance Policies, all requirements of the issuer of any of the Insurance Policies and all orders, rules, regulations and any other requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters (or any other body exercising similar functions in the U.S. or Canada) binding upon each U.S. Borrower which is an owner of Mortgaged Property and applicable to the Mortgaged Property or any use or condition thereof.
Intercreditor Agreement shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between the Cash Flow Term Collateral Agent and the Collateral Agent, and acknowledged by each of the U.S. Borrowers, as amended prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date and as the same may be further amended, restated, modified supplemented, superseded or waived from time to time.
-32-
Interest Period shall mean, with respect to any LIBOR Loan, the interest period applicable thereto, as determined pursuant to Section 2.7 .
Investment shall mean, for any Person: (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, property, services or securities or otherwise) of Stock, Stock Equivalents (or any other capital contribution), bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any other Person (including any short sale or any sale of any securities at a time when such securities are not owned by the Person entering into such sale); (b) the making of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit or capital contribution to, any other Person (including the purchase of property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell such property to such Person); (c) the entering into of any guarantee of, or other contingent obligation with respect to, any obligations of another Person; or (d) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person; provided that, in the event that any Investment is made by the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Person through substantially concurrent interim transfers of any amount through one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries, then such other substantially concurrent interim transfers shall be disregarded for purposes of Section 9.5 .
ISP shall mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the International Standby Practices 1998 published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
Joinder Agreement shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit J.
Judgment Currency shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.19 .
Junior Indebtedness shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.7(a) .
Lender shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include each Swingline Lender, with respect to Agent Advances, each Administrative Agent and, with respect to its Participating Interest, each Revolving Participant and, as the context requires, any Lender under the First Restated Credit Agreement.
Lender Default shall mean (a) the failure (which has not been cured) of a Lender to make available its portion of any Borrowing or (b) a Lender having notified an Administrative Agent and/or any Borrower that it does not intend to comply with the obligations under Section 2.1 or (c) a Lender becoming the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.
Letter of Credit Borrowing shall mean an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Borrowing.
Letter of Credit Fees shall mean the collective reference to the U.S. Letter of Credit Fees and the Canadian Letter of Credit Fees.
Letter of Credit Issuer shall mean the Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer or the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer. Any reference to the Letter of Credit Issuer shall refer to the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to the U.S. Revolving Facility and the Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to the Canadian Revolving Facility, as applicable.
-33-
Letter of Credit Maturity Date shall mean the date that is 5 days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date.
Letter of Credit Obligations shall mean, collectively, the U.S. Letter of Credit Obligations and the Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations.
Letter of Credit Participant shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.4(f)(i) .
Letter of Credit Participation shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.4(f)(i) .
Letters of Credit shall mean the collective reference to U.S. Letters of Credit and Canadian Letters of Credit.
LIBOR Interest Payment Date shall mean, with respect to a LIBOR Loan, (i) the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Loan, (ii) if such Interest Period is longer than 3 months, each 3 month anniversary of the making of such LIBOR Loan and (iii) the Termination Date.
LIBOR Loan shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBOR Rate.
LIBOR Rate shall mean:
(a) for any Interest Period with respect to a LIBOR Loan of any currency, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate or the successor thereto if the British Bankers Association is no longer making a LIBOR rate available ( BBA LIBOR ), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LI-BOR as designated by the applicable Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period (or on the first day of such Interest Period in the case of any LIBOR Loan denominated in Sterling), for deposits in the relevant currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the applicable Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the LIBOR Loan being made, continued or converted by such Administrative Agent and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by such Administrative Agents London Branch (or other Bank of America branch or Affiliate) to major banks in the London or other offshore interbank eurocurrency market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period (or on the first day of such Interest Period in the case of any LIBOR Loan denominated in Sterling); and
(b) for any interest calculation with respect to an ABR Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to (i) LIBOR, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time determined two London Banking Days prior to such date for Dollar deposits being delivered in the London interbank market for a term of one month commencing that day or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the date of determination in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Base Rate Loan being made or maintained and with a term equal to one month would be offered by Bank of Americas London Branch to major banks in the Lon-don interbank Eurodollar market at their request at the date and time of determination.
-34-
Lien shall mean, with respect to any property, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, claim, charge, assignment, hypothecation, security interest or encumbrance of any kind or any arrangement to provide priority or preference or any filing of any financing statement under the UCC, the PPSA or any other similar notice of lien under any similar notice or recording statute of any Governmental Authority, including any easement, right-of-way or other encumbrance on title to Real Estate, in each of the foregoing cases whether voluntary or imposed by law, and any agreement to give any of the foregoing; (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such property; and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities. For the avoidance of doubt, Lien shall not be deemed to include any license of intellectual property.
Loans shall mean the Revolving Loans and the Term Loans and shall include, as the context requires, Swingline Loans and Agent Advances.
Lock Boxes shall mean the U.S. Lock Boxes or the Canadian Lock Boxes, as the context requires.
Management Agreements shall mean, collectively, any agreement entered into by any Sponsor from time to time, primarily providing for or relating to any management, consulting, financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or other investment banking activities with respect to the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the U.S. Parent Borrower, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
Mandatory Canadian Borrowing shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.3(g) .
Mandatory Cost shall mean, with respect to any period, the percentage rate per annum determined in accordance with Schedule 1.1(d) .
Mandatory U.S. Borrowing shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.2(g)(ii) .
Material Adverse Effect shall mean a circumstance or condition affecting the business, assets, operations, properties or financial condition of the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that would materially adversely affect (a) the ability of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents or (b) the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents taken as a whole.
Material Subsidiary shall mean, at any date of determination, one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the U.S. Parent Borrower as to which a specified condition exists, that have, in the aggregate, (a) total assets at the last day of the Test Period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal period for which Section 8.1 Financials have been delivered accounting for 5% or more of the Consolidated Total Assets of the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (b) revenues during such Test Period accounting for 5% or more of the consolidated revenues of the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.
Minimum Borrowing Amount shall mean (a) with respect to a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans, the Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000, (b) with respect to a Borrowing of ABR Loans, $1,000,000, (c) with respect to a Borrowing of BA Equivalent Loans, Cdn.$1,000,000 and (d) with respect to a Borrowing of Canadian Prime Rate Loans, Cdn.$1,000,000.
-35-
Minimum Extension Condition shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.17(b) .
Minimum Tranche Amount shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.17(b) .
MLPFS shall mean Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and its successors.
Monthly Borrowing Base Certificate shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.1(k) .
Moodys shall mean Moodys Investors Service, Inc. or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.
Mortgage shall mean with respect to any Credit Party, a mortgage, collateral charge mortgage, assignment of leases and rents, or other security document entered into by the owner of a Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent in respect of that Mortgaged Property to secure the Obligations, substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the First Restated Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Mortgaged Property shall mean, initially, each parcel of Real Estate and the improvements thereto owned by a Credit Party identified on Schedule 1.1(a) , and includes each other parcel of Real Estate and improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 8.11 .
Multiemployer Plan shall mean any multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001 of ERISA that is subject to Title IV of ERISA (i) to which the U.S. Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate is then making or has an obligation to make contributions or (ii) to which the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary has or would reasonably expect to incur liability (including on account of its ERISA Affiliates). For the avoidance of doubt, Multiemployer Plan does not include any Foreign Plan.
Net Orderly Liquidation Value shall mean, with respect to the Inventory of a Credit Party at any time, the orderly liquidation value (net of costs and expenses estimated to be incurred in connection with such liquidation) of such Credit Partys Inventory that is estimated to be recoverable in an orderly liquidation of such Inventory, expressed as a percentage of the net book value thereof, such percentage to be as determined from time to time by reference to the most recent Inventory appraisal completed by a qualified third-party appraisal company (approved by the applicable Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) delivered to such Administrative Agent.
New Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.15(c) .
Non-Consenting Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.7(b) .
Non-U.S. Lender shall mean any Administrative Agent or Lender that is not, for United States federal income tax purposes, (a) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (b) a corporation, partnership or other entity treated as a corporation or partnership created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (c) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (d) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or a trust that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person. In addition, solely for purposes of clause (b) of the definition of Excluded Taxes, a Non-U.S. Lender
-36-
shall include a Lender that is a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or a qualified intermediary, but only to the extent the partners of such partnership (including indirect partners if the direct partners are partnerships or other entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia), or the beneficial owners with respect to such qualified intermediary, are treated as Non-U.S. Lenders under the preceding sentence.
Notice of Borrowing shall mean a Canadian Notice of Borrowing, a U.S. Notice of Borrowing or a Term Notice of Borrowing, as the context requires.
Notice of Conversion or Continuation shall mean a U.S. Notice of Conversion or Continuation or a Canadian Notice of Conversion or Continuation as the context requires.
Notice of Revolving Loan Refunding shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.16(a) .
Obligations shall mean the U.S. Obligations and the Canadian Obligations, collectively, except Excluded Swap Obligations.
Original Credit Agreement shall have the meaning provided in the preamble.
Other Taxes shall mean any and all present or future stamp, registration, documentary or any other excise, property or similar taxes (including interest, fines, penalties, additions to tax and related expenses with regard thereto) arising from any payment made or required to be made under this Agreement or any other Credit Document or from the execution or delivery of, registration or enforcement of, consummation or administration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Credit Document.
Outstanding Amount shall mean (i) with respect to Loans on any date, the Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of such Loans occurring on such date; and (ii) with respect to any Letter of Credit Obligations on any date, the Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding amount of such Letter of Credit Obligations on such date after giving effect to any issuance of any Letter of Credit occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the Letter of Credit Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Borrowers of any drawings under Letters of Credit on such date.
Overnight Rate shall mean, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, (b) with respect to any amount denominated in Cdn. Dollars, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in Cdn. Dollars in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of the Canadian Administrative Agent in the Canadian banking market for Cdn. Dollars to major banks in such market and (c) with respect to any amount denominated in an Alternative Currency other than Cdn. Dollars, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in the applicable Alternative Currency, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of Bank of America in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency to major banks in such interbank market.
-37-
Parent shall mean Ulixes Acquisition, B.V., a private limited company under the laws of the Netherlands.
Parent Entity shall mean any company (at the time it is designated a Parent Entity by the U.S. Parent Borrower) whose only assets are the Stock and Stock Equivalents of the U.S. Parent Borrower (or one or more other Parent Entities) and assets incidental to such ownership and its existence; provided that such Parent Entity shall cease to be a Parent Entity at such time as such Parent Entity ceases to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Voting Stock of the U.S. Parent Borrower. It being understood that as of the Second Restatement Effective Date, the U.S. Parent Borrower has not designated any Parent Entity.
Participant shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(c) .
Participant Register shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(c) .
Participating Interest shall mean, with respect to each Participant, such Persons obligations hereunder to fund a participating interest in Revolving Loans hereunder from the applicable Fronting Lender.
Participating Member State shall mean each state so described in any EMU Legislation.
Patriot Act shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.18 .
Payment Conditions shall be deemed to be satisfied on any date if, after giving Pro Forma Effect to any specified action occurring on such date (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and (ii) either (A) (I) Combined Availability is greater than or equal to 20% of the Combined Borrowing Base and (II) the U.S. Availability shall be greater than 20% of the U.S. Borrowing Base or (B) (x) the Combined Availability shall be greater than 12.5% of the Combined Borrowing Base (or, for purposes of Section 9.6 , 15.0% of the Combined Borrowing Base), (y) the U.S. Availability shall be greater than 12.5% of the U.S. Borrowing Base (or, for purposes of Section 9.6 , 15.0% of the U.S. Borrowing Base) and (z) on a Pro Forma Basis, the U.S. Parent Borrower shall be in compliance with a minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of 1.0 to 1.0.
PBA shall mean the Pension Benefits Act (Ontario) and all regulations thereunder as amended from time to time and any successor legislation.
PBGC shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Section 4002 of ERISA, or any successor thereto.
Perfection Certificate shall mean a certificate of the Borrowers in the form of Exhibit D to the First Restated Credit Agreement or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
Permitted Investments shall mean:
(a) securities issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or Canadian government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, in each case having maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof;
(b) securities issued by any state of the United States of America, or any Province of Canada or any political subdivision of any such state or province or any public instrumentality
-38-
thereof or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings generally obtainable from either S&P or Moodys;
(c) commercial paper maturing no more than 24 months after the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either S&P or Moodys;
(d) domestic and LIBOR certificates of deposit or bankers acceptances maturing no more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank having combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000;
(e) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with (i) any Lender or an Affiliate thereof or (ii) any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;
(f) repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the type described in clauses (a) , (b) and (d) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above or securities dealers of recognized national standing;
(g) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moodys or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
(h) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (g) above;
(i) Indebtedness issued by Persons with a rating of A or higher from S&P or A2 or higher from Moodys with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
(j) shares of investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and substantially all the investments of which are one or more of the types of securities described in clauses (a) through (i) above; and
(k) in the case of Investments by any Restricted Foreign Subsidiary, other customarily utilized high-quality Investments in the country where such Restricted Foreign Subsidiary is located or operates.
Permitted Investors shall mean (a) the Sponsor, (b) any Person making an Investment in Parent or the U.S. Parent Borrower (directly or indirectly) concurrently with the Sponsor on or following the Closing Date, and (c) any Person who is an officer or otherwise a member of management of the U.S. Parent Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or any of its subsidiaries; provided that in no event shall the Sponsor own a lesser percentage of voting stock of (x) so long as the U.S. Parent Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if the U.S. Parent Borrower is not a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, the U.S. Parent Borrower than any other person or group referred to in clauses (b) or (c) .
-39-
Permitted Liens shall mean:
(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;
(b) Liens in respect of property or assets of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries imposed by law, such as carriers, materialmens, repairmens, construction, warehousemens and mechanics Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business, in each case so long as such Liens do not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;
(c) zoning, building codes and other land use laws regulating the use or occupancy of the real property owned by the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, or the activities conducted thereon, which are imposed by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such real property which are not violated by the current use or occupancy of such real property or the operation of the business of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, or any violation of which would not have a Material Adverse Effect;
(d) Liens arising from judgments or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 10.9 ;
(e) Liens incurred or deposits made in connection with workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(f) ground leases in respect of Real Estate on which facilities owned or leased by the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are located;
(g) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, servitudes, easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions and restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances not interfering in any material respect with the business of the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(h) any interest or title of a lessor or secured by a lessors interest under any lease permitted by this Agreement;
(i) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;
(j) Liens on goods the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit or in respect of bankers acceptances in each case issued or created for the account of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that such Lien secures only the obligations of the U.S. Parent Borrower or such Subsidiaries in respect of such letter of credit to the extent permitted under Section 9.1 ;
-40-
(k) leases or subleases granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(l) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements or similar filings made in respect of operating leases entered into by the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
(m) Liens created in the ordinary course of business in favor of banks and other financial institutions over credit balances of any bank accounts of the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries held at such banks or financial institutions, as the case may be, to facilitate the operation of cash pooling and/or interest set-off arrangements in respect of such bank accounts in the ordinary course of business;
(n) Liens in favor of the issuer of stay, customs, appeal, performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
(o) undetermined or inchoate Liens and charges arising or potentially arising under statutory provisions which have not at the time been filed or registered in accordance with applicable law or which written notice has not been duly given in accordance with applicable law or which, although filed or registered, relate to obligations not due or delinquent;
(p) the rights reserved to or vested in Governmental Authorities by statutory provisions or by the terms of leases, licenses, franchises, grants or permits, which affect any land, to terminate the leases, licenses, franchises grants or permits or to require annual or other periodic payments as a condition of the continuance thereof;
(q) security deposits to public utilities or to any municipalities or Governmental Authorities or other public authority when required by the utility, municipality or Governmental Authorities or other public authority in connection with the supply of services or utilities to the Credit Parties;
(r) Liens or covenants restricting or prohibiting access to or from lands abutting on controlled access highways or covenants affecting the use to which lands may be put; provided that such Liens or covenants do not materially and adversely affect the use of the lands by any Credit Party;
(s) statutory Liens incurred or pledges or deposits made in favor of a Governmental Authority to secure the performance of obligations of any Credit Party under Environmental Laws to which any assets of such Credit Party are subject;
(t) a Lien granted by the Canadian Borrower or any Canadian Subsidiary to a landlord to secure the payment of arrears of rent in respect of leased properties in the Province of Quebec leased from such landlord, provided that such Lien is limited to the assets located at or about such leased properties and that such lien is recorded on a date that is after the date of the Collateral Agents Liens;
(u) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 9.1 ; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; and
(v) restrictions permitted by Section 9.11 .
-41-
Person shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, firm, corporation, unlimited liability company, limited liability company, association, trust or other enterprise or any Governmental Authority.
Plan shall mean any single-employer plan, as defined in Section 4001 of ERISA that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, maintained or contributed to by the U.S. Borrowers, their Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which the U.S. Borrowers, or any of their Subsidiaries have or would reasonably expect to incur liability (including on account of its ERISA Affiliates). For the avoidance of doubt, Plan does not include any Foreign Plans.
Platform shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17(c) .
Post-Acquisition Period shall mean, with respect to any acquisition, the period beginning on the date such acquisition is consummated and ending on the last day of the fourth full consecutive fiscal quarter immediately following the date on which such acquisition is consummated.
PPSA shall mean the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario) (or any successor statute) or similar legislation of any other jurisdiction the laws of which are required by such legislation to be applied in connection with the issue, perfection, enforcement, validity or effect of security interests.
Primary Obligor shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Guarantee Obligations.
prime rate shall mean the prime rate referred to in the definition of ABR.
Proceeds of Crime Act means the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada), as amended from time to time, and including all regulations thereunder.
Process Agent shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.13(f) .
Pro Forma Adjustment shall mean, for any Test Period that includes all or any part of a fiscal quarter included in any Post-Acquisition Period, with respect to (i) the Acquired EBITDA of the applicable Acquired Entity or Business or the Consolidated EBITDA of the U.S. Parent Borrower, the pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, as a result of adjustments that are factually supportable as determined by the U.S. Parent Borrower in its reasonable discretion and set forth on the Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate, and (ii) the calculation of Availability, the inclusion of any Eligible Accounts or Eligible Inventory of the applicable Acquired Entity or Business.
Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate shall mean any certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Parent delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(h) or Section 8.1(d) .
Pro Forma Basis , Pro Forma Compliance and Pro Forma Effect shall mean, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant hereunder for any Test Period, that (A) to the extent applicable, the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been made and (B) all Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of such Test Period: (a) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, (i) in the case of a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all Capital Stock in any Subsidiary of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any division, product line,
-42-
or facility used for operations of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be excluded, and (ii) in the case of an Investment described in the definition of Specified Transaction, shall be included, (b) any retirement of Indebtedness, and (c) any incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness by the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith (it being agreed that if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, such Indebtedness shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate that is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination); provided that, without limiting the application of the Pro Forma Adjustment pursuant to (A) above (but without duplication thereof), the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test or covenant solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and give effect to events (including operating expense reductions) that are factually supportable.
Pro Forma Entity shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Acquired EBITDA.
Progress Billing shall mean any invoice for goods sold or leased or services rendered under a contract or agreement pursuant to which the Account Debtors obligation to pay such invoice is conditioned upon the Credit Partys completion of any further performance under the contract or agreement.
Pro Rata Share shall mean:
(a) with respect to a U.S. Revolving Lender, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the amount of such U.S. Revolving Lenders U.S. Revolving Commitment and the denominator of which is the sum of the amounts of all of the U.S. Revolving Lenders U.S. Revolving Commitments (or if the U.S. Revolving Commitments have been terminated, such percentage as most recently in effect prior to such termination and after giving effect to subsequent assignments);
(b) with respect to a Canadian Revolving Lender, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the amount of such Canadian Revolving Lenders Canadian Revolving Commitment and the denominator of which is the sum of the amounts of all of the Canadian Revolving Lenders Canadian Revolving Commitments (or if the Canadian Revolving Commitments have been terminated, such percentage as most recently in effect prior to such termination and after giving effect to subsequent assignments); and
(c) with respect to a Term Lender, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the amount of such Term Lenders Term Commitment and the denominator of which is the sum of all Term Lenders Term Commitments (or, if the Term Commitments have been terminated, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the Outstanding Amount of such Term Lenders Term Loan and the denominator of which is the Outstanding Amount of all Term Lenders Term Loans);
provided that, in determining the Pro Rata Share of any Fronting Lender in its capacity as such with respect to any Borrowing, such Pro Rata Share shall be the sum of the Pro Rata Shares of such Borrowing of all Revolving Participants on whose behalf such Fronting Lender is making available Loans included in such Borrowing.
Public Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17(c) .
-43-
Qualified Canadian Lender shall mean a financial institution that (i) is listed on Schedule I, II, or III of the Bank Act (Canada), (ii) has received an approval to have a financial establishment in Canada pursuant to Section 522.21 of the Bank Act (Canada), or (iii) is not a foreign bank for purposes of the Bank Act (Canada), and if such financial institution is not resident in Canada and is not deemed to be resident in Canada for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada), that financial institution deals at arms length with each Canadian Credit Party for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada).
Qualified Equity Interest shall mean any Stock or Stock Equivalent of the Parent that does not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest.
Qualified IPO shall mean the issuance by the U.S. Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the U.S. Parent Borrower of its common Stock or the sale of such common Stock by the holders thereof, in either case, in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Qualified New U.S. Parent Borrower shall mean a Domestic Subsidiary of the U.S. Parent Borrower which (i) owns, directly or indirectly, substantially all of the operations of the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) has executed and delivered the U.S. Parent Borrower Assumption Agreement and (iii) has taken all actions reasonably requested by the U.S. Administrative Agent to grant and perfect a security interest in its assets (other than with respect to Excluded Assets and Excluded Perfection Assets) to secure the Obligations to the extent the U.S. Parent Borrower was required to do so by the Credit Documents.
Real Estate shall mean, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased or operated by any person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.
Register shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(b)(iv) .
Regulation T shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.
Regulation U shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.
Regulation X shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.
Related Parties shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Persons Affiliates and the directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, advisors of such Person and any Person that possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.
Release shall mean any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing or migrating of any Hazardous Materials in, into, onto or through the environment.
-44-
Reportable Event shall mean an event described in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, other than any event as to which the thirty day notice period has been waived.
Required Lenders shall mean, at any date, Lenders having or holding a majority of the Dollar Equivalent of the sum of (x) the Adjusted Total Revolving Commitment at such date (or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the Revolving Commitments as most recently in effect prior to such termination and after giving effect to subsequent assignments), (y) the Adjusted Term Commitment at such date and (z) the Outstanding Amount of all Term Loans (excluding Term Loans held by Defaulting Lenders) on such date.
Requirement of Law shall mean, as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or assets or to which such Person or any of its property or assets is subject.
Reserves shall mean reserves that limit the availability of credit hereunder, consisting of reserves against the U.S. Borrowing Base and Canadian Borrowing Base in each instance, established by the Administrative Agents from time to time in the Administrative Agents reasonable credit judgment in good faith, reasonably consistent with the Administrative Agents practices with similarly situated borrowers and proportionate, in the Administrative Agents reasonable credit judgment to the credit risk associated with the relevant risk or event; without duplication, and in each case to the extent not already taken into account in the calculation of the applicable Borrowing Base. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following reserves shall be deemed to be a reasonable exercise of the Administrative Agents credit judgment (but such Administrative Agent shall not be required to utilize such reserve): (a) Bank Product Reserves, (b) a reserve for accrued, unpaid interest then due on the Obligations, (c) reserves for rent at a leased, warehouse or bailment location for which the applicable Administrative Agent has not received a collateral access or similar agreement, which reserve shall be in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 3 months rent or (ii) applicable Availability provided by the Eligible Inventory at such location, and reserves for other statutory liens (including, without limitation, for liens arising from the nonpayment of claims or demands when due permitted in clause (b) of the defined term Permitted Liens), (d) Inventory shrinkage reserves and Inventory cost test reserves, (e) reserves for taxes, assessments, charges and other governmental levies which are delinquent, where the Person holding such claim has a perfected security interest in the Collateral, (f) customs and frequent charges relating to transportation of Inventory, (g) an amount equal to the product of (i) the excess, if any, of (x) the percentage amount, determined by the applicable Administrative Agent in its reasonable credit judgment as of the Second Restatement Effective Date and adjusted for each field audit examination hereunder, equal to (A) the aggregate amount of discounts, credits, rebates, adjustments, returns, writedowns, writeoffs and other reductions in the aggregate amount collected by the Credit Parties in respect of Accounts during the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended, divided by (B) the aggregate amount of Eligible Accounts during the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended (y) 5.0%, multiplied by (ii) the aggregate amount of Eligible Accounts as of such date and (h) reserves established by the applicable Administrative Agent for amounts payable by the Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Guarantors and secured by any Liens, choate or inchoate, which rank or which would reasonably be expected to rank in priority to the Collateral Agents Liens and/or for amounts which represent costs relating to the enforcement of the Collateral Agents Liens including, without limitation, any such amounts due and not paid for wages and vacation pay (including, pursuant to, the Wage Earners Protection Program Act (Canada)), severance pay, amounts due and not paid under any legislation relating to workers compensation or to employment insurance, all amounts deducted or withheld and not paid and remitted when due under the Income Tax Act (Canada), sales tax, excise tax, tax payable pursuant to Part IX of the Excise Tax Act (Canada) (net of GST input credits) or similar applicable provincial legislation, government royalties, amounts currently or past due
-45-
and not paid for realty, municipal or similar taxes (to the extent impacting personal or movable property) and all amounts currently or past due and not contributed, remitted or paid to any Plan or Foreign Plan or under the Canada Pension Plan or the PBA, or any similar statutory or other claims that would have or would reasonably be expected to have priority over any Liens granted to the Collateral Agent in the future.
Restricted Foreign Subsidiary shall mean a Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.
Restricted Payments shall mean any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Stock or Stock Equivalents of the U.S. Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof) or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Stock or Stock Equivalents.
Restricted Subsidiary shall mean any Subsidiary of the U.S. Parent Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, on the Second Restatement Effective Date, all Subsidiaries of the U.S. Parent Borrower that were Restricted Subsidiaries under the First Restated Credit Agreement immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement on the Second Restatement Effective Date shall initially be Restricted Subsidiaries under this Agreement.
Revaluation Date shall mean (a) with respect to any Loan, each of the following: (i) each date of a Borrowing of a Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii) each date of a continuation of an Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period for a Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, and (iii) such additional dates as the Administrative Agents shall determine or the Required Lenders shall require; and (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, each of the following: (i) each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii) each date of an amendment of any such Letter of Credit having the effect of increasing the amount thereof (solely with respect to the increased amount), (iii) each date of any payment by a Letter of Credit Issuer under any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agents or the Letter of Credit Issuers shall determine or the Required Lenders shall require.
Revolving Commitments shall mean the U.S. Revolving Commitments and the Canadian Revolving Commitments.
Revolving Facilities shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) .
Revolving Loans shall mean the collective reference to the U.S. Revolving Loans and the Canadian Revolving Loans.
Revolving Maturity Date shall mean the date that is five years after the Second Restatement Effective Date (or if such date is not a Business Day, the preceding Business Day); provided that (i) if any loans under the Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement in excess of $300 million with a final maturity date prior to the date that is five years after the Second Restatement Effective Date remain outstanding on the date that is 60 days prior to such final maturity date, then the Revolving Maturity Date shall instead be the date that is 60 days prior to such final maturity date and (ii) if clause (i) of this proviso does not apply, but any Subordinated Notes in excess of $300 million remain outstanding on the date that is 60 days prior to the final maturity date of any such Subordinated Notes, then the Revolving Maturity Date shall instead be the date that is 60 days prior to such final maturity date.
-46-
Revolving Participant shall mean a Canadian Revolving Participant or a U.S. Revolving Participant as the context requires.
S&P shall mean Standard & Poors Ratings Services or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.
Sale and Lease-Back Transaction shall mean any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
SEC shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.
Second Restatement Effective Date shall mean the first date on which each of the conditions set forth in Section 5 has been satisfied.
Second Restatement Transactions shall mean the transactions contemplated by Section 5 of this Agreement.
Section 8.1 Financials shall mean the financial statements delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (b) together with the accompanying officers certificate delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Section 8.1(d) .
Secured Cash Management Agreement shall mean any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between U.S. Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent company of the U.S. Parent Borrower) or any of its Subsidiaries and any Cash Management Bank.
Secured Hedge Agreement shall mean any Hedge Agreement that is entered into by and between the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any Hedge Bank.
Secured Parties shall mean each Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender, each Letter of Credit Issuer, each Hedge Bank, each Cash Management Bank and each sub-agent pursuant to Section 11 appointed by either Administrative Agent.
Securitization shall mean a public or private offering by a Lender or any of its Affiliates or their respective successors and assigns of securities or notes which represent an interest in, or which are collateralized, in whole or in part, by the Loans and the Lenders rights under the Credit Documents.
Security Documents shall mean the Canadian Security Documents and the U.S. Security Documents, collectively.
Sold Entity or Business shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Consolidated EBITDA.
Solidary Claim shall have the meaning assigned in Section 11.1(c) .
Solvent shall mean, with respect to any Person, that (a) (i) the sum of such Persons debt (including contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of such Persons present assets; (ii) such Persons capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated; and (iii) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or believe that it will incur, debts including
-47-
current obligations beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (b) in the case of any Person organized other than under the laws of the United States, the District of Columbia or any State of the United States, such Person is solvent within the meaning given that term and similar terms under applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed by the Borrowers as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under GAAP).
Specified Credit Party shall mean any Credit Party that is not an eligible contract participant under the Commodity Exchange Act (determined prior to giving effect to Section 12.27).
Specified Equity Contribution means cash equity contributions (which if in the form of preferred equity with respect to the U.S. Parent Borrower shall be on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) made directly or indirectly to the U.S. Parent Borrower as cash equity after the Second Restatement Effective Date and on or prior to the day on which any Borrowing hereunder is requested when a Covenant Compliance Event has occurred, which equity contribution is added to Consolidated EBITDA solely for the purposes of calculating compliance with Section 9.9.
Specified Transaction shall mean, with respect to any period, any Investment, sale, transfer or other disposition of assets, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including the Loans and other than incurrences and repayments of Indebtedness under working capital facilities in the ordinary course of business or intercompany Indebtedness or Investment), Restricted Payment, Subsidiary designation or other event that involves aggregate consideration in excess of $10,000,000 or that by the terms of this Agreement requires Pro Forma Compliance with a test or covenant hereunder or requires such test or covenant to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.
Sponsor shall mean, one or more of, (a) CVC and its Affiliates, (b) the CD&R Group, and (c) any collective investment vehicle sponsored, advised or managed by any of CVC and its Affiliates and any investment vehicle sponsored, advised or managed by the CD&R Group, but excluding portfolio companies of any such vehicle.
Spot Rate for a currency shall mean the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate quoted by the Administrative Agent as the spot rate for the purchase by the Administrative Agent of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Administrative Agent may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent if it does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency.
Sterling or £ shall mean lawful currency of the United Kingdom.
Stock shall mean shares of capital stock or shares in the capital, as the case may be (whether denominated as common stock or preferred stock or ordinary shares or preferred shares, as the case may be), beneficial, partnership or membership interests, participations or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, unlimited liability company or equivalent entity, whether voting or non-voting.
Stock Equivalents shall mean all securities convertible into or exchangeable for Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to purchase or subscribe for any Stock, whether or not presently convertible, exchangeable or exercisable.
-48-
Subordinated Indebtedness shall mean the Subordinated Notes and any other Indebtedness of any Borrower or any Canadian Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations of such Borrower and such Canadian Guarantor, as applicable, under this Agreement.
Subordinated Notes shall mean (i) $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the U.S. Parent Borrowers 12% senior subordinated notes due 2017 and (ii) $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the U.S. Parent Borrowers 12% senior subordinated notes due 2018, in each case, issued pursuant to the Subordinated Notes Purchase Agreements.
Subordinated Notes Purchase Agreements shall mean the purchase agreements with respect to the Subordinated Notes, as amended, restated, supplemented and otherwise modified from time to time.
Subsidiary of any Person shall mean and include (a) any corporation more than 50% of whose Stock of any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time Stock of any class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, (b) any limited liability company, partnership, association, joint venture or other entity of which such Person (i) directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries owns or controls more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partner interests and (ii) is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity at such time. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to a Subsidiary shall mean a Subsidiary of the Borrowers.
Successor Canadian Borrower shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.3(c) .
Successor U.S. Parent Borrower shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.3(a) .
Supporting Letter of Credit shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.4(h) .
Survey shall mean a survey of any Mortgaged Property (and all improvements thereon) which is (a) (i) prepared by a surveyor or engineer licensed to perform surveys in the jurisdiction where such Mortgaged Property is located, (ii) dated (or redated) not earlier than six months prior to the date of delivery thereof unless there shall have occurred within six months prior to such date of delivery any exterior construction on the site of such Mortgaged Property or any easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property has been granted or become effective through operation of law or otherwise with respect to such Mortgaged Property which, in either case, can be depicted on a survey, in which events, as applicable, such survey shall be dated (or redated) after the completion of such construction or if such construction shall not have been completed as of such date of delivery, not earlier than 20 days prior to such date of delivery, or after the grant or effectiveness of any such easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property, (iii) certified by the surveyor (in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Title Company, (iv) complying in all respects with the minimum detail requirements of the American Land Title Association as such requirements are in effect on the date of preparation of such survey and (v) sufficient for the Title Company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the title insurance policy (or commitment) relating to such Mortgaged Property and issue the endorsements of the type required by Section 8.11(d) otherwise acceptable to the Collateral Agent.
Swap Guarantor shall mean (i) any U.S. Subsidiary Borrower or Canadian Guarantor and (ii) with respect to the payment and performance by each U.S. Subsidiary Borrower or Canadian Guarantor of its obligations under its Guaranty or grant of security interest with respect to all Obligations with respect to Swap Obligations, the U.S. Parent Borrower.
-49-
Swap Obligations shall mean, with respect to any Swap Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a swap within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
Swingline Commitments shall mean, collectively, the U.S. Swingline Commitment and the Canadian Swingline Commitment.
Swingline Lender shall mean, as the context requires, the U.S. Swingline Lender or a Canadian Swingline Lender. Any reference to the Swingline Lender shall refer to the U.S. Swingline Lender with respect to the U.S. Revolving Facility and/or a Canadian Swingline Lender with respect to the Canadian Revolving Facility, as applicable.
TARGET Day shall mean any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) payment system (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system (if any) determined by the applicable Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.
Taxes shall mean any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, assessments, deductions, withholdings or other similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority whether computed on a separate, consolidated, unitary, combined or other basis and any interest, fines, penalties or additions to tax with respect to the foregoing.
Term Commitment shall mean (a) in the case of each Lender that is a Lender on the Second Restatement Effective Date, the amount set forth opposite such Lenders name on Schedule 1.1(b) as such Lenders Term Commitment and (b) in the case of any Lender that becomes a Lender after the Second Restatement Effective Date, the amount specified as such Lenders Term Commitment in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed a portion of the Term Commitments, in each case as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. The aggregate amount of the Term Commitments as of the Second Restatement Effective Date is $100,000,000.
Term Facility shall mean, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of the Term Commitments and the Term Loans of all Term Lenders outstanding at such time.
Term Lender shall mean each Lender that has a Term Commitment, or that is the holder of a Term Loan.
Term Loan shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(d) .
Term Maturity Date shall mean the date that is three years after the Second Restatement Effective Date (or if such date is not a Business Day, the preceding Business Day).
Termination Date shall mean (i) the date on which all Commitments shall have terminated, no Loans shall be outstanding and the Letter of Credit Obligations outstanding shall have been reduced to zero, returned or cash collateralized on terms satisfactory to the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer(s) and (ii) when used with respect to (A) the Canadian Revolving Commitments, Canadian Revolving Loans, Canadian Agent Advances, Canadian Swingline Loans and Canadian Letters of Credit, shall mean the date on which the Canadian Revolving Commitments shall have terminated, no Canadian Revolving Loans, Canadian Swingline Loans or Canadian Agent Advances shall be outstanding and the Canadian
-50-
Letters of Credit outstanding shall have been reduced to zero, returned or cash collateralized on terms satisfactory to the Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer, (B) the U.S. Revolving Commitments, U.S. Revolving Loans, U.S. Swingline Loans, U.S. Agent Advances and U.S. Letters of Credit, shall mean the date on which the U.S. Revolving Commitments shall have terminated, no U.S. Revolving Loans, U.S. Swingline Loans or U.S. Agent Advances shall be outstanding and the U.S. Letters of Credit outstanding shall have been reduced to zero, returned or cash collateralized on terms satisfactory to the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer and (C) the Term Commitments and Term Loans, shall mean the date on which the Term Commitments shall have terminated and no Term Loans shall be outstanding.
Test Period shall mean, for any determination under this Agreement, the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters of the U.S. Parent Borrower then last ended for which Section 8.1 Financials have been delivered.
Title Company shall mean any title insurance company as shall be retained by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
Title Policy shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Schedule 8.11 .
Total Canadian Revolving Commitment shall mean the sum of the Canadian Revolving Commitments of all Lenders.
Total Revolving Commitment shall mean the sum of the Total Canadian Revolving Commitment and the Total U.S. Revolving Commitment.
Total U.S. Revolving Commitment shall mean the sum of the U.S. Revolving Commitments of all U.S. Revolving Lenders.
Transactions shall have the meaning assigned to such term by the Original Credit Agreement.
Transferee shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(f) .
Type shall mean (i) as to any U.S. Revolving Loan or Term Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a LIBOR Loan and (ii) as to any Canadian Revolving Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan, Canadian Prime Rate Loan, BA Equivalent Rate Loan or a LIBOR Loan.
UCC shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code in effect from time to time in New York; provided that if, with respect to any UCC financing statement or by reason of any provisions of law, the perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the applicable Credit Document is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction of the United States other than New York, UCC means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions of each Credit Document and any financing statement relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection.
UFCA shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.22 .
UFTA shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.22 .
Unfunded Current Liability (i) of any Plan shall mean the amount, if any, by which the Accumulated Benefit Obligation (as defined under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
-51-
87 ( SFAS 87 )) under the Plan as of the close of its most recent plan year, determined in accordance with SFAS 87 as in effect on the date hereof, using the actuarial assumptions and methods specified in the most recent actuarial report for such Plan, exceeds the fair market value of the assets allocable thereto and (ii) of any Canadian Defined Benefit Plan of the Canadian Borrower or any Canadian Subsidiary shall mean the excess of a Canadian Defined Benefit Plans benefit liabilities, over the current value of that Canadian Defined Benefit Plans assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Canadian Defined Benefit Plan pursuant to applicable laws for the applicable plan year and includes an unfunded liability or solvency deficiency as determined for the purposes of PBA.
Univar U.S. shall have meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Unrestricted Subsidiary shall mean (a) any Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the U.S. Parent Borrower in a written notice to the U.S. Administrative Agent (or specified in the definition of Restricted Subsidiary as not being a Restricted Subsidiary on the Second Restatement Effective Date); and provided , (x) such designation shall be deemed to be an Investment (or reduction in an outstanding Investment, in the case of a designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary), on the date of such designation in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the U.S. Parent Borrowers direct or indirect equity ownership percentage of the net worth of such designated Restricted Subsidiary immediately prior to such designation and (ii) without duplication, the aggregate principal amount of any Indebtedness owed by such designated Restricted Subsidiary to the U.S. Parent Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary immediately prior to such designation, all calculated, except as set forth in the parenthetical to clause (i) , on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and (y) no Default or Event of Default would result from such designation after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, and (b) each Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The U.S. Parent Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, re-designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, and thereafter, such Subsidiary shall no longer constitute an Unrestricted Subsidiary, but only if no Default or Event of Default would result from such re-designation.
Unused Canadian Letter of Credit Subfacility shall mean, at any time, an amount equal to the Canadian Letter of Credit Subfacility at such time minus the Outstanding Amount of Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations at such time.
Unused Line Fees shall mean a collective reference to the U.S. Unused Line Fee and the Canadian Unused Line Fee.
Unused U.S. Letter of Credit Subfacility shall mean, at any time, an amount equal to the U.S. Letter of Credit Subfacility at such time minus the Outstanding Amount of U.S. Letter of Credit Obligations at such time.
U.S. Administrative Agent shall mean Bank of America, as the administrative agent for the U.S. Revolving Lenders under this Agreement, or any successor administrative agent pursuant to Section 11 .
U.S. Agent Advances shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.2(h)(i) .
U.S. Availability shall mean, at any time, the lesser of (i) the excess of (x) the Total U.S. Revolving Commitment at such time minus (y) the Outstanding Amount of U.S. Revolving Loans, U.S. Swingline Loans, U.S. Agent Advances and the Outstanding Amount of U.S. Letters of Credit Obligations and (ii) the excess of (x) the U.S. Borrowing Base at such time, minus (y) the Aggregate U.S. Revolving Exposure at such time.
-52-
U.S. Blocked Account shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.13(a)(i) .
U.S. Borrowers shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this agreement.
U.S. Borrowing Base shall mean, on any date, a Dollar amount equal to (w) 85% multiplied by the book value of Eligible Accounts of the U.S. Borrowers on such date plus (x) 85% multiplied by the Net Orderly Liquidation Value of Eligible Inventory (without duplication) of the U.S. Borrowers on such date plus (y) 100% multiplied by the amount of cash of the U.S. Borrowers held in deposit accounts with an affiliate of the U.S. Administrative Agent and subject to control agreements (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) in favor of the U.S. Administrative Agent (without duplication) minus (z) any Reserves on such date established by the U.S. Administrative Agent with respect to the U.S. Borrowing Base.
U.S. Collateral shall mean all property pledged or purported to be pledged pursuant to the U.S. Security Documents.
U.S. Commitment Increase shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.15(a) .
U.S. Concentration Account shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.13(a)(i) .
U.S. Designated Account shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.2(c) .
U.S. Fronting Fee shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.3(a) .
U.S. Fronting Lender shall mean the U.S. Administrative Agent in its capacity as fronting lender under the U.S. Revolving Facility, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity.
U.S. Letter of Credit shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.4(a)(i) .
U.S. Letter of Credit Fee shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.3(a) .
U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer shall mean Bank of America, any Affiliate of Bank of America or any other financial institution that issues any U.S. Letter of Credit pursuant to this Agreement; provided that solely for purposes of each Existing U.S. Letter of Credit, the entity identified on Schedule 1.1(g) as the issuer of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to be the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer and shall have all rights, obligations and privileges of the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer with respect thereto.
U.S. Letter of Credit Obligations shall mean, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding U.S. Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all amounts drawn under the U.S. Letters of Credit, including all U.S. Letter of Credit Borrowings. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a U.S. Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such U.S. Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be outstanding in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.
U.S. Letter of Credit Participant shall mean a Letter of Credit Participant in a U.S. Letter of Credit.
U.S. Letter of Credit Subfacility shall mean $260,000,000.
-53-
U.S. Lock Boxes shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.13(a)(i) .
U.S. Notice of Borrowing shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.2(b)(i) .
U.S. Notice of Conversion or Continuation shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.9(b) .
U.S. Obligations shall mean all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, the U.S. Borrowers arising under any Credit Document and all debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement, in each case, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.
U.S. Parent Borrower shall mean (i) prior to the execution of the U.S. Parent Borrower Assumption Agreement, Univar U.S., and (ii) subsequent to the execution of the U.S. Parent Borrower Assumption Agreement, the Qualified New U.S. Parent Borrower as successor to and assignee of Univar U.S., as applicable.
U.S. Parent Borrower Assumption Agreement shall mean an Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit L , executed by a Qualified New U.S. Parent Borrower, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
U.S. Revolving Commitment shall mean, as to any U.S. Revolving Lender, the obligation of such U.S. Revolving Lender, if any, to make U.S. Revolving Loans and participate in U.S. Letters of Credit, U.S. Swingline Loans and U.S. Agent Advances in an aggregate principal and/or face amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading U.S. Revolving Commitment opposite such U.S. Revolving Lenders name on Schedule 1.1(b) or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. The aggregate amount of the U.S. Revolving Commitments of the U.S. Revolving Lenders as of the Second Restatement Effective Date is $900,000,000.
U.S. Revolving Facility shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a) .
U.S. Revolving Lender shall mean a Lender with a U.S. Revolving Commitment or an outstanding U.S. Revolving Loan, U.S. Swingline Loan, U.S. Agent Advance or that is a U.S. Letter of Credit Participant.
U.S. Revolving Loan shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.2(a) .
U.S. Revolving Participant shall mean each U.S. Revolving Lender for whom the U.S. Fronting Lender will make U.S. Revolving Loans denominated in Euro or Sterling as set forth on Schedule 1.1(b) or a separate written agreement between the Canadian Fronting Lender and such Canadian Revolving Lender.
U.S. Security Agreement shall mean the ABL Pledge and Security Agreement entered into by the U.S. Borrowers and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, dated as of the Closing Date, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
-54-
U.S. Security Documents shall mean, collectively, (a) the U.S. Security Agreement, (b) the Mortgages provided by U.S. Borrowers, (c) the Intercreditor Agreement, (d) the Canadian Guarantee and Pledge Agreement and (e) each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered pursuant to Section 8.8 , 8.9 or 8.11 or pursuant to any other such U.S. Security Documents to secure all of the Obligations.
U.S. Subsidiary Borrower Assumption Agreement shall mean an Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit N , executed by any Domestic Subsidiary that becomes a U.S. Subsidiary Borrower after the Closing Date, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
U.S. Swingline Commitment shall mean the obligation of the U.S. Swingline Lender to make U.S. Swingline Loans in an aggregate amount not to exceed $60,000,000.
U.S. Swingline Lender shall mean Bank of America, in its capacity as provider of U.S. Swingline Loans.
U.S. Swingline Loan shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.2(g)(i) .
U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.5(d) (iii) .
U.S. Unused Line Fee shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.2(a) .
Voting Stock shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Persons Stock or Stock Equivalents having the right to vote for the election of directors of such Person under ordinary circumstances.
1.2. Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Credit Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Credit Document:
(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.
(b) The words herein, hereto, hereof and hereunder and words of similar import when used in any Credit Document shall refer to such Credit Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.
(c) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Credit Document in which such reference appears; provided that references to (i) Sections in this Agreement shall, unless the context requires otherwise, refer to the corresponding provision of the Original Credit Agreement solely with respect to periods prior to the First Restatement Effective Date and to corresponding provisions of the First Restated Credit Agreement solely with respect to the period on and after the First Restatement Effective Date and prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date, (ii) Schedules in this Agreement shall, unless otherwise indicated, (x) with respect to Schedule 1.1(b), refer to Schedule 1.1(b) to the Second Restated Credit Agreement, and (y) with respect to the other Schedules to this Agreement, refer to Schedules to the Original Credit Agreement; provided that on or prior to the date that is 30 days after the Second Restatement Effective Date, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agents updated Schedules 1.1(c)(i) and 1.1(c)(ii) reflecing all Excluded Subsidiaries and Excluded Canadian Subsdiaries, respectively, as of such date, and, from and after such date, all references to Schedules 1.1(c)(i) and
-55-
1.1(c)(ii) shall refer to Schedules 1.1(c)(i) and 1.1(c)(ii) to the Second Restated Credit Agreement, and (iii) Exhibits in this Agreement shall, unless otherwise indicated, refer to Exhibits to this Agreement.
(d) The term including is by way of example and not limitation.
(e) The term documents includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.
(f) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word from means from and including; the words to and until each mean to but excluding; and the word through means to and including.
(g) Section headings herein and in the other Credit Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.
(h) For purposes of any Collateral located in the Province of Québec or charged by any deed of hypothec (or any other Credit Document) and for all other purposes pursuant to which the interpretation or construction of a Credit Document may be subject to the laws of the Province of Québec or a court or tribunal exercising jurisdiction in the Province of Québec, (q) personal property shall be deemed to include movable property, (r) real property shall be deemed to include immovable property, (s) tangible property shall be deemed to include corporeal property, (t) intangible property shall be deemed to include incorporeal property, (u) security interest and mortgage shall be deemed to include a hypothec, (v) all references to filing, registering or recording under the UCC or the PPSA shall be deemed to include publication under the Civil Code of Québec, (w) all references to perfection of or perfected Liens shall be deemed to include a reference to the opposability of such Liens to third parties, (x) any right of offset, right of setoff or similar expression shall be deemed to include a right of compensation, (y) goods shall be deemed to include corporeal movable property other than chattel paper, documents of title, instruments, money and securities, and (z) an agent shall be deemed to include a mandatary.
(i) Any deduction of Reserves in any definition herein shall be without duplication.
1.3. Accounting Terms .
(a) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test or covenant contained in this Agreement with respect to any period during which any Specified Transaction occurs (or has occurred following such Test Period and prior to the date of determination), the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and each Borrowing Base shall be calculated with respect to such period and such Specified Transaction on a Pro Forma Basis.
1.4. Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the U.S. Parent Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other
-56-
component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
1.5. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to organizational documents, agreements (including the Credit Documents) and other Contractual Requirements shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by any Credit Document; and (b) references to any Requirement of Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Requirement of Law.
1.6. Exchange Rates .
(a) For purposes of determining compliance under Sections 9.4 and 9.6 with respect to any amount in a currency other than Dollars (other than with respect to any amount derived from the financial statements of the U.S. Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries), such amount shall be determined using the average prevailing currency exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for the related period. For purposes of determining compliance with Sections 9.1 , 9.2 and 9.5 , with respect to any amount of denominated in a currency other than Dollars, compliance will be determined at the time of incurrence or advancing thereof using the prevailing currency exchange rates in effect at the time of such incurrence or advancement (or, in the case of any commitment denominated in a foreign currency, at the time such commitment is obtained) and the outstanding amount thereof for purposes of such Sections shall not be deemed to be exceeded as a result of any replacement or refinancing thereof which does not increase the amount thereof (except as otherwise provided by such Sections).
(b) The applicable Administrative Agent or Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable, shall determine the Spot Rates as of each Revaluation Date to be used for calculating Dollar Equivalent amounts of Outstanding Amounts denominated in Alternative Currencies. Such Spot Rates shall become effective as of such Revaluation Date and shall be the Spot Rates employed in converting any amounts between the Dollars and Alternative Currencies until the next Revaluation Date to occur. Except for purposes of financial statements delivered hereunder or calculating financial covenants hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the Credit Documents shall be such Dollar Equivalent amount as so determined by the applicable Administrative Agent or Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable.
1.7. Additional Alternative Currencies .
(a) The Borrowers may from time to time request that LIBOR Loans be made and/or Letters of Credit be issued under the U.S. Revolving Facility and/or the Canadian Revolving Facility in a currency other than those specifically listed in the definition of Alternative Currency; provided that such requested currency is a lawful currency (other than Dollars) that is readily available and freely transferable and convertible into Dollars. In the case of any such request with respect to the making of LIBOR Loans, such request shall be subject to the approval of the U.S. Administrative Agent and the U.S. Revolving Lenders, in the case of the U.S. Revolving Facility, or the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Canadian Revolving Lenders, in the case of the Canadian Revolving Facility; and in the case of any such request with respect to the issuance of Letters of Credit under the U.S. Revolving Facility or Canadian Revolving Facility, such request shall be subject to the approval of the applicable Administrative Agent and Letter of Credit Issuer.
-57-
(b) Any such request shall be made to the applicable Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m., twenty Business Days prior to the date of the desired borrowing (or such other time or date as may be agreed by the applicable Administrative Agent and, in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, in its or their sole discretion). In the case of any such request pertaining to LIBOR Loans, the applicable Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each applicable Lender thereof; and in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the applicable Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer thereof. Each applicable Lender (in the case of any such request pertaining to LIBOR Loans) or the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer (in the case of a request pertaining to Letters of Credit) shall notify the applicable Administrative Agent, not later than 11:00 a.m., ten Business Days (or such other period of time as may be agreed by the applicable Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after receipt of such request whether it consents, in its sole discretion, to the making of LIBOR Loans or the issuance of Letters of Credit, as the case may be, in such requested currency.
(c) Any failure by any applicable Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, to respond to such request within the time period specified in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to be a refusal by such Lender or the Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, to permit LIBOR Loans to be made or Letters of Credit to be issued in such requested currency. If the applicable Administrative Agent and all applicable Lenders consent to making LIBOR Loans in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the U.S. Parent Borrower and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternative Currency under the applicable facility hereunder for purposes of any borrowing of LIBOR Loans; and if the applicable Administrative Agent and Letter of Credit Issuer consent to the issuance of Letters of Credit in such requested currency, the applicable Administrative Agent shall so notify the U.S. Parent Borrower and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternative Currency hereunder for purposes of any Letter of Credit issuances. If an Administrative Agent shall fail to obtain consent of all applicable Lenders to any request for an additional currency under this Section 1.7 , such Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify the U.S. Parent Borrower.
1.8. Change of Currency .
(a) Each obligation of the Borrowers to make a payment denominated in the national currency unit of any member state of the European Union that adopts the Euro as its lawful currency after the date hereof shall be redenominated into Euro at the time of such adoption (in accordance with the EMU Legislation). If, in relation to the currency of any such member state, the basis of accrual of interest expressed in this Agreement in respect of that currency shall be inconsistent with any convention or practice in the London interbank market for the basis of accrual of interest in respect of the Euro, such expressed basis shall be replaced by such convention or practice with effect from the date on which such member state adopts the Euro as its lawful currency; provided that if any LIBOR Loan in the currency of such member state is outstanding immediately prior to such date, such replacement shall take effect, with respect to such LIBOR Loan, at the end of the then current Interest Period.
(b) Each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agents may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect the adoption of the Euro by any member state of the European Union and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the Euro.
(c) Each provision of this Agreement also shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agents may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect a change in currency of any other country and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the change in currency.
-58-
1.9. Effect of Restatement . This Agreement shall amend and restate the First Restated Credit Agreement in its entirety, with the parties hereby agreeing that there is no novation of the First Restated Credit Agreement and on the Second Restatement Effective Date, the rights and obligations of the parties under the First Restated Credit Agreement shall be subsumed and governed by this Agreement. For purposes of determining compliance with any covenant in Section 9 that limits the maximum Dollar amount of any Investment, Restricted Payment, Indebtedness, Lien or Disposition, all utilization of the baskets contained in Section 9 from and after the Closing Date and prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date (other than pursuant to Section 9.6 ) shall be taken into account (in addition to any utilization of such baskets from and after the Second Restatement Effective Date). Following the Second Restatement Effective Date, the Commitments under the First Restated Credit Agreement shall no longer be in effect and thereafter only Commitments under this Agreement shall be outstanding until otherwise terminated in accordance with the terms hereof.
SECTION 2. | Loans and Letters of Credit |
2.1. Credit Facilities .
(a) Subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the U.S. Revolving Lenders agree to make available a revolving credit facility (the U.S. Revolving Facility ) to the U.S. Borrowers from time to time during the term of this Agreement, which credit facilities shall be composed of a revolving line of credit consisting of U.S. Revolving Loans, U.S. Swingline Loans and U.S. Letters of Credit of up to the Total U.S. Revolving Commitment. U.S. Revolving Loans denominated in Dollars may be ABR Loans or LIBOR Loans as further provided herein. U.S. Revolving Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies shall at all times be LIBOR Loans.
(b) Subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Canadian Revolving Lenders agree to make available a revolving credit facility (the Canadian Revolving Facility ) to the Canadian Borrower and the U.S. Borrowers from time to time during the term of this Agreement, which credit facilities shall be composed of a revolving line of credit consisting of Canadian Revolving Loans to the Canadian Borrower or the U.S. Borrowers, Canadian Swingline Loans to the Canadian Borrower or the U.S. Borrowers and Canadian Letters of Credit for the account of the Canadian Borrower or the U.S. Borrowers of up to the Total Canadian Revolving Commitment. Canadian Revolving Loans denominated in Dollars may be ABR Loans or LIBOR Loans as further provided herein. Canadian Revolving Loans denominated in Cdn. Dollars may be Canadian Prime Rate Loans or BA Equivalent Loans as further provided herein. Canadian Revolving Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies (other than Cdn. Dollars) shall at all times be LIBOR Loans.
(c) Up to one time in any fiscal quarter of the U.S. Parent Borrower, so long as after giving effect thereto the Availability Conditions would be satisfied, the Borrowers may reallocate all or a portion of any Revolving Lenders Commitments with respect to the U.S. Revolving Facility to the Canadian Revolving Facility or all or a portion of any Revolving Lenders Commitments with respect to the Canadian Revolving Facility to the U.S. Revolving Facility, by written notice to the Administrative Agents, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agents and with the written consent of any Revolving Lender whose commitment is being reallocated. Upon such reallocation, (i) the specified amount of such Revolving Lenders U.S. Revolving Commitments or Canadian Revolving Commitments, as applicable, shall be deemed to be converted to an increase in such Canadian Revolving Commitments or U.S. Revolving Commitments, as applicable, for all purposes hereof and (ii) each Revolving Lender shall purchase or sell U.S. Revolving Loans and/or Canadian Revolving Loans, as applicable, at par to the
-59-
other Lenders as specified by the Administrative Agents in an amount necessary such that, after giving effect to all such purchases and sales, each Revolving Lender shall have funded its Pro Rata Share of the entire amount of the then outstanding U.S. Revolving Loans and Canadian Revolving Loans.
(d) Subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Second Restatement Effective Date, each Term Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to make loans (each such loan a Term Loan ) to the U.S. Borrowers in Dollars in an amount equal to such Lenders Term Commitment. The Term Loans may, at the option of the U.S. Parent Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or LIBOR Loans; provided that all Term Loans made by each of the Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Term Loans of the same Type. Term Loans may be repaid or prepaid in accordance with the provisions hereof, but once repaid or prepaid, may not be reborrowed. Each Term Lender may at its option make any LIBOR Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Term Lender to make such Term Loan; provided that (A) any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Term Loan and (B) in exercising such option, such Term Lender shall use its reasonable efforts to minimize any increased costs to the Borrower resulting therefrom (which obligation of the Term Lender shall not require it to take, or refrain from taking, actions that it determines would result in increased costs for which it will not be compensated hereunder or that it determines would be otherwise disadvantageous to it and in the event of such request for costs for which compensation is provided under this Agreement, the provisions of Section 2.11 shall apply).
2.2. U.S. Revolving Loans and Borrowing Procedures for U.S. Revolving Loans and Term Loans .
(a) Amounts . Subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each U.S. Revolving Lender severally, but not jointly, agrees, upon the U.S. Parent Borrowers request from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Second Restatement Effective Date to the Termination Date, to make revolving loans (the U.S. Revolving Loans ) to the U.S. Borrowers denominated in Dollars or any Alternative Currency in amounts not to exceed such U.S. Revolving Lenders Pro Rata Share of the U.S. Total Revolving Commitment, so long as after giving effect thereto and the application of the proceeds thereof, the Availability Conditions are satisfied. The U.S. Borrowers may use the U.S. Revolving Commitments by borrowing, prepaying the U.S. Revolving Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. U.S. Revolving Loans of the applicable Class shall automatically be made as ABR Loans for the payment of interest on such Loans and other Obligations due hereunder on the date when due to the extent available in accordance with the foregoing limitations and not paid by the U.S. Borrowers and, in each case, as provided for herein.
(b) Procedure for Borrowing .
(i) Each Borrowing of U.S. Revolving Loans or Term Loans by the U.S. Borrowers shall be made upon the U.S. Parent Borrowers irrevocable written notice delivered to the U.S. Administrative Agent in the form of a notice of borrowing substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (each a U.S. Notice of Borrowing ) or Exhibit A-3 , as applicable, which must be received by the U.S. Administrative Agent prior to (i) 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) three Business Days prior to the date of such Borrowing, in the case of LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars, (ii) 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least four Business Days prior to the date of such Borrowing, in the case of LIBOR Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency and (iii) 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least one Business Day prior to the date of such Borrowing, in the case of ABR Loans, specifying:
(A) whether such Borrowing consists of U.S. Revolving Loans or Term Loans;
-60-
(B) the amount and currency of the Borrowing, which must equal or exceed the Minimum Borrowing Amount (and increments of $1,000,000 in excess of such amount or the approximate equivalent amount thereof in the case of Alternative Currencies);
(C) the date of the requested Borrowing, which must be a Business Day;
(D) whether the Loans requested are to be ABR Loans (solely in the case of Loans denominated in Dollars) or LIBOR Loans (and if not specified, it shall be deemed a request for an ABR Loan, in the case of a request for Loans denominated in Dollars, or LIBOR Loans with an Interest Period of one month, in the case of Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency); provided that all Loans made by each of the applicable Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Loans of the same Type; and
(E) in the case of a request for LIBOR Loans, the duration of the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto (and if not specified, it shall be deemed a request for an Interest Period of one month).
(ii) In lieu of delivering a U.S. Notice of Borrowing, the U.S. Parent Borrower may give the U.S. Administrative Agent telephonic notice of such request for advances on or before the deadline set forth above (promptly confirmed by delivery of a completed U.S. Borrowing Notice). The U.S. Administrative Agent at all times shall be entitled to rely on such telephonic notice in making such U.S. Revolving Loans, regardless of whether any written confirmation is received.
(c) U.S. Designated Accounts . Prior to the Closing Date, the U.S. Parent Borrower delivered to the U.S. Administrative Agent a notice setting forth the account for the U.S. Borrowers (each, a U.S. Designated Account ) to which each Administrative Agent is authorized to transfer the proceeds of the Loans requested hereunder by the U.S. Parent Borrower. The U.S. Parent Borrower may designate a replacement account from time to time by written notice to the U.S. Administrative Agent duly executed by an Authorized Officer of the U.S. Parent Borrower. All such U.S. Designated Accounts must be reasonably satisfactory to the U.S. Administrative Agent.
(d) No Liability . The U.S. Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability to the U.S. Borrowers as a result of acting upon any notice referred to in Sections 2.2(b) and (c) , which the U.S. Administrative Agent believes in good faith to have been given by an Authorized Officer of the U.S. Parent Borrower. The crediting of U.S. Revolving Loans and Term Loans to a U.S. Designated Account conclusively establishes the obligation of each U.S. Borrower to repay such U.S. Revolving Loans and Term Loans as provided herein.
(e) Notice Irrevocable . Any U.S. Notice of Borrowing (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof) made pursuant to Section 2.2(b) shall be irrevocable. The U.S. Borrowers shall be bound to borrow the funds requested therein in accordance therewith.
(f) Making of U.S. Revolving Loans and Term Loans; Reserves .
(i) Promptly after receipt of a U.S. Notice of Borrowing or telephonic or electronic notice in lieu thereof, the U.S. Administrative Agent shall notify the applicable U.S. Revolving Lenders or Term Lenders by telecopy, telephone or e-mail of the requested Borrowing. Each applicable Lender shall transfer its Pro Rata Share of the requested Borrowing to the U.S. Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the currency in which such Loan is denominated (except that in the case of any U.S. Revolving Loan denominated in Euro or Sterling, the U.S. Fronting Lender shall make available
-61-
each applicable U.S. Revolving Participants Pro Rata Share of such Loan) to the account from time to time designated by the U.S. Administrative Agent, not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of the applicable Borrowing. After the U.S. Administrative Agents receipt of all proceeds of such U.S. Revolving Loans or Term Loans, the U.S. Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Loans available to the U.S. Borrowers on the date of the applicable Borrowing by, not later than 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) transferring same day funds to the U.S. Designated Account designated by the U.S. Borrower; provided , however , that no U.S. Revolving Loans shall be made on any date unless, after giving effect thereto, the Availability Conditions are satisfied on such date.
(ii) The U.S. Administrative Agent may establish Reserves or change any of the Reserves, in the exercise of its reasonable good faith credit judgment, provided that (A) any changes to such Reserves will be made in good faith and (B) such Reserves shall not be established or changed except upon not less than five (5) Business Days notice to the U.S. Parent Borrower (unless an Event of Default exists in which event no notice shall be required), and to the extent the U.S. Parent Borrower shall have objected to the addition of or change to such Reserve during such 5 Business Day period, the U.S. Administrative Agent shall have taken into consideration the U.S. Parent Borrowers basis of objection and shall have negotiated in good faith with the U.S. Parent Borrower in order to reach a mutually satisfactory resolution with respect to such Reserve (other than if an Event of Default exists). The U.S. Administrative Agent will be available during such period to discuss any such proposed Reserve or change with the U.S. Parent Borrower and without limiting the right of the U.S. Administrative Agent to establish or change such Reserves in the U.S. Administrative Agents reasonable credit judgment, the U.S. Parent Borrower may take such action as may be required so that the event, condition or matter that is the basis for such Reserve no longer exists, in a manner and to the extent reasonably satisfactory to the U.S. Administrative Agent. The amount of any Reserve established by the U.S. Administrative Agent shall have a reasonable relationship as determined by the U.S. Administrative Agent in its reasonable credit judgment to the event, condition or other matter that is the basis for the Reserve. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Reserve shall not be established to the extent that such Reserve would be duplicative of any specific item excluded as ineligible in the definitions of Eligible Accounts or Eligible Inventory, but the U.S. Administrative Agent shall retain the right, subject to the requirements of this paragraph, to establish Reserves with respect to prospective changes in eligible Collateral that may reasonably be anticipated.
(g) U.S. Swingline Commitment .
(i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, the U.S. Swingline Lender in its individual capacity agrees, at any time and from time to time on and after the Second Restatement Effective Date and prior to the Termination Date, to make a loan or loans (each a U.S. Swingline Loan and, collectively, the U.S. Swingline Loans ) in Dollars in the amount of that Borrowing available to the U.S. Borrowers by transferring same day funds to the U.S. Designated Account or such other account(s) as may be designated by the U.S. Parent Borrower in writing not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time). Each U.S. Swingline Loan shall be subject to all the terms and conditions applicable to U.S. Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans except that all payments thereon (including interest) shall be made to the U.S. Swingline Lender. The U.S. Swingline Lender shall not make any U.S. Swingline Loan if (1) the U.S. Administrative Agent has received written notice from any U.S. Revolving Lender that one or more of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 5 or Section 6 will not be satisfied on the date of the requested Borrowing, (2) after giving effect to the requested Borrowing, the Availability Conditions would not be satisfied on such date, or (3) such U.S. Swingline Loan would cause the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all U.S. Swingline Loans to exceed the U.S. Swingline Commitment. U.S. Swingline Loans shall at all times be ABR Loans.
-62-
(ii) On any Business Day, the U.S. Swingline Lender may, in its sole discretion (and, if any U.S. Swingline Loan is outstanding for more than five Business Days, the U.S. Swingline Lender shall on such fifth Business Day), give notice to each U.S. Revolving Lender that all then-outstanding U.S. Swingline Loans shall be funded with a Borrowing of U.S. Revolving Loans, in which case U.S. Revolving Loans constituting ABR Loans (each such Borrowing, a Mandatory U.S. Borrowing ) shall be made on the immediately succeeding Business Day by each U.S. Revolving Lender pro rata based on each such Lenders Pro Rata Share, and the proceeds thereof shall be applied directly to the U.S. Swingline Lender to repay the U.S. Swingline Lender for such outstanding U.S. Swingline Loans. Each U.S. Revolving Lender hereby irrevocably agrees to make such U.S. Revolving Loans upon one Business Days notice pursuant to each Mandatory U.S. Borrowing in the amount and in the manner specified in the preceding sentence and on the date specified to it in writing by the U.S. Swingline Lender notwithstanding (i) that the amount of the Mandatory U.S. Borrowing may not comply with the Minimum Borrowing Amount, (ii) whether any conditions specified in Section 6 are then satisfied, (iii) whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (unless the U.S. Swingline Lender has received written notice thereof from any Lender as contemplated above prior to the date such Swingline Loan was made), (iv) the date of such Mandatory U.S. Borrowing or (v) any reduction in the U.S. Revolving Commitments or the U.S. Borrowing Base after any such U.S. Swingline Loans were made. In the event that, in the sole judgment of the U.S. Swingline Lender, any Mandatory U.S. Borrowing cannot for any reason be made on the date otherwise required above (including as a result of the commencement of a proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code in respect of any U.S. Borrower), each U.S. Revolving Lender hereby agrees that it shall forthwith purchase from the U.S. Swingline Lender (without recourse or warranty) such participation of the outstanding U.S. Swingline Loans as shall be necessary to cause the U.S. Revolving Lenders to share in such U.S. Swingline Loans ratably based upon their respective Pro Rata Shares, provided that all principal and interest payable on such U.S. Swingline Loans shall be for the account of the U.S. Swingline Lender until the date the respective participation is purchased and, to the extent attributable to the purchased participation, shall be payable to such U.S. Revolving Lender purchasing the same from and after such date of purchase.
(iii) If at any time that U.S. Swingline Loans are outstanding a U.S. Revolving Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, all or any part of such U.S. Swingline Loans shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders that are U.S. Revolving Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares (calculated without giving effect to any such Defaulting Lenders U.S. Revolving Commitments) but only to the extent (x) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders U.S. Revolving Commitments plus such Defaulting Lenders pro rata share of such Swingline Loans does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders U.S. Revolving Commitments and (y) the condition set forth in Section 6.1(a) is satisfied at such time; provided that neither such reallocation nor any payment by a non-Defaulting Lender pursuant hereto will constitute a waiver or release of any claim any Borrower, any Lender, the U.S. Administrative Agent or U.S. Swingline Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender or cause such Defaulting Lender to be a non-Defaulting Lender. If the reallocation described above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the U.S. Borrowers shall within one Business Day following notice by the U.S. Administrative Agent prepay such unreallocated portion of the Swingline Loans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the U.S. Swingline Lender shall be under no obligation to make any U.S. Swingline Loan at any time that any U.S. Revolving Lender is a Defaulting Lender unless it is satisfied that the related exposure will be 100% covered by the U.S. Revolving Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and participating interests in any such newly made Swingline Loan shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with this Section 2.2 (and Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein).
-63-
(h) U.S. Agent Advances .
(i) Subject to the limitations set forth below, the U.S. Administrative Agent is authorized by the U.S. Borrowers and the U.S. Revolving Lenders, from time to time in the U.S. Administrative Agents sole discretion, (A) after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, or (B) at any time that any of the other conditions precedent set forth in Section 6 have not been satisfied, to make U.S. Revolving Loans (that may only be ABR Loans) in Dollars to the U.S. Borrowers on behalf of the U.S. Revolving Lenders in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $45,000,000 ( provided that, after giving effect to the making of any such ABR Loan, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of U.S. Revolving Loans, U.S. Agent Advances, U.S. Swingline Loans and U.S. Letter of Credit Obligations shall not exceed the Total U.S. Revolving Commitment) which the U.S. Administrative Agent, in its good faith judgment, deems necessary or desirable (1) to preserve or protect the Collateral, or any portion thereof, (2) to enhance the likelihood of, or maximize the amount of, repayment of the U.S. Revolving Loans and other U.S. Obligations (including through ABR Loans for the purpose of enabling the U.S. Borrowers to meet their payroll and associated tax obligations), and/or (3) to pay any other amount chargeable to the U.S. Borrowers pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including costs, fees and expenses as described in Section 12.5 (any of such advances are herein referred to as U.S. Agent Advances ); provided that U.S. Agent Advances shall not be outstanding for more than 30 consecutive days unless the Availability Conditions are satisfied; provided , further , that the Required Lenders may at any time revoke the U.S. Administrative Agents authorization to make U.S. Agent Advances. Any such revocation must be in writing and shall become effective prospectively upon the U.S. Administrative Agents receipt thereof. At any time, the U.S. Administrative Agent may require the U.S. Revolving Lenders to fund their risk participations in the U.S. Agent Advances as described in Section 2.2(h)(ii) .
(ii) Upon the making of a U.S. Agent Advance by the U.S. Administrative Agent (whether before or after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default), each U.S. Revolving Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, unconditionally and irrevocably to have purchased from the U.S. Administrative Agent, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in such U.S. Agent Advance in proportion to its Pro Rata Share of the Total U.S. Revolving Commitment. All principal and interest payable on such U.S. Agent Advance shall be for the account of the U.S. Administrative Agent until the date, if any, on which the U.S. Administrative Agent requires any U.S. Revolving Lender to fund its participation in any U.S. Agent Advance purchased hereunder; after such date, the U.S. Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to such U.S. Revolving Lender, such Lenders Pro Rata Share of all payments of principal and interest and all proceeds of Collateral received by the U.S. Administrative Agent in respect of such U.S. Agent Advance.
(iii) The U.S. Agent Advances shall be secured by the Collateral Agents Liens in and to the Collateral and shall constitute ABR Loans and U.S. Obligations hereunder.
2.3. Canadian Revolving Loans .
(a) Amounts . Subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Canadian Revolving Lender severally, but not jointly, agrees, upon the Canadian Borrowers or U.S. Parent Borrowers request from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Second Restatement Effective Date to the Termination Date, to make revolving loans (the Canadian Revolving Loans ) to the Canadian Borrower, on the one hand, or the U.S. Borrowers, on the other hand, denominated in Dollars or any Alternative Currency in Outstanding Amounts not to exceed such Canadian Revolving Lenders Pro Rata Share of the Total Canadian Revolving Commitment so long as after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, the Availability Conditions are satisfied. The Canadian Borrower and U.S. Borrowers may use the Canadian Revolving Commitments by borrowing, prepaying the Canadian Revolving Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with the
-64-
terms and conditions hereof. Canadian Revolving Loans of the applicable Class shall automatically be made as ABR Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans to the Canadian Borrower or the U.S. Borrowers, respectively, for the payment of interest on such Loans and other Obligations of the Canadian Borrower or the U.S. Borrowers, respectively, on the date when due to the extent available in accordance with the foregoing limitations and not paid by the Canadian Borrower or U.S. Borrowers, respectively, and, in each case, as provided for herein.
(b) Procedure for Borrowing .
(i) Each Borrowing by the Canadian Borrower or U.S. Borrowers shall be made upon the Canadian Borrowers or U.S. Parent Borrowers irrevocable written notice delivered to the Canadian Administrative Agent in the form of a notice of borrowing substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 ( Canadian Notice of Borrowing ), which must be received by the Canadian Administrative Agent prior to (i) 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) three Business Days prior to the date of such Borrowing, in the case of LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars or BA Equivalent Loans, (ii) 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) four Business Days prior to the date of such Borrowing, in the case of LIBOR Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies and (iii) 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) one Business Day prior to the date of such Borrowing, in the case of Canadian Prime Rate Loans or ABR Loans, specifying:
(A) whether such Canadian Revolving Loans are for the account of the Canadian Borrower or the U.S. Borrowers;
(B) the amount and currency of the Borrowing which must equal or exceed the Minimum Borrowing Amount (and increments of $1,000,000 or the approximate Dollar Equivalent thereof in excess of such amount);
(C) the date of the requested Borrowing, which must be a Business Day;
(D) whether the Canadian Revolving Loans requested are to be Canadian Prime Rate Loans, ABR Loans, BA Equivalent Loans or LIBOR Loans (and if not specified, it shall be deemed a request for a Canadian Prime Rate Loan (in the case of Canadian Revolving Loans denominated in Cdn. Dollars), an ABR Loan (in the case of Canadian Revolving Loans denominated in Dollars) or LIBOR Loans with an Interest Period of one month, in the case of Canadian Revolving Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency); provided that all Canadian Revolving Loans made by each of the Canadian Revolving Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Canadian Revolving Loans of the same Type;
(E) in the case of a request for BA Equivalent Rate Loans, the duration of the initial BA Equivalent Interest Period to be applicable thereto (and if not specified, it shall be deemed a request for a BA Equivalent Interest Period of one month); and
(F) in the case of a request for LIBOR Loans, the duration of the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto (and if not specified, it shall be deemed a request for an Interest Period of one month).
(ii) In lieu of delivering a Canadian Notice of Borrowing, the Canadian Borrower or U.S. Parent Borrower may give the Canadian Administrative Agent telephonic notice of such request for advances on or before the deadline set forth above (promptly confirmed by delivery of a completed Canadian Borrowing Notice). The Canadian Administrative Agent at all times shall be entitled to rely on such telephonic notice in making such Canadian Revolving Loans, regardless of whether any written confirmation is received.
(iii) Neither the Canadian Borrower nor the U.S. Parent Borrower shall have the right to request a BA Equivalent Loan or a LIBOR Loan while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
-65-
(c) Reliance upon Authority . Prior to the Closing Date, the Canadian Borrower delivered to the Canadian Administrative Agent a notice setting forth the account for the Canadian Borrower (each a Canadian Designated Account ) and, prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date, the U.S. Parent Borrower delivered to the Canadian Administrative Agent a notice setting forth the U.S. Designated Account, in each case, to which the Canadian Administrative Agent is authorized to transfer the proceeds of the Canadian Revolving Loans requested hereunder by the Canadian Borrower or the U.S. Parent Borrower, respectively. The Canadian Borrower or U.S. Parent Borrower may designate a replacement account from time to time by written notice to the Canadian Administrative Agent duly executed by an Authorized Officer of the Canadian Borrower or U.S. Parent Borrower, as applicable. All such Canadian Designated Accounts must be reasonably satisfactory to the Canadian Administrative Agent and must be domiciled in Canada and all such U.S. Designated Accounts must be reasonably satisfactory to the Canadian Administrative Agent.
(d) No Liability . The Canadian Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability to the Canadian Borrower or the U.S. Borrowers as a result of acting upon any notice referred to in Sections 2.3(b) and (c) , which the Canadian Administrative Agent believes in good faith to have been given by an Authorized Officer of the Canadian Borrower or the U.S. Parent Borrower. The crediting of Canadian Revolving Loans to a Canadian Designated Account or U.S. Designated Account, respectively, conclusively establishes the obligation of the Canadian Borrower or U.S. Borrowers, respectively, to repay such Canadian Revolving Loans as provided herein.
(e) Notice Irrevocable . Any Canadian Notice of Borrowing (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof) made pursuant to Section 2.3(b) shall be irrevocable. The Canadian Borrower or the U.S. Borrowers, as applicable, shall be bound to borrow the funds requested therein in accordance therewith.
(f) Making of Canadian Revolving Loans; Reserves .
(i) Promptly after receipt of a Canadian Notice of Borrowing or telephonic or electronic notice in lieu thereof, the Canadian Administrative Agent shall notify each Canadian Revolving Lender by telecopy, telephone or e-mail of the requested Borrowing. Each Canadian Revolving Lender shall transfer its Pro Rata Share of the requested Borrowing to the Canadian Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the applicable currency (except that in the case of any Canadian Revolving Loan denominated in Euro or Sterling, the Canadian Fronting Lender shall make available each applicable Canadian Revolving Participants Pro Rata Share of such Loan), to the account from time to time designated by the Canadian Administrative Agent, not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of the applicable Borrowing. After the Canadian Administrative Agents receipt of all proceeds of such Canadian Revolving Loans, the Canadian Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Canadian Revolving Loans available to the Canadian Borrower or the U.S. Borrowers, as applicable, on the date of the applicable Borrowing by, not later than 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) transferring same day funds to the Canadian Designated Account designated by such Canadian Borrower or the U.S. Designated Account designated by the U.S. Parent Borrower, respectively; provided , however , that no Canadian Revolving Loans shall be made on any date unless, after giving effect thereto, the Availability Conditions are satisfied.
-66-
(ii) The Canadian Administrative Agent may establish Reserves or change any of the Reserves, in the exercise of its reasonable credit judgment, provided that (A) any changes to such reserves will be made in good faith and (B) such Reserves shall not be established or changed except upon not less than five (5) Business Days notice to the Canadian Borrower (unless an Event of Default exists in which event no notice shall be required), and to the extent the Canadian Borrower shall have objected to the addition of or change to such Reserve during such 5 Business Day period, the Canadian Administrative Agent shall have taken into consideration the Canadian Borrowers basis of objection and shall have negotiated in good faith with the Canadian Borrower in order to reach a mutually satisfactory resolution with respect to such Reserve (other than if an Event of Default exists). The Canadian Administrative Agent will be available during such period to discuss any such proposed Reserve or change with the Canadian Borrower and without limiting the right of the Canadian Administrative Agent to establish or change such Reserves in the Canadian Administrative Agents reasonable credit judgment, the Canadian Borrower may take such action as may be required so that the event, condition or matter that is the basis for such Reserve no longer exists, in a manner and to the extent reasonably satisfactory to the Canadian Administrative Agent. The amount of any Reserve established by the Canadian Administrative Agent shall have a reasonable relationship as determined by the Canadian Administrative Agent in its reasonable credit judgment to the event, condition or other matter that is the basis for the Reserve. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Reserve shall not be established to the extent that such Reserve would be duplicative of any specific item excluded as ineligible in the definitions of Eligible Accounts or Eligible Inventory, but the Canadian Administrative Agent shall retain the right, subject to the requirements of this paragraph, to establish Reserves with respect to prospective changes in eligible Collateral that may reasonably be anticipated.
(g) Canadian Swingline Commitment .
(i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, each Canadian Swingline Lender in its individual capacity agrees, at any time and from time to time on and after the Second Restatement Effective Date and prior to the Termination Date, to make a loan or loans (each a Canadian Swingline Loan and, collectively, the Canadian Swingline Loans ) in Dollars or Cdn. Dollars in the amount of that Borrowing available to the Canadian Borrower, on the one hand, or the U.S. Borrowers, on the other hand, by transferring same day funds to the Canadian Designated Account or U.S. Designated Account, respectively, or such other account(s) as may be designated (by not later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on the day of funding) by the Canadian Borrower or the U.S. Parent Borrower, respectively, in writing. Each Canadian Swingline Loan shall be subject to all the terms and conditions applicable to other Canadian Revolving Loans except that all payments thereon (including interest) shall be made to the applicable Canadian Swingline Lenders. No Canadian Swingline Lender shall make any Canadian Swingline Loan if (1) the Canadian Administrative Agent has received written notice from any Canadian Revolving Lender that one or more of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 5 or Section 6 will not be satisfied on the date of the requested Borrowing, (2) after giving effect to the requested Borrowing, the Availability Conditions would not be satisfied, or (3) such Canadian Swingline Loan would cause the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Canadian Swingline Loans to exceed the Canadian Swingline Commitment. Canadian Swingline Loans shall at all times be maintained as ABR Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable.
(ii) On any Business Day, any Canadian Swingline Lender may, in its sole discretion (and, if any Canadian Swingline Loan is outstanding for more than five Business Days, the Canadian Swingline Lender shall on such fifth Business Day), give notice by 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) to each Canadian Revolving Lender that all then-outstanding Canadian Swingline Loans made by such Canadian Swingline Lender shall be funded with a Borrowing of Canadian Revolving Loans in the same currency in which the then outstanding Canadian Swingline Loans are denominated, in which case Canadian Revolving Loans constituting ABR Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans (each such Borrowing, a
-67-
Mandatory Canadian Borrowing ), as applicable, shall be made to the Canadian Borrower (in the amount of its Canadian Swingline Loans from such Canadian Swingline Lender or the U.S. Borrowers (in the amount of their Canadian Swingline Loans from such Canadian Swingline Lender) on the next Business Day by each Canadian Revolving Lender based on each Lenders Pro Rata Share and in the same currency as the applicable Canadian Swingline Loan is denominated, and the proceeds thereof shall be applied directly to such Canadian Swingline Lender to repay the Canadian Swingline Lender for such outstanding Canadian Swingline Loans. Each Canadian Revolving Lender hereby irrevocably agrees to make such Canadian Revolving Loans pursuant to each Mandatory Canadian Borrowing in the amount and in the manner specified in the preceding sentence and on the date specified to it in writing by the Canadian Swingline Lenders notwithstanding (i) that the amount of the Mandatory Canadian Borrowing may not comply with the minimum amount for each Borrowing specified in Section 2.3 , (ii) whether any conditions specified in Section 6 are then satisfied, (iii) whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (unless the Canadian Swingline Lenders has received written notice thereof from any Lender as contemplated above prior to the date such Canadian Swingline Loan was made), (iv) the date of such Mandatory Canadian Borrowing, (v) any reduction in the Canadian Revolving Commitments, the Canadian Borrowing Base, or the Combined Borrowing Base after any such Canadian Swingline Loans were made or (vi) any fluctuations in exchange rates following the date such Canadian Swingline Loans were made. In the event that, in the sole judgment of the Canadian Swingline Lenders, any Mandatory Canadian Borrowing cannot for any reason be made on the date otherwise required above (including as a result of the commencement of a proceeding under the BIA in respect of the Canadian Borrower or under Title 11 of the United States Code with respect to any U.S. Borrower), each Canadian Revolving Lender hereby agrees that it shall forthwith purchase from the Canadian Swingline Lenders (without recourse or warranty) such participation of the outstanding Canadian Swingline Loans as shall be necessary to cause the Canadian Revolving Lenders to share in such Canadian Swingline Loans ratably based upon their respective Pro Rata Shares, provided that all principal and interest payable on such Canadian Swingline Loans made by any Canadian Swingline Lender shall be for the account of such Canadian Swingline Lender until the date the respective participation is purchased and, to the extent attributable to the purchased participation, shall be payable to such Lender purchasing same from and after such date of purchase.
(iii) If at any time that Canadian Swingline Loans are outstanding a Canadian Revolving Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, all or any part of the risk participations in such Canadian Swingline Loans shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders that are Canadian Revolving Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares (calculated without giving effect to any such Defaulting Lenders Canadian Revolving Commitments) but only to the extent (x) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders Canadian Revolving Commitments plus such Defaulting Lenders pro rata share of such Swingline Loans does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders Canadian Revolving Commitments and (y) the condition set forth in Section 6.1(a) is satisfied at such time; provided that neither such reallocation nor any payment by a non-Defaulting Lender pursuant hereto will constitute a waiver or release of any claim any Borrower, any Lender, the Canadian Administrative Agent or Canadian Swingline Lenders may have against such Defaulting Lender or cause such Defaulting Lender to be a non-Defaulting Lender. If the reallocation described above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Canadian Borrower shall within one Business Day following notice by the Canadian Administrative Agent prepay such unreallocated portion of the Swingline Loans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Canadian Swingline Lender shall be under any obligation to make any Canadian Swingline Loan at any time that any Canadian Revolving Lender is a Defaulting Lender unless it is satisfied that the related exposure will be 100% covered by the Canadian Revolving Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and participating interests in any such newly made Swingline Loan shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with this Section 2.3 (and Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein).
-68-
(h) Canadian Agent Advances .
(i) Subject to the limitations set forth below, the Canadian Administrative Agent is authorized by the Canadian Borrower, the U.S. Borrowers and the Canadian Revolving Lenders, from time to time in the Canadian Administrative Agents sole discretion, (A) after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, or (B) at any time that any of the other conditions precedent set forth in Section 6 have not been satisfied, to make ABR Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans to the Canadian Borrower, on the one hand, or the U.S. Borrowers, on the other hand, on behalf of the Canadian Revolving Lenders in an aggregate Outstanding Amount at any time not to exceed $20,000,000 ( provided that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of Canadian Revolving Loans, Canadian Agent Advances, Canadian Swingline Loans and Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations does not exceed the Total Canadian Revolving Commitment) which the Canadian Administrative Agent, in its good faith judgment, deems necessary or desirable (1) to preserve or protect the Collateral, or any portion thereof, (2) to enhance the likelihood of, or maximize the amount of, repayment of the Revolving Loans and other Obligations (including through ABR Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans for the purpose of enabling the Canadian Borrower or the U.S. Borrowers to meet their payroll and associated tax obligations), and/or (3) to pay any other amount chargeable to the Canadian Borrower or the U.S. Borrowers pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including costs, fees and expenses as described in Section 12.5 (any of such advances are herein referred to as Canadian Agent Advances ); provided that Canadian Agent Advances shall not be outstanding for more than 30 consecutive days unless the Availability Conditions are satisfied and no Canadian Agent Advances shall be made to the U.S. Borrowers unless the Availability Conditions are satisfied; provided , further , that the Required Lenders may at any time revoke the Canadian Administrative Agents authorization to make Canadian Agent Advances. Any such revocation must be in writing and shall become effective prospectively upon the Canadian Administrative Agents receipt thereof. At any time, the Canadian Administrative Agent may require the Canadian Revolving Lenders to fund their risk participations a described in Section 2.3(h)(ii) .
(ii) Upon the making of a Canadian Agent Advance by the Canadian Administrative Agent (whether before or after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default), each Canadian Revolving Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, unconditionally and irrevocably to have purchased from the Canadian Administrative Agent, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in such Canadian Agent Advance in proportion to its Pro Rata Share of the Canadian Revolving Commitments. All principal and interest payable on such Canadian Agent Advance shall be for the account of the Canadian Administrative Agent until the date, if any, on which the Canadian Administrative Agent requires any Canadian Revolving Lender to fund its participation in any Canadian Agent Advance purchased hereunder; after such date, the Canadian Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to such Canadian Revolving Lender, such Lenders Pro Rata Share of all payments of principal and interest and all proceeds of Collateral received by the Canadian Administrative Agent in respect of such Canadian Agent Advance.
(iii) The Canadian Agent Advances shall be secured by the Collateral Agents Liens in and to the Collateral and shall constitute ABR Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, and Canadian Obligations (in the case of Canadian Agent Advances to the Canadian Borrower) or U.S. Obligations (in the case of Canadian Agent Advances to the U.S. Borrowers) hereunder.
2.4. Letters of Credit .
(a) Agreement to Issue or Cause to Issue .
(i) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer agrees to issue for the account of the U.S. Borrowers one or more standby or documentary letters of credit denominated in Dollars or any Alternative Currency (each a U.S. Letter of Credit ) from time to time during the term of this Agreement but not later than the Letter of Credit Maturity Date.
-69-
(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer agrees to issue for the account of the Canadian Borrower, on the one hand, or the U.S. Borrowers, on the other hand, one or more standby or documentary letters of credit denominated in Dollars or any Alternative Currency ( Canadian Letter of Credit ) from time to time during the term of this Agreement but not later than the Letter of Credit Maturity Date.
(b) Amounts; Outside Expiration Date . A Letter of Credit Issuer shall not issue or cause to be issued any Letter of Credit if: (i) (x) in the case of a U.S. Letter of Credit, the maximum available Dollar Equivalent amount of the requested U.S. Letter of Credit is greater than the Unused U.S. Letter of Credit Subfacility at such time and (y) in the case of a Canadian Letter of Credit, the maximum available Dollar Equivalent amount of the requested Canadian Letter of Credit is greater than the Unused Canadian Letter of Credit Subfacility at such time; (ii) after giving effect to the maximum available Dollar Equivalent amount of the requested Letter of Credit and all commissions, fees, and charges due from the requesting Borrower in connection with the opening thereof (to the extent such commissions, fees and charges are not paid in cash prior to or at the time of the opening thereof) the Availability Conditions would not be satisfied; or (iii) such Letter of Credit has an expiration date on or after the Letter of Credit Maturity Date or more than 12 months from the date of issuance; for the avoidance of doubt, this provision does not apply to any evergreen or automatic renewal provision. With respect to any Letter of Credit which contains any evergreen or automatic renewal provision, each applicable Lender shall be deemed to have consented to any such extension or renewal unless any such Lender shall have provided to the applicable Administrative Agent written notice that it declines to consent to any such extension or renewal at least thirty (30) days prior to the date on which the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer is entitled to decline to extend or renew such Letter of Credit. If all of the requirements of this Section 2.4 are met and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Lender shall decline to consent to any such extension or renewal.
(c) Other Conditions . In addition to conditions precedent contained in Article 6 , the obligation of each Letter of Credit Issuer to issue or to cause to be issued any Letter of Credit is subject to the following conditions precedent having been satisfied in a manner reasonably satisfactory to such Letter of Credit Issuer:
(i) The Canadian Borrower, in the case of Canadian Letters of Credit to be issued for the account of the Canadian Borrower, or the U.S. Parent Borrower, in the case of any Letter of Credit to be issued for the account of the U.S. Borrowers, shall have delivered to the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, at such times and in such manner as such Letter of Credit Issuer may prescribe, an application in form and substance satisfactory to such Letter of Credit Issuer and reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Administrative Agent for the issuance of the Letter of Credit and such other documents as may be reasonably required pursuant to the terms thereof in connection with such issuance, and the form, terms and purpose of the proposed Letter of Credit shall be reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Administrative Agent and the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer; and
(ii) as of the date of issuance, no order of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority shall purport by its terms to enjoin or restrain money center banks generally from issuing letters of credit of the type and in the amount of the proposed Letter of Credit, and no law, rule or regulation applicable to money center banks generally and no request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over money center banks generally shall prohibit, or request that the proposed Letter of Credit Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or the issuance of such Letters of Credit.
-70-
(d) Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit .
(i) Request for Issuance . The U.S. Parent Borrower or Canadian Borrower, as applicable, must notify the applicable Administrative Agent and Letter of Credit Issuer of a requested Letter of Credit by no later than 1:00 p.m.(New York City time) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date. Such notice shall be irrevocable and must specify the currency and original face amount of the Letter of Credit requested, the Business Day of issuance of such requested Letter of Credit, whether such Letter of Credit may be drawn in a single or in partial draws, the Business Day on which the requested Letter of Credit is to expire, the purpose for which such Letter of Credit is to be issued, the beneficiary of the requested Letter of Credit and, in the case of the U.S. Parent Borrower, whether such Letter of Credit is a Canadian Letter of Credit or a U.S. Letter of Credit. The applicable Borrower shall attach to such notice the proposed form of the Letter of Credit.
(ii) Responsibilities of the Administrative Agent; Issuance . As of the Business Day immediately preceding the requested issuance date of any Letter of Credit, the applicable Administrative Agent shall determine the amount of the Unused U.S. Letter of Credit Subfacility or the Unused Canadian Letter of Credit Subfacility, as applicable, and applicable Availability as of such date. If (A) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of the requested Letter of Credit is less than the Unused U.S. Letter of Credit Subfacility or the Unused Canadian Letter of Credit Subfacility, as applicable, and (B) the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of such requested Letter of Credit and all commissions, fees, and charges due from the requesting Borrower in connection with the opening thereof (to the extent such commissions, fees and charges are not paid in cash prior to or at the time of the opening thereof) would not result in the Availability Conditions failing to be met, the Administrative Agent shall notify the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer to issue the requested Letter of Credit on the requested issuance date so long as the other conditions hereof are met.
(iii) No Extensions or Amendment . No Letter of Credit Issuer shall be obligated to extend or amend any Letter of Credit issued pursuant hereto unless the requirements of this Section 2.4 are met as though a new Letter of Credit were being requested and issued.
(e) Payments Pursuant to Letters of Credit . Each Borrower agrees to reimburse immediately the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer for any draw under any Letter of Credit issued for the account of such Borrower, and to pay the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer the amount of all other charges and fees payable to such Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with such Letter of Credit immediately when due, irrespective of any claim, setoff, defense or other right which such Borrower may have at any time against such Letter of Credit Issuer or any other Person. Each drawing under any U.S. Letter of Credit shall constitute a request by the U.S. Parent Borrower to the U.S. Administrative Agent for a Borrowing of an ABR Loan in the Dollar Equivalent amount of such drawing. Each drawing under any Canadian Letter of Credit shall constitute a request by the Canadian Borrower (in the case of a Canadian Letter of Credit issued for the account of the Canadian Borrower) or the U.S. Borrower (in the case of a Canadian Letter of Credit issued for the account of the U.S. Borrowers), respectively, to the Canadian Administrative Agent for a Borrowing of a Canadian Prime Rate Loan by the Canadian Borrower or the U.S. Borrowers, respectively, in the amount of such drawing. In each case, the date of Borrowing with respect to such Borrowing shall be the date of such drawing.
-71-
(f) Letter of Credit Participations .
(i) Immediately upon the issuance by a Letter of Credit Issuer of any Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed to have sold and transferred to each U.S. Revolving Lender, in the case of any U.S. Letter of Credit, or Canadian Revolving Lender, in the case of any Canadian Letter of Credit, as applicable (each such Lender, in its capacity under this Section 2.4 , a Letter of Credit Participant ), and each such Letter of Credit Participant shall be deemed irrevocably and unconditionally to have purchased and received from such Letter of Credit Issuer, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation (each, Letter of Credit Participation ), to the extent of such Letter of Credit Participants Pro Rata Share, in each such Letter of Credit, each substitute therefor, each drawing made thereunder and the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement with respect thereto, and any security therefor or guaranty pertaining thereto; provided that the Letter of Credit Fees will be paid directly to the applicable Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the applicable Letter of Credit Participants as provided in Section 3.3 and the Letter of Credit Participants shall have no right to receive any portion of any Fronting Fees.
(ii) In determining whether to pay under any Letter of Credit, the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer shall have no obligation relative to the Letter of Credit Participants other than to confirm that any documents required to be delivered under such Letter of Credit have been delivered and that they appear to comply on their face with the requirements of such Letter of Credit. Any action taken or omitted to be taken by the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer under or in connection with any Letter of Credit issued by it, if taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, shall not create for the Letter of Credit Issuer any resulting liability.
(iii) In the event that the Letter of Credit Issuer makes any payment under any Letter of Credit issued by it and the applicable Borrower shall not have repaid such amount in full to the respective Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section 2.4(e) , the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer shall promptly notify the applicable Administrative Agent of such failure, and each Letter of Credit Participant with respect to such Letter of Credit shall promptly and unconditionally pay to the applicable Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, the Dollar Equivalent amount of such Letter of Credit Participants Pro Rata Share of such unreimbursed payment in Dollars (in the case of any U.S. Letter of Credit) or Canadian Dollars (in the case of any Canadian Letter of Credit) and in immediately available funds; provided , however , that no Letter of Credit Participant shall be obligated to pay to the applicable Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer its Pro Rata Share of such unreimbursed amount arising from any wrongful payment made by the Letter of Credit Issuer under any such Letter of Credit as a result of acts or omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of the Letter of Credit Issuer. If a Letter of Credit Issuer so requests, prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on any Business Day, any Letter of Credit Participant required to fund a payment under a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Participant shall make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Letter of Credit Issuer such Letter of Credit Participants Pro Rata Share of the amount of such payment no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Business Day (or, if such notice is provided after such time, on the next Business Day) in immediately available funds. If and to the extent such Letter of Credit Participant shall not have so made its Pro Rata Share of the amount of such payment available to the applicable Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, such Letter of Credit Participant agrees to pay to the applicable Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, forthwith on demand, such amount, together with interest thereon for each day from such date until the date such amount is paid to the applicable Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate from time to time then in effect, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by such Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with the foregoing. The failure of any Letter of Credit Participant to make available to the applicable Administrative Agent for the account of the
-72-
applicable Letter of Credit Issuer its Pro Rata Share of any payment under any Letter of Credit shall not relieve any other Letter of Credit Participant of its obligation hereunder to make available to the applicable Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer its Pro Rata Share of any payment under such Letter of Credit on the date required, as specified above, but no Letter of Credit Participant shall be responsible for the failure of any other Letter of Credit Participant to make available to the applicable Administrative Agent such other Letter of Credit Participants Pro Rata Share of any such payment.
(iv) Whenever a Letter of Credit Issuer receives a payment in respect of an unpaid reimbursement obligation as to which the applicable Administrative Agent has received for the account of such Letter of Credit Issuer any payments from the Letter of Credit Participants pursuant to clause (c) above, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall pay to the applicable Administrative Agent and such Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to each applicable Letter of Credit Participant that has paid its Pro Rata Share of such reimbursement obligation, in the same currency as received and in immediately available funds, an amount equal to such Letter of Credit Participants share (based upon the proportionate aggregate amount originally funded by such Letter of Credit Participant to the aggregate amount funded by all Letter of Credit Participants) of the Dollar Equivalent amount so paid in respect of such reimbursement obligation and interest thereon accruing after the purchase of the respective Letter of Credit Participations at the Overnight Rate.
(v) The obligations of the Letter of Credit Participants to make payments to the applicable Administrative Agent for the account of a Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to Letters of Credit shall be irrevocable and not subject to counterclaim, set-off or other defense or any other qualification or exception whatsoever and shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement under all circumstances, provided , however , that no Letter of Credit Participant shall be obligated to pay to the applicable Administrative Agent for the account of a Letter of Credit Issuer its Pro Rata Share of any unreimbursed amount arising from any wrongful payment made by such Letter of Credit Issuer under a Letter of Credit as a result of acts or omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Letter of Credit Issuer.
(g) Indemnification; Exoneration; Power of Attorney .
(i) Indemnification . In addition to amounts payable as elsewhere provided in this Section 2.4 , each Borrower agrees to protect, indemnify, pay and hold harmless the applicable Letter of Credit Participants, Letter of Credit Issuer and Administrative Agent from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) which any such Letter of Credit Participant, Letter of Credit Issuer or Administrative Agent may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of the issuance of any Letter of Credit for the account of such Borrower, except to the extent they are found by a final decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Letter of Credit Participants, Letter of Credit Issuers or Administrative Agents, as the case may be, gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of any Credit Document. The Borrowers obligations under this Section 2.4 shall survive payment of all other Obligations.
(ii) Assumption of Risk by the Borrowers . As among the Borrowers, the Letter of Credit Participants, Letter of Credit Issuers and Administrative Agents, each Borrower assumes all risks of the acts and omissions of, or misuse of any of the Letters of Credit by, the respective beneficiaries of such Letters of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Letter of Credit Participants, Letter of Credit Issuers and Administrative Agents shall not be responsible for: (A) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document submitted by any officer or authorized signatory of any Borrower in connection with the application for and issuance of and presentation of drafts with respect to any of the Letters of Credit believed in good faith by a Letter of Credit Issuer
-73-
to be a valid, sufficient and correct document, even if it should prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (B) the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, believed in good faith by a Letter of Credit Issuer to be a valid, sufficient and correct document which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (C) the failure of the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit to comply duly with conditions required in order to draw upon such Letter of Credit; (D) errors, omissions, interruptions, or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether or not they be in cipher; (E) errors in interpretation of technical terms; (F) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof; (G) the misapplication by the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under such Letter of Credit; (H) any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of the applicable Letter of Credit Participants, Letter of Credit Issuer or Administrative Agent, including any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto Governmental Authority or (I) the applicable Letter of Credit Issuers honor of a draw for which the draw or any certificate fails to comply in any respect with the terms of the Letter of Credit. None of the foregoing shall affect, impair or prevent the vesting of any rights or powers of the Administrative Agents, Letter of Credit Issuers or any Letter of Credit Participants under this Section 2.4(g) .
(iii) Exoneration . Without limiting the foregoing, no action or omission whatsoever by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (excluding any Lender in its capacity as a Letter of Credit Issuer) shall result in any liability of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to any Borrower, or relieve any Borrower of any of its obligations hereunder to any such Person, under or with respect to any Letter of Credit issued or provided for the account of any Borrower.
(iv) Rights Against Letter of Credit Issuer . Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to limit any Borrowers rights, if any, with respect to a Letter of Credit Issuer which arise as a result of the letter of credit application and related documents executed by and between such Borrower and such Letter of Credit Issuer.
(v) Account Party . Each Borrower hereby authorizes and directs each applicable Letter of Credit Issuer to name such Borrower as the Account Party therein and to deliver to the applicable Administrative Agent all instruments, documents and other writings and property received by such Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to the Letter of Credit issued or to be issued for the account of such Borrower, and to accept and rely upon the Administrative Agents instructions and agreements with respect to all matters arising in connection with such Letter of Credit or the application therefor.
(h) Supporting Letter of Credit . If, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.4(b) and Section 10.1 , any Letter of Credit is outstanding upon the termination of this Agreement, then upon such termination each applicable Borrower shall deposit with the applicable Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Letter of Credit Participants with respect to each Letter of Credit issued for the account of such Borrower then outstanding, a standby letter of credit (a Supporting Letter of Credit ) in form and substance satisfactory to such Administrative Agent, issued by an issuer satisfactory to such Administrative Agent in the same currency and in an amount equal to 105% of the greatest amount for which such Letter of Credit may be drawn plus any fees and expenses associated with such Letter of Credit, under which Supporting Letter of Credit the applicable Administrative Agent is entitled to draw amounts necessary to reimburse the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer and the applicable Letter of Credit Participants for payments to be made by such Letter of Credit Issuer and such Letter of Credit Participants under such Letter of Credit and any fees and expenses associated with such Letter of Credit. Such Supporting Letter of Credit shall be held by the applicable Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer and the applicable Letter of Credit Participants, as security for, and to provide for the payment of, the aggregate undrawn amount of such Letters of Credit remaining outstanding.
-74-
(i) Reallocation of Letter of Credit Participations; Cash Collateralization . If at any time a Letter of Credit Participant with respect to any Letter of Credit becomes a Defaulting Lender, (A) for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund Letter of Credit Participations, the Pro Rata Share of each non-Defaulting Lender shall be computed without giving effect to the Commitment of that Defaulting Lender; provided , that, the aggregate obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund Letter of Credit Participations shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (1) the U.S. Revolving Commitment (in the case of U.S. Letters of Credit) or the Canadian Revolving Commitment (in the case of a Canadian Letter of Credit) of that non-Defaulting Lender minus (2) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the U.S. Revolving Loans (in the case of U.S. Letters of Credit) or the Canadian Revolving Loans (in the case of Canadian Letters of Credit) of that Lender or (B) if the U.S. Revolving Commitment (in the case of U.S. Letters of Credit) or the Canadian Revolving Commitment (in the case of a Canadian Letters of Credit and Canadian Letters of Credit issued the account of the U.S. Credit Parties) of all applicable non-Defaulting Lenders minus the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the U.S. Revolving Loans (in the case of U.S. Letters of Credit) or the Canadian Revolving Loans (in the case of Canadian Letters of Credit) of all applicable Lenders is less than the Letter of Credit Participations of such Defaulting Lender, U.S. Borrowers (in the case of U.S. Letters of Credit and Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the U.S. Borrowers) or the Canadian Borrower (in the case of Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Canadian Borrower) shall deposit cash collateral with the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer in an amount equal to the unreallocated portion of the Defaulting Lenders Letter of Credit Participation in such Letter of Credit which cash collateral shall be held as security by such Letter of Credit Issuer for the Defaulting Lenders funding obligations in respect of its Letter of Credit Participation in such Letter of Credit; provided that such reallocation by a non-Defaulting Lender pursuant hereto will not constitute a waiver or release of any claim any Borrower, any Lender, the Administrative Agents or any Letter of Credit Issuer may have against such Defaulting Lender or cause such Defaulting Lender to be a non-Defaulting Lender. Upon the earlier of (i) expiration of the Letter of Credit for which cash collateral has been deposited with the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer and (ii) the Letter of Credit Participant whose Letter of Credit Participation in such Letter of Credit was reallocated or cash collateralized ceasing to be a Defaulting Lender, such cash collateral shall be returned by the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer to the applicable Borrower and/or for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each Lender to acquire, refinance or fund Letter of Credit Participations, the Pro Rata Share of each Lender shall be computed after giving effect to the Commitment of the Lender who ceased to be a Defaulting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, at any time that a Letter of Credit Participant with respect to any Letter of Credit is a Defaulting Lender and commitments are reallocated pursuant to clause (i)(A) above, any calculation of Canadian Fronting Fees, Canadian Letter of Credit Fees, Canadian Unused Line Fees, U.S. Fronting Fees, U.S. Letter of Credit Fees or U.S. Unused Line Fees shall be calculated after giving effect to such reallocation.
(j) Applicability of ISP and UCP . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer and the applicable Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance, shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.
2.5. Interest .
(a) Interest Rates . All outstanding U.S. Revolving Loans and Term Loans shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date made or incurred until paid in full in cash at
-75-
a rate determined by reference to the ABR (in the case of ABR Loans) or the applicable LIBOR Rate (in the case of LIBOR Loans), in each case, plus the Applicable Margin plus (in the case of a LIBOR Loan of any Lender that is loaned from a lending office in the United Kingdom or a Participating Member State) the Mandatory Cost. All Canadian Revolving Loans shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof (including, to the extent permitted by law, on interest thereon not paid when due) from the date made or incurred until paid in full in cash at a rate determined by reference to the Canadian Base Rate (in the case of ABR Loans), Canadian Prime Rate (in the case of Canadian Prime Rate Loans), applicable LIBOR Rate (in the case of LIBOR Loans) or BA Equivalent Rate (in the case of BA Equivalent Rate Loans), in each case, plus the Applicable Margin plus (in the case of a LIBOR Loan of any Lender that is loaned from a lending office in the United Kingdom or a Participating Member State) the Mandatory Cost. All outstanding U.S. Swingline Loans and U.S. Agent Advances shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date made or incurred until paid in full in cash at a rate determined by reference to the ABR plus the Applicable Margin for U.S. Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans. All outstanding Canadian Swingline Loans and Canadian Agent Advances denominated in (x) Dollars shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date made or incurred until paid in full in cash at a rate determined by reference to the Canadian Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin and (y) Cdn. Dollars shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date made or incurred until paid in full in cash at a rate determined by reference to the Canadian Prime Rate plus the Applicable Margin.
(b) Each change in the ABR or the Canadian Base Rate, as applicable, shall be reflected in the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans as of the effective date of such change, and each change in the Canadian Prime Rate shall be reflected in the interest rate applicable to Canadian Prime Rate Loans as of the effective date of such change. All interest charges shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed (which results in more interest being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year) except that interest charges computed by reference to (i) the ABR under the Canadian Revolving Facility and Canadian Base Rate and the BA Equivalent Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days and actual days elapsed and (ii) the ABR under the U.S. Revolving Facility or, in the case of LIBOR Loans denominated in Sterling only, the LIBOR Rate, shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366, as applicable, days and actual days elapsed. The U.S. Borrowers shall pay to the U.S. Administrative Agent interest accrued on their ABR Loans (other than U.S. Swingline Loans) in arrears on the first day of each April, July, October and January hereafter and on the Termination Date for the ratable benefit of the Lenders (including the U.S. Administrative Agent with respect to U.S. Agent Advances) holding such ABR Loans. Each Borrower shall pay to the applicable Administrative Agent interest on all LIBOR Loans of each Class made to such Borrower or Borrowers in arrears on each LI-BOR Interest Payment Date (which interest paid by the Canadian Borrower shall be payable by the Canadian Administrative Agent to the Canadian Revolving Lenders on the third Business Day after payment by the Canadian Borrower) for the benefit of the Lenders holding the LIBOR Loans of such Class (including to each Fronting Lender (rather than to the Revolving Participants) with respect to Revolving Loans made by the Revolving Lender). The Canadian Borrower (with respect to Canadian Revolving Loans to the Canadian Borrower) and the U.S. Borrowers (in the case of Canadian Revolving Loans to the U.S. Borrowers) shall pay to the Canadian Administrative Agent (i) interest accrued on all of its Canadian Prime Rate Loans and ABR Loans (other than Canadian Swingline Loans) in arrears on the first day of each April, July, October and January and on the Termination Date (which shall be payable by the Canadian Administrative Agent to the applicable Canadian Revolving Lenders (including the Canadian Administrative Agent with respect to Canadian Agent Advances) on the next Business Day after payment by the Canadian Borrower) and (ii) interest on all BA Equivalent Loans in arrears on each BA Equivalent Interest Payment Date (which shall be payable by the Canadian Administrative Agent to the applicable Canadian Revolving Lenders on the third Business Day after payment by the Canadian Borrower or the U.S. Borrowers, as applicable).
-76-
(c) Default Rate . If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any Revolving Loan, Term Loan, Agent Advance or Swingline Loan or (ii) any interest payable thereon shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum that is (the Default Rate ) (x) in the case of overdue principal, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto plus 2% or (y) in the case of any overdue interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the rate applicable to ABR Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans made pursuant to the applicable Commitments, as applicable, of the Class with respect to which such interest has accrued plus 2% from the date of such non-payment to the date on which such amount is paid in full (after as well as before judgment).
(d) Recalculation of Applicable Margin . In the event that any Borrowing Base Certificate is shown to be inaccurate and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Margin for a fiscal quarter (an Applicable Period ) than the Applicable Margin applied for such Applicable Period, then (i) the Borrowers shall immediately deliver to the Administrative Agents a correct certificate for such Applicable Period, (ii) the Applicable Margin shall be determined based on the corrected Borrowing Base Certificate for such Applicable Period, and (iii) the applicable Borrower or Borrowers shall immediately pay to the applicable Administrative Agent the accrued additional interest owing as a result of such increased Applicable Margin for such Applicable Period, which payment shall be promptly applied by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 3.5 . This provision shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agents and Lenders with respect to any other remedy hereunder. This provision shall survive payment of all other Obligations and termination of this Agreement.
2.6. Pro Rata Borrowings . Each Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then-applicable Pro Rata Shares (except that in the case of any Revolving Loan denominated in Euro or Sterling, the applicable Fronting Lender shall make available each applicable Revolving Participants Pro Rata Share of such Loan). Each Borrowing of Term Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders in accordance with their then applicable Pro Rata Shares. It is understood that (a) no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in its obligation to make Loans hereunder and that each Lender severally but not jointly shall be obligated to make the Loans provided to be made by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder and (b) other than as expressly provided herein with respect to a Defaulting Lender, failure by a Lender to perform any of its obligations under any of the Credit Documents shall not release any Person from performance of its obligation under any Credit Document.
2.7. Interest Period . At the time a Borrower gives a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion or Continuation in respect of the making of, or conversion into or continuation as, a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans or BA Equivalent Loans in accordance with Section 2.8(a) , such Borrower shall have the right to elect by giving the applicable Administrative Agent written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) the Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, which Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period shall, at the option of such Borrower, be a one, two, three, six or (if available from all the Lenders making such Loans as determined by such Lenders in good faith) a nine or twelve month period (or such other period of less than six months as to which the Administrative Agent may consent).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above:
(a) the initial Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period for any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans or BA Equivalent Loans shall commence on the date of such Borrowing (including the date of any conversion from a Borrowing of ABR Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as
-77-
applicable) and each Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period occurring thereafter in respect of such Borrowing shall commence on the day on which the preceding Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period expires;
(b) if any Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period relating to a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans or BA Equivalent Loan begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month or begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period, such Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period;
(c) if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day, provided that if any Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period in respect of a LI-BOR Loan or BA Equivalent Loan would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period shall expire on the preceding Business Day; and
(d) the applicable Borrower shall not be entitled to elect any Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period in respect of any LIBOR Loan or BA Equivalent Loan if such Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period would extend beyond the Final Maturity Date.
2.8. Continuation and Conversion Elections .
(a) Subject to clauses (b) and (c) ,
(i) the U.S. Parent Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to convert all or a portion equal to at least $5,000,000 of the outstanding principal amount of Loans of any Class denominated in Dollars of one Type into a Borrowing or Borrowings of another Type;
(ii) each Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to continue the outstanding principal amount of any LIBOR Loans as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period; and
(iii) each Borrower shall have the option: (1) to convert, as of any Business Day, any of its Canadian Prime Rate Loans other than Canadian Swingline Loans and Canadian Agent Advances (or any part thereof in an amount not less than Cdn.$5,000,000) into BA Equivalent Loans; (2) to continue any BA Equivalent Loans made to such Borrower having BA Equivalent Interest Periods expiring on such day (or any part thereof in an amount not less than Cdn.$5,000,000; (3) to convert any ABR Loans other than Canadian Swingline Loans and Canadian Agent Advances (or any part thereof in an amount not less than the Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000) into LIBOR Loans;
provided that (i) no partial conversion of LIBOR Loans or BA Equivalent Loans shall reduce the outstanding principal amount of LIBOR Loans or BA Equivalent Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing to less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount, (ii) ABR Loans may not be converted into LIBOR Loans and Canadian Prime Rate Loans may not be converted into BA Equivalent Loans if a Default or Event of Default is in existence on the date of the conversion and the applicable Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversion, (iii) LIBOR Loans may not be continued as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period and BA Equivalent Loans may not be continued as BA Equivalent Loans for an additional BA Equivalent Interest
-78-
Period if a Default or an Event of Default is in existence on the date of the proposed continuation and the applicable Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuation; provided that any LIBOR Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency shall remain as a LIBOR Loan for an Interest Period of one month, (iv) Borrowings resulting from conversions pursuant to this Section 2.8 shall be limited in number as provided in clause (f) .
(b) Each such conversion or continuation of U.S. Revolving Loans or Term Loans shall be effected by the U.S. Parent Borrower by giving the U.S. Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agents Office prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least (i) three Business Days notice, in the case of a continuation of or conversion to LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars, (ii) four Business Days notice, in the case of a continuation of LIBOR Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency or (iii) one Business Days notice in the case of a conversion into ABR Loans prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) (each, a U.S. Notice of Conversion or Continuation ) specifying the Class of Loans to be so converted or continued, the Type of Loans to be converted or continued into and, if such Loans are to be converted into or continued as LIBOR Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto. The U.S. Administrative Agent shall give each applicable Lender notice as promptly as practicable of any such proposed conversion or continuation affecting any of its Loans.
(c) Each such conversion or continuation of Canadian Revolving Loans shall be effected by the Canadian Borrower (in the case of Canadian Revolving Loans to the Canadian Borrower) or the U.S. Parent Borrower (in the case of Canadian Revolving Loans to the U.S. Borrowers) by giving the Canadian Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agents Office prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least (i) three Business Days notice, in the case of a continuation of or conversion to LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars or BA Equivalent Loans, (ii) four Business Days notice, in the case of a continuation of LIBOR Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency or (iii) one Business Days notice in the case of a conversion into ABR Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) (each, a Canadian Notice of Conversion or Continuation ) specifying the Loans to be so converted or continued, the Type of Loans to be converted or continued into and, if such Loans are to be converted into or continued as LIBOR Loans or BA Equivalent Loans, the Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto. The Canadian Administrative Agent shall give each applicable Lender notice as promptly as practicable of any such proposed conversion or continuation affecting any of its Loans.
(d) If any Default or an Event of Default is in existence at the time of any proposed continuation of any LIBOR Loans or BA Equivalent Loans and the applicable Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuation, such LIBOR Loans or BA Equivalent Loans shall be automatically converted on the last day of the current Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period into ABR Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable; provided that any LIBOR Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency shall remain as a LI-BOR Loan for an Interest Period of one month. If upon the expiration of any Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period the applicable Borrower has failed to elect a new Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period to be applicable thereto as provided in clause (a) , such Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Borrowing of LIBOR Loans into a Borrowing of ABR Loans or of BA Equivalent Loans into Canadian Prime Rate Loans, effective as of the expiration date of such current Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period; provided that any LIBOR Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency shall remain as a LIBOR Loan for an Interest Period of one month.
(e) No Revolving Loan may be converted into or continued as a Revolving Loan denominated in a different currency.
(f) There may not be more than 20 different Borrowings of LIBOR Loans or BA Equivalent Loans in effect hereunder at any time.
-79-
2.9. Interest Act (Canada) . For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada) and disclosure thereunder, whenever any interest or any fee to be paid hereunder or in connection herewith is to be calculated on the basis of a 360-day or 365-day year, the yearly rate of interest to which the rate used in such calculation is equivalent is the rate so used multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the same is to be ascertained and divided by 360 or 365, as applicable. The principle of deemed reinvestment of interest does not apply to any interest calculation under this Agreement with respect to the Canadian Borrower, and the rates of interest stipulated in this Agreement payable by the Canadian Borrower are intended to be nominal rates and not effective rates or yields. Any provision of this Agreement that would oblige a Canadian Credit Party to pay any fine, penalty or rate of interest on any arrears of principal or interest secured by a mortgage on real property or hypothec on immovables that has the effect of increasing the charge on arrears beyond the rate of interest payable on principal money not in arrears shall not apply to such Canadian Credit Party, which shall be required to pay interest on money in arrears at the same rate of interest on principal money not in arrears.
2.10. Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc .
(a) In the event that (x) in the case of clause (i) below, the applicable Administrative Agent or (y) in the case of clauses (ii) , (iii) and (iv) below, any Lender shall have reasonably determined (which determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto):
(i) on any date for determining the LIBOR Rate for any Interest Period or the BA Equivalent Rate for any BA Equivalent Interest Period that (x) deposits in the principal amounts and currencies of the Loans comprising such LIBOR Borrowing or BA Equivalent Borrowing are not generally available in the relevant market or (y) by reason of any changes arising on or after the Closing Date affecting the interbank LIBOR or Bankers Acceptances market, adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable interest rate on the basis provided for in the definition of LIBOR Rate or BA Equivalent Rate; or
(ii) at any time, that such Lender shall incur increased costs or reductions in the amounts received or receivable hereunder with respect to any LIBOR Loans or BA Equivalent Loans or Letters of Credit (other than any increase or reduction attributable to Taxes) because of (x) any Change in Law), such as, for example, without limitation, a change in official reserve requirements, and/or (y) other circumstances affecting the interbank LIBOR or Bankers Acceptances market or the position of such Lender in such market; or
(iii) at any time, that, as a result of any Change in Law after the date hereof, such Lender shall incur any new or incremental Taxes with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit or any transaction contemplated hereunder (except for Indemnified Taxes covered by Section 4.5 or any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender); or
(iv) at any time, that the making or continuance of any LIBOR Loan or BA Equivalent Loans has become unlawful by compliance by such Lender in good faith with any law, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or would conflict with any such governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order not having the force of law even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful), or has become impracticable as a result of a contingency occurring after the date hereof that materially and adversely affects the interbank LIBOR or Bankers Acceptances market;
-80-
then, and in any such event, such Lender (or the applicable Administrative Agent, in the case of clause (i) above) shall within a reasonable time thereafter give notice (if by telephone, confirmed in writing) to the Borrowers and to the applicable Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the other Lenders). Thereafter (x) in the case of clause (i) above, LIBOR Loans or BA Equivalent Loans in the applicable currency shall no longer be available until such time as the applicable Administrative Agent notifies the applicable Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice by such Administrative Agent no longer exist, and any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion given by the applicable Borrower with respect to LIBOR Loans or BA Equivalent Loans that have not yet been incurred shall be deemed rescinded by the applicable Borrower, (y) in the case of clause (ii) above, the applicable Borrower shall pay to such Lender, promptly after receipt of written demand therefor such additional amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lender in its reasonable discretion shall determine) as shall be required to compensate such Lender for such increased costs or reductions in amounts receivable hereunder (it being agreed that a written notice as to the additional amounts owed to such Lender, showing in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation thereof, submitted to the applicable Borrower by such Lender shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) and (z) in the case of subclause (iii) above, the applicable Borrower shall take one of the actions specified in Section 2.10(b) as promptly as possible and, in any event, within the time period required by law.
(b) At any time that any LIBOR Loan or BA Equivalent Loan is affected by the circumstances described in Section 2.10(a)(ii) or (iii) , the applicable Borrower(s) may (and in the case of a LIBOR Loan or BA Equivalent Loan affected pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(iii) shall) either (x) if the affected LIBOR Loan or BA Equivalent Loan is then being made pursuant to a Borrowing, cancel such Borrowing by giving the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (confirmed promptly in writing) thereof on the same date that such Borrower was notified by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(ii) or (iii) , (y) if the affected LIBOR Loan denominated in Dollars or BA Equivalent Loan is then outstanding, upon at least three Business Days notice to the Administrative Agent, require the affected Lender to convert each such LIBOR Loan into an ABR Loan or BA Equivalent Loan into a Canadian Prime Rate Loan, provided that if more than one Lender is affected at any time, then all affected Lenders must be treated in the same manner pursuant to this Section 2.10(b) or (z) in the case of any LIBOR Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, repay such LIBOR Loan at the end of the then current Interest Period.
(c) If any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy or liquidity of any Lender or compliance by any Lender or its parent with any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy or liquidity has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lenders or its parents or its Affiliates capital or assets as a consequence of such Lenders commitments or obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or its parent or its Affiliate could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lenders or its parents policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time, promptly after demand by such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the applicable Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or its parent for such reduction. Each Lender, upon determining in good faith that any additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 2.10(c) , will give prompt written notice thereof to the applicable Borrower, which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis of the calculation of such additional amounts, although the failure to give any such notice shall not, subject to Section 2.13 , release or diminish the applicable Borrowers obligations to pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.10(c) upon receipt of such notice.
(d) It is understood that this Section 2.10 shall not apply to (i) Taxes indemnifiable under Section 4.5 or (ii) Excluded Taxes.
-81-
2.11. Compensation . If (a) any payment of principal of any LIBOR Loan or BA Equivalent Loan is made by any Borrower to or for the account of a Lender other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such LIBOR Loan or the last day of the BA Equivalent Interest Period for such BA Equivalent Loan or any such Loan is converted to an ABR Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a payment or conversion pursuant to Section 2.8 , 2.10 , 4.1 , 4.2 or 12.7 , as a result of acceleration of the maturity of the Loans pursuant to Section 10 or for any other reason, (b) any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans or BA Equivalent Loans is not made as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Borrowing, (c) any ABR Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan is not converted into a LIBOR Loan or BA Equivalent Loan as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Conversion or Continuation, (d) any LIBOR Loan is not continued as a LIBOR Loan or any BA Equivalent Loan is not continued as a BA Equivalent Loan, as the case may be, as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Conversion or Continuation or (e) any prepayment of principal of any LI-BOR Loan or BA Equivalent Loan is not made as a result of a withdrawn notice of prepayment pursuant to Section 4.2 , then the applicable Borrower or Borrowers shall, after receipt of a written request by such Lender (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses that such Lender may reasonably incur as a result of such payment, failure to convert, failure to continue or failure to prepay, including any loss, cost or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) actually incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any Lender to fund or maintain such LIBOR Loan or BA Equivalent Loan.
2.12. Change of Lending Office . Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.10(a)(ii) , 2.10(a)(iii) , 2.10(b) or 4.5 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the applicable Borrower use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event, or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder (subject to the provisions of Section 12.6 ) to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates; provided that such designation is made on such terms that such Lender and its lending office suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, with the object of avoiding the consequence of the event giving rise to the operation of any such Section. Nothing in this Section 2.12 shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the applicable Borrower or the right of any Lender provided in Section 2.10 or 4.5 .
2.13. Notice of Certain Costs . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent any notice required by Section 2.10 or 2.11 is given by any Lender more than 270 days after such Lender has knowledge (or should have had knowledge) of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the additional cost, reduction in amounts, loss, tax or other additional amounts described in such Sections, such Lender shall not be entitled to compensation under Section 2.10 or 2.11 , as the case may be, for any such amounts incurred or accruing prior to the 271st day prior to the giving of such notice to the applicable Borrower.
2.14. Excess Resulting from Exchange Rate Change . If at any time following one or more fluctuations in the exchange rate of any Alternative Currency against the Dollar, (a) the Availability Conditions are not satisfied, (b) the Outstanding Amount of U.S. Swingline Loans or U.S. Letters of Credit exceeds the U.S. Swingline Sublimit or the U.S. Letter of Credit Sublimit, respectively, or (c) the Outstanding Amount of Canadian Swingline Loans or Canadian Letters of Credit exceeds the Canadian Swingline Sublimit or the Canadian Letter of Credit Sublimit, respectively, the Borrowers shall (x) if such excess is in an aggregate amount that is greater than or equal to $500,000, within two (2) Business Days of notice from the applicable Administrative Agent, (y) if such excess is an aggregate amount that is less than $500,000 and such excess continues to exist in an aggregate amount less than $250,000 for at least five (5) Business Days, within two (2) Business Days of notice from the applicable Administrative Agent
-82-
or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, immediately (i) make the necessary payments or repayments to reduce such Obligations to an amount necessary to eliminate such excess or (ii) maintain or cause to be maintained with the Collateral Agent deposits as continuing collateral security for the holders of the applicable Obligations in an amount equal to or greater than the amount of such excess, such deposits to be maintained in such form and upon such terms as are acceptable to the applicable Administrative Agent.
2.15. Increase of U.S. Maximum Amount and Canadian Maximum Amount .
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date and up to the Final Maturity Date, provided that (x) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) the Commitment Increase (as defined below) would be permitted under the terms of any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries with a principal amount outstanding in excess of $75,000,000, (i) the U.S. Borrowers may request one or more increases in the U.S. Revolving Commitments (each such commitment increase, a U.S. Commitment Increase ) by notifying the U.S. Administrative Agent (and the U.S. Administrative Agent shall notify each U.S. Revolving Lender) of the amount of the proposed U.S. Commitment Increase and (ii) the Canadian Borrower may request one or more increases in the Canadian Revolving Commitments (each such commitment increase, a Canadian Commitment Increase ; collectively with the U.S. Commitment Increases, the Commitment Increases ) by notifying the Canadian Administrative Agent (and the Canadian Administrative Agent shall notify each Canadian Revolving Lender) of the amount of the proposed Canadian Commitment Increase. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, no Commitment Increase shall require the approval of any Lender other than any Lender (if any) providing all or part of the Commitment Increase, no Lender shall be required to provide all or part of any Commitment Increase unless it agrees to do so in its sole discretion, no Commitment Increase shall be in an amount less than $10,000,000, and the aggregate amount of all Commitment Increases shall not exceed the lesser of (x) $400,000,000 and (y) the aggregate maximum amount of Loans and Letters of Credit under the Facilities in excess of $1,400,000,000 that are permitted by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement to constitute ABL Priority Obligations .
(b) Any Commitment Increase shall be offered by the applicable Borrower(s) to the applicable Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares on the date that the Commitment Increase is requested. Each such Lender shall have 10 Business Days to respond to any request for a Commitment Increase (by notice to the applicable Borrower and Administrative Agent) and may elect but shall not be obligated to accept all, a portion or none of their respective Pro Rata Shares of the proposed Commitment Increase. Any such Lender which fails to respond to a request for a Commitment Increase by the end of such 10 Business Day period will be deemed to have declined the request for its Pro Rata Share of the requested Commitment Increase. If any portion of a requested Commitment Increase is not provided by the U.S. Revolving Lenders or Canadian Revolving Lenders, as applicable, then the applicable Borrower(s) may offer any such portion to the Lenders who have accepted such Commitment Increase and/or request that one or more Eligible Assignees provide such Commitment Increase. In any such case, each Person providing a portion of the requested Commitment Increase shall execute and deliver to the applicable Administrative Agent and Borrower(s) all such documentation as may be reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to evidence such Commitment Increase.
(c) If any requested Commitment Increase is agreed to in accordance with this Section 2.15 , the applicable Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower(s) shall determine the effective date of such Commitment Increase (the Commitment Increase Effective Date ). The applicable Administrative Agent, with the consent and approval of the applicable Borrower(s), shall promptly confirm in writing to the Lenders the final allocation of such Commitment Increase and the Commitment Increase Effective Date. On the Commitment Increase Effective Date: (i) each Person added as a new
-83-
Lender pursuant to a Commitment Increase (a New Lender ) shall become a U.S. Revolving Lender or Canadian Revolving Lenders, as applicable, hereunder and under the other Credit Documents pursuant to a Joinder Agreement with a Revolving Commitment as set forth therein; (ii) the Revolving Commitment of each existing U.S. Revolving Lender or Canadian Revolving Lenders, as applicable, that increases its Revolving Commitment pursuant to a Commitment Increase (an Increasing Lender ) shall be increased; (iii) the applicable Borrower shall pay (which may be funded with the Revolving Loans made under the Commitment Increase) the principal amount of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, U.S. Revolving Loans of the U.S. Revolving Lenders or Canadian Revolving Loans of the Canadian Revolving Lenders other than the New Lenders in an amount sufficient (as determined by the applicable Administrative Agent) to permit the New Lenders and the Increasing Lenders to fund U.S. Revolving Loans or Canadian Revolving Loans, as applicable, in an amount equal to the New Lenders and the Increasing Lenders respective Pro Rata Shares of the then outstanding U.S. Revolving Loans or Canadian Revolving Loans, as applicable, and in connection with such payment shall also pay funding losses, if any, on such repayment in accordance with Section 4.5 ; (iv) each New Lender shall fund U.S. Revolving Loans or Canadian Revolving Loans, as applicable, in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the then outstanding U.S. Revolving Loans or Canadian Revolving Loans, as applicable; and (v) each Increasing Lender shall fund U.S. Revolving Loans or Canadian Revolving Loans, as applicable, in an amount necessary such that, after giving effect to such funding, it shall have funded its Pro Rata Share of the entire amount of the then outstanding U.S. Revolving Loans or Canadian Revolving Loans, as applicable. Any New Lender shall be required to have a Revolving Commitment of not less than $15,000,000. The increase of the U.S. Maximum Amount or Canadian Maximum Amount in accordance with this Section 2.15 shall not require any further consent under Section 11.1 hereof, and the applicable Administrative Agent, the applicable Borrower(s) and the U.S. Revolving Lenders or the Canadian Revolving Lenders, as applicable may execute any amendments to give effect to the terms of this Section 2.15 if deemed necessary by the applicable Administrative Agent.
(d) As a condition precedent to the effectiveness of any such Commitment Increase, the applicable Borrower(s) shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, dated as of the Commitment Increase Effective Date, certifying that as of the Commitment Increase Effective Date no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
2.16. Revolving Facility Loans Refunding .
(a) If any Default or Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, each Fronting Lender may, in its sole and absolute discretion, direct that the Revolving Facility owing to it in its capacity as such be refunded by delivering a notice (with such detail as the applicable Administrative Agent shall request, a Notice of Revolving Loan Refunding ) to the applicable Administrative Agent. Upon receipt of such notice, the applicable Administrative Agent shall promptly give notice of the contents thereof to the applicable Revolving Participants. Each such Notice of Revolving Facility Loan Refunding shall be deemed to constitute delivery of a notice to the applicable Administrative Agent requesting each applicable Revolving Participant to fund its undivided Participating Interest in the outstanding Revolving Loans fronted by such Fronting Lender whereupon each applicable Revolving Participant shall fund its pro rata portion of such outstanding Revolving Loans and related Obligations (including accrued and unpaid interest thereon) in an amount equal to such Participants share of the aggregate principal amount of such Revolving Loans held by such Fronting Lender on behalf of such Revolving Participant. Each Revolving Participant shall promptly transfer or, if a Notice of Revolving Loan Refunding is delivered after 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), transfer by 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the next Business Day, to the applicable Fronting Lender, in immediately available funds, the amount of its Participating Interest in the same currency as the underlying Revolving Loan was made by the Fronting Lender (unless otherwise agreed by the applicable Fronting Lender and Revolving Participant).
-84-
(b) Whenever, at any time after a Revolving Participant has funded its pro rata portion of the outstanding Revolving Loans fronted by a Fronting Lender and related Obligations, such Fronting Lender receives any payment on account thereof, such Fronting Lender will distribute to the Administrative Agent for delivery to each such Revolving Participant its Participating Interest in such amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Revolving Participants Participating Interest was outstanding and funded); provided , however , that in the event that such payment received by the Fronting Lender is required to be returned, such Revolving Participant will return to the Administrative Agent for delivery to the applicable Fronting Lender any portion thereof previously delivered by the Administrative Agent or such Fronting Lender to it.
(c) Each Revolving Participants obligation to fund its portion of the outstanding Revolving Loans fronted by a Fronting Lender on such Revolving Lenders behalf and related Obligations referred to in this Section 2.16 shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without limitation, (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Revolving Participant or any Borrower may have against such Fronting Lender, any Revolving Participant, a Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence or continuance of an Event of Default, (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of any Borrower, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Credit Document by any Credit Party or any other Revolving Participant, or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.
(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if at any time the Designated Obligations, are converted to Dollars in accordance with Section 10 , then each Revolving Participant shall be deemed to have acquired its Participating Interest in the Revolving Loans and related Obligations advanced by the applicable Fronting Lender on its behalf immediately prior to such conversion (and each such Revolving Participant shall promptly make payment to the applicable Fronting Lender therefore in accordance with the foregoing procedures).
2.17. Extensions of Term Loans and Revolving Commitments .
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, an Extension Offer ) made from time to time by the Borrowers to all Lenders with Term Loans or Revolving Commitments of the same Class, in each case on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the respective Term Loans or Revolving Commitments of the applicable Class) and on the same terms to each such Lender, the Borrowers are hereby permitted to consummate from time to time transactions with individual Lenders that accept the terms contained in such Extension Offers to extend the maturity date of each such Lenders Term Loans and/or Revolving Commitments of the applicable Class and otherwise modify the terms of such Term Loans and/or Revolving Commitments pursuant to the terms of the relevant Extension Offer (including, without limitation, by increasing the interest rate or fees payable in respect of such Term Loans and/or Revolving Commitments (and related outstandings) and/or modifying the amortization schedule in respect of such Lenders Term Loans) (each, an Extension , and each group of Term Loans so extended being a separate Class of Term Loans from the Class of Term Loans from which they were converted, and any Extended Revolving Commitments (as defined below) shall constitute a separate Class of Revolving Commitments from the Class of Revolving Commitments from which they were converted), so long as the following terms are satisfied: (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time the offering document in respect of an Extension Offer is delivered to the Lenders, (ii) except as to interest rates, fees and final maturity (which shall be determined by the Borrowers and set forth in the relevant Extension Offer), the Revolving Commitment of any Revolving Lender that agrees to an extension with respect to such Revolving Commitment (an Extending Revolving Lender ) extended pursuant to an Extension
-85-
(an Extended Revolving Commitment ), and the related outstandings, shall be a Revolving Commitment (or related outstandings, as the case may be) with the same terms as the original Class of Revolving Commitments (and related outstandings); and (y) at no time shall there be Revolving Commitments hereunder (including Extended Revolving Commitments and any original Revolving Commitments) which have more than three different maturity dates, (iii) except as to interest rates, fees, amortization, final maturity date, premium, required prepayment dates (which shall, subject to immediately succeeding clauses (iv) , (v) and (vi) , be determined between the Borrowers and set forth in the relevant Extension Offer), the Term Loans of any Term Lender that agrees to an extension with respect to such Term Loans (an Extending Term Lender ) extended pursuant to any Extension ( Extended Term Loans ) shall have the same terms as the Term Loans, (iv) the final maturity date of any Extended Term Loans shall be no earlier than the Term Maturity Date and the amortization schedule applicable to Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.1(b)) for periods prior to the Term Maturity Date may not be increased, (v) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Extended Term Loans shall be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term Loans, (vi) if the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans (calculated on the face amount thereof) or Class of Revolving Commitments, as the case may be, in respect of which Term Lenders or Revolving Lenders, as the case may be, shall have accepted the relevant Extension Offer shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans or Revolving Commitments of such Class, as the case may be, offered to be extended by the Borrowers pursuant to such Extension Offer, then the Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as the case may be, of such Term Lenders or Revolving Lenders, as the case may be, shall be extended ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts (but not to exceed actual holdings of record) with respect to which such Term Lenders or Revolving Lenders, as the case may be, have accepted such Extension Offer, (vi) all documentation in respect of such Extension shall be consistent with the foregoing, (vii) any applicable Minimum Extension Condition shall be satisfied unless waived by the Borrowers and (viii) the Minimum Tranche Amount shall be satisfied unless waived by the Administrative Agents.
(b) With respect to all Extensions consummated by the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 2.17 , (i) such Extensions shall not constitute voluntary or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Sections 4.2 and 4.3 and (ii) no Extension Offer is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment; provided that (x) the Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a Minimum Extension Condition ) to consummating any such Extension that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Extension Offer in the Borrowers sole discretion and may be waived by the Borrower) of Term Loans or Revolving Commitments (as applicable) of any or all applicable Classes be tendered and (y) no Class of Extended Term Loans shall be in an amount of less than $25,000,000 (the Minimum Tranche Amount ), unless such Minimum Tranche Amount is waived by the Administrative Agents. The Administrative Agents and the Lenders hereby consent to the transactions contemplated by this Section 2.17 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of any interest, fees or premium in respect of any Extended Term Loans and/or Extended Revolving Commitments on the such terms as may be set forth in the relevant Extension Offer) and hereby waive the requirements of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document that may otherwise prohibit any such Extension or any other transaction contemplated by this Section 2.17 .
(c) No consent of any Lender or the Administrative Agents shall be required to effectuate any Extension, other than (A) the consent of each Lender agreeing to such Extension with respect to one or more of its Term Loans and/or Revolving Commitments (or a portion thereof) and (B) with respect to any Extension of any Class of Revolving Commitments, the consent of any Letter of Credit Issuer and Swingline Lender(s) shall be required if such Person is acting as a Letter of Credit Issuer or Swingline Lender under the Extended Revolving Commitments. All Extended Term Loans, Extended Revolving Commitments and all obligations in respect thereof shall be Obligations under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents that are secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with all other applicable Obligations of the applicable Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents. The
-86-
Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agents to enter into amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents with the Borrowers as may be necessary in order to establish new Classes in respect of Revolving Commitments or Term Loans so extended and such technical amendments as may be necessary or appropriate in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agents and the Borrowers in connection with the establishment of such new Classes, in each case on terms consistent with this Section 2.17 .
(d) In connection with any Extension, the Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agents at least ten (10) Business Days prior written notice thereof, and shall agree to such procedures (including, without limitation, regarding timing, rounding and other adjustments and to ensure reasonable administrative management of the credit facilities hereunder after such Extension), if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agents, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.17 .
SECTION 3. | Fees; Commitments |
3.1. Fees . The Borrowers agree to pay, or cause to be paid to the applicable Administrative Agent and other Agents any fees in the amounts previously agreed to in writing by the Borrowers in connection with this Agreement.
3.2. Unused Line Fees .
(a) On the first day of each April, July, October and January and on the Termination Date, the U.S. Borrowers agree to pay to the U.S. Administrative Agent, (i) for the ratable account of the U.S. Revolving Lenders, in accordance with their respective U.S. Revolving Commitments, an unused line fee (the U.S. Unused Line Fee ) equal to the Applicable U.S. Unused Line Fee Margin per annum times the average daily amount by which the aggregate U.S. Revolving Commitments exceeded the aggregate Outstanding Amount of U.S. Revolving Loans and U.S. Letter of Credit Obligations (which shall exclude, for the purposes of this Section 3.2(a) only, the principal amount of all U.S. Swingline loans, Canadian Overadvances and U.S. Agent Advances). The U.S. Unused Line Fee shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. All principal payments received by the U.S. Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be credited to the U.S. Borrowers loan account immediately upon receipt for purposes of calculating the U.S. Unused Line Fee pursuant to this Section 3.2(a) .
(b) On the first day of each April, July, October and January and on the Final Maturity Date, the Canadian Borrower agrees to pay to the Canadian Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of the Canadian Revolving Lenders, in accordance with their respective Canadian Revolving Commitments, an unused line fee (the Canadian Unused Line Fee ) equal to the Applicable Canadian Unused Line Fee Margin per annum times the average daily amount by which the aggregate Canadian Revolving Commitments exceeded the aggregate Outstanding Amount of Canadian Revolving Loans and Canadian Letters of Credit (which shall exclude, for the purposes of this Section 3.2(b) only, the principal amount of all Canadian Swingline Loans and Canadian Agent Advances). The Canadian Unused Line Fee shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. All principal payments received by the Canadian Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be credited to the Canadian Borrowers loan account immediately upon receipt for purposes of calculating the Canadian Unused Line Fee pursuant to this Section 3.2(b) .
3.3. Letter of Credit Fee .
(a) The U.S. Borrowers agree to pay (x) to the U.S. Administrative Agent, for the account of each U.S. Revolving Lender for each U.S. Letter of Credit, a fee in Dollars (the U.S. Letter
-87-
of Credit Fee ) at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time with respect to LIBOR Loans that are U.S. Revolving Loans on such Lenders Pro Rata Share of the daily undrawn amount of such U.S. Letter of Credit from time to time, (y) to the U.S. Administrative Agent, for the account of the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer, a fronting fee in Dollars (the U.S. Fronting Fee ) of one-eighth of one percent (0.125%) of the face amount of each U.S. Letter of Credit, and (z) to the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer, all out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses incurred or charged by the U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with the application for, processing of, issuance or extension of, drawing under, or amendment to, any U.S. Letter of Credit. The U.S. Letter of Credit Fee payable by the U.S. Borrowers with respect to a U.S. Letter of Credit shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the first day of each April, July, October and January following the date on which such U.S. Letter of Credit is issued and on the Termination Date. The U.S. Letter of Credit Fee shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. The U.S. Fronting Fee payable by the U.S. Borrowers with respect to a U.S. Letter of Credit shall be payable upon the issuance of such U.S. Letter of Credit.
(b) The Canadian Borrower (with respect to Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Canadian Borrower) and each U.S. Borrower (with respect to Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the U.S. Borrowers), respectively, agrees to pay (x) to the Canadian Administrative Agent, for the account of each Canadian Revolving Lender for each Canadian Letter of Credit issued for the account of the Canadian Borrower or U.S. Borrowers, respectively, a fee in Cdn. Dollars (the Canadian Letter of Credit Fee ) at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time with respect to LIBOR Loans that are Canadian Revolving Loans on such Lenders Pro Rata Share of the daily undrawn amount of such Canadian Letter of Credit from time to time, (y) to the Canadian Administrative Agent, for the account of the Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer, a fronting fee in Cdn. Dollars (the Canadian Fronting Fee ) of one-eighth of one percent (0.125%) of the face amount of each Canadian Letter of Credit issued for the account of the Canadian Borrower or U.S. Borrowers, respectively, and (z) to the Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer, all out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses incurred or charged by the Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with the application for, processing of, issuance or extension of, drawing under, or amendment to, any Canadian Letter of Credit. The Canadian Letter of Credit Fee with respect to a Canadian Letter of Credit shall be payable monthly in arrears on the first day of each April, July, October and January following the date on which such Canadian Letter of Credit is issued and on the Termination Date. The Canadian Letter of Credit Fee shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. The Canadian Fronting Fee with respect to a Canadian Letter of Credit shall be payable upon the issuance of such Canadian Letter of Credit.
3.4. Mandatory Termination of Commitments .
(a) The Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Revolving Maturity Date.
(b) The Swingline Commitments shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Revolving Maturity Date.
(c) The Term Commitments shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Second Restatement Effective Date (or, if earlier, upon the funding of the Term Loans on the Second Restatement Effective Date).
(d) The Existing Revolving Commitments shall terminate upon the occurrence of the Second Restatement Effective Date.
-88-
3.5. Fees to Revolving Participants . When, as and only to the extent that interest is received by any Fronting Lender with respect to any Revolving Loan funded by such Fronting Lender on behalf of any Revolving Participant, such Fronting Lender shall pay such Revolving Participant a fee (in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent amount of the amount so received based on the Spot Rate in effect on such date) in an amount equal to the Applicable Margin received by the Fronting Lender with respect to such Revolving Loan for such period minus 0.25% per annum of the amount of such Revolving Loan during the period with respect to which such interest was paid.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above or elsewhere in this Agreement, no Canadian Fronting Fee, Canadian Letter of Credit Fee, Canadian Unused Line Fee, U.S. Fronting Fee, U.S. Letter of Credit Fee or U.S. Unused Line Fee shall accrue or be payable for the account of a Defaulting Lender during any period it is a Defaulting Lender.
SECTION 4. | Payments |
4.1. Prepayment of Loans .
(a) Revolving Loans . The U.S. Borrowers shall repay the outstanding principal balance of the Existing U.S. Revolving Loans and the outstanding principal balance of any U.S. Swingline Loans made to them, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all accrued fees owing by the U.S. Borrowers, on the Second Restatement Effective Date. The Canadian Borrower shall repay the outstanding principal balance of the Existing Canadian Revolving Loans and Canadian Swingline Loans made to it, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all accrued fees owing by the Canadian Borrower, on the Second Restatement Effective Date. The U.S. Borrowers shall repay the outstanding principal balance of the U.S. Revolving Loans, U.S. Agent Advances and U.S. Swingline Loans made to them and the outstanding principal balance of any Canadian Revolving Loans, Canadian Agent Advances and Canadian Swingline Loans made to them, in each case, plus all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, on the Revolving Maturity Date. The Canadian Borrower shall repay the outstanding principal balance of the Canadian Revolving Loans, Canadian Agent Advances and Canadian Swingline Loans made to them, plus all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, on the Revolving Maturity Date.
(b) Term Loans . The U.S. Borrowers shall repay to the U.S. Administrative Agent, in Dollars, for the benefit of the Term Lenders, on each date set forth below, commencing with March 31, 2014 (or, if not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day), the principal amount of the Term Loans set forth below for such date (each, a Term Loan Repayment Amount ):
Date |
Amount | |||
Each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 prior to the Final Maturity Date |
$ | 12,500,000 | ||
Term Maturity Date |
|
The entire principal amounts of all
then outstanding Term Loans |
|
4.2. Voluntary Prepayment, Reduction or Termination .
(a) The Borrowers may, upon at least 3 Business Days notice to the applicable Administrative Agent and without premium or penalty, voluntarily prepay the Revolving Loans of any Class, Swingline Loans or Agent Advances in whole or in part; provided that (i) any partial prepayment pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be in the amount of at least $5,000,000 and (ii) any prepayment of LIBOR Loans
-89-
or BA Equivalent Loans pursuant to this Section 4.2 on any day other than the last day of an Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period applicable thereto shall be subject to compliance by the Borrowers with the applicable provisions of Section 2.11 .
(b) The Borrowers may, upon at least 3 Business Days notice to the applicable Administrative Agent and without premium or penalty, terminate or permanently reduce the U.S. Revolving Commitments or the Canadian Revolving Commitments in whole or in part; provided that (i) any such reduction shall apply proportionately and permanently to reduce, with respect to the U.S. Revolving Facility, the U.S. Revolving Commitment of each U.S. Revolving Lender and with respect to the Canadian Revolving Facility, the Canadian Revolving Commitment of each of the Canadian Revolving Lender, (ii) any partial reduction pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be in the amount of at least $5,000,000, (iii) after giving effect to any such termination or reduction the Availability Conditions are satisfied.
(c) The U.S. Borrowers shall have the right to prepay Term Loans, without premium or penalty, in whole or in part from time to time on the following terms and conditions: (a) the U.S. Parent Borrower shall give the U.S. Administrative Agent at the U.S. Administrative Agents Office for payment in Dollars written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of its intent to make such prepayment, the amount of such prepayment and (in the case of LIBOR Loans) the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made, which notice shall be given by the Borrower no later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) (i) in the case of LIBOR Loans, three Business Days prior to, or (ii) in the case of ABR Loans, one Business Day prior to, the date of such prepayment and shall promptly be transmitted by the Administrative Agent to each of the Lenders; (b) each partial prepayment of (i) any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 and in multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (ii) any ABR Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and in multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; provided that no partial prepayment of LIBOR Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing shall reduce the outstanding LIBOR Loans made pursuant to such Borrowing to an amount less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount for LIBOR Loans and (c) any prepayment of LIBOR Loans pursuant to this Section 4.1 on any day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto shall be subject to compliance by the U.S. Borrowers with the applicable provisions of Section 2.11 . Each prepayment in respect of any Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.2(c) shall be applied to reduce Term Loan Repayment Amounts in such order as the Borrower may specify.
4.3. Mandatory Prepayments .
(a) If at any time, the Availability Conditions shall cease to be satisfied, the Borrowers shall immediately upon demand by the Administrative Agent prepay such of their respective Loans (and cash collateralize such of their respective Letter of Credit Obligations in the currencies in which such Letters of Credit are denominated) in an amount sufficient such that the Availability Conditions are again satisfied.
(b) In the event the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment is for any reason terminated, the U.S. Borrowers shall immediately prepay all then outstanding Term Loans.
(c) At all times after the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event and notification thereof by the applicable Administrative Agent to the applicable Borrower(s) (subject to the provisions of the Security Agreements and the Intercreditor Agreement), on each Business Day, at or before 1:00 p.m. (New York City time), such Administrative Agent shall apply all immediately available funds credited to the applicable Concentration Account to prepay Loans to the U.S. Borrowers in the case of amounts contained in the U.S. Concentration Accounts or Loans to the Canadian Borrower in the case of amounts contained in the Canadian Concentration Accounts, as the case may be.
-90-
(d) With respect to each prepayment of Loans required by this Section 4.3 , the applicable Borrower(s) may, if applicable, designate the Types of Loans that are to be prepaid and the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made. In the absence of a designation by the Borrowers as described in the preceding sentence, the applicable Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.11 . Notwithstanding any provision in this Section 4.3 to the contrary,
(i) all prepayments of Revolving Loans by the U.S. Borrowers under this Section 4 shall be applied, first , to the payment of any U.S. Agent Advances (and Canadian Agent Advances to the U.S. Borrowers) that may be outstanding, second , to the payment of all U.S. Swingline Loans and Canadian Swingline Loans to the U.S. Borrowers to any U.S. Letter of Credit Borrowings and Canadian Letter of Credit Borrowings with respect to Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the U.S. Borrowers outstanding, third , to the payment of all U.S. Revolving Loans, Canadian Revolving Loans to the U.S. Borrowers and Canadian Overadvances (other than Canadian Letters of Credit) then outstanding, pro rata, fourth , to cash collateralize any remaining Letters of Credit issued for the account of the U.S. Borrowers and fifth , in the order specified in clause (ii) below, and
(ii) all prepayments of Revolving Loans by the Canadian Borrower under this Section 4 shall be applied, first , to the payment of any Canadian Agent Advances to the Canadian Borrower that may be outstanding, second , to the payment of all Canadian Swingline Loans to the Canadian Borrower and to any Canadian Letter of Credit Borrowings with respect to Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Canadian Borrower outstanding, third , to the payment of all Canadian Revolving Loans to the Canadian Borrower then outstanding, pro rata, and fourth , to cash collateralize any remaining Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Canadian Borrower.
(e) In lieu of making any payment pursuant to this Section 4.3 in respect of any LI-BOR Loan or any BA Equivalent Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period, as applicable, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the applicable Borrower(s) at its or their option may deposit with the respective Administrative Agent an amount in the applicable currency equal to the amount of the LIBOR Loan or BA Equivalent Loan to be prepaid and such LIBOR Loan or BA Equivalent Loan shall be repaid on the last day of the Interest Period or BA Equivalent Interest Period, as applicable, therefor in the required amount. Such deposit shall be held by the applicable Administrative Agent in a non-interest bearing deposit account established on terms reasonably satisfactory to such Administrative Agent. Such deposit shall constitute cash collateral for the LIBOR Loans or BA Equivalent Loans to be so prepaid, provided that the applicable Borrower may at any time direct that such deposit be applied to make the applicable payment required pursuant to this Section 4.3 .
4.4. Method and Place of Payment .
(a) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments under this Agreement shall be made by the applicable Credit Party, without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind, to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders entitled thereto (i) in the case of the payments under the U.S. Revolving Facility, not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) and (ii) in the case of payments under the Canadian Revolving Facility, all payments in Dollars not later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) and all payments in Canadian Dollars not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time), in each case, on the date when due and shall be made in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agents Office for the applicable currency or at such other office as the Administrative Agent shall specify for such purpose by notice to the applicable Credit Party. All repayments or prepayments
-91-
of any Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Agent Advances (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) hereunder shall be made in the currency in which such Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Agent Advances are denominated and all other payments under each Credit Document shall, unless otherwise specified in such Credit Document, be made in Dollars (in the case of the U.S. Revolving Facility) or Cdn. Dollars (in the case of the Canadian Revolving Facility). The Administrative Agents will thereafter cause to be distributed on the same day (if payment was actually received by the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) or, otherwise, on the next Business Day) like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest or other amounts ratably to the Lenders entitled thereto.
(b) Any payments under this Agreement that are made later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) shall be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable during such extension at the applicable rate in effect immediately prior to such extension.
4.5. Net Payments .
(a) Any and all payments made by or on behalf of any Credit Party under this Agreement or any other Credit Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any Indemnified Taxes; provided that if any Credit Party or Administrative Agent shall be required by applicable Requirements of Law to deduct or withhold any Indemnified Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable by the applicable Credit Party shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 4.5 ) the Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the applicable Credit Party and the Administrative Agents shall make such deductions or withholdings and (iii) the applicable Credit Party and the Administrative Agents shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority within the time allowed and in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law. Whenever any Indemnified Taxes are payable by any Credit Party, as promptly as possible thereafter, such Credit Party shall send to the applicable Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of such Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt (or other evidence acceptable to such Lender, acting reasonably) received by such Credit Party showing payment thereof.
For purposes of this Section 4.5 , (x) any payments by any Administrative Agent to a Lender of any amounts received by such Administrative Agent from any Credit Party on behalf of such Lender shall be treated as a payment from the Credit Party to such Lender and (y) if a Lender is treated as a partnership or a qualified intermediary by a jurisdiction imposing an Indemnified Tax, any withholding or payment of such Indemnified Tax by the Lender in respect of any of such Lenders partners, or any of the beneficial owners with respect to such qualified intermediary, shall be considered a withholding or payment of such Indemnified Tax by the applicable Credit Party.
(b) The Borrowers shall timely pay and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agents, each Collateral Agent and each Lender with regard to any Other Taxes (whether or not such Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority). If the Borrower determines that a reasonable basis exists to claim a refund of the Other Taxes indemnified under this clause (b), the Collateral Agent or Lender shall, at the Borrowers expense, reasonably cooperate with such Borrower in pursuing such refund, provided that no Collateral Agent or Lender shall be required to pursue the refund claim if such Agent or Lender in good faith discretion determines that to do so would be disadvantageous to it.
-92-
(c) The Borrowers shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent and each Lender within 5 Business Days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes imposed on such Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or such Lender as the case may be, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate setting forth reasonable detail as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the U.S. Borrowers by a Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as applicable) on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(d) Each Non-U.S. Lender with respect to the U.S. Revolving Facility, or any other Loan made to the U.S. Borrowers shall, to the extent it is legally eligible to do so, deliver to the U.S. Borrowers and the U.S. Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Non-U.S. Lender becomes a U.S. Revolving Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Credit Parties or the Administrative Agent, but only if such Non-U.S. Lender is legally eligible to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:
(i) two duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States,
(ii) two duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI,
(iii) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (A) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K (any such certificate a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ) and (B) two duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN,
(iv) to the extent a Non-U.S. Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Non-U.S. Lender is a partnership or participating Lender granting a participation), Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, Form W-9 or Form W-8IMY from each beneficial owner, as applicable ( provided , that where a Non-U.S. Lender is a partnership (and not a participating Lender) and one or more direct or indirect partners are claiming the portfolio interest exception, the U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate may be provided by the Non-U.S. Lender on behalf of the direct or indirect partners), and
(v) any documentation required to enable the U.S. Borrowers and the U.S. Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and to determine whether any withholding is required.
To the extent it is legally eligible to do so, each Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver to the U.S. Parent Borrower and the U.S. Administrative Agent two further copies of any such form or certification (or any applicable successor form) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete or invalid and promptly after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the U.S. Parent Borrower or the Administrative Agent, or promptly notify the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it is unable to do so.
(e) If any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax for which a payment has been made by any Credit Party pursuant to this Agreement, which refund in the good faith judgment of such Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, is attributable to such payment made by such Credit Party, then the Lender, the Administrative Agent
-93-
or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall reimburse such Credit Party for such amount (together with any interest received thereon) as the Lender, Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, determines in its sole discretion to be the proportion of the refund as will leave it, after such reimbursement, in no better or worse after-Tax position (taking into account expenses) than it would have been in if the payment had not been required; provided that such Credit Party, upon the request of the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, agrees to repay the amount paid over to such Credit Party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in the event the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Neither the Lender, the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be obliged to disclose any information regarding its tax affairs or computations to any Credit Party in connection with this clause (e) or any other provision of this Section 4.5 .
(f) Each Lender and Agent with respect to the U.S. Revolving Facility, and any other Loan made to the U.S. Borrowers, that is a United States person under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall, at the reasonable request of the U.S. Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, deliver to the U.S. Borrowers and the Administrative Agent two United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or substitute or successor form), properly completed and duly executed, certifying that such Lender or Agent is exempt from United States backup withholding.
(g) The agreements in this Section 4.5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
(h) For the avoidance of doubt, the term Lender shall, for purposes of this Section 4.5 , include any Fronting Lender, any Swingline Lender and any Letter of Credit Issuer.
4.6. [Omitted] .
4.7. Limit on Rate of Interest .
(a) No Payment Shall Exceed Lawful Rate . Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, the Borrowers shall not be obliged to pay any interest or other amounts under or in connection with this Agreement or otherwise in respect of the Obligations in excess of the amount or rate permitted under or consistent with any applicable law, rule or regulation.
(b) Payment at Highest Lawful Rate . If any Borrower is not obliged to make a payment that it would otherwise be required to make, as a result of Section 4.7(a) , such Borrower shall make such payment to the maximum extent permitted by or consistent with applicable laws, rules and regulations.
(c) Adjustment if Any Payment Exceeds Lawful Rate . If any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents would obligate any Borrower to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Lender in an amount or calculated at a rate that would be prohibited by any applicable law, rule or regulation, then notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by law, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, by reducing the amount or rate of interest required to be paid by such Borrower to the affected Lender under Section 2.8 .
Notwithstanding the foregoing, and after giving effect to all adjustments contemplated thereby, if any Lender shall have received from any Borrower an amount in excess of the maximum permitted
-94-
by any applicable law, rule or regulation, then such Borrower shall be entitled, by notice in writing to the applicable Administrative Agent to obtain reimbursement from that Lender in an amount equal to such excess, and pending such reimbursement, such amount shall be deemed to be an amount payable by that Lender to such Borrower.
SECTION 5. | Conditions Precedent to Second Restatement Effective Date |
The effectiveness of the restatement of the First Restated Credit Agreement contemplated by this Agreement (other than Section 5.9 ) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent.
5.1. Credit Documents . The U.S. Administrative Agent shall have received:
(a) signature pages to this Agreement from the Borrowers, Lenders under the First Restated Credit Agreement constituting the Required Lenders (as defined in the First Restated Credit Agreement) and each Lender listed on Schedule 2.01 ;
(b) a reaffirmation in the form of Exhibit O executed by the Canadian Borrower.
(c) a notice of borrowing substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3 (a Term Notice of Borrowing ) meeting the requirements of Section 2.1(d) .
5.2. Legal Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinions of (a) Kirkland & Ellis LLP, special New York counsel to the Parent and the Borrowers and (b) Blake, Cassels and Graydon LLP, special Canadian counsel to the Canadian Credit Parties, in form and substance satisfactory to each Administrative Agent.
5.3. Authorization of Proceedings of Each Credit Party . Each Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of the resolutions of the board of directors and if applicable, the shareholders and/or the supervisory board or other managers of Parent and each Credit Party (or a duly authorized committee thereof) authorizing (a) the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which it is a party and (b) in the case of the Borrowers, the extensions of credit contemplated hereunder, certified by the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer of such Person as of the Second Restatement Effective Date.
5.4. Certificates . Each Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of each Credit Party, dated as of the Second Restatement Effective Date, to the effect that (i) the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement and the other Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), (ii) no Default or Event of Default under the First Restated Credit Agreement shall have occurred and is continuing and no Default or Event of Default under this Agreement shall result from the transactions contemplated hereby to occur on the Second Restatement Effective Date and (iii) after giving effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the Borrowers on a consolidated basis with their Subsidiaries are Solvent.
5.5. Extension Fees . The Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrowers a fee for the account of each Lender listed on Schedule 2.01 and the U.S. Parent Borrower shall have paid such fees to the Arrangers as have been separately agreed by the Arrangers and the Parent Borrower.
-95-
5.6. Compliance with Flood Insurance Regulations . The U.S. Administrative Agent shall have received the Flood Insurance Documentation.
SECTION 6. | Conditions Precedent to All Credit Events |
The agreement of each Lender to make any Revolving Loan requested to be made by it or to issue or participate (other than pursuant to Section 2.4(f)(iii)) in Letters of Credit on any date after the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
6.1. No Default; Representations and Warranties . At the time of each Credit Event and also after giving effect thereto: (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (b) all representations and warranties made by any Credit Party contained herein or in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Credit Event (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).
6.2. Notice of Borrowing . Prior to the making of each U.S. Revolving Loan, the U.S. Administrative Agent shall have received a U.S. Notice of Borrowing (whether in writing or by telephone) meeting the requirements of Section 2.2 and prior to making of each Canadian Revolving Loan, the Canadian Administrative Agent shall have received a Canadian Notice of Borrowing (whether in writing or by telephone) meeting the requirements of Section 2.3 .
6.3. Letter of Credit Request . With respect to the issuance of any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall have received a request completed to its satisfaction and conforming to the requirements set forth in Section 2.4(d) , and such other certificates, documents and other information as the Letter of Credit Issuer may reasonably request.
The acceptance of the benefits of each Credit Event (other than, if applicable, any Agent Advances) after the Closing Date shall constitute a representation and warranty by each Credit Party to each of the Lenders that all the applicable conditions specified in Section 5 above have been satisfied as of that time.
SECTION 7. | Representations, Warranties and Agreements |
In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans or to issue or participate (other than pursuant to Section 2.4(f)(iii) ) in Letters of Credit as provided for herein, each Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to the Lenders, all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans or issuance of Letters of Credit:
7.1. Corporate Status . The U.S. Parent Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary (a) is a duly organized and validly existing corporation or other entity in good standing (in respect of each jurisdiction where the good standing concept exists) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in which it is engaged except (with respect to the Restricted Subsidiaries) to the extent that the failure to so exist, be organized, or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (b) has duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing (in respect of such jurisdiction where the good standing concept exists) in all jurisdictions where it is required to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified would not reasonably be expected to (A) result in a Material Adverse Effect or (B) materially adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents taken as a whole.
-96-
7.2. Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability . Each Credit Party has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of the Credit Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which it is a party. Each Credit Party has duly executed and delivered each Credit Document to which it is a party and each such Credit Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.
7.3. No Violation . Neither the execution, delivery or performance by any Credit Party of the Credit Documents to which it is a party nor compliance with the terms and provisions thereof nor the consummation of the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will (a) contravene any applicable provision of any material law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality, (b) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the property or assets of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents or Liens subject to the Intercreditor Agreement) pursuant to, the terms of any material indenture, loan agreement, lease agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other material instrument to which the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound (any such term, covenant, condition or provision, a Contractual Requirement ) or (c) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary except, with respect to clauses (a) and (b) , as would not reasonably be expected to (A) result in a Material Adverse Effect or (B) materially adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents taken as a whole.
7.4. Litigation . Except as set forth on Schedule 7.4 , there are no actions, suits or proceedings (including Environmental Claims) pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened with respect to the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that would, in each case, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
7.5. Margin Regulations . Neither the making of any Loan hereunder nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board.
7.6. Governmental Approvals; Other Consents . The execution, delivery and performance of any Credit Document do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, payment of any stamp, registration, notarial or similar tax or fee to, or other action by, any Governmental Authority or any other Person, except for (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect or are to be made in accordance with Section 8.11(d) , (ii) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents, and (iii) such licenses, approvals, authorizations or consents the failure to obtain or make which would not reasonably be expected to (A) result in a Material Adverse Effect or (B) materially adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents taken as a whole.
7.7. Investment Company Act . No Credit Party is an investment company within the meaning of, and subject to registration under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
-97-
7.8. Disclosure .
(a) As of the Second Restatement Effective Date, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, none of the written factual information and written data (taken as a whole) furnished by or on behalf of the U.S. Parent Borrower, the Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their respective authorized representatives to the Administrative Agents and/or any Lender on or before the Second Restatement Effective Date for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement contained any untrue statement of any material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make such information and data (taken as a whole) not misleading at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information or data was furnished, it being understood and agreed that for purposes of this Section 7.8(a) , such factual information and data shall not include projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and /or any other forward-looking information) and information of a general economic or general industry nature.
(b) The projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and other forward-looking information) contained in the information and data referred to in clause (a) above were based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by such Persons to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results.
7.9. Financial Condition; Financial Statements . (a) The unaudited historical consolidated financial information of the U.S. Parent Borrower as of June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011 and for the fiscal quarters then ended and (b) the Historical Financial Statements, in each case, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of Parent at the respective dates of said information, statements and results of operations for the respective periods covered thereby and such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied except to the extent provided in the notes to said financial statements and except as contemplated by the definition of GAAP. There has been no Material Adverse Effect since December 31, 2009.
7.10. Tax Matters . Each of the U.S. Parent Borrower and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries has filed all material Tax returns required to be filed by it and has paid all material Taxes payable by it that have become due (whether or not shown on a Tax return), other than those Taxes contested in good faith as to which adequate reserves have been provided to the extent required by law and in accordance with GAAP or which would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Borrowers and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries have provided adequate reserves to the extent required by law and in accordance with GAAP for the payment of all material Taxes not yet due and payable except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the U.S. Parent Borrower nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries has ever participated in a listed transaction within the meaning of the U.S. Treasury regulation Section 1.6011-4, except as could not be reasonably expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.
7.11. Compliance with ERISA .
(a) (i) Each Plan is in compliance with ERISA, the Code and any applicable Requirement of Law; (ii) no Reportable Event has occurred (or is reasonably likely to occur) with respect to any Plan; (iii) to the knowledge of the Borrower, no Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or in reorganization (or is reasonably likely to be insolvent or in reorganization), and no written notice of any such insolvency or reorganization has been given to the U.S. Parent Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate; (iv) with respect to a Plan, no failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard required for any plan year or part thereof has occurred (or is reasonably likely to occur) and no waiver of such standard or extension of any amortization
-98-
period has been sought or granted under Section 412 of the Code (or is reasonably likely to be sought or granted); (v) none of the Borrowers or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred (or is reasonably likely to incur) any liability to or on account of a Plan pursuant to Section 409, 502(i), 502(l), 515, 4062, 4063, 4064, or 4069 of ERISA or Section 4971 or 4975 of the Code or on account of a Multiemployer Plan pursuant to Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA or has been notified in writing that it will incur any liability under any of the foregoing Sections with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (vi) no proceedings have been instituted by PBGC (or are reasonably likely to be instituted) to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or, to the knowledge of the U.S. Parent Borrower, to reorganize any Multiemployer Plan; and (vii) no written notice of any such proceedings has been given to the U.S. Parent Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate; and no lien imposed under the Code or ERISA on the assets of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate exists (or is reasonably likely to exist) nor has the U.S. Parent Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate been notified in writing that such a lien will be imposed on the assets of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate on account of any Plan, except to the extent that a breach of any of the representations, warranties or agreements in this Section 7.11(a)(i) through (vii) would not result, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount of liability that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Plan has an Unfunded Current Liability that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) The Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Guarantors are in compliance with the requirements of the PBA and other federal or provincial laws with respect to each Foreign Plan, except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No fact or situation that may reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect exists in connection with any Foreign Plan. No Foreign Plan Termination Event has occurred that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as previously disclosed (including disclosure after the Second Restatement Effective Date) to the Administrative Agents and the Lenders or as would not reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect (i) neither the Canadian Borrower nor any of the Canadian Guarantors has any material withdrawal liability in connection with a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan, (ii) the FSCO has not issued any default or other breach notices in respect of any Canadian Defined Benefit Plans and (iii) no lien has arisen, choate or inchoate, in respect of Canadian Borrower or its Subsidiaries or their property in connection with any Foreign Plan (save for contribution amounts not yet due). The Canadian Borrower has provided the Lenders with a copy of the actuarial valuation report for each Canadian Defined Benefit Plan most recently filed with the applicable Governmental Authorities.
7.12. Subsidiaries . Schedule 7.12 lists each Subsidiary of the Parent (and the direct and indirect ownership interest of the Parent therein), in each case existing on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions.
7.13. Intellectual Property . The U.S. Parent Borrower and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries have obtained all intellectual property, free from burdensome restrictions, that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted, except where the failure to obtain any such rights could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.14. Environmental Laws .
(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 7.14 , or as could not otherwise reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) the U.S. Parent Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries and all Real Estate are in compliance with all Environmental Laws; (ii) neither the U.S. Parent Borrower nor any Subsidiary is subject to any Environmental Claim or any other liability under any Environmental Law; (iii) neither the U.S. Parent Borrower nor any Subsidiary is conducting or paying for, in whole or in part, any investigation, removal, remedial or other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law at any location; and (iv) no underground storage tank or related piping, or any impoundment or other disposal area containing Hazardous Materials is located at, on or under any Real Estate currently owned or leased by the U.S. Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries.
-99-
(b) Neither the U.S. Parent Borrower nor any of the Subsidiaries has treated, stored, transported, Released or disposed or arranged for disposal or transport for disposal of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any currently or formerly owned or leased Real Estate or facility in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) This Section 7.14 sets forth the sole representations and warranties of the Borrowers with respect to Environmental Laws.
7.15. Properties . (a) The U.S. Parent Borrower and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to or leasehold interests in all properties that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, free and clear of all Liens (other than any Liens permitted by this Agreement) and except where the failure to have such good title could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) no Mortgage encumbers improved Real Estate that is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards within the meaning of the Flood Insurance Laws unless the applicable Credit Party has delivered to the U.S. Administrative Agent evidence of flood insurance in accordance with Section 8.3 hereof.
7.16. Solvency . Immediately following the making of each Loan and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of such Loans, the Borrowers on a consolidated basis with their Subsidiaries will be Solvent.
7.17. Collateral . Upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, the Security Documents will be effective to create (to the extent described therein), in favor of the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein, except as may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. When the actions specified in each Security Agreement have been duly taken and the Mortgages have been duly recorded, the security interests granted pursuant thereto shall constitute (to the extent described therein) a perfected security interest in, all right, title and interest of each pledgor or mortgagor (as applicable) party thereto in the Collateral described therein (other than Excluded Perfection Assets) with respect to such pledgor or mortgagor (as applicable) if and to the extent perfection can be achieved by taking such actions.
7.18. Insurance . The U.S. Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are in compliance with the provisions of Section 8.3 . Each Credit Party has insurance in such amounts and covering such risks and liabilities as are customary for companies of a similar size engaged in similar businesses in similar locations.
-100-
SECTION 8. | Affirmative Covenants |
Each Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date and thereafter, until all Loans, together with interest and all other Obligations (other than indemnification and other contingent Obligations in each case not then due and payable) hereunder, are paid in full, all Commitments are terminated and all Letters of Credit are terminated or collateralized in an amount equal to their face amount:
8.1. Information Covenants . The Borrowers will furnish to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly make such information available to the Lenders in accordance with its customary practice):
(a) Annual Financial Statements . As soon as available and in any event on or before the date that is 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the U.S. Parent Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012), the consolidated balance sheet of the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries and, if different, the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of a public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, shall state that such accounting firm has not obtained knowledge of any Event of Default relating to Section 9.9 and shall not be subject to any going concern or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a management narrative in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent describing significant factors resulting in changes during such fiscal year from the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts.
(b) Quarterly Financial Statements . As soon as available and in any event on or before the date that is 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly accounting periods of the U.S. Parent Borrower in each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2013), the consolidated balance sheets of the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries and, if different, the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such quarterly period, and the related consolidated statements of income and shareholders equity for such quarterly accounting period and for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such quarterly period, and the related consolidated statement of cash flows for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such quarterly period, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, certified by an Authorized Officer of the U.S. Parent Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders equity and cash flows of the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a management narrative in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent describing significant factors resulting in changes during such fiscal quarter and in the year to date period from the corresponding periods in the previous year and budgeted amounts.
(c) Budgets . Within 90 days after the commencement of each fiscal year of the U.S. Parent Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013), a budget of the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such fiscal year as customarily prepared by management of the U.S. Parent Borrower for its internal use consistent in scope with the financial statements provided pursuant to Section 8.1(a) , setting forth the principal assumptions upon which such budget is based.
(d) Officers Certificates . At the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Sections 8.1(a) and (b) , a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the U.S. Parent Borrower to the effect that to such Authorized Officers knowledge, no Default or Event of Default exists or, if any Default or Event of Default does exist, specifying the nature and extent thereof, which certificate shall set forth (i) the calculations required to establish whether the U.S. Parent
-101-
Borrower was in compliance with the provisions of Section 9.9 as at the end of such fiscal year or period, as the case may be (whether or not such covenant was in effect), and (ii) the amount of any Pro Forma Adjustment not previously set forth in a Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate or any change in the amount of a Pro Forma Adjustment set forth in any Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate previously provided and, in either case, in reasonable detail, the calculations and basis therefor. At the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Section 8.1(a) , a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the U.S. Parent Borrower setting forth the information required pursuant to Sections 1(a), 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10(a) and 10(b) of the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this clause (d)(ii) , as the case may be.
(e) Notice of Default or Litigation . Promptly after an Authorized Officer of any Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, notice of (i) the occurrence of any event that constitutes a Default or Event of Default, which notice shall specify the nature thereof, the period of existence thereof to the extent known and what action the Borrowers propose to take with respect thereto and (ii) any litigation or governmental proceeding pending against any Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to be determined adversely and, if so determined, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(f) Environmental Matters . Promptly after obtaining knowledge of any one or more of the following environmental matters, unless such environmental matters could not, individually or when aggregated with all other such matters, be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, notice of:
(i) any pending or threatened Environmental Claim against any Credit Party or any Real Estate;
(ii) any condition or occurrence on any Real Estate that (x) could reasonably be expected to result in noncompliance by any Credit Party with any applicable Environmental Law or (y) could reasonably be anticipated to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against any Credit Party or any Real Estate;
(iii) any condition or occurrence on any Real Estate that could reasonably be anticipated to cause such Real Estate to be subject to any restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, use or transferability of such Real Estate under any Environmental Law; and
(iv) the conduct of any investigation, or any removal, remedial or other corrective action in response to the actual or alleged presence, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material on, at, under or from any Real Estate.
All such notices shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the claim, investigation, condition, occurrence or removal or remedial action and the response thereto.
(g) Foreign Plan Notices . Promptly, after the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries obtains knowledge thereof, notice of, with copies of any such documentation and notices as applicable, (i) any default in, or breach of, a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) any action or inaction of a plan sponsor or administrator that could lead to a Foreign Plan Termination Event that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) receipt of any notice from, or any action of, FSCO, or other Governmental Authority that could lead to a Foreign Plan Termination Event; and (iv) copies of all actuarial valuations conducted for each Canadian Defined Benefit Plans.
-102-
Promptly upon receipt of each actuarial valuations prepared for each Canadian Defined Benefit Plan, Parent Borrower will deliver to the Administrative Agent a calculation of the Unfunded Current Liability under such Canadian Defined Benefit Plan as of the effective date of the applicable actuarial valuation.
(h) Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate . Not later than any date on which financial statements are delivered with respect to any Test Period in which a Pro Forma Adjustment is made as a result of the consummation of the acquisition of any Acquired Entity or Business by the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary for which there shall be a Pro Forma Adjustment, a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the U.S. Parent Borrower setting forth the amount of such Pro Forma Adjustment and, in reasonable detail, the calculations and basis therefor.
(i) [Reserved]
(j) Change of Name, Locations, Etc . Not later than 30 days following the occurrence of any change referred to in subclauses (i) through (iv) below, written notice of any change (i) in the legal name of any Credit Party, (ii) in the jurisdiction of organization of any Credit Party for purposes of the UCC, (iii) in the type of organization of any Credit Party or (iv) in the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number of any Credit Party. The Borrowers shall also promptly provide the Collateral Agent with copies of organizational documents reflecting any of the changes described in the first sentence of this clause (j) .
(k) Borrowing Base Certificate . On the 10th Business Day of each calendar month ending after the Second Restatement Effective Date (or ending in the calendar month in which the Second Restatement Effective Date occurs to the extent a Borrowing Base Certificate has not been provided for such month pursuant to the First Restated Credit Agreement), a Borrowing Base Certificate certified as complete and correct in all material respects on behalf of each Borrower by an Authorized Officer of such Borrower (each a Monthly Borrowing Base Certificate ). In addition, if (i)(x) the Combined Availability is less than or equal to 12.5% of the Combined Borrowing Base or (y) the U.S. Availability is less than or equal to 12.5% of the U.S. Borrowing Base or (ii) any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, a Borrowing Base Certificate showing the U.S. Parent Borrowers and the Canadian Borrowers reasonable estimate (which shall be calculated in a consistent manner with the most recent Borrowing Base Certificates delivered pursuant to this Section 8.1(k) ) of the U.S. Borrowing Base and the Canadian Borrowing Base, respectively (but not the calculation of Combined Availability), as of the close of business on the last day of the immediately preceding calendar week, unless the Administrative Agents otherwise agree, shall be furnished on Wednesday of each week (or, if Wednesday is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day).
8.2. Books, Records and Inspections .
(a) The U.S. Parent Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, permit officers and designated representatives of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to visit and inspect any of the properties or assets of the U.S. Parent Borrower and any such Restricted Subsidiary in whomevers possession to the extent that it is within such partys control to permit such inspection, and to examine the books and records of the U.S. Parent Borrower and any such Restricted Subsidiary and discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the U.S. Parent Borrower and of any such Restricted Subsidiary with, and be advised as to the same by, its and their officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and intervals and to such reasonable extent as the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may reasonably request (and subject, in the case of any such meetings or advice from such independent accountants,
-103-
to such accountants customary policies and procedures); provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 8.2 and only two such visits per fiscal year of the U.S. Parent Borrower shall be at the U.S. Parent Borrowers expense (and only to the extent such expense is reasonable); provided further that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the U.S. Parent Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice.
(b) At reasonable times during normal business hours and upon reasonable prior notice that either Administrative Agent requests, but only in connection with the visits and inspections provided for in clause (a) above, the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries will grant access to such Administrative Agent (including employees of such Administrative Agent or any consultants, accountants, lawyers and appraisers retained by such Administrative Agent) to such Persons premises, books, records, Accounts and Inventory so that such Administrative Agent or an appraiser retained by such Administrative Agent may conduct an Inventory appraisal and (ii) such Administrative Agent may conduct (or engage third parties to conduct) such field examinations, verifications and evaluations (including environmental assessments) as such Administrative Agent may deem necessary or appropriate. All reasonable expenses caused by such appraisals, field examinations and other verifications and evaluations shall be at the sole expense of the Credit Parties; provided that absent the existence and continuation of an Event of Default (i) such Administrative Agent may conduct at the expense of the Credit Parties no more than one (1) such appraisal for Inventory in any calendar year and no more than one (1) such field examination in any calendar year and (ii) during any calendar year in which (x) the Combined Availability is less than or equal to 30% of the Combined Borrowing Base or (y) the U.S. Availability is less than 30% of the U.S. Borrowing Base, the Administrative Agents may conduct at the expense of the Credit Parties no more than two (2) such appraisals for Inventory and no more than two (2) such field examination in such calendar year and (iii) during or (z) in any calendar year in which one or more Cash Dominion Periods have been in effect, the Administrative Agents may conduct at the expense of the Credit Parties no more than three (3) such appraisals for Inventory and no more than three (3) such field examinations in such calendar year and all amounts chargeable to the applicable Borrowers under this Section 8.2(b) shall constitute Obligations that are secured by all of the applicable Collateral and shall be payable to the Administrative Agents hereunder.
8.3. Maintenance of Insurance .
(a) The Borrowers will, and will cause each of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, at all times maintain in full force and effect, pursuant to self-insurance arrangements or with insurance companies that are financially sound at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business; and will furnish to the Lenders, upon reasonable written request from the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried; and ensure that at all times the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be named as additional insureds with respect to liability policies maintained by any Credit Party, and the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be named as loss payee with respect to the property insurance covering Inventory that constitutes ABL Priority Collateral maintained by any Credit Party and in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement as in effect on the date hereof; provided that, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent shall turn over to the Borrowers any amounts received by it as loss payee under any property insurance maintained by such Credit Parties it being understood and agreed that the Collateral Agent is not authorized to receive any such proceeds except during the continuation of any Event of Default, and, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent agrees that the applicable Credit Parties shall have the sole right to adjust or settle any claims under such insurance.
-104-
(b) All such insurance shall (i) provide that no cancellation, material reduction in amount or material change in coverage thereof shall be effective until at least 30 days after receipt by the Collateral Agent of written notice thereof, and (ii) name the Collateral Agent as mortgagee (in the case of property insurance) or additional insured on behalf of the Secured Parties (in the case of liability insurance) or loss payee (in the case of property insurance), as applicable.
(c) With respect to each Mortgaged Property located in the United States or any territory thereof, obtain flood insurance in such total amount as the Administrative Agent may from time to time require, if at any time the area in which any improvements located on any Mortgaged Property is designated a specified flood hazard area in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), and otherwise comply with the Flood Insurance Laws.
(d) No Credit Party that is an owner of Mortgaged Property shall take any action that is reasonably likely to be the basis for termination, revocation or denial of any insurance coverage required to be maintained under such Credit Partys respective Mortgage or that could be the basis for a defense to any claim under any Insurance Policy maintained in respect of the Premises, and each Credit Party shall otherwise comply in all material respects with all Insurance Requirements in respect of the premises; provided , however , that each Credit Party may, at its own expense, (i) contest the applicability or enforceability of any such Insurance Requirements by appropriate legal proceedings or (ii) cause the Insurance Policy containing any such Insurance Requirement to be replaced by a new policy complying with the provisions of this Section 8.3 .
8.4. Payment of Taxes . The Borrowers will timely pay and discharge, and will cause each of their Restricted Subsidiaries to timely pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it, or upon any properties belonging to it, and all lawful claims in respect of any Taxes imposed, assessed or levied that, if unpaid, could reasonably be expected to become a Lien upon any properties of the Borrowers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that neither the Borrowers, nor any of their Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any such Tax that is being contested in good faith by the Borrowers by proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves with respect thereto to the extent required by law and in accordance with GAAP and the failure to pay could not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.
8.5. Maintenance of Existence . The Borrowers will do, and will cause each of their Restricted Subsidiaries to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, corporate rights and authority, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided , however , that the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries may consummate any transaction permitted under Section 9.3 , 9.4 or 9.5 .
8.6. Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, Etc . The Borrowers will, and will cause each of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to it or its property, including all governmental approvals or authorizations required to conduct its business, and to maintain all such governmental approvals or authorizations in full force and effect, in each case except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
8.7. Maintenance of Properties . The Borrowers will, and will cause each of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep and maintain all tangible property material to the conduct of its business
-105-
in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except to the extent that the failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect provided , however , that the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries may consummate any transaction permitted under Section 9.3 , 9.4 or 9.5 .
8.8. Additional U.S. Borrowers, Canadian Guarantors and Grantors .
(a) The U.S. Parent Borrower will cause each direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary or Canadian Subsidiary formed or otherwise purchased or acquired after the date hereof and each other Domestic Subsidiary or Canadian Subsidiary (in each case, other than an Excluded Subsidiary or an Excluded Canadian Subsidiary) that ceases to constitute an Excluded Subsidiary to execute, as applicable, (i) in the case of a Domestic Subsidiary, a U.S. Subsidiary Borrower Assumption Agreement and a supplement to the U.S. Security Agreement in order to become a U.S. Subsidiary Borrower under this Agreement and a grantor under the U.S. Security Agreement or (ii) in the case of a Canadian Subsidiary a supplement to each of the Canadian Guarantee (or in the case of an initial Canadian Subsidiary (that is not the Canadian Borrower) the Canadian Guarantee itself) and the Canadian Security Agreement in order to become a Canadian Guarantor under the Canadian Guarantee and a grantor under the Canadian Security Agreement, and take all other action reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant a perfected security interest in its assets to substantially the same extent as created by the U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Credit Parties, as applicable, on the Closing Date (including actions required pursuant to Section 8.11(d) of the Original Credit Agreement) except for Excluded Assets and Excluded Perfection Assets.
(b) If at any time, all of the Stock and Stock of Equivalents of any direct Canadian Subsidiary of any U.S. Borrower shall constitute Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents solely as a result of such Canadian Subsidiarys status as a company organized as an unlimited liability company under the laws of any province of Canada, the Borrowers shall notify the Administrative Agents thereof and shall cause such Canadian Subsidiary (or the first direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Canadian Subsidiary which has a direct Subsidiary that is not also such an unlimited liability company) to enter into the Canadian Guarantee and Pledge Agreement or other documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agents in order to ensure that not less than 65% of the outstanding Stock and Stock Equivalents of the highest tier Subsidiary of such Canadian Subsidiary that is not such an unlimited liability company are pledged to secure the Obligations.
8.9. Pledge of Additional Stock and Evidence of Indebtedness . The Borrowers will cause (i) all certificates representing Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary of any Credit Party (other than (x) any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents; provided that Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents of the type specified in clause (ii) of the definition thereof shall not be excluded pursuant to this subclause (x) insofar as the pledge thereof is given in respect of the Canadian Obligations and (y) any Stock and Stock Equivalents issued by any Subsidiary for so long as such Subsidiary does not (on a consolidated basis with its Restricted Subsidiaries) have property, plant and equipment with a book value in excess of $2,500,000 or a contribution to Consolidated EBITDA for any four fiscal quarter period that includes any date on or after the Closing Date in excess of $1,000,000) held directly by any Credit Party, and (ii) any promissory notes executed after the date hereof evidencing Indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000 held by any Credit Party (other than to the extent the debtor thereon is a Credit Party), in each case, to be delivered to the Collateral Agent as security for the Obligations under the U.S. Security Agreement or the Canadian Security Agreement, as applicable; provided further that the Borrowers shall not be required to comply with the provisions of this Section 8.9 with respect to any such Collateral described above that does not constitute ABL Priority Collateral unless such Collateral is also subject to a Lien securing the Obligations under the Cash Flow Term Facility.
8.10. Use of Proceeds . The Borrowers will use the Term Loans, Revolving Loans, the Swingline Loans and the Letters of Credit for general corporate purposes (including acquisitions).
-106-
8.11. Further Assurances .
(a) The Borrowers will, and will cause each other Credit Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents) that may be reasonably required under any applicable law, or that the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the applicable Security Documents, all at the reasonable expense of such Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that no Credit Party shall be under any obligation to enter into any such document, financing statement, agreement or instrument, or take any such action in respect of Excluded Perfection Assets.
(b) Subject to the applicable limitations set forth in the Security Documents, if any assets (including any real estate or improvements thereto or any ownership (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, leasehold) interest therein but excluding Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary) with a book value in excess of $5,000,000 are acquired by any Credit Party after the Closing Date (other than assets constituting Collateral under a Security Document that become subject to the perfected Lien of the applicable Security Document upon acquisition thereof or assets constituting Excluded Assets or Excluded Perfection Assets) that are of a nature secured by a Security Document and intended to be Collateral, the Borrowers will notify the Collateral Agent, and, if reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, the Borrowers will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the applicable Obligations and will take, and cause the other applicable Credit Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant and perfect such Liens consistent with the applicable requirements of the Security Documents, including actions described in clause (a) of this Section 8.11 .
(c) Any Mortgage delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the preceding clause (b) shall be accompanied by (w) a Title Policy, (x) a Survey, (y) with respect to any Mortgaged Property located in the United States or any territory thereof, the Flood Insurance Documentation and (z) with respect to any a Mortgaged Property located in the United States an opinion of local counsel to the mortgagor in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.
(d) Each Borrower agrees that it will, or will cause its relevant Restricted Subsidiaries to, complete each of the actions described on Schedule 8.11 to this Agreement as soon as commercially reasonable and by no later than the date set forth in Schedule 8.11 to this Agreement with respect to such action or such later date as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree.
8.12. End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters . The U.S. Parent Borrower will, for financial reporting purposes, cause (a) each of its, and each of its Subsidiaries, fiscal years to end on December 31 of each year and (b) each of its, and each of its Subsidiaries, fiscal quarters to end on dates consistent with such fiscal year end and the U.S. Parent Borrowers past practice.
8.13. Cash Management Systems .
(a) The Credit Parties will maintain the cash management systems described below (the Cash Management Systems ):
(i) (x) the U.S. Borrowers will establish lock boxes ( U.S. Lock Boxes ) or, at the U.S. Administrative Agents reasonable discretion, blocked accounts ( U.S. Blocked Accounts ) and the Canadian Borrower will, and will cause each Canadian Guarantor (other than Canadian Guarantors that have no business other than acting as holding companies) to, establish lock boxes ( Canadian Lock Boxes ) or, at the Canadian Administrative Agents reasonable discretion,
-107-
blocked accounts ( Canadian Blocked Accounts ), in each case listed on Schedule 8.13(a) ) and at one or more banks that are reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, (y) each Borrower shall request in writing and otherwise take commercially reasonable steps to provide that all Account Debtors with respect to Accounts that constitute Collateral forward payments directly to the respective Lock Boxes or Blocked Accounts and (z) each Borrower will, and will cause the Canadian Guarantors to deposit or cause to be deposited promptly, and in any event no later than the third Business Day after the date of receipt thereof (subject to an additional extension of up to two Business Days with the consent of the applicable Administrative Agent), all cash, checks, drafts or other similar items of payment relating to or constituting payments made in respect of any and all Collateral (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any cash identified in clause (vii) of the definition of Excluded Assets) into the appropriate Blocked Accounts. Until so deposited, all such payments shall be held by each Credit Party for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and shall not be commingled with any other funds or property of any Credit Party. The U.S. Borrowers shall establish one or more concentration accounts in their names (with Bank of America or another bank reasonably acceptable to the U.S. Administrative Agent) (collectively, the U.S. Concentration Account ) and the Canadian Borrower shall establish one or more concentration accounts in its name (with the Bank of Montreal or another bank reasonably acceptable to the Canadian Administrative Agent) (collectively, the Canadian Concentration Account , each of the U.S. Concentration Account and the Canadian Concentration Account is sometimes referred to as a Concentration Account ), in each case that shall be designated as the Concentration Account for such Borrower(s) listed on Schedule 8.13(a) (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof).
(ii) Each Borrower may maintain, in its name, one or more U.S. Designated Accounts or Canadian Designated Accounts. Each Borrower may also maintain, in its name, one or more accounts that (x) do not contain any funds that are proceeds of Accounts that otherwise constitute Collateral or (y) include funds that are proceeds of Accounts that otherwise constitute Collateral and that are not subject to a Blocked Account Agreement, (each a Non-Controlled Account ).
(iii) For the accounts of any Credit Party designated as a Blocked Account and the Concentration Account and any U.S. Designated Accounts or Canadian Designated Accounts, a tri-party control account agreement or lockbox account agreement between the Collateral Agent, the depository bank at which each such Blocked Account, Concentration Account or U.S. Designated Accounts or Canadian Designated Accounts and the relevant Credit Party, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (each a Blocked Account Agreement ) which among other things will give control to the Collateral Agent. Each such Blocked Account Agreement with respect to any Blocked Account shall provide, among other things, that from and after the date thereof the bank at which any such Blocked Account is maintained, agrees to forward immediately all amounts in each such account to the Concentration Account. In addition, any such Blocked Account Agreement shall provide, among other things, that at all times following the establishment of the Cash Management Systems pursuant to this Section 8.13(a) , upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event, the bank at which such Account, Concentration Account or U.S. Designated Accounts or Canadian Designated Accounts are maintained shall, upon receipt of notice by the Collateral Agent of such Cash Dominion Event, commence the process of daily sweeps from such accounts into the Concentration Account (it being understood that any such daily sweep in respect of any cash or other amount in U.S. Designated Accounts or Canadian Designated Accounts shall be subject to the rights of the Borrowers to transfer, apply or otherwise use the proceeds of any Loans hereunder for any purpose in accordance with the terms hereof by moving any cash or other amount on deposit in any U.S. Designated Accounts or Canadian Designated Accounts out of such account for any such purpose);
-108-
provided that (a) any amounts in the Concentration Accounts reasonably identified (with reasonably detailed written support) to the Administrative Agent as not constituting Collateral will be distributed as directed by the Administrative Agent as requested by the Borrowers, including to one or more Non-Controlled Accounts and (b) the Collateral Agent shall not issue any such notice to any bank unless and until a Cash Dominion Event has occurred and is continuing.
(iv) The Borrowers will not, and shall not permit any other Credit Party to, transfer any funds out of any Blocked Account except to the Concentration Account. The balance from time to time standing to the credit of the Blocked Accounts shall be distributed as directed in accordance with the provisions of the Blocked Account Agreements. Except during the continuance of any Cash Dominion Event, the balance from time to time standing to the credit of the Concentration Account shall be distributed as directed by the Borrowers, including to one or more Non-Controlled Accounts or to any other depository account. The Borrowers shall not, and shall not cause or permit any other Credit Party to, accumulate or maintain cash (other than cash that is not proceeds of any Collateral) in disbursement accounts or payroll accounts except in the ordinary course of business. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, cash held in overnight deposit or investment accounts shall be deemed to be in the Concentration Account overnight.
(v) So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrowers may amend Schedules 8.13(a) and (c) to add or replace a bank, the Concentration Account, any Blocked Account or any U.S. Designated Accounts or Canadian Designated Accounts; provided that (x) the applicable Administrative Agent shall have consented in writing in advance to the opening of such new or replacement account with the relevant bank (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and (y) prior to the time of the opening of such account, the applicable Borrower and such bank shall have executed and delivered to the Collateral Agent a tri-party agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. Each Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Credit Party to, cease using any account to hold proceeds of Collateral promptly and in any event within 30 days (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may, in its sole reasonable discretion, consent to in writing) following notice from the applicable Administrative Agent to the Borrowers that the creditworthiness of the bank holding such account is no longer acceptable in the applicable Administrative Agents reasonable credit judgment, or as promptly as practicable and in any event within 60 days (or such later date as the applicable Administrative Agent may, in its sole reasonable discretion, consent to in writing) following notice from the applicable Administrative Agent to the Borrowers that the operating performance, funds transfer or availability procedures or performance with respect to accounts or lockboxes of the bank holding such account or Administrative Agents liability under any Blocked Account Agreement with such bank is no longer acceptable in the applicable Administrative Agents reasonable credit judgment.
(vi) The Concentration Account, the Blocked Accounts and the U.S. Designated Accounts and Canadian Designated Accounts (subject to the last two sentences of Section 8.13(a)(iii) ) shall be cash collateral accounts, with all cash, checks and other similar items of payment in such accounts (to the extent constituting proceeds of Accounts otherwise constituting Collateral) securing payment of the Obligations or Canadian Obligations, as applicable, and in which the applicable Borrower or other Credit Party shall have granted a Lien to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the applicable Security Agreement. The Borrowers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that all cash, checks and other similar items of payment in the Concentration Account and the Blocked Accounts are solely in respect of Accounts that otherwise constitute Collateral.
(vii) All amounts deposited in the Concentration Account shall be deemed received by the applicable Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 4.3(c) and shall be applied (and allocated) by the applicable Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 4.3(d) . In no event shall any amount be so applied unless and until such amount shall have been credited in immediately available funds to the Concentration Account.
-109-
(b) (i) During the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event following the establishment of the Cash Management Systems pursuant to Section 8.13(a) as often as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agents, the Borrowers shall provide the Collateral Agent with an accounting of the contents of the Blocked Accounts and the Concentration Account, which shall identify, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Collateral Agent, the proceeds from the Collateral which were deposited into a Blocked Account and swept to the Concentration Account.
(ii) Within 3 Business Days of the occurrence of a Cash Dominion Event following the establishment of the Cash Management Systems pursuant to Section 8.13(a), the Borrowers shall deposit into the Concentration Account an amount equal to the entire amount of cash constituting Collateral held in any Non-Controlled Account.
Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event following the establishment of the Cash Management Systems pursuant to Section 8.13(a) , the Concentration Account and each Blocked Account shall at all times be under control of the Collateral Agent. The Borrowers hereby acknowledge and agree that during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event following the establishment of the Cash Management Systems pursuant to Section 8.13(a) , (i) the Credit Parties have no right of withdrawal from the Concentration Accounts (subject to the proviso to the last sentence of Section 8.13(a)(iii) ), (ii) the funds on deposit in the Concentration Accounts shall at all times be collateral security for all of the Obligations or the Canadian Obligations, as applicable (other than to the extent such funds do not constitute proceeds of Accounts that are otherwise Collateral for such Obligations) and (iii) the funds on deposit in the Concentration Accounts shall be applied as provided in this Agreement. In the event that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8.13 , any Credit Party receives or otherwise has dominion and control of any proceeds or collections of Accounts that otherwise constitute Collateral outside of the Concentration Account, any Blocked Account and any U.S. Designated Account or Canadian Designated Account, such proceeds and collections shall be held by such Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary for the Collateral Agent and shall, not later than the Business Day after receipt thereof, be deposited into the Concentration Account or dealt with in such other fashion as such Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary may be instructed by the Collateral Agent.
8.14. Post-Closing Requirements . Within 90 days after the Second Restatement Effective Date or such later date as the applicable Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the following items:
(a) With respect to each Mortgaged Property, an executed amendment to or amendment and restatement of the existing Mortgage in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Administrative Agent and in form suitable for recording in the applicable jurisdiction (each a Mortgage Amendment );
(b) With respect to each Mortgage Amendment, an endorsement to the existing Title Policy in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Administrative Agent and reasonably assuring the Administrative Agent as of the date of such endorsement that the applicable Mortgaged Property is free and clear of all Liens other than Liens permitted under the Mortgage, in each case to the extent available in the applicable jurisdiction at commercially reasonable rates (each a Title Endorsement );
-110-
(c) With respect to each Mortgage Amendment, favorable opinions of counsel in the jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Property is located and in which the applicable mortgagor or grantor is formed, addressed to the applicable Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Administrative Agent;
(d) With respect to each Mortgaged Property, such affidavits, certificates, information and instruments of indemnification as shall be required to induce the title insurance company to issue the Title Endorsements;
(e) Such other documentation with respect to each Mortgaged Property as may reasonably be necessary in order to confirm the enforceability, validity, priority and perfection of the liens of the Mortgages, as amended, in favor of the Secured Parties, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the applicable Administrative Agent; and
(f) Evidence of payment of all title insurance premiums, search and examination charges, mortgage recording taxes, fees, costs and expenses, and escrow and related charges required for the recording of the Mortgage Amendments and issuance of the Title Endorsements.
8.15. Foreign Plans . The Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Guarantors shall cause each of its Foreign Plans to be administered in all respects in compliance with, as applicable, the PBA and all applicable laws (including regulations, orders and directives), and the terms of the Foreign Plans and any agreements relating thereto other than such non-compliance that could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Guarantors shall ensure that, to the extent such action or inaction could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (a) each of them does not engage in a prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Canadian Defined Benefit Plan, and (b) each of them as a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan sponsor or otherwise, shall not, nor shall they permit, the wind up and/or termination of any Canadian Defined Benefit Plan that has an Unfunded Current Liability without the consent of the Canadian Administrative Agent.
SECTION 9. | Negative Covenants |
Each Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date (immediately after consummation of the Acquisition) and thereafter, until the Loans, together with interest and all other Obligations (other than indemnification and other contingent Obligations in each case not then due and payable) incurred hereunder, are paid in full, all Commitments are terminated and all Letters of Credit are terminated or cash collateralized in an amount equal to their face amount:
9.1. Limitation on Indebtedness . The U.S. Parent Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a) (x) Indebtedness arising under the Credit Documents and (y) Indebtedness under the Cash Flow Term Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed (i) the sum $2,750,300,000 and 130,000,000 at any time outstanding under the Cash Flow Term Facility plus (ii) the maximum amount of additional Indebtedness that could be incurred from time to time in accordance with the terms of Section 2.14 of the Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement as in effect on the Second Restatement Effective Date;
(b) subject to compliance with Section 9.5 , Indebtedness of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owed to the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided
-111-
that, in each case, all such Indebtedness of (i) any U.S. Borrower owed to any Person that is not a U.S. Borrower shall be subordinated to the Obligations on customary terms and (ii) any Canadian Credit Party to any Person that is not a Credit Party shall be subordinated to the Obligations of such Credit Party on customary terms;
(c) Indebtedness in respect of any bankers acceptance, bank guarantees, letter of credit, warehouse receipt or similar facilities entered into in the ordinary course of business (including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims);
(d) subject to compliance with Section 9.5 , Guarantee Obligations incurred by (i) Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of the U.S. Parent Borrower or other Restricted Subsidiaries that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement ( provided that if the Indebtedness guaranteed constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, then such Guarantee Obligations shall be subordinated to the applicable Obligations to at least the same extent as the Indebtedness so guaranteed) and (ii) the U.S. Parent Borrower in respect of Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement ( provided that there shall be no guarantee pursuant to this clause (d) by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a U.S. Borrower (and that does not guarantee the Obligations) of any Indebtedness of a U.S. Borrower);
(e) Guarantee Obligations (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of (or to) suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees or (ii) otherwise constituting Investments permitted by Section 9.5(g) ;
(f) (i) Indebtedness (including Indebtedness arising under Capital Leases) incurred within 270 days of the acquisition, construction or improvement of fixed or capital assets to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of such fixed or capital assets, provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this subclause (f)(i) at any time outstanding (when aggregated with all Indebtedness outstanding under subclause (f)(ii) below) shall not exceed $30,000,000, and (ii) any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i) above, provided that the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to any fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extensions;
(g) Existing Indebtedness and any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension thereof; provided that (x) the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to the amount of fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (y) the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Indebtedness are not changed (except in connection with the Post-Closing Subsidiary Transfer) and (z) no portion of such Indebtedness matures prior to the Final Maturity Date (unless the Existing Indebtedness being modified, replaced, refunded, renewed or extended originally matured prior to the Final Maturity Date);
(h) Indebtedness in respect of Hedge Agreements not entered into for speculative purposes;
-112-
(i) Indebtedness in respect of (x) the Subordinated Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000,000 and (y) any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of Indebtedness referred to in the foregoing subclause (x) ; provided that (i) the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, except by the amount of fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension (ii) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations to at least the same extent as the Subordinated Notes and (iii) the other terms of such Indebtedness are not less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Lenders than the terms of the Subordinated Notes;
(j) (i) Indebtedness of a Person or Indebtedness attaching to assets (other than ABL Priority Collateral of a Credit Party) of a Person that, in either case, becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the U.S. Parent Borrower (or is a Restricted Subsidiary that survives a merger with such Person) or Indebtedness attaching to assets that are acquired by the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the Closing Date as the result of an acquisition; provided that
(x) such Indebtedness existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time such assets were acquired and, in each case, was not created in anticipation thereof,
(y) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed in any respect by the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than by any such Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary in such transaction or is the survivor of a merger with such Person or any of its Subsidiaries in such transaction), and
(z) (A) after giving Pro Forma Effect to the assumption of such Indebtedness, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio is at least 2.0 to 1.0 and, if such Indebtedness is secured by any Liens, such Liens do not extend to any ABL Priority Collateral (and, if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to require the holders of any such Indebtedness that is secured by Liens on any location at which ABL Priority Collateral will be stored to enter into a customary access agreement with the Collateral Agent) and the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the most recently ended Test Period shall be less than or equal to 4.0 to 1.0 and (B) except for Indebtedness consisting of Capitalized Lease Obligations, revenue bonds, purchase money Indebtedness, working capital facilities, overdraft facilities and cash management arrangements, or mortgages or other Liens on specific assets, no portion of such Indebtedness matures prior to the date that is 91 days after the Final Maturity Date; and
(ii) any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i) above, provided that (x) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by the amount of fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (y) the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Indebtedness are not changed and (z) if the Indebtedness being refinanced, or any guarantee thereof, constituted Subordinated Indebtedness, then such replacement or refinancing Indebtedness, or such guarantee, respectively, shall be subordinated to the Obligations to at least the same extent;
-113-
(k) Indebtedness in respect of customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations not in connection with money borrowed, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business;
(l) additional Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding;
(m) Indebtedness of the U.S. Borrowers and the U.S. Guarantors (i) (x) so long as after giving Pro Forma Effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of proceeds thereof on the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio shall be at least 2.0 to 1.0 and (y) the terms of such Indebtedness do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligation prior to the date that is 91 days after the Final Maturity Date ( provided that such Indebtedness may provide for (A) customary offers to purchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and a mandatory offer to prepay from refinancing Indebtedness specified in subclause (ii) below, (B) customary acceleration rights after an event of default and (C) an initial maturity that is earlier than the Final Maturity Date so long as such Indebtedness automatically converts to Indebtedness maturing at least 91 days after the Final Maturity Date subject only to the condition that no payment event of default or bankruptcy (with respect to the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries) exists on the initial maturity date) and (ii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i) above, provided that the principal amount of any such Indebtedness is not increased above the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension plus the amount of fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith (unless such Indebtedness would otherwise be permitted to be issued in accordance with subclause (i) above);
(n) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case entered into in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Stock permitted hereunder, other than Guarantee Obligations incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Stock for the purpose of financing such acquisition, provided that such amount is not Indebtedness required to be reflected on the balance sheet of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with GAAP (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this proviso);
(o) Indebtedness of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (i) financing of insurance premiums in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $15,000,000 at any time outstanding or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply agreements, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money;
(p) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the U.S. Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(q) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by any Credit Party to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees (or their respective spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees) to finance the purchase or redemption of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the U.S. Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 9.6(b) ;
-114-
(r) additional Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries (and any Guarantees thereof by the U.S. Borrowers) that are not Canadian Subsidiaries under local working capital lines in an aggregate principal amount that at the time of incurrence does not cause the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred in reliance on this clause (r) to exceed $500,000,000;
(s) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;
(t) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of cash management services, netting services (including treasury and depository services), overdraft facilities, employee credit or debit card programs (including non-card electronic payment services and purchase card programs), cash pooling arrangements, electronic fund transfer services or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; and
(u) lease obligations in respect of Sale and Lease-Back Transactions in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100,000,000.
9.2. Limitation on Liens . The U.S. Parent Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets of any kind (real or personal, tangible or intangible) of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
(a) Liens arising under the Credit Documents;
(b) Liens on the Collateral securing the Cash Flow Term Facility under the Cash Flow Term Credit Documents subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement;
(c) [Reserved];
(d) Permitted Liens;
(e) (i) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Sections 9.1(f) and (u) , provided that (x) such Liens attach at all times only to the assets so financed or subject to the applicable Sale and Lease-Back Transaction except for accessions to the property financed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and the proceeds and the products thereof and (y) that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender, and (ii) Liens on the assets of Restricted Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Sections 9.1 ;
(f) Liens existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 9.2 ;
(g) the replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clauses (e) , (f) and (h) of this Section 9.2 upon or in the same assets theretofore subject to such Lien (or upon or in after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien) or the replacement, extension or renewal (without increase in the amount or change in any direct or contingent obligor except to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder) of the Indebtedness secured thereby;
-115-
(h) Liens existing on the assets of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the U.S. Parent Borrower (or is a Restricted Subsidiary that survives a merger with such Person in the transaction in which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary), or existing on assets acquired, pursuant to an acquisition to the extent the Liens on such assets secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1(j) ; provided that such Liens attach at all times only to the same assets to which such Liens attached (and after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien), and secure only the same Indebtedness or obligations that such Liens secured, immediately prior to such acquisition and any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension thereof permitted by Section 9.1(j) ;
(i) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations (i) of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in favor of a U.S. Borrower, (ii) of a Canadian Credit Party in favor of a Credit Party and (iii) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party in favor of any other Restricted Subsidiary;
(j) Liens (i) of a collecting bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection or (ii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off);
(k) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 9.5 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any property in a transaction permitted under Section 9.4 , in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or sale, disposition, transfer or lease, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;
(l) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale or purchase of goods entered into by the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business permitted by this Agreement;
(m) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness or (ii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(n) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits or other similar cash deposits made by the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent, distribution agreement in the ordinary course of business or purchase agreement not prohibited hereunder;
(o) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto incurred in the ordinary course of business; and
(p) additional Liens so long as the aggregate principal amount of the obligations secured thereby does not exceed $75,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided that the aggregate amount of obligations secured by Liens on ABL Priority Collateral pursuant to this clause (p) shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.
-116-
9.3. Limitation on Fundamental Changes . Except as expressly permitted by Section 9.4 or 9.5 , the U.S. Parent Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or substantially all its business units, assets or other properties, except that:
(a) so long as no Default or Event of Default would result therefrom, any Subsidiary of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any other Person (in each case, other than the Canadian Borrower) may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the U.S. Parent Borrower, provided that (i) except as permitted by subclause (ii) below, the U.S. Parent Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation, (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the U.S. Parent Borrower is not the U.S. Parent Borrower, the surviving Person shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (the U.S. Parent Borrower or such surviving Person, as the case may be, being herein referred to as the Successor U.S. Parent Borrower ), (iii) any Successor U.S. Parent Borrower (if other than the U.S. Parent Borrower) shall expressly assume all the obligations of the U.S. Parent Borrower under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the U.S. Administrative Agent, (iv) each applicable Credit Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Credit Documents confirmed that its obligations under the Credit Documents continue to apply to such Successor U.S. Parent Borrowers obligations under this Agreement, (v) the Investment resulting from such merger or consolidation, shall be permitted by Section 9.5 , and (vi) the Successor U.S. Parent Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer stating that such merger or consolidation complies with this Agreement (it being understood that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor U.S. Parent Borrower (if other than the U.S. Parent Borrower) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the U.S. Parent Borrower under this Agreement);
(b) any Person (in each case, other than the U.S. Parent Borrower or the Canadian Borrower) may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the U.S. Parent Borrower or any one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the U.S. Parent Borrower, provided that (i) either (x) except in the case of the U.S. Parent Borrower, such merger amalgamation or consolidation constitutes a Disposition permitted by Section 9.4 or (y) the U.S. Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person and the Investment resulting from such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is permitted by Section 9.5 , (ii) in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation in which a Credit Party is the surviving Person, such Credit Party shall execute any supplement to this Agreement, the Canadian Guarantee and the Security Documents, as applicable, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Administrative Agent in order to preserve and protect the Liens on the Collateral securing the applicable Obligations and (iii) the U.S. Parent Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officers certificate stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation complies with this Agreement; and
(c) so long as no Default or Event of Default would result therefrom, any Restricted Subsidiary of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any other Person may be amalgamated with the Canadian Borrower, provided that (i) the Person formed by such amalgamation shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of Canada or any province thereof (such Person being herein referred to as a Successor Canadian Borrower ), (ii) (A) the Successor Canadian Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Canadian Borrower under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (B) each Credit Party (other than the Successor Canadian Borrower)
-117-
shall have by a supplement to the Credit Documents confirmed that its obligations thereunder apply to the Successor Canadian Borrowers obligations under this Agreement, (iii) the Investment resulting from such merger or consolidation shall be permitted by Section 9.5 and (iv) the Canadian Borrower shall have delivered to the Canadian Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer stating that such merger or consolidation complies with this Agreement (it being understood that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Canadian Borrower (if other than the Canadian Borrower) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Canadian Borrower under this Agreement).
9.4. Limitation on Sale of Assets . (1) The U.S. Parent Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose (each of the foregoing a Disposition ) of any of its property, business or assets (including receivables, Stock and Stock Equivalents of any other Person and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired (other than any such sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition resulting from any casualty or condemnation, of any assets of the U.S. Parent Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries) and (2) the U.S. Parent Borrower will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any Stock and Stock Equivalents, in each case, in excess of $1,000,000 per transaction or series of related transactions, except, in each case:
(a) the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of (i) inventory, used, surplus or worn out equipment, vehicles and other assets in the ordinary course of business and (ii) Permitted Investments;
(b) Restricted Subsidiaries may issue Stock and Stock Equivalents and the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Dispose of assets, excluding a Disposition of accounts receivable, except in connection with the Disposition of any business to which such accounts receivable relate, for fair value, provided that (i) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (b) for a purchase price in excess of $10,000,000, the U.S. Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Permitted Investments; provided that for the purposes of this subclause (i) (except in the case of a Disposition of ABL Priority Collateral) the following shall be deemed to be cash: (A) any liabilities (as shown on the U.S. Parent Borrowers or such Restricted Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet provided hereunder) of the U.S. Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than Junior Indebtedness, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which the U.S. Parent Borrower and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, (B) any securities received by the U.S. Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the U.S. Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition and (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the U.S. Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 9.4(b)(i) and Section 9.4(c)(ii) that is at that time outstanding, shall not be in excess of $15,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, (ii) any non-cash proceeds received are pledged to the Collateral Agent to the extent required under Section 8.9 , (iii) with respect to any such Disposition (or series of related Dispositions), the Borrowers shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Disposition, with the covenant set forth in Section 9.9 of the Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement for the most recently ended Test Period and (iv) after giving effect to any such Disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
-118-
(c) the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make Dispositions to the U.S. Parent Borrower or to any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that with respect to any such Dispositions (x) by U.S. Borrowers to Restricted Subsidiaries that are not U.S. Borrowers, (y) by Canadian Credit Parties to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not Credit Party or (z) from Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties to any Credit Party (i) such sale, transfer or disposition shall be for fair value, (ii) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (c) for a purchase price in excess of $10,000,000, the Person making such Disposition shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Permitted Investments; provided that for the purposes of this subclause (ii) (except in the case of a Disposition of ABL Priority Collateral) the following shall be deemed to be cash: (A) any securities received by the Person making such Disposition from the purchaser that are converted by such Person into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition and (B) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Person making such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 9.4(c)(ii) and Section 9.4(b)(i) that is at that time outstanding, shall not be in excess of $15,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, and (iii) any non-cash proceeds received are pledged to the Collateral Agent to the extent required under Section 8.9 ;
(d) the U.S. Parent Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may affect any transaction expressly permitted by Section 9.3 , 9.5 or 9.6 (including the making of any Restricted Payment);
(e) the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may lease, sublease, license or sublicense (on a non-exclusive basis with respect to any intellectual property) real, personal or intellectual property in the ordinary course of business;
(f) Dispositions of property (including like-kind exchanges) to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property, in each case under Section 1031 of the Code or otherwise;
(g) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures (regardless of the form of legal entity) to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
(h) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
(i) transfers of property subject to casualty or condemnation proceedings (including in lieu thereof) upon the receipt of the net cash proceeds therefor;
(j) voluntary terminations of Hedge Agreements;
(k) Dispositions (including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions) prior to the First Restatement Effective Date by a Foreign Subsidiary designed to generate foreign distributable reserves and which are not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect;
-119-
(l) Dispositions prior to the First Restatement Effective Date among the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the Post-Closing Subsidiary Transfers (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement);
(m) Dispositions of accounts receivable of Foreign Subsidiaries (other than the Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Guarantors) pursuant to factoring arrangements that would otherwise be permitted to be incurred as Indebtedness hereunder pursuant to Section 9.1 (it being understood that upon any such Disposition, the amount of the uncollected receivable shall be deemed to be Indebtedness for purposes of Section 9.1 until the transferee has collected an amount from the account debtor at least equal to the amount paid to the applicable Subsidiary in respect of such accounts receivable);
(n) Dispositions of Subsidiaries with no assets;
(o) Dispositions of the Stock and Stock Equivalents of the U.S. Parent Borrower to the extent any such disposition would not result in a Change of Control; and
(p) Dispositions of accounts receivable of any Designated Account Debtor pursuant to factoring arrangements in an aggregate amount (with a receivable being deemed to be outstanding until the Borrower or applicable Subsidiary has received the full purchase price thereof from the purchaser) not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding.
9.5. Limitation on Investments . The U.S. Parent Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Investment except:
(a) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business and Investments resulting from VAT and other customs arrangements by Subsidiaries with local financial institutions in various jurisdictions in the ordinary course of business;
(b) Permitted Investments;
(c) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of the U.S. Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes (including employee payroll advances) and (ii) in connection with such Persons purchase of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the U.S. Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to the extent that the amount of such loans and advances are directly or indirectly contributed to the U.S. Parent Borrower in cash;
(d) Investments existing on, or contemplated as of, the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 9.5 and any extensions, renewals or reinvestments thereof, so long as the aggregate amount of all Investments pursuant to this clause (d) is not increased at any time above the amount of such Investments existing on the Closing Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (i) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;
(e) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers or customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;
-120-
(f) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made with Stock or Stock Equivalents of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;
(g) (i) Investments by the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any U.S. Borrower; (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a U.S. Borrower in any Canadian Credit Party or (iii) between or among Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties;
(h) Investments by any Credit Party in any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business (i) so long as at the time of such Investment on a Pro Forma Basis the Payment Conditions are satisfied and (ii) in addition to Investments permitted under the foregoing subclause (i), in an amount not to exceed at any time outstanding $15,000,000;
(i) Investments so long as at the time of such Investment on a Pro Forma Basis the Payment Conditions are satisfied;
(j) Investments constituting non-cash proceeds of Dispositions of assets to the extent permitted by clauses (b) and (c) of Section 9.4 ;
(k) loans and advances to any direct or indirect parent of the U.S. Parent Borrower in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of, Restricted Payments permitted to be made to such Person in accordance with Section 9.6 ;
(l) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;
(m) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit and customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;
(n) Guarantee Obligations of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(o) Investments held by a Person acquired (including by way of merger or consolidation) after the Closing Date otherwise in accordance with this Section 9.5 to the extent that such Investments do not constitute a majority of the assets acquired and were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;
(p) Investments in connection with the Transactions;
(q) Indebtedness under Hedge Agreements permitted under Section 9.1(h);
(r) Investments that would otherwise be permitted as Restricted Payments under Section 9.6(e)(iii) ; and
(s) unsecured Guarantee Obligations of any U.S. Borrowers in respect of Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted by Section 9.1 (other than pursuant to Section 9.1(b) ).
-121-
9.6. Limitation on Restricted Payments . The U.S. Parent Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Restricted Payment, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing:
(a) the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may (or may make Restricted Payments to permit any direct or indirect parent thereof to) redeem in whole or in part any of its Stock or Stock Equivalents for another class of its (or its parents) Stock or Stock Equivalents or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Stock or Stock Equivalents), provided that such new Stock or Stock Equivalents contain terms and provisions at least as advantageous to the Lenders in all respects material to their interests as those contained in the Stock or Stock Equivalents redeemed thereby;
(b) the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may (or may make Restricted Payments to permit any direct or indirect parent thereof to) repurchase shares of its (or the parents) Stock or Stock Equivalents held by officers, directors and employees of the U.S. Parent Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed $3,000,000 in any fiscal year of the U.S. Parent Borrower (with unused budgeted amounts from any fiscal year available in any succeeding year); provided that such amount in any fiscal year may be increased by an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds from the sale of Stock and Stock Equivalents (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the U.S. Parent Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies so long as such cash proceeds are contributed to the common equity of the U.S. Parent Borrower) to officers, directors and employees of the U.S. Parent Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and the Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Closing Date;
(c) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments, provided that at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis the Payment Conditions are satisfied;
(d) the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments:
(i) the proceeds of which shall be used to allow the U.S. Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the U.S. Parent Borrower to pay (A) its operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 in any fiscal year of the U.S. Parent Borrower plus any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors or officers of the U.S. Parent Borrower (or any parent thereof) attributable to the ownership or operations of the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) fees and expenses otherwise due and payable by the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and permitted to be paid by the U.S. Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary under this Agreement;
(ii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the corporate existence of any of its direct or indirect parent of the U.S. Parent Borrower; and
(iii) to any direct or indirect parent of the U.S. Parent Borrower to finance any Investment permitted to be made by a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 9.5 ; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (B) the U.S. Parent Borrower shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets, Stock or Stock Equivalents) to be contributed to the U.S. Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or (2) the merger (to the extent permitted in Section 9.5 ) of the Person formed or acquired into the U.S. Parent Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and (C) the U.S. Parent Borrower shall comply with Sections 8.8 and 8.9 to the extent applicable; and
-122-
(e) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary of the U.S. Parent Borrower may make Restricted Payments to the U.S. Parent Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the U.S. Parent Borrower (and pro rata Restricted Payments to the other equity holders of such Restricted Subsidiaries) and (ii) the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments to fund the operating expenses and taxes of any direct or indirect parent company of the U.S. Parent Borrower to the extent attributable to its ownership of the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.
9.7. Limitations on Debt Payments and Amendments .
(a) The U.S. Parent Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, prepay, repurchase or redeem or otherwise defease or acquire prior to the scheduled maturity thereof the Subordinated Notes or any other Subordinated Indebtedness (collectively, Junior Indebtedness ) except so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the date of such prepayment, repurchase, redemption or other defeasance or would result therefrom: (i) the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may prepay, repurchase or redeem Junior Indebtedness with the proceeds of Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1(i) or (m), (ii) any other prepayment of Junior Indebtedness; provided that at the time of such prepayment pursuant to the foregoing clause (ii) after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the Payment Conditions are satisfied. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 9.7 shall prohibit (x) the repayment or prepayment of intercompany Subordinated Indebtedness owed among the Borrowers and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries, in either case unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and any Borrower has received a notice from the Collateral Agent instructing it not to make or permit any such repayment or prepayment or (y) the conversion of Junior Indebtedness into Qualified Equity Interests or Stock or Stock Equivalents of any U.S. Parent Borrower or direct or indirect parent company of the U.S. Parent Borrower (or the repayment or prepayment of Junior Indebtedness with the proceeds thereof).
(b) The Borrowers will not waive, amend, modify, terminate or release any Junior Indebtedness to the extent that any such waiver, amendment, modification, termination or release would be adverse to the Lenders in any material respect; provided that any Junior Indebtedness may be amended or modified in any manner including to delete the subordination provisions therein to the extent that, immediately after giving effect to such amendment or modification, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary would have been permitted to incur such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 9.1(m) (other than with respect to scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligations prior to the date that is 91 days after the Final Maturity Date that do not arise as a result of such amendment or modification but including, without limitation, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Test set forth therein). For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are permitted to modify the Subordinated Notes to remove the subordination provisions and following any such modification which removes the subordination provision the Subordinated Notes shall no longer constitute Subordinated Indebtedness.
-123-
9.8. Transactions with Affiliates . The U.S. Parent Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions with any Affiliate of the U.S. Parent Borrower, involving aggregate payments in excess of $3,000,000, unless such transactions with any of their Affiliates are on terms that are not materially less favorable to the U.S. Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as it would obtain in a comparable arms-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate, provided that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (a) the payment of fees to the Sponsor pursuant to any Management Agreement in an amount not to exceed $6,000,000 in any fiscal year (plus customary out-of-pocket expense reimbursement and indemnity) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the date of such payment or would result therefrom (it being understood that following the cure of all such Events of Default, such payments may be made), (b) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 9.6 , (c) the payment of the expenses in connection with the Transactions, (d) the issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the U.S. Parent Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) to the management of the U.S. Parent Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with, the Transactions or pursuant to arrangements described in clause (f) of this Section 9.8 , (e) loans, advances and other transactions between or among the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 9 , (f) employment and severance arrangements between the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business, (g) payments by the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries to any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to tax sharing agreements among the U.S. Parent Borrower (and/or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and its Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any the parent entity, (h) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, managers, consultants, officers and employees of the U.S. Parent Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries, (i) transactions pursuant to permitted agreements in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 9.8 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not materially adverse, taken as a whole, to the Lenders, (j) payments by the U.S. Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the U.S. Parent Borrower, in good faith, and either (i) limited to 1% of completed transactions and (ii) to the extent in excess of the amounts permitted by subclause (i) above, made from amounts that would have been permitted to be applied to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 9.6(f) , (k) the existence of, or the performance by the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the First Restatement Effective Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date shall only be permitted by this clause (k) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole, (l) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the U.S. Parent Borrower, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the U.S. Parent Borrower in good faith, and (m) modifications to Junior Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.7(b).
-124-
9.9. Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . The U.S. Parent Borrower will not permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as of the last day of each Test Period in which a Covenant Compliance Event has occurred and is continuing or at other times as indicated in this Agreement, to be less than 1.0 to 1.0.
For purposes of determining compliance with the foregoing Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio covenant under this Section 9.9, any Specified Equity Contribution made during the period from the last day of the relevant period until the expiration of (i) with respect to a breach of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio that occurs on the date of the Covenant Compliance Event, the date that is 10 days after such date or (ii) otherwise, the 10th day after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered hereunder with respect to the relevant period will, at the request of the U.S. Parent Borrower, be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for any period of calculation which includes the fiscal quarter in which such Specified Equity Contribution was received by the Credit Parties, provided that (A) in each four consecutive fiscal quarter period, there shall be a period of at least two consecutive fiscal quarters in respect of which no Specified Equity Contribution is made, (B) no more than five Specified Equity Contributions may be made during the term of this Agreement and (C) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no greater than the amount required to cause the Credit Parties to be in compliance with the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio specified above on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to such Specified Equity Contribution.
9.10. Changes in Business . The U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not fundamentally and substantively alter the character of their business, taken as a whole, from the business conducted by the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on the Second Restatement Effective Date and other business activities incidental or related to any of the foregoing.
9.11. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries . The Borrowers will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of any Borrower to, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of any Borrower to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Borrower, (ii) make any loans or advances to any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Borrower or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Borrower, except any encumbrance or restriction:
(a) pursuant to an agreement or instrument as in effect at or entered into on the date hereof, including without limitation the Cash Flow Term Facility and the Subordinated Notes Purchase Agreement;
(b) pursuant to any agreement or instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets from such Person, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger or consolidation) and not applying to the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than to any such Person or assets so acquired);
-125-
(c) pursuant to an agreement or instrument replacing or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an agreement referred to in clause (a) or (b) above; provided , however , that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such replacement agreement or amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than encumbrances and restrictions contained in such original agreement;
(d) (i) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract, (ii) by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, (iii) contained in mortgages, pledges or other security agreements securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent restricting the transfer of the property or assets subject thereto, (iv) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of Real Estate interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (v) pursuant to purchase money Indebtedness that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property or assets so acquired;
(e) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;
(f) by reason of any applicable law, rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the U.S. Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their businesses;
(g) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (i) relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 9.1 , if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements set forth in clause (a) above (as determined in good faith by the U.S. Parent Borrower);
(h) restrictions and conditions on any Foreign Subsidiary by the terms of any Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary permitted to be incurred hereunder;
(i) contractual obligations binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such contractual obligations were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;
(j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 9.5 and applicable solely to such joint venture;
(k) negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.1 but only if such negative pledge or restriction expressly permits Liens for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent and the Lenders with respect to the credit facilities established hereunder and the Obligations under the Credit Documents on a senior basis and without a requirement that such holders of such Indebtedness be secured by such Liens equally and ratably or on a junior basis;
-126-
(l) restrictions on cash, other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(m) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under Sections 9.1(f) and (j) that limit the right of the obligor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; and
(n) customary provisions in leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business.
SECTION 10. | Events of Default |
Upon the occurrence of any of the following specified events (each an Event of Default ):
10.1. Payments . Any Borrower shall (a) default in the payment when due of any principal of the Loans, (b) default, and such default shall continue for five or more days, in the payment when due of any interest on the Loans or fees owing hereunder or (c) default, and such default shall continue for 30 or more days, in the payment when due of any other amounts owing hereunder or under any other Credit Document.
10.2. Representations, Etc . Any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by any Credit Party herein or in any Credit Document or any certificate delivered or required to be delivered by it pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to be untrue in any material respect on the date as of which made or deemed made.
10.3. Covenants . Any Credit Party shall:
(a) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Sections 8.1(e)(i) , 8.2(b) , 8.8(b) or Section 9 ;
(b) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 8.1(k) that shall continue unremedied for a period of at least three Business Days; and
(c) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement (other than those referred to in Section 10.1 or 10.2 or clause (a) of this Section 10.3 ) contained in this Agreement, any Security Document, any Guarantee and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of at least 30 days after receipt of written notice to the Borrowers from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders.
10.4. Default Under Other Agreements . (a) The U.S. Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall (i) default in any payment when due with respect to any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) in excess of $75,000,000 in the aggregate, for the U.S. Parent Borrower and such Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness in excess of $75,000,000 or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, any such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity.
-127-
10.5. Bankruptcy, Etc . The U.S. Parent Borrower, the Canadian Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case, proceeding, proposal, notice of intent to file a proposal or action concerning itself under Title 11 of the United States Code (entitled Bankruptcy), the BIA, the CCAA or any domestic or foreign law relating to bankruptcy, judicial management, insolvency, reorganization, administration or relief of debtors in effect in its jurisdiction of incorporation, in each case as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto; or an involuntary case, proceeding, proposal, notice of intent to file a proposal or action is commenced against the U.S. Parent Borrower, the Canadian Borrower or any Material Subsidiary and the petition is not controverted within 30 days after commencement of the case, proceeding or action; or an involuntary case, proceeding or action is commenced against the U.S. Parent Borrower, the Canadian Borrower or any Material Subsidiary and such petition is not dismissed within 60 days after commencement of the case, proceeding or action; or a custodian, judicial manager, receiver, monitor, sequestrator, receiver manager, trustee, administrator or similar person is appointed for, or takes charge of, all or substantially all of the property of the U.S. Parent Borrower, the Canadian Borrower or any Material Subsidiary; or the U.S. Parent Borrower, the Canadian Borrower or any Material Subsidiary commences any other voluntary proceeding, proposal, notice of intent to file a proposal or action under any reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency, administration or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction whether now or hereafter in effect relating to the U.S. Parent Borrower, the Canadian Borrower or any Material Subsidiary; or there is commenced against the U.S. Parent Borrower, the Canadian Borrower or any Material Subsidiary any such proceeding or action that remains undismissed for a period of 60 days; or the U.S. Parent Borrower, the Canadian Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt; or any order of relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding or action is entered; or the U.S. Parent Borrower, the Canadian Borrower or any Material Subsidiary suffers any appointment of any custodian receiver, monitor (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include any observer or a board of directors, managers, etc.), sequestrator, receiver manager, trustee, administrator or the like for it or any substantial part of its property to continue undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or the U.S. Parent Borrower, the Canadian Borrower or any Material Subsidiary makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors.
10.6. ERISA . (a) Any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standard required for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standard or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under Section 412 of the Code; any Plan is or shall have been terminated or is the subject of termination proceedings under Section 4041(c) or Section 4042 of ERISA including the giving of written notice thereof; the PBGC has given written notice to the Parent or U.S. Parent Borrower of its intent to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or the occurrence of any event or condition which the Parent or U.S. Parent Borrower reasonably expects to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of or the appointment of a trustee to administer any Plan; any Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or is likely to incur a liability to or on account of a Plan under Section 409, 502(i), 502(l), 515, 4062, 4063, 4064, 4069 or 4201 of ERISA or Section 4971 or 4975 of the Code or on account of a Multiemployer Plan under Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA (including the giving of written notice thereof); (b) a Foreign Plan Termination Event shall occur; or there is an appointment by the appropriate Governmental Authority of a replacement administrator to administer any Canadian Defined Benefit Plan; or if any Canadian Defined Benefit Plan shall be terminated or a replacement administrator is appointed, or if the Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Subsidiary is in default with respect to payments to a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan; or Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Subsidiary completely or partially withdraws from a Foreign Plan which is a multi-employer pension plan, as defined under the applicable pension standards legislation and any such event may reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or any Lien arises (save for contribution amounts not yet due) in connection with any Foreign Plan; and (c) it is reasonably likely from any event or events set forth in clause (a) or (b) of this Section 10.6 that the imposition of a lien, the granting of a security interest, or a liability would result, and such lien, security interest or liability would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
-128-
10.7. Guarantee . The Canadian Guarantee by any Canadian Guarantor or group of Canadian Guarantors constituting a Material Subsidiary or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect with respect to any Canadian Guarantor (other than pursuant to the terms hereof and thereof) or any Canadian Guarantor shall deny or disaffirm in writing any such Canadian Guarantors material obligations under any such Canadian Guarantee.
10.8. Security Documents . Any Security Document covering assets in the aggregate in excess of $30,000,000 or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof) or any grantor thereunder shall deny or disaffirm in writing any grantors material obligations under any Security Document.
10.9. Judgments . One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against any Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries involving a liability of $75,000,000 or more in the aggregate for all such judgments and decrees for any Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not paid or covered by insurance provided by a carrier not disputing coverage) and any such judgments or decrees shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days after the entry thereof.
10.10. Change of Control . A Change of Control shall occur;
then, and in any such event, and at any time thereafter, if any Event of Default shall then be continuing, the Administrative Agents shall, upon the written request of the Required Lenders, by written notice to the U.S. Parent Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, without prejudice to the rights of the Administrative Agents to enforce their claims against the Borrowers, except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement, (i) terminate the outstanding Commitments and/or (ii) declare the principal of and any accrued interest and fees in respect of all Loans and all Obligations owing hereunder and thereunder to be, whereupon the same shall become, forthwith due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrowers; provided that, if an Event of Default specified in Section 10.5 shall occur with respect to the U.S. Parent Borrower, the result that would occur upon the giving of written notice by the Administrative Agent as specified shall occur automatically without the giving of any such notice.
With respect to any Letter of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the applicable Borrower(s) shall at such time deposit in a cash collateral account opened by the applicable Administrative Agent an amount in cash (and in the same currencies as the Letters of Credit) equal to the aggregate then un-drawn and unexpired amount of such Letter of Credit. The Borrowers hereby grant to the applicable Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Letter of Credit Participants, a security interest in such cash collateral to secure all Obligations of such Borrowers in respect of such Letters of Credit under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents. Each Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Letter of Credit Participants, such further documents and instruments as the applicable Administrative Agent may at such time request to evidence the creation and perfection of such security interest in such cash collateral account. Amounts held in such cash collateral account shall be applied by the applicable Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit (or, in the case of the Canadian Borrower, all Canadian Letters of Credit) shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay other obligations of the Borrowers hereunder and under the other Credit Documents. After all Letters of Credit (or, in the case of the Canadian
-129-
Borrower, all Canadian Letters of Credit) shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, all Letter of Credit Obligations shall have been satisfied, the balance, if any, in such cash collateral account shall be returned to the applicable Borrowers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Credit Document, no Lender in its capacity as a Secured Party or as beneficiary of any security granted pursuant to the Security Documents shall have any right to exercise remedies in respect of such security without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders.
In connection with any acceleration of the Obligations as contemplated by clause (ii) above, the Designated Obligations shall, automatically and with no further action required by any Administrative Agent, any Credit Party or any Lender, be converted into Dollars based on the Dollar Equivalent amount thereof, determined using the Spot Rate calculated as of the date of such acceleration and from and after such date all amounts accruing and owed to the Lenders in respect of such Designated Obligations shall accrue and be payable in Dollars at the rate otherwise applicable hereunder.
Any amount received by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent from any U.S. Borrower or on account of any U.S. Collateral following any acceleration of the Obligations under this Agreement or any Event of Default with respect to the U.S. Parent Borrower under Section 10.5 (or received by any Lender in any proceeding with respect to any U.S. Borrower under Title 11 of the United States Code or any similar bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding under applicable law) shall be applied:
First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, Expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agents and the Collateral Agent and amounts payable under Section 12.5 ) payable to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Lenders, each in its capacity as such;
Second , ratably (i) to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the U.S. Revolving Loans, U.S. Agent Advances, U.S. Swingline Loans and Letter of Credit Borrowings under U.S. Letters of Credit and accrued and unpaid U.S. Unused Line Fees and accrued and unpaid U.S. Letter of Credit Fees and Fronting Fees with respect to U.S. Letters of Credit, ratably among the U.S. Revolving Lenders, U.S. Swingline Lender and U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer entitled thereto and (ii) to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Canadian Revolving Loans, Canadian Agent Advances, Canadian Swingline Loans and Letter of Credit Borrowings in respect of Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the U.S. Borrowers, in each case, of the U.S. Borrowers;
Third , ratably (i) to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting the unpaid principal amount of the U.S. Revolving Loans, U.S. Agent Advances, U.S. Swingline Loans and Letter of Credit Borrowings under U.S. Letters of Credit, ratably among the U.S. Revolving Lenders, U.S. Swingline Lender and U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer entitled thereto, (ii) to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting the unpaid principal amount of the Canadian Revolving Loans, Canadian Agent Advances, Canadian Swingline Loans and Letter of Credit Borrowings in respect of Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the U.S. Borrowers, in each case, of the U.S. Borrowers, ratably among the Canadian Revolving Lenders entitled thereto and (iii) solely up to the amount of any Bank Product Reserves with respect to the U.S. Borrowing Base, to payment of that portion of the Obligations consisting of Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements for which such Reserves were established;
Fourth , to cash collateralize undrawn U.S. Letters of Credit and Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the U.S. Borrowers in an amount equal to the aggregate undrawn amount thereof;
-130-
Fifth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Canadian Revolving Loans of the Canadian Borrower, Canadian Agent Advances of the Canadian Borrower, Canadian Swingline Loans of the Canadian Borrower and Letter of Credit Borrowings under Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Canadian Borrower and accrued and unpaid Canadian Unused Line Fees and accrued and unpaid Canadian Letter of Credit Fees and Fronting Fees with respect to Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Canadian Borrower, ratably among the Canadian Revolving Lenders, Canadian Swingline Lenders and Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer entitled thereto;
Sixth , ratably to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting the unpaid principal amount of the Canadian Revolving Loans of the Canadian Borrower, Canadian Agent Advances of the Canadian Borrower, Canadian Swingline Loans of the Canadian Borrower and Letter of Credit Borrowings under Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Canadian Borrower, ratably among the Canadian Revolving Lenders and Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer entitled thereto;
Seventh , to cash collateralize undrawn Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Canadian Borrower in an amount equal to the aggregate undrawn amount thereof;
Eighth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Term Loans, ratably among the Term Lenders entitled thereto;
Ninth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting the unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans, ratably among the Term Lenders entitled thereto;
Tenth , to payment of all other Obligations (including without limitation those arising from all other Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements), ratably among the Secured Parties holding such Obligations; and
Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, to the U.S. Borrowers or as otherwise required by laws.
Amounts used to cash collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clauses Fourth and Seventh above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as cash collateral after all Letters of Credit cash collateralized pursuant to any such clause have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above. Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to any Swap Guarantor shall not be paid with amounts received from such Swap Guarantor, but appropriate adjustments shall be made with respect to payments from other U.S. Borrowers to preserve the allocation to Obligations otherwise set forth above in this Section.
Any amount received by the Administrative Agents or the Collateral Agent from any Canadian Credit Party or on account of the Canadian Collateral following any acceleration of the Obligations under this Agreement or any Event of Default with respect to the U.S. Parent Borrower under Section 10.5 shall be applied:
First , to payment of that portion of the Canadian Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, Expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and amounts payable under Section 12.5 ) payable to the Canadian Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer and the Canadian Revolving Lenders, each in its capacity as such;
-131-
Second , ratably to payment of that portion of the Canadian Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Canadian Revolving Loans, Canadian Agent Advances of the Canadian Borrower, Canadian Swingline Loans of the Canadian Borrower and Letter of Credit Borrowings under Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Canadian Borrower and accrued and unpaid Canadian Unused Line Fees and accrued and unpaid Canadian Letter of Credit Fees and Fronting Fees with respect to Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Canadian Borrower, ratably among the Canadian Revolving Lenders, Canadian Swingline Lenders and Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer entitled thereto;
Third , ratably (i) to payment of that portion of the Canadian Obligations constituting the unpaid principal amount of the Canadian Revolving Loans of the Canadian Borrower, Canadian Agent Advances of the Canadian Borrower, Canadian Swingline Loans of the Canadian Borrower and Letter of Credit Borrowings under Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Canadian Borrower, ratably among the Canadian Revolving Lenders, Canadian Swingline Lenders and Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer entitled thereto and (ii) solely up to the amount of any Bank Product Reserves with respect to the Canadian Borrowing Base, to payment of that portion of the Canadian Obligations consisting of Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements for which such Reserves were established;
Fourth , to cash collateralize undrawn Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Canadian Borrower in an amount equal to the aggregate undrawn amount thereof;
Fifth , to payment of all other Canadian Obligations (including without limitation those arising from all other Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements, ratably among the Canadian Secured Parties holding such Canadian Obligations; and
Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Canadian Obligations have been paid in full, to the Canadian Credit Parties or as otherwise required by laws.
Amounts used to cash collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Canadian Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fourth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Canadian Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as cash collateral after all Canadian Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Canadian Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above. Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to any Swap Guarantor shall not be paid with amounts received from such Swap Guarantor, but appropriate adjustments shall be made with respect to payments from other Canadian Credit Parties to preserve the allocation to Obligations otherwise set forth above in this Section.
SECTION 11. | The Agents |
11.1. Appointment .
(a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the applicable Administrative Agent as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to such Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, no Administrative Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against any Administrative Agent.
-132-
(b) The Administrative Agents, the Swingline Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuers and each Lender hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Collateral Agent as the agent with respect to the Collateral, and each of the Administrative Agents, the Swingline Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuers and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any of the Swingline Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuers, the Administrative Agents or the Lenders, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent.
(c) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (b) above, for the purposes of creating a solidarité active in accordance with Article 1541 of the Civil Code, between the Secured Parties taken individually, on the one hand, and the Collateral Agent, on the other hand, each Credit Party, each such Secured Party and the Collateral Agent acknowledge and agree with the Collateral Agent that each such Secured Party and the Collateral Agent are hereby conferred the legal status of solidary creditors of each Credit Party in respect of all Obligations, present and future, owed by each such Credit Party to the Collateral Agent and each such Secured Party hereunder and under the other Credit Documents (collectively, the Solidary Claim ). Each Credit Party which is not a signatory of this Agreement but is or may become a signatory to any other Credit Documents shall be deemed to have accepted the provisions contained in this paragraph by its execution of such other Credit Documents. Accordingly, but subject (for the avoidance of doubt) to Article 1542 of the Civil Code, each such Credit Party is irrevocably bound towards the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party in respect of the entire Solidary Claim of the Collateral Agent and such Secured Party. As a result of the foregoing, the parties hereto acknowledge that the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party shall at all times have a valid and effective right of action for the entire Solidary Claim of the Collateral Agent and such Secured Party and the right to give full acquittance for same. The parties further agree and acknowledge that the Collateral Agents Liens on the Collateral under the Security Documents shall be granted to the Collateral Agent, for its own benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as solidary creditor as hereinabove set forth.
(d) The Arrangers and any Person named as a Co-Syndication Agent or Co-Documentation Agent on the cover of this Agreement, in their respective capacities as such, shall not have any obligations, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement but shall be entitled to all benefits of this Section 11 .
11.2. Delegation of Duties . Each Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may each execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Neither any Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.
11.3. Exculpatory Provisions . None of the Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent, the Swingline Lender, the Letter of Credit Issuer, any other Agent or any of their officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document (except for its or such Persons own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a
-133-
final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein) or (b) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Borrower, any other Credit Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Credit Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by such Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Credit Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Credit Document or for any failure of any Credit Party to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. None of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Swingline Lender, the Letter of Credit Issuer or any other Agent shall be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit Party.
11.4. Reliance by Agents . The Administrative Agents, the Swingline Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or instruction believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender, Letter of Credit Issuer or the Collateral Agent. Each Administrative Agent may deem and treat the Lender specified in the Register with respect to any amount owing hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with such Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agents, the Swingline Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Credit Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agents, the Swingline Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Collateral Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.
11.5. Notice of Default . Neither the Administrative Agents nor the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless such Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent has received notice from a Lender or a Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default. In the event that an Administrative Agent receives such a notice, it shall give notice thereof to the Lenders and the Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agents shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders, provided that unless and until the Administrative Agents shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agents may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as they shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders except to the extent that this Agreement requires that such action be taken only with the approval of the Required Lenders or each of the Lenders, as applicable.
11.6. Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of any Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Credit Party,
-134-
shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent to any Lender. Each Lender, Swingline Lender and Letter of Credit Issuer represents to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of each Borrower, Guarantor and other Credit Party and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrowers, any Guarantor and any other Credit Party. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, assets, operations, properties, financial condition, prospects or creditworthiness of any Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Credit Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.
11.7. Indemnification . The Lenders agree to indemnify each Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, each in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrowers and without limiting the obligation of the Borrowers to do so), ratably according to their respective portions of the Aggregate Revolving Exposure in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with their respective portions of the Aggregate Revolving Exposure in effect immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (including at any time following the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Credit Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by any Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing, provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Agents gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. Each Revolving Participant agrees to indemnify the applicable Fronting Lender, in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrowers and without limiting the obligations of the Borrowers to do so), for any liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (including at any time following the payment of the Loans) be imposed on or incurred by or asserted against such Fronting Lender in its capacity as such; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Fronting Lenders gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Fronting Lender as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The agreements in this Section 11.7 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
11.8. Agents in Their Individual Capacities . The Agents and their Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with any Borrower, any Guarantor, and any other Credit Party as though the Administrative Agent or such other Agent were not the Administrative Agent or such other Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents. With
-135-
respect to the Loans made by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms Lender and Lenders shall include the Agents in their individual capacities.
11.9. Successor Agents . Each Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Borrowers. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, subject to the reasonable consent of the U.S. Parent Borrower so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the retiring Agent shall notify the U.S. Parent Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Credit Documents (except in the case of the Collateral Agent holding collateral security on behalf of any Secured Parties, the retiring Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security as nominee until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through such Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successors appointment as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). After the retiring Agents resignation hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, the provisions of this Section 11 (including 11.7 ) and Section 12.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as an Agent.
11.10. Withholding Tax . To the extent required by any applicable law, each Administrative Agent and any Fronting Lender shall withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Agent or any Fronting Lender did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the applicable Administrative Agent or such Fronting Lender of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless each Administrative Agent and any Fronting Lender (to the extent that such Agent or such Fronting Lender has not already been reimbursed by any Borrower and without limiting the obligation of any Borrower to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Agent or such Fronting Lender as tax or otherwise, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties thereto, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such tax were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent or Fronting Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Agents and any Fronting Lender to setoff any amounts owing to such Lender against any amounts owing to the Agents or the Fronting Lenders pursuant to this Section 11.10 . For the avoidance of doubt the term Lender shall, for purposes of this Section 11.10 , include any Fronting Lender, any Swingline Lender and any Letter of Credit Issuer.
-136-
SECTION 12. | Miscellaneous |
12.1. Amendments and Waivers . Neither this Agreement nor any other Credit Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.1 . The Required Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agents and/or the Collateral Agent may (as applicable depending on the relevant Credit Document), from time to time, (a) enter into with the relevant Credit Party or Credit Parties written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Credit Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Credit Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agents and/or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall directly (i) forgive or reduce any portion of any Loan or extend the scheduled repayment date of any principal of any Loan (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include payments pursuant to Section 4.3 , it being understood that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligations of the Borrowers to make payments pursuant to Section 4.3 ) or reduce the stated rate (it being understood that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest at the default rate), or forgive any portion, or extend the date for the payment, of any interest or fee payable hereunder (other than as a result of waiving the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), or extend the final expiration date of any Lenders Commitment, or increase the aggregate amount of the Commitments of any Lender, or amend or modify any provisions of Section 4.4(a) (with respect to the ratable allocation of any payments only) and 12.8(a) , or amend or modify the definition of Pro Rata Share, or make any Loan, interest, fee or other amount payable in any currency other than expressly provided herein, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 12.1 or reduce the percentages specified in the definitions of the term Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by any Borrower of its rights and obligations under any Credit Document to which it is a party (except as permitted pursuant to Section 9.3 ) or alter the order of application set forth in Section 10 , in each case without the written consent of each Secured Party directly and adversely affected thereby, or (iii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 11 without the written consent of the then-current Administrative Agents and Collateral Agent, or (iv) release all or substantially all of the U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers from their obligations under this Agreement, the Canadian Guarantors under the Canadian Guarantee (except as expressly permitted by the Canadian Guarantee or this Agreement including without limitation, pursuant to a transaction resulting in payments made pursuant to Section 4.2 or not prohibited by Section 9.4 ) or release all or substantially all of the Collateral under the Security Documents (except as expressly permitted by the Security Documents or this Agreement) without the prior written consent of each Lender, or (v) amend Section 2.7 so as to permit Interest Period intervals greater than six months without regard to availability to Lenders, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (vi) change the definition of the terms U.S. Borrowing Base, Canadian Borrowing Base, Availability or any component definition thereof or similar term if as a result thereof the amounts available to be borrowed by any Borrowers would be increased, without the written consent of each Lender, provided that the foregoing shall not limit the discretion of the Administrative Agents to change, establish or eliminate any Reserves without the consent of any Lenders, or (vii) affect the rights or duties of any Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement or any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it unless in writing and signed by such Letter of Credit Issuer in addition to the Lenders otherwise required herein, or (viii) affect the rights or duties of any Swingline Lender under this Agreement unless in writing and signed by such Swingline Lender in addition to the Lenders otherwise required herein, or (ix) affect the rights or duties of any Fronting Lender without the consent of such Fronting Lender. Any such waiver
-137-
and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the affected Lenders and shall be binding upon the Credit Parties, such Lenders, the Administrative Agents and all future holders of the affected Commitments or Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Borrowers, the Lenders and the Administrative Agents shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing, it being understood that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, acting in its sole reasonable discretion, and the Borrowers may (without the consent of any Lender) amend or supplement this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or to make a modification of a minor, consistency or technical nature or to correct a manifest error.
The Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent by the Credit Parties on any Collateral shall be automatically released (i) in the case of all Credit Parties, in full, upon payment in full of the Obligations under this Agreement (other than indemnification and other contingent obligations for which no claim has been asserted) and the Termination Date with respect to all Facilities, (ii) in the case of the Canadian Credit Parties, in full, upon payment in full of the Canadian Obligations under this Agreement (other than indemnification and other contingent obligations for which no claim has been asserted) and the Termination Date with respect to all Canadian Revolving Facility, (iii) upon the sale or other disposition of such Collateral (including as part of or in connection with any other sale or other disposition permitted hereunder) to any Person other than another Credit Party (or, in the case of a sale by a U.S. Borrower, another U.S. Borrower) to the extent such sale or other disposition is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Credit Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry), (iv) to the extent such Collateral is comprised of property leased to a Credit Party, upon termination or expiration of such lease, (v) if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other percentage of the Lenders whose consent may be required in accordance with this Section 12.1 ), (vi) to the extent the property constituting such Collateral is owned by any U.S. Subsidiary Borrower or Canadian Guarantor, upon the release of such U.S. Subsidiary Borrower from its obligations under this Agreement or upon release of such Canadian Guarantor from its obligations under the Canadian Guarantee (as set forth below) (it being understood that any such disposed of U.S. Subsidiary Borrower or Canadian Guarantor shall be released from all of its obligations under the Credit Documents in connection therewith) and (vii) as required to effect any sale or other disposition of Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents. In addition to the foregoing, the Collateral Agent, in its reasonable discretion, may release Liens granted to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, on Collateral valued in an aggregate amount not in excess of $10,000,000 per fiscal year of the Parent without the prior written authorization of any Lender. Any such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those being released) upon (or obligations (other than those being released) of the Credit Parties in respect of) all interests retained by the Credit Parties, including the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral except to the extent otherwise released in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents. Additionally, the Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that the U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers and the Canadian Guarantors shall be released from their obligations hereunder or under the Canadian Guarantee, as applicable, upon consummation of any transaction resulting in such Subsidiary ceasing to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary. The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agents and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, to execute and deliver any instruments, documents, and agreements necessary or desirable to evidence and confirm the release of any U.S. Subsidiary Borrower, Canadian Guarantor or Collateral pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, all without the further consent or joinder of any Lender.
-138-
12.2. Notices . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
(a) if to the Borrowers, the Administrative Agents, the Swingline Lender, the Letter of Credit Issuers or the Collateral Agent, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 12.2 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and
(b) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrowers, the applicable Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.
All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, three (3) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail, when delivered; provided that notices and other communications to the applicable Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.3 , 2.6 , 2.9 and 4.1 shall not be effective until received.
12.3. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
12.4. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Credit Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Revolving Loans hereunder.
12.5. Payment of Expenses . Each of the Borrowers agree (a) to pay or reimburse the Agents for all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (but limited, as to legal fees and expenses, to the out-of-pocket reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP and up to one special and local counsel in respect of each relevant jurisdiction, as applicable), (b) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (and if applicable, the Lenders to the extent described below) for all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, including (x) the out-of-pocket and documented reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel
-139-
to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders and (y) the reasonable and documented fees and costs for appraisals and field examinations to the extent required by Section 8.2 and the preparation of reports related thereto in each calendar year, (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold harmless each Lender and Agent from, any and all recording and filing fees and (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold harmless each Lender, Agent and each of their affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors and agents (the Indemnitees ) from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever, including reasonable out-of-pocket and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of one legal counsel and up to one special and local counsel in respect of each material and relevant area of law or jurisdiction (as applicable) and one additional counsel in the event of any conflict of interest, with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing relating to the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law (other than by such indemnified person or any of its Related Parties) or to any actual or alleged presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials involving or attributable to the operations of the U.S. Parent Borrower, any of the Subsidiaries or any of the Real Estate (all the foregoing in this clause (d) , collectively, the Indemnified Liabilities ), provided that the Borrowers shall have no obligation hereunder to any Administrative Agent or any Lender nor any other Indemnitee nor any of their respective Related Parties with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent attributable to (i) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee to be indemnified (as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction), (ii) any material breach of any Credit Document by the Indemnitees to be indemnified or (iii) any claims between Indemnitees and/or their Related Parties and not directly involving the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of its Affiliates. All amounts payable under this Section 12.5 shall be paid within ten Business Days of receipt by the U.S. Parent Borrower of written demand therefor. The agreements in this Section 12.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
12.6. Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments .
(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) except as expressly permitted by Section 9.3 , no Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the applicable Administrative Agent and each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by any Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 12.6 . Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in clause (c) of this Section 12.6 ) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
-140-
(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (b)(ii) below, any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it and other participations in extensions of credit thereunder) with the prior written consent (such consent not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; it being understood that, without limitation, the U.S. Parent Borrower shall have the right to withhold or delay its consent to any assignment if, in order for such assignment to comply with applicable law, any Borrower would be required to obtain the consent of, or make any filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority) of:
(A) the U.S. Parent Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that no consent of the U.S. Parent Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender (unless increased costs including payments under Section 2.10 , 2.11 or 4.5 would result therefrom unless an Event of Default under Section 10.1 or Section 10.5 has occurred and is continuing), an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default under Section 10.1 or Section 10.5 has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee; provided further that consent to an assignment by the Borrowers shall be deemed to have been given if the U.S. Parent Borrower does not expressly withhold consent thereto within 10 Business Days of a Lender requesting in writing such consent from the Borrowers; and
(B) the applicable Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such assignment shall be made to (i) the U.S. Parent Borrower, any Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates or (ii) a natural person.
(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:
(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lenders Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000, and increments of $1,000,000 in excess thereof or, unless each of the U.S. Parent Borrower and the applicable Administrative Agent otherwise consents (which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that no such consent of the U.S. Parent Borrower shall be required if a Default or an Event of Default under Section 10.1 or Section 10.5 has occurred and is continuing; provided further that contemporaneous assignments to a single assignee made by Affiliates of Lenders and related Approved Funds shall be aggregated for purposes of meeting the minimum assignment amount requirements stated above;
(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lenders rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;
(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the applicable Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided that an Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment;
(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire in a form approved by the Administrative Agent (the Administrative Questionnaire ); and
(E) no assignment shall be effective unless and until such assignment is recorded in the Register.
(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to clause (b)(iv) of this Section 12.6 , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance,
-141-
have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 , 2.11 , 4.5 and 12.5 ). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 12.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (c) of this Section 12.6 .
(iv) Each Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the applicable Borrowers, shall maintain at the Administrative Agents Office a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and Participants, and the Commitments of, and principal and interest amounts of the Loans and fees owing to, each Lender and Participant pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the Register ). Further, each Register shall contain the name and address of the applicable Administrative Agent and the lending office through which each such Person acts under this Agreement. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrowers, each Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers, the Collateral Agent and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignees completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in clause (b) of this Section 12.6 and any written consent to such assignment required by clause (b) of this Section 12.6 , the applicable Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance and record the information contained therein in the Register.
(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of any Borrower or any Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (each, a Participant ) in all or a portion of such Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments), provided that (A) such Lenders obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clause (i) of the proviso to Section 12.1 that affects such Participant. Subject to clause (c)(ii) of this Section 12.6 , the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 , 2.11 and 4.4 (subject to the requirements and limitations of those Sections) and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 12.6 . To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 12.8(b) (subject to the requirements and limitations of the Section). Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal and interest amount of each Participants interest in the Revolving Loans held by it (the Participant Register ). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such Revolving Loan or other obligation hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
-142-
(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.10 , 2.11 or 4.5 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant except to the extent that the entitlement to any greater payment results from any Change in Law after the Participant becomes a Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrowers prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).
(d) Any Lender may, without the consent of any Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section 12.6 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest, provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. In order to facilitate such pledge or assignment, the Borrowers hereby agree that, upon request of any Lender at any time and from time to time after any Borrower has made its initial borrowing hereunder, each Borrower shall provide to such Lender, at such Borrowers own expense, a promissory note, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the U.S. Parent Borrower, evidencing the Loans owing to such Lender.
(e) If the Borrowers wish to replace all of the Loans or Commitments hereunder with ones having different terms, they shall have the option, with the consent of the Administrative Agents and subject to any required prepayment notice to the Lenders, instead of prepaying the Loans or reducing or terminating the Commitments, to require the Lenders to assign all of the Loans and Commitments to the applicable Administrative Agent or its designees. Pursuant to any such assignment, all Loans and Commitments shall be purchased at par, accompanied by payment of any accrued interest thereon and any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.11 . By receiving such purchase price, the Lenders shall automatically be deemed to have assigned all of the Loans and Commitments pursuant to the terms of an Assignment and Acceptance, and accordingly no other action by such Lenders shall be required in connection therewith. The provisions of this paragraph are intended to facilitate the maintenance of the perfection and priority of existing security interests in the Collateral during any such replacement.
(f) Subject to Section 12.16 , the Borrowers authorize each Lender to disclose to any Participant, secured creditor of such Lender or assignee (each, a Transferee ) and any prospective Transferee any and all financial information in such Lenders possession concerning a Borrower and its Affiliates that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of such Borrower and its Affiliates pursuant to this Agreement or that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of such Borrower and its Affiliates in connection with such Lenders credit evaluation of such Borrower and its Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Agreement.
(g) The words execution, signed, signature and words of like import in any Assignment and Acceptance shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
-143-
(h) The Canadian Administrative Agent, the Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer, the Canadian Swingline Lenders and the Canadian Revolving Lenders each represent and warrant that it is a Qualified Canadian Lender as at the Second Restatement Effective Date.
(i) (A) Where at any time an interest (including a participation) in a Canadian Obligation becomes held by a Lender or other Person that is not a Qualified Canadian Lender including, for the avoidance of doubt, by reason of the holder of any interest or participation in a Canadian Obligation ceasing to be a Qualified Canadian Lender, the Canadian Administrative Agent shall forthwith deliver to the Canadian Borrower a notice in writing stating that an interest in such Canadian Obligation is held by a Person that is not a Qualified Canadian Lender and the jurisdiction of residence for tax purposes of such Lender. Such notice shall be delivered to the Canadian Borrower no later than 5 Business Days prior to the date on which the Canadian Borrower is first obligated to make a payment in respect of the Canadian Obligation for the benefit of a Person who is not a Qualified Canadian Lender.
(B) Where at any time the interest (including a participation) of a Lender or Person described in Section 12.6(i)(A) changes, the Canadian Administrative Agent shall forthwith deliver to the Canadian Borrower an additional notice in writing stating whether an interest in such Canadian Obligation is held by a Person that is not a Qualified Canadian Lender and the jurisdiction of residence for tax purposes of such Lender. Such notice shall be delivered to the Canadian Borrower no later than 5 Business Days prior to the date on which the Canadian Borrower is first obligated to make a payment in respect of the Canadian Obligation for the benefit of a Person who is not a Qualified Canadian Lender.
12.7. Replacements of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances .
(a) The Borrowers shall be permitted to replace any Lender that (a) requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.10 or 4.4 , (b) is affected in the manner described in Section 2.10(a)(iv) and as a result thereof any of the actions described in such Section is required to be taken or (c) becomes a Defaulting Lender, with a replacement bank or other financial institution, provided that (i) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (iii) the Borrowers shall repay (or the replacement bank or institution shall purchase, at par) all Loans and other amounts (other than any disputed amounts), pursuant to Section 2.10 , 2.11 or 4.4 , as the case may be) owing to such replaced Lender prior to the date of replacement, (iv) the replacement bank or institution, if not already a Lender, and the terms and conditions of such replacement, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (v) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.6 ( provided that the applicable Borrowers shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein) and (vi) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrowers, any Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.
(b) If any Lender (such Lender, a Non-Consenting Lender ) has failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination that pursuant to the terms of Section 12.1 requires the consent of all of the Lenders affected and with respect to which the Required Lenders shall have granted their consent, then provided no Event of Default then exists, the Borrowers shall have the right (unless such Non-Consenting Lender grants such consent) to replace such Non-Consenting Lender by requiring such Non-Consenting Lender to assign its Loans and its Commitments hereunder to one or more assignees reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, provided that: (a) all Obligations of the Borrowers due and payable to such Non-Consenting Lender being replaced shall be paid in full to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such assignment, and (b) the replacement Lender shall purchase the foregoing by paying to such Non-Consenting Lender a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. In connection with any such assignment, the Borrowers,
-144-
the Administrative Agents, such Non-Consenting Lender and the replacement Lender shall otherwise comply with Section 12.6 ; provided that the failure by such Non-Consenting Lender to execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption shall not impair the validity of the removal of such Non-Consenting Lender and the mandatory assignment of such Non-Consenting Lenders Commitments and outstanding Loans and participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 12.7 shall nevertheless be effective without the execution by such Non-Consenting Lender of an Assignment and Assumption and shall be recorded in the Register.
12.8. Adjustments; Set-off .
(a) If any Lender (a Benefited Lender ) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 10.5 , or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lenders Loans, or interest thereon, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of each such other Lenders Loan, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest; provided further that with respect to any amount received from the Parent or any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Canadian Pledgor) that would otherwise be subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.8 , such Lender shall only purchase participations in Canadian Obligations.
(b) After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, in addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to any Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by each Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by any Borrower hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of such Borrower; provided that the amount received by any Lender from the Parent or any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Canadian Pledgor) a result of this Section 12.8(b) may only be applied to the Canadian Obligations. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify such Borrower (and the U.S. Parent Borrower, if other) and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.
12.9. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.
12.10. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
-145-
12.11. Integration . This Agreement and the other Credit Documents represent the agreement of the Borrowers, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent nor any Lender relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents.
12.12. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT IF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN IN REGARD TO THE VALIDITY, PERFECTION OR EFFECT OF PERFECTION OF ANY LIEN OR IN REGARD TO PROCEDURAL MATTERS AFFECTING ENFORCEMENT OF ANY LIENS IN COLLATERAL, SUCH LAWS OF SUCH OTHER JURISDICTIONS SHALL CONTINUE TO APPLY TO THAT EXTENT.
12.13. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and appellate courts from any thereof;
(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;
(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address set forth on Schedule 12.2 at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant to Section 12.2 ;
(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction;
(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 12.13 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages; and
(f) The Credit Parties designate the U.S. Parent Borrower as process agent (the Process Agent ). Service may be made by mailing (by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid) or delivering a copy of such process to such Person in care of the Process Agent at the Process Agents above address, and such Person hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Process Agent to accept such service on its behalf. As an alternative method of service, each Borrower irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding by the mailing (by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid) of copies of such process to the Process Agent or such Person at its address specified in Section 12.2 . Each Borrower agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
-146-
12.14. Acknowledgments . Each Borrower hereby acknowledges that:
(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents;
(b) (i) the credit facilities provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) are an arms-length commercial transaction between the Borrowers, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Lender and the other Agents on the other hand, and the Parent, the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties are capable of evaluating and understanding and understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Credit Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Administrative Agent and the other Agents, is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary for any of the Borrowers, any other Credit Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Agent has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Borrower or any other Credit Party with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document (irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent or other Agent has advised or is currently advising any of the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates on other matters) and neither the Administrative Agent or other Agent has any obligation to any of the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents; (iv) the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrowers and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor other Agent has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Agent has provided and none will provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) and each of the Borrowers has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate. Each of the Borrowers hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent or any other Agent with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty; and
(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among any Borrower, on the one hand, and any Lender, on the other hand.
12.15. WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL . EACH BORROWER, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.
12.16. Confidentiality . The Administrative Agent and each Lender shall hold all non-public information furnished by or on behalf of the U.S. Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with such Lenders evaluation of whether to become a Lender hereunder or obtained by such Lender or the Administrative Agent pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement ( Confidential Information ),
-147-
confidential in accordance with its customary procedure for handling confidential information of this nature and (in the case of a Lender that is a bank) in accordance with safe and sound banking practices and in any event may make disclosure as required or requested by any governmental agency or representative thereof or pursuant to legal process or (a) to such Lenders or the Administrative Agents partners, directors, officers, employees, attorneys, professional advisors, independent auditors, trustees or Affiliates or to ratings agencies, (b) to an investor or prospective investor in a Securitization that agrees its access to information regarding the Credit Parties, the Revolving Loans and the Credit Documents is solely for purposes of evaluating an investment in a Securitization and who agrees to treat such information as confidential, (c) to a trustee, collateral manager, servicer, backup servicer, noteholder or secured party in connection with the administration, servicing and reporting on the assets serving as collateral for a securitization and who agrees to treat such information as confidential, (d) to a nationally recognized ratings agency that requires access to information regarding the Credit Parties, the Revolving Loans and Credit Documents in connection with ratings issued with respect to a Securitization, (e) to any party to this Agreement, (f) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Credit Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Credit Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Confidential Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 12.16 or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than U.S. Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries; provided that unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers of any request made to such Lender or the Administrative Agent by any governmental agency or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with an examination of the financial condition of such Lender by such governmental agency) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information, and provided further that in no event shall any Lender or the Administrative Agent be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by the Borrower or any Subsidiary. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent agrees that it will not provide to prospective Transferees or to any pledgee referred to in Section 12.6 or to prospective direct or indirect contractual counterparties in swap agreements to be entered into in connection with Revolving Loans made hereunder any of the Confidential Information unless such Person is advised of and agrees to be bound by confidentiality provisions comparable to those set forth in this Section 12.16 .
12.17. Direct Website Communications .
(a) Any Borrower may, at its option, provide to the Administrative Agent any information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Documents, including, without limitation, all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials, but excluding any such communication that (A) relates to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, borrowing or other extension of credit (including any election of an interest rate or interest period relating thereto), (B) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under the Credit Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (C) provides notice of any default or event of default under this Agreement or (D) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Credit Agreement and/or any borrowing or other extension of credit thereunder (all such non-excluded communications being referred to herein collectively as Communications ), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to the Administrative Agent at https://clients.bankofamericabusinesscapital.com. Nothing in this Section 12.17 shall prejudice the right of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Credit Document in any other manner specified in such Credit Document.
(b) The Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by the Administrative Agent at its e-mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications
-148-
to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Credit Documents. Each Lender agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Credit Documents. Each Lender agrees (A) to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lenders e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and (B) that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address.
(c) The Borrowers hereby acknowledge that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the other Agents will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrowers hereunder (collectively, Borrower Materials ) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the Platform ) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be public-side Lenders ( i.e ., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrowers or their securities) (each, a Public Lender ). Each of the Borrowers hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that do not contain any material non-public information and that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (x) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked PUBLIC which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word PUBLIC shall appear prominently on the first page thereof and (y) by marking Borrower Materials PUBLIC, such Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent and the other Agents to make such Borrower Materials available through a portion of the Platform designated Public Investor. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, neither any Borrower nor any of its Related Parties shall be liable, or responsible in any manner, for the use by any Agent, any Lender, any Participant or any of their Related Parties of the Borrower Materials. In addition, it is agreed that (i) to the extent any Borrower Materials constitute Confidential Information, they shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions of Section 12.16 and (ii) the Borrowers shall be under no obligation to designate any Borrower Materials as PUBLIC.
(d) THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED AS IS AND AS AVAILABLE. THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the Agent Parties and each an Agent Party ) have any liability to any Borrower, any Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Borrowers or the Administrative Agents transmission of Borrower Materials through the internet, except to the extent the liability of any Agent Party resulted from such Agent Partys (or any of its Related Parties) gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or material breach of the Credit Documents.
12.18. USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) and all applicable amendments thereto (the Patriot Act ), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Borrower, which information includes, but is not limited to, the name and address of the Borrowers and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrowers in accordance with the Patriot Act.
-149-
Each Credit Party acknowledges that, pursuant to the Patriot Act and other applicable anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist financing, government sanction and know your client laws (collectively, including any guidelines or orders thereunder, AML Legislation ), the Lenders may be required to obtain, verify and record information regarding the Credit Parties and their respective directors, authorized signing offers, direct or indirect shareholders or other Persons in control of the Credit Parties, and the transactions contemplated hereby. Each Credit Party shall promptly provide all such information, including supporting documentation and other evidence, as may be reasonably requested by any Lender or any prospective assignee or participant of a Lender, any Issuing Bank or any Agent, in order to comply with any applicable AML Legislation, whether now or hereafter in existence.
If the Administrative Agents have ascertained the identity of any Credit Party or any authorize signatories of the Parties for the purposes of applicable AML Legislation, then the Administrative Agents:
(i) shall be deemed to have done so as an agent for each Lender, and this Agreement shall constitute a written agreement in such regard between each Lender and the applicable Administrative Agent within the meaning of the applicable AML Legislation; and
(ii) shall provide to each Lender copies of all information obtained in such regard without any representation or warranty as to its accuracy or completeness.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence and except as may otherwise be agreed in writing, each of the Lenders agrees that neither the Administrative Agents nor any other Agent has any obligation to ascertain the identity of the Credit Parties or any authorized signatories of the Credit Parties on behalf of any Lender, or to confirm the completeness or accuracy of any information it obtains from any Credit Party or any such authorized signatory in doing so.
12.19. Judgment Currency . If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Credit Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the each Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the Judgment Currency ) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the Agreement Currency ), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent from any Borrower in the Agreement Currency, such Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in such currency, the Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).
12.20. Intercreditor Agreement . The Credit Parties and the Secured Parties acknowledge that the exercise of certain of the Collateral Agents and the Administrative Agents rights and remedies hereunder may be subject to, and restricted by, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. Except as specified herein, nothing contained in the Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to modify any of the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, which, as among the Credit Parties and the Secured Parties shall remain in full force and effect.
-150-
12.21. Joint and Several Liability of U.S. Borrowers . All Term Loans, Revolving Loans, Agent Advances and Swingline Loans, upon funding, shall be deemed to be jointly funded to and received by the U.S. Borrowers and all Letters of Credit, upon issuance, shall be deemed to be jointly issued for the account of each U.S. Borrower. Each U.S. Borrower is jointly and severally liable under this Agreement for all of the Obligations, regardless of the manner or amount in which proceeds of any Loans or under any Secured Hedge Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreements are used, allocated, shared or disbursed by or among the Borrowers themselves, or the manner in which any Administrative Agent and/or any other Secured Party accounts for such Loans or other Obligations on its books and records. Each U.S. Borrower shall be liable for all amounts due to the Administrative Agents and/or any Lender from any Borrower under this Agreement, regardless of which Borrower actually receives Loans or other credit extensions hereunder or the amount of such Loans and credit extensions received or the manner in which such Agent and/or such Lender accounts for such Loans or other credit extensions on its books and records. Each U.S. Borrowers Obligations with respect to Loans and other credit extensions made to it, and such U.S. Borrowers Obligations arising as a result of the joint and several liability of such U.S. Borrower hereunder with respect to Loans made to the other Borrowers hereunder shall be separate and distinct obligations, but all such Obligations shall be primary obligations of such Borrower. The Borrowers acknowledge and expressly agree with the Agents and each Lender that the joint and several liability of each Borrower is required solely as a condition to, and is given solely as inducement for and in consideration of, credit or accommodations extended or to be extended under the Credit Documents to any or all of the other Borrowers and is not required or given as a condition of credit extensions to such U.S. Borrower. Each U.S. Borrowers Obligations under this Agreement shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be unconditional irrespective of (i) the release of any other U.S. Borrower pursuant to Section 12.1 or the validity or enforceability, avoidance, or subordination of the Obligations of any other Borrower or of any promissory note or other document evidencing all or any part of the Obligations of any other Borrower, (ii) the absence of any attempt to collect the Obligations from any other Borrower, or any other security therefor, or the absence of any other action to enforce the same, (iii) the waiver, consent, extension, forbearance, or granting of any indulgence by an Agent and/or any Lender with respect to any provision of any instrument evidencing the Obligations of any other Borrower, or any part thereof, or any other agreement now or hereafter executed by any other Borrower and delivered to an Agent and/or any Lender, (iv) the failure by an Agent and/or any Lender to take any steps to perfect and maintain its security interest in, or to preserve its rights to, any security or collateral for the Obligations of any other Borrower, (v) an Agents and/or any Lenders election, in any proceeding instituted under the Bankruptcy Code, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, (vi) any borrowing or grant of a security interest by any other Borrower, as debtor-in-possession under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code, (vii) the disallowance of all or any portion of an Agents and/or any Lenders claim(s) for the repayment of the Obligations of any other Borrower under Section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (viii) any other circumstances which might constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor or of any other Borrower. With respect to any U.S. Borrowers Obligations arising as a result of the joint and several liability of the U.S. Borrowers hereunder with respect to Loans or other credit extensions made to any of the other Borrowers hereunder, such U.S. Borrower waives, until the Obligations shall have been paid in full and this Agreement shall have been terminated, any right to enforce any right of subrogation or any remedy which an Agent and/or any Lender now has or may hereafter have against any other Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor of all or any part of the Obligations, and any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security or collateral given to an Agent and/or any Lender to secure payment of the Obligations or any other liability of any Borrower to an Agent and/or any Lender. Upon any Event of Default, the Agents may proceed directly and at once, without notice, against any U.S. Borrower to collect and recover the full amount, or any portion of the Obligations, without first proceeding
-151-
against any other Borrower or any other Person, or against any security or collateral for the Obligations. Each U.S. Borrower consents and agrees that the Agents shall be under no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any U.S. Borrower or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, none of the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.21 shall apply to any Person released from its Obligations as a U.S. Subsidiary Borrower in accordance with Section 12.1 .
12.22. Contribution and Indemnification Among the U.S. Borrowers . Each U.S. Borrower is obligated to repay the Obligations as a joint and several obligor under this Agreement. To the extent that any U.S. Borrower shall, under this Agreement as a joint and several obligor, repay any of the Obligations constituting Loans made to another U.S. Borrower hereunder or other Obligations incurred directly and primarily by any other U.S. Borrower (an Accommodation Payment ), then the U.S. Borrower making such Accommodation Payment shall be entitled to contribution and indemnification from, and be reimbursed by, each of the other U.S. Borrowers in an amount, for each of such other U.S. Borrowers, equal to a fraction of such Accommodation Payment, the numerator of which fraction is such other U.S. Borrowers Allocable Amount (as defined below) and the denominator of which is the sum of the Allocable Amounts of all of the U.S. Borrowers. As of any date of determination, the Allocable Amount of each U.S. Borrower shall be equal to the maximum amount of liability for Accommodation Payments which could be asserted against such U.S. Borrower hereunder without (a) rendering such U.S. Borrower insolvent within the meaning of Section 101(31) of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act ( UFTA ) or Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act ( UFCA ), (b) leaving such U.S. Borrower with unreasonably small capital or assets, within the meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the UFCA, or (c) leaving such U.S. Borrower unable to pay its debts as they become due within the meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the UFCA. All rights and claims of contribution, indemnification, and reimbursement under this Section shall be subordinate in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the Obligations. The provisions of this Section shall, to the extent expressly inconsistent with any provision in any Credit Document, supersede such inconsistent provision.
12.23. Agency of the U.S. Parent Borrower for Each Other U.S. Borrower . Each of the U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers irrevocably appoints the U.S. Parent Borrower as its agent for all purposes relevant to this Agreement, including the giving and receipt of notices and execution and delivery of all documents, instruments, and certificates contemplated herein (including, without limitation, execution and delivery to the Administrative Agents of Borrowing Base Certificates and Notices of Borrowing) and all modifications hereto. Any acknowledgment, consent, direction, certification, or other action which might otherwise be valid or effective only if given or taken by all or any of the U.S. Borrowers or acting singly, shall be valid and effective if given or taken only by the U.S. Parent Borrower, whether or not any of the other Borrowers join therein, and the Administrative Agents and the Lenders shall have no duty or obligation to make further inquiry with respect to the authority of the U.S. Parent Borrower under this Section 12.23 ; provided that nothing in this Section 12.23 shall limit the effectiveness of, or the right of the Agents and the Lenders to rely upon, any notice (including without limitation a Notice of Borrowing), document, instrument, certificate, acknowledgment, consent, direction, certification or other action delivered by any Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.
12.24. Express Waivers by U.S. Borrowers in Respect of Cross-Guaranties and Cross-Collateralization . Each U.S. Borrower agrees as follows:
(a) Each U.S. Borrower hereby waives: (i) notice of acceptance of this Agreement; (ii) notice of the making of any Loans, the issuance of any Letter of Credit or any other financial accommodations made or extended under the Credit Documents or the creation or existence of any Obligations; (iii) notice of the amount of the Obligations, subject, however, to such U.S. Borrowers
-152-
right to make inquiry of the U.S. Administrative Agent to ascertain the amount of the Obligations at any reasonable time; (iv) notice of any adverse change in the financial condition of any other Borrower or of any other fact that might increase such U.S. Borrowers risk with respect to such other Borrower under the Credit Documents; (v) notice of presentment for payment, demand, protest, and notice thereof as to any promissory notes or other instruments among the Credit Documents; and (vi) all other notices (except if such notice is specifically required to be given to such U.S. Borrower hereunder or under any of the other Credit Documents to which such U.S. Borrower is a party) and demands to which such U.S. Borrower might otherwise be entitled.
(b) Each U.S. Borrower hereby waives the right by statute or otherwise to require an Agent or any Lender to institute suit against any other U.S. Borrower or to exhaust any rights and remedies which an Agent or any Lender has or may have against any other U.S. Borrower. Each U.S. Borrower further waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of any other U.S. Borrower (other than the defense of payment in full) or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of any such U.S. Borrower in respect thereof.
(c) Each U.S. Borrower hereby waives and agrees not to assert against any Agent, any Lender, or any Letter of Credit Issuer: (i) any defense (legal or equitable) other than a defense of payment, set-off, counterclaim, or claim which such U.S. Borrower may now or at any time hereafter have against any other Borrower or any other party liable under the Credit Documents; (ii) any defense, set-off, counterclaim, or claim of any kind or nature available to any other Borrower (other than a defense of payment) against any Agent, any Lender, or any Letter of Credit Issuer, arising directly or indirectly from the present or future lack of perfection, sufficiency, validity, or enforceability of the Obligations or any security therefor; (iii) any right or defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any Agent, any Lender, or any Letter of Credit Issuer under any applicable law; (iv) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting any other Borrowers liability hereunder.
(d) Each U.S. Borrower consents and agrees that, without notice to or by such U.S. Borrower and without affecting or impairing the obligations of such Borrower hereunder, the Agents may (subject to any requirement for consent of any of the Lenders to the extent required by this Agreement), by action or inaction: (i) compromise, settle, extend the duration or the time for the payment of, or discharge the performance of, or may refuse to or otherwise not enforce the Credit Documents; (ii) release all or any one or more parties to any one or more of the Credit Documents or grant other indulgences to any other Borrower in respect thereof; (iii) amend or modify in any manner and at any time (or from time to time) any of the Credit Documents; or (iv) release or substitute any Person liable for payment of the Obligations, or enforce, exchange, release, or waive any security for the Obligations.
(e) Each U.S. Borrower represents and warrants to the Agents and the Lenders that such Borrower is currently informed of the financial condition of all other Borrowers and all other circumstances which a diligent inquiry would reveal and which bear upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations. Each U.S. Borrower further represents and warrants that such Borrower has read and understands the terms and conditions of the Credit Documents. Each U.S. Borrower agrees that neither the Agents, any Lender, nor any Letter of Credit Issuer has any responsibility to inform any U.S. Borrower of the financial condition of any other Borrower or of any other circumstances which bear upon the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Obligations.
12.25. Obligations Several and Not Joint . Except pursuant to a separate guaranty executed and delivered by the Parent, the Parent will not have any obligation with respect to any Loan or other Obligation hereunder. Except as specifically provided herein, the Canadian Borrower will not have
-153-
any obligations with respect to U.S. Obligations (other than any Canadian Obligations that constitute U.S. Obligations solely as a result of the U.S. Borrowers joint and several liability with respect to the Canadian Obligations under Sections 12.21 through Section 12.24 ).
12.26. Eligible Contract Participants . Notwithstanding any provision hereof or in any other Credit Document to the contrary, in the event that any Canadian Guarantor is not an eligible contract participant as such term is defined in Section 1(a)(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, at the time (i) any transaction is entered into under a Hedge Agreement or (ii) such Canadian Guarantor becomes a Credit Party hereunder, the Canadian Obligations of such Canadian Guarantor shall not include, only to the extent and for so long as the Canadian Obligations of such Canadian Guarantor shall be prohibited from including such transactions under the Commodity Exchange Act, (x) in the case of clause (i) above, such transaction and (y) in the case of clause (ii) above, any transactions outstanding under any Hedge Agreements as of the date such Canadian Guarantor becomes a Canadian Guarantor hereunder.
12.27. Keepwell . The U.S. Parent Borrower hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support to each Specified Credit Party with respect to such Swap Obligation as may be needed by such Specified Credit Party from time to time to honor all of its obligations under the Credit Documents in respect of such Swap Obligation (but, in each case, only up to the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering such the U.S. Parent Borrowers obligations and undertakings under this Section 12.27 voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount) and without limitation of the foregoing, the U.S. Parent Borrower hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the payment and performance by each Specified Credit Party of its obligations under the Credit Documents with respect to all Swap Obligations. The obligations and undertakings of the U.S. Parent Borrower under this Section 12.27 shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full. The U.S. Parent Borrower intends this Section 12.27 to constitute, and this Section 12.27 shall be deemed to constitute, a guarantee of the obligations of, and a keepwell, support, or other agreement for the benefit of, each Specified Credit Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
-154-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
UNIVAR INC., as U.S. Parent Borrower | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |||
Title: | Vice President and Treasurer | |||
UNIVAR CANADA LTD., as Canadian Borrower | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |||
Title: | Vice President and Treasurer | |||
UNIVAR USA INC., as a U.S. Subsidiary Borrower | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |||
Title: | Vice President and Treasurer | |||
CHEMPOINT.COM INC., as a U.S. Subsidiary Borrower | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |||
Title: | Vice President and Treasurer | |||
UNIVAR HOLDCO LLC, as a U.S. Subsidiary Borrower | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |||
Title: | Treasurer |
[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement]
UNIVAR HOLDCO III LLC, as a U.S. Subsidiary Borrower | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |||
Title: | Treasurer | |||
MAGNABLEND, INC, as a U.S. Subsidiary Borrower | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |||
Title: | Treasurer | |||
MAGNABLEND HOLDINGS, INC, as a U.S. Subsidiary Borrower | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Thomas P Martin | |||
Title: | Treasurer | |||
PMF CAPITAL, LLC, as a U.S. Subsidiary Borrower | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |||
Title: | Treasurer |
[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement]
BANK OF AMERICA, NA., as U.S. Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and as a Letter of Credit Issuer | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Christopher Godfrey | |||
Title: | Senior Vice President |
[2 nd Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement]
BANK OF AMERICA, as Canadian Administrative Agent and as a Letter of Credit Issuer | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Medina Sales de Andrade | |||
Title: | Vice President |
[2 nd Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement]
WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC, as a Lender | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
|
||||||||
Name: | Kevin S. Fong | |||||||
Title: | Vice President | |||||||
For any institution requiring a second signatory: | By: |
|
||||||
Name: | ||||||||
Title: |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL CANADA ULC, as a Lender | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
|
||||||||
Name: | Domenic Cosentino | |||||||
Title: | Vice President | |||||||
Wells Fargo Foothill Canada ULC | ||||||||
For any institution requiring a second signatory: | By: |
|
||||||
Name: | ||||||||
Title: |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION CANADA, as a Lender | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
|
||||||||
Name: | Domenic Cosentino | |||||||
Title: |
Vice President Wells Fargo Capital Finance Corporation Canada |
|||||||
For any institution requiring a second signatory: | By: |
|
||||||
Name: | ||||||||
Title: |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as a Lender | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
|
||||||||
Name: | Marcus M. Tarkington | |||||||
Title: | Director | |||||||
For any institution requiring a second signatory: | By: |
|
||||||
|
||||||||
Name: | Erin Morrissey | |||||||
Title: | Director |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
Deutsche Bank AG Canada Branch, as a Lender | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
|
||||||||
Name: | Leigh Knowles | |||||||
Title: | Director | |||||||
For any institution requiring a second signatory: | By: |
|
||||||
|
||||||||
Name: | MARCELLUS LEUNG | |||||||
Title: | Assistant Vice President |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Joint Bookrunner, Co-Syndication Agent and a Lender | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | James Fallahay | |||
Title: | Vice President | |||
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch, as a Lender | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Joint Bookrunner, Co-Syndication Agent and a Lender | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch, as a Lender | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Agostino A. Marchetti | |||
Title: | SVP |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
HSBC Bank USA, N.A. |
, | |||||||||
as a Lender | ||||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||||
|
||||||||||
Name: | Mire Levy | |||||||||
Title: | Vice President | |||||||||
For any institution requiring a second signatory: | By: |
|
||||||||
Name: | ||||||||||
Title: |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
Union Bank, Canada Branch, as a Lender | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Anne Collins | |||
Title: | Vice President |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as a Lender | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Lisa Hanson | |||
Title: | Authorized Signatory |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A., as a Lender | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Lisa Hanson | |||
Title: | Authorized Signatory |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
SunTrust Bank , as a Lender | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
|
||||||||
Name: | Sandra M. Salazar | |||||||
Title: | Vice President | |||||||
For any institution requiring a second signatory: | By: |
|
||||||
Name: | ||||||||
Title: |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
BMO Chicago Branch |
, | |||||||||
as a Lender | ||||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||||
|
||||||||||
Name: | Larry Swiniarski | |||||||||
Title: | Director | |||||||||
For any institution requiring a second signatory: | By: |
|
||||||||
Name: | ||||||||||
Title: |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
Bank of Montreal as a Lender | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Gary Still | |||
Title: | Managing Director | |||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Hugh Devlin | |||
Title: | Managing Director |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
US BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
|
||||||||
Name: | Terrence Broderick | |||||||
Title: | Vice President | |||||||
For any institution requiring a second signatory: | By: |
|
||||||
Name: | ||||||||
Title: |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
US Bank, Canada Branch, as a Lender | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
|
||||||||
Name: | JOSEPH RAUHALA | |||||||
Title: | PRINCIPAL OFFICER | |||||||
For any institution requiring a second signatory: | By: |
|
||||||
Name: | ||||||||
Title: |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC |
, | |||||||||
as a Lender | ||||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||||
|
||||||||||
Name: | Mark Walton | |||||||||
Title: | Authorized Signatory | |||||||||
For any institution requiring a second signatory: | By: |
|
||||||||
Name: | ||||||||||
Title: |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
PNC BANK CANADA BRANCH as a Canadian Lender | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Michael Danby | |||
Title: | Assistant Vice President | |||
PNC Bank National Association | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Glenn D. Kreutzer | |||
Title: | Vice President |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
For RBS Citizens Business Capital a division of RBS Citizens, N.A | ||||||||
as a Lender | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
|
||||||||
Name: | Shweta Parthasarathy | |||||||
Title: | Vice President | |||||||
For any institution requiring a second signatory: | By: |
|
||||||
Name: | ||||||||
Title: |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
Regions Bank, as a Lender | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
|
||||||||
Name: | Bruce Kasper | |||||||
Title: | Attorney in Fact | |||||||
For any institution requiring a second signatory: | By: |
|
||||||
Name: | ||||||||
Title: |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
Siemens Financial Services , as a Lender | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
|
||||||||
Name: | John Finore | |||||||
Title: | Vice President | |||||||
For any institution requiring a second signatory: | By: |
|
||||||
|
||||||||
Name: | ADAM AYERS | |||||||
Title: | Loan Operations |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
City National Bank , a national banking association, as a Lender | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Mia Bolin | |||
Title: | Vice President |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
COMPASS BANK |
, | |||||||||
as a Lender | ||||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||||
|
||||||||||
Name: | Michael Sheff | |||||||||
Title: | Sr. Vice President | |||||||||
For any institution requiring a second signatory: | By: |
|
||||||||
Name: | ||||||||||
Title: |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
CITIZENS BANK |
, | |||||
as a Lender | ||||||
By: |
|
|||||
|
||||||
Name: | DENNIS KUJAWA | |||||
Title: | FIRST VICE PRESIDENT |
Univar- Second Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement
Exhibit 10.7
ABL PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS ABL PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, this Security Agreement ) among UNIVAR INC., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), each of the U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers on the signature pages hereto or that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 8.13 (each such entity being a Subsidiary Grantor and, collectively, the Subsidiary Grantors ; the Subsidiary Grantors and the Company are referred to collectively as the Grantors ), and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the Collateral Agent ) under the Credit Agreement (as defined below) for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, the Borrowers are party to the ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the Credit Agreement ) among ULIXES ACQUISITION, B.V. (the Parent ), the Company, the U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers and UNIVAR CANADA LTD. (the Canadian Borrower ; and together with the U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers and the Company, the Borrowers and each entity being a Borrower ), the lenders or other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the Lenders ), Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, and the other parties named thereto;
WHEREAS, (a) pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have severally agreed to make Revolving Loans, and to provide commitments for the issuance of letters of credit, to the Borrowers (collectively, the Extensions of Credit ) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein and (b) one or more Cash Management Banks or Hedge Banks that are Secured Parties may from time to time enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements with the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Extensions of Credit will be used in part to enable valuable transfers to the Subsidiary Grantors in connection with the operation of their respective businesses;
WHEREAS, each Grantor acknowledges that it will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the Extensions of Credit; and
WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered this Security Agreement to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Lenders to make their Extensions of Credit to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Lenders or affiliates of Lenders to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, the Grantors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:
1. | Defined Terms . |
(a) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
(b) Terms used herein without definition that are defined in the UCC have the meanings given to them in the UCC, including the following terms (which are capitalized herein): Account, Chattel Paper, Certificated Security, Commercial Tort Claims, Commodity Contract, Deposit Accounts, Documents, Fixtures, Instruments, Inventory, Letter-of-Credit Right, Securities Account, Security, Security Entitlement and Supporting Obligation.
(c) The following terms shall have the following meanings:
ABL Controlled Accounts shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, (i) all Deposit Accounts and all accounts and sub-accounts relating to any of the foregoing Deposit Accounts and (ii) all cash, funds, checks, notes and Instruments from time to time on deposit in any of the accounts or sub-accounts described in clause (i) of this definition, in each case, which are subject to a control agreement in favor of the Collateral Agent (it being understood that no such account, cash, funds, checks, notes or Instruments shall be deemed to be an ABL Controlled Account at any time that such account, cash, funds, checks, notes or Instruments are not subject to a control agreement in favor of the Collateral Agent unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date such account or funds would have otherwise ceased to constitute an ABL Controlled Account).
Applicable Control Agreement shall mean any Control Agreement in favor of the Collateral Agent as to which the Collateral Agent has agreed in writing that its Control over the ABL Controlled Accounts covered thereby is also for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
ABL Priority Collateral shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.
Collateral shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.
Collateral Account shall mean any collateral account established by the Collateral Agent as provided in Section 5.1 or Section 5.3.
Collateral Agent shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Security Agreement.
Control shall mean control, as such term is defined in Section 9-104 or 9-106, as applicable, of the UCC.
Control Agreement shall mean an agreement (which, if in favor of the Collateral Agent, shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) establishing a Persons Control with respect to any ABL Controlled Account.
Copyright License shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third party (other than an Agreement with any person who is a Grantor)
-2-
under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement, including those listed on Schedule 1 .
Copyrights shall mean, with respect to any Grantor, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor: (i) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States or any other country, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, including those listed on Schedule 2 and (ii) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States or any other country, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office.
Equipment shall mean all equipment, as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or to which any Grantor has rights and, in any event, shall include all machinery, equipment, furnishings and movable trade fixtures now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or to which any Grantor has rights and any and all Proceeds, additions, substitutions and replacements of any of the foregoing, wherever located, together with all attachments, components, parts, equipment and accessories installed thereon or affixed thereto; but excluding equipment to the extent it is subject to a Lien, in each case permitted by clauses (e) or (h) of Section 9.2 of the Credit Agreement and the terms of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien prohibit assignment of, or granting of a security interest in, such Grantors rights and interests therein (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law), provided , that immediately upon the repayment of all Indebtedness secured by such Lien, such Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a Security Interest in all the rights and interests with respect to such equipment.
Extensions of Credit shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.
General Intangibles shall mean all general intangibles as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC and, in any event, including with respect to any Grantor, all contracts, agreements, instruments and indentures in any form, and portions thereof, to which such Grantor is a party or under which such Grantor has any right, title or interest or to which such Grantor or any property of such Grantor is subject, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, including (a) all rights of such Grantor to receive moneys due and to become due to it thereunder or in connection therewith, (b) all rights of such Grantor to receive proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guarantee with respect thereto, (c) all claims of such Grantor for damages arising out of any breach of or default thereunder (except to the extent constituting Commercial Tort Claims) and (d) all rights of such Grantor to terminate, amend, supplement, modify or exercise rights or options thereunder, to perform thereunder and to compel performance and otherwise exercise all remedies thereunder.
Grantor shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.
-3-
Intellectual Property shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (A) all Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents, and (B) all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise now owned or hereafter acquired, including (a) all goodwill, trade secrets, trade secret rights, know-how, customer lists, processes of production, ideas, confidential business information, techniques, processes, formulas and all other proprietary information, and (b) rights, priorities and privileges relating to the Copyrights, the Patents and the Trademarks and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.
Intercreditor Agreement shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.15.
Investment Property shall mean all Securities (whether certificated or uncertificated), Security Entitlements and Commodity Contracts of any Grantor.
License shall mean any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other license or sublicense to which any Grantor is a party.
Patent License shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party (other than an Agreement with any person who is a Grantor) any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor (including all Patents) or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a patent, now or hereafter owned by any third party, is in existence, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement, including those listed on Schedule 3 .
Patents shall mean, with respect to any Grantor, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor: (a) all letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any other country, and including those listed on Schedule 4 and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein.
Pledged Collateral shall mean, as to any Pledgor, the Pledged Securities now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Pledgor, and any Proceeds thereof.
Pledged Debt shall mean, with respect to any Pledgor, all Indebtedness listed on Schedule 7 hereto together with any other Indebtedness issued to, or held or owned by, any Pledgor hereafter and required to be pledged and evidenced by a promissory note pursuant to Section 8.9 of the Credit Agreement, and all interest, cash, Instruments and other property or Proceeds from time to time received or receivable in respect thereof.
Pledged Securities shall mean the collective reference to the Pledged Debt and the Pledged Stock.
-4-
Pledged Stock shall mean with respect to any Pledgor, the shares of Stock listed on Schedule 7 as held by such Pledgor, together with any other shares of Stock or Stock Equivalents required to be pledged by such Pledgor pursuant to Section 8.9 of the Credit Agreement, as well as any other shares, stock certificates, options or rights of any nature whatsoever in respect of the Stock or Stock Equivalents that may be issued or granted to, or held by, such Pledgor while this Security Agreement is in effect, except to the extent excluded from the Collateral pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2(a) herein.
Pledgor shall mean each Grantor with respect to Pledged Securities held by such Grantor and all other Pledged Collateral of such Grantor.
Proceeds shall mean all proceeds as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC and, in any event, shall include with respect to any Grantor, any consideration received from the sale, exchange, license, lease or other disposition of any asset or property that constitutes Collateral and any payment received from any insurer or other Person or entity as a result of the destruction, loss, theft, damage or other involuntary conversion of whatever nature of any asset or property that constitutes Collateral, and shall include (a) all cash and negotiable instruments received by or held on behalf of the Collateral Agent, (b) except to the extent constituting a Commercial Tort Claim, any claim of any Grantor against any third party for (and the right to sue and recover for and the rights to damages or profits due or accrued arising out of or in connection with) (i) past, present or future infringement of any Patent now or hereafter owned by any Grantor, or licensed under a Patent License, (ii) past, present or future infringement or dilution of any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or licensed under a Trademark License or injury to the goodwill associated with or symbolized by any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor, (iii) past, present or future breach of any License and (iv) past, present or future infringement of any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or licensed under a Copyright License and (c) any and all other amounts from time to time paid or payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral.
Security Agreement shall mean this Security Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Security Interest shall have the meaning provided in Section 2(a).
Trademark License shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party (other than an Agreement with any person who is a Grantor) any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor (including any Trademark) or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement, including those listed on Schedule 5 .
Trademarks shall mean, with respect to any Grantor, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor: (i) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of like nature, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof (if any), and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations
-5-
and registration applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof, including those listed on Schedule 6 hereto and (ii) all goodwill associated therewith or symbolized thereby.
UCC shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided , however , that, in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any of the attachment, perfection or priority of the Collateral Agents and the Secured Parties security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term UCC shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such attachment, perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.
(d) The words hereof, herein, hereto and hereunder and words of similar import when used in this Security Agreement shall refer to this Security Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Security Agreement, and Section, subsection, clause and Schedule references are to this Security Agreement unless otherwise specified. The words include, includes and including shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase without limitation.
(e) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.
(f) Where the context requires, terms relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, when used in relation to a Grantor, shall refer to such Grantors Collateral or the relevant part thereof.
(g) References to Lenders in this Security Agreement shall be deemed to include affiliates of any Lender that constitute Secured Parties.
2. | Grant of Security Interest . |
(a) Each Grantor hereby bargains, conveys, assigns, sets over, mortgages, pledges, hypothecates, grants and transfers to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien on and security interest in (the Security Interest ), all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the Collateral ), as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations:
(i) all Accounts;
(ii) all Chattel Paper;
(iii) all Documents;
-6-
(iv) all Equipment;
(v) all Fixtures;
(vi) all General Intangibles;
(vii) all Goods not covered by other clauses in this Section 2(a);
(viii) all Instruments;
(ix) all Intellectual Property;
(x) all Inventory;
(xi) all Investment Property;
(xii) all Letters of Credit and Letter-of-Credit Rights;
(xiii) all Supporting Obligations;
(xiv) all Collateral Accounts and all ABL Controlled Accounts;
(xv) all Pledged Collateral;
(xvi) all books and records pertaining to the Collateral;
(xvii) the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing;
provided , that the Collateral for any Obligations shall not include any Excluded Assets with respect to such Obligations.
(b) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent and its Affiliates and counsel, at any time and from time to time, to file or record financing statements, amendments to financing statements and, with notice to the Company, and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral in such form and in such offices as the Collateral Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect the security interests of the Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement, and such financing statements and amendments may described the Collateral covered thereby as all assets, all personal property or words of similar effect. Each Grantor hereby also authorizes the Collateral Agent and its Affiliates and counsel, at any time and from time to time, to file continuation statements with respect to previously filed financing statements. A photographic or other reproduction of this Security Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing statement or other filing or recording document or instrument for filing or recording in any jurisdiction to the Collateral Agent.
Each Grantor hereby agrees to provide to the Collateral Agent, promptly upon written request, any information reasonably necessary to effectuate the filings or recordings authorized by this Section 2(c). All certificates or instruments, if any, representing or evidencing the Pledged Collateral shall be promptly delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Collateral
-7-
Agent pursuant hereto to the extent required by the Credit Agreement and shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. Each delivery of Pledged Collateral shall be accompanied by a notice to the Collateral Agent describing the Securities theretofore and then being pledged hereunder.
The Collateral Agent is further authorized to file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest granted by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, as secured party. The Collateral Agent agrees, upon request by the U.S. Parent Borrower, to promptly furnish copies of such filings to the U.S. Parent Borrower.
The Security Interests are granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Collateral.
Notwithstanding anything in this Security Agreement to the contrary, no Grantor shall be required to and neither the Collateral Agent, not its Affiliates, counsel nor any other Person on their behalf is authorized to take any action to perfect the Security Interest of the Collateral Agent in any Excluded Perfection Assets or in any Deposit Account or Securities Account that do not contain any proceeds of Collateral.
3. | Representations and Warranties . |
Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party that:
3.1 Title . Such Grantor owns its right, title and interest in each item of the Collateral.
3.2 Perfected First Priority Liens .
(a) This Security Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Security Interests in the Collateral (other than Excluded Perfection Assets), subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors rights generally and general equitable principles. Upon delivery of such Pledged Collateral to the Collateral Agent (or to the Term Collateral Agent as agent for the Collateral Agent for the purposes of perfection) in the State of New York, this Security Agreement shall create a fully perfected Lien on and security interest in the Pledged Collateral, securing the payment of the Obligations, in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting creditors rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.
(b) The Security Interests granted pursuant to this Security Agreement (i) will constitute legal, valid and perfected Security Interests in the Collateral (other than Excluded Perfection
-8-
Assets as to which perfection may be obtained by the filings or other actions described in clause (A), (B) or (C) of this paragraph) in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the Obligations, upon (A) the completion of the filing in the applicable filing offices of all financing statements, in each case, naming each Grantor as debtor and the Collateral Agent as secured party and describing the Collateral, (B) delivery of all Instruments, Chattel Paper, Certificated Securities and negotiable Documents in each case, properly endorsed for transfer to the Collateral Agent or the Term Collateral Agent, acting as agent for the Collateral Agent the purposes of perfection of all Pledged Securities, in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement, or in blank and (C) completion of the filing, registration and recording of a fully executed agreement in the form hereof (or a supplement hereto) and containing a description of all Collateral constituting United States registered Trademarks, applications for Trademark Registration, Patents, or Patent applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office (or any successor office) within the three month period (commencing as of the date hereof) and all Collateral (other than Excluded Perfection Assets) constituting United States registered Copyrights in the United States Copyright Office (or any successor office) within one month period (commencing as of the applicable date of acquisition or filing), provided, however, that additional filings may be required to perfect the security interest in any Intellectual Property acquired after the date hereof. Nothing in this Security Agreement shall be deemed to require any Grantor to prepare any documents or otherwise take any action to perfect the Collateral Agents security interest in any Intellectual Property outside of the United States.
3.3 Pledged Collateral . Each Grantor represents and warrants as follows:
(a) Schedule 7 hereto (i) correctly represents as of the Closing Date (A) the issuer, the certificate number, the Grantor and the record and beneficial owner, the number and class and the percentage of the issued and outstanding Stock of such Subsidiary of each class of all Stock of such Subsidiary and (B) the issuer, the initial principal amount or the approximate amount outstanding as of the date hereof, the Grantor and holder, issue date of and maturity date of all Pledged Debt and (ii) together with the comparable schedule to each supplement hereto, includes all Stock, debt securities and promissory notes constituting part of the Collateral (other than Excluded Perfection Assets). Except as set forth on Schedule 7 , the Pledged Stock represents all of the issued and outstanding Stock of each class of Stock in the issuer on the Closing Date.
(b) Such Pledgor is the legal and beneficial owner of the Pledged Collateral pledged or assigned by such Grantor hereunder free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement.
(c) As of the Closing Date, the Pledged Stock pledged by such Grantor hereunder has been duly authorized and validly issued and, in the case of Pledged Stock issued by a corporation, is fully paid and non-assessable.
(d) [Reserved]
(e) [Reserved]
(f) As of the date hereof, no Grantor has knowledge of rights in any Commercial Tort Claim as to which it reasonably expects to recover more than $5,000,000.
-9-
4. | Covenants . |
Each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees with the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties that, from and after the date of this Security Agreement until the Obligations are paid in full and the Commitments are terminated (other than indemnities and other contingent Obligations not then due and payable):
4.1 Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation .
(a) Such Grantor shall maintain the Security Interest created by this Security Agreement as a perfected Security Interest having at least the priority described in Section 3.1 and subject to the qualifications described in Section 3.2 shall defend such Security Interest against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever other than the holders of Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement.
(b) Such Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the assets and property of such Grantor and such other reports in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request.
(c) Subject to clause (d) below, each Grantor agrees that at any time and from time to time, at the expense of such Grantor, it will execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements and other documents, including all applicable documents required under Section 3.2(b)(C)), which may be required under any applicable law, or which the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, in order (i) to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the Security Interest created or intended to be created hereby or (ii) to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral, including the filing of any financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the Security Interest created hereby and all applicable documents required under Section 3.2(b)(C), all at the expense of such Grantor.
(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.1 to the contrary, (i) with respect to any assets acquired by such Grantor after the date hereof that constitute Collateral or (ii) with respect to any Person that, subsequent to the date hereof, becomes a Domestic Subsidiary that is required by the Credit Agreement to become a party hereto, the relevant Grantor after the acquisition or creation thereof shall promptly take all actions required by the Credit Agreement or this Section 4.1.
4.2 Damage or Destruction of Collateral . The Grantors agree promptly to notify the Collateral Agent if any material portion of the tangible Collateral is damaged or destroyed.
-10-
4.3 Notices . Each Grantor will advise the Collateral Agent promptly, in reasonable detail, of any Lien of which it has knowledge (other than the Security Interests created hereby or Liens permitted under the Credit Agreement) on any of the Collateral which would adversely affect, in any material respect, the ability of the Collateral Agent to exercise any of its remedies hereunder.
4.4 Location of Inventory and Equipment . Such Grantor will not move any material portion of Equipment or Inventory outside of the United States other than in the ordinary course of business unless such Grantor takes all action necessary, as reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, to ensure that the Collateral Agent shall have a valid and perfected Lien in such Collateral under the laws of the foreign jurisdiction to which such Collateral was moved.
4.5 [Reserved]
4.6 Certification of Limited Liability Company, Limited Partnership Interests.
(a) In the event that any Pledged Stock issued by any Subsidiary that is organized as a limited liability company or limited partnership and pledged hereunder shall be represented by a certificate, the Grantors shall cause the issuer of such interests to elect to treat such interests as a security within the meaning of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of its jurisdiction of organization or formation, as applicable, by including in its organizational documents language similar in all material respects to the following and, accordingly, such interests shall be governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code:
The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of [jurisdiction of organization or formation]. Each certificate evidencing partnership/membership interests in the Company shall bear the following legend: This certificate evidences an interest in [name of Partnership/LLC] and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code. No change to this provision shall be effective until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation and any new certificates thereafter issued shall not bear the foregoing legend.
(b) Each Grantor will comply with Section 8.9 of the Credit Agreement.
4.7 Commercial Tort Claims . If such Grantor shall obtain an interest in any Commercial Tort Claim as to which it determines that it reasonably expects to recover more than $5,000,000, such Grantor shall promptly upon making such determination sign and deliver documentation reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent granting a security interest under the terms and provisions of this Security Agreement in and to such Commercial Tort Claim.
5. | Remedial Provisions . |
5.1 Certain Matters Relating to Accounts .
(a) In addition to the rights of the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under Section 8.2 of the Credit Agreement, at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance
-11-
of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to instruct the Collateral Agent to (and upon such instruction, the Collateral Agent shall) make test verifications of the Accounts in any manner and through any medium that the Administrative Agent reasonably considers advisable, and each Grantor shall furnish all such reasonable assistance and information as such Agent may require in connection with such test verifications. Such Agent shall have the right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party in accordance with the terms of the Credit Documents.
(b) Each Grantor is permitted at all times to collect such Grantors Accounts, except that the Collateral Agent may curtail or terminate said authority at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default in respect of Accounts constituting Collateral. If required in writing by the Collateral Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any payments of Accounts, when collected by any Grantor, (i) shall be forthwith (and, in any event, within three (3) Business Days of receipt by such Grantor) deposited by such Grantor in the exact form received, duly endorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent if required, in a Collateral Account maintained under the control of and on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent subject to withdrawal by the Collateral Agent for the account of the Secured Parties only as provided in Section 5.5, and (ii) until so turned over, shall be held by such Grantor for the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor. Each such deposit of Proceeds of Accounts shall be accompanied by a report identifying in reasonable detail the nature and source of the payments included in the deposit.
(c) At the Collateral Agents request at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent, all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to the Accounts constituting Collateral, including all original orders, invoices and shipping receipts.
(d) Other than in the ordinary course of business or as permitted by the Credit Documents, during the continuance of an Event of Default, a Grantor shall not grant any extension of the time of payment of any of the Accounts, compromise, compound or settle the same for less than the full amount thereof, release, wholly or partly, any Person liable for the payment thereof, or allow any credit or discount whatsoever thereon if the Collateral Agent shall have instructed the Grantors not to grant or make any such extension, credit, discount, compromise or settlement under any circumstances.
(e) At the reasonable written direction of the Collateral Agent, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall grant to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to the extent assignable, until termination of this Security Agreement, a non-exclusive, fully paid-up, royalty-free, worldwide license to use or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor; provided, however, that no such license shall be deemed granted to the extent it (i) conflicts with the terms of any agreement to which such Grantor is a party or otherwise bound or (ii) would result in the invalidity, unenforceability or abandonment of any Trademarks. Such license shall include access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout thereof.
(f) Nothing in this Section 5.1 or any other section of this Security Agreement shall limit any rights granted to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent under Section 8.13 of the Credit Agreement.
-12-
5.2 Communications with Credit Parties; Grantors Remain Liable .
(a) The Collateral Agent in its own name or in the name of others may at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after giving reasonable written notice to the relevant Grantor of its intent to do so, communicate with obligors under the Accounts to verify with them to the Collateral Agents satisfaction the existence, amount and terms of any Accounts constituting Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall have the right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party or the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of the Credit Documents.
(b) Upon the written reasonable request of the Collateral Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall notify obligors on the Accounts that the Accounts have been assigned to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and that payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to the Collateral Agent.
(c) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Grantor shall remain liable to the relevant Account creditors under each of the Accounts to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise thereto. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto) by reason of or arising out of this Security Agreement or the receipt by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any payment relating thereto, nor shall the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party thereunder, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.
5.3 Proceeds to be Turned Over To Collateral Agent . In addition to the rights of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties specified in Section 5.1 with respect to payments of Accounts, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Collateral Agent so instructs any Grantor to do so in writing, all Proceeds received by any Grantor consisting of cash, checks and other near cash items shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Grantor, be turned over to the Collateral Agent in the exact form received by such Grantor (duly endorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent if required). All Proceeds received by the Collateral Agent hereunder shall be held by the Collateral Agent in a Collateral Account maintained under its dominion and control and on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. All Proceeds while held by the Collateral Agent in a Collateral Account (or by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties) shall continue to be held as collateral security for all the Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section 5.4.
-13-
5.4 Application of Proceeds . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection, sale or other realization of the Collateral as well as any Collateral consisting of cash held by Collateral Agent pursuant to this Security Agreement, at any time after receipt in the order specified in Section 10 of the Credit Agreement and according to the priorities set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.
5.5 Code and Other Remedies . If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party upon default under the UCC or any other applicable law and also may with notice to the relevant Grantor, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, brokers board or office of the Collateral Agent or any Lender or elsewhere for cash or on credit or for future delivery at such price or prices and upon such other terms as are commercially reasonable. The Collateral Agent shall be authorized at any such sale (if it deems it reasonably advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers of Collateral to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and, upon consummation of any such sale, the Collateral Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of stay and/or appraisal that it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. The Collateral Agent and any Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, and the Collateral Agent or such Secured Party may pay the purchase price by crediting the amount thereof against the Obligations. Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten (10) days notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. To the extent permitted by law, each Grantor hereby waives any claim against the Collateral Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price that might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree. Each Grantor further agrees, at the Collateral Agents reasonable written request to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Collateral Agent, at places which the Collateral Agent shall reasonably select, whether at such Grantors premises or elsewhere. The Collateral Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this subsection 5.5 in accordance with the provisions of subsection 5.4. Additionally, the Collateral Agent shall have the right, at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and with notice to the relevant Grantor, to transfer to, or to register in the name of, the Collateral Agent or any of its nominees any or all of the Pledged Collateral.
-14-
5.6 Deficiency . Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Obligations and the fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to collect such deficiency.
5.7 Amendments, etc. with Respect to the Obligations; Waiver of Rights . Each Grantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Grantor and without notice to or further assent by any Grantor, (a) any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may be rescinded by such party and any of the Obligations continued, (b) the Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, (c) the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith and the Secured Cash Management Agreements and the Secured Hedge Agreements and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders, as the case may be, or, in the case of any Secured Hedge Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreement, the Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank party thereto) may deem advisable from time to time, and (d) any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Obligations or for this Security Agreement or any property subject thereto. When making any demand hereunder against any Grantor, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on any Grantor or any other Person, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to make any such demand or to collect any payments from any Borrower or any Grantor or any other Person or any release of any Borrower or any Grantor or any other Person shall not relieve any Grantor in respect of which a demand or collection is not made or any Grantor not so released of its several obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party against any Grantor. For the purposes hereof demand shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.
5.8 Matters Relating to Pledged Collateral .
(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and except in the case of a bankruptcy default, the Collateral Agent shall have given the Grantors prior written notice of its intent to exercise its rights under this Security Agreement:
(i) Each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose not prohibited by the terms of this Security Agreement or the other Credit Documents, and applicable law.
(ii) The Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to each Pledgor all such proxies and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and other rights that it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (i) above.
-15-
(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain and use, free and clear of the Lien of this Security Agreement, any and all dividends, distributions, principal and interest made or paid in respect of the Pledged Collateral to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement, as applicable; provided , however , that any and all noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Stock or Pledged Debt, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Stock or Stock Equivalents of the issuer of any Pledged Stock or received in exchange for Pledged Stock or Pledged Debt or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be, and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent to hold as, Pledged Collateral and shall, if received by such Grantor, be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, be segregated from the other property or funds of such Grantor and be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).
(c) Upon written notice to a Grantor by the Collateral Agent following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default,
(i) all rights of such Grantor to exercise or refrain from exercising the voting and other consensual rights that it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.8(a)(i) shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise or refrain from exercising such voting and other consensual rights during the continuance of such Event of Default, provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Collateral Agent shall have the right from time to time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Pledgors to exercise such rights. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, each Grantor will have the right to exercise the voting and consensual rights that such Pledgor would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8(a)(i) (and the obligations of the Collateral Agent under Section 5.8(a)(ii) shall be reinstated);
(ii) all rights of such Grantor to receive the dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments that such Grantor would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.8(b) shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to receive and hold as Collateral such dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments during the continuance of such Event of Default. After all Events of Default have been
-16-
cured or waived, the Collateral Agent shall repay to each Grantor (without interest) all dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments that such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to receive, retain and use pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8(b) to the extent such amounts have not been applied to repay Obligations;
(iii) all dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments that are received by such Grantor contrary to the provisions of Section 5.8(b) shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall forthwith be delivered to the Collateral Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements); and
(iv) in order to permit the Collateral Agent to receive all dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments to which it may be entitled under Section 5.8(b) above, to exercise the voting and other consensual rights that it may be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.8(c)(i) above, and to receive all dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments that it may be entitled to under Sections 5.8(c)(ii) and (c)(iii) above, such Grantor shall, if necessary, upon reasonable written notice from the Collateral Agent, from time to time execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent, appropriate proxies, dividend payment orders and other instruments as the Collateral Agent may in writing, reasonably request.
6. | The Collateral Agent . |
6.1 Collateral Agents Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc .
(a) Each Grantor hereby appoints, in its capacity as a Credit Party, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, the Collateral Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Security Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary or reasonably desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Security Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the Collateral Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, either in the Collateral Agents name or in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, without written notice to or assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of the following, in each case after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(i) take possession of and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Account that constitutes Collateral or with respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Collateral Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Account or with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable;
(ii) in the case of any Intellectual Property constituting Collateral, execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers
-17-
as the Collateral Agent may in writing, reasonably request to evidence the Collateral Agents and the Secured Parties Security Interest in such Intellectual Property and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby;
(iii) pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral;
(iv) execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 5.5, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral;
(v) obtain and adjust insurance in respect of Collateral required to be maintained by such Grantor pursuant to Section 8.3 of the Credit Agreement;
(vi) direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Collateral Agent or as the Collateral Agent shall direct;
(vii) ask or demand for, collect and receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral;
(viii) sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral;
(ix) commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral;
(x) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral;
(xi) settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Collateral Agent may deem appropriate;
(xii) assign any Copyright, Patent or Trademark constituting Collateral (along with the goodwill of the business to which any such Copyright, Patent or Trademark pertains), throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the Collateral Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and
(xiii) generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Collateral Agents option and such Grantors expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things that the Collateral Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Collateral Agents and the Secured Parties Security Interests therein and to effect the intent of this Security Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.
-18-
Anything in this Section 6.1(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Collateral Agent agrees that it will not exercise, without written notice, any rights under the power of attorney provided for in this Section 6.1(a) unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
(b) If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, the Collateral Agent, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may during the continuance of an Event of Default perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement.
(c) The expenses of the Collateral Agent incurred in connection with actions undertaken as provided in this Section 6.1, together with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the rate per annum at which interest would then be payable on past due ABR Loans under the Credit Agreement, from the date of payment by the Collateral Agent to the date reimbursed by the relevant Grantor, shall be payable by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent on demand.
(d) Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Security Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until the payment in full of the Obligations and the Commitments are terminated (other than indemnities and other contingent Obligations not then due).
6.2 Duty of Collateral Agent . The Collateral Agents sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the UCC or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Collateral Agent deals with similar property for its own account. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Collateral Agent accords its own property. Neither the Collateral Agent, any Secured Party nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties hereunder are solely to protect the Collateral Agents and the Secured Parties interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to exercise any such powers. The Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.
6.3 Authority of Collateral Agent . Each Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement with respect to any
-19-
action taken by the Collateral Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Collateral Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Security Agreement shall, as between the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, be governed by the Credit Agreement, and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Collateral Agent and the Grantors, the Collateral Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the applicable Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.
6.4 [Reserved]
6.5 Continuing Security Interest; Assignments Under the Credit Agreement; Release .
(a) This Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon each Grantor and the successors and assigns thereof and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors, endorsees, transferees and assigns until all Obligations under the Credit Documents (other than any contingent Obligations not then due) and the Obligations of each Grantor under this Security Agreement shall have been satisfied by payment in full and the Commitments shall be terminated, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement and any Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreement the Credit Parties may be free from any Obligations.
(b) A Subsidiary Grantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder if it ceases to be a U.S. Subsidiary Borrower in accordance with Section 12.1 of the Credit Agreement.
(c) The Security Interest granted hereby in any Collateral shall automatically and without further action be released (i) to the extent provided in Section 12.1 of the Credit Agreement, (ii) upon any sale, transfer or other disposition to any Person (other than a Grantor) not prohibited by the Credit Agreement, (iii) upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the Security Interest granted hereby in such Collateral pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Credit Agreement and (iv) with respect to any assets constituting Collateral other than ABL Priority Collateral, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, upon such assets being released from the Liens created under the Term Credit Documents. Any such release in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of such Collateral shall result in such Collateral being sold, transferred or disposed of, as applicable, free and clear of the Lien and Security Interest created hereby.
(d) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above, the Collateral Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantors expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 6.5 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent.
-20-
6.6 Reinstatement . Each Grantor further agrees that, if any payment made by any Credit Party or other Person and applied to the Obligations is at any time annulled, avoided, set aside, rescinded, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential or otherwise required to be refunded or repaid, or the proceeds of Collateral are required to be returned by any Secured Party to such Credit Party, its estate, trustee, receiver or any other party, including any Grantor, under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or repayment, any Lien or other Collateral securing such liability shall be and remain in full force and effect, as fully as if such payment had never been made or, if prior thereto the Lien granted hereby or other Collateral securing such liability hereunder shall have been released or terminated by virtue of such cancellation or surrender), such Lien or other Collateral shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior cancellation or surrender shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect any Lien or other Collateral securing the obligations of any Grantor in respect of the amount of such payment.
7. | Collateral Agent As Agent . |
(a) Bank of America, N.A. has been appointed to act as the Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement, by the Lenders under the Credit Agreement and, by their acceptance of the benefits hereof, the other Secured Parties. The Collateral Agent shall be obligated, and shall have the right hereunder, to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking any action (including the release or substitution of Collateral), solely in accordance with this Security Agreement and the Credit Agreement.
(b) The Collateral Agent shall at all times be the same Person that is the Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement. Written notice of resignation by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 11.9 of the Credit Agreement shall also constitute notice of resignation as Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement; removal of the Collateral Agent shall also constitute removal under this Security Agreement; and appointment of a Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 11.9 of the Credit Agreement shall also constitute appointment of a successor Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Collateral Agent under Section 11.9 of the Credit Agreement by a successor Collateral Agent, that successor Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement, and the retiring or removed Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Collateral Agent all sums, Securities and other items of Collateral held hereunder, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement, and (ii) execute and deliver to such successor Collateral Agent or otherwise authorize the filing of such amendments to financing statements and take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the assignment to such successor Collateral Agent of the Security Interests created hereunder, whereupon such retiring or removed Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Security Agreement. After any retiring or removed Collateral Agents resignation or removal hereunder as Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Security Agreement shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Security Agreement while it was Collateral Agent hereunder.
-21-
(c) The Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have any duty whatsoever with respect to any Secured Party that is a counterparty to a Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement the obligations under which constitute Obligations, unless it shall have received written notice in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent from a Grantor or any such Secured Party as to the existence and terms of the applicable Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement.
8. | Miscellaneous . |
8.1 Amendments in Writing . None of the terms or provisions of this Security Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by a written instrument executed by the affected Grantor and the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 12.1 of the Credit Agreement.
8.2 Notices . All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Subsidiary Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Company at the Companys address set forth in Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement.
8.3 No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies . Neither the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 8.1), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that the Collateral Agent or such other Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.
8.4 [Reserved]
8.5 Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Security Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Security Agreement without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent except pursuant to a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement.
8.6 Counterparts . This Security Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Security Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Security Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Company.
-22-
8.7 Severability . Any provision of this Security Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction provided that, with respect to any Pledged Stock issued by a Foreign Subsidiary, all rights, powers and remedies provided in this Security Agreement may be exercised only to the extent that they do not violate any provision of any law, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to any such Pledged Stock or affecting the legality, validity or enforceability of any of the provisions of this Security Agreement against the Pledgor (such laws, rules or regulations, Applicable Law ) and are intended to be limited to the extent necessary so that they will not render this Security Agreement invalid, unenforceable or not entitled to be recorded, registered or filed under the provisions of any Applicable Law.
8.8 Section Headings . The Article and Section headings used in this Security Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.
8.9 Integration . This Security Agreement together with the other Credit Documents represents the agreement of each of the Grantors with respect to the subject matter hereof and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents.
8.10 GOVERNING LAW . THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER (OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
8.11 Submission To Jurisdiction Waivers . Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally.
(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Security Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;
(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;
(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address referred to in Section 8.2 or at such other address of which such Person shall have been notified pursuant thereto;
-23-
(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of any other party hereto (or any Secured Party) to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of any party hereto (or any Secured Party) to sue in any other jurisdiction; and
(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 8.11 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.
8.12 Acknowledgments . Each party hereto hereby acknowledges that:
(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Security Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party;
(b) neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Grantor arising out of or in connection with this Security Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, and the relationship between the Grantors, on the one hand, and the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and
(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders and any other Secured Party or among the Grantors and the Lenders and any other Secured Party.
8.13 Additional Grantors . Each Domestic Subsidiary of the Company that is required to become a party to this Security Agreement pursuant to Section 8.8 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein, for all purposes of this Security Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of a written supplement substantially in the form of Annex B hereto. The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Grantor as a party to this Security Agreement shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Security Agreement.
8.14 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.
8.15 Intercreditor Agreement . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Security Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder, in each case, with respect to the Collateral are subject to the limitations and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise
-24-
modified from time to time, the Intercreditor Agreement ). Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent and the Collateral Agent and certain other Persons party or that may become party thereto from time to time, and consented to by the Grantors identified therein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Security Agreement with respect to the Collateral, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]
-25-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
ABL U.S. Pledge and Security Agreement
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as | ||||
Collateral Agent | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Christopher Godfrey | |||
Title: | Senior Vice President |
U.S. Pledge and Security Agreement (ABL)
ANNEX A TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
SUPPLEMENT NO. [ ] dated as of [ ], to the Security Agreement dated as of October 11, 2007 (the Security Agreement ) among UNIVAR INC., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), each Domestic Subsidiary of the Company listed on the signature pages thereto (each such Subsidiary individually a Subsidiary Grantor and, collectively, the Subsidiary Grantors : the Subsidiary Grantors and the Company are referred to collectively herein as the Grantors ). BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the Collateral Agent ) under the Security Agreement referred to below.
A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of October 11, 2007 (as modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time, the Credit Agreement ) among ULIXES ACQUISITION, B.V. (the Parent ), the Company, the U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers, UNIVAR CANADA LTD., (together with the Company and the U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers, the Borrowers ), the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto (the Lenders ) and the Administrative Agent.
B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement.
C. The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Lenders to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Cash Management Banks or Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries. Pursuant to Section 8.1(i) of the Credit Agreement, the Parent has agreed to deliver to the Collateral Agent a written supplement substantially in the form hereof with respect to any additional material Copyrights, Patents, and Trademarks that are registered (or for which an application to register such items has been filed) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor to such office) and any material Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses, and Trademark Licenses and Pledged Collateral acquired by any Grantor after the date of the Security Agreement constituting Collateral. The Grantors have identified the additional material Copyrights, Patents, and Trademarks that are registered (or for which an application to register such items has been filed) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor to such office) and any material Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses, and Trademark Licenses set forth on Schedule I, II, III, IV, V, VI and VII hereto. The undersigned Grantors are executing this Supplement in order to facilitate supplemental filings to be made by the Collateral Agent with the United States Copyright Office and the United States Patent and Trademark Office.
A-1
Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the Grantors agree as follows:
SECTION 1. (a) Schedule 1 of the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented, as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule I hereto, (b) Schedule 2 of the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented, as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule II hereto, (c) Schedule 3 of the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented, as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule III hereto, (d) Schedule 4 of the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented, as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule IV hereto, (e) Schedule 5 of the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented, as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule V hereto, (f) Schedule 6 of the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented, as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule VI hereto and (g) Schedule 7 of the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented, as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule VII hereto.
SECTION 2. Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a security interest in the Intellectual Property set forth in Schedules I, II, III, IV, V, VI and VII hereto. Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants that the information set forth on Schedules I, II, III, IV, V, VI and VII hereto is true and correct in all material respects.
SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Company. This Supplement shall become effective as to each Grantor when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of such Grantor and the Collateral Agent.
SECTION 4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
SECTION 5. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
SECTION 6. Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Security Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
[A-2]
SECTION 7. All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to each Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Company at the Companys address set forth Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement.
[A-3]
SCHEDULE I
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COLLATERAL
Legal Name |
Type of Entity |
Organizational Number |
Address |
Federal Taxpayer Identification Number |
State/Province of
|
|||||
Univar Inc. | Corporation | 0807260 | Suite 2200 500 108th Avenue North East Bellevue, Washington 98004 USA | 58-1217944 | Delaware | |||||
Univar North America Corporation | Corporation | 2415703 | Suite 2200 500 108th Avenue North East Bellevue, Washington 98004 USA | 91-0816142 | Washington | |||||
Univar Canada Ltd. | Corporation | 171827 |
9800 Van Home Way Richmond, British Columbia V6X 1W5 |
N/A | British Columbia, Canada |
Univar USA Inc. | Corporation | 2-375665-3 | 17425 NE Union Hill Redmond, WA 98052 USA | 91-1347935 | Washington | |||||
CHEMCENTRAL International Services Corporation | Corporation | 6457-9495 | 7050 West 71st Street Bedford Park, Illinois 60638 | 20-4001500 | Illinois | |||||
ChemPoint.com Inc. | Corporation | C10772-1999 | 91-1971926 | Nevada |
SCHEDULE II
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHT LICENSES
None
SCHEDULE III
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHTS
Owner |
Title |
Registration Number |
||
Van Waters & Rogers Inc | VW7R Specimen Slide Collection | VA 989-923 |
SCHEDULE IV
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENT LICENSES
None
SCHEDULE V
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENTS
Applications:
OWNER |
APPLICATION NUMBER |
DESCRIPTION |
||
Univar USA Inc. | US06/039759 | Catalyst Testing Unit |
SCHEDULE VI
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
TRADEMARKS
US Trademarks
OWNER |
REGISTRATION NUMBER |
MARK |
||
ChemPoint.com Inc | 2187747 | SURESTOCK | ||
Univar North America Corporation | 2559430 | CHEMPOINT.COM | ||
Univar North America Corporation | 2442631 | CHEMPOINT.COM AND DESIGN | ||
Univar North America Corporation | 2459904 | MASTERLINE | ||
Univar North America Corporation | 2714133 | MASTERLINE | ||
Univar North America Corporation | 1961375 | REMOTESENTRY | ||
Univar North America Corporation | 1961411 | REMOTESENTRY AND DESIGN | ||
Univar North America Corporation | 2752608 | THE UNIVAR HEXAGON | ||
Univar North America Corporation | 1724817 | UNIVAR | ||
Univar USA Inc. | 2444845 | BALERS CHOICE | ||
Univar USA Inc. | 2612703 | BE ANDDESIGN | ||
Univar USA Inc. | 2917945 | GOT WASTE? | ||
Univar USA Inc. | 579413 | GUARDSMAN | ||
Univar USA Inc. | 839411 | ICE BITE and Design | ||
Univar USA Inc. | 1663154 | LIQUICHLOR | ||
Univar USA Inc. | 2836063 | MOZEL | ||
Univar USA Inc. | 2836064 | MOZEL and Design | ||
Univar USA Inc. | 1748897 | CHEMCARE | ||
Univar USA Inc. | 1847988 | CHEMCARE | ||
Univar USA Inc. | 1522121 | CHEMCARE & Design | ||
Univar USA Inc. | 513636 | CHEMCARE & Design | ||
Univar USA Inc. | 2806621 | CHEMCARE BARRELSLOGO | ||
Univar USA Inc. | 1688536 | PERFORMANCE POLYMERS | ||
Univar USA Inc. | 2908192 | PERFORMANCE POLYMERS |
4
Foreign Trademarks (Canada)
Owner |
Registration No. |
Trademark |
||
Univar Canada Ltd. | TMA514174 | DIRECT LINK | ||
Univar Canada Ltd. | TMA525035 | TRUE NORTH & DESIGN | ||
Univar Canada Ltd. | TMA474788 | CHEMCARE | ||
Univar Canada Ltd. | TMA397290 | VW&R & DESIGN | ||
Univar Canada Ltd. | TMA382337 | VAN WATERS & ROGERS LTD. | ||
Univar Canada Ltd. | TMA381470 | CHEMCARE & DESIGN | ||
Univar Canada Ltd. | TMA234127 | VANOL | ||
CHEMCENTRAL Corporation/Canada | TMA279586 | CHEMCENTRAL AND DESIGN | ||
Van Waters & Rogers Ltd. 1 | TMA432086 | GUARDSMAN | ||
Van Waters & Rogers Ltd. | TMA416080 | GUARDSMAN & Design |
Applications:
Owner |
Application No. |
Trademark |
||
Univar Canada Ltd. | 866931-1 | DIRECT LINK |
1 | Van Waters & Rogers Ltd. is a predecessor name of Univar Canada Ltd. |
5
SCHEDULE VIi
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PLEDGED DEBT
None
PLEDGED SECURITIES
Company |
Legal Entities/Equity Interests Owned By Company |
Certificate No. |
No. Shares/Authorized/Issued/ of
|
Percentage Pledged |
||||
Univar Inc. | Univar North America Corporation |
# 13
# 12 |
Authorized Shares 1000 common stock shares
Issued Shares:
308 common stock shares held by Univar NV
160 common stock shares held by Ellis & Everard Finance
Treasury Shares: 373 common stock shares |
0% | ||||
Univar North America Corporation |
Univar USA Inc.
ChemPoint.com Inc.
Univar Canada Ltd. |
# 1 |
Authorized Shares 100 common stock shares
Issued Shares 100 common stock shares held by Univar Inc. |
100% | ||||
Univar Canada Ltd. | None | # 1 |
Authorized Shares: 50,000 common stock shares
Issued Shares: 627 common stock shares held by Univar North America Corporation |
65% |
6
7
Company |
Legal Entities/Equity Interests Owned By Company |
Certificate No. |
No. Shares/Authorized/Issued/ of
|
Percentage Pledged |
||||
ChemPoint.com Inc. | None | # 002 |
Authorized Shares 1000 common stock shares
Issued Shares: 100 common stock shares held by Univar North America Corporation |
100% | ||||
Atlas Hytec, SA de CV (Univar IC business) | None | # 2-B |
Outstanding Shares:
400 Common Stock shares outstanding
59 series A common stock shares held by Univar USA Inc.
80 series B common stock shares held by Univar USA Inc.
1 Series A common stock share held by Univar North America Corporation |
65%
260 series B shares held by Univar USA Inc. to be pledged |
8
Company |
Legal Entities/Equity Interests Owned By Company |
Certificate No. |
No. Shares/Authorized/Issued/ of
|
Percentage Pledged |
||||
Sistemas Ecologicos Para El Control de Plagas, SA de CV (Univar PPS business) | None | # 7-B |
4,170,748 shares of common stock outstanding
5999 series A common stock shares held by Univar USA Inc. |
65%
2,710,986 series B common stock shares held by Univar USA Inc. to be pledged |
||||
1,453,762 series B common stock shares held by Univar USA Inc. | ||||||||
1 series A common stock share held by Univar North America Corporation | ||||||||
Hazardserv, SA de CV (Mexico) | None | # 7 |
Authorized Shares 100 common stock shares
Outstanding Shares 50 common stock shares |
65%
32 common stock shares held by Univar USA Inc. to be pledged |
||||
Issued Shares: 49 common stock shares held by Univar USA Inc. |
||||||||
1 common stock share held by Peter Heinz |
9
Company |
Legal Entities/Equity Interests Owned By Company |
Certificate No. |
No. Shares/Authorized/Issued/ of
|
Percentage Pledged |
||||
Servitas Calidad, SA de CV (service company for Sistemas) | N/A | # 8-B |
Authorized Shares: 100,000 common stock shares
Outstanding Shares: 50,00 common stock shares
Issued Shares: 49,999 common stock shares held by Univar USA Inc.
1 common stock share held by Peter Heinz |
65%
32,500 common stock shares held by Univar USA Inc. to be pledged |
||||
CHEMCENTRAL de Mexico, SA de CV | N/A | # 15 |
Outstanding Shares: 120 shares of common stock
Issued Shares: 41 shares of common stock held by CHEMCENTRAL Corporation 2
1 share of common stock held by Mark Hacas |
65%
78 shares of common stock held by CHEMCENTRAL Corporation to be pledged. |
2 | On October 1, 2007, CHEMCENTRAL Corporation merged into Univar USA Inc., with Univar USA Inc. being the surviving entity. The shares of CHEMCENTRAL de Mexico, SA de CV are issued under the name CHEMCENTRAL Corporation. |
10
Company |
Legal Entities/Equity Interests Owned By Company |
Certificate No. |
No. Shares/Authorized/Issued/ of
|
Percentage Pledged |
||||
CHEMCENTRAL Servicios S.A. de CV |
N/A | # 3 |
Outstanding Shares
5 shares of common stock
Issued Shares
1 share of common stock held by CHEMCENTRAL Americas Holding Corporation
1 share of common stock held by Mark Hacas |
65%
3 shares of common stock held by CHEMCENTRAL Americas Holding Corporation to be pledged |
||||
CHEMCENTRAL International Services | N/A | # 7 |
Authorized Shares: 1000 common stock shares
Issued Shares: 400 common stock shares held by Univar USA Inc. |
100% | ||||
CHEMCENTRAL Australia Pty Ltd. |
N/A |
# 2
# 3 |
Authorized Shares: 100 common stock shares
Issued Shares: 100 shares of common stock held by CHEMCENTRAL Asia-Pacific Corporation |
65% |
11
Entity Issuing Shares |
Entity to which shares issued, or which receives transferred shares |
No. of shares issued |
Share Certificate # |
% of Shares Pledged |
||||
US Newco (a/k/a Univar Inc.) |
Monaco NV | 100 shares common stock (out of 1,000 authorized) | 1 | |||||
US Newco (a/k/a Univar Inc.) |
Monaco NV | 34.4 shares of common stock | 2 | |||||
US Newco (a/k/a Univar Inc.) |
Monaco NV | 21 shares of common stock | 3 | |||||
US Newco (a/k/a Univar Inc.) |
Monaco NV | 40.6 shares of common stock | 4 | |||||
TOTAL |
AUTHORIZED SHARES
1,000
ISSUED SHARES
196 |
0% | ||||||
UK Newco (a/k/a Ulixes Limited | Univar Inc. | 65 shares of common stock | #2 | 65% shares held by Univar Inc. in Ulixes Limited to be pledged. | ||||
UK Newco (a/k/a Ulixes Limited | Univar Inc. | 35 shares of common stock | #3 |
Exhibit 10.8
SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 dated as of October 31, 2009, to the Security Agreement dated as of October 11, 2007 (the Security Agreement ) among UNIVAR INC., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), each Domestic Subsidiary of the Company listed on Annex A thereto (each such Domestic Subsidiary individually a Subsidiary Grantor and, collectively, the Subsidiary Grantors ; the Subsidiary Grantors and the Company are referred to collectively herein as the Grantors ), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the Collateral Agent ) under the Credit Agreement referred to below.
A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of October 11, 2007 (as modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time, the Credit Agreement ) among ULIXES ACQUISITION, B.V. (the Parent Borrower ), the Company, UNIVAR UK LTD., together with the Parent Borrower, the Company, the Borrowers ), the lenders or other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the Lenders ), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as the Administrative Agent, and the other parties named thereto.
B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement.
C. The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Lenders to make their respective Loans to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Cash Management Banks and Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries.
D. Section 8.8 of the Credit Agreement and Section 8.13 of the Security Agreement provide that each Domestic Subsidiary of the Company that is required to become a party to the Security Agreement pursuant to Section 8.8 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor therein, for all purposes of the Security Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Domestic Subsidiary of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. Each undersigned Domestic Subsidiary (each a New Grantor ) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Security Agreement to become a Subsidiary Grantor under the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and as consideration for Loans previously made.
Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the New Grantors agree as follows:
SECTION 1. In accordance with subsection 8.13 of the Security Agreement, each New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and each New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations related to any earlier date). In furtherance of the foregoing, each New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations, does hereby bargain, sell, convey, assign, set over, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate and transfer to the Collateral
Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a Security Interest in all of the Collateral of such New Grantor, in each case whether now or hereafter existing or in which it now has or hereafter acquires an interest. Each reference to a Grantor in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include each New Grantor. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
SECTION 2. Each New Grantor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Company. This Supplement shall become effective as to each New Grantor when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of such New Grantor and the Collateral Agent.
SECTION 4. Each New Grantor hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I hereto is (i) the legal name of such New Grantor, (ii) the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of such New Grantor, (iii) the mailing address for such New Grantor, (iv) the identity or type of organization or corporate structure of such New Grantor and (v) the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number and organizational number of such New Grantor (if any) and (b) as of the date hereof (i) Schedule II hereto sets forth, in all material respects, all of each New Grantors Copyright Licenses, (ii) Schedule III hereto sets forth in all material respects, in proper form for filing with the United States Copyright Office, all of each New Grantors Copyrights (and all applications therefor), (iii) Schedule IV hereto sets forth in all material respects all of each New Grantors Patent Licenses, (iv) Schedule V hereto sets forth in all material respects, in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, all of each New Grantors Patents (and all applications therefor), (v) Schedule VI hereto sets forth in all material respects all of each New Grantors Trademark Licenses, (vi) Schedule VII hereto sets forth in all material respects, in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, all of each New Grantors Trademarks (and all applications therefor) and (vii) Schedule VIII hereto sets forth all of New Grantors Pledged Collateral in each case with respect to this Section 4(b) that are to constitute Collateral.
SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
SECTION 7. Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Security Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
SECTION 8. All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to each New Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Company at the Companys address set forth in Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each New Grantor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
Signature Page to Supplement No. 1 to the Security Agreement
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent |
||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Christopher Godfrey | |||
Title: | Senior Vice President |
Signature Page to Supplement No. 1 to the Security Agreement
SCHEDULE I
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. I TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COLLATERAL
Legal Name |
Jurisdiction of
or Organization |
Mailing Address |
Type of Organization or Corporate Structure |
Federal Taxpayer
Number and Organizational Identification Number |
||||
Univar Holdco Canada LLC | Delaware | 1105 North Market Street, Suite 1300 Wilmington, Delaware 19801 | Limited Liability Company | 80-0498452 | ||||
Univar Holdco Canada III LLC | Delaware | 1105 North Market Street, Suite 1300 Wilmington, Delaware 19801 | Limited Liability Company | 80-0498458 |
SCHEDULE II
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. I TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHT LICENSES
None
SCHEDULE III
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. I TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHTS
None
SCHEDULE IV
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. I TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENT LICENSES
None
SCHEDULE V
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. I TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENTS
None
SCHEDULE VI
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. I TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
TRADEMARK LICENSES
None
SCHEDULE VII
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. I TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
TRADEMARKS
None
SCHEDULE VIII
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PLEDGED COLLATERAL
New Grantor: Univar Holdco Canada LLC
Issuer of Pledged Securities |
Number and Class of Pledged
Securities |
% of issued
and outstanding Securities of Issuer |
Certificate
Number |
|||||
Univar Holdco Canada III LLC |
420,210,181 shares | 100 | 1 |
New Grantor: Univar Holdco Canada III LLC
Issuer of Pledged Securities |
Number and Class of Pledged
Securities |
% of issued
and outstanding Securities of Issuer |
Certificate
Number |
|||||
Univar Canada Ltd. |
196,583,401 common shares | 32.5 | % | C-1 | ||||
Univar Canada Ltd. |
76,553,217 common shares | 18.2 | % | C-3 |
Exhibit 10.9
SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 dated as of February 12, 2013, to the Security Agreement dated as of October 11, 2007 (the Security Agreement ) among UNIVAR INC., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), each Domestic Subsidiary of the Company listed on Annex A thereto (each such Domestic Subsidiary individually a Subsidiary Grantor and, collectively, the Subsidiary Grantors ; the Subsidiary Grantors and the Company are referred to collectively herein as the Grantors ), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the Collateral Agent ) under the Credit Agreement referred to below.
A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of October 11, 2007 (as modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time, the Credit Agreement ) among ULIXES ACQUISITION, B.V. (the Parent ), the Company, the U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers, UNIVAR CANADA LTD., (together with the Company and the U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers, the Borrowers ), the lenders or other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the Lenders ), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as the Administrative Agent, and the other parties named thereto.
B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement.
C. The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Lenders to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Cash Management Banks and Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries.
D. Section 8.8 of the Credit Agreement and Section 8.13 of the Security Agreement provide that each Domestic Subsidiary of the Company that is required to become a party to the Security Agreement pursuant to Section 8.8 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor therein, for all purposes of the Security Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Domestic Subsidiary of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. Each undersigned Domestic Subsidiary (each a New Grantor ) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Security Agreement to become a Subsidiary Grantor under the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Extensions of Credit and as consideration for Extensions of Credit previously made.
Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the New Grantors agree as follows:
SECTION 1. In accordance with subsection 8.13 of the Security Agreement, each New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and each New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor
thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations related to any earlier date). In furtherance of the foregoing, each New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations, does hereby bargain, sell, convey, assign, set over, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate and transfer to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a Security Interest in all of the Collateral of such New Grantor, in each case whether now or hereafter existing or in which it now has or hereafter acquires an interest. Each reference to a Grantor in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include each New Grantor. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
SECTION 2. Each New Grantor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Company. This Supplement shall become effective as to each New Grantor when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of such New Grantor and the Collateral Agent.
SECTION 4. Each New Grantor hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I hereto is (i) the legal name of such New Grantor, (ii) the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of such New Grantor, (iii) the mailing address for such New Grantor, (iv) the identity or type of organization or corporate structure of such New Grantor and (v) the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number and organizational number of such New Grantor (if any) and (b) as of the date hereof (i) Schedule II hereto sets forth, in all material respects, all of each New Grantors Copyright Licenses, (ii) Schedule III hereto sets forth in all material respects, in proper form for filing with the United States Copyright Office, all of each New Grantors Copyrights (and all applications therefor), (iii) Schedule IV hereto sets forth in all material respects all of each New Grantors Patent Licenses, (iv) Schedule V hereto sets forth in all material respects, in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, all of each New Grantors Patents (and all applications therefor), (v) Schedule VI hereto sets forth in all material respects all of each New Grantors Trademark Licenses, (vi) Schedule VII hereto sets forth in all material respects, in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, all of each New Grantors Trademarks (and all applications therefor) and (vii) Schedule VIII hereto sets forth all of New Grantors Pledged Collateral in each case with respect to this Section 4(b) that are to constitute Collateral.
SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
SECTION 7. Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Security Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
SECTION 8. All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to each New Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Company at the Companys address set forth in Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each New Grantor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
MAGNABLEND HOLDINGS, INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |||
Title: | Treasurer | |||
MAGNABLEND, INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |||
Title: | Treasurer | |||
PMF CAPITAL, LLC | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Thomas P. Martin | |||
Title: | Treasurer | |||
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent |
||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
[Signature page to Supplement to Security Agreement ABL]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each New Grantor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
[Signature page to Supplement to Security Agreement - ABL]
SCHEDULE I
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COLLATERAL
Legal Name |
Jurisdiction of
|
Mailing Address |
Type of Organization or Corporate Structure |
Federal Taxpayer
Number and
Number |
||||
Magnablend Holdings, Inc. | Delaware | 326 North Grand Avenue, Waxahachie, TX 75165 | Corporation |
80-0726400; 4971677 |
||||
Magnablend, Inc. | Texas | 326 North Grand Avenue, Waxahachie, TX 75165 | Corporation |
75-1658841; 47730500 |
||||
PMF Capital, LLC | Delaware | 326 North Grand Avenue, Waxahachie, TX 75165 | Limited Liability Company | N/A; 5098408 |
SCHEDULE II
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHT LICENSES
None.
SCHEDULE III
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHTS
None.
SCHEDULE IV
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENT LICENSES
None.
SCHEDULE V
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENTS
None.
SCHEDULE VI
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
TRADEMARK LICENSES
None.
SCHEDULE VII
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
TRADEMARKS
Domestic Trademarks
Registered Owner/Grantor | Trademark | Registration No. | Application No. | |||
MAGNABLEND | 3,625,468 | |||||
MAGNABLEND INC. CUSTOM CHEMICAL MANUFACTURING, BLENDING & PACKAGING (and Design) | 3,645,628 |
Foreign Trademarks
None.
SCHEDULE VIII
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PLEDGED COLLATERAL
1. 15,000 shares of Common Stock of Magnablend, Inc., owned by Magnablend Holdings, Inc., Stock Certificate Number 012.
2. 100% of the equity of PMF Capital, LLC, owned by Magnablend Holdings, Inc., Certificate Number 001.
Exhibit 10.10
ABL Patent Security Agreement
ABL Patent Security Agreement , dated as of October 11, 2007, by UNIVAR USA INC., a Washington corporation (the Pledgor ), in favor of BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement (in such capacity, the Collateral Agent ).
W I T N E S S E T H :
W HEREAS , the Pledgor is party to an ABL Pledge and Security Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Security Agreement ) in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Pledgor is required to execute and deliver this ABL Patent Security Agreement;
N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Pledgor hereby agrees with the Collateral Agent as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.
SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Patent Collateral . The Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Pledged Collateral of the Pledgor:
(a) | Patents of the Pledgor listed on Schedule I attached hereto; and |
(b) | all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Assets). |
SECTION 3. Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this ABL Patent Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Pledgor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patents made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this ABL Patent Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Collateral Agent shall otherwise determine.
SECTION 4. Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Pledgor an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Patents under this ABL Patent Security Agreement.
SECTION 5. Counterparts . This ABL Patent Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this ABL Patent Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.
[signature page follows]
-2-
I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Pledgor has caused this ABL Patent Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.
Very truly yours, | ||||
UNIVAR USA INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Peter Heinz | |||
Title: |
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | Christopher Godfrey | |
Title: | Senior Vice President |
Patent Security Agreement (ABL)
SCHEDULE I
to
ABL PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENT REGISTRATIONS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS
Patent Registrations:
OWNER |
REGISTRATION NUMBER |
NAME |
||
NONE |
Patent Applications:
OWNER |
APPLICATION NUMBER |
NAME |
||
Univar USA Inc. | US 60/725,199 | Catalyst Testing Unit |
-4-
Exhibit 10.11
ABL Copyright Security Agreement
ABL Copyright Security Agreement , dated as of October 11, 2007, by UNIVAR USA INC., a Washington corporation (the Pledgor ), in favor of BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement (in such capacity, the Collateral Agent ).
W I T N E S S E T H :
W HEREAS , the Pledgor is a party to an ABL Pledge and Security Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Security Agreement ) in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Pledgor is required to execute and deliver this ABL Copyright Security Agreement;
N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Pledgor hereby agrees with the Collateral Agent as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.
SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Copyright Collateral . The Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Pledged Collateral of the Pledgor:
(a) | Copyrights of the Pledgor listed on Schedule I attached hereto; and |
(b) | all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Assets). |
SECTION 3. Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this ABL Copyright Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Pledgor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Copyrights made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this ABL Copyright Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Collateral Agent shall otherwise determine.
SECTION 4. Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Pledgor an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Copyrights under this ABL Copyright Security Agreement.
SECTION 5. Counterparts . This ABL Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this ABL Copyright Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.
[signature page follows]
-2-
I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Pledgor has caused this ABL Copyright Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.
Very truly yours, | ||||
UNIVAR USA INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Pledgor has caused this ABL Copyright Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.
Very truly yours, | ||||
UNIVAR USA INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | Christopher Godfrey | |
Title: | Senior Vice President |
SCHEDULE I
to
ABL COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHT REGISTRATIONS AND COPYRIGHT APPLICATIONS
Copyright Registrations:
OWNER |
REGISTRATION NUMBER |
TITLE |
||
Univar USA Inc. (f/k/a Van Waters & Rogers Inc.) | VA989-923 | VW7R Specimen Slide Collection |
Copyright Applications:
OWNER |
TITLE |
|||
NONE |
-4-
Exhibit 10.12
ABL Trademark Security Agreement
ABL Trademark Security Agreement , dated as of October 11, 2007, by ChemPoint.com, Inc., a Nevada corporation ( ChemPoint ), Univar North America Corporation, a Washington corporation ( Univar NA ) and Univar USA Inc., a Washington corporation ( Univar USA ) (ChemPoint, Univar NA and Univar USA, individually, each a Pledgor , and, collectively, the Pledgors ), in favor of BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement (in such capacity, the Collateral Agent ).
W I T N E S S E T H :
W HEREAS , the Pledgors are party to an ABL Pledge and Security Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Security Agreement ) in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Pledgors are required to execute and deliver this ABL Trademark Security Agreement;
N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Pledgors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.
SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Trademark Collateral . Each Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Pledged Collateral of such Pledgor:
(a) | Trademarks of such Pledgor listed on Schedule I attached hereto; |
(b) | all Goodwill associated with such Trademarks; and |
(c) | all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Assets). |
SECTION 3. Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this ABL Trademark Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Pledgors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademarks made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this ABL Trademark Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Collateral Agent shall otherwise determine.
SECTION 4. Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Pledgors an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Trademarks under this ABL Trademark Security Agreement.
SECTION 5. Counterparts . This ABL Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this ABL Trademark Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.
[signature page follows]
-2-
I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each Pledgor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Name: | Christopher Godfrey | |
Title: | Senior Vice President |
Trademark Security Agreement (ABL)
SCHEDULE I
to
ABL TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT
TRADEMARK REGISTRATIONS AND TRADEMARK APPLICATIONS
Trademark Registrations:
OWNER |
REGISTRATION NUMBER |
TRADEMARK |
||
ChemPoint.com, Inc. |
2187747 | SURESTOCK | ||
Univar North America |
2559430 | ChemPoint.Com | ||
Univar North America |
2442631 | ChemPoint.Com and Design | ||
Univar North America |
2459904 | MASTERLINE | ||
Univar North America |
2714133 | MASTERLINE | ||
Univar North America |
1961375 | REMOTESENTRY | ||
Univar North America |
1961411 | REMOTESENTRY AND DESIGN | ||
Univar North America |
2752608 | THE UNIVAR HEXAGON | ||
Univar North America |
1724817 | UNIVAR | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
2444845 | BALERS CHOICE | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
2612703 | EE AND DESIGN | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
2917945 | GOT WASTE? | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
579413 | GUARDSMAN | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
839411 | ICE BITE and Design | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
1663154 | LIQUICHLOR | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
2836063 | MOZEL | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
2836064 | MOZEL and Design | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
1748897 | CHEMCARE | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
1847988 | CHEMCARE | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
1522121 | CHEMCARE & Design | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
513636 | CHEMCARE & Design | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
2806621 | CHEMCARE BARRELSLOGO | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
1688536 | PERFORMANCE POLYMERS | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
2908192 | PERFORMANCE POLYMERS | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
2054686 | PESTWEB | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
2649295 | PESTWEB | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
1717285 | REDBAND | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
025335 | REDBAND | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
3265417 | VALUELINE | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
1031849 | VANWATERS & ROGERS | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
1688590 | VAN WATERS & ROGERS INC. | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
1721239 | VANBLEND | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
1635885 | VANGUARD | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
1118569 | VANWET | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
1717286 | VANZOL | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
1679982 | VW&R&Design | ||
Univar USA Inc. |
1160401 | VW&R&Design |
-4-
Trademark Applications:
OWNER |
APPLICATION NUMBER |
TRADEMARK |
||
NONE |
-5-
Exhibit 10.13
Execution Version
CANADIAN ABL PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS CANADIAN ABL PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of October 11, 2007, among Univar Canada Ltd. (the Company), each of the Subsidiaries of the Company that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 8.13 (each such entity being a Grantor and, collectively, the Grantors) and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the Collateral Agent) under the ABL Credit Agreement (as defined below) for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties.
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS , the Company is party to the ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the ABL Credit Agreement) among, inter alia , Univar Inc., the Company, as Canadian borrower, the lenders or other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto, Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch), as Canadian Administrative Agent, Canadian Swingline Lender and Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer, and the other parties named thereto.
WHEREAS, pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein: (a) the Canadian Lenders will extend credit in the form of Canadian Revolving Loans to the Company (b) the Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer will issue Canadian Letters of Credit and (c) the Canadian Swingline Lender shall extend credit in the form of Canadian Swingline Canadian Loans at any time and from time to time to the Company (the Canadian Revolving Loans, the Canadian Letters of Credit and the Canadian Swingline Loans, collectively the Canadian Loans);
WHEREAS , the proceeds of the Canadian Loans will be used in part to enable valuable transfers to the Grantors in connection with the operation of their respective businesses;
WHEREAS , each Grantor acknowledges that it will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the Canadian Loans; and
WHEREAS , it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Canadian Lenders to make their respective Canadian Loans to the Canadian Borrower under the ABL Credit Agreement that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered this Security Agreement to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties;
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Canadian Lenders to enter into the ABL Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Canadian Lenders to make their Canadian Loans to the Canadian Borrower under the ABL Credit Agreement the Grantors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties, as follows:
SECTION 1 DEFINED TERMS.
1.1 | Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the ABL Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the ABL Credit Agreement. |
1.2 | Terms used herein without definition that are defined in the PPSA have the meanings given to them in the PPSA, including the following terms (which are capitalized herein): Chattel Paper, Certificated Security, Futures Contract, Instruments, Investment Property, Securities Account, Security, Security Entitlement and Uncertificated Security. |
1.3 | The following terms shall have the following meanings: |
(a) | Account shall mean all accounts as such term is defined in the PPSA and Accounts Receivable. |
(b) | ABL Controlled Accounts shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, (i) all Deposit Accounts and all accounts and sub-accounts relating to any of the foregoing accounts and (ii) all cash, funds, checks, notes, and Instruments from time to time on deposit in any of the accounts or sub-accounts described in clause (i) of this definition, in each case, which are subject to a control agreement in favour of the Collateral Agent (it being understood that no such account, funds, cash, cheques, notes or Instruments shall be deemed to be an ABL Controlled Account at any time that such account, funds, cash, cheques, notes or Instruments are not subject to a control agreement in favour of the Collateral Agent). |
(c) | Accounts Receivable shall mean all debts, book debts, accounts, claims, demands, moneys and choses in action whatsoever including, without limitation, claims against the Crown and claims under insurance policies, which are now owned by or are due, owing or accruing due to the Grantors or which may hereafter be owned by or become due, owing or accruing due to the Grantors together with all contracts, investment property, bills, notes, lien notes, judgments, chattel mortgages, mortgages and all other rights, benefits and documents now or hereafter taken, vested in or held by the Grantors in respect of or as security for the same and the full benefit and advantage thereof, and all rights of action or claims which the Grantors now has or may at any time hereafter have against any Person in respect thereof. |
(d) | Applicable Control Agreement shall mean any Control Agreement in favour of the Collateral Agent as to which the Collateral Agent has agreed in writing that its Control over the ABL Controlled Accounts covered thereby is also for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties. |
(e) | ABL Priority Collateral shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. |
(f) | Canadian Loans shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto. |
2
(g) | Code shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code in effect from time to time in New York. |
(h) | Collateral shall have the meaning provided in Section 2. |
(i) | Collateral Account shall mean any collateral account established by the Collateral Agent as provided in Section 5.1 or Section 5.3. |
(j) | Collateral Agent shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Security Agreement. |
(k) | Commercial Tort Claim means commercial tort claim as such term is defined in the Code. |
(1) | Control shall mean control, as such term is defined in Section 1.(1), as applicable, of the STA. |
(m) | Control Agreement shall mean an agreement (which, if in favour of the Collateral Agent, shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) establishing a Persons Control with respect to any ABL Controlled Account (it being understood that any such agreement in favour of the Collateral Agent may be the same agreement granting Control to the ABL Collateral Agent). |
(n) | Copyrights shall mean, with respect to any Grantor, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor: (i) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of Canada or any other country, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, including those listed on Schedule 2; (ii) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in Canada or any other country, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the Copyright Office of the Canadian Intellectual Property Office. |
(o) | Copyright License shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third party (other than an agreement with any person who is a Grantor) under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement, including those listed on Schedule 1. |
(p) | Deposit Account shall mean a demand, time, savings, passbook or similar Account maintained with a bank irrespective of the currency of said account. |
(q) |
Equipment shall mean all equipment, as such term is defined in Section 1.(1) of the PPSA, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or to which any Grantor has rights and, in any event, shall include all machinery, equipment, furniture, fixtures, furnishings and movable trade fixtures now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or to which any Grantor has rights and any and all Proceeds, additions, substitutions and replacements of any of the foregoing, wherever located, together |
3
with all attachments, components, parts, equipment and accessories installed thereon or affixed thereto; but excluding equipment to the extent it is subject to a Lien, in each case permitted by clauses (e) or (h) of Section 9.2 of the ABL Credit Agreement and the terms of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien prohibit assignment of, or granting of a security interest in, such Grantors rights and interests therein; provided, that immediately upon the repayment of all Indebtedness secured by such Lien, such Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a Security Interest in all the rights and interests with respect to such equipment. |
(r) | General Intangibles shall mean all intangibles as such term is defined in Section 1.(1) of the PPSA and, in any event, including, without limitation, with respect to any Grantor, all goodwill connected with or symbolized by any such intangibles, all rights under contracts, agreements, documents, applications, licenses, materials and other matters related to such general intangibles, all chattel paper and instruments relating to such general intangible, and instruments and indentures in any form, and portions thereof, to which such Grantor is a party or under which such Grantor has any right, title or interest or to which such Grantor or any property of such Grantor is subject, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, including (i) all rights of such Grantor to receive moneys due and to become due to it thereunder or in connection therewith, (ii) all rights of such Grantor to receive proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guarantee with respect thereto, (iii) all claims of such Grantor for damages arising out of any breach of or default thereunder, and (iv) all rights of such Grantor to terminate, amend, supplement, modify or exercise rights or options thereunder, to perform thereunder and to compel performance and otherwise exercise all remedies thereunder. |
(s) | Grantor shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto. |
(t) | Intellectual Property shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (i) all Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents, and (ii) all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under Canadian, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise now owned or hereafter acquired, including (A) all goodwill, trade secrets, trade secret rights, know-how, customer lists, processes of production, ideas, confidential business information, techniques, processes, formulas and all other proprietary information, and (B) rights, priorities and privileges relating to the Copyrights, the Patents, the Trademarks and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom. |
(u) | Inventory shall mean inventory as such term is defined in the PPSA and in any event, includes, with respect to the Grantor, all inventory of whatever kind now or hereafter owned by the Grantor or in which the Grantor now or hereinafter has an interest or right of any kind, and all accessions thereto and products thereof, including, without limitation, all goods, merchandise, raw materials, goods in process, finished goods, packaging and packing material and other tangible personal property now or hereafter held for sale, lease, rental or resale or that are to be furnished or have been furnished under a contract of service or that are to be used or consumed in the business of the Grantor. |
4
(v) | Investment Property shall mean all investment property as such term is defined in the PPSA (whether certificated or uncertificated) and in any event shall include Security Entitlements of any Grantor. |
(w) | License shall mean any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other license or sublicense to which any Grantor is a party. |
(x) | Obligations shall mean, with respect to each Grantor, all present and future indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of any and every kind, nature and description (whether direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured) of such Grantor to the Canadian Secured Parties (or any of them) under, in connection with or with respect to the ABL Credit Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents and any unpaid balance thereof. |
(y) | Other Security shall mean all Chattel Paper, Instruments, warehouse receipts, bills of lading, and other documents of title of any Grantor. |
(z) | Patent License shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party (other than an agreement with any person who is a Grantor) any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor (including all Patents) or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a patent, now or hereafter owned by any third party, is in existence, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement, including those listed on Schedule 3. |
(aa) | Patents shall mean, with respect to any Grantor, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor: (i) all letters patent of Canada or the equivalent thereof in any other country, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters patent of Canada or the equivalent thereof in any other country, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the Canadian Intellectual Property Office or any similar offices in any other country, and including those listed on Schedule 4; (ii) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations in part, renewals or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein; and (iii) all unpatented or unpatentable inventions. |
(bb) | Pledged Collateral shall mean, as to any Pledgor, the Pledged Securities now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Pledgor, and any Proceeds thereof. |
(cc) | Pledged Debt shall mean, with respect to any Pledgor, all Indebtedness listed on Schedule 7 hereto together with any other Indebtedness issued to, or held or owned by, any Pledgor hereafter and required to be pledged and evidenced by a promissory note pursuant to Section 8.9(a) of the ABL Credit Agreement, and all interest, cash, Instruments and other property or Proceeds from time to time received or receivable in respect thereof. |
5
(dd) | Pledged Securities shall mean the collective reference to the Pledged Debt and the Pledged Stock. |
(ee) | Pledged Stock with respect to any Pledgor, the shares of Stock listed on Schedule 7 as held by such Pledgor, together with any other shares of Stock or Stock Equivalents required to be pledged by such Pledgor pursuant to Section 8.9(a) of the ABL Credit Agreement, as well as any other shares, stock certificates, options or rights of any nature whatsoever in respect of the Stock or Stock Equivalents that may be issued or granted to, or held by, such Pledgor while this Security Agreement is in effect, except to the extent excluded from the Collateral pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2(a) herein. |
(ff) | Pledgor shall mean each Grantor with respect to Pledged Securities held by such Grantor and all other Pledged Collateral of such Grantor. |
(gg) | PPSA shall mean the Personal Property Security Act , R.S.O. 1990, c. P.10, as amended. |
(hh) | Proceeds shall mean all proceeds as such term is defined in Section 1.(1) of the PPSA and, in any event, shall include with respect to any Grantor, any consideration received from the sale, exchange, license, lease or other disposition of any asset or property that constitutes Collateral, and any payment received from any insurer or other Person or entity as a result of the destruction, loss, theft, damage or other involuntary conversion of whatever nature of any asset or property that constitutes Collateral, and shall include: (i) all cash and negotiable instruments received by or held on behalf of the Collateral Agent; (ii) any claim of any Grantor against any third party for (and the right to sue and recover for and the rights to damages or profits due or accrued arising out of or in connection with): (A) past, present or future infringement of any Patent now or hereafter owned by any Grantor, or licensed under a Patent License, (B) past, present or future infringement or dilution of any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or licensed under a Trademark License or injury to the goodwill associated with or symbolized by any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor, (C) past, present or future breach of any License, and (D) past, present or future infringement of any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or licensed under a Copyright License; and (iv) any and all other amounts from time to time paid or payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral. |
(ii) | Receiver shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.10. |
(jj) | Replacements shall mean with respect to the Collateral, all substitutions and replacements thereof, increases, additions and accessions thereto and any interests of the Grantor therein. |
(kk) | Security Agreement shall mean this Security Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. |
6
(ll) | Security Interest shall have the meaning provided in Section 2(a). |
(mm) | STA shall mean the Securities Transfer Act, 2006 , S.O. 2006, c.8. |
(nn) | Trademarks shall mean, with respect to any Grantor, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor: (i) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of like nature, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof (if any), and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the Canadian Intellectual Property Office or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof, including those listed on Schedule 6 hereto, and (ii) all goodwill associated therewith or symbolized thereby. |
(oo) | Trademark License shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party (other than an Agreement with any person who is a Grantor) any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor (including any Trademark) or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement, including those listed on Schedule 5. |
1.4 | The words hereof, herein, hereto and hereunder and words of similar import when used in this Security Agreement shall refer to this Security Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Security Agreement, and Section, subsection, clause and Schedule references are to this Security Agreement unless otherwise specified. The words include, includes and including shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase without limitation. |
1.5 | The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms. |
1.6 | Where the context requires, terms relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, when used in relation to a Grantor, shall refer to such Grantors Collateral or the relevant part thereof. |
1.7 | References to Canadian Lenders in this Security Agreement shall be deemed to include affiliates of any Lender that constitute Canadian Secured Parties. |
SECTION 2 GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST.
(a) |
As collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations each Grantor hereby bargains, conveys, assigns, sets over, mortgages, pledges, hypothecates, grants and transfers to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties, a lien on and security interest in (the Security |
7
Interest), all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all property, assets and undertakings of the Grantor now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the Collateral), including, without limitation, the following: |
(i) | all Accounts; |
(ii) | all Other Security; |
(iii) | all Documents; |
(iv) | all Equipment; |
(v) | all General Intangibles; |
(vi) | all goods not covered by other clauses in this Section 2(a) excluding Consumer Goods (as such term is defined in the PPSA); |
(vii) | all Intellectual Property; |
(viii) | all Inventory; |
(ix) | all Investment Property; |
(x) | all letters of credit; |
(xi) | all Proceeds; |
(xii) | all Collateral Accounts and all ABL Controlled Accounts; |
(xiii) | all Replacements; |
(xiv) | all Pledged Collateral; and |
(xv) | the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing; |
provided, that the Collateral shall not include under any circumstance and at any time any Excluded Assets with respect to such Obligations.
(b) |
Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent and its Affiliates, and counsel, at any time and from time to time, to file or record financing statements, amendments to financing statements, financing change statements and, with notice to the Company, other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral in such form and in such offices as the Collateral Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect the security interests of the Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement, and such financing statements and amendments may describe the Collateral covered thereby as all assets, all personal property or words of similar effect. Each |
8
Grantor hereby also authorizes the Collateral Agent and its Affiliates and counsel at any time and from time to time, to file financing change statements with respect to previously filed financing statements. |
Each Grantor hereby agrees to provide to the Collateral Agent, promptly upon written request, any information reasonably necessary to effectuate the filings or recordings authorized by this Section 2(b). All certificates or instruments, if any, representing or evidencing the Pledged Collateral shall be promptly delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent pursuant hereto to the extent required by the ABL Credit Agreement and shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. Each delivery of Pledged Collateral shall be accompanied by a notice to the Collateral Agent describing the Securities theretofore and then being pledged hereunder.
The Collateral Agent is further authorized to file with the Canadian Intellectual Property Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest granted, as the case may be, by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Collateral Agent as secured party. The Collateral Agent agrees upon request by the Parent Borrower, to promptly furnish copies of such filings to the Parent Borrower.
The Security Interests are granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Collateral.
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no Grantor shall be required to and neither the Collateral Agent, nor its Affiliates, counsel nor any other Person on their behalf is authorized to take any action to perfect the Security Interest of the Collateral Agent in any Excluded Perfection Assets.
SECTION 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.
Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party that:
3.1 | Title; No Other Liens. |
Such Grantor owns its right, title and interest in each item of the Collateral.
3.2 | Perfected First Priority Liens. |
(a) |
This Security Agreement is effective to create in favour of the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Security Interests in the Collateral (other than Excluded Perfection Assets), subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors rights generally and general equitable principles. Upon delivery of such Pledged Collateral to the Collateral Agent in the province of Ontario, this Security Agreement shall create a fully perfected Lien on and security interest in the |
9
Pledged Collateral, securing the payment of the Obligations (or the U.K. Obligations, as applicable), in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting creditors rights generally and subject to general principles of equity. |
(b) | The Security Interests granted pursuant to this Security Agreement (i) will constitute legal, valid and perfected Security Interests in the Collateral, other than Excluded Perfection Assets (as to which perfection may be obtained by the filings or other actions described in clause (A), (B) or (C) of this paragraph) in favour of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties, as collateral security for the Obligations, upon (A) the completion of the filing in the applicable filing offices of all financing statements, in each case, naming each Grantor as debtor and the Collateral Agent as secured party and describing the Collateral, (B) delivery of all Instruments, Chattel Paper, Certificated Securities and negotiable Documents in each case, properly endorsed for transfer to the Collateral Agent or the Term Collateral Agent, acting as agent for the Collateral Agent for the purposes of perfection of all ABL Priority Collateral, in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement, or in blank and (C) completion of the filing, registration and recording of a fully executed agreement in the form hereof (or a supplement hereto) and containing a description of all Collateral constituting Canadian registered Trademarks, applications for Trademark Registration, Patents, or Patent applications in the Canadian Intellectual Property Office (or any successor office) within the three month period (commencing as of the date hereof) and all Collateral (other than Excluded Perfection Assets) constituting Canadian registered Copyrights in the Canadian Intellectual Property Office (or any successor office) within the one month period (commencing as of the applicable date of acquisition or filing), provided, however, that additional filings may be required to perfect the security interest in any Intellectual Property acquired after the date hereof. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to require any Grantor to prepare any documents or otherwise take any action to perfect the Collateral Agents security interest in any Intellectual Property outside of Canada. |
3.3 | Pledged Collateral. |
Each Grantor represents and warrants as follows:
(a) | Schedule 7 hereto (i) correctly represents as of the Closing Date (A) the issuer, the certificate number, the Grantor and the record and beneficial owner, the number and class and the percentage of the issued and outstanding Stock of such Subsidiary of each class of all Stock of such Subsidiary and (B) the issuer, the initial principal amount or the approximate amount outstanding as of the date hereof, the Grantor and holder, issue date of and maturity date of all Pledged Debt and (ii) together with the comparable schedule to each supplement hereto, includes all Stock, debt securities and promissory notes constituting part of the Collateral (other than Excluded Perfection Assets). Except as set forth on Schedule 7, the Pledged Stock represents all of the issued and outstanding Stock of each class of Stock in the issuer on the Closing Date. |
10
(b) | Such Grantor is the legal and beneficial owner of the Pledged Collateral pledged or assigned by such Grantor hereunder free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens permitted by the ABL Credit Agreement. |
(c) | As of the Closing Date, the Pledged Stock pledged by such Grantor hereunder has been duly authorized and validly issued and, in the case of Pledged Stock issued by a corporation, is fully paid and non-assessable. |
(d) | As of the date hereof [except to the extent described in Section 2 above], no Grantor has knowledge of rights in any Commercial Tort Claim as to which it reasonably expects to recover more than $5,000,000. |
SECTION 4 COVENANTS.
Each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees with the Collateral Agent and the Canadian Secured Parties that, from and after the date of this Security Agreement until the Obligations are paid in full and the Commitments are terminated (other than indemnities and other contingent Obligations not then due and payable):
4.1 | Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation. |
(a) | Such Grantor shall maintain the Security Interest created by this Security Agreement as a perfected Security Interest having at least the priority described in Section 3.1 and subject to the qualifications described in Section 3.2 shall defend such Security Interest against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever other than the holders of Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement. |
(b) | Such Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent and the Canadian Lenders from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the assets and property of such Grantor and such other reports in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request. |
(c) | Subject to clause (d) below, each Grantor agrees that at any time and from time to time, at the expense of such Grantor, it will execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements and other documents, including all applicable documents required under Section 3.2(b)(C)), which may be required under any applicable law, or which the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, in order to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral, including the filing of any financing, continuation, or financing change statements under the PPSA in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the Security Interest created hereby and all applicable documents required under Section 3.2(b)(C), all at the expense of such Grantor. |
11
(d) | Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.1 to the contrary, (i) with respect to any assets acquired by such Grantor after the date hereof that constitute Collateral or (ii) with respect to any Person that, subsequent to the date hereof, becomes a Domestic Subsidiary that is required by the ABL Credit Agreement to become a party hereto, the relevant Grantor after the acquisition or creation thereof shall promptly take all actions required by the ABL Credit Agreement or this Section 4.1. |
(e) | In order better to perfect the security interest of the Canadian Secured Parties in ABL Controlled Accounts which are subject to Applicable Control Agreements, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties, a lien on and security interest in, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the ABL Controlled Accounts and shall enter into any Applicable Control Agreements as required by the Collateral Agent. |
4.2 | Damage or Destruction of Collateral. |
The Grantors agree promptly to notify the Collateral Agent if any material portion of the tangible Collateral is damaged or destroyed.
4.3 | Notices. |
Each Grantor will advise the Collateral Agent promptly, in reasonable detail, of any Lien of which it has knowledge (other than the Security Interests created hereby or Liens permitted under the ABL Credit Agreement) on any of the Collateral which would adversely affect, in any material respect, the ability of the Collateral Agent to exercise any of its remedies hereunder.
4.4 | Location of Inventory and Equipment. |
Such Grantor will not move any material portion of Equipment or Inventory to any province or jurisdiction, other than any province, jurisdiction or location that is listed in the relevant Schedules to the Perfection Certificate or changes in location to a leased property subject to a landlord waiver and access agreement unless it shall have given prompt written notice thereof to the Collateral Agent.
4.5 | Compliance with Section 8.9 of the ABL Credit Agreement. |
Each Grantor will comply with Section 8.9(a) of the ABL Credit Agreement.
4.6 | Commercial Tort Claims |
If such Grantor shall obtain an interest in any Commercial Tort Claim as to which it determines that it reasonably expects to recover more than $5,000,000, such Grantor shall promptly upon making such determination sign and deliver documentation reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent granting a security interest under the terms and provisions of this Agreement in and to such Commercial Tort Claim.
12
4.7 | Notice Regarding Change of Address, etc. |
The Grantor shall notify the Collateral Agent in writing:
(a) At least 30 days prior to any change of name of the Grantor; and
(b) At least 15 days prior to any transfer of the Grantors interest in any part of the Collateral not expressly permitted hereunder or under the ABL Credit Agreement.
4.8 | Additional STA Related Covenants: |
Without limiting the generality of other terms of this Agreement, the Grantor shall:
(a) | deliver to the Collateral Agent any and all certificates representing Collateral that is a Certificated Security (the Pledged Certificated Securities) and other materials as may be required from time to time to provide the Collateral Agent with control over all Pledged Certificated Securities in the manner provided under Section 23 of the STA, and at the written request of the Collateral Agent, will cause all certificated Pledged Securities to be registered in the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee; |
(b) | deliver to the Collateral Agent any and all such documents, agreements and other materials as may be required from time to time to provide the Collateral Agent with control over all Collateral that is an uncertificated security in the manner provided under Section 24 of the STA; |
(c) | deliver to the Collateral Agent any and all such documents, agreements and other materials as may be required from time to time to provide the Collateral Agent with control over all Collateral that is a Security Entitlement in the manner provided under Section 25 or 26 of the STA; and |
(d) | deliver to the Collateral Agent any and all such documents, agreements and other materials as may be required from time to time to provide the Collateral Agent with control over all Collateral that is a Futures Contract in the manner provided under subsection 1(2) of the PPSA. |
SECTION 5 REMEDIAL PROVISIONS.
5.1 | Certain Matters Relating to Accounts. |
(a) | At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Canadian Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to instruct the Collateral Agent to (and upon such instruction, the Collateral Agent shall) make test verifications of the Accounts in any manner and through any medium that the Canadian Administrative Agent reasonably considers advisable, and each Grantor shall furnish all such reasonable assistance and information as the Collateral Agent may require in connection with such test verifications. The Collateral Agent shall have the right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party in accordance with the terms of the Credit Documents. |
13
(b) | Each Grantor is permitted at all times to collect such Grantors Accounts except that the Collateral Agent may curtail or terminate said authority at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default in respect of Accounts constituting Collateral. If required in writing by the Collateral Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any payments of Accounts, when collected by any Grantor, (i) shall be forthwith (and, in any event, within three (3) Business Days of receipt by such Grantor) deposited by such Grantor in the exact form received, duly endorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent if required, in a Collateral Account maintained under the control of and on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent subject to withdrawal by the Collateral Agent, for the account of the Canadian Secured Parties only as provided in Section 5.5, and (ii) until so turned over, shall be held by such Grantor for the Collateral Agent and the Canadian Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor. Each such deposit of Proceeds of Accounts shall be accompanied by a report identifying in reasonable detail the nature and source of the payments included in the deposit. |
(c) | At the Collateral Agents written request at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent, all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to the Accounts constituting Collateral, including all original orders, invoices and shipping receipts. |
(d) | Other than in the ordinary course of business or as permitted by the Credit Documents, during the continuance of an Event of Default a Grantor shall not grant any extension of the time of payment of any of the Accounts, compromise, compound or settle the same for less than the full amount thereof, release, wholly or partly, any Person liable for the payment thereof, or allow any credit or discount whatsoever thereon if the Collateral Agent shall have instructed the Grantors not to grant or make any such extension, credit, discount, compromise or settlement under any circumstances. |
(e) | At the reasonable written direction of the Collateral Agent, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall grant to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties, to the extent assignable, until termination of this Agreement, a nonexclusive, fully paid-up, royalty free, worldwide license to use or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor; provided however that no such license shall be deemed granted to the extent it (i) conflicts with the terms of any agreement to which such Grantor is a party or otherwise bound or (ii) would result in the invalidity, unenforceability or abandonment of any Trademarks. Such license shall include access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout thereof. |
14
5.2 | Communications with Credit Parties; Grantors Remain Liable. |
(a) | The Collateral Agent in its own name or in the name of others may at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after giving reasonable written notice to the relevant Grantor of its intent to do so, communicate with obligors under the Accounts to verify with them to the Collateral Agents satisfaction the existence, amount and terms of any Accounts constituting Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall have the right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party or the Term Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of the Credit Documents. |
(b) | Upon the written reasonable request of the Collateral Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall notify obligors on the Accounts that the Accounts have been assigned to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties, and that payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to the Collateral Agent. |
(c) | Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Grantor shall remain liable to the relevant Account creditors under each of the Accounts to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise thereto. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto) by reason of or arising out of this Security Agreement or the receipt by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any payment relating thereto, nor shall the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party thereunder, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times. |
5.3 | Proceeds to be Turned Over To Collateral Agent. |
In addition to the rights of the Collateral Agent and the Canadian Secured Parties specified in Section 5.1 with respect to payments of Accounts, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Collateral Agent so instructs any Grantor to do so in writing, all Proceeds received by any Grantor consisting of cash, checks and other near cash items shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the Canadian Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Grantor, be turned over to the Collateral Agent, in the exact form received by such Grantor (duly endorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent if required). All Proceeds received by the Collateral Agent hereunder shall be held by the Collateral Agent in a Collateral Account maintained under its dominion and control and on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. All
15
Proceeds while held by the Collateral Agent in a Collateral Account (or by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the Canadian Secured Parties) shall continue to be held as collateral security for all the Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section 5.4.
5.4 | Application of Proceeds. |
If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection, sale or other realization of the Collateral as well as any Collateral consisting of cash held by Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement, at any time after receipt in the order specified in Section 10 of the ABL Credit Agreement and according to the priorities set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.
5.5 | Code and Other Remedies. |
If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party upon default under the PPSA, the Civil Code of Quebec (the CCQ) or the Code (whether or not the CCQ or the Code applies to the affected Collateral), or any other applicable law and also may with notice to the relevant Grantor, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, brokers board or office of the Collateral Agent or any Lender or elsewhere for cash or on credit or for future delivery at such price or prices and upon such other terms as are commercially reasonable. The Collateral Agent shall be authorized at any such sale (if it deems it reasonably advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers of Collateral to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and, upon consummation of any such sale, the Collateral Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of stay and/or appraisal that it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. The Collateral Agent and any Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, and the Collateral Agent or such Secured Party may pay the purchase price by crediting the amount thereof against the Obligations. Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten (10) days notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. To the extent permitted by law, each Grantor hereby waives any claim against the Collateral Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price that might have been
16
obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree. Each Grantor further agrees, at the Collateral Agents reasonable written request to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Collateral Agent, at places which the Collateral Agent shall reasonably select, whether at such Grantors premises or elsewhere. The Collateral Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this subsection 5.5 in accordance with the provisions of subsection 5.4. Additionally, the Collateral Agent shall have the right, at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and with notice to the relevant Grantor, to transfer to, or to register in the name of, the Collateral Agent or any of its nominees any or all of the Collateral.
5.6 | Deficiency. |
Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Obligations and the fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to collect such deficiency.
5.7 | Amendments, etc. with Respect to the Obligations; Waiver of Rights. |
Each Grantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Grantor and without notice to or further assent by any Grantor, (a) any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may be rescinded by such party and any of the Obligations continued, (b) the Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, (c) the ABL Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith and the Secured Cash Management Agreements and the Secured Hedge Agreements and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Collateral Agent (or the Required Canadian Lenders, as the case may be, or, in the case of any Secured Hedge Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreement, the Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank party thereto) may deem advisable from time to time, and (d) any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Obligations or for this Security Agreement or any property subject thereto. When making any demand hereunder against any Grantor, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on any Grantor or any other Person, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to make any such demand or to collect any payments from the Company or any Grantor or any other Person or any release of any the Company or any Grantor or any other Person shall not relieve any Grantor in respect of which a demand or collection is not made or any Grantor not so released of its
17
several obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party against any Grantor. For the purposes hereof demand shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.
5.8 | Powers of Entry |
At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent may take such steps as it considers necessary or desirable to obtain possession of all or any part of the Collateral and, to that end, the Grantor agrees that the Collateral Agent, its servants or agents or Receiver (as hereinafter defined) may, at any time, during the day or night, enter upon lands and premises where the Collateral may be found for the purpose of taking possession of and/or removing the Collateral or any part thereof. In the event of the Collateral Agent taking possession of the Collateral, or any part thereof, the Collateral Agent shall have the right to maintain the same upon the premises on which the Collateral may then be situate. The Collateral Agent may take such action or do such things as to render any Equipment unusable.
5.9 | Matters Relating to the Pledged Collateral. |
(a) | Subject to paragraph (c) below, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and except in the case of a bankruptcy default, the Collateral Agent shall have given the Grantors prior written notice of its intent to exercise its rights under this Agreement: |
(i) | Each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents, and applicable law. |
(ii) | The Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to each Grantor all such proxies and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and other rights that it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (i) above. |
(b) |
Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain and use, free and clear of the Liens created under this Agreement, any and all dividends, distributions, principal and interest made or paid in respect of the Pledged Collateral to the extent permitted by the ABL Credit Agreement; provided, however, that any and all non-cash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Stock or Pledged Debt, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Stock or Stock Equivalents of the issuer of any Pledged Stock or received in exchange for Pledged Stock or Pledged Debt or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be, and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent to hold as, Pledged Collateral and shall, if received by such Grantor, be received in trust for the benefit of the |
18
Collateral Agent, be segregated from the other property or funds of such Grantor and be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement). |
(c) | Upon written notice to a Grantor by the Collateral Agent following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, |
(i) | all rights of such Grantor to exercise or refrain from exercising the voting and other consensual rights that it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.8(a)(i) shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise or refrain from exercising such voting and other consensual rights during the continuance of such Event of Default, provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Canadian Lenders, the Collateral Agent shall have the right from time to time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, each Grantor will have the right to exercise the voting and consensual rights that such Grantor would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8(a)(i) (and the obligations of the Collateral Agent under Section 5.8(a)(ii) shall be reinstated); |
(ii) | all rights of such Grantor to receive the dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments that such Grantor would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.8(b) shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to receive and hold as Collateral such dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments during the continuance of such Event of Default. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, the Collateral Agent shall repay to each Grantor (without interest) all dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments that such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to receive, retain and use pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8(b) to the extent that such amounts have not been applied to repay Obligations; |
(iii) | all dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments that are received by such Grantor contrary to the provisions of Section 5.8(b) shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, and shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall forthwith be delivered to the Collateral Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements); and |
(iv) |
in order to permit the Collateral Agent to receive all dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments to which it may be entitled under Section 5.8(b) above, to exercise the voting and other consensual rights that it may be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.8(c)(i) above, and to receive all dividends, distributions and principal |
19
and interest payments that it may be entitled to under Sections 5.8(c)(ii) and (c)(iii) above, such Grantor shall, if necessary, upon reasonable written notice from the Collateral Agent, from time to time execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent, appropriate proxies, dividend payment orders and other instruments as the Collateral Agent may in writing reasonably request. |
5.10 | Receiver-Manager |
The Collateral Agent may, in addition to any other rights it may have, appoint by instrument in writing a receiver or receiver and manager (both of which are herein called a Receiver) of all or any part of the Collateral or may institute proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of such a Receiver. Any such Receiver is hereby given and shall have the same powers and rights and exclusions and limitations of liability as the Canadian Secured Parties and the Collateral Agent have under this Security Agreement, at law or in equity. In exercising any such powers, any such Receiver shall, to the extent permitted by law, act as and for all purposes shall be deemed to be the agent of the Grantor, and the Canadian Secured Parties and the Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for any act or default of any such Receiver. The Collateral Agent may appoint one or more Receivers hereunder and may remove any such Receiver or Receivers and appoint another or others in his or their stead from time to time. Any Receiver so appointed may be an officer or employee of the Collateral Agent or any of the other Canadian Secured Parties. A court need not appoint, ratify the appointment by the Collateral Agent of or otherwise supervise in any manner the actions of any Receiver. Upon the Grantor receiving notice from the Collateral Agent of the taking of possession of the Collateral or the appointment of a Receiver, all powers, functions, rights and privileges of each of the directors and officers of the Grantor with respect to the Collateral shall cease, unless specifically continued by the written consent of the Collateral Agent.
SECTION 6 THE COLLATERAL AGENT.
6.1 | Collateral Agents Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc. |
(a) | Each Grantor hereby appoints, in its capacity as a Credit Party, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, the Collateral Agent or any Receiver appointed by the court or the Collateral Agent as provided herein, and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Security Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary or reasonably desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Security Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the Collateral Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, either in the Collateral Agents name or in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, without written notice to or assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of the following, in each case after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default: |
(i) | take possession of and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Account that constitutes Collateral or with respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Collateral Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Account or with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable; |
20
(ii) | in the case of any Intellectual Property constituting Collateral, execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Collateral Agent may in writing, reasonably request to evidence the Collateral Agents and the Canadian Secured Parties Security Interest in such Intellectual Property and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby; |
(iii) | pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral; |
(iv) | execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 5.5, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral; |
(v) | obtain and adjust insurance in respect of Collateral required to be maintained by such Grantor pursuant to Section 8.3 of the ABL Credit Agreement; |
(vi) | direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Collateral Agent or as the Collateral Agent shall direct; |
(vii) | ask or demand for, collect and receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; |
(viii) | sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral; |
(ix) | commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; |
21
(x) | defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral; |
(xi) | settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Collateral Agent may deem appropriate; |
(xii) | assign any Copyright, Patent or Trademark constituting Collateral (along with the goodwill of the business to which any such Copyright, Patent or Trademark pertains), throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the Collateral Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; |
(xiii) | generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Collateral Agents option and such Grantors expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things that the Collateral Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Collateral Agents and the Canadian Secured Parties Security Interests therein and to effect the intent of this Security Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do, and for greater certainty, any sale, lease or disposition of the Collateral by the Collateral Agent shall be on such terms and conditions as to credit and otherwise and as to upset or reserve bid or price as the Collateral Agent, in its sole discretion, may deem advantageous, acting reasonably; and |
(xiv) | carry on, or concur in the carrying on of, all or any part of the business or undertaking of the Grantor, and may, to the exclusion of all others, including the Grantor, enter upon, occupy and use all or any of the premises, buildings, plant and undertaking of or occupied or used by the Grantor and may use all or any of the tools, machinery, equipment and intangibles of the Grantor for such time as the Collateral Agent sees fit, free of charge, to carry on the business of the Grantor and, if applicable, to manufacture or complete the manufacture of any Inventory and to pack and ship the finished product. |
Anything in this Section 6.1(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Collateral Agent agrees that it will not exercise, without written notice, any rights under the power of attorney provided for in this Section 6.1(a) unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
(b) | If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, the Collateral Agent, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may during the continuance of an Event of Default perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement. |
(c) |
The expenses of the Collateral Agent incurred in connection with actions undertaken as provided in this Section 6.1, together with interest thereon at a rate |
22
per annum equal to the rate per annum at which interest would then be payable on past due ABR Canadian Loans under the ABL Credit Agreement, from the date of payment by the Collateral Agent to the date reimbursed by the relevant Grantor, shall be payable by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent on demand. |
(d) | Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Security Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until the payment in full of the Obligations and the Commitments are terminated (other than indemnities and other contingent Obligations not then due). |
6.2 | Duty of Collateral Agent. |
The Collateral Agents sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under Part V of the PPSA or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Collateral Agent deals with similar property for its own account. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Collateral Agent accords its own property. Neither the Collateral Agent, any Secured Party nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent and the Canadian Secured Parties hereunder are solely to protect the Collateral Agents and the Canadian Secured Parties interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to exercise any such powers. The Collateral Agent and the Canadian Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own bad faith, gross negligence or wilful misconduct.
6.3 | Authority of Collateral Agent. |
Each Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Collateral Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Collateral Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Security Agreement shall, as between the Collateral Agent and the Canadian Secured Parties, be governed by the ABL Credit Agreement, and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Collateral Agent and the Grantors, the Collateral Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the applicable Canadian Secured Parties with fill and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.
23
6.4 | Continuing Security Interest; Assignments Under the ABL Credit Agreement; Release. |
(a) | This Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon each Grantor and the successors and assigns thereof and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Canadian Secured Parties and their respective successors, endorsees, transferees and assigns until all Obligations under the Credit Documents (other than any contingent Obligations not then due) and the Obligations of each Grantor under this Security Agreement shall have been satisfied by payment in full, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the ABL Credit Agreement and any Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreement the Credit Parties may be free from any Obligations. |
(b) | A Grantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder if it ceases to be a Canadian Guarantor in accordance with Section 12.1 of the ABL Credit Agreement. |
(c) | The Security Interest granted hereby in any Collateral shall automatically and without further action be released (i) to the extent provided in Section 12.1 of the ABL Credit Agreement (ii) upon any sale, transfer or other disposition to any Person (other than a Grantor) not prohibited by the Credit Agreement and (iii) upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the Security Interest granted hereby in such Collateral pursuant to Section 12.1 of the ABL Credit Agreement. Any such release in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of such Collateral shall result in such Collateral being sold, transferred or disposed of, as applicable, free and clear of the Lien and Security Interest created hereby. |
(d) | In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above, the Collateral Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantors expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 6.5 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent. |
6.5 | Reinstatement. |
Each Grantor further agrees that, if any payment made by any Credit Party or other Person and applied to the Obligations is at any time annulled, avoided, set aside, rescinded, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential or otherwise required to be refunded or repaid, or the proceeds of Collateral are required to be returned by any Secured Party to such Credit Party, its estate, trustee, receiver or any other party, including any Grantor, under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or repayment, any Lien or other Collateral securing such liability shall be and remain in full force and effect, as fully as if such payment had never been made or, if prior thereto the Lien granted hereby or other Collateral securing such liability hereunder shall have been released or terminated by virtue of such cancellation or surrender), such Lien or other Collateral shall be reinstated
24
in full force and effect, and such prior cancellation or surrender shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect any Lien or other Collateral securing the obligations of any Grantor in respect of the amount of such payment.
SECTION 7 COLLATERAL AGENT AS AGENT.
(a) | Bank of America, N.A. has been appointed to act as the Collateral Agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, by the Canadian Lenders under the ABL Credit Agreement and, by their acceptance of the benefits hereof, the other Canadian Secured Parties. The Collateral Agent shall be obligated, and shall have the right hereunder, to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking any action (including the release or substitution of Collateral), solely in accordance with this Security Agreement and the ABL Credit Agreement. |
(b) | The Collateral Agent shall at all times be the same Person that is the Collateral Agent under the ABL Credit Agreement. Written notice of resignation by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 11.9 of the ABL Credit Agreement shall also constitute notice of resignation as Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement; removal of the Collateral Agent shall also constitute removal under this Security Agreement; and appointment of a Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 11.9 of the ABL Credit Agreement shall also constitute appointment of a successor Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Collateral Agent under Section 11.9 of the ABL Credit Agreement by a successor Collateral Agent, that successor Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement, and the retiring or removed Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Collateral Agent all sums, Securities and other items of Collateral held hereunder, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement, and (ii) execute and deliver to such successor Collateral Agent or otherwise authorize the filing of such amendments to financing statements and take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the assignment to such successor Collateral Agent of the Security Interests created hereunder, whereupon such retiring or removed Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Security Agreement. After any retiring or removed Collateral Agents resignation or removal hereunder as Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Security Agreement shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Security Agreement while it was Collateral Agent hereunder. |
(c) | The Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have any duty whatsoever with respect to any Secured Party that is a counterparty to a Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement the obligations under which constitute Obligations, unless it shall have received written notice in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent from a Grantor or any such Secured Party as to the existence and terms of the applicable Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement. |
25
SECTION 8 MISCELLANEOUS.
8.1 | Amendments in Writing. |
None of the terms or provisions of this Security Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by a written instrument executed by the affected Grantor and the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 12.1 of the ABL Credit Agreement.
8.2 | Notices. |
All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 12.2 of the ABL Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Company at the Companys address set forth in Section 12.2 of the ABL Credit Agreement.
8.3 | No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies. |
Neither the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 8.1), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that the Collateral Agent or such other Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.
8.4 | Successors and Assigns. |
The provisions of this Security Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Security Agreement without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent except pursuant to a transaction permitted by the ABL Credit Agreement.
8.5 | Counterparts. |
This Security Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Security Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Security Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Company.
26
8.6 | Severability. |
Any provision of this Security Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction provided that, with respect to any Pledged Stock issued by a Foreign Subsidiary, all rights, powers and remedies provided in this Security Agreement may be exercised only to the extent that they do not violate any provision of any law, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to any such Pledged Stock or affecting the legality, validity or enforceability of any of the provisions of this Security Agreement against the Pledgor (such laws, rules or regulations, Applicable Law) and are intended to be limited to the extent necessary so that they will not render this Security Agreement invalid, unenforceable or not entitled to be recorded, registered or filed under the provisions of any Applicable Law.
8.7 | Section Headings. |
The Article and Section headings used in this Security Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.
8.8 | Integration. |
This Security Agreement together with the other Credit Documents represents the agreement of each of the Grantors with respect to the subject matter hereof and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents.
8.9 | GOVERNING LAW. |
THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER (OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO. THE GRANTOR IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING SUCH JURISDICTION OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION SELECTED BY THE LENDER OR COLLATERAL AGENT IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE GRANTOR WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY THE LAW OF ONTARIO.
27
8.10 | Submission To Jurisdiction Waivers. |
Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a) | submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the nonexclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario or federal court of Canada sitting in such province; |
(b) | submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to the Security Agreement to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the nonexclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario; |
(c) | consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same; |
(d) | agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address referred to in Section 8.2 or at such other address of which such Person shall have been notified pursuant thereto; |
(e) | agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of any other party hereto (or any Secured Party) to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of any party hereto (or any Secured Party) to sue in any other jurisdiction; and |
(f) | waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 8.11 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages. |
8.11 | Acknowledgments. Each party hereto hereby acknowledges that: |
(a) | it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Security Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party; |
(b) | neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Grantor arising out of or in connection with this Security Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, and the relationship between the Grantors, on the one hand, and the Collateral Agent and the other Canadian Secured Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and |
(c) | no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Canadian Lenders and any other Secured Party or among the Grantors and the Canadian Lenders and any other Secured Party. |
28
8.12 | Additional Grantors. |
Each Subsidiary of the Company that is required to become a party to this Security Agreement pursuant to Section 8.8 of the ABL Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein, for all purposes of this Security Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of a written supplement substantially in the form of Annex B hereto. The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Grantor as a party to this Security Agreement shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Security Agreement.
8.13 | Judgement Currency |
If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Collateral Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of any Grantor in respect of any such sum due from it to the Collateral Agent shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the Judgment Currency) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the Agreement Currency), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Collateral Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Collateral Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Collateral Agent from any Guarantor in the Agreement Currency, such Guarantor agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Collateral Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Collateral Agent in such currency, the Collateral Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Guarantor (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).
8.14 | Intercreditor Agreement. |
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder, in each case, with respect to the Collateral are subject to the limitations and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement with respect to the Collateral, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]
29
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the undersigned has caused this Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
UNIVAR CANADA LTD. | ||||
Per: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Peter Heinz | |||
Title: | Assistant Secretary | |||
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent | ||||
Per: |
|
|||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
Canadian ABL Pledge and Security Agreement - Canadian Borrower
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the undersigned has caused this Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
UNIVAR CANADA LTD. | ||||
Per: |
|
|||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent | ||||
Per: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Christopher Godfrey | |||
Title: | Senior Vice President |
Canadian ABL Pledge and Security Agreement - Canadian Borrower
ANNEX A
TO THE SECURITY AGREEMENT
SUPPLEMENT NO. [ ] dated as of [ ], to the Canadian ABL Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of [ ], 2007 (the Security Agreement) among Univar Canada Ltd. (the Company), each Subsidiary of the Company listed on the signature pages thereto (each such Subsidiary individually a Grantor and, collectively, the Grantors; the Grantors and the Company are referred to collectively herein as the Grantors), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent under the Security Agreement referred to below.
A. | Reference is made to the ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the ABL Credit Agreement) among, inter alia , Univar Inc., the Company, as Canadian borrower, the lenders or other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto, Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch), as Canadian Administrative Agent, Canadian Swingline Lender and Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer and the other parties named thereto. |
B. | Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement. |
C. | The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Canadian Lenders and the other Canadian Secured Parties to enter into the ABL Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Canadian Lenders to make their respective Canadian Loans to the Canadian Borrower under the ABL Credit Agreement. Pursuant to Section 8.1(i) of the ABL Credit Agreement, the Canadian Borrower has agreed to deliver to the Collateral Agent a written supplement substantially in the form hereof with respect to any additional material Copyrights, Patents, and Trademarks that are registered (or for which an application to register such items has been filed) with the Canadian Intellectual Property Office (or any successor to such office) and any material Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses, and Trademark Licenses and Pledged Collateral acquired by any Grantor after the date of the Security Agreement constituting Collateral. The Grantors have identified the additional material Copyrights, Patents, and Trademarks that are registered (or for which an application to register such items has been filed) with the Canadian Intellectual Property Office (or any successor to such office) and any material Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses, and Trademark Licenses set forth on Schedules I, II, III, IV, V, VI and VII hereto. The undersigned Grantors are executing this Supplement in order to facilitate supplemental filings to be made by the Collateral Agent with the Canadian Intellectual Property Office or under the PPSA, as applicable. |
Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the Grantors agree as follows:
1. |
(a) Schedule 1 of the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented, as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule I hereto, (b) Schedule 2 of the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented, as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule II hereto, (c) Schedule 3 of the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented, as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule III hereto, (d) Schedule 4 of the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented, as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule IV hereto, (e) Schedule 5 of the Security Agreement is |
hereby supplemented, as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule V hereto (f) Schedule 6 of the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented, as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule VI hereto and (g) Schedule 7 of the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented as applicable, by the information (if any) set forth in the Schedule VII hereto. |
2. | Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties a security interest in the Intellectual Property set forth in Schedules I, II, III, IV, V, VI and VII hereto. Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants that the information set forth on Schedules I, II, III, IV, V, VI and VII hereto is true and correct in all material respects. |
3. | This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent. This Supplement shall become effective as to each Grantor when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of such Grantor and the Collateral Agent. |
4. | Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. |
5. | THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO. |
6. | Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Security Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavour in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions. |
7. | All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 12.2 of the ABL Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to each Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Company at the Companys address set forth in Section 12.2 of the ABL Credit Agreement. |
2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each Grantor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
[EACH OF THE GRANTORS] | ||
Per: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent | ||
Per: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
SCHEDULE I
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHT LICENSES
SCHEDULE II
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHTS
Registered Owner/Grantor |
Title |
Registration Number |
||
SCHEDULE III
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENT LICENSES
SCHEDULE IV
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENTS
SCHEDULE V
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
TRADEMARK LICENSES
SCHEDULE VI
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
TRADEMARKS
Domestic Trademarks |
||||||||
Registered Owner/Grantor |
Trademark |
Registration No. |
Application No. |
|||||
Foreign Trademarks |
||||||||
Registered Owner/Grantor |
Trademark |
Registration No. |
Application No. |
County |
||||
SCHEDULE VII
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PLEDGED DEBT
PLEDGED SECURITIES
ANNEX B
TO THE SECURITY AGREEMENT
SUPPLEMENT NO. [ ] dated as of [ ], to the Canadian ABL Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of [ ], 2007 (the Security Agreement) among Univar Canada Ltd. (the Company), each Subsidiary of the Company listed on the signature pages thereto (each such Subsidiary individually a Grantor and, collectively, the Grantors; the Grantors and the Company are referred to collectively herein as the Grantors), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent under the Security Agreement referred to below.
A. | Reference is made to the ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the ABL Credit Agreement) among, inter alia , Univar Inc., the Company, as Canadian Borrower, the lenders or other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto, Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch), as Canadian Administrative Agent, Canadian Swingline Lender and Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer, and the other parties named thereto. |
B. | Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement. |
C. | The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Canadian Lenders and the other Canadian Secured Parties to enter into the ABL Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Canadian Lenders to make their respective Canadian Loans to the Canadian Borrowers under the ABL Credit Agreement. |
D. | Section 8.8 of the ABL Credit Agreement and Section 8.13 of the Security Agreement provide that each Subsidiary of the Company that is required to become a party to the Security Agreement pursuant to Section 8.8 of the ABL Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor therein, for all purposes of the Security Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. Each undersigned Subsidiary (each a New Grantor) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Security Agreement to become a Grantor under the Security Agreement in order to induce the Canadian Lenders to make additional Canadian Loans and as consideration for Canadian Loans previously made. |
Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the New Grantors agree as follows:
1. | In accordance with subsection 8.13 of the Security Agreement, each New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and each New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations related to an earlier date). In furtherance of the foregoing, each New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations, does hereby bargain, sell, convey, assign, set over, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate and transfer to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured |
Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties, a Security Interest in all of the Collateral of such New Grantor, in each case whether now or hereafter existing or in which it now has or hereafter acquires an interest. Each reference to a Grantor in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include each New Grantor. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference. |
2. | Each New Grantor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Canadian Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms. |
3. | This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Company. This Supplement shall become effective as to each New Grantor when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of such New Grantor and the Collateral Agent. |
4. | Each New Grantor hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I hereto is (i) the legal name of such New Grantor, (ii) the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of such New Grantor, (iii) the mailing address for such New Grantor, (iv) the identity or type of organization or corporate structure of such New Grantor and (v) the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number and organizational number of such New Grantor (if any) and (b) as of the date hereof (i) Schedule II hereto sets forth, in all material respects, all of each New Grantors Copyright Licenses, (ii) Schedule III hereto sets forth in all material respects, in proper form for filing with the Canada Intellectual Property Office, all of each New Grantors Copyrights (and all applications therefor), (iii) Schedule IV hereto sets forth in all material respects all of each New Grantors Patent Licenses, (iv) Schedule V hereto sets forth in all material respects, in proper form for filing with the Canada Intellectual Property Office, all of each New Grantors Patents (and all applications therefor), (v) Schedule VI hereto sets forth in all material respects all of each New Grantors Trademark Licenses, (vi) Schedule VII hereto sets forth in all material respects, in proper form for filing with the Canada Intellectual Property Office, all of each New Grantors Trademarks (and all applications therefor) and (vii) Schedule VIII hereto sets forth all of the New Grantors Pledged Collateral in each case with respect to this Section 4(b) that are to constitute Collateral. |
5. | Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. |
6. | THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO. |
7. |
Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or |
2
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Security Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. |
All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 12.2 of the ABL Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to each New Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Company at the Companys address set forth in Section 12.2 of the ABL Credit Agreement.
3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each New Grantor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
[NAME OF NEW GRANTOR] | ||
Per: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent | ||
Per: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
SCHEDULE I
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COLLATERAL
Legal Name |
Jurisdiction of
or Organization |
Mailing Address |
Type of Organization or Corporate Structure |
Federal Taxpayer Identification Number and
Organizational
Number |
||||
SCHEDULE II
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHT LICENSES
SCHEDULE III
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHTS
Registered Owner/Grantor |
Title |
Registration Number |
||
SCHEDULE IV
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENT LICENSES
SCHEDULE V
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENTS
SCHEDULE VI
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
TRADEMARK LICENSES
SCHEDULE VII
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
TRADEMARKS
Domestic Trademarks |
||||||||
Registered Owner/Grantor |
Trademark |
Registration No. |
Application No. |
|||||
Foreign Trademarks |
||||||||
Registered Owner/Grantor |
Trademark |
Registration No. |
Application No. |
County |
||||
SCHEDULE VIII
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PLEDGED COLLATERAL
EXHIBIT E-2
TO THE ABL CREDIT
AGREEMENT
FORM OF CANADIAN SECURITY AGREEMENT
[TO BE PROVIDED BY CANADIAN COUNSEL]
| Canadian see eg: schedules empty |
| Items to give to Chris |
| No Borrowers loose cert |
Exhibit 10.14
INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT
by and between
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as ABL Agent,
and
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Term Agent
Dated as of October 11, 2007
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||||
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS | 2 | |||||
Section 1.1 |
UCC Definitions |
2 | ||||
Section 1.2 |
Other Definitions |
2 | ||||
Section 1.3 |
Rules of Construction |
13 | ||||
ARTICLE 2 LIEN PRIORITY | 13 | |||||
Section 2.1 |
Priority of Liens |
13 | ||||
Section 2.2 |
Waiver of Right to Contest Liens |
15 | ||||
Section 2.3 |
Remedies Standstill |
16 | ||||
Section 2.4 |
Exercise of Rights |
17 | ||||
Section 2.5 |
No New Liens |
18 | ||||
Section 2.6 |
Waiver of Marshalling |
19 | ||||
ARTICLE 3 ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES | 19 | |||||
Section 3.1 |
Certain Actions Permitted |
19 | ||||
Section 3.2 |
Agent for Perfection |
20 | ||||
Section 3.3 |
Sharing of Information and Access |
20 | ||||
Section 3.4 |
Insurance |
21 | ||||
Section 3.5 |
No Additional Rights for the Grantors Hereunder |
21 | ||||
Section 3.6 |
Inspection and Access Rights |
21 | ||||
Section 3.7 |
Exercise of Remedies Set-Off and Tracing of and Priorities in Proceeds |
22 | ||||
ARTICLE 4 APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS | 23 | |||||
Section 4.1 |
Application of Proceeds |
23 | ||||
Section 4.2 |
Specific Performance |
25 | ||||
ARTICLE 5 INTERCREDITOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND WAIVERS | 25 | |||||
Section 5.1 |
Notice of Acceptance and Other Waivers |
25 | ||||
Section 5.2 |
Modifications to ABL Documents and Term Documents |
27 | ||||
Section 5.3 |
Reinstatement and Continuation of Agreement |
29 | ||||
ARTICLE 6 INSOLVENCY PROCEEDINGS | 30 | |||||
Section 6.1 |
DIP Financing |
30 | ||||
Section 6.2 |
Relief from Stay |
31 | ||||
Section 6.3 |
No Contest; Adequate Protection |
31 | ||||
Section 6.4 |
Asset Sales |
32 | ||||
Section 6.5 |
Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classification |
32 |
-i-
Page | ||||||
Section 6.6 |
Enforceability |
33 | ||||
Section 6.7 |
ABL Obligations Unconditional |
33 | ||||
Section 6.8 |
Term Obligations Unconditional |
33 | ||||
ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS | 34 | |||||
Section 7.1 |
Rights of Subrogation |
34 | ||||
Section 7.2 |
Further Assurances |
34 | ||||
Section 7.3 |
Representations |
35 | ||||
Section 7.4 |
Amendments |
35 | ||||
Section 7.5 |
Addresses for Notices |
35 | ||||
Section 7.6 |
No Waiver, Remedies |
35 | ||||
Section 7.7 |
Continuing Agreement, Transfer of Secured Obligations |
35 | ||||
Section 7.8 |
Governing Law: Entire Agreement |
36 | ||||
Section 7.9 |
Counterparts |
36 | ||||
Section 7.10 |
No Third Party Beneficiaries |
36 | ||||
Section 7.11 |
Headings |
36 | ||||
Section 7.12 |
Severability |
36 | ||||
Section 7.13 |
Attorneys Fees |
36 | ||||
Section 7.14 |
VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER |
37 | ||||
Section 7.15 |
Intercreditor Agreement |
37 | ||||
Section 7.16 |
No Warranties or Liability |
38 | ||||
Section 7.17 |
Conflicts |
38 | ||||
Section 7.18 |
Information Concerning Financial Condition of the Grantors |
38 |
-ii-
INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT
THIS INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof, this Agreement ) is entered into as of October 11, 2007 between BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. ( Bank of America ) in its capacities as administrative agent for the U.S. Lenders and collateral agent (together with its successors and assigns in such capacities, the ABL Agent ) under the ABL Credit Agreement referred to below (such financial institutions, together with their successors, assigns and transferees, the ABL Lenders ) and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. in its capacities as administrative agent and collateral agent (together with its successors and assigns in such capacities, the Term Agent ) for the financial institutions party from time to time to the Term Credit Agreement referred to below (such financial institutions, together with their successors, assigns and transferees, the Term Lenders ).
RECITALS
A. Pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the ABL Credit Agreement ), by and among ULIXES ACQUISITION, B.V., a private limited liability company formed under the laws of the Netherlands (the Parent ), UNIVAR INC., a Delaware corporation ( U.S. Parent Borrower ), UNIVAR CANADA LTD., a company formed under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (the Canadian Borrower ), the U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto from time to time (together with U.S. Parent Borrower and the Canadian Borrower, the ABL Borrowers and each an ABL Borrower ), the ABL Lenders, Bank of America, as U.S. Administrative Agent, U.S. Swingline Lender and U.S. Letter of Credit Issuer, BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch), as Canadian Administrative Agent, Canadian Swingline Lender and Canadian Letter of Credit Issuer, and other parties named therein, the ABL Lenders have agreed to make certain loans and other financial accommodations to or for the benefit of the ABL Borrowers.
B. Pursuant to the ABL Canadian Guarantee and Pledge Agreement, any ABL Canadian Pledgor may pledge certain Stock and Stock Equivalent to secure the payment and performance of the ABL Obligations.
C. As a condition to the effectiveness of the ABL Credit Agreement and to secure the obligations of the ABL Borrowers and the ABL Canadian Pledgor under and in connection with the ABL Documents, the ABL Credit Parties have granted to the ABL Agent (for the benefit of the ABL Lenders) Liens on the Collateral.
D. Pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the Term Credit Agreement ), by and among the Parent, the U.S. Parent Borrower, UNIVAR UK LTD., a limited liability company formed under the laws of England and Wales (the U.K. Borrower and together with Parent and the U.S. Parent Borrower, in such capacities, the Term Borrowers and each a Term Borrower ), the registered lending institutions from time to time parties hereto (each a Term Lender and, collectively, the Term Lenders ), Bank of America, as Administrative Agent and other parties named therein, the Term Lenders have agreed to make certain loans and other financial accommodations to or for the benefit of the Term Borrowers.
E. Pursuant to the Term Guarantees, the Term Guarantors have agreed to guarantee the payment and performance of the Term Obligations and pursuant to the Term Canadian Guarantee and Pledge Agreement, the Term Canadian Pledgor has pledged certain Stock and Stock Equivalents to secure the payment and performance of the Term Obligations.
F. As a condition to the effectiveness of the Term Credit Agreement and to secure the obligations of the Term Borrower, the Term Guarantors and the Term Canadian Pledgor under and in connection with the Term Credit Documents, the Term Credit Parties have granted to the Term Agent (for the benefit of the Term Lenders) Liens on the Collateral.
G. Each of the ABL Agent (on behalf of the ABL Lenders) and the Term Agent (on behalf of the Term Lenders) and, by their acknowledgment hereof, the ABL Credit Parties and the Term Credit Parties, desire to agree to the relative priority of Liens on the Collateral and certain other rights, priorities and interests as provided herein.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1 UCC Definitions . The following terms which are defined in the UCC are used herein as so defined: Accounts, Chattel Paper, Deposit Accounts, Documents, Electronic Chattel Paper, Equipment, Financial Assets, General Intangibles, Instruments, Inventory, Investment Property, Payment Intangibles, Promissory Notes, Records, Security, Securities Accounts, Security Entitlements and Supporting Obligations.
Section 1.2 Other Definitions . Subject to Section 1.1, above, unless the context otherwise requires, all capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement and the Term Credit Agreement, in each case as in effect on the Closing Date. In addition, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
ABL Agent shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to this Agreement and shall include any successor thereto as well as any Person designated as the Agent or Administrative Agent under any ABL Credit Agreement.
ABL Borrowers shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the recitals to this Agreement.
ABL Canadian Guarantee and Pledge Agreement shall mean the Canadian Guarantee and Pledge Agreement (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement).
-2-
ABL Canadian Pledgor shall mean any Subsidiary of the U.S. Parent Borrower that becomes a party to the ABL Canadian Guarantee and Pledge Agreement.
ABL Cash Management Affiliate shall mean any ABL Lender or any Affiliate of any ABL Lender that has entered into a Secured Cash Management Agreement with the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries with the obligations of the Parent or such Subsidiary thereunder being secured by one or more ABL Security Documents.
ABL Controlled Accounts shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, (i) all Deposit Accounts and all Securities Accounts and all accounts and sub-accounts relating to any of the foregoing accounts and (ii) all cash, funds, checks, notes, Securities Entitlements, Instruments and any of the items referred to in clauses (1) through (5) of the definition of ABL Priority Collateral on deposit in any of the accounts or sub-accounts described in clause (i) of this definition, in each case, which are subject to a control agreement in favor of the ABL Agent.
ABL Credit Agreement shall have the meaning provided in the Recitals together with any other agreement extending the maturity of, consolidating, restructuring, refunding, replacing or refinancing all or any portion of the ABL Obligations, whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders and whether or not increasing the amount of any Indebtedness that may be incurred thereunder.
ABL Credit Parties shall mean the ABL Borrowers, each ABL Canadian Pledgor and each other direct or indirect subsidiary of Parent or any of its Affiliates that is now or hereafter party or is required to now or hereinafter be party, to an ABL Document.
ABL Documents shall mean the credit, guarantee and security documents governing the ABL Obligations, including, without limitation, the ABL Credit Agreement, the ABL Canadian Guarantee and Pledge Agreement, the ABL Security Documents, any Secured Cash Management Agreements between any ABL Credit Party and any Cash Management Affiliate, any Secured Hedge Agreements between any ABL Credit Party and any ABL Hedging Affiliate and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of any ABL Credit Party or any of its respective Subsidiaries, in connection with any of the foregoing or the ABL Credit Agreement, in each case as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.
ABL Enforcement Date shall mean the date which is 180 days after the occurrence of (i) an Event of Default (under and as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and (ii) the Term Agents receipt of an Enforcement Notice from the ABL Agent, provided that the ABL Enforcement Date shall be stayed and shall not occur (or be deemed to have occurred) (A) at any time the Term Agent or the Term Lenders have commenced and are diligently pursuing any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies against the Term Priority Collateral, (B) at any time that any Grantor is then a debtor under or with respect to (or otherwise subject to) any Insolvency Proceeding, or (C) if the Event of Default under the ABL Credit Agreement is waived in accordance with the terms of the ABL Credit Agreement.
-3-
ABL Hedging Affiliate shall mean any ABL Lender or any Affiliate of any ABL Lender that has entered into a Secured Hedge Agreement with the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries with the obligations of the Parent or such Subsidiary thereunder being secured by one or more ABL Security Documents by an ABL Credit Party.
ABL Lenders shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to this Agreement together with any ABL Hedging Affiliates, any ABL Cash Management Affiliates and all successors, assigns, transferees and replacements thereof.
ABL Obligations shall mean all Obligations as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement.
ABL Priority Collateral shall mean all Collateral consisting of the following:
(1) all Accounts;
(2) all Inventory;
(3) to the extent (and only to the extent) relating to or governing any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (2), all Documents, General Intangibles (other than Intellectual Property, but including Payment Intangibles, software, trademark and other intellectual property) and Instruments;
(4) to the extent (and only to the extent) evidencing or governing any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (3), all Supporting Obligations;
(5) all cash, cash equivalents, Instruments, Chattel Paper, insurance proceeds, Investment Property and financial assets directly received as proceeds of any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (4) ( ABL Priority Proceeds );
(6) all ABL Controlled Accounts; and
(7) all books and Records relating to the foregoing (including without limitation all books, databases, customer lists and Records, whether tangible or electronic, which contain any information relating to any of the foregoing).
ABL Priority Obligations shall mean all ABL Obligations other than any obligations in respect of the principal amount of loans and letters of credit under the ABL Credit Agreement in excess of (x) $1,400,000,000 minus (y) the principal amount of loans and reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit repaid following the commencement of any Enforcement Action under the ABL Documents; provided that no ABL Priority Obligations shall cease to be ABL Priority Obligations solely as a result of currency fluctuations occurring after the date such obligations were incurred.
-4-
ABL Recovery shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a).
ABL Secured Parties shall mean the Secured Parties as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement.
ABL Security Documents shall mean all Security Documents as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement, and all other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust and other collateral documents executed and delivered in connection with the ABL Credit Agreement, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
ABL U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers shall mean, collectively, each Domestic Subsidiary of the U.S. Parent Borrower that is a borrower under the ABL Credit Agreement.
Affiliate shall mean, with respect to a specified Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.
Agent(s) shall mean individually the ABL Agent or the Term Agent and collectively shall mean both the ABL Agent and the Term Agent.
Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to this Agreement.
Bank of America shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to this Agreement.
Bankruptcy Code shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et seq., (or any successor statute) as amended from time to time.
Blocked Accounts shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the ABL Credit Agreement.
Borrower shall mean any of the ABL Borrowers and the Term Borrowers.
Cash Management Affiliate shall mean any ABL Cash Management Affiliate or Term Cash Management Affiliate.
Cash Management Agreement shall mean any agreement or arrangement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card (including non-card electronic payable services), purchase card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements.
Collateral shall mean all Property now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor in or upon which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted to the ABL Agent or the Term Agent under any of the ABL Security Documents or the Term Security Documents, together with all rents, issues, profits, products and Proceeds thereof.
-5-
Control shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (a) to vote 50% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or any similar governing body) of a Person, or (b) to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. The terms Controlling and Controlled have meanings correlative thereto.
Control Collateral shall mean any Collateral consisting of any certificated Security, Investment Property, Deposit Account (including all ABL Controlled Accounts), Instruments and any other Collateral as to which a Lien may be perfected through possession or control by the secured party, or any agent therefor.
Credit Documents shall mean the ABL Documents and the Term Documents.
Debtor Relief Laws shall mean the Bankruptcy Code and for Canadian purposes, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies Creditor Arrangement Act (Canada) and the Winding-up Act (Canada), each as now or hereafter in effect or any successor thereto, all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or Canada or other federal, provincial or state law or of any applicable foreign law from time to time in effect affecting the rights of creditors generally.
Deposit Accounts shall have the meaning provided in the UCC and includes all accounts and bank accounts with a deposit or credit function at any financial institution.
DIP Financing shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).
Discharge of ABL Obligations shall mean (a) the payment in full in cash of all outstanding ABL Priority Obligations (excluding the payment of any ABL Obligations which are in excess of the ABL Priority Obligations) excluding contingent indemnity obligations with respect to then unasserted claims but including, with respect to amounts available to be drawn under outstanding letters of credit issued thereunder (or indemnities or other undertakings issued pursuant thereto in respect of outstanding letters of credit), the cancellation of such letters of credit or the delivery or provision of money or backstop letters of credit in respect thereof in compliance with the terms of any ABL Credit Agreement (which shall not exceed an amount equal to 105% of the aggregate undrawn amount of such letters of credit) and (b) the termination of all commitments to extend credit under the ABL Documents.
Discharge of Term Obligations shall mean the payment in full in cash of all outstanding Term Priority Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations with respect to then unasserted claims) but excluding any Term Obligations which are in excess of the Term Priority Obligations.
-6-
Enforcement Notice shall mean a written notice delivered by either the ABL Agent or the Term Agent to the other announcing the commencement of an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies.
Enforcement Period shall mean the period of time following the receipt by either the ABL Agent or the Term Agent of an Enforcement Notice from the other and continuing until the earliest of (a) in case of an Enforcement Period commenced by the Term Agent, the Discharge of the Term Obligations, (b) in the case of an Enforcement Period commenced by the ABL Agent, the Discharge of the ABL Obligations, or (c) the ABL Agent or the Term Agent (as applicable) terminate, or agree in writing to terminate, the Enforcement Period.
Event of Default shall mean, unless otherwise specified herein, an Event of Default under any ABL Credit Agreement or any Term Credit Agreement.
Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies or Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies shall mean, except as otherwise provided in the final sentence of this definition:
(a) the taking by any Secured Party of any action to enforce or realize upon any Lien, including the institution of any foreclosure proceedings or the noticing of any public or private sale pursuant to Article 9 of the UCC or under the provisions of the PPSA or other applicable law;
(b) the exercise by any Secured Party of any right or remedy provided to a secured creditor on account of a Lien under any of the Credit Documents, under applicable law, in an Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, including the election to retain any of the Collateral in satisfaction of a Lien;
(c) the taking of any action by any Secured Party or the exercise of any right or remedy by any Secured Party in respect of the collection on, set off against, marshaling of, injunction respecting or foreclosure on the Collateral or the Proceeds thereof;
(d) the appointment on the application of a Secured Party, of a receiver, receiver and manager or interim receiver of all or part of the Collateral;
(e) the sale, lease, license, or other disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral by private or public sale conducted by a Secured Party or any other means at the direction of a Secured Party permissible under applicable law;
(f) the exercise of any other right of a secured creditor under Part 6 of Article 9 of the UCC, or under provisions of similar effect under the PPSA or other applicable law, in respect of Collateral;
(g) the exercise of any voting rights relating to any Stock or Stock Equivalents included in the Collateral; or
-7-
(h) the delivery of any claim or demand relating to the Collateral to any Person (including any securities intermediary, depository bank or landlord) in possession or control of any Collateral.
For the avoidance of doubt, none of the following shall be deemed to constitute an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies: (i) the filing of a proof of claim in any Insolvency Proceeding or seeking adequate protection, (ii) the exercise of rights by the ABL Agent upon the occurrence of a Cash Dominion Event (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement), including, without limitation, the notification of account debtors, depository institutions or any other Person to deliver proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral to the ABL Agent (unless and until the Lenders under the ABL Credit Agreement cease to extend credit to the Borrowers thereunder, in which event an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies shall be deemed to have occurred), (iii) the consent by a Secured Party to a sale or other disposition by any Grantor of any of its assets or properties, (iv) the acceleration of all or a portion of the ABL Obligations or the Term Obligations, (v) the reduction of the borrowing base, advance rates or sub-limits by the Administrative Agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, the ABL Agent and the ABL Lenders, (vi) the imposition of reserves by the ABL Agent, or (vii) an account ceasing to be an Eligible Account or Inventory ceasing to be Eligible Inventory under the ABL Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the actions permitted by Sections 2.3(c), 2.4(a) and 3.1 shall not be deemed to be an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies.
Governmental Authority shall mean any nation or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.
Grantors shall mean any Person that is both a Term Credit Party and an ABL Credit Party.
Hedge Agreement shall mean any interest rate, foreign currency, commodity or equity swap, collar, cap, floor or forward rate agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates or currency, commodity or equity values (including any option with respect to any of the foregoing and any combination of the foregoing agreements or arrangements) and any confirmation executed in connection with any such agreement or arrangement.
Hedge Affiliate shall mean an ABL Hedging Affiliate or a Term Hedging Affiliate.
Indebtedness shall have the meaning provided in the ABL Credit Agreement and the Term Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.
Insolvency Proceeding shall mean (a) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshalling of assets for creditors or other similar arrangement in respect of its creditors generally or any substantial portion of its creditors; in each case covered by clauses (a) and (b) undertaken under any Debtor Relief Laws.
-8-
Intellectual Property shall have the meaning provided in the Term Security Documents.
Lender(s) shall mean individually, the ABL Lenders or the Term Lenders and collectively shall mean all of the ABL Lenders and the Term Lenders.
Lien shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, hypothecation, assignment, lien (statutory or other) or similar encumbrance (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or any lease in the nature thereof).
Lien Priority shall mean with respect to any Lien of the ABL Agent, the ABL Secured Parties, the Term Agent or the Term Secured Parties in the Collateral, the order of priority of such Lien as specified in Section 2.1.
Obligations shall mean the ABL Obligations and the Term Obligations.
Parent shall have the meaning provided in the recitals to this Agreement.
Parties shall mean the ABL Agent and the Term Agent.
Person shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, unlimited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.
PPSA shall mean the Personal Property Security Act of Ontario (or any successor thereto) or similar legislation of any other Canadian jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the Civil Code of Quebec, the laws of which are required by such legislation to be applied in connection with the issue, perfection, enforcement, opposability, validity or effect of security interests.
Proceeds shall mean (a) all proceeds, as defined in Article 9 of the UCC, with respect to the Collateral, and (b) whatever is recoverable or recovered when any Collateral is sold, exchanged, collected, or disposed of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily.
Property shall mean any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.
-9-
Refinance shall mean, in respect of any indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, defease, amend, increase, modify, supplement, restructure, refund, replace or repay, or to issue other indebtedness or enter alternative financing arrangements, in exchange or replacement for such indebtedness, including by adding or replacing lenders, creditors, agents, borrowers and/or guarantors, and including in each case, but not limited to, after the original instrument giving rise to such indebtedness has been terminated. Refinanced and Refinancing have correlative meanings.
Secured Cash Management Agreement shall mean any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any Cash Management Affiliate.
Secured Hedge Agreement shall mean any Hedge Agreement that is entered into by and between a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any Hedge Bank.
Secured Parties shall mean the ABL Secured Parties and the Term Secured Parties.
Stock shall mean shares of capital stock or shares in the capital, as the case may be (whether denominated as common stock or preferred stock or ordinary shares or preferred shares, as the case may be), beneficial, partnership or membership interests, participations or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, unlimited liability company or equivalent entity, whether voting or non-voting.
Stock Equivalents shall mean all securities convertible into or exchangeable for Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to purchase or subscribe for any Stock, whether or not presently convertible, exchangeable or exercisable.
Subsidiary shall mean with respect to any Person (the parent ) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which Stock representing more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, Controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.
Term Agent shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to this Agreement and shall include any successor thereto as well as any Person designated as the Agent or Administrative Agent under any Term Credit Agreement.
Term Borrower shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to this Agreement.
Term Canadian Guarantee and Pledge Agreement shall mean the Canadian Guarantee and Pledge Agreement (as defined in the Term Credit Agreement).
Term Cash Management Affiliate shall mean any Term Lender or any Affiliate of any Term Lender that has entered into a Secured Cash Management Agreement with a Term Credit Party with the obligations of such Term Credit Party thereunder being secured by one or more Term Security Documents.
-10-
Term Credit Agreement shall have the meaning provided in the Recitals together with any other agreement extending the maturity of, consolidating, restructuring, refunding, replacing or refinancing all or any portion of the Term Obligations, whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders and whether or not increasing the amount of any Indebtedness that may be incurred thereunder.
Term Credit Parties shall mean the Term Borrowers, the Term Guarantors, the Term Canadian Pledgor and each other direct or indirect subsidiary of Parent or any of its Affiliates that is now or hereafter becomes a party, or is now or hereinafter required to become a party, to any Term Document.
Term Documents shall mean the Term Credit Agreement, the Term Guarantees, the Term Security Documents, any Secured Cash Management Agreements between any Term Credit Party and any Term Cash Management Affiliate, any Secured Hedge Agreements between any Term Credit Party and any Term Hedging Affiliate and those other ancillary agreements as to which the Term Agent or any Term Lender is a party or a beneficiary and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of any Term Credit Party or any of its respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and delivered to the Term Agent, in connection with any of the foregoing or any Term Credit Agreement, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
Term Enforcement Date shall mean the date which is 180 days after the occurrence of both (i) a continuing Event of Default (under and as defined in the Term Credit Agreement) and (ii) the ABL Agents receipt of an Enforcement Notice from the Term Agent, provided that the Term Enforcement Date shall be stayed and shall not occur (or be deemed to have occurred) (A) at any time the ABL Agent or the ABL Secured Parties have commenced and are diligently pursuing an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies against the ABL Priority Collateral, (B) at any time that any ABL Credit Party is then a debtor under or with respect to (or otherwise subject to) any Insolvency Proceeding, or (C) if the Event of Default under the Term Credit Agreement is waived or cured in accordance with the terms of the Term Credit Agreement.
Term Guarantees shall mean that certain guarantee agreement dated as of the date hereof, by the Term Guarantors in favor of the Term Agent for the benefit of the Term Secured Parties.
Term Guarantors shall mean the collective reference to each Subsidiary of the Parent that is a Guarantor (as such term is defined in the Term Credit Agreement) and each other direct or indirect subsidiary of the Parent or any of its Affiliates that is now or hereafter becomes a party to any Term Guarantee.
Term Hedging Affiliate shall mean any Term Lender or any Affiliate of any Term Lender that has entered into a Secured Hedge Agreement with any Term Credit Party with the obligations of such Term Credit Party thereunder being secured by one or more Term Security Documents.
-11-
Term Lenders shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to this Agreement together with any Term Hedging Affiliates, any Term Cash Management Affiliates and all successors, assigns, transferees and replacements thereof, as well as any Person designated as a Lender under any Term Credit Agreement.
Term Obligations shall mean all Obligations as defined in the Term Credit Agreement.
Term Priority Collateral shall mean all Collateral other than ABL Priority Collateral and all collateral security and guarantees with respect to any Term Priority Collateral and all cash, Instruments, Securities and Financial Assets directly received as Proceeds of any Term Priority Collateral.
Term Priority Obligations shall mean all Term Obligations less any obligations to pay interest and principal with respect to loans in excess of $1,425,000,000; provided that no amount shall cease to be Term Priority Obligations solely as a result of currency fluctuations following the date of any borrowing of such amount.
Term Recovery shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b).
Term Secured Parties shall mean the Secured Parties as defined in the Term Credit Agreement.
Term Security Documents shall mean the Security Documents as defined in the Term Credit Agreement, and any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted securing Term Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed.
UCC shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may, from time to time, be in effect in the State of New York; provided that to the extent that the Uniform Commercial Code is used to define any term in any security document and such term is defined differently in differing Articles of the Uniform Commercial Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 shall govern; provided further , that, to the extent that personal property security laws as enacted and in effect in any foreign jurisdiction (including without limitation, the PPSA) contain and are used to define terms which are defined in the UCC and mentioned in Section 1.1 hereof, and such term is defined differently in such foreign personal property security laws, the definition of such term contained in the UCC shall govern to the extent of any conflict or inconsistency; and provided further that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, publication or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Liens of any Collateral Agent is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code or foreign personal property security laws as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term Uniform Commercial Code will mean the Uniform Commercial Code or such foreign personal property security laws as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority or remedies and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.
-12-
Use Period shall mean the period commencing on the date that the ABL Agent (or a Credit Party acting with the consent of the ABL Agent) commences the liquidation and sale of the ABL Priority Collateral in a manner as provided in Section 3.6 (having theretofore furnished the Term Agent with an Enforcement Notice) and ending 90 days thereafter (but in no event later than 180 days following the date the Term Agent provides an Enforcement Notice to the ABL Agent). If any stay or other order that prohibits any of the ABL Agent, the other ABL Secured Parties or any ABL Credit Party (with the consent of the ABL Agent) from commencing and continuing to Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies or to liquidate and sell the ABL Priority Collateral has been entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, such 90-day period and 180-day period shall be tolled during the pendency of any such stay or other order and the Use Period shall be so extended.
Section 1.3 Rules of Construction . Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the term including is not limiting and shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase without limitation, and the term or has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase and/or. The words hereof, herein, hereby, hereunder, and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Article, section, subsection, clause, schedule and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Agreement to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, restatements, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, restatements, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Persons successors and assigns. Any reference herein to the repayment in full of an obligation shall mean the payment in full in cash of such obligation, or in such other manner as may be approved in writing by the requisite holders or representatives in respect of such obligation, or in such other manner as may be approved by the requisite holders or representatives in respect of such obligation. Any reference herein to a maximum dollar amount shall be based on the exchange rate in effect on the date of incurrence of any obligations and shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of currency fluctuations.
ARTICLE 2
LIEN PRIORITY
Section 2.1 Priority of Liens .
(a) Subject to the provisos in subclauses (b) and (c) of Section 4.1, notwithstanding (i) the date, time, method, manner, or order of grant, attachment, or perfection of any Liens granted to the ABL Agent or the ABL Lenders in respect of all or any portion of the Collateral
-13-
or of any Liens granted to the Term Agent or the Term Lenders in respect of all or any portion of the Collateral and regardless of how any such Lien was acquired (whether by grant, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise), (ii) the order or time of filing or recordation of any document or instrument for perfecting the Liens in favor of the ABL Agent or the Term Agent (or ABL Lenders or Term Lenders) in any Collateral, (iii) any provision of the UCC, the Bankruptcy Code, the PPSA, Debtor Relief Laws or any other applicable law, or of the ABL Documents or the Term Documents, or (iv) whether the ABL Agent or the Term Agent, in each case, either directly or through agents, holds possession of, or has control over, all or any part of the Collateral, the ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Lenders, and the Term Agent, on behalf of itself and the Term Lenders, hereby agree that:
(1) any Lien in respect of all or any portion of the ABL Priority Collateral now or hereafter held by or on behalf of the Term Agent or any Term Lender that secures all or any portion of the Term Obligations shall in all respects be junior and subordinate to all Liens granted to the ABL Agent and the ABL Lenders in the ABL Priority Collateral (A) to secure all or any portion of the ABL Priority Obligations, and (B) to secure all or any portion of the ABL Obligations which do not constitute ABL Priority Obligations after payment of the Term Priority Obligations;
(2) any Lien in respect of all or any portion of the ABL Priority Collateral now or hereafter held by or on behalf of the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender (A) that secures all or any portion of the ABL Priority Obligations shall in all respects be senior and prior to all Liens granted to the Term Agent or any Term Lender in the ABL Priority Collateral to secure all or any portion of the Term Obligations, or (B) that secures all or any portion of the ABL Obligations which do not constitute ABL Priority Obligations shall in all respects be senior and prior to all Liens granted to the Term Agent or any Term Lender in the ABL Priority Collateral to secure all or any portion of the Term Obligations which do not constitute Term Priority Obligations;
(3) any Lien in respect of all or any portion of the Term Priority Collateral now or hereafter held by or on behalf of the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender that secures all or any portion of the ABL Obligations shall in all respects be junior and subordinate to all Liens granted to the Term Agent and the Term Lenders in the Term Priority Collateral (A) to secure all or any portion of the Term Priority Obligations and (B) to secure all or any portion of the Term Obligations which do not constitute Term Priority Obligations after payment of the ABL Priority Obligations; and
(4) any Lien in respect of all or any portion of the Term Priority Collateral now or hereafter held by or on behalf of the Term Agent or any Term Lender (A) that secures all or any portion of the Term Priority Obligations shall in all respects be senior and prior to all Liens granted to the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender in the Term Priority Collateral to secure all or any portion of the ABL Obligations or (B) that secures all or any portion of the Term Obligations which do not constitute Term Priority Obligations shall in all respects be senior and prior to all Liens granted to the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender in the Term Priority Collateral to secure all or any portion of the ABL Obligations which do not constitute ABL Priority Obligations.
-14-
(b) The Term Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Term Lenders, acknowledges and agrees that, concurrently herewith, the ABL Agent, for the benefit of itself and the ABL Lenders, has been granted Liens upon all of the Collateral in which the Term Agent has been granted Liens and the Term Agent hereby consents thereto. The ABL Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Lenders, acknowledges and agrees that, concurrently herewith, the Term Agent, for the benefit of itself and the Term Lenders, has been granted Liens upon all of the Collateral in which the ABL Agent has been granted Liens and the ABL Agent hereby consents thereto. The subordination of Liens by the Term Agent and the ABL Agent in favor of one another as set forth herein shall not be deemed to subordinate the Term Agents Liens or the ABL Agents Liens to the Liens of any other Person.
Section 2.2 Waiver of Right to Contest Liens .
(a) The Term Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Term Lenders, agrees that it and they shall not (and hereby waives any right to) take any action to contest or challenge (or assist or support any other Person in contesting or challenging), directly or indirectly, whether or not in any proceeding (including in any Insolvency Proceeding), the validity, priority, enforceability, or perfection of the Liens of the ABL Agent and the ABL Lenders in respect of the Collateral or the provisions of this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Term Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Term Lenders, agrees that none of the Term Agent or the Term Lenders will take any action that would interfere with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies undertaken by the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender under the ABL Documents with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral. Except to the extent expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Term Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Term Lenders, hereby waives any and all rights it or the Term Lenders may have as a junior lien creditor or otherwise to contest, protest, object to, or interfere with the manner in which the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender seeks to enforce its Liens in any ABL Priority Collateral. The foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit the Term Agent from enforcing the provisions of this Agreement as to the relative priority of the parties hereto.
(b) The ABL Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Lenders, agrees that it and they shall not (and hereby waives any right to) take any action to contest or challenge (or assist or support any other Person in contesting or challenging), directly or indirectly, whether or not in any proceeding (including in any Insolvency Proceeding), the validity, priority, enforceability, or perfection of the Liens of the Term Agent or the Term Lenders in respect of the Collateral or the provisions of this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly set forth in this Agreement, the ABL Agent, for itself and on behalf of the ABL Lenders, agrees that none of the ABL Agent or the ABL Lenders will take any action that would interfere with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies undertaken by the Term Agent or any Term Lender under the Term Documents with respect to the Term Priority Collateral. Except to the extent expressly set forth in this Agreement, the ABL Agent, for itself and on behalf of the ABL Lenders, hereby waives any and all rights it or the ABL Lenders may have as a junior lien creditor or otherwise to contest, protest, object to, or interfere with the manner in which the Term Agent or any Term Lender seeks to enforce its Liens in any Term Priority Collateral. The foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit the ABL Agent from enforcing the provisions of this Agreement as to the relative priority of the parties hereto.
-15-
Section 2.3 Remedies Standstill .
(a) The Term Agent, on behalf of itself and the Term Lenders, agrees that, from the date hereof until the earlier of (i) the Term Enforcement Date, or (ii) the date upon which the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred, neither the Term Agent nor any Term Lender will Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any of the ABL Priority Collateral without the written consent of the ABL Agent, and will not take, receive or accept any Proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral. From and after the date upon which the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred (or prior thereto upon the occurrence of the Term Enforcement Date), the Term Agent or any Term Lender may Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies under the Term Documents or applicable law as to any ABL Priority Collateral; provided , however , that any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any Collateral by the Term Agent is at all times subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including Section 4.1 hereof.
(b) The ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Lenders, agrees that, from the date hereof until the earlier of (i) the ABL Enforcement Date, or (ii) the date upon which the Discharge of Term Obligations shall have occurred, neither the ABL Agent nor any ABL Lender will Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to the Term Priority Collateral without the written consent of the Term Agent, and will not take, receive or accept any Proceeds of the Term Priority Collateral, it being understood and agreed that the temporary deposit of Proceeds of Term Priority Collateral in a Deposit Account controlled by the ABL Agent shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement so long as such Proceeds are promptly remitted to the Term Agent. From and after the date upon which the Discharge of Term Obligations shall have occurred (or prior thereto upon the occurrence of the ABL Enforcement Date), the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender may Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies under the ABL Documents or applicable law as to any Term Priority Collateral; provided , however , that any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any Collateral by the ABL Agent is at all times subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including Section 4.1 hereof.
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 2.3(a), 2.3(b) or any other provision of this Agreement, nothing contained herein shall be construed to prevent any Agent or any Lender from (i) filing a claim or statement of interest with respect to the ABL Obligations or Term Obligations owed to it in any Insolvency Proceeding commenced by or against any Grantor, (ii) taking any action (not adverse to the priority status of the Liens of the other Agent or other Lenders on the Collateral in which such other Agent or other Lender has a priority Lien or the rights of the other Agent or any of the other Lenders to exercise remedies in respect thereof) in order to create, perfect, preserve or protect (but not enforce) its Lien on any Collateral, (iii) filing any necessary or responsive pleadings in opposition to any motion, adversary proceeding or other pleading filed by any Person objecting to or otherwise seeking disallowance of the claim or Lien of such Agent or Lender, (iv) filing any pleadings, objections, motions, or agreements which assert rights available to unsecured creditors of the Grantors arising under any Insolvency Proceeding or applicable non-bankruptcy law, (vi) voting on any plan of reorganization or filing any proof of claim in any Insolvency Proceeding of any Grantor or (vii) objecting to the proposed retention of Collateral by the other Agent or any other Lender in full or partial satisfaction of any ABL Obligations or Term Obligations due to such other Agent or Lender, in each case (i) through (vii) above to the extent not inconsistent with, or could not result in a resolution inconsistent with, the terms of this Agreement.
-16-
Section 2.4 Exercise of Rights .
(a) No Other Restrictions . Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, each of the Term Agent, each Term Lender, the ABL Agent and each ABL Lender shall have any and all rights and remedies it may have as a creditor under applicable law, including the right to the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies; provided , however , that the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to the Collateral shall be subject to the Lien Priority and to the provisions of this Agreement, including Sections 2.3 and 4.1 hereof. The ABL Agent may enforce the provisions of the ABL Documents, the Term Agent may enforce the provisions of the Term Documents and each may Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies, all in such order and in such manner as each may determine in the exercise of its sole discretion, consistent with the terms of this Agreement and mandatory provisions of applicable law; provided , however , that each of the ABL Agent and the Term Agent agrees to provide to the other (x) an Enforcement Notice prior to the commencement of an Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies and (y) copies of any notices that it is required under applicable law to deliver to any Grantor; provided further , however , that the ABL Agents failure to provide any such copies to the Term Agent (but not the Enforcement Notice) shall not impair any of the ABL Agents rights hereunder or under any of the ABL Documents and the Term Agents failure to provide any such copies to the ABL Agent (but not the Enforcement Notice) shall not impair any of the Term Agents rights hereunder or under any of the Term Documents. Each of the Term Agent, each Term Lender, the ABL Agent and each ABL Lender agrees (i) that it will not institute any suit or other proceeding or assert in any suit, Insolvency Proceeding or other proceeding any claim, in the case of the Term Agent and each Term Lender, against either the ABL Agent or any other ABL Secured Party, and in the case of the ABL Agent and each other ABL Secured Party, against either the Term Agent or any other Term Secured Party, seeking damages from or other relief by way of specific performance, instructions or otherwise, with respect to, any action taken or omitted to be taken by such Person with respect to the Collateral which is consistent with the terms of this Agreement, and none of such Parties shall be liable for any such action taken or omitted to be taken, or (ii) it will not be a petitioning creditor or otherwise assist in the filing of an involuntary Insolvency Proceeding.
(b) Release of Liens .
(i) In the event of (A) any private or public sale of all or any portion of the ABL Priority Collateral in connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by the ABL Agent or with the consent of the ABL Agent (other than in connection with a Refinancing as described in Section 5.2(d)), or (B) any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or any portion of the ABL Priority Collateral (other than in connection with a Refinancing as described in Section 5.2(d)), so long as such sale, transfer or other disposition is (1) then permitted by the ABL Documents or consented to by the requisite ABL Lenders, and (2) then permitted by the Term Documents or consented to by the requisite Term Lenders, irrespective of whether an Event of Default has occurred, the Term Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and the Term Lenders that such sale will be free and clear of the Liens on such ABL Priority Collateral securing the Term Obligations, and the Term Agents and the Term Secured Parties Liens with respect to the ABL Priority
-17-
Collateral so sold, transferred, disposed or released shall terminate and be automatically released without further action concurrently with, and to the same extent as, the release of the ABL Secured Parties Liens on such ABL Priority Collateral. In furtherance of, and subject to, the foregoing, the Term Agent agrees that it will promptly execute any and all Lien releases or other documents reasonably requested by the ABL Agent in connection therewith. The Term Agent hereby appoints the ABL Agent and any officer or duly authorized person of the ABL Agent, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power of attorney in the place and stead of the Term Agent and in the name of the Term Agent or in the ABL Agents own name, from time to time, in the ABL Agents sole discretion, for the purposes of carrying out the terms of this paragraph, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute and deliver any and all documents and instruments as may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this paragraph, including any financing statements, endorsements, assignments, releases or other documents or instruments of transfer (which appointment, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable).
(ii) In the event of (A) any private or public sale of all or any portion of the Term Priority Collateral in connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by or with the consent of the Term Agent (other than in connection with a refinancing as described in Section 5.2(c)), or (B) any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or any portion of the Term Priority Collateral, so long as such sale, transfer or other disposition is (1) then permitted by the Term Documents or consented to by the requisite Term Lenders, and (2) then permitted by the ABL Documents or consented to by the requisite ABL Lenders, irrespective of whether an Event of Default has occurred, the ABL Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and the ABL Lenders, that such sale will be free and clear of the Liens on such Term Priority Collateral securing the ABL Obligations and the ABL Agents and the ABL Secured Parties Liens with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral so sold, transferred, disposed or released shall terminate and be automatically released without further action concurrently with, and to the same extent as, the release of the Term Secured Parties Liens on such Term Priority Collateral. In furtherance of, and subject to, the foregoing, the ABL Agent agrees that it will promptly execute any and all Lien releases or other documents reasonably requested by the Term Agent in connection therewith. The ABL Agent hereby appoints the Term Agent and any officer or duly authorized person of the Term Agent, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power of attorney in the place and stead of the ABL Agent and in the name of the ABL Agent or in the Term Agents own name, from time to time, in the Term Agents sole discretion, for the purposes of carrying out the terms of this paragraph, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute and deliver any and all documents and instruments as may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this paragraph, including any financing statements, endorsements, assignments, releases or other documents or instruments of transfer (which appointment, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable).
Section 2.5 No New Liens .
(a) Until the date upon which the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred, the parties hereto agree that no Term Secured Party shall acquire or hold any Lien on any assets of any Grantor securing any Term Obligation which assets are not also subject to the Lien of the ABL Agent under the ABL Documents. If any Term Secured Party shall (nonetheless and
-18-
in breach hereof) acquire or hold any Lien on any assets of any Grantor securing any Term Obligation which assets are not also subject to the Lien of the ABL Agent under the ABL Documents, subject to the Lien Priority set forth herein, then the Term Agent (or the relevant Term Secured Party) shall, without the need for any further consent of any other Term Secured Party or any Grantor and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other Term Document, be deemed to also hold and have held such Lien as agent or bailee for the benefit of the ABL Agent as security for the ABL Obligations (subject to the Lien Priority and other terms hereof) and shall promptly notify the ABL Agent in writing of the existence of such Lien.
(b) Until the date upon which the Discharge of Term Obligations shall have occurred, the parties hereto agree that no ABL Secured Party shall acquire or hold any Lien on any assets of any Grantor securing any ABL Obligation which assets are not also subject to the Lien of the Term Agent under the Term Documents. If any ABL Secured Party shall (nonetheless and in breach hereof) acquire or hold any Lien on any assets of any Grantor securing any ABL Obligation which assets are not also subject to the Lien of the Term Agent under the Term Documents, subject to the Lien Priority set forth herein, then the ABL Agent (or the relevant ABL Secured Party) shall, without the need for any further consent of any other ABL Secured Party or any Grantor and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other ABL Document, be deemed to also hold and have held such Lien as agent or bailee for the benefit of the Term Agent as security for the Term Obligations (subject to the Lien Priority and other terms hereof) and shall promptly notify the Term Agent in writing of the existence of such Lien.
Section 2.6 Waiver of Marshalling .
(a) Until the Discharge of ABL Obligations, the Term Agent, on behalf of itself and the Term Secured Parties, agrees not to assert and hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any right to demand, request, plead or otherwise assert or otherwise claim the benefit of, any marshalling, appraisal, valuation or other similar right that may otherwise be available under applicable law with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral or any other similar rights a junior secured creditor may have under applicable law.
(b) Until the Discharge of Term Obligations, the ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees not to assert and hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any right to demand, request, plead or otherwise assert or otherwise claim the benefit of, any marshalling, appraisal, valuation or other similar right that may otherwise be available under applicable law with respect to the Term Priority Collateral or any other similar rights a junior secured creditor may have under applicable law.
ARTICLE 3
ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES
Section 3.1 Certain Actions Permitted . The Term Agent and the ABL Agent may make such demands or file such claims in respect of the Term Obligations or the ABL Obligations, as applicable, as are necessary to prevent the waiver or bar of such claims under applicable statutes of limitations or other statutes, court orders, or rules of procedure at any time. Except as provided in Section 5.2, nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the receipt by the Term Agent or any Term Lender of the required payments of interest, principal and other
-19-
amounts owed in respect of the Term Obligations so long as such receipt is not the direct or indirect result of the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by the Term Agent or any Term Lender (including set-off with respect to ABL Priority Collateral) or enforcement in contravention of this Agreement of any Lien held by any of them. Except as provided in Section 5.2, nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the receipt by the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender of the required payments of interest, principal and other amounts owed in respect of the ABL Obligations so long as such receipt is not the direct or indirect result of the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender (including set-off with respect to Term Priority Collateral) or enforcement in contravention of this Agreement of any Lien held by any of them.
Section 3.2 Agent for Perfection . The ABL Agent, for and on behalf of itself and each ABL Lender, and the Term Agent, for and on behalf of itself and each Term Lender, as applicable, each agree to hold all Collateral (including, without limitation, ABL Controlled Accounts) in their respective possession, custody, or control (or in the possession, custody, or control of agents or bailees for either) as agent for the other solely for the purpose of perfecting the security interest granted to each in such Collateral, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 3.2. None of the ABL Agent, the ABL Lenders, the Term Agent, or the Term Lenders, as applicable, shall have any obligation whatsoever to the others to assure that the Collateral is genuine or owned by any Grantor or any other Person or to preserve rights or benefits of any Person. The duties or responsibilities of the ABL Agent and the Term Agent under this Section 3.2 are and shall be limited solely to holding or maintaining control of the Collateral as agent for the other Party for purposes of perfecting the Lien held by the Term Agent or the ABL Agent, as applicable. The ABL Agent is not and shall not be deemed to be a fiduciary of any kind for the Term Agent, the Term Lenders, or any other Person. The Term Agent is not and shall not be deemed to be a fiduciary of any kind for the ABL Agent, the ABL Lenders, or any other Person. In the event that (a) the Term Agent or any Term Lender receives any Collateral or Proceeds of the Collateral in violation of the terms of this Agreement, or (b) the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender receives any Collateral or Proceeds of the Collateral in violation of the terms of this Agreement, then the Term Agent, such Term Lender, the ABL Agent, or such ABL Lender, as applicable, shall promptly pay over such Proceeds or Collateral to (i) in the case of clause (a), the ABL Agent, or (ii) in the case of clause (b), the Term Agent, in each case, in the same form as received with any necessary endorsements, for application in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.1 of this Agreement.
Section 3.3 Sharing of Information and Access . In the event that the ABL Agent shall, in the exercise of its rights under the ABL Documents or otherwise, receive possession or control of any books and Records of any Term Credit Party which contain information identifying or pertaining to the Term Priority Collateral, the ABL Agent shall, upon request from the Term Agent and as promptly as practicable thereafter, either make available to the Term Agent such books and Records for inspection and duplication or provide to the Term Agent copies thereof. In the event that the Term Agent shall, in the exercise of its rights under the Term Collateral Documents or otherwise, receive possession or control of any books and Records of any ABL Credit Party which contain information identifying or pertaining to any of the ABL Priority Collateral, the Term Agent shall, upon request from the ABL Agent and as promptly as practicable thereafter, either make available to the ABL Agent such books and Records for inspection and duplication or provide the ABL Agent copies thereof.
-20-
Section 3.4 Insurance . Proceeds of Collateral include insurance proceeds and, therefore, the Lien Priority shall govern the ultimate disposition of casualty insurance proceeds. The ABL Agent and the Term Agent shall each be named as additional insured or loss payee, as applicable, with respect to all insurance policies relating to the Collateral. The ABL Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right, as against the Term Agent, to adjust settlement of insurance claims in the event of any covered loss, theft or destruction of ABL Priority Collateral. The Term Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right, as against the ABL Agent, to adjust settlement of insurance claims in the event of any covered loss, theft or destruction of Term Priority Collateral. If any insurance claim includes both ABL Priority Collateral and Term Priority Collateral and the insurer will not settle such claim separately with respect to ABL Priority Collateral and Term Priority Collateral, if the Agents are unable after negotiating in good faith to agree on the settlement for such claim, either Agent may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to make a determination as to the control of the settlement of such claim, and the courts determination shall be binding upon the Agents. All proceeds of such insurance shall be remitted to the ABL Agent or the Term Agent, as the case may be, and each of the Term Agent and ABL Agent shall cooperate (if necessary) in a reasonable manner in effecting the payment of insurance proceeds in accordance with Section 4.1 hereof.
Section 3.5 No Additional Rights for the Grantors Hereunder . Except as provided in Section 3.6, if any ABL Secured Party or Term Secured Party shall enforce its rights or remedies in violation of the terms of this Agreement, the Grantors shall not be entitled to use such violation as a defense to any action by any ABL Secured Party or Term Secured Party, nor to assert such violation as a counterclaim or basis for set off or recoupment against any ABL Secured Party or Term Secured Party.
Section 3.6 Inspection and Access Rights .
(a) Without limiting any rights the ABL Agent or any other ABL Secured Party may otherwise have under applicable law or by agreement, in the event of any liquidation of the ABL Priority Collateral (or any other Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by the ABL Agent) and whether or not the Term Agent or any other Term Secured Party has commenced and is continuing to Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies of the Term Agent, the ABL Agent, or any other Person (including any Borrower or Guarantor) acting with the consent, or on behalf, of the ABL Agent shall have the right (a) during normal business hours on any business day, to access ABL Priority Collateral that (i) is stored or located in or on, (ii) has become an accession with respect to (within the meaning of Section 9-335 of the UCC) or (iii) has been commingled with (within the meaning of Section 9-336 of the UCC), Term Priority Collateral, and (b) shall have the right to reasonably use the Term Priority Collateral (including, without limitation, Equipment, computers, software, intellectual property, General Intangibles, real property and books and Records), each of the foregoing in order to assemble, inspect, copy or download information stored on, take actions to perfect its Lien on, complete a production run of Inventory involving, take possession of, move, prepare and advertise for sale, sell (by public auction, private sale or a store closing, going out of business or similar sale, whether in bulk, in lots or to customers in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, store or otherwise deal with the ABL Priority Collateral, in each case without notice to, the involvement of or interference by any Term Secured Party or liability to any Term Secured Party; provided , however , if the Term Agent takes actual possession
-21-
of any Term Priority Collateral in contemplation of a sale of such Term Priority Collateral or is otherwise exercising a remedy with respect to Term Priority Collateral, the Term Agent shall give the ABL Agent reasonable opportunity (of reasonable duration and with reasonable advance notice) prior to the Term Agents sale of any such Term Priority Collateral to access ABL Priority Collateral as contemplated above. In the event that any ABL Secured Party has commenced and is continuing to Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any ABL Priority Collateral or any other sale or liquidation of the ABL Priority Collateral has been commenced by an ABL Credit Party (with the consent of the ABL Agent), the Term Agent may not sell, assign or otherwise transfer the related Term Priority Collateral prior to the expiration of the Use Period, unless the purchaser, assignee or transferee thereof agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.6.
(b) The ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties shall not be obligated to pay any amounts to the Term Agent or the Term Secured Parties (or any person claiming by, through or under the Term Secured Parties, including any purchaser of the Term Priority Collateral) or to the Grantor, for or in respect of the use by the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties of the Term Priority Collateral, and none of the ABL Agent or the ABL Secured Parties shall be obligated to secure, protect, insure or repair any such Term Priority Collateral (other than for damages caused by the ABL Agent, the ABL Secured Parties or their respective employees, agents and representatives). The ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties shall not have any liability to the Term Agent or the Term Secured Parties (or any person claiming by, through or under the Term Agent or the Term Secured Parties, including any purchaser of the Term Priority Collateral) as a result of any condition (including environmental condition, claim or liability) on or with respect to the Term Priority Collateral other than those arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the ABL Agent, the ABL Secured Parties or their respective employees, agents and representatives, and the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties shall have no duty or liability to maintain the Term Priority Collateral in a condition or manner better than that in which it was maintained prior to the use thereof by the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties.
(c) The Term Agent and the other Term Secured Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to not hinder or obstruct the ABL Agent and the other ABL Secured Parties from exercising the rights described in Section 3.6(a) hereof.
(d) Subject to the terms hereof, the Term Agent may advertise and conduct public auctions or private sales of the Term Priority Collateral without notice (except as required by applicable law) to, the involvement of or interference by any ABL Secured Party or liability to any ABL Secured Party.
Section 3.7 Exercise of Remedies Set-Off and Tracing of and Priorities in Proceeds . The Term Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Term Lenders, acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent the Term Agent or any Term Lender exercises its rights of set-off against any Grantors Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts, the amount of such set-off shall be deemed to be ABL Priority Collateral to be held and distributed pursuant to Section 4.3; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not apply to any set-off by the Term Agent or Term Lender against any Term Priority Collateral to the extent applied to payment of Term Obligations. The ABL Agent, for itself and on behalf of the ABL Lenders, and the Term
-22-
Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Term Lenders, further agree that prior to an issuance of any notice of Exercise of Any Secured Creditor Remedies by such Secured Party, any proceeds of Collateral, whether or not deposited under control agreements, which are used by any Grantor to acquire other property which is Collateral shall not (solely as between the Agents and the Lenders) be treated as proceeds of Collateral for purposes of determining the relative priorities in the Collateral which was so acquired. In addition, unless and until the Discharge of ABL Obligations occurs, the Term Agent and the Term Lenders each hereby consents to the application, prior to the issuance of a notice of Exercise of Any Secured Creditor Remedies by the Term Agent, of cash or other proceeds of Collateral, deposited under control agreements to the repayment of ABL Obligations pursuant to the ABL Documents.
ARTICLE 4
APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS
Section 4.1 Application of Proceeds .
(a) Revolving Nature of ABL Obligations . The Term Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Term Lenders, expressly acknowledges and agrees that (i) any ABL Credit Agreement includes a revolving commitment, that in the ordinary course of business the ABL Agent and the ABL Lenders will apply payments and make advances thereunder, and that no application of any Collateral or the release of any Lien by the ABL Agent upon any portion of the Collateral in connection with a permitted disposition by the Grantors under any ABL Credit Agreement shall constitute the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies under this Agreement; (ii) the amount of the ABL Obligations that may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed, and that the terms of the ABL Obligations may be modified, extended or amended from time to time, and that the aggregate amount of the ABL Obligations may be increased, replaced or Refinanced, in each event, without notice to or consent by the Term Secured Parties and without affecting the provisions hereof; and (iii) all Collateral received by the ABL Agent may be applied, reversed, reapplied, credited, or reborrowed, in whole or in part, to the ABL Obligations at any time; provided , however , that from and after the date on which the ABL Agent (or any ABL Lender) commences the Exercise of Any Secured Creditor Remedies, all amounts received by the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender shall be applied as specified in this Section 4.1. The Lien Priority shall not be altered or otherwise affected by any such amendment, modification, supplement, extension, repayment, reborrowing, increase, replacement, renewal, restatement or Refinancing of either the ABL Obligations or the Term Obligations, or any portion thereof.
(b) Application of Proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral . The ABL Agent and the Term Agent hereby agree that all ABL Priority Collateral, ABL Priority Proceeds and all other Proceeds thereof, received by either of them in connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral shall be applied,
first , to the payment of costs and expenses of the ABL Agent in connection with such Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies,
second , to the payment of the ABL Priority Obligations in accordance with the ABL Documents until the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred,
-23-
third , to the payment of the Term Priority Obligations in accordance with the Term Documents,
fourth , to any ABL Obligations in excess of the amount of ABL Priority Obligations in accordance with the ABL Documents,
fifth , to the payment of any Term Obligations in excess of the amount of Term Priority Obligations in accordance with the Term Documents, and
sixth , the balance, if any, to the ABL Credit Parties or to whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct;
provided that in the event the Term Agent receives, in connection with an Insolvency Proceeding, any Proceeds of any ABL Priority Collateral and the Lien granted in favor of the ABL Agent or the ABL Lenders in respect of such ABL Priority Collateral has been voided, avoided, subordinated, or otherwise invalidated by a court of competent jurisdiction and the provisions of Section 5.3 would not be effective, the such proceeds received by the Term Agent with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral subject to avoidance, subordination or invalidation shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable law, to the payment of the Term Obligations in accordance with the Term Documents until Discharge of Term Obligations shall have occurred.
(c) Application of Proceeds of Term Priority Collateral . The ABL Agent and the Term Agent hereby agree that all Term Priority Collateral, and all other Proceeds thereof, received by either of them in connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to the Term Priority Collateral shall be applied,
first , to the payment of costs and expenses of the Term Agent in connection with such Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies,
second , to the payment of the Term Priority Obligations in accordance with the Term Documents until the Discharge of Term Obligations shall have occurred,
third , to the payment of the ABL Priority Obligations in accordance with the ABL Documents until the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred,
fourth , to the payment of any Term Obligations in excess of the Term Priority Obligations in accordance with the Term Documents,
fifth , to the payment of any ABL Obligations in excess of the ABL Priority Obligations in accordance with the ABL Documents,
sixth , the balance, if any, to the Term Credit Parties or to whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct;
provided that in the event the ABL Agent receives, in connection with an Insolvency Proceeding, any Proceeds of any Term Priority Collateral and the Lien granted in favor of the Term Agent or the Term Lenders in respect of such Term Priority Collateral has been voided, avoided, subordinated,
-24-
or otherwise invalidated by a court of competent jurisdiction and the provisions of Section 5.3 would not be effective, the such proceeds received by the ABL Agent with respect to the Term Priority Collateral subject to avoidance, subordination or invalidation shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable law, to the payment of the ABL Obligations in accordance with the ABL Documents until Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred.
(d) Limited Obligation or Liability . In exercising remedies, whether as a secured creditor or otherwise, the ABL Agent shall have no obligation or liability to the Term Agent or to any Term Lender, and the Term Agent shall have no obligation or liability to the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender, regarding the adequacy of any Proceeds or for any action or omission, save and except solely for an action or omission that breaches the express obligations undertaken by each Party under the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, none of the Parties hereto waives any claim that it may have against a Secured Party on the grounds that and sale, transfer or other disposition by the Secured Party was not commercially reasonable in every respect as required by the UCC.
(e) Turnover of Collateral After Discharge . Upon the Discharge of ABL Obligations, the ABL Agent shall deliver to the Term Agent or shall execute such documents as the Term Agent may reasonably request (at the expense of the Term Borrower) to enable the Term Agent to have control over any Collateral still in the ABL Agents possession, custody, or control in the same form as received with any necessary endorsements, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. Upon the Discharge of Term Obligations, the Term Agent shall deliver to the ABL Agent or shall execute such documents as the ABL Agent may reasonably request (at the expense of the ABL Borrowers) to enable the ABL Agent to have control over any Control Collateral still in the Term Agents possession, custody or control in the same form as received with any necessary endorsements, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.
Section 4.2 Specific Performance . Each of the ABL Agent and the Term Agent is hereby authorized to demand specific performance of this Agreement, whether or not the applicable Borrower or any Grantor shall have complied with any of the provisions of any of the Credit Documents, at any time when the other Party shall have failed to comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to it. Each of the ABL Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Lenders, and the Term Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Term Lenders, hereby irrevocably waives any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law that might be asserted as a bar to such remedy of specific performance.
ARTICLE 5
INTERCREDITOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND WAIVERS
Section 5.1 Notice of Acceptance and Other Waivers .
(a) All ABL Obligations at any time made or incurred by any ABL Credit Party shall be deemed to have been made or incurred in reliance upon this Agreement, and the Term Agent, on behalf of itself and the Term Lenders, hereby waives notice of acceptance, or proof of reliance by the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender of this Agreement, and notice of the existence, increase, renewal, extension, accrual, creation, or non-payment of all or any part of the
-25-
ABL Obligations. All Term Obligations at any time made or incurred by any Term Credit Party shall be deemed to have been made or incurred in reliance upon this Agreement, and the ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Lenders, hereby waives notice of acceptance, or proof of reliance, by the Term Agent or any Term Lender of this Agreement, and notice of the existence, increase, renewal, extension, accrual, creation, or non-payment of all or any part of the Term Obligations.
(b) None of the ABL Agent, any ABL Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect, or realize upon any of the Collateral or any Proceeds, or for any delay in doing so, or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral or Proceeds thereof or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part or Proceeds thereof, except as specifically provided in this Agreement. If the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender honors (or fails to honor) a request by any Borrower for an extension of credit pursuant to any ABL Credit Agreement or any of the other ABL Documents, whether the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender has knowledge that the honoring of (or failure to honor) any such request would constitute a default under the terms of the Term Credit Agreement or any other Term Document (but not a default under this Agreement) or an act, condition, or event that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute such a default, or if the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender otherwise should exercise any of its contractual rights or remedies under any ABL Documents (subject to the express terms and conditions hereof), neither the ABL Agent nor any ABL Lender shall have any liability whatsoever to the Term Agent or any Term Lender as a result of such action, omission, or exercise (so long as any such exercise does not breach the express terms and provisions of this Agreement). The ABL Agent and the ABL Lenders shall be entitled to manage and supervise their loans and extensions of credit under any ABL Credit Agreement and any of the other ABL Documents as they may, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate, and may manage their loans and extensions of credit without regard to any rights or interests that the Term Agent or any of the Term Lenders have in the Collateral, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement. The Term Agent, on behalf of itself and the Term Lenders, agrees that neither the ABL Agent nor any ABL Lender shall incur any liability as a result of a sale, lease, license, application, or other disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral or Proceeds thereof, pursuant to the ABL Documents, so long as such disposition is conducted in accordance with mandatory provisions of applicable law and does not breach the provisions of this Agreement.
(c) None of the Term Agent, any Term Lender or any of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect, or realize upon any of the Collateral or any Proceeds, or for any delay in doing so, or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral or Proceeds thereof or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part or Proceeds thereof, except as specifically provided in this Agreement. If the Term Agent or any Term Lender honors (or fails to honor) a request by any Borrower for an extension of credit pursuant to any Term Credit Agreement or any of the other Term Documents, whether the Term Agent or any Term Lender has knowledge that the honoring of (or failure to honor) any such request would constitute a default under the terms of any ABL Credit Agreement or any other ABL Document (but not a default under this Agreement) or an act, condition, or event that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute such a default, or if the Term Agent or any Term Lender otherwise
-26-
should exercise any of its contractual rights or remedies under the Term Documents (subject to the express terms and conditions hereof), neither the Term Agent nor any Term Lender shall have any liability whatsoever to the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender as a result of such action, omission, or exercise (so long as any such exercise does not breach the express terms and provisions of this Agreement). The Term Agent and the Term Lenders shall be entitled to manage and supervise their loans and extensions of credit under the Term Documents as they may, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate, and may manage their loans and extensions of credit without regard to any rights or interests that the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender has in the Collateral, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement. The ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Lenders, agrees that none of the Term Agent or the Term Lenders shall incur any liability as a result of a sale, lease, license, application, or other disposition of the Collateral or any part or Proceeds thereof, pursuant to the Term Documents, so long as such disposition is conducted in accordance with mandatory provisions of applicable law and does not breach the provisions of this Agreement.
Section 5.2 Modifications to ABL Documents and Term Documents .
(a) The Term Agent, on behalf of itself and the Term Lenders, hereby agrees that, without affecting the obligations of the Term Agent and the Term Lenders hereunder, the ABL Agent and the ABL Lenders may, at any time and from time to time, in their sole discretion without the consent of or notice to the Term Agent or any Term Lender (except to the extent such notice or consent is required pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement), and without incurring any liability to the Term Agent or any Term Lender or impairing or releasing the subordination provided for herein, amend, restate, supplement, replace, Refinance, extend, consolidate, restructure, or otherwise modify any of the ABL Documents in any manner whatsoever, including, without limitation, to:
(i) change the manner, place, time, or terms of payment or renew, alter or increase, all or any of the ABL Obligations or otherwise amend, restate, supplement, or otherwise modify in any manner, or grant any waiver or release with respect to, all or any part of the ABL Obligations or any of the ABL Documents;
(ii) subject to Section 2.5, retain or obtain a Lien on any Property of any Person to secure any of the ABL Obligations, and in connection therewith to enter into any additional ABL Documents;
(iii) amend, or grant any waiver, compromise, or release with respect to, or consent to any departure from, any guaranty or other obligations of any Person obligated in any manner under or in respect of the ABL Obligations;
(iv) release its Lien on any Collateral or other Property;
(v) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against any Borrower, any Guarantor, or any other Person;
-27-
(vi) subject to Section 2.5, retain or obtain the primary or secondary obligation of any other Person with respect to any of the ABL Obligations; and
(vii) otherwise manage and supervise the ABL Obligations as the ABL Agent shall deem appropriate.
(b) The ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Lenders, hereby agrees that, without affecting the obligations of the ABL Agent and the ABL Lenders hereunder, the Term Agent and the Term Lenders may, at any time and from time to time, in their sole discretion without the consent of or notice to the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender (except to the extent such notice or consent is required pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement), and without incurring any liability to the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender or impairing or releasing the subordination provided for herein, amend, restate, supplement, replace, Refinance, extend, consolidate, restructure, or otherwise modify any of the Term Documents in any manner whatsoever, including, without limitation, to:
(i) change the manner, place, time, or terms of payment or renew, alter or increase, all or any of the Term Obligations or otherwise amend, restate, supplement, or otherwise modify in any manner, or grant any waiver or release with respect to, all or any part of the Term Obligations or any of the Term Documents;
(ii) subject to Section 2.5, retain or obtain a Lien on any Property of any Person to secure any of the Term Obligations, and in connection therewith to enter into any additional Term Documents;
(iii) amend, or grant any waiver, compromise, or release with respect to, or consent to any departure from, any guaranty or other obligations of any Person obligated in any manner under or in respect of the Term Obligations;
(iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against any Borrower, any Guarantor, or any other Person;
(v) subject to Section 2.5, retain or obtain the primary or secondary obligation of any other Person with respect to any of the Term Obligations;
(vi) release its Lien on any Collateral or other Property; and
(vii) otherwise manage and supervise the Term Obligations as the Term Agent shall deem appropriate.
(c) No consent furnished by the ABL Agent or the Term Agent pursuant to Section 5.2(a) or 5.2(b) hereof shall be deemed to constitute the modification or waiver of any provisions of the ABL Documents or the Term Documents, each of which remain in full force and effect as written.
-28-
(d) The ABL Obligations and the Term Obligations may be Refinanced, in whole or in part, in each case, without notice to, or the consent (except to the extent a consent is required to permit the Refinancing transaction under any ABL Document or any Term Document) of the ABL Agent, the ABL Lenders, the Term Agent or the Term Lenders, as the case may be, all without affecting the Lien Priorities provided for herein or the other provisions hereof, provided , however , that (i) the holders of such Refinancing Indebtedness (or an authorized agent or trustee on their behalf) bind themselves in writing to the terms of this Agreement pursuant to such documents or agreements (including amendments or supplements to this Agreement) as the ABL Agent or the Term Agent, as the case may be, shall reasonably request and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the ABL Agent or the Term Agent, as the case may be, and any such Refinancing transaction shall be in accordance with any applicable provisions of both the ABL Documents and the Term Documents, and (ii) no such Refinancing shall have any effect prohibited by Section 5.2(b) or 5.2(c), as applicable.
Section 5.3 Reinstatement and Continuation of Agreement .
(a) If the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender is required in any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise to turn over or otherwise pay to the estate of any Borrower, any Guarantor, or any other Person any payment made in satisfaction of all or any portion of the ABL Obligations (an ABL Recovery ), then the ABL Obligations shall be reinstated to the extent of such ABL Recovery. If this Agreement shall have been terminated prior to such ABL Recovery, this Agreement shall be reinstated in full force and effect in the event of such ABL Recovery, and such prior termination shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair, or otherwise affect the obligations of the Parties from such date of reinstatement. All rights, interests, agreements, and obligations of the ABL Agent, the Term Agent, the ABL Lenders, and the Term Lenders under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue irrespective of the commencement of, or any discharge, confirmation, conversion, or dismissal of, any Insolvency Proceeding by or against any Borrower or any Guarantor or any other circumstance which otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of any Borrower or any Guarantor in respect of the ABL Obligations or the Term Obligations. No priority or right of the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender shall at any time be prejudiced or impaired in any way by any act or failure to act on the part of any Borrower or any Guarantor or by the noncompliance by any Person with the terms, provisions, or covenants of any of the ABL Documents, regardless of any knowledge thereof which the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender may have.
(b) If the Term Agent or any Term Lender is required in any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise to turn over or otherwise pay to the estate of any Borrower, any Guarantor, or any other Person any payment made in satisfaction of all or any portion of the Term Obligations (a Term Recovery ), then the Term Obligations shall be reinstated to the extent of such Term Recovery. If this Agreement shall have been terminated prior to such Term Recovery, this Agreement shall be reinstated in full force and effect in the event of such Term Recovery, and such prior termination shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair, or otherwise affect the obligations of the Parties from such date of reinstatement. All rights, interests, agreements, and obligations of the ABL Agent, the Term Agent, the ABL Lenders, and the Term Lenders under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue irrespective of the commencement of, or any discharge, confirmation, conversion, or dismissal of, any Insolvency Proceeding by or against any Borrower or any Guarantor or any other circumstance which otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of any Borrower or any Guarantor in respect of the
-29-
ABL Obligations or the Term Obligations. No priority or right of the Term Agent or any Term Lender shall at any time be prejudiced or impaired in any way by any act or failure to act on the part of any Borrower or any Guarantor or by the noncompliance by any Person with the terms, provisions, or covenants of any of the Term Documents, regardless of any knowledge thereof which the Term Agent or any Term Lender may have.
ARTICLE 6
INSOLVENCY PROCEEDINGS
Section 6.1 DIP Financing .
(a) If any Grantor shall be subject to any Insolvency Proceeding at any time prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, and the ABL Agent or the ABL Lenders shall seek to provide any Grantor with, or consent to a third party providing, any financing under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code (or under any similar provision of any foreign Debtor Relief Laws or under a court order in respect of measures granted with similar effect under any foreign Debtor Relief Laws) or consent to any order for the use of cash collateral constituting ABL Priority Collateral under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code (or under any similar provision of any foreign Debtor Relief Laws or under a court order in respect of measures granted with similar effect under any foreign Debtor Relief Laws) (each, a DIP Financing ), with such DIP Financing to be secured by all or any portion of the Collateral (including assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision of any foreign Debtor Relief Laws) would be Collateral), then the Term Agent, on behalf of itself and the Term Lenders, agrees that it will raise no objection and will not support any objection to such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral or to the Liens securing the same on the grounds of a failure to provide adequate protection for the Liens of the Term Agent securing the Term Obligations or on any other grounds (and will not request any adequate protection solely as a result of such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral that is ABL Priority Collateral except as permitted by Section 6.3(c)(i)), so long as (i) the Term Agent retains its Lien on the Collateral to secure the Term Obligations (in each case, including Proceeds thereof arising after the commencement of the case under any Debtor Relief Laws) and, as to the Term Priority Collateral only, such Lien has the same priority as existed prior to the commencement of the case under the subject Debtor Relief Laws and any Lien on the Term Loan Priority Collateral securing such DIP Financing is junior and subordinate to the Lien of the Term Agent on the Term Priority Collateral, (ii) the terms of the DIP Financing do not compel the applicable Grantor to seek confirmation of a specific plan of reorganization for which all or substantially all of the material terms of such plan are set forth in the DIP Financing documentation or related document, (iii) all Liens on ABL Priority Collateral securing any such DIP Financing shall be senior to or on a parity with the Liens of the ABL Agent and the ABL Lenders securing the ABL Obligations on ABL Priority Collateral and (iv) the amount of such DIP Financing when aggregated with the then outstanding ABL Obligations shall not exceed the amount of the ABL Priority Obligations.
(b) All Liens granted to the ABL Agent or the Term Agent in any Insolvency Proceeding, whether as adequate protection or otherwise, are intended by the Parties to be and shall be deemed to be subject to the Lien Priority and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement.
-30-
Section 6.2 Relief from Stay . Until the Discharge of ABL Obligations has occurred, the Term Agent, on behalf of itself and the Term Lenders, agrees not to seek relief from the automatic stay or any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding in respect of any portion of the ABL Priority Collateral without the ABL Agents express written consent. Until the Discharge of Term Obligations has occurred, the ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Lenders, agrees not to seek relief from the automatic stay or any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding in respect of any portion of the Term Priority Collateral without the Term Agents express written consent. In addition, neither the Term Agent nor the ABL Agent shall seek any relief from the automatic stay with respect to any Collateral without providing five (5) days prior written notice to the other, unless such period is agreed by both the ABL Agent and the Term Agent to be modified.
Section 6.3 No Contest; Adequate Protection .
(a) The Term Agent, on behalf of itself and the Term Lenders, agrees that, prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, none of them shall contest (or support any other Person contesting) (a) any request by the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender for adequate protection of its interest in the Collateral, (b) any proposed provision of DIP Financing by the ABL Agent and the ABL Lenders (or any other Person proposing to provide DIP Financing with the consent of the ABL Agent in accordance with Section 6.1 or (c) any objection by the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender to any motion, relief, action, or proceeding based on a claim by the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender that its interests in the Collateral are not adequately protected (or any other similar request under any law applicable to an Insolvency Proceeding), so long as any Liens granted to the ABL Agent as adequate protection of its interests are subject to this Agreement.
(b) The ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Lenders, agrees that, prior to the Discharge of Term Obligations, none of them shall contest (or support any other Person contesting) (i) any request by the Term Agent or any Term Lender for adequate protection of its interest in the Collateral (unless in contravention of Section 6.1(a) above), or (ii) any objection by the Term Agent or any Term Lender to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on a claim by the Term Agent or any Term Lender that its interests in the Collateral (unless in contravention of Section 6.1(a) above) are not adequately protected (or any other similar request under any law applicable to an Insolvency Proceeding), so long as any Liens granted to the Term Agent as adequate protection of its interests are subject to this Agreement.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions in this Section 6.3, in any Insolvency Proceeding:
(i) if the ABL Secured Parties (or any subset thereof) are granted adequate protection with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral in the form of additional collateral (even if such collateral is not of a type which would otherwise have constituted ABL Priority Collateral), then the ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Lenders, agrees that the Term Agent, on behalf of itself or any of the Term Lenders, may seek or request (and the ABL Secured Parties will not oppose such request) adequate protection with respect to its interests in such Collateral in the form of a Lien on the same additional collateral, which Lien will be subordinated to the Liens securing the ABL Obligations on the same basis as the other Liens of the Term Agent on ABL Priority Collateral;
-31-
(ii) in the event the Term Agent, on behalf of itself or any of the Term Lenders, are granted adequate protection in respect of Term Priority Collateral in the form of additional collateral (even if such collateral is not of a type which would otherwise have constituted Term Priority Collateral), then the Term Agent, on behalf of itself and any of the Term Lenders, agrees that the ABL Agent on behalf of itself or any of the ABL Lenders, may seek or request (and the Term Secured Parties will not oppose such request) adequate protection with respect to its interests in such Collateral in the form of a Lien on the same additional collateral, which Lien will be subordinated to the Liens securing the Term Obligations on the same basis as the other Liens of the ABL Agent on Term Priority Collateral; and
(iii) except as otherwise expressly set forth in Section 6.1 or in connection with the exercise of remedies with respect to (A) the ABL Priority Collateral, nothing herein shall limit the rights of the Term Agent or the Term Lenders from seeking adequate protection with respect to their rights in the Term Priority Collateral in any Insolvency Proceeding (including adequate protection in the form of a cash payment, periodic cash payments or otherwise) or (B) the Term Priority Collateral, nothing herein shall limit the rights of the ABL Agent or the ABL Lenders from seeking adequate protection with respect to their rights in the ABL Priority Collateral in any Insolvency Proceeding (including adequate protection in the form of a cash payment, periodic cash payments or otherwise).
Section 6.4 Asset Sales . The Term Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and the Term Lenders, that it will not oppose any sale consented to by the ABL Agent of any ABL Priority Collateral pursuant to Section 363(f) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision under the law applicable to any Insolvency Proceeding or under a court order in respect of measures granted with similar effect under any foreign Debtor Relief Laws) so long as the proceeds of such sale are applied in accordance with this Agreement. The ABL Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and the ABL Lenders, that it will not oppose any sale consented to by the Term Agent of any Term Priority Collateral pursuant to Section 363(f) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision under the law applicable to any Insolvency Proceeding or under a court order in respect of measures granted with similar effect under any foreign Debtor Relief Laws) so long as the proceeds of such sale are applied in accordance with this Agreement. If such sale of Collateral includes both ABL Priority Collateral and Term Priority Collateral, and if the Parties are unable after negotiating in good faith to agree on the allocation of the purchase price between the ABL Priority Collateral and Term Priority Collateral, either Party may apply to the court in such Insolvency Proceeding to make a determination of such allocation, and the courts determination shall be binding upon the Parties.
Section 6.5 Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classification . Each Term Lender, the Term Agent, each ABL Lender and the ABL Agent acknowledges and agrees that (i) the grants of Liens pursuant to the ABL Security Documents and the Term Security Documents constitute two separate and distinct grants of Liens and (ii) because of, among other things, their differing rights in the Collateral, the Term Obligations are fundamentally different from the ABL Obligations and must be separately classified in any plan of reorganization (or other plan of similar effect under any Debtor Relief Laws) proposed or
-32-
adopted in an Insolvency Proceeding. To further effectuate the intent of the parties as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, if it is held that the claims of the ABL Secured Parties and the Term Secured Parties in respect of the Collateral constitute only one secured claim (rather than separate classes of senior and junior secured claims), then the ABL Secured Parties and the Term Secured Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that all distributions shall be made as if there were separate classes of ABL Obligation claims and Term Obligation claims against the Grantors (with the effect being that, to the extent that the aggregate value of the ABL Priority Collateral or Term Priority Collateral is sufficient (for this purpose ignoring all claims held by the other Secured Parties), the ABL Secured Parties or the Term Secured Parties, respectively, shall be entitled to receive, in addition to amounts distributed to them in respect of principal, pre-petition interest and other claims, all amounts owing in respect of post-petition interest that is available from each pool of Priority Collateral for each of the ABL Secured Parties and the Term Secured Parties, respectively, before any distribution is made in respect of the claims held by the other Secured Parties from such Priority Collateral, with the other Secured Parties hereby acknowledging and agreeing to turn over to the respective other Secured Parties amounts otherwise received or receivable by them to the extent necessary to effectuate the intent of this sentence, even if such turnover has the effect of reducing the aggregate recoveries.
Section 6.6 Enforceability . The provisions of this Agreement are intended to be and shall be enforceable under Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Section 6.7 ABL Obligations Unconditional . All rights of the ABL Agent hereunder, and all agreements and obligations of the Term Agent and the Grantors (to the extent applicable) hereunder, shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:
(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any ABL Document;
(ii) any change in the time, place or manner of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any portion of the ABL Obligations, or any amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, replacement, refunding or restatement of any ABL Document;
(iii) any exchange, release, voiding, avoidance or non perfection of any security interest in any Collateral or any other collateral, or any release, amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, replacement, refunding, restatement or increase of all or any portion of the ABL Obligations or any guarantee or guaranty thereof; or
(iv) any other circumstances that otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any ABL Credit Party in respect of the ABL Obligations, or of any of the Term Agent or any Grantor, to the extent applicable, in respect of this Agreement.
Section 6.8 Term Obligations Unconditional . All rights of the Term Agent hereunder, all agreements and obligations of the ABL Agent and the Grantors (to the extent applicable) hereunder, shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:
-33-
(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Term Document;
(ii) any change in the time, place or manner of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any portion of the Term Obligations, or any amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, replacement, refunding or restatement of any Term Document;
(iii) any exchange, release, voiding, avoidance or non perfection of any security interest in any Collateral, or any other collateral, or any release, amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, replacement, refunding, restatement or increase of all or any portion of the Term Obligations or any guarantee or guaranty thereof; or
(iv) any other circumstances that otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Term Credit Party in respect of the Term Obligations, or of any of the ABL Agent or any Grantor, to the extent applicable, in respect of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 7.1 Rights of Subrogation . The Term Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Term Lenders, agrees that no payment to the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall entitle the Term Agent or any Term Lender to exercise any rights of subrogation in respect thereof until the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred. Following the Discharge of ABL Obligations, the ABL Agent agrees to execute such documents, agreements, and instruments as the Term Agent or any Term Lender may reasonably request to evidence the transfer by subrogation to any such Person of an interest in the ABL Obligations resulting from payments to the ABL Agent by such Person, so long as all costs and expenses (including all reasonable legal fees and disbursements) incurred in connection therewith by the ABL Agent are paid by such Person upon request for payment thereof. The ABL Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Lenders, agrees that no payment to the Term Agent or any Term Lender pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall entitle the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender to exercise any rights of subrogation in respect thereof until the Discharge of Term Obligations shall have occurred. Following the Discharge of Term Obligations, the Term Agent agrees to execute such documents, agreements, and instruments as the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender may reasonably request to evidence the transfer by subrogation to any such Person of an interest in the Term Obligations resulting from payments to the Term Agent by such Person, so long as all costs and expenses (including all reasonable legal fees and disbursements) incurred in connection therewith by the Term Agent are paid by such Person upon request for payment thereof.
Section 7.2 Further Assurances . The Parties will, at their own expense and at any time and from time to time, promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or desirable, or that either Party may reasonably request, in order to protect any right or interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable the ABL Agent or the Term Agent to exercise and enforce its rights
-34-
and remedies hereunder; provided, however, that no Party shall be required to pay over any payment or distribution, execute any instruments or documents, or take any other action referred to in this Section 7.2, to the extent that such action would contravene any law, order or other legal requirement or any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement, and in the event of a controversy or dispute, such Party may interplead any payment or distribution in any court of competent jurisdiction, without further responsibility in respect of such payment or distribution under this Section 7.2.
Section 7.3 Representations . The Term Agent represents and warrants to the ABL Agent that it has the requisite power and authority under the Term Documents to enter into, execute, deliver, and carry out the terms of this Agreement on behalf of itself and the Term Lenders and that this Agreement shall be binding obligations of the Term Agent and the Term Lenders, enforceable against the Term Agent and the Term Lenders in accordance with its terms. The ABL Agent represents and warrants to the Term Agent that it has the requisite power and authority under the ABL Documents to enter into, execute, deliver, and carry out the terms of this Agreement on behalf of itself and the ABL Lenders and that this Agreement shall be binding obligations of the ABL Agent and the ABL Lenders, enforceable against the ABL Agent and the ABL Lenders in accordance with its terms.
Section 7.4 Amendments . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement nor consent to any departure by any Party hereto shall be effective unless it is in a written agreement executed by the Term Agent and the ABL Agent and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.
Section 7.5 Addresses for Notices . All notices to the Secured Parties permitted or required under this Agreement may be sent to the applicable Agent for such Secured Party, respectively, as provided in the applicable Credit Document. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and may be personally served, telecopied, or sent by overnight express courier service or United States mail and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service, upon receipt of a telecopy or five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail (certified, with postage prepaid and properly addressed).
Section 7.6 No Waiver, Remedies . No failure on the part of any Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
Section 7.7 Continuing Agreement, Transfer of Secured Obligations . This Agreement is a continuing agreement and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the Discharge of ABL Obligations and the Discharge of Term Obligations shall have occurred, (b) be binding upon the Parties and their successors and assigns, and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors, transferees and assigns. Nothing herein is intended, or shall be construed to give, any other Person any right, remedy or claim under, to or in respect of this Agreement or any Collateral. All references to any
-35-
Grantor shall include any Grantor as debtor-in-possession and any receiver or trustee for such Grantor in any Insolvency Proceeding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (c), the ABL Agent, any ABL Lender, the Term Agent, or any Term Lender may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of the ABL Obligations or the Term Obligations, as applicable, to any other Person (other than any Borrower, any Grantor or any Affiliate of any Borrower or any Grantor and any Subsidiary of any Borrower or any Grantor), and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the rights and obligations in respect thereof granted to the ABL Agent, the Term Agent, any ABL Lender, or any Term Lender, as the case may be, herein or otherwise. The ABL Secured Parties and the Term Secured Parties may continue, at any time and without notice to the other parties hereto, to extend credit and other financial accommodations, lend monies and provide Indebtedness to, or for the benefit of, any Grantor on the faith hereof.
Section 7.8 Governing Law: Entire Agreement . The validity, performance, and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.
Section 7.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and it is not necessary that the signatures of all Parties be contained on any one counterpart hereof, each counterpart will be deemed to be an original, and all together shall constitute one and the same document.
Section 7.10 No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the ABL Agent, ABL Lenders, Term Agent and Term Lenders. No other Person (including any Borrower, any Grantor or any Affiliate of any Borrower or any Grantor, or any Subsidiary of any Borrower or any Grantor) shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement.
Section 7.11 Headings . The headings of the articles and sections of this Agreement are inserted for purposes of convenience only and shall not be construed to affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.
Section 7.12 Severability . If any of the provisions in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement and shall not invalidate the Lien Priority or the application of Proceeds and other priorities set forth in this Agreement.
Section 7.13 Attorneys Fees . The Parties agree that if any dispute, arbitration, litigation, or other proceeding is brought with respect to the enforcement of this Agreement or any provision hereof, the prevailing party in such dispute, arbitration, litigation, or other proceeding shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys fees and all other costs and expenses incurred in the enforcement of this Agreement, irrespective of whether suit is brought.
-36-
Section 7.14 VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER .
(a) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE OR, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY ABL SECURED PARTY OR ANY TERM SECURED PARTY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY ABL DOCUMENTS AGAINST ANY GRANTOR OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.
(b) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY HERETO REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.
(c) EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 7.5. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.
Section 7.15 I ntercreditor Agreement . This Agreement is the Intercreditor Agreement referred to in the ABL Credit Agreement and the Term Credit Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to subordinate the obligations due to (i) any ABL Secured Party to the obligations due to any Term Secured Party or (ii) any Term Secured Party to the obligations due to any ABL Secured Party (in each case, whether before or after the occurrence of an Insolvency Proceeding), it being the intent of the Parties that this Agreement shall effectuate a subordination of Liens but not a subordination of Indebtedness.
-37-
Section 7.16 No Warranties or Liability . The Term Agent and the ABL Agent acknowledge and agree that neither has made any representation or warranty with respect to the execution, validity, legality, completeness, collectability or enforceability of any other ABL Document or any Term Document. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Term Agent and the ABL Agent will be entitled to manage and supervise their respective extensions of credit to any Grantor in accordance with law and their usual practices, modified from time to time as they deem appropriate.
Section 7.17 Conflicts . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any ABL Document or any Term Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.
Section 7.18 Information Concerning Financial Condition of the Grantors . Each of the Term Agent and the ABL Agent hereby assume responsibility for keeping itself informed of the financial condition of the Grantors and all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the ABL Obligations or the Term Obligations. The Term Agent and the ABL Agent hereby agree that no party shall have any duty to advise any other party of information known to it regarding such condition or any such circumstances. In the event the Term Agent or the ABL Agent, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any information to any other party to this Agreement, (a) it shall be under no obligation (i) to provide any such information to such other party or any other party on any subsequent occasion, (ii) to undertake any investigation not a part of its regular business routine, or (iii) to disclose any other information, or (b) it makes no representation as to the accuracy or completeness of any such information and shall not be liable for any information contained therein, and (c) the Party receiving such information hereby to hold the other Party harmless from any action the receiving Party may take or conclusion the receiving Party may reach or draw from any such information, as well as from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses to which such receiving Party may become subject arising out of or in connection with the use of such information.
[Signature pages follow]
-38-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the ABL Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Lenders, and the Term Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Term Lenders, have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., in its capacity as the ABL Agent | ||
By: | /s/ Christopher Godfrey | |
Name: Christopher Godfrey | ||
Title: Senior Vice President |
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., in its capacity as the Term Agent | ||
By: | /s/ Robert Klawinski | |
Name: Robert Klawinski | ||
Title: Senior Vice President |
Intercreditor Agreement
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Each Borrower and each Grantor hereby acknowledges that it has received a copy of this Agreement and consents thereto, agrees to recognize all rights granted thereby to the ABL Agent, the ABL Lenders, the Term Agent, and the Term Lenders and will not do any act or perform any obligation which is not in accordance with the agreements set forth in this Agreement. Each Borrower and each Grantor further acknowledges and agrees that it is not and intended beneficiary or third party beneficiary under this Agreement and (i) as between the ABL Secured Parties, the Borrowers and Grantors, the ABL Documents remain in full force and effect as written and are in no way modified hereby, and (ii) as between the Term Secured Parties, the Borrowers and Grantors, the Term Documents remain in full force and effect as written and are in no way modified hereby.
UNIVAR INC., as ABL Borrower and Term Borrower | CHEMPOINT.COM INC. | |||||||
By: | /s/ Peter Heinz | By: | /s/ Peter Heinz | |||||
Name: | Peter Heinz | Name: | Peter Heinz | |||||
Title: | Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary | Title: | Vice President, General Counsel & Assistant Secretary | |||||
UNIVAR CANADA LTD., as ABL Borrower | UNIVAR USA INC. | |||||||
By: | /s/ Peter Heinz | By: | /s/ Peter Heinz | |||||
Name: | Peter Heinz | Name: | Peter Heinz | |||||
Title: | Title: | Vice President, General Counsel & Assistant Secretary | ||||||
ULIXES ACQUISITION, B.V., as Parent | UNIVAR NORTH AMERICA CORPORATION | |||||||
By: | ILLEGIBLE | By: | /s/ Peter Heinz | |||||
Name: | Name: | Peter Heinz | ||||||
Title: | Title: | Corporate Secretary | ||||||
UNIVAR UK HOLDINGS LTD., as Term Borrower | CHEMCENTRAL INTERNATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION | |||||||
By: | /s/ Peter Heinz | By: | /s/ Peter Heinz | |||||
Name: | Peter Heinz | Name: | Peter Heinz | |||||
Title: | Title: | President |
Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit 10.15
AMENDMENT NO. 1 dated as of November 30, 2010 (this Amendment ) to the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of October 11, 2007 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time the Intercreditor Agreement ) between BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. ( Bank of America ) in its capacities as administrative agent for the U.S. Lenders and collateral agent (together with its successors and assigns in such capacities, the ABL Agent ) under the ABL Credit Agreement (such financial institutions, together with their successors, assigns and transferees, the ABL Lenders ) and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. in its capacities as administrative agent and collateral agent (together with its successors and assigns in such capacities, the Term Agent ) for the financial institutions party from time to time to the Term Credit Agreement (such financial institutions, together with their successors, assigns and transferees, the Term Lenders ). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have their meaning assigned in the Intercreditor Agreement.
Amendments to the Intercreditor Agreement . The Intrecreditor Agreement is, effective as of the Restatement Effective Date (as defined in the Term Credit Agreement), hereby amended by amending and restating the following definition in its entirety as follows:
Term Priority Obligations shall mean all Term Obligations less any obligations to pay principal with respect to loans in excess of $1,608,300,000; provided that no amount shall cease to be Term Priority Obligations solely as a result of currency fluctuations following the date of any borrowing of such amount.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the ABL Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Lenders, and the Term Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Term Lenders, have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , in its capacity as the ABL Agent | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Christopher Godfrey | |||
Title: | Senior Vice President | |||
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , in its capacity as the Term Agent | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the ABL Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Lenders, and the Term Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Term Lenders, have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , in its capacity as the ABL Agent | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , in its capacity as the Term Agent | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Lillana Claar | |||
Title: | Vice President |
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Each Borrower and each Grantor hereby acknowledges that it has received a copy of this Amendment and consents thereto, agrees to recognize all rights granted thereby to the ABL Agent, the ABL Lenders, the Term Agent, and the Term Lenders and will not do any act or perform any obligation which is not in accordance with the agreements set forth in this Amendment. Each Borrower and each Grantor further acknowledges and agrees that it is not an intended beneficiary or third party beneficiary under this Agreement and (i) as between the ABL Secured Parties, and Grantors, the ABL Documents remain in full force and effect as written and are in no way modified hereby, and (ii) as between the Term Secured Parties, the Borrowers and Grantors, the Term Documents remain in full force and effect as written and are in no way modified hereby.
UNIVAR INC., as an ABL Borrower and Term Borrower | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: |
Douglas R. Drew |
|||
Title: |
|
|||
UNIVAR CANADA LTD., as an ABL Borrower | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: |
Douglas R. Drew |
|||
Title: |
|
|||
ULIXES ACQUISITION, B.V., as Parent | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: |
|
|||
Title: |
|
|||
ULIXES LIMITED, as Term Borrower | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: |
|
|||
Title: |
|
|||
CHEMPOINT.COM INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: |
Douglas R. Drew |
|||
Title: |
|
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Each Borrower and each Grantor hereby acknowledges that it has received a copy of this Amendment and consents thereto, agrees to recognize all rights granted thereby to the ABL Agent, the ABL Lenders, the Term Agent, and the Term Lenders and will not do any act or perform any obligation which is not in accordance with the agreements set forth in this Amendment. Each Borrower and each Grantor further acknowledges and agrees that it is not an intended beneficiary or third party beneficiary under this Agreement and (i) as between the ABL Secured Parties, and Grantors, the ABL Documents remain in full force and effect as written and are in no way modified hereby, and (ii) as between the Term Secured Parties, the Borrowers and Grantors, the Term Documents remain in full force and effect as written and are in no way modified hereby.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Each Borrower and each Grantor hereby acknowledges that it has received a copy of this Amendment and consents thereto, agrees to recognize all rights granted thereby to the ABL Agent, the ABL Lenders, the Term Agent, and the Term Lenders and will not do any act or perform any obligation which is not in accordance with the agreements set forth in this Amendment. Each Borrower and each Grantor further acknowledges and agrees that it is not an intended beneficiary or third party beneficiary under this Agreement and (i) as between the ABL Secured Parties, and Grantors, the ABL Documents remain in full force and effect as written and are in no way modified hereby, and (ii) as between the Term Secured Parties, the Borrowers and Grantors, the Term Documents remain in full force and effect as written and are in no way modified hereby.
UNIVAR INC., as an ABL Borrower and Term | ||||
Borrower | ||||
By: | ||||
|
||||
Name: |
|
|||
Title: |
|
|||
UNIVAR CANADA LTD., as an ABL Borrower | ||||
By: | ||||
|
||||
Name: |
|
|||
Title: |
|
|||
ULIXES ACQUISITION, B.V., as Parent | ||||
By: | ||||
|
||||
Name: |
|
|||
Title: |
|
|||
ULIXES LIMITED, as Term Borrower | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: |
Peter Heinz |
|||
Title: |
|
|||
CHEMPOINT.COM INC. | ||||
By: | ||||
|
||||
Name: |
|
|||
Title: |
|
UNIVAR USA INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: |
Douglas R. Drew |
|||
Title: |
|
|||
UNIVAR HOLDCO CANADA III LLC | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: |
Douglas R. Drew |
|||
Title: |
|
|||
UNIVAR HOLDCO CANADA LLC | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: |
Douglas R. Drew |
|||
Title: |
|
Exhibit 10.16
200,000,000
ABL CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of 24 March 2014,
among
UNIVAR B.V.,
as a Borrower
The other Borrowers
from Time to Time Party Hereto
UNIVAR, INC.,
as a Guarantor
The Several Lenders
from Time to Time Parties Hereto
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,
as Joint Bookrunner and Sole Lead Arranger
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Joint Bookrunner and Syndication Agent
J.P. MORGAN EUROPE LIMITED,
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||||
SECTION 1. |
DEFINITIONS | 1 | ||||
1.1. |
Defined Terms | 1 | ||||
1.2. |
Other Interpretive Provisions | 54 | ||||
1.3. |
Accounting Terms | 55 | ||||
1.4. |
Rounding | 55 | ||||
1.5. |
References to Agreements, Laws, Etc. | 55 | ||||
1.6. |
Exchange Rates | 55 | ||||
1.7. |
Additional Alternative Currencies | 55 | ||||
1.8. |
Change of Currency | 56 | ||||
1.9. |
Currency Translations; Change of Currency | 57 | ||||
1.10. |
Belgian terms | 57 | ||||
1.11. |
Third Party Rights | 58 | ||||
1.12. |
Classification of Loans and Borrowings | 58 | ||||
SECTION 2. |
THE CREDITS | 58 | ||||
2.1. |
Commitments | 58 | ||||
2.2. |
Loans and Borrowings | 60 | ||||
2.3. |
Requests for Revolving Borrowings | 60 | ||||
2.4. |
Protective Advances | 61 | ||||
2.5. |
Swingline Loans | 62 | ||||
2.6. |
Letters of Credit | 64 | ||||
2.7. |
Funding of Borrowings | 69 | ||||
2.8. |
Interest | 69 | ||||
2.9. |
Interest Elections | 70 | ||||
2.10. |
Alternate Rate of Interest | 71 | ||||
2.11. |
Payments Generally, Allocation of Proceeds; Sharing of Set-offs | 72 | ||||
2.12. |
Increase of Maximum Amount | 74 | ||||
2.13. |
Extensions of Revolving Commitments | 76 | ||||
2.14. |
Increased Costs | 77 | ||||
2.15. |
Break Funding Payments | 78 | ||||
2.16. |
Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders | 79 | ||||
2.17. |
Defaulting Lenders | 80 | ||||
2.18. |
Banking Services and Hedge Agreements | 82 | ||||
SECTION 3. |
FEES; COMMITMENTS | 82 | ||||
3.1. |
Fees | 82 | ||||
3.2. |
Unused Line Fee | 82 | ||||
3.3. |
Letter of Credit Fee | 82 | ||||
3.4. |
Miscellaneous payment provisions | 83 | ||||
SECTION 4. |
PAYMENTS AND COMMITMENTS | 83 | ||||
4.1. |
Termination of Commitments | 83 | ||||
4.2. |
Repayment of Loans | 84 | ||||
4.3. |
Voluntary Prepayment, Mandatory Prepayment, Reduction or Termination | 84 | ||||
4.4. |
Method and Place of Payment | 85 | ||||
4.5. |
Withholding of Taxes; Gross-Up | 86 | ||||
4.6. |
Limit on Rate of Interest | 91 | ||||
4.7. |
Returned Payments | 92 |
-i-
SECTION 5. |
CONDITIONS | 92 | ||||
5.1. |
Closing Date | 92 | ||||
5.2. |
Post Closing Borrowers | 96 | ||||
SECTION 6. |
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL CREDIT EVENTS | 99 | ||||
6.1. |
No Default; Representations and Warranties | 99 | ||||
6.2. |
Borrowing limits | 99 | ||||
6.3. |
Notice of Borrowing | 99 | ||||
6.4. |
Letter of Credit Request | 99 | ||||
SECTION 7. |
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS | 99 | ||||
7.1. |
Corporate Status | 99 | ||||
7.2. |
Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability | 100 | ||||
7.3. |
No Violation | 100 | ||||
7.4. |
Litigation | 100 | ||||
7.5. |
Margin Regulations | 100 | ||||
7.6. |
Governmental Approvals; Other Consents | 100 | ||||
7.7. |
Investment Company Act | 101 | ||||
7.8. |
Disclosure | 101 | ||||
7.9. |
Financial Condition; Financial Statements | 101 | ||||
7.10. |
Tax Matters | 101 | ||||
7.11. |
Compliance with ERISA | 101 | ||||
7.12. |
Subsidiaries | 102 | ||||
7.13. |
Intellectual Property | 102 | ||||
7.14. |
Environmental Laws | 102 | ||||
7.15. |
Properties | 103 | ||||
7.16. |
Solvency | 103 | ||||
7.17. |
Collateral | 103 | ||||
7.18. |
Insurance | 103 | ||||
7.19. |
Pension Plans | 104 | ||||
7.20. |
Anti-Corruption Laws and Obligor Sanctions | 104 | ||||
7.21. |
Centre of main interests and establishment | 104 | ||||
7.22. |
Compliance with the Swiss Twenty Non-Bank Rule | 104 | ||||
SECTION 8. |
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS | 104 | ||||
8.1. |
Information Covenants | 104 | ||||
8.2. |
Books, Records and Inspections | 109 | ||||
8.3. |
Maintenance of Insurance | 110 | ||||
8.4. |
Payment of Taxes | 111 | ||||
8.5. |
Maintenance of Existence | 111 | ||||
8.6. |
Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, Etc. | 111 | ||||
8.7. |
Maintenance of Properties | 111 | ||||
8.8. |
Use of Proceeds | 111 | ||||
8.9. |
Further Assurances | 112 | ||||
8.10. |
End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters | 112 | ||||
8.11. |
Payment of Obligations | 112 | ||||
8.12. |
Compliance with Laws and Material Contractual Obligations | 113 | ||||
8.13. |
Pension Plans | 113 | ||||
8.14. |
Transfer of Accounts | 113 |
ii
8.15. |
Cash Management | 114 | ||||
8.16. |
French Accounts | 114 | ||||
8.17. |
Compliance with the Swiss Twenty Non-Bank Rule | 115 | ||||
8.18. |
Post Closing Borrowers | 115 | ||||
8.19. |
Post-Closing Requirements | 115 | ||||
SECTION 9. |
NEGATIVE COVENANTS | 116 | ||||
9.1. |
Limitation on Indebtedness | 116 | ||||
9.2. |
Limitation on Liens | 119 | ||||
9.3. |
Limitation on Fundamental Changes | 121 | ||||
9.4. |
Limitation on Sale of Assets | 121 | ||||
9.5. |
Limitation on Investments | 124 | ||||
9.6. |
Limitation on Restricted Payments | 125 | ||||
9.7. |
Limitations on Debt Payments and Amendments | 127 | ||||
9.8. |
Transactions with Affiliates | 127 | ||||
9.9. |
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio | 128 | ||||
9.10. |
Changes in Business | 128 | ||||
9.11. |
Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Borrower Subsidiaries | 129 | ||||
9.12. |
FATCA Status | 130 | ||||
SECTION 10. |
EVENTS OF DEFAULT | 130 | ||||
10.1. |
Payments | 130 | ||||
10.2. |
Representations, Etc. | 130 | ||||
10.3. |
Covenants | 130 | ||||
10.4. |
Default Under Other Agreements | 131 | ||||
10.5. |
Insolvency action | 131 | ||||
10.6. |
Insolvency | 131 | ||||
10.7. |
ERISA | 132 | ||||
10.8. |
Guarantee | 132 | ||||
10.9. |
Documents | 132 | ||||
10.10. |
Judgments | 132 | ||||
10.11. |
Material Adverse Effect | 133 | ||||
10.12. |
Audit qualification | 133 | ||||
10.13. |
Pensions Regulator | 133 | ||||
10.14. |
Change of Control | 133 | ||||
SECTION 11. |
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT | 134 | ||||
Part 1 |
- Role of the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and Others | 134 | ||||
11.1. |
Appointment of the Administrative Agent | 134 | ||||
11.2. |
Instructions | 134 | ||||
11.3. |
Duties of the Administrative Agent | 135 | ||||
11.4. |
No Fiduciary Duties | 135 | ||||
11.5. |
Business with the Group | 135 | ||||
11.6. |
Rights and Discretions | 136 | ||||
11.7. |
Responsibility for Documentation | 137 | ||||
11.8. |
No Duty To Monitor | 137 | ||||
11.9. |
Exclusion of Liability | 137 | ||||
11.10. |
Lenders Indemnity to the Administrative Agent | 138 | ||||
11.11. |
Resignation of the Administrative Agent | 139 | ||||
11.12. |
Replacement of the Administrative Agent | 140 | ||||
11.13. |
Confidentiality | 140 |
iii
11.14. |
Relationship with the Lenders | 140 | ||||
11.15. |
Credit Appraisal By The Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers | 141 | ||||
11.16. |
Administrative Agents Management Time | 141 | ||||
11.17. |
Deduction From Amounts Payable By The Administrative Agent | 141 | ||||
11.18. |
Reliance And Engagement Letters | 142 | ||||
Part 2 |
Collateral Agent Provisions | 142 | ||||
11.19. |
Appointment of the Collateral Agent | 142 | ||||
11.20. |
Role of the Collateral Agent | 142 | ||||
11.21. |
German Collateral matters | 143 | ||||
11.22. |
German Agent provisions | 144 | ||||
11.23. |
No Fiduciary Duties | 144 | ||||
11.24. |
Business with the Credit Parties | 144 | ||||
11.25. |
Discretions of the Collateral Agent | 144 | ||||
11.26. |
Required Lenders Instructions | 145 | ||||
11.27. |
Responsibility for Documentation | 145 | ||||
11.28. |
Exclusion of Liability | 146 | ||||
11.29. |
Lenders Indemnity to the Collateral Agent | 147 | ||||
11.30. |
Resignation | 147 | ||||
11.31. |
Additional Collateral Agent | 147 | ||||
11.32. |
Confidentiality | 148 | ||||
11.33. |
Relationship with the Lenders | 148 | ||||
11.34. |
Credit Appraisal by the Lenders | 148 | ||||
11.35. |
Management Time | 149 | ||||
11.36. |
Security Documents | 149 | ||||
11.37. |
Distribution of Proceeds of Enforcement | 149 | ||||
11.38. |
No Obligation to Remain in Possession | 149 | ||||
11.39. |
Collateral Agents Obligation to Account | 149 | ||||
11.40. |
Receivers and Delegates Obligation to Account | 150 | ||||
SECTION 12. |
MISCELLANEOUS | 150 | ||||
12.1. |
Amendments and Waivers | 150 | ||||
12.2. |
Notices | 152 | ||||
12.3. |
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies | 152 | ||||
12.4. |
Survival of Representations and Warranties | 152 | ||||
12.5. |
Payment of Expenses; Indemnity | 152 | ||||
12.6. |
Successors and Assigns; Participations, Assignments and Transfers | 154 | ||||
12.7. |
Replacements of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances | 159 | ||||
12.8. |
Adjustments; Set-off | 159 | ||||
12.9. |
Counterparts | 160 | ||||
12.10. |
Severability | 160 | ||||
12.11. |
Integration | 160 | ||||
12.12. |
Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waiver of jury trial | 160 | ||||
12.13. |
Acknowledgments | 161 | ||||
12.14. |
Confidentiality | 162 | ||||
12.15. |
Direct Website Communications | 163 | ||||
12.16. |
USA Patriot Act | 164 | ||||
12.17. |
Judgment Currency | 165 | ||||
12.18. |
Parallel Debt Dutch and Belgian Law | 165 | ||||
12.19. |
Parallel Debt German Law | 166 | ||||
12.20. |
Conduct of Business by the Secured Parties | 167 |
iv
SECTION 13. |
LOAN GUARANTY | 167 | ||||
13.1. |
Guarantee | 167 | ||||
13.2. |
Continuing guarantee | 167 | ||||
13.3. |
Reinstatement | 167 | ||||
13.4. |
Waiver of defences | 167 | ||||
13.5. |
Guarantor Intent | 168 | ||||
13.6. |
Immediate Recourse | 168 | ||||
13.7. |
Appropriations | 168 | ||||
13.8. |
Termination | 168 | ||||
13.9. |
Deferral of Guarantors Rights | 169 | ||||
13.10. |
Keepwell | 169 | ||||
13.11. |
Additional security | 169 | ||||
13.12. |
German Guarantee Limitations | 169 | ||||
13.13. |
French Guarantee Limitations | 171 | ||||
13.14. |
Swiss Guarantee Limitations | 172 | ||||
SECTION 14. |
THE ADMINISTRATIVE BORROWER | 173 | ||||
14.1. |
Appointment; Nature of Relationship | 173 | ||||
14.2. |
Powers | 173 | ||||
14.3. |
Employment of Agents | 174 | ||||
14.4. |
Notices | 174 | ||||
14.5. |
Successor Administrative Borrower | 174 | ||||
14.6. |
Execution of Credit Documents; Borrowing Base Certificate | 174 | ||||
14.7. |
Reporting | 174 |
SCHEDULES | ||
Schedule | Commitment Schedule | |
Schedule 7.4 | Litigation | |
Schedule 7.12 | Subsidiaries | |
Schedule 7.14 | Environmental | |
Schedule 9.1 | Existing Indebtedness | |
Schedule 9.2 | Existing Liens | |
Schedule 9.5 | Existing Investments | |
Schedule 12.2 | Notice Addresses | |
EXHIBITS | ||
Exhibit A-1 | Form of Assignment Agreement | |
Exhibit A-2 | Form of Transfer Certificate | |
Exhibit B-1 | Aggregate Borrowing Base Certificate | |
Exhibit B-2 | Borrowing Base Certificate | |
Exhibit C | Form of Joinder Agreement | |
Exhibit D | Compliance Certificate | |
Exhibit E | Form of Borrowing Request | |
Exhibit F | Day One Letters of Credit |
v
ABL CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of 24 March 2014, among UNIVAR B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated and existing under the laws of the Netherlands with company number 24134696 (the Company ) , UNIVAR INC., a Delaware corporation (Parent ) , the Subsidiaries (each capitalized term used but not defined in this preamble having the meaning provided in Section 1 ) of Parent from time to time party hereto which shall as at the date hereof be UNIVAR S.A.S., a company incorporated in France with the companies registry of Creteil under number 562 071 423 17 avenue Louison Bobet, 94120, Fontenay-sous-Bois, France (the French Borrower ) , UNIVAR BELGIUM NV/SA, a limited liability company incorporated in Belgium having its registered office at B-1070 Anderlecht, Internationalelaan 55, Riverside Business Park, Building G, with company number 0478.329.962 RLE Brussels (the Belgian Borrower ) , UNIVAR GMBH, a limited liability company incorporated in Germany and registered with the commercial register of the local court of Essen under registration number HRB 4095 (the German Borrower ) , DISTRUPOL LIMITED, a company incorporated in England and Wales with company number 00754472 (the English Borrower ) , UNIVAR AG, a company incorporated in Switzerland with company number CHE-105.951.096 (the Swiss Borrower ) and UNIVAR ZWIJNDRECHT N.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated and existing under the laws of the Netherlands with company number 23007175 (the Dutch Borrower and together with the Company, the Dutch Borrowers ) (together with the Company, the Borrowers and each a Borrower ) , the registered lending institutions from time to time parties hereto (each a Lender and, collectively, the Lenders ) and J.P. MORGAN EUROPE LIMITED, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.
In consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Definitions
1.1. Defined Terms .
(a) As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 1.1 unless the context otherwise requires (it being understood that defined terms in this Agreement shall include in the singular number the plural and in the plural the singular):
Account Debtor shall mean each Person obligated in any way on or in connection with an Account or Chattel Paper.
Accounts shall mean, with respect to a Borrower, all of such Borrowers now owned or hereafter acquired or arising accounts, as defined in Article 9 of the UCC, including any rights to payment for the sale or lease of goods or rendition of services, whether or not they have been earned by performance.
Acquired EBITDA shall mean, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business (any of the foregoing, a Pro Forma Entity) for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Pro Forma Entity (determined using such definitions as if references to Parent and its Subsidiaries therein were to such Pro Forma Entity and its Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Pro Forma Entity in a manner consistent with GAAP.
Acquired Entity or Business shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Consolidated EBITDA.
1
Acquisition means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, consummated on or after the Closing Date, by which any Obligor or Borrower Subsidiary (a) acquires any going business or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, whether through purchase of assets, merger or otherwise or (b) directly or indirectly acquires (in one transaction or as the most recent transaction in a series of transactions) at least a majority (in number of votes) of the Stock or Stock Equivalents of a Person which has ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other similar management personnel of a Person (other than Stock or Stock Equivalents having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) or a majority of the outstanding Stock or Stock Equivalents of a Person.
Activation Effective Date has the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 5.2.
Adjusted Capital Expenditures means Capital Expenditures for such period exclusive of non-recurring expenditures incurred in such period, with such non-recurring expenditures limited to the following periods and amounts, as applicable: quarter ending June 30, 2013: 3,065,500, and quarter ending March 31, 2013: 6,065,500.
Administrative Agent shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement.
Administrative Agents Office shall mean the Administrative Agents address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 12.2, or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Credit Parties and the Lenders.
Administrative Borrower shall have the meaning provided in Section 14.1.
Administrative Questionnaire shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(b)(ii)(D).
Affiliate shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control a corporation if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
Agent Parties shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.15(d).
Agents shall mean the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.
Agreement shall mean this ABL Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Agreement Currency shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17.
Aggregate Availability means, at any time, the aggregate Availability of all the Borrowers.
Aggregate Borrowing Base means the aggregate of the Borrowing Bases of all the Borrowers.
Aggregate Borrowing Base Certificate means a certificate, signed and certified as accurate and complete by a Financial Officer of the Administrative Borrower, in substantially the form of Exhibit B-1 or another form which is acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.
2
Aggregate Credit Exposure means at any time the aggregate of the European Credit Exposure and the French Credit Exposure of all the Lenders at such time.
Aggregate European Borrowing Base means the aggregate of the Borrowing Bases of all the European Borrowers.
Aggregate European Credit Exposure means, at any time, the aggregate European Credit Exposure of all the European Lenders.
Aggregate European Revolving Exposure means, at any time, the aggregate European Revolving Exposure of all the European Lenders.
Aggregate French Credit Exposure means, at any time, the aggregate French Credit Exposure of all the French Lenders.
Aggregate French Revolving Exposure means, at any time, the aggregate French Revolving Exposure of all the French Lenders.
Aggregate Revolving Commitment means, at any time, the aggregate of the Revolving Commitments of all the Lenders.
Aggregate Revolving Exposure means, at any time, the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all the Lenders at such time.
Anti-Corruption Laws means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to any Credit Party and its Affiliates concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.
Applicable Entities means (i) prior to the Trigger Date, the entities comprising the EMEA Segment and (ii) on and after the Trigger Date, the Day One Borrowers and the Post Closing Borrowers.
Applicable Margin shall mean, for purposes of calculating the applicable interest rate for any day, the applicable rate per annum set forth in the table below, based upon the quarterly average Aggregate Availability as of the most recent determination date, provided that until the end of June 30, 2014, the Applicable Margin shall be the applicable rate per annum set forth below in Category 2:
Quarterly average Aggregate Availability |
Applicable Margin |
|
Category 1 |
2.25% | |
< 33% |
||
Category 2 |
2.00% | |
³ 33% to <66% |
||
Category 3 |
1.75% | |
³ 66% |
For purposes of the foregoing, (a) the Applicable Margin shall be determined as of the end of each fiscal quarter of Parent based upon the most recent Borrowing Base Certificates, and (b) each change in the Applicable Margin resulting from a change in the quarterly average Aggregate Availability as of the most recent determination date shall be made on a quarterly basis and shall be effective on the first day of the month falling after the month in which the Administrative Agent received such Borrowing
3
Base Certificate to be delivered at the end of the relevant quarter period, provided that the quarterly average Aggregate Availability as of the most recent determination date shall be deemed to be in Category 1 at the option of the Administrative Agent or at the request of the Required Lenders, if the Borrowers fail to deliver a Borrowing Base Certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.1, during the period from the expiration of the time for delivery thereof until such Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered.
Applicable Percentage means, with respect to any Lender, (a) with respect to Revolving Loans, LC Exposure or Swingline Loans with respect to a Facility, a percentage equal to a fraction the numerator of which is such Lenders European Revolving Commitment or French Revolving Commitment (as applicable) and the denominator of which is the aggregate European Revolving Commitments or French Revolving Commitments (as applicable) provided that, if the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon such Lenders share of the Aggregate Revolving Exposure with respect to the relevant Facility immediately prior to such termination or expiration, and (b) with respect to Protective Advances under a Facility or with respect to the Aggregate Credit Exposure with respect to a Facility, a percentage based upon its share of the Aggregate Credit Exposure and the unused Commitments (in each case with respect to that Facility); provided that so long as any Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lenders Commitment shall be disregarded in the calculations above.
Applicable Unused Line Fee Margin shall mean, with respect to any period for which Unused Line Fees are paid, the percentage corresponding to the average daily unused Aggregate Revolving Commitment for the European Lenders and the average daily unused Aggregate Revolving Commitment for the French Lenders (as applicable), in each case, for such period set forth in the table below; provided that until June 30, 2014, the Applicable Unused Line Fee Margin shall be the applicable rate set forth in Category 2:
Average daily unused Aggregate Revolving Commitment |
Applicable Unused Line Fee Margin |
|
Category 1 |
0.25% | |
<33% |
||
Category 2 |
0.375% | |
³ 33% to <66% |
||
Category 3 |
0.50% | |
³ 66% |
Approved Currency means Euros, Sterling, Dollars, Danish Krone, Norwegian Krone, Swedish Krona and Swiss Francs.
Approved Fund shall mean any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
4
Assignment Agreement means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Exhibit A-1 or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee.
Authorized Officer shall mean the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Vice President-Finance or any other senior officer of Parent or any Obligor or any other general officers authorized by the board of directors), or any other officer designated as such in writing to the Administrative Agent by such Person or any director performing similar functions.
Availability means (a) with respect to each European Borrower, at any time, an amount equal to (i) the lesser of (A) the aggregate European Revolving Commitments and (B) the Borrowing Base of such Borrower minus (ii) the Aggregate European Revolving Exposure relating to such Borrower, and (b) with respect to the French Borrower, at any time, an amount equal to (i) the lesser of (A) the French Revolving Commitments and (B) the French Borrowing Base minus (ii) the Aggregate French Revolving Exposure.
Availability Period means the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of (a) the Maturity Date and (b) the date of termination of the relevant Commitments.
Available Revolving Commitment means, at any time, the Aggregate Revolving Commitments minus the Aggregate Revolving Exposure.
Average Availability shall mean, for any period of determination, average daily Availability for such period, as calculated by the Administrative Agent.
Bank Levy means:
(a) the UK bank levy as set out in the Finance Act 2011;
(b) the French taxe bancaire de risque systémique as set out in Article 235 ter ZE of the French Code Général des impôts ;
(c) the German bank levy as set out in the German Restructuring Fund Act 2010 (Restrukturierungsfondsgesetz ) (as amended);
(d) the Dutch bankenbelasting as set out in the bank levy act ( Wet bankenbelasting ); and
(e) any substantively similar bank levy in any other jurisdiction currently enacted as at the date of this Agreement.
Bank Product Reserves shall mean all reserves which the Administrative Agent from time to time establishes in its Permitted Discretion for the Bank Products then provided or outstanding.
Bank Products shall mean Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements.
Bankruptcy Event means, with respect to any Person, when such Person becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding (including any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding set out in article L.610-1 of the French commercial code), or has had a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, compulsory manager, custodian, assignee for the benefit of
5
creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganisation or liquidation of its business, appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, unless such ownership interest results in or provides such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within England and Wales or other relevant jurisdiction or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permits such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality), to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.
Belgian Borrower means Univar Belgium NV/SA, a limited liability company incorporated in Belgium having its registered office at B-1070 Anderlecht, Internationalelaan 55, Riverside Business Park, Building G, with company number 0478.329.962 RLE Brussels.
Belgian Borrowing Base means, at any time 85% of the Belgian Borrowers Eligible Accounts at such time minus Reserves.
Belgian Collateral Documents means a Belgian law (a) receivables pledge agreement between the Belgian Borrower and the Collateral Agent, (b) bank account pledge agreement between the Belgian Borrower and the Collateral Agent, (c) any other document containing Liens of any Credit Party securing the Obligations governed by the laws of Belgium, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and entered into pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.
Benefited Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.8(a).
Board shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).
Borrower Materials shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.15(c).
Borrower or Borrowers means, individually or collectively, the Day One Borrowers and, only after the conditions in Section 5.2 have been satisfied with respect to any Post Closing Borrower, that or those Post Closing Borrower(s).
Borrower DTTP Filing means a HM Revenue & Customs Form DTTP2, duly completed and filed by the relevant Obligor, which contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence provided by the Lender in the Commitment Schedule or as otherwise notified to the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
Borrower Subsidiary means any direct or indirect subsidiary of an Obligor.
Borrowing shall mean the incurrence of one Loan of a single Class on a single date having, in the case of IBOR Loans, the same Interest Period. For the avoidance of doubt, the continuation or selection of any Interest Period shall not constitute a Borrowing or a Loan.
Borrowing Base means, at any time (a) with respect to each Dutch Borrower, the Dutch Borrowing Base attributable to the relevant Dutch Borrower, (b) with respect to the English Borrower, the English Borrowing Base, (c) with respect to the French Borrower, the French Borrowing Base, (d) with respect to the Belgian Borrower, the Belgian Borrowing Base, (e) with respect to the German Borrower, the German Borrowing Base, and (f) with respect to the Swiss Borrower, the Swiss
6
Borrowing Base. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent any Post Closing Borrower has not satisfied the conditions set forth in Section 5.2, its assets shall not be included in any Borrowing Base (including the Aggregate Borrowing Base and the Aggregate European Borrowing Base) and the Borrowing Base of such Post Closing Borrower (and in the case of a Post Closing Borrower from England and Wales or the Netherlands, its contribution towards the Pooled Borrowing Base) shall be zero.
Borrowing Base Certificate shall mean a certificate of the Administrative Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2 (or another form acceptable to the Administrative Agent) setting forth the calculation of the Borrowing Base, including a calculation of each component thereof, all in such detail as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. All calculations of the Borrowing Base in connection with the preparation of any Borrowing Base Certificate shall originally be made by the Administrative Borrower and certified to the Administrative Agent; provided that the Administrative Agent shall have the right to review and adjust any such calculation to the extent that such calculation is not in accordance with this Agreement.
Borrowing Limits means the European Borrowing Limits and the French Borrowing Limits.
Borrowing Request means a request by the Administrative Borrower for a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.3, substantially in the form of Exhibit E.
Business Day shall mean any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day that in the jurisdiction where the Administrative Agents office is located shall be a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law or other governmental actions to close; provided , however,
(a) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to an IBOR Loan denominated in Dollars, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Dollars in respect of any such IBOR Loan, or any other dealings in Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such IBOR Loan, such day shall be a day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank market;
(b) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to an IBOR Loan denominated in Sterling, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Sterling in respect of any such IBOR Loan, or any other dealings in Sterling to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such IBOR Loan, such day shall be a day on which dealings in deposits in Sterling are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank market;
(c) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to an IBOR Loan denominated in Euro, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Euro in respect of any such IBOR Loan, or any other dealings in Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such IBOR Loan, such day shall be a TARGET2 Day;
(d) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to an IBOR Loan denominated in a currency other than Sterling, Dollars or Euro, such day shall be a day on which dealings in deposits in the relevant currency are conducted by and between banks in the London or other applicable offshore interbank market for such currency; and
(e) if such day relates to any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in a currency other than Sterling, Dollars or Euro in respect of an IBOR Loan denominated in a currency other than Sterling, Dollars or Euro, or any other dealings in any currency other than
7
Sterling, Dollars or Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such IBOR Loan (other than any interest rate settings), such day shall be a day on which banks are open for foreign exchange business in the principal financial center of the country of such currency.
Capital Expenditures shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under Capital Leases) by the Credit Parties and the Borrower Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as capital expenditures on a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Credit Parties and the Borrower Subsidiaries.
Capital Lease shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is, or is required to be, accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.
Capitalized Lease Obligations shall mean, as applied to any Person, all obligations under Capital Leases of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case taken at the amount thereof accounted for as liabilities in accordance with GAAP.
Cash Dominion Event shall mean (a) Aggregate Availability is less than 10.0% of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments or (b) the declaration of such by the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
Cash Dominion Period shall mean the period commencing on the date on which prior written notice by the Administrative Agent of the occurrence of a Cash Dominion Event is delivered to the Administrative Borrower and ending (a) no less than 45 consecutive days thereafter and (b) only after such Cash Dominion Event (i) is no longer in existence for a period of at least 45 consecutive days, provided that no other Cash Dominion Event has been in existence during such 45 consecutive day period; or (ii) has been waived by Required Lenders.
Cash Flow Term Administrative Agent shall mean Bank of America, in its capacity as administrative agent under the Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement, and its successors and assigns.
Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement shall mean the Fourth Amended and Restated Term Credit Agreement, dated February 22, 2013, by and among Parent, Univar UK Ltd., the lenders party thereto, the Cash Flow Term Administrative Agent and the other parties named therein, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original administrative agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement or other credit agreements or otherwise, unless such agreement or instrument expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not a Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement hereunder). Any reference to the Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to any Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement then in existence.
Cash Flow Term Credit Documents shall mean the Credit Documents (or comparable term) as defined in the Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived, otherwise modified, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced from time to time.
8
Cash Flow Term Facility shall mean the collective reference to the Cash Flow Term Credit Documents, any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages, letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and collateral documents, and other instruments and documents, executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement or one or more other credit agreements, indentures or financing agreements or otherwise, unless such agreement or instrument expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not a Cash Flow Term Facility hereunder).
Cash Management Agreement shall mean (i) any agreement or arrangement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card (including non-card electronic payable services), purchase card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements and (ii) any other agreement (including, without limitation, any agreement which states that it is a Cash Management Agreement for purposes of this Agreement) other than an agreement relating to Indebtedness incurred in reliance on Section 9.1(1).
Cash Management Bank shall mean any Person that, either (x) at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement or (y) on the Closing Date, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement.
CD&R shall mean Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC and any successor in interest thereto, and any successor to its investment management business.
CD&R Group shall mean (a) CD&R, (b) Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P. and its successors in interest, (c) any investment fund or vehicle managed, sponsored or advised by CD&R or any Affiliate thereof, and any Affiliate of or successor to any such investment fund or vehicle and (d) any limited or general partners of, or other investors in, any entity described in clause (b) above or any Affiliate thereof, or any such investment fund or vehicle.
Change in Law shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation after the Closing Date, (b) any change in any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the Closing Date or (c) any guideline, request or directive issued or made after the Closing Date by any central bank or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law) that requires compliance by a Lender; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd- Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or any European equivalent regulations (such as the European Market and Infrastructure Regulation and other regulations related thereto), and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith or in the implementation thereof, and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith or in the implementation thereof and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a Change in Law, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.
Change of Control shall mean and be deemed to have occurred if (a) prior to a Qualified IPO, the Permitted Investors shall at any time not beneficially own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, at least 100% of the voting power of the outstanding voting Stock or Stock Equivalents of Parent or the Company; (b) after a Qualified IPO, any person, entity or group of persons, other than one or more Permitted Investors, shall at any time have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership of a
9
percentage of the voting power of the outstanding voting Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Parent or the Company that (i) exceeds 35% of the outstanding voting Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Parent or the Company, and (ii) exceeds the percentage of the voting power of such voting Stock or Stock Equivalents then beneficially owned, in the aggregate, by the Permitted Investors; (c) prior to a Qualified IPO, the Parent shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, at least 100% of the outstanding voting Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Company on a fully diluted basis or (d) after a Qualified IPO, the Parent shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, at least 50.1% of the outstanding voting Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Company on a fully diluted basis unless, in the case of either clause (a) or (b) above, the Permitted Investors have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of the Parent or the Company.
Chase means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, in its individual capacity, and its successors.
Chattel Paper shall have the meaning provided in Article 9 of the UCC.
Claims shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Environmental Claims.
Class when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans or Protective Advances and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Commitment.
Closing Date means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 5.1 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 12.1).
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with).
Collateral shall mean all property pledged or purported to be pledged pursuant to the Security Documents. Collateral, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include at any time any Excluded Assets other than in connection with the floating charge under any English Collateral Document.
Collateral Access Agreement means any access or waiver agreement between the Collateral Agent and the landlord or other owner of a location at which Inventory of one of the Borrowers is located.
Collateral Agent shall mean J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as collateral agent under the Security Documents, or any successor collateral agent pursuant to Section 11.
Collection Account has the meaning assigned to such term in any Security Document and means any bank account into which the proceeds of Accounts of the Borrowers are paid.
Commitment means, with respect to each Lender, such Lenders Revolving Commitment, together with the commitment of such Lender to acquire participations in Protective Advances hereunder. The initial amount of each Lenders Commitment is set forth in the Commitment Schedule, or in the Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate (as applicable) pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable.
Commitment Increase shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.12.
10
Commitment Increase Closing Date shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.15(c).
Commitment Schedule means the Schedule attached hereto identified as such.
Commodity Exchange Act shall mean the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
Communications shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.15(a).
Company shall have the meaning provided in the preamble.
Concentration Account shall mean any concentration/header account established on behalf of any Obligor with (at the date of this agreement) Bank of America, N.A. as part of the European Cash Management Arrangements (or such other concentration accounts established with any successor to Bank of America N.A. in such role) into which the proceeds of Accounts are paid pursuant to zero balancing (or equivalent) arrangements.
Confidential Information shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.14.
Consolidated EBITDA shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus:
(a) without duplication and to the extent deducted (and not added back) in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for the entities for which Consolidated EBITDA is being calculated for such period:
(i) total interest expense;
(ii) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital (or any alternative in lieu of), including federal, foreign state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations, including payments made pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or arrangements among the entities for which Consolidated EBITDA is being calculated and any direct or indirect parent company of the entities for which Consolidated EBITDA is being calculated (so long as such tax sharing payments are attributable to the operations of the entities for which Consolidated EBITDA is being calculated);
(iii) depreciation and amortization;
(iv) extraordinary losses and unusual or non-recurring charges, including, without limitation, severance costs, relocation costs and integration and facilities opening costs including in connection with any Investment or Disposition;
(v) the amount of any interest expense of any minority interest;
(vi) management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor in an amount not to exceed the maximum amount permitted under Section 9.8;
11
(vii) any costs or expenses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or
shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the entities for which Consolidated EBITDA is being calculated or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the entities for which Consolidated EBITDA is being calculated;
(viii) [Reserved];
(ix) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Administrative Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption;
(x) any fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges incurred during such period in connection with the Transactions, any other acquisition, investment, recapitalization, asset disposition, issuance or repayment of debt or issuance of equity securities amendment, or modification to any Indebtedness and any non-recurring costs relating to corporate reorganizations (in each case, including any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges during such period as a result of any such transaction;
(xi) expenses to the extent covered by contractual indemnification or refunding provisions in favor of the entities for which Consolidated EBITDA is being calculated and actually paid or refunded, or, so long as the Administrative Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be paid or refunded by the indemnifying party or other obligor and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable indemnifying party or obligor in writing within 90 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 180 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 180 days);
(xii) any non-cash increase in expenses (A) resulting from the revaluation of inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods including changes in capitalization of variances) or (B) due to purchase accounting and other charges associated with the Transactions;
(xiii) the amount of loss from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments;
(xiv) non-recurring costs and expenses related to the Bmore project implementation, not to exceed the following amounts for the respective time periods: quarter ending June 30 2013: 2,194,500, and quarter ending March 31, 2013: 2,194,500, and
(xv) any other non-cash charges or expenses reducing Consolidated Net Income except to the extent representing accruals or reserves for future cash expenditures;
less
(b) without duplication and to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for the entities for which Consolidated EBITDA is being calculated for such period:
12
(i) extraordinary gains and unusual or non-recurring gains;
(ii) non-cash gains (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period);
(iii) gains on asset sales (other than asset sales in the ordinary course of business); and
(iv) any net after-tax income from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments,
in each case, as determined on a consolidated basis for the entities for which Consolidated EBITDA is being calculated in accordance with GAAP; provided that:
(i) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness or intercompany balances (including the net loss or gain resulting from Hedge Agreements for currency exchange risk);
(ii) there shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period, without duplication, (A) the Acquired EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset acquired by the entities for which Consolidated EBITDA is being calculated following the first day of such period (but not the Acquired EBITDA of any related Person, property, business or assets to the extent not so acquired) to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred, abandoned or otherwise disposed by the entities for which Consolidated EBITDA is being calculated (each such Person, property, business or asset acquired and not subsequently so disposed of, an Acquired Entity or Business), based on the actual Acquired EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition or conversion) and (B) an adjustment in respect of each Acquired Entity or Business equal to the amount of the Pro Forma Adjustment with respect to such Acquired Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) as specified in a Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate and delivered to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent; and
(iii) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period the Disposed EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset sold, transferred, abandoned or otherwise disposed of, closed or classified as discontinued operations by the entities for which Consolidated EBITDA is being calculated following the first day of such period (each such Person, property, business or asset so sold or disposed of, a Sold Entity or Business), based on the actual Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer or disposition or conversion).
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall mean, for any Test Period, the ratio of (i) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period minus Capital Expenditures (or, for the Test Periods ending on 31 December 2013 and 31 March 2014 only, Adjusted Capital Expenditure) of the Applicable Entities (and those of the Distribution Principals after the Trigger Date) paid in cash during such Test Period except to the extent such Capital Expenditures were made with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than any Loans) or through equity investments in the Applicable Entities (and those of the Distribution Principals after the Trigger Date) minus the aggregate amount of income taxes of the Applicable Entities (and those of the Distribution Principals after the Trigger Date) paid in cash during such Test Period to (ii) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such Test Period.
13
Consolidated Fixed Charges shall mean, for any period, without duplication, the sum of (A) all scheduled payments of principal on Indebtedness (other than (i) refinancings or repayments made with additional Indebtedness (other than proceeds of Loans), (ii) payments of Obligations under this Agreement, (iii) payments and prepayments under other revolving credit facilities that do not constitute permanent payments under any such facility, whether upon termination of such facility or otherwise, and do not result in a permanent reduction in any revolving credit commitment under any such facility and (iv) payments of intercompany Indebtedness), (B) the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, (C) cash dividends paid by the Applicable Entities (including, after the Trigger Date, the Distribution Principals) with respect to their Stock and Stock Equivalents for such period and (D) management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor to the extent added to Consolidated Net Income pursuant to paragraph (vi) of the definition of Consolidated EBITDA (but not including management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor or cash dividends, in each case to the extent paid out of the proceeds of third party Indebtedness incurred by the relevant Obligor).
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.
Consolidated Interest Expense shall mean, for any period, the total interest expense (including, without limitation, interest expense attributable to Capital Leases and all net payment obligations actually made in cash pursuant to Hedge Agreements) of the Applicable Entities net of all interest income of the Applicable Entities, all determined for such period on a consolidated basis, without duplication, in accordance with GAAP to the extent payable in cash, but excluding (i) commitment fees, letter of credit fees and non-cash amortization of loan costs, (ii) any non-cash or deferred interest financing costs, including on account of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and any non-cash accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, all as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (iii) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, including expenses resulting from the discounting of any outstanding Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition (iv) interest with respect to Indebtedness of any Parent Entity appearing on the balance sheet of such Person, solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP and (v) any repayment premiums for repayments, other than scheduled repayments and other prepayment premiums on Indebtedness.
Consolidated Net Income shall mean, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Applicable Entities for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, excluding, without duplication:
(a) extraordinary items for such period;
(b) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income;
(c) fees and expenses in connection to execution and delivery by the Credit Parties of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents;
(d) any income (loss) for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments; and
14
(e) the income (loss) for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, except to the extent distributed to the Applicable Entities.
There shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for any period the purchase accounting effects of adjustments to inventory, property, equipment and intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down Applicable Entities), as a result of the Transactions, any consummated acquisition whether consummated before or after the Closing Date, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof.
Consolidated Total Assets shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption total assets (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Subsidiaries at such date.
Contractual Requirement shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.3.
Contribution Notice means a contribution notice issued by the Pensions Regulator under section 38 or section 47 of the U.K.s Pensions Act 2004.
Covenant Compliance Event has the meaning given to that term in Section 9.9.
Credit Documents shall mean this Agreement, the Security Documents and any promissory notes issued by a Borrower hereunder, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived, otherwise modified, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced in any manner from time to time however fundamentally and which may include, without limitation, an increase in facilities provided under a Credit Document, an increase in the Obligations, Secured Obligations, Guaranteed Obligations and/or any rescheduling of Indebtedness and all other pledges, powers of attorney, consents, assignments, documents, contracts, notices, letter of credit agreements and all other written matter whether heretofore, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of any Credit Party, or any employee of any Credit Party, and delivered to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Any reference in this Agreement or any other Credit Document to a Credit Document shall include all appendices, exhibits or schedules thereto, and all amendments, restatements, supplements or other modifications thereto, and shall refer to this Agreement or such Credit Document as the same may be in effect at any and all times such reference becomes operative.
Credit Event shall mean and include the making (but not the conversion or continuation) of a Revolving Loan, Protective Advance or a Swingline Loan or the issuance of a Letter of Credit.
Credit Party shall mean each of the Parent, the Day One Borrowers, the Post Closing Borrowers and any other Person who becomes a party to any Credit Document as any of the foregoing.
Credit Party Taxing Jurisdiction means the jurisdiction in which the relevant Credit Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Credit Party is treated as resident for tax purposes.
CVC shall mean CVC Capital Partners Group S.a.r.l.
Day One Borrower means individually and collectively Univar B.V., a company incorporated in the Netherlands with company number 24134696, the French Borrower and the English Borrower.
15
Day One Letters of Credit means the Letters of Credit listed in Exhibit F.
Default shall mean any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
Defaulting Lender shall mean any Lender with respect to which a Lender Default is in effect.
Deposit Account Control Agreement has the meaning ascribed to it in any Security Document.
Designated Account Debtor shall mean each Account Debtor designated in writing by the Administrative Borrower to the Administrative Agent as a Designated Account Debtor (provided that, if such Account Debtor had any Eligible Accounts that were included in the calculation of any Borrowing Base in the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent, such designation shall only be allowed to the extent the Borrowers have provided an updated Borrowing Base Certificate to the Administrative Agent prepared as of the date of such most recently delivered Borrowing Base Certificate but giving effect to the exclusion of all Accounts of such Designated Account Debtor from Eligible Accounts and demonstrating that after giving effect to such designation no prepayment of Loans or cash collateralization of Letters of Credit would be required pursuant to Section 4.3(b); provided that upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Borrower may designate an Account Debtor that was previously designated as a Designated Account Debtor as no longer being a Designated Account Debtor so long as no Accounts of such Account Debtor have been transferred pursuant to Section 9.4(o) within the previous 120 days prior to such date of designation.
Designated Non-Cash Consideration shall mean the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by any Credit Party or a Borrower Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition pursuant to Section 9.4(b) or Section 9.4(c) that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Administrative Borrower, setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the fair market value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash following the consummation of the applicable Disposition).
Designated Obligations shall mean all obligations of the Credit Parties with respect to (a) principal of and interest on the Loans, (b) all unreimbursed drawings under Letters of Credit and (c) accrued and unpaid fees under the Credit Documents.
Disposed EBITDA shall mean, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business (determined as if references to Applicable Entities in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA were references to such Sold Entity or Business and its respective Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business, as the case may be.
Disposition shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.4.
Disqualified Equity Interests shall mean any Stock or Stock Equivalent which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Stock or Stock Equivalent into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (c) provides for scheduled mandatory payments of dividends (other than dividends payable solely in the form of Qualified Equity Interests), or (d) is or
16
becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Stock or Stock Equivalent that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, unless any provisions set forth in clause (a) through (d) above do not apply prior to the earlier of (x) the date that is 180 days after the Maturity Date, (y) the date such payment would be permitted to be made pursuant to this Agreement or (z) in the case of clause (a) above, following the repayment of all Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of all Commitments.
Distribution Principals means each of Univar AB, Univar Oy, Univar AS, Univar A/S, Univar UK Limited, Univar Ireland Limited, Univar Iberia SA (Spain) and Univar Iberia SA (Portugal), for so long as each of those entities is and remains party to any shared services agreement (or equivalent agreement relating to the provision of services for that entity) with the Company and, subject to the agreement in writing of the Administrative Agent (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), any other member of the Group which is party to such an agreement with the Company from time to time.
Dollars and $ shall mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.
Dutch and Belgian Parallel Debt has the meaning given to such term in Section 12.18.
Dutch Borrowers means Univar B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated and existing under the laws of the Netherlands with company number 24134696, and Univar Zwijndrecht N.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated and existing under the laws of the Netherlands with company number 23007175.
Dutch Borrowing Base means any time, the sum of (a) 85% of the Dutch Borrowers Eligible Accounts at such time, plus, (b) the lesser of (i) 75% of the aggregate of Univar B.V.s Eligible Inventory, at such time, valued at the lower of cost or market value, determined on a first-in-first-out basis and (ii) the product of 85% multiplied by the Net Orderly Liquidation Value percentage identified in the most recent inventory appraisal ordered by the Administrative Agent multiplied by the aggregate of Univar B.V.s Eligible Inventory, valued at the lower of cost or market value, determined on a first-in-first-out basis, minus (c) Reserves in respect of each Dutch Borrower (including, with respect to the Company, the Treasury Bank Overdraft Facility Reserve).
Dutch Collateral Documents means (a) a Dutch law security agreement over receivables between the Company and the Collateral Agent, (b) a Dutch law security agreement over inventory between the Company and the Collateral Agent, (c) a Dutch law security agreement over receivables between Univar Zwijndrecht N.V. and the Collateral Agent, (d) a Dutch law security agreement over inventory between Univar Zwijndrecht N.V. and the Collateral Agent and (e) any other document containing Liens of any Credit Party securing the Obligations governed by the laws of the Netherlands, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and entered into pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.
Eligible Accounts shall mean, with respect to any Borrower, the Accounts created and owned by such Borrower and arising in the ordinary course of such Borrowers business from the sale of goods by such Borrower, and which the Administrative Agent in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion determines to be Eligible Accounts; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not establish any criteria for excluding Accounts from Eligible Accounts other than those set forth below unless (i) the Administrative Agent shall have given the Administrative Borrower at least five Business Days prior notice of the Administrative Agents intention to establish such criteria including an explanation as to the reasons that the Administrative Agent has determined in its Permitted Discretion that such criteria are
17
appropriate and (ii) to the extent the Administrative Borrower shall have objected to the addition of such criteria within five Business Days of receiving such notice, the Administrative Agent shall have taken into consideration the Administrative Borrowers basis of objection and shall have negotiated in good faith with the Administrative Borrower for a period of five Business Days in order to reach a mutually satisfactory resolution with respect to such additional criteria (it being understood that nothing in the foregoing shall prohibit the Administrative Agent from establishing additional criteria for excluding Accounts from Eligible Accounts without the consent of the Administrative Borrower if, following the Administrative Agents compliance with the procedures set forth above, the Administrative Agent shall have determined in its Permitted Discretion that such criteria are appropriate). Without limiting the discretion of the Administrative Agent to establish other criteria of ineligibility in its Permitted Discretion in accordance with the foregoing, unless otherwise approved by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion, Eligible Accounts shall not include any Account:
(a) with respect to which more than 120 days have elapsed since the date of the original invoice thereof or which is more than 60 days past due from the due date of the original invoice;
(b) with respect to which any of the representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements contained in the Agreement, any Security Agreement or any other Credit Document are incorrect in any material respect or have been breached and remain uncured;
(c) with respect to which Account (or any other Account due from such Account Debtor), in whole or in part, a check, promissory note, draft, trade acceptance or other instrument for the payment of money has been received, presented for payment and returned uncollected for any reason, unless and until such uncollected payment has been made and the Administrative Agent has consented to the inclusion of such Account as eligible;
(d) which represents a Progress Billing;
(e) with respect to which any one or more of the following events has occurred to the Account Debtor on such Account: death or judicial declaration of incompetency of an Account Debtor who is an individual; the filing by or against the Account Debtor of a request, proposal, notice of intent to file a proposal, or petition for liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debts, adjudication as a bankrupt, winding-up, administration, receivership, voluntary or involuntary case or other relief under the bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws of any applicable jurisdiction, now or hereafter in effect; the making of any general assignment by the Account Debtor for the benefit of creditors; the appointment of a receiver, administrative receiver, liquidator, interim receiver, monitor, custodian, sequestrator, administrator or trustee or equivalent official in the relevant jurisdiction for the Account Debtor or for any of the assets of the Account Debtor; the institution by or against the Account Debtor of any other type of insolvency proceeding or of any formal or informal proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of, settlement of claims against, or winding up of affairs of, the Account Debtor; the sale, assignment, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Account Debtor; the nonpayment generally by the Account Debtor of its debts as they become due, the admission of the Account Debtor of its inability to pay its debts, or the cessation of the business of the Account Debtor as a going concern;
(f) if fifty percent (50%) or more of the aggregate amount of outstanding Accounts owed at such time by the Account Debtor thereon is classified as ineligible, pursuant to the terms of this definition;
(g) owed by an Account Debtor which is not formed or incorporated under applicable law of an Eligible European Jurisdiction unless such Account is backed by a standby letter of credit acceptable to the Administrative Agent which is in the possession of, and is directly drawable by, the Administrative Agent;
18
(h) owed by an Account Debtor which is an Affiliate or officer, director or employee of a Borrower or owed by an Account Debtor which is a Designated Account Debtor;
(i) owed by an Account Debtor to which a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is indebted in any way, or which is subject to any right of setoff or recoupment by the Account Debtor, unless the Account Debtor has entered into an agreement acceptable to the Administrative Agent to waive setoff rights; or if the Account Debtor thereon has disputed liability or made any claim with respect to any other Account due from such Account Debtor; or if such Account is subject to a chargeback or a rebate that has been earned but not taken; but in each such case only to the extent of such indebtedness, setoff, recoupment, dispute, claim, chargeback or rebate or is such Account is subject to any counterclaim, deduction, defense, netting arrangement, setoff or dispute but only to the extent of any such counterclaim, deduction, defense, setoff or dispute;
(j) owed by any Governmental Authority;
(k) which is subject to cash-on-delivery or cash-in-advance payment terms;
(l) which represents a sale on bill and hold, guaranteed sale, sale on approval or consignment basis;
(m) which is owed in any currency other than Dollars, Sterling, Euros, Danish Krone, Norwegian Krone, Swedish Krona and Swiss Francs;
(n) which is evidenced by a promissory note, bill of exchange or other instrument (including a letter de change or billet à ordre ) or by chattel paper unless the Collateral Agent has a perfected first priority security interest in such promissory note, instrument, other instrument or chattel paper and/or such promissory note, instrument, other instrument or chattel paper has been endorsed in favour of the Collateral Agent;
(o) if the Administrative Agent believes, in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion, that the prospect of collection of such Account is materially impaired or that there is a material likelihood that such Account may not be paid by reason of the Account Debtors financial inability to pay;
(p) which is not evidenced by an invoice;
(q) with respect to an Account arising from a sale, if the Account does not represent a final sale;
(r) owed by an Account Debtor to the extent the aggregate amount of Accounts owing from such Account Debtor and its Affiliates to (i) such Borrower exceeds 10% of the aggregate amount of Eligible Accounts of such Borrower or (ii) all Borrowers exceeds 10% of the aggregate amount of Eligible Accounts of all Borrowers;
(s) with respect to which the Account Debtor has made any security deposit (including container drum deposits) or other advance payment that, in the Administrative Agents Permitted Discretion, adversely affects the collectability of the Account but only up to the amount of such security deposit;
19
(t) with respect to which the goods giving rise to such Account have not been shipped and delivered to and accepted by the Account Debtor or the services giving rise to such Account have not been performed by such Borrower, and, if applicable, accepted by the Account Debtor, or the Account Debtor revokes its acceptance of such goods or services;
(u) that was acquired by a Borrower following the Closing Date outside the ordinary course of business unless the Administrative Agent has had an opportunity to conduct a field examination with respect to the Accounts so acquired (provided that the Administrative Agent may waive the requirement for a field examination in its Permitted Discretion where the acquired Accounts are valued at less than 10,000,000);
(v) which is not subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (which, in the case of Accounts of the English Borrower or Accounts which are otherwise subject to an English Collateral Document, shall mean a first priority assignment by way of security or a first priority fixed charge (and shall not mean a floating charge)) and which is subject to any Lien other than (i) a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent or (ii) a Permitted Encumbrance which does not have priority over the Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent;
(w) with respect to which such Borrower has made any agreement with the Account Debtor for any reduction thereof, other than discounts and adjustments given in the ordinary course of business, but only to the extent of any such reduction, or any Account which was partially paid and such Borrower created a new receivable for the unpaid portion of such Account;
(x) which does not comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable laws and regulations, whether national, state, European or local, including without limitation the U.K.s Consumer Credit Act 1974, the U.S. Federal Consumer Credit Protection Act, the Federal Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z of the Board;
(y) other than in respect of goods sold to the French Borrower subject to retention of title ( réserve de propriété ) provisions, which is for goods that have been sold under a purchase order or pursuant to the terms of a contract or other agreement or understanding (written or oral) that indicates or purports that any Person other than such Borrower has or has had an ownership interest in such goods, or which indicates any party other than such Borrower as payee or remittance party;
(z) which is subject to any limitation on assignment or other restriction (whether arising by operation of law, by agreement or otherwise) which would under the local governing law of the contract have the effect of restricting the assignment for or by way of security or the creation of security, in each case unless the Administrative Agent has determined that such limitation is not enforceable;
(aa) with respect to any Account governed by French law, the Account Debtor is a Consumer ( consommateur ) within the meaning of the French Consumer Code; or
(bb) with respect to any Account governed by French law, the Eligible Account is not a professional receivable ( créance professionnelle ) within the meaning of article L. 313-23 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.
If any Account at any time ceases to be an Eligible Account, the Administrative Agent may exclude such Account from the calculation of Eligible Accounts.
20
Eligible European Jurisdiction means each of Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Italy, Ireland, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom
Eligible Inventory shall mean, with respect to the Day One Borrowers (other than the French Borrower), the Inventory of such Borrower, valued at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out basis) or market, which the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, determines to be Eligible Inventory; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not establish any criteria for excluding Inventory from Eligible Inventory other than those set forth below unless (i) the Administrative Agent shall have given the Administrative Borrower at least five Business Days prior notice of the Administrative Agents intention to establish such criteria including an explanation as to the reasons that the Administrative Agent has determined in its reasonable, good faith credit judgment that such criteria are appropriate and (ii) to the extent the Administrative Borrower shall have objected to the addition of such criteria within five Business Days of receiving such notice, the Administrative Agent shall have taken into consideration the Administrative Borrowers basis of objection and shall have negotiated in good faith with the Administrative Borrower for a period of five Business Days in order to reach a mutually satisfactory resolution with respect to such additional criteria (it being understood that nothing in the foregoing shall prohibit the Administrative Agent from establishing additional criteria for excluding Inventory from Eligible Inventory without the consent of the Administrative Borrower if, following the Administrative Agents compliance with the procedures set forth above, the Administrative Agent shall have determined in its Permitted Discretion that such criteria are appropriate). Without limiting the ability of the Administrative Agent to establish in its Permitted Discretion other criteria of ineligibility unless otherwise approved by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion, Eligible Inventory of a Borrower shall not include any Inventory of such Borrower:
(a) that is not owned by such Borrower;
(b) which is not subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent governed by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the inventory in question is located and which is subject to any Lien other than (i) a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent or (ii) a Permitted Encumbrance which does not have priority over the Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent;
(c) that consists of work-in-progress, customized products, display items, samples or packing or shipping materials, packaging, manufacturing supplies or replacement or spare parts not considered for sale in the ordinary course of business;
(d) that consists of goods which have been returned by the buyer, other than goods that are undamaged or that are resaleable in the normal course of business;
(e) that does not comply in all material respects with each of the representations and warranties respecting Eligible Inventory made in the Credit Documents;
(f) in which any Person other than such Borrower shall (i) have any direct or indirect ownership, interest or title or (ii) be indicated on any purchase order or invoice with respect to such Inventory as having or purporting to have an interest therein, including Inventory for which (A) any contract or related documentation (such as invoices or purchase orders) relating to such Inventory includes retention of title rights in favor of the vendor or supplier thereof, (B) under applicable governing laws, retention of title may be imposed unilaterally by the vendor or supplier thereof, provided that Inventory of a Borrower which may be subject to any rights of retention of title shall not be excluded from Eligible Inventory solely pursuant to this sub-paragraph (e) in the event that (x) the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that the full purchase price of such Inventory has, or will have, been paid prior, or upon the delivery of, such Inventory to the relevant Borrower or (y) a Letter of Credit has been issued under and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the purchase of such Inventory;
21
(g) the cost of which is subject to a deferred rebate, to the extent of such rebate;
(h) that is not in good condition, is unmerchantable or does not meet all standards imposed by any Governmental Authority, having regulatory authority over such goods, their use or sale;
(i) which is slow moving, defective, stale or not salable at prices approximating at least the cost of such Inventory in the ordinary course of business;
(j) that is more than one year old, or that is obsolete or returned or repossessed or used goods taken in trade;
(k) that is located outside England and Wales;
(l) that is in-transit, other than Inventory in-transit between facilities within England and Wales;
(m) that is located in a public warehouse or in possession of a bailee or in a facility leased by a Borrower, unless (A) the warehouseman or the bailee or the lessor has delivered to the Administrative Agent, if requested by the Administrative Agent, a Collateral Access Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or (B) a Reserve for rents or storage charges has been established for Inventory at that location;
(n) that contains or bears any intellectual property rights licensed to a Borrower by any Person if the Administrative Agent is not satisfied that the Collateral Agent may sell or otherwise dispose of such Inventory in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents, as applicable, without infringing the rights of the licensor of such intellectual property rights or violating any contract with such licensor (and without payment of any royalties other than any royalties due with respect to the sale or disposition of such Inventory pursuant to the existing license agreement) and as to which such Borrower has not delivered to the Administrative Agent a consent or sublicense agreement from such licensor in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent if requested, in each case to the extent necessary in order to enable the Collateral Agent to foreclose on or otherwise exercise remedies with respect to the Collateral pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents, as applicable;
(o) that is not included in the calculation of a current perpetual inventory report;
(p) that represents intercompany profit;
(q) that is Inventory placed on consignment or with a processor;
(r) that is reserved for as slow or dead inventory by the Borrowers;
(s) that was acquired by a Borrower following the Closing Date outside the ordinary course of business unless the Administrative Agent has had an opportunity to conduct an appraisal with respect to the Inventory so acquired (provided that the Administrative Agent may waive the requirement for an appraisal in its Permitted Discretion where the acquired Inventory is valued at less than 10,000,000); or
22
(t) for which reclamation rights have been asserted by the seller.
If any Inventory of a Borrower at any time ceases to be Eligible Inventory, the Administrative Agent may exclude such Inventory from the calculation of Eligible Inventory of such Borrower. In the event that Inventory of a Day One Borrower (other than the French Borrower) which was previously Eligible Inventory ceases to be Eligible Inventory hereunder, such Day One Borrower or the Administrative Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent thereof on and at the time of submission to the Administrative Agent of the next Aggregate Borrowing Base Certificate and the Borrowing Base Certificate of such Day One Borrower.
EMEA Segment means the subsidiaries of the Parent consisting of the entities falling within the heading EMEA in the consolidated financial statements of the Parent.
EMU Legislation shall mean the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.
English Borrower means Distrupol Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales with company number 00754472.
English Borrowing Base means any time, the sum of (a) 85% of the English Borrowers Eligible Accounts at such time, plus, (b) the lesser of (i) 75% of the aggregate of the English Borrowers Eligible Inventory, at such time, valued at the lower of cost or market value, determined on a first-in-first-out basis and (ii) the product of 85% multiplied by the Net Orderly Liquidation Value percentage identified in the most recent inventory appraisal ordered by the Administrative Agent multiplied by the aggregate of the English Borrowers Eligible Inventory, valued at the lower of cost or market value, determined on a first-in-first-out basis, minus (c) Reserves.
English Collateral Document means the security deed dated on or around the date of this Agreement between the English Borrower, Univar B.V. and the Collateral Agent, and any other document containing Liens of any Credit Party securing the Obligations governed by the laws of England, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and entered into pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.
Environmental Claims shall mean any and all actions, suits, orders, decrees, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance, violation or potential responsibility or investigation (other than internal reports prepared by Parent or any of the Subsidiaries (a) in the ordinary course of such Persons business or (b) as required in connection with a financing transaction or an acquisition or disposition of real estate) or proceedings relating in any way to any Environmental Law or any permit issued, or any approval given, under any such Environmental Law (hereinafter, Claims ), including, without limitation, (i) any and all Claims by governmental or regulatory authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief relating to the presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials), or the environment including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands.
Environmental Law shall mean any applicable federal, state, provincial, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code and rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, and any binding judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any
23
binding judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, relating to pollution or the protection of the environment, including, without limitation, ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands, or human health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials), or Hazardous Materials.
ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. Section references to ERISA are to ERISA as in effect at the date of this Agreement and any subsequent provisions of ERISA amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.
ERISA Affiliate shall mean each person (as defined in Section 3(9) of ERISA) that together with Parent or any Subsidiary would be deemed to be a single employer within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
Euro and EUR shall mean the lawful currency of the Participating Member States introduced in accordance with the EMU Legislation.
Euro Equivalent shall mean, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Euros, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any currency other than Euro, the equivalent amount thereof in Euros as determined by the Administrative Agent or Letter of Credit Issuers, as applicable, on the basis of the Spot Rate for the purchase of Euros with such other currency.
European Borrowers means individually and collectively the Obligors other than the French Borrower.
European Borrowing Limits has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(a).
European Cash Management Arrangements means the zero balancing and other cash management arrangements of the European members of the Group with Bank of America, N.A. (or equivalent replacement arrangements established with any successor to Bank of America, N.A. in that role).
European Credit Exposure means, as to any European Lender at any time, the sum of (a) such European Lenders European Revolving Exposure , plus (b) an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage, if any, of the aggregate principal amount of Protective Advances outstanding to European Borrowers.
European Facility has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(a).
European Lender means the Persons listed as having a European Revolving Commitment on the Commitment Schedule and any other person that shall become a European Lender hereunder pursuant to Section 2.12, an Assignment Agreement or a Transfer Certificate, other than any such person that ceases to be a European Lender hereunder pursuant to an Assignment Agreement or a Transfer Certificate.
European Required Lenders means, at any time, European Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) having European Credit Exposures and unused European Revolving Commitments representing at least 50.1% of the sum of the Aggregate European Credit Exposure and unused European Revolving Commitments at such time; provided that, as long as there are only two European Lenders, European Required Lenders shall mean both European Lenders.
24
European Revolving Commitments means the Revolving Commitments of the European Lenders only. The initial amount of each European Lenders European Revolving Commitment is set out on the Commitment Schedule, or in the Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate (as applicable) pursuant to which such European Lender shall have assumed its European Revolving Commitment. The initial aggregate amount of the European Lenders European Revolving Commitment is 140,000,000.
European Revolving Exposure means the Revolving Exposure of the European Lenders only.
European Revolving Loan means a Loan made under the European Facility.
Event of Default shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.
Excluded Assets shall mean (i) any lease, license, contract, property right or agreement to which any Obligor is a party or any of such Obligors rights or interests thereunder if and only for so long as the grant of a security interest therein under any Credit Document shall constitute or result in a breach, termination or default or invalidity under such lease, license, contract, property right or agreement (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law); provided that such lease, license, contract, property right or agreement shall be an Excluded Asset only to the extent and for so long as the consequences specified above shall exist and shall cease to be an Excluded Asset and shall become subject to the security interest granted under the Security Documents, immediately and automatically, at such time as such consequences shall no longer exist; (ii) any interests in real property that constitutes a leasehold of any Obligor; (iii) any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents; (iv) all properties and assets of the Obligors secured by Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1(f), so long as the granting of a Lien in favor of the Secured Parties would constitute or result in a breach, termination or default under any agreement or instrument governing the applicable Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1(f)) and such properties or assets shall cease to be Excluded Assets once such prohibition ceases to exist and shall immediately and automatically become subject to the security interest granted under the Security Documents; (v) any intellectual property if and to the extent a grant of a security interest therein will result in the loss, voiding, abandonment, cancellation or termination of any right, title or interest in or to such intellectual property; provided , however , that such intellectual property shall be an Excluded Asset only to the extent and for so long as the circumstances specified above shall exist and shall cease to be an Excluded Asset and shall become subject to the security interest granted under the Security Documents, immediately and automatically, at such time as such circumstances shall no longer exist; (vi) any vehicles (whether powered or unpowered) subject to certificate of title statutes and (vii) any segregated and identifiable cash proceeds from the issuance of Qualified Equity Interests and borrowings under the Cash Flow Term Facility, in each case, in connection with the Transactions; provided that no amounts in the Concentration Account, any Collection Account or any Floating Charge Account shall be excluded by this clause (vii), provided always that Excluded Assets shall not include any assets included in any Borrowing Base.
Excluded Perfection Assets shall mean any property or assets (i) constituting deposit accounts (other than Collection Accounts, Concentration Accounts or Floating Charge Accounts), securities accounts or commodities accounts; (ii) leasehold interests in real property; (iii) monies (other than the proceeds of Accounts); (iv) any interest in real property with a book value of less than 5,000,000; (v) any property or assets that the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Borrower agree in good faith that the cost of perfecting a security interest is excessive in relation to the value of the security to be afforded thereby or is not commercially practical; (vi) letter of credit rights not constituting supporting obligations and (vii) any other property or assets in which, pursuant to the terms and conditions of any Credit Document, the security interest of the Security Documents need not be perfected, provided always that Excluded Perfection Assets shall not include any asset included in any Borrowing Base.
25
Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents shall mean (i) any Stock or Stock Equivalents with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Collateral Agent (confirmed in writing by notice to the Administrative Borrower), the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing a pledge of which shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (ii) any Stock or Stock Equivalents to the extent the pledge thereof would violate any applicable Requirement of Law, and (iii) in the case of Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary that is not wholly-owned by Parent and its Subsidiaries at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, any Stock or Stock Equivalents of such Subsidiary to the extent (A) that a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Requirement (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the UCC or other applicable law), (B) any Contractual Requirement or other contract, agreement or instrument or indenture, prohibits such a pledge without the consent of any other party; provided that this clause (B) shall not apply if (I) such other party is Parent or a wholly-owned Subsidiary or (II) such consent has been obtained and is in effect (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate Parent or any Subsidiary to obtain any such consent)) and for so long as such Contractual Requirement or other contract, agreement or instrument or indenture, or replacement or renewal thereof is in effect, or (C) a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations would give any other party (other than Parent or a wholly-owned Subsidiary) to any contract, agreement, instrument or indenture governing such Stock or Stock Equivalents the right to terminate its obligations thereunder (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the UCC or other applicable law).
Excluded Swap Obligations shall mean, with respect to any Swap Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of any guaranty of such Swap Guarantor of, or the grant by such Swap Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligations (or any guaranty thereof) is or becomes illegal or unlawful under the Commodity Exchange Act (or the application or official interpretation thereof) by virtue of such Swap Guarantors failure for any reason to constitute an eligible contract participant as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act (determined after giving effect to Section 13.10, any other keepwell, support, or other agreement for the benefit of such Swap Guarantor and any and all guarantees of such Swap Guarantors Swap Obligations by other Credit Parties) at the time the guaranty or grant of security interest of such Swap Guarantor would otherwise have become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation but for such Swap Guarantors failure to constitute an eligible contract participant at such time.
Excluded Taxes shall mean the following taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient: (a) tax imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise taxes, branch profits or similar taxes (imposed or measured by overall gross receipts) imposed on such Recipient by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Recipient is organized or is resident for tax purposes or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located; (b) any FATCA Deduction; (c) any Bank Levy; (d) any Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by a Credit Party Taxing Jurisdiction, if on the date on which the payment falls due, the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a Qualifying Lender, but on that date the Lender is not or has ceased to be a Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any Tax Authority; (e) Taxes attributable to the relevant Lenders failure to comply with Section 4.5(f); and (f) with respect to the French Borrower, any Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by France solely because a payment is made to a bank account opened in the name of, or for the benefit of, that Recipient in a financial institution located in a Non-Cooperative Jurisdiction.
26
Existing Indebtedness means the Indebtedness of the Obligors and Borrower Subsidiaries set out in Schedule 9.1.
Extension shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.13(a).
Extension Offer shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.13(a).
Extended Revolving Commitment shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.13(a).
Extending Revolving Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.13(a).
Facility means individually and collectively the French Facility and the European Facility.
FATCA means:
(a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any amended or successor provision which is substantively comparable thereto (and not materially more onerous to comply with) or any associated regulations or other official guidance;
(b) any treaty, law, agreement (including any intergovernmental agreement), regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or
(c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.
FATCA Deduction means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Credit Document required by FATCA.
FATCA Exempt Party means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.
FATCA FFI means a foreign financial institution as defined in section 1471(d)(4) of the Code which, if any Secured Party is not a FATCA Exempt Party, could be required to make a FATCA Deduction.
Financial Support Direction means a financial support direction issued by the Pensions Regulator under section 43 of the U.K.s Pensions Act 2004.
Financial Officer means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of a Credit Party or Administrative Borrower (as the case may be) or any other person performing similar duties as the foregoing (including any director acting in such capacity).
Floating Charge Account has the meaning given to that term in the English Collateral Document.
27
French Bank Account Pledge Agreement means the bank account pledge agreement to be entered into between the French Borrower and the Collateral Agent in relation to the Collection Accounts of the French Borrower.
French Borrower means Univar S.A.S., a company incorporated in France with the companies registry of Creteil under number 562 071 423 17 avenue Louison Bobet, 94120, Fontenay-sous-Bois, France.
French Borrowing Base means 85% of the French Borrowers Eligible Accounts at such time minus Reserves.
French Borrowing Limits has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(b).
French Collateral Documents means the French Bank Account Pledge, the French Master Receivables Assignment Agreement, the French Pledge on Inventory and any other document governed by the laws of France containing Liens of any Credit Party securing the Obligations, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and entered into pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.
French Credit Exposure means, as to any French Lender at any time, the sum of (a) such French Lenders French Revolving Exposure, plus (b) an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage, if any, of the aggregate principal amount of Protective Advances outstanding to the French Borrower.
French Facility has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(b).
French Lender means the Persons listed as having a French Revolving Commitment on the Commitment Schedule and any other Person that shall have become a French Lender hereunder pursuant to Section 2.12, an Assignment Agreement or a Transfer Certificate, other than any such Person that ceases to be a French Lender hereunder pursuant to an Assignment Agreement or a Transfer Certificate, provided that any French Lender shall qualify as a French Qualifying Lender.
French Master Receivables Assignment Agreement means the master assignment agreement to be entered into between the French Borrower, the Collateral Agent and the French Lenders in relation to the Accounts of the French Borrower (including any assignment schedules relating thereto executed by the French Borrower).
French Obligations means all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the French Loans, all LC Exposure of the French Lenders, all accrued and unpaid fees and all expenses, reimbursements, indemnities and other obligations and indebtedness of the French Borrower (including interest and fees accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), obligations and liabilities of the French Borrower to any of the French Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any indemnified party, individually or collectively, existing on the Closing Date or arising thereafter, direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, arising or incurred under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents or in respect of any of the French Loans made or reimbursement or other obligations incurred or any of the Letters of Credit issued for the benefit of the French Borrower or other instruments at any time evidencing any thereof.
28
French Pledge on Inventory means the inventory pledge agreement to be entered into between the French Borrower, the Collateral Agent and the French Lenders in relation to the Inventory of the French Borrower.
French Qualifying Lender means (i) a credit institution ( établissement de crédit ) licensed for the purpose of carrying out credit transactions ( operations de crédit ) by the relevant Governmental Authorities of France; (ii) a credit institution ( établissement de crédit ) having its registered office in a member state of the European Union or in a state which is a party to the Treaty on the European Economic Area, so long as the relevant Governmental Authorities of France have been notified in advance by the relevant Governmental Authority of such state; provided, that such credit institution carries out in France only those credit transactions which it is authorized to carry out in the state in which its registered office is located; or (iii) a financial institution ( établissement financier ) having its registered office in a member state of the European Union or in a state which is a party to the Treaty on the European Economic Area, which has obtained a certificate from the relevant Governmental Authority of such state certifying that it meets the conditions required for that purpose by such Governmental Authority, so long as the relevant French authorities have been notified in advance by the relevant Governmental Authorities of such state; provided, that such financial institution carries out in France only those credit transactions which it is authorized to carry out in the state in which its registered office is located. For purposes of this definition, notified in advance refers to the satisfaction of the formalities required to benefit from applicable European passporting provisions (including the transmission by a local regulator to the French banking authority of a notice received from a financial institution to the effect that such institution intends to trade in France on a remote basis pursuant to the European passporting regulations).
French Qualifying Letter of Credit Issuer means (i) a credit institution ( établissement de crédit ) licensed by the relevant Governmental Authorities of France for the purpose of providing to customers or administering means of payment ( mise à la disposition ou gestion de moyens de paiement ) and for the purpose of carrying out credit transactions ( operations de crédit ) by the relevant Governmental Authorities of France; (ii) a credit institution ( établissement de crédit ) having its registered office in a member state of the European Union or in a state which is a party to the Treaty on the European Economic Area, so long as the relevant Governmental Authorities of France have been notified in advance by the relevant Governmental Authority of such state; provided, that such credit institution provides to customers in France or administers only those means of payment or carries out only those credit transactions which it is authorized to provide or administer in the state in which its registered office is located; or (iii) a financial institution ( établissement financier ) having its registered office in a member state of the European Union or in a state which is a party to the Treaty on the European Economic Area, which has obtained a certificate from the relevant Governmental Authorities of such state certifying that it meets the conditions required for that purpose by such Governmental Authority, so long as the relevant Governmental Authorities of France have been notified in advance by the relevant Governmental Authority of such state; provided, that such financial institution provides to customers in France or administers only those means of payment or carries out only those credit transactions which it is authorized to provide or administer in the state in which its registered office is located. For purposes of this definition, notified in advance refers to the satisfaction of the formalities required to benefit from applicable European passporting provisions (including the transmission by a local regulator to the French banking authority of a notice received from a financial institution to the effect that such institution intends to trade in France on a remote basis pursuant to the European passporting regulations).
French Required Lenders means, at any time, French Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) having French Credit Exposures and unused French Revolving Commitments representing at least 50.1% of the sum of the Aggregate French Credit Exposure and unused French Revolving Commitments at such time; provided that, as long as there are only two French Lenders, French Required Lenders shall mean both French Lenders.
29
French Revolving Commitments means the Revolving Commitments of the French Lenders only. The initial amount of each French Lenders French Revolving Commitment is set out on the Commitment Schedule or in the Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate (as applicable) pursuant to which such French Lender shall have assumed its French Revolving Commitment. The initial aggregate amount of the French Lenders French Revolving Commitment is 60,000,000.
French Revolving Exposure means the Revolving Exposure of the French Lenders only.
French Revolving Loan means a Loan made under the French Facility.
Fund shall mean any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.
Funding Account has the meaning given to that term in Section 5.1(h).
GAAP shall mean (a) generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that if there occurs after the date hereof any change in GAAP that affects in any respect the calculation of any covenant contained in Section 9, the Lenders and the Administrative Borrower shall negotiate in good faith amendments to the provisions of this Agreement that relate to the calculation of such covenant with the intent of having the respective positions of the Lenders and the Credit Parties after such change in GAAP conform as nearly as possible to their respective positions as of the date of this Agreement and, until any such amendments have been agreed upon, the covenants in Section 9 shall be calculated as if no such change in GAAP has occurred; provided further , that for purposes of determining compliance with any financial test or basket under this Agreement, any change in GAAP following the Closing Date with respect to whether a lease is required to be capitalized or operating shall be disregarded for all purposes.
German Borrower means Univar GmbH, a limited liability company (GmbH) incorporated in Germany and registered with the commercial register ( Handelsregisier ) of the local court ( Amtsgericht ) of Essen under registration number HRB 4095.
German Borrowing Base means, at any time 85% of the German Borrowers Eligible Accounts at such time minus Reserves.
German Collateral has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.21.
German Collateral Documents means each pledge agreement, security assignment agreement, security transfer agreement, security purpose agreement or other agreement that is entered into by any German Credit Party in favour of the Collateral Agent, and any other pledge agreement, security assignment agreement, security transfer agreement, security purpose agreement or other agreement entered into by a Credit Party granting a security interest in favour of the Collateral Agent that is governed by the laws of Germany, in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and entered into pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.
30
German Credit Parties means, collectively the German Borrower and any Credit Party that (i) is organized under the laws of Germany, and/or (ii) becomes a party to a German Collateral Document (other than the Collateral Agent) or any other collateral agreement.
German Guarantor has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 13.12(a).
German Insolvency Event means:
(a) a German Relevant Entity is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due or is deemed to or declared to be unable to pay its debts under applicable law, generally suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, generally commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness, including a stoppage of payment situation ( Zahlungsunfähigkeit ), a status of over-indebtedness ( Überschuldung ), the impending inability to pay its debts as they fall due ( drohende Zahlungsunfähigkeit ), or actual insolvency proceedings;
(b) a moratorium is declared in respect of any Indebtedness of a German Relevant Entity, or
(c) (i) such German Relevant Entity is otherwise in a situation to file for insolvency because of any of the reasons set out in Sections 17 to 19 of the German Insolvency Code and (ii) a petition for insolvency proceedings in respect of its assets ( Antrag auf Eröffnung eines Insolvenzverfahrens ) has been filed based on section 17 to section 19 of the German Insolvency Code
( Insolvenzordnung ).
German Parallel Debt has the meaning given to that term in Section 12.19.
German Relevant Entity means any German Credit Party or any Credit Party capable of becoming subject to insolvency proceedings under the German Insolvency Code ( Insolvenzordnung ).
Governmental Authority shall mean any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof (whether state, provincial or local), the European Central Bank, the Council of Ministers of the European Union, and any entity or authority (including any European supranational body) exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange.
Group means the Parent and its subsidiaries from time to time.
Guarantee Obligations shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness of any other Person (the Primary Obligor ) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such Indebtedness or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such Indebtedness or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the Primary Obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the Primary Obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such Indebtedness of the ability of the Primary Obligor to make payment of such Indebtedness or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of such Indebtedness against loss in respect thereof; provided , however , that the term Guarantee Obligations shall not include any endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with
31
respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.
Guaranteed Obligations means the Obligations guaranteed pursuant to the Loan Guaranty.
Guarantor shall mean (i) each Day One Borrower, each Post Closing Borrower (other than the Belgian Borrower) and the Parent.
Hazardous Materials shall mean (a) any petroleum or petroleum products, radioactive materials, friable asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other equipment that contain dielectric fluid containing regulated levels of polychlorinated biphenyls, and radon gas; (b) any chemicals, materials or substances defined as or included in the definition of hazardous substances, hazardous waste, hazardous materials, extremely hazardous waste, restricted hazardous waste, toxic substances, toxic pollutants, contaminants or pollutants or words of similar import, under any applicable Environmental Law; and (c) any other chemical, material or substance, which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any Environmental Law.
Hedge Agreements shall mean interest rate swap, cap or collar agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, currency swap agreements, cross-currency rate swap agreements, currency future or option contracts, commodity price protection agreements or other commodity price hedging agreements, and other similar agreements.
Hedge Bank shall mean any Person that either (x) at the time it enters into a Hedge Agreement or (y) on the Closing Date, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in its capacity as a party to such Hedge Agreement.
Historical Financial Statements shall mean the audited consolidated balance sheets of Parent as of December 31, 2012 and the audited consolidated statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows of Parent for each of the fiscal years in the three year period ending on December 31, 2012, in the form provided to the Lenders.
HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme means HM Revenue & Customs Double Taxation Treaty Passport scheme.
IBOR Loan shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the IBO Rate.
IBO Rate shall mean an interest rate per annum equal to (i) with respect to any IBOR Loan in Sterling, Euros or Dollars for any applicable Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate for Sterling, Euros or Dollars), (ii) with respect to any IBOR Loan in Danish Krone for any applicable Interest Period, Copenhagen interbank offered rate administered by the Danish Bankers Association (or any other Person that takes over the administration of that rate for Danish Krone), (iii) with respect to any IBOR Loan in Norwegian Krone for any applicable Interest Period, Norwegian interbank offered rate administered by the Finance Norway (or any other Person that takes over the administration of that rate for Norwegian Krone), (iv) with respect to any IBOR Loan in Swedish Krona for any applicable Interest Period, Stockholm interbank offered rate administered by the Swedish
32
Bankers Association (or any other Person that takes over the administration of that rate for Swedish Krone) and, (v) with respect to any IBOR Loan in Swiss Francs for any applicable Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate for Swiss Francs), in each case for a period equal in length to such Interest Period as displayed on the relevant Reuters screen or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate as shall be selected by the Administrative Agent from time to time (the Screen Rate ) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days (or the same Business Day for Sterling) prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that, if the Screen Rate for an Approved Currency shall not be available at such time for a period equal in length to such Interest Period (an Impacted Interest Period ), then the IBO Rate for that Approved Currency shall be the Interpolated Rate at such time, subject to Section 2.10 in the event that the Administrative Agent shall conclude that it shall not be possible to determine such Interpolated Rate (which conclusion shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) provided that, if any IBO Rate or Interpolated Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.
Impacted Interest Period shall have the meaning provided in the definition of IBO Rate.
Increasing Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.12(c).
Indebtedness of any Person shall mean (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) the deferred purchase price of assets or services that in accordance with GAAP would be included as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person, (c) the face amount of all letters of credit issued for the account of such Person and, without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder, (d) all Indebtedness of any other Person secured by any Lien on any property owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person, (e) the principal component of all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person with respect to obligations of another Person of a type described in one of the foregoing clauses, (f) all obligations of such Person under Hedge Agreements, (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests and (h) without duplication, all Guarantee Obligations of such Person, provided that Indebtedness shall not include trade payables and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business and not past due by more than 270 days or being disputed in good faith.
Indemnified Liabilities shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.5.
Indemnified Taxes shall mean all Taxes (including Other Taxes) other than Excluded Taxes.
Indemnitees shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.5.
Interest Election Request means a request by the Administrative Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.9.
Interest Payment Date means (i) with respect to any IBOR Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part (and, in the case of a IBOR Loan with an Interest Period of more than three months duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months duration after the first day of such Interest Period) and the Maturity Date and (ii) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the end of each calendar month.
33
Interest Period shall mean, with respect to the Borrowing of any IBOR Loan, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Administrative Borrower may elect; provided , that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.
Interpolated Rate means, at any time, for any Approved Currency and for any Interest Period, the rate per annum (rounded upward to four decimal places) determined by the Administrative Agent (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) to be equal to the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) the relevant Screen Rate for the longest period (for which the relevant Screen Rate is available) that is shorter than the Impacted Interest Period and (b) the relevant Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which the relevant Screen Rate is available) that exceeds the Impacted Interest Period, in each case, at such time. When determining the rate for a period which is less than the shortest period for which the relevant Screen Rate is available, the relevant Screen Rate for purposes of paragraph (a) above shall be deemed to be the overnight screen rate where overnight screen rate means the overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent from such service as the Administrative Agent may select.
Inventory means all inventory, goods and merchandise, wherever located, to be furnished under any contract of service or held for sale or lease, all finished goods, returned goods and materials and supplies of any kind, nature or description which are or might be used or consumed in its business or used in connection with the manufacture, packing, shipping, advertising, selling or finishing of such goods, merchandise and other personal property.
Investment shall mean, for any Person: (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, property, services or securities or otherwise) of Stock, Stock Equivalents (or any other capital contribution), bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any other Person (including any short sale or any sale of any securities at a time when such securities are not owned by the Person entering into such sale); (b) the making of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit or capital contribution to, any other Person (including the purchase of property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell such property to such Person); (c) the entering into of any guarantee of, or other contingent obligation with respect to, any obligations of another Person; or (d) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person; provided that, in the event that any Investment is made by a Credit Party or any Borrower Subsidiary in any Person through substantially concurrent interim transfers of any amount through one or more other Borrower Subsidiaries, then such other substantially concurrent interim transfers shall be disregarded for purposes of Section 9.5.
ISP shall mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the International Standby Practices 1998 published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
Joinder Agreement shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C.
34
Judgment Currency shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.17.
Junior Indebtedness shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.7(a).
LC Collateral Account has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.6(j).
LC Disbursement means any payment made by a Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to a Letter of Credit.
LC Exposure means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements relating to Letters of Credit that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrowers. The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the aggregate LC Exposure.
Lender Default shall mean (a) the failure (which has not been cured) of a Lender to make available its portion of any Borrowing or (b) a lender having notified the Administrative Agent and/or any Borrower that it does not intend to comply with the obligations under Section 2.1 or (c) a Lender becoming the subject of a Bankruptcy Event.
Lender Presentation means the information presented to prospective Lenders on 21 January 2014.
Lenders means the Persons listed on the Commitment Schedule as French Lenders and/or European Lenders and any other Person that shall have become a Lender hereunder pursuant to Section 2.12, an Assignment Agreement or a Transfer Certificate, other than any such Person that ceases to be a Lender hereunder pursuant to an Assignment Agreement or a Transfer Certificate. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term Lenders includes the Swingline Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers.
Letter of Credit means any letter of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to this Agreement, and the term Letter of Credit means any one of them or each of them singularly, as the context may require.
Letter of Credit Borrowing shall mean an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Borrowing.
Letter of Credit Fee shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.3.
Letter of Credit Issuer means each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (with respect to Letters of Credit issued to European Borrowers), JP Morgan Europe Limited (with respect to Letters of Credit issued to the French Borrower) and Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited in each case in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder and their respective successor in such capacity as provided in Section 2.6(i). Each Letter of Credit Issuer providing Letters of Credit to the French Borrower shall at all times be a French Qualifying Letter of Credit Issuer. Each Letter of Credit Issuer may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by its Affiliates ( provided that such Affiliate, if issuing a Letter of Credit for the French Borrower, shall qualify as a French Qualifying Letter of Credit Issuer) in which case the term Letter of Credit Issuer shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate (it being agreed that such Letter of Credit Issuer shall, or shall cause such Affiliate to company with the requirements of Section 2.6 with respect to such Letter of Credit).
35
Letter of Credit Obligations shall mean, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all amounts drawn under the Letters of Credit, including all Letter of Credit Borrowings. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be outstanding in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.
Lien means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge, assignment by way of security or security interest in, on or of such asset, or any other arrangement having a similar effect (b) the interest of a vendor, supplier or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, extended retention of title), capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.
Loan Guaranty means Section 13 of this Agreement.
Loans means the loans and advances made by the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement, including Swingline Loans and Protective Advances.
Losses means losses (including loss of profit), claims, demands, actions, proceedings, damages and other payments, costs, expenses and other liabilities of any kind.
Management Agreements shall mean, collectively, any agreement entered into by any Sponsor from time to time, primarily providing for or relating to any management, consulting, financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or other investment banking activities with respect to the Parent and its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Parent, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
Management Notification has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 13.12(c).
Material Adverse Effect means any circumstance or condition affecting the business, assets, operations, properties or financial condition of the Company and the other Credit Parties (taken as a whole) that would materially adversely affect (a) the ability of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform any of their obligations under the Credit Documents or (b) the rights of or benefits available to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders under any Credit Document.
Material Subsidiary shall mean, at any date of determination, one or more Borrower Subsidiaries as to which a specified condition exists, that have, in the aggregate, (a) total assets at the last day of the Test Period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal period for which Section 8.1 Financials have been delivered accounting for 5% or more of the Consolidated Total Assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries at such date or (b) revenues during such Test Period accounting for 5% or more of the consolidated revenues of Parent and its Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.
Maturity Date shall mean the date that is five years after the Closing Date (or if such date is not a Business Day, the preceding Business Day).
Minimum Extension Condition shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.13(b).
36
Moodys shall mean Moodys Investors Service, Inc. or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.
Multiemployer Plan shall mean any multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001 of ERISA that is subject to Title IV of ERISA (i) to which Parent, any Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate is then making or has an obligation to make contributions or (ii) to which Parent or any Subsidiary has or would reasonably expect to incur liability (including on account of its ERISA Affiliates). For the avoidance of doubt, Multiemployer Plan does not include any Foreign Plan.
Net Orderly Liquidation Value shall mean, with respect to the Eligible Inventory of a Day One Borrower (other than the French Borrower) at any time, the orderly liquidation value (net of costs and expenses estimated to be incurred in connection with such liquidation) of such Day One Borrowers Eligible Inventory that is estimated to be recoverable in an orderly liquidation of such Eligible Inventory, expressed as a percentage of the net book value thereof, such percentage to be as determined from time to time by reference to the most recent Inventory appraisal completed by a qualified third-party appraisal company (approved by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion) delivered to the Administrative Agent.
New Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.12(c).
Non-Consenting Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.7(b).
Non-Cooperative Jurisdiction shall mean a non-cooperative state or territory ( Etat ou territoire non coopératif ) as set out in the list referred to in Article 238-0 A of the French Code Général des Impôts, as such list may be amended from time to time.
Obligations shall mean all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, the Credit Parties arising under any Credit Document and all debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of any Credit Party under any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement, in each case, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising (including any Parallel Debt obligation) and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Credit Party of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.
Obligors means the Day One Borrowers and the Post Closing Borrowers and Obligor means any of them.
Other Taxes means all present or future stamp, registration, documentary, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under or in respect of, or required to be made under or in respect of, this Agreement or any other Credit Document or from the execution, delivery, enforcement or registration of, this Agreement or any Credit Document.
Outstanding Amount shall mean (i) with respect to Loans on any date, the Euro Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of such Loans occurring on such date; and (ii) with respect to any Letter of Credit Obligations on any date, the Euro Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding amount of such Letter of Credit Obligations on such date after giving effect to any issuance of any Letter of Credit occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the Letter of Credit Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Borrowers of any drawings under Letters of Credit on such date.
37
Overnight IBO Rate shall mean, for any day, the rate of interest per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16th of 1%) at which overnight deposits in Euro, Sterling, Dollars, Danish Krone, Norwegian Krona and Swiss Francs (as the case may be) in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined for such day by a branch or affiliate of Chase in the London (or other applicable) interbank market for such currency in the London or other interbank market.
Parallel Debt means the Dutch and Belgian Parallel Debt and the German Parallel Debt.
Parent shall mean Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation.
Parent Entity shall mean any company (at the time it is designated a Parent Entity by Parent) whose only assets are the Stock and Stock Equivalents of Parent (or one or more other Parent Entities) and assets incidental to such ownership and its existence; provided that such Parent Entity shall cease to be a Parent Entity at such time as such Parent Entity ceases to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Voting Stock of Parent. It being understood that as of the Closing Date, Parent has not designated any Parent Entity.
Parent Subsidiaries has the meaning provided in Section 9.1(b).
Participant shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(c).
Participant Register shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(c).
Participating Member States means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.
Patriot Act shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.16.
Payment Conditions will be satisfied in the event that, after giving Pro Forma Effect to any specified action occurring on such date (without double counting), either:
(i) Aggregate Availability will be greater than the greater of (A) 20% of the Aggregate Borrowing Base and (B) 35,000,000; or
(ii) in the event that limb (i) of this definition is not satisfied, both (A) Aggregate Availability will be greater than the greater of (x) 12.5% of the Aggregate Borrowing Base and (y) 20,000,000 and (B) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be at least 1.00 to 1.00.
PBGC shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Section 4002 of ERISA, or any successor thereto.
Pension Plan means any pension plan, pension undertaking, supplemental pension, retirement savings or other retirement income plan, obligation or arrangement of any kind that is established, maintained or contributed to by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates in respect of which any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates has any liability, obligation or contingent liability.
38
Pensions Regulator means the body corporate called the Pensions Regulator established under Part I of the Pensions Act 2004.
Permitted Acquisition means any Acquisition in a transaction that satisfies each of the following requirements:
(a) both before and after giving effect to such Acquisition and the Loans (if any) requested to be made in connection therewith, each of the representations and warranties in the Credit Documents is true and correct (except any such representation or warranty which relates to a specified prior date) and no Default exists, will exist, or would result therefrom;
(b) if such Acquisition involves a merger or a consolidation involving an Obligor or any other Credit Party, such Obligor or Credit Party shall be the surviving entity;
(c) no Obligor shall, as a result of or in connection with any such Acquisition, assume or incur any direct or contingent liabilities (whether relating to environmental, tax, litigation, or other matters) that could have a Material Adverse Effect; and
(d) both immediately prior to and after the Acquisition, on a Pro Forma Basis, the Payment Conditions are satisfied.
Permitted Discretion shall mean a determination made in good faith and in the exercise of reasonable (from the perspective of a secured asset-based lender) business judgment.
Permitted Investments shall mean:
(a) securities issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, in each case having maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof;
(b) securities issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or province or any public instrumentality thereof or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings generally obtainable from either S&P or Moodys;
(c) commercial paper maturing no more than 24 months after the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either S&P or Moodys;
(d) domestic and LIBOR certificates of deposit or bankers acceptances maturing no more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank having combined capital and surplus of not less than 500,000,000;
(e) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with (i) any Lender or an Affiliate thereof or (ii) any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than 250,000,000 (or the Dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of U.S. banks and 100,000,000 (or the equivalent in any applicable currency) in the case of non-U.S. banks;
39
(f) repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the type described in clauses (a) , (b) and (d) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above or securities dealers of recognized national standing;
(g) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moodys or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
(h) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (g) above;
(i) Indebtedness issued by Persons with a rating of A or higher from S&P or A2 or higher from Moodys with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
(j) shares of investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and substantially all the investments of which are one or more of the types of securities described in clauses (a) through (i) above; and
(k) in the case of Investments by any Borrower Subsidiary, other customarily utilized high-quality Investments in the country where such Borrower Subsidiary is located or operates.
Permitted Investors shall mean (a) the Sponsor, (b) any Person making an Investment in Parent (directly or indirectly) concurrently with the Sponsor on or following the Closing Date, and (c) any Person who is an officer or director or otherwise a member of management of Parent (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or any of its subsidiaries; provided that in no event shall the Sponsor own a lesser percentage of voting stock of (x) so long as Parent is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity) and (y) if Parent is not a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, Parent than any other person or group referred to in clauses (b) or (c) .
Permitted Liens shall mean:
(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;
(b) Liens in respect of property or assets of Parent or any of the Subsidiaries imposed by law, such as carriers, materialmens, repairmens, construction, warehousemens and mechanics Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business, in each case so long as such Liens do not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;
(c) zoning, building codes and other land use laws regulating the use or occupancy of the real property owned by Parent and its Subsidiaries, or the activities conducted thereon, which are imposed by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such real property which are not violated by the current use or occupancy of such real property or the operation of the business of Parent and its Subsidiaries, or any violation of which would not have a Material Adverse Effect;
(d) Liens arising from judgments or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 10.10;
(e) Liens incurred or deposits made in connection with workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;
40
(f) ground leases in respect of Real Estate on which facilities owned or leased by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries are located;
(g) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, servitudes, easements, rights-of- way, covenants, conditions and restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances not interfering in any material respect with the business of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(h) any interest or title of a lessor or secured by a lessors interest under any lease permitted by this Agreement;
(i) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;
(j) Liens on goods the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit or in respect of bankers acceptances in each case issued or created for the account of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that such Lien secures only the obligations of Parent or such Subsidiaries in respect of such letter of credit to the extent permitted under Section 9.1;
(k) leases or subleases granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(l) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements or similar filings made in respect of operating leases entered into by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries;
(m) Liens created in the ordinary course of business in favor of banks and other financial institutions over credit balances of any bank accounts of the Credit Parties and the Borrower Subsidiaries held at such banks or financial institutions, as the case may be, to facilitate the operation of cash pooling and/or interest set-off arrangements in respect of such bank accounts in the ordinary course of business;
(n) Liens in favor of the issuer of stay, customs, appeal, performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
(o) undetermined or inchoate Liens and charges arising or potentially arising under statutory provisions which have not at the time been filed or registered in accordance with applicable law or which written notice has not been duly given in accordance with applicable law or which, although filed or registered, relate to obligations not due or delinquent;
(p) the rights reserved to or vested in Governmental Authorities by statutory provisions or by the terms of leases, licenses, franchises, grants or permits, which affect any land, to terminate the leases, licenses, franchises grants or permits or to require annual or other periodic payments as a condition of the continuance thereof;
(q) security deposits to public utilities or to any municipalities or Governmental Authorities or other public authority when required by the utility, municipality or Governmental Authorities or other public authority in connection with the supply of services or utilities to the Obligors;
41
(r) Liens or covenants restricting or prohibiting access to or from lands abutting on controlled access highways or covenants affecting the use to which lands may be put; provided that such Liens or covenants do not materially and adversely affect the use of the lands by any Obligor;
(s) statutory Liens incurred or pledges or deposits made in favor of a Governmental Authority to secure the performance of obligations of any Obligor under Environmental Laws to which any assets of such Obligor is subject;
(t) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 9.1; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; and
(u) restrictions permitted by Section 9.11.
Person shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, firm, corporation, unlimited liability company, limited liability company, association, trust or other enterprise or any Governmental Authority.
Plan shall mean any single-employer plan, as defined in Section 4001 of ERISA that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, maintained or contributed to by Parent, its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which Parent, or any of its Subsidiaries have or would reasonably expect to incur liability (including on account of its ERISA Affiliates). For the avoidance of doubt, Plan does not include any Foreign Plans.
Platform shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.15(c).
Pooled Borrowing Base means the sum of the Dutch Borrowing Base and the English Borrowing Base.
Pooled Borrowing Base Availability means the positive amount, if any, by which (a) the Pooled Borrowing Base exceeds (b) the sum of (i) the European Revolving Exposure of all the European Lenders to the Dutch Borrowers and English Borrower, (ii) the amount by which the European Revolving Exposure of the European Lenders to the Belgian Borrower exceeds the Belgian Borrowing Base, (iii) the amount by which the European Revolving Exposure of the European Lenders to the German Borrower exceeds the German Borrowing Base, and (iv) the amount by which the European Exposure of the European Lenders to the Swiss Borrower exceeds the Swiss Borrowing Base.
Post-Acquisition Period shall mean, with respect to any acquisition, the period beginning on the date such acquisition is consummated and ending on the last day of the fourth full consecutive fiscal quarter immediately following the date on which such acquisition is consummated.
Post Closing Borrower means individually and collectively the Belgian Borrower, the German Borrower, the Swiss Borrower and Univar Zwijndrecht N.V., a company incorporated in the Netherlands with company number 23007175.
Priority Payables Reserve means reserves for amounts which rank or are capable of ranking in priority to or pari passu with the Liens granted to the Administrative Agent to secure the Obligations, including without limitation, in the Permitted Discretion of the Administrative Agent, any such amounts due and not paid for wages, or vacation pay, severance pay, employee deductions, income tax, amounts due and not paid under any legislation relating to workers compensation or to employment insurance, amounts currently or past due and not paid for realty, municipal or similar taxes (to the extent impacting personal or movable property), sales tax and pension obligations.
42
Primary Obligor shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Guarantee Obligations.
Pro Forma Adjustment shall mean, for any Test Period that includes all or any part of a fiscal quarter included in any Post-Acquisition Period, with respect to (i) the Acquired EBITDA of the applicable Acquired Entity or Business or the Consolidated EBITDA of the relevant Applicable Entities, the pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, as a result of adjustments that are factually supportable as determined by the Administrative Borrower in its reasonable discretion and set forth on the Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate and (ii) the calculation of Availability, the inclusion of any Eligible Accounts or Eligible Inventory acquired by an Obligor in connection with any Acquired Entity or Business.
Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate shall mean any certificate of an Authorized Officer of Parent delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(n).
Pro Forma Basis, Pro Forma Compliance and Pro Forma Effect shall mean, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant hereunder for any Test Period, that (A) to the extent applicable, the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been made and (B) all Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of such Test Period: (a) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, (i) in the case of a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all Capital Stock in any Subsidiary of Parent or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be excluded, and (ii) in the case of an Investment described in the definition of Specified Transaction shall be included, (b) any retirement of Indebtedness, and (c) any incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness by a Credit Party or any of the Borrower Subsidiaries in connection therewith (it being agreed that if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, such Indebtedness shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate that is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination); provided that, without limiting the application of the Pro Forma Adjustment pursuant to (A) above (but without duplication thereof), the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test or covenant solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and give effect to events (including operating expense reductions) that are factually supportable.
Pro Forma Entity shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Acquired EBITDA.
Progress Billing shall mean any invoice for goods sold or leased or services rendered under a contract or agreement pursuant to which the Account Debtors obligation to pay such invoice is conditioned upon the Borrowers completion of any further performance under the contract or agreement.
Pro Rata Share shall mean, with respect to a Revolving Lender, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the amount of such Revolving Lenders Revolving Commitment (or its Commitment in the relevant Facility) and the denominator of which is the sum of the amounts of all of the Revolving Lenders Revolving Commitments (or if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, such percentage as most recently in effect prior to such termination and after giving effect to subsequent assignments) (or their Commitment in the relevant Facility).
43
Public Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.15(c).
Protective Advances has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4.
Qualified ECP Guarantor means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Credit Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or other currencies) at the time the relevant Loan Guaranty or grant of the relevant security interest becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an eligible contract participant under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an eligible contract participant at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
Qualified Equity Interest shall mean any Stock or Stock Equivalent of an Applicable Entity that does not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest.
Qualified IPO shall mean the issuance by the Company or any holding company of the Company of its common Stock or Stock Equivalents or the sale of such common Stock or Stock Equivalents by the holders thereof, in either case, in an underwritten primary public offering, floatation or other offering on any recognized investment exchange (as that term is used in the U.K.s Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) or in or on any exchange or market replacing the same or any other exchange or market in any country.
Qualifying Lender means, in relation to a payment made by a Credit Party under a Credit Document, a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender under that Credit Document and which:
(a) fulfils the conditions applicable to that Lender imposed by the domestic law of the relevant Credit Party Taxing Jurisdiction in order for a payment of interest not to be subject to (or, as the case may be, to be exempt from) any Tax Deduction; or
(b) is a Treaty Lender.
Real Estate shall mean, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased or operated by any person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.
Recipient means, as applicable, (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) the Collateral Agent, (c) any Lender and (d) the Letter of Credit Issuers, or any combination thereof (as the context requires).
Register shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(b)(iv).
Regulation T shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.
44
Regulation U shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.
Regulation X shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.
Related Parties shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Persons Affiliates and the directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, advisors of such Person and any Person that possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.
Release shall mean any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing or migrating of any Hazardous Materials in, into, onto or through the environment.
Repeating Representations means each of the representations set out in Sections 7.1, 7.5 to 7.7, 7.9 to 7.17 and 7.19 to 7.22.
Reportable Event shall mean an event described in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, other than any event as to which the thirty day notice period has been waived.
Required Lenders means, at any time, Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) having Aggregate Credit Exposures and unused Commitments representing at least 50.1% of the sum of the Aggregate Credit Exposure and unused Commitments at such time; provided that, as long as there are only two Lenders, Required Lenders shall mean both Lenders.
Requirement of Law shall mean, as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or assets or to which such Person or any of its property or assets is subject.
Reserves shall mean reserves that limit the availability of credit hereunder, consisting of reserves against the Borrowing Base, established by the Administrative Agent from time to time in the Administrative Agents Permitted Discretion, reasonably consistent with the Administrative Agents practices with similarly situated borrowers and proportionate, in the Administrative Agents Permitted Discretion to the credit risk associated with the relevant risk or event; without duplication, and in each case to the extent not already taken into account in the calculation of the Borrowing Base. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following reserves shall be deemed to be a reasonable exercise of the Administrative Agents Permitted Discretion (but the Administrative Agent shall not be required to utilize such reserve): (a) Bank Product Reserves, (b) a reserve for accrued, unpaid interest then due on the Obligations, (c) reserves for rent at a leased, warehouse or bailment location for which the Administrative Agent has not received a collateral access or similar agreement, which reserve shall be in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 3 months rent or (ii) Availability provided by the Eligible Inventory at such location, and reserves for other statutory liens (including, without limitation, for liens arising from the nonpayment of claims or demands when due permitted in clause (b) of the defined term Permitted Liens), (d) Inventory shrinkage reserves and Inventory cost test reserves, (e) reserves for taxes, assessments, charges and other governmental levies which are delinquent, where the Person holding such claim has a perfected security interest in the Collateral and (f) customs and frequent charges relating to transportation of Inventory, (g) an amount equal to the product of (i) the excess, if any, of (x) the percentage amount, determined by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion as of the Closing Date and adjusted for each field audit examination hereunder, equal to (A) the aggregate amount of discounts, credits, rebates, adjustments, returns, writedowns, writeoffs and other reductions in the aggregate amount collected by the Borrowers in respect of Accounts during the period of four fiscal
45
quarters most recently ended, divided by (B) the aggregate amount of Eligible Accounts during the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended (y) 5.0%, multiplied by (ii) the aggregate amount of Eligible Accounts as of such date, (h) reserves for VAT, (i) Priority Payable Reserves, (j) reserves for the prescribed part of an English Borrowers net property that would be made available for the satisfaction of its unsecured liabilities pursuant to Section 176A of the U.K.s Insolvency Act 1986, as amended, reserves with respect to liabilities of an English Borrower which constitute preferential debts pursuant to Section 386 of the U.K.s Insolvency Act 1986, as amended, (k) reserves for extended or extendible retention of title over Accounts, (l) reserves for fees payable to an insolvency administrator pursuant to Sec. 171 of the German Insolvency Code (or relevant successor provisions), (m) reserves for mandatory pension contributions (whether mandatory by law, by agreement or otherwise) and (n) Treasury Bank Overdraft Facility Reserves.
Restricted Lender List means the Persons to be agreed between the Parent and the Administrative Agent from time to time.
Restricted Payments shall mean any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Stock or Stock Equivalents of an Obligor or any Borrower Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Stock or Stock Equivalents.
Revolving Commitment means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate permitted amount of such Lenders Revolving Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (a) Section 2.12 and (b) assignments or transfers by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 12.6. The initial amount of each Lenders Revolving Commitment is set forth on the Commitment Schedule, or in the Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate (as applicable) pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Revolving Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders Revolving Commitments is 200,000,000.
Revolving Exposure means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the outstanding principal amount of such Lenders Revolving Loans, LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure at such time.
Revolving Facilities means the European Facility and the French Facility.
Revolving Loan means, as the context may require, a European Revolving Loan and a French Revolving Loan.
Revolving Lender shall mean a Lender with a Revolving Commitment or an outstanding Revolving Loan, Swingline Loan or Protective Advance.
RoT Supplier means any supplier of goods to the French Borrower, the terms in relation to whom contain retention of title (réserve de propriété ) or extended retention of title provisions.
S&P shall mean Standard & Poors Ratings Services or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.
Sale and Lease-Back Transaction shall mean any arrangement providing for the leasing by a Credit Party or any of the Borrower Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by a Credit Party or such Borrower Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
46
Sanctioned Country means a country or territory which is at any time subject to Sanctions.
Sanctioned Person means, at any time (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any EU member state, (b) any Person operating organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person controlled by any such Person.
Sanctions means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (i) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or (b) the United Nations Security Council, (iii) the European Union or (iv) Her Majestys Treasury of the United Kingdom.
Screen Rate shall have the meaning provided in the definition of IBO Rate.
Section 8.1 Financials shall mean the financial statements delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (b) together with the accompanying officers certificate delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Section 8.1(k).
Secured Cash Management Agreement shall mean any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between Parent (or any direct or indirect parent company of Parent) or any of its Subsidiaries and any Cash Management Bank.
Secured Hedge Agreement shall mean any Hedge Agreement that is entered into by and between Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and any Hedge Bank.
Secured Obligations means the Obligations, provided however that the definition of Secured Obligations shall not create any guarantee by any Guarantor of (or grant of security interest by any Guarantor to support, as applicable) any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor for the purposes of determining any obligations of any Guarantor.
Secured Parties shall mean the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender, each Letter of Credit Issuer, each Hedge Bank (to the extent the party to any Secured Hedge Agreement), each Cash Management Bank (to the extent the party to any Secured Cash Management Agreement), each sub-agent pursuant to Section 11 appointed by the Administrative Agent, the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Credit Party under any Credit Document, and the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.
Securitization shall mean a public or private offering by a Lender or any of its Affiliates or their respective successors and assigns of securities or notes which represent an interest in, or which are collateralized, in whole or in part, by the Loans and the Lenders rights under the Credit Documents.
Security Documents means, collectively, the Belgian Collateral Documents, the Dutch Collateral Documents, the English Collateral Documents, the French Collateral Documents, the German Collateral Documents, the Spanish Collateral Documents and the Swiss Collateral Documents and any other agreement, instrument or document which creates or evidences Liens to secure the Secured Obligations.
47
Sold Entity or Business shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Consolidated EBITDA.
Solvent shall mean, with respect to any Person, that (a) (i) the sum of such Persons debt (including contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of such Persons present assets; (ii) such Persons capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated; and (iii) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or believe that it will incur, debts including current obligations beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (b) in the case of any Person organized other than under the laws of the United States, the District of Columbia or any State of the United States, such Person is solvent within the meaning given that term and similar terms under applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed by the Obligors as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under GAAP).
Spanish Collateral Documents means the pledge over bank accounts to be entered into between the Company and the Collateral Agent (including its schedules and annexes) and any other document containing liens of any Credit Party securing the Obligations governed by the laws of Spain, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and entered into pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.
Specified Credit Party shall mean any Credit Party that is not an eligible contract participant under the Commodity Exchange Act (determined prior to giving effect to Section 13.10).
Specified Equity Contribution means cash equity contributions made directly or indirectly to any Borrower as cash equity after the Closing Date and on or prior to the day on which any Borrowing hereunder is requested when a Covenant Compliance Event has occurred, which equity contribution is to be used to prepay the Facility in order to ensure that the Covenant Compliance Event ceases to occur.
Specified Transaction shall mean, with respect to any period, any Investment, sale, transfer or other disposition of assets, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including the Loans and other than incurrences and repayments of Indebtedness under working capital facilities in the ordinary course of business or intercompany Indebtedness or Investment), Restricted Payment, Subsidiary designation or other event that involves aggregate consideration in excess of 10,000,000 or that by the terms of this Agreement requires Pro Forma Compliance with a test or covenant hereunder or requires such test or covenant to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.
Sponsor shall mean, one or more of, (a) CVC and its Affiliates, (b) the CD&R Group, and (c) any collective investment vehicle sponsored, advised or managed by any of CVC and its Affiliates and any investment vehicle sponsored, advised or managed by the CD&R Group, but excluding portfolio companies of any such vehicle.
Spot Rate for a currency shall mean the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate quoted by the Administrative Agent as the spot rate for the purchase by the Administrative Agent of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at
48
approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Administrative Agent may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent if it does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency.
Sterling or £ shall mean lawful currency of the United Kingdom.
Stock shall mean shares of capital stock or shares in the capital, as the case may be (whether denominated as common stock or preferred stock or ordinary shares or preferred shares, as the case may be), beneficial, partnership or membership interests, participations or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, unlimited liability company or equivalent entity, whether voting or non-voting.
Stock Equivalents shall mean all securities convertible into or exchangeable for Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to purchase or subscribe for any Stock, whether or not presently convertible, exchangeable or exercisable.
Subordinated Indebtedness shall mean any Indebtedness of any Credit Party or Borrower Subsidiary that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations of such Credit Party or Borrower Subsidiary, as applicable, under this Agreement.
Subsidiary of any Person shall mean and include (a) any corporation more than 50% of whose Stock of any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time Stock of any class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, (b) any limited liability company, partnership, association, joint venture or other entity of which such Person (i) directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries owns or controls more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partner interests and (ii) is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity at such time. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to a Subsidiary shall include a subsidiary within the meaning of section 1159 of the U.K.s Companies Act 2006.
Successor Borrower shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.3(a).
Swap Guarantor shall mean (i) any Obligor and (ii) with respect to the payment and performance by each Obligor of its grant of security interest with respect to all Obligations with respect to Swap Obligations, the Parent.
Swap Obligations shall mean, with respect to any Swap Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a swap within the meaning of Section la(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
Swingline Exposure means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.
Swingline Lender means each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans to the European Borrowers and J.P. Morgan Securities PLC in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans to the French Borrower, provided that any Swingline Lender making a Swingline Loan to the French Borrower shall be a French Qualifying Lender. Any consent required of
49
the Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuers shall be deemed to be required of the Swingline Lenders and any consent given by J.P. Morgan Europe Limited in its capacity as Administrative Agent or Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed given by each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and J.P. Morgan Securities PLC in their capacities as Swingline Lender.
Swingline Loan has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.5(a).
Swiss Borrower means Univar AG, a company incorporated in Zurich, Switzerland with company number CH-020.3.923.168-6.
Swiss Borrowing Base means, at any time 85% of the Swiss Borrowers Eligible Accounts at such time minus Reserves.
Swiss Collateral Documents means the assignment agreement for security purposes to be entered into between the Swiss Borrower and the Collateral Agent including its schedules and annexes, and any other document containing Liens of any Credit Party securing the Obligations governed by the laws of Switzerland, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and entered into pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.
Swiss Federal Tax Administration means the tax authorities referred to in article 34 of the Swiss Withholding Tax Act.
Swiss Guarantor shall mean any Guarantor incorporated in Switzerland.
Swiss Guidelines means, together, the guideline Interbank Loans of 22 September 1986 (S- 02.123) ( Merkblatt Verrechnungssteuer auf Zinsen von Bankguthaben, deren Gläubiger Banken sind (Interbankguthaben ) vom 22. September 1986), the guideline Syndicated Loans of January 2000 (S-02.128) ( Merkblatt Steuerliche Behandlung von Konsortialdarlehen, Schuldscheindarlehen, Wechseln und Unterbeteiligungen vom Januar 2000 ), the guideline S-02.130.1 in relation to money market instruments and book claims of April 1999 ( Merkblatt vom April 1999 betreffend Geldmarktpapiere und Buchforderungen inländischer Schuldner ), the guideline Bonds of April 1999 (S-02.122.1) (Merkblatt Obligationen vom April 1999), the circular letter No. 34 Customer Credit Balances of 26 July 2011 (1-034-V-2011) ( Kreisschreiben Nr. 34 Kundenguthaben vom 26. Juli 2011), all as issued, and as amended from time to time, by the Swiss Federal Tax Administration.
Swiss Insolvency Event means any one or more of the following with respect to the Swiss Borrower: it is deemed unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due or is deemed to or declared to be unable to pay its debts or insolvent ( zahlungsunfähig ) under applicable law, (ii) does cease or suspend making payments on any of its debts or announces any intention to do so (or is so deemed for the purposes of any law applicable to it), (iii) is deemed to be over indebted ( überschuldet ) within the meanings of article 817 and/or article 725(2) of the Swiss Code of Obligations, unless creditors (other than the Lenders or any of them) of such Swiss Borrower have to the extent of any over-indebtedness or insufficient coverage subordinated their claims to those of any other creditors, (iv) by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, it commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness, (v) is subject to a petition for the opening of bankruptcy proceedings because of insolvency ( Zahlungsunfähigkeit ) or because of other reasons or subject to a provisionary or definitive moratorium or debt restructuring proceedings all as according to the Swiss Federal Law Concerning Debt Enforcement and Bankruptcy ( Bundesgesetz über Schuldbetreibung und Konkurs ). In relation to the Swiss Borrower a corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step; or any creditors process has been taken or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened to be taken in relation to the Swiss Borrower.
50
Swiss Loan means a Loan made to a Swiss Borrower.
Swiss Non-Bank Rules means, together, the Swiss Ten Non-Bank Rule and the Swiss Twenty Non-Bank Rule.
Swiss Non-Qualifying Bank means any Person which does not qualify as a Swiss Qualifying Bank.
Swiss Qualifying Bank means a financial institution acting on its own account which:
(a) qualifies as a bank pursuant to the banking laws in force in its country of incorporation, or with respect to a branch, pursuant to the banking laws in force in the jurisdiction where such branch is situated;
(b) carries on a true banking activity in such jurisdiction as its main purpose, and
(c) has personnel, premises, communication devices and decision-making authority of its own, in each case, in accordance with the meaning of the Swiss Guidelines or legislation or explanatory notes addressing the same issues which are in force at such time.
Swiss Ten Non-Bank Rule means the rule that the aggregate number of creditors of the Swiss Borrower under a Swiss Loan which are Swiss Non-Qualifying Banks must not exceed ten (10), all in accordance with the meaning of the Swiss Guidelines.
Swiss Twenty Non-Bank Rule means the rule that (without duplication) the aggregate number of creditors (including the Lenders), other than Swiss Qualifying Banks, of a Swiss Borrower under all outstanding debts relevant for classification as debenture ( Kassenobligation ) (including debt arising under this Agreement and intra-group loans (if and to the extent intra-group loans are not exempt in accordance with the ordinance of the Swiss Federal Council of 18 June 2010 amending the Swiss Federal Ordinance on withholding tax and the Swiss Federal Ordinance on stamp duties with effect as of 1 August 2010), loans, facilities and/or private placements) must not at any time exceed twenty (20), all in accordance with the meaning of the Swiss Guidelines, and being understood that the Swiss Borrower shall assume that the aggregate number of Lenders which are Swiss Non-Qualifying Banks is five (5).
Swiss Withholding Tax means taxes imposed under the Swiss Withholding Tax Act.
Swiss Withholding Tax Act means the Swiss Federal Act on the Withholding Tax of 13 October 1965 ( Bundesgesetz ü ber die Verrechnungssteuer ), together with the related ordinances, regulations and guidelines, all as amended and applicable from time to time.
TARGET2 Day shall mean any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET2) payment system (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in euro.
Tax Authority shall mean any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof (whether state, provincial or local) and any entity or authority (including any European supranational body) anywhere in the world exercising a fiscal, revenue, customs or excise function (including without limitation, HM Revenue and Customs).
51
Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Credit Document.
Taxes shall mean any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, assessments, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), or other similar charges imposed by any Tax Authority whether computed on a separate, consolidated, unitary, combined or other basis and any interest, fines, penalties or additions to tax with respect to the foregoing, and references to Tax shall be construed accordingly.
Termination Date shall mean (i) the date on which all Commitments shall have terminated, no Loans shall be outstanding and the Letter of Credit Obligations outstanding shall have been reduced to zero, returned or cash collateralized on terms satisfactory to the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer(s).
Test Period means, for any determination under this Agreement, the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent then last ended for which quarterly financial statements have been provided pursuant to Section 8.1.
Total Revolving Commitment shall mean the sum of the Revolving Commitments of all Lenders.
Transactions shall mean the execution, delivery and performance by the Credit Parties of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, the borrowing of the Revolving Loans and other use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.
Transfer Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Exhibit A-2 or any other form agreed between the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower.
Transferee shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.6(f).
Treasury Bank Overdraft Facility means an overdraft facility, in a maximum available amount not exceeding 10,000,000, and held with the Obligors main treasury bank from time to time, being Bank of America, N.A. at the Closing Date).
Treasury Bank Overdraft Facility Reserve means a reserve which the Administrative Agent from time to time establishes equal to the maximum available amount of the Treasury Bank Overdraft Facility.
Treaty Lender means, in relation to a payment made by a Credit Party under a Credit Document, a Lender which:
(i) is treated as resident of a Treaty State for the purposes of the relevant Treaty;
(ii) does not carry on business in the relevant Credit Partys Credit Party Taxing Jurisdiction through a permanent establishment with which that Lenders participation in the relevant Loan is effectively connected, or in the case of the double taxation convention between the United Kingdom and the United States of America signed 24 July 2001 (as amended), through a permanent establishment to which interest arising from that Lenders participation in the relevant Loan is attributable; and
(iii) fulfils any other conditions applicable to that Lender which must be fulfilled under the Treaty in order to obtain exemption from Tax imposed on interest payments due by that Credit Party under a Credit Document, subject to completing the applicable procedural formalities.
52
Treaty State means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement with the relevant Credit Party Taxing Jurisdiction (the Treaty) which makes provision for full exemption from Tax imposed by that Credit Party Taxing Jurisdiction on payments of interest.
Trigger Date means any date upon which the Consolidated EBITDA of the Day One Borrowers, the Post Closing Borrowers and the Distribution Principals collectively comprise:
(a) with respect to the period prior to and including 31 December 2014, less than 70% of the Consolidated EBITDA of the EMEA Segment; and
(b) with respect to each period from and excluding 31 December 2014, less than 75% of the Consolidated EBITDA of the EMEA Segment.
UCC shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code in effect from time to time in New York; provided that if, with respect to any UCC financing statement or by reason of any provisions of law, the perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the applicable Credit Document is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction of the United States other than New York, UCC means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions of each Credit Document and any financing statement relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection.
U.K. or United Kingdom means the United Kingdom of Great Britain.
Unfunded Current Liability of any Plan shall mean the amount, if any, by which the Accumulated Benefit Obligation (as defined under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87 (SFAS 87)) under the Plan as of the close of its most recent plan year, determined in accordance with SFAS 87 as in effect on the date hereof, using the actuarial assumptions and methods specified in the most recent actuarial report for such Plan, exceeds the fair market value of the assets allocable thereto.
Unused Line Fee shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.
U.S. Tax Obligor means:
(a) a Borrower which is resident for tax purposes in the United States of America; or
(b) an Obligor some or all of whose payments under the Credit Documents are from sources within the United State for US federal income tax purposes.
VAT means:
(a) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and
(b) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.
53
Voting Stock shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Persons Stock or Stock Equivalents having the right to vote for the election of directors of such Person under ordinary circumstances.
1.2. Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Credit Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Credit Document:
(a) The Administrative Agent, a Borrower, an Obligor, the Collateral Agent, a Credit Party, a Guarantor, a Joint Bookrunner, any Lender, the Parent, the Sole Lead Arranger, any Secured Party , the Syndication Agent or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in the title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Credit Documents and, in the case of the Collateral Agent, any person for the time being appointed as an Additional Collateral Agent or Additional Collateral Agents in accordance with the Credit Documents.
(b) A Credit Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Credit Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated.
(c) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.
(d) The words herein, hereto, hereof and hereunder and words of similar import when used in any Credit Document shall refer to such Credit Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.
(e) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Credit Document in which such reference appears.
(f) The term including is by way of example and not limitation.
(g) The term documents includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.
(h) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word from means from and including; the words to and until each mean to but excluding; and the word through means to and including.
(i) Section headings herein and in the other Credit Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.
(j) Any deduction of Reserves in any definition herein shall be without duplication.
(k) A Default (other than an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been waived.
54
1.3. Accounting Terms .
(a) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test or covenant contained in this Agreement with respect to any period during which any Specified Transaction occurs (or has occurred following such Test Period and prior to the date of determination), the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and each Borrowing Base shall be calculated with respect to such period and such Specified Transaction on a Pro Forma Basis.
1.4. Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be maintained by Parent pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
1.5. References to Agreements, Laws. Etc . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to organizational documents, agreements (including the Credit Documents) and other Contractual Requirements shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by any Credit Document; and (b) references to any Requirement of Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Requirement of Law. References in this Agreement, in respect of any Credit Party incorporated in France, to (a) control includes such term as defined in articles L.233-3 I and II of the French Commercial Code, as amended, and (b) a Subsidiary includes any entity of which a relevant Person has direct or indirect control (as defined in article L.233-3 I and II of the French Commercial Code), as amended.
1.6. Exchange Rates .
(a) When applying any monetary limits, thresholds and other exceptions to the representations and warranties, undertakings and Events of Defaults under the Credit Documents, the equivalent to an amount in Euro shall be calculated at the Spot Rate as at the date of the incurring or making the relevant disposal, acquisition, investment, lease, loan, debt or guarantee or taking any other relevant action.
(b) No Event of Default or breach of any representation and warranty or undertaking under the Credit Documents shall arise merely as a result of a subsequent change in the Euro equivalent of any relevant amount due to fluctuations in exchange rates.
1.7. Additional Alternative Currencies .
(a) The Borrowers may from time to time request that IBOR Loans be made and/or Letters of Credit be issued under the Revolving Facility in a currency other than those specifically listed in the definition of Approved Currency; provided that such requested currency is a lawful currency (other than Euros) that is readily available and freely transferable and convertible into Euros. In the case
55
of any such request with respect to the making of IBOR Loans, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the Revolving Lenders; and in the case of any such request with respect to the issuance of Letters of Credit under the Revolving Facility, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and Letter of Credit Issuers.
(b) Any such request shall be made to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a. m., twenty Business Days prior to the date of the desired borrowing (or such other time or date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent and, in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, in its or their sole discretion). In the case of any such request pertaining to IBOR Loans, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each applicable Lender thereof; and in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer thereof. Each applicable Lender (in the case of any such request pertaining to IBOR Loans) or the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer (in the case of a request pertaining to Letters of Credit) shall notify the Administrative Agent, not later than 11:00 a.m., ten Business Days (or such other period of time as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after receipt of such request whether it consents, in its sole discretion, to the making of IBOR Loans or the issuance of Letters of Credit, as the case may be, in such requested currency.
(c) Any failure by any applicable Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, to respond to such request within the time period specified in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to be a refusal by such Lender or such Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, to permit IBOR Loans to be made or Letters of Credit to be issued in such requested currency. If the Administrative Agent and all applicable Lenders consent to making IBOR Loans in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Administrative Borrower and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Approved Currency under the applicable facility hereunder for purposes of any borrowing of IBOR Loans; and if the Administrative Agent and relevant Letter of Credit Issuer consent to the issuance of Letters of Credit in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Administrative Borrower and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Approved Currency hereunder for purposes of any Letter of Credit issuances. If the Administrative Agent shall fail to obtain consent of all applicable Lenders to any request for an additional currency under this Section 1.7, the Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify the Administrative Borrower.
1.8. Change of Currency .
(a) Each obligation of the Borrowers to make a payment denominated in the national currency unit of any member state of the European Union that adopts the Euro as its lawful currency after the date hereof shall be redenominated into Euro at the time of such adoption (in accordance with the EMU Legislation). If, in relation to the currency of any such member state, the basis of accrual of interest expressed in this Agreement in respect of that currency shall be inconsistent with any convention or practice in the London interbank market for the basis of accrual of interest in respect of the Euro, such expressed basis shall be replaced by such convention or practice with effect from the date on which such member state adopts the Euro as its lawful currency; provided that if any IBOR Loan in the currency of such member state is outstanding immediately prior to such date, such replacement shall take effect, with respect to such IBOR Loan, at the end of the then current Interest Period.
(b) Each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect the adoption of the Euro by any member state of the European Union and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the Euro.
56
(c) Each provision of this Agreement also shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect a change in currency of any other country and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the change in currency.
1.9. Currency Translations; Change of Currency .
(a) Without limiting the other terms of this Agreement, the calculations and determinations under this Agreement of any amount in any currency other than Euros shall be deemed to refer to the Euro Amount thereof, as the case may be, and all certificates delivered under this Agreement shall express such calculations or determinations in Euros or the Euro Amount thereof, as the case may be. Each requisite currency translation shall be based on the Spot Rate and the permissibility of actions taken under Section 9 shall not be affected by subsequent fluctuations in exchange rates.
(b) Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognized by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:
(i) any reference in the Credit Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Credit Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Administrative Agent (acting reasonably and in consultation with the Administrative Borrower); and
(ii) any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognized by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Administrative Agent.
(c) If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Administrative Agent reasonably determines necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the relevant interbank market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.
1.10. Belgian terms . In this Agreement, where it relates to a Credit Party incorporated or established in Belgium, a reference to
(a) a liquidator, compulsory manager, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or similar officer includes any curator/curateur, vereffenaar/liquidateur, gedelegeerd rechter/juge délégué, gerechtsmandataris/mandataire de justice, voorlopig bewindvoerder/administrateur judiciaire, gerechtelijk bewindvoerder/administrateur judiciaire, mandataris ad hoc/mandataire ad hoc and sekwester/séquestre;
(b) a suspension of payments, moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation includes any vereffening/liquidation, ontbinding/dissolution, faillissement/faillite or sluiting van een onderneming/fermeture dentreprise.
(c) a Lien includes a mortgage ( hypotheek/hypothèque ), a pledge (pand/gage ), a transfer by way of security ( overdracht ten titel van zekerheid/transfert à titre de garantie), any other proprietary security interest (zakelijke zekerheid/sûreté réelle), a mandate to grant a mortgage, a pledge or any other real surety, a privilege ( voorrecht/privilège) and a retention of title (eigendomsvoorbehoud/réserve de propriété );
57
(d) a person being unable to pay its debts is that person being in a state of cessation of payments ( staking van betaling/cessation de paiements );
(e) commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness includes any negotiations conducted with a view to reaching a settlement agreement ( minnelijk akkoord/accord amiable ) with two or more of its creditors pursuant to the Belgian Act of 31 January 2009 on the continuity of enterprises;
(f) a composition includes any gerechtelijke reorganisatie/réorganisation judiciaire ;
(g) winding-up, administration or dissolution includes any vereffening/liquidation, ontbinding/dissolution and faillissement/faillite;
(h) attachment, sequestration, distress, execution or analogous procedures includes any uitvoerend beslag/saisie exécution and bewarend beslag/saisie conservatoire ; and
(i) an amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction includes an overdracht van algemeenheid/transfert duniversalité, an overdracht van bedrijfstak/transfert de branche dactivité, a splitsing/scission and a fusie/fusion as well as assimilated transactions ( gelijkgestelde verrichtingen/operations assimilées ) in accordance with Articles 676 and 677 of the Belgian Companies Code.
1.11. Third Party Rights .
(a) A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement. There is an exception to this in Sections 11.9 and 11.33.
(b) Notwithstanding Sections 11.9 and 11.33, no consent of any person who is not a party to this Agreement is required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.
1.12. Classification of Loans and Borrowings . For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a Revolving Loan). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a Revolving Borrowing).
SECTION 2. The Credits
2.1. Commitments .
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein:
(a) each European Lender severally agrees to make European Revolving Loans to the European Borrowers from time to time during the Availability Period in any Approved Currency (the European Facility ) in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in:
(i) such European Lenders European Revolving Exposure exceeding such European Lenders European Revolving Commitment;
(ii) the Aggregate Revolving Exposure exceeding the lesser of (x) the Aggregate Revolving Commitments and (y) the Aggregate Borrowing Base;
58
(iii) the Aggregate European Revolving Exposure exceeding the lesser of (x) the aggregate European Revolving Commitments and (y) the Aggregate European Borrowing Base;
(iv) with respect to the Belgian Borrower, the European Revolving Exposure to the Belgian Borrower exceeding the aggregate of (A) the Borrowing Base of the Belgian Borrower, and (B) the Pooled Borrowing Base Availability (but after adding back amounts attributable to limb (b)(ii) of that definition);
(v) with respect to the German Borrower, the European Revolving Exposure to the German Borrower exceeding the aggregate of (A) the Borrowing Base of the German Borrower, and (B) the Pooled Borrowing Base Availability (but after adding back amounts attributable to limb (b)(iii) of that definition);
(vi) with respect to the Swiss Borrower, the European Revolving Exposure to the Swiss Borrower exceeding the aggregate of (A) the Borrowing Base of the Swiss Borrower, and (B) the Pooled Borrowing Base Availability (but after adding back amounts attributable to limb (b)(iv) of that definition); or
(vii) with respect to the Dutch Borrowers and the English Borrower, the European Revolving Exposure to the Dutch Borrowers and the English Borrower in aggregate exceeding the Pooled Borrowing Base Availability (but after adding back amounts attributable to limb (b)(i) of that definition),
((i) to (vii) being the European Borrowing Limits ); and
(b) each French Lender severally agrees to make French Revolving Loans to the French Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in any Approved Currency (the French Facility) in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in:
(i) such French Lenders French Revolving Exposure exceeding such Lenders French Revolving Commitment,
(ii) the Aggregate Revolving Exposure exceeding the lesser of (x) the Aggregate Revolving Commitments and (y) the Aggregate Borrowing Base; or
(iii) the Aggregate French Revolving Exposure exceeding the French Borrowing Base,
((i) to (iii) above being the French Borrowing Limits),
subject to, in each case of (a) and (b) above, the Administrative Agents authority, in its sole discretion, to make Protective Advances pursuant to the terms of Section 2.4. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrowers may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.
(c) Up to one time in any fiscal quarter of the Parent, so long as after giving effect thereto the Borrowing Limits would be satisfied, the Borrowers may allocate all or a portion of any Revolving Lenders Commitments with respect to the European Facility to the French Facility or all or a portion of any Revolving Lenders Commitments with respect to the French Facility to the European Facility, by 30 days written notice to the Administrative Agent, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and with the written consent of any Revolving Lender whose commitment is being
59
reallocated. Upon such reallocation, (i) the specified amount of such Revolving Lenders French Revolving Commitments or European Revolving Commitments, as applicable, shall be deemed to be converted to an increase in such French Revolving Commitments or European Revolving Commitments, as applicable, for all purposes hereof, provided always that at no time shall any allocation under this paragraph result in the French Revolving Commitments exceeding the greater of 80,000,000 and 40% of the Total Revolving Commitments and (ii) each Revolving Lender shall purchase or sell European Revolving Loans and/or French Revolving Loans, as applicable, at par to the other Lenders as specified by the Administrative Agent in an amount necessary such that, after giving effect to all such purchases and sales, each Revolving Lender shall have funded its Pro Rata Share of the entire amount of the then outstanding European Revolving Loans and French Revolving Loans (as applicable).
2.2. Loans and Borrowings
(a) Each Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Class made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments with respect to the applicable Class. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lenders failure to make Loans as required. Any Protective Advance and any Swingline Loan shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in Sections 2.4 and 2.5.
(b) Each Lender at its option may make any IBOR Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan (and in the case of an Affiliate, the provisions of Sections 2.10, 2.14, 2.15 and 4.5 shall apply to such Affiliate to the same extent as to such Lender); provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and provided further that any such foreign branch or Affiliate making a Loan to a French Borrower shall be a French Qualifying Lender.
(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Revolving Borrowing which is an IBOR Loan, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of 1,000,000 (or the equivalent in the relevant currency) and not less than 1,000,000 (or the equivalent in the relevant currency).
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Administrative Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.
(e) No more than twelve IBOR Loans may be outstanding at any one time.
(f) For the avoidance of doubt, no Loan (including any Swingline Loan) may be requested by (or on behalf of) or advanced to any Post Closing Borrower until such time as that Post Closing Borrower has satisfied the conditions set out in Section 5.2.
2.3. Requests for Revolving Borrowings.
To request a Revolving Borrowing or a Swingline Loan, the Administrative Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request either in writing (delivered by hand, facsimile or pdf (sent by e-mail)) in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Administrative Borrower not later than 11:00 a.m., London time, three (3) Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan, not later than 11:00 a.m., London time on the dates set out in Section 2.5(a)). Each such written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.2:
60
(i) the name of the applicable Borrower(s) and the applicable Facility;
(ii) the currency of the requested Borrowing, which shall be an Approved Currency;
(iii) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing and full details of the Funding Accounts (sufficient to be able to establish wire transfers);
(iv) the date of the requested Borrowing, which must be a Business Day within the Availability Period; and
(v) the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term Interest Period.
If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Revolving Borrowing at the IBO Rate, then the applicable Borrower(s) shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one months duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lenders Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.
2.4. Protective Advances .
(a) Subject to the limitations set forth below (a) provided a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or could reasonably be expected to occur if the relevant Protective Advance is not made) or (b) at any time that any of the conditions precedent set out in Section 6 have not been satisfied, the Administrative Agent is authorised by the Credit Parties and the Lenders, from time to time in the Administrative Agents sole discretion (but shall have absolutely no obligation to), to make Loans to the Borrowers on behalf of all Lenders (provided however Loans to the French Borrower shall only be made on behalf of the French Lenders by a French Qualifying Lender), which the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, deems necessary or desirable (i) to preserve or protect the Collateral, or any portion thereof, (ii) to enhance the likelihood of, or maximize the amount of, repayment of the Loans and other Obligations, or (iii) to pay any other amount chargeable to or required to be paid by the Borrowers pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including payments of reimbursable expenses (including costs, fees, and expenses as described in Section 12.5) and other sums payable under the Credit Documents (any of such Loans are herein referred to as Protective Advances ); provided that, the aggregate amount of Protective Advances outstanding at any time shall not at any time exceed (x) 10% of the European Revolving Commitments at such time (in the case of Protective Advances to the European Borrowers) (y) 10% of the French Revolving Commitments at such time (in the case of Protective Advances to the French Borrower) or (z) in any event, 10% of the Revolving Commitments at such time; provided further that (A) the aggregate amount of outstanding Protective Advances to the European Borrowers plus the Aggregate European Revolving Exposure shall not exceed the European Borrowing Limits, and (B) the aggregate amount of outstanding Protective Advances to the French Borrowers plus the Aggregate French Revolving Exposure shall not exceed the French Borrowing Limits. Protective Advances may be made even if the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6 have not been satisfied. The Protective Advances shall be secured by the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent in and to the Collateral and shall constitute Obligations hereunder. The Administrative Agents authorisation to make Protective Advances may be revoked at any time by the Required Lenders, the European Required Lenders (for Protective Advances to the European Borrowers) or the French Required Lenders (for Protective Advances to the French Borrower). Any such revocation
61
must be in writing and shall become effective prospectively upon the Administrative Agents receipt thereof. At any time that there is sufficient Aggregate Availability, the Borrowing Limits would be satisfied and the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6 have been satisfied, the Administrative Agent may request the Lenders (under the relevant Facility depending on the Borrower to which the Protective Advance has been made) to make a Revolving Loan in the relevant currency to repay a Protective Advance. At any other time the Administrative Agent may require the Lenders to fund their risk participations described in Section 2.4(b). Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obliged to), in its discretion during a Cash Dominion Period or at any time at which it considers that the Collateral of the French Borrower may be at risk require the French Borrower to whom a Protective Advance has been made to pay all outstanding amounts payable to any or all of its RoT Suppliers directly out of the proceeds of any Protective Advance.
(b) Upon the making of a Protective Advance by the Administrative Agent (whether before or after the occurrence of a Default), (i) each European Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have unconditionally and irrevocably purchased from the Administrative Agent, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in any Protective Advance to a European Borrower in proportion to its Applicable Percentage of the European Facility and (ii) each French Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have unconditionally and irrevocably purchased from the Administrative Agent, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in any Protective Advance to a French Borrower in proportion to the Applicable Percentage of the French Facility. From and after the date, if any, on which any Lender is required to fund its participation in any Protective Advance purchased hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to such Lender, such Lenders Applicable Percentage of all payments of principal and interest and all proceeds of Collateral received by the Collateral Agent in respect of such Protective Advance.
2.5. Swingline Loans
(a) The Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lenders and the Lenders agree that promptly (and in any event by the time specified below) after the Administrative Borrower requests a Swingline Loan, the relevant Swingline Lender shall advance on behalf of the European Lenders in relation to a Swingline Loan requested by or on behalf of a European Borrower and on behalf of the French Lenders in relation to a Borrowing requested by or on behalf of the French Borrower and in the amount requested, to the relevant Borrower(s), on the date of the applicable Borrowing to the Funding Account(s) (each such Loan made solely by a Swingline Lender pursuant to this Section 2.5(a) is referred to in this Agreement as a Swingline Loan ), with settlement among them as to the Swingline Loans to take place on a periodic basis as set forth in Section 2.5(c). Swingline Loans denominated in Dollars, Sterling , Euro and Swiss Francs will be made on the same Business Day as the request for the Borrowing (if such request is received before 11:00 a.m. (London time)) and on the following Business Day if not. Swingline Loans denominated in Danish Krone, Norwegian Krone, Swedish Krona will be made on the subsequent Business Day as the request for the Borrowing (if such request is received before 11:00 a.m. (London time)) and on the second Business Day following such request if not. Each Swingline Loan shall be subject to all the terms and conditions applicable to other IBOR Loans funded by the Lenders, except that all payments thereon shall be payable to the relevant Swingline Lender solely for its own account and that interest shall be calculated by reference to the Overnight IBO Rate. Subject to paragraph (d), the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed 20,000,000. The Swingline Lenders shall not make any Swingline Loan if the requested Swingline Loan results in:
62
(i) in the case of the European Borrowers, (A) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans to European Borrowers exceeding 20,000,000, or (B) the European Borrowing Limits being exceeded; and
(ii) in the case of the French Borrower, (A) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans to the French Borrower exceeding 10,000,000, or (B) the French Borrowing Limits being exceeded.
(b) Upon the making of a Swingline Loan (whether before or after the occurrence of a Default and regardless of whether a Settlement has been requested with respect to such Swingline Loan), (i) each European Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have unconditionally and irrevocably purchased from the relevant Swingline Lender, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in such Swingline Loan made to any European Borrower in proportion to its Applicable Percentage of the European Revolving Commitment and (ii) and each French Lender shall be deemed without further action by any party hereto, to have unconditionally and irrevocably purchased from the relevant Swingline Lender, without recourse or warranty an undivided interest and participation in such Swingline Loan made to any French Borrower in proportion to its Applicable Percentage of the French Revolving Commitment. The Swingline Lenders may, at any time, require the Lenders to fund their participations. From and after the date, if any, on which any Lender is required to fund its participation in any Swingline Loan purchased hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to such Lender, such Lenders Applicable Percentage of all payments of principal and interest and all proceeds of Collateral received by the Administrative Agent under the relevant Facility in respect of such Loan.
(c) The Administrative Agent, on behalf of each Swingline Lender, shall request settlement (a Settlement) with the European Lenders or French Lenders (as the case may be) on a weekly basis (or such other frequency as the Administrative Agent may select) or on any date that the Administrative Agent elects, by notifying the European Lenders in respect of any Swingline Loan made to the European Borrowers and the French Lenders in respect of any Swingline Loan made to the French Borrower of such requested Settlement by facsimile or e-mail no later than 12:00 noon London time three Business Days prior to the date of such requested Settlement (the Settlement Date ). Each European Lender or French Lender (as the case may be) (other than the relevant Swingline Lender, in the case of the Swingline Loans) shall transfer the amount of such European Lenders or French Lenders (as the case may be) Applicable Percentage of the relevant Facility of the outstanding principal amount of the applicable Loan with respect to which Settlement is requested to the Administrative Agent, to such account of the Administrative Agent as the Administrative Agent may designate, not later than 2:00 p.m., London time, on such Settlement Date. The resulting Loan shall be an IBOR Loan with an interest period of one week. Settlements may occur during the existence of a Default and whether or not the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 6 have then been satisfied. Such amounts transferred to the Administrative Agent shall be applied against the amounts of the relevant Swingline Lenders Swingline Loans in relation to which such request was made and, together with relevant Swingline Lenders Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan, shall constitute Revolving Loans of such Lenders under the relevant Facility, respectively. If any such amount is not transferred to the Administrative Agent by any Lender on such Settlement Date, the relevant Swingline Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender on demand such amount, together with interest thereon, as specified in Section 2.7.
(d) For the first drawing under the Facilities by way of Swingline Loan on the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of the Swingline Loan that may be drawn shall not exceed 60,000,000 in total, with 20,000,000 available to be drawn by the European Borrowers and 40,000,000 available to be drawn by the French Borrower (the First Swingline Loan ). The First
63
Swingline Loan shall be repaid by the proceeds of an IBOR Loan. The Borrowers shall submit a Drawing Request to refinance the First Swingline Loan with 2 Business Days of the Closing Date, so that the First Swingline Loan is refinanced by the proceeds of an IBOR Loan within 5 Business Days of the Closing Date.
2.6. Letters of Credit
(a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Administrative Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit for its own account or for the account of another Borrower as the applicant thereof for the support of its or its Subsidiaries obligations, to be denominated in any Approved Currency and in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period for the benefit of:
(i) any European Borrower, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in the European Borrowing Limits being exceeded; or
(ii) the French Borrower, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in the French Borrowing Limits being exceeded.
In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrowers to, or entered into by the Borrowers with, the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control. Each Borrower unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that, in connection with any Letter of Credit issued for the support of any Subsidiarys obligations as provided in the first sentence of this paragraph, such Borrower will be fully responsible for the reimbursement of LC Disbursements in accordance with the terms hereof, the payment of interest thereon and the payment of fees due under Section 3.3 to the same extent as if it were the sole account party in respect of such Letter of Credit (such Borrower hereby irrevocably waiving any defenses that might otherwise be available to it as a guarantor or surety of the obligations of such Subsidiary that is an account party in respect of any such Letter of Credit).
(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), other than in respect of any Letter of Credit which contains any evergreen or automatic renewal provision in which case the provisions of paragraph (c) will apply, the Administrative Borrower shall deliver by hand or facsimile (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer) to the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer and the Administrative Agent (prior to 9:00 am, London time, at least three Business Days prior to the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the Borrower for whose benefit the Letter of Credit will be issued, the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. No such notice may be delivered to the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer and the Administrative Agent until the relevant Letter of Credit is in a form agreed between the Administrative Borrower and the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer. If requested by the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer, the applicable Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the relevant Letter of Credit Issuers standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal
64
or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrowers shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed 50,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or other currencies), (ii) the LC Exposure with respect to the European Borrowers shall not exceed 40,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or other currencies), (iii) the LC Exposure with respect to the French Borrower shall not exceed 10,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or other currencies) and (iv) the European Borrowing Limits or the French Borrowing Limits (as applicable) will not be exceeded.
(c) Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire (or be subject to termination by notice from the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer to the beneficiary thereof) at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, including, without limitation, any automatic renewal provision, one year after such renewal or extension) or such longer period as may be expressly agreed in writing by the relevant letter of Credit Issuer and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date. With respect to any Letter of Credit which contains any evergreen or automatic renewal provision, each applicable Lender shall be deemed to have consented to any such extension or renewal, unless any such Lender shall have provided to the applicable Administrative Agent written notice that it declines to consent to any such extension or renewal at least thirty days prior to the date on which the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer is entitled to decline to extend or renew such Letter of Credit. If all of the requirements of this Section 2.6 are met and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Lender shall decline to consent to any such extension or renewal. For the avoidance of doubt, the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer shall decline any such extension or renewal if, at the time of such extension or renewal, the requirements of this Section 2.6 (including compliance with the Borrowing Limits at such time) have not been met and/or a Default or Event of Default is continuing. If the evergreen or other automatic renewal provisions of any Letter of Credit permit the expiry date or next renewal date of that Letter of Credit to extend beyond the Maturity Date, the Obligors shall fully cash collateralize such letter of Credit on terms satisfactory to the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer(s) by or on the date being 5 Business Days before the Maturity Date.
(d) Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) for the benefit of (i) a European Borrower and without any further action on the part of the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer or the Lenders, the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer hereby grants to each European Lender, and each European Lender hereby acquires from the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such European Lenders Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit, and (ii) a French Borrower and without any further action on the part of the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer or the Lenders, the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer hereby grants to each French Lender, and each French Lender hereby acquires from the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such French Lenders Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each European Lender or French Lender (as applicable) hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer, such Lenders Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer and not reimbursed by the European Borrowers or French Borrower (as applicable) on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the relevant Borrowers for any reason. Each European Lender and each French Lender (as applicable) acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.
65
(e) Reimbursement. If any Letter of Credit Issuer shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Borrowers shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement in the same currency as that LC Disbursement (i) not later than 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the Administrative Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 9:00 a.m., London time, on such date, or, (ii) if such notice has not been received by the Administrative Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 11:00 a.m., London time, on (A) the Business Day that the Administrative Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is received prior to 9:00 a.m., London time, on the day of receipt, or (B) the Business Day immediately following the day that the Administrative Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time on the day of receipt; provided that, if such LC Disbursement is greater than or equal to 500,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies), the relevant Borrowers may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Sections 2.3 or 2.5 that such payment be financed with a Swingline Loan under the relevant Facility in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the relevant Borrowers obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Swingline Loan. If the relevant Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender under the relevant Facility of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the relevant Borrower in respect thereof and such Lenders Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender under the relevant Facility shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrowers, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.7 with respect to Loans made by such Lender under the relevant Facility (and Section 2.7 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer the amounts so received by it from the relevant Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrowers pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer or, to the extent that relevant Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer, then to such Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuer as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse a Letter of Credit Issuer for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of Swingline Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan but shall constitute Secured Obligations and shall not relieve the relevant Borrowers of their obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.
(f) Obligations Absolute. The applicable Borrowers joint and several obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein or herein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) any payment by a Letter of Credit Issuer under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrowers obligations hereunder. None of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuers or any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from
66
causes beyond the control of any Letter of Credit Issuer; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse any Letter of Credit Issuer from liability to the Borrowers to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrowers to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by any Borrower that are caused by any Letter of Credit Issuers failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of a Letter of Credit Issuer (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), such Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, each Letter of Credit Issuer may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.
(g) Disbursement Procedures. Each Letter of Credit Issuer shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. Each Letter of Credit Issuer shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower in writing of such demand for payment and whether a Letter of Credit Issuer has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrowers of their obligation to reimburse the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.
(h) Interim Interest. If a Letter of Credit Issuer shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrowers shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrowers reimburse such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to IBOR Loans and such interest shall be payable on the date when such reimbursement is due; provided that, if the Borrowers fail to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.8(d) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.
(i) Replacement of a Letter of Credit Issuer. A Letter of Credit Issuer may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Administrative Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Letter of Credit Issuer and the successor Letter of Credit Issuer. Any replacement Letter of Credit Issuer must be a French Qualifying Letter of Credit Issuer in relation to Letters of Credit issued to or on behalf of the French Borrower. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of a Letter of Credit Issuer. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrowers shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section 3.3. From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Letter of Credit Issuer shall have all the rights and obligations of the replaced Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Letter of Credit Issuer, or to such successor and all previous Letter of Credit Issuers, as the context shall require. After the replacement of a Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder, the replaced Letter of Credit Issuer shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of a Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit then outstanding and issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.
67
(j) Cash Collateralization. If any Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Administrative Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the aggregate LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrowers shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders (the LC Collateral Account ), an amount in cash equal to 100% of the amount of the LC Exposure as of such date plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to any Borrower described in Sections 10.5 or 10.6. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over the LC Collateral Account and the Borrowers shall grant the Collateral Agent a security interest in the LC Collateral Account under the Security Documents. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrowers risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in the LC Collateral Account. Moneys in the LC Collateral Account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse each Letter of Credit Issuer for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrowers for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the aggregate LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other Secured Obligations. If the Borrowers are required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of a Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrowers within three (3) Business Days after all such Defaults have been cured or waived as confirmed in writing by the Administrative Agent.
(k) Letter of Credit Issuer Reports to the Administrative Agent. Unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, each Letter of Credit Issuer shall, in addition to its notification obligations set forth elsewhere in this Section, report in writing to the Administrative Agent (i) periodic activity (for such period or recurrent periods as shall be requested by the Administrative Agent, but at least on a monthly basis) in respect of Letters of Credit issued by such Letter of Credit Issuer, including all issuances, extensions, amendments and renewals, all expirations and cancelations and all disbursements and reimbursements, (ii) reasonably prior to the time that such Letter of Credit Issuer issues, amends, renews or extends any Letter of Credit, the date of such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, and the stated amount of the Letters of Credit issued, amended, renewed or extended by it and outstanding after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (and whether the amounts thereof shall have changed), (iii) on each Business Day on which such Letter of Credit Issuer makes any LC Disbursement, the date and amount of such LC Disbursement, (iv) on any Business Day on which any Borrower fails to reimburse an LC Disbursement required to be reimbursed to such Letter of Credit Issuer on such day, the date of such failure and the amount of such LC Disbursement, and (v) on any other Business Day, such other information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request as to the Letters of Credit issued by such Letter of Credit Issuer.
(l) LC Exposure Determination. For all purposes of this Agreement, the amount of a Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at the time of determination.
68
(m) Post Closing Borrowers. For the avoidance of doubt, no Letter of Credit may be requested by (or on behalf of) or issued to or for the benefit of any Post Closing Borrower until such time as that Post Closing Borrower has satisfied the conditions set out in Section 5.2.
2.7. Funding of Borrowings
(a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by such Lender hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 1:00 p.m., London time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders in an amount equal to such Lenders Applicable Percentage of the relevant Facility; provided that, Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.5. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Administrative Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to the Funding Account; provided that Swingline Loans made to finance the reimbursement of (i) an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.6(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer and (ii) a Protective Advance shall be retained by the Administrative Agent.
(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lenders share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrowers severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the applicable Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrowers, the interest rate applicable to the relevant IBOR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lenders Loan included in such Borrowing.
2.8. Interest.
(a) Each Borrowing of a Revolving Loan shall bear interest at the IBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Margin.
(b) Each Swingline Loan shall bear interest at the Overnight IBO Rate plus the Applicable Margin.
(c) Each Protective Advance shall bear interest at the Overnight IBO Rate plus the Applicable Margin.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan (including, without limitation, any Protective Advance) or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrowers hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to IBOR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.
69
(e) Accrued interest on each (A) Revolving Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan, upon termination of the Commitments and upon the Maturity Date, and (B) Swingline Loan shall be payable in arrears on the first Business Day following the end of each month, upon termination of the Commitments and upon the Maturity Date; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section shall be payable on demand, and (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment.
(f) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed in respect of sterling shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days, and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable IBO Rate or Overnight IBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(g) The interest rates provided for in this Agreement, including this Section 2.8, are minimum interest rates. When entering into this Agreement, the parties have assumed that the interest payable at the rates set out in Section 2.8 or in other Sections of this Agreement, if any, is not and will not become subject to the Swiss Withholding Tax. Notwithstanding that the parties do not anticipate that any payment of interest will be subject to the Swiss Withholding Tax, they agree that, in the event that the Swiss Withholding Tax should be imposed on interest payments, the payment of interest due by any Swiss Borrower shall, in line with and subject to Section 4.5, including the limitations therein, be increased to an amount which (after making any deduction of the Non-Refundable Portion (as defined below) of the Swiss Withholding Tax) results in a payment to each Lender entitled to such payment of an amount equal to the payment which would have been due had no deduction of Swiss Withholding Tax been required. For this purpose, the Swiss Withholding Tax shall be calculated on the full grossed-up interest amount. For the purposes of this Section 2.8, Non-Refundable Portion shall mean Swiss Withholding Tax at the standard rate (being, as at the date hereof, 35 per cent) unless a tax ruling issued by the Swiss Federal Tax Administration (SFTA) confirms that, in relation to a specific Lender based on an applicable double tax treaty, the Non-Refundable Portion is a specified lower rate in which case such lower rate shall be applied in relation to such Lender. Each Swiss Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent the documents required by law or applicable double taxation treaties for the Lenders to claim a refund of any Swiss Withholding Tax so deducted.
2.9. Interest Elections
(a) Each Revolving Loan initially shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Administrative Borrower may elect to continue such Borrowing and may elect Interest Periods therefor, as provided in this Section. The Administrative Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings or Protective Advances, which may not be continued.
(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Administrative Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election in writing by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.3 if the Borrowers were requesting a Revolving Borrowing. Each such written Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Administrative Borrower.
70
(c) Each written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.2:
(i) the name of the applicable Borrower and the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);
(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;
(iii) the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term Interest Period.
If any such Interest Election Request requests an IBOR Loan but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrowers shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one months duration.
(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each relevant Lender of the details thereof and of such Lenders portion of each resulting Borrowing.
(e) If the Administrative Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to an IBOR Loan prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be continued as an IBOR Loan with an Interest Period of one month. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if a Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Administrative Borrower, then, so long as a Default is continuing such outstanding Revolving Borrowing may be continued as an IBOR Loan with an Interest Period of one month.
2.10. Alternate Rate of Interest If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for an IBOR Loan:
(a) the Administrative Agent determines (acting reasonably) (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining, (including, without limitation, by means of, firstly, an Interpolated Rate) the IBO Rate for such Interest Period and the relevant Approved Currency; or
(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the European Required Lenders with respect to the European Facility or the French Required Lenders with regard to the French Facility that the IBO Rate for the applicable Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period,
71
then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Administrative Borrower and the Lenders by electronic communication as provided in Section 12.2 as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Administrative Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, then the rate of interest on each Lenders share of each relevant Loan for the Interest Period commencing after the receipt of such notice shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of the Applicable Margin and the rate notified to the Administrative Agent by the relevant Lenders as soon as practicable and in any event by close of business on the date falling three Business Days prior to the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to each such Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.
In the event that, in connection with the initial Borrowing of an IBOR Loan, the Administrative Agent gives notice to the Administrative Borrower of the occurrence of any of the events set out in paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the Administrative Borrower may cancel any pending Borrowing Request in relation to any affected Loan, provided always, that, in the event of such cancellation, the Obligors shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and relevant Lenders for any costs and expenses reasonably incurred by them in preparing to make the Borrowing available (including, without limitation, any break costs referred to in Section 2.15(b))
2.11. Payments Generally, Allocation of Proceeds; Sharing of Set-offs .
(a) The Credit Parties shall make each payment required to be made by them hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.14, 2.15 or 4.5, or otherwise) prior to 2:00 p.m., London time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds in the same currency as the underlying obligation, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 25 Bank Street, Canary Wharf, London E14 5JP except payments to be made directly to a Letter of Credit Issuer or a Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.14, 2.15, 4.5 and 12.5 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.
(b) Any proceeds of Collateral received by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (i) not constituting either (A) a specific payment of principal, interest, fees or other sum payable under the Credit Documents, (B) a mandatory prepayment (which shall be applied in accordance with Section 4.3(b)) or (C) amounts to be applied from any Collection Account or Concentration Account when a Cash Dominion Period is in effect (which shall be applied in accordance with Section 4.2(b)) or (ii) after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent so elects or the Required Lenders so direct, shall be applied ratably first , to pay any fees, indemnities, or expense reimbursements including amounts then due to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuers from the Credit Parties (other than in connection with any Secured Cash Management Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements), second, to pay any fees or expense reimbursements then due to the Lenders from the Credit Parties (other than in connection with any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreements), third, to pay interest due in respect of the Protective Advances, fourth, to pay the principal of the Protective Advances, fifth, to pay interest then due and payable on the Loans (other than the Protective Advances) ratably, sixth, to prepay principal on the Loans (other than the Protective Advances), unreimbursed LC Disbursements, amounts
72
under the Treasury Bank Overdraft Facility and amounts under Secured Cash Management Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements (but only to the extent that Reserves have been established against such Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreements) ratably, seventh, to pay an amount to the Administrative Agent equal to one hundred (100%) of the aggregate undrawn face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and the aggregate amount of any unpaid LC Disbursements, to be held as cash collateral for such Obligations, eighth, to payment of any amounts owing with respect to any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreements up to and including the amount most recently provided to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.18 (other than amounts in relation to the Treasury Bank Overdraft Facility, Secured Cash Management Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements that are paid in sixth position above), and ninth , to the payment of any other Secured Obligation due to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender or any other Secured Party by the Credit Parties provided that any amounts received on account of Collateral of any French Borrower shall be applied in the order provided above first to the French Obligations, and second to the extent of any surplus after the full repayment of the French Obligations, to the Obligations (other than French Obligations) subject to any guarantee limitations affecting the French Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts received from any Credit Party shall not be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Credit Party. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply and reverse and reapply any and all such proceeds and payments to any portion of the Secured Obligations.
(c) At the election of the Administrative Agent, all payments of principal, interest, LC Disbursements and fees payable under the Credit Documents, may be paid from the proceeds of Borrowings made hereunder whether made following a request by the Administrative Borrower pursuant to Section 2.3 or, if such amounts are past due, a deemed request as provided in this Section. The Borrowers hereby irrevocably authorise the Administrative Agent to make a Borrowing (which shall be a Swingline Loan) for the purpose of paying each such payment of principal, interest and fees following the date on which it becomes due hereunder or under the Credit Documents and agrees that all such amounts shall constitute Swingline Loans and that all such Borrowings shall be deemed to have been requested pursuant to Section 2.3 or 2.5, as applicable, provided always that the Administrative Agent shall provide the Administrative Borrower with two days prior written notice of its intention to make a Borrowing under this paragraph.
(d) If, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon under either Facility than the proportion received by any other similarly situated Lender under that Facility, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by all such Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of the relevant Facility; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrowers pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrowers or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). Each Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Borrower in the amount of such participation.
73
(e) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Administrative Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Letter of Credit Issuers hereunder that the Borrowers will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrowers have made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Letter of Credit Issuers, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrowers have not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Letter of Credit Issuers, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Letter of Credit Issuers with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.
(f) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it hereunder, then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), (i) apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lenders obligations hereunder until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid and/or (ii) hold any such amounts in a segregated account as cash collateral for, and application to, any future funding obligations of such Lender hereunder. Application of amounts pursuant to (i) and (ii) above shall be made in any order determined by the Administrative Agent in its discretion.
(g) The Administrative Agent may from time to time provide the Borrowers with billing statements or invoices with respect to any of the Secured Obligations (the Billing Statements ). The Administrative Agent is under no duty or obligation to provide Billing Statements, which, if provided, will be solely for the Borrowers convenience. The Billing Statements may contain estimates of the amounts owed during the relevant billing period, whether of principal, interest, fees or other Secured Obligations. If the Borrowers pay the full amount indicated on a Billing Statement on or before the due date indicated on such Billing Statement, the Borrowers shall not be in default; provided, that acceptance by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, of any payment that is less than the payment due at that time shall not constitute a waiver of the Administrative Agents or the Lenders right to receive payment in full at another time.
2.12. Increase of Maximum Amount .
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date and up to the Maturity Date, provided that (x) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) the Commitment Increase (as defined below) would be permitted under the terms of any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) of the Borrowers or the Borrower Subsidiaries with a principal amount outstanding in excess of 75,000,000, the Borrowers may request one or more increases in the Revolving Commitments (each such commitment increase, a Commitment Increase ) by notifying the Administrative Agent (and the Administrative Agent shall notify each Revolving Lender) of the amount of the proposed Commitment Increase. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, no Commitment Increase shall require the approval of any Lender other than any Lender (if any) providing all or part of the Commitment Increase, no Lender shall be required to provide all or part of any Commitment Increase unless it agrees to do so in its sole discretion, no Commitment Increase shall be in an amount less than 10,000,000, and the aggregate amount of all Commitment Increases shall not exceed 50,000,000.
74
(b) Any Commitment Increase shall be offered by the applicable Borrower(s) to the applicable Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares on the date that the Commitment Increase is requested. Each such Lender shall have 10 Business Days to respond to any request for a Commitment Increase (by notice to the applicable Borrower and Administrative Agent) and may elect but shall not be obligated to accept all, a portion or none of their respective Pro Rata Shares of the proposed Commitment Increase. Any such Lender which fails to respond to a request for a Commitment Increase by the end of such 10 Business Day period will be deemed to have declined the request for its Pro Rata Share of the requested Commitment Increase. If any portion of a requested Commitment Increase is not provided by the Revolving Lenders, then the applicable Borrower(s) may offer any such portion to the Lenders who have accepted such Commitment Increase and/or request that one or more financial institutions (acceptable to the Administrative Agent, acting reasonably after consultation with the Administrative Borrower) provide such Commitment Increase. In any such case, each Person providing a portion of the requested Commitment Increase shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and Borrower(s) all such documentation as may be reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to evidence such Commitment Increase.
(c) If any requested Commitment Increase is agreed to in accordance with this Section 2.12, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower(s) shall determine the Closing Date of such Commitment Increase (the Commitment Increase Closing Date ). The Administrative Agent, with the consent and approval of the applicable Borrower(s), shall promptly confirm in writing to the Lenders the final allocation of such Commitment Increase and the Commitment Increase Closing Date. On the Commitment Increase Closing Date: (i) each Person added as a new Lender pursuant to a Commitment Increase (a New Lender ) shall become a Revolving Lender hereunder and under the other Credit Documents pursuant to a Joinder Agreement with a Revolving Commitment as set forth therein; (ii) the Revolving Commitment of each existing Revolving Lender that increases its Revolving Commitment pursuant to a Commitment Increase (an Increasing Lender ) shall be increased; (iii) the applicable Borrower shall pay (which may be funded with the Revolving Loans made under the Commitment Increase) the principal amount of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, Revolving Loans of the Revolving Lenders other than the New Lenders in an amount sufficient (as determined by the Administrative Agent) to permit the New Lenders and the Increasing Lenders to fund Revolving Loans in an amount equal to the New Lenders and the Increasing Lenders respective Pro Rata Shares of the then outstanding Revolving Loans and in connection with such payment shall also pay funding losses, if any, on such repayment in accordance with Section 4.5; (iv) each New Lender shall fund Revolving Loans in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the then outstanding Revolving Loans; and (v) each Increasing Lender shall fund Revolving Loans in an amount necessary such that, after giving effect to such funding, it shall have funded its Pro Rata Share of the entire amount of the then outstanding Revolving Loans. Any New Lender shall be required to have a Revolving Commitment of not less than 5,000,000. The increase of the Total Revolving Commitments in accordance with this Section 2.12 shall not require any further consent under Section 11 hereof, and the Administrative Agent, the applicable Borrower(s) and the Revolving Lenders may execute any amendments to give effect to the terms of this Section 2.12 if deemed necessary by the Administrative Agent.
(d) As a condition precedent to the effectiveness of any such Commitment Increase, the applicable Borrower(s) shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate signed by a director, dated as of the Commitment Increase Effective Date, certifying that as of the Commitment Increase Effective Date no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
75
2.13. Extensions of Revolving Commitments
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, an Extension Offer ) made from time to time by the Borrowers to all Lenders with Revolving Commitments of the same Class, on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the respective Revolving Commitments of the applicable Class) and on the same terms to each such Lender, the Borrowers are hereby permitted to consummate from time to time transactions with individual Lenders that accept the terms contained in such Extension Offers to extend the maturity date of each such Lenders Revolving Commitments of the applicable Class and otherwise modify the terms of such Revolving Commitments pursuant to the terms of the relevant Extension Offer (including, without limitation, by increasing the interest rate or fees payable in respect of such Revolving Commitments (and related outstandings)) (each, an Extension and any Extended Revolving Commitments (as defined below) shall constitute a separate Class of Revolving Commitments from the Class of Revolving Commitments from which they were converted), so long as the following terms are satisfied: (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time the offering document in respect of an Extension Offer is delivered to the Lenders, (ii) except as to interest rates, fees and final maturity (which shall be determined by the Borrowers and set forth in the relevant Extension Offer), the Revolving Commitment of any Revolving Lender that agrees to an extension with respect to such Revolving Commitment (an Extending Revolving Lender ) extended pursuant to an Extension (an Extended Revolving Commitment ), and the related outstandings, shall be a Revolving Commitment (or related outstandings, as the case may be) with the same terms as the original Class of Revolving Commitments (and related outstandings); and (y) at no time shall there be Revolving Commitments hereunder (including Extended Revolving Commitments and any original Revolving Commitments) which have more than three different maturity dates, (iii) if the aggregate principal amount of the Class of Revolving Commitments in respect of which Revolving Lenders shall have accepted the relevant Extension Offer shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Revolving Commitments of such Class offered to be extended by the Borrowers pursuant to such Extension Offer, then the Revolving Loans of such Revolving Lenders shall be extended ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts (but not to exceed actual holdings of record) with respect to which such Revolving Lenders have accepted such Extension Offer, (vi) all documentation in respect of such Extension shall be consistent with the foregoing and (vii) any applicable Minimum Extension Condition shall be satisfied unless waived by the Borrowers.
(b) With respect to all Extensions consummated by the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 2.13, (i) such Extensions shall not constitute voluntary or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 4.3 and (ii) no Extension Offer is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment; provided that the Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a Minimum Extension Condition ) to consummating any such Extension that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Extension Offer in the Borrowers sole discretion and may be waived by the Borrower) of Revolving Commitments of any or all applicable Classes be tendered. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby consent to the transactions contemplated by this Section 2.13 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of any interest, fees or premium in respect of any Extended Revolving Commitments on the such terms as may be set forth in the relevant Extension Offer) and hereby waive the requirements of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document that may otherwise prohibit any such Extension or any other transaction contemplated by this Section 2.13.
(c) No consent of any Lender or the Administrative Agent shall be required to effectuate any Extension, other than (A) the consent of each Lender agreeing to such Extension with respect to one or more of its Revolving Commitments (or a portion thereof) and (B) with respect to any Extension of any Class of Revolving Commitments, the consent of any Letter of Credit Issuer and Swingline Lenders shall be required if such Person is acting as a Letter of Credit Issuer or Swingline Lender under the Extended Revolving Commitments. All Extended Revolving Commitments and all obligations in respect thereof shall be Obligations under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents that are secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with all other applicable Obligations of the applicable Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents. The Lenders hereby
76
irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents with the Borrowers as may be necessary in order to establish new Classes in respect of Revolving Commitments so extended and such technical amendments as may be necessary or appropriate in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers in connection with the establishment of such new Classes, in each case on terms consistent with this Section 2.13.
(d) In connection with any Extension, the Borrowers shall provide the Administrative Agent at least ten (10) Business Days prior written notice thereof, and shall agree to such procedures (including, without limitation, regarding timing, rounding and other adjustments and to ensure reasonable administrative management of the credit facilities hereunder after such Extension and anything required in relation to the Collateral Documents), if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.13.
(e) Notwithstanding the above, if an Extension Offer is made and any Lender agrees to become an Extending Revolving Lender, the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent may choose not to continue in such roles for the Extending Revolving Lender(s) and resign their roles in accordance with Sections 11.11 and 11.30 respectively. If either of the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent gives the Administrative Borrower or any of the Lenders notice of its intention to resign its role following the making of an Extension Offer, the Extension shall not complete until such time as a new Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent have been appointed in accordance with the applicable terms of this Agreement.
2.14. Increased Costs
(a) If any Change in Law shall:
(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, liquidity or similar requirement (including any compulsory loan requirement, insurance charge or other assessment) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the IBO Rate) or any Letter of Credit Issuer;
(ii) impose on any Lender or any Letter of Credit Issuer or the relevant interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; or
(iii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) amounts attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor or (B) Taxes compensated for by Section 4.5 or (C) Taxes that would have been compensated for by Section 4.5 but were not so compensated because an exclusion set out therein applied or (D) Excluded Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making, continuing or maintaining any Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender, such Letter of Credit Issuer or such other Recipient of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, such Letter of Credit Issuer or such other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Obligors will pay to such Lender, such Letter of Credit Issuer or such other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, such Letter of Credit Issuer or such other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
77
(b) If any Lender or any Letter of Credit Issuer determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lenders or such Letter of Credit Issuers capital or on the capital of such Lenders or such Letter of Credit Issuers holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitment of, or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Letter of Credit Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or such Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lenders or such Letter of Credit Issuers holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lenders or such Letter of Credit Issuers policies and the policies of such Lenders or such Letter of Credit Issuers holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time the Obligors will pay to such Lender or such Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lenders or such Letter of Credit Issuers holding company for any such reduction suffered.
(c) A certificate of a Lender or a Letter of Credit Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or such Letter of Credit Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Administrative Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Obligors shall pay such Lender or such Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.
(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or any Letter of Credit Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lenders or such Letter of Credit Issuers right to demand such compensation; provided that the Obligors shall not be required to compensate a Lender or a Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender or such Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Administrative Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lenders or such Letter of Credit Issuers intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.
2.15. Break Funding Payments
In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any IBOR Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default or as a result of any prepayment pursuant to Section 4.3), (b) the failure to borrow, continue or prepay any IBOR Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 4.1(c) and is revoked in accordance therewith), or (c) the assignment of any IBOR Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Administrative Borrower pursuant to Section 2.16, then, in any such event, the Obligors shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a IBOR Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such IBOR Loan had such event not occurred, at the IBO Rate that would have been applicable to such IBOR Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such IBOR Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal
78
amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for Euro deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the relevant interbank market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Administrative Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Obligors shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.
2.16. Mitigation Obligations: Replacement of Lenders .
(a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Obligors are required to pay any Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Tax Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 4.5, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.14 or 4.5, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Obligors hereby agree to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.
(b) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Obligors are required to pay any Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Tax Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Sections 2.14 or 4.5, or if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the Obligors may, at their sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 12.6), all its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Sections 2.14 or 4.5) and obligations under this Agreement and other Credit Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Obligors shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and in circumstances where its consent would be required under Section 12.6, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Swingline Lenders), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and funded participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Obligors (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 4.5, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Obligors to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
(c) If:
(i) a Lender novates, assigns or otherwise transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Credit Documents or changes its lending office (each a Transfer ); and
(ii) as a result of circumstances existing at the date the Transfer occurs, a Credit Party would be obliged to make a payment to the Lender receiving such Transfer or Lender acting through a new lending office (in either case the New Lender ), under Section 2.14 or Section 4.5,
79
then the New Lender is only entitled to receive payment under those Sections to the same extent as the Lender novating, assigning or otherwise transferring any of its rights or obligations or the Lender acting through its previous lending office would have been if the Transfer had not occurred, provided that this Section 2.16(c) shall not apply in respect of any Transfer made in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of any Facility, or where a Credit Party fails, where relevant, to submit a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of a Lender following receipt of a notification (including under of the Commitment Schedule) of that Lenders HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme reference number and jurisdiction of Tax residence.
Notwithstanding the above, no Transfer may be effected to a New Lender incorporated, or acting through a registered office situated, in a Non-Cooperative Jurisdiction without the prior consent of the Borrower, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(d) The Lenders party hereto hereby acknowledge and agree to the terms of the loss sharing agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Administrative Agent and the Lenders parties thereto (the Loss Sharing Agreement ), which Loss Sharing Agreement shall be binding upon each Person that becomes a Lender after the date hereof pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16(c), Section 12.6 or otherwise and such Lender shall be a party and subject to such Loss Sharing Agreement as if an original signatory thereto.
2.17. Defaulting Lenders . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:
(a) fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Revolving Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 3;
(b) such Defaulting Lender shall not have the right to vote on any issue on which voting is required (other than to the extent expressly provided in Section 12.1) and the Commitment and Revolving Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Required Lenders, European Required Lenders or French Required Lenders (as applicable) have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 12.1) or under any other Credit Document; provided, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 12.1, this clause (b) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of such Lender or each Lender directly affected thereby;
(c) if any Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure exists at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:
(i) all or any part of the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders under the same Facility or Facilities in which the Defaulting Lender was participating in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages under the relevant Facility but only to the extent that (x) the conditions set forth in Section 6 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Administrative Borrower shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time) and (y) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders Revolving Exposures plus such Defaulting Lenders Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders Revolving Commitments in respect of the relevant Facility. No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of an Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such non-Defaulting Lenders increased exposure following such reallocation.
80
(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrowers shall within one (1) Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay such Swingline Exposure and (y) second, cash collateralize, for the benefit of the Letter of Credit Issuers, the Borrowers obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lenders LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.6(j) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding;
(iii) if the Borrowers cash collateralize any portion of such Defaulting Lenders LC Exposure pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Borrowers shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 3 with respect to such Defaulting Lenders LC Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lenders LC Exposure is cash collateralized;
(iv) if the LC Exposure of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to clause (i) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 3 shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders Applicable Percentages; and
(v) if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lenders LC Exposure is neither reallocated nor cash collateralized pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Letter of Credit Issuers or any other Lender hereunder, all letter of credit fees and commitment fees payable under this Agreement with respect to such Defaulting Lenders LC Exposure shall be payable to the Letter of Credit Issuers until and to the extent that such LC Exposure is reallocated and/or cash collateralized; and
(d) so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Letter of Credit Issuers shall not be required to issue, amend, renew, extend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and such Defaulting Lenders then outstanding LC Exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the non Defaulting Lenders in respect of the relevant Facility and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrowers in accordance with Section 2.17(c), and participating interests in any such newly made Swingline Loan or newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.17(c)(i) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).
If (i) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Parent of any Lender shall occur following the date hereof and for so long as such event shall continue or (ii) the Swingline Lenders or the Letter of Credit Issuers have a good faith belief that any Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its obligations under one or more other agreements in which such Lender commits to extend credit, the Swingline Lenders shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Letter of Credit Issuers shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless the Swingline Lenders or the Letter of Credit Issuers, as the case may be, shall have entered into arrangements with the Borrowers or such Lender, satisfactory to the Swingline Lenders or the Letter of Credit Issuers, as the case may be, to defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.
In the event that each of the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Swingline Lenders agree in writing that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lenders Revolving
81
Commitment and on the date of such readjustment such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders (other than Swingline Loans) as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender, provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrowers while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender, and, provided further that, except to the extent expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party thereunder arising from that Lenders having been a Defaulting Lender.
2.18. Banking Services and Hedge Agreements .
Each Lender or Affiliate thereof providing Bank Products for, or having Hedge Agreements with, any Credit Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, promptly after entering into such Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements, written notice setting forth the aggregate amount of all Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements of such Credit Party to such Lender or Affiliate (whether matured or unmatured, absolute or contingent). In addition, each such Lender or Affiliate thereof shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, from time to time after a significant change therein or upon a request therefor, a summary of the amounts due or to become due in respect of such Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements. The most recent information provided to the Administrative Agent shall be used in determining the amounts to be applied in respect of such Secured Cash Management Agreements and/or Secured Hedge Agreements pursuant to Section 2.11(b).
SECTION 3. Fees; Commitments
3.1. Fees . The Credit Parties agree to pay, or cause to be paid to the Administrative Agent and other Agents any fees in the amounts previously agreed to in writing by any one or more of the Credit Parties in connection with this Agreement.
3.2. Unused Line Fee . On the first Business Day of each of April, July, October and January and on the Termination Date, the Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of the Revolving Lenders under each Facility, in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitments under the relevant Facility, an unused line fee (the Unused Line Fee ) in arrears equal to the Applicable Unused Line Fee Margin per annum for the relevant Facility times the average daily amount by which the aggregate Revolving Commitments relating to that Facility exceeded the aggregate Outstanding Amount of Revolving Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations under that Facility (which shall exclude, for the purposes of this Section 3.2 only, the principal amount of all Swingline Loans and Protective Advances). The Unused Line Fee shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed and shall be payable in Euros. All principal payments received by the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be credited to the Borrowers loan account immediately upon receipt for purposes of calculating the Unused Line Fee pursuant to this Section 3.2.
3.3. Letter of Credit Fee . The Borrowers agree to pay (x) to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Revolving Lender for each Letter of Credit, a fee in the Approved Currency in which such Letter of Credit is issued (the Letter of Credit Fee ) at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time with respect to IBOR Loans that are Revolving Loans on such Lenders Pro Rata Share of the daily undrawn amount of such Letter of Credit from time to time and (y) to the Letter of Credit Issuers, all out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses incurred or charged by the Letter of Credit Issuers in connection with the application for, processing of, issuance or extension of, drawing under, or amendment to, any Letter of Credit. The Letter of Credit Fee
82
payable by the Borrowers with respect to a Letter of Credit shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day of each April, July, October and January following the date on which such Letter of Credit is issued and on the Termination Date. The amounts due under sub-paragraph (y) above shall be payable upon issuance of the relevant Letter of Credit or other relevant event which triggered such cost, fee or expense. The Letter of Credit Fee shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.
3.4. Miscellaneous payment provisions .
(a) All fees payable hereunder or under any separate fees letter shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of commitment fees and participation fees, to the Lenders. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.
(b) The Administrative Borrower may pay the fees set out in this Section 3 for and on behalf of the Borrower and/or the Credit Parties (as applicable).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above or elsewhere in this Agreement, no Letter of Credit Fee or Unused Line Fee shall accrue or be payable for the account of a Defaulting Lender during any period it is a Defaulting Lender.
SECTION 4. Payments and Commitments
4.1. Termination of Commitments .
(a) Unless previously terminated (and subject to any extension effected pursuant to Section 2.13), all Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date.
(b) The Borrowers may at any time terminate the Commitments upon (i) the payment in full of all outstanding Loans, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon and on any Letters of Credit, (ii) the cancellation and return of all outstanding Letters of Credit (or alternatively, with respect to each such Letter of Credit, the furnishing to the Administrative Agent of a cash deposit (or at the discretion of the Administrative Agent a back up standby letter of credit satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the relevant Letter of Credit Issuers) in an amount equal to 100% of the LC Exposure as of such date), (iii) the payment in full of the accrued and unpaid fees, and (iv) the payment in full of all reimbursable expenses and other Obligations, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon.
(c) The Administrative Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three (3) Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Administrative Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by the Administrative Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Administrative Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination of the Commitments shall be permanent.
83
4.2. Repayment of Loans .
(a) Each Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan of such Borrower on the Maturity Date and, (ii) to the Administrative Agent the then unpaid amount of each Protective Advance of such Borrower on the earlier of the Maturity Date and demand by the Administrative Agent.
(b) At all times during a Cash Dominion Period, on each Business Day, the Administrative Agent shall apply all funds credited to any Collection Account or Concentration Account of a Borrower on such Business Day or the immediately preceding Business Day (at the discretion of the Administrative Agent, whether or not immediately available) first to prepay any Protective Advances that may be outstanding in respect of the relevant Borrower and second to prepay the Revolving Loans (including Swingline Loans) and to cash collateralize outstanding LC Exposure in respect of the relevant Borrower. All amounts so applied shall be applied first against Protective Advances, Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans and as cash collateralised letters of credit denominated in the same currencies as the amounts withdrawn from the Collection Accounts. In the event and to the extent that any amounts remain unapplied as a result of a mismatch between the currencies of the amounts in the Collections Accounts or Concentration Accounts and the currencies in which the outstanding Protective Advances, Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans are denominated, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have requested the Administrative Agent to convert at the Spot Rate any such excess funds to the currency or currencies of the outstanding Protective Advances, Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans and apply such converted amounts to such outstanding Protective Advances, Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans.
(c) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the Indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.
(d) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lenders share thereof.
(e) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (c) or (d) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
4.3. Voluntary Prepayment, Mandatory Prepayment, Reduction or Termination .
(a) The Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section and, if applicable, payment of any break funding expenses under Section 2.15.
(b) In the event and on such occasion that any European Borrowing Limits are exceeded and/or any of the French Borrowing Limits are exceeded, the Borrowers shall prepay the relevant Revolving Loans, LC Exposure and/or Swingline Loans or cash collateralize LC Exposure in an account with the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.6(j), as applicable, in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.
84
(c) The Administrative Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the relevant Swingline Lender) in writing of any prepayment hereunder not later than 11:00 a.m., London time, three (3) Business Days before the date of prepayment, in the case of a prepayment of all or part of an IBOR Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 4.1, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 4.1. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Revolving Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Revolving Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Revolving Borrowing as provided in Section 2.2. Each prepayment of a Revolving Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Revolving Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by (i) accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.8 and (ii) break funding payments pursuant to Section 2.15.
(d) In lieu of making any payment pursuant to this Section 4.3 in respect of any IBOR Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the applicable Borrower(s) at its or their option may deposit with the Administrative Agent an amount in the applicable currency equal to the amount of the IBOR Loan to be prepaid and such IBOR Loan shall be repaid on the last day of the Interest Period therefor in the required amount. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent in a non-interest bearing deposit account established on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Such deposit shall constitute cash collateral for the IBOR Loans to be so prepaid, provided that the applicable Borrower may at any time direct that such deposit be applied to make the applicable payment required pursuant to this Section 4.3.
(e) If any amount payable to a Lender by the French Borrower under a Credit Document is not, or will not be (when the relevant corporate income tax is calculated) treated as a deductible charge or expense for French tax purposes for the French Borrower by reason of that amount being (i) paid or accrued to a Lender incorporated, domiciled, established or acting through a registered office situated in a Non-Cooperative Jurisdiction, or (ii) paid to an account opened in the name of or for the benefit of that Lender in a financial institution situated in a Non-Cooperative Jurisdiction, the French Borrower may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the non-deductibility for French tax purposes continues, give the Administrative Agent notice of cancellation of the French Revolving Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lenders participation in the Loans under the French Facility.
4.4. Method and Place of Payment .
(a) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments under this Agreement shall be made by the applicable Credit Party, without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind, to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders entitled thereto in the case of the payments under the Revolving Facility, not later than 2:00 p.m. (London time), on the date when due and shall be made in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agents Office for the applicable currency or at such other office as the Administrative Agent shall specify for such purpose by notice to the applicable Credit Party. All repayments or prepayments of any Revolving Loans,
85
Swingline Loans and Protective Advances (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) hereunder shall be made in the currency in which such Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Protective Advances are denominated and all other payments under each Credit Document shall, unless otherwise specified in such Credit Document, be made in Euro. The Administrative Agent will thereafter cause to be distributed on the same day (if payment was actually received by the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 p.m. (London time) or, otherwise, on the next Business Day) like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest or other amounts ratably to the Lenders entitled thereto.
(b) Any payments under this Agreement that are made later than 2:00 p.m. (London time) shall be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable during such extension at the applicable rate in effect immediately prior to such extension.
(c) With respect to any payments to be made by the French Borrower under this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall specify the account to which such payments shall be made, it being noted that such account shall not be opened in a financial institution located in a Non-Cooperative Jurisdiction.
4.5. Withholding of Taxes: Gross-Up .
(a) Any and all payments by or on behalf of any Credit Party under any Credit Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If applicable law requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Credit Party, then the applicable Credit Party shall make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Tax Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Credit Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 4.5(a)) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.
(b) The Credit Parties shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, jointly and severally indemnify each of the Secured Parties against any cost, liability or loss incurred by the relevant Secured Party in relation to all Other Taxes, save for any Other Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment or transfer of a Secured Partys rights under a Credit Document (other than an assignment or transfer of rights pursuant to Sections 2.16 or 12.7) or to the extent that such Other Taxes becomes payable upon a voluntary registration made by the Administrative Agent, any Collateral Agent or any Lender if such registration is not necessary to evidence, prove, maintain, enforce, compel or otherwise assert the rights of such party or obligations of any party under the Credit Document
(c) As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Credit Party to a Tax Authority pursuant to this Section 4.5, such Credit Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Tax Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent provided that such evidence shall only be provided by the Credit Party to the Administrative Agent to the extent that such evidence exists and is not prohibited from being provided to the Administrative Agent.
86
(d) The Credit Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (other than Other Taxes) (including Indemnified Taxes (other than Other Taxes) imposed on or attributable to an amount payable under this Section 4.5), other than Indemnified Taxes already compensated for under Section 4.5 of this Agreement, where such Indemnified Taxes are payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient, together with any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Tax Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Credit Party by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(e) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Credit Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Credit Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lenders failure to comply with the provisions of Section 12.6(c) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Credit Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Tax Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorises the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Credit Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to such Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e).
(f) Status of Lenders
(i) A Lender and each Credit Party that is required to make a payment to which that Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that Credit Party to obtain authorisation to make payment without a Tax Deduction, provided that where a Lender has (where relevant) confirmed its HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme reference number and jurisdiction of Tax residence in the Commitment Schedule or otherwise provided notification of the same to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower, it shall be under no further obligation pursuant to this paragraph (except where a Borrower DTTP Filing has been rejected by HM Revenue & Customs or where HM Revenue & Customs has not given authority to make payments to that Lender without a Tax Deduction within 60 days of the date of the Borrower DTTP Filing and, in each case, the Administrative Borrower has notified the relevant Lender and the Administrative Agent in writing).
(ii) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Credit Document shall deliver to the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding, provided that where a Lender has (where relevant) confirmed its HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme reference number and jurisdiction of Tax residence in the Commitment Schedule or otherwise provided notification of the same to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower, it shall be under no further obligation pursuant to this paragraph (except where a
87
Borrower DTTP Filing has been rejected by HM Revenue & Customs or where HM Revenue & Customs has not given authority to make payments to that Lender without a Tax Deduction within 60 days of the date of the Borrower DTTP Filing and, in each case, the Administrative Borrower has notified the relevant Lender and the Administrative Agent in writing). In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Credit Parties or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.
(iii) If a Lender has confirmed its HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme reference number and jurisdiction of Tax residence, the relevant Credit Parties shall make a Borrower DTTP Filing with respect to such Lender within 30 days of the date of such confirmation.
(iv) Each Lender which becomes a Party to this Agreement after the date of this Agreement shall state in writing to the Administrative Agent at the time it becomes a Party to this Agreement whether it is (A) not a Qualifying Lender, (B) a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender) or (C) a Treaty Lender. If a New Lender fails to notify its status in accordance with this Section 4.5(f)(iv) then such New Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including by each Credit Party) as if it is not a Qualifying Lender until such time as it notifies the Administrative Agent in writing which of (A), (B) or (C) applies (and the Administrative Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall inform the relevant Credit Party). Such New Lender shall also specify in writing to the Administrative Agent at the time it becomes a Party to this Agreement, whether it is incorporated or acting through a registered office situated in a Non-Cooperative Jurisdiction. For the avoidance of doubt, failure of a New Lender to comply with this paragraph (iv) will not invalidate the Transfer, within the meaning attached to this term in Section 2.16.
(v) If a Lender becomes aware that it is not or ceases to be a Qualifying Lender it shall as soon as reasonably practicable notify the Administrative Agent. If the Administrative Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall as soon as it reasonably practicable notify the relevant Credit Party.
(vi) If a Lender has not confirmed its scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence in the Commitment Schedule or otherwise provided notification of the same to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Borrower, no Credit Party shall make a Borrower DTTP Filing or file any other form relating to the HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme in respect of that Lenders Commitment(s) or its participation in any Loan unless the Lender otherwise agrees. Each relevant Credit Party shall, promptly on making a Borrower DTTP Filing, deliver a copy of such Borrower DTTP Filing to the Administrative Agent for delivery to the relevant Lender.
(vii) Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly (but in any event within ten days after demand therefor) notify the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.
(g) If any party determines, in its sole discretion that it has received a refund of or a tax credit (which such party utilised) attributable to any Indemnified Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Agreement (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 4.5), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund or tax credit (but only
88
to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 4.5 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Tax Authority with respect to such refund or tax credit). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Tax Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund or tax credit to such Tax Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (g), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (g) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund or tax credit had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund or tax credit had never been paid. This paragraph (g) shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.
(h) VAT
(i) All amounts expressed to be payable under a Credit Document by a Credit Party to a Secured Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph 4.5(h)(ii) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by a Secured Party to a Credit Party under a Credit Document and that Secured Party is required to account to the relevant Tax Authority for the VAT, that Credit Party must pay to such Secured Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Secured Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Credit Party).
(ii) If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by a Secured Party (the Supplier ) to any other Secured Party (the Recipient ) under a Credit Document, and any party other than the Recipient (the Relevant Party ) is required by the terms of any Credit Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):
(A) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant Tax Authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this paragraph (A) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant Tax Authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and
(B) (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant Tax Authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant Tax Authority in respect of that VAT.
(iii) Where a Credit Document requires a Credit Party to reimburse or indemnify a Secured Party for any cost or expense, that Credit Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Secured Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Secured Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant Tax Authority.
89
(iv) Any reference in Sections 4.5(h) to any party shall, at any time when such party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated as making the supply or (as appropriate) receiving the supply under the grouping rules (as provided for in Article 11 of the Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union)).
(v) In relation to any supply made by a Secured Party to a Credit Party under a Credit Document, if reasonably requested by such Secured Party, that Credit Party must promptly provide such Secured Party with details of that Credit Partys VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Secured Partys VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.
(i) FATCA information .
(i) Subject to paragraph (iii) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:
(A) confirm to that other Party whether it is:
(1) a FATCA Exempt Party; or
(2) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and
(B) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable passthru payment percentage or other information required under the US Treasury Regulations or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Partys compliance with FATCA.
(ii) If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to Section 4.5(i)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.
(iii) Paragraph (i) above shall not oblige any Secured Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:
(A) any law or regulation;
(B) any fiduciary duty; or
(C) any duty of confidentiality.
(iv) If a Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (i) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (iii) above applies), then:
90
(A) if that Party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Credit Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and
(B) if that Party failed to confirm its applicable passthru payment percentage then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Credit Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable passthru payment percentage is 100 %,
until (in each case) such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.
(v) FATCA Deduction .
(i) Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.
(ii) Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Administrative Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each other Lender.
(j) Defined Terms . For purposes of this Section 4.5, the term Lender includes any Letter of Credit Issuer and the term applicable law includes FATCA.
(k) Swiss Qualifying Bank. Each Lender under a Swiss Loan confirms that it is a Swiss Qualifying Bank or, if not, a single Person only for the purpose of the Swiss Non-Bank Rules and any other Person that shall become a Lender or a Participant pursuant to Section 12.6 shall be deemed to have confirmed that it is a Swiss Qualifying Bank or, if not, a single Person only for the purpose of Swiss Non-Bank Rules.
(l) Survival . Each partys obligations under this Section 4.5 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Credit Document.
4.6. Limit on Rate of Interest .
(a) No Payment Shall Exceed Lawful Rate . Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, the Borrowers shall not be obliged to pay any interest or other amounts under or in connection with this Agreement or otherwise in respect of the Obligations in excess of the amount or rate permitted under or consistent with any applicable law, rule or regulation.
(b) Payment at Highest Lawful Rate . If any Borrower is not obliged to make a payment that it would otherwise be required to make, as a result of Section 4.6(a), such Borrower shall make such payment to the maximum extent permitted by or consistent with applicable laws, rules and regulations.
91
(c) Adjustment if Any Payment Exceeds Lawful Rate . If any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents would obligate any Borrower to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Lender in an amount or calculated at a rate that would be prohibited by any applicable law, rule or regulation, then notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by law, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, by reducing the amount or rate of interest required to be paid by such Borrower to the affected Lender under Section 2.14.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, and after giving effect to all adjustments contemplated thereby, if any Lender shall have received from any Borrower an amount in excess of the maximum permitted by any applicable law, rule or regulation, then such Borrower shall be entitled, by notice in writing to the Administrative Agent to obtain reimbursement from that Lender in an amount equal to such excess, and pending such reimbursement, such amount shall be deemed to be an amount payable by that Lender to such Borrower.
4.7. Returned Payments.
If after receipt of any payment which is applied to the payment of all or any part of the Obligations (including a payment effected through exercise of a right of setoff), the Administrative Agent or any Lender is for any reason compelled to surrender such payment or proceeds to any Person because such payment or application of proceeds is invalidated, declared fraudulent, set aside, determined to be void or voidable as a preference, impermissible setoff, or a diversion of trust funds, or for any other reason (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion), then the Obligations or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued and this Agreement shall continue in full force as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by the Administrative Agent or such Lender. The provisions of this Section 4.7 shall be and remain effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may have been taken by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in reliance upon such payment or application of proceeds. The provisions of this Section 4.7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
SECTION 5. Conditions
5.1. Closing Date.
The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Letter of Credit Issuers to issue Letters of Credit to the Day One Borrowers hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 12.1):
(a) Credit Agreement and Other Credit Documents . The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received (i) from each party hereto either (A) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (B) written evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include facsimile or other electronic transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement, (ii) either (A) a counterpart of each other Credit Document required by the Administrative Agent to be executed on the date of this Agreement, signed on behalf of each party thereto or (B) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include facsimile or other electronic transmission of a signed signature page thereof) that each such party has signed a counterpart of such Credit Document and (iii) such other certificates, documents, instruments and agreements as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, including a written opinion of the Credit Parties or (depending on the market practice in the relevant jurisdiction) Administrative Agents counsel, addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders and the other Secured Parties, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
92
(b) Financial Statements and Projections . The Lenders shall have received (i) audited and unaudited consolidating financial statements of the Parent for the fiscal year ended 2012 and unaudited interim consolidating financial statements for each fiscal quarter ended after the end of the fiscal year ended 2012 for which such financial statements are available, (ii) unaudited financial statements for the EMEA Segment for the fiscal years ended 2010, 2011 and 2012, (iii) unaudited interim consolidating financial statements for the EMEA Segment for each fiscal quarter ended after the date of the latest applicable financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (ii) of this paragraph as to which such financial statements are available, and such financial statements shall not, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, reflect any material adverse change in the financial condition of the EMEA Segment, as reflected in the financial statements described in clause (ii) of this paragraph, (iv) satisfactory projections for the EMEA Segment for the final quarter of fiscal year 2013 and for the fiscal years 2014 to 2018 inclusive (broken down on a quarterly basis for the fiscal year 2014, and on an annual basis for the fiscal years 2015 to 2018 inclusive and (v) a computation of the proportion of the Consolidated EBITDA shown in the EMEA Segment (as shown in the financial statements provided pursuant to (ii) above) that was contributed by the Day One Borrowers, the Post Closing Borrowers and the Distribution Principals taken as a whole. All financial statements, computations and projections (other than audited financial statements) are to be in a form agreed between the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower prior to the Closing Date.
(c) Closing Certificates; Certified Certificate of Incorporation . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of each Credit Party, dated the Closing Date and executed by a director or equivalent officer of such Credit Party, which shall (A) certify the resolutions of its Board of Directors, members, shareholders or other body authorising the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which it is a party, (B) identify by name and title and bear the signatures of the Financial Officers and any other authorised signatories of such Credit Party authorised to sign the Credit Documents to which it is a party, (C) contain appropriate attachments, including the certificate or articles of association or organisation of each Credit Party, and a true and correct copy of its by laws or operating, management, or constitutional documentation or partnership agreement and, with respect to the German Borrower, the articles of association, the shareholder list, an excerpt from the commercial register, and any other organizational agreement applicable to it, and (D) certify the solvency of the relevant Credit Party.
(d) No Default Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, signed by a director or equivalent officer of each Borrower and each other Credit Party, dated as of the Closing Date (i) stating that no Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) stating that all representations and warranties made by any Credit Party contained herein or in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), and (iii) certifying any other factual matters as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.
(e) Fees . The Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received all fees required to be paid, and all expenses for which invoices have been presented (including the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel), on or before the Closing Date. All such amounts will be paid with proceeds of Loans made on the Closing Date and will be reflected in the funding instructions given by the Administrative Borrower to the Administrative Agent on or before the Closing Date.
93
(f) Lien Searches . The Administrative Agent shall have received, to the extent possible, the results of a recent lien search in each jurisdiction where the Obligors are organised and where the assets of the Obligors are located, and such search shall reveal no Liens on any of the assets of the Obligors except for Liens permitted by Section 9.2 or discharged on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to a pay-off letter or other documentation satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(g) Pay-Off Letter . The Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory pay-off letters for all existing Indebtedness to be repaid from the proceeds of the initial Borrowing, confirming that all Liens upon any of the property of the Obligors constituting Collateral (except for Liens permitted by Section 9.2) will be terminated concurrently with such payment and all letters of credit issued or guaranteed as part of such Indebtedness shall have been cash collateralized or supported by a Letter of Credit.
(h) Funding Accounts . The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice setting forth the deposit account(s) (the Funding Accounts ) to which the Administrative Agent is authorised by the Borrowers to transfer the proceeds of any Borrowings requested or authorised pursuant to this Agreement.
(i) Control Agreements . The Administrative Agent shall have received each Deposit Account Control Agreement required to be provided by each Day One Borrower pursuant to any Credit Document.
(j) Borrowing Base Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received an Aggregate Borrowing Base Certificate which calculates the Aggregate Borrowing Base as of the end of the month specified by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall have also received a Borrowing Base Certificate from each Day One Borrower which calculates the Borrowing Base of such Day One Borrower as of the end of the month specified by the Administrative Agent.
(k) Closing Availability . After giving effect to all Borrowings to be made on the Closing Date, the issuance of any Letters of Credit on the Closing Date and the payment of all fees and expenses due hereunder, and with all of the Credit Parties indebtedness, liabilities, and obligations current, the Aggregate Availability shall not be less than 30,000,000.
(l) Filings, Registrations and Recordings . Each document required by the Security Documents or under law or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of itself, the Lenders and the other Secured Parties, a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein, prior and superior in right to any other Person (other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 9.2), which under the relevant market practice of any relevant jurisdiction is customarily prepared by the Credit Parties, shall be in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.
(m) Insurance . The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence of insurance coverage in form, scope, and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and otherwise in compliance with the terms of Section 8.3 hereof.
(n) Approvals . All governmental and third party consents necessary in connection with the financing contemplated hereby and the continuing operations of each Credit Party shall have been obtained on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (acting reasonably) and shall be in full force and effect.
94
(o) Corporate Structure . The Administrative Agent shall be satisfied with, or shall be satisfied that the transaction has been structured to take account of (in each case, acting reasonably), matters relating to the corporate structure, cash management structure and arrangements, capital structure, other debt instruments, material accounts, and governing documents of the Credit Parties.
(p) Letter of Credit Application . If any Day One Letters of Credit are to be requested to be issued/adopted as part of this Facility on the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a properly completed letter of credit application (whether standalone or pursuant to a master agreement, as applicable) together with the forms of the relevant Day One Letters of Credit. If applicable, the relevant Post Closing Borrower shall have executed the relevant Letter of Credit Issuers master agreement for the issuance of commercial Letters of Credit.
(q) Field Examination . The Administrative Agent or its designee shall have conducted a field examination of the Day One Borrowers Accounts, Inventory (other than the French Borrower) and related working capital matters and of the Day One Borrowers related data processing and other systems, the results of which shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.
(r) Due Diligence . The Administrative Agent and its counsel shall have completed all business and legal due diligence, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.
(s) Appraisal(s) . The Administrative Agent shall have received appraisals of the Day One Borrowers (other than the French Borrower) Inventory from one or more firms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, which appraisals shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.
(t) Know your customer . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received such documentation and other evidence as is requested by the Administrative Agent and/or the Lenders in order for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to carry out and be satisfied they have complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Credit Documents.
(u) Works Council . The Administrative Agent shall have received a true and complete copy of the request for advice to, and the unconditional positive advice of, each works council (if any) which has jurisdiction over a Credit Party incorporated in the Netherlands with respect to the execution and performance of this Agreement and other Credit Documents to which such Day One Borrower incorporated in the Netherlands is a party.
(v) French Inventory List : With respect to the French Borrower, a list of all its Inventory, a list of all its present and future Accounts to be assigned under the French Collateral Documents, and a list of all amounts outstanding to its RoT Suppliers.
(w) Other Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers, any Lender or their respective counsel may have reasonably requested.
The Administrative Agent shall notify the Administrative Borrower and the Lenders of the Closing Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. From the Closing Date and subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders shall make Loans and the Letter of Credit Issuers shall issue Letters of Credit hereunder to the Day One Borrowers. The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Letter of Credit Issuers to issue Letters of Credit to any Post Closing Borrower hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the conditions set out in Section 5.2 is satisfied (or waived by the Administrative Agent in its discretion).
95
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Letter of Credit Issuers to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions is satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 12.1) at or prior to 2:00 p.m., London time, on 31 March 2014 (and, in the event such conditions are not so satisfied or waived, the Commitments shall terminate at such time).
5.2. Post Closing Borrowers .
The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Letter of Credit Issuers to issue Letters of Credit to any Post Closing Borrower hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 12.1) by, or in relation to, such Post Closing Borrower (the Activation Effective Date):
(a) Credit Agreement and Other Credit Documents . The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received (i) either (A) a counterpart of each Credit Document required by the Administrative Agent to be executed by such Post Closing Borrower, signed on behalf of each party thereto or (B) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include facsimile or other electronic transmission of a signed signature page thereof) that each such party has signed a counterpart of such Credit Document and (iii) such other certificates, documents, instruments and agreements as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and a written opinion of the Credit Parties or (depending on the market practice in the relevant jurisdiction) Administrative Agents counsel, addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders and the other Secured Parties, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
(b) Closing Certificates; Certified Certificate of Incorporation . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (acting reasonably) of each relevant Post-Closing Borrower executed by a director or equivalent officer of such Post Closing Borrower, which shall (A) certify the resolutions of its Board of Directors, members (if required by the Administrative Agent) or other body (including, without limitation, any works council) authorising the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which it is a party, (B) identify by name and title and bear the signatures of the Financial Officers and any other authorised signatories of such Post Closing Borrower authorised to sign the Credit Documents to which it is a party, (C) contain appropriate attachments, including the certificate or articles of association or organisation of each Post Closing Borrower, and a true and correct copy of its by laws or operating, management, or constitutional documentation or partnership agreement, and with respect to the German Borrower the articles of association, the shareholder list, an excerpt from the commercial register (in each case, certified copies thereof), and any other organizational agreement applicable to it (or confirming that the same have not changed since the last date they were provided to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.1), and (D) certify the solvency of the relevant Post Closing Borrower.
(c) No Default Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, signed by a director or equivalent officer of the relevant Post Closing Borrower dated as of the relevant Activation Effective Date (i) stating that no Default has occurred and is continuing in relation to the relevant Post Closing Borrower, (ii) stating that all representations and warranties made by the relevant Post Closing Borrower contained herein or in the other Credit Documents shall be true
96
and correct in all material respects (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date) and (iii) certifying any other factual matters as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.
(d) Lien Searches . The Administrative Agent shall have received, to the extent possible, the results of a recent lien search in each jurisdiction where the relevant Post Closing Borrower is organised and where the assets of the relevant Post Closing Borrower are located, and such search shall reveal no Liens on any of the assets of the Post Closing Borrower except for Liens permitted by Section 9.2 or discharged on or prior to the relevant Activation Effective Date, pursuant to a pay-off letter or other documentation satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(e) Fees . The Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received all fees required to be paid, and all expenses for which invoices have been presented (including the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel), on or before the Activation Effective Date. All such amounts may be paid with proceeds of Loans made on the Activation Effective Date and, if so, will be reflected in the funding instructions given by the Administrative Borrower to the Administrative Agent on or before the Activation Effective Date.
(f) Pay-Off Letter . The Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory pay-off letters for all existing Indebtedness to be repaid from the proceeds of the initial Borrowing of the Post Closing Borrower, confirming that all Liens upon any of the property of the relevant Post Closing Borrower constituting Collateral (except for Liens permitted by Section 9.2) will be terminated concurrently with such payment and all letters of credit issued or guaranteed as part of such Indebtedness shall have been cash collateralized or supported by a Letter of Credit.
(g) Funding Accounts . The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice setting forth the Funding Accounts of the relevant Post Closing Borrower to which the Administrative Agent is authorised by the relevant Post Closing Borrower to transfer the proceeds of any Borrowings requested or authorised pursuant to this Agreement.
(h) Customer List . The Administrative Agent shall have received a true and complete customer list for each relevant Post Closing Borrower, which list shall state the customers name, mailing address and phone number and shall be certified as true and correct by a Financial Officer of the Administrative Borrower.
(i) Control Agreements . The Administrative Agent shall have received each Deposit Account Control Agreement required to be provided by each Post Closing Borrower pursuant to any Credit Document.
(j) Borrowing Base Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received an Aggregate Borrowing Base Certificate which calculates the Aggregate Borrowing Base as of the end of the month specified by the Administrative Agent related to the relevant Post Closing Borrowers and the other Borrowers which are either Day One Borrowers or Post Closing Borrowers in relation to which the provisions of this Section 5.2 have previously been satisfied. The Administrative Agent shall have also received a Borrowing Base Certificate from the relevant Post Closing Borrower which calculates the Borrowing Base of such Post Closing Borrower as of the end of the month specified by the Administrative Agent
97
(k) Filings, Registrations and Recordings . Each document required by the Security Documents or under law or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of itself, the Lenders and the other Secured Parties, a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein, prior and superior in right to any other Person (other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 9.2), which under the relevant market practice of any relevant jurisdiction is customarily prepared by the Credit Parties, shall be in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.
(l) Insurance . The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence of insurance coverage of the relevant Post Closing Borrower in form, scope, and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and otherwise in compliance with the terms of Section 8.3 hereof.
(m) Letter of Credit Application . If a Letter of Credit is requested to be issued on the relevant Activation Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received three Business Days prior to the relevant Activation Effective Date a properly completed letter of credit application (whether standalone or pursuant to a master agreement, as applicable) together with the agreed form Letter of Credit. If applicable, the relevant Post Closing Borrower shall have executed the Letter of Credit Issuers master agreement for the issuance of commercial Letters of Credit.
(n) Field Examination . The Administrative Agent or its designee shall have conducted a field examination of the relevant Post Closing Borrowers Accounts and related working capital matters and of the relevant Post Closing Borrowers related data processing and other systems, the results of which shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.
(o) Know your customer . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received such documentation and other evidence as is requested by the Administrative Agent and/or the Lenders in order for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to carry out and be satisfied they have complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Credit Documents.
(p) Works Council . The Administrative Agent shall have received a true and complete copy of the request for advice to, and the unconditional positive advice of, each works council (if any) which has jurisdiction over a Post Closing Borrower incorporated in the Netherlands with respect to the execution and performance of this Agreement and other Credit Documents to which such Post Closing Borrower incorporated in the Netherlands is a party.
(q) Other Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers, any Lender or their respective counsel may have reasonably requested.
The Administrative Agent shall notify the relevant Post Closing Borrower and the Lenders of the satisfaction of the foregoing conditions, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. From the date of such notice and subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders shall make available Loans and the Letter of Credit Issuers shall make available Letters of Credit pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to the relevant Post Closing Borrower. The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Letter of Credit Issuers to issue Letters of Credit to any other Post Closing Borrower hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the conditions set out in Section 5.2 is satisfied (or waived by the Administrative Agent in its discretion) with regards to such other Post Closing Borrower(s).
98
SECTION 6. Conditions Precedent to All Credit Events
The agreement of each Lender to make any Revolving Loan or Swingline Loan requested to be made by it or to issue or participate in Letters of Credit on any date after the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
6.1. No Default; Representations and Warranties . At the time of each Credit Event and also after giving effect thereto: (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) all representations and warranties made by any Credit Party contained herein or in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Credit Event (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date) and (c) no event shall have occurred and no condition shall exist which has or could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.2. Borrowing limits . After giving effect to any Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit, Aggregate Availability shall not be less than zero and the Credit Parties shall be in compliance with the Borrowing Limits.
6.3. Notice of Borrowing . Prior to the making of each Revolving Loan, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request (in writing) meeting the requirements of Section 2.3.
6.4. Letter of Credit Request . With respect to the issuance of any Letter of Credit, the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer shall have received a request completed to its satisfaction and conforming to the requirements set forth in Section 2.6(b), and such other certificates, documents and other information as the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer may reasonably request.
The acceptance of the benefits of each Credit Event (other than, if applicable, any Protective Advances) after the Closing Date shall constitute a representation and warranty by each Borrower to each of the Lenders that all the applicable conditions specified in Section 6 above have been satisfied as of that time.
SECTION 7. Representations, Warranties and Agreements
In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans or to issue or participate in Letters of Credit as provided for herein, each Obligor makes the following representations and warranties to the Lenders, all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans or issuance of Letters of Credit (i) on the date of this Agreement, (ii) on the Closing Date, and (iii) with regards to the Repeating Representations, on the first day of each Interest Period:
7.1. Corporate Status . Parent, each Obligor and each Borrower Subsidiary (a) is a duly organized and validly existing corporation or other entity in good standing (in respect of each jurisdiction where the good standing concept exists) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in which it is engaged except (with respect to the Borrower Subsidiaries) to the extent that the failure to so exist, be organized, or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (b) has duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing (in respect of such jurisdiction where the good
99
standing concept exists) in all jurisdictions where it is required to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified would not reasonably be expected to (A) result in a Material Adverse Effect or (B) materially adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents taken as a whole.
7.2. Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability . Each Credit Party has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of the Credit Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which it is a party. Each Credit Party has duly executed and delivered each Credit Document to which it is a party and each such Credit Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.
7.3. No Violation . Neither the execution, delivery or performance by any Credit Party of the Credit Documents to which it is a party nor compliance with the terms and provisions thereof and the other transactions contemplated hereby will (a) contravene any applicable provision of any material law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality, (b) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the property or assets of any Obligors or any of the Borrower Subsidiaries (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents) pursuant to, the terms of any material indenture, loan agreement, lease agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other material instrument to which any Obligor or any of the Borrower Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound (any such term, covenant, condition or provision, a Contractual Requirement ) or (c) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents of Parent, any Obligor or any Borrower Subsidiary except, with respect to clauses (a) and (b) , as would not reasonably be expected to (A) result in a Material Adverse Effect or (B) materially adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents taken as a whole.
7.4. Litigation . Except as set forth on Schedule 7.4, there are no actions, suits or proceedings (including Environmental Claims) pending or, to the knowledge of any Obligor, threatened with respect to Parent, any Obligor or any of the Borrower Subsidiaries that would, in each case, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
7.5. Margin Regulations . Neither the making of any Loan hereunder nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board.
7.6. Governmental Approvals; Other Consents . The execution, delivery and performance of any Credit Document do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, payment of any stamp, registration, notarial or similar tax or fee to, or other action by, any Governmental Authority or any other Person, except for (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents, and (iii) such licenses, approvals, authorizations or consents the failure to obtain or make which would not reasonably be expected to (A) result in a Material Adverse Effect or (B) materially adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents taken as a whole.
100
7.7. Investment Company Act . No Credit Party is an investment company within the meaning of, and subject to registration under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and no Credit Party carries on any business in the United Kingdom which requires it to be authorised by the U.K.s Financial Conduct Authority or the U.K.s Prudential Regulation Authority.
7.8. Disclosure .
(a) As of the Closing Date, to the knowledge of the Obligors, none of the written factual information and written data (taken as a whole) furnished by or on behalf of Parent, the Obligors, the Borrower Subsidiaries or any of their respective authorized representatives to the Administrative Agent and/or any Lender on or before the Closing Date for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement contained any untrue statement of any material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make such information and data (taken as a whole) not misleading at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information or data was furnished, it being understood and agreed that for purposes of this Section 7.8(a), such factual information and data shall not include projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and /or any other forward-looking information) and information of a general economic or general industry nature.
(b) The projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and other forward-looking information) contained in the information and data referred to in clause (a) above were based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by such Persons to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results.
7.9. Financial Condition; Financial Statements . (a) The unaudited historical consolidated financial information of Parent as of September 30, 2013 and for the fiscal quarters then ended and (b) the Historical Financial Statements, in each case, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of Parent at the respective dates of said information, statements and results of operations for the respective periods covered thereby and such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied except to the extent provided in the notes to said financial statements and except as contemplated by the definition of GAAP. There has been no Material Adverse Effect since December 31, 2013.
7.10. Tax Matters . Each Obligor and each of the Borrower Subsidiaries has filed all material Tax returns required to be filed by it and has paid all material Taxes payable by it that have become due (whether or not shown on a Tax return), other than those Taxes contested in good faith as to which adequate reserves have been provided to the extent required by law and in accordance with GAAP or which would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Obligors and each of the Borrower Subsidiaries have provided adequate reserves to the extent required by law and in accordance with GAAP for the payment of all material Taxes not yet due and payable except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Obligor nor any of the Borrower Subsidiaries is a FATCA FFI or a U.S. Tax Obligor.
7.11. Compliance with ERISA .
(a) (i) Each Plan is in compliance with ERISA, the Code and any applicable Requirement of Law; (ii) no Reportable Event has occurred (or is reasonably likely to occur) with respect to any Plan; (iii) to the knowledge of the Obligors, no Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or in
101
reorganization (or is reasonably likely to be insolvent or in reorganization), and no written notice of any such insolvency or reorganization has been given to Parent or any ERISA Affiliate; (iv) with respect to a Plan, no failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard required for any plan year or part thereof has occurred (or is reasonably likely to occur) and no waiver of such standard or extension of any amortization period has been sought or granted under Section 412 of the Code (or is reasonably likely to be sought or granted); (v) none of the Obligors or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred (or is reasonably likely to incur) any liability to or on account of a Plan pursuant to Section 409, 502(i), 502(l), 515, 4062, 4063, 4064, or 4069 of ERISA or Section 4971 or 4975 of the Code or on account of a Multiemployer Plan pursuant to Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA or has been notified in writing that it will incur any liability under any of the foregoing Sections with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (vi) no proceedings have been instituted by PBGC (or are reasonably likely to be instituted) to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or, to the knowledge of Parent, to reorganize any Multiemployer Plan; and (vii) no written notice of any such proceedings has been given to Parent or any ERISA Affiliate; and no lien imposed under the Code or ERISA on the assets of Parent or any ERISA Affiliate exists (or is reasonably likely to exist) nor has Parent or any ERISA Affiliate been notified in writing that such a lien will be imposed on the assets of Parent or any ERISA Affiliate on account of any Plan, except to the extent that a breach of any of the representations, warranties or agreements in this Section 7.1 l(a)(i) through (vii) would not result, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount of liability that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Plan has an Unfunded Current Liability that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.12. Subsidiaries . Schedule 7.12 lists each Obligor and each Borrower Subsidiary (and the direct and indirect ownership interest of Parent therein), in each case existing on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions.
7.13. Intellectual Property . Each Obligor and each of the Borrower Subsidiaries have obtained all intellectual property, free from burdensome restrictions, that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted, except where the failure to obtain any such rights could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.14. Environmental Laws .
(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 7.14, or as could not otherwise reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) each Obligor and each of the Borrower Subsidiaries and all Real Estate are in compliance with all Environmental Laws; (ii) no Obligor nor any Borrower Subsidiary is subject to any Environmental Claim or any other liability under any Environmental Law; (iii) no Obligor nor any Borrower Subsidiary is conducting or paying for, in whole or in part, any investigation, removal, remedial or other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law at any location; and (iv) no underground storage tank or related piping, or any impoundment or other disposal area containing Hazardous Materials is located at, on or under any Real Estate currently owned or leased by any Obligor or any of the Borrower Subsidiaries.
(b) No Obligor nor any of the Borrower Subsidiaries has treated, stored, transported, Released or disposed or arranged for disposal or transport for disposal of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any currently or formerly owned or leased Real Estate or facility in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) This Section 7.14 sets forth the sole representations and warranties of the Obligors and Borrower Subsidiaries with respect to Environmental Laws.
102
7.15. Properties.
(a) Each Obligor and each of the Borrower Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to or leasehold interests in all properties that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, free and clear of all Liens (other than any Liens permitted by this Agreement), except where the failure to have such good title could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Each Obligor has good and marketable title to its Collateral, free and clear of all Liens, save for Permitted Liens.
7.16. Solvency .
(a) Immediately after the consummation of the Transactions to occur on the Closing Date, (i) the Parent is Solvent, (ii) the value of the assets of each other Credit Party, (including for the avoidance of doubt the value of the Shares it holds in its immediate Subsidiaries and, in the case of the Parent, the assets of its direct and indirect Subsidiaries) at a fair valuation, will exceed its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities) and, (iii) each Credit Party will be able to pay its debts, as such debts fall due.
(b) No Credit Party has suspended or threatened to suspend the making of payments on any of its debts and no Credit Party has admitted its inability to pay its debts, as such debts fall due.
(c) A moratorium has not been declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Credit Party.
(d) No Credit Party incorporated in Switzerland, will be over-indebted.
(e) With respect to each German Relevant Entity, no German Insolvency Event has occurred with respect to it.
7.17. Collateral . Upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, the Security Documents will be effective to create (to the extent described therein), in favor of the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein, except as may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. When the actions specified in each Security Agreement have been duly taken, the security interests granted pursuant thereto shall constitute (to the extent described therein) a perfected security interest in, all right, title and interest of each pledgor or mortgagor (as applicable) party thereto in the Collateral described therein (other than Excluded Perfection Assets) with respect to such pledgor or mortgagor (as applicable) if and to the extent perfection can be achieved by taking such actions.
7.18. Insurance . Each Obligor and its Borrower Subsidiaries are in compliance with the provisions of Section 8.3. Each Obligor has insurance in such amounts and covering such risks and liabilities as are customary for companies of a similar size engaged in similar businesses in similar locations.
103
7.19. Pension Plans . Except for a defined benefit pension scheme entitled Univar Company Pension Scheme 1978 provided by Univar UK Ltd with participating employers being Univar Limited, Univar Europe Limited, Distrupol Limited and Univar Speciality Consumables Limited which was closed to future accrual from 12/01/10, no Credit Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is or has at any time been an employer (for the purposes of sections 38 to 51 of the U.K.s Pensions Act 2004) of an occupational pension scheme which is not a money purchase scheme (both terms as defined in the U.K.s Pensions Schemes Act 1993), and no Credit Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is or has at any time been connected with or an associate of (as those terms are used in sections 38 and 43 of the U.K.s Pensions Act 2004) such an employer.
7.20. Anti-Corruption Laws and Obligor Sanctions . Each Credit Party has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by such Credit Party, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and such Credit Party, its Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees and, to the knowledge of such Credit Party, its directors and agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects. None of (a) any Credit Party, any Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of any such Subsidiary any of their respect directors, officers or employees, or (b) to the knowledge of any Credit Party or Subsidiary, any agent of such Credit Party or any Subsidiary that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person. No Borrowing or Letter of Credit, use of proceeds, Transaction or other transaction contemplated by this Agreement or the other Credit Documents will violate Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions.
7.21. Centre of main interests and establishment . For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the Regulation ), each Obligors and each Borrower Subsidiarys centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(l) of the Regulation) is situated in England and it has no establishment (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.
7.22. Compliance with the Swiss Twenty Non-Bank Rule .
(a) The Swiss Borrower is compliant with the Swiss Twenty Non-Bank Rule; provided however that no Swiss Borrower shall be in breach of this Section 7.22 if the number of creditors (which are not Swiss Qualifying Banks) is exceeded solely by reason of a breach by one or more Lenders of a confirmation contained in Section 4.5(k) or a failure by one or more Lenders to comply with their obligations and transfer restrictions in Section 12.6.
(b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) above, the Swiss Borrower shall assume that the aggregate number of Lenders under this Agreement which are Swiss Non-Qualifying Banks is five (5).
SECTION 8. Affirmative Covenants
Each Obligor hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date and thereafter, until all Loans, together with interest and all other Obligations (other than indemnification and other contingent Obligations in each case not then due and payable) hereunder, are paid in full, all Commitments are terminated and all Letters of Credit are terminated or collateralized in an amount equal to their face amount:
8.1. Information Covenants . The Credit Parties will furnish to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly make such information available to the Lenders in accordance with its customary practice):
104
(a) Annual Financial Statements . as soon as they are available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Parent, its audited consolidated financial statements as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by independent public accountants acceptable to the Required Lenders (without a going concern or like qualification or exception and without any qualification, commentary or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;
(b) Quarterly Financial Statements . as soon as they are available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Parent: (i) consolidated unaudited financial statements of the Parent and (ii) unaudited consolidating and consolidated financial statements for the EMEA Segment, in each case as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year (to be in a form agreed between the Administrative Agent and the Parent prior to the date of this Agreement or in such other form as may be agreed between the Administrative Agent and the Parent (acting reasonably) from time to time) and which shall be certified by a Financial Officer of the Parent as fairly representing the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent and the entities comprising the EMEA Segment in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and, in the case of the quarterly financial statements for the EMEA Segment, denominated in Euros (with the cashflow to be reported on a consolidated basis), subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a management narrative in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent describing significant factors resulting in changes during such fiscal quarter and in the year to date period from the corresponding periods in the previous year and budgeted amounts.
(c) following any Trigger Date, as soon as they are available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Parent, consolidated unaudited financial statements of the Day One Borrowers and the Post Closing Borrowers as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year (to be in a form agreed between the Administrative Agent and the Parent prior to the date of this Agreement or in such other form as may be agreed between the Administrative Agent and the Parent (acting reasonably) from time to time) and which shall be certified by one of the Financial Officers of the Parent as fairly reporting the financial operation of the Day One Borrowers and the Post Closing Borrowers in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a management narrative in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent describing significant factors resulting in changes during such fiscal quarter and in the year to date period from the corresponding periods in the previous year and budgeted amounts;
(d) as soon as it is available, an annual financial statement (which can be in the form of a spreadsheet satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) providing details of the percentage of the Consolidated EBITDA of the EMEA Segment as at the end of the most recent completed fiscal year of the Parent which is contributed by the Day One Borrowers, the Post Closing Borrowers and the Distribution Principals taken as a whole;
(e) a report, in the form of a spreadsheet satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (acting reasonably) and delivered upon the request of the Administrative Agent (in its Permitted Discretion), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not make such a request more than once in each fiscal quarter, which details the net cash pooling position of the Credit Parties , the EMEA Segment and the Parent (being the aggregate balance of all accounts subject to each common cash pool arrangement, net of all negative balances of such accounts);
105
(f) as soon as they are available (and by no later than the date that they are required to be delivered by law), annual statutory audits for each Day One Borrower and each Post Closing Borrower (in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) prepared, in each case in such entitys local currency and in accordance with local GAAP consistently applied;
(g) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Administrative Borrower in substantially the form of Exhibit D (i) certifying, in the case of the financial statements delivered under clause (b), as fairly representing the financial condition and results of operations of the entities comprising the EMEA Segment on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes, (ii) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (iii) at all times, setting forth reasonably detailed calculations that would be used to detemine the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, for information purposes only; (iv) stating whether any change in GAAP or in the application thereof has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 7.9 and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate and (v) stating the amount of any Pro Forma Adjustment not previously set forth in a Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate or any change in the amount of a Pro Forma Adjustment set forth in a Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate previously provided and, in either case, in reasonably detail, the calculations and basis therefor;
(h) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) above, a certificate of the accounting firm that reported on such financial statements stating whether they obtained knowledge during the course of their examination of such financial statements of any Default (which certificate may be limited to the extent required by accounting rules or guidelines);
(i) as soon as available but in any event no later than 90 days after the start of each fiscal year of Parent (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014), a copy of the plan and forecast (including a projected consolidated balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement) of (i) the EMEA Segment (prior to any Trigger Date) and (ii) the Day One Borrowers and the Post Closing Borrowers and the Distribution Principals (following any Trigger Date) for each quarter of the then-current fiscal year in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(j) as soon as available but in any event (i) by 31 March 2014, for the month of February 2014, (ii) by the date being 15 Business Days after the end of March 2014 for the month of March 2014 and (iii) within 10 Business Days of the end of each calendar month for each other month thereafter, and at such other times as may be necessary to re-determine Availability or as may be requested by the Administrative Agent, as of the period then ended, Borrowing Base Certificates and Aggregate Borrowing Base Certificates and supporting information in connection therewith, together with any additional reports with respect to any Borrowing Base as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request provided that at any time where (A) Availability is less than the greater of (i) 10% of the aggregate Commitments, or (ii) 15,000,000, or (B) a Default is continuing, Borrowing Base Certificates and Aggregate Borrowing Base Certificates shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent within 3 Business Days of the end of each calendar week.
106
(k) Officers Certificates . At the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Sections 8.1(a) and (b), a certificate of an Authorized Officer of Parent to the effect that to such Authorized Officers knowledge, no Default or Event of Default exists or, if any Default or Event of Default does exist, specifying the nature and extent thereof, which certificate shall set forth (i) the calculations required to establish whether Parent was in compliance with the provisions of Section 9.9 as at the end of such fiscal year or period, as the case may be (whether or not such covenant was in effect), and (ii) the amount of any Pro Forma Adjustment not previously set forth in a Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate or any change in the amount of a Pro Forma Adjustment set forth in any Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate previously provided and, in either case, in reasonable detail, the calculations and basis therefor.
(l) Notice of Default of Litigation . Promptly after an Authorized Officer of any Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, notice of (i) the occurrence of any event that constitutes a Default of Event of Default, which notice shall specify the nature thereof, the period of existence thereof to the extent known and what action the Borrowers propose to take with respect thereto and (ii) any litigation or governmental proceeding pending against any Borrower or any of the Borrower Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to be determined adversely and, if so determined, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(m) Environmental Matters . Promptly after obtaining knowledge of any one or more of the following environmental matters, unless such environmental matters could not, individually or when aggregated with all other such matters, be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, notice of:
(i) any pending or threatened Environmental Claim against any Borrower or any Real Estate;
(ii) any condition or occurrence on any Real Estate that (x) could reasonably be expected to result in noncompliance by any Borrower with any applicable Environmental Law or (y) could reasonably be anticipated to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against any Borrower or any Real Estate;
(iii) any condition or occurrence on any Real Estate that could reasonably be anticipated to cause such Real Estate to be subject to any restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, use or transferability of such Real Estate under any Environmental Law; and
(iv) the conduct of any investigation, or any removal, remedial or other corrective action in response to the actual or alleged presence, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material on, at, under or from any Real Estate.
All such notices shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the claim, investigation, condition, occurrence or removal or remedial action and the response thereto.
(n) Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate . Not later than any date on which financial statements are delivered with respect to any Test Period in which a Pro Forma Adjustment is made as a result of the consummation of the acquisition of any Acquired Entity or Business by Parent or any Borrower Subsidiary for which there shall be a Pro Forma Adjustment, a certificate of an Authorized Officer of Parent setting forth the amount of such Pro Forma Adjustment and, in reasonable detail, the calculations and basis therefor.
107
(o) Other information . As soon as available but in any event within 10 Business Days of the end of each calendar month and at such other times as may be requested by the Administrative Agent, as of the period then ended, all delivered electronically in a text formatted file acceptable to the Administrative Agent:
(i) in the event that Aggregate Availability is less than 15% of the Revolving Commitments (and until such time that Aggregate Availability is greater than 15% of the Revolving Commitments for a calendar month), a detailed aging of the Borrowers Accounts, including all invoices aged by invoice date and due date (with an explanation of the terms offered), prepared in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, together with a summary specifying the name, address, and balance due for each Account Debtor;
(ii) in the event that Aggregate Availability is less than 15% of the Revolving Commitments (and until such time that Aggregate Availability is greater than 15% of the Revolving Commitments for a calendar month), a schedule detailing Univar B.V.s and the English Borrowers Inventory, in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (1) by location (showing Inventory in transit, any Inventory located with a third party under any consignment, bailee arrangement, or warehouse agreement), by class (raw material, work-in-process and finished goods), by product type, and by volume on hand, which Inventory shall be valued at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in, first-out basis) or market and adjusted for Reserves as the Administrative Agent has previously indicated to the Administrative Borrower are deemed by the Administrative Agent to be appropriate, and (2) including a report of any variances or other results of Inventory counts performed by Univar B.V. and the English Borrower since the last Inventory schedule (including information regarding sales or other reductions, additions, returns, credits issued by relevant Borrowers and complaints and claims made against the relevant Borrowers);
(iii) a worksheet of calculations prepared by the Borrowers to determine Eligible Accounts and (as applicable) Eligible Inventory, such worksheets detailing the Accounts and (as applicable) Inventory excluded from Eligible Accounts and Eligible Inventory and the reason for such exclusion. The information in this paragraph (iii) shall be provided as soon as available but in any event (i) by 31 March 2014, for the month of February 2014, (ii) by the date being 15 Business Days after the end of March 2014 for the month of March 2014 and (iii) within 10 Business Days of the end of each calendar month for each other month thereafter; and
(iv) in relation to the French Borrower: (A) information in relation to outstanding trade payables, (B) a schedule detailing that entitys Inventory and (C) detailed information (in the form, and containing the details, specified by the Administrative Agent) relating to that entitys Accounts;
(p) in the event that Aggregate Availability is less than 15% of the Revolving Commitments (and until such time that Aggregate Availability is greater than 15% of the Revolving Commitments for a calendar month), as soon as available but in any event within 10 Business Days of the end of each month, as of the month then ended, a schedule and aging of the Borrowers accounts payable, delivered electronically in a text formatted file acceptable to the Administrative Agent;
(q) as soon as available but in any event within 10 Business Days of each 31 March and 30 September (commencing on 30 September 2014), an updated customer list for each Borrower, which list shall state the customers name, mailing address and phone number, delivered electronically in a text formatted file acceptable to the Administrative Agent and certified as true and correct by a Financial Officer of the Administrative Borrower. The provision of one set of customer lists per year may be satisfied by information provided during the annual field examination pursuant to Section 8.3;
108
(r) promptly upon the Administrative Agents request:
(i) copies of invoices issued by the Borrowers in connection with any Accounts, credit memos, shipping and delivery documents, and other information related thereto;
(ii) copies of purchase orders, invoices, and shipping and delivery documents in connection with any Inventory purchased by any Credit Party; and
(iii) a schedule detailing the balance of all intercompany accounts of the Credit Parties; and
(s) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of any Credit Party or any Borrower Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.
8.2. Books, Records and Inspections .
(a) The Obligors will, and will cause each Borrower Subsidiary to, (a) keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its material business and activities (including, without limitation, its Eligible Accounts and Eligible Inventory) and (b) permit officers and designated representatives of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to visit and inspect any of the properties or assets of Parent, the Obligors and any such Borrower Subsidiary in whomevers possession to the extent that it is within such partys control to permit such inspection, and to examine the books and records of Parent, the Obligors and any such Borrower Subsidiary and discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Parent, the Obligors and of any such Borrower Subsidiary with, and be advised as to the same by, its and their officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and intervals and to such reasonable extent as the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may reasonably request (and subject, in the case of any such meetings or advice from such independent accountants, to such accountants customary policies and procedures); provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 8.2 and only two such visits per fiscal year shall be at the Obligors expense; provided further that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Obligors at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice.
(b) At reasonable times during normal business hours and upon reasonable prior notice that the Administrative Agent requests, but only in connection with the visits and inspections provided for in clause (a) above, Parent, the Obligors and the Borrower Subsidiaries will grant access to the Administrative Agent (including employees of the Administrative Agent or any consultants, accountants, lawyers and appraisers retained by the Administrative Agent) to such Persons premises, books, records, Accounts and Inventory so that the Administrative Agent or an appraiser retained by the Administrative Agent may conduct an Inventory appraisal and the Administrative Agent may conduct (or engage third parties to conduct) such field examinations, verifications and evaluations (including environmental assessments) as the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or appropriate. All reasonable expenses caused by such appraisals, field examinations and other verifications and
109
evaluations shall be at the sole expense of the Obligors; provided that absent the existence and continuation of an Event of Default (i) the Administrative Agent may conduct at the expense of the Obligors no more than one (1) such appraisal for Inventory in any calendar year and no more than one (1) such field examination in any calendar year and (ii) during any calendar year in which the Aggregate Availability is less than or equal to 20% of the Revolving Commitments, the Administrative Agent may conduct at the expense of the Obligors no more than two (2) such appraisals for Inventory and no more than two (2) such field examination in such calendar year and (iii) during or (z) in any calendar year in which one or more Cash Dominion Periods have been in effect, the Administrative Agent may conduct at the expense of the Obligors no more than three (3) such appraisals for Inventory and no more than three (3) such field examinations in such calendar year and all amounts chargeable to the applicable Obligors under this Section 8.2(b) shall constitute Obligations that are secured by all of the applicable Collateral and shall be payable to the Administrative Agent hereunder. There shall be no limitation on the number of appraisals for Inventory or field examinations conducted at the expense of the Obligors at any time that an Event of Default is continuing.
8.3. Maintenance of Insurance .
(a) The Obligors will, and will cause each of the Borrower Subsidiaries to, at all times maintain in full force and effect, pursuant to self-insurance arrangements or with insurance companies that are financially sound at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business; and will furnish to the Lenders, upon reasonable written request from the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried; and ensure that at all times the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be named as additional insureds with respect to liability policies maintained by any Obligor, and the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be named as loss payee with respect to the property insurance covering Inventory that constitutes Collateral maintained by any Obligor; provided that, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent shall turn over to the Obligors any amounts received by it as loss payee under any property insurance maintained by such Obligors it being understood and agreed that the Collateral Agent is not authorized to receive any such proceeds except during the continuation of any Event of Default, and, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent agrees that the applicable Obligor shall have the sole right to adjust or settle any claims under such insurance.
(b) All such insurance shall (i) provide that no cancellation, material reduction in amount or material change in coverage thereof shall be effective until at least 30 days after receipt by the Collateral Agent of written notice thereof, and (ii) name the Collateral Agent as mortgagee (in the case of property insurance) or additional insured on behalf of the Secured Parties (in the case of liability insurance) or loss payee (in the case of property insurance), as applicable.
110
8.4. Payment of Taxes . The Obligors will timely pay and discharge, and will cause each of the Borrower Subsidiaries to timely pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it, or upon any properties belonging to it, and all lawful claims in respect of any Taxes imposed, assessed or levied that, if unpaid, could reasonably be expected to become a Lien upon any properties of the Obligors or any of the Borrower Subsidiaries, provided that neither the Obligors, nor any of the Borrower Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any such Tax that is being contested in good faith by the Obligors by proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves with respect thereto to the extent required by law and in accordance with GAAP and the failure to pay could not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.
8.5. Maintenance of Existence . The Credit Parties will do, and will cause each of the Borrower Subsidiaries to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, corporate rights and authority, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided, however, that the Credit Parties and the Borrower Subsidiaries may consummate any transaction permitted under Sections 9.3, 9.4 or 9.5.
8.6. Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, Etc . The Credit Parties will, and will cause each of the Borrower Subsidiaries to, comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to it or its property, including all governmental approvals or authorizations required to conduct its business, and to maintain all such governmental approvals or authorizations in full force and effect, in each case except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
8.7. Maintenance of Properties . The Obligors will, and will cause each of the Borrower Subsidiaries to, keep and maintain all tangible property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except to the extent that the failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect provided, however, that the Obligors and the Borrower Subsidiaries may consummate any transaction permitted under Sections 9.3, 9.4 or 9.5.
8.8. Use of Proceeds
(a) The proceeds of the Loans and the Letters of Credit will be used only for refinancing certain existing indebtedness, for general corporate purposes and to finance the working capital needs of the Borrowers and their Affiliates, and to fund Permitted Acquisitions and Permitted Investments of the Borrowers and their Affiliates. No part of the proceeds of any Loan and no Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly, (i) for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulation T, Regulation U and Regulation X, or (ii) to make any Acquisition other than a Permitted Acquisition. No Secured Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.
(b) No Borrower will request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, and no Borrower shall use, and each Credit Party shall procure that its Subsidiaries and its and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall not use, the proceeds of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit (a) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (b) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, or (c) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.
111
(c) In its discretion during a Cash Dominion Period or at any time at which it considers (acting reasonably) that the Collateral of the French Borrower may be at risk, the Administrative Agent may request that the proceeds of the French Loans shall be used by the French Borrower to pay all outstanding amounts (if any) payable at the time of such French Loan to all RoT Suppliers. Following such payment, the French Borrower will use the remaining proceeds of French Loans in accordance with (a) above
8.9. Further Assurances .
(a) The Obligors will execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents, the execution of dailly assignments in respect of French Accounts which are no longer subject to extendible retention of title) that may be reasonably required under any applicable law, or that the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the applicable Security Documents, all at the reasonable expense of such Obligor and the Borrower Subsidiaries; provided, however, that no Obligor shall be under any obligation to enter into any such document, financing statement, agreement or instrument, or take any such action in respect of Excluded Perfection Assets and provided further that notwithstanding any other term of the Credit Documents, no Obligor shall be required to provide any Collateral or enter into any Security Document to that extent that to do so (a) is prohibited by any applicable law or (b) would result in material adverse tax consequences, or (c) that would result in the incurrence of fees, costs or expenses (including taxes and filing charges) that are (in the opinion of the Administrative Agent (acting reasonably)) disproportionate to the benefit obtained by the provision of such Collateral.
(b) Subject to the applicable limitations set forth in the Security Documents, if any assets (including any real estate or improvements thereto or any ownership (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, leasehold) interest therein but excluding Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary) with a book value in excess of 5,000,000 are acquired by any Obligor after the Closing Date (other than assets constituting Collateral under a Security Document that become subject to the perfected Lien of the applicable Security Document upon acquisition thereof or assets constituting Excluded Assets or Excluded Perfection Assets) that are of a nature secured by a Security Document and intended to be Collateral, the Obligors will notify the Collateral Agent, and, if reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, the Obligors will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the applicable Obligations and will take such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant and perfect such Liens consistent with the applicable requirements of the Security Documents, including actions described in clause (a) of this Section 8.9 and subject to the provisos in Section 8.9.
8.10. End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters . Each Obligor will, for financial reporting purposes, cause (a) the Parents, and each of its and its Subsidiaries, fiscal years to end on December 31 of each year and (b) the Parents, and each of its and its Subsidiaries, fiscal quarters to end on dates consistent with such fiscal year end and past practice.
8.11. Payment of Obligations. Each Obligor will, and will cause each Borrower Subsidiary to, pay or discharge all Taxes, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) such Obligor or Borrower Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) such liabilities would not result in aggregate liabilities in excess of 25,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or other currencies) and none of the Collateral would become subject to forfeiture or loss as a result of the contest; provided, however, that each Credit Party will, and will cause each Borrower Subsidiary to, remit withholding taxes and other payroll taxes to appropriate Governmental Authorities as and when claimed to be due, notwithstanding the foregoing exceptions.
112
8.12. Compliance with Laws and Material Contractual Obligations . Each Credit Party will, and will cause each Borrower Subsidiary to, (i) comply with all Requirements of Law applicable to it or its property (including without limitation Environmental Laws) and (ii) perform in all material respects its obligations under material agreements to which it is a party except where, in each case, failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Credit Party will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by each Credit Party and each Borrower Subsidiary and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.
8.13. Pension Plans . Except as could not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, each Obligor will, and will cause each of the Borrower Subsidiaries to, ensure that (i) all employer and employee contributions (including insurance premiums) required from any Obligor or any of its Affiliates by applicable law or by the terms of any Pension Plan (including any policy held thereunder) are made, (ii) each Pension Plan that is required to be registered has been registered and has been maintained in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities, and (iii) each Pension Plan is in compliance (A) with all material provisions of applicable law and all material applicable regulations and regulatory requirements (whether discretionary or otherwise) with respect to such Pension Plan and (B) with the terms of such Pension Plan.
8.14. Transfer of Accounts.
(a) At any time during a Cash Dominion Period, at the request of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, the Obligors shall, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent either (i) promptly cause all of their Collection Accounts (each an Existing Collection Account) to be transferred to the name of the Administrative Agent or (ii) promptly open new Collection Accounts in London with (and, at the discretion of the Administrative Agent, in the name of) the Administrative Agent (such new bank accounts being Collection Accounts under and for the purposes of this Agreement), and (b) if new Collection Accounts have been established pursuant to this Section (each a New Collection Account), ensure that all cash, cheques or other similar payments relating to or constituting payments made in respect of Accounts owing to them will promptly be re-directed to the New Collection Accounts. Until all collections have been redirected to the New Collection Accounts, each Obligor shall cause all amounts on deposit in any Existing Collection Account to be transferred to a New Collection Account at the end of each Business Day, provided that if any such Obligor does not instruct such re-direction or transfer, each of them hereby authorises the Administrative Agent to give such instructions on their behalf to the applicable Account Debtors and/or the account bank holding such Existing Collection Account (as applicable).
(b) At any time during a Cash Dominion Period, at the request of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, each Obligor agrees that if any of its Account Debtors have not previously received notice of the security interest of the Administrative Agent over its Accounts, it shall promptly give notice to such Account Debtors and if any such Obligor does not serve such notice, each of them hereby authorises the Administrative Agent to serve such notice on their behalf.
113
8.15. Cash Management .
(a) Each Day One Borrower and each Post Closing Borrower that has satisfied the conditions set out in Section 5.2 will ensure that all cash, cheques or other similar payments relating to or constituting payments made in respect of Accounts owing to such Borrower are promptly (and in any event within three Business Days) deposited (whether directly or indirectly) into Collection Accounts or Floating Charge Accounts, in a manner that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Until so deposited, all such payments shall be held on trust by each Borrower for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and shall not be commingled with any other funds or property of any Borrower.
(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Period, the bank at which any Collection Account or Concentration Account are maintained shall, upon receipt of notice by the Collateral Agent of such Cash Dominion Period, commence the process of daily sweeps from such accounts into an account designated for the purposes by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be given sufficient access to the Collection Accounts and the Concentration Accounts to ensure that the Administrative Agent shall be able to apply funds credited to any Collection Account or Concentration Account in its sole discretion during a Cash Dominion Period pursuant to Section 4.2(b) hereof.
(c) Each Day One Borrower and each Post Closing Borrower that has satisfied the conditions set out in Section 5.2 shall ensure that each Collection Account and Concentration Account is, unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, subject to a Lien and a Deposit Account Control Agreement (or other arrangement (including, but not limited to, a notice and acknowledgment arrangement) with similar effect), which, with respect to any Collection Account and any Concentration Account, shall ensure that such Collection Accounts are blocked and, in the case of any Concentration Account located in England, under the sole control of the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent.
(d) Each Obligor agrees, with respect to the Collection Accounts that are part of the European Cash Management Arrangements, (i) not to request the termination of the real time zero balancing arrangements, (ii) not to amend the real time nature of the zero balancing sweep (which, for the avoidance of doubt requires the immediate sweeping of amounts received to the Concentration Account) and (iii) not to request the withdrawal of moneys from the Collection Accounts which are part of the European Cash Management Arrangements.
(e) In the event that zero balancing arrangements which are part of the European Cash Management Arrangements are amended (in any material respect) or terminated by the relevant account bank (or the account bank sends an Obligor a notice that it intends to cancel the zero balancing arrangements), the Obligors shall promptly inform the Administrative Agent and, at the request of the Administrative Agent, shall promptly enter into such Deposit Account Control Agreements with respect to the bank account(s) affected by the termination of the zero balancing arrangements as the Administrative Agent may request.
(f) Notwithstanding paragraphs (d) and (e) above, in the event that the European Cash Management Arrangements are moved to a different account bank, the Administrative Agent agrees that it will work together with the Administrative Borrower to agree to the putting in place of arrangements which have equivalent effect and protections for the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Lenders as the then current European Cash Management Arrangements (in light of any changed circumstances of the new European Cash Management Arrangements (including, without limitation, whether or not such arrangements are subject to automatic zero balancing)).
8.16. French Accounts . The French Borrower shall ensure that (i) a copy of, or reference to, the French Borrowers standard terms and conditions of purchase is attached to or included on (as applicable) each purchase order or equivalent document with their suppliers, (ii) its standard terms and conditions of purchase at all times contain a condition to the effect that title to the purchased goods transfers to the French Borrower at a time no later than on delivery of the
114
purchased goods to the French Borrower, (iii) its standard terms and conditions of purchase are not amended without the prior consent in writing of the Administrative Agent, and (iv) if the reference on any purchase order or equivalent document is to the standard terms and conditions of purchase as set out on a specified website, the relevant website must be maintained, be up to date and be publicly accessible at all times. During any Cash Dominion Period or at any other time at which the Administrative Agent considers that the Collateral of the French Borrower may be at risk, at the request of the Administrative Agent, the French Borrower must send a copy of its standard terms and conditions of purchase (or other notice satisfactory to the Administrative Agent which rejects retention of title and/or extendible retention of title provisions in relation to the French Borrowers Inventory) to its suppliers.
8.17. Compliance with the Swiss Twenty Non-Bank Rule .
(a) The Swiss Borrower shall be in compliance with the Swiss Twenty Non-Bank Rule; provided, however, that no Swiss Borrower shall be in breach of this Section 8.17 if the number of creditors (which are not Swiss Qualifying Banks) is exceeded solely by reason of a breach by one or more Lenders of a confirmation contained in Section 4.5(k) or a failure by one or more Lenders to comply with their obligations and transfer restrictions in Section 12.6.
(b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) above, the Swiss Borrower shall assume that the aggregate number of Lenders under this Agreement which are Swiss Non-Qualifying Banks is five (5).
8.18. Post Closing Borrowers . The Credit Parties shall ensure that the conditions set out in Section 5.2 have been satisfied with respect to each of the Post Closing Borrowers within 90 days of the Closing Date (or such longer time as the Administrative Agent, in its absolute discretion, may determine).
8.19. Post-Closing Requirements .
(a) Within 120 days of the Closing Date, the Obligors shall procure that no proceeds of Accounts owed to them are being paid into Collection Accounts or Floating Charge Accounts (a) held outside of the European Cash Management Arrangements, (b) which are not secured in favour of the Collateral Agent and over which an effective Deposit Account Control Agreement has not been established or (c) which are not segregated from payment and/or other disbursement accounts (such bank accounts being the Legacy Accounts ). The Obligors shall give whatever instructions are necessary to instruct the relevant Account Debtors to pay the proceeds of the Accounts to the correct Collection Accounts within the European Cash Management Arrangements. Until such time as all proceeds of Accounts are no longer being paid into Legacy Accounts, the Obligors shall procure that any amounts paid into the Legacy Accounts shall be swept on a weekly basis into a Collection Account within the European Cash Management Arrangements over which the Collateral Agent has a security interest and in relation to which an effective Deposit Account Control Agreement is in place.
In the event that any Obligor fails to be in compliance with this Section, the Administrative Agent may require that full security (which shall be fixed charge security for bank accounts located in England) and appropriate Deposit Account Control Agreements are taken over the relevant bank accounts within a timescale satisfactory to it in its absolute discretion.
(b) If, following a change in law in Belgium which would allow a non-possessory form of security to be taken over the Inventory of the Belgian Borrower (which is expected to come into force on or about 1 December 2014), the Administrative Agent requests that the Belgian Borrower grant such a security interest in favour of the Collateral Agent, the Parties shall work together in order to put in place such security in a prompt and efficient manner.
115
(c) At the request of the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, the Company shall grant security over its Inventory located in Spain, pursuant to a security document governed by Spanish law (and shall make any necessary changes to this Agreement to accommodate such security).
(d) Within 10 Business Days of the date of this Agreement, the Belgian Borrower will provide evidence to the Administrative Agent that an extract of the written shareholder resolutions of the Belgian Borrower, approving the change of control provisions in the Credit Agreement, have been filed with the clerk of the relevant Commercial Court, in accordance with Article 556 of the Belgian Companies Code.
(e) Upon the earlier of an Event of Default and a Cash Dominion Event, at the Administrative Agents sole discretion, the Company shall provide a security interest (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) over such of the Inventory of the Company that is located in Sweden pursuant to a security document governed by Swedish law (and shall make any necessary changes to this Agreement to accommodate such security). Such security interest shall be entered into within 30 days of any such request (or 5 days, if an Event of Default is continuing).
SECTION 9. Negative Covenants
Each Obligor hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date and thereafter, until the Loans, together with interest and all other Obligations (other than indemnification and other contingent Obligations in each case not then due and payable) incurred hereunder, are paid in full, all Commitments are terminated and all Letters of Credit are terminated or cash collateralized in an amount equal to their face amount:
9.1. Limitation on Indebtedness . The Obligors will not, and will not permit any of the Borrower Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a) Indebtedness arising under the Credit Documents;
(b) subject to compliance with Section 9.5, Indebtedness of the Obligors or any Borrower Subsidiary owed to the Parent and all other direct or indirect Subsidiaries of the Parent (the Parent Subsidiaries) , any Obligor or any Borrower Subsidiary; provided that, in each case, all such Indebtedness of any Obligor owed to any Person that is not an Obligor shall be subordinated to the Obligations on customary terms and provided further that Indebtedness to any other Person that is not an Obligor under or pursuant to cash pooling obligations (other than the European Cash Management Arrangements) may only be repaid in the event that, immediately prior to and immediately following the relevant transaction, the Payment Conditions are satisfied;
(c) Indebtedness in respect of any bankers acceptance, bank guarantees, letter of credit, warehouse receipt or similar facilities entered into in the ordinary course of business (including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims);
116
(d) subject to compliance with Section 9.5, Guarantee Obligations incurred by Borrower Subsidiaries or Obligors in respect of Indebtedness of Parent or the Parent Subsidiaries, the Obligors or other Borrower Subsidiaries that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement (provided that if the Indebtedness guaranteed constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, then such Guarantee Obligations shall be subordinated to the applicable Obligations to at least the same extent as the Indebtedness so guaranteed);
(e) Guarantee Obligations (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of (or to) suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees or (ii) otherwise constituting Investments permitted by Section 9.5(g);
(f) (i) Indebtedness (including Indebtedness arising under Capital Leases) incurred within 270 days of the acquisition, construction or improvement of fixed or capital assets to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of such fixed or capital assets, provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this subclause (f)(i) at any time outstanding (when aggregated with all Indebtedness outstanding under subclause (f)(ii) below) shall not exceed 20,000,000, and (ii) any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i) above, provided that the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to any fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extensions;
(g) Existing Indebtedness and any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension thereof; provided that (x) the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to the amount of fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (y) the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Indebtedness are not changed and (z) no portion of such Indebtedness matures prior to the Maturity Date (unless the Existing Indebtedness being modified, replaced, refunded, renewed or extended originally matured prior to the Maturity Date);
(h) Indebtedness in respect of Hedge Agreements not entered into for speculative purposes;
(i) (i) Indebtedness of a Person or Indebtedness attaching to assets of a Person that, in either case, becomes a Borrower Subsidiary (or is a Borrower Subsidiary that survives a merger with such Person) or Indebtedness attaching to assets that are acquired by an Obligor or any Borrower Subsidiary, in each case after the Closing Date as the result of an acquisition; provided that
(w) such Indebtedness existed at the time such Person became a Borrower Subsidiary or at the time such assets were acquired and, in each case, was not created in anticipation thereof,
(x) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed in any respect by an Obligor or any Borrower Subsidiary (other than by any such Person that becomes a Borrower Subsidiary in such transaction or is the survivor of a merger with such Person or any of its Subsidiaries in such transaction), and
117
(y) (A) after giving Pro Forma Effect to the assumption of such Indebtedness, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio is at least 2.0 to 1.0 and, if such Indebtedness is secured by any Liens, such Liens do not extend to any Collateral (and, if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the Obligor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to require the holders of any such Indebtedness that is secured by Liens on any location at which Collateral will be stored to enter into a customary access agreement with the Collateral Agent) and (B) except for Indebtedness consisting of Capitalized Lease Obligations, revenue bonds, purchase money Indebtedness, working capital facilities, overdraft facilities and cash management arrangements, or mortgages or other Liens on specific assets, no portion of such Indebtedness matures prior to the date that is 91 days after the Maturity Date; and
(z) the Acquisition (if any) pursuant to which such Person became a Borrower Subsidiary was a Permitted Acquisition; and
(ii) any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i) above, provided that (x) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by the amount of fees and expenses incurred in connection with such modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (y) the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Indebtedness are not changed and (z) if the Indebtedness being refinanced, or any guarantee thereof, constituted Subordinated Indebtedness, then such replacement or refinancing Indebtedness, or such guarantee, respectively, shall be subordinated to the Obligations to at least the same extent;
(j) Indebtedness in respect of customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations not in connection with money borrowed, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business;
(k) additional unsecured Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed 20,000,000 at any time outstanding;
(l) Indebtedness of the Obligors or any Borrower Subsidiary (i) (x) so long as after giving Pro Forma Effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of proceeds thereof on the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio shall be at least 2.0 to 1.0 and (y) the terms of such Indebtedness do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligation prior to the date that is 91 days after the Maturity Date (provided that such Indebtedness may provide for (A) customary offers to purchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and a mandatory offer to prepay from refinancing Indebtedness specified in subclause (ii) below, (B) customary acceleration rights after an event of default and (C) an initial maturity that is earlier than the Maturity Date so long as such Indebtedness automatically converts to Indebtedness maturing at least 91 days after the Maturity Date subject only to the condition that no payment event of default or bankruptcy (with respect to the Obligors) exists on the initial maturity date) and (ii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i) above, provided that the principal amount of any such Indebtedness is not increased above the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension plus the amount of fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith (unless such Indebtedness would otherwise be permitted to be issued in accordance with subclause (i) above);
118
(m) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Obligors or any Borrower Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case entered into in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Stock permitted hereunder, other than Guarantee Obligations incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Stock for the purpose of financing such acquisition, provided that such amount is not Indebtedness required to be reflected on the balance sheet of the Obligors or any Borrower Subsidiary in accordance with GAAP (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this proviso);
(n) Indebtedness of any Obligor or any Borrower Subsidiary consisting of (i) financing of insurance premiums in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 15,000,000 at any time outstanding or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply agreements, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money;
(o) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Obligors (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Borrower Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(p) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Obligors and the Borrower Subsidiaries to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees (or their respective spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees) to finance the purchase or redemption of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Obligors or the Borrower Subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 9.6(b);
(q) additional Indebtedness of Borrower Subsidiaries (and any guarantees thereof by such entities) under local working capital lines in an aggregate principal amount that at the time of incurrence does not cause the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred in reliance on this clause (r) to exceed 50,000,000;
(r) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;
(s) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of cash management services (including, without limitation, the Treasury Bank Overdraft Facility), netting services (including treasury and depository services), overdraft facilities, employee credit or debit card programs (including non-card electronic payment services and purchase card programs), cash pooling arrangements, electronic fund transfer services or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts;
(t) lease obligations in respect of Sale and Lease-Back Transactions in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 15,000,000; and
(u) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and listed in Schedule 9.1.
9.2. Limitation on Liens . The Obligors will not, and will not permit any of the Borrower Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets of any kind (real or personal, tangible or intangible) of the Obligors or any Borrower Subsidiary, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
(a) Liens arising under the Credit Documents;
119
(b) Permitted Liens;
(c) (i) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Sections 9.1(f) and (q), provided that (x) such Liens attach at all times only to the assets so financed or subject to the applicable Sale and Lease-Back Transaction except for accessions to the property financed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and the proceeds and the products thereof and (y) that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender, and (ii) Liens on the assets of Borrower Subsidiaries that are not Obligors securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 9.1;
(d) Liens existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 9.2;
(e) the replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clauses (e), (f) and (h) of this Section 9.2 upon or in the same assets theretofore subject to such Lien (or upon or in after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien) or the replacement, extension or renewal (without increase in the amount or change in any direct or contingent obligor except to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder) of the Indebtedness secured thereby;
(f) Liens existing on the assets of any Person that becomes a Borrower Subsidiary of an Obligor (or is a Borrower Subsidiary that survives a merger with such Person in the transaction in which such Person became a Borrower Subsidiary), or existing on assets acquired, pursuant to an acquisition to the extent the Liens on such assets secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1(i); provided that such Liens attach at all times only to the same assets to which such Liens attached (and after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien), and secure only the same Indebtedness or obligations that such Liens secured, immediately prior to such acquisition and any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension thereof permitted by Section 9.1(i);
(g) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations (i) of the Obligors or any Borrower Subsidiary in favor of an Obligor and (ii) of any Borrower Subsidiary that is not an Obligor in favor of any other Borrower Subsidiary or the Parent or any Parent Subsidiary that is not an Obligor;
(h) Liens (i) of a collecting bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection or (ii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off);
(i) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 9.5 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any property in a transaction permitted under Section 9.4, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or sale, disposition, transfer or lease, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;
(j) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Obligors or any of the Borrower Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business permitted by this Agreement;
(k) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness or (ii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Obligors or any Borrower Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
120
(l) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits or other similar cash deposits made by the Obligors or any of the Borrower Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent, distribution agreement in the ordinary course of business or purchase agreement not prohibited hereunder;
(m) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto incurred in the ordinary course of business; and
(n) additional Liens so long as the aggregate principal amount of the obligations secured thereby does not exceed 10,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided that no additional Liens shall be permitted over Collateral unless such Liens are fully subordinated or are in an aggregate amount which shall not exceed 5,000,000 at any time outstanding.
9.3. Limitation on Fundamental Changes . Except as expressly permitted by Section 9.4 or 9.5, the Obligors will not, and will not permit any of the Borrower Subsidiaries to, enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or substantially all its business units, assets or other properties, except that:
(a) so long as no Default or Event of Default would result therefrom, any Borrower Subsidiary or any other Person may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into an Obligor, provided that (i) except as permitted by subclause (ii) below, a Credit Party shall be the continuing or surviving corporation, (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving an Obligor is not such Obligor (such surviving Person, as the case may be, being herein referred to as the Successor Borrower ), such Successor Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of such Obligor under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (iii) each applicable Obligor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Credit Documents confirmed that its obligations under the Credit Documents continue to apply to such Successor Borrowers obligations under this Agreement, (v) the Investment resulting from such merger or consolidation, shall be permitted by Section 9.5, and (vi) the Successor Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer stating that such merger or consolidation complies with this Agreement (it being understood that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Obligor under this Agreement);
(b) any Person may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into an Obligor or any one or more Borrower Subsidiaries, provided that (i) either (x) such merger amalgamation or consolidation constitutes a Disposition permitted by Section 9.4 or (y) an Obligor or a Borrower Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person and the Investment resulting from such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is permitted by Section 9.5, (ii) in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation in which an Obligor is the surviving Person, such Obligor shall execute any supplement to this Agreement and the Security Documents, as applicable, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in order to preserve and protect the Liens on the Collateral securing the applicable Obligations and (iii) the Administrative Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officers certificate stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation complies with this Agreement.
9.4. Limitation on Sale of Assets . (1) The Obligors will not, and will not permit any of the Borrower Subsidiaries to, convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose (each of the foregoing a Disposition ) of any of its property, business or assets (including
121
receivables, Stock and Stock Equivalents of any other Person and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired (other than any such sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition resulting from any casualty or condemnation, of any assets of the Obligors or the Borrower Subsidiaries) and (2) the Obligors will not permit any Borrower Subsidiary to issue any Stock and Stock Equivalents, in each case, in excess of 1,000,000 per transaction or series of related transactions, except, in each case:
(a) the Obligors and the Borrower Subsidiaries may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of (i) inventory, used, surplus or worn out equipment, vehicles and other assets in the ordinary course of business and (ii) Permitted Investments;
(b) Borrower Subsidiaries and the Obligors may issue Stock and Stock Equivalents and the Obligors and the Borrower Subsidiaries may dispose of assets, excluding a Disposition of accounts receivable, except in connection with the Disposition of any business to which such accounts receivable relate, for fair value, provided that (i) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (b) for a purchase price in excess of 5,000,000, the Obligors or such Borrower Subsidiary shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Permitted Investments; provided that for the purposes of this subclause (i) (except in the case of a Disposition of Collateral) the following shall be deemed to be cash: (A) any liabilities (as shown on such Obligors or such Borrower Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet provided hereunder) of Parent or such Obligor or Borrower Subsidiary, other than Junior Indebtedness, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which the Obligors and all of the Borrower Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, (B) any securities received by such Obligor or such Borrower Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by such Obligor or such Borrower Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition and (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by such Obligor or such Borrower Subsidiary in respect of such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 9.4(b)(i) and Section 9.4(c)(ii) that is at that time outstanding, shall not be in excess of 5,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, (ii) any non-cash proceeds received are pledged to the Collateral Agent to the extent required under Section 8.9, (iii) with respect to any such Disposition (or series of related Dispositions), the Obligors shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Disposition, with the covenant set forth in Section 9.9 of the Cash Flow Term Credit Agreement for the most recently ended Test Period and (iv) after giving effect to any such Disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(c) The Obligors and the Borrower Subsidiaries may make Dispositions to Parent or the Parent Subsidiaries, other Obligors or to any Borrower Subsidiary, provided that with respect to any such Dispositions (x) by Obligors to Borrower Subsidiaries that are not Obigors or (y) by Credit Parties to any Borrower Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party or (z) from Borrower Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties to any Credit Party (i) such sale, transfer or disposition shall be for fair value, (ii) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (c) for a purchase price in excess of 5,000,000, the Person making such Disposition shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Permitted Investments; provided that for the purposes of this subclause (ii) (except in the case of a Disposition of Collateral) the following shall be deemed to be cash: (A) any securities received by the Person making such Disposition from the purchaser that are converted by such Person into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition and (B) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Person making such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 9.4(c)(ii) and Section 9.4(b)(i) that is at that time outstanding, shall not be in
122
excess of 5,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, and (iii) any non-cash proceeds received are pledged to the Collateral Agent to the extent required under Section 8.9;
(d) Any Obligors and any Borrower Subsidiary may effect any transaction expressly permitted by Sections 9.3, 9.5 or 9.6 (including the making of any Restricted Payment);
(e) The Obligors and the Borrower Subsidiaries may lease, sublease, license or sublicense (on a non-exclusive basis with respect to any intellectual property) real, personal or intellectual property in the ordinary course of business;
(f) Dispositions of property (including like-kind exchanges) to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property, in each case under Section 1031 of the Code or otherwise;
(g) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures (regardless of the form of legal entity) to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
(h) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business;
(i) transfers of property subject to casualty or condemnation proceedings (including in lieu thereof) upon the receipt of the net cash proceeds therefor;
(j) voluntary terminations of Hedge Agreements;
(k) Dispositions (including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions) prior to the Closing Date by a Borrower Subsidiary designed to generate foreign distributable reserves and which are not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect;
(l) Dispositions of accounts receivable of Borrower Subsidiaries pursuant to factoring arrangements that would otherwise be permitted to be incurred as Indebtedness hereunder pursuant to Section 9.1 (it being understood that upon any such Disposition, the amount of the uncollected receivable shall be deemed to be Indebtedness for purposes of Section 9.1 until the transferee has collected an amount from the account debtor at least equal to the amount paid to the applicable Borrower Subsidiary in respect of such accounts receivable);
(m) Dispositions of Borrower Subsidiaries with no assets;
(n) Dispositions of the Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Obligor to the extent any such disposition would not result in a Change of Control and provided always that immediately upon such disposition, the Credit Parties shall provide up to date Borrowing Base Certificates and Aggregate Borrowing Base Certificates and, to the extent that there is shown to be a breach of any of the Borrowing Limits as a result of the disposition, Section 4.3(b) shall apply. Furthermore, in the event that any such disposition results in the occurrence of the Trigger Date (based on the most recently delivered financial information), all the provisions of this Agreement which are triggered by the occurrence of the Trigger Date, shall immediately apply; and
123
(o) Dispositions of Accounts of any Designated Account Debtor pursuant to factoring arrangements in an aggregate amount (with an Account being deemed to be outstanding until the Borrower or applicable Subsidiary has received the full purchase price thereof from the purchaser) not to exceed 10,000,000 at any time outstanding and provided further that no such Accounts shall be included in any Borrowing Base following the time of their disposal (and the Credit Parties shall immediately inform the Administrative Agent of any such disposals under this subclause so that the Administrative Agent can make any adjustments to the Borrowing Bases that it considers necessary in light of such disposal).
9.5. Limitation on Investments . The Obligors will not, and will not permit any of the Borrower Subsidiaries to, make any Investment except:
(a) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business and Investments resulting from VAT and other customs arrangements by Borrower Subsidiaries with local financial institutions in various jurisdictions in the ordinary course of business;
(b) Permitted Investments;
(c) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of any Obligor (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any Borrower Subsidiary (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes (including employee payroll advances) and (ii) in connection with such Persons purchase of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Obligors (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to the extent that the amount of such loans and advances are directly or indirectly contributed to Parent in cash;
(d) Investments existing on, or contemplated as of, the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 9.5 and any extensions, renewals or reinvestments thereof, so long as the aggregate amount of all Investments pursuant to this clause (d) is not increased at any time above the amount of such Investments existing on the Closing Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (i) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;
(e) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers or customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;
(f) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made with Stock or Stock Equivalents of an Obligor or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;
(g) (i) Investments by any Obligor or any Borrower Subsidiary in any Obligor; (ii) any Borrower Subsidiary that is not an Obligor in any Obligor or (iii) between or among Borrower Subsidiaries that are not Obligors and/or the Parent Subsidiaries;
(h) Investments by any Obligor in any subsidiary of the Parent in the ordinary course of business so long as at the time of such Investment (i) on a Pro Forma Basis the Payment Conditions are satisfied and (ii) such investments do not exceed at any time an outstanding aggregate amount of 10,000,000.
(i) Investments so long as at the time of such Investment on a Pro Forma Basis the Payment Conditions are satisfied;
124
(j) Investments constituting non-cash proceeds of Dispositions of assets to the extent
permitted by clauses (b) and (c) of Section 9.4;
(k) loans and advances to any direct or indirect parent of an Obligor in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of, Restricted Payments permitted to be made to such Person in accordance with Section 9.6;
(l) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts
receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;
(m) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit and customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;
(n) Guarantee Obligations of the Obligors or any Borrower Subsidiary of obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(o) Investments held by a Person acquired (including by way of merger or consolidation) after the Closing Date otherwise in accordance with this Section 9.5 to the extent that such Investments do not constitute a majority of the assets acquired and were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;
(p) Investments in connection with the Transactions;
(q) Indebtedness under Hedge Agreements permitted under Section 9.1(h);
(r) Investments that would otherwise be permitted as Restricted Payments under Section 9.6(e)(iii); and
(s) unsecured Guarantee Obligations of any Obligors in respect of Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1 (other than pursuant to Section 9.1(b)).
9.6. Limitation on Restricted Payments . The Obligors will not, and will not permit any of the Borrower Subsidiaries to, make any Restricted Payment, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing:
(a) Any Obligor or any of its Borrower Subsidiaries may (or may make Restricted Payments to permit any direct or indirect parent thereof to) redeem in whole or in part any of its Stock or Stock Equivalents for another class of its (or its parents) Stock or Stock Equivalents or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Stock or Stock Equivalents), provided that such new Stock or Stock Equivalents contain terms and provisions at least as advantageous to the Lenders in all respects material to their interests as those contained in the Stock or Stock Equivalents redeemed thereby;
(b) Any Obligor and its Borrower Subsidiaries may (or may make Restricted Payments to permit any direct or indirect parent thereof to) repurchase shares of their (or the parents) Stock or Stock Equivalents held by officers, directors and employees of the Obligor (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and its Borrower Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed 1,000,000 in any fiscal year of Parent (with unused budgeted amounts from any fiscal year available in any
125
succeeding year); provided that such amount in any fiscal year may be increased by an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds from the sale of Stock and Stock Equivalents (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Obligor (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies so long as such cash proceeds are contributed to the common equity of the Obligor) to officers, directors and employees of the Obligor (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and the Borrower Subsidiaries that occurs after the Closing Date;
(c) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Obligors and the Borrower Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments, provided that at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis the Payment Conditions are satisfied;
(d) any Obligor or any Borrower Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments:
(i) the proceeds of which shall be used to allow the Obligor or any direct or indirect parent of the Obligor to pay (A) its operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount not to exceed 2,000,000 in any fiscal year of Parent plus any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors or officers of the Obligor (or any parent thereof) attributable to the ownership or operations of the Obligor and its Borrower Subsidiaries or (B) fees and expenses otherwise due and payable by any Credit Party or any of the Borrower Subsidiaries and permitted to be paid by the Credit Party or such Borrower Subsidiary under this Agreement;
(ii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the corporate existence of any of its direct or indirect parents; and
(iii) to any direct or indirect parent of an Obligor to finance any Investment permitted to be made by an Obligor or a Borrower Subsidiary pursuant to Section 9.5; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (B) the Obligor, immediately following the closing thereof, shall cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets, Stock or Stock Equivalents) to be contributed to an Obligor or such Borrower Subsidiary or (2) the merger (to the extent permitted in Section 9.5) of the Person formed or acquired into an Obligor or its Borrower Subsidiaries and (C) the Obligor shall comply with Sections 8.8 and 8.9 to the extent applicable provided that at the time of any such Restricted Payment that is made to a Person that is not an Obligor, and after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis, the Payment Conditions are satisfied; and
(e) (i) any Obligor and any Borrower Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to Parent or any other Obligor or Borrower Subsidiary (and pro rata Restricted Payments to the other equity holders of such Obligors or Borrower Subsidiaries), provided that at the time of any such Restricted Payment to a Person that is not an Obligor, and after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis, the Payment Conditions are satisfied and (ii) any Obligor and its Borrower Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments to fund the operating expenses and taxes of any direct or indirect parent company of the Obligor to the extent attributable to its ownership of the Obligor and the Borrower Subsidiaries or pursuant to a tax sharing arrangement.
126
9.7. Limitations on Debt Payments and Amendments .
(a) The Obligors will not, and will not permit any Borrower Subsidiary to, prepay, repurchase or redeem or otherwise defease or acquire prior to the scheduled maturity thereof any Subordinated Indebtedness (collectively, Junior Indebtedness) (i) unless, at the time of and after giving Pro Forma Effect to such prepayment or other action, the Payment Conditions are satisfied or (ii) provided that so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the date of such prepayment, repurchase, redemption or other defeasance or would result therefrom, the Obligors and any Borrower Subsidiary may prepay, repurchase or redeem Junior Indebtedness with the proceeds of Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.1(l).
(b) The Obligors will not, and will not permit any Borrower Subsidiary to, repay (including scheduled repayments), prepay, repurchase or redeem or otherwise defease or acquire any intercompany debt owing to a Person which is not an Obligor unless, at the time of and after giving Pro Forma Effect to such prepayment or other action, the Payment Conditions are satisfied (other than any payments made pursuant to the European Cash Management Arrangements, which shall be permitted).
(c) The Obligors will not waive, amend, modify, terminate or release any Junior Indebtedness to the extent that any such waiver, amendment, modification, termination or release would be adverse to the Lenders in any material respect, provided that any Junior Indebtedness may be amended or modified in any manner (including to delete the subordination provisions therein) to the extent that, immediately after giving effect to such amendment or modification, the Obligors or any Borrower Subsidiary would have been permitted to incur such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 9.1(l) (other than with respect to scheduled repayment, final maturity date, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligations prior to the date that is 91 days after the Maturity Date that do not arise as a result of such amendment or modification but including, without limitation, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio set forth therein).
9.8. Transactions with Affiliates .
The Obligors will not, and will not permit any Borrower Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions with any Affiliate of the Obligors, involving aggregate payments in excess of 3,000,000, unless such transactions are (i) in the normal course of business and (ii) on terms that are not materially less favourable to the Obligors or such Borrower Subsidiary as it would obtain in a comparable arms-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate, provided that the foregoing restrictions will not apply to (a) the payment of fees to the Sponsor pursuant to any Management Agreement in an amount not to exceed 4,000,000 in any fiscal year (plus customary out-of-pocket expense reimbursement and indemnity) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the date of such payment or would result therefrom (it being understood that following the cure of all such Events of Default, such payments may be made), (b) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 9.6, (c) the payment of the expenses in connection with the Transactions, (d) loans, advances and other transactions between or among the Obligors and the Borrower Subsidiaries to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 9, (e) employment and severance arrangements between the Obligors and the Borrower Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business, (f) payments by the Obligors (and/or any of their direct or indirect parent companies) and the Borrower Subsidiaries to any of their direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to tax sharing agreements among the Obligors (and/or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and the Borrower Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Obligors and the Borrower Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments by the Obligors or the Borrower Subsidiaries in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Obligors or the Borrower Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of Taxes
127
for such fiscal year were the Obligors or the Borrower Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any parent entity, (g) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, managers, consultants, officers and employees of the Obligors (and/or any of their direct or indirect parent companies) or the Borrower Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Obligors or the Borrower Subsidiaries, (h) payments by the Obligors or the Borrower Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures (in each case where such transactions relate to or benefit the Obligors or the Borrower Subsidiaries), which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the relevant entity, in good faith, and either (i) limited to 1% of completed transactions and (ii) to the extent in excess of the amounts permitted by subclause (i) above, made from amounts that would have been permitted to be applied to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 9.6(c), (i) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Obligors (and/or any of their direct or indirect parent companies) or the Borrower Subsidiaries which are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the relevant entity in good faith, and (j) modifications to Junior Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.7(c).
9.9. Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . The Obligors will not permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, determined for any Test Period, to be less than 1.00 to 1.00, to be measured as of the last day of each fiscal quarter by reference to the then most recent quarterly financial statement for: (i) the EMEA Segment (prior to the Trigger Date) and (ii) the Obligors and the Distribution Principals (on and after a Trigger Date); commencing with the fiscal quarter ending immediately preceding the date on which the Aggregate Availability is less than the greater of (A) 10% of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, and (B) 15,000,000 (the Covenant Compliance Event ). The Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be tested immediately upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of the relevant quarterly financial statements. Once such covenant is in effect, compliance with the covenant will be discontinued (and the Covenant Compliance Event shall no longer be deemed to be continuing for the purposes of this Agreement) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the day immediately succeeding the last day of the fiscal quarter which includes the day on which the Aggregate Availability has been greater than the greater of (A) 10% of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, and (B) 15,000,000 for one calendar month.
For purposes of determining compliance with the foregoing Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio covenant under this Section 9.9, any Specified Equity Contribution made during the period from the last day of the relevant period until the expiration of (i) with respect to a breach of the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio that occurs on the date of the Covenant Compliance Event, the date that is 10 days after such date or (ii) otherwise, the 10th day after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered hereunder with respect to the relevant period will, at the request of the Administrative Borrower, be used to prepay the Facilities, provided that (A) in each four consecutive fiscal quarter period, there shall be a period of at least two consecutive fiscal quarters in respect of which no Specified Equity Contribution is made, (B) no more than five Specified Equity Contributions may be made during the term of this Agreement and (C) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no greater than the amount required to cause the Credit Parties to no longer be in breach of the Covenant Compliance Event, after giving effect to such Specified Equity Contribution.
9.10. Changes in Business . The Credit Parties and the Borrower Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not fundamentally and substantively alter the character of their business, taken as a whole, from the business conducted by the Credit Parties and the Borrower Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on the Closing Date and other business activities incidental or related to any of the foregoing.
128
9.11. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Borrower Subsidiaries . The Obligors will not, and will not permit any Borrower Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Borrower Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to any Obligor or any Borrower Subsidiary, (ii) make any loans or advances to any Obligor or any Borrower Subsidiary or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to any Obligor or any Borrower Subsidiary, except any encumbrance or restriction:
(a) pursuant to an agreement or instrument as in effect at or entered into on the date hereof;
(b) pursuant to any agreement or instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into an Obligor or any Borrower Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by an Obligor or any Borrower Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets from such Person, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger or consolidation) and not applying to an Obligor or any of the Borrower Subsidiaries (other than to any such Person or assets so acquired);
(c) pursuant to an agreement or instrument replacing or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an agreement referred to in clause (a) or (b) above; provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such replacement agreement or amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than encumbrances and restrictions contained in such original agreement;
(d) (i) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract, (ii) by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of an Obligor or any Borrower Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, (iii) contained in mortgages, pledges or other security agreements securing Indebtedness of any Obligor or a Borrower Subsidiary to the extent restricting the transfer of the property or assets subject thereto, (iv) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of Real Estate interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of an Obligor or any Borrower Subsidiary, or (v) pursuant to purchase money Indebtedness that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property or assets so acquired;
(e) with respect to a Borrower Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Stock or assets of such Borrower Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;
(f) by reason of any applicable law, rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over an Obligor or any Borrower Subsidiary or any of their businesses;
(g) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (i) relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 9.1, if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements set forth in clause (a) above (as determined in good faith by the Administrative Borrower);
129
(h) restrictions and conditions on any Subsidiary by the terms of any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary permitted to be incurred hereunder;
(i) contractual obligations binding on a Borrower Subsidiary at the time such Borrower Subsidiary first becomes a Borrower Subsidiary, so long as such contractual obligations were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Borrower Subsidiary;
(j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 9.5 and applicable solely to such joint venture;
(k) negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.1 but only if such negative pledge or restriction expressly permits Liens for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent and the Lenders with respect to the credit facilities established hereunder and the Obligations under the Credit Documents on a senior basis and without a requirement that such holders of such Indebtedness be secured by such Liens equally and ratably or on a junior basis;
(l) restrictions on cash, other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(m) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under Sections 9.1(f) and (j) that limit the right of the obligor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; and
(n) customary provisions in leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business.
9.12. FATCA Status . No Credit Party shall become a FATCA FFI or a U.S. Tax Obligor.
SECTION 10. Events of Default
Upon the occurrence of any of the following specified events (each an Event of Default ):
10.1. Payments . Any Credit Party shall (a) default in the payment when due of any principal of the Loans, (b) default, and such default shall continue for five or more days, in the payment when due of any interest on the Loans or fees owing hereunder or (c) default, and such default shall continue for 30 or more days, in the payment when due of any other amounts owing hereunder or under any other Credit Document.
10.2. Representations, Etc . Any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by any Credit Party herein or in any Credit Document or any certificate delivered or required to be delivered by it pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to be untrue in any material respect on the date as of which made or deemed made.
10.3. Covenants . Any Credit Party shall:
(a) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Sections 8.1(l)(i), 8.2(b), 8.5, 8.8 or Section 9;
130
(b) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 8.1(j) that shall continue unremedied for a period of at least three Business Days; and
(c) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement (other than those referred to in Section 10.1 or 10.2 or clause (a) of this Section 10.3) contained in this Agreement, any Security Document, any guarantee and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of at least 30 days (or 10 Business Days in the case of a breach of obligations under Section 8.15 during a Cash Dominion Period) after receipt of written notice to the Administrative Borrower from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders.
10.4. Default Under Other Agreements . A Credit Party or any of the Borrower Subsidiaries shall (i) default in any payment when due with respect to any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) in excess of 10,000,000 in the aggregate, for the Credit Parties and such Borrower Subsidiaries or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness in excess of 10,000,000 or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, any such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity.
10.5. Insolvency action . Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to (A) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, a provisionary or definitive moratorium, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Credit Party or Borrower Subsidiary (but only to the extent that such Borrower Subsidiary is a Material Subsidiary), (B) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Credit Party or Borrower Subsidiary (but only to the extent that such Borrower Subsidiary is a Material Subsidiary), (C) the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Credit Party or Borrower Subsidiary (but only to the extent that such Borrower Subsidiary is a Material Subsidiary), or any of its assets; or enforcement of any Lien over any assets of any Credit Party or Borrower Subsidiary (but only to the extent that such Borrower Subsidiary is a Material Subsidiary), or (in each case) any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction provided that any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement shall not constitute an Event of Default under this paragraph (h);
10.6. Insolvency .
(a) Any Credit Party or Borrower Subsidiary (but only to the extent that such Borrower Subsidiary is a Material Subsidiary):
(i) is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;
(ii) is deemed to, or is declared to, be unable to pay its debts under applicable law;
(iii) suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts; or
(iv) by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Credit Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.
131
(b) The value of the assets of any Credit Party or Borrower Subsidiary (but only to the extent that such Borrower Subsidiary is a Material Subsidiary) is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities);
(c) A moratorium or provisionary moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Credit Party or Borrower Subsidiary (but only to the extent that such Borrower Subsidiary is a Material Subsidiary). If a moratorium or provisionary moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium or provisionary moratorium;
(d) Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution or any analogous process in any jurisdiction affects any asset or assets of Credit Party or Borrower Subsidiary (but only to the extent that such Borrower Subsidiary is a Material Subsidiary);
(e) A Swiss Insolvency Event occurs in respect of the Swiss Borrower;
(f) A German Insolvency Event occurs in respect of a German Relevant Entity;
10.7. ERISA . (a) Any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standard required for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standard or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under Section 412 of the Code; any Plan is or shall have been terminated or is the subject of termination proceedings under Section 4041(c) or Section 4042 of ERISA including the giving of written notice thereof; the PBGC has given written notice to Parent of its intent to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or the occurrence of any event or condition which Parent reasonably expects to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of or the appointment of a trustee to administer any Plan; any Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or is likely to incur a liability to or on account of a Plan under Section 409, 502(i), 502(l), 515, 4062, 4063, 4064, 4069 or 4201 of ERISA or Section 4971 or 4975 of the Code or on account of a Multiemployer Plan under Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA (including the giving of written notice thereof); and (b) it is reasonably likely from any event or events set forth in clause (a) of this Section 10.7 that the imposition of a lien, the granting of a security interest, or a liability would result, and such lien, security interest or liability would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
10.8. Guarantee . The guarantee by any Credit Party or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof and thereof) or any Credit Party shall deny or disaffirm in writing its material obligations under any such guarantee.
10.9. Documents . Any Credit Document (or Security Document covering assets in the aggregate in excess of 7,500,000) or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof) or any grantor under any Security Documents shall deny or disaffirm in writing any grantors material obligations under any Security Document.
10.10. Judgments . One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against any Obligor or any of the Borrower Subsidiaries involving a liability of 15,000,000 or more in the aggregate for all such judgments and decrees for any Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries (to the extent not paid or covered by insurance provided by a carrier not disputing coverage) and any such judgments or decrees shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days after the entry thereof.
132
10 . 11 . Material Adverse Effect. A Material Adverse Effect occurs.
10.12. Audit qualification . The auditors of the Parent qualify the audited annual consolidated financial statements, or following the Trigger Date, the auditors of the Obligors qualify the audited annual consolidated financial statements of any of the Obligors, provided always that the only qualifications which shall trigger this Event of Default are ones relating to non-disclosure of information and/or the inability of the relevant entity to carry on its business as a going concern.
10.13. Pensions Regulator . The Pensions Regulator issues a Financial Support Direction or a Contribution Notice to any Credit Party or Borrower Subsidiary unless the aggregate liability of the Credit Parties and Borrower Subsidiaries under all Financial Support Directions and Contribution Notices is less than 1,000,000.
10.14. Change of Control . A Change of Control shall occur,
then, and in any such event, and at any time thereafter, if any Event of Default shall then be continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, upon the written request of the Required Lenders, by written notice to the Administrative Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, without prejudice to the rights of the Administrative Agent to enforce their claims against the Borrowers, except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement, (i) terminate the outstanding Commitments (at which time they shall immediately be cancelled) and/or (ii) declare the principal of and any accrued interest and fees in respect of all Loans and all Obligations owing hereunder and thereunder to be, whereupon the same shall become, forthwith due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Credit Parties and/or (iii) exercise or direct the Collateral Agent to exercise any or all of its rights, powers or discretions under the Credit Documents; provided that, if an Event of Default specified in Sections 10.5 or 10.6 shall occur with respect to any Credit Party, the result that would occur upon the giving of written notice by the Administrative Agent as specified shall occur automatically without the giving of any such notice.
With respect to any Letter of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the applicable Borrower(s) shall at such time deposit in a cash collateral account opened by the Administrative Agent an amount in cash (and in the same currencies as the Letters of Credit) equal to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letter of Credit. The Borrowers agree to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Letter of Credit Issuers, a security interest in such cash collateral to secure all Obligations of such Borrowers in respect of such Letters of Credit under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents. Each Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuers, such further documents and instruments as the Administrative Agent may at such time request to evidence the creation and perfection of such security interest in such cash collateral account. Amounts held in such cash collateral account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay other obligations of the Borrowers hereunder and under the other Credit Documents. After all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, all Letter of Credit Obligations shall have been satisfied, the balance, if any, in such cash collateral account shall be returned to the applicable Borrowers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Credit Document, no Lender in its capacity as a Secured Party or as beneficiary of any security granted pursuant to the Security Documents shall have any right to exercise remedies in respect of such security without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders.
133
In connection with any acceleration of the Obligations as contemplated by clause (ii) above, the Designated Obligations shall, automatically and with no further action required by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, be converted into Euros based on the Euro Equivalent amount thereof, determined using the Spot Rate calculated as of the date of such acceleration and from and after such date all amounts accruing and owed to the Lenders in respect of such Designated Obligations shall accrue and be payable in Euros at the rate otherwise applicable hereunder.
SECTION 11. The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent
Part 1 - Role of the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and Others .
11.1. Appointment of the Administrative Agent .
(a) Each of the Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuers and each other Secured Party (for itself and on behalf of an Affiliate who may provide Bank Products or be party to Hedge Agreements) appoints the Administrative Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Credit Documents.
(b) Each of the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers authorises the Administrative Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Administrative Agent under or in connection with the Credit Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.
11.2. Instructions .
(a) The Administrative Agent shall (i) unless a contrary indication appears in a Credit Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Administrative Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by (A) all Lenders if the relevant Credit Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision, and (B) in all other cases, the Required Lenders, the European Required Lenders or the French Required Lenders (as applicable), and not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with paragraph (i) above.
(b) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Required Lenders, the European Required Lenders or the French Required Lenders (as applicable) (or, if the relevant Credit Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Lender or group of Lenders, from that Lender or group of Lenders) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Administrative Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives those instructions or that clarification.
(c) Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Lender or group of Lenders under the relevant Credit Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Credit Document, any instructions given to the Administrative Agent by the Required Lenders, the European Required Lenders or the French Required Lenders (as applicable) shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other parties and will be binding on all Secured Parties save for the Collateral Agent.
(d) The Administrative Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Lender or group of Lenders until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Credit Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability which it may incur in complying with those instructions.
134
(e) In the absence of instructions, the Administrative Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.
(f) The Administrative Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lenders consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Credit Document. This paragraph (f) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Collateral or Security Documents.
11.3. Duties of the Administrative Agent .
(a) The Administrative Agents duties under the Credit Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.
(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Administrative Agent shall promptly forward to a party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Administrative Agent for that party by any other party.
(c) Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or any Assignment Agreement.
(d) Except where a Credit Document specifically provides otherwise, the Administrative Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another party.
(e) If the Administrative Agent receives notice from a party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Secured Parties.
(f) If the Administrative Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Secured Party (other than the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent) under this Agreement, it shall promptly notify the other Secured Parties.
(g) The Administrative Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Credit Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).
11.4. No Fiduciary Duties.
(a) Nothing in any Credit Document constitutes the Administrative Agent or any Letter of Credit Issuer as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.
(b) Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Letter of Credit Issuer shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.
11.5. Business with the Group . The Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuers may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.
135
11.6. Rights and Discretions .
(a) The Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuers may (i) rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorized, (ii) assume that (A) any instructions received by it from the Required Lenders, the European Required Lenders, the French Required Lenders, any Lenders or any group of Lenders are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Credit Documents, and (B) unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked, and (iii) rely on a certificate from any person (A) as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person, or (B) to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing, as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.
(b) The Administrative Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that (i) no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Section 10.1 or 10.2, (ii) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any party or any group of Lenders has not been exercised, and (iii) any notice or request made by a Credit Party (other than a Borrowing Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Credit Parties.
(c) The Administrative Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.
(d) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below, the Administrative Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Administrative Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Administrative Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.
(e) The Administrative Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Administrative Agent or by any other party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.
(f) The Administrative Agent may act in relation to the Credit Documents through its officers, employees and agents and the Administrative Agent shall not (i) be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or (ii) be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for, any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part, of any such person, unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Administrative Agents gross negligence or willful misconduct (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction).
(g) Unless a Credit Document expressly provides otherwise the Administrative Agent may disclose to any other party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.
(h) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (g) above, the Administrative Agent (i) may disclose, and (ii) on the written request of the Borrowers or the Required Lenders shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, disclose, the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Borrower and to the other Credit Parties.
(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Credit Document to the contrary, neither the Administrative Agent nor any Letter of Credit Issuer is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.
136
(j) The Administrative Agent is not obliged to disclose to any Credit Party any details of the rate notified to the Administrative Agent by any Lender or the identity of any such Lender.
(k) Notwithstanding any provision of any Credit Document to the contrary, the Administrative Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
11.7. Responsibility for Documentation . Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Letter of Credit Issuers are responsible or liable for:
(a) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers, a Credit Party or any other person in or in connection with any Credit Document or the Lender Presentation or any reports or the transactions contemplated in the Credit Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Credit Document;
(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Credit Document or the Collateral or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Credit Document or the Collateral; or
(c) any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Credit Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.
11.8. No Duty To Monitor . The Administrative Agent shall not be bound to enquire:
(a) whether or not any Default has occurred;
(b) as to the performance, default or any breach by any party of its obligations under any Credit Document; or
(c) whether any other event specified in any Credit Document has occurred.
11.9. Exclusion of Liability .
(a) Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Credit Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuers), none of the Administrative Agent nor the Letter of Credit Issuers will be liable for (i) any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Credit Document or the Collateral, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or willful misconduct (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), (ii) exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Credit Document, the Collateral or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Credit Document or the Collateral, or (iii) without prejudice to the generality of
137
paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of (A) any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control, or (B) the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction, including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of: nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets; breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.
(b) No party (other than the Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuers (as applicable)) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuers, in respect of any claim it might have against the Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuers or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Credit Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuers may rely on this Section.
(c) The Administrative Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Credit Documents to be paid by the Administrative Agent if the Administrative Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Administrative Agent for that purpose.
(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Administrative Agent to carry out (i) any know your customer or other checks in relation to any person, or (ii) any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Lender, on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Administrative Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Administrative Agent.
(e) Without prejudice to any provision of any Credit Document excluding or limiting the Administrative Agents liability, any liability of the Administrative Agent arising under or in connection with any Credit Document or the Collateral shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Administrative Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Administrative Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Administrative Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Administrative Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.
11.10. Lenders Indemnity to the Administrative Agent .
(a) Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the total Aggregate Revolving Commitments or, if the Aggregate Revolving Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Administrative Agent, within three (3) Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Administrative Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Administrative Agents gross negligence or willful misconduct (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction)) in acting as Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents (unless the Administrative Agent has been reimbursed by a Credit Party pursuant to a Credit Document).
138
(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Credit Parties shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.
(c) Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Administrative Agent to a Credit Party.
11.11. Resignation of the Administrative Agent.
(a) The Administrative Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office as successor by giving notice to the Lenders and the Credit Parties.
(b) Alternatively the Administrative Agent may resign by giving 30 days notice to the Lenders and the Credit Parties, in which case the Required Lenders (after consultation with the Administrative Borrower) may appoint a successor Administrative Agent.
(c) If the Required Lenders have not appointed a successor Administrative Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Administrative Agent (after consultation with the Administrative Borrower) may appoint a successor Administrative Agent.
(d) If the Administrative Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Administrative Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Administrative Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Administrative Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Administrative Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Administrative Agent) agree with the proposed successor Administrative Agent amendments to this Section 11 - Part A consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Administrative Agents normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the parties.
(e) The retiring Administrative Agent shall, make available to the successor Administrative Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Administrative Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents. The Credit Parties shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Administrative Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in making available such documents and records and providing such assistance.
(f) The Administrative Agents resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.
(g) Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Credit Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Section 12.5 and this Section 13 - Part A (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Administrative Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the other parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original party.
139
11.12. Replacement of the Administrative Agent.
(a) After consultation with the Administrative Borrower, the Required Lenders may, by giving 30 days notice to the Administrative Agent replace the Administrative Agent by appointing a successor Administrative Agent.
(b) The retiring Administrative Agent shall make available to the successor Administrative Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Administrative Agent may reasonably request for the purpose of performing its functions as Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents.
(c) The appointment of the successor Administrative Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Required Lenders to the retiring Administrative Agent. As from this date, the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Credit Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (b) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Section 12.5 and this Section 11 - Part I (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Administrative Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).
(d) Any successor Administrative Agent and each of the other parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original party.
11.13. Confidentiality.
(a) In acting as agent for the Secured Parties, the Administrative Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.
(b) If information is received by another division or department of the Administrative Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Credit Document to the contrary, the Administrative Agent is not obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty.
11.14. Relationship with the Lenders.
(a) The Administrative Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Administrative Agents principal office as notified to the Secured Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its lending office (i) entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Credit Document on that day, and (ii) entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Credit Document made or delivered on that day, unless it has received not less than five (5) Business Days prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(b) Any Lender may by notice to the Administrative Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or dispatched to that Lender under the Credit Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic systems is permitted under Section 12.2) electronic mail address
140
and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Section 12.2 and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.
11.15. Credit Appraisal By The Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers . Without affecting the responsibility of any Credit Party for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Credit Document, each Lender and each Letter of Credit Issuer confirms to the Administrative Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Credit Document including but not limited to:
(a) the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;
(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Credit Document, the Collateral and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Credit Document or the Collateral;
(c) whether that Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Credit Document, the Collateral, the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Credit Document or the Collateral;
(d) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of the Lender Presentation, any reports and any other information provided by the Administrative Agent, any party or by any other person under or in connection with any Credit Document, the transactions contemplated by any Credit Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Credit Document; and
(e) the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Collateral, the priority of any of the Collateral or the existence of any security interest affecting the Collateral.
11.16. Administrative Agents Management Time . Any amount payable to the Administrative Agent under Section 12.5 shall include the cost of utilizing the Administrative Agents management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Administrative Agent may notify to the Borrowers and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Administrative Agent under Section 3.
11.17. Deduction From Amounts Payable By The Administrative Agent . If any party owes an amount to the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents the Administrative Agent may, after giving notice to that party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that party which the Administrative Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Credit Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Credit Documents that party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.
141
11.18. Reliance And Engagement Letters . Each Secured Party confirms that the Administrative Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Administrative Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters relating to any reports or any reports or letters provided by accountants in connection with the Credit Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Credit Documents and to bind it in respect of those reports, reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.
Part 2 Collateral Agent Provisions.
11.19. Appointment of the Collateral Agent .
(a) Each of the Secured Parties (for itself and on behalf of its Affiliates who may provide Bank Products and/or be party to any Hedge Agreements) irrevocably appoints the Collateral Agent to act as its trustee in connection with the Security Documents.
Each of the Secured Parties (for itself and on behalf of its Affiliates who may provide Bank Products and/or be party to any Hedge Agreements) irrevocably appoints the Collateral Agent to create, register, manage and enforce any Lien created by the French Collateral Documents pursuant to article 2328-1 of the French Civil Code, as amended from time to time.
(b) Each of the Secured Parties (for itself and on behalf of its Affiliates who may provide Bank Products and/or be party to any Hedge Agreements) authorizes the Collateral Agent to exercise the rights specifically given to the Collateral Agent under or in connection with the Credit Documents together with any other incidental rights.
(c) Each of the Secured Parties (for itself and on behalf of its Affiliates who may provide Bank Products and/or be party to any Hedge Agreements) irrevocable authorizes the Collateral Agent to create, register, manage and enforce on its behalf any Lien created by the Belgian Collateral Documents and designates and appoints the Collateral Agent as its representative (vertegenwoordiger/représentant) within the meaning of Article 5 of the Belgian Act of 15 December 2004 on financial collateral arrangements and several tax dispositions in relation to security collateral arrangements and loans of financial instruments, as amended from time to time, to create, register, manage and/or enforce on its behalf any Lien created by a Belgian Collateral Document constituting financial collateral.
(d) Notwithstanding with the obligations assumed by each of the Secured Parties pursuant to paragraphs above, each such Person undertakes to grant as many powers of attorney as Spanish laws and regulations may require for the purposes of appointing the Collateral Agent as its representative for granting, registration, amendment and enforcement purposes in relation to any Spanish Collateral Document. Additionally, if required by law or needed for enforcement or registration purposes, each such Person undertakes to comply with the obligation to obtain a Spanish Tax Identification number ( N.I.F .) in Spain before the relevant Spanish Tax Authorities.
11.20. Role of the Collateral Agent .
(a) The Collateral Agent shall (and hereby declares that it shall) hold the benefit of the Security Documents on trust for the Secured Parties on the terms contained in this Agreement. The Collateral Agent shall hold all securities under a Swiss Collateral Document that is accessory in nature ( akzessorisch ) for itself and for and on behalf of each Secured Party as a direct representative (direkter Stellvertreter ) and all securities under a Swiss Collateral Document that is non-accessory in nature (nicht akzessorisch) as an agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties ( Halten unter einem Treuhandverhältnis ) .
142
(b) If the Collateral Agent receives notice from a party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the Secured Parties.
(c) The Collateral Agent does not have any duties except those expressly set out in the Credit Documents. In particular, the Collateral Agent shall not be subject to the duty of care imposed on trustees by the U.K.s Trustee Act 2000.
11.21. German Collateral matters . In relation to the German Collateral Documents the following additional provisions shall apply:
(a) The Collateral Agent, with respect to the part of the Collateral secured pursuant to the German Collateral Documents or any other Collateral created under German law (German Collateral) , shall:
(i) hold, administer and realise such German Collateral that is transferred or assigned by way of security ( Sicherungseigentum/Sicherungsabtretung ) or otherwise granted to it and is creating or evidencing a non-accessory security right ( nicht akzessorische Sicherheit ) in its own name as trustee ( Treuhänder ) for the benefit of the Secured Parties;
(ii) hold, administer, and realise any such German Collateral that is pledged ( verpfändet ) or otherwise transferred to the Collateral Agent and is creating or evidencing an accessory security right ( akzessorische Sicherheit ) as agent.
(b) With respect to the German Collateral, each Secured Party hereby authorizes and each future Secured Party by becoming a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 12.6 of this Agreement authorizes and grants a power of attorney ( Vollmacht ) to the Collateral Agent (whether or not by or through employees or agents) to:
(i) accept as its representative ( Stellvertreter ) any pledge or other creation of any accessory security right granted in favor of such Secured Party in connection with the German Collateral Documents and to agree to and execute on its behalf as its representative ( Stellvertreter ) any amendments and/or alterations to any German Collateral Document or any other agreement related to such German Collateral which creates a pledge or any other accessory security right ( akzessorische Sicherheit ) including the release or confirmation of release of such security;
(ii) execute on behalf of itself and the Secured Parties where relevant and without the need for any further referral to, or authority from, the Secured Parties or any other person, all necessary releases of any such German Collateral secured under the German Collateral Documents or any other agreement related to such German Collateral;
(iii) realise such German Collateral in accordance with the German Collateral Documents or any other agreement securing such German Collateral;
(iv) make, receive all declarations and statements and undertake all other necessary actions and measures which are necessary or desirable in connection with such German Collateral or the German Collateral Documents or any other agreement securing the German Collateral;
143
(v) take such action on its behalf as may from time to time be authorized under or in accordance with the German Collateral Documents; and
(vi) exercise such rights, remedies, powers and discretions as are specifically delegated to or conferred upon the Secured Parties under the German Security Agreements together with such powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto.
(c) Each of the Secured Parties agrees that, if the courts of Germany do not recognize or give effect to the trust expressed to be created by this Agreement or any German Collateral Document, the relationship of the Secured Parties to the Collateral Agent shall be construed as one of principal and agent but, to the extent permissible under the laws of Germany, all the other provisions of this Agreement shall have full force and effect between the parties hereto.
(d) Each Secured Party hereby ratifies and approves, and each future Secured Party by becoming a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 12.6 of this Agreement ratifies and approves, all acts and declarations previously done by the Collateral Agent on such persons behalf (including for the avoidance of doubt the declarations made by the Collateral Agent as representative without power of attorney ( Vertreter ohne Vertretungsmacht ) in relation to the creation of any pledge ( Pfandrecht ) on behalf and for the benefit of each Secured Party as future pledgee or otherwise).
11.22. German Agent provisions. For the purpose of performing its rights and obligations as Collateral Agent and to make use of any authorization granted under the German Collateral Documents, each Secured Party hereby authorizes, and each future Secured Party by becoming a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 12.6 of this Agreement authorizes, the Collateral Agent to act as its agent ( Stellvertreter ), and releases the Collateral Agent from any restrictions on representing several persons and self-dealing under any applicable law, and in particular from the restrictions of Section 181 of the German Civil Code ( Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch ). The Collateral Agent has the power to grant sub-power of attorney, including the release from the restrictions of Section 181 of the German Civil Code ( Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch ).
11.23. No Fiduciary Duties . The Collateral Agent shall not be bound to account to any other Secured Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.
11.24. Business with the Credit Parties . The Collateral Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, invest in and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any Credit Party and any Affiliate of such Credit Party.
11.25. Discretions of the Collateral Agent .
(a) The Collateral Agent may rely on (i) any representation, notice, document or other communication believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorized, and (ii) any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his or her knowledge or within his or her power to verify.
(b) The Collateral Agent may assume that (i) no Default has occurred, and (ii) any right vested in any Secured Party has not been exercised.
(c) The Collateral Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.
144
(d) The Collateral Agent may act in relation to the Credit Documents through its personnel and agents.
(e) Notwithstanding that the Collateral Agent and one or more of the other Secured Parties may from time to time be the same entity, that entity has entered into the Credit Documents in those separate capacities. However, where the Credit Documents provide for the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties to provide instructions to or otherwise communicate with one or more of the others of them, then for so long as they are the same entity it will not be necessary for there to be any formal instructions or other communication, notwithstanding that the Credit Documents provide in certain cases for the same to be in writing.
(f) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall be and is hereby authorised to assume without enquiry, in the absence of actual notice to the contrary, that each Credit Party and the other parties to any of the Credit Documents (other than the Collateral Agent) is duly performing and observing all the covenants and provisions contained in or arising pursuant to this Agreement or any other Credit Document respectively relating to it and on its part to be performed and observed.
11.26. Required Lenders Instructions .
(a) Unless a contrary indication appears in a Credit Document, the Collateral Agent shall (i) act in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Required Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Required Lenders or in the absence of an instruction from them, refrain from acting or exercising any power, authority, discretion or other right vested in it as Collateral Agent), and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrain from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Required Lenders, the European Required Lenders or the French Required Lenders.
(b) Unless a contrary indication appears in a Credit Document, any instructions given by the Required Lenders (or, if required to be given by either of them, the European Required Lenders or the French Required Lenders) will be binding on all the Lenders.
(c) The Collateral Agent may refrain (i) from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Required Lenders (or, if required to be given by either of them, the European Required Lenders or the French Required Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders)) or otherwise until it has received such security and/or indemnity as it may require for any Losses (including any associated irrecoverable VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions, and (ii) from doing anything which may in its opinion be a breach of any law or duty of confidentiality or be otherwise actionable at the suit of any person.
(d) In the absence of instructions from the Required Lenders, (or, if required to be given by either of them, the European Required Lenders or the French Required Lenders) (or, if appropriate, the Lenders), the Collateral Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interests of the relevant Required Lenders.
(e) The Collateral Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lenders consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Credit Document.
11.27. Responsibility for Documentation . The Collateral Agent is not responsible for:
145
(a) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by any Secured Party, any Credit Party or any other person given in or in connection with any Credit Document; or
(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Credit Document or any other agreement, arrangement or other document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Credit Document.
11.28. Exclusion of Liability .
(a) Without limiting Section 11.28(b), the Collateral Agent will not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Credit Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or willful misconduct (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction).
(b) No Party may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Collateral Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Collateral Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Credit Document. Any officer, employee or agent of the Collateral Agent may rely on this Section 11.28(b).
(c) The Collateral Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Credit Documents to be paid by the Collateral Agent if the Collateral Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Collateral Agent for that purpose.
(d) The Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to insure any of the Collateral or any certificate, note, bond or other evidence in respect of any of them or to require any other person to maintain that insurance and shall not be responsible for any Losses which may be suffered as a result of the lack or inadequacy of that insurance.
(e) The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for any Losses occasioned to the Collateral, however caused, by any Credit Party or any other person by any act or omission on the part of any person (including any bank, broker, depository, warehouseman or other intermediary or any clearing system or the operator of it), or otherwise, unless those Losses are occasioned by the Collateral Agents own gross negligence or willful misconduct (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction). In particular the Collateral Agent shall be not responsible for any Losses which may be suffered as a result of any assets comprised in the Collateral, or any deeds or documents of title to them, being uninsured or inadequately insured or being held by it or by or to the order of any custodian or by clearing organisations or their operators or by any person on behalf of the Collateral Agent.
(f) The Collateral Agent shall have no responsibility to any Credit Party as regards any deficiency which might arise because any Credit Party is subject to any tax in respect of the Collateral or any income or any proceeds from or of them.
(g) The Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any failure, omission or defect in giving notice of, registering or filing, or procuring registration or filing of, or otherwise protecting or perfecting, the security constituted over the Collateral.
146
11.29. Lenders Indemnity to the Collateral Agent .
(a) Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments or, if the Aggregate Revolving Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Collateral Agent, within three (3) Business Days of demand, against any Losses sustained or incurred by the Collateral Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Collateral Agents gross negligence or willful misconduct (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction)) in acting as the Collateral Agent under the Credit Documents (unless the Collateral Agent has been reimbursed by a Credit Party pursuant to a Credit Document).
(b) The Collateral Agent may, in priority to any payment to the Lenders, indemnify itself out of the Collateral in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to this indemnity and to all other indemnities given to it in the other Credit Documents in its capacity as Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent shall have a lien on the security constituted over the Collateral and the proceeds of enforcement of this Agreement for all such sums.
11.30. Resignation .
(a) The Collateral Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other parties.
(b) Alternatively the Collateral Agent may resign by giving notice to the other parties, in which case the Required Lenders (after consultation with the Administrative Borrower) may appoint a successor Collateral Agent.
(c) If the Required Lenders have not appointed a successor Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 11.30(b) within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the Collateral Agent may appoint a successor Collateral Agent.
(d) The retiring Collateral Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Collateral Agent any documents and records and provide any assistance which the successor Collateral Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Collateral Agent under the Credit Documents.
(e) A notice of resignation from the Collateral Agent shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.
(f) Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Collateral Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Credit Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Section 11 - Part II. Its successor and each of the other parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if the successor had been an original party.
11.31. Additional Collateral Agent . The Collateral Agent may at any time appoint (and subsequently remove) any person to act as a separate Collateral Agent or as a cotrustee jointly with it (any such person, an Additional Collateral Agent ) :
(a) if it is necessary in performing its duties and if the Collateral Agent considers that appointment to be in the interest of the Secured Parties; or
(b) for the purposes of complying with or confirming to any legal requirements, restrictions or conditions which the Collateral Agent deems to be relevant; or
(c) for the purposes of obtaining or enforcing any judgment or decree in any jurisdiction,
and the Collateral Agent will give notice to the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any such appointment.
147
11.32. Confidentiality .
(a) In acting as Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties, the Collateral Agent shall be regarded as acting through its syndication or agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.
(b) If information is received by another division or department of the Collateral Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Credit Document to the contrary, the Collateral Agent is not obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information, or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or a breach of a fiduciary duty.
11.33. Relationship with the Lenders . The Collateral Agent may treat each Lender as a Lender, entitled to payments under this Agreement unless it has received not less than five (5) Business Days prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
11.34. Credit Appraisal by the Lenders . Without affecting the responsibility of each Credit Party for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Credit Document, each Lender and each Letter of Credit Issuer confirms to the Collateral Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Credit Document, including:
(a) the financial condition, status and nature of each Credit Party;
(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Credit Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Credit Document;
(c) whether that Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Credit Document, the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or other document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Credit Document; and
(d) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Collateral Agent, any other party or any other person under or in connection with any Credit Document, the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or other document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Credit Document.
148
11.35. Management Time . Any amount payable to the Collateral Agent by way of fees or indemnity under this Agreement or any Credit Document shall include the cost of utilising the Collateral Agents management time or other resources (which will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Collateral Agent may notify to the Credit Parties).
11.36. Security Documents .
(a) The Collateral Agent shall accept without investigation, requisition or objection whatever title any person may have to the assets which are subject to the Security Documents and shall not (i) be bound or concerned to examine or enquire into the title of any person, or (ii) be liable for any defect or failure in the title of any person, whether that defect or failure was known to the Collateral Agent or might have been discovered upon examination or enquiry and whether it is capable of remedy or not.
(b) Upon the appointment of any successor Collateral Agent under Section 11.30(b), the resigning Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver any documents and do any other acts and things which may be necessary to vest in the successor Collateral Agent all the rights vested in the resigning Collateral Agent under the Security Documents.
(c) Each of the other Secured Parties (i) authorises the Collateral Agent to hold each mortgage or charge created pursuant to any Credit Document in its sole name as Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties and (ii) requests the Land Registry to register the Collateral Agent as the sole proprietor of any mortgage or charge so created.
11.37. Distribution of Proceeds of Enforcement .
(a) To the extent that the Security Documents provide for the net proceeds of any enforcement to be applied against the Secured Obligations, the Collateral Agent shall pay them to the Administrative Agent and the Agent shall apply them in payment of any amounts due but unpaid under the Credit Documents, if applicable in the order set out in Section 2.11(b). This shall override any appropriation made by any Credit Party.
(b) The Collateral Agent may, at its discretion, accumulate proceeds of enforcement in an interest bearing account in its own name.
11.38. No Obligation to Remain in Possession . If the Collateral Agent, any receiver or any delegate takes possession of all or any of the Collateral, it may from time to time in its absolute discretion relinquish such possession.
11.39. Collateral Agents Obligation to Account . The Collateral Agent shall not in any circumstances (either by reason of taking possession of the Collateral or for any other reason and whether as mortgagee in possession or on any other basis):
(a) be liable to account to any Credit Party or any other person for anything except the Collateral Agents own actual receipts which have not been distributed or paid to that Credit Party or the persons entitled or at the time of payment believed by the Collateral Agent to be entitled to them; or
(b) be liable to the Credit Party or any other person for any principal, interest or Losses from or connected with any realisation by the Collateral Agent of the Collateral or from any act, default, omission or misconduct of the Collateral Agent, its officers, employees or agents in relation to the Collateral or from any exercise or non-exercise by the Collateral Agent of any right exercisable by it under this Agreement unless they shall be caused by the Collateral Agents own gross negligence or willful misconduct (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction).
149
11.40. Receivers and Delegates Obligation to Account . All the provisions of Section 11.39 shall apply in respect of the liability of any receiver or administrator or delegate in all respects as though every reference in Section 11.39 to the Collateral Agent were instead a reference to the receiver or, as the case may be, administrator or delegate.
SECTION 12. Miscellaneous
12.1. Amendments and Waivers . Neither this Agreement nor any other Credit Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.1. The Required Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent may (as applicable depending on the relevant Credit Document), from time to time, (a) enter into with the relevant Credit Party or Credit Parties written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Credit Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Credit Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall directly (i) forgive or reduce any portion of any Loan or extend the scheduled repayment date of any principal of any Loan (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include payments pursuant to Section 4.3, it being understood that only the consent of the European Required Lenders (with respect to payments relating to the European Borrowers) or the French Required Lenders (with respect to payments relating to the French Borrower) shall be necessary to waive any obligations of the Credit Parties to make payments pursuant to Section 4.3) or reduce the stated rate (it being understood that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Credit Parties to pay interest at the default rate), or forgive any portion, or extend the date for the payment, of any interest or fee payable hereunder (other than as a result of waiving the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), or extend the final expiration date of any Lenders Commitment, or increase the aggregate amount of the Commitments of any Lender, or amend or modify any provisions of Section 4.4(a) (with respect to the ratable allocation of any payments only) and 12.8(a), or amend or modify the definition of Pro Rata Share, or make any Loan, interest, fee or other amount payable in any currency other than expressly provided herein, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 12.1 or reduce the percentages specified in the definitions of the term Required Lenders, European Required Lenders or French Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by any Credit Party of its rights and obligations under any Credit Document to which it is a party (except as permitted pursuant to Section 9.3) or alter the order of application set forth in Sections 2.11(b), 4.2(b) or 4.3(b), in each case without the written consent of each Secured Party directly and adversely affected thereby, or (iii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 11 without the written consent of the then-current Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, or (iv) release all or any of the Credit Parties from their obligations under this Agreement, Parent under the guarantee (except as expressly permitted by the guarantee or this Agreement including without limitation, pursuant to a transaction resulting in payments made pursuant to Section 4.3 or not prohibited by Section 9.4) or subordinate or release all or substantially all of the Collateral under the Security Documents (except as expressly permitted by the Security Documents or this Agreement) without the prior written consent of each Lender, or (v) amend the definition of Interest Period so as to permit Interest Period intervals greater than six months without regard to availability to Lenders, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (vi) change the definition of the terms Borrowing Base,
150
English Borrowing Base, Dutch Borrowing Base, Belgian Borrowing Base, German Borrowing Base, Swiss Borrowing Base, French Borrowing Base, Aggregate Borrowing Base or Availability or any component definition thereof or similar term if as a result thereof the amounts available to be borrowed by any Borrowers would be increased, without the written consent of each Lender, provided that the foregoing shall not limit the discretion of the Administrative Agent to change, establish or eliminate any Reserves without the consent of any Lenders, or (vii) affect the rights or duties of any Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement or any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it unless in writing and signed by such Letter of Credit Issuer in addition to the Lenders otherwise required herein, or (viii) affect the rights or duties of any Swingline Lender under this Agreement unless in writing and signed by such Swingline Lender in addition to the Lenders otherwise required herein. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the affected Lenders and shall be binding upon the Credit Parties, such Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the affected Commitments or Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Credit Parties, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing, it being understood that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, acting in its sole reasonable discretion, and the Credit Parties may (without the consent of any Lender) amend or supplement this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or to make a modification of a minor, consistency or technical nature or to correct a manifest error.
The Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent by the Obligors on any Collateral shall be automatically released (i) in the case of all Obligors, in full, upon payment in full of the Obligations under this Agreement (other than indemnification and other contingent obligations for which no claim has been asserted) and the Termination Date with respect to the Revolving Facilities, (ii) upon the sale or other disposition of such Collateral (including as part of or in connection with any other sale or other disposition permitted hereunder) to any Person other than another Obligor to the extent such sale or other disposition is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Obligor upon its reasonable request without further inquiry), (iii) to the extent such Collateral is comprised of property leased to an Obligor, upon termination or expiration of such lease, (iv) if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other percentage of the Lenders whose consent may be required in accordance with this Section 12.1), (v) to the extent the property constituting such Collateral is owned by any Obligor or any Guarantor (other than Parent), upon the release of such Obligor from its obligations under this Agreement or upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the applicable Security Documents (it being understood that any such disposed of Obligor or Guarantor shall be released from all of its obligations under the Credit Documents in connection therewith) and (vi) as required to effect any sale or other disposition of Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents. In addition to the foregoing, the Collateral Agent, in its reasonable discretion, may release Liens granted to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, on Collateral valued in an aggregate amount not in excess of 10,000,000 per fiscal year of Parent without the prior written authorization of any Lender. Any such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those being released) upon (or obligations (other than those being released) of the Obligors in respect of) all interests retained by the Obligors, including the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral except to the extent otherwise released in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents. The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, to execute and deliver any instruments, documents, and agreements necessary or desirable to evidence and confirm the release of any Obligor, Guarantor or Collateral pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, all without the further consent or joinder of any Lender.
151
12.2. Notices . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
(a) if to the Obligors and/or Guarantors, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuers or the Collateral Agent, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 12.2 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and
(b) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Administrative Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.
All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, three (3) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail, when delivered; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall not be effective until received.
12.3. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, Letter of Credit Issuers or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
12.4. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Credit Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Revolving Loans hereunder.
12.5. Payment of Expenses; Indemnity . Each of the Credit Parties jointly and severally agree, subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b), (a) to pay or reimburse the Agents and their Affiliates for all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of, and any syndication, amendment, supplement, waiver or modification to, this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and (except with respect to Taxes, the payment of which are to be governed by Section 4.5) the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (but limited, as to legal fees and expenses, to the out-of-
152
pocket reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of Mayer Brown International LLP and Loyens & Loeff N.V. (or their successors from time to time) and up to one special and local counsel in respect of each relevant jurisdiction, as applicable), (b) to pay or reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by a Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder, (c) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (and their Affiliates) and each Letter of Credit Issuer (and if applicable, the Lenders to the extent described below) for all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, including, without limitation (x) the out-of-pocket and documented reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders and (y) the reasonable and documented fees and costs for appraisals and field examinations to the extent required by Section 8.2 and the preparation of reports related thereto in each calendar year, (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold harmless each Lender, each Letter of Credit Issuer and Agent (and their Affiliates) from, any and all recording and filing fees and (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold harmless each Lender, Agent and each of their Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors and agents (the Indemnitees ) from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (other than any Taxes, the payment of which are to be governed by Section 4.5), including reasonable out-of-pocket and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of one legal counsel and up to one special and local counsel in respect of each material and relevant area of law or jurisdiction (as applicable) and one additional counsel in the event of any conflict of interest, with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing relating to (i) the use of the proceeds of Loans and Letters of Credit (including any refusal by a Letter of Credit Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (ii) violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law (other than by such indemnified person or any of its Related Parties) or to any actual or alleged presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials involving or attributable to the operations of Parent, any of the Subsidiaries or any of the Real Estate, or (iii) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the Indemnified Liabilities ), provided that the Credit Parties shall have no obligation hereunder to any Agent or any Lender nor any other Indemnitee nor any of their respective Related Parties with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent attributable to (i) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee to be indemnified (as determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction) or (ii) any claims between Indemnitees and/or their Related Parties and not directly involving Parent or any of its Affiliates. All amounts payable under this Section 12.5 shall be paid within ten Business Days of receipt by the Administrative Borrower of written demand therefor or may be charged to the Borrowers as Revolving Loans as described in Section 2.11 (c). The agreements in this Section 12.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
To the extent that the Credit Parties fail to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers or the Swingline Lenders under the above paragraph, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers or the Swingline Lenders, as the case may be, such Lenders Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount (it being understood that the payment by any Lender of any such amount shall not relieve such Credit Party of any default in the payment thereof); provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, penalty, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers or the Swingline Lenders in its capacity as such.
153
To the extent permitted by applicable law, no party hereto shall assert, and each such party hereby waives, any claim against any other party hereto (i) for any damages arising from the use by others of information or other materials obtained through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet) or (ii) on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Credit Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that, nothing in this paragraph shall relieve any Credit Party of any obligation it may have to indemnify an Indemnitee against special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages asserted against such Indemnitee by a third party.
12.6. Successors and Assigns; Participations, Assignments and Transfers .
(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) except as expressly permitted by Section 9.3, no Credit Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by any Credit Party without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 12.6. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in clause (c) of this Section 12.6) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b)
(i) Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (b)(ii) below, any Lender (the Existing Lender ) may at any time assign to one or more assignees and/or transfers by novation to one or more transferees (each, a Transfer and the person to whom a Transfer is made, being a Transferee ) all or a portion of its rights (and, in the case of a transfer by novation, obligations) under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it and other participations in extensions of credit thereunder) with the prior written consent (such consent not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; it being understood that, without limitation, the Administrative Borrower shall have the right to withhold or delay its consent to any Transfer if, in order for such Transfer to comply with applicable law, any Credit Party would be required to obtain the consent of, or make any filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority or if additional confirmations would be required in relation to the Security Documents in any jurisdiction) of:
(A) the Administrative Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that no consent of the Administrative Borrower shall be required for a Transfer to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender (unless increased costs including payments under Sections 2.14, 2.15 or 4.5 would result therefrom unless an Event of Default under Sections 10.1, 10.5, 10.6, 10.11 or 10.14 has occurred and is continuing), an Approved Fund, any Person not on the Restricted Lender List or, if an
154
Event of Default under Sections 10.1, 10.5, 10.6, 10.11 or 10.14 has occurred and is continuing, any other Transferee; provided further that consent to a Transfer by the Credit Parties shall be deemed to have been given if the Administrative Borrower does not expressly withhold consent thereto within 10 Business Days of a Lender requesting in writing such consent from the Credit Parties; and
(B) the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such assignment shall be made to (i) Parent, any Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates or (ii) a natural person.
(ii) Transfers shall be subject to the following additional conditions:
(A) except in the case of a Transfer to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or a Transfer of the entire remaining amount of the Existing Lenders Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the Existing Lender subject to each such Transfer (determined as of the date the Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate with respect to such Transfer is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than 5,000,000, and increments of 1,000,000 in excess thereof or, unless each of the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents (which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that no such consent of the Administrative Borrower shall be required if a Default or an Event of Default under Sections 10.1, 10.5, 10.6, 10.11 or 10.14 has occurred and is continuing; provided further that contemporaneous Transfers to a single Transferee made by Affiliates of Lenders and related Approved Funds shall be aggregated for purposes of meeting the minimum amount requirements stated above;
(B) each partial Transfer shall be made as a Transfer of a proportionate part of all the Existing Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the Transfer of a proportionate part of all the Existing Lenders rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;
(C) the parties to each Transfer shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate (as applicable), together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of 3,500; provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any Transfer;
(D) the Transferee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire in a form approved by the Administrative Agent (the Administrative Questionnaire);
(E) no Transfer shall be effective unless and until such Transfer is recorded in the Register.
(F) any Transferee of the French Revolving Commitments, French Revolving Loans (including Swingline Loans or Protective Advances made to the French Borrower) shall qualify as a French Qualifying Lender and any Transferee of the French LC Exposure or Letters of Credits made to the French Borrower shall qualify as a French Qualifying Letter of Credit Issuer; and
155
(G) the prior written consent of the Swiss Borrower, if the Transferee of a Swiss Loan is a Swiss Non-Qualifying Bank (such consent however not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no consent of the Swiss Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to clause (b)(vi) of this Section 12.6, from and after the date specified in each Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate (as applicable), the Transferee thereunder shall be a party hereto and:
(A) (x) to the extent that in Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Credit Documents, each of the Credit Parties and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Credit Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the Discharged Rights and Obligations), (y) each of the Credit Parties and the Transferee shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Credit Party or other member of the Group and the Transferee have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Credit Party and the Existing Lender and (z) the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Transferee, the other Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuers and Swingline Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves and in respect of the Security Documents as they would have acquired and assumed had the Transferee been a Lender from the Closing Date with the rights, and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and any relevant Swingline Lender and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and
(B) in the case of a Transfer by way of an Assignment Agreement, (x) the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the Transferee its rights under the Credit Documents expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement, (y) the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the Relevant Obligations) expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Security Documents), and (z) will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.
In each case, the Existing Lender shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 4.5 and 12.5.
(iv) The Administrative Agent and the Lenders may utilize procedures other than those set out in this Section 12.6 to assign or transfer their rights under the Credit Documents, in the event that such other procedure is necessary for the purposes of any applicable law relating to the Borrowers, the Credit Documents and, in particular, the Security Documents.
(v) Any Transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 12.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (c) of this Section 12.6.
156
(vi) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the applicable Borrowers, shall maintain at the Administrative Agents Office a copy of each Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and Participants, and the Commitments of, and principal and interest amounts of the Loans and fees owing to, each Lender and Participant pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the Register ) . Further, each Register shall contain the name and address of the Administrative Agent and the lending office through which each such Person acts under this Agreement. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers, the Collateral Agent and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(vii) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate executed by an Existing Lender and a Transferee, the Transferees completed Administrative Questionnaire and any applicable know your customer or similar requirements under applicable laws (unless the Transferee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in clause (b) of this Section 12.6 and any written consent to such assignment required by clause (b) of this Section 12.6, the Administrative Agent shall accept and sign such Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate and record the information contained therein in the Register.
(c)
(i) Any Lender may, without the consent of any Credit Party or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (each, a Participant ) in all or a portion of such Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments), provided that (A) such Lenders obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (C) the Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement and (D) in the case of a Swiss Loan, each Participant shall be a Swiss Qualifying Bank or, if not, the prior written consent of each Swiss Borrower shall be obtained (such consent, however, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that the Participant will sign up to an undertaking that restricts such a Participant to transfer or enter into further participations, unless done so in compliance with this Clause; and further provided that no consent of the Swiss Borrower(s) shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clause (i) of the proviso to Section 12.1 that affects such Participant. Subject to clause (c)(ii) of this Section 12.6, the Credit Parties agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15 and 4.5 (subject to the requirements and limitations of those Sections) and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 12.6. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also
157
shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 12.8(b) (subject to the requirements and limitations of the Section). Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Credit Parties, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal and interest amount of each Participants interest in the Revolving Loans held by it (the Participant Register ) . The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such Revolving Loan or other obligation hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.14, 2.15 or 4.5 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant except to the extent that the entitlement to any greater payment results from any Change in Law after the Participant becomes a Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Credit Parties prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).
(d) Any Lender may, without the consent of any Credit Party or the Administrative Agent, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section 12.6 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest, provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. In order to facilitate such pledge or assignment, the Credit Parties hereby agree that, upon request of any Lender at any time and from time to time after any Borrower has made its initial borrowing hereunder, each Borrower shall provide to such Lender, at such Borrowers own expense, a promissory note, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower, evidencing the Loans owing to such Lender.
(e) Subject to Section 12.16, the Credit Parties authorize each Lender to disclose to any Participant, secured creditor of such Lender or assignee (each, a Transferee ) and any prospective Transferee any and all financial information in such Lenders possession concerning a Credit Party and its Affiliates that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of such Credit Party and its Affiliates pursuant to this Agreement or that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of such Credit Party and its Affiliates in connection with such Lenders credit evaluation of such Credit Party and its Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Agreement.
(f) The words execution, signed, signature and words of like import in any Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the London State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
(g) The benefit of the Liens under the Security Documents and any guarantee shall automatically transfer to any assignee or transferee of part or all of the obligations expressed to be secured by the Liens under the Security Documents. Insofar as necessary, the Collateral Agent, the other Secured Parties and each of the Credit Parties hereby expressly reserve for the purpose of Article 1278 and Article 1281 of the Belgian Civil Code (and, to the extent applicable, any similar provisions of foreign law) the preservation of the Liens and of the Security Documents in case of assignment, novation
158
( schuldvernieuwing/novation ) , amendment or any other transfer or change of the obligations expressed to be secured by the Liens (including, without limitation, an extension of the term or an increase of the amount of such obligations or the granting of additional credit) or of any change of any of the parties to this Agreement or any other Credit Document.
(h) For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Section 2.16(c) of this Agreement apply equally to this Section 12.6.
12.7. Replacements of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances .
(a) The Borrowers shall be permitted to replace any Lender that (a) requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.14 or 4.5 or (b) becomes a Defaulting Lender, with a replacement bank or other financial institution, provided that (i) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (iii) the Borrowers shall repay (or the replacement bank or institution shall purchase, at par) all Loans and other amounts (other than any disputed amounts), pursuant to Section 2.14, 2.15 or 4.5, as the case may be) owing to such replaced Lender prior to the date of replacement, (iv) the replacement bank or institution, if not already a Lender, and the terms and conditions of such replacement, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (v) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.6 (provided that the applicable Borrowers shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein) and (vi) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.
(b) If any Lender (such Lender, a Non-Consenting Lender ) has failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination that pursuant to the terms of Section 12.1 requires the consent of all of the Lenders affected and with respect to which the Required Lenders shall have granted their consent, then provided no Event of Default then exists, the Borrowers shall have the right (unless such Non-Consenting Lender grants such consent) to replace such Non-Consenting Lender by requiring such Non-Consenting Lender to assign its Loans and its Commitments hereunder to one or more assignees reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, provided that: (a) all Obligations of the Borrowers due and payable to such Non-Consenting Lender being replaced shall be paid in full to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such assignment, and (b) the replacement Lender shall purchase the foregoing by paying to such Non-Consenting Lender a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. In connection with any such assignment, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, such Non-Consenting Lender and the replacement Lender shall otherwise comply with Section 12.6; provided that the failure by such Non-Consenting Lender to execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption shall not impair the validity of the removal of such Non-Consenting Lender and the mandatory assignment of such Non-Consenting Lenders Commitments and outstanding Loans and participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 12.7 shall nevertheless be effective without the execution by such Non-Consenting Lender of an Assignment and Assumption and shall be recorded in the Register.
12.8. Adjustments; Set-off .
(a) If any Lender (a Benefited Lender ) shall at any time receives any payment of all or part of its Loans in any Facility, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 10.5, or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender in that Facility, if any, in respect of such other Lenders Loans, or interest thereon,
159
such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders in the relevant Facility a participating interest in such portion of each such other Lenders Loan, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders in the relevant Facility; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.
(b) After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, in addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to any Credit Party, any such notice being expressly waived by each Credit Party to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by any Credit Party hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of such Credit Party. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify such Credit Party (and the Administrative Borrower, if other) and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.
12.9. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Administrative Agent.
12.10. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
12.11. Integration . This Agreement and the other Credit Documents represent the agreement of the Credit Parties, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any Credit Party, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent nor any Lender relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents.
12.12. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waiver of jury trial .
(a) This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.
(b) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a Dispute ) .
160
(c) The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.
(d) This Section 12.12 is for the benefit of the Secured Parties only. As a result, no Secured Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Secured Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.
(e) Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Credit Party (other than a Credit Party incorporated in England and Wales) (i) irrevocably appoints Distrupol Limited as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Credit Document (and Distrupol Limited by its execution of this Agreement, accepts that appointment), and (ii) agrees that failure by an agent for service of process to notify the relevant Credit Party of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned. If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Company (on behalf of all the Credit Parties) must immediately (and in any event within 5 days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Administrative Agent. Failing this, the Administrative Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.
(f) To the extent relevant, each Borrower, each Agent and each Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waive trial by jury in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Credit Document and for any counterclaim therein.
12.13. Acknowledgments . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges that:
(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents;
(b) (i) the credit facilities provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) are an arms-length commercial transaction between the Credit Parties, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Lender and the other Agents on the other hand, and Parent, the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties are capable of evaluating and understanding and understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Credit Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Administrative Agent and the other Agents, is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary for any of the Borrowers, any other Credit Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Agent has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Borrower or any other Credit Party with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document (irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent or other Agent has advised or is currently advising any of the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates on other matters) and neither the Administrative Agent or other Agent has any obligation to any of the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents; (iv) the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Credit Parties and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor other Agent has any obligation to disclose any of
161
such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Agent has provided and none will provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) and each of the Credit Parties has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate. Each of the Credit Parties hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent or any other Agent with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty; and
(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among any Credit Party, on the one hand, and any Lender, on the other hand.
12.14. Confidentiality . The Administrative Agent and each Lender shall hold all non-public information furnished by or on behalf of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with such Lenders evaluation of whether to become a Lender hereunder or obtained by such Lender or the Administrative Agent pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement (Confidential Information ) , confidential in accordance with its customary procedure for handling confidential information of this nature and (in the case of a Lender that is a bank) in accordance with safe and sound banking practices and in any event may make disclosure only as required or requested by any governmental agency or representative thereof or pursuant to legal process or (a) to such Lenders or the Administrative Agents partners, directors, officers, employees, attorneys, professional advisors, independent auditors, trustees or Affiliates or to ratings agencies and who agree to treat such information as confidential to the same extent as contemplated by this Section 12.14, (b) to an investor or prospective investor in a Securitization that agrees its access to information regarding the Credit Parties, the Revolving Loans and the Credit Documents is solely for purposes of evaluating an investment in a Securitization and who agrees to treat such information as confidential to the same extent as contemplated by this Section 12.14, (c) to a trustee, collateral manager, servicer, backup servicer, noteholder or secured party in connection with the administration, servicing and reporting on the assets serving as collateral for a securitization and who agrees to treat such information as confidential to the same extent as contemplated by this Section 12.14, (d) to a nationally recognized ratings agency that requires access to information regarding the Credit Parties, the Revolving Loans and Credit Documents in connection with ratings issued with respect to a Securitization to the same extent as contemplated by this Section 12.14, (e) to any party to this Agreement, (f) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Credit Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Credit Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (g) with the consent of the Credit Party or (h) to the extent such Confidential Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 12.14 or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than Parent or its Subsidiaries; provided that unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Credit Parties of any request made to such Lender or the Administrative Agent by any governmental agency or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with an examination of the financial condition of such Lender by such governmental agency) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information, and provided further that in no event shall any Lender or the Administrative Agent be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by the Credit Parties or any Subsidiary. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent agrees that it will not provide to prospective Transferees or to any pledgee referred to in Section 12.6 or to prospective direct or indirect contractual counterparties in swap agreements to be entered into in connection with Revolving Loans made hereunder any of the Confidential Information unless such Person is advised of and agrees to be bound by confidentiality provisions comparable to those set forth in this Section 12.14.
162
12.15. Direct Website Communications .
(a) Any Credit Party may, at its option, provide to the Administrative Agent any information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Documents, including, without limitation, all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials, but excluding any such communication that (A) relates to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, borrowing or other extension of credit (including any election of an interest rate or interest period relating thereto), (B) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under the Credit Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (C) provides notice of any default or event of default under this Agreement or (D) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Credit Agreement and/or any borrowing or other extension of credit thereunder (all such non-excluded communications being referred to herein collectively as Communications ) , by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to the Administrative Agent. Nothing in this Section 12.15 shall prejudice the right of the Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Credit Document in any other manner specified in such Credit Document.
(b) The Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by the Administrative Agent at its e-mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Credit Documents. Each Lender agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Credit Documents. Each Lender agrees (A) to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lenders e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and (B) that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address.
(c) The Credit Parties hereby acknowledge that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the other Agents will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Credit Parties hereunder (collectively, Borrower Materials ) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the Platform ) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be public-side Lenders ( i.e ., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Credit Parties or their securities) (each, a Public Lender ) . Each of the Credit Parties hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that do not contain any material non-public information and that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (x) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked PUBLIC which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word PUBLIC shall appear prominently on the first page thereof and (y) by marking Borrower Materials PUBLIC, such Credit Party shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent and the other Agents to make such Borrower Materials available through a portion of the Platform designated Public Investor. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, neither any Credit Party nor any of its Related Parties shall be liable, or responsible in any manner, for the use by any Agent, any Lender, any Participant or any of their Related Parties of the Borrower Materials. In addition, it is agreed that (i) to the extent any Borrower Materials constitute Confidential Information, they shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions of Section 12.15 and (ii) the Credit Parties shall be under no obligation to designate any Borrower Materials as PUBLIC.
(d) THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED AS IS AND AS AVAILABLE. THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE
163
PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the Agent Parties and each an Agent Party ) have any liability to any Credit Party, any Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Credit Partys or the Administrative Agents transmission of Borrower Materials through the internet, except to the extent the liability of any Agent Party resulted from such Agent Partys (or any of its Related Parties) gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or material breach of the Credit Documents.
12.16. USA Patriot Act . Each Lender hereby notifies the Credit Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) and all applicable amendments thereto (the Patriot Act ) , it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Credit Party, which information includes, but is not limited to, the name and address of the Credit Parties and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Credit Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act.
Each Credit Party acknowledges that, pursuant to the Patriot Act and other applicable anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist financing, government sanction and know your client laws (collectively, including any guidelines or orders thereunder, AML Legislation ) , the Lenders may be required to obtain, verify and record information regarding the Credit Parties and their respective directors, authorized signing offers, direct or indirect shareholders or other Persons in control of the Credit Parties, and the transactions contemplated hereby. Each Credit Party shall promptly provide all such information, including supporting documentation and other evidence, as may be reasonably requested by any Lender or any prospective assignee or participant of a Lender, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any Agent, in order to comply with any applicable AML Legislation, whether now or hereafter in existence.
If the Administrative Agent has ascertained the identity of any Credit Party or any authorize signatories of the Parties for the purposes of applicable AML Legislation, then the Administrative Agent:
(i) shall be deemed to have done so as an agent for each Lender, and this Agreement shall constitute a written agreement in such regard between each Lender and the Administrative Agent within the meaning of the applicable AML Legislation; and
(ii) shall provide to each Lender copies of all information obtained in such regard without any representation or warranty as to its accuracy or completeness.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence and except as may otherwise be agreed in writing, each of the Lenders agrees that neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Agent has any obligation to ascertain the identity of the Credit Parties or any authorized signatories of the Credit Parties on behalf of any Lender, or to confirm the completeness or accuracy of any information it obtains from any Credit Party or any such authorized signatory in doing so.
164
12.17. Judgment Currency . If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Credit Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the each Credit Party in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the Judgment Currency ) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the Agreement Currency ) , be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent from any Credit Party in the Agreement Currency, such Credit Party agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in such currency, the Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Credit Party (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).
12.18. Parallel Debt Dutch and Belgian Law .
(a) Each Credit Party irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Collateral Agent amounts equal to, and in the currency or currencies of, its Obligations (the Dutch and Belgian Parallel Debt ) .
(b) The Dutch and Belgian Parallel Debt of each Credit Party (i) shall become due and payable at the same time as the Obligations, and (ii) is independent and separate from, and without prejudice to, the Obligations.
(c) For the purposes of this Section 12.18, the Collateral Agent (i) is the independent and separate creditor of each Dutch and Belgian Parallel Debt, (ii) acts in its own name and not as agent, representative or trustee of the Secured Parties and its claims in respect of each Dutch and Belgian Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust, and (iii) shall have the independent and separate right to demand payment of each Dutch and Belgian Parallel Debt in its own name (including, without limitation, through any suit, execution, enforcement of security, recovery of guarantees and applications for and voting in any kind of insolvency proceeding).
(d) The Dutch and Belgian Parallel Debt of a Credit Party shall be (i) decreased to the extent that the corresponding Obligations have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged, and (ii) increased to the extent to that its Obligations have increased, and the Obligations of a Credit Party shall be (x) decreased to the extent that its Dutch and Belgian Parallel Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged, and (y) increased to the extent that its Dutch and Belgian Parallel Debt has increased, in each case provided that the Dutch and Belgian Parallel Debt of a Credit Party shall never exceed its Obligations.
(e) All amounts received or recovered by the Agent in connection with this Section, to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(f) This Section 12.18 applies for the purpose of determining the secured obligations in any Dutch Collateral Document and/or Belgian Collateral Document.
165
12.19. Parallel Debt German Law
(a) The German Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes (and to the extent necessary undertakes in advance) to pay to the Collateral Agent amounts equal to any amounts owing from time to time by it to any Secured Party under this Agreement and any other Credit Document pursuant to any Secured Obligations as and when those amounts are due under any Credit Document, to which the German Borrower is a party (such payment undertakings under this Section 12.19 and the obligations and liabilities resulting therefrom being the German Parallel Debt ) .
(b) The Collateral Agent shall have its own independent right to demand payment of the German Parallel Debt by the German Borrower. The German Borrower and the Collateral Agent acknowledge that the obligations of the German Borrower under this Section 12.19 are several, separate and independent ( selbständiges Schuldanerkenntnis ) from, and shall not in any way limit or affect, the corresponding obligations of the German Borrower to any Secured Party under this Agreement or any other Credit Document (the Corresponding Debt ) nor shall the amounts for which the German Borrower is liable under this Section 12.19 be limited or affected in any way by its Corresponding Debt provided that:
(i) the Parallel Debt shall be decreased to the extent that the Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably paid or discharged (other than, in each case, contingent obligations);
(ii) the Corresponding Debt shall be decreased to the extent that the Parallel Debt has been irrevocably paid or discharged;
(iii) the amount of the Parallel Debt shall at all times be equal to the amount of the Corresponding Debt; and
(iv) for the avoidance of doubt, the Parallel Debt will become due and payable at the same time when the Corresponding Debt becomes due and payable.
(c) The security granted under any German Collateral Document with respect to the Parallel Debt is granted to the Collateral Agent in its capacity as sole creditor of the Parallel Debt.
(d) Without limiting or affecting the Collateral Agents rights against the German Borrower (whether under this Agreement or any other Credit Document), each of the German Borrower acknowledges that:
(i) Nothing in this Agreement shall impose any obligation on the Collateral Agent to advance any sum to any Credit Party or otherwise under any Credit Document; and
(ii) for the purpose of any vote taken under any Credit Document, the Collateral Agent shall not be regarded as having any participation or commitment other that those which it has in its capacity as a Lender.
(e) The parties to this Agreement acknowledge and confirm that the provisions contained in this Agreement shall not be interpreted so as to increase the maximum total amount of the Obligations.
(f) The German Parallel Debt shall remain effective in case a third person should assume or be entitled, partially or in whole, to any rights of any of the Secured Parties under any Credit Documents, be it by virtue of assignment, novation or otherwise.
166
(g) All monies received or recovered by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement and all amounts received or recovered by the Collateral Agent from or by the enforcement of any security granted to secure the German Parallel Debt shall be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
12.20. Conduct of Business by the Secured Parties
No provision of this Agreement will:
(a) interfere with the right of any Secured Party to arrange its affairs (Tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;
(b) oblige any Secured Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or
(c) oblige any Secured Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (Tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.
SECTION 13. Loan Guaranty .
13.1. Guarantee . Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally, (a) guarantees to each Secured Party punctual performance by each other Credit Party of all that Credit Partys obligations under the Credit Documents, (b) undertakes with each Secured Party that whenever another Credit Party does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Credit Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor, and (c) agrees with each Secured Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Secured Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Credit Party not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Credit Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Section 13.1 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.
13.2. Continuing guarantee . This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Credit Party under the Credit Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.
13.3. Reinstatement . If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Credit Party or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Secured Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Guarantor under this Section 13 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.
13.4. Waiver of defences . The obligations of each Guarantor under this Section 13 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Section 13, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Section 13 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Credit Party) including (a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Credit Party or other Person, (b) the release of any other Credit Party or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any Credit Party or Subsidiary, (c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to
167
perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Credit Party or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security, (d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of a Credit Party or any other person, (e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Credit Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Credit Document or other document or security, (f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Credit Document or any other document or security, or (g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.
13.5. Guarantor Intent . Without prejudice to the generality of Section 13, each Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that this guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Credit Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Credit Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.
13.6. Immediate Recourse . Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Section 13. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Credit Document to the contrary.
13.7. Appropriations . Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Credit Parties under or in connection with the Credit Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may (a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same, and (b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantors liability under this Section 13.
13.8. Termination . Each of the Lenders and each Letter of Credit Issuer may continue to make loans or extend credit to the Borrowers based on this Loan Guaranty until five (5) days after it receives written notice of termination from any Guarantor. Notwithstanding receipt of any such notice, each Guarantor will continue to be liable to the Lenders for any Guaranteed Obligations created, assumed or committed to prior to the fifth day after receipt of the notice, and all subsequent renewals, extensions, modifications and amendments with respect to, or substitutions for, all or any part of such Guaranteed Obligations. Nothing in this Section 13.8 shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of, or eliminate, limit, reduce or otherwise impair any rights or remedies the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have in respect of, any Default or Event of Default that may exist as a result of any such notice of termination. Nothwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Parent may not terminate or request the termination of its obligations under the Loan Guaranty and no Obligor may terminate or request the termination of its obligations under the Loan Guaranty for so long as it is a Borrower under this Agreement.
168
13.9. Deferral of Guarantors Rights . Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Credit Parties under or in connection with the Credit Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Administrative Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Credit Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Section 13, (a) to be indemnified by a Credit Party, (b) to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Credit Partys obligations under the Credit Documents, (c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Secured Parties under the Credit Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Credit Documents by any Secured Party, (d) to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Credit Party to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Section 13.1, (e) to exercise any right of set-off against any Credit Party; and/or (f) to claim or prove as a creditor of any Credit Party in competition with any Secured Party. If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Secured Parties by the Credit Parties under or in connection with the Credit Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Secured Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Administrative Agent or as the Administrative Agent may direct for application in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
13.10. Keepwell . Parent hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support to each Specified Credit Party with respect to such Swap Obligation as may be needed by such Specified Credit Party from time to time to honor all of its obligations under the Credit Documents in respect of such Swap Obligation (but, in each case, only up to the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering Parents obligations and undertakings under this Section 13.10 voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount) and without limitation of the foregoing, Parent hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the payment and performance by each Specified Credit Party of its obligations under the Credit Documents with respect to all Swap Obligations. The obligations and undertakings of Parent under this Section 13.10 shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full. Parent intends this Section 13.10 to constitute, and this Section 13.10 shall be deemed to constitute, a guarantee of the obligations of, and a keepwell, support, or other agreement for the benefit of, each Specified Credit Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
13.11. Additional security . This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Secured Party.
13.12. German Guarantee Limitations.
(a) Limitation . The Collateral Agent agrees to restrict the enforcement of the guarantee/security granted by any German Credit Party organised as a German limited liability company ( GmbH ) (the German Guarantor ) pursuant to this Agreement if and to the extent that (i) the relevant enforcement proceeds are applied in satisfaction of any liabilities of the German Guarantors direct or indirect shareholder(s) (upstream) or any entity affiliated to such shareholder ( verbundenes Unternehmen ) within the meaning of section 15 of the German Stock Corporation Act ( Aktiengesetz ) (cross-stream) (other than the liabilities of any of the German Guarantors subsidiaries and, for the avoidance of doubt, the German Guarantors own liabilities) and (ii) such enforcement of the security would cause the amount of the German Guarantors net assets ( Reinvermögen ), as adjusted pursuant to the following provisions, to fall below the amount of its registered share capital ( Stammkapital) ( Begründung einer Unterbilanz ) or to increase any already existing capital impairment ( Vertiefung einer Unterbilanz ) in violation of sections 30 and 31 of the German Limited Liability Company Act ( GmbHG ), (each such event is hereinafter referred to as a Capital Impairment).
169
For the purposes of the calculation of a Capital Impairment, the following balance sheet items shall be adjusted as follows:
(i) the amount of any increase of the German Guarantors registered share capital after the date of this Agreement that has been effected without prior written consent of Collateral Agent shall be deducted from the German Guarantors registered share capital;
(ii) loans provided to the German Guarantor by any member of the group shall be disregarded if and to the extent such loans are subordinated or are considered subordinated by operation of law and such loans are not shown in the balance sheet as liability of the German Guarantor; and
(iii) loans or other contractual liabilities incurred in violation of the provisions of the Credit Documents shall be disregarded.
(b) Disposal of relevant assets. In a situation where the German Guarantor would not have sufficient assets to maintain its registered share capital after satisfaction (in whole or in part) of the relevant demand, the German Guarantor shall dispose of all assets, to the extent legally permitted, which are not necessary for its business ( nicht betriebsnotwendig ) on market terms where the relevant assets are shown in the balance sheet of the German Guarantor with a book value which is significantly lower than the market value of such assets, unless such disposal would not be commercially justifiable, provided that the Collateral Agent consents to the fact that a disposal would not be commercially justifiable.
(c) Management Notification/Auditors Determination . (i) The limitation pursuant to this Section 13.12 shall apply, subject to the following requirements, if following a notice by the Collateral Agent that it intends to enforce any guarantee granted under this Agreement, the German Guarantor notifies the Collateral Agent ( Management Notification ) within ten (10) days upon receipt of the relevant notice that a Capital Impairment would occur (setting out in reasonable detail to what extent a Capital Impairment would occur and providing prima facie evidence that a realisation or other measures undertaken in accordance with the mitigation provisions set out above would not prevent such Capital Impairment); (ii) If the Management Notification is contested by the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent shall nevertheless be entitled to enforce any security granted under this Agreement up to such amount, which is, based on the Management Notification, undisputed between itself and the German Guarantor. In relation to the amount which is in dispute, the German Guarantor undertakes (at its own cost and expense) to arrange for the preparation of a balance sheet by its auditors in order to have such auditors determine whether (and if so, to what extent) any payment under this Agreement would cause a Capital Impairment (the Auditors Determination ). The Auditors Determination shall be prepared, taking into account the adjustments set out above in relation to the calculation of a Capital Impairment, by applying the generally accepted accounting principles applicable from time to time in Germany ( Grundsätze ordnungsmäßiger Buchführung ) based on the same principles and evaluation methods as consistently applied by the German Guarantor in the preparation of its financial statements, in particular in the preparation of its most recent annual balance sheet, and taking into consideration applicable court rulings of German courts. The German Guarantor shall provide the Auditors Determination to the Collateral Agent within thirty (30) days from the date on which the Collateral Agent contested the Management Notification in writing. The Auditors Determination shall be binding on the German Guarantor and the Collateral Agent; (iii) If, and to the extent that, any Lien under the
170
German Collateral Documents has been enforced without regard to the limitation set forth in Section 13.12(a) because the amount of the available net assets pursuant to the Auditors Determination is lower than the amount stated in the Management Notification, the Collateral Agent shall upon written demand of the German Guarantor to the Collateral Agent repay any amount (if and to the extent already paid to the Collateral Agent) up to and including the amount calculated in the Auditors Determination as of the date the demand to enforce any security under this Agreement was made and in accordance with Section 13.12(c)(ii) above, provided such demand for repayment is made to the Collateral Agent within 6 months ( Ausschlussfrist ) from the date any security under this Agreement has been enforced; (iv) If pursuant to the Auditors Determination the amount of the available net assets is higher than set out in the Management Notification, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to enforce into such available net assets accordingly.
(d) Exceptions. N otwithstanding the above, the limitations pursuant to this Section 13.12 shall not apply:
(i) if the German Guarantor is (i) party as dominated entity ( beherrschtes Unternehmen ) of a domination agreement ( Beherrschungsvertrag ) and/or a profit and loss transfer agreement ( Gewinnabführungsvertrag ) pursuant to section 30 para 1 sentence 2 of the German Limited Liability Company Act ( GmbHG ), unless the dominating entity is insolvent; or
(ii) if the German Guarantor has a recourse right ( Rückgriffsanspruch ) pursuant to section 30 para 1 sentence 2 of the German Limited Liability Company Act ( GmbHG ) , towards its direct or indirect shareholder(s) (upstream) or any entity affiliated to such shareholder ( verbundenes Unternehmen ) within the meaning of section 15 of the German Stock Corporation Act ( Aktiengesetz ) (cross-stream) which is fully recoverable ( werthaltig ); or
(iii) for so long as the German Guarantor fails to deliver the Management Notification and/or the Auditors Determination pursuant to Section 13.12(c) ( Management Notification/Auditors Determination ) unless the German Guarantor proves in a court proceeding that the disputed amount is necessary for maintaining its registered share capital; or
(iv) to any amounts borrowed under the Credit Documents to the extent the proceeds of such borrowing are on-lent to the German Guarantor or its Subsidiaries to the extent that any amounts so on-lent are still outstanding at the time the relevant demand is made against the German Guarantor and the repayment of such loans as a result of such on-lending is not prohibited by operation of law; or
(v) to any amounts borrowed under the Credit Documents by the German Guarantor to the extent that any amounts so borrowed are still outstanding at the time the relevant demand for repayment is made against the German Guarantor
13.13. French Guarantee Limitations.
(a) The obligations of any Guarantor incorporated under French law (the French Guarantor) under this Section 13 shall be limited to:
(i) the payment obligations of the Subsidiaries of such French Guarantor under the Credit Documents; and
171
(ii) the payment obligations of any other Credit Party under the Credit Documents which is not a Subsidiary of that French Guarantor, up to an amount not exceeding the amounts in principal and interest borrowed (directly or by way of intra group loans funded out of the proceeds of the relevant Revolving Loans) by that French Guarantor and/or such French Guarantors Subsidiaries (the Maximum Guaranteed Amount) provided that such Credit party which is not a Subsidiary of that French Guarantor guarantees in turn (as Guarantor) the payment obligations of the French Guarantor or its Subsidiaries under the Credit Document. For the avoidance of doubt, any payment made by a French Guarantor under this Section 13 in respect of the obligations of such French Guarantor shall reduce pro tanto the outstanding amount of the intra group loans due by such French Guarantor under the intra group loans referred to above.
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 13 to the contrary, no French Guarantor shall secure liabilities under this Agreement which would result in such French Guarantor not complying with French financial assistance rules set out in article L. 225-216 of the French Commercial Code and/or would constitute a misuse of corporate assets within the meaning of article L. 241-3 or L. 242-6 of the French Commercial Code or any other law or regulations having the same effect, as interpreted by French courts.
(c) For the avoidance of doubt, any reference in this Agreement to the joint and several liability of a Credit Party incorporated under French law shall be construed as a joint and several liability subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 13.13.
13.14. Swiss Guarantee Limitations.
(a) If and to the extent that a payment in fulfilling the joint and several liabilities under this Section 13 of a Swiss Guarantor would, at the time payment is due, under Swiss law and practice (inter alia, prohibiting capital repayments or restricting profit distributions) not be permitted, in particular if and to the extent that such Swiss Guarantor guarantees obligations other than obligations of one of its subsidiaries (i.e. obligations of its direct or indirect parent companies (up-stream guarantee) or sister companies (cross-stream guarantee)) (Restricted Obligations), then such obligations and payment amount shall from time to time be limited to the amount of the freely disposable equity in accordance with Swiss law and practice then in force; provided that such limited amount shall at no time be less than such Swiss Guarantors profits and reserves available for the distribution as dividends (being the balance sheet profits and any reserves available for this purpose, in each case in accordance with article 675(2) and article 671(1) and (2), no. 3, of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations) at the time or times payment under or pursuant to this Section 13 is requested from such Swiss Guarantor, and further provided that such limitation (as may apply from time to time or not) shall not (generally or definitively) free such Swiss Guarantor from payment obligations hereunder in excess thereof, but merely postpone the payment date therefor until such times as payment is again permitted notwithstanding such limitation. Any and all indemnities and guarantees contained in the Credit Documents including, in particular, Section 4.5(d), shall be construed in a manner consistent with the provisos herein contained.
(b) In respect of Restricted Obligations, each Swiss Guarantor shall:
(i) if and to the extent required by applicable law in force at the relevant time:
(A) subject to any applicable double taxation treaty, deduct Swiss anticipatory tax ( Verrechnungssteuer ; Swiss Withholding Tax) at the rate of 35 per cent. (or such other rate as in force from time to time) from any payment made by it in respect of Restricted Obligations;
(B) pay any such deduction to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration; and
172
(C) notify the Administrative Agent that such a deduction has been made and provide the Administrative Agent with evidence that such a deduction has been paid to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration, all in accordance with Section 4.5(a); and
(ii) to the extent such a deduction is made, not be obliged to either gross-up in accordance with Section 4.5(a) or indemnify each Recipient in accordance with Section 4.5(d) in relation to any such payment made by it in respect of Restricted Obligations unless grossing-up is permitted under the laws of Switzerland then in force.
(c) If and to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent and if and to the extent this is from time to time required under Swiss law (restricting profit distributions), in order to allow the Administrative Agent to obtain a maximum benefit under the joint and several liabilities under this Section 13, each Swiss Guarantor undertakes to promptly implement all such measures and/or to promptly obtain the fulfillment of all prerequisites allowing it to promptly make the requested payment(s) hereunder from time to time, including the following:
(i) preparation of an up-to-date audited balance sheet of such Swiss Guarantor;
(ii) confirmation of the auditors of such Swiss Guarantor that the relevant amount represents the maximum freely distributable profits;
(iii) approval by a shareholders or a quotaholders meeting (as applicable) of such Swiss Guarantor of the resulting profit distribution; and
(iv) all such other measures necessary or useful to allow such Swiss Guarantor to make the payments agreed hereunder with a minimum of limitations
SECTION 14. The Administrative Borrower.
14.1. Appointment; Nature of Relationship . Univar BV is hereby appointed by each of the Credit Parties as its contractual representative (herein referred to as the Administrative Borrower and under each other Credit Document, and each of the Credit Parties irrevocably authorises the Administrative Borrower to act as the contractual representative of such Credit Party with the rights and duties expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents. The Administrative Borrower agrees to act as such contractual representative upon the express conditions contained in this Section 14. Additionally, the Credit Parties hereby appoint the Administrative Borrower as their agent to receive all of the proceeds of the Loans in the Funding Account(s), at which time the Administrative Borrower shall promptly disburse such Loans to the appropriate Borrower(s). The Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and their respective officers, directors, agents or employees, shall not be liable to the Administrative Borrower or any Credit Party for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Administrative Borrower or the Credit Parties pursuant to this Section 14.1.
14.2. Powers . The Administrative Borrower shall have and may exercise such powers under the Credit Documents as are specifically delegated to the Administrative Borrower by the terms of each thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Borrower shall have no implied duties to the Credit Parties, or any obligation to the Lenders to take any action thereunder except any action specifically provided by the Credit Documents to be taken by the Administrative Borrower.
173
14.3. Employment of Agents . The Administrative Borrower may execute any of its duties as the Administrative Borrower hereunder and under any other Credit Document by or through authorised officers.
14.4. Notices . Each Credit Party shall immediately notify the Administrative Borrower of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder referring to this Agreement describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a notice of default. In the event that the Administrative Borrower receives such a notice, the Administrative Borrower shall give prompt notice thereof to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. Any notice provided to the Administrative Borrower hereunder shall constitute notice to each Credit Party on the date received by the Administrative Borrower.
14.5. Successor Administrative Borrower . Upon the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Borrower may resign at any time, such resignation to be effective upon the appointment of a successor Administrative Borrower. The Administrative Agent shall give prompt written notice of such resignation to the Lenders.
14.6. Execution of Credit Documents; Borrowing Base Certificate . The Credit Parties hereby empower and authorise the Administrative Borrower, on behalf of the Credit Parties, to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders the Credit Documents and all related agreements, certificates, documents, or instruments as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of the Credit Documents, including, without limitation, the Borrowing Base Certificate and any compliance certificates. Each Credit Party agrees that any action taken by the Administrative Borrower or the Credit Parties in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents, and the exercise by the Administrative Borrower of its powers set forth therein or herein, together with such other powers that are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be binding upon all of the Credit Parties.
14.7. Reporting . Each Borrower hereby agrees that such Borrower shall furnish promptly after each fiscal month to the Administrative Borrower a copy of its Borrowing Base Certificate and any other certificate or report required hereunder or requested by the Administrative Borrower on which the Administrative Borrower shall rely to prepare the Borrowing Base Certificate and any compliance certificate required pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.
174
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
UNIVAR INC., as a Guarantor | ||
By: |
/s/ D. BEATTY DALESSANDRO |
|
Name: D. BEATTY DALESSANDRO | ||
Title: EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER |
S-1
UNIVAR B.V., as a Borrower | ||
By: |
/s/ Stephen N Landsman |
|
Name: Stephen N Landsman | ||
Title: Authorized Signatory of Univar International B.V., Director |
S-2
UNIVAR SAS, as a Borrower | ||
By: |
/s/ Sabine Duyfjes |
|
Name: Sabine Duyfjes | ||
Title: Director |
S-3
UNIVAR BELGIUM N.V., as a Borrower | ||
By: |
/s/ Sabine Duyfjes |
|
Name: Sabine Duyfjes | ||
Title: Director |
S-4
UNIVAR GmbH, as a Borrower | ||
By: |
/s/ Sabine Duyfjes |
|
Name: Sabine Duyfjes | ||
Title: Director |
S-5
DISTRUPOL LIMITED, as a Borrower | ||
By: |
/s/ Stephen Landsman |
|
Name: Stephen Landsman | ||
Title: Director |
S-6
UNIVAR AG, as a Borrower | ||
By: |
/s/ Sabine Duyfjes |
|
Name: Sabine Duyfjes | ||
Title: Director |
S-7
UNIVAR ZWIJNDRECHT N.V., as a Borrower | ||
By: |
/s/ Stephen N Landsman |
|
Name: Stephen N Landsman | ||
Title: Authorized Signatory of Univar International BV, Director |
S-8
J.P. MORGAN EUROPE LIMITED, as Administrative Agent | ||
By: |
/s/ TIM JACOB |
|
Name: TIM JACOB | ||
Title: Senior Vice President |
S-9
J.P. MORGAN EUROPE LIMITED, as Collateral Agent | ||
By: |
/s/ TIM JACOB |
|
Name: TIM JACOB | ||
Title: Senior Vice President |
S-10
JP MORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Lender | ||
By: |
/s/ James Fallahay |
|
Name: James Fallahay | ||
Title: Authorized Signer |
S-11
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES PLC, as a Lender | ||
By: |
/s/ Tim Jacob |
|
Name: Tim Jacob | ||
Title: Senior Vice President |
S-12
BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH
INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, as a Lender |
||
By: |
/s/ LEE MASTERS |
|
Name: LEE MASTERS | ||
Title: SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT |
S-13
BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as a Lender | ||
By: |
/s/ M. Sutton |
|
Name: M. Sutton | ||
Title: Vice President |
S-14
HSBC BANK PLC, as a Lender | ||
By: |
/s/ Giovanna Padua |
|
Name: Giovanna Padua | ||
Title: Senior Corporate Banking Manager |
S-15
RBS INVOICE FINANCE LIMITED, as a Lender |
||
By: |
/s/ KEVIN HAUPERT |
|
Name: KEVIN HAUPERT | ||
Title: HEAD OF SYNDICATIONS |
S-16
DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH, as a Lender |
||
By: |
/s/ Marcus M. Tarkington |
|
Name: Marcus M. Tarkington | ||
Title: Director | ||
/s/ Michael Getz | ||
Michael Getz | ||
Vice President |
S-17
SIEMENS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC, as a Lender |
||
By: |
/s/ John Finore |
|
Name: John Finore | ||
Title: Vice President | ||
By: |
/s/ Andrew Beneduce |
|
Name: Andrew Beneduce | ||
Title: Collateral Specialist |
S-18
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Swingline Lender | ||
By: |
/s/ James Fallahay |
|
Name: James Fallahay | ||
Title: Authorized Signer |
S-19
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES PLC, as a Swingline Lender | ||
By: |
/s/ Tim Jacob |
|
Name: Tim Jacob | ||
Title: Senior Vice President |
S-20
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Letter of Credit Issuer | ||
By: |
/s/ James Fallahay |
|
Name: James Fallahay | ||
Title: Authorized Signer |
S-21
JP MORGAN EUROPE LIMITED, as a Letter of Credit Issuer | ||
By: |
/s/ Tim Jacob |
|
Name: Tim Jacob | ||
Title: Senior Vice President |
S-22
BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, as a Letter of Credit Issuer |
||
By: |
/s/ LEE MASTERS |
|
Name: LEE MASTERS | ||
Title: SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT |
S-23
HSBC INVOICE FINANCE (UK) LIMITED, as a Lender | ||
By: |
/s/ Steven James Fennell |
|
Name: Steven James Fennell | ||
Title: Manager, Securities |
S-24
COMMITMENT SCHEDULE
Lender |
European
Revolving Commitments |
French Revolving
Commitments |
Initial Aggregate
Revolving Commitments |
H.M. Revenue and
|
||||||||||
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. |
| 42,714,285.71 | | 0 | | 42,714,285.71 |
013/M/0268710/DTTP USA |
|||||||
J.P. Morgan Securities PLC |
| 0 | | 22,285,714.29 | | 22,285,714.29 | ||||||||
Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited |
| 23,000,000 | | 12,000,000 | | 35,000,000 | ||||||||
Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch |
| 8,214,285.71 | | 4,285,714.29 | | 12,500,000 |
7/D/70006/DTTP Germany |
|||||||
HSBC Bank PLC |
| 0 | | 10,285,714.29 | | 10,285,714.29 | ||||||||
HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited |
| 19,714,285.71 | | 0 | | 19,714,285.71 | ||||||||
Siemens Financial Services, Inc. |
| 12,500,000 | | 0 | | 12,500,000 |
13/S/359434/DTTP USA |
Barclays Bank PLC |
| 21,357,142.86 | | 11,142,857.14 | | 32,500,000 | ||||||||
RBS Invoice Finance Limited |
| 12,500,000 | | 0 | | 12,500,000 | ||||||||
Total |
| 140,000,000 | | 60,000,000 | | 200,000,000 |
SCHEDULE 7.4
LITIGATION
None
SCHEDULE 7.12
SUBSIDIARIES
Univar Inc. is the ultimate parent of each of the obligors listed below.
Entity |
Address |
Subsidiaries of Entity |
||
Univar Zwijndrecht N.V. | Noordweg 3 Zwijndrecht, South Holland 3336 LH Netherlands | None | ||
Univar B.V. | Schouwburgplein 30-34 Rotterdam 3012 CL Netherlands |
Univar China B.V. Univar China Ltd. Univar (Hong Kong) Limited Univar Services (PTY) Ltd. |
||
Univar SAS | 17 Avenue Louison Bobet Fontenay-sous- Bois, lle-de-France 94120 France | Univar SpA SCI Fonjac SCI Jaquot | ||
Univar Belgium N.V. | Riverside Business Park, Building G Boulevard International 55 Brussels 1070 Belgium | None | ||
Univar GmbH | Hinsbecker Löh 10c Essen, North Rhine- Westphalia 45257 Germany | None | ||
Distrupol Limited | Thames House Gogmore Lane Chertsey KT16 9AP United Kingdom | None | ||
Univar AG | Schärenmoosstrasse 77 Zurich, Zurich CH-8052 Switzerland | None |
SCHEDULE 7.14
ENVIRONMENTAL
The following underground storage tank or related piping, or any impoundment or other disposal area containing Hazardous Materials is located at, on or under any Real Estate currently owned or leased by the following Obligors or Borrower Subsidiaries:
Jurisdiction |
Entity / Site Details |
Additional Information |
||
Belgium |
Univar Belgium NV/SA (Blandain site)
Address: 1 Rue des Sablières, Tournai, Hainaut, B-7522, Belgium
Contact: Francis Debaveye
Site telephone / fax number: +32 (0) 69 88 10 00 / +32 (0) 69 88 10 01 |
Owned by Univar (no tenant in property). Univar is required to insure the property at the site. The site benefits from a security system provided by ADT.
Underground storage tanks
The site contains 1 double-walled underground storage tank, with 5 cubic metres or 1321 gallons capacity. The underground storage tank does not store corrosives or solvents. The underground storage tank is fitted with an alarm, leak detection and overfill prevention system (but not Cathodic Corrosion Protection).
The underground storage tank is inspected regularly.
Underground effluent tanks
The site contains 1 Gasoil for FLT steel double-walled underground effluent tank, with 5 cubic metres or 1321 gallons capacity. |
||
France |
Univar S.A.S. (Lyon- Genas site)
Address: 20 rue de Geneve, Zl de Genas Est, Lyon Genas, France
|
Owned by Univar (no tenant in property). Univar is required to insure the property at the site. The site benefits from a security system provided by Securitas. |
Jurisdiction |
Entity / Site Details |
Additional Information |
||
Contact: Burgat
Site telephone / fax number: +33 4 72 47 14 96 / +33 4 78 47 14 99 |
Underground storage tanks
The site contains 4 double-walled underground storage tanks, with 270 cubic metres or 71,327 gallons of capacity. None of the underground storage tanks store corrosives, but all 4 store solvents. All four underground storage tanks are fitted with an alarm and leak detection system. None of the 4 are fitted with an overfill prevention or Cathodic Corrosion Protection system.
The 4 underground storage tanks are not inspected regularly.
Underground effluent tanks
The site contains 1 steel construction underground effluent tank, with 50 cubic metres or 13209 gallons capacity. |
|||
Germany |
Univar GmbH |
N/A (no underground storage or underground effluent tanks present at Univar GmbH sites) |
||
Netherlands |
Univar B.V., Univar Zwijndrecht N.V. |
N/A (no underground storage / effluent tanks present at Univar B.V. or Univar Zwijndrecht N.V. sites) |
||
Switzerland |
Univar AG (Birmensdorf site)
Address: Industriestrasse 10, Birmensdorf, Zurich, CH 8903
Contact: Bernhard Grimm
Site telephone / fax number: +41 44 737 31 31 / +41 44 737 00 84 |
Owned by Univar (no tenant in property). Univar is required to insure the property at the site. The site benefits from a security system provided by Zentex, Tyco.
The site contains 4 single-walled underground storage tanks, with 357 cubic metres or 94,309 gallons of capacity.
None of the underground storage tanks store corrosives, but all 4 store solvents. None of the underground storage tanks are fitted with an alarm or leak detection system, but all 4 are fitted with an overfill prevention and Cathodic Corrosion Protection system.
The 4 underground storage tanks are not inspected regularly. |
||
United Kingdom |
Distrupol Limited |
N/A (no underground storage or underground effluent tanks present at Distrupol Limited |
SCHEDULE 9.1
EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS
ENTITY |
EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS |
|
Univar Belgium SA/NV |
Bank Guarantees:
CustomsEUR 125,494.45
Ministry of HealthEUR 320,000.00
Ministry of TransportEUR 59,000.00
VAT NetherlandsEUR 101,000.00
Lease OfficesEUR 142,220.00
Customer VivaquaEUR 6,600.00
Customer Soc. Wall. EauxEUR 63,200.00
Claim CustomsEUR 1,000,000.00
Letters of Credit:
Standby Letter of Credit issued by BAML in favour of Vinnolit for EUR 2,000,000.00 |
|
Univar GmbH |
Rent GuaranteeEUR 50,000 |
|
Univar AG |
Customs GuaranteeCHF 215,000 Rent GuaranteeCHF 179,000 |
|
Univar Zwijndrecht N.V. |
Finance Leases:
2 Finance Lease Contracts with ABN Amro dated 14-02-28 (EUR 86,944.00 outstanding as at 31 March 2014) in respect of 7 Hyster Fork Lift Trucks.
Letter of Credit:
Letter of Credit for USD 39,177.60customer: Pakistan
Letter of Credit for USD 31,792.50customer: Thailand |
Univar BV |
Overdraft Balances:
Overdraft Balance of ZAR 31,077,640.89
Letters of Credit: |
|
Letter of Credit for EUR 40,000.00 issued by BAML in favour of IEF Capital Vastgoed Rietveld (Rotterdam- Schouwburgplein) B.V.
Letter of Credit for USD 34.5 million issued by ING in favour of Global Container Agency MSG, Barcelona Spain
Letter of Credit for USD 35 million issued by ING in favour of Lloyd Triestino, Italy
Letter of Credit for USD 34.5 million issued by ING in favour of China Shipping Container Lines Co. Ltd, China
Customs/Excise Bonds:
Customs Bond in favour of Tollregion Oslo & Akerhus for NOK 50,000,000 issued by BAML
Excise Duty in favour of Tollregion Oslo & Akershus for NOK 3,000,000 issued by BAML
Customs Bond in favour of Tullverket for SEK 300,000 issued by BAML
Customs Bond in favour of Tulli for EUR 140,000 issued by BAML
Excise Duty in favour of Skat for DKK 10,000 issued by BAML
Excise Duty in favour of Skat for DKK 200,000 issued by BAML
Excise Duty in favour of Skatteverket for SEK 11,968,154 issued by BAML
Excise Duty in favour of Skat for DKK 2,324,808 issued by BAML
Excise Duty in favour of Skatteverket for SEK 10,039,465 issued by BAML
Excise Duty in favour of Skatteverket for SEK 1,148,100 issued by BAML
Customs Bond in favour of Dutch Customs for EUR 69,000 issued by ING |
Distrupol Limited |
Letters of Credit:
L/C NO: IMP31078480 USD 48,420.00 |
|
L/C NO: IMP31078479 USD 37,790.00 |
||
L/C NO: IMP31078481 USD 158,096.26 |
||
L/C NO: IMP31077884 USD 43,299.38 |
||
L/C NO: IMP31077183 USD 44,049.38 |
||
L/C NO: IMP31076966 USD 46,902.50 |
||
L/C NO: IMP31076326 USD 44,917.50 |
||
L/C NO: IMP31076584 USD 42,968.75 |
||
L/C NO: IMP31079605 44520.00 USD |
||
L/C NO: IMP31079604 96840.00 USD |
||
L/C NO: IMP31079603 81185.00 USD |
||
L/C NO: IMP31079606 80323.13 USD |
||
Univar SAS | Overdraft Balances: | |
BMG Cash Pooling: EUR -42,107,814.57 |
||
Letters of Credit: | ||
Guarantee issued by BAML in favour of Communaute Urbaine de Lyon for EUR 540,000 |
SCHEDULE 9.2
EXISTING LIENS
None
SCHEDULE 9.5
EXISTING INVESTMENTS
Univar B.V. |
100% of the shares in each of:
Univar China B.V.; Univar China Ltd.; Univar (Hong Kong) Limited; and Univar Services (PTY) Ltd. |
|
Univar SAS |
60% of the shares in Univar SpA; 98.04% of the shares in SCI Fonjac; and 98.89% of the shares in SCI Jaquot |
SCHEDULE 12.2
NOTICE ADDRESSES
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
3 Park Plaza
Suite 900
Irvine
California
USA
(T): +1 949 471 9886
( F ): +1 949 471 9872
Email: james.m.fallahay@chase.com
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES PLC
Loans Agency
25 Bank Street
Canary Wharf
London
E14 5JP
(F): +44 20 7777 2360
Email: loanandagencylondon@jpmorgan.com
J.P. MORGAN EUROPE LIMITED
For notices relating to funding, Letters of Credit and operational mattes to:
Loans Agency
25 Bank Street
Canary Wharf
London
E14 5JP
(F): +44 20 7777 2360
Email: loanandagencylondon@jpmorgan.com
For notices relating to Collateral:
Chase Business Credit
25 Bank Street
Canary Wharf
London
E14 5JP
(F): +44 20 3493 1365
Email: Timothy.i.jacob@jpmorgan.com
Email: Helen.f.mathie@jpmorgan.com
BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
Senior Vice President
Senior Portfolio Specialist
Global Commercial Banking
Bank of America Merrill Lynch
2 King Edward Street, London, EC1A 1HQ
(T): +44 (0) 207 996 7683
Email: paula.k.langridge@baml.com
UNIVAR BELGIUM NV
Riverside Business Park
Building G
Boulevard International 55
1070 Brussels
Belgium
(T): +32 (0)2 525 05 11
(F): +32 (0)2 520 17 51
UNIVAR SAS
17, Avenue Louison Bobet
FontenaySousBois Cedex
94132 France
(T): +33 (0)1 49 74 80 80
(F): +33 (0)1 49 74 81 11
UNIVAR GMBH
Hinsbecker Löh 10c
45257 Essen
Germany
(T): +49 (0) 201 8959-0
(F): +49 (0) 201 8959-100
UNIVAR BV
Schouwbourgplein 30-34
3012 CL Rotterdam
The Netherlands
(T): +31 10 275 78 40
(F): +31 10 413 27 38
UNIVAR ZWIJNDRECHT N.V.
Noordweg 3 Zwijndrecht, South Holland 3336 LH
The Netherlands
(T): +31 (0)78 625 0000
(F): +31 (0)78 625 0050
UNIVAR AG
Schärenmoosstrasse 77
8052 Zürich
(T): +41 58 360 72 72
(F): +41 58 360 72 90
DISTRUPOL LIMITED
Aquarius House 6 Mid Point Bus Park
Thornbury
Bradford
York
BD3 7AY
United Kingdom
(T): +44 (0)1932 566033
(F): +44 (0)1932 560363
UNIVAR INC
17425 NE Union Hill Road
Redmond, Washington 98052
Attention: General Counsel
(T): +1 (425) 880-3400
(F): +1 (425) 889-3500
EXHIBIT A-1
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT
To: | J.P. Morgan Europe Limited as Administrative Agent and, [] as Administrative Borrower, for and on behalf of each Obligor |
From: | [the Existing Lender ] (the Existing Lender ) and [the New Lender ] (the New Lender ) |
Dated:
200,000,000 revolving credit agreement dated [] (the Credit Agreement)
1. | We refer to the Credit Agreement. This is an Assignment Agreement. This agreement (the Agreement ) shall take effect as an Assignment Agreement for the purpose of the Credit Agreement. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement. |
2. | We refer to Section 12.6 ( Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments ) of the Credit Agreement: |
(a) | The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents and the Collateral which corresponds to that portion of the Existing Lenders Revolving Commitment(s) and participations in Borrowings under the Credit Agreement as specified in the Schedule to this Agreement. |
(b) | The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lenders Revolving Commitment(s) and participations in Borrowings under the Credit Agreement specified in the Schedule to this Agreement. |
(c) | The New Lender becomes a party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above. |
3. | The proposed transfer date is [] (the Transfer Date ). |
4. | On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes party to the relevant Credit Documents as a Lender. The New Lender acknowledges the terms of a loss sharing agreement between the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders (the Loss Sharing Agreement ) and agrees that, as of the Transfer Date, it will become a party to the Loss Sharing Agreement, and bound by its terms, as if it had been an original signatory thereto. |
5. | The office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Section 12.2 ( Notices ) of the Credit Agreement are set out in the Schedule to this Agreement. |
6. | The New Lender expressly acknowledges that the Existing Lender shall be released from its obligations as set out in Section 12.6 ( Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments ) of the Credit Agreement. |
7. | The New Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is: |
(a) | [a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender);] |
(b) | [a Treaty Lender;] |
(c) | [not a Qualifying Lender ]. 1 |
8. | [The New Lender confirms that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme (reference number [ ]) and is tax resident in [ ] * , so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and notifies each relevant Credit Party as at the Transfer Date that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Credit Agreement.] ** |
9. | This Agreement acts as notice to the Administrative Agent (on behalf of each Credit Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Section 9.04 ( Successors and Assigns ), to the Administrative Borrower (on behalf of each Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Agreement. |
10. | This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement. |
11. | This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law. |
12. | This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement. |
Note: | The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lenders interest in the Collateral in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lenders Collateral in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities. |
1 | Delete as applicableeach New Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within. |
* | Insert jurisdiction of tax residence. |
** | Include if the New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Credit Agreement. |
THE SCHEDULE
Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment, release and accession
[ insert relevant details ]
[ Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments ]
[Existing Lender] | [New Lender] | |
By: | By: |
This Agreement is accepted as an Assignment Agreement for the purposes of the Credit Agreement by the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [ ].
Signature of this Agreement by the Administrative Agent constitutes confirmation by the Administrative Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to in this Agreement, which notice the Administrative Agent receives on behalf of each Credit Party.
Signature of this Agreement by the Administrative Borrower constitutes confirmation by the Administrative Borrower of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to in this Agreement, which notice the Administrative Borrower receives on behalf of each Obligor.
[Administrative Agent]
By:
[Administrative Borrower]
By:
EXHIBIT A-2
FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE
To: J.P. Morgan Europe Limited as Administrative Agent and, [] as Administrative Borrower, for and on behalf of each Obligor
From: [The Existing Lender] (the Existing Lender ) and [The New Lender] (the New Lender )
Dated:
200,000,000 revolving credit agreement dated [] (the Credit Agreement)
1. | We refer to the Credit Agreement. This agreement (the Agreement ) shall take effect as a Transfer Certificate for the purpose of the Credit Agreement. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement. |
2. | We refer to 12.6 ( Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments ) of the Credit Agreement: |
(a) | The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation and in accordance with Section 9.04 ( Successors and Assigns ) of the Credit Agreement all of the Existing Lenders rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lenders Commitment(s) and participations in Revolving Commitments under the Credit Agreement as specified in the Schedule to this Agreement. |
(b) | The proposed transfer date is [] (the Transfer Date ). |
(c) | The office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Section 12.2 ( Notices ) of the Credit Agreement are set out in the Schedule to this Agreement. |
3. | The New Lender expressly acknowledges that the Existing Lender shall be released from its obligations as set out in 12.6 ( Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments ) of the Credit Agreement. |
4. | The New Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is: |
(a) | [a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender);] |
(b) | [a Treaty Lender;] |
(c) | [not a Qualifying Lender ]. |
5. | [The New Lender confirms that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme (reference number []) and is tax resident in [] * , so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and notifies each relevant Credit Party as at the Transfer Date that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Credit Agreement.] ** |
6. | The New Lender acknowledges the terms of a loss sharing agreement between the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders (the Loss Sharing Agreement ) and agrees that, as of the Transfer Date, it will become a party to the Loss Sharing Agreement, and bound by its terms, as if it had been an original signatory thereto. |
7. | This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement. |
8. | This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law. |
9. | This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement. |
Note: The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lenders interest in the Collateral in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lenders Collateral in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.
* | Insert jurisdiction of tax residence. |
** | Include if the New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Credit Agreement. |
THE SCHEDULE
Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred
[ insert relevant details ]
[ Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments, ]
[Existing Lender] | [New Lender] | |
By: | By: |
This Agreement is accepted as a Transfer Certificate for the purposes of the Credit Agreement by the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [ ].
Signature of this Agreement by the Administrative Agent constitutes confirmation by the Administrative Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to in this Agreement, which notice the Administrative Agent receives on behalf of each Lender.
Signature of this Agreement by the Administrative Borrower constitutes confirmation by the Administrative Borrower of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to in this Agreement, which notice the Administrative Borrower receives on behalf of each Obligor.
[Administrative Agent]
By:
[Administrative Borrower]
By:
EXHIBIT B-1
AGGREGATE BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE
BORROWING BASE REPORT
Consolidating Availability
COLLATERAL COMPONENT(S): |
Consolidated AR |
Consolidated INV |
Report # Report Date: Period Covered: |
to |
||||||
COLLATERAL AVAILABILITY | ||||||||||
1 |
Beginning Collateral Balance (Previous ReportLine 9) |
|||||||||
2 |
Additions to Collateral (Gross Sales) |
|||||||||
3 |
Additions to Collateral (Debit Memos, I/C) |
|||||||||
4 |
Other Non-Cash Additions |
|||||||||
5 |
Deductions to Collateral (Net Cash Received) |
|||||||||
6 |
Deductions to Collateral (Discounts, other) |
|||||||||
7 |
Deductions to Collateral (Credit Memos, all) |
|||||||||
8 |
Other Non-Cash Deductions I/C |
|||||||||
9 |
Ending Collateral Balance |
Total Gross Collateral | 0.00 | |||||||
10 |
Less Collateral Ineligibles (attach schedule) |
|||||||||
11 |
Total Eligible Collateral |
Total Eligible Collateral | 0.00 | |||||||
12 |
Advance Rate Percentage |
various | ||||||||
13 |
Gross AvailableBorrowing Base Value |
|||||||||
13.A |
Less Availability Reserves (attach schedule) |
|||||||||
14 |
Net AvailableBorrowing Base Value |
0.00 | ||||||||
14.A |
Collateral CAPS |
0.00 | ||||||||
15 |
Maximum Borrowing Base Value (Lesser of 14 or 14.A) |
0.00 | ||||||||
15.A |
Suppressed Availability |
0.00 | ||||||||
16 |
Total Availability |
|||||||||
17 |
Revolver Line |
Total Revolver Line | 0.00 | |||||||
17.A |
Less Line Reserves (attach schedule) |
|||||||||
18 |
Maximum Borrowing Limit (Lesser of 1617.A or 1717.A) |
Total Available to Borrow | 0.00 | |||||||
18.A |
Suppressed Availability |
|||||||||
LOAN STATUS |
||||||||||
19 |
Previous Loan Balance (Previous Report Line 22) |
|||||||||
20 |
Less: Net Collections (Same as Report Line 5) |
|||||||||
21 |
Less: Adjustments / Payoff |
|||||||||
22 |
Add: Request for Funds |
|||||||||
23 |
Add: Adjustments / Term Loan Proceeds |
|||||||||
22 |
New Loan Balance |
Total New Loan Balance | 0.00 | |||||||
23 |
Letters of Credit/Bankers Acceptance Outstanding |
Outstanding Letters of Credit | 0.00 | |||||||
24 |
Availability Not Borrowed (Lines 18 less 22 & 23) |
0.00 | ||||||||
25 |
Term Loan |
0.00 | ||||||||
26 |
OVERALL EXPOSURE (lines 22 & 25) |
0.00 |
Pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms and provisions of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of [Month Day, Year] (as it may be amended or modified from time to time, the Agreement) among (among others) J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent for the Lenders and as Issuing Bank, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, Univar B.V. (the Company, together with any additional Persons joined hereto as a borrower from time to time, each individually a Borrower and collectively jointly and severally, the Borrowers), and the other Credit Parties, the Borrower is executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent this Borrowing Base Report accompanied by supporting data (collectively referred to as the Report). The Borrower warrants and represents to Administrative Agent that this Report is true, correct, and is based on information contained in Borrowers own financial accounting records. The Borrower, by the execution of this Report, hereby ratifies, confirms and affirms all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Agreement, and further certifies on this day of , 201 , that the Borrower is in compliance with the Agreement. Further, the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties set forth in the Agreement and the other Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof.] No Default has occurred or is continuing or would result after giving effect to any Borrowing as of the date hereof. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein without definition are used as defined in the Agreement.
BORROWER NAME: | AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: |
EXHIBIT B-2
BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE
BORROWING BASE REPORT
Client Name
COLLATERAL COMPONENT(S): |
AR |
INV |
Report # Report Date: Period Covered: |
to |
||||||
COLLATERAL AVAILABILITY | ||||||||||
1 |
Beginning Collateral Balance (Previous Report - Line 9) | |||||||||
2 |
Additions to Collateral (Gross Sales) |
|||||||||
3 |
Additions to Collateral (Debit Memos, I/C) |
|||||||||
4 |
Other Non-Cash Additions |
|||||||||
5 |
Deductions to Collateral (Net Cash Received) |
|||||||||
6 |
Deductions to Collateral (Discounts, other) |
|||||||||
7 |
Deductions to Collateral (Credit Memos, all) |
|||||||||
8 |
Other Non-Cash Deductions I/C |
|||||||||
9 |
Ending Collateral Balance | Total Gross Collateral | 0.00 | |||||||
10 |
Less Collateral Ineligibles (attach schedule) |
|||||||||
11 |
Total Eligible Collateral | Total Eligible Collateral | 0.00 | |||||||
12 |
Advance Rate Percentage | 85.0% | ||||||||
13 |
Gross Available - Borrowing Base Value | |||||||||
13.A |
Less Availability Reserves (attach schedule) |
|||||||||
14 |
Net Available - Borrowing Base Value | |||||||||
14.A |
Collateral CAPS |
|||||||||
15 |
Maximum Borrowing Base Value (Lesser of 14 or 14.A) | |||||||||
15.A |
Suppressed Availability |
|||||||||
16 |
Total Availability | |||||||||
17 |
Revolver Line | Total Revolver Line | 0.00 | |||||||
17.A |
Less Line Reserves (attach schedule) |
|||||||||
18 |
Maximum Borrowing Limit (Lesser of 16 - 17.A or 17 - 17.A) | Total Available to Borrow | 0.00 | |||||||
18.A |
Suppressed Availability |
|||||||||
LOAN STATUS | ||||||||||
19 |
Previous Loan Balance (Previous Report Line 22) | |||||||||
20 |
Less: Net Collections (Same as Report Line 5) |
|||||||||
21 |
Less: Adjustments / Payoff |
|||||||||
22 |
Add: Request for Funds |
|||||||||
23 |
Add: Adjustments / Term Loan Proceeds |
|||||||||
22 |
New Loan Balance | Total New Loan Balance | 0.00 | |||||||
23 |
Letters of Credit/Bankers Acceptance Outstanding | Outstanding Letters of Credit | 0.00 | |||||||
24 |
Availability Not Borrowed (Lines 18 less 22 & 23) | 0.00 | ||||||||
25 |
Term Loan | 0.00 | ||||||||
26 |
OVERALL EXPOSURE (lines 22 & 25) | 0.00 |
Pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms and provisions of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of [Month Day, Year] (as it may be amended or modified from time to time, the Agreement) among (among others) J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent for the Lenders and as Issuing Bank, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, Univar B.V. (the Company, together with any additional Persons joined hereto as a borrower from time to time, each individually a Borrower and collectively jointly and severally, the Borrowers), and the other Credit Parties, the Borrower is executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent this Borrowing Base Report accompanied by supporting data (collectively referred to as the Report). The Borrower warrants and represents to Administrative Agent that this Report is true, correct, and is based on information contained in Borrowers own financial accounting records. The Borrower, by the execution of this Report, hereby ratifies, confirms and affirms all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Agreement, and further certifies on this day of , 201 , that the Borrower is in compliance with the Agreement. Further, the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties set forth in the Agreement and the other Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof.] No Default has occurred or is continuing or would result after giving effect to any Borrowing as of the date hereof. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein without definition are used as defined in the Agreement.
BORROWER NAME: | AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: |
EXHIBIT C
JOINDER AGREEMENT
To: | [] as Administrative Agent and [] as Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement referred to below |
From: | [ Acceding Lender ] |
Dated:
Dear Sirs
200,000,000 revolving credit agreement dated [] (the Credit Agreement)
1. | We refer to the Credit Agreement. This agreement (the Joinder Agreement ) shall take effect as a Joinder Agreement for the purposes of the Credit Agreement. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement have the same meaning in this Joinder Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Joinder Agreement. |
2. | By execution of this Joinder Agreement, [ Lender ] agrees to become a Lender and to be bound by the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents as a Lender. |
3. | [ Lenders ] Commitment for the purposes of the Credit Agreement is: |
European Commitment: []
French Commitment: []
4. | [ Lenderss ] administrative details for the purposes of the Credit Agreement are: |
Address: []
Fax No: []
Attention: []
5. | [ Lender ] has provided all applicable know your customer and other such documentation and evidence as the Administrative Agent may require to be satisfied that it has carried out all relevant checks with respect to [ Lender ] (including with respect to the Patriot Act). |
6. | By executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement, [ Lender ] confirms to each other party to the Credit Agreement that: |
(a) | it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter this Joinder Agreement; |
(b) | it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Lender or any of their respective Affiliates, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement and any Credit Documents; |
(c) | it appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent and/or trustee (as applicable) on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the Credit Documents and any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto as are delegated to the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent (as the case may be) by the terms thereof, together with such powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto; |
(d) | it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement and the documents or agreements to be delivered thereunder are required to be performed by it as a Lender; |
(e) | it acknowledges the terms of a loss sharing agreement between the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders (the Loss Sharing Agreement ) and agrees that, as of the date of this Joinder Agreement, it will become a party to the Loss Sharing Agreement, and bound by its terms, as if it had been an original signatory thereto; |
(f) | this Joinder Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it pursuant to its applicable corporate powers and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of [ Lender ]; |
(g) | [ Lender ] confirms, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is: |
(i) | [a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender);] |
(ii) | [a Treaty Lender;] |
(iii) | [not a Qualifying Lender]; and 2 |
(h) | [[ Lender ] confirms that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme (reference number []) and is tax resident in [] * , so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and notifies each relevant Credit Party that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Credit Agreement.] ** |
2 | Delete as applicable - each New Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within. |
* | Insert jurisdiction of tax residence. |
** | Include if the New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Credit Agreement. |
7. | This Joinder Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. |
8. | This Joinder Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law. |
Each party hereto agrees that the courts of England shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceeding, and to settle any dispute, which may arise out of or in connection with this Joinder Agreement and, for such purposes, irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts.
THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT has been signed on the date stated above.
Insert appropriate signature blocks for Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Lender
EXHIBIT D
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
To: | The Lenders parties to the |
Credit Agreement
This compliance certificate (the Compliance Certificate ) is furnished pursuant to the credit agreement dated as of 2014 (as amended, modified, renewed or extended from time to time, the Credit Agreement ) between Univar B.V., Univar SAS, Univar Belgium NV/SA Univar GmbH, Distrupol Limited, Univar Zwijndrecht N.V. and Univar AG (each a Borrower and together, the Borrowers ), Univar Inc as guarantor, the lenders party thereto, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC as joint bookrunner and sole lead arranger, Bank of America, N.A. as joint bookrunner and syndication agent, and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited as administrative agent and collateral agent (the Credit Agreement ). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Compliance Certificate have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement.
THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES, ON ITS BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF THE BORROWERS, THAT:
1. | I am the duly elected [] of the Administrative Borrower. |
2. | I have reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and I have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and conditions of the Credit Parties and the Borrower during the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements and such financial statements fairly represent the financial condition and results of operations of [the entities compromising Univar Inc.s EMEA Segment] OR [the Day One Borrowers, the Post Closing Borrowers and the Distribution Principals] [ delete as applicable ] on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes. |
3. | The examinations described in paragraph 2 did not disclose, except as set forth below, and I have no knowledge of (i) the existence of any condition or event which constitutes a Default during or at the end of the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements or as of the date of this Certificate or (ii) any change in GAAP or in the application thereof that has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 8.01 ( Information covenants ) of the Credit Agreement. |
4. | Schedule I attached hereto sets forth financial data and computations evidencing the Obligors compliance with certain covenants of the Credit Agreement (including for the avoidance of doubt, compliance with Section 9.9 ( Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ) of the Credit Agreement)) all of which data and computations are true, complete and correct. |
5. | Schedule II hereto sets forth the computations necessary to determine the Applicable Margin and the Applicable Unused Line Fee Margin commencing on the Business Day this certificate is delivered. |
6. | Schedule III hereto sets forth the financial data and computations evidencing any Pro Forma Adjustment made pursuant the Credit Agreement not previously set forth in a Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate or any change in the amount of any Pro Forma Adjustment previously set out in a Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate. |
7. | Described below are the exceptions, if any, to paragraph 3 by listing, in detail, the (i) nature of the condition or event, the period during which it has existed and the action which the Obligors have taken, are taking, or propose to take with respect to each such condition or event or (i) the change in GAAP or the application thereof and the effect of such change on the attached financial statements: |
|
||
|
||
|
The foregoing certifications, together with the computations set forth in Schedule I, Schedule II and Schedule III hereto and the financial statements delivered with this Certificate in support hereof, are made and delivered this day of , .
|
||||
, as | ||||
Borrower Representative | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: |
|
|||
Title: |
|
SCHEDULE I
Compliance as of , with
Section 9.9 ( Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio )
SCHEDULE II
Borrowers Applicable Margin and Applicable Unused Line Fee Margin Calculation
SCHEDULE III
Pro Forma Adjustment
EXHIBIT E
FORM OF BORROWING REQUEST
COMPANY NAME
Borrowing Request Date: |
J.P. Morgan Europe Limited
25 Bank Street, Canary Wharf, London E14 5JP
Attention: - Operations
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Borrowing Request is furnished pursuant to Section 2.3 of the credit agreement dated as of [] 2014 between Univar B.V., Univar SAS, Univar Belgium NV/SA, Univar GmbH, Distrupol Limited, Univar Zwijndrecht N.V. and Univar AG (each a Borrower and together, the Borrowers ), Univar Inc as guarantor, the lenders party thereto, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC as joint bookrunner and sole lead arranger, Bank of America, N.A. as joint bookrunner and syndication agent, and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited ( JPM ) as administrative agent and collateral agent (as amended, modified, renewed or extended from time to time, the Credit Agreement ).
Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Borrowing Request have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement.
The Administrative Borrower represents that, as of this date, the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.1 and, in relation to the relevant Borrower, 5.2, are satisfied.
The Administrative Borrower hereby notifies JPM of its request for the following Borrowing:
(1) | [ Name of Borrower ] | |||
(2) | Borrowing type: | [ European Revolving/French Revolving/Swingline under the European Facility/Swingline under the French Facility ] | ||
(3) | [ Currency ] | |||
(4) | Borrowing Date of the Borrowing (must be a Business Day): [] | |||
(5) | Aggregate Amount of the Borrowing: [] | |||
(6) | The duration of Interest Period: | |||
One Month Three Months | ||||
Two Months Six Months | ||||
(7) | Payment instructions: [] |
[ADMINISTRATIVE BORROWER]
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
EXHIBIT F
DAY ONE LETTERS OF CREDIT
UNIVAR GUARANTEES
ISSUE | EUR | |||||||||||||||||
ISSUING ENTITY |
GTEE REFERENCE |
TYPE OF GUARANTEE |
DATE | MAT/EXP | AMOUNT | CURRENCY | EQUIVALENT | |||||||||||
Univar Ireland o/b/o Univar BV |
GT201307/12 | Irish customs | 12-Mar-12 | OPEN-ENDED | 130,000.00 | EUR | 130,000.00 | |||||||||||
Univar Ireland o/b/o Univar OY |
GT201309/12 | Lease gtee | 30-Mar-12 | 30-Apr-14 | 200,000.00 | EUR | 200,000.00 | |||||||||||
Univar Ireland o/b/o Univar BV |
GT201311/12 | Norwegian customs | 27-Apr-12 | OPEN-ENDED | 20,000,000.00 | NOK | 2,420,000.00 | |||||||||||
Univar Ireland o/b/o Univar BV |
GT201312/12 | Norwegian customs | 27-Apr-12 | OPEN-ENDED | 3,000,000.00 | NOK | 363,000.00 | |||||||||||
Univar Ireland o/b/o Univar BV |
GT201313/12 | Swedish customs | 21-May-12 | OPEN-ENDED | 300,000.00 | SEK | 33,900.00 | |||||||||||
Univar Ireland o/b/o Univar BV |
GT201314/12 | Danish customs | 16-May-12 | OPEN-ENDED | 10,000.00 | DKK | 1,340.00 | |||||||||||
Univar Ireland o/b/o Univar BV |
GT201315/12 | Danish customs | 16-May-12 | OPEN-ENDED | 200,000.00 | DKK | 26,800.00 | |||||||||||
Univar Ireland o/b/o Univar BV |
GT201316/12 | Finnish customs | 29-May-12 | OPEN-ENDED | 140,000.00 | EUR | 140,000.00 | |||||||||||
Univar Ireland o/b/o Univar BV |
GT201317/12 | Tax warehouse gtee | 31-May-12 | OPEN-ENDED | 11,968,154.00 | SEK | 1,352,401.00 | |||||||||||
Univar Ireland o/b/o Univar BV |
GT201318/12 | Tax warehouse gtee | 31-May-12 | OPEN-ENDED | 10,039,465.00 | SEK | 1,134,460.00 | |||||||||||
Univar Ireland o/b/o Univar BV |
GT201319/12 | Tax warehouse gtee | 01-Jun-12 | OPEN-ENDED | 2,324,808.00 | DKK | 311,525.00 | |||||||||||
Univar Ireland o/b/o Univar BV |
GT201320/12 | Tax warehouse gtee | 12-Jul-12 | OPEN-ENDED | 1,148,100.00 | SEK | 130,000.00 | |||||||||||
Distrupol Ireland Ltd |
GT201308/12 | Irish customs | 20-Mar-12 | OPEN-ENDED | 100,000.00 | EUR | 100,000.00 | |||||||||||
Univar BV |
GT006785/12 | Irish customs | 10-Sep-12 | OPEN-ENDED | 128,000.00 | EUR | 128,000.00 | |||||||||||
Univar BV |
GT006786/12 | H&M Customs | 10-Sep-12 | OPEN-ENDED | 550,000.00 | GBP | 665,500.00 | |||||||||||
Univar BV o/b/o Univar SAS |
GT006852/12 | Payment guarantee | 22-Oct-12 | 31-Jan-15 | 540,000.00 | EUR | 540,000.00 | |||||||||||
Univar BV o/b/o Univer Iberia SA |
GT007158/13 | Tender guarantee | 07-Aug-13 | OPEN-ENDED | 7,890.00 | EUR | 7,890.00 | |||||||||||
Univar BV o/b/o Univar OY |
GT007188/13 | Lease guarantee | 05-Sep-13 | 05-Nov-16 | 200,000.00 | EUR | 200,000.00 | |||||||||||
Univar BV o/b/o Univer Iberia SA |
GT007260/13 | Financial re social security | 11-Nov-13 | 09-Jul-19 | 18,469.31 | EUR | 18,469.31 | |||||||||||
Univar BV o/b/o Univer Iberia SA |
GT007261/13 | Financial re social security | 11-Nov-13 | 06-Jun-18 | 7,928.31 | EUR | 7,928.31 | |||||||||||
Univar Limited |
GT007283/13 | H&M Customs | 05-Dec-13 | OPEN-ENDED | 39,242.00 | GBP | 47,483.00 | |||||||||||
Univar BV |
GT852422/13 | Office lease | 20-Nov-13 | OPEN-ENDED | 39,857.40 | EUR | 39,857.40 | |||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
TOTAL EUR | 7,998,554.02 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
All questions relating to the above Letters of Credit shall be directed to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited, in its capacity as Letter of Credit Issuer.
Exhibit 10.17
EXECUTION VERSION
CONFIDENTIAL
CONSULTING AGREEMENT
This CONSULTING AGREEMENT (this Agreement ), dated as of November 30, 2010 (the Effective Date ), is entered into by and among Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), Univar USA Inc., a Washington corporation ( Opco ), and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( Manager ).
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, Manager organized CDR Ulysses, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, in connection with certain of its affiliates acquisition of shares of the Companys common stock representing 42.5 % of the issued and outstanding shares of the Companys common stock, pursuant to, and on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in, the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2010 (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, the Stock Purchase Agreement ), among CDR Ulysses, LLC, the Company and Univar N.V., a company organized under the laws of the Netherlands;
WHEREAS, prior to or concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company, Opco, Manager, and certain other parties have entered into an Indemnification Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, the Indemnification Agreement );
WHEREAS, the Company desires that it and its subsidiaries (together, the Company Group ) receive future financial, investment banking, management advisory and other services from Manager, and Manager desires to provide such services to the members of the Company Group; and
WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company is entering a monitoring agreement (the Monitoring Agreement ) with CVC Capital Partners Advisory Company (Luxembourg) S.à r.l., a société à responsabilité limitée organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (the Monitoring Manager ) and an implementation and facilitation agreement (the Implementation and Facilitation Agreement , and together with the Monitoring Agreement, the Other Agreements ) with CVC European Equity IV (AB) Limited, CVC European Equity IV (CDE) Limited, CVC European Equity Tandem GP Limited, each a limited company governed by the laws of Jersey (the Implementation and Facilitation Manager and together with the Monitoring Manager the Other Managers ), pursuant to which the Other Managers are to provide certain services to the Company Group;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. Engagement . The Company hereby engages Manager (on behalf of the members of the Company Group) as a consultant, and Manager hereby agrees to provide Consulting Services (as defined below) and Transaction Services (as defined below) to the Company and the other members of the Company Group on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below.
2. Scope of Services .
(a) Consulting Services . Manager hereby agrees, during the term of this Agreement, to provide the members of the Company Group with such financial, investment banking, management advisory and other services in connection with the operations of the Company as may reasonably be requested from time to time by the Company (collectively, the Consulting Services ), including assistance (i) developing and implementing corporate and business strategy and planning for the Company Group, including plans and programs for improving operating, marketing and financial performance, ( ii ) recruiting key management employees, ( iii ) establishing and maintaining banking, legal and other business relationships, ( iv ) arranging future debt and equity financings and refinancings for corporate purposes and ( v ) providing professional employees to serve as directors or officers of the members of the Company Group ( Manager Designees ).
(b) Transaction Services . In addition to, and without duplication of, the Consulting Services, Manager hereby agrees, during the term of this Agreement, to provide the members of the Company Group with financial, investment banking, management advisory and other services as may reasonably be agreed from time to time by the Company and Manager with respect to proposed transactions involving the members of the Company Group, including, without limitation, any proposed acquisition, merger, full or partial recapitalization, structural reorganization (including any divestiture of one or more subsidiaries or operating divisions of any member of the Company Group), reorganization of the shareholdings or other ownership structure of the Company Group, sales or dispositions of assets or any other similar transaction (each, a Transaction ) directly or indirectly involving the members of the Company Group (collectively, the Transaction Services ).
(c) Services Non-Exclusive . Manager will devote such time and efforts to the performance of the services contemplated hereby as Manager deems reasonably necessary or appropriate, provided that no minimum number of hours is required to be devoted on a weekly, monthly, annual or other basis. The Company and Opco (on behalf of themselves and the other members of the Company Group) hereby acknowledge that Managers services are not exclusive to the Company Group and that Manager will render similar services to other persons and entities.
(d) Applicability of Indemnification Agreement . The Company and Opco (on behalf of themselves and the other members of the Company Group) hereby acknowledge and agree that the services provided by Manager hereunder, including the
Consulting Services and the Transaction Services, are being provided subject to the terms of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 7) and the Indemnification Agreement.
3. Compensation; Reimbursement of Expenses .
(a) Compensation for Consulting Services . As compensation for the Consulting Services, the Company shall, or shall cause one or more other members of the Company Group to, on behalf of the members of the Company Group, pay Manager a fee of $2,500,000 per year (together, the Consulting Fee ), one quarter of which shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each December, March, June and September (each, a Consulting Services Payment Date ). The Consulting Fee shall begin accruing immediately following the consummation of the Acquisition, and the amount of the Consulting Fee accrued prior to the next succeeding Consulting Services Payment Date shall be payable on such Consulting Services Payment Date. If an employee of Manager or any of its Affiliates is appointed to an executive management position (or a position of comparable responsibility) with the Company or any other member of the Company Group, then, for the period of such employees service in such position, the Consulting Fee shall be increased by an amount to be reasonably determined by Manager but not to exceed $1,000,000 per year. The Consulting Fee may otherwise be increased only by the Company. The Consulting Fee may not be decreased without the prior written consent of Manager. As used herein, Affiliate means, with respect to any person or entity, any other person or entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such person or entity and with respect to Manager, shall include funds managed by Manager and their respective Affiliates.
(b) Compensation for Transaction Services . As compensation for the Transaction Services, in connection with each Transaction that is consummated, the Company shall, or shall cause one or more of its Affiliates to, on behalf of the members of the Company Group, pay Manager a fee (a Transaction Fee ) equal to 1% of the Transaction Value, or such more or lesser amount as Manager and the Company, on behalf of the members of the Company Group, may from time to time agree, provided that, any Transaction Fee shall not be less than any Facilitation and Implementation Fee (as defined in the Implementation and Facilitation Agreement) payable in connection with such transaction to Implementation and Facilitation Manager under the Implementation and Facilitation Agreement. As used herein, Transaction Value means the total value of the applicable Transaction, including, without duplication, ( x ) in the case of any Transaction involving an acquisition, merger, sale or disposition of assets or equity interests of any member of the Company Group or any other similar Transaction, the aggregate purchase price payable in connection with such Transaction, including, without limitation, the aggregate amount of the cash funds and the aggregate value of the other securities or obligations required to complete such Transaction (excluding any fees payable pursuant to this Section 3(b) or pursuant to Section 3(a) of the Implementation and Facilitation Agreement), including any indebtedness, guarantees, capital stock or
similar items issued or made to facilitate, and the amount of any revolving credit or other liquidity facilities or arrangements established in connection with, such Transaction or assumed, refinanced or left outstanding in connection with or immediately following such Transaction and ( y ) in connection with any capital raising Transaction, the aggregate proceeds of such Transaction (including the unfunded portion of any revolving credit or other liquidity facilities or arrangements established in connection with, such Transaction). For purposes of calculating a Transaction Fee, the value of any securities included in the Transaction Value will be determined by the average of the last sales prices for such securities on the five trading days ending five days prior to the consummation of the applicable Transaction, provided that if such securities do not have an existing public trading market, the value of the securities shall be their fair market value as mutually reasonably agreed between Manager and the Company, on behalf of the members of the Company Group, on the day prior to consummation of such Transaction.
(c) Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company shall, or shall cause one or more other members of the Company Group to, on behalf of the members of the Company Group, reimburse Manager for such reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket expenses ( Expenses ) as may be incurred by Manager and its Affiliates and its and their respective employees and agents in the course or on account of rendering any services under this Agreement, including but not limited to any applicable fees and expenses of any legal, accounting or other professional advisors to Manager and its subsidiaries and Affiliates and any expenses incurred by any Manager Designee in connection with the performance of his or her duties to any member of the Company Group, including the cost of all air travel, whether on commercial or private aircraft. Manager may submit monthly expense statements to the Company or any other such member of the Company Group, which statements shall be payable within thirty days. Nothing in this Section 3 shall limit any obligations of any member of the Company Group to reimburse any costs and expenses to Manager or any Manager Affiliate (as defined below) under the Indemnification Agreement or the Stockholders Agreement, dated the date hereof, among the Company, certain Affiliates of Manager and the other stockholders of the Company party thereto (as the same may be amended from time to time, the Stockholders Agreement ).
(d) Allocation of Payments . The Company shall not agree with its independent accountants to allocate the amounts paid to Manager pursuant to this Agreement to specific services provided hereunder without the consent of Manager (not to be unreasonably withheld).
(e) Obligations Joint and Several . Opco and the Company (on behalf of themselves and the other members of the Company Group) hereby agree that the obligations of the Company under this Section 3 shall be borne jointly and severally by each member of the Company Group.
4. Term, etc .
(a) This Agreement shall be in effect until, and shall terminate upon, the tenth anniversary of the date hereof, and may be earlier terminated by Manager on thirty days prior written notice to the Company. In addition, in connection with the consummation of a change of control transaction or an IPO (in each case, as defined in the Stockholders Agreement), the Company may terminate this Agreement by delivery of a written notice of termination to Manager. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination hereof, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 1 and 2 (other than Section 2(d)) shall not survive any termination hereof and provided , further , that Section 3 shall survive any termination hereof solely as to any portion of any Consulting Fee, Transaction Fee or Expenses not paid or reimbursed prior to such termination and not required to be paid or reimbursed thereafter pursuant to Section 4(c).
(b) Upon any consolidation or merger of the Company, or any conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of any member of the Company Group, the entity formed by such consolidation, or into which such member of the Company Group is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made (each, a Successor Entity ), shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company or such member of the Company Group, as applicable, under this Agreement with the same effect as if the Successor Entity had been a party hereto. No such consolidation, merger or conveyance, transfer or lease shall have the effect of terminating this Agreement or of releasing any member of the Company Group or any Successor Entity from its obligations hereunder.
(c) Upon any termination of this Agreement, the Company, agrees immediately to pay or reimburse, or cause one or more other members of the Company Group to pay or reimburse, as the case may be, (i) any accrued and unpaid installment of the Consulting Fee or portion thereof, and any accrued and unpaid Transaction Fee or portion thereof and any unpaid and unreimbursed Expenses that shall have been incurred prior to such termination (whether or not such Expenses shall then have become payable) plus ( ii ) the net present value (using a discount rate equal to the yield as of such termination date on U.S. Treasury securities of like maturity based on the times such payments would have been due) of the Consulting Fee that would have been payable with respect to the period from the termination date through the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, or, if terminated following the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, through the first anniversary of the Effective Date occurring after the termination date (the Termination Fee ). If, at any time, no member of the Company Group is permitted to make any payment or reimbursement due to Manager under this Agreement under the terms of any credit agreement or other financing agreement to which any member of the Company Group is a party, such obligations shall accrue as provided herein, but payment or reimbursement thereof shall be deferred until such time as (i) such payments are no longer prohibited under the terms of the applicable agreement, or ( ii ) the loan amount due thereunder is repaid in full. In the event of the liquidation of the Company, all amounts due Manager under this Agreement shall be paid to Manager before any liquidating distributions or similar payments are made to stockholders of the Company.
5. Information; Confidentiality; Other Agreements .
(a) The Company will, and will cause each member of the Company Group to, use its reasonable best efforts to furnish, or to cause their respective employees and agents to furnish, Manager with such information (the Information ) as Manager reasonably believes appropriate to its engagement hereunder. The Company acknowledges and agrees that ( a ) Manager will rely on the Information and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the Consulting Services and the Transaction Services and ( b ) Manager does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Information and such other information.
(b) The Company and Opco (on behalf of themselves and the other members of the Company Group) hereby consent to the Manager and any Manager Affiliate (as defined below) sharing any information it receives from the Company Group with any other Manager Affiliates (other than other portfolio companies) and to the internal use by Manager and such Manager Affiliates of any information received from the Company Group, subject, however, to (i) Manager maintaining adequate procedures to prevent such information from being used in connection with the purchase or sale of securities of the Company in violation of applicable law and ( ii ) the recipient of such information being subject to an agreement (or being under a duty of trust or confidence) to maintain the shared information in confidence.
(c) Any advice or opinions provided by Manager or Manager Affiliates may not be disclosed or referred to publicly or to any third party (other than the Company Groups legal, tax, financial or other advisors), except in accordance with Managers prior written consent.
(d) The Manager will coordinate with the Other Managers in connection with its provision of services to the Company Group pursuant to the Other Agreements, provided that, the Manager shall not be liable to any member of the Company Group as a result of any such services provided, or the failure to provide such services, by the Other Managers.
6. Independent Contractor Status . The parties acknowledge and agree that Manager shall perform the Consulting Services and the Transaction Services as an independent contractor, retaining control over and responsibility for its own operations and personnel and those of its controlled Affiliates (other than the Company Group). The Company further acknowledges and agrees that Manager may, in its sole discretion, remove or substitute any of the members of, or add members to, the team of professional employees of Manager and its Affiliates that will be providing services pursuant to this Agreement, and that any such removal, substitution or addition shall not in any way
modify or affect any of the obligations of the Company hereunder, including, without limitation, its obligation to pay the any fee or reimburse any Expenses. Neither Manager nor any Manager Affiliate shall, solely by virtue of this Agreement or the arrangements hereunder, be considered employees or agents of any member of the Company Group, nor shall any of them have authority hereunder to contract in the name of or bind any member of the Company Group, except (i) to the extent that any professional employee of Manager or any of its subsidiaries may be serving as a director or an officer of any member of the Company Group or ( ii ) as expressly agreed to in writing by such member of the Company Group. Any duties of Manager arising out of its engagement to perform services hereunder shall be owed solely to the members of the Company Group. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any present or future holders of any securities of the Company or its Affiliates, or any present or future creditor of the Company or its Affiliates, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement or any performance hereunder.
7. Limitation on Liability . Except in cases of gross negligence or willful misconduct, Manager shall have no liability of any kind whatsoever to any member of the Company Group for any damages, losses or expenses (including, without limitation, special, punitive, incidental or consequential damages and interest, penalties and fees and disbursements of attorneys, accountants, investment bankers and other professional advisors) with respect to the provision of the Consulting Services and the Transaction Services and in no event shall any such liability be in excess of the fees received by Manager hereunder. Each of the Company and Opco (on behalf of itself and the other members of the Company Group), by its acceptance of the benefits hereof, covenants, agrees and acknowledges that no person other than Manager shall have any obligation hereunder and that it has no rights of recovery against, and no recourse hereunder or under any documents or instruments delivered in connection herewith shall be had against, any former, current or future director, officer, agent, Affiliate or employee of Manager (or any of their successors or permitted assignees), against any former, current or future general or limited partner, member or stockholder of Manager (or any of its successors or permitted assignees) or against any former, current or future director, officer, agent, employee, Affiliate, general or limited partner, stockholder, manager or member of any of the foregoing (collectively, Manager Affiliates ), whether by or through attempted piercing of the corporate veil, by or through a claim by or on behalf of the Company or any other member of the Company Group against Manager Affiliates, by the enforcement of any judgment or assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, or otherwise.
8. Outside Activities . In recognition that Manager and Manager Affiliates currently have, and will in the future have or will consider acquiring, investments in numerous companies with respect to which Manager or Manager Affiliates may serve as
an advisor, a director or in some other capacity, and in recognition that Manager or Manager Affiliates have myriad duties to various investors and partners, and in anticipation that the Company Group, on the one hand, and Manager or Manager Affiliates, on the other hand, may engage in the same or similar activities or lines of business and have an interest in the same areas of corporate opportunities, and in recognition of the benefits to be derived by the Company Group hereunder and in recognition of the difficulties which may confront any advisor who desires and endeavors fully to satisfy such advisors duties in determining the full scope of such duties in any particular situation, the provisions of this Section 8 are set forth to regulate, define and guide the conduct of certain affairs of the Company Group as they may involve Manager. Except as Manager may otherwise agree in writing after the date hereof:
(a) Manager and Manager Affiliates shall have the right: (i) to directly or indirectly engage in any business (including, without limitation, any business activities or lines of business that are the same as or similar to those pursued by, or competitive with, any member of the Company Group), ( ii ) to directly or indirectly do business with any client or customer of the Company Group, ( iii ) to take any other action that Manager believes in good faith is necessary to or appropriate to fulfill its obligations as described in the first sentence of this Section 8 and ( iv ) not to present potential transactions, matters or business opportunities to any member of the Company Group, and to pursue, directly or indirectly, any such opportunity for itself, and to direct any such opportunity to another person.
(b) Manager and Manager Affiliates shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present any corporate opportunities to the Company Group or any of their affiliates or to refrain from any actions specified in Section 8(a), and the Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of the other members of the Company Group, hereby renounces and waives any right to require Manager or any Manager Affiliate to act in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 8.
(c) None of Manager or any Manager Affiliate shall be liable to any member of the Company Group or any of their direct or indirect stockholders or their respective Affiliates for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of any activities or omissions of the types referred to in this Section 8 or of any such persons participation therein.
9. Notice . All notices and other communications to be given to any party hereunder shall be sufficiently given for all purposes hereunder if in writing and delivered by hand, courier or overnight delivery service, or three days after being mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with appropriate postage prepaid, or when received in the form of a facsimile (receipt confirmation requested), and shall be directed to the address set forth below (or at such other address or facsimile number as such party shall designate by like notice):
If to the Company or Opco:
Univar, Inc.
17425 NE Union Hill Road
Redmond, Washington 98052
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile: (425) 889-3500
In each case, with a copy to:
CVC Capital Partners Advisory Company
Luxembourg) S.à.r.l
20, Avenue Monterey
L-2163 Luxembourg, Grand-Duchy of
Luxembourg
Attention: Emanuela Brero
Facsimile: + 352 26 47 8367
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
125 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
Attention: George Sampas, Esq.
Facsimile: (212) 291-9131
If to Manager:
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC
375 Park Avenue
18th Floor
New York, New York 10152
Attention: Theresa Gore
Facsimile: (212) 407-5252
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Paul S. Bird, Esq.
Jonathan E. Levitsky, Esq.
Facsimile: (212) 909-6836
10. Entire Agreement; Severability; No Representations or Warranties . This Agreement together with the Stockholders Agreement, the Indemnification Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby ( a ) contain the complete and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and ( b ) supersede all prior and contemporaneous understandings, conditions and agreements, whether written or oral, express or implied, in respect of the subject matter hereof. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party hereto. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties hereto waive any provision of law that renders any term or provision of this agreement invalid or unenforceable in any respect. The Company acknowledges and agrees that Manager makes no representations or warranties in connection with this Agreement or its provision of the Consulting Services and the Transaction Services. The Company agrees that any acknowledgment or agreement made by the Company in this Agreement is made on behalf of the Company and the other members of the Company Group.
11. Counterparts; Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and which together shall constitute one agreement. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signatures. This Agreement may not be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, and no provision of this Agreement may be waived, other than in a writing duly executed by the parties hereto.
12. Binding Effect; Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns; provided that (i) except as provided in clause (ii) of this proviso, neither this Agreement nor any right, interest or obligation hereunder may be assigned by any party, whether by operation of law or otherwise, without the express written consent of the other parties hereto, and ( ii ) any assignment by Manager of its rights but not the obligations under this Agreement to any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with Manager shall be expressly permitted hereunder and shall not require the prior written consent of the other parties hereto. This Agreement is not intended to confer any right or remedy hereunder upon any person or entity other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns.
13. Governing Law; Jurisdiction . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH PRINCIPLES WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.
14. Arbitration .
(a) Any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of, relating to, or in connection with this Agreement, or the breach, termination, enforcement, interpretation or validity thereof, including the determination of the scope or applicability of this Agreement to arbitrate, shall be finally determined by arbitration. The arbitration shall be administered by JAMS. If the disputed claim or counterclaim exceeds $250,000, not including interest or attorneys fees, the JAMS Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures ( JAMS Comprehensive Rules ) in effect at the time of the arbitration shall govern the arbitration, except as they may be modified herein or by mutual written agreement of the parties. If no disputed claim or counterclaim exceeds $250,000, not including interest or attorneys fees, the JAMS Streamlined Arbitration Rules and Procedures ( JAMS Streamlined Rules ) in effect at the time of the arbitration shall govern the arbitration, except as they may be modified herein or by mutual written agreement of the parties.
(b) The seat of the arbitration shall be New York, New York. The parties submit to jurisdiction in the state and federal courts of the State of New York for the limited purpose of enforcing this agreement to arbitrate.
(c) The arbitration shall be conducted by one neutral arbitrator unless the parties agree otherwise. The parties agree to seek to reach agreement on the identity of the arbitrator within thirty days after the initiation of arbitration. If the parties are unable to reach agreement on the identity of the arbitrator within such time, then the appointment of the arbitrator shall be made in accordance with the process set forth in JAMS Comprehensive Rule 15.
(d) The arbitration award shall be in writing, state the reasons for the award, and be final and binding on the parties. The arbitrator may, in the award, allocate all or part of the costs of the arbitration, including the fees of the arbitrator and the attorneys fees of the prevailing party. Judgment on the award may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof or having jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets. Notwithstanding applicable state law, the arbitration and this agreement to arbitrate shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1, et seq.
(e) The parties agree that the arbitration shall be kept confidential and that the existence of the proceeding and any element of it (including but not limited to any pleadings, briefs or other documents submitted or exchanged, any testimony or other oral submissions, and any awards) shall not be disclosed beyond the tribunal, JAMS, the parties, their counsel, accountants and auditors, insurers and re-insurers, and any person
necessary to the conduct of the proceeding. The confidentiality obligations shall not apply (i) if disclosure is required by law, or in judicial or administrative proceedings, or ( ii ) as far as disclosure is necessary to enforce the rights arising out of the award.
[The remainder of this page left intentionally blank.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE, LLC | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | Theresa Gore | |||
Title: |
Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary |
[Signature Page to Consulting Agreement (CD&R)]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
UNIVAR, INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | Peter Heinz | |||
Title: |
UNIVAR USA INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | Peter Heinz | |||
Title: |
[ Signature Page to Consulting Agreement ]
Exhibit 10.18
EXECUTION VERSION
CONFIDENTIAL
IMPLEMENTATION AND FACILITATION AGREEMENT
This IMPLEMENTATION AND FACILITATION AGREEMENT (this Agreement ), dated as of November 30, 2010 (the Effective Date ), is entered into by and among Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), Univar USA Inc., a Washington corporation ( Opco ), and each of CVC European Equity IV (AB) Limited, CVC European Equity IV (CDE) Limited, CVC European Equity Tandem GP Limited, and (each a Manager and together the Managers ).
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, CD&R Univar Holdings, L.P. and certain of its affiliates are acquiring shares of the Companys common stock, representing 42.5% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Companys common stock (the Investment ), pursuant to, and on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in, the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2010 (the Stock Purchase Agreement ), among CDR Ulysses, LLC, the Company and Univar N.V., a company organized under the laws of the Netherlands ( Holdings );
WHEREAS, prior to or concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company, the Managers, and certain other parties have entered into an Indemnification Agreement, dated the date hereof (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, the Indemnification Agreement );
WHEREAS, the Company desires that it and its subsidiaries (together, the Company Group ) receive certain facilitation and implementation services from the Managers, and each Manager desires to provide such facilitation and implementation services to the members of the Company Group; and
WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company is entering into a consulting agreement (the Consulting Agreement ) with Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC (the Other Manager ), pursuant to which the Other Manager is to provide consulting and transaction services to the Company Group;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. Engagement . The Company hereby engages the Managers (on behalf of the members of the Company Group) to provide the Facilitation and Implementation Services, and each Manager hereby agrees to provide the Facilitation and Implementation Services to the Company and the other members of the Company Group on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below.
2. Scope of Future Facilitation and Implementation Services .
(a) Facilitation and Implementation Services . Each Manager hereby agrees, during the term of this Agreement, to provide the members of the Company Group with facilitation and implementation services and other services as may reasonably be agreed from time to time by the Company and each Manager with respect to proposed transactions, including, without limitation, any proposed acquisition, merger, full or partial recapitalization, structural reorganization (including any divestiture of one or more subsidiaries or operating divisions of any member of the Company Group), reorganization of the shareholdings or other ownership structure of the Company Group, sales or dispositions of assets or any other similar transaction (each, a Transaction ) directly or indirectly involving the members of the Company Group (collectively, the Facilitation and Implementation Services ).
(b) Services Non-Exclusive . Each Manager will devote such time and efforts to the performance of the services contemplated hereby as each Manager deems reasonably necessary or appropriate, provided that no minimum number of hours is required to be devoted on a weekly, monthly, annual or other basis. The Company and Opco (on behalf of themselves and the other members of the Company Group) hereby acknowledge that each Managers services are not exclusive to the Company Group and that each Manager will render similar services to other persons and entities.
(c) Applicability of Indemnification Agreement . The Company and Opco (on behalf of themselves and the other members of the Company Group) hereby acknowledge and agree that the services provided by the Managers hereunder, including the Facilitation and Implementation Services, are being provided subject to the terms of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 7) and the Indemnification Agreement.
3. Compensation; Reimbursement of Expenses .
(a) Compensation for Facilitation and Implementation Services . As compensation for the Facilitation and Implementation Services, in connection with each Transaction that is consummated, the Company shall, or shall cause one or more of its Affiliates to, on behalf of the members of the Company Group, pay the Managers, in the aggregate, a fee (a Facilitation and Implementation Fee ) equal to 1% of the Transaction Value, or such more or lesser amount as the Managers and the Company, on behalf of the members of the Company Group, may from time to time agree, provided that, any Facilitation and Implementation Fee shall not be less than any Transaction Fee (as defined in the Consulting Agreement) payable in connection with such transaction to the Other Manager under the Consulting Agreement. As used herein, Transaction Value means the total value of the applicable Transaction, including, without duplication, ( x ) in the case of any Transaction involving an acquisition, merger, sale or disposition of assets or equity interests of any member of the Company Group or any other similar Transaction, the aggregate purchase price payable in connection with such Transaction, including, without limitation, the aggregate amount of the cash funds and the aggregate
2
value of the other securities or obligations required to complete such Transaction (excluding any fees payable pursuant to this Section 3(a) or pursuant to Section 3(b) of the Consulting Agreement), including any indebtedness, guarantees, capital stock or similar items issued or made to facilitate, and the amount of any revolving credit or other liquidity facilities or arrangements established in connection with, such Transaction or assumed, refinanced or left outstanding in connection with or immediately following such Transaction and ( y ) in connection with any capital raising Transaction, the aggregate proceeds of such Transaction (including the unfunded portion of any revolving credit or other liquidity facilities or arrangements established in connection with, such Transaction). For purposes of calculating a Facilitation and Implementation Fee, the value of any securities included in the Transaction Value will be determined by the average of the last sales prices for such securities on the five trading days ending five days prior to the consummation of the applicable Transaction, provided that if such securities do not have an existing public trading market, the value of the securities shall be their fair market value as mutually reasonably agreed between the Managers and the Company, on behalf of the members of the Company Group, on the day prior to consummation of such Transaction.
(b) Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company shall, or shall cause one or more other members of the Company Group to, on behalf of the members of the Company Group, reimburse each Manager for such reasonable travel and other out-of- pocket expenses ( Expenses ) as may be incurred by such Manager and its Affiliates and its and their respective employees and agents in the course or on account of rendering any services under this Agreement, including but not limited to any applicable fees and expenses of any legal, accounting or other professional advisors to each Manager and its subsidiaries and Affiliates and any expenses incurred by any Manager Designee in connection with the performance of his or her duties to any member of the Company Group, including the cost of all air travel, whether on commercial or private aircraft. A Manager may submit monthly expense statements to the Company or any other such member of the Company Group, which statements shall be payable within thirty days. Nothing in this Section 3 shall limit any obligations of any member of the Company Group to reimburse any costs and expenses to the Managers or any Manager Affiliate (as defined below) under the Indemnification Agreement or the Stockholders Agreement, dated the date hereof, among the Company, certain affiliates of the Managers and the other stockholders of the Company party thereto (as the same may be amended from time to time, the Stockholders Agreement ).
(c) Allocation of Payments . The Company shall not agree with its independent accountants to allocate the amounts paid to the Managers pursuant to this Agreement to specific services provided hereunder without the consent of the Managers (not to be unreasonably withheld).
(d) Obligations Joint and Several . Opco and the Company (on behalf of themselves and the other members of the Company Group) hereby agree that the obligations of the Company under this Section 3 shall be borne jointly and severally by each member of the Company Group.
3
(e) Apportionment of Payments . With respect to any fee or other amount payable to the Managers pursuant to this Agreement, each Manager will be entitled to a portion of such aggregate fee equal to the percentage set forth next to such Managers name on Schedule I. The Managers may update Schedule I from time to time by delivering a revised version of such schedule to the Company, provided that in no event may the sum of the percentages on any such schedule exceed 100%.
4. Term, etc .
(a) This Agreement shall be in effect until, and shall terminate upon, the tenth anniversary of the date hereof, and may be earlier terminated by the Managers on thirty days prior written notice to the Company. In addition, in connection with the consummation of a change of control transaction or an IPO (in each case, as defined in the Stockholders Agreement), the Company may terminate this Agreement by delivery of a written notice of termination to the Managers. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination hereof, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 1 and 2 (other than Section 2(c)) shall not survive any termination hereof and provided , further , that Section 3 shall survive any termination hereof solely as to any portion of any Facilitation and Implementation Fee or Expenses not paid or reimbursed prior to such termination and not required to be paid or reimbursed thereafter pursuant to Section 4(c).
(b) Upon any consolidation or merger of the Company, or any conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of any member of the Company Group, the entity formed by such consolidation, or into which such member of the Company Group is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made (each, a Successor Entity ), shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company or such member of the Company Group, as applicable, under this Agreement with the same effect as if the Successor Entity had been a party hereto. No such consolidation, merger or conveyance, transfer or lease shall have the effect of terminating this Agreement or of releasing any member of the Company Group or any Successor Entity from its obligations hereunder.
(c) Upon any termination of this Agreement, the Company, agrees immediately to pay or reimburse, (or cause one or more other members of the Company Group to pay or reimburse), as the case may be, any accrued and unpaid installment of the Facilitation and Implementation Fee or portion thereof and any unpaid and unreimbursed Expenses that shall have been incurred prior to such termination (whether or not such Expenses shall then have become payable). If, at any time, no member of the Company Group is permitted to make any payment or reimbursement due to a Manager under this Agreement under the terms of any credit agreement or other financing agreement to which any member of the Company Group is a party, such obligations shall
4
accrue as provided herein, but payment or reimbursement thereof shall be deferred until such time as (i) such payments are no longer prohibited under the terms of the applicable agreement, or ( ii ) the loan amount due thereunder is repaid in full. In the event of the liquidation of the Company, all amounts due to a Manager under this Agreement shall be paid to such Manager before any liquidating distributions or similar payments are made to stockholders of the Company.
5. Information; Confidentiality; Other Agreements .
(a) The Company will, and will cause each member of the Company Group to, use its reasonable best efforts to furnish, or to cause their respective employees and agents to furnish, the Managers with such information (the Information ) as the Managers reasonably believe appropriate to their engagement hereunder. The Company acknowledges and agrees that ( a ) the Managers will rely on the Information and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the Facilitation and Implementation Services and ( b ) the Managers do not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Information and such other information.
(b) The Company and Opco (on behalf of themselves and the other members of the Company Group) hereby consent to the Managers and any Manager Affiliate (as defined below) sharing any information received from the Company Group with any other Manager Affiliates (other than other portfolio companies) and to the internal use by the Managers and such Manager Affiliates of any information received from the Company Group, subject, however, to (i) the Managers maintaining adequate procedures to prevent such information from being used in connection with the purchase or sale of securities of the Company in violation of applicable law and ( ii ) the recipient of such information being subject to an agreement (or being under a duty of trust or confidence) to maintain the shared information in confidence.
(c) Any advice or opinions provided by the Managers or Manager Affiliates may not be disclosed or referred to publicly or to any third party (other than the Company Groups legal, tax, financial or other advisors), except in accordance with the Managers prior written consent.
(d) The Managers will coordinate with the Other Manager in connection with its provision of services to the Company Group pursuant to the Consulting Agreement, provided that, the Managers shall not be liable to any member of the Company Group as a result of any such services provided, or the failure to provide such services, by the Other Manager.
6. Independent Contractor Status . The parties acknowledge and agree that each Manager shall perform the Facilitation and Implementation Services as an independent contractor, retaining control over and responsibility for its own operations and personnel and those of its controlled Affiliates (other than the Company Group). The
5
Company further acknowledges and agrees that each Manager may, in its sole discretion, remove or substitute any of the members of, or add members to, the team of professional employees of such Manager and its Affiliates that will be providing services pursuant to this Agreement, and that any such removal, substitution or addition shall not in any way modify or affect any of the obligations of the Company hereunder, including, without limitation, its obligation to pay the any fee or reimburse any Expenses. None of the Managers nor any Manager Affiliate shall, solely by virtue of this Agreement or the arrangements hereunder, be considered employees or agents of any member of the Company Group, nor shall any of them have authority hereunder to contract in the name of or bind any member of the Company Group, except (i) to the extent that any professional employee of a Manager or any of its subsidiaries may be serving as a director or an officer of any member of the Company Group or ( ii ) as expressly agreed to in writing by such member of the Company Group. Any duties of a Manager arising out of its engagement to perform services hereunder shall be owed solely to the members of the Company Group. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any present or future holders of any securities of the Company or its Affiliates, or any present or future creditor of the Company or its Affiliates, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement or any performance hereunder.
7. Limitation on Liability . Except in cases of gross negligence or willful misconduct, the Managers shall have no liability of any kind whatsoever to any member of the Company Group for any damages, losses or expenses (including, without limitation, special, punitive, incidental or consequential damages and interest, penalties and fees and disbursements of attorneys, accountants, investment bankers and other professional advisors) with respect to the provision of the Facilitation and Implementation Services and in no event shall any such liability be in excess of the fees received by such Manager hereunder. Each of the Company and Opco (on behalf of itself and the other members of the Company Group), by its acceptance of the benefits hereof, covenants, agrees and acknowledges that no person other than the Managers shall have any obligation hereunder and that it has no rights of recovery against, and no recourse hereunder or under any documents or instruments delivered in connection herewith shall be had against, any former, current or future director, officer, agent, Affiliate or employee of the Managers (or any of their successors or permitted assignees), against any former, current or future general or limited partner, member or stockholder of the Managers (or any of its successors or permitted assignees) or against any former, current or future director, officer, agent, employee, Affiliate, general or limited partner, stockholder, manager or member of any of the foregoing (collectively, Manager Affiliates ), whether by or through attempted piercing of the corporate veil, by or through a claim by or on behalf of the Company or any other member of the Company Group against Manager Affiliates, by the enforcement of any judgment or assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, or otherwise.
6
8. Outside Activities . In recognition that the Managers and Manager Affiliates currently have, and will in the future have or will consider acquiring, investments in numerous companies with respect to which the Managers or Manager Affiliates may serve as an advisor, a director or in some other capacity, and in recognition that the Managers or Manager Affiliates have myriad duties to various investors and partners, and in anticipation that the Company Group, on the one hand, and the Managers or Manager Affiliates, on the other hand, may engage in the same or similar activities or lines of business and have an interest in the same areas of corporate opportunities, and in recognition of the benefits to be derived by the Company Group hereunder and in recognition of the difficulties which may confront any advisor who desires and endeavors fully to satisfy such advisors duties in determining the full scope of such duties in any particular situation, the provisions of this Section 8 are set forth to regulate, define and guide the conduct of certain affairs of the Company Group as they may involve the Managers. Except as the Managers may otherwise agree in writing after the date hereof:
(a) Each Manager and the Manager Affiliates shall have the right: (i) to directly or indirectly engage in any business (including, without limitation, any business activities or lines of business that are the same as or similar to those pursued by, or competitive with, any member of the Company Group), ( ii ) to directly or indirectly do business with any client or customer of the Company Group, ( iii ) to take any other action that a Manager believes in good faith is necessary to or appropriate to fulfill its obligations as described in the first sentence of this Section 8 and ( iv ) not to present potential transactions, matters or business opportunities to any member of the Company Group, and to pursue, directly or indirectly, any such opportunity for itself, and to direct any such opportunity to another person.
(b) Each Manager and the Manager Affiliates shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present any corporate opportunities to the Company Group or any of their affiliates or to refrain from any actions specified in Section 8(a), and the Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of the other members of the Company Group, hereby renounces and waives any right to require a Manager or any Manager Affiliate to act in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 8.
(c) None of the Managers or any Manager Affiliate shall be liable to any member of the Company Group or any of their direct or indirect stockholders or their respective Affiliates for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of any activities or omissions of the types referred to in this Section 8 or of any such persons participation therein.
9. Notice . All notices and other communications to be given to any party hereunder shall be sufficiently given for all purposes hereunder if in writing and
7
delivered by hand, courier or overnight delivery service, or three days after being mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with appropriate postage prepaid, or when received in the form of a facsimile (receipt confirmation requested), and shall be directed to the address set forth below (or at such other address or facsimile number as such party shall designate by like notice):
8
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice): |
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP 919 Third Avenue New York, New York 10022 Attention: Paul S. Bird, Esq. Jonathan E. Levitsky, Esq. Facsimile: (212) 909-6836 |
10. Entire Agreement; Severability; No Representations or Warranties . This Agreement together with the Stockholders Agreement, the Indemnification Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby ( a ) contain the complete and entire understanding and agreement between the Managers and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and ( b ) supersede all prior and contemporaneous understandings, conditions and agreements, whether written or oral, express or implied, in respect of the subject matter hereof. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party hereto. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties hereto waive any provision of law that renders any term or provision of this agreement invalid or unenforceable in any respect. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Managers make no representations or warranties in connection with this Agreement or its provision of the Facilitation and Implementation Services. The Company agrees that any acknowledgment or agreement made by the Company in this Agreement is made on behalf of the Company and the other members of the Company Group.
11. Counterparts; Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and which together shall constitute one agreement. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signatures. This Agreement may not be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, and no provision of this Agreement may be waived, other than in a writing duly executed by the parties hereto.
12. Binding Effect; Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns; provided that (i) except as provided in clause (ii) and (iii) of this proviso, neither this Agreement nor any right, interest or obligation hereunder may be assigned by either
9
party, whether by operation of law or otherwise, without the express written consent of the other party hereto, and ( ii ) any assignment by a Manager of its rights but not the obligations under this Agreement to any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Manager shall be expressly permitted hereunder and shall not require the prior written consent of the Company. This Agreement is not intended to confer any right or remedy hereunder upon any person or entity other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns.
13. Governing Law; Jurisdiction . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH PRINCIPLES WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.
14. Arbitration .
(a) Any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of, relating to, or in connection with this Agreement, or the breach, termination, enforcement, interpretation or validity thereof, including the determination of the scope or applicability of this Agreement to arbitrate, shall be finally determined by arbitration. The arbitration shall be administered by JAMS. If the disputed claim or counterclaim exceeds $250,000, not including interest or attorneys fees, the JAMS Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures ( JAMS Comprehensive Rules ) in effect at the time of the arbitration shall govern the arbitration, except as they may be modified herein or by mutual written agreement of the parties. If no disputed claim or counterclaim exceeds $250,000, not including interest or attorneys fees, the JAMS Streamlined Arbitration Rules and Procedures ( JAMS Streamlined Rules ) in effect at the time of the arbitration shall govern the arbitration, except as they may be modified herein or by mutual written agreement of the parties.
(b) The seat of the arbitration shall be New York, New York. The parties submit to jurisdiction in the state and federal courts of the State of New York for the limited purpose of enforcing this agreement to arbitrate.
(c) The arbitration shall be conducted by one neutral arbitrator unless the parties agree otherwise. The parties agree to seek to reach agreement on the identity of the arbitrator within thirty days after the initiation of arbitration. If the parties are unable to reach agreement on the identity of the arbitrator within such time, then the appointment of the arbitrator shall be made in accordance with the process set forth in JAMS Comprehensive Rule 15.
(d) The arbitration award shall be in writing, state the reasons for the award, and be final and binding on the parties. The arbitrator may, in the award, allocate all or part of the costs of the arbitration, including the fees of the arbitrator and the attorneys
10
fees of the prevailing party. Judgment on the award may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof or having jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets. Notwithstanding applicable state law, the arbitration and this agreement to arbitrate shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1, et seq.
(e) The parties agree that the arbitration shall be kept confidential and that the existence of the proceeding and any element of it (including but not limited to any pleadings, briefs or other documents submitted or exchanged, any testimony or other oral submissions, and any awards) shall not be disclosed beyond the tribunal, JAMS, the parties, their counsel, accountants and auditors, insurers and re-insurers, and any person necessary to the conduct of the proceeding. The confidentiality obligations shall not apply (i) if disclosure is required by law, or in judicial or administrative proceedings, or ( ii ) as far as disclosure is necessary to enforce the rights arising out of the award.
[The remainder of this page left intentionally blank.]
11
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
CVC EUROPEAN EQUITY IV (AB) LIMITED | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | Carl Hansen | |||
Title: | Director |
CVC EUROPEAN EQUITY IV (CDE) LIMITED | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | Carl Hansen | |||
Title: | Director |
CVC EUROPEAN EQUITY TANDEM GP LIMITED | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | Carl Hansen | |||
Title: | Director |
[ Signature Page to the Facilitation and implementation Agreement ]
UNIVAR, INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | Peter Heinz | |||
Title: |
UNIVAR USA, INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | Peter Heinz | |||
Title: |
[ Signature Page to the Monitoring and Facilitation and Implementation Manager Indemnification Agreement ]
SCHEDULE I
Entity |
Percentage of Fee |
|||
CVC European Equity IV (AB) Limited |
23.94 | % | ||
CVC European Equity IV (CDE) Limited |
36.70 | % | ||
CVC European Equity Tandem GP Limited |
39.36 | % |
Exhibit 10.19
EXECUTION VERSION
CONFIDENTIAL
MONITORING AGREEMENT
This MONITORING AGREEMENT (this Agreement ), dated as of November 30, 2010 (the Effective Date ), is entered into by and among Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), Univar USA Inc., a Washington corporation ( Opco ), and CVC Capital Partners Advisory Company (Luxembourg) S.à r.l., a société à responsabilité limitée organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg ( Manager ).
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, CD&R Univar Holdings, L.P. and certain of its affiliates are acquiring shares of the Companys common stock, representing 42.5% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Companys common stock (the Investment ), pursuant to, and on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in, the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2010 (the Stock Purchase Agreement ), among CDR Ulysses, LLC, the Company and Univar N.V., a company organized under the laws of the Netherlands ( Holdings );
WHEREAS, prior to or concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company, Manager, and certain other parties have entered into an Indemnification Agreement, dated the date hereof (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, the Indemnification Agreement );
WHEREAS, the Company desires that it and its subsidiaries (together, the Company Group ) receive certain monitoring services from Manager, and Manager desires to provide such monitoring services to the members of the Company Group; and
WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company is entering into a consulting agreement (the Consulting Agreement ) with Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC (the Other Manager ), pursuant to which the Other Manager is to provide consulting and transaction services to the Company Group;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. Engagement . The Company hereby engages Manager (on behalf of the members of the Company Group) to provide the Monitoring Services, and Manager hereby agrees to provide the Monitoring Services to the Company and the other members of the Company Group on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below.
2. Scope of Future Monitoring Services .
(a) Monitoring Services . Manager hereby agrees, during the term of this Agreement, to provide the members of the Company Group with such consulting and management advisory services in connection with the operations of the Company as may reasonably be requested from time to time by the Company (collectively, the Monitoring Services ), including providing (i) advice in connection with the negotiation and consummation of significant agreements, contracts, documents and instruments to be entered into by the Company Group, ( ii ) strategic, financial, managerial and operational advice relating to the Company Group, including advice with respect to strategies for improving the operating, marketing and financial performance of the Univar Group, budgets, business plans and other financial information, financing working capital requirements, currency, interest rates, hedging, and expansion plans, restructuring and integration, ( iii ) advice in connection with any transaction directly or indirectly in connection with the holding or the disposal in any form of the indirect investment of members of the Company Group, and ( iv ) such other services (which may include financial and strategic planning and analysis, consulting services, human resources and executive recruitment services and other services) as Manager and the Companys board of directors (the Board ) may from time to time agree.
(b) Services Non-Exclusive . Manager will devote such time and efforts to the performance of the services contemplated hereby as Manager deems reasonably necessary or appropriate, provided that no minimum number of hours is required to be devoted on a weekly, monthly, annual or other basis. The Company and Opco (on behalf of themselves and the other members of the Company Group) hereby acknowledge that Managers services are not exclusive to the Company Group and that Manager will render similar services to other persons and entities.
(c) Applicability of Indemnification Agreement . The Company and Opco (on behalf of themselves and the other members of the Company Group) hereby acknowledge and agree that the services provided by Manager hereunder, including the Monitoring Services, are being provided subject to the terms of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 7) and the Indemnification Agreement.
3. Compensation; Reimbursement of Expenses .
(a) Compensation for Monitoring Services . As compensation for the Monitoring Services, the Company shall, or shall cause one or more other members of the Company Group to, on behalf of the members of the Company Group, pay Manager a fee of $2,500,000 per year (together, the Monitoring Fee ), one quarter of which shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each December, March, June and September (each, a Monitoring Services Payment Date ). The Monitoring Fee shall begin accruing immediately following the consummation of the Acquisition, and the amount of the Monitoring Fee accrued prior to the next succeeding Monitoring Services Payment Date shall be payable on such Monitoring Services Payment Date. The
2
Monitoring Fee may be increased only by the Company. The Monitoring Fee may not be decreased without the prior written consent of Manager. As used herein, Affiliate means, with respect to any person or entity, any other person or entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such person or entity.
(b) Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company shall, or shall cause one or more other members of the Company Group to, on behalf of the members of the Company Group, reimburse Manager for such reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket expenses ( Expenses ) as may be incurred by Manager and its Affiliates and its and their respective employees and agents in the course or on account of rendering any services under this Agreement, including but not limited to any applicable fees and expenses of any legal, accounting or other professional advisors to Manager and its subsidiaries and Affiliates and any expenses incurred by any Manager Designee in connection with the performance of his or her duties to any member of the Company Group, including the cost of all air travel, whether on commercial or private aircraft. Manager may submit monthly expense statements to the Company or any other such member of the Company Group, which statements shall be payable within thirty days. Nothing in this Section 3 shall limit any obligations of any member of the Company Group to reimburse any costs and expenses to Manager or any Manager Affiliate (as defined below) under the Indemnification Agreement or the Stockholders Agreement, dated the date hereof, among the Company, certain affiliates of Manager and the other stockholders of the Company party thereto (as the same may be amended from time to time, the Stockholders Agreement ).
(c) Allocation of Payments . The Company shall not agree with its independent accountants to allocate the amounts paid to Manager pursuant to this Agreement to specific services provided hereunder without the consent of Manager (not to be unreasonably withheld).
(d) Obligations Joint and Several . Opco and the Company (on behalf of themselves and the other members of the Company Group) hereby agree that the obligations of the Company under this Section 3 shall be borne jointly and severally by each member of the Company Group.
4. Term, etc .
(a) This Agreement shall be in effect until, and shall terminate upon, the tenth anniversary of the date hereof, and may be earlier terminated by Manager on thirty days prior written notice to the Company. In addition, in connection with the consummation of a change of control transaction or an IPO (in each case, as defined in the Stockholders Agreement), the Company may terminate this Agreement by delivery of a written notice of termination to Manager. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination hereof, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 1 and 2 (other than Section 2(c)) shall not survive any termination hereof and provided , further , that Section 3 shall survive any termination hereof solely as to any portion of any Monitoring Fee or Expenses not paid or reimbursed prior to such termination and not required to be paid or reimbursed thereafter pursuant to Section 4(c).
3
(b) Upon any consolidation or merger of the Company, or any conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of any member of the Company Group, the entity formed by such consolidation, or into which such member of the Company Group is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made (each, a Successor Entity ), shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company or such member of the Company Group, as applicable, under this Agreement with the same effect as if the Successor Entity had been a party hereto. No such consolidation, merger or conveyance, transfer or lease shall have the effect of terminating this Agreement or of releasing any member of the Company Group or any Successor Entity from its obligations hereunder.
(c) Upon any termination of this Agreement, the Company, agrees immediately to pay or reimburse, (or cause one or more other members of the Company Group to pay or reimburse), as the case may be, (i) any accrued and unpaid installment of the Monitoring Fee or portion thereof and any unpaid and unreimbursed Expenses that shall have been incurred prior to such termination (whether or not such Expenses shall then have become payable) plus ( ii ) the net present value (using a discount rate equal to the yield as of such termination date on U.S. Treasury securities of like maturity based on the times such payments would have been due) of the Monitoring Fee that would have been payable with respect to the period from the termination date through the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, or, if terminated following the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, through the first anniversary of the Effective Date occurring after the termination date (the Termination Fee ). If, at any time, no member of the Company Group is permitted to make any payment or reimbursement due to Manager under this Agreement under the terms of any credit agreement or other financing agreement to which any member of the Company Group is a party, such obligations shall accrue as provided herein, but payment or reimbursement thereof shall be deferred until such time as (i) such payments are no longer prohibited under the terms of the applicable agreement, or ( ii ) the loan amount due thereunder is repaid in full. In the event of the liquidation of the Company, all amounts due Manager under this Agreement shall be paid to Manager before any liquidating distributions or similar payments are made to stockholders of the Company.
5. Information; Confidentiality; Other Agreements .
(a) The Company will, and will cause each member of the Company Group to, use its reasonable best efforts to furnish, or to cause their respective employees and agents to furnish, Manager with such information (the Information ) as Manager reasonably believes appropriate to its engagement hereunder. The Company acknowledges and agrees that ( a ) Manager will rely on the Information and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the Monitoring Services and ( b ) Manager does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Information and such other information.
4
(b) The Company and Opco (on behalf of themselves and the other members of the Company Group) hereby consent to the Manager and any Manager Affiliate (as defined below) sharing any information it receives from the Company Group with any other Manager Affiliates (other than other portfolio companies) and to the internal use by Manager and such Manager Affiliates of any information received from the Company Group, subject, however, to (i) Manager maintaining adequate procedures to prevent such information from being used in connection with the purchase or sale of securities of the Company in violation of applicable law and ( ii ) the recipient of such information being subject to an agreement (or being under a duty of trust or confidence) to maintain the shared information in confidence.
(c) Any advice or opinions provided by Manager or Manager Affiliates may not be disclosed or referred to publicly or to any third party (other than the Company Groups legal, tax, financial or other advisors), except in accordance with Managers prior written consent.
(d) The Manager will coordinate with the Other Manager in connection with its provision of services to the Company Group pursuant to the Consulting Agreement, provided that, the Manager shall not be liable to any member of the Company Group as a result of any such services provided, or the failure to provide such services, by the Other Manager.
6. Independent Contractor Status . The parties acknowledge and agree that Manager shall perform the Monitoring Services as an independent contractor, retaining control over and responsibility for its own operations and personnel and those of its controlled Affiliates (other than the Company Group). The Company further acknowledges and agrees that Manager may, in its sole discretion, remove or substitute any of the members of, or add members to, the team of professional employees of Manager and its Affiliates that will be providing services pursuant to this Agreement, and that any such removal, substitution or addition shall not in any way modify or affect any of the obligations of the Company hereunder, including, without limitation, its obligation to pay the any fee or reimburse any Expenses. Neither Manager nor any Manager Affiliate shall, solely by virtue of this Agreement or the arrangements hereunder, be considered employees or agents of any member of the Company Group, nor shall any of them have authority hereunder to contract in the name of or bind any member of the Company Group, except (i) to the extent that any professional employee of Manager or any of its subsidiaries may be serving as a director or an officer of any member of the Company Group or ( ii ) as expressly agreed to in writing by such member of the Company Group. Any duties of Manager arising out of its engagement to perform services hereunder shall be owed solely to the members of the Company Group. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than
5
the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any present or future holders of any securities of the Company or its Affiliates, or any present or future creditor of the Company or its Affiliates, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement or any performance hereunder.
7. Limitation on Liability . Except in cases of gross negligence or willful misconduct, Manager shall have no liability of any kind whatsoever to any member of the Company Group for any damages, losses or expenses (including, without limitation, special, punitive, incidental or consequential damages and interest, penalties and fees and disbursements of attorneys, accountants, investment bankers and other professional advisors) with respect to the provision of the Monitoring Services and in no event shall any such liability be in excess of the fees received by Manager hereunder. Each of the Company and Opco (on behalf of itself and the other members of the Company Group), by its acceptance of the benefits hereof, covenants, agrees and acknowledges that no person other than Manager shall have any obligation hereunder and that it has no rights of recovery against, and no recourse hereunder or under any documents or instruments delivered in connection herewith shall be had against, any former, current or future director, officer, agent, Affiliate or employee of Manager (or any of their successors or permitted assignees), against any former, current or future general or limited partner, member or stockholder of Manager (or any of its successors or permitted assignees) or against any former, current or future director, officer, agent, employee, Affiliate, general or limited partner, stockholder, manager or member of any of the foregoing (collectively, Manager Affiliates ), whether by or through attempted piercing of the corporate veil, by or through a claim by or on behalf of the Company or any other member of the Company Group against Manager Affiliates, by the enforcement of any judgment or assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, or otherwise.
8. Outside Activities . In recognition that Manager and Manager Affiliates currently have, and will in the future have or will consider acquiring, investments in numerous companies with respect to which Manager or Manager Affiliates may serve as an advisor, a director or in some other capacity, and in recognition that Manager or Manager Affiliates have myriad duties to various investors and partners, and in anticipation that the Company Group, on the one hand, and Manager or Manager Affiliates, on the other hand, may engage in the same or similar activities or lines of business and have an interest in the same areas of corporate opportunities, and in recognition of the benefits to be derived by the Company Group hereunder and in recognition of the difficulties which may confront any advisor who desires and endeavors fully to satisfy such advisors duties in determining the full scope of such duties in any particular situation, the provisions of this Section 8 are set forth to regulate, define and guide the conduct of certain affairs of the Company Group as they may involve Manager. Except as Manager may otherwise agree in writing after the date hereof:
6
(a) Manager and Manager Affiliates shall have the right: (i) to directly or indirectly engage in any business (including, without limitation, any business activities or lines of business that are the same as or similar to those pursued by, or competitive with, any member of the Company Group), ( ii ) to directly or indirectly do business with any client or customer of the Company Group, ( iii ) to take any other action that Manager believes in good faith is necessary to or appropriate to fulfill its obligations as described in the first sentence of this Section 8 and ( iv ) not to present potential transactions, matters or business opportunities to any member of the Company Group, and to pursue, directly or indirectly, any such opportunity for itself, and to direct any such opportunity to another person.
(b) Manager and Manager Affiliates shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present any corporate opportunities to the Company Group or any of their affiliates or to refrain from any actions specified in Section 8(a), and the Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of the other members of the Company Group, hereby renounces and waives any right to require Manager or any Manager Affiliate to act in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 8.
(c) None of Manager or any Manager Affiliate shall be liable to any member of the Company Group or any of their direct or indirect stockholders or their respective Affiliates for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of any activities or omissions of the types referred to in this Section 8 or of any such persons participation therein.
9. Notice . All notices and other communications to be given to any party hereunder shall be sufficiently given for all purposes hereunder if in writing and delivered by hand, courier or overnight delivery service, or three days after being mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with appropriate postage prepaid, or when received in the form of a facsimile (receipt confirmation requested), and shall be directed to the address set forth below (or at such other address or facsimile number as such party shall designate by like notice):
If to the Company or Opco: | ||
Univar Inc. | ||
17425 NE Union Hill Road | ||
Redmond, Washington 98052 | ||
Attention: General Counsel | ||
Facsimile: (425) 889-3500 | ||
If to Manager: | CVC Capital Partners Advisory Company | |
Luxembourg) S.à.r.l | ||
20, Avenue Monterey | ||
L-2163 Luxembourg, Grand-Duchy of | ||
Luxembourg | ||
Attention: Emanuela Brero | ||
Facsimile: + 352 26 47 8367 |
7
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice): |
Sullivan & Cromwell LLP 125 Broad Street New York, New York 10004 Attention: George Sampas, Esq. Facsimile: (212) 291-9131 |
|
In each case, with a copy to: |
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC 375 Park Avenue 18th Floor New York, New York 10152 Attention: Theresa Gore Facsimile: (212) 407-5252 |
|
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice): |
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP 919 Third Avenue New York, New York 10022 Attention: Paul S. Bird, Esq. Jonathan E. Levitsky, Esq. Facsimile: (212) 909-6836 |
10. Entire Agreement; Severability; No Representations or Warranties . This Agreement together with the Stockholders Agreement, the Indemnification Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby ( a ) contain the complete and entire understanding and agreement between Manager and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and ( b ) supersede all prior and contemporaneous understandings, conditions and agreements, whether written or oral, express or implied, in respect of the subject matter hereof. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party hereto. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties hereto waive any provision of law that renders any term or provision of this agreement invalid or unenforceable in any respect. The Company acknowledges and agrees that Manager makes no representations or warranties in connection with this Agreement or its provision
8
of the Monitoring Services. The Company agrees that any acknowledgment or agreement made by the Company in this Agreement is made on behalf of the Company and the other members of the Company Group.
11. Counterparts; Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and which together shall constitute one agreement. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signatures. This Agreement may not be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, and no provision of this Agreement may be waived, other than in a writing duly executed by the parties hereto.
12. Binding Effect; Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns; provided that (i) except as provided in clause (ii) and (iii) of this proviso, neither this Agreement nor any right, interest or obligation hereunder may be assigned by either party, whether by operation of law or otherwise, without the express written consent of the other party hereto, and ( ii ) any assignment by Manager of its rights but not the obligations under this Agreement to any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with Manager shall be expressly permitted hereunder and shall not require the prior written consent of the Company. This Agreement is not intended to confer any right or remedy hereunder upon any person or entity other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns.
13. Governing Law; Jurisdiction . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH PRINCIPLES WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.
14. Arbitration .
(a) Any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of, relating to, or in connection with this Agreement, or the breach, termination, enforcement, interpretation or validity thereof, including the determination of the scope or applicability of this Agreement to arbitrate, shall be finally determined by arbitration. The arbitration shall be administered by JAMS. If the disputed claim or counterclaim exceeds $250,000, not including interest or attorneys fees, the JAMS Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures ( JAMS Comprehensive Rules ) in effect at the time of the arbitration shall govern the arbitration, except as they may be modified herein or by mutual written agreement of the parties. If no disputed claim or counterclaim exceeds $250,000, not including interest or attorneys fees, the JAMS Streamlined Arbitration Rules and Procedures ( JAMS Streamlined Rules ) in effect at the time of the arbitration shall govern the arbitration, except as they may be modified herein or by mutual written agreement of the parties.
9
(b) The seat of the arbitration shall be New York, New York. The parties submit to jurisdiction in the state and federal courts of the State of New York for the limited purpose of enforcing this agreement to arbitrate.
(c) The arbitration shall be conducted by one neutral arbitrator unless the parties agree otherwise. The parties agree to seek to reach agreement on the identity of the arbitrator within thirty days after the initiation of arbitration. If the parties are unable to reach agreement on the identity of the arbitrator within such time, then the appointment of the arbitrator shall be made in accordance with the process set forth in JAMS Comprehensive Rule 15.
(d) The arbitration award shall be in writing, state the reasons for the award, and be final and binding on the parties. The arbitrator may, in the award, allocate all or part of the costs of the arbitration, including the fees of the arbitrator and the attorneys fees of the prevailing party. Judgment on the award may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof or having jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets. Notwithstanding applicable state law, the arbitration and this agreement to arbitrate shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1, et seq.
(e) The parties agree that the arbitration shall be kept confidential and that the existence of the proceeding and any element of it (including but not limited to any pleadings, briefs or other documents submitted or exchanged, any testimony or other oral submissions, and any awards) shall not be disclosed beyond the tribunal, JAMS, the parties, their counsel, accountants and auditors, insurers and re-insurers, and any person necessary to the conduct of the proceeding. The confidentiality obligations shall not apply (i) if disclosure is required by law, or in judicial or administrative proceedings, or ( ii ) as far as disclosure is necessary to enforce the rights arising out of the award.
[The remainder of this page left intentionally blank.]
10
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
CVC CAPITAL PARTNERS ADVISORY | ||||
COMPANY (LUXEMBOURG) S.À R.L. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | Emanuela Brero | |||
Title: | Director | |||
UNIVAR, INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
UNIVAR USA INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
[ Signature Page to the Monitoring Agreement ]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
CVC CAPITAL PARTNERS ADVISORY | ||||
COMPANY (LUXEMBOURG) S.À R.L. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
UNIVAR, INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | Peter Heinz | |||
Title: | ||||
UNIVAR USA INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | Peter Heinz | |||
Title: |
[ Signature Page to the Monitoring Agreement ]
Exhibit 10.20
UNIVAR EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT
This Univar Expense Reimbursement Agreement (this Agreement ), by and among Univar N.V., a Dutch limited liability company (Univar N.V.) and Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation ( Univar ), is made as of DEC 31 , 2013 (the Execution Date ).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, Univar incurs certain expenses ( Univar Reimbursable Expenses ) relating to stewardship services that Univar performs for Univar N.V. and its affiliates for which Univar is entitled to seek reimbursement from Univar N.V.;
WHEREAS, the parties desire to establish that the Univar Reimbursable Expenses for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012 are $762,403 and $192,953, respectively (the Univar Reimbursable Expenses );
WHEREAS, the parties desire to establish that Univar will reimburse Univar N.V. in an amount equal to $487,602 (the Incurred Expenses Amount ) with respect to costs incurred by Univar N.V. on behalf of Univar; and
WHEREAS, the parties desire to acknowledge that, as of the Execution Date, the Incurred Expenses Amount will be offset against the Univar Reimbursable Expenses, such that the total amount payable to Univar by Univar N.V. on the Effective Date with respect to the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012, is $467,754.
NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree, as follows:
ARTICLE I
EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT
1.1. Reimbursable Expense Amounts . As of the Execution Date:
(a) | the Univar Reimbursable Expenses for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012 shall be deemed to be $762,403 and $192,953, respectively; and |
(b) | the Incurred Expenses Amount shall be deemed to be $487,602. |
1.2. Reimbursement Offset. The Incurred Expenses Amount is deemed to be offset against the Univar Reimbursable Expenses, such that the total amount payable by Univar N.V. to Univar with respect to the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012, is $467,754 in the aggregate (the Net Payment Amount ). Univar N.V. shall pay the Net Payment Amount to Univar by wire transfer as promptly as practicable following the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
ARTICLE II
MISCELLANEOUS
2.1. Entire Agreement; Severability; No Representations or Warranties . This Agreement (a) contains the complete and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and (b) supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, conditions and agreements, whether written or oral, express or implied, in respect of the subject matter hereof. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. The parties acknowledge and agree that no party makes any representations or warranties in connection with this Agreement.
2.2. Counterparts; Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and which together shall constitute one agreement. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signatures. This Agreement may not be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, and no provision of this Agreement may be waived, other than in a writing duly executed by the parties hereto.
2.3. Binding Effect; Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; except that neither this Agreement nor any right, interest or obligation hereunder may be assigned by any party, whether by operation of law or otherwise, without the express written consent of the other parties hereto. This Agreement is not intended to confer any right or remedy hereunder upon any person or entity other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns.
2.4. Governing Law; Jurisdiction . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH PRINCIPLES WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.
2.5. Arbitration . Section 14 of each of the Monitoring Agreement and the Consulting Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to this Agreement.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]
-2-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
U NIVAR N.V. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Henk Schop | |
Title: | Director |
U NIVAR I NC . | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
Exhibit 10.21
EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT
This Expense Reimbursement Agreement (this Agreement ), by and among CVC Capital Partners Advisory Company (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l., a société à responsabilité limitée organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg ( Manager ), Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( CD&R ), Univar USA Inc., a Washington corporation ( Univar USA ), and Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation ( Univar ), is made as of 31st December, 2013 (the Execution Date ).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, CVC Capital Partners Advisory (U.S.), Inc (Manager Designee) an affiliate of the Manager incurs certain expenses ( CVC Reimbursable Expenses ), for which the Manager is entitled to seek reimbursement from Univar pursuant to the Monitoring Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010 (the Monitoring Agreement ), by and among Manager, Univar and Univar USA;
WHEREAS, CD&R incurs certain expenses ( CD&R Reimbursable Expenses ), for which CD&R is entitled to seek reimbursement from Univar pursuant to the Consulting Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010 (the Consulting Agreement ), by and among CD&R, Univar and Univar USA Inc.;
WHEREAS, the parties desire to establish that for any fiscal year the amount of CVC Reimbursable Expenses will be the same amount as the amount of CD&R Reimbursable Expenses for which CD&R is reimbursed by Univar, without regard to the specific amount of CVC Reimbursable Expenses; and
WHEREAS, the parties desire to establish that the CVC Reimbursable Expenses for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012 are $197,066 and $210,042, respectively (which are the amounts of CD&R Reimbursable Expenses actully reimbursed by Univar to CD&R during such fiscal years) (the Unreimbursed CVC Reimbursable Expenses ).
NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree, as follows:
ARTICLE I
EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT
1.1. Reimbursable Expense Amounts. As of the Execution Date, the Unreimbursed CVC Reimbursable Expenses for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012 shall be deemed to be $197,066 and $210,042, respectively. Univar shall pay the Manager Designee, on behalf of the Manager, for the Unreimbursed CVC Reimbursable Expenses.
1.2. CVC Reimbursable Expenses . For each fiscal year following the Execution Date, the amount of the CVC Reimbursable Expenses for such fiscal year shall be fixed at the same amount as the amount of CD&R Reimbursable Expenses for which CD&R is actually reimbursed by Univar in such fiscal year.
1.3. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate upon (a) the termination of the Monitoring Agreement, (b) the termination of the Consulting Agreement, or (c) by mutual written agreement between the parties.
ARTICLE II
MISCELLANEOUS
2.1. Notice. Any notice, request, demand, waiver, consent, approval or other communication that is required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given only if delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail or by Federal Express or other overnight mail service, postage prepaid, or by fax, with written confirmation, as follows:
If to Manager, to: |
CVC Capital Partners Advisory Company (Luxembourg) S.á r.l. |
20, Avenue Monterey |
L-2163 Luxembourg, Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg |
Attention: Emanuela Brero |
Facsimile: + 352 26 47 8367 |
If to CD&R, to: |
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC |
375 Park Avenue, 18 th Floor |
New York, New York 10152 |
Attention: Theresa Gore |
Facsimile: (212) 407-5252 |
If to Univar or Univar USA, to: |
Univar Inc. |
17425 NE Union Hill Road |
Redmond, Washington 98052 |
Attention: General Counsel |
Facsimile: (425) 889-3500 |
or to such other address or facsimile number as the addressee may have specified in a notice duly given to the sender as provided herein. Such notice, request, demand, waiver, consent, approval or other communication will be deemed to have been given as of the date so delivered.
2.2. Entire Agreement; Severability; No Representations or Warranties. This Agreement (a) contains the complete and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and (b) supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, conditions and agreements, whether written or oral, express or implied, in respect of the subject matter hereof. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. The parties acknowledge and agree that no party makes any representations or warranties in connection with this Agreement.
-2-
2.3. Counterparts; Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and which together shall constitute one agreement. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signatures. This Agreement may not be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, and no provision of this Agreement may be waived, other than in a writing duly executed by the parties hereto.
2.4. Binding Effect; Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; except that neither this Agreement nor any right, interest or obligation hereunder may be assigned by any party, whether by operation of law or otherwise, without the express written consent of the other parties hereto. This Agreement is not intended to confer any right or remedy hereunder upon any person or entity other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns.
2.5. Governing Law; Jurisdiction . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH PRINCIPLES WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.
2.6. Arbitration . Section 14 of each of the Monitoring Agreement and the Consulting Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to this Agreement.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]
-3-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
CVC C APITAL P ARTNERS A DVISORY C OMPANY (L UXEMBOURG ) S. Á R . L . |
||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Pierre Denis | |
Title: | Director |
C LAYTON , D UBILIER & R ICE , LLC | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
U NIVAR I NC . | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Stephen N Landsman | |
Title: | EVP, General Counsel & Secretary |
U NIVAR USA I NC . | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Stephen N Landsman | |
Title: | EVP, General Counsel & Assistant Secretary |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
CVC C APITAL P ARTNERS A DVISORY C OMPANY (L UXEMBOURG ) S. Á R . L . |
||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
C LAYTON , D UBILIER & R ICE , LLC | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | George Jaquette | |
Title: | Partner |
U NIVAR I NC . | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
U NIVAR USA I NC . | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
Exhibit 10.22
STRICTLY PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL
January 31, 2013
Mark J. Byrne
Address on file with the Company
Re: | Board Position |
Dear Mark,
In connection with your Employment Agreement with Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), dated January 31, 2013 (the Employment Agreement ), we understand that you have requested eventually to be designated as a member of the Companys Board of Directors (the Board ). Pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Third Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated June 27, 2012, by and among the Company, CD&R Univar Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership ( CD&R Investor ), Univar N.V., a limited liability company ( naamloze vennootschap ) organized under the laws of the Netherlands ( Univar NV ), and each of the other parties thereto, as amended from time to time (the Stockholders Agreement ), each of CD&R Investor and Univar NV has certain rights with respect to the composition of the Board. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall be as defined in the Stockholders Agreement.
In connection with your employment with the Company (or one if its affiliates), each of CD&R Investor and Univar NV agrees that it will take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate, within its power and authority under the Stockholders Agreement, to cause you to be Designated as a Director on or about January 1, 2015; provided that (a) you remain continuously employed pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement through December 31, 2014, and (b) at the time of Designation you are eligible and qualified and willing to serve as a director of the Company, assuming the Company were a company with equity securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and for the sake of clarity, neither Univar NV (or its Permitted Transferees) nor CD&R Investor (or its Permitted Transferees) shall be under any obligation hereunder to cause you to be Designated as a Director at any time after its respective ownership in the Company shall have been reduced to less than 10% of the outstanding Shares, thereby reducing the number of Directors that it may designate to one Director. Also for the sake of clarity, you shall have no obligation to serve as a director of the Company and may decline the opportunity to be Designated as a director and may resign from your service as a director at any time in your sole and absolute discretion.
The terms of this letter agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof. Nothing herein shall in any way modify or otherwise amend any rights or obligations under the Employment Agreement. This letter agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall be considered one and the same instrument.
* * * * *
1
If you agree with the foregoing, please execute the enclosed counterpart of this letter and return the executed original counterpart to the undersigned.
CD&R UNIVAR HOLDINGS, L.P. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED As of the date first above written |
|
Mark J Byrne |
2
If you agree with the foregoing, please execute the enclosed counterpart of this letter and return the executed original counterpart to the undersigned.
Very truly yours, | ||
UNIVAR N.V. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
CD&R UNIVAR HOLDINGS, L.P. | ||
|
||
By: | Theresa A. Gore | |
Name: | ||
Title: |
ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED As of the date first above written |
|
Mark J Byrne |
3
If you agree with the foregoing, please execute the enclosed counterpart of this letter and return the executed original counterpart to the undersigned.
Very truly yours, | ||
UNIVAR N.V. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
CD&R UNIVAR HOLDINGS, L.P. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED As of the date first above written |
|
Mark J Byrne |
2
Exhibit 10.23
Execution Copy
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (Agreement) is made this April 19, 2012 between Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation (Univar), and J. Erik Fyrwald (Executive).
RECITALS
A. Univar is engaged in the chemical distribution business.
B. Univar wishes to employ Executive and Executive wishes to be employed by Univar in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, Executive and Univar agree as follows:
1. Employment. As of May 7, 2012 (the Effective Date), Univar hereby agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by Univar, as its Chief Executive Officer. Executive will also be appointed to serve as a member of the Univar Inc. Board of Directors (the Board). Executive will report directly to the Executive Chairman (so serving on the Effective Date; the Executive Chairman), and in such event as the Executive Chairman may cease to serve as executive chairman of the Board, Executive shall thereafter report to the Board (irrespective of any other individual who may be appointed as a successor to the Executive Chairman). Executives responsibilities will include all those matters customarily assigned to a chief executive officer, provided that Executive recognizes that responsibility for certain functions may be assigned by the Board to the Executive Chairman from time to time after consultation with Executive. Executive will comply in all material respects with all rules, policies and procedures of Univar as modified from time to time to the extent that they are not inconsistent with this Agreement. Executive will perform all of Executives responsibilities in compliance with all applicable laws. During Executives employment, Executive will not engage in any other business activity that prevents Executive from carrying out Executives obligations under this Agreement, whether or not such activity is pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage. Nothing contained herein, however, shall preclude Executive from continuing to serve as a member of the board of directors of Eli Lilly & Co. or Amsted Industries Incorporated, provided that such service does not materially interfere with Executives obligations under this Agreement.
J. Erik Fyrwald Employment Agreement |
2. Term of Employment. Employment under this Agreement shall be terminable at-will, and, in such case either Executive or Univar may terminate Executives employment at any time with or without Cause or Good Reason, as defined in this Agreement, and without notice, subject to the requirements set forth in Section 5. Any termination of Executives employment by Executive or Univar (other than death) shall be communicated by written notice of termination to the other party in accordance with Section 16 of this Agreement.
3. Compensation. For the duration of Executives employment under this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to compensation computed and paid pursuant to the following subparagraphs and subject to applicable withholdings and deductions:
3.1 Salary. Executive shall be paid a gross salary at the rate of $1,000,000 per year (the Annual Base Salary), with actual amounts paid to be prorated for the actual period of employment, payable in equal installments in accordance with Univars normal payroll practices. Univar may review Executives salary from time to time as part of a review of Executives performance and other relevant factors and may determine in its sole discretion whether any increase in salary shall be made. Any such increased amount shall thereafter be Executives Annual Base Salary for all purposes under this Agreement.
3.2 Annual Bonus. Univar will provide Executive with the opportunity for annual cash bonus awards in accordance with its management incentive plans and the financial performance targets set for Executive thereunder (Annual Bonus), with a target amount equal to 115% (as may be increased in the Boards discretion from time to time, the Target Bonus Percentage) of the Annual Base Salary (the target bonus as a percentage of Annual Base Salary, as in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the Target Bonus) and a maximum Annual Bonus equal to 230% of the Annual Base Salary. Any such increased amount shall thereafter be Executives Target Bonus Percentage for all purposes under this Agreement. Any Annual Bonus payable thereunder shall be paid between January 1st and March 15th of the year immediately following the year to which such Annual Bonus relates. During the portion of the term of this Agreement commencing on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2012, Executives 2012 Annual Bonus under the management incentive plan will be an amount equal to the product of (A) 115% of the Annual Base Salary, multiplied by (B) a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the number of days Executive was employed by Univar during 2012 and (ii) the denominator of which is 366.
4. Other Benefits.
4.1 Certain Benefits. Executive may participate in employee benefit programs established by Univar for personnel on a basis commensurate with Executives position and in accordance with Univars benefit plans and arrangements from time to time, including eligibility requirements, but nothing herein shall require the adoption or maintenance of any such plan.
J. Erik Fyrwald Employment Agreement |
-2-
|
4.2 Equity. On or about the Effective Date, Executive will be granted 1,400,000 stock options to purchase shares of Univar common stock pursuant to the Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan. The stock options will be non-qualified with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant, and have a 10-year option term. The options will vest in equal annual installments over a period of four (4) years, beginning on the first anniversary date of the Effective Date, subject to Executives continued employment or acceleration of vesting on a termination under certain circumstances as provided in the applicable employee stock option agreements. The stock options will be granted pursuant to a form of employee stock option agreement as has been presented to Executive and agreed in connection with this Agreement.
4.3. Vacation and Holidays. Executive shall be entitled to all public holidays observed by Univar. Vacation days shall be in accordance with the applicable provision of Univars vacation policy, provided, however, that Executive shall be granted not less than 20 vacation days per year.
4.4 Expenses. Univar shall reimburse Executive in accordance with Univars policies and procedures for reasonable expenses necessarily incurred in Executives performance of Executives duties against appropriate receipts and vouchers indicating the specific business purpose for each such expenditure. Executive shall be entitled to an automobile expense allowance of $1,465 per month. Univar will pay Executive a one-time allowance (grossed up for all taxes) for legal and financial planning (including negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and all agreements contemplated hereunder) in a gross amount not to exceed $25,000, which expenses shall be incurred not later than December 31, 2012 and paid to Executive in a manner that satisfies Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.
4.5 Relocation. Executive shall participate in the relocation program per Univars executive policy; provided, (i) Executive incurs relocation expenses under such policy no later than December 31, 2013 and (ii) Executive shall be grossed up for all taxes incurred in connection with any relocation expenses covered by such policy (other than any relocation assistance provided by Univar, or any gain incurred by Executive, in connection with a sale of Executives residence).
5. Termination. The following provisions shall apply upon termination of Executives employment under applicable circumstances as set forth below. Any amount payable to Executive under this Section 5 shall be subject to all applicable federal, state and local withholdings, or payroll or other taxes. Except as set forth in this Section 5, upon termination of employment, Executive shall not be entitled to further payments, severance or other benefits arising under this Agreement or from Executives employment with Univar or its termination, except as required by law.
5.1 By Univar with Cause or by Executive without Good Reason. If Univar terminates Executives employment for Cause or if Executive terminates Executives employment without Good Reason (and not due to Total Disability), Executive shall be paid (i) unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date, (ii) all business expenses incurred through the date of termination and satisfying Section 4.4, and (iii) all accrued and vested benefits shall be payable in accordance with the applicable Univar employee benefit plans in which Executive is a participation immediately prior to such termination (collectively, Executives Accrued Benefits).
J. Erik Fyrwald Employment Agreement |
-3-
|
5.1.1. Cause, as used herein, shall mean Executives (i) willful and continued failure to perform his material duties with respect to Univar or its affiliates (except where due to a physical or mental incapacity) which continues beyond fifteen (15) business days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by Univar, (ii) conviction of or plea nolo contendere to (A) the commission of a felony by Executive, or (B) any misdemeanor that is a crime of moral turpitude, (iii) Executives willful and gross misconduct in connection with his employment duties, or (iv) breach of the non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality covenants to which Executive is subject. No act on Executives part shall be deemed willful unless done, or omitted to be done, by Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that such action was in the best interest of Univar. No failure of Executive or Univar to achieve performance goals, in and of itself, shall be treated as a basis for termination of Executives employment for Cause. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no termination shall be treated as for Cause (and any such termination shall instead be treated as without Cause) unless (i) Executive has been given not less than fifteen (15) business days written notice by the Board of its intention to terminate Executives employment for Cause, such notice to state in detail the particular act or acts or failure or failures to act that constitute the grounds on which the proposed termination for Cause is based (the Board Notice), (ii) the Board Notice is delivered not later than sixty (60) days after the Boards learning of such act or acts or failure or failures to act, and (iii) the Board has thereafter provided Executive with a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the Board (after Executive has been given a reasonable opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board) confirming that, in its judgment, grounds for Cause on the basis of the original notice exist, and no cure was timely effected.
5.1.2. Good Reason, as used herein, shall mean (i) a material reduction in Executives base salary or a material reduction in annual incentive compensation opportunity, in each case other than any isolated or inadvertent failure by Univar that is not in bad faith and is cured within thirty (30) business days after Executive gives Univar notice of such event; (ii) a material diminution in Executives title, duties and responsibilities, other than any isolated or inadvertent failure by Univar that is not in bad faith and is cured within thirty (30) business days after Executive gives Univar notice of such event; (iii) a transfer of Executives primary workplace by more than thirty-five (35) miles from his current workplace on the Effective Date, or (iv) the failure of a successor to have assumed this Agreement in connection with any sale of the business, where such assumption does not occur by operation of law, provided that in order for an event described in this Section 5.1.2 to constitute Good Reason, Executive must provide notice to Univar (in accordance with Section 16 of this Agreement) within ninety (90) business days of the initial existence of such event.
J. Erik Fyrwald Employment Agreement |
-4-
|
5.2 By Univar other than for Cause or Total Disability or by Executive for Good Reason. If Univar terminates Executives employment other than for Cause or Total Disability or if Executive terminates Executives employment for Good Reason in the absence of Cause, Univar shall pay to Executive the amounts and benefits described in Sections 5.2.1, 5.2.2 and 5.2.3; provided, however, that Executives entitlement to the amounts described in Sections 5.2.2 and 5.2.3 is conditioned upon Executive executing and not revoking a release substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A (the Release) within the applicable twenty-eight (28) or fifty-two (52) day time period provided for therein (the Applicable Release Period); provided, however, that in any case where the first and last days of the Applicable Release Period are in two separate taxable years, any payments required to be made to Executive that are treated as deferred compensation for purposes of Code Section 409A shall be made in the later taxable year, promptly following the conclusion of the Applicable Release Period.
5.2.1 Executives Accrued Benefits;
5.2.2 A severance payment, payable in a lump sum payment not later than fifteen (15) days following the expiration of the Applicable Release Period (subject to the foregoing proviso), an amount equal to two (2) times the sum of: (A) the Annual Base Salary plus (B) the Target Bonus Percentage multiplied by the Annual Base Salary; and
5.2.3 A prorated bonus for the year of termination, payable in a lump sum at the time such payment would be paid in accordance with Univars then current management incentive plan, equal to the product of (A) the Target Bonus that would have been earned had Executive remained employed until the end of the year of termination multiplied by (B) a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the number of days Executive was employed during the year in which Executives employment terminates and (ii) the denominator of which is 365 (the Prorated Bonus).
5.3 Total Disability . If Univar or Executive terminates Executives employment due to Executives Total Disability, Univar shall pay to Executive his Accrued Benefits and the Prorated Bonus. Total Disability as used herein shall have the same meaning as the term Total Disability as used in Univars long-term disability policy in effect at the time of termination, if one exists. If Univar does not have a long-term disability policy in effect at such time, the term Total Disability shall mean Executives inability (with or without such accommodation as may be required by law protecting persons with disabilities) to perform the essential functions of Executives duties hereunder for a period aggregating to ninety (90) calendar days in a twelve (12) month period, provided, however, that this period may be extended in the sole discretion of the Board.
5.4 Death . If Executives employment terminates due to death, Univar shall pay to Executives estate the Executives Accrued Benefits and the Prorated Bonus.
J. Erik Fyrwald Employment Agreement |
-5-
|
6. Confidential Information
6.1 Executive recognizes that the success of Univar and its current or future Affiliates (as defined below in this Section 6) depends upon the protection of information or materials that are designated as confidential and/or proprietary at the time of disclosure or should, based on their nature or the circumstances surrounding such disclosure, reasonably be deemed confidential including, without limitation, information to which Executive has access while employed by Univar whether recorded in any medium or merely memorized (all such information being Confidential Information). Confidential Information includes without limitation, and whether or not such information is specifically designated as confidential or proprietary: all business plans and marketing strategies; information concerning existing and prospective markets, suppliers, and customers; financial information; information concerning the development of new products and services; and technical and non-technical data related to software programs, designs, specifications, compilations, inventions (as defined in Section 8.1), improvements, patent applications, studies, research, methods, devices, prototypes, processes, procedures and techniques. Confidential Information expressly includes information provided to Univar or Affiliates by third parties under circumstances that require them to maintain the confidentiality of such information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall have no confidentiality obligation with respect to disclosure of any Confidential Information that (a) was, or at any time becomes, available in the public domain other than through a violation of this Agreement or (b) Executive can demonstrate by written evidence was furnished to Executive by a third party in lawful possession thereof and who was not under an obligation of confidentiality to Univar or any of its Affiliates.
6.2 Executive agrees that during Executives employment and after termination of employment irrespective of cause, Executive will use Confidential Information only for the benefit of Univar and its Affiliates and will not directly or indirectly use or divulge, or permit others to use or divulge, any Confidential Information for any reason, except as required in Executives reasonable business judgment to discharge his duties hereunder or as authorized by Univar or its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose Confidential Information as required pursuant to an order or requirement of a court, administrative agency or other government body, provided Executive has notified Univar or the applicable Affiliate immediately after receipt of such order or requirement and allowed Univar and/or the Affiliate a meaningful opportunity to apply for protective measures.
6.3 Executive hereby assigns to Univar any rights Executive may have or acquire in such Confidential Information and acknowledges that all Confidential Information shall be the sole property of Univar and/or its Affiliates or their assigns.
6.4 There are no rights granted or any understandings, agreements or representations between the parties hereto, express or implied, regarding Confidential Information that are not specified herein.
J. Erik Fyrwald Employment Agreement |
-6-
|
6.5 Executives obligations under this Section 6 are in addition to any obligations that Executive has under state or federal law.
6.6 Executive agrees that in the course of Executives employment with Univar, Executive will not violate in any way the rights that any entity, including former employers, has with regard to trade secrets or proprietary or confidential information.
6.7 For purposes of this Agreement, the term Affiliate means any entity currently existing or subsequently organized or formed that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Univar, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
6.8 Executives obligations under this Section 6 are indefinite in term and shall survive the termination of Executives employment.
7. Return of Univar Property. Executive acknowledges that all tangible items containing any Confidential Information, including without limitation memoranda, photographs, records, reports, manuals, drawings, blueprints, prototypes, notes, documents, drawings, specifications, software, media and other materials, including any copies thereof (including electronically recorded copies), are the exclusive property of Univar or its applicable Affiliate, and Executive shall deliver to Univar all such material in Executives possession or control upon Univars request and in any event upon the termination of Executives employment with Univar. Executive shall also return any keys, equipment, identification or credit cards, or other property belonging to Univar or its Affiliates upon termination or request. Executives cellular telephone number is his personal property.
8. Inventions.
8.1 Executive understands and agrees that all Inventions are the exclusive property of Univar. As used in this Agreement, Inventions shall include without limitation ideas, discoveries, developments, concepts, inventions, original works of authorship, trademarks, mask works, trade secrets, ideas, data, information, know-how, documentation, formulae, results, prototypes, designs, methods, processes, products, formulas and techniques, improvements to any of the foregoing, and all other matters ordinarily intended by the words intellectual property, whether or not patentable, copyrightable, or otherwise able to be registered, which are developed, created, conceived of or reduced to practice by Executive, alone or with others, during Executives employment with Univar or Affiliates, whether or not during working hours or within three (3) months thereafter and related to Univars then existing or proposed business. In recognition of Univars ownership of all Inventions, Executive shall make prompt and full disclosure to Univar of, will hold in trust for the sole benefit of Univar, and (subject to Section 8.2 below) hereby assigns, and agrees to assign in the future, exclusively to Univar all of Executives right, title, and interest in and to any and all such Inventions.
J. Erik Fyrwald Employment Agreement |
-7-
|
8.2 NOTICE REQUIRED BY REVISED CODE OF WASHINGTON 49.44.140 : Executive understands that Executives obligation to assign inventions shall not apply to any inventions for which no equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information of Univar was used and that was developed entirely on Executives own time, unless (a) the invention relates (i) directly to the business of Univar, or (ii) to Univars actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (b) the invention results from any work performed by Executive for Univar.
8.3 To the extent any works of authorship created by Executive made within the scope of employment may be considered works made for hire under United States copyright laws, they are hereby agreed to be works made for hire. To the extent any such works do not qualify as a work made for hire under applicable law, and to the extent they include material subject to copyright, Executive hereby irrevocably and exclusively assigns and conveys all rights, title and interests in such works to Univar subject to no liens, claims or reserved rights. Executive hereby waives any and all moral rights that may be applicable to any of the foregoing, for any and all uses, alterations, and exploitation thereof by Univar, or its Affiliates, or their successors, assignees or licensees. To the extent that any such moral rights may not be waived in accordance with law, Executive agrees not to bring any claims, actions or litigation against Univar, its Affiliates, or their successors, assignees or licensees, based on or to enforce such rights. Without limiting the preceding, Executive agrees that Univar may in its discretion edit, modify, recast, use, and promote any such works of authorship, and derivatives thereof, with or without the use of Executives name or image, without compensation to Executive other than that expressly set forth herein.
8.4 Executive hereby waives and quitclaims to Univar any and all claims of any nature whatsoever that Executive now or hereafter may have for infringement of any patent or patents from any patent applications for any Inventions. Executive agrees to cooperate fully with Univar and take all other such acts requested by Univar (including signing applications for patents, assignments, and other papers, and such things as Univar may require) to enable Univar to establish and protect its ownership in any Inventions and to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement, during Executives employment or thereafter. If Executive fails to execute such documents by reason of death, mental or physical incapacity or any other reason, Executive hereby irrevocably appoints Univar and its officers and agents as Executives agent and attorney-in-fact to execute such documents on Executives behalf.
8.5 Executive agrees that there are no Inventions made by Executive prior to Executives employment with Univar and belonging to Executive that Executive wishes to have excluded from this Section 8 (the Excluded Inventions). If during Executives employment with Univar, Executive uses in the specifications or development of, or otherwise incorporates into a product, process, service, technology, or machine of Univar or its Affiliates, or otherwise uses any invention, proprietary know-how, or other intellectual property in existence before the Effective Date owned by Executive or in which Executive has any interest (Existing Know-How), Univar or its Affiliates, as the case may be, is hereby granted and shall have a non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid up,
J. Erik Fyrwald Employment Agreement |
-8-
|
perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide right and license under the Existing Know-How (including any patent or other intellectual property rights therein) to make, have made, use, sell, reproduce, distribute, make derivative works from, publicly perform and display, and import, and to sublicense any and all of the foregoing rights to that Existing Know-How (including the right to grant further sublicenses) without restriction as to the extent of Executives ownership or interest, for so long as such Existing Know-How is in existence and is licensable by Executive.
9. Nonsolicitation and Noncompetition.
9.1 During Executives employment with Univar, and for a period expiring eighteen (18) months after the termination of Executives employment, regardless of the reason, if any, for such termination, Executive shall not, in the United States, Western Europe or Canada, directly or indirectly:
9.1.1 solicit or entice away or in any other manner persuade or attempt to persuade any officer, employee, consultant or agent of Univar or any of its Affiliates to alter or discontinue his or her relationship with Univar, or its Affiliates;
9.1.2 solicit from any person or entity that was a customer of Univar or any of its Affiliates during Executives employment with Univar, any business of a type or nature similar to the business of Univar or any of its Affiliates with such customer;
9.1.3 solicit, divert, or in any other manner persuade or attempt to persuade any supplier of Univar or any of its Affiliates to discontinue its relationship with Univar or its Affiliates;
9.1.4 solicit, divert, take away or attempt to solicit, divert or take away any customers of Univar or its Affiliates; or
9.1.5 engage in or participate in the chemical distribution or logistics business.
9.2 Nothing in Section 9.1 limits Executives ability to hire an employee of Univar or any of its Affiliates in circumstances under which such employee first contacts Executive regarding employment and Executive does not violate any of Sections 9.1.1, 9.1.2, 9.1.3, 9.1.4 or 9.1.5 herein.
9.3 Univar and Executive agree that the provisions of this Section 9 do not impose an undue hardship on Executive and are not injurious to the public; that this provision is necessary to protect the business of Univar and its Affiliates; that the nature of Executives responsibilities with Univar under this Agreement provide and/or will provide Executive with access to Confidential Information that is valuable and confidential to Univar and its Affiliates; that Univar would not employ Executive if Executive did not agree to the provisions of this Section 9; that this Section 9 is
J. Erik Fyrwald Employment Agreement |
-9-
|
reasonable in terms of length of time and scope; and that adequate consideration supports this Section 9. In the event that a court determines that any provision of this Section 9 is unreasonably broad or extensive, Executive agrees that such Court should narrow such provision to the extent necessary to make it reasonable and enforce the provision as narrowed.
10. Remedies. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement regarding dispute resolution, including Section 10, Executive agrees that Executives violation of any of Sections 6, 7, 8 or 9 of this Agreement would cause Univar or its Affiliates irreparable harm which would not be adequately compensated by monetary damages and that an injunction may be granted by any court or courts having jurisdiction, restraining Executive from violation of the terms of this Agreement, upon any breach or threatened breach of Executive of the obligations set forth in any of Sections 6, 7, 8 or 9. The preceding sentence shall not be construed to limit Univar or its Affiliates from any other relief or damages to which it may be entitled as a result of Executives breach of any provision of this Agreement, including Sections 6, 7, 8 or 9.
11. Venue. Except for proceedings for injunctive relief, the venue of any litigation arising out of Executives employment with Univar or interpreting or enforcing this Agreement shall lie in a court of appropriate jurisdiction in King County, Washington.
12. Fees. The prevailing party will be entitled to its costs and attorneys fees incurred in any litigation relating to the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement.
13. Disclosure. Executive agrees fully and completely to reveal the terms of Sections 6, 7, 8 or 9 of this Agreement to any future employer or business contacts of Executive and authorizes Univar and its Affiliates, at their election, to make such disclosure.
14. Representation of Executive. Executive represents and warrants to Univar that Executive is free to enter into this Agreement and has no commitment, arrangement or understanding to or with any party that restrains or is in conflict with Executives performance of the covenants, services and duties provided for in this Agreement. Executive shall not in the course of Executives employment violate any obligation that Executive may owe any third party, including former employers.
15. Assignability. During Executives employment, this Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the written consent of the other; provided, however, that Univar may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without Executives consent to any of its Affiliates or to a successor by sale, merger or liquidation, if such successor carries on the business substantially in the form in which it is being conducted at the time of the sale, merger or liquidation and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, such assignment and Executives transfer of employment thereunder shall not be deemed a termination of employment under Section 5.2 of this Agreement. This Agreement is binding upon Executive, Executives heirs, personal representatives and permitted assigns and on Univar, its successors and assigns. In the
J. Erik Fyrwald Employment Agreement |
-10-
|
event of Executives death, all accrued and vested amounts owing to Executive immediately prior to his death (including under Section 5) shall be paid to the legal representative of his estate.
16. Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder is sufficient if in writing and delivered by e-mail, by hand, by facsimile or by registered or certified mail, at a valid address of the Executive on file with the Univar, or in the case of Univar at the address of its principal executive offices attention to the General Counsel, or such other address as may be provided to each party by the other, and shall be considered given upon receipt except that any notice by registered or certified mail shall be considered given three (3) business days after the date of deposit thereof in the U.S. mail.
17. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or compliance by any of the parties with any provision of this Agreement constitutes a violation of any law, or is or becomes unenforceable or void, then such provision, to the extent only that it is in violation of law, unenforceable or void, shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary so that it is no longer in violation of law, unenforceable or void, and such provision will be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. If such modification is not possible, said provision, to the extent that it is in violation of law, unenforceable or void, shall be deemed severable from the remaining provisions of this Agreement, which provisions will remain binding on the parties.
18. Waivers. No failure on the part of either party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right or remedy hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof; nor will any single or partial waiver of a breach of any provision of this Agreement operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach; nor will any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy granted hereby or by law.
19. Governing Law. The validity, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of such laws.
20. Survival. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the obligations of this Agreement shall survive a termination of this Agreement or the termination of Executives employment with Univar, except for obligations under Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4.
21. Entire Agreement. This instrument, and all agreements contemplated hereunder, contain the entire agreement of Executive and Univar with respect to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior such agreements and understandings, and there are no other such representations or agreements other than as stated in this Agreement related to the terms and conditions of Executives employment with Univar. This Agreement may be changed only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, extension or discharge is sought, and any such modification agreed to by Univar must, in order to be binding upon Univar, be signed by the Board or a person delegated authority by the Board.
J. Erik Fyrwald Employment Agreement |
-11-
|
22. Executives Recognition of Agreement. Executive acknowledges that Executive has read and understood this Agreement and agrees that its terms are necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the business of Univar and its Affiliates. Executive acknowledges that Executive has been advised by Univar that Executive is entitled to have this Agreement reviewed by an attorney of his selection, at Executives expense, prior to signing, and that Executive has either done so or elected to forgo that right.
23. Delayed Payment under certain Circumstances. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent required to avoid an additional income tax under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, the payment of any compensation pursuant to Sections 5.2.2, 5.2.3, 5.3 or 5.4, Executives separation from service shall be delayed for a period of six (6) months if Executive is a specified employee as defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i). In such a circumstance, the payments that would otherwise have been made during such six (6) month period will be paid on the six-month anniversary of Executives separation from service (or promptly upon any earlier death of Executive).
24. Indemnification; Insurance. Univar shall indemnify Executive and hold him harmless to the fullest extent permitted by the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Univar and applicable law. Executive shall be an insured, during his employment and service as a member of the Board and at all times thereafter during which Executive may be subject to any liability for which Executive may be indemnified above, under any contract of officers and directors liability insurance of Univar that insures members of the Board.
25. Inconsistency. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and any other plan, program, practice or agreement in which Executive is a party or a participant, and which inconsistency hereunder is adverse to Executive, this Agreement shall control unless such other plan, program, practice or agreement specifically refers to an applicable provision of this Agreement as not controlling.
J. Erik Fyrwald Employment Agreement |
-12-
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly signed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
UNIVAR INC. | ||
By |
|
|
John J. Zillmer |
||
Executive Chairman | ||
EXECUTIVE |
|
J. Erik Fyrwald |
J. Erik Fyrwald Employment Agreement |
-13-
|
EXHIBIT A
UNIVAR INC.
RELEASE
This Release (Release) is entered into by (Executive) with respect to the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and Univar Inc. (the Company).
1. Executives last day of employment with the Company was (Termination Date). Executive shall not seek future employment or any right to future employment with the Company, its parent or any of its affiliates.
2. Executive has been provided all compensation and benefits earned Executive by virtue of employment with Employer, except to the extent that Executive may still be owed salary earned during the last pay period prior to the Termination Date and accrued unused vacation and excluding amounts payable to Executive under the Employment Agreement between Executive and Company dated April , 2012 (Employment Agreement) (including under Section 5.2 of the Employment Agreement).
3. As consideration for the obligations undertaken by the Company pursuant to the Employment Agreement, Executive hereby releases the Company and its affiliates, including without limitation Univar USA, Inc. (formerly Vopak USA Inc.) and their respective officers, directors, and employees, from any and all claims, causes of action, and liability for damages of whatever kind, known or unknown, arising from or relating to Executives employment and separation from employment (Released Claims). Released Claims include claims (including claims to attorneys fees), damages, causes of action, and disputes of any kind whatsoever, including without limitation all claims for wages, employee benefits, and damages arising out of any: contracts, express or implied; tort; discrimination; wrongful termination; any federal, state, local, or other governmental statute or ordinance, including, without limitation Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended (ADEA), the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Washington Law Against Discrimination, the Washington Minimum Wage Act and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA); and any other legal limitation on the employment relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Released Claims do not include claims for breach or enforcement of this Agreement, claims that arise after the execution of this Agreement, claims to vested benefits under ERISA, workers compensation claims, or any other claims that may not be released under this Agreement in accordance with applicable law. This waiver and release shall not apply to (i) any claims arising after Executives execution of this Release, (ii) any claims excluded under Section 2 of this Release, (iii) any claims under Section 24 of the Employment Agreement (Indemnification) and under any directors and officers liability insurance under which Executive is covered as an insured or (iv) any claims as a shareholder of the Company.
J. Erik Fyrwald Employment Agreement |
-14-
|
4. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has not filed any litigation based on any Released Claims. Executive covenants and promises never to file, press, or join in any lawsuit based on any Released Claim and agrees that any such claim, if filed by Executive, shall be dismissed, except that this covenant and promise does not apply to any claim of Executive challenging the validity of this Agreement in connection with claims arising under the ADEA. Executive represents and warrants that Executive is the sole owner of any and all Released Claims that Executive may have; and that Executive has not assigned or otherwise transferred Executives right or interest in any Released Claim.
5. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has turned over to Employer all property of Employer, including without limitation all files, memoranda, keys, manuals, equipment, data, records, and other documents, including electronically recorded documents and data that Executive received from Employer or its employees or that Executive generated in the course of employment with Employer.
6. Executive specifically agrees as follows:
a. Executive is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Release;
b. Executive acknowledges that the Company is providing benefits in the form of payments and compensation, to which Executive would not otherwise be entitled in the absence of Executives entry into this Release, as consideration for Executives entering into this Release;
c. Executive is hereby advised by this Release to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release;
d. Executive understands he has a period of at least twenty-one (21) days from the date a copy of this Release is provided to Executive in which to consider and sign the Release (during which the offer will remain open), and that Executive has an additional seven (7) days after signing this Release within which to revoke acceptance of the Release;
e. If during the twenty-one (21) day waiting period Executive should elect not to sign this Release, or during the seven (7) day revocation period Executive should revoke acceptance of the Release, then this Release shall be void and the effective date of this Release shall be the eighth day after Executive signs and delivers this Release, provided he has not revoked acceptance; and
f. Executive may accept this Agreement before the expiration of the twenty-one (21) days, in which case Executive shall waive the remainder of the twenty-one (21)-day waiting period.
J. Erik Fyrwald Employment Agreement |
-15-
|
7. Executive hereby acknowledges his obligation to comply with the obligations that survive termination of the Employment Agreement, including without limitation those obligations with respect to confidentiality, inventions and nonsolicitation.
8. With regard to the subject matter herein, this Release shall be interpreted pursuant to Washington law.
Executive:
|
||
(Signature) |
||
|
||
(Print Name) |
||
Dated: |
|
J. Erik Fyrwald Employment Agreement |
-16-
|
Exhibit 10.24
Execution Copy
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (Agreement) is made this December 20, 2012 between Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation (Univar), and D. Beatty DAlessandro (Executive).
RECITALS
A. Univar is engaged in the chemical distribution business.
B. Univar wishes to employ Executive and Executive wishes to be employed by Univar in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, Executive and Univar agree as follows:
1. Employment. As of January 7, 2013 (the Effective Date), Univar hereby agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by Univar, as Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President. Executive will report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of Univar. Executive agrees to serve in the assigned position or in such other capacities as may be requested from time to time by Univar. Executive agrees to perform diligently and to the best of Executives abilities the duties and services pertaining to such position as reasonably determined by Univar, as well as such additional or different duties and services appropriate to such positions which Executive from time to time may be reasonably directed to perform by Univar, provided that duties assigned to Executive will be consistent with the types of duties typically performed by the Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer, or more senior position, of a chemical distribution business of similar size and scope of Univar. Executive shall follow the reasonable instructions of Executives manager and will comply in all material respects with all rules, policies and procedures of Univar as modified from time to time to the extent that they are not inconsistent with this Agreement. Executive will perform all of Executives responsibilities in compliance with all applicable laws. During Executives employment, Executive will not engage in any other business activity that prevents Executive from carrying out Executives obligations under this Agreement, whether or not such activity is pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage. Executive will be permitted to be in involved in outside activities ( e.g ., community boards, corporate boards) that are approved by the Chief Executive Officer of Univar (with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld).
2. At-Will Employment. Employment under this Agreement shall be terminable at-will, and, in such case either Executive or Univar may terminate Executives employment at any time with or without Cause or Good Reason, as defined
D. Beatty DAlessandro Employment Agreement
in this Agreement, and without notice, subject to the requirements set forth below in Section 5. Any termination of Executives employment by Executive or Univar (other than by death) shall be communicated by written notice of termination to the other party in accordance with Section 16 of this Agreement.
3. Compensation.
3.1 Salary. Executive shall be paid a gross salary at the rate of $560,000 per year (the Annual Base Salary), with actual amounts paid to be prorated for the actual period of employment, payable in equal installments in accordance with Univars normal payroll practices, and subject to applicable withholdings and deductions. Univar may review Executives salary from time to time as part of a review of Executives performance and other relevant factors, including roles and responsibilities, and may determine in its sole discretion whether any increase in salary shall be made.
3.2 Annual Bonus. Univar will provide Executive with the opportunity for annual cash bonus awards in accordance with its management incentive plans and the financial performance targets set for Executive thereunder (Annual Bonus), with a target amount equal to 80% of the Annual Base Salary (the target bonus as a percentage of Annual Base Salary, as in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the Target Bonus) and a maximum Annual Bonus equal to 160% of the Annual Base Salary. The Annual Bonus will be based upon the consolidated financial results of Univar. Executives Annual Bonus for 2013, if any, shall be prorated based on the percentage of calendar year 2013 that Executive is employed pursuant to this Agreement. Any Annual Bonus payable pursuant to the management incentive plan shall be paid between January 1st and March 15th of the year immediately following the year to which such Annual Bonus relates.
4. Other Benefits.
4.1 Certain Benefits. Executive may participate in employee benefit programs established by Univar for personnel on a basis commensurate with Executives position and in accordance with Univars benefit plans and arrangements from time to time, including eligibility requirements, but nothing herein shall require the adoption or maintenance of any such plan.
4.2 Equity. Subject to approval by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Univar Inc., Executive will be granted 350,000 stock options to purchase shares of Univar Inc. common stock pursuant to the Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan and the Employee Stock Option Agreement (Stock Option Agreement) governing such award. The stock options will be non-qualified with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. The options will vest in equal installments over a period of four years, beginning on the first anniversary of the Effective Date, subject to Executives continued employment.
D. Beatty DAlessandro Employment Agreement
Page 2
4.3. Vacation and Holidays. Executive shall be entitled to all public holidays observed by Univar. Vacation days shall be in accordance with the applicable provision of Univars vacation policy, provided, however, that Executive shall be granted not less than 20 vacation days per year, which shall be prorated for 2013 based on the percentage of the calendar year that follows the Effective Date.
4.4 Expenses. Univar shall reimburse Executive in accordance with Univars policies and procedures for reasonable expenses necessarily incurred in Executives performance of Executives duties against appropriate receipts and vouchers indicating the specific business purpose for each such expenditure. Executive shall be entitled to an automobile expense allowance subject to and in accordance with Univar policy.
4.5 Relocation. Univar anticipates that it may relocate Executives workplace from Redmond, Washington to the greater Chicago, Illinois area in 2013. In the event of such relocation, Univar shall reimburse Executives expenses incurred in the relocation in accordance with Univars policies and procedures for new hire executive management employees. Univar shall also reimburse Executive in accordance with such policies and procedures for expenses associated with temporary housing for Executive in the Redmond, Washington area (and commuting between Redmond and St. Louis, Missouri) until such time as Univar, in its sole discretion, relocates Executives workplace to Chicago or another location or otherwise informs Executive that such relocation is no longer anticipated, in which case Univar shall reimburse Executives expenses incurred in a relocation to Redmond or another location (as applicable), in accordance with its applicable policies and procedures. For a period of up to three (3) months after the relocation of Executives workplace from Redmond to Chicago or another location, Univar shall likewise reimburse Executive for expenses associated with temporary housing for Executive in Chicago or such other location (and commuting between Chicago or such other location and St. Louis).
5. Termination. The following provisions shall apply upon termination of Executives employment under applicable circumstances as set forth below. Any amount payable to Executive under this Section 5 shall be subject to all applicable federal, state and local withholdings and deductions. Except as set forth in this Section 5, upon termination of employment, Executive shall not be entitled to further payments, severance or other benefits arising under this Agreement or from Executives employment with Univar or its termination, except as required by law. For purposes of this Agreement, to the extent required by Internal Revenue Code Section 409A (Section 409A), all payments to be made upon a termination of employment shall only be made upon a separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A.
5.1 By Univar with Cause or by Executive without Good Reason. If Univar terminates Executives employment for Cause or if Executive terminates Executives employment without Good Reason (and not due to Total Disability), Executive shall be paid unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date.
D. Beatty DAlessandro Employment Agreement
Page 3
5.1.1. Cause, as used herein, shall mean Executives (i) willful and continued failure to perform his material duties (except where due to a physical or mental incapacity) with respect to Univar or its Affiliates (as defined in Section 6.7), which continues beyond fifteen (15) business days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by Univar, (ii) conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to (A) the commission of a felony by Executive, or (B) any misdemeanor that is a crime of moral turpitude, (iii) willful and gross misconduct in connection with his employment duties, or (iv) breach of the non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality covenants to which Executive is subject pursuant to this Agreement and the anticipated Stock Option Agreement. No act on Executives part shall be deemed willful unless, in the reasonable determination of the Company, such act was done, or omitted to be done, by Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that such action was in the best interest of Univar. No failure of Executive or Univar to achieve performance goals, in and of itself, shall be treated as a basis for termination of Executives employment for Cause.
5.1.2. Good Reason, as used herein, shall mean: (i) a material reduction in Executives base salary or a material reduction in annual incentive compensation opportunity, in each case (a) other than any isolated or inadvertent failure by Univar that is not in bad faith and is cured within thirty (30) business days after Executive gives Univar notice of such event and (b) a reduction which is applicable to all employees in the same salary grade as Executive; (ii) a material diminution of Executives duties or responsibilities; (iii) a relocation of Executives workplace of more than thirty-five (35) miles from Univars principal place of business (excluding Univars potential relocation from Redmond to the greater Chicago area or another U.S. location); or (iv) the failure of a successor to have assumed this Agreement in connection with any sale of the business, where such assumption does not occur by operation of law, provided that in order for an event described in this Section 5.1.2 to constitute Good Reason, Executive must provide notice to Univar (in accordance with Section 16 of this Agreement) within thirty (30) business days of the initial existence of such event.
5.2 By Univar other than for Cause, Death or Total Disability, or by Executive for Good Reason. If Univar terminates Executives employment other than for Cause, death or Total Disability, or if Executive terminates Executives employment for Good Reason in the absence of Cause or Total Disability, Univar shall pay to Executive the amounts and benefits set forth below; provided, however, that Executives entitlement to the amounts described in Sections 5.2.2 and 5.2.3 is conditioned upon Executive executing and not revoking a release (which shall be provided to Executive not later than ten (10) calendar days from the date of such termination) substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A (the Release), subject to appropriate revisions based on the particular circumstances of the termination, within the applicable twenty-eight (28) or fifty-two (52) day time period provided for therein (the Applicable Release Period); provided, however, that in any case where the first and last days of the Applicable Release Period are in two separate taxable years, any payments required to be made to Executive that are treated as deferred compensation for purposes of Code Section 409A shall be made in the later taxable year, following the conclusion of the Applicable Release Period.
D. Beatty DAlessandro Employment Agreement
Page 4
5.2.1 Unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date;
5.2.2 A severance payment, payable in a lump sum payment not later than fifteen (15) days following the expiration of the Applicable Release Period, in a gross amount equal to one and one-half (1.5) times the sum of (A) the Annual Base Salary plus (B) the Target Bonus for the year in which Executives employment terminates, less applicable withholdings and deductions; and
5.2.3 A prorated Target Bonus for the year of termination, payable in a lump sum at the time such payment would be paid in accordance with Univars then-current management incentive plan, equal to the product of (A) the Target Bonus (if any) that would have been earned had Executive remained employed until the end of the year of termination multiplied by (B) a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the number of days Executive was employed during the year in which Executives employment terminates and (ii) the denominator of which is 365 (the Prorated Target Bonus), less applicable withholdings and deductions.
5.3 Total Disability. If Univar or Executive terminates Executives employment due to Executives Total Disability, Univar shall pay to Executive unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date and the Prorated Bonus. Total Disability as used herein shall have the same meaning as the term Total Disability as used in Univars long-term disability policy in effect at the time of termination, if one exists. If Univar does not have a long-term disability policy in effect at such time, the term Total Disability shall mean Executives inability (with or without such accommodation as may be required by law protecting persons with disabilities) to perform the essential functions of Executives duties hereunder for a period aggregating to ninety (90) calendar days in a twelve (12) month period, provided, however, that this period may be extended in the sole discretion of the Chief Executive Officer of Univar Inc.
5.4 Death. If Executives employment terminates due to death, Univar shall pay to Executives estate the unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date and the Prorated Bonus.
6. Confidential Information
6.1 Executive recognizes that the success of Univar and its current and future Affiliates depends upon the protection of information or materials that are designated as confidential and/or proprietary at the time of disclosure or should, based on their nature or the circumstances surrounding such disclosure, reasonably be deemed confidential, including without limitation information to which Executive has access while employed by Univar, whether recorded in any medium or merely memorized (all
D. Beatty DAlessandro Employment Agreement
Page 5
such information being Confidential Information). Confidential Information includes without limitation, and whether or not such information is specifically designated as confidential or proprietary: all business plans and marketing strategies; information concerning existing and prospective markets, suppliers, and customers; financial information; information concerning the development of new products and services; and technical and non-technical data related to software programs, designs, specifications, compilations, inventions (as defined in Section 8.1), improvements, patent applications, studies, research, methods, devices, prototypes, processes, procedures and techniques. Confidential Information expressly includes information provided to Univar and its Affiliates by third parties under circumstances that require them to maintain the confidentiality of such information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall have no confidentiality obligation with respect to disclosure of any Confidential Information that (a) was, or at any time becomes, available in the public domain, other than through a violation of this Agreement or (b) Executive can demonstrate by written evidence was furnished to Executive by a third party in lawful possession thereof and who was not under an obligation of confidentiality to Univar or any of its Affiliates.
6.2 Executive agrees that during Executives employment and after termination of employment irrespective of cause, Executive will use Confidential Information only for the benefit of Univar and its Affiliates and will not directly or indirectly use or divulge, or permit others to use or divulge, any Confidential Information for any reason, except as required in Executives reasonable business judgment to discharge his duties hereunder or as authorized by Univar or its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose Confidential Information as required pursuant to an order or requirement of a court, administrative agency or other government body, provided Executive has notified Univar or the applicable Affiliate immediately after receipt of such order or requirement and allowed Univar and/or the Affiliate a meaningful opportunity to apply for protective measures.
6.3 Executive hereby assigns to Univar any rights Executive may have or acquire in such Confidential Information and acknowledges that all Confidential Information shall be the sole property of Univar and/or its Affiliates or their assigns.
6.4 There are no rights granted or any understandings, agreements or representations between the parties hereto, express or implied, regarding Confidential Information that are not specified herein, other than those set forth in the anticipated Stock Option Agreement.
6.5 Executives obligations under this Section 6 are in addition to any obligations that Executive has under the anticipated Stock Option Agreement, as well as under state and federal law.
6.6 Executive agrees that in the course of Executives employment with Univar, Executive will not violate in any way the rights that any entity, including any former employer, has with regard to trade secrets or proprietary or confidential information.
D. Beatty DAlessandro Employment Agreement
Page 6
6.7 For purposes of this Agreement, the term Affiliate means any entity currently existing or subsequently organized or formed that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Univar Inc., whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
6.8 Executives obligations under this Section 6 are indefinite in term and shall survive the termination of Executives employment.
7. Return of Univar Property. Executive acknowledges that all tangible items containing any Confidential Information, including without limitation memoranda, photographs, records, reports, manuals, drawings, blueprints, prototypes, notes, documents, drawings, specifications, software, media and other materials, including any copies thereof (including electronically recorded copies), are the exclusive property of Univar or its applicable Affiliate, and Executive shall deliver to Univar all such material in Executives possession or control upon Univars request and in any event upon the termination of Executives employment with Univar. Executive shall also return any keys, equipment, identification or credit cards, or other property belonging to Univar or its Affiliates upon termination or request.
8. Inventions.
8.1 Executive understands and agrees that all Inventions are the exclusive property of Univar. As used in this Agreement, Inventions shall include without limitation ideas, discoveries, developments, concepts, inventions, original works of authorship, trademarks, mask works, trade secrets, ideas, data, information, know-how, documentation, formulae, results, prototypes, designs, methods, processes, products, formulas and techniques, improvements to any of the foregoing, and all other matters ordinarily intended by the words intellectual property, whether or not patentable, copyrightable, or otherwise able to be registered, which are developed, created, conceived of or reduced to practice by Executive, alone or with others, during Executives employment with Univar or Affiliates (whether or not during working hours) or within three (3) months thereafter and related to Univars then existing or proposed business. In recognition of Univars ownership of all Inventions, Executive shall make prompt and full disclosure to Univar of, will hold in trust for the sole benefit of Univar, and (subject to Section 8.2 below) hereby assigns, and agrees to assign in the future, exclusively to Univar all of Executives right, title, and interest in and to any and all such Inventions.
8.2 NOTICE REQUIRED BY REVISED CODE OF WASHINGTON 49.44.140 : Executive understands that Executives obligation to assign inventions shall not apply to any invention for which no equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information of Univar was used and that was developed entirely on Executives own time, unless (a) the invention relates (i) directly to the business of Univar, or (ii) to Univars actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (b) the invention results from any work performed by Executive for Univar.
D. Beatty DAlessandro Employment Agreement
Page 7
8.3 To the extent any works of authorship created by Executive made within the scope of employment may be considered works made for hire under United States copyright laws, they are hereby agreed to be works made for hire. To the extent any such works do not qualify as a work made for hire under applicable law, and to the extent they include material subject to copyright, Executive hereby irrevocably and exclusively assigns and conveys all rights, title and interests in such works to Univar subject to no liens, claims or reserved rights. Executive hereby waives any and all moral rights that may be applicable to any of the foregoing, for any and all uses, alterations, and exploitation thereof by Univar, or its Affiliates, or their successors, assignees or licensees. To the extent that any such moral rights may not be waived in accordance with law, Executive agrees not to bring any claims, actions or litigation against Univar, its Affiliates, or their successors, assignees or licensees, based on or to enforce such rights. Without limiting the preceding, Executive agrees that Univar may in its discretion edit, modify, recast, use, and promote any such works of authorship, and derivatives thereof, with or without the use of Executives name or image, without compensation to Executive other than that expressly set forth herein.
8.4 Executive hereby waives and quitclaims to Univar any and all claims of any nature whatsoever that Executive now or hereafter may have for infringement of any patent or patents from any patent applications for any Inventions. Executive agrees to cooperate fully with Univar and take all other such acts requested by Univar (including signing applications for patents, assignments, and other papers, and such things as Univar may require) to enable Univar to establish and protect its ownership in any Inventions and to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement, during Executives employment or thereafter. If Executive fails to execute such documents by reason of death, mental or physical incapacity or any other reason, Executive hereby irrevocably appoints Univar and its officers and agents as Executives agent and attorney-in-fact to execute such documents on Executives behalf.
8.5 Executive agrees that there are no Inventions made by Executive prior to Executives employment with Univar and belonging to Executive that Executive wishes to have excluded from this Section 8 (the Excluded Inventions), with the single exception of an invention concerning various aspects of image processing systems and methods that include various databases, vendor access and/or expert access in a collaborative, weighted, interactive environment to assist in identifying products (titled, Collaborative Image Systems and Methods for Identifying Products). If during Executives employment with Univar, Executive uses in the specifications or development of, or otherwise incorporates into a product, process, service, technology, or machine of Univar or its Affiliates, or otherwise uses in connection with his work for Univar, any invention, proprietary know-how, or other intellectual property in existence before the Effective Date owned by Executive or in which Executive has any interest, including the Excluded Invention (Existing Know-How), Univar or its Affiliate, as the case may be, is hereby granted and shall have a non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid up, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide right and license under the Existing Know-How (including any patent or other intellectual property rights therein) to make, have made, use, sell, reproduce, distribute, make derivative works from, publicly perform and
D. Beatty DAlessandro Employment Agreement
Page 8
display, and import, and to sublicense any and all of the foregoing rights to that Existing Know-How (including the right to grant further sublicenses) without restriction as to the extent of Executives ownership or interest, for so long as such Existing Know-How is in existence and is licensable by Executive.
9. Non-Solicitation and Non-Competition.
9.1 During Executives employment with Univar, and for a period expiring eighteen (18) months after the termination of Executives employment, regardless of the reason, if any, for such termination, Executive shall not, in the United States, Western Europe, Canada, China or Brazil, directly or indirectly:
9.1.1 solicit or entice away or in any other manner persuade or attempt to persuade any officer, employee, consultant or agent of Univar or any of its Affiliates to alter or discontinue his or her relationship with Univar or its Affiliates;
9.1.2 solicit from any person or entity that was a customer of Univar or any of its Affiliates during Executives employment with Univar any business of a type or nature similar to the business of Univar or any of its Affiliates with such customer;
9.1.3 solicit, divert, or in any other manner persuade or attempt to persuade any supplier of Univar or any of its Affiliates to discontinue its relationship with Univar or its Affiliates;
9.1.4 solicit, divert, take away or attempt to solicit, divert or take away any customers of Univar or its Affiliates; or
9.1.5 engage in or participate in the chemical distribution or logistics business.
9.2 Nothing in Section 9.1 limits Executives ability to hire an employee of Univar or any of its Affiliates in circumstances under which such employee first contacts Executive regarding employment and Executive does not violate any of Sections 9.1.1, 9.1.2, 9.1.3, 9.1.4 or 9.1.5 herein.
9.3 Univar and Executive agree that the provisions of this Section 9 do not impose an undue hardship on Executive and are not injurious to the public; that this provision is necessary to protect the business of Univar and its Affiliates; that the nature of Executives responsibilities with Univar under this Agreement provide and/or will provide Executive with access to Confidential Information that is valuable and confidential to Univar and its Affiliates; that Univar would not employ Executive if Executive did not agree to the provisions of this Section 9; that this Section 9 is reasonable in terms of length of time and scope; and that adequate consideration supports this Section 9. In the event that a court determines that any provision of this Section 9 is unreasonably broad or extensive, Executive agrees that such Court should narrow such provision to the extent necessary to make it reasonable and enforce the provision as narrowed.
D. Beatty DAlessandro Employment Agreement
Page 9
10. Remedies. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement regarding dispute resolution, including Section 11, Executive agrees that Executives violation of any of Sections 6, 7, 8 or 9 of this Agreement would cause Univar or its Affiliates irreparable harm which would not be adequately compensated by monetary damages and that an injunction may be granted by any court or courts having jurisdiction restraining Executive from violation of the terms of this Agreement upon any breach or threatened breach of Executive of the obligations set forth in any of Sections 6, 7, 8 or 9. The preceding sentence shall not be construed to limit Univar or its Affiliates from any other relief or damages to which it may be entitled as a result of Executives breach of any provision of this Agreement, including Sections 6, 7, 8 or 9.
11. Venue. Except for proceedings for injunctive relief, the venue of any litigation arising out of Executives employment with Univar or interpreting or enforcing this Agreement shall lie in a court of appropriate jurisdiction in King County, Washington.
12. Fees. The prevailing party will be entitled to its costs and attorneys fees incurred in any litigation relating to the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement.
13. Disclosure. Executive agrees fully and completely to reveal the terms of Sections 6, 7, 8 and 9 of this Agreement, as well as the restrictive covenants in the anticipated Stock Option Agreement, to any future employer or business contacts of Executive and authorizes Univar and its Affiliates, at their election, to make such disclosure.
14. Representation of Executive. Executive represents and warrants to Univar that Executive is free to enter into this Agreement and has no commitment, arrangement or understanding to or with any party that restrains or is in conflict with Executives performance of the covenants, services and duties provided for in this Agreement. Executive shall not in the course of Executives employment violate any obligation that Executive may owe any third party, including former employers.
15. Assignability. During Executives employment, this Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the written consent of the other; provided, however, that Univar may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without Executives consent to any of its Affiliates or to a successor by sale, merger or liquidation, if such successor carries on the business substantially in the form in which it is being conducted at the time of the sale, merger or liquidation and, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, such assignment and Executives transfer of employment thereunder shall not be deemed a termination of employment under Section 5.2 of this Agreement. This Agreement is binding upon Executive, Executives heirs, personal representatives and permitted assigns and on Univar, its successors and assigns.
D. Beatty DAlessandro Employment Agreement
Page 10
16. Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder is sufficient if in writing and delivered by e-mail, by hand, by facsimile or by registered or certified mail, at a valid address of the Executive on file with Univar, or in the case of Univar, at the address of its principal executive offices, attention to the General Counsel, or such other address as may be provided to each party by the other, and shall be considered given upon receipt except that any notice by registered or certified mail shall be considered given three (3) business days after the date of deposit thereof in the U.S. mail.
17. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or compliance by any of the parties with any provision of this Agreement constitutes a violation of any law, or is or becomes unenforceable or void, then such provision, to the extent only that it is in violation of law, unenforceable or void, shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary so that it is no longer in violation of law, unenforceable or void, and such provision will be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. If such modification is not possible, said provision, to the extent that it is in violation of law, unenforceable or void, shall be deemed severable from the remaining provisions of this Agreement, which provisions will remain binding on the parties.
18. Waivers. No failure on the part of either party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right or remedy hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof; nor will any single or partial waiver of a breach of any provision of this Agreement operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach; nor will any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy granted hereby or by law.
19. Governing Law. The validity, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of such laws.
20. Survival. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the obligations of this Agreement shall survive a termination of this Agreement or the termination of Executives employment with Univar, except for obligations under Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4.
21. Entire Agreement. This instrument contains the entire agreement of Executive and Univar with respect to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior such agreements and understandings, and there are no other such representations or agreements other than as stated in this Agreement related to the terms and conditions of Executives employment with Univar; provided, however, that the anticipated Stock Option Agreement shall also have full force and effect. This Agreement and the anticipated Stock Option Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner that avoids any conflict and allows both agreements to be given full effect and enforcement. If there is any unavoidable conflict between any provision(s) of this Agreement and any provision(s) of the anticipated Stock Option Agreement, Executive and Univar agree that the provision(s) providing the greater protection of Univars interests shall govern. This
D. Beatty DAlessandro Employment Agreement
Page 11
Agreement may be changed only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, extension or discharge is sought, and any such modification agreed to by Univar must, in order to be binding upon Univar, be signed by the Chief Executive Officer of Univar.
22. Executives Recognition of Agreement. Executive acknowledges that Executive has read and understood this Agreement and agrees that its terms are necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the business of Univar and its Affiliates. Executive acknowledges that Executive has been advised by Univar that Executive is entitled to have this Agreement reviewed by an attorney of his selection, at Executives expense, prior to signing, and that Executive has either done so or elected to forgo that right.
23. Delayed Payment under certain Circumstances. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent required to avoid an additional income tax under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, the payment of any compensation pursuant to Sections 5.2.2, 5.2.3, 5.3 or 5.4 due to Executives separation from service shall be delayed for a period of six (6) months if Executive is a specified employee as defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i). In such a circumstance, the payments that would otherwise have been made during such six (6) month period will be paid on the six-month anniversary of Executives separation from service (or promptly upon any earlier death of Executive).
24. Section 409A. Notwithstanding the other provisions hereof, this Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A. Accordingly, all provisions herein, or incorporated by reference, shall be construed and interpreted to comply with Section 409A and if necessary, any such provision shall be deemed amended comply with Section 409A and the regulations thereunder. Further, for purposes of the limitations on nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A, each payment of compensation under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment of compensation for purposes of applying the Section 409A deferral election rules and the exclusion from section 409A for certain short-term deferral amounts, and accordingly, the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. Any amounts payable solely on account of an involuntary separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A shall be excludible from the requirements of Section 409A, either as involuntary separation pay or as short-term deferral amounts to the maximum possible extent. Any reimbursements or in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during the period of time specified in this Agreement (or if no such period is specified, during Executives lifetime), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred, and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
D. Beatty DAlessandro Employment Agreement
Page 12
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly signed and delivered this Employment Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
UNIVAR INC.
By |
|
|
J. Erik Fyrwald |
||
Chief Executive Officer |
EXECUTIVE
|
D. Beatty DAlessandro |
D. Beatty DAlessandro Employment Agreement
Page 13
EXHIBIT A
UNIVAR INC.
RELEASE
This Release (Release) is entered into by (Executive) with respect to the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and Univar Inc. (the Company).
1. Executives last day of employment with the Company was (Termination Date). Executive shall not seek future employment or any right to future employment with the Company, its parent or any of its affiliates.
2. Executive has been provided all compensation and benefits earned Executive by virtue of Executives employment with the Company, except to the extent that Executive may still be owed salary earned during the last pay period prior to the Termination Date and accrued unused vacation, and excluding amounts Executive may be eligible to receive pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Employment Agreement between Executive and the Company dated (Employment Agreement).
3. As consideration for the obligations undertaken by the Company pursuant to the Employment Agreement, including without limitation Section 5.2 of that agreement, Executive hereby releases the Company and its affiliates, including without limitation Univar USA Inc., and their respective officers, directors, and employees, from any and all claims, causes of action, and liability for damages of whatever kind, known or unknown, arising from or relating to Executives employment and separation from employment (Released Claims). Released Claims include claims (including claims to attorneys fees), damages, causes of action, and disputes of any kind whatsoever, including without limitation all claims for wages, employee benefits, and damages arising out of any: contracts, express or implied (including the Employment Agreement); tort; discrimination; wrongful termination; any federal, state, local, or other governmental statute or ordinance, including, without limitation Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended (ADEA), the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Washington Law Against Discrimination, the Washington Minimum Wage Act and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA); and any other legal limitation on the employment relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Released Claims do not include claims for breach or enforcement of this Release, claims by Executive challenging the validity of this Release in connection with claims arising under the ADEA, claims that arise after the execution of this Release, claims to vested benefits under ERISA, workers compensation claims, or any other claims that may not be released under this Release in accordance with applicable law.
4. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has not filed any litigation based on any Released Claims. Executive covenants and promises never to file, press, or join in any lawsuit based on any Released Claim and agrees that any such claim,
D. Beatty DAlessandro Employment Agreement
Page 14
if filed by Executive, shall be dismissed, except that this covenant and promise does not apply to any claim of Executive challenging the validity of this Release in connection with claims arising under the ADEA. Moreover, while nothing in this Agreement restricts Executive from bringing before any fair employment practices agencies matters for which such agencies have jurisdiction, or cooperating in any investigation by any such agency, Executive covenants and promises that he waives, releases, and shall not accept any benefits of any administrative or agency action. Executive represents and warrants that Executive is the sole owner of any and all Released Claims that Executive may have; and that Executive has not assigned or otherwise transferred Executives right or interest in any Released Claim.
5. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has turned over to the Company all property of the Company and its affiliates, including without limitation all files, memoranda, keys, manuals, equipment, data, records, and other documents, including electronically recorded documents and data that Executive received from the Company or its affiliates or that Executive generated in the course of employment with the Company.
6. Executive specifically agrees as follows:
a. Executive has carefully read this Release [ (if applicable ), including the attached Exhibit A setting forth various disclosures regarding the applicable separation program as required by the ADEA,] and finds that it is written in a manner that Executive understands;
b. Executive is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Release;
c. Executive acknowledges that the Company is providing benefits in the form of payments and compensation, to which Executive would not otherwise be entitled in the absence of Executives entry into this Release, as consideration for Executives entering into this Release;
d. Executive understands that this Release is waiving any potential claims under the ADEA and other discrimination statutes, except as provided in this Release;
e. Executive is hereby advised by this Release to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release and has done so or has knowingly and voluntarily waived the right to do so;
f. Executive understands he has a period of at least [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] days from the date a copy of this Release is provided to Executive in which to consider and sign the Release (during which the offer will remain open), and that Executive has an additional seven (7) days after signing this Release within which to revoke acceptance of the Release;
D. Beatty DAlessandro Employment Agreement
Page 15
g. If during the [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] day waiting period Executive should elect not to sign this Release, or during the seven (7) day revocation period Executive should revoke acceptance of the Release, then this Release shall be void; the effective date of this Release shall be the eighth day after Executive signs and delivers this Release, provided he has not revoked acceptance; and
h. Executive may accept this Release before the expiration of the [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] days, in which case Executive shall waive the remainder of the [twenty-one (2l)-day] [forty-five (45)-day] waiting period.
7. Executive hereby acknowledges his obligation to comply with any and all obligations that survive the termination of his employment with the Company pursuant to the Employment Agreement, the Stock Option Agreement, and/or operation of law, including without limitation obligations with respect to confidentiality, assignment of inventions, non-competition and non-solicitation.
8. Section 3 of this Release is integral to its purpose and may not be severed from this Release. In the event that any other provision of this Release shall be found to be unlawful or unenforceable, such provision shall be deemed narrowed to the extent required to make it lawful and enforceable. If such modification is not possible, such provision shall be severed from the Release and the remaining provisions shall remain fully valid and enforceable to the maximum extent consistent with applicable law. To the extent any terms of this Release are put into question, all provisions shall be interpreted in a manner that would make them consistent with current law.
9. With regard to the subject matter herein, this Release shall be interpreted pursuant to Washington law.
Executive:
(Signature) |
||
|
||
(Print Name) | ||
Dated: |
|
D. Beatty DAlessandro Employment Agreement
Page 16
Exhibit 10.25
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (Agreement) is made this 14th day of April, 2008 (the Effective Date) between Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation (UI), and Steven Nielsen (Executive).
RECITALS
A. UI manages the business, assets and operations of the group of companies comprising Univar N.V., a Netherlands company (UNV) and its affiliates (Affiliates) including without limitation UI and Univar USA, Inc, (The companies managed by UI are referred to in this Agreement as Managed Companies.)
B. UI wishes to employ Executive and Executive wishes to be employed by UI in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, Executive and UI agree as follows:
1. Employment. As of the Effective Date, UI hereby agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by UI, as its Chief Financial Officer. Executive will report directly to UIs Chief Executive Officer. Executives responsibilities will include all those matters customarily assigned to a Chief Financial Officer and those which may be reasonably assigned by UI from time to time as well as an intimate involvement in the development and execution of the value creation initiatives recently launched by UI following the take private transaction by funds advised by CVC Capital Partners. Executive shall follow the reasonable instructions of Executives manager and will comply in all material respects with all rules, policies and procedures of UI as modified from time to time to the extent that they are not inconsistent with this Agreement. Executive will perform all of Executives responsibilities in compliance with all applicable laws. During Executives employment, Executive will not engage in any other business activity that prevents Executive from carrying out Executives obligations under this Agreement, whether or not such activity is pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage.
2. Term of Employment. Employment under this Agreement shall be terminable at-will, and, in such case either Executive or UI may terminate Executives employment at any time with or without Cause or Good Reason, as defined in this Agreement, and without notice, subject to the requirements set forth in Section 5. Any termination of Executives employment by Executive or UI (other than death) shall be communicated by written notice of termination to the other party in accordance with Section 16 of this Agreement.
3. Compensation. For the duration of Executives employment under this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to compensation computed and paid pursuant to the following subparagraphs and subject to applicable withholdings and deductions:
3.1 Salary. Executive shall be paid a gross salary at the rate of $575,000 per year (the Annual Base Salary), with actual amounts paid to be prorated for the actual period of employment, payable in equal installments in accordance with UIs normal payroll practices. UI may review Executives salary from time to time as part of a review of Executives performance and other relevant factors and may determine in its sole discretion whether any increase in salary shall be made.
3.2 Bonuses.
3.2.1. Within 10 business days after the Effective Date, UI shall pay a signing bonus to Executive in cash in the amount of $750,000.
3.2.2. Subject to the withholding authorized in Section 4.2 hereof, during the term of this Agreement, UI will further provide Executive with the opportunity for annual cash bonus awards in accordance with its management incentive plans and the financial performance targets set for Executive thereunder (Annual Bonus), with a target amount equal to 100% of the Annual Base Salary (the target bonus as a percentage of Annual Base Salary, as in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the Target Bonus). Any Annual Bonus payable hereunder shall be paid between January 1st and March 15th of the year immediately following the year to which such Annual Bonus relates (the date of payment being the Payment Date). During the portion of the term of this Agreement commencing on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2008, Executives Target Bonus opportunity under UIs management incentive plans will be an amount equal to the product of (A) 100% of the Annual Base Salary, multiplied by (B) a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the number of days Executive was employed by UI during 2008 and (ii) the denominator of which is 366.
4. Other Benefits.
4.1 Certain Benefits. Executive may participate in employee benefit programs established by UI for personnel on a basis commensurate with Executives position and in accordance with UIs benefit plans and arrangements from time to time, including eligibility requirements, but nothing herein shall require the adoption or maintenance of any such plan.
4.2 Stock Purchase and Related Loan.
4.2.1. Upon the execution of this Agreement by Executive, UI will cause Executive to be offered an opportunity to invest up to $1,500,000 in order to acquire ordinary shares in the capital of Ulysses Finance S.a r.l. and ordinary shares, preferred A, preferred B, preferred C and preferred D shares in the capital of Ulysses
-2-
Luxembourg S.a r.l. (Ulysses Finance S.a r.l. and Ulysses Luxembourg S.a r.l. are described herein as the Issuers) on terms and subject to conditions identical to those outlined in the management equity plan offering made to senior management of UI on or about January 3, 2008 and more specifically set forth in the stockholders agreements, fiduciary agreement and other documents (the Offering Documents) described therein. Such opportunity shall remain open for forty business days commencing on the date on which Executive receives copies of the Offering Documents and shall be null and void if not accepted in writing in accordance with its terms before the expiry of such period or upon the termination of the employment of Executive, whichever shall first occur.
4.2.2. UI shall make, or shall cause that its Affiliate makes, a loan available to Executive for the purpose of funding the investment described in Section 4.2.1. The maximum amount of such loan shall be $ 1,000,000. Such loan shall bear interest at a rate fixed at 5.65% per annum. The amount equal to thirty-three percent (33%) of Executives net (after applicable withholding tax ) proceeds from the Annual Bonus from time to time (if any) shall be withheld by UI and applied on the relevant Payment Date towards the repayment of any outstanding principal and interest on such loan. Executive shall be obliged to repay in full all outstanding principal and interest on such loan at or before the time the Issuers are liquidated or Executive (or Societe Generale, as fiduciary for Executive) otherwise disposes of his or her capital stock in the Issuers. Such loan shall otherwise be made on such terms and conditions as shall be set forth in documents executed by the lending entity and Executive in order to give effect to this Section 4.2.2.
4.3. Vacation and Holidays. Executive shall be entitled to all public holidays observed by UI. Vacation days shall be in accordance with the applicable provision of UIs vacation policy, provided, however, that Executive shall be granted not less than 20 vacation days per year. Vacation days that have not been used within a given year may be carried forward into subsequent years in accordance with UIs policies and procedures as may be in effect from time to time for other similarly situated executives.
4.4 Expenses. UI shall reimburse Executive in accordance with UIs policies and procedures for reasonable expenses necessarily incurred in Executives performance of Executives duties against appropriate receipts and vouchers indicating the specific business purpose for each such expenditure,
4.5 Relocation. UI shall reimburse Executives expenses incurred in connection with Executives relocation to the Seattle, Washington area in accordance with UIs policies and procedures for existing full time executive management employees except for temporary living expenses which may be extended if reasonably necessary for up to 180 days.
5. Termination. The following provisions shall apply upon termination of Executives employment under applicable circumstances as set forth below. Any amount payable to Executive under this Section 5 shall be subject to all applicable federal, state and local withholdings, or payroll or other taxes. Except as set forth in this Section 5,
-3-
upon termination of employment, Executive shall not be entitled to further payments, severance or other benefits arising under this Agreement or from Executives employment with UI or its termination, except as required by law.
5.1 By UI with Cause or by Executive without Good Reason . If UI terminates Executives employment for Cause or if Executive terminates Executives employment without Good Reason, Executive shall be paid unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date.
5.1.1. Cause, as used herein, shall mean Executives (i) willful and continued failure to perform his material duties with respect to UI or it affiliates (except where due to a physical or mental incapacity) which continues beyond fifteen (15) business days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by UI, (ii) conviction of or plea nolo contendere to (A) the commission of a felony by Executive, or (B) any misdemeanor that is a crime of moral turpitude, (iii) Executives willful and gross misconduct in connection with his employment duties, or (iv) breach of the non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality covenants to which Executive is subject. No act on Executives part shall be deemed willful unless done, or omitted to be done, by Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that such action was in the best interest of UI. No failure of Executive or UI to achieve performance goals, in and of itself, shall be treated as a basis for termination of Executives employment for Cause. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no termination shall be treated as for Cause (and any such termination shall instead be treated as without Cause) unless (i) Executive has been given not less than fifteen (15) business days written notice by the Board of its intention to terminate Executives employment for Cause, such notice to state in detail the particular act or acts or failure or failures to act that constitute the grounds on which the proposed termination for Cause is based (the Board Notice), (ii) the Board Notice is delivered not later than sixty (60) days after the Boards learning of such act or acts or failure or failures to act, and (iii) the Board has thereafter provided Executive with a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the Board (after Executive has been given a reasonable opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board) confirming that, in its judgment, grounds for Cause on the basis of the original notice exist, and no cure was timely effected.
5.1.2. Good Reason, as used herein, shall mean (i) a material reduction in Executives base salary or a material reduction in annual incentive compensation opportunity, in each case other than any isolated or inadvertent failure by UI that is not in bad faith and is cured within thirty (30) business days after Executive gives UI notice of such event; (ii) a material diminution in Executives title, duties and responsibilities, other than any isolated or inadvertent failure by UI that is not in bad faith and is cured within thirty (30) business days after Executive gives UI notice of such event; (iii) a transfer of Executives primary workplace by more than thirty-five (35) miles from his current workplace, or (iv) the failure of a successor to have assumed this Agreement in connection with any sale of the business, where such assumption does not occur by operation of law, provided that in order for an event described in this Section 5.1.2 to constitute Good Reason, Executive must provide notice to UI (in accordance with Section 16 of this Agreement) within ninety (90) business days of the initial existence of such event.
-4-
5.2 By UI other than for Cause or Total Disability or by Executive for Good Reason . If UI terminates Executives employment other than for Cause or Total Disability or if Executive terminates Executives employment for Good Reason in the absence of Cause, UI shall pay to Executive the amounts and benefits, and cause the vesting as set forth in this Section 5.2; provided, however, that Executives entitlement to the amounts described in Sections 5.2.2 and 5.2.3 is conditioned upon Executive executing and not revoking a release substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A (the Release) within the applicable 28 or 52 day time period provided for therein (the Applicable Release Period); provided, however, that in any case where the first and last days of the Applicable Release Period are in two separate taxable years, any payments required to be made to Executive that are treated as deferred compensation for purposes of Code Section 409A shall be made in the later taxable year, promptly following the conclusion of the Applicable Release Period.
5.2.1 Unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date;
5.2.2 A severance payment, payable in a lump sum payment not later than fifteen (15) days following Executives termination date, an amount equal to the sum of (A) eighteen (18) months of the Annual Base Salary plus (B) one (1) times the Target Bonus for the year in which Executives employment terminates;
5.2.3 A prorated bonus for the year of termination, payable in a lump sum at the time such payment would be paid in accordance with UIs then current bonus plan, equal to the product of (A) the Target Bonus that would have been earned had Executive remained employed until the end of the year of termination multiplied, by (B) a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the number of days Executive was employed during the year in which Executives employment terminates and (ii) the denominator of which is 365 (the Prorated Bonus); and
5.2.4 Accelerated vesting of unvested previously awarded stock options and long-term incentive awards, such stock options and awards to become fully vested as of the date of Executives termination, subject to compliance with all terms and conditions of the relevant plans.
5.3 Total Disability . If UI or Executive terminates Executives employment due to Executives Total Disability, UI shall pay to Executive unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date, and the Prorated Bonus. Vesting of Executives unvested previously awarded stock options and long-term incentive awards shall accelerate, subject to compliance with all terms and conditions of the relevant plans, such stock options and awards to become fully vested as of Executives termination date. Total Disability as used herein shall have the same meaning as the term Total Disability as used in UIs long-term disability policy in
-5-
effect at the time of termination, if one exists. If UI does not have a long-term disability policy in effect at such time, the term Total Disability shall mean Executives inability (with or without such accommodation as may be required by law protecting persons with disabilities) to perform the essential functions of Executives duties hereunder for a period aggregating to ninety (90) calendar days in a twelve (12) month period, provided, however, that this period may be extended in the sole discretion of the Chief Executive Officer.
5.4 Death . If Executives employment terminates due to death, UI shall pay to Executives estate the unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date, and the Prorated Bonus. Vesting of Executives unvested previously awarded stock options and long-term incentive awards shall accelerate, subject to compliance with all terms and conditions of the relevant plans, such stock options and awards to become fully vested as of Executives termination date.
6. Confidential Information
6.1 Executive recognizes that the success of UI and its current or future Affiliates (as defined below in this Section 6) and Managed Companies depends upon the protection of information or materials that are designated as confidential and/or proprietary at the time of disclosure or should, based on their nature or the circumstances surrounding such disclosure, reasonably be deemed confidential including, without limitation, information to which Executive has access while employed by UI whether recorded in any medium or merely memorized (all such information being Confidential Information). Confidential Information includes without limitation, and whether or not such information is specifically designated as confidential or proprietary: all business plans and marketing strategies; information concerning existing and prospective markets, suppliers, and customers; financial information; information concerning the development of new products and services; and technical and non-technical data related to software programs, designs, specifications, compilations, inventions (as defined in Section 8.1), improvements, patent applications, studies, research, methods, devices, prototypes, processes, procedures and techniques. Confidential Information expressly includes information provided to UI, Managed Companies or Affiliates by third parties under circumstances that require them to maintain the confidentiality of such information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall have no confidentiality obligation with respect to disclosure of any Confidential Information that (a) was, or at any time becomes, available in the public domain other than through a violation of this Agreement or (b) Executive can demonstrate by written evidence was furnished to Executive by a third party in lawful possession thereof and who was not under an obligation of confidentiality to UI or any of its Affiliates or Managed Companies.
6.2 Executive agrees that during Executives employment and after termination of employment irrespective of cause, Executive will use Confidential Information only for the benefit of UI and Managed Companies and will not directly or indirectly use or divulge, or permit others to use or divulge, any Confidential Information for any reason, except as authorized by UI or Managed Companies. Notwithstanding the
-6-
foregoing, Executive may disclose Confidential Information as required pursuant to an order or requirement of a court, administrative agency or other government body, provided Executive has notified UI or the applicable Managed Company immediately after receipt of such order or requirement and allowed UI and/or the Managed Company a meaningful opportunity to apply for protective measures.
6.3 Executive hereby assigns to UI any rights Executive may have or acquire in such Confidential Information and acknowledges that all Confidential Information shall be the sole property of UI and/or its Affiliates and/or Managed Companies or their assigns.
6.4 There are no rights granted or any understandings, agreements or representations between the parties hereto, express or implied, regarding Confidential Information that are not specified herein.
6.5 Executives obligations under this Section 6 are in addition to any obligations that Executive has under state or federal law.
6.6 Executive agrees that in the course of Executives employment with UI, Executive will not violate in any way the rights that any entity, including former employers, has with regard to trade secrets or proprietary or confidential information.
6.7 For purposes of this Agreement, the term Affiliate means any entity currently existing or subsequently organized or formed that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with UI, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
6.8 Executives obligations under this Section 6 are indefinite in term and shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
7. Return of Company Property. Executive acknowledges that all tangible items containing any Confidential Information, including without limitation memoranda, photographs, records, reports, manuals, drawings, blueprints, prototypes, notes, documents, drawings, specifications, software, media and other materials, including any copies thereof (including electronically recorded copies), are the exclusive property of UI or its applicable Affiliate or Managed Company, and Executive shall deliver to UI all such material in Executives possession or control upon UIs request and in any event upon the termination of Executives employment with UI. Executive shall also return any keys, equipment, identification or credit cards, or other property belonging to UI or its Affiliates or Managed Companies upon termination or request.
8. Inventions.
8.1 Executive understands and agrees that all Inventions are the exclusive property of UI. As used in this Agreement, Inventions shall include without limitation ideas, discoveries, developments, concepts, inventions, original works of
-7-
authorship, trademarks, mask works, trade secrets, ideas, data, information, know-how, documentation, formulae, results, prototypes, designs, methods, processes, products, formulas and techniques, improvements to any of the foregoing, and all other matters ordinarily intended by the words intellectual property, whether or not patentable, copyrightable, or otherwise able to be registered, which are developed, created, conceived of or reduced to practice by Executive, alone or with others, during Executives employment with UI or Affiliates, whether or not during working hours or within three (3) months thereafter and related to UIs then existing or proposed business. In recognition of UIs ownership of all Inventions, Executive shall make prompt and full disclosure to UI of, will hold in trust for the sole benefit of UI, and (subject to Section 8.2 below) hereby assigns, and agrees to assign in the future, exclusively to UI all of Executives right, title, and interest in and to any and all such Inventions.
8.2 NOTICE REQUIRED BY REVISED CODE OF WASHINGTON 49.44.140 : Executive understands that Executives obligation to assign inventions shall not apply to any inventions for which no equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information of UI was used and that was developed entirely on Executives own time, unless (a) the invention relates (i) directly to the business of UI, or (ii) to UIs actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (b) the invention results from any work performed by Executive for UI.
8.3 To the extent any works of authorship created by Executive made within the scope of employment may be considered works made for hire under United States copyright laws, they are hereby agreed to be works made for hire. To the extent any such works do not qualify as a work made for hire under applicable law, and to the extent they include material subject to copyright, Executive hereby irrevocably and exclusively assigns and conveys all rights, title and interests in such works to UI subject to no liens, claims or reserved rights. Executive hereby waives any and all moral rights that may be applicable to any of the foregoing, for any and all uses, alterations, and exploitation thereof by UI, or its Affiliates, or their successors, assignees or licensees. To the extent that any such moral rights may not be waived in accordance with law, Executive agrees not to bring any claims, actions or litigation against UI, its Managed Companies or its Affiliates, or their successors, assignees or licensees, based on or to enforce such rights. Without limiting the preceding, Executive agrees that UI may in its discretion edit, modify, recast, use, and promote any such works of authorship, and derivatives thereof, with or without the use of Executives name or image, without compensation to Executive other than that expressly set forth herein.
8.4 Executive hereby waives and quitclaims to UI any and all claims of any nature whatsoever that Executive now or hereafter may have for infringement of any patent or patents from any patent applications for any Inventions. Executive agrees to cooperate fully with UI and take all other such acts requested by UI (including signing applications for patents, assignments, and other papers, and such things as UI may require) to enable UI to establish and protect its ownership in any Inventions and to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement, during Executives employment or thereafter. If Executive fails to execute such documents by reason of death, mental or
-8-
physical incapacity or any other reason, Executive hereby irrevocably appoints UI and its officers and agents as Executives agent and attorney-in-fact to execute such documents on Executives behalf.
8.5 Executive agrees that there are no Inventions made by Executive prior to Executives employment with UI and belonging to Executive that Executive wishes to have excluded from this Section 8 (the Excluded Inventions). If during Executives employment with UI, Executive uses in the specifications or development of, or otherwise incorporates into a product, process, service, technology, or machine of UI or its Affiliates or Managed Companies, or otherwise uses any invention, proprietary know-how, or other intellectual property in existence before the Effective Date owned by Executive or in which Executive has any interest (Existing Know-How), UI or its Affiliates or Managed Companies, as the case may be, is hereby granted and shall have a non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid up, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide right and license under the Existing Know-How (including any patent or other intellectual property rights therein) to make, have made, use, sell, reproduce, distribute, make derivative works from, publicly perform and display, and import, and to sublicense any and all of the foregoing rights to that Existing Know-How (including the right to grant further sublicenses) without restriction as to the extent of Executives ownership or interest, for so long as such Existing Know-How is in existence and is licensable by Executive.
9. Nonsolicitation.
9.1 During Executives employment with UI, and for a period expiring eighteen (18) months after the termination of Executives employment, regardless of the reason, if any, for such termination, Executive shall not, in the United States, Western Europe or Canada, directly or indirectly:
9.1.1 solicit or entice away or in any other manner persuade or attempt to persuade any officer, employee, consultant or agent of UI or any of its Affiliates or Managed Companies to alter or discontinue his or her relationship with UI, or its Affiliate or Managed Company;
9.1.2 solicit from any person or entity that was a customer of UI or any of its Affiliates or Managed Companies during Executives employment with UI, any business of a type or nature similar to the business of UI or any of its Affiliates or Managed Companies with such customer;
9.1.3 solicit, divert, or in any other manner persuade or attempt to persuade any supplier of UI or any of its Affiliates or Managed Companies to discontinue its relationship with UI or its Affiliates or Managed Companies;
9.1.4 solicit, divert, take away or attempt to solicit, divert or take away any customers of UI or its Affiliates or Managed Companies; or
-9-
9.1.5 engage in or participate in the chemical distribution or logistics business.
9.2 Nothing in Section 9.1 limits Executives ability to hire an employee of UI or any of its Affiliates or Managed Companies in circumstances under which such employee first contacts Executive regarding employment and Executive does not violate any of Sections 9.1.1, 9.1.2, 9.1.3, 9.1.4 or 9.1.5 herein.
9.3 UI and Executive agree that the provisions of this Section 9 do not impose an undue hardship on Executive and are not injurious to the public; that this provision is necessary to protect the business of UI and its Affiliates and Managed Companies; that the nature of Executives responsibilities with UI under this Agreement provide and/or will provide Executive with access to Confidential Information that is valuable and confidential to UI and its Affiliates and Managed Companies; that UI would not employ Executive if Executive did not agree to the provisions of this Section 9; that this Section 9 is reasonable in terms of length of time and scope; and that adequate consideration supports this Section 9. In the event that a court determines that any provision of this Section 9 is unreasonably broad or extensive, Executive agrees that such Court should narrow such provision to the extent necessary to make it reasonable and enforce the provision as narrowed.
10. Remedies. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement regarding dispute resolution, including Section 10, Executive agrees that Executives violation of any of Sections 6, 7, 8 or 9 of this Agreement would cause UI or its Affiliates or Managed Companies irreparable harm which would not be adequately compensated by monetary damages and that an injunction may be granted by any court or courts having jurisdiction, restraining Executive from violation of the terms of this Agreement, upon any breach or threatened breach of Executive of the obligations set forth in any of Sections 6, 7, 8 or 9. The preceding sentence shall not be construed to limit UI or its Affiliates or Managed Companies from any other relief or damages to which it may be entitled as a result of Executives breach of any provision of this Agreement, including Sections 6, 7, 8 or 9.
11. Venue. Except for proceedings for injunctive relief, the venue of any litigation arising out of Executives employment with UI or interpreting or enforcing this Agreement shall lie in a court of appropriate jurisdiction in King County, Washington.
12. Fees. The prevailing party will be entitled to its costs and attorneys fees incurred in any litigation relating to the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement.
13. Disclosure. Executive agrees fully and completely to reveal the terms of the terms of Sections 6, 7, 8 or 9 of this Agreement to any future employer or business contacts of Executive and authorizes UI and its Affiliates and Managed Companies, at their election, to make such disclosure.
-10-
14. Representation of Executive. Executive represents and warrants to UI that Executive is free to enter into this Agreement and has no commitment, arrangement or understanding to or with any party that restrains or is in conflict with Executives performance of the covenants, services and duties provided for in this Agreement. Executive shall not in the course of Executives employment violate any obligation that Executive may owe any third party, including former employers.
15. Assignability. During Executives employment, this Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the written consent of the other; provided, however, that UI may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without Executives consent to any of its Affiliates or to a successor by sale, merger or liquidation, if such successor carries on the business substantially in the form in which it is being conducted at the time of the sale, merger or liquidation and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, such assignment and Executives transfer of employment thereunder shall not be deemed a termination of employment under Section 5.2 of this Agreement. This Agreement is binding upon Executive, Executives heirs, personal representatives and permitted assigns and on UI, its successors and assigns.
16. Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder is sufficient if in writing and delivered by hand, by facsimile or by registered or certified mail, to the parties at the respective addresses set forth below their signatures herein, or such other address as may be provided to each party by the other.
17. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or compliance by any of the parties with any provision of this Agreement constitutes a violation of any law, or is or becomes unenforceable or void, then such provision, to the extent only that it is in violation of law, unenforceable or void, shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary so that it is no longer in violation of law, unenforceable or void, and such provision will be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. If such modification is not possible, said provision, to the extent that it is in violation of law, unenforceable or void, shall be deemed severable from the remaining provisions of this Agreement, which provisions will remain binding on the parties.
18. Waivers. No failure on the part of either party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right or remedy hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof; nor will any single or partial waiver of a breach of any provision of this Agreement operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach; nor will any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy granted hereby or by law.
19. Governing Law. The validity, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of such laws.
20. Survival. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the obligations of this Agreement shall survive a termination of this Agreement or the termination of Executives employment with UI, except for obligations under Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4.
-11-
21. Entire Agreement. This instrument contains the entire agreement of Executive and UI with respect to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior such agreements and understandings, and there are no other such representations or agreements other than as stated in this Agreement related to the terms and conditions of Executives employment with UI. This Agreement may be changed only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, extension or discharge is sought, and any such modification agreed to by UI must, in order to be binding upon UI, be signed by the Chief Executive Officer of UI.
22. Executives Recognition of Agreement. Executive acknowledges that Executive has read and understood this Agreement and agrees that its terms are necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the business of UI and its Affiliates and Managed Companies. Executive acknowledges that Executive has been advised by UI that Executive is entitled to have this Agreement reviewed by an attorney of his selection, at Executives expense, prior to signing, and that Executive has either done so or elected to forgo that right.
23. Delayed Payment under certain Circumstances. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent required to avoid an excise tax under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, the payment of any compensation pursuant to Sections 5.2.2, 5.2.3, 5.3 or 5.4, Executives separation from service shall be delayed for a period of six (6) months if Executive is a specified employee as defined in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i). In such a circumstance, the payments that would otherwise have been made during such six (6) month period will be paid on the six-month anniversary of Executives separation from service.
[remainder of page intentionally left blank]
12
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly signed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
UNIVAR INC. | ||
By |
|
|
Gary E. Pruitt | ||
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
EXECUTIVE |
|
(Signature) |
S TEVEN M. N IELSEN |
(Full Name) |
14308 C ONNELL S T . O VERLAND P ARK , KS 66221 |
(Address) |
913-681-5063 |
(Facsimile number) |
-13-
EXHIBIT A
RELEASE
UNIVAR INC.
RELEASE
This Release (Release) is entered into by (Executive) with respect to the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and Univar Inc. (the Company).
1. Executives last day of employment with the Company was (Termination Date). Executive shall not seek future employment or any right to future employment with the Company, its parent or any of its affiliates.
2. Executive has been provided all compensation and benefits earned Executive by virtue of employment with Employer, except to the extent that Executive may still be owed salary earned during the last pay period prior to the Termination Date and accrued unused vacation and excluding amounts payable to Executive under the Employment Agreement between Executive and Company dated (Employment Agreement).
3. As consideration for the obligations undertaken by the Company pursuant to the Employment Agreement, Executive hereby releases the Company, Univar N.V., and its affiliates, including without limitation Univar USA, Inc. (formerly Vopak USA Inc.) and their respective officers, directors, and employees, from any and all claims, causes of action, and liability for damages of whatever kind, known or unknown, arising from or relating to Executives employment and separation from employment (Released Claims). Released Claims include claims (including claims to attorneys fees), damages, causes of action, and disputes of any kind whatsoever, including without limitation all claims for wages, employee benefits, and damages arising out of any: contracts, express or implied; tort; discrimination; wrongful termination; any federal, state, local, or other governmental statute or ordinance, including, without limitation Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended (ADEA), the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Washington Law Against Discrimination, the Washington Minimum Wage Act and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA); and any other legal limitation on the employment relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Released Claims do not include claims for breach or enforcement of this Agreement, claims that arise after the execution of this Agreement, claims to vested benefits under ERISA, workers compensation claims, or any other claims that may not be released under this Agreement in accordance with applicable law. This waiver and release shall not apply to claims arising after Executives execution of this Release.
-14-
4. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has not filed any litigation based on any Released Claims. Executive covenants and promises never to file, press, or join in any lawsuit based on any Released Claim and agrees that any such claim, if filed by Executive, shall be dismissed, except that this covenant and promise does not apply to any claim of Executive challenging the validity of this Agreement in connection with claims arising under the ADEA. Executive represents and warrants that Executive is the sole owner of any and all Released Claims that Executive may have; and that Executive has not assigned or otherwise transferred Executives right or interest in any Released Claim.
5. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has turned over to Employer all property of Employer, including without limitation all files, memoranda, keys, manuals, equipment, data, records, and other documents, including electronically recorded documents and data that Executive received from Employer or its employees or that Executive generated in the course of employment with Employer.
6. Executive specifically agrees as follows:
a. Executive is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Release;
b. Executive acknowledges that the Company is providing benefits in the form of payments and compensation, to which Executive would not otherwise be entitled in the absence of Executives entry into this Release, as consideration for Executives entering into this Release;
c. Executive is hereby advised by this Release to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release;
d. Executive understands he has a period of at least twenty-one (21) days from the date a copy of this Release is provided to Executive in which to consider and sign the Release (during which the offer will remain open), and that Executive has an additional seven (7) days after signing this Release within which to revoke acceptance of the Release;
e. If during the twenty-one (21) day waiting period Executive should elect not to sign this Release, or during the seven (7) day revocation period Executive should revoke acceptance of the Release, then this Release shall be void and the effective date of this Release shall be the eighth day after Executive signs and delivers this Release, provided he has not revoked acceptance; and
f. Executive may accept this Agreement before the expiration of the twenty-one (21) days, in which case Executive shall waive the remainder of the 21-day waiting period.
-15-
7. Executive hereby acknowledges his obligation to comply with the obligations that survive termination of the Employment Agreement, including without limitation those obligations with respect to confidentiality, inventions and nonsolicitation.
8. With regard to the subject matter herein, this Release shall be interpreted pursuant to Washington law.
Executive: |
|
(Signature) |
|
(Print Name) |
Dated: |
|
-16-
Exhibit 10.26
First Amendment to the Employment Agreement
Between Univar Inc. and Steven Nielsen
WHEREAS, Univar Inc. (UI) and Steven Nielsen (Executive) have entered into an employment agreement dated April 14, 2008 (Agreement); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 21 of the Agreement, the parties can amend the Agreement through a written amendment signed by Executive and the Chief Executive Officer of UI; and
WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the provisions regarding loans related to Executives opportunity to buy certain equity interests.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Agreement is hereby amended as follows, effective April 9, 2009:
The third and fourth sentences of Section 4.2.2 of the Agreement are amended in their entirety to read as follows:
Such loan shall bear interest at the Applicable Federal Rate described in section 1274(d)(l) the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, that is appropriate for the Note created by the Agreement as determined by UI based on the terms of the loan including, without limitation, the duration and repayment schedule for the loan. The amount equal to twenty percent (20%) of Executives net after- tax proceeds from the Annual Bonus from time to time (if any) shall be paid to UI and applied on the relevant Payment Date towards the repayment of any outstanding principal and interest on such loan. Executive may estimate his total taxes on the Annual Bonus for purposes of determining the net after-tax proceeds.
Acknowledged and agreed to by:
UNIVAR INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Its Chief Executive Officer Gary E. Pruitt |
||||
By: |
|
|||
Steven Nielsen |
Exhibit 10.27
UNIVAR INC.
RELEASE
This Release (Release) is entered into by and between Steven M. Nielsen (Executive) and Univar Inc. (the Company) with respect to the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and the Company.
1. Executives last day of employment with the Company was January 15, 2013 (the Termination Date ).
2. Executive has been provided all compensation and benefits earned by virtue of Executives employment with the Company, except to the extent that Executive may still be owed salary earned during the last pay period prior to the Termination Date and accrued unused vacation, and excluding amounts Executive may be eligible to receive pursuant to Sections 5.2.2 and 5.2.3 of the Employment Agreement between Executive and the Company dated April 14, 2008 (Employment Agreement), conditioned upon Executives execution and non-revocation of this Release.
3. The Company and Executive agree that the termination of Executives employment is a termination without Cause pursuant to (and as that term is defined by): (a) the Employment Agreement; (b) the Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan and the Employee Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Executive dated as of March 28, 2011 (as amended); and (c) the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time, the Stockholders Agreement) , by and among parties including Ulysses Luxembourg S.à r.l., Ulysses Participation S.à r.l., Parcom Buy Out Fund II B.V., GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd., Société Générale Bank & Trust and each of the persons named in Annex I thereto (with Executives termination without Cause being a Good Leaver Event pursuant to and as those terms are defined in the Stockholders Agreement). Executive acknowledges that, from and after the Termination Date, he shall no longer be authorized to conduct business on behalf of the Company and its affiliates, including but not limited to entering into contracts on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates. Executive agrees that, as requested from time to time, he will execute such other documents as may be necessary to evidence the termination of Executives employment with the Company.
For avoidance of doubt and future dispute, the Company and Executive agree that (1) the gross amount of severance pay to be paid to Executive under Section 5.2.2 of the Employment Agreement is $1,437,500, which shall be paid to Executive not later than forty-five (45) days after the Termination Date (provided that Executive does not revoke this Release pursuant to Section 7 below), and (2) the prorated annual bonus payable to Executive under Section 5.2.3 of the Employment Agreement (if any) for calendar year 2013 shall be paid to Executive on or before March 15, 2014.
4. As consideration for the obligations undertaken by the Company pursuant to the Employment Agreement, Executive hereby releases (1) the Company, Univar N.V., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC and CVC Capital Partners, (2) the affiliates of each of the foregoing,
-1-
including without limitation Univar USA, Inc. (formerly Vopak USA Inc.) and (3) the respective shareholders, members, officers, directors, and employees of any of the foregoing, from any and all claims, causes of action, and liability for damages of whatever kind, known or unknown, arising from or relating to Executives employment and separation from employment ( Released Claims ). Released Claims include claims (including claims to attorneys fees), damages, causes of action, and disputes of any kind whatsoever, including without limitation all claims for wages, employee benefits, and damages arising out of any: contracts, express or implied (including without limitation the Employment Agreement, except as specified below); tort; discrimination; wrongful termination; any federal, state, local, or other governmental statute or ordinance, including, without limitation Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended ( ADEA ), the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Washington Law Against Discrimination, the Washington Minimum Wage Act and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ( ERISA ); and any other legal limitation on the employment relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Released Claims do not include: (i) claims for Executives entitlements under Sections 5.2.2 and 5.2.3 of the Employment Agreement (as specified above in Section 3 of this Release); (ii) claims that relate to Executives status as a stockholder of Ulysses Luxembourg S.à r.l. and Ulysses Finance S.à r.l. or any of their affiliates; (iii) claims that arise after the execution of this Release; or (iv) claims to vested benefits under ERISA, workers compensation claims, or any other claims that may not be released under this Release in accordance with applicable law.
5. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has not filed any litigation based on any Released Claims. Executive covenants and promises never to file, press, or join in any lawsuit based on any Released Claim and agrees that any such claim, if filed by Executive, shall be dismissed, except that this covenant and promise does not apply to any claim of Executive challenging the validity of this Release in connection with claims arising under the ADEA. Moreover, while nothing in this Agreement restricts Executive from bringing before any fair employment practices agencies matters for which such agencies have jurisdiction, or cooperating in any investigation by any such agency, Executive covenants and promises that he waives, releases, and shall not accept any benefits of any administrative or agency action. Executive represents and warrants that Executive is the sole owner of any and all Released Claims that Executive may have; and that Executive has not assigned or otherwise transferred Executives right or interest in any Released Claim.
6. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has turned over to the Company all property of the Company and its affiliates, including without limitation all files, memoranda, keys, manuals, equipment, data, records, and other documents, including electronically recorded documents and data that Executive received from the Company and its affiliates or their employees or that Executive generated in the course of employment with the Company.
7. Executive specifically agrees as follows:
a. Executive has carefully read this Release and finds that it is written in a manner that Executive understands;
b. Executive is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Release;
-2-
c. Executive acknowledges that the Company is providing benefits in the form of payments and compensation, to which Executive would not otherwise be entitled in the absence of Executives entry into this Release, as consideration for Executives entering into this Release;
d. Executive understands that this Release is waiving any potential claims under the ADEA and other discrimination statutes, except as provided in this Release;
e. Executive is hereby advised by this Release to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release and has done so or has knowingly and voluntarily waived the right to do so;
f. Executive understands he has a period of at least twenty-one (21) days from the Termination Date in which to consider and sign the Release (during which the offer will remain open), and that Executive has an additional seven (7) days after signing this Release within which to revoke acceptance of the Release;
g. If during the twenty-one (21) day waiting period Executive should elect not to sign this Release, or during the seven (7) day revocation period Executive should revoke acceptance of the Release, then this Release shall be void;
h. the effective date of this Release shall be the eighth day after Executive signs and delivers this Release, provided he has not revoked acceptance; and
i. Executive may accept this Release before the expiration of the twenty-one (21) days, in which case Executive shall waive the remainder of the twenty-one (21)-day waiting period.
8. Executive hereby acknowledges his obligation to comply with the obligations that survive termination of the Employment Agreement, including without limitation those obligations with respect to confidentiality, assignment of inventions, non-competition and non-solicitation.
9. Section 3 of this Release is integral to its purpose and may not be severed from this Release. In the event that any other provision of this Release shall be found to be unlawful or unenforceable, such provision shall be deemed narrowed to the extent required to make it lawful and enforceable. If such modification is not possible, such provision shall be severed from the Release and the remaining provisions shall remain fully valid and enforceable to the maximum extent consistent with applicable law. To the extent any terms of this Release are put into question, all provisions shall be interpreted in a manner that would make them consistent with current law.
[remainder of page intentionally left blank]
-3-
10. With regard to the subject matter herein, this Release shall be interpreted pursuant to Washington law.
EXECUTIVE | UNIVAR INC. | |||
|
|
|||
Steven M. Nielsen | Amy E. Weaver | |||
EVP & General Counsel | ||||
Dated: 1/15/13 | Dated: 1/15/13 |
-4-
Exhibit 10.29
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (Agreement) is effective as of the 18th day of January, 2010 (the Effective Date) between Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation (Univar), and Edward A. Evans (Executive).
RECITALS
A. Univar is engaged in the chemical distribution business.
B. Univar wishes to employ Executive and Executive wishes to be employed by Univar in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, Executive and Univar agree as follows:
1. Employment. As of the Effective Date, Univar hereby agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by Univar, as its Senior Vice President Chief Human Resources Officer. Executive will report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of Univar or such other persons as may be designated by the Chief Executive Officer or the Univar Board of Directors from time to time. Executives responsibilities will include all those matters customarily assigned to the most senior officer with responsibilities for the human resource function and those which may be reasonably assigned by Univar from time to time. Executive shall follow the reasonable instructions of Executives manager and will comply in all material respects with all rules, policies and procedures of Univar as modified from time to time to the extent that they are not inconsistent with this Agreement. Executive will perform all of Executives responsibilities in compliance with all applicable laws. During Executives employment, Executive will not engage in any other business activity that prevents Executive from carrying out Executives obligations under this Agreement, whether or not such activity is pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage.
2. Term of Employment. Employment under this Agreement shall be terminable at-will, and, in such case either Executive or Univar may terminate Executives employment at any time with or without Cause or Good Reason, as defined in this Agreement, and without notice, subject to the requirements set forth in Section 5. Any termination of Executives employment by Executive or Univar (other than death) shall be communicated by written notice of termination to the other party in accordance with Section 16 of this Agreement.
3. Compensation. For the duration of Executives employment under this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to compensation computed and paid pursuant to the following subparagraphs and subject to applicable withholdings and deductions:
3.1 Salary. Executive shall be paid a gross salary at the rate of $450,000 per year (the Annual Base Salary), with actual amounts paid to be prorated for the actual period of employment, payable in equal installments in accordance with Univars normal payroll practices. Univar may review Executives salary from time to time as part of a review of Executives performance and other relevant factors and may determine in its sole discretion whether any increase in salary shall be made.
3.2 Bonuses. Subject to the withholding authorized in Section 4.2 hereof, during the term of this Agreement, Univar will further provide Executive with the opportunity for annual cash bonus awards in accordance with its management incentive plans and the financial performance targets set for Executive thereunder (Annual Bonus), with a target amount equal to 80% of the Annual Base Salary (the target bonus as a percentage of Annual Base Salary, as in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the Target Bonus). Any Annual Bonus payable hereunder shall be paid between January 1st and March 15th of the year immediately following the year to which such Annual Bonus relates (the date of payment being the Payment Date). During the portion of the term of this Agreement commencing on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2010, Executives Target Bonus opportunity under Univars management incentive plans will be an amount equal to the product of (A) 100% of the Annual Base Salary, multiplied by (B) a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the number of days Executive was employed by Univar during 2010 and (ii) the denominator of which is 365.
4. Other Benefits.
4.1 Certain Benefits. Executive may participate in employee benefit programs established by Univar for personnel on a basis commensurate with Executives position and in accordance with Univars benefit plans and arrangements from time to time, including eligibility requirements, but nothing herein shall require the adoption or maintenance of any such plan.
4.2 Stock Purchase and Related Loan.
4.2.1. Univar will cause Executive to be offered an opportunity to acquire at fair market value shares with a total par value of 350,000, such shares consisting of ordinary shares in the capital of Ulysses Finance S.à r.l. and ordinary shares, preferred A, preferred B, preferred C and preferred D shares in the capital of Ulysses Luxembourg S.à r.l. (Ulysses Finance S.à r.l. and Ulysses Luxembourg S.à r.l. are described herein as the Issuers) on standard terms and conditions and as more specifically set forth in the stockholders agreements, fiduciary agreement and other documents (the Offering Documents) described therein.
-2-
4.2.2. Univar shall make, or shall cause that its Affiliate makes, a loan available to Executive for the purpose of funding the investment described in Section 4.2.1. The maximum amount of such loan shall be two times the amount of equity contributed by Executive (2:1). The amount equal to twenty percent (20%) of Executives net (after applicable withholding tax) proceeds from the Annual Bonus from time to time (if any) shall be withheld by Univar and applied to the repayment of any outstanding principal and interest on such loan. Such loan shall otherwise be made on such terms and conditions as shall be set forth in documents executed by the lending entity and Executive in order to give effect to this Section 4.2.2.
4.3. Vacation and Holidays. Executive shall be entitled to all public holidays observed by Univar. Vacation days shall be in accordance with the applicable provision of Univars vacation policy, provided, however, that Executive shall be granted not less than 20 vacation days per year.
4.4 Expenses. Univar shall reimburse Executive in accordance with Univars policies and procedures for reasonable expenses necessarily incurred in Executives performance of Executives duties against appropriate receipts and vouchers indicating the specific business purpose for each such expenditure.
4.5 Relocation. Employee may elect to receive a lump sum payment, before legally required withholding taxes, of $100,000 in lieu of assistance related to the sale or purchase of a primary residence, with such payment to be made within 14 days of the Executives written notice of his election to receive this benefit Executives relocation shall be covered in all other respects in accordance with Univars policies and procedures for new hire executive management employees.
5. Termination. The following provisions shall apply upon termination of Executives employment under applicable circumstances as set forth below. Any amount payable to Executive under this Section 5 shall be subject to all applicable federal, state and local withholdings, or payroll or other taxes. Except as set forth in this Section 5, upon termination of employment, Executive shall not be entitled to further payments, severance or other benefits arising under this Agreement or from Executives employment with Univar or its termination, except as required by law.
5.1 By Univar with Cause or by Executive without Good Reason . If Univar terminates Executives employment for Cause or if Executive terminates Executives employment without Good Reason, Executive shall be paid unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date.
5.1.1. Cause, as used herein, shall mean Executives (i) willful and continued failure to perform his material duties with respect to Univar or its affiliates (except where due to a physical or mental incapacity) which continues beyond fifteen (15) business days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by Univar, (ii) conviction of or plea nolo contendere to (A) the commission of a felony by Executive, or (B) any misdemeanor that is a crime of moral turpitude,
-3-
(iii) Executives willful and gross misconduct in connection with his employment duties, or (iv) breach of the non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality covenants to which Executive is subject. No act on Executives part shall be deemed willful unless done, or omitted to be done, by Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that such action was in the best interest of Univar. No failure of Executive or Univar to achieve performance goals, in and of itself, shall be treated as a basis for termination of Executives employment for Cause. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no termination shall be treated as for Cause (and any such termination shall instead be treated as without Cause) unless (i) Executive has been given not less than fifteen (15) business days written notice by the Board of its intention to terminate Executives employment for Cause, such notice to state in detail the particular act or acts or failure or failures to act that constitute the grounds on which the proposed termination for Cause is based (the Board Notice), (ii) the Board Notice is delivered not later than sixty (60) days after the Boards learning of such act or acts or failure or failures to act, and (iii) the Board has thereafter provided Executive with a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the Board (after Executive has been given a reasonable opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board) confirming that, in its judgment, grounds for Cause on the basis of the original notice exist, and no cure was timely effected.
5.1.2. Good Reason, as used herein, shall mean (i) a material reduction in Executives base salary or a material reduction in annual incentive compensation opportunity, in each case other than any isolated or inadvertent failure by Univar that is not in bad faith and is cured within thirty (30) business days after Executive gives Univar notice of such event; (ii) a material diminution in Executives title, duties and responsibilities, other than any isolated or inadvertent failure by Univar that is not in bad faith and is cured within thirty (30) business days after Executive gives Univar notice of such event; (iii) a transfer of Executives primary workplace by more than thirty-five (35) miles from his current workplace, or (iv) the failure of a successor to have assumed this Agreement in connection with any sale of the business, where such assumption does not occur by operation of law, provided that in order for an event described in this Section 5.1.2 to constitute Good Reason, Executive must provide notice to Univar (in accordance with Section 16 of this Agreement) within ninety (90) business days of the initial existence of such event.
5.2 By Univar other than for Cause or Total Disability or by Executive for Good Reason . If Univar terminates Executives employment other than for Cause or Total Disability or if Executive terminates Executives employment for Good Reason in the absence of Cause, Univar shall pay to Executive the amounts and benefits, and cause the vesting as set forth in this Section 5.2; provided, however, that Executives entitlement to the amounts described in Sections 5.2.2 and 5.2.3 is conditioned upon Executive executing and not revoking a release substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A (the Release) within the applicable twenty-eight (28) or fifty-two (52) day time period provided for therein (the Applicable Release Period); provided, however, that in any case where the first and last days of the Applicable Release Period are in two separate taxable years, any payments required to be made to Executive that are treated as deferred compensation for purposes of Code Section 409A shall be made in the later taxable year, promptly following the conclusion of the Applicable Release Period.
-4-
5.2.1 Unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date;
5.2.2 A severance payment, payable in a lump sum payment not later than fifteen (15) days following Executives termination date, an amount equal to the sum of (A) eighteen (18) months of the Annual Base Salary plus (B) one hundred and one half (1.5) times the Target Bonus for the year in which Executives employment terminates;
5.2.3 A prorated bonus for the year of termination, payable in a lump sum at the time such payment would be paid in accordance with Univars then current bonus plan, equal to the product of (A) the Target Bonus that would have been earned had Executive remained employed until the end of the year of termination multiplied by (B) a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the number of days Executive was employed during the year in which Executives employment terminates and (ii) the denominator of which is 365 (the Prorated Bonus); and
5.2.4 Accelerated vesting of unvested previously awarded stock options and long-term incentive awards, such stock options and awards to become fully vested as of the date of Executives termination, subject to compliance with all terms and conditions of the relevant plans.
5.3 Total Disability . If Univar or Executive terminates Executives employment due to Executives Total Disability, Univar shall pay to Executive unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date, and the Prorated Bonus. Vesting of Executives unvested previously awarded stock options and long-term incentive awards shall accelerate, subject to compliance with all terms and conditions of the relevant plans, such stock options and awards to become fully vested as of Executives termination date. Total Disability as used herein shall have the same meaning as the term Total Disability as used in Univars long-term disability policy in effect at the time of termination, if one exists. If Univar does not have a long-term disability policy in effect at such time, the term Total Disability shall mean Executives inability (with or without such accommodation as may be required by law protecting persons with disabilities) to perform the essential functions of Executives duties hereunder for a period aggregating to ninety (90) calendar days in a twelve (12) month period, provided, however, that this period may be extended in the sole discretion of the Chief Executive Officer.
5.4 Death . If Executives employment terminates due to death, Univar shall pay to Executives estate the unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date, and the Prorated Bonus. Vesting of Executives unvested previously awarded stock options and long-term incentive awards shall accelerate, subject to compliance with all terms and conditions of the relevant plans, such stock options and awards to become fully vested as of Executives termination date.
-5-
5.5 Retiree Medical Plan . If Executives employment terminates for any reason other than Cause or the Executives resignation without Good Reason, Univar will waive any eligibility requirements, including the requirements regarding minimum years of service, to be eligible to elect participation in the Univar Retiree Medical Plan, and Executive and Executives spouse (if he is married when enrolling in the Retiree Medical Plan and if Executives spouse was covered under the active employee plan) shall be eligible to participate in the Univar Retiree Medical Plan, pursuant to the terms of such plan as may be in effect from time to time, from the date Executive terminates employment until the earlier of the date that Executive (i) becomes eligible for equivalent coverage under another employers group health plan and (ii) reaches the age at which he is eligible for coverage under Medicare (or any successor to Medicare). If such coverage is taxable to Executive, then:
5.5.1 Executive shall be required to pay to the Company an amount equal to the full monthly premium payment required for coverage on or before the last day of each month preceding the month for which such coverage is effective;
5.5.2 Univar shall reimburse to Executive monthly the premium amount paid by the Executive, less the premium rate charged for the applicable coverage to other participants (the Health Payment), no later than the fifteenth day of the month for which such coverage is effective; and
5.5.3 on each date on which the monthly Health Payments are made, the Company shall pay to Executive an additional amount equal to the federal, state and local income and payroll taxes that Executive incurs (i) on each monthly Health Payment and (ii) on the additional amount (collectively, the Health Gross-up Payment). The Health Payment and the Health Gross-up Payment shall be reimbursed to the Executive in a manner that complies with the requirements of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv).
6. Confidential Information
6.1 Executive recognizes that the success of Univar and its current or future Affiliates (as defined below in this Section 6) depends upon the protection of information or materials that are designated as confidential and/or proprietary at the time of disclosure or should, based on their nature or the circumstances surrounding such disclosure, reasonably be deemed confidential including, without limitation, information to which Executive has access while employed by Univar whether recorded in any medium or merely memorized (all such information being Confidential Information). Confidential Information includes without limitation, and whether or not such information is specifically designated as confidential or proprietary: all business plans and marketing strategies; information concerning existing and prospective markets, suppliers, and
-6-
customers; financial information; information concerning the development of new products and services; and technical and non-technical data related to software programs, designs, specifications, compilations, inventions (as defined in Section 8.1), improvements, patent applications, studies, research, methods, devices, prototypes, processes, procedures and techniques. Confidential Information expressly includes information provided to Univar, or Affiliates by third parties under circumstances that require them to maintain the confidentiality of such information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall have no confidentiality obligation with respect to disclosure of any Confidential Information that (a) was, or at any time becomes, available in the public domain other than through a violation of this Agreement or (b) Executive can demonstrate by written evidence was furnished to Executive by a third party in lawful possession thereof and who was not under an obligation of confidentiality to Univar or any of its Affiliates.
6.2 Executive agrees that during Executives employment and after termination of employment irrespective of cause, Executive will use Confidential Information only for the benefit of Univar and its Affiliates and will not directly or indirectly use or divulge, or permit others to use or divulge, any Confidential Information for any reason, except as authorized by Univar or its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose Confidential Information as required pursuant to an order or requirement of a court, administrative agency or other government body, provided Executive has notified Univar or the applicable Affiliate immediately after receipt of such order or requirement and allowed Univar and/or the Affiliate a meaningful opportunity to apply for protective measures.
6.3 Executive hereby assigns to Univar any rights Executive may have or acquire in such Confidential Information and acknowledges that all Confidential Information shall be the sole property of Univar and/or its Affiliates or their assigns.
6.4 There are no rights granted or any understandings, agreements or representations between the parties hereto, express or implied, regarding Confidential Information that are not specified herein.
6.5 Executives obligations under this Section 6 are in addition to any obligations that Executive has under state or federal law.
6.6 Executive agrees that in the course of Executives employment with Univar, Executive will not violate in any way the rights that any entity, including former employers, has with regard to trade secrets or proprietary or confidential information.
6.7 For purposes of this Agreement, the term Affiliate means any entity currently existing or subsequently organized or formed that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Univar, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
-7-
6.8 Executives obligations under this Section 6 are indefinite in term and shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
7. Return of Company Property. Executive acknowledges that all tangible items containing any Confidential Information, including without limitation memoranda, photographs, records, reports, manuals, drawings, blueprints, prototypes, notes, documents, drawings, specifications, software, media and other materials, including any copies thereof (including electronically recorded copies), are the exclusive property of Univar or its applicable Affiliate, and Executive shall deliver to Univar all such material in Executives possession or control upon Univars request and in any event upon the termination of Executives employment with Univar. Executive shall also return any keys, equipment, identification or credit cards, or other property belonging to Univar or its Affiliates upon termination or request.
8. Inventions.
8.1 Executive understands and agrees that all Inventions are the exclusive property of Univar. As used in this Agreement, Inventions shall include without limitation ideas, discoveries, developments, concepts, inventions, original works of authorship, trademarks, mask works, trade secrets, ideas, data, information, know-how, documentation, formulae, results, prototypes, designs, methods, processes, products, formulas and techniques, improvements to any of the foregoing, and all other matters ordinarily intended by the words intellectual property, whether or not patentable, copyrightable, or otherwise able to be registered, which are developed, created, conceived of or reduced to practice by Executive, alone or with others, during Executives employment with Univar or Affiliates, whether or not during working hours or within three (3) months thereafter and related to Univars then existing or proposed business. In recognition of Univars ownership of all Inventions, Executive shall make prompt and full disclosure to Univar of, will hold in trust for the sole benefit of Univar, and (subject to Section 8.2 below) hereby assigns, and agrees to assign in the future, exclusively to Univar all of Executives right, title, and interest in and to any and all such Inventions.
8.2 NOTICE REQUIRED BY REVISED CODE OF WASHINGTON 49.44.140 : Executive understands that Executives obligation to assign inventions shall not apply to any inventions for which no equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information of Univar was used and that was developed entirely on Executives own time, unless (a) the invention relates (i) directly to the business of Univar, or (ii) to Univars actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (b) the invention results from any work performed by Executive for Univar.
8.3 To the extent any works of authorship created by Executive made within the scope of employment may be considered works made for hire under United States copyright laws, they are hereby agreed to be works made for hire. To the extent any such works do not qualify as a work made for hire under applicable law, and to the extent they include material subject to copyright, Executive hereby irrevocably and exclusively assigns and conveys all rights, title and interests in such works to Univar
-8-
subject to no liens, claims or reserved rights. Executive hereby waives any and all moral rights that may be applicable to any of the foregoing, for any and all uses, alterations, and exploitation thereof by Univar, or its Affiliates, or their successors, assignees or licensees. To the extent that any such moral rights may not be waived in accordance with law, Executive agrees not to bring any claims, actions or litigation against Univar, its Affiliates, or their successors, assignees or licensees, based on or to enforce such rights. Without limiting the preceding, Executive agrees that Univar may in its discretion edit, modify, recast, use, and promote any such works of authorship, and derivatives thereof, with or without the use of Executives name or image, without compensation to Executive other than that expressly set forth herein.
8.4 Executive hereby waives and quitclaims to Univar any and all claims of any nature whatsoever that Executive now or hereafter may have for infringement of any patent or patents from any patent applications for any Inventions. Executive agrees to cooperate fully with Univar and take all other such acts requested by Univar (including signing applications for patents, assignments, and other papers, and such things as Univar may require) to enable Univar to establish and protect its ownership in any Inventions and to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement, during Executives employment or thereafter. If Executive fails to execute such documents by reason of death, mental or physical incapacity or any other reason, Executive hereby irrevocably appoints Univar and its officers and agents as Executives agent and attorney-in-fact to execute such documents on Executives behalf.
8.5 Executive agrees that there are no Inventions made by Executive prior to Executives employment with Univar and belonging to Executive that Executive wishes to have excluded from this Section 8 (the Excluded Inventions). If during Executives employment with Univar, Executive uses in the specifications or development of, or otherwise incorporates into a product, process, service, technology, or machine of Univar or its Affiliates, or otherwise uses any invention, proprietary know-how, or other intellectual property in existence before the Effective Date owned by Executive or in which Executive has any interest (Existing Know-How), Univar or its Affiliates, as the case may be, is hereby granted and shall have a non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid up, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide right and license under the Existing Know-How (including any patent or other intellectual property rights therein) to make, have made, use, sell, reproduce, distribute, make derivative works from, publicly perform and display, and import, and to sublicense any and all of the foregoing rights to that Existing Know-How (including the right to grant further sublicenses) without restriction as to the extent of Executives ownership or interest, for so long as such Existing Know-How is in existence and is licensable by Executive.
-9-
9. Nonsolicitation.
9.1 During Executives employment with Univar, and for a period expiring eighteen (18) months after the termination of Executives employment, regardless of the reason, if any, for such termination, Executive shall not, in the United States, Western Europe or Canada, directly or indirectly:
9.1.1 solicit or entice away or in any other manner persuade or attempt to persuade any officer, employee, consultant or agent of Univar or any of its Affiliates to alter or discontinue his or her relationship with Univar, or its Affiliates;
9.1.2 solicit from any person or entity that was a customer of Univar or any of its Affiliates during Executives employment with Univar, any business of a type or nature similar to the business of Univar or any of its Affiliates with such customer;
9.1.3 solicit, divert, or in any other manner persuade or attempt to persuade any supplier of Univar or any of its Affiliates to discontinue its relationship with Univar or its Affiliates;
9.1.4 solicit, divert, take away or attempt to solicit, divert or take away any customers of Univar or its Affiliates; or
9.1.5 engage in or participate in the chemical distribution or logistics business.
9.2 Nothing in Section 9.1 limits Executives ability to hire an employee of Univar or any of its Affiliates in circumstances under which such employee first contacts Executive regarding employment and Executive does not violate any of Sections 9.1.1, 9.1.2, 9.1.3, 9.1.4 or 9.1.5 herein.
9.3 Univar and Executive agree that the provisions of this Section 9 do not impose an undue hardship on Executive and are not injurious to the public; that this provision is necessary to protect the business of Univar and its Affiliates; that the nature of Executives responsibilities with Univar under this Agreement provide and/or will provide Executive with access to Confidential Information that is valuable and confidential to Univar and its Affiliates; that Univar would not employ Executive if Executive did not agree to the provisions of this Section 9; that this Section 9 is reasonable in terms of length of time and scope; and that adequate consideration supports this Section 9. In the event that a court determines that any provision of this Section 9 is unreasonably broad or extensive, Executive agrees that such Court should narrow such provision to the extent necessary to make it reasonable and enforce the provision as narrowed.
10. Remedies. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement regarding dispute resolution, including Section 10, Executive agrees that Executives
-10-
violation of any of Sections 6, 7, 8 or 9 of this Agreement would cause Univar or its Affiliates irreparable harm which would not be adequately compensated by monetary damages and that an injunction may be granted by any court or courts having jurisdiction, restraining Executive from violation of the terms of this Agreement, upon any breach or threatened breach of Executive of the obligations set forth in any of Sections 6, 7, 8 or 9. The preceding sentence shall not be construed to limit Univar or its Affiliates from any other relief or damages to which it may be entitled as a result of Executives breach of any provision of this Agreement, including Sections 6,7, 8 or 9.
11. Venue. Except for proceedings for injunctive relief, the venue of any litigation arising out of Executives employment with Univar or interpreting or enforcing this Agreement shall lie in a court of appropriate jurisdiction in King County, Washington.
12. Fees. The prevailing party will be entitled to its costs and attorneys fees incurred in any litigation relating to the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement.
13. Disclosure. Executive agrees fully and completely to reveal the terms of the terms of Sections 6, 7, 8 or 9 of this Agreement to any future employer or business contacts of Executive and authorizes Univar and its Affiliates, at their election, to make such disclosure.
14. Representation of Executive. Executive represents and warrants to Univar that Executive is free to enter into this Agreement and has no commitment, arrangement or understanding to or with any party that restrains or is in conflict with Executives performance of the covenants, services and duties provided for in this Agreement. Executive shall not in the course of Executives employment violate any obligation that Executive may owe any third party, including former employers.
15. Assignability. During Executives employment, this Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the written consent of the other; provided, however, that Univar may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without Executives consent to any of its Affiliates or to a successor by sale, merger or liquidation, if such successor carries on the business substantially in the form in which it is being conducted at the time of the sale, merger or liquidation and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, such assignment and Executives transfer of employment thereunder shall not be deemed a termination of employment under Section 5.2 of this Agreement. This Agreement is binding upon Executive, Executives heirs, personal representatives and permitted assigns and on Univar, its successors and assigns.
16. Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder is sufficient if in writing and delivered by e-mail, by hand, by facsimile or by registered or certified mail, at a valid address of Executive on file with Univar, or in the case of Univar at the address of its principal executive offices, or such other address as may be provided to each party by the other.
-11-
17. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or compliance by any of the parties with any provision of this Agreement constitutes a violation of any law, or is or becomes unenforceable or void, then such provision, to the extent only that it is in violation of law, unenforceable or void, shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary so that it is no longer in violation of law, unenforceable or void, and such provision will be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. If such modification is not possible, said provision, to the extent that it is in violation of law, unenforceable or void, shall be deemed severable from the remaining provisions of this Agreement, which provisions will remain binding on the parties.
18. Waivers. No failure on the part of either party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right or remedy hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof; nor will any single or partial waiver of a breach of any provision of this Agreement operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach; nor will any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy granted hereby or by law.
19. Governing Law. The validity, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of such laws.
20. Survival. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the obligations of this Agreement shall survive a termination of this Agreement or the termination of Executives employment with Univar, except for obligations under Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4.
21. Entire Agreement. This instrument contains the entire agreement of Executive and Univar with respect to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior such agreements and understandings, and there are no other such representations or agreements other than as stated in this Agreement related to the terms and conditions of Executives employment with Univar. This Agreement may be changed only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, extension or discharge is sought, and any such modification agreed to by Univar must, in order to be binding upon Univar, be signed by the Chief Executive Officer of Univar or a person delegated responsibility by the Board of Directors of Univar.
22. Executives Recognition of Agreement. Executive acknowledges that Executive has read and understood this Agreement and agrees that its terms are necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the business of Univar and its Affiliates. Executive acknowledges that Executive has been advised by Univar that Executive is entitled to have this Agreement reviewed by an attorney of his selection, at Executives expense, prior to signing, and that Executive has either done so or elected to forgo that right.
-12-
23. Delayed Payment under certain Circumstances. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent required to avoid an excise tax under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, the payment of any compensation pursuant to Sections 5.2.2, 5.2.3, 5.3 or 5.4, Executives separation from service shall be delayed for a period of six (6) months if Executive is a specified employee as defined in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i). In such a circumstance, the payments that would otherwise have been made during such six (6) month period will be paid on the six-month anniversary of Executives separation from service.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have duly signed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first below written.
UNIVAR INC. |
||||||
By |
|
Date 5/2/12 | ||||
John J. Zillmer |
||||||
EXECUTIVE |
||||||
By |
|
Date 5/21/12 | ||||
Edward A. Evans |
-13-
EXHIBIT A
RELEASE
UNIVAR INC.
RELEASE
This Release (Release) is entered into by (Executive) with respect to the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and Univar Inc. (the Company).
1. Executives last day of employment with the Company was (Termination Date). Executive shall not seek future employment or any right to future employment with the Company, its parent or any of its affiliates.
2. Executive has been provided all compensation and benefits earned Executive by virtue of employment with the Company, except to the extent that Executive may still be owed salary earned during the last pay period prior to the Termination Date and accrued unused vacation and excluding amounts payable to Executive under the Employment Agreement between Executive and the Company dated (Employment Agreement).
3. As consideration for the obligations undertaken by the Company pursuant to the Employment Agreement, Executive hereby releases the Company, Univar N.V., and its affiliates, including without limitation Univar USA, Inc. (formerly Vopak USA Inc.) and their respective officers, directors, and employees, from any and all claims, causes of action, and liability for damages of whatever kind, known or unknown, arising from or relating to Executives employment and separation from employment (Released Claims). Released Claims include claims (including claims to attorneys fees), damages, causes of action, and disputes of any kind whatsoever, including without limitation all claims for wages, employee benefits, and damages arising out of any: contracts, express or implied; tort; discrimination; wrongful termination; any federal, state, local, or other governmental statute or ordinance, including, without limitation Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended (ADEA), the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Washington Law Against Discrimination, the Washington Minimum Wage Act and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA); and any other legal limitation on the employment relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Released Claims do not include claims for breach or enforcement of this Agreement, claims that arise after the execution of this Agreement, claims to vested benefits under ERISA, workers compensation claims, or any other claims that may not be released under this Agreement in accordance with applicable law. This waiver and release shall not apply to claims arising after Executives execution of this Release.
-14-
4. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has not filed any litigation based on any Released Claims. Executive covenants and promises never to file, press, or join in any lawsuit based on any Released Claim and agrees that any such claim, if filed by Executive, shall be dismissed, except that this covenant and promise does not apply to any claim of Executive challenging the validity of this Agreement in connection with claims arising under the ADEA. Executive represents and warrants that Executive is the sole owner of any and all Released Claims that Executive may have; and that Executive has not assigned or otherwise transferred Executives right or interest in any Released Claim.
5. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has turned over to the Company all property of the Company, including without limitation all files, memoranda, keys, manuals, equipment, data, records, and other documents, including electronically recorded documents and data that Executive received from the Company or its employees or that Executive generated in the course of employment with the Company.
6. Executive specifically agrees as follows:
a. Executive is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Release;
b. Executive acknowledges that the Company is providing benefits in the form of payments and compensation, to which Executive would not otherwise be entitled in the absence of Executives entry into this Release, as consideration for Executives entering into this Release;
c. Executive is hereby advised by this Release to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release;
d. Executive understands he has a period of at least twenty-one (21) days from the date a copy of this Release is provided to Executive in which to consider and sign the Release (during which the offer will remain open), and that Executive has an additional seven (7) days after signing this Release within which to revoke acceptance of the Release;
e. If during the twenty-one (21) day waiting period Executive should elect not to sign this Release, or during the seven (7) day revocation period Executive should revoke acceptance of the Release, then this Release shall be void and the effective date of this Release shall be the eighth day after Executive signs and delivers this Release, provided he has not revoked acceptance; and
f. Executive may accept this Agreement before the expiration of the twenty-one (21) days, in which case Executive shall waive the remainder of the twenty-one (21) day waiting period.
-15-
7. Executive hereby acknowledges his obligation to comply with the obligations that survive termination of the Employment Agreement, including without limitation those obligations with respect to confidentiality, inventions and nonsolicitation.
8. With regard to the subject matter herein, this Release shall be interpreted pursuant to Washington law.
Executive: |
|
(Signature) |
|
(Print Name) |
Dated: |
-16-
Exhibit 10.30
UNIVAR INC.
RELEASE AGREEMENT
This Release Agreement (Release) is entered into this 31 st day of December, 2013 by Edward A. Evans (Executive) with respect to the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and Univar Inc. (the Company).
1. Executives last day of employment with the Company will be January 31, 2014 (Termination Date).
2. Executive will be paid (a) $1,354,894, representing 18 months base salary ($488,250) and 1.5 times his target level bonus (85% of base salary) under the Companys management incentive plan and (b) a payment of $100,000 (not subject to a gross-up) to assist in relocation and lease-related expenses (collectively the Separation Payment). Other than the Separation Payment, the Executive and Employer have settled all compensation and benefits earned Executive by virtue of employment with Employer and agreements with Employer, except to the extent that Executive may still be owed: (a) salary earned during the last pay period prior to the Termination Date, (b) bonus earned under the management incentive plan in accordance with the achievement of the plans performance requirements for 2013 and (c) accrued unused vacation. The payment of the Separation Payment is conditioned upon Executive signing this Release Agreement and not revoking it within the applicable release period described below, and per Executives Employment Agreement, because the first and last days of the applicable release period are in two separate taxable year, the payment shall be made in the later year, promptly following the conclusion of the applicable release period.
3. Executive waives and releases any claims which he has to vested and unvested stock options in the Company or affiliates. Executive hereby releases the Company, Univar N.V., and its affiliates, including without limitation Univar USA Inc. (formerly Vopak USA Inc.) and their respective officers, directors, and employees, from any and all claims, causes of action, and liability for damages of whatever kind, known or unknown, arising from or relating to Executives employment and separation from employment (Released Claims). Released Claims include claims (including claims to attorneys fees), damages, causes of action, and disputes of any kind whatsoever, including without limitation all claims for wages, employee benefits, and damages arising out of any: contracts, express or implied; tort; discrimination; wrongful termination; any federal, state, local, or other governmental statute or ordinance, including, without limitation Title Vll of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended (ADEA), the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Washington Law Against Discrimination, the Washington Minimum Wage Act and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERIS); and any other legal limitation on the employment relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Released Claims do not include claims for breach or enforcement of this Agreement, claims that arise after the execution of this Agreement, claims to vested benefits under ERISA, workers compensation claims, claims challenging the validity of this Agreement under or any other claims that may not be released under this Agreement in accordance with applicable law. This waiver and release shall not apply to claims arising after Executives execution of this Release.
4. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has not filed any litigation based on any Released Claims. Executive covenants and promises never to file, press, or join in any lawsuit based on any Released Claim and agrees that any such claim, if filed by Executive, shall be dismissed, except that this covenant and promise does not apply to any claim of Executive challenging the validity of this Agreement in connection with claims arising under the ADEA. Executive represents and warrants that Executive is the sole owner of any and all Released Claims that Executive may have; and that Executive has not assigned or otherwise transferred Executives right or interest in any Released Claim.
5. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has turned over to Employer all property of Employer (except cell phone), including without limitation all files, memoranda, keys, manuals, equipment, data, records, and other documents, including electronically recorded documents and data that Executive received from Employer or its employees or that Executive generated in the course of employment with Employer.
6. Executive specifically agrees as follows:
a. Executive is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Release;
b. Executive acknowledges that the Company is providing benefits in the form of payments and compensation, to which Executive would not otherwise be entitled in the absence of Executives entry into this Release, as consideration for Executives entering into this Release;
c. Executive is hereby advised by this Release to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release;
d. Executive understands he has a period of at least twenty-one (21) days from the date a copy of this Release is provided to Executive in which to consider and sign the Release (during which the offer will remain open), and that Executive has an additional seven (7) days after signing this Release within which to revoke acceptance of the Release;
e. If during the twenty-one (21) day waiting period Executive should elect not to sign this Release, or during the seven (7) day revocation period Executive should revoke acceptance of the Release, then this Release shall be void and the effective date of this Release shall be the eighth day after Executive signs and delivers this Release, provided he has not revoked acceptance; and
f. Executive may accept this Agreement before the expiration of the twenty-one (21) days, in which case Executive shall waive the remainder of the 21-day waiting period.
7. Executive hereby acknowledges his obligation to comply with the obligations that survive termination of the Employment Agreement, including without limitation those obligations with respect to confidentiality, inventions and nonsolicitation.
8. With regard to the subject matter herein, this Release shall be interpreted pursuant to Washington law.
Executive: | ||
|
12/31/13 |
|
(Signature) |
||
|
||
Edward A. Evans |
||
Dated: December 31, 2013 |
Univar Inc. |
||
By: |
|
|
Title: |
Chief Executive Officer | |
Dated: |
December 31, 2013 |
Exhibit 10.31
Univar Inc.
Human Resources Policies and Procedures
MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN (NON-EXEMPT EMPLOYEES) | ||||||
Number: | Effective Date: | Supersedes: | Page | |||
GL0-01040 |
January 1, 2013 |
1 of 7 |
1. | Policy |
The Management Incentive Plan (MIP or Plan) is designed to motivate eligible employees to achieve specific objectives that will help the Company grow, be profitable, and effectively manage and use its capital. The MIP focuses attention on key objectives, encourages planning and teamwork to achieve them, and enables participants to see a direct link between their contribution to the Companys success and their compensation.
2. | Effective Date |
The Plan was approved by the Univar Inc. Compensation Committee substantially in the form set forth herein on February 14, 2013, and, as amended, is effective January 1, 2013, or such later date as may be required to comply with the requirements of IRC Section 162(m) when it is approved by the Companys shareholders. The Plan will remain in effect until such time as the Compensation Committee may elect to suspend, amend, or terminate it. Provided that, if subject to shareholder approval, the Plan shall not extend for a period beyond that approved by the shareholders or as required by law.
3. | Eligibility |
3.1 | Participants Designated executives, managers and other key employees who work for the Company or one of its subsidiaries for more than one consecutive month during a Plan Year are eligible to participate in the MIP. |
3.2 | Participant Categories Eligible Participants must be in one of the following categories: |
3.2.1 | Exempt Participants. Participants who work in positions considered exempt from overtime pay under the wage-hour laws, but who are not in an eligible sales, supervisory, management or executive position. |
3.2.2 | Sales Participants. Participants who work in eligible sales positions not covered under the Sales Incentive Plan (Policy #460) or specific business unit incentive plan. |
3.2.3 | Supervisory Participants. Participants who work in positions considered exempt from overtime pay under the wage-hour laws, and who are in an eligible supervisory position. |
Owners Name: Jeffrey Young | Review Period: 12 Months | Next Review Date: February 14, 2014 | ||
Date Approved: February 14, 2013 | ||||
Owners Signature | /s/ Jeffrey Young |
**Once printed, this document may be out of date. Please be sure to check online for the most up-to-date version.
This document is for Internal purposes only and is confidential.
Any external distribution, without Legal Department involvement, is subject to disciplinary action, up to and including, termination.
HUMAN RESOURCES POLICIES AND PROCEDURES | ||||||
Number: GL0-01040 |
Effective Date January 1, 2013 |
Supersedes: |
Page 2 of 7 |
3.2.4 | Management Participants. Participants who work in positions considered exempt from overtime pay under the wage-hour laws, and who are in an eligible management position. |
3.2.5 | Executive Participants. Participants who work in positions considered exempt from overtime pay under the wage-hour laws, and who are in an eligible executive position. |
3.3 | Participant Rights. The Plan is not intended to confer contractual rights on any Participant. The payment of an MIP Award to a Participant with respect to any Plan Year does not guarantee the Participant future employment by the Company or its subsidiaries, nor future participation in the Plan. Employees rights under the Plan are not assignable. |
3.4 | Plan. Changes The Compensation Committee reserves the right to change, modify, amend, suspend, or discontinue the MIP at any time without prior notice in its sole discretion. |
4. | Definitions |
4.1 | Plan Year |
The Companys fiscal year, from January 1 to December 31.
4.2 | Internal Revenue Code (IRC or the Code) |
The U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto, and the U.S. Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretative guidance issued under it, including without limitation any such regulations or guidance that may be issued after the Plans Effective Date.
4.3 | Covered Employee |
As defined by IRC Section 162(m).
4.4 | Salary |
Base salary as of December 31 of the Plan Year. Company contributions to VIP or other fringe benefits, earned and paid during the Plan Year, are not included. Where applicable, in certain countries Salary includes 13 th , 14 th , and 15 th month salary and other payments considered by custom as fixed earnings for the purpose of calculating awards. This includes any direct salary paid by the Company, but does not include vacation bonuses, pay in lieu of vacations, assignment allowances, or any other regular, variable or incentive compensation paid by the Company or its subsidiaries.
5. | Plan Administration |
5.1 | Compensation Committee |
The Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Companys Board of Directors, which has sole discretionary authority to interpret the Plan, and the
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
CONFIDENTIAL
HUMAN RESOURCES POLICIES AND PROCEDURES | ||||||
Number: GL0-01040 |
Effective Date January 1, 2013 |
Supersedes: |
Page 3 of 7 |
Compensation Committees determinations will be final The Compensation Committee may delegate its authority to members of the Companys management team. (In the event of such delegation, the references in this document to Compensation Committee shall mean the delegated members of management). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company is subject to IRC Section 162(m), to the extent the Compensation Committee is not comprised solely of members who are outside directors within the meaning of IRC Section 162(m), the Plan will be administered by a subcommittee of the Compensation Committee comprised of outside directors within the meaning of IRC Section 162(m). In the latter event, references in the Plan to the Compensation Committee will be deemed to refer to such subcommittee of the Compensation Committee.
5.2 | Compensation Committee Discretion. All MIP Awards are subject to the Compensation Committees discretion. Subject to restrictions imposed by IRC Section 162(m), if such provision is applicable, the Compensation Committee has full authority to: |
5.2.1 | Vary, withhold, grant, or reinstate MIP Awards; |
5.2.2 | Vary or eliminate performance goals, targets, and metrics; and |
5.2.3 | Determine, calculate, and vary performance assessments. |
The Compensation Committee may decide how any performance goals, targets or metrics shall be adjusted to the extent necessary to prevent dilution or enlargement of any MIP Award as a result of extraordinary events or circumstances, as determined by the Compensation Committee, or to exclude the effects of extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring items; changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles; currency fluctuations; discontinued operations; non-cash items, such as amortization, depreciation, or reserves; asset impairment; or any recapitalization, restructuring, re-organization, merger, acquisition, divestiture, consolidation, spin-off, split-up, combination, liquidation, dissolution, sale of assets, or other similar corporate transaction. Provided, however, that no such adjustment will be made to the MIP Award of a Covered Employee if the effect of such adjustment would cause the award to fail to qualify as performance based compensation within the meaning of IRC Section 162(m), if such provision is applicable. The Plan will be subject to any policy implemented by the Company as related to the forfeiture of incentive compensation or benefits.
5.3 | Compliance with IRC Section 409A. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing Sections E.1 and E.2, and notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan and MIP Awards paid under it will be interpreted in accordance with the requirements of IRC Section 409A, and payments under the Plan are anticipated to be made within the time frames anticipated by IRC Section 409A. In addition, if the Compensation Committee determines that any amounts payable under the Plan will be taxable to a Participant under IRC Section 409A, then prior to payment to such Participant of such amount, the Compensation Committee may: |
5.3.1 | Adopt such amendments to the Plan and MIP Awards and appropriate policies and procedures, including amendments and policies with retroactive effect, that the Compensation Committee determines are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided by the Plan and MIP Awards hereunder; and/or |
5.3.2 | Take such other actions as the Compensation Committee determines are necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of IRC Section 409A. |
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
CONFIDENTIAL
HUMAN RESOURCES POLICIES AND PROCEDURES | ||||||
Number: GL0-01040 |
Effective Date January 1, 2013 |
Supersedes: |
Page 4 of 7 |
5.4 | Delegation of Authority. The Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, delegate to the Companys Chief Executive Officer the authority (subject to the terms and conditions the Compensation Committee shall determine) to grant and administer MIP Awards to Participants who are not Covered Employees. |
5.5 | Target-Setting Process. The Compensation Committee will assign to each executive employee Participant a MIP Award basis related to the individuals responsibilities. Members of management will assign to other employee Participants and MIP Award basis related to the individuals responsibilities. Individual MIP Awards will depend on the attainment of any of the following performance criteria, either alone or in any combination, which may be expressed with respect to the Company or one or more operating units or groups, as the Compensation Committee may determine: cash flow; cash flow from operations; total earnings; earnings per share, diluted or basic; earnings per share from continuing operations, diluted or basic; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization; earnings from operations; net asset turnover; inventory turnover; capital expenditures; net earnings; operating earnings; gross or operating margin; debt; working capital; return on equity; return on net assets; return on total assets; return on capital; return on investment; return on sales; net or gross sales; market share; economic value added; cost of capital; change in assets; expense reduction levels; debt reduction; productivity; delivery performance; safety record; stock price; and total stockholder return. |
Performance goals may be determined on an absolute basis or relative to internal goals or relative to levels attained in prior Plan Years or related to other companies or indices or as ratios expressing relationships between two or more performance goals.
5.6 | MIP Award Percentages. No later than 90 days after the beginning of a Plan Year, the Compensation Committee or the members of management will assign to each Participant a target MIP Award as a percentage of their Salary. |
5.7 | MIP Award Calculation. A Participants actual MIP Award may range from 0% to 200% of their target MIP Award, depending on the degree to which specified performance goals are achieved. MIP Awards earned between target points are based on interpolation of the data. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or any agreement to the contrary, in no event may a Participants MIP Award for any Plan Year exceed US$2.5 million. Total awards calculated under the Plan will be reviewed by the Compensation Committee, and the Compensation Committee has the discretion to vary the Plan, including an increase or reduction in the amount of a Participants available MIP Award (including a reduction to zero), based on any subjective or objective factors it determines to be appropriate in its sole discretion. Provided, however, in the case of a Covered Employee the Compensation Committee may reduce (including a reduction to zero), but may not increase the amount of an available MIP Award or waive the achievement of the applicable performance goals. This Plan shall be subject to any clawback or similar policy adopted at any time by the Company. Participants who violate any Company policy, any agreement with the Company or any law, as determined in the discretion of the Compensation Committee, shall forfeit their rights to any MIP Award. |
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
CONFIDENTIAL
HUMAN RESOURCES POLICIES AND PROCEDURES | ||||||
Number: GL0-01040 |
Effective Date January 1, 2013 |
Supersedes: |
Page 5 of 7 |
5.8 | Performance Standard. If a Participant is on a written progressive discipline plan at any time during a Plan Year, the Compensation Committee may reduce a portion of the Participants MIP Award for that Plan Year. |
5.9 | Errors. If an error is made in calculating the amount of an MIP Award, as determined in the Compensation Committees sole discretion, the Compensation Committee reserves the right to correct the award and to request the repayment of any such award that was paid and/or to offset the amount of any such award from any severance pay which the Company may choose to pay. |
5.10 | Partial Year Participation. Subject to JRC Section 162(m), if such provision is applicable, if a Participant was eligible for the MIP for only a portion of a Plan Year, or worked during a Plan Year in different positions, grades, geographic groups, locations, business units, incentive plans, related companies, etc., each period of work while in an MJP-eligible position will be pro-rated based on the number of calendar days the Participant worked in each position, with the payout multiple and corresponding MIP Award calculated separately for each period. |
5.11 | Participation in MIP and Sales Incentive Plan. SIP payments are subject to adjustment for employees who participate in both the MIP and Sales Incentive Plan (460) during any quarter of a Plan Year. For such quarters, the SIP bonus will be adjusted to reflect the portion of the quarter they worked in an MIP-eligible position. |
5.12 | Periods of Disability or Unpaid Leave. Participants who suffer periods of illness or disability, or take unpaid leave, during all or a portion of a Plan Year will have their MIP Award, if any, for that Plan Year reduced under the following terms: |
5.12.1 | Sick Leave. No effect on MIP Award. |
5.12.2 | Short-Term Disability. Participants on short-term disability will not receive an MIP Award for the days they were on short-term disability. |
5.12.3 | Long-Term Disability. Participants on long-term disability will not receive an MJP Award for the days they were on long-term disability. |
5.12.4 | Workers Compensation. Participants on workers compensation will have their MIP Award reduced by the percentage their pay is reduced, if any, for the days they were on workers compensation. |
5.12.5 | Unpaid Leave. Participants who take unpaid leave of any type, including un-paid leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act or any state Jaw equivalent, will not receive an MJP Award for the days they were on such leave. This does not apply to vacation days used by Participants for part of any such leave. |
5.12.6 | Military Leave. Periods of active duty will have no effect on a Participants MIP Award. |
5.13 | Timing and Form of Payment In the United States, MIP Awards will be paid by March 15 th of the year following the Plan Year. In other countries, MIP Awards will be paid based on local tax and compensation practices. All MIP Awards will be paid in cash directly to Participants, subject to applicable taxes and other deductions. |
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
CONFIDENTIAL
HUMAN RESOURCES POLICIES AND PROCEDURES | ||||||
Number: GL0-01040 |
Effective Date January 1, 2013 |
Supersedes: |
Page 6 of 7 |
5.14 | Termination of Employment During or After Plan Year |
5.14.1 | During Plan Year |
5.14.1.1 | Death or Retirement. Participants whose employment terminates during a Plan Year due to death or retirement are eligible for a pro-rata MIP Award for the number of days worked in an MIP-eligible position during the Plan Year. For purposes of this Plan, retirement shall mean a voluntary termination of employment by an individual who is at least 60 years of age and had five years of service with the Company. |
5.14.1.2 | Resignation. Participants who resign their employment with the Company during a Plan Year are not eligible for an MIP Award for that Plan Year. Participants who resign their employment during a Plan Year, but who wish their resignation to be effective at the end of that Plan Year, may have their resignations accepted by the Company before the end of the Plan Year, and so be ineligible for an MIP Award. |
5.14.1.3 | Reduction in Force. Subject to the other provisions herein, Participants whose employment terminates during the Plan Year due to a reduction in force are not eligible for an MIP Award for that Plan Year. |
5.14.1.4 | Discharge . Participants who are discharged for any reason during the Plan Year are not eligible for an MIP Award for that Plan Year. |
5.14.2 | After Plan Year, But Before Payout. A Participant whose employment terminates for any reason other than discharge after the end of a Plan Year, but before an MIP Award has been paid for that year, is eligible for an award for that completed Plan Year. |
5.15 | Participants Rehired During Plan Year. Participants who terminate their employment during a Plan Year, and who are then rehired during the same Plan Year, may be given credit for their previous service during the Plan Year based on the following rules: |
Reason for Termination |
Credit Given for Previous Service |
|
Discharge |
No | |
Resignation |
Yes | |
Retirement |
Yes | |
Reduction in Force |
Yes |
Participants who terminate their employment during one Plan Year, and who are then rehired during another Plan Year, will not be given credit for their service during the first Plan Year. Each Plan Year will be treated separately.
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
CONFIDENTIAL
HUMAN RESOURCES POLICIES AND PROCEDURES | ||||||
Number: GL0-01040 |
Effective Date January 1, 2013 |
Supersedes: |
Page 7 of 7 |
5.16 | Unfunded Plan. The Company is not required to purchase assets, place assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made, or to otherwise segregate assets for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan. Participants have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company. |
5.17 | Limit of Liability. Neither the Company nor any other person participating in the interpretation, administration or application of the Plan will have any liability to any Participant or other party for any action taken or not taken in good faith under the Plan. |
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
CONFIDENTIAL
Exhibit 10.32
UNIVAR INC. 2011
STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
Article I
Purpose
Univar Inc. has established this stock incentive plan to foster and promote its long-term financial success. Capitalized terms have the meaning given in Article XI.
Article II
Powers of the Board
Section 2.1 Power to Grant Awards . The Board, in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, shall select officers and key employees to participate in the Plan. The Board shall determine the terms of each Award, consistent with the Plan.
Section 2.2 Administration . The Board shall be responsible for the administration of the Plan. The Board may prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the administration of the Plan, provide for conditions and assurances it deems necessary or advisable to protect the interests of the Company and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration and interpretation of the Plan. Any authority exercised by the Board under the Plan shall be exercised by the Board in its sole discretion. Determinations, interpretations or other actions made or taken by the Board under the Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons.
Section 2.3 Delegation by the Board . All of the powers, duties and responsibilities of the Board specified in this Plan may be exercised and performed by any duly constituted committee thereof to the extent authorized by the Board to exercise and perform such powers, duties and responsibilities, and any determination, interpretation or other action taken by such committee shall have the same effect hereunder as if made or taken by the Board.
Article III
Shares Subject to Plan
Section 3.1 Number . The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan or be subject to Awards may not exceed
11,452,963 shares. The shares of Common Stock to be delivered under the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock that are not reserved for any other purpose.
Section 3.2 Canceled, Terminated or Forfeited Awards; Share Counting .
(a) Upon the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Article IV, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock set forth in Section 3.1 shall be reduced by the number of shares sold. In the event that, subsequent to any such sale, the Company reacquires any of such shares of Common Stock, such reacquired shares of Common Stock shall again be available for grant under the Plan.
(b) Upon the grant of an Option, share of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock set forth in Section 3.1 shall be reduced by the number of shares subject to such Award. Upon the exercise, settlement or conversion of any Award or portion thereof, there shall again be available for grant under the Plan the number of shares subject to such Award or portion thereof minus the actual number of shares of Common Stock issued in connection with such exercise, settlement or conversion. If any such Award or portion thereof is for any reason forfeited, canceled, expired or otherwise terminated without the issuance of shares of Common Stock, the Common Stock subject to such forfeited, canceled, expired or otherwise terminated Award or portion thereof shall again be available for grant under the Plan. If shares of Common Stock are withheld from issuance with respect to an Award by the Company in satisfaction of any tax withholding or similar obligations, such withheld shares shall again be available for grant under the Plan. Awards which the Board reasonably determines will be settled in cash or will be forfeited shall not reduce the Plan maximum set forth in Section 3.1.
Section 3.3 Adjustment in Capitalization . If and to the extent necessary or appropriate to prevent the reduction or enlargement of rights under the Plan by reason of any stock dividend, extraordinary dividend, stock split or share combination or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation, exchange of shares, spin-off, liquidation or dissolution of the Company or other similar transaction affecting the Common Stock, the Board shall adjust the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan and the number, class and exercise price of any outstanding Award, and/or make such substitution, revision or other provisions with respect to any outstanding Award or the holder or holders thereof, in each case in an equitable manner. After any adjustment made pursuant to this Section, the number of shares subject to each outstanding Award shall be
2
rounded down to the nearest whole number. Any action taken pursuant to this Section 3.3 shall be effected in a manner that is exempt from or otherwise complies with Section 409A of the Code.
Article IV
Stock Purchase
Section 4.1 Awards and Administration . The Board may offer and sell Common Stock to Participants at such time or times as it shall determine, the terms of which shall be set forth in a Subscription Agreement.
Section 4.2 Minimum Purchase Price . Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the purchase price for any Common Stock to be offered and sold pursuant to this Article IV shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.
Section 4.3 Payment . Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the purchase price with respect to any Common Stock offered and sold pursuant to this Article IV shall be paid in cash or other readily available funds simultaneously with the closing of the purchase of such Common Stock.
Article V
Terms of Options
Section 5.1 Grant of Options . The Board may grant Options to Participants at such time or times as it shall determine. Options granted pursuant to the Plan will not be incentive stock options as defined in the Code unless otherwise determined by the Board. Each Option granted to a Participant shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement that shall specify the number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased pursuant to such Option, the exercise price at which shares of Common Stock may be purchased pursuant to such Option, the duration of such Option (not to exceed the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date), and such other terms as the Board shall determine.
Section 5.2 Exercise Price . The exercise price per share of Common Stock to be purchased upon exercise of an Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.
Section 5.3 Vesting and Exercise of Options . Options shall become vested or exercisable in accordance with the vesting schedule or upon the attainment of such performance criteria as shall be specified by the Board on or before the Grant Date. Unless otherwise determined by the Board on or before the Grant Date, one
3
fourth of the Options shall vest and become exercisable subject to continued employment on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the Grant Date. The Board may accelerate the vesting or exercisability of any Option, all Options or any class of Options at any time and from time to time.
Section 5.4 Payment . The Board shall establish procedures governing the exercise of Options, which procedures shall, unless the Board determines otherwise, generally require that prior written notice of exercise be given and that the exercise price (together with any required withholding taxes or other similar taxes, charges or fees (the Withholding Amounts )) be paid in full in cash, cash equivalents or other readily-available funds at the time of exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on such terms as the Board may establish from time to time following a Public Offering ( i ) the Board may permit a Participant to tender any Common Stock such Participant has owned for the duration, if necessary, to avoid any adverse accounting charges to the Company for all or a portion of the applicable exercise price or minimum required withholding taxes and ( ii ) the Board may authorize the Company to establish a broker-assisted exercise program. In connection with any Option exercise, the Company may require the Participant to furnish or execute such other documents as it shall reasonably deem necessary to ( a ) evidence such exercise, ( b ) determine whether registration is then required under the U.S. federal securities laws or similar non-U.S. laws or ( c ) comply with or satisfy the requirements of the U.S. federal securities laws, applicable state or non-U.S. securities laws or any other law. Unless the Board determines otherwise, as a condition to the exercise of any Option before a Public Offering, a Participant shall enter into a Subscription Agreement annexed to the Award Agreement for the Option or, if a Subscription Agreement is not so annexed, as otherwise provided to the Participant.
Article VI
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
Section 6.1 Grants of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units . The Board may grant Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units to Participants at such time or times and on such terms and conditions as it shall determine. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units granted to a Participant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the number of shares of Restricted Stock or the number of Restricted Stock Units that are being granted to the Participant, the vesting conditions applicable to such Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, the rights and obligations of the Participant with respect to such Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, and such other terms and conditions as the Board shall determine (including, if determined by the Board, payment of a portion of the Fair Market Value thereof).
4
Section 6.2 Conditions to Grant . Unless otherwise determined by the Board, it shall be a condition to the issuance of Restricted Stock and the settlement of Restricted Stock Units, in each case prior to a Public Offering, that the Participant who receives such Award enter into a Subscription Agreement annexed to the related Award Agreement or, if a Subscription Agreement is not so annexed, as otherwise provided to the Participant. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the certificates evidencing shares of Restricted Stock shall be held by the Secretary of the Company or another custodian selected by the Company.
Section 6.3 Vesting Conditions . Awards of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall vest in accordance with the vesting conditions specified in the applicable Award Agreement. These vesting conditions may include, without limitation and alone or in any combination, the continued provision of services to the Company or any of its Affiliates or the achievement of individual, corporate, business unit or other performance goals. Awards of Restricted Stock (prior to the vesting thereof) and Restricted Stock Units (prior to the settlement thereof) may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated other than as permitted by the Board.
Section 6.4 Stockholder Rights; Dividend Equivalents . Awards of Restricted Stock shall have such voting and dividend rights as the Board shall, in its discretion, determine. With respect to Awards of Restricted Stock Units, the Board may, in its discretion, determine that the payment of dividends, or a specified portion thereof, declared or paid on shares of Common Stock by the Company shall be ( i ) not paid to Participants holding Awards of Restricted Stock Units in respect of any period prior to the issuance of shares of Common Stock therefor, ( ii ) paid without restriction or deferral or ( iii ) credited but deferred until the lapsing of the vesting restrictions imposed upon such Restricted Stock Units. In the event that dividend equivalent payments are to be deferred, the Board shall determine whether such dividend equivalent payments are to be deemed reinvested in shares of Common Stock (which shall be held as additional Restricted Stock Units) or held in cash or other notional instruments. Payment of deferred dividend equivalent payments in respect of Restricted Stock Units (whether held in cash or as additional Restricted Stock Units or other notional instruments), shall be made upon the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units to which such deferred dividend equivalent payments relate, and any dividend equivalent payments so deferred in respect of any Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of the related Restricted Stock Units.
5
Section 6.5 Board Discretion . Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Plan to the contrary, the Board may accelerate the vesting of any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units or any class or series of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units for any reason on such terms and subject to such conditions, as the Board shall determine, at any time and from time to time.
Article VII
Termination of Employment
Section 7.1 Expiration of Options Following Termination of Employment . Unless otherwise determined by the Board on or before the Grant Date, if a Participants employment with the Company terminates, such Participants Options shall be treated as follows:
(a) any unvested Options shall terminate effective as of such termination of employment (determined without regard to any statutory or deemed or express contractual notice period); provided that if the Employees employment with the Company is terminated in a Special Termination (i.e., by reason of the Employees death or Disability), any unvested Options held by the Employee shall immediately vest as of the effective date of such Special Termination;
(b) except in the case of a termination for Cause, vested Options shall remain exercisable through the earliest of ( i ) the normal expiration date, ( ii ) 90 days after the Participants termination of employment (determined without regard to any statutory or deemed or express contractual notice period) or 180 days in the case of a Special Termination or a retirement at age 65 or later, and ( iii ) any cancellation pursuant to Section 8.1; and
(c) in the case of a termination for Cause, any and all Options held by such Participant (whether or not then vested or exercisable) shall terminate immediately upon such termination of employment.
Section 7.2 Effect of Termination of Employment on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units . Unless otherwise determined by the Board, upon the termination of a Participants employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary, any unvested Restricted Stock and any unvested Restricted Stock Units held by the Participant shall be automatically forfeited and canceled.
6
Section 7.3 Call Rights upon Termination of Employment Prior to a Public Offering . Each Subscription Agreement shall provide that the Company and one or more of the Investors shall have successive rights prior to a Public Offering to purchase all or any portion of a Participants Common Stock upon any termination of employment (determined without regard to any statutory or deemed or express contractual notice period), at such time and at a purchase price per share equal to the Fair Market Value as of the date specified in the Subscription Agreement (or, if the Participants employment termination qualifies as a termination for Cause, for a purchase price per share equal to the lesser of ( i ) the Fair Market Value as of the date specified in the Subscription Agreement and ( ii ) such Participants per share purchase price).
Article VIII
Change in Control
Section 8.1 Accelerated Vesting and Payment . Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement: ( i ) ( x ) immediately prior to a Change in Control, all then-outstanding unvested Options shall automatically vest such that all then-outstanding Options shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, be fully vested and exercisable, and ( y ) except as otherwise provided in Section 8.2, upon the Change in Control, each then-outstanding Option shall be canceled in exchange for a payment in an amount or with a value equal to the excess, if any, of the Change in Control Price over the exercise price for such Option; ( ii ) upon a Change in Control, the Restriction Period applicable to all shares of Restricted Stock shall expire and all such shares shall vest and become non-forfeitable; and ( iii ) upon a Change in Control, each Restricted Stock Unit shall be treated as provided in the written Award Agreement governing such Restricted Stock Unit. In addition, upon the termination of a Participants employment without Cause or for Good Reason within twelve months after the occurrence of an Excluded Transaction, then all outstanding unvested Options of such Participant shall automatically vest.
Section 8.2 Alternative Options . No cancellation in exchange for a payment described in Section 8.1 shall occur with respect to any Option if the Board reasonably determines in good faith, prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, that such Option shall be honored or assumed, or new rights substituted therefor following the Change in Control (such honored, assumed or substituted award, an Alternative Award ), provided that any Alternative Award must give the Participant who held such Option rights and entitlements substantially equivalent to or better than the rights and terms applicable under such Option, including, but not limited to, identical or better timing and methods of payment
7
and, if the Alternative Award or the securities underlying it are not publicly-traded, identical or better rights following a termination of employment to require the Company or the acquiror in such Change in Control to repurchase the Alternative Award or securities underlying such Alternative Award.
Article IX
Authority to Vary Terms or Establish Local Jurisdiction Plans
The Board may vary the terms of Awards under the Plan, or establish sub-plans under this Plan to authorize the grant of awards that have additional or different terms or features from those otherwise provided for in the Plan, if and to the extent the Board determines necessary or appropriate to permit the grant of awards that are best suited to further the purposes of the Plan and to comply with applicable securities laws in a particular jurisdiction or provide terms appropriately suited for Employees in such jurisdiction in light of the tax laws of such jurisdiction while being as consistent as otherwise possible with the terms of Awards under the Plan; provided that this Article IX shall not be deemed to authorize any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan set forth in Section 3.1.
Article X
Amendment, Modification, and Termination of the Plan
The Board may terminate or suspend the Plan at any time, and may amend or modify the Plan from time to time. No amendment, modification, termination or suspension of the Plan shall in any manner adversely affect any Award theretofore granted under the Plan without the consent of the Participant holding such Award or the consent of a majority of Participants holding similar Awards (such majority to be determined based on the number of shares covered by such Awards). Shareholder approval of any such amendment, modification, termination or suspension shall be obtained to the extent mandated by applicable law, or if otherwise deemed appropriate by the Board.
Article XI
Definitions
Section 11.1 Definitions . Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:
Affiliate shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control
8
with such first Person; provided that a director, member of management or other Employee of the Company shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Investors. For these purposes, control (including the terms controlled by and under common control with) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of a Person by reason of ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
Alternative Award has the meaning given in Section 8.2.
Award shall mean an Option, an offer and sale of Common Stock pursuant to Article IV, or any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit, in each case granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan.
Award Agreement means a Subscription Agreement, an Option Agreement or any other agreement evidencing an Award.
Board means the Board of Directors of the Company or, to the extent that a delegation to a committee has occurred as provided in Section 2.3, such committee (to the extent of such delegation).
Cause shall, as to any Participant, have the meaning set forth in the employment agreement to which the Participant is a party with the Company or an Affiliate, or, in the absence of such an employment agreement, shall mean any of the following: (i) the Participants willful and continued failure to perform his or her material duties with respect to the Company or its Affiliates (except where due to a physical or mental incapacity) which continues beyond ten (10) business days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Participant by the Company or its Affiliate, (ii) the Participants conviction of or plea nolo contendere to (A) the commission of a felony, or (B) any misdemeanor that is a crime of moral turpitude, (iii) willful and gross misconduct by the Participant in connection with his duties as an employee of the Company or its Affiliate, or (iv) breach of any non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality obligations owed by the Participant to the Company or its Affiliate; provided , that no act or omission on the part of the Participant shall be deemed willful if done, or omitted to be done, by the Participant in good faith and in the reasonable belief that such action or omission was in the best interest of the Company or its Affiliate, and no failure of the Participant or the Company or its Affiliate to achieve performance goals, in
9
and of itself, shall be treated as a basis for the termination of a Participants employment by the Company or its Affiliate for Cause . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no termination shall be treated as for Cause (and any such termination shall instead be treated as without Cause ) unless (i) the Participant has been given not less than ten (10) business days written notice by the Company CEO on behalf of the Company of its intention to terminate that Participants employment for Cause, such notice to state in detail the particular act or acts or failure or failures to act that constitute the grounds on which the proposed termination for Cause is based, (ii) such notice is delivered not later than sixty (60) days after the Company CEOs learning of such act or acts or failure or failures to act, and (iii) the Company CEO has thereafter provided that Participant with a written confirmation (after the Participant has been given a reasonable opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard by the Company CEO) of the fact that, in the judgment of the Company CEO, grounds for Cause on the basis of the original notice exist, and no cure was timely effected; provided , that if such Participant is the Company CEO, the references to the Company CEO that precede this proviso shall mean the Board.
Change in Control means the first to occur of the following events after the Effective Date:
(i) any transaction, whether by way of sales of capital stock, merger, consolidation or otherwise, that would result in the direct or indirect beneficial ownership by any person, entity or group (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), excluding the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or by the Investors, or any Affiliates of any of the foregoing, of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Companys (or, if applicable, the surviving company after such a merger) then outstanding voting securities; provided that an Excluded Transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control;
(ii) within any 12-month period, the persons who were directors of the Company at the beginning of such period (the Incumbent Directors ) shall cease to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any director elected or nominated for election to the Board by a majority of the Incumbent Directors then still in office shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director for purposes of this clause (ii); or
10
(iii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to one or more persons or entities that are not, immediately prior to such sale, transfer or other disposition, Affiliates of the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Public Offering shall not constitute a Change in Control.
Change in Control Price means the price per share of Common Stock offered in conjunction with any transaction resulting in a Change in Control. If any part of the offered price is payable other than in cash, the Change in Control price shall be determined in good faith by the Board as constituted immediately prior to the Change in Control.
Code means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto.
Common Stock means the Common Stock, par value U.S.$0.00000001361237526593350 per share, of the Company and, if applicable, any securities which may be issued after the Effective Date in respect of, or in exchange for, the shares of Common Stock.
Company means Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto; provided that for purposes of determining the status of a Participants employment with the Company, such term shall include the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries that employ the Participant.
Company CEO means John J. Zillmer or his successor from time to time as Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
Disability shall, as to any Participant, have the meaning set forth in the employment agreement to which the Participant is a party with the Company or an Affiliate, or, in the absence of such an employment agreement, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, a Participants long-term disability within the meaning of the long-term disability insurance plan or program of the Company or any Subsidiary then covering the Participant, or in the absence of such a plan or program, as determined by the Board. The Boards reasoned and good faith judgment of Disability shall be final and shall be based on such competent medical evidence as shall be presented to it by the Participant or by any physician or group of physicians or other competent medical expert employed by the Participant or the Company to advise the Board.
11
Effective Date has the meaning given in Section 12.10.
Employee means any executive, officer or other employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.
Excluded Transaction means a transaction described in clause (i) of the definition Change in Control in which immediately after such transaction CD&R Univar Holdings, L.P. or its Permitted Transferees own at least 10% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company and no shares of such capital stock are then owned by Univar N.V. or its Permitted Transferees.
Fair Market Value means, as of any date of determination prior to a Public Offering, the per share fair market value on such date of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board, in compliance with section 409A of the Code. The Fair Market Value on any date shall be the most recent valuation of the Common Stock that shall have been performed by an independent valuation firm (such independent valuation to occur on a semi-annual basis), unless the Board determines in good faith that events subsequent to the most recent valuation date require an adjustment to the valuation, in which case the Board shall give due consideration to such events and such other factors as it deems appropriate. Following a Public Offering, Fair Market Value shall mean, as of any date of determination, the closing price for such date (or, if such date is not a trading day, the immediately preceding trading day) per share of Common Stock as reported on the principal stock exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are then listed.
Good Reason shall, as to any Participant, have the meaning set forth in the employment agreement to which the Participant is a party with the Company or an Affiliate, or, in the absence of such an employment agreement ( x ) a greater than 10% reduction in base salary or ( y ) required relocation of his or her principal place of employment by more than 50 miles.
Grant Date means, with respect to any Award, the date as of which such Award is granted pursuant to the Plan.
Investor means any of ( i ) CD&R Univar Holdings, L.P., ( ii ) Univar N.V., ( iii ) any Affiliate of any of the foregoing that acquires Common Stock, and ( iv ) any successor in interest to any thereof.
12
Option means the right granted pursuant to the Plan to purchase one share of Common Stock.
Option Agreement means an agreement between the Company and a Participant embodying the terms of any Options granted pursuant to the Plan and in the form approved by the Board from time to time for such purpose.
Participant means any Employee who is granted an Award.
Permitted Transferee has the meaning given to such term in the Stockholders Agreement.
Person means any natural person, firm, partnership, limited liability company, association, corporation, company, trust, business trust, governmental authority or other entity.
Plan means this Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan.
Public Offering means the first day as of which ( i ) sales of Common Stock are made to the public in the United States pursuant to an underwritten public offering of the Common Stock led by one or more underwriters at least one of which is an underwriter of nationally recognized standing, with aggregate gross cash proceeds (without regard to any underwriting discount or commission) equal to at least 20% of the value of all outstanding shares of Common Stock (on a fully diluted basis) on such date, or ( ii ) the Board has determined that shares of the Common Stock otherwise have become publicly-traded for this purpose.
Restricted Stock means shares of Common Stock subject to a Restriction Period granted to a Participant under the Plan.
Restricted Stock Unit means a contractual right of a Participant to receive a stated number of shares of Common Stock, or, at the discretion of the Board, cash based on the Fair Market Value of such shares of Common Stock, under the Plan at the end of a specified period of time, that is forfeitable by the Participant until the completion of a specified period of future service or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or applicable Award Agreement or that is otherwise subject to a Restriction Period.
13
Restriction Period means the period during which any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are subject to forfeiture and/or restrictions on transfer pursuant to the terms of the Plan.
Special Termination means a termination by reason of the Participants death or Disability.
Stockholders Agreement means the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, by and among (among others) the Company and the Investors (as the same may be amended from time to time).
Subscription Agreement means a stock subscription agreement between the Company and a Participant embodying the terms of any stock purchase made pursuant to the Plan and in the form approved by the Board from time to time for such purpose.
Subsidiary means any corporation, limited liability company or other entity, a majority of whose outstanding voting securities is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.
Withholding Amounts has the meaning given in Section 5.4.
Section 11.2 Gender and Number . Except when otherwise indicated by the context, words in the masculine gender used in the Plan shall include the feminine gender, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular.
Article XII
Miscellaneous Provisions
Section 12.1 Nontransferability of Awards . Except as otherwise provided herein or as the Board may permit on such terms as it shall determine, no Awards granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, hedged, encumbered or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to Awards granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during the Participants life-time by such Participant only (or, in the event of the Participants Disability, such Participants legal representative). Following a Participants death, all rights with respect to Awards that were outstanding at the time of such Participants death and have not terminated shall be exercised by his designated beneficiary or by his estate in the absence of a designated beneficiary.
14
Section 12.2 Tax Withholding . The Company or the Subsidiary employing a Participant shall have the power to withhold up to the minimum statutory requirement, or to require such Participant to remit to the Company or such Subsidiary, an amount sufficient to satisfy all U.S. federal, state, local and any non-U.S. withholding tax or other governmental tax, charge or fee requirements in respect of any Award granted under the Plan.
Section 12.3 Beneficiary Designation . Pursuant to such rules and procedures as the Board may from time to time establish, a Participant may name a beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) by whom any right under the Plan is to be exercised in case of such Participants death. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form reasonably prescribed by the Board, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Board during his lifetime.
Section 12.4 No Guarantee of Employment or Participation . Nothing in the Plan or in any agreement granted hereunder shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate any Participants employment or retention at any time, or confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ or retention of the Company or any Subsidiary. No Employee shall have a right to be selected as a Participant or, having been so selected, to receive any other or future Awards. For purposes of this Plan, the employment of a Participant shall be deemed to refer to the Participants provision of services to the Company or any Subsidiary as an employee or independent contractor, and the termination of employment and corollary phrases with respect to a Participant shall be deemed to refer to the Participants cessation of such services with respect to all such persons in all capacities.
Section 12.5 No Limitation on Compensation; No Impact on Benefits . Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to establish other plans or to pay compensation to its Employees, in cash or property, in a manner that is not expressly authorized under the Plan. Except as may otherwise be specifically and unequivocally stated under any employee benefit plan, policy or program, no amount payable in respect of any Award shall be treated as compensation for purposes of calculating a Participants rights under any such plan, policy or program. The selection of an Employee as a Participant shall neither entitle such Employee to, nor disqualify such Employee from, participation in any other award or incentive plan.
Section 12.6 No Voting Rights . Except as otherwise required by law, no Participant holding any Awards granted under the Plan shall have any right in respect of such Awards to vote on any matter submitted to the Companys
15
stockholders until such time as the shares of Common Stock underlying such Awards have been issued, and then, subject to the voting restrictions contained in the Subscription Agreement.
Section 12.7 Requirements of Law . The granting of Awards and the issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan, and no Common Stock shall be issued under the Plan, if such grant or issuance would result in a violation of applicable law, including U.S. federal securities laws and any applicable state or non-U.S. securities laws.
Section 12.8 Freedom of Action . Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement evidencing an Award shall be construed as limiting or preventing the Company or any Subsidiary from taking any corporate action (such as acquisitions, dispositions, entry into new lines of business and the incurrence of indebtedness) that it deems appropriate or in its best interest (as determined in its sole and absolute discretion) and no Participant (or person claiming by or through a Participant) shall have any right relating to the diminishment in the value of any Award as a result of any such action, so long as such action is not directly governed by or is not directly related to the administration of the Plan or any Award Agreement. This Section 12.8 shall not be construed to enlarge the rights of the Company or the Board hereunder with respect to the interpretation or administration of the Plan or any Award Agreements.
Section 12.9 Unfunded Plan ; Plan Not Subject to ERISA . The plan is an unfunded plan and Participants shall have the status of unsecured creditors of the Company. The Plan is not intended to be subject to the Employee Retirement Income and Security Act of 1974, as amended.
Section 12.10 Term of Plan . The Plan shall be effective as of March 28, 2011 (the Effective Date ) and shall continue in effect, unless sooner terminated pursuant to Article X, until the tenth anniversary of such date. The provisions of the Plan shall continue thereafter to govern all outstanding Awards.
Section 12.11 Governing Law . The Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware regardless of the application of rules of conflict of law that would apply the laws of any other jurisdiction.
Section 12.12 Section 409A of the Code . This Plan and the Award Agreements entered into pursuant to this Plan are intended to be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent.
16
Exhibit 10.33
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE
UNIVAR INC. 2011 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 to the Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, (the Plan ), is effective as of November 30, 2012. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment No. 1 shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.
Background
WHEREAS, prior to the adoption of this Amendment No. 1, the Plan provides that a maximum of 11,452,963 shares of Common Stock are available for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the Plan; and
WHEREAS, the Board has determined that it is appropriate, advisable and in the best interests of the Company to increase the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the Plan by 2,600,000 shares, from 11,452,963 shares to 14,052,963 shares.
Amendment
1. | Stock Available for Purchase under the Plan . Section 3.1 of the Plan is hereby amended to read in its entirety: |
3.1 Number . The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan or be subject to Awards may not exceed 14,052,963 shares. The shares of Common Stock to be delivered under the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock that are not reserved for any other purpose.
2. No Other Effect on the Plan . In all other respects, the form, terms and provisions of the Plan remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
UNIVAR INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: |
Amy E. Weaver |
|
Title: | Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary |
Exhibit 10.34
Employee Stock Option Agreement
This Employee Stock Option Agreement, dated as of [ ], between Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the Employee whose name appears on the signature page hereof, is being entered into pursuant to the Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan ). The meaning of capitalized terms may be found in Section 8.
The Company and the Employee hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Grant of Options
(a) Confirmation of Grant . The Company hereby evidences and confirms, effective as of the date hereof, its grant to the Employee of Options to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock specified on the signature page hereof. The Options are not intended to be incentive stock options under the Code. This Agreement is entered into pursuant to, and the terms of the Options are subject to, the terms of the Plan.
(b) Option Price . Each share covered by an Option shall have the Option Price specified on the signature page hereof.
Section 2. Vesting and Exercisability
(a) Vesting . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6(a) or Section 2(b) of this Agreement, the Options shall become vested in four equal annual installments on each of the first through fourth anniversaries of the Grant Date, subject to the continuous employment of the Employee with the Company until the applicable vesting date; provided that ( i ) if the Employees employment with the Company is terminated in a Special Termination (i.e., by reason of the Employees death or Disability), any Options held by the Employee shall immediately vest as of the effective date of such Special Termination, and ( ii ) if the Employees employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Employee with Good Reason, a number of Options shall vest as of the effective date of such termination of employment in an amount equal to the product of ( x ) the number of Options held by the Employee that would have vested if the Employees employment with the Company had continued until the next following anniversary of the Grant Date multiplied by ( y ) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that have elapsed from the later of the Grant Date or the most recent anniversary of the Grant Date and the denominator of which is 365.
(b) Discretionary Acceleration . The Board, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the vesting or exercisability of all or a portion of the Options, at any time and from time to time.
(c) Exercise . Once vested in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Options may be exercised at any time prior to the date such Options terminate pursuant to Section 3. Options may only be exercised with respect to whole shares of Common Stock and must be exercised in accordance with Section 4.
(d) No Other Accelerated Vesting . The vesting and exercisability provisions set forth in this Section 2 or in Section 6, or expressly set forth in the Plan, shall be the exclusive vesting and exercisability provisions applicable to the Options and shall supersede any other provisions relating to vesting and exercisability, unless such other such provision expressly refers to the Plan by name and this Agreement by name and date.
Section 3. Termination of Options
(a) Normal Termination Date . Unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 3(b) or Section 6, the Options shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date (the Normal Termination Date ), if not exercised prior to such date.
(b) Early Termination . If the Employees employment with the Company terminates for any reason, any Options held by the Employee that have not vested before the effective date of such termination of employment or that do not become vested on such date in accordance with Section 2 shall terminate immediately upon such termination of employment and, if the Employees employment is terminated for Cause, all Options (whether or not then vested or exercisable) shall automatically terminate immediately upon such termination. All vested Options held by the Employee following the effective date of a termination of employment shall remain exercisable until the first to occur of ( i ) the 90 th day following the effective date of the Employees termination of employment (the 180th day in the case of a Special Termination or a retirement from active service on or after the Employee reaches age 65), ( ii ) the Normal Termination Date or ( iii ) the cancellation of the Options pursuant to Section 6(a), and if not exercised within such period the Options shall automatically terminate upon the expiration of such period.
2
Section 4. Manner of Exercise
(a) General . Subject to such reasonable administrative regulations as the Board may adopt from time to time, the Employee may exercise vested Options by giving prior written notice to the Secretary of the Company specifying the proposed date on which the Employee desires to exercise a vested Option (the Exercise Date ), the number of whole shares with respect to which the Options are being exercised (the Exercise Shares ) and the aggregate Option Price for such Exercise Shares (the Exercise Price ); provided , that, prior to a Public Offering, the Employee shall provide at least 10 business days notice of exercise. On or before any Exercise Date that occurs prior to a Public Offering, the Company and the Employee shall enter into the Subscription Agreement attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, and subject to such other terms, representations and warranties as may be provided for in the Subscription Agreement, ( i ) on or before the Exercise Date the Employee shall deliver to the Company full payment for the Exercise Shares in United States dollars in cash, or cash equivalents satisfactory to the Company, in an amount equal to the Exercise Price plus any required withholding taxes or other similar taxes, charges or fees and ( ii ) the Company shall register the issuance of the Exercise Shares on its records (or direct such issuance to be registered by the Companys transfer agent); provided that, notwithstanding clause (i) of this sentence, upon the exercise of the Option following a termination of employment of the Employee prior to a Public Offering ( a ) in a Special Termination, ( b ) by the Company without Cause, or ( c ) by the Employee with Good Reason, the Participant may elect, in lieu of being required to exercise the Options and pay the Option exercise price in full at the time of exercise as aforesaid, to direct the Company to cancel all or a portion of the Options (to the extent then exercisable), and, in consideration of such cancellation, the Company shall ( i ) retain (i.e., not issue) a number of shares of Common Stock (the Unissued Option Shares ) that have an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the date of cancellation equal to the aggregate Option exercise price of the portion of the Options so cancelled and ( ii ) issue to the Participant a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the portion of the Options so cancelled minus the number of Unissued Option Shares (it being understood that the Participant shall pay the
3
Withholding Amounts in cash or cash equivalents at the time of exercise) provided, further, that the method of exercise set forth in the immediately preceding proviso shall not be made available if such method of exercise would result in a violation of the terms or provisions of, or a default or an event of default under, any of the Financing Agreements (as defined in the Subscription Agreement). The Company may require the Employee to furnish or execute such other documents as the Company shall reasonably deem necessary ( i ) to evidence such exercise, ( ii ) to determine whether registration is then required under the Securities Act or other applicable law or ( iii ) to comply with or satisfy the requirements of the Securities Act, applicable state or non-U.S. securities laws or any other law.
(b) Restrictions on Exercise . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Options may not be exercised in whole or in part, and no certificates representing Exercise Shares shall be delivered, ( A ) unless all requisite approvals and consents of any governmental authority of any kind shall have been secured, ( B ) unless the purchase of the Exercise Shares shall be exempt from registration under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws, and applicable non-U.S. securities laws, or the Exercise Shares shall have been registered under such laws, and ( C ) unless all applicable U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax withholding requirements shall have been satisfied. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any consents or approvals referred to in clause (A) of the preceding sentence, but shall otherwise have no obligations to take any steps to prevent or remove any impediment to exercise described in such sentence.
(c) Tag-Along Notice . By reason of holding the Options, whether or not they are exercised, the Employee shall be entitled to receive a Sale Notice (as defined in the Subscription Agreement) at the time and in the manner prescribed by Section 6 of the Subscription Agreement in order to allow the Employee to participate in a Tag-Along Transaction (as defined in the Subscription Agreement).
Section 5. Employees Representations; Investment Intention . The Employee represents and warrants that the Options have been, and any Exercise Shares will be, acquired by the Employee solely for the Employees own account for investment and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof. The Employee represents and warrants that the Employee understands that none of the Exercise Shares may be transferred, sold, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of unless the provisions of the Subscription Agreement shall have been complied with or have expired.
4
Section 6. Change in Control
(a) Vesting and Cancellation . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6(a), in the event of a Change in Control, all then-outstanding unvested Options shall automatically vest in full such that all Options outstanding hereunder shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, be fully vested and exercisable. Subject to Section 6(b), upon the Change in Control, all Options then outstanding shall be canceled in exchange for a payment having a value equal to the excess, if any, of ( i ) the product of the Change in Control Price multiplied by the aggregate number of shares covered by all such Options immediately prior to the Change in Control over ( ii ) the aggregate Option Price for all such shares, to be paid as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than 30 days following the Change in Control.
(b) Alternative Award . Notwithstanding Section 6(a), no cancellation, termination, or settlement or other payment shall occur with respect to any Option if the Board reasonably determines prior to the Change in Control that the Employee shall receive an Alternative Award meeting the requirements of the Plan.
Section 7. Covenants . In consideration of the receipt of the Options granted pursuant to this Agreement, the Employee agrees to be bound by the covenants set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement.
Section 8. Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms that are not defined herein have the respective meaning given in the Plan, and the following additional terms shall have the following meanings:
Agreement means this Employee Stock Option Agreement, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
Code means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto.
Company means Univar Inc., provided that for purposes of determining the status of Employees employment with the Company, such term shall include the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries that employ the Employee.
5
Data has the meaning given in Section 9(b)(ii).
Employee means the grantee of the Options, whose name is set forth on the signature page of this Agreement; provided that for purposes of Section 4 and Section 9, following such persons death Employee shall be deemed to include such persons beneficiary or estate and following such Persons Disability, Employee shall be deemed to include such persons legal representative.
Exercise Date has the meaning given in Section 4(a).
Exercise Price has the meaning given in Section 4(a).
Exercise Shares has the meaning given in Section 4(a).
Grant Date means [ ], which is the date on which the Options are granted to the Employee.
Group has the meaning given in Section 9(b)(i).
Normal Termination Date has the meaning given in Section 3(a).
Option means the right granted to the Employee hereunder to purchase one share of Common Stock for a purchase price equal to the Option Price subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan.
Option Price means, with respect to each share of Common Stock covered by an Option, the purchase price specified in Section 1(b) for which the Employee may purchase such share of Common Stock upon exercise of an Option.
Plan means the Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.
Securities Act means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder that are in effect at the time, and any reference to a particular section thereof shall include a reference to the corresponding section, if any, of such successor statute, and the rules and regulations.
Section 9. Miscellaneous .
(a) Withholding . The Company or one of its Subsidiaries shall require the Employee to remit to the Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any applicable U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax withholding or other similar charges or fees that may arise in connection with the exercise of the Options.
6
(b) Data Protection .
(i) The Employee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of his or her personal data as described in this document by and among, as applicable, the Company and its Affiliates (the Group ) for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing his or her participation in the Plan.
(ii) The Employee acknowledges that the Group holds certain personal information about him or her, including, but not limited to, his or her name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, national insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, details of all Options or any other entitlements outstanding in the Employees favor, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (Data).
(iii) The Employee acknowledges and agrees that Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in the Employees country of residence or elsewhere, and that the recipients country of residence may have different data privacy laws and protections to those of the Employees country. The Employee authorizes any such recipients to receive, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Employees participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Employee may elect to deposit any shares of Common Stock acquired. The Employee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage his participation in the Plan. The Employee understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. The Employee understands, however, that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect his or her ability to participate in the Plan.
7
(c) No Rights as Stockholder; No Voting Rights . The Employee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Shares covered by the Options until the exercise of the Options and delivery of the Shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the delivery of the Shares. Any Shares delivered in respect of the Options shall be subject to the Subscription Agreement and the Employee shall have no voting rights with respect to such Shares until such time as specified in the Subscription Agreement.
(d) Terms and Conditions of Employment .
(i) In executing this Agreement, the Employee acknowledges that (A) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company and is discretionary in nature; (B) the grant of the Options is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right for the Employee or any other person to receive future grants of stock options, benefits in lieu of stock options or other awards; and (C) the award of the Options is not part of the terms and conditions of the Employees employment.
(ii) Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall (A) give the Employee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate; (B) create any inference as to the length of employment of the Employee; or (C) affect the right of an employer to terminate the employment of the Employee at any time, with or without Cause.
(iii) If the Employee ceases to be an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates for any reason, the Employee shall not be entitled by way of compensation for loss of office or otherwise howsoever to any sum or other benefit to compensate the Employee for the loss of any rights under this Agreement or the Plan.
(e) Non-Transferability of Options . The Options may be exercised only by the Employee. The Options are not assignable or transferable, in whole or in part, and they may not, directly or indirectly, be offered, transferred, sold, pledged, assigned, alienated, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of or encumbered (including, but not limited to, by gift, operation of law or otherwise) other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution to the estate of the Employee upon the Employees death or with the Companys consent.
8
(f) Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if delivered personally or sent by certified or express mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by any recognized international equivalent of such delivery, to the Company or the Employee, as the case may be, at the following addresses or to such other address as the Company or the Employee, as the case may be, shall specify by notice to the other:
(i) if to the Company, to it at:
Univar Inc.
17425 NE Union Hill Road
Redmond, Washington 98052
Attention : General Counsel
Facsimile: (425) 889-3500
(ii) if to the Employee, to the Employee at his or her most recent address as shown on the books and records of the Company or Subsidiary employing the Employee; and
copies of any notice or other communication given under this Agreement shall also be given to:
CD&R Univar Holdings, L.P.,
c/o Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC
375 Park Avenue
18th Floor
New York, New York 10152
Attention : Theresa Gore
Facsimile: (212) 407-5252
and
CVC Capital Partners
712 Fifth Avenue, 43rd Floor
New York, New York 10019
Attention : Lars Haegg
Facsimile: (212) 265-6375
9
with copies (each of which shall not by itself constitute notice hereunder) to:
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention : Paul Bird
Facsimile: (212) 521-7435
and
Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
125 Broad Street New York,
New York 10004
Attention : George Sampas
Facsimile: (212) 291-9131
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery if delivered personally or on the third business day after the mailing thereof.
(g) Binding Effect; Benefits . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors or assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.
(h) Waiver; Amendment .
(i) Waiver . Any party hereto or beneficiary hereof may by written notice to the other parties ( A ) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other actions of the other parties under this Agreement, ( B ) waive compliance with any of the conditions or covenants of the other parties contained in this Agreement and ( C ) waive or modify performance of any of the obligations of the other parties under this Agreement. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of any party or beneficiary, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party or beneficiary taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein. The waiver by any party hereto or beneficiary hereof of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding
10
breach and no failure by a party or beneficiary to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such partys or beneficiarys rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver of such partys or beneficiarys rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder.
(ii) Amendment . This Agreement (including Exhibits A and B hereto) may not be amended, modified or supplemented orally, but only by a written instrument executed by the Employee and the Company.
(i) Assignability . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by the Company or the Employee without the prior written consent of the other party.
(j) Applicable Law; Interpretation . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware regardless of the application of rules of conflict of law that would apply the laws of any other jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the final and binding effect of the Boards determinations, interpretations or other actions pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Plan, in the event of any proceeding where such determination, interpretation or other actions is at issue, no special deference shall be afforded to such determination as it applies to the Employee and it shall be reviewed de novo.
(k) Waiver of Jury Trial . Each party hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby. Each party ( i ) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and ( ii ) acknowledges that it and the other parties have been induced to enter into the Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 9(k).
(l) Section and Other Headings, etc . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
11
(m) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
[Signature Page Follows]
12
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
UNIVAR INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | J. Erik Fyrwald | |||
Title: | President and Chief Executive Officer | |||
THE EMPLOYEE: | ||||
|
||||
[ ] | ||||
Address of the Employee: |
Total Number of Shares for the Purchase of Which Options have been Granted |
Option Price | |||
[ ] Shares | US$[ ] |
Exhibit A
Restrictive Covenants
Section 1 Confidential Information .
1.1 The Employee recognizes that the success of the Company and its current or future Affiliates depends upon the protection of information or materials that are designated as confidential and/or proprietary at the time of disclosure or should, based on their nature or the circumstances surrounding such disclosure, reasonably be deemed confidential including, without limitation, information to which the Employee has access while employed by the Company whether recorded in any medium or merely memorized (all such information being Confidential Information ). Confidential Information includes without limitation, and whether or not such information is specifically designated as confidential or proprietary: all business plans and marketing strategies; information concerning existing and prospective markets, suppliers and customers; financial information; information concerning the development of new products and services; and technical and non-technical data related to software programs, design, specifications, compilations, Inventions (as defined in Section 3.1), improvements, patent applications, studies, research, methods, devices, prototypes, processes, procedures and techniques. Confidential Information expressly includes information provided to the Company or its Affiliates by third parties under circumstances that require them to maintain the confidentiality of such information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employee shall have no confidentiality obligation with respect to disclosure of any Confidential Information that ( a ) was, or at any time becomes, available in the public domain other than through a violation of this Agreement or ( b ) the Employee can demonstrate by written evidence was furnished to the Employee by a third party in lawful possession thereof and who was not under an obligation of confidentiality to the Company or any of its Affiliates.
1.2 The Employee agrees that during the Employees employment and after termination of employment irrespective of cause, the Employee will use Confidential Information only for the benefit of the Company and its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employee may disclose Confidential Information as required pursuant to an order or requirement of a court, administrative agency or other government body, provided the Employee has notified the Company or the applicable Affiliate immediately after receipt of such order or requirement and allowed the Company and/or the Affiliate a meaningful opportunity to apply for protective measures.
1.3 The Employee hereby assigns to the Company any rights the Employee may have or acquire in such Confidential Information and acknowledges that all Confidential Information shall be the sole property of the Company and/or its Affiliates or their assigns.
1.4 There are no rights granted or any understandings, agreements or representations between the parties hereto, express or implied, regarding Confidential Information that are not specified herein.
1.5 The Employees obligations under this Section 1 are in addition to any obligations that the Employee has under state or federal law.
1.6 The Employee agrees that in the course of the Employees employment with the Company, the Employee will not violate in any way the rights that any entity, including former employers, has with regard to trade secrets or proprietary or confidential information.
1.7 The Employees obligations under this Section 1 are indefinite in term and shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
Section 2 Return of Company Property .
2.1 The Employee acknowledges that all tangible items containing any Confidential Information, including without limitation memoranda, photographs, records, reports, manuals, drawings, blueprints, prototypes, notes, documents, drawings, specifications, software, media and other materials, including any copies thereof (including electronically recorded copies), are the exclusive property of the Company or its applicable Affiliate, and the Employee shall deliver to the Company all such material in the Employees possession or control upon the Companys request and in any event upon the termination of the Employees employment with the Company. The Employee shall also return any keys, equipment, identification or credit cards, or other property belonging to the Company or its Affiliates upon termination of the Employees employment or request.
Section 3 Inventions .
3.1 The Employee understands and agrees that all Inventions are the exclusive property of the Company. As used in this Agreement, Inventions shall include without limitation ideas, discoveries, developments, concepts, inventions, original works of authorship, trademarks, mask works, trade secrets, ideas, data, information, know-how, documentation, formulae, results, prototypes, designs, methods, processes, products, formulas and techniques, improvements to any of the foregoing, and all other matters ordinarily intended by the words intellectual
2
property, whether or not patentable, copyrightable, or otherwise able to be registered, which are developed, created conceived of or reduced to practice by the Employee, alone or with others, during the Employees employment with the Company or Affiliates, whether or not during working hours or within three (3) months thereafter and related to the Companys then existing or proposed business. In recognition of the Companys ownership of all Inventions, the Employee shall make prompt and full disclosure to the Company of, will hold in trust for the sole benefit of the Company, and (subject to Section 3.2 below) herby assigns, and agrees to assign in the future, exclusively to the Company all of the Employees right, title, and interest in and to any and all such Inventions.
3.2 NOTICE REQUIRED BY REVISED CODE OF WASHINGTON 49.44.140 : The Employee understands that the Employees obligation to assign inventions shall not apply to any inventions for which no equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information of the Company was used and that was developed entirely on the Employees own time, unless (a) the invention relates (i) directly to the business of the Company, or (ii) to the Companys actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (b) the invention results from any work performed by the Employee for the Company.
3.3 To the extent any works of authorship created by the Employee made within the scope of employment may be considered works made for hire under United States copyright laws, they are hereby agreed to be works made for hire. To the extent any such works do not qualify as a work made for hire under applicable law, and to the extent they include material subject to copyright, the Employee hereby irrevocably and exclusively assigns and conveys all rights, title and interests in such works to the Company subject to no liens, claims or reserved rights. The Employee hereby waives any and all moral rights that may be applicable to any of the foregoing, for any and all uses, alterations, and exploitation hereof by the Company, or its Affiliates, or their successors, assignees or licensees. To the extent that any such moral rights may not be waived in accordance with law, the Employee agrees not to bring any claims, actions or litigation against the Company or its Affiliates, or their successors, assignees or licensees, based on or to enforce such rights. Without limiting the preceding, the Employee agrees that the Company may in its discretion edit, modify, recast, use, and promote any such works of authorship, and derivatives thereof, with or without the use of the Employees name or image, without compensation to the Employee other than that expressly set forth herein.
3.4 The Employee hereby waives and quitclaims to the Company any and all claims of any nature whatsoever that the Employee now or hereafter may have for infringement of any patent or patents from any patent applications for any Inventions. The Employee agrees to cooperate fully with the Company and take
3
all other such acts requested by the Company (including signing applications for patents, assignments, and other papers, and such things as the Company may require) to enable the Company to establish and protect its ownership in any Inventions and to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement, during the Employees employment or thereafter. If the Employee fails to execute such documents by reason of death, mental or physical incapacity or any other reason, the Employee hereby irrevocably appoints the Company and its officers and agents as the Employees agent and attorney-in-fact to execute such documents on the Employees behalf.
3.5 The Employee agrees that there are no Inventions made by the Employee prior to the Employees employment with the Company and belonging to the Employee that the Employee wishes to have excluded from this Section 3 (the Excluded Inventions ). If during the Employees employment with the Company, the Employee uses in the specifications or development of, or otherwise incorporates into a product, process, service, technology, or machine of the Company or its Affiliates, or otherwise uses any invention, proprietary know-how, or other intellectual property in existence before the commencement date of Employees employment with the Company or any Affiliate owned by the Employee or in which the Employee has any interest ( Existing Know-How ), the Company or its Affiliates, as the case may be, is hereby granted and shall have a non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid up, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide right and license under the Existing Know-How (including any patent or other intellectual property rights therein) to make, have made, use, sell, reproduce, distribute, make derivative works from, publicly perform and display, and import, and to sublicense any and all of the foregoing rights to that Existing Know-How (including the right to grant further sublicenses) without restriction as to the extent of the Employees ownership or interest, for so long as such Existing Know-How is in existence and is licensable by the Employee.
Section 4 Nonsolicitation and Noncompetition .
4.1 During the Employees employment with the Company, and for a period expiring eighteen (18) months after the termination of the Employees employment (the Restrictive Period ), regardless of the reason, if any, for such termination, the Employee shall not, in the United States, Western Europe or Canada, directly or indirectly:
(a) solicit or entice away or in any other manner persuade or attempt to persuade any officer, employee, consultant or agent of the Company or any of its Affiliates to alter or discontinue his or her relationship with the Company or its Affiliates;
4
(b) solicit from any person or entity that was a customer of the Company or any of its Affiliates during the Employees employment with the Company, any business of a type or nature similar to the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates with such customer;
(c) solicit, divert, or in any other manner persuade or attempt to persuade any supplier of the Company or any of its Affiliates to discontinue its relationship with the Company or its Affiliates;
(d) solicit, divert, take away or attempt to solicit, divert or take away any customers of the Company or its Affiliates; or
(e) engage in or participate in the chemical distribution or logistics business.
4.2 Nothing in Section 4.1 limits the Employees ability to hire an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates in circumstances under which such employee first contacts the Employee regarding employment and the Employee does not violate any of subsections 4.1(a), 4.1(b), 4.1(c), 4.1(d) or 4.1(e) herein.
4.3 The Company and the Employee agree that the provisions of this Section 4 do not impose an undue hardship on the Employee and are not injurious to the public; that this provision is necessary to protect the business of the Company and its Affiliates; that the nature of the Employees responsibilities with the Company under this Agreement provide and/or will provide the Employee with access to Confidential Information that is valuable and confidential to the Company and its Affiliates; that the Company would not grant Options to the Employee if the Employee did not agree to the provisions of this Section 4; that this Section 4 is reasonable in terms of length of time and scope; and that adequate consideration supports this Section 4. In the event that a court determines that any provision of this Section 4 is unreasonably broad or extensive, the Employee agrees that such court should narrow such provision to the extent necessary to make it reasonable and enforce the provisions as narrowed.
4.4 Clawback .
(a) Without limiting the generality of the remedies available to the Company pursuant to Section 4.3, if, during the Restrictive Period, the Employee, except with the prior written consent of the Board, materially breaches the restrictive covenants contained in Section 4, the Employee shall pay to the Company in cash any gain the Employee realized in cash in connection with the exercise of the Options (and/or sale of Common Stock
5
underlying the Options) within the eighteen-month period (or such other period as determined by the Board) ending on the date of the Employees breach. This right of recoupment is in addition to any other remedies the Company may have against the Employee for the Employees breach of the restrictive covenants contained in this Section 4. The Employees obligations under this Exhibit A shall be cumulative (but not duplicative, nor operate to extend the length of any such obligations) of any similar obligations the Employee has under the Plan, the Agreement or any other agreement with the Company or any Affiliate.
Section 5 Definitions . As used in this Exhibit A, capitalized terms that are not defined herein have the respective meaning given in the Plan or the Agreement.
6
Exhibit B
Subscription Agreement
Employee Stock Subscription Agreement
(Options)
This Employee Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of , 20 , between Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the Employee whose name appears on the signature page hereof, is being entered into pursuant to the Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan ). The meaning of each capitalized term may be found in Section 10.
The Company and the Employee hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Purchase and Sale of Common Stock
(a) In General . Subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, at the Closing the Employee shall purchase, and the Company shall sell, by reason of the Employee having validly exercised Options held by the Employee, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock set forth on the signature page hereof (the Shares ).
(b) Condition to Sale . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall have no obligation to sell any Common Stock to any Person who is not a current or former employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at the time that such Common Stock is to be sold or who is a resident of a jurisdiction in which the sale of Common Stock to him or her would constitute a violation of the securities, blue sky or other laws of such jurisdiction.
Section 2. The Closing
(a) Time and Place . The closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares (the Closing ) shall occur on the Exercise Date applicable to the Options being exercised, at a time and place to be determined by the Company.
(b) Delivery by the Employee . At or prior to the Closing, the Employee shall have delivered to the Company the Exercise Price for the Shares in the manner required or permitted under the Plan, plus any required withholding taxes or other similar taxes, charges or fees.
(c) Delivery by the Company . At the Closing, the Company shall register the Shares in the name of the Employee. If the Shares are certificated, any certificates relating to the Shares shall be held by the Secretary of the Company or his or her designee on behalf of the Employee.
Section 3. Representations and Warranties; Voting Proxy
(a) Access to Information, Etc. The Employee represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
(i) the Employees knowledge and experience in financial and business matters is such that the Employee is capable of evaluating the merits and risk of the Employees investment in the Shares;
(ii) the Employee has had an adequate opportunity to consider whether or not to purchase any of the Shares offered to the Employee, and to discuss such purchase with the Employees legal, tax and financial advisors;
(iii) the Employee understands the terms and conditions that apply to the Shares and the risks associated with an investment in the Shares;
(iv) the Employee has a good understanding of the English language;
(v) the Employee is, and will be at the Closing, a current or former officer or employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; and
(vi) the Employee is, and will be at the Closing, a resident of the jurisdiction indicated as his or her address set forth on the signature page of this Agreement.
(b) Ability to Bear Risk . The Employee represents and warrants as follows:
(i) the Employee understands that the transfer restrictions that apply to the Shares may effectively preclude the transfer of any of the Shares;
(ii) the financial situation of the Employee is such that he or she can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Shares for an indefinite period;
2
(iii) the Employee can afford to suffer the complete loss of his or her investment in the Shares; and
(iv) the Employee understands that the Companys Financing Agreements may restrict the ability of the Company to repurchase the Shares pursuant to Section 5 and that the Company and its Subsidiaries may enter into or amend, refinance or enter into new Financing Agreements without regard to the impact on the Companys ability to repurchase the Shares.
(c) Voluntary Purchase . The Employee represents and warrants that the Employee is purchasing the Shares voluntarily.
(d) No Right to Awards . The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the grant of the options ( i ) has been made on an exceptional basis and is not intended to be renewed or repeated, ( ii ) is entirely voluntary on the part of the Company and its Subsidiaries and ( iii ) should not be construed as creating any obligation on the part of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to offer any securities in the future.
(e) Investment Intention . The Employee represents and warrants that the Employee is acquiring the Shares solely for his or her own account for investment and not on behalf of any other Person or with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares.
(f) Accredited Investor Status . The Employee has accurately indicated on the questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto whether the Employee is an accredited investor.
(g) Securities Law Matters . The Employee acknowledges and represents and warrants that the Employee understands that:
(i) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state or non-United States securities or blue sky laws;
(ii) it is not anticipated that there will be any public market for the Shares;
(iii) the Shares must be held indefinitely and the Employee must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Shares unless the Shares are subsequently registered under applicable securities and other laws or an exemption from registration is available;
3
(iv) Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act ( Rule 144 ) is not presently available with respect to sales of any Shares, the Company has made no covenant to make Rule 144 available and Rule 144 is not anticipated to be available in the foreseeable future; when and if the Shares may be disposed of without registration in reliance upon Rule 144, such disposition can be made only in limited amounts and in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Rule, and if the exemption afforded by Rule 144 is not available, public sale of the Shares without registration will require the availability of an exemption under the Securities Act;
(v) except as set forth in Section 8, the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares or to make an exemption from registration available; and
(vi) until such time as the restrictions on transferability set forth in this Agreement terminate, a restrictive legend shall be placed on any certificates representing the Shares that makes clear that the Shares are subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in this Agreement and a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Company or any transfer agent indicating that the Shares are subject to such restrictions.
(h) Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to the Employee that, as of the Closing, ( i ) the Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, ( ii ) the Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform all of its obligations hereunder, to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and to issue the Employee the Shares, ( iii ) the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of the Companys obligations hereunder and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by the requisite corporate action on the part of the Company, and ( iv ) this Agreement has been duly executed by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Employee, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting creditors rights generally and by general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
4
(i) Voting Proxy . By entering into this Agreement and purchasing the Shares, during the period beginning on the date hereof and ending upon the consummation of a Public Offering, the Employee hereby irrevocably grants to the Investors a, and appoints the Investors collectively (to act by unanimous consent) as the Employees, proxy and attorney-in-fact (with full power of substitution), for and in the name, place and stead of the Employee, to vote or act by unanimous written consent with respect to the Employees Shares. The Employee hereby affirms that the irrevocable proxy set forth in this Section 3(i) will be valid until the consummation of a Public Offering and is given to secure the performance of the obligations of the Employee under this Agreement. The Employee hereby further affirms that the proxy hereby granted shall be irrevocable and shall be deemed coupled with an interest and shall extend for the term of this Agreement, or, if earlier, until consummation of a Public Offering or the last date permitted by law. For the avoidance of doubt, except as expressly contemplated by this Section 3(i), the Employee has not granted a proxy to any Person to exercise the rights of the Employee under this Agreement or any other agreement relating to the Shares to which such Employee is a party.
Section 4. Restriction on Transfer of Shares
(a) In General . Prior to a Public Offering, the Employee shall not Transfer any of the Shares other than ( i ) upon the Employees death by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, ( ii ) repurchases by the Company or the Investors pursuant to Section 5 hereof, ( iii ) pursuant to Section 6 or Section 7 of this Agreement or ( iv ) for estate-planning purposes with the Companys consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. Shares may only be Transferred in a manner that complies with all applicable securities laws and, if the Company so requests, prior to any attempted Transfer the Employee shall provide to the Company at the Employees expense such information relating to the compliance of such proposed Transfer with the terms of this Agreement and applicable securities laws as the Company shall reasonably request, which may include an opinion of counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company regarding such securities law or other matters as the Company shall request (such counsel to be reasonably satisfactory to the Company). Upon a Transfer of the Employees Shares by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, each transferee shall enter into a Subscription Agreement governing the Shares Transferred to him or her that contains repurchase rights, transfer and other restrictions on such Shares reasonably equivalent to those contained herein.
5
(b) No Transfer That Would Result In Registration Requirements . Prior to a Public Offering, the Shares may not be Transferred if such Transfer would result in the Company becoming subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (or other similar provision of non-U.S. law) or would increase the risk that the Company would be subject to such reporting requirements as determined by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion. Any purported Transfer in violation of Section 4(a) or this Section 4(b) shall be void ab initio .
(c) Expiration Upon a Public Offering . The provisions of this Section 4 shall terminate 90 days following the consummation of a Public Offering.
Section 5. Rights Effective on Termination of Employment Prior to a Public Offering
(a) Call Rights of the Company and the Investors . If the Employees employment with the Company terminates for any reason prior to a Public Offering, the Company may elect to purchase all or a portion of the Shares by written notice to the Employee delivered on or before the 25th day after the Determination Date (the First Option Period ). The Investors may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Shares that the Company has not elected to purchase by written notice to the Employee delivered at any time on or before the 35th day after the Determination Date (the Second Option Period ).
(b) Limited Put Right of the Employee to Require the Company to Repurchase Shares . If ( i ) the Employees employment with the Company is terminated by reason of a Special Termination, by the Company without Cause, or by the Employee, or ( ii ) there shall occur an Emergency Liquidity Event with respect to the Employee (the circumstances included in clause (i) and (ii), a Put Event ), the Employee may require the Company to purchase all (but not fewer than all) of the Shares by written notice delivered to the Company within 30 days following the expiration of the Second Option Period (in the case of clause (i)) or within 30 days following the determination of the Board (in the case of clause (ii)). The Employee may at any time request in writing that the Board declare an Emergency Liquidity Event with respect to the Employee.
6
(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price per Share pursuant to this Section 5 shall be as follows:
(i) With respect to a repurchase pursuant to Section 5(a), at the Fair Market Value as of the later of ( i ) the effective date of the Employees termination of employment (determined without regard to any statutory or deemed or express contractual notice period) and ( ii ) six months and one day from the date of the Employees acquisition of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement (such date, the Determination Date ), provided that if the Employees employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, the purchase price per Share shall equal the lesser of ( i ) the Fair Market Value of such Share as of the Determination Date and ( ii ) the price at which the Employee purchased such Share from the Company pursuant to this Agreement;
(ii) With respect to a repurchase pursuant to clause (i) of Section 5(b), at the Put Price as of the Determination Date, and, with respect to a repurchase pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 5(b), at the Put Price as of the date of the determination by the Board.
(d) Closing of Purchase; Payment of Purchase Price . Subject to Section 5(e), the closing of a purchase pursuant to this Section 5 shall take place at the principal office of the Company no later than the 45 th day following the Determination Date (or, in the case of a purchase pursuant to Section 5(b), no later than 10 business days following the Companys receipt of written notice from the Employee pursuant to Section 5(b)). At the closing, ( i ) the Company or the Investors, as the case may be, shall pay the Purchase Price to the Employee and ( ii ) if the Employee actually holds any certificates or other instruments representing the Shares so purchased, the Employee shall deliver to the Company such certificates or other instruments, appropriately endorsed by the Employee, accompanied by stock powers duly endorsed in the name of the purchaser thereof or in blank, and all other documentation authorizing the recording of the Transfer in the share register of the Company, as the Company may reasonably require.
(e) Certain Restrictions on Repurchases; Delay of Repurchase . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not be permitted or obligated to make any payment with respect to a repurchase of any Shares from the Employee if such repurchase (or the payment of a dividend by a Subsidiary to the Company to fund such repurchase) would result in a violation of the terms or provisions of, or result in a default or an event of default under any guaranty, financing or security agreement or document entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary from time to time (the Financing Agreements ). If payment
7
with respect to a repurchase by the Company otherwise permitted or required under this Section 5 is prevented by the terms of the preceding sentence: ( i ) the payment of the applicable Purchase Price shall be postponed and will take place thereafter when such payment will not result in any default, event of default or violation under any of the Financing Agreements, ( ii ) such repurchase obligation shall rank against other similar repurchase obligations with respect to Common Stock according to priority in time of the effective date of the termination of employment giving rise to such repurchase and ( iii ) the Purchase Price, except in the case of a termination for Cause, shall be increased by an amount equal to interest on such Purchase Price for the period during which payment is delayed at an annual rate equal to the weighted average cost of the Companys bank indebtedness outstanding during the delay period.
(f) Right to Retain Shares . If the rights of the Company and the Investors to purchase the Shares pursuant to this Section 5 are not exercised with respect to all of the Shares owned by the Employee, the Employee shall be entitled to retain the remaining Shares, although those Shares shall remain subject to all of the other provisions of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, Section 3(i).
(g) Notice of Termination; Etc . Prior to a Public Offering, the Company shall give written notice to the Investors of any termination of the Employees employment with the Company and of the Companys decision whether or not to purchase Shares pursuant to Section 5(a) within ten (10) business days of such events.
(h) Public Offering . The provisions of this Section 5 shall terminate upon the consummation of a Public Offering, provided that such termination shall not affect the Companys repurchase right following a termination for Cause that was effective (or deemed to be effective) prior to such Public Offering or any payment obligation postponed pursuant to Section 5(e).
(i) Allocation of Purchase Rights . The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Investors may allocate their purchase rights under this Section 5, as among themselves, in such manner as they, in their sole discretion, may agree from time to time.
Section 6. Tag-Along Rights
(a) Sale Notice . At least 15 days before the Investors consummate any sale or other Transfer of Common Stock collectively owned by the
8
Investors as of the Effective Date to a Third-Party Purchaser that would result in a Change in Control, the Company will deliver a written notice (the Sale Notice ) to the Employee. The Sale Notice will disclose the material terms and conditions of the proposed sale or Transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be Transferred, the proposed purchase price per Share and the proposed Transfer date.
(b) Right to Participate . The Employee may elect to participate in the sale or other Transfer described in the Sale Notice by giving written notice (a Tag-Along Request ) to the applicable Investors and the Company within 10 days after the Company has given the related Sale Notice to the Employee. If the Employee elects to participate, the Employee will be entitled to sell in the contemplated transaction, at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Sale Notice ( provided , however, that (x) the Investor(s) may receive, even if not offered to the Employee, rights to appoint members to the board of directors or other governing body of the Third-Party Purchaser or its Affiliates, or other governance rights (including board observer rights), registration rights, or other rights and (y) in no event shall the Employee be obligated to agree to any non-competition covenant or other similar restriction as a condition to participating in such Transfer), an amount of Shares equal to the product of ( i ) the quotient determined by dividing ( A ) the total number of Shares then beneficially owned by the Employee by ( B ) the total number of the Companys then outstanding shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Investor(s) participating in the sale and all other holders of Common Stock electing to participate in such sale and ( ii ) the number of Shares proposed to be Transferred in the Sale Notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Sale Notice, ( i ) the Employee shall agree to make customary representations, and shall agree to customary covenants, indemnities and agreements, so long as they are made severally and not jointly; ( ii ) any general indemnity given by any Investor, applicable to liabilities not specific to such Investor, to the transferee in connection with such sale shall be apportioned among the Employee and all other Persons participating in such sale or Transfer on a pro rata basis, based on the consideration received by each such Person in respect of his, her or its Shares to be sold or Transferred, ( iii ) any indemnity given by the Employee shall not exceed the Employees net proceeds from the sale, and ( iv ) any representation relating specifically to a Person and/or his, her or its ownership of the Shares to be sold or Transferred shall be made only by such Person. The fees and expenses incurred in connection with such sale or Transfer and for the benefit of all Persons participating in such sale or Transfer (it being understood that costs incurred by or on behalf of a Person for his, her or its sole benefit will not be considered to be for the benefit of
9
all Persons participating in such sale or Transfer), to the extent not paid or reimbursed by the Company or the transferee, shall be shared by the Employee and all other Persons participating in such sale or Transfer on a pro rata basis, based on the consideration received by each such Person in respect of its Shares to be sold or Transferred; provided that no such Person shall be obligated to make any out-of-pocket expenditure in respect of such fees or expenses prior to the consummation of such sale or Transfer (excluding de minimis expenditures).
(c) Power of Attorney, Custodian, Etc . In connection with a Tag-Along Request, if the Employee has delivered a Tag-Along Request, the Employee shall, if requested by the Investors, no later than three business days prior to the proposed Transfer date of the proposed sale, execute, cause to be notarized and deliver to the Investors a custody agreement and power of attorney in a form provided by the Investors (a Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney ) with respect to the Shares to be Transferred by the Employee in such sale. The Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney shall contain customary terms and conditions (including compliance with the terms of this Agreement) and shall provide, among other things, that the Employee shall deliver to and deposit in custody with the custodian a certificate or certificates (if such Shares are certificated) representing such Shares (duly endorsed in blank by the registered owner or owners thereof) and irrevocably appoint the custodian as the Employees agent and attorney-in-fact with full power and authority to act under the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney on such Employees behalf with respect to the matters specified therein. The Employee agrees promptly to execute and deliver any other agreements, documents and instruments in connection with such proposed sale, as may be reasonably requested by the Investors in forms reasonably satisfactory to the Investors, consistent with the terms of this Agreement and with those to be executed and delivered by the Investors, failing which the Investors and the other Persons who participate in the proposed sale may consummate such proposed sale without Transferring any Shares held by the Employee.
(d) Certain Matters Relating to the Investors . The Company will cause the Investors to conduct any sale that is within the scope of this Section 6 in a manner consistent with this Section 6. If the Company is not able to do so or fails to give the Sale Notice to the Employee as prescribed in Section 6(a), the Employees sole remedy shall be against the Company.
(e) Expiration Upon a Public Offering . The provisions of this Section 6 shall terminate upon the consummation of a Public Offering.
10
Section 7. Drag-Along Rights
(a) Drag-Along Notice . If ( x ) any of the Investors intends to sell or otherwise Transfer, or enter into an agreement to sell or otherwise Transfer, for cash or other consideration, Common Stock to a Third-Party Purchaser in a transaction that triggers the Drag-Along Rights as defined in Section 6.05 of the Stockholders Agreement, ( y ) the applicable Investor(s) elects to exercise its rights under Section 6.05 of the Stockholders Agreement with respect to the Dragged Along Stockholders (as defined therein) and ( z ) the applicable Investor(s) elects to exercise its rights under this Section 7, the Company shall, at least 15 days before consummation of such sale or Transfer, deliver written notice (a Drag-Along Notice ) to the Employee, which notice shall state ( i ) that the Investor(s) wishes to exercise its rights under this Section 7 with respect to such sale, ( ii ) the name and address of the proposed Third-Party Purchaser, ( iii ) proposed amount and form of consideration the applicable Investor(s) proposes to receive for its Common Stock, and ( iv ) the proposed time of the closing of the purchase and sale (a Drag-Along Closing ), if known.
(b) Conditions to Drag-Along . Upon delivery of a Drag-Along Notice, the Employee shall have the obligation to sell and Transfer to the Third-Party Purchaser at the Drag-Along Closing all Shares beneficially owned by the Employee on the same terms as the applicable Investor(s) (provided, however, that (x) the Investor(s) may receive, even if not offered to the Employee, rights to appoint members to the board of directors or other governing body of the Third-Party Purchaser or its Affiliates, or other governance rights (including board observer rights) registration rights, or other rights and (y) in no event shall the Employee be obligated to agree to any non-competition covenant or other similar restriction as a condition to participating in such Transfer), but only if such Investor(s) sells and Transfers all the Shares held by such Investor(s) to the Third-Party Purchaser at the Drag-Along Closing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Drag-Along Notice, ( i ) the Employee shall agree to make or agree to the same customary representations, covenants, indemnities and agreements as the other Persons participating in such sale or Transfer so long as they are made severally and not jointly and the liabilities thereunder are borne on a pro rata basis based on the consideration to be received by each such Person in respect of its Shares to be sold or Transferred; ( ii ) any general indemnity given by any Person, applicable to liabilities not specific to such Person, to the purchaser in connection with such sale shall be apportioned among the Employee and all other Persons participating in such sale or Transfer according to the consideration received by each such Person and shall not exceed such Persons net proceeds from the sale; and
11
( iii ) any representation relating specifically to a Person shall be made only by that Person and any indemnity given with respect to such representation shall be given only by such Person and not in an amount exceeding the amount of the net proceeds received by such Person in such sale or Transfer. All fees and expenses related to any such sale or Transfer, including the fees of any such investment banking firm but not including the fees of counsel for any individual Person, shall be paid by the Company or to the extent not paid or reimbursed by the Company or the transferee, shall be shared by the Employee and all other Persons participating in such sale or Transfer on a pro rata basis (it being understood that such reimbursement will not include costs incurred by or on behalf of a Person for his, her or its sole benefit), based on the consideration to be received by each such Person in respect of his, her or its Shares to be sold or Transferred; provided that no such Person shall be obligated to make any out-of-pocket expenditure prior to the consummation of such sale or Transfer (excluding de minimis expenditures).
(c) Power of Attorney, Custodian, Etc . By entering into this Agreement and purchasing the Shares, the Employee hereby appoints the applicable Investor(s) and any Affiliates of such Investor(s) so designated by the Investor(s) the Employees true and lawful attorney-in-fact and custodian, with full power of substitution (the Custodian ), and authorizes the Custodian to take such actions as the Custodian may deem necessary or appropriate to effect the sale and Transfer of all Shares beneficially owned by the Employee to the Third-Party Purchaser, upon receipt of the purchase price therefor at the Drag-Along Closing, free and clear of all security interests, liens, claims, encumbrances, charges, options, restrictions on transfer, proxies and voting and other agreements of whatever nature, and to take such other action as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with such sale or Transfer, including consenting to any amendments, waivers (including waivers of appraisal rights that the Employee may hold with respect to such sale or Transfer), modifications or supplements to the terms of the sale ( provided that the applicable Investor also so consents, and, to the extent applicable, sells and Transfers its Common Stock on the same terms as so amended, waived, modified or supplemented) and instructs the Secretary of the Company (or other Person holding any certificates for the Shares) to deliver to the Custodian any certificates representing all of the Shares beneficially owned by the Employee, together with all necessary duly-executed stock powers. If so requested by the applicable Investor(s) or the Company, the Employee will confirm the preceding sentence in writing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Investor promptly upon receipt of a Drag-Along Notice (and in any event no later than 10 days after receipt of the Drag-Along Notice).
12
Promptly after the Drag-Along Closing, the Custodian shall give notice thereof to the Employee and shall remit to the Employee the net proceeds of such sale (reduced by any amount required to be held in escrow pursuant to the terms of the purchase and sale agreement and any other expenses).
(d) The Investors are Third-Party Beneficiaries; Remedies . The Employee acknowledges and agrees that any of the Investors that takes action pursuant to this Section 7 is an intended third-party beneficiary of this Section 7, as if such Investor were a party to this Agreement directly. Following a breach or a threatened breach by the Employee of the provisions of this Section 7, the applicable Investor may obtain an injunction granting it specific performance of the Employees obligations under this Section 7. Whether or not the applicable Investor obtains such an injunction, and whether or not the transaction with respect to which the Drag-Along Notice relates is consummated, following such a breach or threatened breach by the Employee the Company shall have the option to purchase any or all of the Employees Shares at a purchase price per Share equal to the lesser of the price at which the Employee purchased such Shares from the Company or the per share consideration payable pursuant to the Drag-Along Offer. This Section 7(d) shall not limit the Companys or the Investors rights to recover damages (or the amount thereof) from the Employee.
(e) Expiration Upon a Public Offering . The provisions of this Section 7 shall terminate upon the consummation of a Public Offering.
Section 8. Piggyback Registration/Conversion Rights . Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, by and among (among others) the Company, the Investors and other parties named therein (as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time) (the Stockholders Agreement ), the Employee shall with respect to the Shares be deemed to have the rights and obligations of a Stockholder holding Registrable Shares (such terms having the meaning given to them in the Stockholders Agreement) for purposes of Sections 7.04, 7.05 and Section 7.06 thereof; provided that to the extent the underwriters of an underwritten offering limit the right of any Stockholder permitted to offer Shares in such offering pursuant to Article VII of the Stockholders Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated to register Employees Shares to such extent. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section 8, or any other provision herein, shall not limit the amendment, modification or supplementation of the Stockholders Agreement from time to time in accordance with its terms.
13
Section 9. Holdback Agreements . If the Company files a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to an underwritten public offering of any shares of its capital stock, the Employee shall not effect any Transfer, including any public sale (including a sale under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or other similar provision of applicable law) or distribution of any Common Stock, other than as part of such underwritten public offering, during the 20 days prior to and the 180 days after the effective date of such registration statement (or such other period as may be generally applicable to or agreed by the Companys senior-most executives). If the Company files a prospectus in connection with a takedown from a shelf registration statement, the Employee shall not effect any Transfer, including any public sale (including a sale under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or other similar provision of applicable law) or distribution of any Common Stock, other than as part of such offering, for 20 days prior to and 90 days after the date the prospectus supplement is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or such other period as may be generally applicable to or agreed by the Companys senior-most executives).
Section 10. Certain Definitions
(a) Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the meanings given to them in the Plan.
(b) As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
Agreement means this Employee Stock Subscription Agreement, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
Closing has the meaning given in Section 2(a).
Company means Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation, provided that for purposes of determining the status of the Employees employment with the Company, such term shall include the Company and its Subsidiaries.
Custodian has the meaning given in Section 7(c).
Determination Date has the meaning given in Section 5(c)(i).
Drag-Along Closing has the meaning given in Section 7(a).
Drag-Along Notice has the meaning given in Section 7(a).
14
Emergency Liquidity Event means the occurrence, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of a grave and unforeseen emergency with respect to any Manager.
Employee means the purchaser of the Shares whose name is set forth on the signature page of this Agreement; provided that following such persons death, the Employee shall be deemed to include such persons beneficiary or estate and following such persons Disability, the Employee shall be deemed to include any legal representative of such person.
Exchange Act means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder that are in effect at the time, and any reference to a particular section thereof shall include a reference to the corresponding section, if any, of any such successor statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Exercise Date has the meaning given in the Option Agreement.
Exercise Price has the meaning given in the Option Agreement.
Financing Agreements has the meaning given in Section 5(e).
First Option Period has the meaning given in Section 5(a).
Investment Plus Interest Price means (subject to the next following sentence) an amount per Share equal to the Exercise Price (the Investment Price ) paid by the Employee for such Share at the time of the initial purchase thereof (subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Plan) plus the amount of interest which would have accrued on such Investment Price if such Investment Price had borne interest, compounded daily, at a per annum rate of 3% from the date of the acquisition of the Shares to the date of determination. In the case of Options acquired pursuant to a cashless exercise provision included in an applicable Employee Stock Option Agreement, the Investment Plus Interest Price will be solely an amount of interest determined as if the Investment Price had been paid in cash.
Option Agreement means the Employee Stock Option Agreement to which the Employee and the Company are parties and which evidences the Options being exercised in connection with the entry into this Agreement.
15
Person means any natural person, firm, partnership, limited liability company, association, corporation, company, trust, business trust, governmental authority or other entity.
Public Market shall be deemed to have been established at such time as 30% of the Common Stock (on a fully diluted basis) has been sold to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to Rule 144 or pursuant to a public offering outside the United States.
Purchase Price means the purchase price per Share determined in accordance with Section 5.
Put Event has the meaning given in Section 5(b).
Put Price means:
(i) if the Put Event is a termination of the Employees employment in a Special Termination or the occurrence of an Emergency Liquidity Event, Fair Market Value;
(ii) if the Put Event is the Retirement of an Employee, and such Retirement occurs:
(1) on or before the second anniversary of the Grant Date, then the lower of ( x ) Fair Market Value and ( y ) the Investment Plus Interest Price;
(2) after the second anniversary of the Grant Date and on or before the third anniversary of the Grant Date, then ( x ) as to 50% of the Shares being repurchased, Fair Market Value and ( y ) as to 50% of the Shares being repurchased, the lower of Fair Market Value and the Investment Plus Interest Price;
(3) after the third anniversary and on or before the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date, then ( x ) as to 75% of the Shares being repurchased, Fair Market Value and ( y ) as to 25% of the Shares being repurchased, the lower of Fair Market Value and the Investment Plus Interest Price; and
(4) after the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date, Fair Market Value;
16
(iii) if the Put Event is any other termination of employment, the lower of ( x ) Fair Market Value and ( y ) the Investment Plus Interest Price.
Retirement means the Employees retirement from active service on or after the Employee reaches 65 years of age.
Rule 144 means Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor provision thereto).
Sale Notice has the meaning given in Section 6(a).
Second Option Period has the meaning given in Section 5(a).
Securities Act means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder that are in effect at the time and any reference to a particular section thereof shall include a reference to the corresponding section, if any, of any such successor statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Shares has the meaning given in Section 1(a), and for purposes of Section 3(i) and Sections 4 through 9, it also includes Common Stock delivered as dividends in respect of the Shares.
Stockholders Agreement has the meaning given in Section 8.
Third-Party Purchaser has the meaning given such term in the Stockholders Agreement.
Transfer means any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, encumbrance, or other direct or indirect disposition (including a hedge or other derivative transaction).
Section 11. Miscellaneous
(a) Authorization to Share Personal Data . The Employee authorizes any Affiliate of the Company that employs the Employee or that otherwise has or lawfully obtains personal data relating to the Employee to divulge or transfer such personal data to the Company or to a third party, in each case in any jurisdiction, if and to the extent appropriate in connection with this Agreement or the administration of the Plan.
(b) Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be
17
deemed to have been given if delivered personally or sent by certified or express mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by any recognized international equivalent of such delivery, to the Company, any of the Investors or the Employee, as the case may be, at the following addresses or to such other address as the Company, the Investors or the Employee, as the case may be, shall specify by notice to the others:
(i) if to the Company, to it at:
Univar Inc.
17425 NE Union Hill Road
Redmond, Washington 98052
Attention : General Counsel
Facsimile: (425) 889-3500
(ii) if to the Employee, to the Employee at his or her most recent address as shown on the books and records of the Company or Subsidiary employing the Employee; and
(iii) if to any Investor, to the Persons listed in clause (iv) below; and
(iv) copies of any notice or other communication given under this Agreement shall also be given to:
CD&R Univar Holdings, L.P.,
c/o Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC
375 Park Avenue
18th Floor
New York, New York 10152
Attention : Theresa Gore
Facsimile: (212) 407-5252
and
CVC Capital Partners
712 Fifth Avenue, 43rd Floor
New York, New York 10019
Attention : Lars Haegg
Facsimile: (212) 265-6375
18
with copies (each of which shall not by itself constitute notice hereunder) to:
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention : Paul Bird
Facsimile: (212) 521-7435
and
Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
125 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
Attention : George Sampas
Facsimile: (212) 291-9131
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery if delivered personally or on the third business day after the mailing thereof.
(c) Binding Effect; Benefits . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein with respect to the Investors, nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors or assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.
(d) Waiver; Amendment .
(i) Waiver . Any party hereto may by written notice to the other parties ( A ) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other actions of the other parties under this Agreement, ( B ) waive compliance with any of the conditions or covenants of the other parties contained in this Agreement, and ( C ) waive or modify performance of any of the obligations of the other parties under this Agreement, provided that any waiver of the provisions of Section 4 through and including Section 9 or this Section 11(d) must be consented to in writing by the Investors. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including, but not limited to, any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any
19
provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure by a party to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such partys rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver of such partys rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder.
(ii) Amendment . This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by a written instrument executed by the Employee and the Company, provided that the provisions of Section 4 through Section 9 and this Section 11 may be amended by vote of a majority (by number of shares of Common Stock) of the Employees who hold Common Stock (treating Options as outstanding Shares solely for this purpose); provided , further, that any amendment adversely affecting the rights of the Investors hereunder must be consented to by the Investors.
(e) Assignability . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by the Company or the Employee without the prior written consent of the other parties, provided that any Investor may assign from time to time all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement, to one or more Persons or other entities designated by it.
(f) Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware regardless of the application of rules of conflict of law that would apply the laws of any other jurisdiction.
(g) Waiver of Jury Trial . Each party hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby. Each party ( i ) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and ( ii ) acknowledges that it and the other parties have been induced to enter into the Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 11(g).
(h) Section and Other Headings, etc . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
20
(i) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
21
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
UNIVAR INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
THE EMPLOYEE: | ||||
|
||||
[Employee Name] | ||||
Address of the Employee: |
Total Number of
shares of Common Stock
to be Purchased:
Per Share Exercise Price
Aggregate Exercise
Price: $
22
Exhibit A
Please check the appropriate box:
¨ I am an accredited investor as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) promulgated under the Securities Act.
¨ I am not an accredited investor as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) promulgated under the Securities Act.
* * *
Definition of Accredited Investor and Executive Officer
Accredited Investor means any Person who is included in any of the following categories:
1. Any director or executive officer of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold.
2. Any natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that persons spouse, at the time of his purchase exceeds $1,000,000, excluding the value of the individuals primary residence and related indebtedness that does not exceed the value of the residence.
3. Any natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that persons spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year.
Executive Officer means the issuers president, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer (or, if there is no such accounting officer, the controller), any vice-president in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration or finance), any other officer who performs a policy-making function, or any other person who performs similar policy-making functions for the issuer. Officers of the issuers subsidiaries shall be deemed officers of the issuer if they perform such policy-making functions for the issuer.
23
Exhibit 10.35
EMPLOYEE RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
This Employee Restricted Stock Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2012 (the Grant Date ), between Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the employee whose name appears on the signature page hereof, is being entered into pursuant to the Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan. The meaning of capitalized terms may be found in Section 7.
The Company and the Employee hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company hereby evidences and confirms, effective as of the date hereof, its grant to the Employee of the number of shares of Restricted Stock specified on the signature page hereof. This Agreement is entered into pursuant to, and the terms of the Restricted Stock are subject to, the terms of the Plan. As of the Grant Date, one or more stock certificates registered in the Employees name and representing the Restricted Stock will be delivered on behalf of the Employee to the Secretary of the Company, to be held in custody of the Secretary of the Company. The Employee agrees that, within twenty days of the Grant Date, the Employee shall give notice to the Company as to whether or not the Employee has made an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, with respect to the Restricted Stock.
Section 2. Vesting and Forfeiture
(a) Based on Continued Employment . The Restricted Stock shall vest in four equal installments on the first through fourth anniversaries of the Grant Date, subject to the Employees continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary through the applicable vesting date.
(b) Effect of a Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control occurring prior to the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date, subject to the Employees continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary from the Grant Date to the date of the Change in Control, any Restricted Stock which is unvested shall automatically become vested upon the occurrence of the Change in Control.
(c) Discretionary Acceleration . The Board, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the vesting of all or a portion of the Restricted Stock at any time and from time to time.
(d) Effect of Termination of Employment . If the Employees employment with the Company is terminated ( i ) by the Employee with Good Reason, ( ii ) by the Company without Cause or ( iii ) in a Special Termination (i.e., by reason of the Employees death or Disability), then ( A ) a number of shares of the Employees then-unvested Restricted Stock shall become vested as of the date of termination equal to the product of ( x ) the number of shares of Restricted Stock held by the Employee that would have vested if the Employees employment with
the Company had continued until the next following anniversary of the Grant Date multiplied by ( y ) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that have elapsed from the later of the Grant Date or the most recent anniversary of the Grant Date and the denominator of which is 365, and ( B ) any remaining shares of Restricted Stock held by the Employee after the application of clause (A) shall be forfeited as of the date of termination. Upon termination of the Employees employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries by the Company for Cause or by the Employee without Good Reason, any unvested Restricted Stock shall be forfeited as of the date of termination.
(e) No Other Accelerated Vesting . The vesting provisions set forth in this Section 2, or expressly set forth in the Plan, shall be the exclusive vesting provisions applicable to the shares of Restricted Stock and shall supersede any other provisions relating to vesting, unless such other such provision expressly refers to the Plan by name and this Agreement by name and date.
Section 3. Dividend Equivalents
If the Company pays any cash dividend or similar cash distribution on the Common Stock, the Company shall credit to the Employees account an amount equal to the product of ( x ) the number of shares of unvested Restricted Stock as of the record date for such distribution times ( y ) the per share amount of such dividend or similar cash distribution on Common Stock. Any cash amounts credited to the Employees account shall be paid to the Employee on the applicable Vesting Date (as defined below). If the Company makes any dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock in the form of Common Stock or other securities, the Company will credit the Employees account with that number of additional shares of Common Stock or other securities that would have been distributed with respect to that number of shares of Common Stock underlying the unvested Restricted Stock as of the record date thereof. Any such additional shares of Common Stock or other securities shall be subject to the same vesting restrictions as apply to the Restricted Stock.
Section 4. Vesting of Restricted Stock
On each date on which shares of Restricted Stock become vested pursuant to this Agreement (each, a Vesting Date ), subject to Section 8(a), the shares of Restricted Stock that have then vested (the Vested Shares ) shall cease to be subject to this Agreement and shall instead be subject to the terms and conditions of the Subscription Agreement.
Section 5. Employees Representations and Warranties
(a) Access to Information, Etc. The Employee represents and warrants as follows:
(i) the Employee understands the terms and conditions that apply to the Restricted Stock and the risks associated with the Restricted Stock;
(ii) the Employee has a good understanding of the English language; and
(iii) as of the Grant Date, the Employee is an officer or employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.
(b) No Right to Awards . The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the grant of any Restricted Stock ( i ) is being made on an exceptional basis and is not intended to be renewed or repeated, ( ii ) is entirely voluntary on the part of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and ( iii ) should not be construed as creating any obligation on the part of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to offer any Restricted Stock in the future.
(c) Investment Intention . The Employee represents and warrants that the Employee has been awarded the Restricted Stock and any Vested Shares delivered in respect thereof for his or her own account for investment and not on behalf of any other person or with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Restricted Stock.
Section 6. Restriction on Transfer; Legending .
(a) The Restricted Stock is not assignable or transferable, in whole or in part, and it may not, directly or indirectly, be offered, transferred, sold, pledged, assigned, alienated, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of or encumbered (including, but not limited to, by gift, operation of law or otherwise). Any purported Transfer in violation of this Section 6 shall be void ab initio.
(b) Prior to the applicable Vesting Date, a restrictive legend shall be placed on any certificates representing the shares of Restricted Stock that makes clear that the shares are subject to the vesting conditions set forth in this Agreement and a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Company or any transfer agent indicating that the shares are subject to such restrictions. Following the Vesting Date, the Vested Shares shall contain such legends as are contemplated by the Subscription Agreement.
Section 7. Certain Definitions As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms that are not defined herein have the respective meanings given to them in the Plan, and the following additional terms shall have the following meanings:
Agreement means this Employee Restricted Stock Agreement, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
Company means Univar Inc., provided that for purposes of determining the status of Employees employment with the Company, such term shall include the Company and its Subsidiaries that employ the Employee.
Employee means the grantee of the Restricted Stock whose name is set forth on the signature page of this Agreement; provided that following such persons death the Employee shall be deemed to include such persons beneficiary or estate and following such persons Disability, the Employee shall be deemed to include such persons legal representative.
Grant Date has the meaning given in the Preamble.
Plan means the Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, as previously adopted by the Company and as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.
Restricted Stock means the Common Stock evidenced by (and subject to the terms and conditions of) this Agreement.
Securities Act means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder that are in effect at the time, and any reference to a particular section thereof shall include a reference to the corresponding section, if any, of such successor statute, and the rules and regulations.
Subscription Agreement means the Subscription Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A.
Transfer has the meaning given in the Subscription Agreement.
Vested Shares has the meaning given in Section 4.
Vesting Date has the meaning given in Section 4.
Section 8. Miscellaneous
(a) Withholding . The Company or one of its Subsidiaries shall require the Employee to remit to the Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any applicable U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax withholding obligations that may arise in connection with the vesting of the Restricted Stock.
(b) Authorization to Share Personal Data . The Employee authorizes any Affiliate of the Company that employs the Employee or that otherwise has or lawfully obtains personal data relating to the Employee to divulge such personal data to the Company if and to the extent appropriate in connection with this Agreement or the administration of the Plan.
(c) Voting Proxy . Prior to the vesting thereof, the Employee hereby irrevocably grants to the Investors the same voting proxy with respect to the Restricted Stock as would apply pursuant to Section 3 of the Subscription Agreement if the shares of Restricted Stock were Vested Shares.
(d) No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to confer on the Employee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary, or to interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate such employment at any time.
(e) Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if delivered personally or sent by certified or express mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by any recognized international
equivalent of such delivery, to the Company or the Employee, as the case may be, at the following addresses or to such other address as the Company or the Employee, as the case may be, shall specify by notice to the other:
(i) if to the Company, to it at:
Univar Inc.
17425 NE Union Hill Road
Redmond, Washington 98052
Attention : General Counsel
Facsimile: (425) 889-3500
(ii) if to the Employee, to the Employee at his or her most recent address as shown on the books and records of the Company or Subsidiary employing the Employee; and
copies of any notice or other communication given under this Agreement shall also be given to:
CD&R Univar Holdings, L.P.,
c/o Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC
375 Park Avenue
18th Floor
New York, New York 10152
Attention : Theresa Gore
Facsimile: (212) 407-5252
and
CVC Capital Partners
712 Fifth Avenue, 43rd Floor
New York, New York 10019
Attention : Gijs Vuursteen
Facsimile: (212) 265-6375
with copies (each of which shall not by itself constitute notice hereunder) to:
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention : Paul Bird
Facsimile: (212) 521-7435
and
Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
125 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
Attention : George Sampas
Facsimile: (212) 291-9131
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery if delivered personally or on the third business day after the mailing thereof.
(f) Binding Effect; Benefits . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors or assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.
(g) Waiver; Amendment .
(i) Waiver . Any party hereto or beneficiary hereof may by written notice to the other parties ( A ) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other actions of the other parties under this Agreement, ( B ) waive compliance with any of the conditions or covenants of the other parties contained in this Agreement and ( C ) waive or modify performance of any of the obligations of the other parties under this Agreement. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of any party or beneficiary, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party or beneficiary taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein. The waiver by any party hereto or beneficiary hereof of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure by a party or beneficiary to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such partys or beneficiarys rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver of such partys or beneficiarys rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder.
(ii) Amendment . This Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented orally, but only by a written instrument executed by the Employee and the Company.
(h) Assignability . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by the Company or the Employee without the prior written consent of the other.
(i) Applicable Law; Interpretation . This Agreement shall be governed in all respects, including, but not limited to, as to validity, interpretation and effect, by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of law that would require application of the law of another jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the final and binding effect of the Boards determinations, interpretations or other actions pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Plan, in the event of any proceeding where such determination, interpretation or other actions is at issue, no special deference shall be afforded to such determination as it applies to the Employee and it shall be reviewed de novo.
(j) Section and Other Headings, etc. The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
(k) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
UNIVAR INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
|
||||
Name: | Amy E. Weaver | |||
Title: | Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary | |||
THE EMPLOYEE: | ||||
|
||||
|
||||
Name: | J. Erik Fyrwald |
Total Number of Shares
of Restricted Stock Granted
Pursuant to this Agreement:
1,000,000
Exhibit 10.37
UNIVAR USA INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL VALUED INVESTMENT PLAN
(As Amended and Restated Effective as of July 1, 2010)
1. Purpose . The purpose of this Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan is to provide a select group of management or highly compensated employees of Univar USA Inc. and certain affiliated companies designated by the President of Univar USA Inc. or the Pension Management Committee with a Plan benefit that, when combined with their benefits in the Investment Plan, is equal to the benefit that the Participant would have been eligible to receive under the Investment Plan but for the contribution limit imposed by Section 402(g) of the Code (and Section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable) or the compensation limit imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. It is the intention of the Company, and it is the understanding of those Participants covered under the Plan, that the Plan is unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. This Plan is intended to comply with Code Section 409A with respect to amounts that are accrued or become vested after 2004 (and earnings thereon).
2. Effective Date . This Plan was originally established effective January 1, 2000 and was most recently amended and restated effective January 1, 2005 in order to comply with Code Section 409A with respect to amounts that became accrued or vested after 2004 and earnings thereon. The 2005 restatement was not intended to materially modify the terms of the Plan applicable to amounts that were accrued and vested under the Plan as of December 31, 2004 and earnings thereon. This document is a complete amendment and restatement of the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan effective July 1, 2010.
3. Definitions .
3.1 Beneficiary means the person or entity designated pursuant to and in accordance with the Investment Plan.
3.2 Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
3.3 Company means Univar USA Inc., its corporate successors, and any corporation or corporations into which it may be merged or consolidated. It also means those affiliated companies of Univar USA Inc. which have, with the consent of the President of Univar USA Inc. or the Pension Management Committee, adopted the Plan as a participating employer. Affiliated companies participating in the Plan are listed in Appendix A, attached hereto and incorporated herein.
3.4 Compensation means compensation as defined in Section 1.6 of the Investment Plan as amended from time to time, such definition to be incorporated herein by reference, except that the Code Section 401(a)(17) limit specified therein shall not be part of the Compensation definition for purposes of this Plan. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, for purposes of Participant Deferrals and Employer Matching Contributions, Compensation shall not include (1) Performance-Based Compensation if a Participant is hired after the Company establishes the performance criteria for such Performance-Based Compensation and (2) Compensation that is based on performance criteria but is not Performance-Based Compensation.
1
3.5 Deferral Commencement Date means the date on which the Participant reaches his maximum contribution limit under Section 402(g) of the Code (and Section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable) or the Participants maximum compensation limit under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code (whichever occurs first), which effectively terminates the Participants further deferral of Compensation under the Investment Plan.
3.6 Deferral Election Form means the commitment made by the Participant to defer between one percent (1%) and seventy-five percent (75%) (inclusive) of the Participants Compensation each pay period to the Investment Plan and to this Plan, with such deferrals to this Plan commencing on the Participants Deferral Commencement Date, provided that if Univar USA Inc. sets a limit on the amount a highly compensated employee (as defined in Code Section 414(q)) may defer under the Investment Plan, such limit shall also apply with respect to this Plan. Contributions to this Plan shall be based on Compensation received after the Code Section 402(g) limit (and Section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable) or Code Section 401(a)(17) limit was reached, whichever occurred first; provided, however, if a Participant is eligible to make catch up contributions to the Investment Plan in a Plan Year, the Participant must irrevocably elect to contribute the maximum amount of catch-up contributions to the Investment Plan for the Plan Year in order to have deferrals or matching contributions made to this Plan for the Plan Year. A Participants Deferral Election Form shall be submitted in accordance with Section 5.2 of this Plan.
3.7 Employee means any person who is employed by the Company who meets the definitional requirements of Employee as defined in the Investment Plan.
3.8 ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
3.9 Investment Plan means the Univar USA Inc. Valued Investment Plan, with all amendments, modifications, and supplements thereto previously or hereafter made.
3.10 Matching Employer Contribution means the amount which the Company has agreed to contribute to the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1 of this Plan.
3.11 Participant means an Employee who meets the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4.1 and becomes a Plan Participant pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Plan.
3.12 Participant Deferrals mean the Participants elective deferral of Compensation under this Plan.
3.13 Performance-Based Compensation means Compensation received based upon the satisfaction of pre-established performance criteria of the Employee, Company or its affiliates as determined by the Company relating to a performance period of at least 12 consecutive months as defined under Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.
2
3.14 Plan means the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan.
3.15 Plan Account means those bookkeeping accounts established by the Company for each Plan Participant, which shall reflect (a) all Participant Deferrals and any investment earnings, gains and losses credited with respect thereto, (b) all Matching Employer Contributions credited by the Company to each Participant, and any investment earnings, gains, and losses credited with respect thereto, and (c) Retirement Contributions credited by the Company to each Participant who is eligible for such contributions, and any investment earnings, gains, and losses credited with respect thereto.
3.16 Plan Administrator means the Pension Management Committee as established from time to time by Univar USA Inc. (herein referred to as the Pension Management Committee).
3.17 Plan Year means the 12-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31.
3.18 Retirement Contribution means the amount which the Company has agreed to contribute to the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.2 of this Plan.
4. Participation .
4.1 Employee Eligibility. An Employee shall be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan and participate in the Plan for an up-coming Plan Year if on the date selected by the Pension Management Committee for determining eligibility for such Plan Year (see below), the Employee is eligible to participate in the Investment Plan and meets one of the following criteria:
(i) The Employee is employed at the Companys compensation grade level 15 or higher (or, for ChemPoint.com employees, compensation grade level C20 or higher); or
(ii) The Employee is employed at the Companys compensation grade level 14 (or, for ChemPoint.com employees, compensation grade level C190 or higher) and is:
(a) Earning a base salary of at least the amount set forth in Code Section 414(q)(1)(B)(i) for the up-coming Plan Year which, if the Employee had earned at least such amount in total compensation in the calendar year immediately preceding such Plan Year would have caused the Employee to be considered a highly compensated employee pursuant to Code Section 414(q) for the up-coming Plan Year (e.g., $95,000 is the threshold for base salary for participation during the 2006 Plan Year because an employee had to earn at least $95,000 in total compensation in 2005 to be considered highly compensated in 2006 for Investment Plan purposes), as such amount is adjusted from time to time by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Code Section 4l4(q)(1), or
(b) Is employed as a general manager or district manager of the Company.
3
The date as of which it is determined whether an Employee is eligible to make Participant Deferrals and receive Matching Employer Contributions for a Plan Year shall be such date, as selected by the Pension Management Committee in its sole discretion, that occurs between April 1 and June 30 of the calendar year that immediately precedes such Plan Year. The date as of which it is determined whether an Employee is eligible to receive Retirement Contributions under this Plan for a Plan Year shall be such date, as selected by the Pension Management Committee in its sole discretion, that is on or before the date the Employee becomes eligible to receive retirement contributions to the Investment Plan pursuant to Section 3.11 therein.
4.2 Participation. An Employee shall not become a Participant in the Plan with respect to making Participant Deferrals or receiving Matching Employer Contributions until the Employees Deferral Election Form is received by the Plan Administrator or its delegate. An Employee who meets the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4.1 shall become a Participant with respect to Retirement Contributions on the later of the date he or she meets the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4.1 or becomes eligible to have employer nonelective retirement contributions made to the Investment Plan on his or her behalf. A Participant who is eligible to receive Retirement Contributions need not make Participant Deferrals in order to receive Retirement Contributions under this Plan.
4.3 Effect and Duration. Upon becoming a Participant, an Employee shall be entitled to the benefits and shall be bound by all terms and conditions of the Plan. Each Employee who becomes a Participant in the Plan shall remain a Participant until his termination of participation in the Plan, provided however, that such Participant shall be eligible to make deferrals to the Plan and receive Matching Employer Contributions and Retirement Contributions (if otherwise eligible) only as long as the Participant meets the requirements of Section 4.1 of the Plan, as amended from time to time.
4.4 Re-employment. If an Employees employment is terminated and such Employee is subsequently rehired by the Company, such Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan only if the Employee meets the eligibility criteria of Section 4.1.
5. Participant Deferrals .
5.1 Manner . Upon meeting the eligibility criteria contained in Section 4.1, a Participant may defer not less than one percent (1%) nor more than seventy-five percent (75%) of his Compensation to the Plan, which shall be equal to the sum of the Participants elected pre tax deferral contribution percentage and his or her Roth contribution percentage in the Investment Plan; provided, however all Participant Deferrals shall be made on a pre-tax basis. Such Participant Deferrals shall be effective with the first payment of Compensation to the Participant coinciding with or immediately following the Deferral Commencement Date. Participant Deferrals shall be credited to the Participants Plan Account as of each applicable pay period in which the Participant makes Participant Deferrals to the Plan. If an Employee who meets the eligibility criteria in Section 4.1 fails to file a properly completed Deferral Election Form with the Plan Administrator or its delegate by the prescribed time or in the manner specified by the Plan Administrator, he will be deemed to have elected not to make any Participant Deferrals for the applicable Plan Year.
4
5.2 Timing . Plan Participants must submit a completed Deferral Election Form with respect to an up-coming Plan Year during an enrollment period established by the Plan Administrator, which enrollment period shall be some period of time between the dates of May 1 and June 30 of the calendar year that immediately precedes such up-coming Plan Year. Deferral Election Forms apply to Compensation paid in the Plan Year that immediately follows the calendar year in which the form is submitted. A new hire who is an Employee who meets the eligibility criteria in Section 4.1 or any existing Employee who first meets the eligibility criteria set forth in Section 4.1 in the middle of the Plan Year shall not be allowed to commence participation in the Plan until the following Plan Year.
5.3 Irrevocability of Election . For Plan Years for which a Participant has submitted a Deferral Election Form, the Participant may not change, terminate or increase or decrease his participant deferral percentage election with respect to this Plan or with respect to the Investment Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 5.3, during the period that a Participant is on either short term disability or long term disability under the Employers short-term or long-term disability plans, Participant Deferrals shall not be made to the Plan. Once such a Participant returns to active employment with the Employer, Participant Deferrals will immediately recommence to this Plan and the Investment Plan at the same deferral percentage rate as in effect before the Participant commenced his or her disability leave. For purposes of this Section 5.3, a Participant shall be considered disabled if the Participant has a medically determinable physical or mental impairment resulting in the Participants inability to perform the duties of his or her position or any substantially similar position, where such impairment can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months. A Participant who terminates employment after having submitted a deferral election for a Plan Year and is rehired before the end of such Plan Year in a position that meets the eligibility criteria of Section 4.1 will immediately recommence Participant Deferrals to this Plan and the Investment Plan for such Plan Year at the same deferral percentage rate the Participant had elected prior to his or her termination of employment. Participants who are eligible to make catch-up contributions to the Investment Plan must irrevocably elect to contribute the maximum amount of catch-up contributions to the Investment Plan in accordance with Section 5.2, and may not change, terminate or increase or decrease their catch-up deferral percentage election during such Plan Year. Catch-up contributions cannot be made to this Plan nor are they eligible for matching contributions in this Plan.
Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant takes a hardship withdrawal from the Investment Plan, the Participants election for Participant Deferrals under this Plan shall be cancelled for the remainder of the calendar year in which the withdrawal is made and for the calendar year that includes the six-month anniversary of the date in which the hardship withdrawal is received (if different), in accordance with the Treasury Regulations issued pursuant to Code Section 409A.
5
6. Employer Contributions .
6.1 Matching Employer Contributions . During or within three (3) months after the end of a Plan Year, the Company shall credit to the Plan Account of any Participant an amount equal to the difference between the amount of matching contributions allocated to the Participants Investment Plan account for such Plan Year and the amount of matching contributions that would have been contributed and allocated to the Participants Investment Plan account for such Plan Year if the Code Sections 402(g) (and Section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable) and 401(a)(17) limits did not apply to the Investment Plan and deferral contributions made to this Plan for such Plan Year had instead been made to the Investment Plan. The matching contributions shall be credited as of the date the matching contributions would have been made to the Investment Plan if the limits under Code Sections 402(g) (and Section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable) and 401(a)(17) did not apply to that plan and the Participant Deferrals had been made to the Investment Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, portions of the matching contributions credited to this Plan during the Plan Year will be reduced (i.e., debited) after the end of such Plan Year in the amount equal to any true up matching contributions made to the Investment Plan after the end of such Plan Year. Such reductions shall not be retroactive to the effective date of the original credit, and shall not be adjusted to reflect earnings, gains, or losses on the reduction amounts since the date of original credit.
6.2 Retirement Contributions . Effective as of July 1, 2004, for any Participant eligible to participate in this Plan pursuant to Section 4 hereof who is eligible to receive a retirement plan contribution (which is an employer nonelective contribution) to the Investment Plan pursuant to Section 3.11 of the Investment Plan, the Company shall credit such Participants Plan Account with an amount in addition to any other amounts credited under this Plan, as set forth in this Section 6.2 (the Retirement Contribution). The Retirement Contribution made under this Plan shall be an amount equal to the difference between the amount of the retirement contribution allocated to the Participants retirement contribution account in the Investment Plan pursuant to Section 3.11 therein for such Plan Year and the amount of the retirement contribution that would have been contributed and allocated to the Participants retirement contribution account in the Investment Plan pursuant to Section 3.11 therein for such Plan Year if the limits under Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415(c) did not apply to the Investment Plan. The Retirement Contribution shall be credited as of the date the retirement contribution would have been made to the Investment Plan if the limits under Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415(c) did not apply to the Investment Plan. In addition, for those Participants listed on Appendix B, Retirement Contribution shall also include the percentage of their Compensation (as defined in the Investment Plan, but without applying the annual compensation limit set forth in Code Section 401(a)(17)) for each Plan Year (or portion thereof, as specified in Appendix B) as set forth in Appendix B with respect to such Participant. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan or in resolutions of the Board of Directors of Univar USA Inc. to the contrary, only the Board of Directors of Univar USA Inc. and the Pension Management Committee (but not the President of Univar USA Inc.) shall have the authority to determine which Participants shall receive the additional contributions described in the immediately preceding sentence and the amount of such contributions and to adopt amendments to Appendix B to reflect such awards, and the authority of the Board and the Pension Management Committee shall be independent (meaning either the Board or the Pension Management Committee may make awards and amend Appendix B). Retirement Contributions made to this Plan are subject to the same cliff vesting schedule and vesting provisions that apply to retirement contributions made in the Investment Plan, as
6
described in Section 8.2 below. The contribution percentages set forth on Appendix B shall be in addition to the contribution percentages that are described in the first three sentences of this Section 6.2.
7. Investments.
7.1 Plan Account . All Participant Deferrals and Matching Employer Contributions and Retirement Contributions (if any) shall be credited to a Plan Account established in the Participants name. A Participants Plan Account is a bookkeeping device to track the amount of deferrals, Matching Employer Contributions and Retirement Contributions and earnings with respect thereto, the vested portion of which the Company owes the Participant. No assets shall be reserved or segregated in connection with any Plan Account, and no Plan Account shall be insured or otherwise secured.
7.2 Investment of Plan Account . A Participants Plan Account shall be deemed to be invested in the investment options that are selected by the Participant, in the percentages as elected by the Participant. The Plan Administrator shall determine and communicate to Participants the investment options available under the Plan. The investment options under this Plan are not required to be the same investment options available under the Investment Plan. If the Participant fails to make an investment election, his or her Plan Account will be deemed to be invested in a default fund that is specified by the Plan Administrator for the Plan. The Plan Account shall be adjusted to reflect the earnings, gains and losses, net of any allocable costs or expenses, such account would experience had it actually been invested in the specific funds at the relevant times. Participants may change their deemed investment elections under the Plan by notifying the Plan Administrator (or its delegate, or the Trustee of the rabbi trust that may be established for their Plan Account) of their change in investment election for their Plan Account. The Plan Administrator or its delegate shall set forth from time to time the procedures Participants are to use in making or changing their deemed investment elections for their Plan Accounts. The Company is not obligated to actually invest any assets in the investment funds selected by the Participant.
7.3 Valuation of Plan Accounts . The Plan Administrator or its delegate shall determine the value of each Participants Plan Account balance on each date that the deemed investment options available under the Plan are valued by the managers of such investment options, and the value of the deemed investment earnings, gains and losses on Participant Deferrals and Matching Employer Contributions and Retirement Contributions (if any) shall be determined in the same manner and consistent with the valuations given by the managers of such investment options.
7.4 Determination of Amount . The Plan Administrator or its delegate shall verify the amount of Participant Deferrals, Matching Employer Contributions and Retirement Contributions (if any), and earnings, gains and losses to be credited to each Participants Plan Account in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. This determination shall be final and conclusive upon all Participants and Beneficiaries hereunder, absent manifest error. As soon as reasonably practicable after the close of the Plan Year, the Plan Administrator or its delegate shall send to each Participant an itemized accounting statement which shall reflect the Participants Plan Account balance.
7
7.5 Effect of Plan Termination . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, the termination of either the Plan or the Investment Plan shall terminate the liability of the Company to make Participant Deferrals or Matching Employer Contributions or Retirement Contributions to the Plan with respect to Compensation earned after such plan termination.
8. Vesting .
8.1 Vesting in Participant Deferrals and Matching Employer Contributions . For purposes of determining a Participants vested interest in Matching Employer Contributions and deemed investment earnings, gains and losses thereon credited to a Participants Plan Account, a Participant shall become vested in those Matching Employer Contributions and deemed investment earnings, gains and losses thereon in accordance with the vesting provisions as set forth in Article 6 of the Investment Plan, as amended from time to time, such provisions to be herein incorporated by reference. A Participant shall always be 100% vested in his Participant Deferrals and deemed investment earnings, gains and losses thereon.
8.2 Vesting in Retirement Contributions . For purposes of determining a Participants vested interest in Retirement Contributions and deemed investment earnings, gains and losses thereon credited to a Participants Plan Account, a Participant shall become vested in those Retirement Contributions and deemed investment earnings, gains and losses thereon in accordance with the vesting provisions as set forth in Section 6.1 of the Investment Plan relating to retirement contributions made under Section 3.11 of the Investment Plan (e.g., for participants who on or after January 1, 2007 earn at least one new hour of service under the Investment Plan, the three-year cliff vesting schedule), as amended from time to time, such provisions to be herein incorporated by reference. Thus a Participant shall become vested in his or her Retirement Contributions under this Plan and deemed investment earnings, gains and losses thereon if and when he or she becomes vested in his or her retirement contribution account in the Investment Plan pursuant to Section 6.1 therein.
9. Distribution . For purposes of this Plan, a Participants Distribution Event shall mean the first to occur of the following events: the Participants death, permanent disability, or separation from service with the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, a Participant who separates from service with the Company in connection with a transfer of employment from the Company to an affiliate of the Company (including any affiliated companies that have not adopted the Plan as a participating employer) shall not be treated as having separated from service with the Company nor as having a Distribution Event for purposes of this Section 9. Such a Participant will be considered to have separated from service with the Company when he or she has terminated employment with the affiliate, the Company and all other affiliates of the Company. For purposes of this Plan with respect to amounts that were credited to a Participants Plan Account and vested as of December 31, 2004 and earnings thereon, separation from service shall mean termination of employment (as that term was used and interpreted by the Plan Administrator under the terms of the Plan in
8
effect prior to 2005). For purposes of this Plan with respect to amounts that are either credited to a Participants Plan Account or become vested after 2004 and earnings thereon, separation from service shall have the meaning set forth in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) and Treasury Regulations thereunder and other applicable guidance from the Internal Revenue Service. For purposes of this Plan with respect to amounts that were credited to a Participants Plan Account and vested as of December 31, 2004 and earnings thereon, permanent disability or permanently disabled shall have the meaning used and interpreted by the Plan Administrator under the terms of the Plan in effect prior to 2005. For purposes of this Plan with respect to amounts that are either credited to a Participants Plan Account or become vested after 2004 and earnings thereon, permanent disability or permanently disabled shall mean the Participant (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Participants employer. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, the terms permanent disability or permanently disabled shall have the meaning set forth in Code Sections 409A(a)(2)(A)(ii) and 409A(a)(2)(C) and Treasury Regulations thereunder and other applicable guidance from the Internal Revenue Service.
9.1 Distribution of Vested Amounts Credited to a Participants Plan Account as of December 31, 2004 (and Earnings Thereon). This Section 9.1 only applies to amounts that were credited to a Participants Plan Account and vested as of December 31, 2004 and earnings thereon (Pre-2005 Account). Amounts that became credited or vested as of a date after 2004 (and earnings thereon) (Post-2004 Account) shall be distributed in accordance with Section 9.2 below. The distribution of the Participants Pre-2005 Account shall be made in a single cash lump sum payment as soon as reasonably practicable after the Distribution Event occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may elect that in lieu of the foregoing, the Participant will receive either a single cash lump sum payment during the month of January which immediately follows the calendar year in which the Distribution Event occurs or his benefit payment in three (3) substantially equal annual cash installments. If installment payments are elected, the first installment shall be paid as soon as reasonably practicable after the Distribution Event occurs, and the second and third payments shall be paid on the respective 1 year anniversary dates of the date of the Distribution Event. If a Participant wishes to receive his benefit payment in the January which immediately follows the calendar year in which the Distribution Event occurs or in three annual installments (as opposed to in an immediate lump sum payment), the Participant must make such an election (i) in writing signed by the Participant, (ii) at least six (6) months prior to the Participants Distribution Event, and (iii) in a calendar year prior to the calendar year in which the Distribution Event occurs. A distribution election (or change in election) that is received (i) in the same calendar year in which the Distribution Event occurs, (ii) less than six (6) months prior to the occurrence of the Distribution Event, or (iii) on or after the date of the Distribution Event, will not be valid or effective. Distribution election forms should be sent to the attention of the Plan Administrator.
9
If a Participant dies before the distribution of his Plan benefit has been made or commenced, the Participants entire vested interest under the Plan shall be distributed within 60 days of the date of death to his Beneficiary in the form of an immediate single cash lump sum payment. In the event the Participant dies without a designated beneficiary (or a designated beneficiary that survives the Participant), the Plan benefit shall be paid to the Participants estate. If a Participant elects to receive his or her Plan Account in the form of installments and the Participant dies after such installment payments have commenced but before the Participant receives his or her entire benefits, the Participants Beneficiary shall continue to receive the Participants vested Plan Account in the form of installment payments under the installment schedule elected by the Participant.
9.2 Distribution of Amounts Credited to a Participants Plan Account, or That Become Vested, After 2004 (and Earnings Thereon) . Except as set forth below in this Section 9.2 or in Sections 9.3 or 9.4, the vested portion of a Participants Post-2004 Account shall be distributed in a single cash lump sum during the month of January immediately following the calendar year in which the Participants Distribution Event occurs (where such Distribution Event is the first to occur of separation from service or permanent disability). A Participant may elect to receive the vested portion of his or her Post-2004 Account in a single cash lump-sum payable in the number of years and months (which is specified by the Participant in a Distribution Delay Election Form and must be at least five (5) years) after the January 31 immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant has a Distributable Event which is separation from service or permanent disability. In order to be effective, a Participants Distribution Delay Election Form must be submitted to the Plan Administrator prior to the calendar year in which the Participant has the Distribution Event. A Participant may only submit one Distribution Delay Election Form and, once submitted, the election cannot be revoked or changed by the Participant for any reason. If the Participant dies prior to receiving his or her vested Post-2004 Account, the vested portion of such account shall be distributed to his or her Beneficiary in a single cash lump-sum payment within 60 days of the Participants death.
9.3 Cash-Outs of Small Plan Accounts . Notwithstanding anything in this Article 9 of the Plan to the contrary (other than Section 9.4 below), if the vested portion of a Participants Plan Account payable to any person under the terms of this Plan is less than or equal to the cash-out threshold set forth in Code Section 411(a)(11), as amended from time to time (currently $5,000), the Participants Plan Account shall be paid in a single cash lump sum payment as soon as reasonably practicable (and in no event later than 90 days) after a Distribution Event occurs.
9.4 Six Month Delay for Specified Employees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at the time a Participant separates from service the Participant is considered a specified employee subject to the required six month delay in benefit payments under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), then any distribution of the Participants vested Post-2004 Account that would otherwise be made within the first six (6) months after such Participants separation from service shall be paid in a single lump sum on (or within 15 days after) the six month anniversary of the Participants separation from service. Nothing in this Section 9.4 shall change the form or timing of benefit payout if a Participant who is a specified employee dies after separation from service and before the six month anniversary of such separation from service.
10
10. Loans and Withdrawals . Prior to the Participants permanent disability or separation from service with the Company, the Participant may not withdraw any amounts from his Plan Account. Participants may not borrow from or against their Plan Accounts.
11. Administration of Plan . The Pension Management Committee, which shall be the Administrator of the Plan for purposes of ERISA and the Plan Administrator for purposes of the Code, shall be responsible for the general administration of the Plan, for carrying out the provisions hereof, and for determining the amount of payments hereunder. The Plan Administrator shall have the sole and absolute discretionary authority and power to interpret, construe and carry out the provisions of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the authority and power (a) to determine all questions relating to the eligibility for and the amount of any benefit to be paid under the Plan, (b) to determine all questions pertaining to claims for benefits and procedures for claim review, (c) to interpret and construe ambiguous Plan terms and resolve all other questions arising under the Plan, including any questions of construction or interpretation, and (d) to take such further action as the Plan Administrator shall deem necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan. All findings, decisions, and determinations of any kind made by the Plan Administrator shall not be disturbed unless the Plan Administrator has acted in an arbitrary and capricious manner. Subject to the requirements of law, the Plan Administrator shall be the sole judge of the standard of proof required in any claim for benefits and in any determination of eligibility for a benefit. All decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties. The Plan Administrator may employ such attorneys, investment counsel, agents, and accountants and designate employees of the Company as it may deem necessary or advisable to assist it in carrying out its duties hereunder. The actions taken and the decisions made by the Plan Administrator hereunder shall be final and binding upon all interested parties subject, however, to the provisions of Section 15.
12. Amendment or Termination of the Plan .
12.1 Reservation of Rights . Univar USA Inc. may amend or terminate the Plan at any time by action of its Board of Directors, President or Pension Management Committee. No such action shall reduce the amount credited to any Participants Plan Account as of the effective date of such amendment or termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the Board of Directors of Univar USA Inc. may adopt amendments that, at the time of adoption, are expected to significantly increase the cost of the Plan to the Company, and only the Board of Directors of Univar USA Inc. or the Pension Management Committee may amend Appendix B to this Plan. In the event Univar USA Inc. terminates the Plan, Participants with existing Plan Account balances will automatically become 100% vested in their Plan Accounts.
12.2 Effect of Plan Termination . If Univar USA Inc. terminates the Plan, Participants shall receive a distribution of their Plan Accounts at the same time and in the same manner as if the Plan had not been terminated; provided however, that Univar USA Inc. may decide, in its sole discretion, to distribute Pre-2005 Accounts in a single cash lump-sum payment as soon as practicable (and in no event later than 90 days) following termination of the Plan.
13. Limitation of Rights . Nothing herein contained shall be construed as a commitment or agreement by the Company to any Employee hereunder to continue his employment with the
11
Company for any period of time, in any position, or at any particular rate of compensation or compensation grade level. All Participants shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the Plan had never been put into effect.
14. Participants Unsecured Rights . The benefits provided by this Plan are unfunded and unsecured. All benefits payable under this Plan are paid either from the general assets of the Company, or from the rabbi trusts established by Univar USA Inc. or its affiliates that are participating employers in this Plan (i.e., companies treated as the Company pursuant to Section 3.3 and Appendix A hereto). Univar USA Inc. and the participating employers listed on Appendix A hereto are jointly and severally liable for the payment of Plan benefits to Participants. Univar Delaware, Inc. has established a rabbi trust that will, absent the insolvency of Univar Delaware, Inc., pay Plan benefits to Participants employed (or last employed) by Univar Inc. or Univar Delaware, Inc. Univar USA Delaware, Inc. has established a rabbi trust that will, absent the insolvency of Univar USA Delaware, Inc., pay Plan benefits to Participants employed (or last employed) by Univar USA Inc. or Univar USA Delaware, Inc. or any affiliate of Univar USA Inc. other than Univar Inc. or Univar Delaware, Inc. Rabbi trust assets shall be subject to the claims of the creditors of the company that established the trust should such company become insolvent. Nothing contained in this Plan requires the Company to set aside or hold in trust any amounts or assets for the purpose of paying benefits to Participants. This Plan creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company to pay to the Participant or Beneficiary an amount equal to the vested portion of the value of the Participants Plan Account. The Participant shall be no more than a general unsecured creditor of the Company with no special or prior right to any assets of the Company or any rabbi trust for payment of any obligations hereunder.
15. Claims Procedure .
15.1 Claims for Benefits . The Plan Administrator or its delegate shall notify a person making a claim for benefits under this Plan (herein referred to as the Claimant) in writing, within ninety (90) days after it receives his written application for benefits, of his eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the Plan and the amount of such benefits. If the Plan Administrator or its delegate determines that a Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth: (i) the specific reasons for such denial; (ii) a specific reference to the provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based; (iii) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his claim, and a description of why it is needed; and (iv) an explanation of the Plans claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Plan Administrator or its delegate determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Plan Administrator or its delegate shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time of the initial review for up to an additional ninety-day period.
15.2 Appeals . If a Claimant is determined by the Plan Administrator or its delegate not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Plan
12
Administrator by filing a petition for review with the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after receipt of the denial notice issued by the Plan Administrator. Said petition shall state the specific reasons that the Claimant believes entitle him to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Plan Administrator of the petition, the Plan Administrator shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his position to the Plan Administrator orally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Plan Administrator shall notify the Claimant of its decision in writing within the sixty (60) day period. Such notice shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, and shall state specifically the basis of the Plan Administrators decision and the specific provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the sixty (60) day period is not sufficient, the Plan Administrator may defer its decision for up to another sixty-day period at the election of the Plan Administrator, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant. The Plan Administrators decision on appeal shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties.
16. Miscellaneous .
16.1 Corporate Assets . All Participant Deferrals, Matching Employer Contributions and Retirement Contributions and any earnings, gains and losses credited to a Participants Plan Account remain the assets and property of the Company (or, to the extent such amounts are held in a rabbi trust, assets and property of such trust), which shall be subject to distribution to the Participant only in accordance with Section 9 of the Plan. With the exception of the creation of rabbi trusts as described in Section 14 above, nothing contained in the Plan shall create, or be construed as creating a trust of any kind or any other fiduciary relationship between the Participant, the Company or any person. It is the intention of the Company and the Participants that the Plan be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA, as amended.
16.2 No Present Interest . Subject to any federal statute to the contrary, no right or benefit under the Plan and no right or interest in any Participants Plan Account shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge any right or benefit under the Plan, or Participants Plan Account, shall be void. No right, interest, or benefit under the Plan or Participants Plan Account shall be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, or torts of the Participant or Beneficiary. If the Participant or Beneficiary becomes bankrupt or attempts to alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge any right under the Plan or Participants Plan Account, such attempt shall be void and unenforceable.
16.3 ERISA Plan . The Plan is intended to be an unfunded program maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of Sections 201, 301 and 401 of ERISA and therefore to be exempt from Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA.
16.4 Gender, Singular and Plural . All pronouns and variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the identity of the person or persons may require. As the context may require, the singular may be read as the plural and the plural as the singular.
13
16.5 Captions . The captions of the sections and subsections of the Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.
16.6 Validity . If any provision of the Plan is held invalid, void or unenforceable, the same shall not affect, in any respect whatsoever, the validity of any other provisions of the Plan.
16.7 Waiver of Breach . The waiver by the Company of any breach of any provision of the Plan by the Participant shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by the Participant.
16.8 Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Plan Administrator under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by first class mail to the principal office of Univar USA Inc., directed to the attention of the Plan Administrator. Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery, or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Deferral Election Forms may be submitted in any manner specified from time to time by the Plan Administrator or its delegate.
16.9 Expenses . The expenses of administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.
16.10 Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that the Company in its discretion deems necessary to be withheld from any payment to any Participant or Beneficiary hereunder, by reason of any present or future law.
17. Legally Binding . In the event of any consolidation, merger, acquisition or reorganization, the obligations of the Company under this Plan shall continue and be binding on the Company and its successors or assigns. The rights, privileges, benefits and obligations under the Plan are intended to be legal obligations of the Company and binding upon the Company, its successors and assigns.
18. Other Benefits . Nothing in this Plan shall diminish or impair the Participants eligibility, participation or benefit entitlement under any qualified retirement plan for employees of the Company, or any other benefit, insurance or compensation plan or agreement of the Company now or hereinafter in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, participation in this Plan will limit a Participants ability to change his participant deferral percentage election with respect to the Investment Plan such that a Participant will only be able to terminate deferrals to the Investment Plan (i.e., reduce his deferral percentage to the Investment Plan to 0%). Notwithstanding the foregoing, benefits paid under this Plan shall not be considered as salary, wages or other compensation for purposes of calculating the amount of benefits payable under any other benefit plan, program or arrangement sponsored by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates including, without limitation, any pension, profit sharing, life, disability or severance benefits.
14
19. Venue and Governing Law . In the event the Company, Plan Administrator or any Participant (or in the case of the Participants death, his Beneficiary) initiates litigation related to this Plan, it is agreed and understood that venue for such action will be in King County, Washington. It is further agreed and understood that this Plan shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Washington, or federal law to the extent it preempts Washington law.
20. Attorneys Fees and Costs . In the event that a dispute regarding benefits arises between the Plan Administrator and Participants and such dispute is resolved through arbitration or litigation in court, the prevailing party(ies) shall be entitled to their reasonable attorneys fees and costs incurred in such action.
21. Former Accounts of Ellis & Everard (US Holdings) Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan. Effective as of July 1, 2002, accounts in the Ellis & Everard (US Holdings) Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (E&E Plan) will be transferred to this Plan and the provisions of this Plan (including, without limitation, provisions regarding deemed investments and the form and timing of benefit distributions) will govern such transferred accounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, participants in the E&E Plan who are currently receiving payment of their E&E Plan benefit in a series of fixed annual installments over five, ten or fifteen years shall continue to receive such installment payments over the applicable time period with respect to their transferred E&E Plan account. Participants in the E&E Plan shall have all rights under this Plan with respect to their transferred accounts and such accounts will be fully vested and nonforfeitable upon transfer.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Univar USA Inc. hereby adopts and executes the foregoing Plan this 30 th day of June, 2010.
UNIVAR USA INC. | ||
By |
|
|
|
||
Its |
Vice President Human Resources |
15
APPENDIX A
Section 3.3
AFFILIATED COMPANIES PARTICIPATING IN THE PLAN
Company |
Effective Date |
|
ChemPoint.com, Inc. | January 1, 2000 | |
Univar Inc. | July 4, 2002 | |
Univar Delaware, Inc. | July 1, 2004 | |
Univar USA Delaware, Inc. | July 1, 2004 |
A-1
APPENDIX B
ADDITIONAL RETIREMENT CONTRIBUTIONS
The following Participants shall be credited with the following percentages of their Compensation (as defined in the Investment Plan, but without applying the annual compensation limit of Code Section 401(a)(17)) received in a Plan Year (or, for the first Plan Year for which this additional contribution is made for a Participant, the portion of such Plan Year after the applicable effective date specified below for such Participant) as additional Retirement Contributions under this Plan (i.e., in addition to the Retirement Contributions described in the first three sentences of Section 6.2 of this Plan):
Participant |
Percentage of Compensation | Effective Date | ||||
Peter D. Heinz |
5.3 | % | July 15, 2004 | |||
Jeffrey H. Siegel |
4.2 | % | July 15, 2004 |
A-2
Exhibit 10.38
UNIVAR USA INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL VALUED INVESTMENT PLAN
(As Amended and Restated as of July 1, 2010 and January 1, 2005)
First Amendment
WHEREAS, Univar USA Inc. (Company) sponsors and maintains the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan as amended and restated as of July 1, 2010 (the Plan); and
WHEREAS, prior to July 1, 2010, the Plan was restated effective January 1, 2005 and thereafter amended (Prior Plan); and
WHEREAS, the Pension Management Committee (PMC) has the authority to amend the Plan and Prior Plan pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Plan and Prior Plan; and
WHEREAS, the PMC desires to amend the Plan effective July 1, 2010 and the Prior Plan effective January 1, 2010 to provide that no employees shall qualify for any additional retirement contributions as provided in Appendix B; and
NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended effective July 1, 2010, and the Prior Plan is hereby amended effective January 1, 2010, as follows:
1. Section 6.2 of the Plan and Prior Plan, Retirement Contributions , is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
6.2 Retirement Contributions . For any Participant eligible to participate in this Plan pursuant to Section 4 hereof who is eligible to receive a retirement plan contribution (which is an employer nonelective contribution) to the Investment Plan pursuant to Section 3.11 of the Investment Plan, the Company shall credit such Participants Plan Account with an amount in addition to any other amounts credited under this Plan, as set forth in this Section 6.2 (the Retirement Contribution). The Retirement Contribution made under this Plan shall be an amount equal to the difference between the amount of the retirement contribution allocated to the Participants retirement contribution account in the Investment Plan pursuant to Section 3.11 therein for such Plan Year and the amount of the retirement contribution that would have been contributed and allocated to the Participants retirement contribution account in the Investment Plan pursuant to Section 3.11 therein for such Plan Year if the limits under Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415(c) did not apply to the Investment Plan. The Retirement Contribution shall be credited as of the date the retirement contribution would have been made to the Investment Plan if the limits under Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415(c) did not apply to the Investment Plan. Retirement Contributions made to this Plan are subject to the same cliff vesting schedule and vesting provisions that apply to retirement contributions made in the Investment Plan, as described in Section 8.2 below.
2. Section 12.1 of the Plan and Prior Plan, Reservation of Rights , is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
12.1 Reservation of Rights . Univar USA Inc. may amend or terminate the Plan at any time by action of its Board of Directors, President or Pension Management Committee. No such action shall reduce the amount credited to any Participants Plan Account as of the effective date of such amendment or termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the Board of Directors of Univar USA Inc. may adopt amendments that, at the time of adoption, are expected to significantly increase the cost of the Plan to the Company. In the event Univar USA Inc. terminates the Plan, Participants with existing Plan Account balances will automatically become 100% vested in their Plan Accounts.
3. Appendix B of the Plan and Prior Plan, ADDITIONAL RETIREMENT CONTRIBUTIONS, is hereby deleted in its entirety.
This amendment to the Prior Plan and First Amendment to the Plan is adopted and executed this 9 th day of February, 2011.
UNIVAR USA INC. | ||
PENSION MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Its: | Chair, PMC | |
|
Exhibit 10.39
UNIVAR USA INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL VALUED INVESTMENT PLAN
(As Amended and Restated as of July 1, 2010)
Second Amendment
WHEREAS, Univar USA Inc. (Company) sponsors and maintains the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan as amended and restated as of July 1, 2010 and as thereafter amended (the Plan); and
WHEREAS, the President has the authority to amend the Plan for changes that do not significantly increase the cost of the Plan pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Plan; and
WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to (1) change the eligibility criteria to refer to the Companys new job classifications and require that base salary in the preceding plan year at least equal the amount set forth in Code Section 414(q)(1)(B)(i) and (2) change the eligibility determination period to end on April 30.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended effective January 1, 2011 as follows:
1. Section 4.1 of the Plan, Employee Eligibility , is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
4.1 Employee Eligibility . An Employee shall be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan and participate in the Plan for an upcoming Plan Year if on the date selected by the Pension Management Committee for determining eligibility for such Plan Year (see below), the Employee is eligible to participate in the Investment Plan and meets the following criteria:
(i) The Employee is employed at the Companys compensation band l, 2 or 3; and
(ii) The Employee is earning a base salary at least equal to the amount set forth in Code Section 414(q)(1)(B)(i) (as adjusted from time to time by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Code Section 414(q)(1)) which would have caused the Employee to be considered a highly compensated employee pursuant to Code Section 414(q) for the up-coming Plan Year (e.g., $110,000 is the threshold for base salary for participation during the 2012 Plan Year because an employee had to earn at least $110,000 in total compensation in 2011 to be considered highly compensated in 2012 for Investment Plan purposes).
The date as of which it is determined whether an Employee is eligible to make Participant Deferrals and receive Matching Employer Contributions for a Plan Year shall be such date, as selected by the Pension Management Committee in its sole discretion, that occurs between April 1 and April 30 of the calendar year immediately preceding the applicable Plan Year. The date as of which it is determined whether an Employee is eligible to receive Retirement Contributions under this Plan for a Plan Year shall be such date, as selected by the Pension Management Committee in its sole discretion, that is on or before the date the Employee becomes eligible to receive retirement contributions to the Investment Plan pursuant to Section 3.11 therein.
This Second Amendment to the Plan is adopted and executed this 2nd day of May, 2011.
UNIVAR USA INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Its: | President |
Exhibit 10.40
UNIVAR USA INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL VALUED INVESTMENT PLAN
(As Amended and Restated as of July 1, 2010)
Third Amendment
WHEREAS, Univar USA Inc. (Company) sponsors and maintains the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan as amended and restated as of July 1, 2010 and as thereafter amended (the Plan); and
WHEREAS, the President has the authority to amend the Plan for changes that do not significantly increase the cost of the Plan pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Plan; and
WHEREAS, the Company desires to permit continued participation in the Plan by certain Participants who ceased to be eligible to participate in the Plan as a result of the second amendment to the Plan that was adopted on May 2, 2011.
NOW, THEREFORE, effective as of the date this Amendment is signed below, Section 4.1(i) of the Plan, Employee Eligibility , is hereby amended to read as follows:
(i) The Employee (a) is employed at the Companys compensation band 1, 2, or 3, or (b) was a Participant who was eligible to make Participant Deferrals for the 2011 Plan Year and made Participant Deferrals in the 2011 Plan Year or in a prior Plan Year; and
This Third Amendment to the Plan is adopted and executed this 15 th day of June, 2011.
UNIVAR USA INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Its: | President |
Exhibit 10.41
UNIVAR USA INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL VALUED INVESTMENT PLAN
(As Amended and Restated as of July 1, 2010)
Fourth Amendment
WHEREAS, Univar USA Inc. (Company) sponsors and maintains the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan as amended and restated as of July 1, 2010 and as thereafter amended (the Plan); and
WHEREAS, the President has the authority to amend the Plan for changes that do not significantly increase the cost of the Plan pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Plan; and
WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to permit enrollment for the 2012 Plan Year by certain former employees of Basic Chemical Solutions, L.L.C. (BCS) who became employees of the Company on July 1, 2011.
NOW, THEREFORE, effective September 22, 2011, Section 4.1 of the Plan, Employee Eligibility , is hereby amended by adding a new paragraph to the end thereof to read as follows:
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, an individual who (i) on June 30, 2011 was an employee of Basic Chemical Solutions, L.L.C., and (ii) on September 23, 2011 is an Employee who meets all of the above requirements to become a Participant in the Plan (except that such individual was not an Employee who met such requirements in April 2011 when eligibility was determined for the 2012 Plan Year) (Eligible Former BCS Employee) shall be eligible to enroll in the Plan during November 2011 to make Participant Deferrals and receive Matching Employer Contributions for the 2012 Plan Year. For purposes of calculating the amount of any Participant Deferrals and Matching Employer Contributions for an Eligible Former BCS Employee for the 2012 Plan Year, Compensation shall not include any bonus or incentive compensation payments received in 2012. An Eligible Former BCS Employee shall also be eligible to receive Retirement Contributions for the 2012 Plan Year under Section 6.2 to the extent applicable.
This Fourth Amendment to the Plan is adopted and executed this 7 th day of September, 2011.
UNIVAR USA INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Its: | President |
Exhibit 10.42
UNIVAR USA INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL VALUED INVESTMENT PLAN
(As Amended and Restated as of July 1, 2010)
Fifth Amendment
WHEREAS, Univar USA Inc. (Company) sponsors and maintains the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan as amended and restated as of July 1, 2010 and as thereafter amended (the Plan); and
WHEREAS, the President has the authority to amend the Plan for changes that do not significantly increase the cost of the Plan pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Plan; and
WHEREAS, the Company is amending the Univar USA Inc. Valued Investment Plan (VIP) to remove from the definition of eligible compensation employee elective deferrals to this Plan, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1,2012; and
WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2012 to treat employee elective deferrals to this Plan as eligible compensation for purposes of calculating participant deferrals, matching employer contributions and retirement contributions credited under this Plan.
NOW, THEREFORE, effective January 1, 2012 for Plan Years commencing on or after such date, the Plan is hereby amended as follows
1. The last sentence of Section 1 of the Plan, Purpose , is amended in its entirety to read as follows:
This Plan is intended to comply with Code Section 409A with respect to amounts that are accrued or become vested after 2004 (and earnings thereon), and shall be interpreted to the maximum extent possible in a manner consistent with such intent.
2. Section 3.4 of the Plan, Compensation, is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
3.4 Compensation means compensation as defined in Section 1.6 of the Investment Plan as amended from time to time, such definition to be incorporated herein by reference, except that (i) the Code Section 401(a)(17) limit specified therein shall not be part of the Compensation definition for purposes of this Plan, and (ii) Participant Deferrals a Participant makes to this Plan shall be included in the Compensation definition for purposes of this Plan. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, for purposes of Participant Deferrals and Matching Employer Contributions, Compensation shall not include (1) Performance-Based Compensation if a Participant is hired after the Company establishes the performance criteria for such Performance-Based Compensation and (2) Compensation that is based on performance criteria but is not Performance-Based Compensation.
3. Section 3.5 of the Plan, Deferral Commencement Date, is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
3.5 Deferral Commencement Date means the date on which the Participant reaches his maximum contribution limit under Section 402(g) of the Code (and Section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable) or the Participants maximum compensation limit under Section 401(a)( 17) of the Code (whichever occurs first), which effectively terminates the Participants further deferral of compensation under the Investment Plan.
4. The first sentence of Section 3.6 of the Plan, Deferral Election Form , is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
Deferral Election Form means the commitment made by the Participant to defer between one percent (1%) and seventy-five percent (75%) (inclusive) of the Participants compensation (as defined in Section 1.6 of the Investment Plan) each pay period to the Investment Plan and the same percentage of Compensation to this Plan, with such deferrals to this Plan commencing on the Participants Deferral Commencement Date, provided that if Univar USA Inc. sets a limit on the amount a highly compensated employee (as defined in Code Section 414(q)) may defer under the Investment Plan, such limit shall also apply with respect to this Plan.
5. Section 5.1 of the Plan, Manner , is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
5.1 Manner . Upon meeting the eligibility criteria contained in Section 4.1, a Participant may defer not less than one percent (1%) nor more than seventy-five percent (75%) of his Compensation to the Plan, which shall be equal to the sum of the Participants elected pre-tax deferral contribution percentage and his or her Roth contribution percentage in the Investment Plan; provided, however all Participant Deferrals shall be made on a pre-tax basis. For example, a Participant who elects to defer 15% of his compensation (as defined in Section 1.6 of the Investment Plan) for a Plan Year will be deemed to have elected to defer 15% of his Compensation to this Plan as Participant Deferrals for such Plan Year. Such Participant Deferrals shall be effective with the first payment of Compensation to the Participant coinciding with or immediately following the Deferral Commencement Date. Participant Deferrals shall be credited to the Participants Plan Account as of each applicable pay period in which the Participant makes Participant Deferrals to the Plan. If an Employee who meets the eligibility criteria in Section 4.1 fails to file a properly completed Deferral Election Form with the Plan Administrator or its delegate by the prescribed time or in the manner specified by the Plan Administrator, he will be deemed to have elected not to make any Participant Deferrals for the applicable Plan Year.
- 2 -
6. Section 6.1 of the Plan, Matching Employer Contributions, is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
6.1 Matching Employer Contributions . During or within three (3) months after the end of a Plan Year, the Company shall credit to the Plan Account of any Participant an amount equal to the difference between the amount of matching contributions allocated to the Participants Investment Plan account for such Plan Year and the amount of matching contributions that would have been contributed and allocated to the Participants Investment Plan account for such Plan Year if (i) the Code Sections 402(g) (and Section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable) and 401(a)(17) limits did not apply to the Investment Plan and deferral contributions made to this Plan for such Plan Year had instead been made to the Investment Plan, (ii) Participant Deferrals a Participant makes to this Plan during such Plan Year were included in the definition of compensation in Section 1.6 of the Investment Plan, and (iii) Performance-Based Compensation if a Participant is hired after the Company establishes the performance criteria for such Performance-Based Compensation and Compensation that is based on performance criteria but is not Performance-Based Compensation were excluded from the definition of compensation in Section 1.6 of the Investment Plan. The portion of the matching contributions credited pursuant to subparts (i) and (iii) in the preceding sentence shall be credited as of the date the matching contributions would have been made to the Investment Plan if the limits under Code Sections 402(g) (and Section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable) and 401(a)(17) did not apply to that plan and the Participant Deferrals had been made to the Investment Plan. The portion of the matching contributions credited pursuant to subparts (ii) and (iii) in the preceding sentence shall be credited no later than January 31 after the end of the Plan Year for which it is made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, portions of the matching contributions credited to this Plan with respect to a Plan Year will be reduced (i.e., debited) during or after such Plan Year in the amount equal to any true up matching contributions made to the Investment Plan for such Plan Year. Such reductions shall not be retroactive to the effective date of the original credit, and shall not be adjusted to reflect earnings, gains, or losses on the reduction amounts since the date of original credit.
7. Section 6.2 of the Plan, Retirement Contribution, is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
6.2 Retirement Contributions . For any Participant eligible to participate in this Plan pursuant to Section 4 hereof who is eligible to receive a retirement plan contribution (which is an employer nonelective contribution) to the Investment Plan pursuant to Section 3.11 of the Investment Plan, the Company shall credit such Participants Plan Account with an amount in addition to any other amounts credited under this Plan, as set forth in this Section 6.2 (the Retirement Contribution). The Retirement Contribution made under this Plan shall be an amount equal to the difference between the amount of the retirement contribution allocated to the Participants retirement contribution account in the Investment Plan pursuant to Section 3.11 therein for such Plan Year and the amount of the retirement contribution that would have been contributed and allocated to
- 3 -
the Participants retirement contribution account in the Investment Plan pursuant to Section 3.11 therein for such Plan Year if (i) the limits under Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415(c) did not apply to the Investment Plan, and (ii) Participant Deferrals a Participant makes to this Plan during such Plan Year were included in the definition of compensation in Section 1.6 of the Investment Plan. The portion of the Retirement Contribution credited pursuant to subpart (i) in the preceding sentence shall be credited as of the date the retirement contribution would have been made to the Investment Plan if the limits under Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415(c) did not apply to the Investment Plan. The portion of the Retirement Contribution credited pursuant to subpart (ii) in the preceding sentence shall be credited no later than January 31 after the end of the Plan Year for which it is made. Retirement Contributions made to this Plan are subject to the same cliff vesting schedule and vesting provisions that apply to retirement contributions made in the Investment Plan, as described in Section 8.2 below.
This Fifth Amendment to the Plan is adopted and executed this 15 th day of December, 2011.
UNIVAR USA INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Its: | President |
- 4 -
Exhibit 10.43
UNIVAR USA INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL VALUED INVESTMENT PLAN
(As Amended and Restated as of July 1, 2010)
Sixth Amendment
WHEREAS, Univar USA Inc. (Company) sponsors and maintains the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan as amended and restated as of July 1, 2010 and as thereafter amended (the Plan); and
WHEREAS, the President has the authority to amend the Plan for changes that do not significantly increase the cost of the Plan pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Plan; and
WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to (l) permit the new Chief Executive Officer of Univar Inc. to participate and enroll in the Plan for the 2013 Plan Year for purposes of making deferrals and receiving employer matching contributions, (2) clarify eligibility and timing of participation and (3) update cross references to the Univar USA Inc. Valued Investment Plan.
NOW, THEREFORE, effective January 1, 2012, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:
1. References in the Plan to Section 1.6 of the Investment Plan are hereby changed to Article I of the Investment Plan.
2. References in the Plan to Section 3.11 are hereby changed to Section 3.5.
3. Section 4.1 of the Plan, Employee Eligibility , is amended in its entirety to read as follows:
4.1 Employee Eligibility. An Employee shall be eligible to make Participant Deferrals and receive Matching Employer Contributions in the Plan for an up-coming Plan Year if on the date selected by the Pension Management Committee for determining eligibility for such Plan Year (see below), the Employee is an eligible employee in the Investment Plan and meets the following criteria:
(i) The Employee (a) is employed at the Companys compensation band 1, 2, or 3, or (b) if he or she was not employed at the Companys compensation band 1, 2 or 3 as of April 30, 2011, was a Participant who was eligible to make Participant Deferrals for the 2011 Plan Year and made Participant Deferrals in the 2011 Plan Year or in a prior Plan Year; and
(ii) The Employee is earning a base salary at least equal to the amount set forth in Code Section 414(q)(l)(B)(i) (as adjusted from time to time by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Code Section 414(q)(1) which would have caused the
Employee to be considered a highly compensated employee pursuant to Code Section 414(q) for the up-coming Plan Year (e.g., $110,000 is the threshold for base salary for participation during the 2012 Plan Year because an employee had to earn at least $110,000 in total compensation in 2011 to be considered highly compensated in 2012 for Investment Plan purposes).
The date as of which it is determined whether an Employee is eligible to make Participant Deferrals and receive Matching Employer Contributions for a Plan Year shall be such date, as selected by the Pension Management Committee in its sole discretion, that occurs between April 1 and April 30 of the calendar year immediately preceding the applicable Plan Year.
An Employee shall be eligible to receive Retirement Contributions in the Plan for a Plan Year if the Employee makes Participant Deferrals to the Plan for such Plan Year or has retirement contributions in the Investment Plan limited by Code Sections 401(a)(17) or 415(c).
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, an individual who (i) on June 30, 2011 was an employee of Basic Chemical Solutions, L.L.C., and (ii) on September 23, 2011 was an Employee who meets all of the above requirements to become a Participant in the Plan (except that such individual was not an Employee who met such requirements in April 2011 when eligibility was determined for the 2012 Plan Year) (Eligible Former BCS Employee) was eligible to enroll in the Plan during November 2011 to make Participant Deferrals and receive Matching Employer Contributions for the 2012 Plan Year. For purposes of calculating the amount of any Participant Deferrals and Matching Employer Contributions for an Eligible Former BCS Employee for the 2012 Plan Year, Compensation shall not include any bonus or incentive compensation payments received in 2012. An Eligible Former BCS Employee shall also be eligible to receive Retirement Contributions for the 2012 Plan Year under Section 6.2 to the extent applicable.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, despite not being an Employee on the determination date for being eligible to make Participant Deferrals or receive Matching Employer Contributions in the Plan for the 2013 Plan Year, the new Chief Executive Officer of Univar Inc. who commenced employment in May 2012 shall be a Participant eligible to enroll in the Plan during June 2012 to make Participant Deferrals and receive Matching Employer Contributions for the 2013 Plan Year.
4. Section 4.2 of the Plan, Participation , is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
4.2 Participation. An Employee shall not become a Participant in the Plan with respect to making Participant Deferrals or receiving Matching Employer Contributions until the Employees Deferral Election Form is received by the Plan Administrator or its delegate. An Employees eligibility to defer Compensation and receive Matching Employer Contributions to this Plan is determined each year for the
- 2 -
upcoming Plan Year. Subject to Section 5.3, individuals who first become an Employee eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1, or who again become eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1 after not being eligible in a prior Plan Year, shall not be allowed to commence (or recommence) active participation in this Plan until the following Plan Year.
An Employee shall become a Participant with respect to Retirement Contributions on the earlier of the date he or she makes Participant Deferrals or has retirement contributions in the Investment Plan limited by Code Sections 401(a)(17) or 415(c), provided the Participant is eligible to have employer nonelective retirement contributions made to the Investment Plan on his or her behalf. A Participant who is eligible to receive Retirement Contributions need not make Participant Deferrals in order to receive Retirement Contributions under this Plan.
5 . The last sentence of Section 5.2 of the Plan, Timing , is deleted.
This Sixth Amendment to the Plan is adopted and executed this 18 th day of June, 2012
UNIVAR USA INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Its: | President |
- 3 -
Exhibit 10.44
UNIVAR USA INC.
RETIREMENT PLAN
(As Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2012)
UNIVAR USA INC.
RETIREMENT PLAN
(As Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2012)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||||
SECTION 1DEFINITIONS |
2 | |||||
SECTION 2PARTICIPATION |
12 | |||||
2.01 |
Eligibility for Participation | 12 | ||||
2.02 |
Transfer to Non-U.S. Subsidiary | 12 | ||||
2.03 |
Waiver of Right to Participate | 12 | ||||
2.04 |
Reemployment After a Termination | 12 | ||||
2.05 |
Special Rules for Certain Participants | 12 | ||||
2.06 |
Special Rules Regarding CHEMCENTRAL Corporation Consolidated | |||||
Retirement Plan | 13 | |||||
SECTION 3RETIREMENT DATES |
14 | |||||
3.01 |
Normal Retirement Date | 14 | ||||
3.02 |
Early Retirement Date | 14 | ||||
3.03 |
Deferred Retirement Date | 14 | ||||
3.04 |
Retirement DateBenefit Commencement | 14 | ||||
SECTION 4RETIREMENT BENEFITS |
15 | |||||
4.01 |
Accrued Benefit | 15 | ||||
4.02 |
Normal Retirement Benefit | 17 | ||||
4.03 |
Early Retirement Benefit | 17 | ||||
4.04 |
Deferred Retirement Benefit | 18 | ||||
4.05 |
Reemployment After Retirement | 19 | ||||
4.06 |
Benefits For Former Participants | 19 | ||||
4.07 |
Early Retirement Incentive Plans | 19 | ||||
4.08 |
Benefit Increases Where Benefit Payments Commenced Prior to March 1, 1980 | 19 | ||||
4.09 |
Military Service Benefits | 19 | ||||
4.10 |
Funding Based Limits on Benefits and Benefit Accruals | 20 | ||||
SECTION 5FORMS OF PAYMENT |
21 | |||||
5.01 |
Forms of Payment | 21 | ||||
5.02 |
Automatic Form of Benefit | 22 | ||||
5.03 |
Limitation on Joint Annuitant | 23 | ||||
5.04 |
Explanation of Forms of Payment | 23 | ||||
5.05 |
Small Benefits and Repayment of Benefit | 23 | ||||
5.06 |
Direct Rollover Distributions | 24 |
i
SECTION 6DEATH AND DISABILITY BENEFITS |
26 | |||||
6.01 |
Spousal or Domestic Partner Death Benefit | 26 | ||||
6.02 |
Benefit Payable to Child | 26 | ||||
6.03 |
Disability Benefits | 27 | ||||
SECTION 7VESTING |
28 | |||||
7.01 |
Vesting | 28 | ||||
7.02 |
Forfeitures | 28 | ||||
7.03 |
Pre-Participation Vesting Service Credit | 28 | ||||
SECTION 8LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS |
29 | |||||
8.01 |
Limitation on Benefits | 29 | ||||
8.02 |
Maximum Annual Benefit Payable Under the Plan | 29 | ||||
SECTION 9TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS |
30 | |||||
9.01 |
Scope | 30 | ||||
SECTION 10ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN |
31 | |||||
10.01 |
Plan Administrator; Fiduciaries | 31 | ||||
10.02 |
Organization and Procedures | 31 | ||||
10.03 |
Duties and Authority | 32 | ||||
10.04 |
Expenses and Assistance | 34 | ||||
10.05 |
Claims Procedure | 34 | ||||
10.06 |
Appeal Procedure | 34 | ||||
10.07 |
Plan AdministrationMiscellaneous | 35 | ||||
10.08 |
Domestic Relations Orders | 37 | ||||
10.09 |
Deductible Contribution | 37 | ||||
SECTION 11AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION |
38 | |||||
11.01 |
AmendmentGeneral | 38 | ||||
11.02 |
AmendmentConsolidation or Merger | 38 | ||||
11.03 |
Termination of the Plan | 38 | ||||
11.04 |
Allocation of the Fund on Termination of Plan | 39 | ||||
SECTION12FUNDING |
40 | |||||
12.01 |
Contributions to the Fund | 40 | ||||
12.02 |
Fund for Exclusive Benefit of Participants | 40 | ||||
12.03 |
Disposition of Credits and Forfeitures | 40 | ||||
12.04 |
Funding Agent | 40 | ||||
12.05 |
Investment Manager | 40 | ||||
SECTION13FIDUCIARIES |
41 | |||||
13.01 |
Limitation of Liability of the Employer and Others | 41 | ||||
13.02 |
Indemnification of Fiduciaries | 41 | ||||
13.03 |
Scope of Indemnification | 41 |
ii
APPENDICES
Appendix A | VW&R Profit Sharing Plan Participants | |
Appendix B | Former Will Scientific, Inc. Employees | |
Appendix C | Former Employees of Acquired Companies | |
Appendix D | Former Penwest, Ltd. Employees | |
Appendix E | Former Participants of Union Plans | |
Appendix F | Companies Included in the Term Employer | |
Appendix G | Benefits Payable to Participants Transferred to Non-U.S. Affiliates of Univar USA Inc. | |
Appendix H | Benefits Payable To Participants Who Transferred To Univar USA Inc. From Non-U.S. Affiliates of Univar USA Inc. | |
Appendix I | Funding Based Limits on Benefits and Benefit Accruals | |
Appendix J | [RESERVED] | |
Appendix K | Top-Heavy Provisions | |
Appendix L | Limitation on Benefits to Highly Compensated Employees | |
Appendix M | Early Retirement Incentive | |
Appendix N | Benefit Increases Where Benefit Payments Commenced Prior to March 1, 1980 | |
Appendix O | [RESERVED] | |
Appendix P | Non-U.S. Affiliates | |
Appendix Q | U.S. Affiliates | |
Appendix R | Former Employees of Ellis & Everard (US Holdings) Inc. and Subsidiaries Thereof | |
Appendix S | Minimum Distribution Requirements | |
Appendix T | CHEMCENTRAL CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED RETIREMENT PLAN |
iii
UNIVAR USA INC. RETIREMENT PLAN
(As Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2012)
PREAMBLE
THIS RETIREMENT PLAN (hereinafter referred to as the Plan and known as the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan) is restated effective January 1, 2012, by Univar USA Inc. (hereinafter Employer).
WHEREAS, the Employer adopted this Plan effective March 1, 1968, and subsequently amended and restated the. Plan as of January 1, 1976, September 1, 1980, March 1, 1985, January 1, 1987, August 31, 1989, January 1, 1989, August 1, 1999, October 1, 2001, and January 1, 2007; and the Plan was established to provide retirement benefits to employees who become covered under the Plan; and
WHEREAS, the Employer desires to amend and restate the Plan to update Plan provisions, incorporate language , regarding Code Section 436 limitations, and incorporate prior amendments; and
WHEREAS, the Plan shall be maintained for the exclusive benefit of covered employees, and is intended to comply with the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and other applicable law;
NOW, THEREFORE, effective January 1, 2012 (except where other effective dates are specifically set forth herein), the Employer does hereby restate the Plan as set forth in the following pages.
1
SECTION 1DEFINITIONS
The following terms when used herein shall have the following meaning, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context.
Accrued Benefit means on any date, the benefit determined under the formula specified in Section 4.01, as of such date.
Active Participant means a Participant who is accruing additional benefits under the Plan based on additional Credited Service or additional Earnings (or both) in accordance with Section 4.01.
Actuarially Equivalent and terms of similar import (for purposes other than determining contributions to the Fund) means that the present value of two payments or series of payments shall be of equal value when computed at a 7% rate of interest and on the basis of the UP-1984 Mortality Table with ages set back 1-1/2 years.
Administrative Committee means the Administrative Committee as from time to time constituted. The Administrative Committee is appointed by the Pension Management Committee.
Beneficiary means the person or persons designated to be the Beneficiary by the Participant in writing to the Administrative Committee. In the event a married Participant designates someone other than his or her Spouse as Beneficiary, such designation shall be invalid unless the Spouse consents in a writing which is notarized or witnessed by a Plan representative. If no designated Beneficiary survives the Participant, the benefits shall be paid to the Participants estate.
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and including all regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.
Credited Service means years and months of employment during a Period of Service. Credited Service shall also include years and months of employment with certain predecessor employers as described in Appendices to this Plan. Effective for Eligible Employees who first enter the Plan as Participants on or after January 1, 2001, notwithstanding the first sentence herein, Credited Service shall only include years and months of employment during a Period of Service while the Participant is an Eligible Employee. For example, Periods of Service while a Participant was covered by a collective bargaining agreement with the Employer that did not provide for participation under this Plan will not be considered Credited Service.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary,
(i) any Participant who has fewer than five (5) years of Credited Service on June 30, 2004 shall have his or her Accrued Benefit frozen as of June 30, 2004, shall cease to be an active Participant in the Plan on June 30, 2004 and shall cease to accrue any additional Credited Service after June 30, 2004;
2
(ii) no new Participants shall be added to the Plan after June 30, 2004;
(iii) no former employee who is rehired or ineligible employee whose job status changes after June 30, 2004 shall enter or reenter the Plan as an active Participant nor accrue Credited Service on or after the date of such rehire or job status change;
(iv) solely for purposes of determining whether a Participant who transferred employment to the Employer from a Non-U.S. Affiliate listed on Appendix P, or from the Employer to a Non-U.S. Affiliate listed on Appendix P, has fewer than five (5) years of Credited Service on June 30, 2004 and therefore will have his or her Accrued Benefit frozen as of June 30, 2004 (and not for any other purpose, such as determining such Participants Accrued Benefit), service with the Non-U.S. Affiliate shall be treated as Credited Service to the same extent as if such service had been with the Employer;
(v) any Participant who on June 30, 2004 is a Disabled Participant and is earning additional Credited Service pursuant to Section 6.03 shall continue to be eligible to earn Credited Service for the lesser of the ten years or the number of years during which the Disabled Participant is entitled to receive disability benefits under the Employers voluntary disability plan, even if on June 30, 2004 such Disabled Participant has fewer than five (5) years of Credited Service; provided, however, no additional Credited Service pursuant to Section 6.03 shall be credited once the Participants benefit payments commence. If a Disabled Participant has fewer than five (5) years of Credited Service on June 30, 2004 and is rehired by the Employer or returns to active employment status with the Employer after June 30, 2004, such Participant shall not resume active Participation in the Plan nor accrue additional Credited Service on or after the date of such rehire or return to active status; and
(vi) any Active Participant in the Plan on December 31, 2009 shall have his or her Accrued Benefit frozen as of December 31, 2009, shall cease to be an Active Participant in the Plan on December 31, 2009, and except as provided in Section 6.03 with respect to Credited Service for certain periods of Disability, shall not accrue any additional Credited Service after December 31, 2009.
Disabled means a physical or mental condition of a person which qualifies him or her to receive benefits from an Employers disability plan designed to benefit totally and permanently disabled employees, or which would qualify such person to receive benefits if he or she were covered by such disability plan.
Domestic Partner means an individual who is (1) in a domestic partnership with a Participant and either an affidavit of domestic partnership (in the form prescribed by Univar USA, Inc.) or documentation that the domestic partnership is evidenced by a valid governmental registry is on file with Univar USA Inc. to such effect and such affidavit or registration is still in effect; or (2) the Participants state-recognized same-sex spouse and a copy of the marriage license is on file with Univar USA Inc. For the purposes of the Univar USA Inc. affidavit, domestic partnership means the individual and the Participant (a) for at least 12 consecutive months, share the same regular and permanent residence and intend to do so permanently, (b)
3
have an exclusive mutual interpersonal committed relationship, (c) are jointly responsible for basic living expenses, (d) are not married to anyone and any previous marriage has been fully terminated by divorce decree, (e) are both 18 years of age or older, (f) are not related by blood to the extent that would bar marriage in the state in which the Participant and the individual reside, (g) were legally competent to consent to contract when the domestic partnership began, and (h) are each others sole domestic partner and have not had another domestic partner or Spouse within 12 months prior to signing the affidavit of domestic partnership.
Earnings means an employees wages, salaries, fees for professional services, and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income for the calendar year. Earnings shall include, but not be limited to, overtime, commissions, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, tips, bonuses and amounts paid (or received) on the final paycheck a Participant receives following Termination; provided, however, the amounts are paid by the later of 2 1 ⁄ 2 months after severance from employment or the end of the Plan Year that includes the date of severance from employment. Earnings shall also include elective contributions that are made by the Employer on behalf of the employee that are not includible in gross income under Code Sections 125 or 132(f)(4) or are made to a cash or deferred arrangement under Code Section 401(k). For purposes of any definition of compensation or earnings under this Plan that includes a reference to amounts under Code Section 125, amounts under Code Section 125 include any salary reduction amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that he or she has other health coverage. An amount will be treated as an amount under Code Section 125 only if the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the Participants other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan. Earnings shall also include employee elective deferrals to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan.
Earnings shall not include: (a) reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and noncash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits (except elective contributions as set forth above); (b) employer contributions to a simplified employee pension described in Code Section 408(k), distributions from a plan of deferred compensation (regardless of whether such amounts are includible in the gross income of the employee when distributed); (c) amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by an employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; (d) amounts realized from the sale, acquired under a qualified stock option; and exchange or other disposition of stock; and (e) other amounts which receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group-term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the employee).
In addition to other applicable limitations set forth in the Plan, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the annual compensation of each Participant taken into account in determining benefit accruals in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, shall not exceed $225,000, as adjusted for cost-of- living increases in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B). Annual compensation means Earnings during the
4
Plan Year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which Earnings is otherwise determined under the Plan (the determination period). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to Earnings for the determination period that begins with or within such calendar year. In determining benefit accruals in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, the annual compensation limit for determination periods beginning before January 1, 2002 shall be $200,000.
Effective for Eligible Employees who first enter the Plan as Participants on or after January 1, 2001, notwithstanding the, Earnings shall only include compensation received during a Period of Service while the Participant is an Eligible Employee. For example, compensation received during Periods of Service while a Participant was covered by a collective bargaining agreement with the Employer that did not provide for participation under this Plan will not be considered Earnings.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary,
(i) any Participant who has fewer than five (5) years of Credited Service on June 30, 2004 shall have his or her Accrued Benefit frozen as of June 30, 2004, shall cease to be an Active Participant in the Plan on June 30, 2004, and shall have his or her Final Average Monthly Earnings determined based only on Earnings received prior to July 1, 2004;
(ii) no compensation received after June 30, 2004 by a Participant described in (i) above shall be considered Earnings;
(iii) no new Participants shall be added to the Plan after June 30, 2004;
(iv) no former employee who is rehired or ineligible employee whose job status changes after June 30, 2004 shall enter or reenter the Plan as an Active Participant, nor shall his or her compensation received on or after the date of such rehire or job status change be considered Earnings;
(v) any Active Participant in the Plan on December 31, 2009 shall have his or her Accrued Benefit frozen as of December 31, 2009, shall cease to be an Active Participant in the Plan on December 31, 2009, and shall have his or her Final Average Monthly Earnings determined based only on Earnings received prior to January 1, 2010; and
(vi) for purposes of this Plan, pay earned by a Participant described in (i) above during the payroll period commencing June 26, 2004 and ending July 9, 2004 shall be treated as having been received on June 30, 2004, and pay earned by a Participant described in (v) above during the payroll period commencing December 19, 2009 and ending January 1, 2010 shall be treated as having been received on December 31, 2009.
Eligible Employee shall mean any person regularly employed by the Employer as a common law employee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, employees who (i) are on a work assignment from a foreign affiliate of the Employer and (ii) are employed by the Employer for a fixed period of employment are not Eligible Employees while they are working during a fixed period of employment (including extensions thereof).
5
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the following are not Eligible Employees for purposes of this Plan and are not eligible to participate in this Plan even if they meet the definition of a regular employee of the Employer: (a) nonresident aliens with no U.S. source income; (b) employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement under which retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining, unless there is an agreement that this Plan shall cover employees within the bargaining unit; (c) Leased Employees; (d) temporary employees hired through or employed by temporary or leasing agencies, even if they work, or are expected to work, more than six (6) months; (e) temporary employees of the Employer; and (f) workers who hold themselves out to the Employer as being independent contractors, or as being employed by another company while providing services to the Employer. For purposes of this Plan, a temporary employee of the Employer is an employee of the Employer who is hired to work on a specific project or series of projects which in the aggregate is not expected to exceed six (6) months.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, (i) no person hired or rehired by the Employer after June 30, 2004 shall be an Eligible Employee; (ii) no person who was not an Eligible Employee on June 30, 2004 shall be an Eligible Employee after June 30, 2004; (iii) Participants who have less than five (5) years of Credited Service on June 30, 2004 shall cease to be Eligible Employees at the close of June 30, 2004; and (iv) only Participants who are Eligible Employees on June 30, 2004 and have at least five (5) years of Credited Service on June 30, 2004 shall be considered Eligible Employees after June 30, 2004 (until they cease to be Eligible Employees).
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, any Active Participant in the Plan on December 31, 2009 shall have his or her Accrued Benefit frozen as of December 31, 2009 and shall cease to be an Active Participant in the Plan on December 31, 2009.
Employer means Univar USA Inc., a Washington Corporation, and any affiliated corporation that the President of Univar USA Inc. authorizes to participate in the Plan with respect to its employees; provided that the board of directors of the affiliate adopts the Plan. Employer shall also include other companies as provided from time to time in appendices to this Plan, provided, however, that Employer shall mean only Univar USA Inc. with respect to the exercise of discretionary authority under the Plan, including but not limited to the authority to amend the Plan and to appoint fiduciaries for the Plan. For purposes of applying to this Plan sections 401, 408, 410, 411, 415 and 416 of the Code which relate to qualified retirement plans generally, minimum participation and vesting standards, and limitations on benefits and contributions under qualified retirement plans, all employees of businesses under common control as defined in Code Sections 414(b) and (c), and employees of affiliated service groups under Code Section 414(m), shall be considered to be employed by a single employer.
Employment Commencement Date means the date on which an Eligible Employee first completes an Hour of Service for the Employer during the current period of employment.
6
ERISA means the Employee Income Retirement Security Act of 1974, as amended.
Final Average Monthly Earnings means one sixtieth of the total Earnings received by the Participant during the five consecutive calendar year periods during which such total Earnings are the highest. In the event a Participant does not have a 5 year consecutive calendar year Period of Service to calculate Final Average Monthly Earnings, the Plan Administrator shall take into account the total Earnings of the Participant divided by the number of calendar months during which he was employed by the Employer. The Plan Administrator will disregard an employees Earnings in the period in which an employee terminates service with the Employer, unless the inclusion of such Earnings results in a greater Accrued Benefit payable to the employee. If a Participant who was credited with Periods of Service and/or Credited Service under Section 6.02 as a Disabled employee received Earnings before and after the Disability period, the Disability period shall be disregarded in computing consecutive calendar years so that Earnings received immediately before and after the Disability period shall be deemed to have been paid in consecutive periods.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Earnings a Participant receives for work performed after December 31, 2000 while being both employed by the Employer on a reduced work schedule and at least age fifty-five (55) shall be annualized for purposes of determining such Participants Final Average Monthly Earnings under the Plan. For purposes of this paragraph, annualized means that a Participant who, after having attained age 55, is paid Earnings based on a reduced work schedule shall, for purposes of determining such Participants Final Average Monthly Earnings, be credited with Earnings received after attaining age 55 as if the Participant were employed as a full-time employee of the Employer. Earnings received by a Participant for work performed on a reduced schedule prior to having attained age 55 or prior to January 1, 2001 shall not be annualized. For purposes of this Section, a Participant shall be considered to be on a reduced work schedule only if the Participant was a regular full-time employee of the Employer scheduled to work at least 40 hours per week, and after attaining age 55, the Participant ceased to be a regular full-time employee and was scheduled to work less than 40 hours per week.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary,
(i) any Participant who has fewer than five (5) years of Credited Service on June 30, 2004 shall have his or her Accrued Benefit frozen as of June 30, 2004, shall cease to be an active Participant in the Plan on June 30, 2004, and shall have his or her Final Average Monthly Earnings determined based only on Earnings received prior to July 1, 2004;
(ii) no compensation received after June 30, 2004 by a Participant described in (i) above shall be considered Earnings, nor shall it otherwise be considered in determining such Participants Final Average Monthly Earnings;
(iii) no new Participants shall be added to the Plan after June 30, 2004;
(iv) no former employee who is rehired or ineligible employee whose job status changes after June 30, 2004 shall enter or reenter the Plan as an active Participant, nor shall his or her compensation received after June 30, 2004 be considered Earnings or otherwise considered in determining his or her Final Average Monthly Earnings; and
7
(v) any Active Participant in the Plan on December 31, 2009 shall have his or her Accrued Benefit frozen as of December 31, 2009, shall cease to be an Active Participant in the Plan on December 31, 2009, and shall have his or her Final Average Monthly Earnings determined based only on Earnings received prior to January 1, 2010.
Fund means the fund or funds into which shall be paid all contributions and from which all benefits shall be paid under this Plan. It shall include, without limitation, any annuity contract, trust fund, and/or assets managed by an Investment Manager.
Funding Agent means the trustee(s) or insurance company(ies) who receive, hold, invest, and disburse the assets of the Fund in accordance with the terms and provisions set forth in the trust agreement(s) or an annuity contract(s). All assets held under the Plan are available to pay all benefits accrued under the Plan regardless of whether the benefits were accrued under the CHEMCENTRAL Corporation Consolidated Retirement Plan or the Plan before such plans were merged, or under the Plan (including, without limitation, Appendix T) after the plans were merged. In the case of multiple trust agreements for the Plan, all assets held pursuant to such agreements are available to pay any and all benefits accrued under the terms of the Plan regardless of whether the benefits were accrued under the CHEMCENTRAL Corporation Consolidated Retirement Plan or Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan prior to the plan merger or under the Plan (including, without limitation, benefits accrued under Appendix T) after the plan merger.
Highly Compensated Employee shall mean any employee who performs service for the Employer during the determination year and who:
(a) was a five percent (5%) owner as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1) at any time during the look-back year or determination year, or
(b) during the look-back year, received Earnings from the Employer in excess of one hundred fifteen thousand dollars ($115,000) (as adjusted pursuant to Code Section 415(d) of the Code).
(c) The determination year shall be the Plan Year for which compliance is being tested, and the look-back year shall be the 12-month period immediately preceding the determination year.
(d) For purposes of this definition of Highly Compensated Employee, Earnings means compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3) as that Code Section is amended from time to time, and Treasury Regulation Section 1.415-2(d)(10) (but including employee elective contributions and deferrals described in Code Section 415(c)(3)(D)).
8
Hour of Service shall mean an hour: (a) for which an employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer; (b) for which the employee is paid or entitled to payment by the Employer on account of a period during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence; or (c) for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer.
The following additional roles shall apply in calculating Hours of Service (a) no more than 501 Hours of Service are required to be credited to an employee on account of any single period during which the employee performs no duties; (b) an hour for which an employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period during which no duties are performed is not required to be credited to the employee if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workers compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws; (c) Hours of Service are not required to be credited for a payment which solely reimburses an employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the employee; (d) a payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from the Employer regardless of whether such payment is directly, or indirectly, through, among other, a trust fund, or insurer, to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums and regardless of whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer, or other entity are for the benefit of particular employees or on behalf of a group of employees in the aggregate; (e) no more than one Hour of Service shall be credited with respect to any hour of time; (f) an Hour of Service shall include any hour for which an employee is entitled to payment by a leasing organization (as described in Section 414(n)(2) of the Code) for the performance of duties for the Company.
Leased Employee . Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, a Leased Employee is an individual (who otherwise is not an employee of the Employer) who, pursuant to a leasing agreement between the Employer and any other person, has performed services for the Employer (or for the Employer and any persons related to the Employer within the meaning of Code Section 144(a)(3)) on a substantially full-time basis for at least one year and who performs services under primary direction or control by the Employer . If a Leased Employee is treated as an employee by reason of this Section of the Plan, Earnings includes Earnings from the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the Employer.
The Plan does not treat a Leased Employee as an employee if the leasing organization covers the employee in a safe harbor plan and, prior to application of this safe harbor plan exception, 20% or less of the Employers employees (other than Highly Compensated Employees) are Leased Employees. A safe harbor plan is a money purchase pension plan providing immediate participation, full and immediate vesting, and a nonintegrated contribution formula equal to at least 10% of the employees Earnings without regard to employment by the leasing organization on a specified date. The safe harbor plan must determine the 10% contribution on the basis of compensation as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3) plus elective contributions.
9
The Plan treats a Leased Employee as an employee of the Employer, but no Leased Employee shall participate in the Plan. The Plan Administrator must apply this Section in a manner consistent with Code Sections 414(n) and 414(o) and the regulations issued under those Code Sections. The Plan Administrator will reduce a Leased Employees Accrued Benefit by his accrued benefit under a qualified plan maintained by the leasing organization, to the extent attributable to services the Leased Employee performed for the Employer. If the leasing organizations plan is a defined benefit plan, the Plan Administrator will make this reduction first by converting the benefit under the leasing organizations plan to the same normal form of benefit described in the Plan, if that benefit is expressed in a different form, payable at the Participants Normal Retirement Age under this Plan. If the leasing organizations plan is a defined contribution plan, the Plan Administrator will make this reduction first by converting the Leased Employees vested account balance in that defined contribution plan, determined as of the last day of the applicable Plan Year, into an annual benefit payable at the Participants Normal Retirement Age under this Plan, in the normal form of benefit described the Plan. The Plan Administration will make all calculations under this paragraph by using the actuarial assumptions specified in the Plan.
Participant means any Eligible Employee who qualifies for participation pursuant under Section 2. A non-vested Participant shall cease to be a Participant on the date he or she terminates. A vested Participant shall cease to be a Participant when his or her benefit payments are completed. If a nonvested Participant terminates service with the Employer, he or she will be deemed to have received a cashout distribution, resulting in an immediate forfeiture of his nonvested Accrued Benefit.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, (i) no person who is not a Participant with at least five (5) years of Credited Service on June 30, 2004 shall become a Participant nor be an Active Participant after June 30, 2004; (ii) no person who is hired or rehired by the Employer after June 30, 2004 shall become a Participant; (iii) inactive Participants who are rehired after June 30, 2004 shall not become Active Participants; (iv) ineligible employees whose job status changes after June 30, 2004 shall not become Participants nor resume active participation in the Plan; and (v) no Participant shall be an Active Participant in the Plan after December 31, 2009.
Pension Management Committee means the Pension Management Committee as from time to time constituted. The Pension Management Committee is appointed by the Board of Directors of Univar USA Inc.
Period of Service means the period of time commencing with the Employment Commencement Date and ending on the Severance From Service Date. Non-successive periods are aggregated to determine the Employees total Period of Service. For vesting purposes, an Employees Period of Service shall also include the following:
(a) Periods not in Service due to Temporary Termination;
(b) Periods of Service required by Code Section 414(a)(1) or under Treasury Regulations issued pursuant to Code Section 414(a)(2), and Service with any employer which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Code Section 414(b)) which includes an employer with any trade or business under common control (within the meaning of Code Section 414(c)) with an employer, or with any employer which is a member of an affiliated service group (within the meaning of Code Section 414(m)); and
10
(c) For an individual who transfers employment to the Employer from a U.S. Affiliate, Periods of Service with such U.S. Affiliate which are not otherwise counted under Subsections (a) or (b) above, including Periods of Service before the U.S. Affiliate was affiliated with the Employer, provided, however, that only the Participants most recent uninterrupted period of service with such U.S. Affiliate shall be considered a Period of Service under this Plan. A U.S. Affiliate is any company set forth on Appendix Q to this Plan.
For benefit accrual purposes, an Employees Period of Service shall also include periods the Employee is not in Service due to a Temporary Termination that ended prior to July 1, 2004 (i.e., the Employee was rehired and in Service prior to July 1, 2004).
Period of Severance means a 12-consecutive month period, beginning on the Severance from Service Date during which the employee does not perform an hour of service for the Employer.
Plan means the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan either in its previous or present form or as amended from time to time.
Plan Administrator means the person or entity designated in Section 10 to administer the Plan.
Plan Year means the twelve month period commencing each January 1 and ending each December 31.
Service means periods for which an employee is paid or entitled to payment for the performance of duties for the Employer.
Severance From Service Date means the earlier of the date on which an employee quits, retires, is discharged, dies, or becomes Disabled.
Spouse means an individual who is legally married to a Participant as defined by the federal Defense of Marriage Act.
Temporary Termination means a Termination deemed Temporary when the employee is rehired and in Service within one year of the Severance From Service Date.
Terminated and Termination and Terminates means no longer in Service or employed as an Employee with the Employer because the employee has quit, retired, been discharged, died, or become Disabled.
11
SECTION 2PARTICIPATION
2.01 Eligibility for Participation
Each Eligible Employee shall become a Participant under this Plan on the later of his or her Employment Commencement Date or the date the Eligible Employee first performs an Hour of Service as an Eligible Employee. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, no person shall become a new Participant nor resume active participation in the Plan after June 30, 2004.
2.02 Transfers To or From Non-U.S. Affiliates
See Appendix G for special rules regarding benefits for Participants who transfer from Univar USA Inc. to a Non-U.S. Affiliate of Univar USA Inc., and Appendix H for special rules regarding benefits for Participants who transfer to Univar USA Inc. from a Non-U.S. Affiliate of Univar USA Inc. For purposes of Appendices G and H, Non-U.S. Affiliate means only those Non-U.S. Affiliates that are listed on Appendix P hereto.
2.03 Waiver of Right to Participate
An Eligible Employee may waive the right to participate in this Plan by so notifying the Employer in writing. The waiver must be consented to in writing by a Spouse, if any.
2.04 Reemployment After a Termination
Upon the reemployment of a Terminated former Participant as an Eligible Employee, he or she shall immediately become a Participant. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, no Terminated former Participant whose date of rehire with the Employer is after June 30, 2004 shall become a Participant. Benefits for a former Participant who is reemployed after June 30, 2004 will be determined based solely on Credited Service earned and Earnings received while an active Participant prior to reemployment.
2.05 Special Rules for Certain Participants
Special rules relating to vesting and benefit computation apply to certain Participants. The special rules are set out in appendices to this Plan as follows:
(a) Former VW&R Profit Sharing Plan Participants, Appendix A
(b) Former Will Scientific, Inc. Employees, Appendix B
(c) Former Employees of Acquired Companies, Appendix C
(d) Former PENWEST, LTD. Employees, Appendix D
(e) Former Participants of Union Plans, Appendix E
(f) Ellis & Everard (US Holdings) Inc. and Subsidiaries Thereof, Appendix R
12
2.06 Special Rules Regarding CHEMCENTRAL Corporation Consolidated Retirement Plan
Effective January 1, 2008, the CHEMCENTRAL Corporation Consolidated Retirement Plan (LCC Plan) is merged in and with the Plan, and is reflected as Appendix T hereto. Effective June 30, 2004, the Plan was amended to preclude employees from entering the Plan as new participants and inactive participants from resuming active participation in the Plan. Effective December 31, 2007, the LCC Plan was amended to preclude employees from entering the LCC Plan as new participants and inactive participants from resuming active participation in the LCC Plan, except to the extent an employee is covered by a collective bargaining agreement that provides for active participation by such employee in the LCC Plan. Although the merged plans constitute one plan on and after January 1, 2008, the Plan will be administered as if it were still two separate plans, with all provisions of the Plan other than Appendix T applying to individuals who were Participants in the Plan on December 31, 2007, and only the provisions of Appendix T applying to individuals who were participants in the LCC Plan on December 31, 2007 and to those individuals who (i) are new hires or rehires or have changed job classifications and (ii) are in a position covered by a collective bargaining agreement that provides for participation by such individual in the LCC Plan. The terms and conditions of the Plan set forth in provisions of the Plan other than Appendix T shall exclusively govern the benefits, right and features for Participants (as defined in Section 1.19 above). The terms and conditions set forth in Appendix T shall not apply or provide any benefit to Participants (as defined in Section 1.19 above). Except as otherwise provided in Appendix T, the terms and conditions of Appendix T shall exclusively govern the benefits, rights and features for participants (as defined in Appendix T) who are covered under Appendix T. Except as otherwise provided in Appendix T, the terms and conditions of the Plan set forth in provisions other than Appendix T shall not apply or provide any benefit to participants defined in and covered by Appendix T. Pursuant to the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(12) and 414(1), until December 31, 2012, the Employer shall maintain sufficient data to construct a special schedule of benefits to maintain the rights to benefits on a termination basis for such Participants to the extent required by Treasury Regulations Section 1.414(1)-1(e)(2).
13
SECTION 3RETIREMENT DATES
3.01 Normal Retirement Date
The Normal Retirement Date for a Participant shall be the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the attainment of age 65. A Participant who Terminates prior to retirement with a vested Accrued Benefit shall commence receiving his or her benefit at Normal Retirement Date, unless such Participant qualifies for and elects to receive benefits at Early Retirement Date.
3.02 Early Retirement Date
Each Participant who attains age 55 and has completed a five year Period of Service may elect, in writing, an Early Retirement Date. Such Early Retirement Date shall be before the Normal Retirement Date and after Termination on the first day of any month coinciding with or following the date the early retirement requirements are met.
3.03 Deferred Retirement Date
The Deferred Retirement Date for a Participant who continues working after the Normal Retirement Date shall be the first day of the month next following his or her Termination date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who is not a five percent (5%) owner (as defined in Code Section 416) and continues working for the Employer beyond the end of the calendar year in which he reaches age 70 1 ⁄ 2 may elect to have benefit payments commence in a calendar year following the calendar year in which he reaches age 70 1 ⁄ 2 .
3.04 Retirement DateBenefit Commencement
The Retirement Date is the date on which benefits commence. The Retirement Date for a Participant shall be one of the dates specified in Sections 3.01, 3.02, or 3.03 except that the Retirement Date under 3.03 for a Participant who is a five percent (5%) owner (as defined in Code Section 416) with respect to the Plan Year ending in the calendar year in which the Employee attains age 70 1 ⁄ 2 shall be the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant reaches age 70 1 ⁄ 2 if such Participant is still employed on that date. The Retirement Date is the same date as the annuity starting date described. in Code Section 417(f)(2). All distributions under this Plan will be made in accordance with regulations promulgated under Code Section 401(a)(9), including, without limitation the incidental death benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G) and the minimum incidental benefit of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-(2), which are hereby incorporated by this reference as part of the Plan. The provisions of Code Section 401(a)(9) override any distribution options in the Plan inconsistent with Code Section 401(a)(9). Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, for purposes of determining minimum distributions required pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9), the provisions of Appendix S apply, superseding any inconsistent provisions of this Section 3.04 or any other section of the Plan.
14
SECTION 4RETIREMENT BENEFITS
4.01 Accrued Benefit
(a) Effective for those Participants who terminate employment with the Employer prior to August 1, 1999, the Accrued Benefit, in the form of a monthly benefit payable as a single life annuity, for each such Participant shall equal the greater of:
(i) $20 multiplied by his or her Credited Service; or
(ii) the following benefit:
(A) 1.2% of Final Average Monthly Earnings plus .5% of the Final Average Monthly Earnings in excess of the integration level multiplied by;
(B) years of Credited Service, up to a maximum of 25 years; plus
(C) .75% of Final Average Monthly Earnings multiplied by years of Credited Service in excess of 25 years.
(b) Effective for those Participants who terminate employment with the Employer on or after August 1, 1999, the Accrued Benefit, in the form of a monthly benefit payable as a single life annuity, for each such Participant shall equal the greater of:
(i) $20 multiplied by his or her Credited Service; or
(ii) the following benefit:
(A) 1.2% of Final Average Monthly Earnings plus .5% of the Final Average Monthly Earnings in excess of the integration level multiplied by;
(B) years of Credited Service.
For purposes of determining the Accrued Benefit of any Former McKesson Corporation Employee who was hired by the Employer on November 1, 1986, and who did not take retirement benefits under the McKesson Corporation Retirement Plan, Credited Service shall include Service credited under the McKesson Plan for purposes of benefit calculation under that Plan.
For purposes of this Section 4.01, the integration level is one-thirty-sixth (1/36 th ) of the Social Security maximum taxable wage base, as defined under Section 230 of the Social Security Act in the year of Termination, provided that the one-thirty-sixth (1/36 th ) of the Social Security maximum taxable wage base shall not exceed one-twelfth (1/12 th ) of covered compensation separately determined for each Participant as defined under Code Section 401(l)(5)(E) and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(1)-1(c)(7)(ii)(B). With respect to a Participant whose Accrued Benefit is frozen on June 30, 2004 (e.g., because he or she had less than five (5) years of Credited Service on June 30, 2004) and who was not Terminated prior to January 1, 2004, the
15
integration level shall be one-thirty-sixth (1/36 th ) of the Social Security maximum taxable wage base for 2004, which is one-thirty-sixth (1/36 th ) of $87,900 (i.e., $2,441.67) (or, if lesser, one-twelfth (1/12 th ) of covered compensation separately determined for such Participant as defined under Code Section 401(l)(5)(E) and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(1)-1(c)(7)(ii)(B)). With respect to a Participant whose Accrued Benefit becomes frozen on December 31, 2009 and who was not Terminated prior to January 1, 2009, the integration level shall be one-thirty-sixth (1/36 th ) of the Social Security maximum taxable wage base for 2009, which is one-thirty-sixth (1/36 th ) of $106,800 (i.e., $2,966.67) (or, if lesser, one-twelfth (1/12 th ) of covered compensation separately determined for such Participant as defined under Code Section 401(l)(5)(E) and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(1)-1(c)(7)(ii)(B)).
For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1995, a Participants covered compensation shall be determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(l)-1(c)(7)(i). Benefits under this Plan and all qualified retirement plans maintained by the Employer shall not be calculated in such a manner as to exceed the limits of Treas. Reg. § 1.401(1)-5. If the limits would otherwise be exceeded with respect to such plans, the Participants permitted disparity under this Plan will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the permitted disparity limits before any such reductions in permitted disparity to any defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participants Accrued Benefit shall not be less than his or her Accrued Benefit would have been on August 31, 1989, if the Accrued Benefit had been calculated on that date using the benefit formula in effect on December 31, 1989; except that a Participant, who is a Highly Compensated Employee may not receive a distribution after January 31, 1989, of a benefit that exceeds the benefit that the Participant had accrued as of December 31, 1988, or the benefit determined under the formula in effect on December 31, 1989.
The Accrued Benefit is payable in the form of a single life annuity commencing at Normal Retirement Date.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.01 to the contrary, the Accrued Benefit of any Participant who has fewer than five (5) years of Credited Service as of June 30, 2004 shall be frozen as of June 30, 2004, his or her Accrued Benefit will be determined based on years of Credited Service accumulated through June 30, 2004, and his or her Final Average Monthly Earnings will be determined as of June 30, 2004 based only upon Earnings received through June 30, 2004. Periods of Service after June 30, 2004 will continue to be counted for purposes of determining the eligibility of such Participants for an Early Retirement Benefit and the applicable early retirement reduction factors as set forth in Section 4.03 of the Plan, and for purposes of determining vesting of such Participants in his or her Accrued Benefits in accordance with Section 7.01 of the Plan and eligibility for the spousal death benefit pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6.01 of the Plan. Participants whose Accrued Benefit is frozen on June 30, 2004 shall not automatically be made 100% vested in their Accrued Benefit as a result of such freezing, but instead shall have to satisfy the vesting requirements of Section 7.01 of the Plan either before or after June 30, 2004 in order to be vested in his or her Accrued Benefit.
16
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.01 to the contrary, the Accrued Benefit of any Active Participant on December 31, 2009 shall be frozen as of December 31, 2009, his or her Accrued Benefit will be determined based only on years of Credited Service accumulated through December 31, 2009, and his or her Final Average Monthly Earnings will be determined as of December 31, 2009 based only upon Earnings received through December 31, 2009. Periods of Service after December 31, 2009 will continue to be counted for purposes of determining the eligibility of such Participants for an Early Retirement Benefit and the applicable early retirement reduction factors as set forth in Section 4.03 of the Plan. Participants who are employed with the Employer on or after December 31, 2009 shall automatically be made 100% vested in their Accrued Benefit.
4.02 Normal Retirement Benefit
A Participants monthly Normal Retirement Benefit shall equal his or her vested Accrued Benefit as of the date of Termination, adjusted in accordance with the terms of Sections 4.05 and 5, if necessary.
4.03 Early Retirement Benefit
If a Participant has (i) attained age 55 and has completed a five year Period of Service prior to his or her Termination date or (ii) not attained age 55 but has completed a twenty-year Period of Service prior to his or her Termination Date, the Participants Early Retirement Benefit shall equal his or her vested Accrued Benefit as of the date of Termination, reduced by the appropriate percentage as specified in this paragraph for each month that the Early Retirement Date precedes the Normal Retirement Date, and then adjusted in accordance with the terms of Sections 4.05 and 5, if necessary. Effective for Participants who terminate employment with the Employer prior to August 1, 1999 and meet the requirements in the preceding sentence, the reduction factor shall be 1/2 of one percent for each calendar month from age 55 to age 60, 1/3 of one percent for each calendar month from age 60 to age 62, and 1/6 of one percent for each calendar month from age 62 to 65. Effective for Participants who terminate employment with the Employer on or after August 1, 1999 and meet the requirements of the first sentence of this paragraph, the reduction factor shall be 1/3 of one percent for each calendar month from age 55 to age 62, and there will be no reduction factor applied to such Participants who retire after attaining age 62.
If prior to his or her Termination date, a Participant had not attained age 55 with a five year Period of Service nor completed a twenty-year Period of Service, the Participants Early Retirement Benefit shall equal his or her vested Accrued Benefit as of the date of Termination reduced by 1/2 of one percent for each calendar month that the first payment date precedes the Participants 65th birthday and then adjusted in accordance with the terms of Sections 4.05 and 5, if necessary.
The number of months to which the above early retirement reduction factors shall apply shall be the number of months between the Participants Retirement Date and his or her Normal Retirement Date.
17
For purposes of determining whether a Participant has completed a five-year Period of Service or a twenty-year Period of Service in order to be considered eligible for an Early Retirement Benefit or to determine the applicable early retirement reduction factors, (i) Periods of Service after June 30, 2004 are counted even for those Participants whose Accrued Benefit is frozen on June 30, 2004 and (ii) Periods of Service after December 31, 2009 are counted for all Participants.
4.04 Deferred Retirement Benefit
A Participants Deferred Retirement Benefit shall equal his or her vested Accrued Benefit as of the date of Termination, adjusted for form of payment, and actuarially adjusted for any prior distributions. Service and Earnings beyond the Normal Retirement Date shall be taken into consideration, subject to the 25 year limit in Section 4.01. There shall be no actuarial adjustment to reflect the deferred commencement of benefits. In no event shall the benefit provided under this paragraph be less than the retirement benefit to which the Participant would have been entitled if he or she had actually retired on the Normal Retirement Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participants date of Termination is on or after January 1, 2001, such Participants Deferred Retirement Benefit shall equal the greater of his or her (i) vested Accrued Benefit as of the date of Termination, adjusted for form of payment, and actuarially adjusted for any prior distributions, or (ii) vested Accrued Benefit on the Normal Retirement Date actuarially increased to the Participants date of Termination to reflect the delayed commencement date, adjusted for form of payment, and actuarially adjusted for any prior distributions. With respect to the benefit provided pursuant to subpart (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence, because the Accrued Benefit is calculated as of the Normal Retirement Date, Earnings received or service performed or otherwise credited for periods following the Participants Normal Retirement Date will not be considered in determining such Accrued Benefit. In no event shall the benefit provided under this paragraph be less than the retirement benefit to which the Participant would have been entitled if he or she had actually retired on the Normal Retirement Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Participants with less than five (5) years of Credited Service on June 30, 2004 shall not accrue additional Credited Service after June 30, 2004 nor shall Earnings received after June 30, 2004 be considered in determining his or her Final Average Monthly Earnings, (ii) persons rehired after June 30, 2004 and ineligible employees whose job status changes after June 30, 2004 shall not accrue additional Credited Service on or after the date of such rehire or job status change nor shall Earnings received on or after the date of such rehire or job status change be considered in determining his or her Final Average Monthly Earnings, and (iii) Active Participants on December 31, 2009 shall not accrue additional Credited Service after December 31, 2009 nor shall Earnings received after December 31, 2009 be considered in determining his or her Final Average Monthly Earnings.
18
4.05 Reemployment After Retirement
Upon reemployment, a Participant shall continue to receive retirement benefits and resume accruing benefits under the Plan. At the Participants subsequent retirement, benefits payable shall be based on his or her total Credited Service and Earnings at the time of subsequent retirement, and shall be reduced by the Actuarially Equivalent value of benefits previously received by the Participant. In no event shall the benefit provided upon subsequent retirement be less than the initial retirement benefit.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Participants with less than five (5) years of Credited Service on June 30, 2004 shall not accrue additional Credited Service after June 30, 2004 nor shall Earnings received after June 30, 2004 be considered in determining his or her Final Average Monthly Earnings, (ii) persons rehired after June 30, 2004 and ineligible employees whose job status changes after June 30, 2004 shall not accrue additional Credited Service on or after the date of such rehire or job status change nor shall Earnings received on or after the date of such rehire or job status change be considered in determining his or . her Final Average Monthly Earnings, and (iii) Active Participants on December 31, 2009 shall not accrue additional Credited Service after December 31, 2009 nor shall Earnings received after December 31, 2009 be considered in determining his or her Final Average Monthly Earnings.
4.06 Benefits For Former Participants
Eligibility for benefits and the amount of such benefits for a former Participant shall be based upon the provisions of the Plan in effect on the participants date of Termination. An employee who. Terminates prior to becoming a Participant in this Plan may be eligible for benefits under a predecessor employer plan but is not eligible for benefits under this Plan. However, if a terminated Participant has had an Hour of Service on or after January 1, 1976, and is living on August 23, 1984, a Spouses death benefit may be payable under Section 6.01(b) if the requirements of that section are met.
4.07 Early Retirement Incentive Plans
The 1991 early retirement incentive plan is set forth in Appendix M. Any other such plans adopted by the Employer shall be set forth in revised Appendix M.
4.08 Benefit Increases Where Benefit Payments Commenced Prior to March 1, 1980
If a former Participants benefit payment commenced prior to March 1, 1980, Appendix N sets forth the increased benefits to be paid to such Participant, his Spouse or his Beneficiary.
4.09 Military Service Benefits
Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided as required by Code Section 414(u). In the case of a Participant who dies on or after January 1, 2007 while performing qualified military service within the meaning of Code Section 414(u), the survivors of such Participant shall receive any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of such qualified military service) provided under the Plan had the Participant resumed and then terminated employment with an Employer on account of death.
19
4.10 Funding Based Limits on Benefits and Benefit Accruals
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, for Plan Years commencing on or after January 1, 2008, this Plan and the benefits hereunder and the ability for a Participant or Beneficiary to accrue additional Plan benefits, vest in Plan benefits or receive Plan benefit distributions at a certain time or in a certain form are subject to the limitations and restrictions that are required by Code Section 436 and ERISA Section 206(g) and applicable regulations thereunder as described in Appendix I.
20
SECTION 5FORMS OF PAYMENT
5.01 Forms of Payment
A retiring Participant may elect any one of the options described below at any time during the 180-day period ending on the annuity starting date. The term annuity starting date means either (1) the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable as an annuity or (2) the first day on which all events have occurred which entitle the Participant to a benefit where the benefit is not payable in the form of an annuity.
(a) Single Life Annuity
A single life annuity shall be payable monthly from the first of the month following date of retirement to the first of the month preceding death. The amount of the monthly benefit shall equal the monthly Normal Retirement Benefit, adjusted for Early or Deferred Retirement if applicable.
(b) Joint and Survivor Annuity
A reduced Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be payable monthly to a retired Participant from the first of the month following date of retirement to the first of the month preceding death. Following the Participants death, a retirement benefit, equal to 50% or 100% of the reduced amount payable to the retired Participant, shall be payable for life to the Participants Spouse, if living at the time of the Participants death. A Participant may elect which percentage shall be payable to the Spouse.
If the Spouse dies after the Participants retirement income begins, the Participants payments will be in the same reduced amount as is otherwise payable under the Joint and Survivor Annuity. If the Spouse dies prior to the date as of which the Participants retirement income begins, any election of a form of benefit under this Section 5.01(b) shall be automatically canceled. If the Participant dies prior to the date as of which his or her retirement income is to begin, the Spouse shall not be entitled to receive any payments under an option under this Section 5.01(b).
The 50% Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be equal to 91% of the Participants retirement benefit payable in the form of a Single life annuity.
The 100% Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be equal to 87% of the Participants retirement benefit payable in the form of a Single life annuity.
21
(c) Period Certain and Life Annuity
A reduced Period Certain and Life Annuity shall be payable monthly from the first of the month following date of retirement to the first of the month preceding death, but in no event will less than a certain number of monthly payments be made. A Participant may elect the period certain and number of monthly payments under the table below. If the Participant dies before receiving applicable number of monthly payments, the remaining payments shall continue to be made to his or her designated Beneficiary. The total-value of the Period Certain and Life Annuity shall be equal to the portion of the Participants retirement benefit payable in the form of a Single life annuity, specified in the table below:
Period of Years |
Number of Monthly Payments |
Total Benefit Reduction Factor |
||
5 |
60 | .98 | ||
10 |
120 | .94 | ||
15 |
180 | .93 | ||
20 |
240 | .91 |
5.02 Automatic Form of Benefit
Unless a Participant elects otherwise, Benefits shall be paid as provided below:
(a) Married Participants
Any Participant who is married on his or her Retirement Date shall automatically be deemed to have elected the 100% Joint and Survivor option, effective as of such date, with his or her Spouse as the joint annuitant, (the Statutory 100% Joint and Survivor Option).
A Participant may reject the Statutory 100% Joint and Survivor Option by filing a written notice with the Administrative Committee prior to the benefit commencement date. Such notice must (a) be signed by the Participants Spouse, (b) acknowledge the effect of the election, (c) consent to the alternate form of payment or any change in the designated form of payment, and (d) unless the Spouse is the sole primary beneficiary, consent to the beneficiary designation or any change in such designation; and the Spouses signature must be notarized or witnessed by a Plan representative. In the event the Statutory 100% Joint and Survivor Option is rejected, benefits shall be paid in the form of a Single life annuity, unless another option is elected. The election of an optional benefit or the designation of a Beneficiary other than the Spouse may not be changed without spousal consent or the spousal consent must permit designations by the Participant without further consent by the Spouse if the Spouse acknowledges the right to limit that consent to a specific designation but, in writing, waives that right.
A Participant may file a rejection notice or revoke any such notice at any time during the election period described in Section 5.01. The Spouses consent to a waiver of the Statutory Joint and Survivor Option is irrevocable, unless revoked by the Participant.
22
(b) Other Participants
Any other Participant shall receive his or her retirement benefits in the form of a Single life annuity, unless another option is elected.
5.03 Limitation on Joint Annuitant
A Participant may not elect a joint annuitant other than his or her Spouse or Domestic Partner, provided that the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G) and the regulations thereunder are satisfied.
5.04 Explanation of Forms of Payment
The Administrative Committee shall furnish each Participant with a written explanation of the terms and conditions of the forms of payment. The notice shall be given no less than 30 and no later than 180 days prior to the date the Participant first becomes eligible for retirement benefits under the Plan.
A Participant may elect (with any applicable spousal consent) to waive the requirement that the written explanation be provided at least thirty (30) days before the benefit commencement date (or to waive the thirty (30) day requirement where the written explanation is provided after the benefit commencement date), but no distribution shall commence until a date that is at least seven (7) days after such explanation is provided. A Participant may also revoke his or her election to receive benefits in the Plans normal form of benefits or in one of the optional forms of benefit permitted under the Plan provided such revocation occurs prior to a Participants benefit commencement date or the end of the seven (7) day period preceding distribution (for a Participant who waives the thirty (30) day written explanation requirement), whichever occurs later. The election by a Participant to receive benefits in the Plans normal form of benefits or in one of the optional forms of benefit permitted under the Plan shall be irrevocable after the later of the Participants benefit commencement date or the end of the seven (7) day period preceding distribution (for a Participant who waives the thirty (30) day explanation requirement).
5.05 Small Benefits and Repayment of Benefit
In cases where the present value of a vested or payable benefit of a Terminated Participant is less than or equal to $1,000, the benefit shall be paid in a lump sum distribution as soon as practicable after Termination. For purposes of this Section 5.05, the present value shall be calculated using the applicable interest rate and the applicable mortality table as determined under Code Section 417(e)(3) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. The applicable interest rate shall be the adjusted first, second, and third segment rates applied under rules similar to the rules of Code Section 430(h)(2)(C) for the month of November which immediately precedes the Plan Year in which the payment is made. The applicable mortality table used for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Code Section 417(e) shall be the mortality table, modified as appropriate by the Secretary, based on the mortality table specified for the plan year under subparagraph (A) of Code Section 430(h)(3) (without regard to subparagraph (C) or (D) of such section).
23
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, in cases where the present value of a vested or payable benefit of a Terminated Participant is greater than $1,000 and not greater than $5,000, the Terminated Participant may elect to have the benefit paid as soon as practicable after Termination (or any time thereafter) in a lump sum directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan (as defined in Section 5.06) specified by the Terminated Participant in a Direct Rollover (as defined in Section 5.06) or to receive the distribution directly. In the event a mandatory distribution of a present value of a vested or payable benefit of a Terminated Participant is in excess of $1,000 and not in excess of $5,000 is made to a Participant and the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant in a Direct Rollover or to receive the distribution directly, then the distribution shall be made in a Direct Rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan Administrator. For purposes of the Section 5.05, the value of the vested or payable benefit of a Terminated Participant shall be determined based on the greater of the present value of the immediate or deferred benefit payable under the Plan.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, in cases where the present value of a vested or payable benefit of a Participant is less than or equal to $5,000 after the Participants Normal Retirement Date, the benefit shall be paid in a lump sum distribution as soon as practicable after the Participants Normal Retirement Date.
In the event a Participant receives a lump sum distribution at any time after Termination and later resumes participation after returning to work, he or she may repay such benefit with 5% interest to the Plan within two years of resuming employment. The Accrued Benefit of a Participant who makes such repayment shall be determined as if no prior distribution occurred. A Terminated Participant who is 0% vested upon Termination shall be deemed to have received a lump sum distribution of his vested accrued benefit (i.e., $0) on his or her date of Termination. If such a 0% vested Terminated Participant later returns to work and resumes participation in the Plan, the Participant shall be deemed to have repaid the previously distributed amount plus required interest (i.e., $0) immediately upon reemployment. For purposes of determining the Accrued Benefit of a Terminated Participant who has received (or has been deemed to have received) a lump sum distribution pursuant to this Section, years of Credited Service earned prior to the distribution shall be disregarded unless the Terminated Participant reenters the Plan and repays (or is deemed to repay) the distributed amount plus interest thereon pursuant to this Section.
5.06 Direct Rollover Distributions
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary and subject to the following limitation, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover. Direct Rollovers will not be permitted if the amount to be distributed in one or a series of payments over the calendar year is less than $200. Direct Rollovers may only be made to one other Eligible Retirement Plan, and thus may not be divided amongst several plans. A Participant may elect to receive a distribution partly as a Direct Rollover and partly in a direct payment to the Participant only if the Direct Rollover amount equals or exceeds $500.
24
The following definitions shall apply to this Section 5.06:
(a) Eligible Rollover Distribution . An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or a portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: (i) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributees designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); and (iii) the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities).
(b) Eligible Retirement Plan . An Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), a Roth IRA as described in Code Section 408A, an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust of a plan described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the Distributees Eligible Rollover Distribution. An Eligible Retirement Plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) and an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving Spouse, or to a Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). In the case of a Distributee who is a nonspouse Beneficiary, an Eligible Retirement Plan shall only be an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), or a Roth IRA as described in Code Section 408A, meeting the requirements of Code Section 402(c)(11).
(c) Distributee . A Distributee includes an employee or former employee. In addition, the employees or former employees surviving Spouse, Beneficiary and the Employees or former employees Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), are Distributees with regard to the interest of the Beneficiary, Spouse or former Spouse.
(d) Direct Rollover . A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.
25
SECTION 6DEATH AND DISABILITY BENEFITS
6.01 Spousal or Domestic Partner Death Benefit
In the event a vested Participant or former Participant has not received a lump sum cash out distribution, and dies leaving a surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner, his or her Spouse or Domestic Partner shall receive a death benefit under the Plan if the Participant has completed at least a five year Period of Service. If the Participant dies before January 1, 1997, this death benefit shall equal 45% of the benefit in the form of a single life annuity to which the Participant would have been entitled if his or her Retirement Date were immediately before the date of his or her death. If the Participant dies on or after October 1, 2004, this death benefit shall equal 87% of the benefit in the form of a single life annuity to which the Participant would have been entitled if his or her Retirement Date were immediately before the date of his or her death.
This death benefit shall be payable at (a) the Participants Normal Retirement Date, (b) any Early Retirement Date of the Participant, subject to the adjustments to Early Retirement Benefits described in Section 4.03, based on the Participants Years of Service with the Employer, or (c) any date prior to the Participants Early Retirement Date, subject to a reduction of the benefit to an amount which is Actuarially Equivalent to the Participants Early Retirement Benefit payable at age 55. For purposes of the previous sentence, actuarial equivalence shall be determined using the factors set forth in Section 1.02 and shall be based upon the age the Participant would have been on the date benefit payments commence to the surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner. The Spouse or Domestic Partner of a non-vested Participant is not entitled to this death benefit. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Domestic Partner may not elect to defer payment of this death benefit and all benefits payable pursuant to this Section 6.01 shall comply with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G) and the regulations thereunder.
6.02 Benefit Payable to Child
If Section 6.01 would apply to a Participant but for the fact that there is no surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner, and if such Participant is survived by a child under age twenty-one, then the monthly benefit provided for in Section 6.01 shall be paid to such child until the first day of the month in which he or she attains age twenty-one; and if there are two or more such children, the benefit shall be divided equally among them and if any of such childrens benefits cease by virtue of their attaining age twenty-one, the benefits shall be divided equally among the remaining eligible children. The monthly benefit payable under this paragraph shall commence on the first of the month coinciding with or following the Participants death and the benefit shall not be actuarially adjusted to reflect immediate commencement. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, all benefits payable pursuant to this Section 6.02 shall comply with the requirements of Code Section 401 (a)(9)(G) and the regulations thereunder.
26
6.03 Disability Benefits
Periods of disability up to a maximum of ten years, or if less, the number of years during which a Disabled Participant is entitled to receive disability benefits under the Employers voluntary disability plan, shall be included for purposes of determining Periods of Service for vesting and for Credited Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no credit for vesting or Credited Service shall be granted once the Participants benefit payments commence. This Section 6.03 shall only apply to Participants who became a Disabled Participant prior to July 1, 2004.
27
SECTION 7VESTING
7.01 Vesting
Each Participant shall have a vested, non-forfeitable right to his or her Accrued Benefit multiplied by the appropriate vesting percentage in accordance with the following table:
Period of Service |
Percent Vested |
|
Less than 5 years |
0% | |
5 years or more |
100% |
In addition, each employee shall have a 100% non-forfeitable right to his or her Accrued Benefit upon attaining age 65, including Disabled Participants that are receiving benefits under the Employers voluntary disability plan as of such date. An employee who terminates with 0% vested shall be deemed non-vested. For purposes of determining the vesting percentage of a Former McKesson Corporation Employee who was hired by the Employer on November 1, 1986, years of service credited under the McKesson Plan shall be treated as Periods of Service for vesting under this Plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants who are employed with the Employer on or after December 31, 2009 shall automatically be made 100% vested in their Accrued Benefit.
7.02 Forfeitures
Any forfeitures arising under this Plan shall be used only to offset future Employer contributions and shall not affect any Participants Accrued Benefit.
7.03 Pre-Participation Vesting Service Credit
Years of Service with the companies listed on Appendix Q shall be treated as years of service for vesting purposes as if such service had been with the Employer.
28
SECTION 8LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS
8.01 Limitation on Benefits
To prevent discrimination in favor of Highly-Compensated Employees upon early termination of the Plan, the limitations set forth in Appendix L shall govern allocation of Fund assets.
8.02 Maximum Annual Benefit Payable Under the Plan
Notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary, a Participants accrued annual benefit in any Limitation Year shall not exceed the limitations of Code Section 415(b), as adjusted in accordance with Code Section 415(d), which are hereby incorporated by reference. In applying Code Section 415 and the regulations thereunder, the following definitions shall apply:
(a) Compensation . Compensation means compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3) as that Code Section as amended from time to time, and Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c) -2(d)(2). Compensation shall also include amounts paid after severance from employment with the Employer, provided the amounts are paid by the later of 2 1/2 months after severance from employment or the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of severance from employment and the amounts paid would have been otherwise included in the definition of Compensation if they were paid prior to the Participants severance from employment with the Employer.
(b) Limitation Years . Limitation Year means the Plan Year. If the Employer amends the Limitation Year to a different 12 consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year for which the Employer makes the amendment, creating a short Limitation Year.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, this Section 8.02 shall govern all benefits payable under the Plan, including those benefits payable under Appendix T.
29
SECTION 9TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS
9.01 Scope
Notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary, for any Plan Year in which the Plan is Top Heavy within the meaning of Section 416(g) of the Code, the provisions of Appendix K shall govern to the extent they conflict with or specify additional requirements to the Plan provisions governing Plan Years which are not Top Heavy.
30
SECTION 10ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
10.01 Plan Administrator; Fiduciaries
The Plan Administrator shall be the Employer. The Employer shall, by action of its board of directors, appoint a Pension. Management Committee composed of officers and employees of the Employer or its North American affiliates. The Employers board of directors shall periodically monitor and evaluate the performance of the Pension Management Committee, and may remove or replace members of the Pension Management Committee in its sole discretion (without showing cause) at any time. The Pension Management Committee shall appoint an Administrative Committee composed of employees of the Employer or its subsidiaries. Every member of the Employers board of directors and the Pension Management and Administrative Committees shall be deemed a fiduciary. No member of the Pension Management or Administrative Committee or of the Employers board of directors who is an employee of the Employer or its affiliates shall receive compensation with respect to his or her service on such Committee or board.
Any member of the Pension Management or Administrative Committee may resign by delivering a written resignation to the Employer and to the relevant Committee. The Employer may remove or replace any member of the Pension Management Committee in its discretion (without showing cause) at any time, by action of its board of directors. The Pension Management Committee may remove or replace any member of the Administrative Committee in its discretion (without showing cause) at any time.
In the absence of any Administrative Committee appointment, the Employer and its employees performing the relevant functions shall have all the powers, rights and duties allocated to the Administrative Committee.
10.02 Organization and Procedures
The Employer shall designate a chairman for the Pension Management Committee from that Committees membership. The Pension Management Committee shall designate a chairman for the Administrative Committee from that committees membership. Each committee shall appoint a secretary, who need not be a member of the committee. The secretary shall have the primary responsibility for keeping a record of all meetings and acts of the committee and shall have custody of all documents, the preservation of which shall be necessary or convenient for the efficient functioning of the committee. The chairman of the Pension Management Committee shall be the agent of the Plan for service of legal process. All reports required by law may be signed by the chairman of the Administrative Committee on behalf of all members of such committee.
Each committee shall act by a majority of the members in attendance at a meeting that has a quorum, or without a meeting by unanimous consent of all members of the committee. Each committee may adopt such by-laws and regulations as it deems desirable for the conduct of its affairs to the extent such by-laws and regulations are not inconsistent with the committees charter.
31
10.03 Duties and Authority
(a) Administrative Committee .
The Administrative Committee shall administer the Plan in a non-discriminatory manner for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries. The Administrative Committee shall perform all such duties as are necessary to supervise the administration of the Plan and to control its operations in accordance with the terms thereof, including, but not limited to, the following:
(i) Interpret the provisions of the Plan and determine any question arising under the Plan, or in connection with the administration or operation thereof, which interpretation or determination shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons;
(ii) Determine all considerations affecting the eligibility of any employee to be or become a Participant;
(iii) Determine eligibility for and amount of retirement benefits for any Participant;
(iv) Authorize and direct the Funding Agent with respect to all disbursements of benefits under the Plan; and
(v) Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, employ and engage such persons, counsel, and agents and to obtain such administrative, clerical, medical, legal, audit, and actuarial services as it may deem necessary in carrying out the provisions of the Plan.
(b) Pension Management Committee
The Pension Management Committee shall oversee the funding of the Plan. The Pension Management Committee shall retain the actuary(ies) to be utilized by the Plan and shall consult with the actuary(ies) from time to time regarding the significant assumptions to be used by said actuary(ies), and periodically monitor and evaluate the performance of the actuary(ies). The Pension Management Committee shall establish the Plans funding policy and shall periodically review and update such policy and monitor and evaluate the Plans funding levels in relation to such policy. The Pension Management Committee shall set the annual amounts to be contributed to the Plan pursuant to said funding policy consistent with the objectives of the Plan and the requirements of ERISA.
The Pension Management Committee shall control and manage the investment of Plan assets. The Pension Management Committee shall establish the Plans investment policy and guidelines and shall periodically review and update such policy and guidelines. The Pension Management Committee shall direct the Plans Funding Agent with respect to the investment of all Plan assets except those assets the management of which has been delegated to the Funding Agent or an investment manager or managers. The Pension Management Committee may
32
appoint an investment manager or managers (as defined in Section 12.05 of the Plan and Section 3(38) of ERISA) to manage any or all of the assets of the Plan. The Pension Management Committee shall appoint the Plans Funding Agent, and may delegate (with the Funding Agents prior approval) the management and control of any or all of the Plans assets to the Funding Agent. The Pension Management Committee shall periodically determine which percentage or amount of Plan assets will be managed by the Plans Funding Agent, by the Pension Management Committee directly, or by one or more investment managers. The Pension Management Committee shall periodically monitor and evaluate the performance of the Plans investment manager(s) and Funding Agent and may remove or replace such investment manager(s) or Funding Agent in its discretion (without showing cause).
The Pension Management Committee shall periodically monitor and evaluate the performance of the Administrative Committee, and may remove or replace members of the Administrative Committee in its sole discretion (without showing cause) at any time.
(c) General Authority
The Administrative and Pension Management Committees shall have all powers necessary or appropriate to carry out their respective duties. Any interpretation or construction of or action by the Administrative or Pension Management Committee with respect to the Plan and its administration shall be conclusive and binding upon any and all parties and persons affected hereby, subject to the exclusive appeal procedure set forth in Section 10.06.
Except to the extent provided in ERISA Section 405(a), no committee or board (or members thereof) shall be liable for any breaches of fiduciary responsibility made by another committee, board or other Plan fiduciary. Any committee may employ and engage such persons, counsel, professionals, advisors and agents and obtain administrative, clerical, legal, audit, financial, and actuarial services as it may deem necessary or advisable in carrying out its responsibilities under this Plan. A committee may allocate some of the committees fiduciary responsibilities to another named fiduciary under the Plan with that fiduciarys prior written consent. In addition, a committee may designate persons or entities (including without limitation employees and committees of the Employer) that are not named fiduciaries under this Plan to carry out some of the committees fiduciary responsibilities under the Plan. For purposes of the previous two sentences, fiduciary responsibilities shall not include trustee responsibilities as defined in ERISA Section 405(c)(3). In the event a committee allocates its fiduciary duties to another named fiduciary under this Plan or designates someone other than a named fiduciary to carry out some of its fiduciary responsibilities, the committees liability for the acts or omissions of the other fiduciary shall be limited pursuant to ERISA Section 405(c).
(d) Trustee Authority to Appoint Investment Managers and Other Trustees
The Board of Directors of Univar USA Inc. may designate any trustee that is the Plans Funding Agent as a named fiduciary of the Plan with the authority to select, appoint, monitor and remove investment managers (as defined in Section 3(38) of ERISA) and other trustees for any of the assets of the Plan that are under such trustees control as Plan trustee or as a trustee of a common, collective or commingled trust including, without limitation, in
33
connection with such trustees investment of Plan assets in an investment vehicle (e.g., a common, collective or commingled trust or separate account maintained by an insurance company) where it is necessary or desirable to appoint the manager of such investment vehicle as a trustee or investment manager of the Plan.
10.04 Expenses and Assistance
All reasonable expenses which are necessary to operate and administer the Plan may be deducted from the Fund or paid directly by the Employer, at the Employers discretion.
10.05 Claims Procedure
(a) Conditions of Payment
Benefit payments under the Plan shall not be payable prior to the fulfillment of the following conditions:
(i) The Administrative Committee has been furnished with such applications, proofs of birth, address, form of benefit, and other information the committee deems necessary;
(ii) The Participant has Terminated employment with the Employer; and
(iii) The Participant is eligible to receive benefits under the Plan as determined by the Administrative Committee.
(b) Commencement of Payment
The payment of benefits shall commence no later than 60 days after the retirement date specified herein for commencement of such benefits. If the information required above is not available prior to said retirement date, the amount of payment required to commence will not be ascertainable. In such event, the commencement of payments shall be delayed until no more than 60 days after the date the amount of such payment is ascertainable, at which time a lump-sum payment retroactive to the applicable retirement date shall be made and monthly payments commenced; provided, however, in no event shall a benefit payment have an annuity starting date prior to the date the notice is provided pursuant to Section 5.04 except as required by ERISA or the Code.
10.06 Appeal Procedure
(a) Notice of Denial
Any time a claim for benefits is wholly or partially denied, the Participant or Beneficiary (hereinafter Claimant) shall be given written notice of such action within 90 days after the claim is filed, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing.
34
If there is an extension, the claimant shall be notified of the extension and the reason for the extension within the initial 90 day period. The extension shall not exceed 180 days after the claim is filed. Such notice will indicate the reason for denial, the pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based, an explanation of the claims appeal procedure set forth herein (including the Applicants right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a denial on review), and a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary.
(b) Right to Request Review
Any person who has had a claim for benefits denied by the Administrative Committee, or is otherwise adversely affected by action of the Administrative Committee, shall have the right to request review by the Administrative Committee. Such request must be in writing, and must be made within 60 days after such person is advised of the Administrative Committees action. If written request for review is not made within such 60-day period, the Claimant shall forfeit his or her right to review. The Claimant or a duly authorized representative of the Claimant may review all pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing.
(c) Review of Claim
The Administrative Committee shall then review the claim. It may hold a hearing if it deems it necessary and shall issue a written decision reaffirming, modifying or setting aside its former action within 60 days after receipt of the written request for review, or 120 days if special circumstances, such as a hearing, require an extension. The claimant shall be notified in writing of any such extension within 60 days following the request for review. A copy of the decision shall be furnished to the Claimant. The decision shall set forth its reasons and pertinent plan provisions on which it is based, the Applicants right to receive upon request, free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all relevant documents, records, and other information to his claim, and his right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) or ERISA. The decision shall be final and binding upon the Claimant and the Administrative Committee and all other persons involved. Benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Administrative Committee decides in its discretion that the Applicant is entitled to them. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision of the Plan to the contrary, an Applicant must exhaust all of his administrative remedies set forth in Section 10.05 and this Section before he may bring any action at law or equity.
10.07 Plan AdministrationMiscellaneous
(a) Limitations on Assignments
Benefits under the Plan may not be assigned, sold, transferred, or encumbered, and any attempt to do so shall be void. The interest of a Participant in benefits under the Plan shall not be subject to debts or liabilities of any kind and shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment or other legal process, except as provided in Section 10.08 relating to Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participants benefits under the Plan may be offset if the offset is permitted under the provisions of ERISA Section 206 or under the provisions of Code Section 401(a)(13).
35
(b) Masculine and Feminine, Singular and Plural
Whenever used herein, pronouns shall include the opposite gender, and the singular shall include the plural whenever the context shall plainly so require.
(c) No Additional Rights
No person shall have any rights in or to the Fund, or any part thereof, or under the Plan, except as, and only to the extent, expressly provided for, in the Plan. Neither the establishment of the Plan, the granting of a retirement allowance nor any action of the Employer or the Administrative or Retirement Committee shall be held or construed to confer upon any person any right to be continued as an employee, or, upon dismissal, any right or interest in the Fund other than as herein provided. The Employer expressly reserves the right to discharge any employee at any time.
(d) Governing Law
This Plan shall be construed in accordance with applicable federal law and the laws of the State of Washington, where in venue shall lie for any dispute arising hereunder.
(e) Disclosure to Participants
Each Participant shall be advised of the general provisions of the Plan and, upon written request addressed to the Administrative Committee, shall be furnished any information requested regarding the Participants status, rights, and privileges under the Plan as may be required by law.
(f) Income Tax Withholding Requirements
Any retirement benefit payment made under the Plan will be subject to any applicable income tax withholding requirements. For this purpose, the Administrative Committee hall provide the Funding Agent with any information the Funding Agent needs to satisfy such withholding obligations and with any other information that may be required by regulations promulgated under the Code.
(g) Severability
If any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such determination shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Plan which shall be construed as if said illegal or invalid provision had never been included.
36
(h) Facility of Payment
In the event any benefit under this Plan shall be payable to a person who is under legal disability or is in any way incapacitated so as to be unable to manage his or her financial affairs, the Administrative Committee may direct payment of such benefit to a duly appointed guardian, committee or other legal representative of such person, or in the absence of a guardian or legal representative, to a custodian for such person under a Uniform Gift to Minors Act or to any relative of such person by blood or marriage, for such persons benefit. Any payment made in good faith pursuant to this provision shall fully discharge the Employer and the Plan of any liability to the extent of such payment.
(i) Correction of Errors
Any Employer contribution to the Fund made under a mistake of fact (or investment proceed of such contribution if a lesser amount) shall be returned to the Employer within one year after payment of the contribution.
In the event an incorrect amount is paid to a Participant or Beneficiary, any remaining payments may be adjusted to correct the error. The Administrative Committee may take such other action it deems necessary and equitable to correct any such error.
10.08 Domestic Relations Orders
Notwithstanding any Plan provisions to the contrary, benefits under the Plan may be paid to someone other than the Participant, Beneficiary or joint annuitant, pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, in accordance with Code Section 414(p). The Company shall establish reasonable procedures to determine whether a domestic relations order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.
10.09 Deductible Contribution
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any contribution by the Employer to the Fund is conditioned upon the deductibility of the contribution by the employer under the Code and, to the extent any such deduction is disallowed, the Employer may within one year following a final determination of the disallowance, demand repayment of such disallowed contribution and the Funding Agent shall return such contribution less any losses attributable thereto within one year following the disallowance.
37
SECTION 11AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
11.01 Amendment-General
The Employer shall have the right to amend or modify the Plan at any time, and from time to time, by resolution of the Employers Board of Directors, or by action of any committee, officer or employee of the Employer to whom the Employers Board of Directors has delegated authority to amend the Plan, including, without limitation, the Pension Management Committee of Univar USA Inc. In addition, the President of Univar USA Inc. shall have the authority to adopt and execute any amendment to the Plan which is necessary or advisable with advice of counsel to maintain the qualification and tax exempt status of the Plan under the Code, and any other amendment to the Plan which does not have the effect of significantly increasing the liability of the Employer. Any amendment shall be stated in an instrument in writing, executed in the same manner as the Plan. Except as may be required to permit the Plan and Trust to meet the requirements for qualification and tax exemption under the Code, or the corresponding provisions of other subsequent revenue laws or of ERISA, no amendment may be made which may cause any of the assets of the Trust, at any time prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to Participants and their Beneficiaries, to be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries or decrease the accrued benefit of any Participant or Beneficiary within the meaning of Code Section 411(d)(6).
11.02 AmendmentConsolidation or Merger
In the event this Plan, its assets and its liability are merged into, transferred to or otherwise consolidated with any other retirement plan, then such must be accomplished so as to ensure that each Participant would (if the other retirement plan then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after the merger, transfer or consolidation, which is equal to or greater than the benefit the Participant would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, transfer or consolidation (as if the Plan had then terminated). This provision shall not be construed as limiting the powers of the Employer to appoint a successor Funding Agent.
11.03 Termination of the Plan
The termination of the Plan shall not cause or permit any part of the Fund to be diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants, or cause or permit any portion of the Fund to revert to or become the property of the Employer at any time prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to the Participants.
Upon termination of this Plan, the Administrative Committee shall continue to act for the purpose of complying with the preceding paragraph and shall have all power necessary or convenient to the winding up and dissolution of the Plan as herein provided. While so acting, the Administrative Committee shall be in the same status and position with respect to other persons as if the Plan remained in existence.
38
11.04 Allocation of the Fund on Termination of Plan
In the event of a complete Plan termination, the right of each Participant to benefits accrued to the date of such termination that would be vested under the provisions of the Plan in the absence of such termination shall continue to be vested and non-forfeitable; and the right of each Participant to any other benefits accrued to the date of termination shall be fully vested and non-forfeitable to the extent then funded under the priority rules set forth in ERISA Section 4044. In any event, a Participant or a Beneficiary shall have recourse only against Plan assets for the payment of benefits thereunder, subject to any applicable guarantee provisions of Title IV of ERISA. The Administrative Committee shall direct the Funding Agent to allocate Fund assets to those affected Participants to the extent and in the order of preference set forth in Section 4044 of ERISA. The assets so allocated shall be distributed, in the discretion of the Administrative Committee, either wholly or in part by purchase of non-transferable annuity contracts or lump-sum payments. If Fund assets as of the date of Plan termination exceed the amounts required under the priority rules set forth in Section 4044 of ERISA, such excess shall, after all liabilities of the Plan have been satisfied, revert to the Employer to the extent permitted by applicable law.
If at any time the Plan is terminated with respect to any group of Participants under such circumstances as to constitute a partial Plan termination within the meaning of Code Section 411 (d)(3), each affected Participants right to benefits that have accrued to the date of partial termination that would be vested under the provisions of the Plan in the absence of such termination shall continue to be so vested; and the right of each affected Participant to any other benefits accrued to the date of such termination shall be vested to the extent assets would be allocable to such benefits under the priority rules set forth in Section 4044 of ERISA in the event of a complete Plan termination. In any event, affected Participants shall have recourse only against Plan assets for payment of benefits thereunder, subject to any applicable guarantee provisions of Title IV of ERISA. Subject to the foregoing, the vested benefits of such Participants shall be payable as though such termination had not occurred; provided, however, that the Administrative Committee, in its discretion, subject to any necessary governmental approval, may direct that the amounts held in the Fund that are allocable to the Participants as to whom such termination occurred be segregated by the Funding Agent as a separate plan. The assets thus allocated to such separate plan shall be applied for the benefit of such Participants in the manner described in the preceding paragraph.
39
SECTION 12FUNDING
12.01 Contributions to the Fund
As a part of this Plan the Employer shall maintain a Fund. From time to time, the Employer shall make such contributions to the Fund as it determines, with the advice of its actuary, are required to maintain the Plan on a sound actuarial basis.
12.02 Fund for Exclusive Benefit of Participants
The Fund is for the exclusive benefit of Participants. Except as provided in Sections 10.07(i) and 10.08, no portion of the Fund shall be diverted to purposes other than this or revert to or become the property of the Employer at any time prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to the Participants.
12.03 Disposition of Credits and Forfeitures
In no event shall any credits or forfeitures which may arise under the Plan be used to increase benefits under the Plan.
12.04 Funding Agent
As a part of this Plan, the Employer has entered into an agreement with a Funding Agent. The Pension Management Committee has the power and duty to appoint the Funding Agent and it shall have the power to remove the Funding Agent and appoint successors at any time. As a condition to exercising its power to remove any Funding Agent hereunder, the Pension Management Committee must first enter into an agreement with a successor Funding Agent.
12.05 Investment Manager
The Pension Management Committee has the power to appoint an Investment Manager to invest a portion of the Fund held by the Funding Agent. For purposes of this section Investment Manager shall mean any fiduciary (other than the Funding Agent) who: (a) has the power to manager, acquire, or dispose of any asset of the Plan; (b) is either (i) registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or (ii) is a bank, or (iii) is an insurance company qualified under the laws of more than one state to perform the services described in subparagraph (a); and (c) has acknowledged in writing that he or she is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan.
40
SECTION 13FIDUCIARIES
13.01 Limitation of Liability of the Employer and Others
No Participant shall have any claim against the Employer, or the Administrative or Pension Management Committee, or against their directors, officers, members, agents or representatives, for any benefits under the Plan, and such benefits shall be payable solely from the Fund; nor shall the Employer, nor the Administrative or Pension Management Committee or their directors, officers, members, agents or representatives incur any liability to any person for any action taken or suffered or omitted to be taken by them under the Plan in good faith.
13.02 Indemnification of Fiduciaries
In order to facilitate the recruitment of competent fiduciaries, the Employer adopting this Plan agrees to provide the indemnification as described herein. This provision shall apply to employees who are considered Plan fiduciaries including without limitation, Administrative or Pension Management Committee members, any agent of the foregoing committees, or any other officers, directors or employees. Notwithstanding the preceding, this provision shall not apply and indemnification will not be provided for any Funding Agent or Investment Manager appointed as provided in this Plan.
13.03 Scope of Indemnification
The Employer agrees to indemnify an employee fiduciary as described above for all acts taken in good faith in carrying out his or her responsibilities under the terms of this Plan or other responsibilities imposed upon such fiduciary by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or regulations promulgated thereunder. If an employee fiduciary is sued in connection with his or her acts as a fiduciary, the employee shall tender the defense of the claim to the Employer.
41
The Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan, as restated herein, is adopted effective as of January 1, 2012 (except where other effective dates are specifically set forth herein).
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Plan to be duly adopted and executed on this 26 th day of January, 2012.
UNIVAR USA INC. | ||
By | /s/ David Strizzi | |
David Strizzi, President |
42
APPENDIX A
VW&R PROFIT SHARING PLAN PARTICIPANTS
A.1 General . The following provisions shall apply only to Univar Corporation Retirement Plan (this Plan) participants who were participants in the VW&R Profit Sharing Plan on February 29, 1968.
A.2 Determination of Account Balances . The value of a persons VW&R Profit Sharing Plan account as of any date shall be determined by multiplying the number of units credited to his or her account as of February 29, 1968, by the value of each unit on such valuation date. The value of each unit on any valuation date shall be determined by dividing the market value of the VW&R Profit Sharing Plan Fund as of the valuation date by the number of units credited to former participants in the VW&R Profit Sharing Plan who are active participants in f this Plan.
A.3 Retirement or Termination Where Participant is Qualified for Benefits Under This Plan . In the event of retirement or termination from service of a participant in the VW&R Profit Sharing Plan at a time when such participant is entitled to benefits under this Plan (herein referred to as an active participant), the participant will be given the option of: (a) receiving benefits to which the participant would otherwise be entitled under this Plan without reference to participation under said profit sharing plan, or (b) receiving benefits calculated according to section A.2 above, plus benefits under this Plan computed as the product of (i) and (ii) below:
(i) being a fraction, the numerator being the participants completed and fractional years of credited service subsequent to February 29, 1968, and the denominator being the participants completed and fractional years of credited service at termination;
(ii) being the total benefit as described in (a) above. Upon such termination, the value of said participants account in the VW&R Profit Sharing Fund shall be used to provide the benefits to which he is entitled under (a) or (b) of this section, to the extent that his account balance in said fund is adequate to provide these benefits.
In the event said participants account in the VW&R Profit Sharing Plan Fund, determined as of the valuation date applicable to such participant, exceeds the actuarial value of benefits equal to benefits under Subparagraph (a) above less benefits under Subparagraph (b) above (that is to say, the benefits under this Plan with respect to credited service prior to March 1, 1968) said participant shall be entitled to receive a benefit under this Plan based upon service rendered prior to March 1, 1968, which is equal to the benefit which can be provided by participants account balance determined, as previously mentioned, as of the valuation date applicable to such participant and the benefit mentioned in Subparagraph (b) above.
A.4 Retired Non-Participating and Vested Participants . With respect to retired or non- participating vested participants in the VW&R Profit Sharing Plan as of February 29, 1968, the funding agency or agencies under this Plan shall retain in trust the amounts needed to continue payments in accordance with the provisions of that Plan.
A-1
A.5 Death of Participant . In the event of the death of a participant who was a participant in the VW&R Profit Sharing Plan prior to distribution to him of his entire beneficial interest generated by such plan, the full remaining value of such interest shall be distributed in a lump sum to his beneficiary designated by such participant in writing. The beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by a participant may be changed at any time and from time to time at the election of the participant, but only by his filing with the committee a new designation and revoking all prior designations. If no such designation of beneficiary is filed, or if the designated beneficiary shall predecease the participant, or, having survived the participant, shall die prior to the final and complete distribution of the participants participating interest, the undistributed portion of such interest shall be distributed to the participants personal representative.
A.6 Permanent Disability . Any amounts distributable to a participant in said profit sharing plan by virtue of permanent disability shall, notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, be distributable to said participant in accordance with the original tenor of that plan.
A.7 Valuation Date . The valuation dates for purposes of determining the unit value of units held by participants in the former VW&R Profit Sharing Plan shall be the last days of December and June of each year.
A.8 VW&R Profit Sharing Plan Fund . The VW&R Profit Sharing Plan Fund shall mean the fund held for the exclusive benefit of participants of the VW&R Profit Sharing Plan who have not previously become entitled to benefits under Section A.3 hereof.
A.9 Number of Units at a Valuation Date . The number of units at any valuation date is equal to the number of units at the prior valuation date reduced by the number of units used to provide benefits under Section A.3 hereof.
A.10 Reduction in VW&R Profit Sharing Plan Fund . The VW&R Profit Sharing Plan Fund shall be reduced as benefit payments are made or are provided for in accordance with Section A.3 hereof.
A-2
APPENDIX B
FORMER WILL SCIENTIFIC, INC. EMPLOYEES
A participant in this Plan who was a Will plan participant is entitled to past service benefits calculated by reference to the Will plan document for service as a Will employee and to benefits for service as a Univar USA Inc. employee. Only years of service under this Plan from the effective date of merger shall be considered in determining the amount of retirement benefits to which Will employees are entitled under this Plan. Pursuant to Section 7.02 of the Will Merger Agreement, the continuous service of any Will employee prior to January 6, 1970, as defined in Section I-II of the Will Plan, shall be added to years of service under the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan (this Plan) for the purpose of determining vesting under this Plan.
B-1
APPENDIX C
FORMER EMPLOYEES OF ACQUIRED COMPANIES
Employees who were employed by any of the companies listed below at the time either the company or its assets were acquired by the Employer shall, pursuant to the terms of each purchase agreement, be given credit for his or her years of service with such company for purposes of determining vesting under this Plan. However, no credit shall be given for years of service with such company for purposes of determining benefits under this Plan.
1. | Acacia Sales, Inc. |
2. | Chemical Products, Inc. |
3. | Chemical Services, Inc. |
4. | Lyon Chemicals, Inc. |
5. | NAMCO |
6. | Sunset House |
7. | Treck Photographic, Inc. |
8. | Warren Douglas Chemical Co., Inc. |
9. | Southern Mill Creek Products Co., Inc. |
10. | Harcros |
11. | Hamblet & Hayes Co. |
12. | Woodbury Chemical Company |
13. | Olympic Chemical Co. |
14. | CHEMCENTRAL Corporation |
C-1
APPENDIX D
FORMER PENWEST, LTD. EMPLOYEES
D.1 Years of Service . If a person terminates employment with PENWEST, LTD. or any of its affiliates and is thereafter immediately employed by an Employer under this Plan, that person shall be credited under this Plan with all years of service with PENWEST, LTD. and/or with any of its affiliates if such person was employed by an Employer under this Plan on February 29, 1984, and was employed by PENWEST, LTD. or any of its affiliates on April 2, 1984. Years of service, as defined in this Plan, with PENWEST, LTD. shall be considered years of service with an Employer under this Plan for all purposes.
D.2 Benefits . Benefits of any Participant under this Plan who has been credited with years of service under the foregoing paragraph, shall be reduced by all benefits payable to such Participant under the PENWEST, LTD. Pension Plan.
D-1
APPENDIX E
FORMER PARTICIPANTS OF UNION PLANS
E.1 Former Participants of Union Plans Eligible to Participate in the Plan Prior to January 1, 2001. If a Participant who first became an Eligible Employee and a Participant prior to January 1, 2001 was formerly covered by a collective bargaining agreement with the Employer that did not provide for retirement benefits under this Plan, the period of employment covered by the collective bargaining agreement shall be included in determining a Participants Period of Service and Earnings under this Plan for all purposes. However, the benefit payable from this Plan shall be reduced by any benefits from a collectively bargained plan which are attributable to Employer contributions made on the Participants behalf.
E.2 Former Participants of Union Plans Eligible to Participate in the Plan on or After January 1, 2001. If a Participant first becomes an Eligible Employee and a Participant in the Plan on or after January 1, 2001 and such Participant was formerly covered by a collective bargaining agreement with the Employer that did not provide for retirement benefits under this Plan, the period of employment covered by the collective bargaining agreement shall be included in determining a Participants Period of Service under this Plan solely for the purposes of determining (i) a Participants eligibility to elect an Early Retirement Date under Section 3.02 of the Plan, (ii) which early retirement reduction factors (e.g., with respect to the 20-year threshold) apply in calculating such Participants Early Retirement Benefit under Section 4.03 of the Plan, and (iii) the Participants vested right to his or her Accrued Benefit pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Plan. Periods of employment while the Participant was covered by a collective bargaining agreement that did not provide for retirement benefits under this Plan shall not be considered as Credited Service, nor will compensation received during such time be considered Earnings. The benefit payable from this Plan to a Participant who first became an Eligible Employee and a Participant in the Plan on or after January 1, 2001 shall not be reduced by any benefits from a collectively bargained plan which are attributable to Employer contributions made on the Participants behalf.
E-1
APPENDIX F
COMPANIES INCLUDED IN THE TERM EMPLOYER
Pursuant to Section 1.10 of the Plan, the term Employer also includes the following companies from and during the periods specified. For purposes of this Appendix F, current means an employer continues to be a participating employer as of January 1, 2012.
Participating Employer |
Dates of Participation |
|
Univar North America Inc. (formerly Vopak Distribution Americas Corporation, and before that, Pakhoed Distribution Corporation, and before that, UNIVAR Corporation) | August 15, 1997 December 31, 2006 | |
Olympic Chemical Co. | April 1, 1998 January 1, 2003 | |
Chempoint. com, Inc. | May 27, 1999 current | |
Univar Products Corp. (formerly VOPAK PRODUCTS AMERICAS CORPORATION, and before that, URECO, Inc.) | January 1, 2000 January 1, 2004 | |
Univar Inc. | July 4, 2002 current |
F-1
APPENDIX G
BENEFITS PAYABLE TO PARTICIPANTS TRANSFERRED
TO NON-U.S. AFFILIATES OF UNIVAR USA INC.
G.1 Eligibility . If a Participant is transferred at the request of the Employer to a non-U.S., subsidiary of Univar Corporation for an assignment that is anticipated to be 5 years or less (Transferee), such person shall continue to participate in this Plan while under such assignment. The Transferee shall be notified in writing by the Employer requesting the transfer (Transferor Employer) of his or her continuing participation.
G.2 Vesting . For purposes of determining vesting under this Plan, the Transferee shall be credited with all service with the non-U.S., subsidiary as though it was service with an Employer under this Plan.
G.3 Benefit . The Transferees benefit, if any, shall be determined by (1) calculating the Transferees Accrued Benefit in the form of a single life annuity under Section 4 (using adjusted definitions as described below) and (2) subtracting from that amount the benefit in the form of a single life annuity accrued under any retirement program sponsored by the non-U.S., subsidiary of Univar Corporation (Non-U.S. Plan). The benefit accrued under the Non-U.S. Plan shall be determined as of the same date that the benefit under this Plan is determined and shall be converted to U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect on the preceding December 31. The difference, if any, between the benefit payable under this Plan and the Non-U.S. Plan shall be paid in any form permitted by this Plan.
G.4 Adjusted Definitions . In calculating the Transferees Accrued Benefit under Section 4 of this Plan, Credited Service shall include all service with the non-U.S. subsidiary as well as service with the Employer under this Plan. Final Average Monthly Earnings shall be determined as if all service with the non-U.S. subsidiary has been service with the Transferor Employer and all compensation received from the non-U.S. subsidiary has been received from the Transferor Employer. The Transferees compensation from the non-U.S. subsidiary, for purposes of determining Earnings under this Plan, shall be his actual earnings from the non-U.S. subsidiary (as adjusted by the following sentence), converted to U.S. dollars using the applicable exchange rate as of the last day of each Plan Year in which the compensation was earned or as of the date of Termination if other than the last day of the Plan Year.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Transferees who were transferred to the non-U.S. subsidiary prior to July 12, 1996, the definition of Earnings shall be determined using either the foregoing method or the method set forth in the Section G.4 which was in effect prior to July 8, 1996 (i.e., earnings equivalent to the compensation the Transferee would have received if working in a similar position for the Transferor Employer in the United States), whichever produces the greater benefit for the Transferee.
G.5 Annual Redetermination of Benefit to Reflect Exchange Rate . With respect to benefits accrued prior to January 1, 2005, each year the benefit payable to the Transferee shall be redetermined to take into account the exchange rate for U.S. dollars which is applied to the non-
G-1
U.S. Benefit, but only if the benefit payable will be increased as a result of such redetermination. This annual redetermination shall not be made with respect to benefits accrued after December 31, 2004. As of February 1 of each Plan Year, the non-U.S. Benefit shall be redetermined by converting the originally determined monthly, single life annuity non-U.S. Benefit into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect on the preceding December 31. The recalculated non-U.S., benefit shall be subtracted from the monthly, single life annuity U.S. Benefit and the resulting monthly figure is the monthly benefit, in the form of a single life annuity, payable under this Plan for the twelve month period beginning with February 1 of each year. The redetermined benefit shall be paid in the form originally elected by the Transferee.
Any questions concerning a Transferees participation, vesting, or benefits under this Plan shall be resolved by the Administrative Committee.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, after August 15, 1997, benefits under this Appendix G shall be calculated as set forth in G.6 through G.8 below for those Participants who perform services for a Non-U.S. Affiliate after August 15, 1997.
G.6 Participants Who Transfer to a Non-U.S. Affiliate After August 15, 1997 . For a Participant who transfers to a Non-U.S. Affiliate of the Employer listed on Appendix P hereto after August 15, 1997, service with the Non-U.S. Affiliate shall not be treated as Credited Service under this Plan, but shall be treated as Periods of Service for all other purposes under this Plan (including, without limitation, calculation of Final Average Monthly Earnings under Section 1.13, and determining eligibility for early retirement under Section 4.03). For purposes of calculating Final Average Monthly Earnings, Earnings shall include the Participants earnings from the Non-U.S. Affiliate. Earnings from the Non-U.S. Affiliate shall be as defined in G.7 below. Benefits provided under this G.6 shall not be offset by benefits paid from a retirement plan of the Non-U.S. Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants with less than five (5) years of Credited Service on June 30, 2004, persons hired or rehired after June 30, 2004, and ineligible employees whose job status changes after June 30, 2004 shall not accrue additional Credited Service after June 30, 2004 nor shall Earnings (including, without limitation, earnings received from the Non-U.S. Affiliate) received after June 30, 2004 be considered in determining his or her Final Average Monthly Earnings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Active Participants on December 31, 2009 shall not accrue additional Credited Service after December 31, 2009 nor shall Earnings (including, without limitation, earnings received from the Non-U.S. Affiliate) received after December 31, 2009 be considered in determining their Final Average Monthly Earnings.
G.7 Earnings from Non-U.S. Affiliate . Earnings from the Non-U.S. Affiliate shall be determined by applying the definition set forth in Section 1.08 to the compensation received by the Participant from the Non-U.S. Affiliate. To the extent there are references to tax-treatment or tax provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, they shall be treated as references to provisions of the tax laws of the country where the Participant is working for the Non-U.S. Affiliate, if any, which are substantially similar to such U.S. tax laws. As of December 31 of each calendar year (or date of Termination from the Non-U.S. Affiliate, if other than December 31), the amount of a Participants non-U.S. earnings received in such year shall be converted to U.S. dollars using the applicable exchange rate which is in effect on that
G-2
December 31 (or date of termination of employment from the Non-U.S. Affiliate, if other than December 31). Thereafter, the converted earnings shall not be recalculated for subsequent changes in the exchange rate. In no event shall the converted earnings exceed the limitations of Code Section 401(a)(17).
G.8 Participants Who Transferred to a Non-U.S. Affiliate Prior to August 15, 1997 and Terminate After August 15, 1997 . For a Participant who transferred to a Non-U.S. Affiliate of the Employer prior to August 15, 1997, who performs at least one hour of service for the Non-U.S. Affiliate after August 15, 1997, and who has accrued benefits under this Appendix G, the Participants benefit under this Plan shall be the greater of (a) or (b) below.
(a) Benefit Under New Formula for All Years. The Participants Accrued Benefit determined under subsections G.6 and G.7 above as applied to the Participants total Period of Service (including service both before and after August 15, 1997), but with service with the Non-U.S. Affiliate not treated as Credited Service under this Plan.
(b) Without Wear-Away. The sum of
(i) the Participants Frozen Accrued Benefit (as defined below), plus
(ii) the Participants Accrued Benefit as determined under subsections G.6 and G.7 above for Periods of Service after August 15, 1997.
For purposes of this G.8, Frozen Accrued Benefit means the Participants Accrued Benefit, determined under subsections G.1 through G.5 above, as if the Participant had permanently terminated employment with the Employer and its affiliates (including Non-U.S. Affiliates) on August 15, 1997. The Frozen Accrued Benefit would be offset by the benefit which the Participant had accrued in the Non-U.S. Affiliate retirement plan as of August 15, 1997.
G.9 Currency Conversion Calculations Made After May 1, 1999 . Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Appendix G, for any Participant who is entitled to benefits under this Appendix G, and who has non-U.S. earnings or non-U.S. Benefits that are payable in currency other than U.S. dollars for which this Appendix G requires conversion to U.S. dollars using the applicable foreign currency exchange rate which is in effect on December 31, any non-U.S. earnings or Non-U.S. Benefits received by the Participant on or after January 1, 1999 shall instead be converted using the average foreign currency exchange rate for the calendar year ending on the applicable December 31. The average rate used shall be the average rate of exchange between the applicable foreign currency and U.S. dollar for such calendar year, as published by the U.S. Federal Reserve in its Statistical Release on Foreign Exchange Rates (Annual). Where a Participant terminates employment from a Non-U.S. Affiliate on a day other than December 31, the foreign currency exchange rate used to convert to U.S. dollars his or her non-U.S. earnings received in the year of termination shall be the exchange rate on such date of termination (as currently provided in this Appendix G). The rate used on such termination date shall be the currency exchange rate provided in the J.P. Morgan Index as published in the Wall Street Journal on the termination date (or if such date is not a business day, on the business day immediately preceding the termination date).
G-3
In the event that the application of this Section G.9 would cause a Participants accrued benefit to be less than his or her accrued benefit as of December 31, 1998, the amount of the Participants benefit under this Plan shall be his or her accrued benefit as of December 31, 1998.
G-4
APPENDIX H
BENEFITS PAYABLE TO PARTICIPANTS WHO TRANSFERRED TO UNIVAR USA INC.
FROM NON-U.S. AFFILIATES OF UNIVAR USA INC.
H.1 Eligibility . A Participant who is transferred to Univar Corporation or one of its U.S. subsidiaries from a non-U.S. subsidiary of Univar Corporation and who participated in a retirement program sponsored by the Non-U.S. subsidiary shall receive a benefit under this Plan which is calculated in accordance with the terms of this Appendix H. Any person eligible for benefits described in this Appendix (Eligible Participant) shall be so notified in writing by his or her Employer who accepts the transfer (Transferee Employer).
H.2 Vesting . For purposes of determining vesting under this Plan, the Eligible Participant shall be credited with all service with the non-U.S. subsidiary as though it was service with an Employer under this Plan.
H.3 Benefit . The benefit the Eligible Participant shall receive under this Plan shall be determined as follows. First, a U.S. Benefit shall be calculated by determining the Accrued Benefit under Section 4 of this Plan (using adjusted definitions as described below) in the form of a monthly benefit payable as a single life annuity. Second, the benefit accrued under the non-U.S. Retirement Program (non-U.S. Benefit) payable in the same form shall be determined as of the date the U.S. Benefit is calculated and that monthly benefit shall be converted to U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect on the preceding December 31. Finally, the monthly non-U.S. Benefit shall be subtracted from the monthly U.S. Benefit and the difference shall be the monthly benefit payable from this Plan in the form of a single life annuity. The Eligible Participant may elect to have this benefit paid in any form permitted by the Plan.
H.4 Adjusted Definitions . In calculating the Eligible Participants Accrued Benefit under Section 4 of this Plan, Credited Service shall include all service with the non-U.S. subsidiary as well as service with the Employer under this Plan. Final Average Monthly Earnings shall be determined as if all service with the non-U.S. subsidiary has been service with the Transferee Employer and all compensation received from the non-U.S. subsidiary has been received from the Transferee Employer. The Eligible Participants compensation from the non-U.S. subsidiary, for purposes of determining Earnings under this Plan, shall be his actual earnings from the non-U.S. subsidiary converted to U.S. dollars using the applicable exchange rate as of the last day of each Plan Year in which the compensation was earned or as of the date of Termination from the Employer and any subsidiary if other than the last day of the Plan Year.
H.5 Annual Redetermination of Benefit to Reflect Exchange Rate . With respect to benefits accrued prior to January 1, 2005, each year the benefit payable to the Eligible Participant shall be redetermined to take into account the exchange rate for U.S. dollars which is applied to the non-U.S. Benefit, but only if the benefit payable will be increased as a result of such redetermination. This annual redetermination shall not be made with respect to benefits accrued after December 31, 2004. As of February 1 of each Plan Year, the non-U.S. Benefit shall be redetermined by converting the originally determined monthly, single life annuity non-U.S. Benefit into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect on the preceding December 31.
H-1
The recalculated non-U.S., benefit shall be subtracted from the monthly, single life annuity U.S. Benefit and the resulting monthly figure is the monthly benefit, in the form of a single life annuity, payable under this Plan for the twelve month period beginning with February 1 of each year. The redetermined benefit shall be paid in the form originally elected by the Eligible Participant.
Any questions concerning a Transferees participation, vesting, or benefits under this Plan shall be resolved by the Administrative Committee.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, after August 15, 1997, benefits under this Appendix H shall be calculated as set forth in H.6 through H.8 below for those Participants who perform services for a Non-U.S. Affiliate and perform services for the Employer after August 15, 1997.
H.6 Participants Who Transfer from a Non-U.S. Affiliate After August 15, 1997 . For a Participant who transfers to the Employer from a Non-U.S. Affiliate of the Employer listed on Appendix P hereto after August 15, 1997, service with the Non-U.S. Affiliate shall not be treated as Credited Service under this Plan, but shall be treated as Periods of Service for all other purposes under this Plan (including, without limitation, calculation of Final Average Monthly Earnings under Section 1.13, and determining eligibility for early retirement under Section 4.03) . For purposes of calculating Final Average Monthly Earnings, Earnings shall include the Participants earnings from the Non-U.S. Affiliate. Earnings from the Non-U.S. Affiliate shall be as defined in H.7 below. Benefits provided under this H.6 shall not be offset by benefits paid from a retirement plan of the Non-U.S. Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants with less than five (5) years of Credited Service on June 30, 2004, persons hired or rehired after June 30, 2004, and ineligible employees whose job status changes after June 30, 2004 shall not accrue additional Credited Service after June 30, 2004 nor shall Earnings (including, without limitation, earnings received from the Non-U.S. Affiliate) received after June 30, 2004 be considered in determining his or her Final Average Monthly Earnings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Active Participants on December 31, 2009 shall not accrue additional Credited Service after December 31, 2009 nor shall Earnings (including, without limitation, earnings received from the Non-U.S. Affiliate) received after December 31, 2009 be considered in determining their Final Average Monthly Earnings.
H.7 Earnings from Non-U.S. Affiliate . Earnings from the Non-U.S. Affiliate shall be determined by applying the definition set forth in Section 1.08 to the compensation received by the Participant from the Non-U.S. Affiliate. To the extent there are references to tax-treatment or tax provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, they shall be treated as references to provisions of the tax laws of the country where the Participant is working for the Non-U.S. Affiliate, if any, which are substantially similar to such U.S. tax laws. As of December 31 of each calendar year (or date of Termination from the Non-U.S. Affiliate, if other than December 31), the amount of a Participants non-U.S. earnings received in such year shall be converted to U.S. dollars using the applicable exchange rate which is in effect on that December 31 (or date of termination of employment from the Non-U.S. Affiliate, if other than December 31). Thereafter, the converted earnings shall not be recalculated for subsequent changes in the exchange rate. In no event shall the converted earnings exceed the limitations of Code Section 401(a)(17).
H-2
H.8 Participants Who Transferred from a Non-U.S. Affiliate Prior to August 15, 1997 and Terminate After August 15, 1997 . For a Participant who transferred to the Employer from a Non-U.S. Affiliate of the Employer prior to August 15, 1997, who performs at least one hour of service for the Employer after August 15, 1997, and who has accrued benefits under this Appendix H, the Participants benefit under this Plan shall be the greater of (a) or (b) below.
(a) Benefit Under New Formula for All Years. The Participants Accrued Benefit determined under subsections H.6 and H.7 above as applied to the Participants total Period of Service (including service both before and after August 15, 1997), but with service with the Non-U.S. Affiliate not treated as Credited Service under this Plan.
(b) Without Wear-Away. The sum of
(i) the Participants Frozen Accrued Benefit (as defined below), plus
(ii) the Participants Accrued Benefit as determined under subsections H.6 and H.7 above for Periods of Service after August 15, 1997.
For purposes of this H.8, Frozen Accrued Benefit means the Participants Accrued Benefit, determined under subsections H.1 through H.5 above, as if the Participant had permanently terminated employment with the Employer and its affiliates (including Non-U.S. Affiliates) on August 15, 1997. The Frozen Accrued Benefit would be offset by the benefit which the Participant had accrued in the Non-U.S. Affiliate retirement plan as of August 15, 1997.
H.9 Currency Conversion Calculations Made After May 1, 1999 . Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Appendix H, for any Participant who is entitled to benefits under this Appendix H, and who has non-U.S. earnings or non-U.S. Benefits that are payable in currency other than U.S. dollars for which this Appendix H requires conversion to U.S. dollars using the applicable currency exchange rate which is in effect on December 31, any non-U.S. earnings or Non-U.S. Benefits received by the Participant on or after January 1, 1999 shall instead be converted using the average currency exchange rate for the calendar year ending on the applicable December 31. The average rate used shall be the average rate of exchange between the applicable foreign currency and U.S. dollar for such calendar year, as published by the U.S. Federal Reserve in its Statistical Release on Foreign Exchange Rates (Annual). Where a Participant terminates employment from a Non-U.S. Affiliate on a day other than December 31, the foreign currency exchange rate used to convert to U.S. dollars his or her non-U.S. earnings received in the year of termination shall be the exchange rate on such date of termination (as currently provided in this Appendix H). The rate used on such termination date shall be the currency exchange rate provided in the J.P. Morgan Index as published in the Wall Street Journal on the termination date (or if such date is not a business day, on the business day immediately preceding the termination date).
In the event that the application of this Section H.9 would cause a Participants accrued benefit to be less than his or her accrued benefit as of December 31, 1998, the amount of the Participants benefit under this Plan shall be his or her accrued benefit as of December 31, 1998.
H-3
APPENDIX I
FUNDING BASED LIMITS ON BENEFITS AND BENEFIT ACCRUALS
The provisions of this Section shall apply to all benefits under the Plan, including Appendix T.
I.1. Limitations Applicable If the Plans Adjusted Funding Target Attainment Percentage Is Less Than 80 Percent, But Not Less Than 60 Percent. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, if the Plans adjusted funding target attainment percentage for a Plan Year is less than 80 percent (or would be less than 80 percent to the extent described in Section I. 1(b) below) but is not less than 60 percent, then the limitations set forth in this Section I.1 apply.
(a) 50 Percent Limitation on Single Sum Payments, Other Accelerated Forms of Distribution, and Other Prohibited Payments . A Participant or Beneficiary is not permitted to elect, and the Plan shall not pay, a single sum payment or other optional form of benefit that includes a prohibited payment with an annuity starting date on or after the applicable section 436 measurement date, and the Plan shall not make any payment for the purchase of an irrevocable commitment from an insurer to pay benefits or any other payment or transfer that is a prohibited payment, unless the present value of the portion of the benefit that is being paid in a prohibited payment does not exceed the lesser of:
(i) 50 percent of the present value of the benefit payable in the optional form of benefit that includes the prohibited payment; or
(ii) 100 percent of the PBGC maximum benefit guarantee amount (as defined in § 1.436-1 (d)(3 )(iii)(C) of the Treasury Regulations).
The limitation set forth in this Section I.1(a) does not apply to any payment of a benefit which under § 411(a)(11) of the Internal Revenue Code may be immediately distributed without the consent of the Participant. If an optional form of benefit that is otherwise available under the terms of the Plan is not available to a Participant or Beneficiary as of the annuity starting date because of the application of the requirements of this Section I.1(a), the Participant or Beneficiary is permitted to elect to bifurcate the benefit into unrestricted and restricted portions (as described in § 1.436-1(d)(3)(iii)(D) of the Treasury Regulations). The Participant or Beneficiary may also elect any other optional form of benefit otherwise available under the Plan at that annuity starting date that would satisfy the 50 percent/PBGC maximum benefit guarantee amount limitation described in this Section I.1(a), or may elect to defer the benefit in accordance with any general right to defer commencement of benefits under the Plan.
(b) Plan Amendments Increasing Liability for Benefits . No amendment to the Plan that has the effect of increasing liabilities of the Plan by reason of increases in benefits, establishment of new benefits, changing the rate of benefit accrual, or changing the rate at which benefits become nonforfeitable shall take effect in a Plan Year if the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan Year is:
(i) Less than 80 percent; or
(ii) 80 percent or more, but would be less than 80 percent if the benefits attributable to the amendment were taken into account in determining the adjusted funding target attainment percentage.
I-1
The limitation set forth in this Section I.1(b) does not apply to any amendment to the Plan that provides a benefit increase under a Plan formula that is not based on compensation, provided that the rate of such increase does not exceed the contemporaneous rate of increase in the average wages of Participants covered by the amendment.
I.2. Limitations Applicable If the Plans Adjusted Funding Target Attainment Percentage Is Less Than 60 Percent . Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, if the Plans adjusted funding target attainment percentage for a Plan Year is less than 60 percent (or would be less than 60 percent to the extent described in Section I.2(b) below), then the limitations in this Section 1.2 apply.
(a) Single Sums, Other Accelerated Forms of Distribution, and Other Prohibited Payments Not Permitted . A Participant or Beneficiary is not permitted to elect, and the Plan shall not pay, a single sum payment or other optional form of benefit that includes a prohibited payment with an annuity starting date on or after the applicable section 436 measurement date, and the Plan shall not make any payment for the purchase of an irrevocable commitment from an insurer to pay benefits or any other payment or transfer that is a prohibited payment. The limitation set forth in this Section I.2(a) does not apply to any payment of a benefit which under § 411(a)(11) of the Internal Revenue Code may be immediately distributed without the consent of the Participant.
(b) Shutdown Benefits and Other Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits Not Permitted to Be Paid . An unpredictable contingent event benefit with respect to an unpredictable contingent event occurring during a Plan Year shall not be paid if the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan Year is:
(i) Less than 60 percent; or
(ii) 60 percent or more, but would be less than 60 percent if the adjusted funding target attainment percentage were redetermined applying an actuarial assumption that the likelihood of occurrence of the unpredictable contingent event during the Plan Year is 100 percent.
(c) Benefit Accruals Frozen. Benefit accruals under the Plan shall cease as of the applicable section 436 measurement date . In addition, if the Plan is required to cease benefit accruals under this Section I.2(c), then the Plan is not permitted to be amended in a manner that would increase the liabilities of the Plan by reason of an increase in benefits or establishment of new benefits.
I.3. Limitations Applicable If the Plan Sponsor Is In Bankruptcy . Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, a Participant or Beneficiary is not permitted to elect, and the Plan shall not pay, a single sum payment or other optional form of benefit that includes a prohibited payment with an annuity starting date that occurs during any period in which the Plan sponsor is a debtor in a case under title 11, United States Code, or similar Federal or State law, except for payments made within a Plan Year with an annuity starting date that occurs on or after the date on which the Plans enrolled actuary certifies that the Plans adjusted funding target attainment percentage for that Plan Year is not less than 100 percent. In addition, during such period in which the Plan sponsor is a debtor, the Plan shall not make any payment
I-2
for the purchase of an irrevocable commitment from an insurer to pay benefits or any other payment or transfer that is a prohibited payment, except for payments that occur on a date within a Plan Year that is on or after the date on which the Plans enrolled actuary certifies that the Plans adjusted funding target attainment percentage for that Plan Year is not less than 100 percent. The limitation set forth in this Section I.3 does not apply to any payment of a benefit which under § 411 (a)(11) of the Internal Revenue Code may be immediately distributed without the consent of the Participant.
I.4. Provisions Applicable After Limitations Cease to Apply .
(a) Resumption of Prohibited Payments . If a limitation on prohibited payments under Section I.1(a), Section L2(a), or Section I.3 applied to the Plan as of a section 436 measurement date, but that limit no longer applies to the Plan as of a later section 436 measurement date, then that limitation does not apply to benefits with annuity starting dates that are on or after that later section 436 measurement date.
(b) Resumption of Benefit Accruals . If a limitation on benefit accruals under Section I.2(c) applied to the Plan as of a section 436 measurement date, but that limitation no longer applies to the Plan as of a later section 436 measurement date, then benefit accruals shall resume prospectively and that limitation does not apply to benefit accruals that are based on service on or after that later section 436 measurement date, except as otherwise provided under the Plan. The Plan shall comply with the rules relating to partial years of participation and the prohibition on double proration under Department of Labor regulation 29 CFR § 2530.204-2(c) and (d).
(c) Shutdown and Other Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits . If an unpredictable contingent event benefit with respect to an unpredictable contingent event that occurs during the Plan Year is not permitted to be paid after the occurrence of the event because of the limitation of Section I.2(b), but is permitted to be paid later in the same Plan Year (as a result of additional contributions or pursuant to the enrolled actuarys certification of the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan Year that meets the requirements of § 1.436-1(g)(5)(ii)(B) of the Treasury Regulations), then that unpredictable contingent event benefit shall be paid, retroactive to the period that benefit would have been payable under the terms of the Plan (determined without regard to I. 2(b)). If the unpredictable contingent event benefit does not become payable during the Plan Year in accordance with the preceding sentence, then the Plan is treated as if it does not provide for that benefit.
(d) Treatment of Plan Amendments That Do Not Take Effect . If a Plan amendment does not take effect as of the effective date of the amendment because of the limitation of Section I.1(b) or Section I.2(c), but is permitted to take effect later in the same Plan Year (as a result of additional contributions or pursuant to the enrolled actuarys certification of the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan Year that meets the requirements of § 1.436-1(g)(5)(ii)(C) of the Treasury Regulations), then the Plan amendment must automatically take effect as of the first day of the Plan Year (or, if later, the original effective date of the amendment). If the Plan amendment cannot take effect during the same Plan Year, then it shall be treated as if it were never adopted, unless the Plan amendment provides otherwise.
I-3
I.5. Notice Requirement. See section 101(j) of ERISA for rules requiring the Plan administrator of a single employer defined benefit pension Plan to provide a written notice to Participants and beneficiaries within 30 days after certain specified dates if the Plan has become subject to a limitation described in Section I.1(a), Section I.2, or Section I.3.
I.6. Methods to Avoid or Terminate Benefit Limitations . See § 436(b)(2), (c)(2), (e)(2), and (f) of the Internal Revenue Code and § 1.436-1(f) of the Treasury Regulations for rules relating to employer contributions and other methods to avoid or terminate the application of the limitations set forth in Sections I.1 through I.3 for a Plan Year. In general, the methods a Plan sponsor may use to avoid or terminate one or more of the benefit limitations under Sections I.1 through I.3 for a Plan Year include employer contributions and elections to increase the amount of Plan assets which are taken into account in determining the adjusted funding target attainment percentage, making an employer contribution that is specifically designated as a current Year contribution that is made to avoid or terminate application of certain of the benefit limitations, or providing security to the Plan.
I.7. Special Rules .
(a) Rules of Operation for Periods Prior to and After Certification of Plans Adjusted Funding Target Attainment Percentage .
(i) In General . Section 436(h) of the Internal Revenue Code and § 1.436-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations set forth a series of presumptions that apply (1) before the Plans enrolled actuary issues a certification of the Plans adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan Year and (2) if the Plans enrolled actuary does not issue a certification of the Plans adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan Year before the first day of the 10th month of the Plan Year (or if the Plans enrolled actuary issues a range certification for the Plan Year pursuant to § 1.436-1(h)(4)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations but does not issue a certification of the specific adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan by the last day of the Plan Year). For any period during which a presumption under § 436(h) of the Internal Revenue Code and § 1.436-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations applies to the Plan, the limitations under Sections I.1 through I.3 are applied to the Plan as if the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan Year were the presumed adjusted funding target attainment percentage determined under the rules of § 436(h) of the Internal Revenue Code and, § 1.436-1(h)(1), (2), or (3) of the Treasury Regulations. These presumptions are set forth in Section I.7(a)(ii) though (iv).
(ii) Presumption of Continued Underfunding Beginning First Day of Plan Year . If a limitation under Section I.1, I.2, or I.3 applied to the Plan on the last day of the preceding Plan Year, then, commencing on the first day of the current Plan Year and continuing until the Plans enrolled actuary issues a certification of the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan for the current Plan Year, or, if earlier, the date Section I.7(a)(iii) or Section I.7(a)(iv) applies to the Plan:
(1) The adjusted funding target attainment percentage of the Plan for the current Plan Year is presumed to be the adjusted funding target attainment percentage in effect on the last day of the preceding Plan Year; and
(2) The first day of the current Plan Year is a section 436 measurement date.
I-4
(iii) Presumption of Underfunding Beginning First Day of 4th Month . If the Plans enrolled actuary has not issued a certification of the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan Year before the first day of the 4th month of the Plan Year and the Plans adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the preceding Plan Year was either at least 60 percent but less than 70 percent or at least 80 percent but less than 90 percent, or is described in § 1.436-1(h)(2)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations, then, commencing on the first day of the 4th month of the current Plan Year and continuing until the Plans enrolled actuary issues a certification of the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan for the current Plan Year, or, if earlier, the date Section I.7(a)(iv) applies to the Plan:
(1) The adjusted funding target attainment percentage of the Plan for the current Plan Year is presumed to be the Plans adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the preceding Plan Year reduced by 10 percentage points; and
(2) The first day of the 4th month of the current Plan Year is a section 436 measurement date.
(iv) Presumption of Underfunding On and After First Day of 10th Month . If the Plans enrolled actuary has not issued a certification of the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan Year before the first day of the 10th month of the Plan Year (or if the Plans enrolled actuary has issued a range certification for the Plan Year pursuant to § 1.436-1(h)(4)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations but has not issued a certification of the specific adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan by the last day of the Plan Year), then, commencing on the first day of the 10th month of the current Plan Year and continuing through the end of the Plan Year:
(1) The adjusted funding target attainment percentage of the Plan for the current Plan Year is presumed to be less than 60 percent; and
(2) The first day of the 10th month of the current Plan Year is a section 436 measurement date.
(b) New Plans, Plan Termination, Certain Frozen Plans, and Other Special Rules .
(i) First 5 Plan Years . The limitations in Section I.1(b), Section 1.2(b), and Section I.2(c) do not apply to a new Plan for the first 5 Plan Years of the Plan, determined under the rules of § 436(i) of the Internal Revenue Code and § 1.436-1(a)(3)(i) of the Treasury Regulations.
(ii) Plan Termination . The limitations on prohibited payments in Section 1.1 (a), Section I.2(a), and Section I.3 do not apply to prohibited payments that are made to carry out the termination of the Plan in accordance with applicable law. Any other limitations under this section of the Plan do not cease to apply as a result of termination of the Plan.
(iii) Exception to Limitations on Prohibited Payments Under Certain Frozen Plans . The limitations on prohibited payments set forth in Sections I.1(a), I.2(a), and 1.3 do not apply for a Plan Year if the terms of the Plan, as in effect for the period beginning on September 1, 2005, and continuing through the end of the Plan Year, provide for no benefit accruals with respect to any Participants. This Section 1.7(b)(iii) shall cease to apply as of the date any benefits accrue under the Plan or the date on which a Plan amendment that increases benefits takes effect.
I-5
(iv) Special Rules Relating to Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits and Plan Amendments Increasing Benefit Liability . During any period in which none of the presumptions under Section I.7(a) apply to the Plan and the Plans enrolled actuary has not yet issued a certification of the Plans adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan Year, the limitations under Section I.1(b) and Section I.2(b) shall be based on the inclusive presumed adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan, calculated in accordance with the rules of § 1.436-1(g)(2)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations.
(c) Special Rules Under PRA 2010 .
(i) Payments Under Social Security Leveling Options . For purposes of determining whether the limitations under Section 1.1(a) or I.2(a) apply to payments under a social security leveling option, within the meaning of § 436(j)(3)(C)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code, the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for a Plan Year shall be determined in accordance with the Special Rule for Certain Years under § 436(j)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code and any Treasury Regulations or other published guidance thereunder issued by the Internal Revenue Service.
(ii) Limitation on Benefit Accruals . For purposes of determining whether the accrual limitation under Section I.2(c) applies to the Plan, the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for a Plan Year shall be determined in accordance with the Special Rule for Certain Years under § 436(j)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code (except as provided under section 203(b) of the Preservation of Access to Care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension Relief Act of 2010, if applicable).
(d) Interpretation of Provisions . The limitations imposed by this section of the Plan shall be interpreted and administered in accordance with § 436 of the Internal Revenue Code and § 1.436-1 of the Treasury Regulations.
I.8. Definitions . The definitions in the following Treasury Regulations apply for purposes of Sections I.1 through I.7: § 1.436-1(j)(1) defining adjusted funding target attainment percentage; § 1.436-1(j)(2) defining annuity starting date; § 1.436-1(j)(6) defining prohibited payment; § 1.436-1(j)(8) defining section 436 measurement date; and § 1.436-1(j)(9) defining an unpredictable contingent event and an unpredictable contingent event benefit.
I.9. Effective Date . The rules in Sections 1.1 through I.8 are effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007.
I-6
APPENDIX J
[RESERVED]
J-1
APPENDIX K
TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
K.1 Top Heavy Status
(a) Top Heavy . This Plan shall be Top Heavy, if, as of the Determination Date, (a) the Present Value of Cumulative Accrued Benefits of Key Employees under this Plan exceeds the Present Value of Accrued Benefits of all Participants under this Plan by 60% (the Top Heavy Ratio) and this Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group; or (b) this Plan is in a Required Aggregation Group, but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group which for such Plan Year is a Top Heavy Group; or (c) the Plan is part of an Aggregation Group and part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the Permissive Aggregation Group is a Top Heavy Group.
In the event that another defined contribution or defined benefit plan is included in the Aggregation Group, and as a result the Plan is determined to be Top Heavy, the requirements of Sections K.2, K.3 and K.4 shall be applicable to all plans in the Aggregation Group.
The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the Employer during the one-year period ending on the Determination Date shall not be taken into account.
(b) Super Top Heavy . This Plan shall be Super Top Heavy for Plan Years commencing after December 31, 1983, if, as of the Determination Date, the Present Value of Cumulative Accrued Benefits of Key Employees under this Plan exceeds 90% of the Present Value of Accrued Benefits of all Participants under this Plan (the Top Heavy Ratio).
K.2 Minimum Benefit
(a) General Rule . For any Top Heavy Plan Year, a non-Key Employee who completes a one year Period of Service shall have an Accrued Benefit at least equal to the minimum benefit described herein. The minimum Accrued Benefit at any point in time equals the lesser of:
(i) three percent, multiplied by Top Heavy Periods of Service (not exceeding 10) as a non Key Employee Participant. A Top Heavy Period of Service is a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983, in which the Plan is top heavy and the Participant completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service, provided, however, that in determining Top Heavy Periods of Service with the Employer, any service with the Employer shall be disregarded to the extent that such service occurs during a Plan Year when the Plan benefits (within the meaning of Code Section 410(b)) no Key Employees or former Key Employees;
(ii) thirty percent, multiplied by such Participants average compensation. Average compensation means a Participants compensation as described in Code Section 415, for the five consecutive years when such Participant had the highest aggregate
K-1
compensation from the Employer. If the number of compensation periods is less than 5, the lesser number also applies to the determination of the top heavy minimum benefit. In determining whether compensation periods are consecutive for purposes of averaging compensation, compensation periods for which the Participant does not earn at least 1,000 Hours of Service are disregarded. A Participant for purposes of this Section K.2(a) includes an employee otherwise eligible to participate in the Plan, but who receives no accrual or a partial accrual because of the level of his Compensation or because the Plan is integrated with Social Security.
If a Participant accrues an additional benefit by reason of this Section K.2, the Participants Accrued Benefit will never be less than the Accrued Benefit determined at the end of the Plan Year, irrespective of whether for any subsequent Plan Year the top heavy minimum benefit requirement applies. The Employer may not impute Social Security benefits to determine whether the Plan has satisfied the top heavy minimum benefit requirement for a Participant. The benefit described herein is expressed as an annual benefit in the form of a single life annuity (with no ancillary benefits), commencing at normal retirement age.
A non-Key Employee shall not be denied this minimum benefit because he or she was not employed on a specified date, failed to make any mandatory employee contributions, or failed to earn a specified amount of compensation.
(b) Special Two Plan Rule . Where this Plan and a defined contribution plan belong to an Aggregation Group that is determined Top Heavy, the minimum benefit required under (a) above for any non-Key Participant who also participates in the defined contribution plan shall be reduced by the minimum contribution and forfeiture allocated to the non-Key Participants accounts pursuant to the defined contribution plans top heavy provisions. Such offset shall be in accordance with the safe harbor rules of Treasury Regulations 1.416-1(M-12).
K.3 Benefit Limitation . For any Super Top Heavy Plan Year, the applicable percentages as set forth in Sections K.2(a)(i) and (ii) shall be two percent or twenty percent, respectively.
K.4 Vesting
(a) Top Heavy Schedule . For any Top Heavy Plan Year, each Participant who completes an Hour of Service in such Year shall become vested and have a non-forfeitable right to retirement benefits he or she has earned under the Plan in accordance with the following table:
Periods of Service |
Vesting Percentage |
|
Less than 2 years |
0% | |
2 years |
20% | |
3 years |
40% | |
4 years |
60% | |
5 years |
80% | |
6 years or more |
100% |
K-2
Provided, however, that a Participants vesting percentage shall not be less than the percentage determined under the table in Section 7.01.
(b) Return to Non-Top Heavy Status . If the Plan becomes Top Heavy and ceases to be Top Heavy in any subsequent Plan Year, the vesting schedule, shall revert to the vesting schedule in effect before the Plan became Top Heavy. Any such reversion shall be treated as a Plan amendment pursuant to the terms of the Plan, and shall not cause a reduction of any Participants non-forfeitable interest in the Plan on the date of such amendment.
In the event the Administrative Committee elects to amend the Top Heavy vesting schedule, a Participant with five or more years of service with the Employer as of the end of the election period, may elect to remain covered by the Top Heavy vesting schedule. If a Participant fails to make such election, then such Participant shall be subject to the new vesting schedule. The Participants election period shall commence on the adoption date of the amendment and shall end 60 days after the latest of:
(i) the adoption date of the amendment;
(ii) the effective date of the amendment; or
(iii) the date the Participant receives written notice of the amendment from the Administrative Committee.
K.5 Definitions . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the definitions of capitalized terms used in this Appendix K are listed in Appendix K below.
(a) Determination Date . Whether the Plan is Top Heavy for any Plan Year shall be determined as of the Determination Date. Determination Date means (i) the last day of the preceding Plan Year, or (ii) in the case of the first Plan Year, the last day of such Plan Year.
(b) Valuation Date . Valuation Date means, for purposes of determining Top Heaviness, the Determination Date.
(c) Present Value of Accrued Benefits . The Present Value of Accrued Benefits is determined as the lump sum of:
(i) the Actuarial Equivalent present value of the accrued normal retirement benefit under the Plan as of the Valuation Date;
(ii) the present value of the account balances of any defined contribution plan as of the Determination Date; and
(iii) distributions prior to the Valuation Date, made during the Plan Year that contains the Determination Date and the four preceding Plan Years. Unrelated rollovers or transfers shall be considered distributions. A related rollover or transfer shall not be considered a distribution.
K-3
An unrelated rollover or transfer is one that is both initiated by the employee and made between plans of different employers. A related rollover or transfer is one that is either not initiated by the employee or made between plans of the same employer.
For purposes of (c) above, the Present Value of Accrued Benefits shall include benefits attributable to voluntary or mandatory employee contributions, unrelated rollovers or transfers accepted prior to January 1, 1984, and related rollovers or transfers accepted at any time. The Present Value of Accrued Benefits shall not include benefits attributable to voluntary deductible employee contributions, or unrelated rollovers or transfers accepted after January 1, 1984.
Solely for the purpose of determining if the Plan, or any other plan included in a required aggregation group of which this Plan is a part, is top-heavy (within the meaning of Code Section 416(g)) the accrued benefit of an employee other than a Key Employee shall be determined under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all plans maintained by the Employer, or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rate of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).
(d) Key Employee . Key Employee means any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date was an officer of the Employer having annual compensation greater than $165,000 (as adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the Employer, or a 1-percent owner of the Employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3). The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
(e) Aggregation Group . Aggregation Group means the group of plans that must be considered as a single plan for purposes of determining whether the plans within the group are Top Heavy (Required Aggregation Group), or the group of plans that may be aggregated for purposes of Top Heavy testing (Permissive Aggregation Group). The Determination Date for each plan must fall within the same calendar year in order to aggregate the plans.
(i) The Required Aggregation Group includes each plan of the Employer in which a Key Employee is a participant in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date or any of the four preceding Plan Years, and each other plan of the Employer which, during this period, enables any plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the minimum participation standards or non-discriminatory contribution requirements of Code Sections 401 (a)(4) and 410.
K-4
(ii) A Permissive Aggregation Group may include any Employer-sponsored plan, provided the group as a whole continues to satisfy the minimum participation standards and non-discriminatory contribution requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.
Each plan belonging to a Required Aggregation Group shall be deemed Top Heavy, or non-Top Heavy in accordance with the groups status. In a Permissive Aggregation Group that is determined Top Heavy only those plans that are required to be aggregated shall be Top Heavy. In a Permissive Aggregation Group that is not Top Heavy, no plan in the group shall be Top Heavy.
(f) Compensation . Compensation for purposes of Section 9 and Appendix K shall be the amount of Earnings for the calendar year that ends with or within the Plan Year. For purposes of determining who is a Key Employee, Compensation means Earnings as defined in Section 1 of this Plan without the application of subsection (a) of such definition.
(g) Top Heavy Ratio . Top Heavy Ratio means:
(i) If the Employer maintains one or more defined benefit plans and the Employer has not maintained any defined contribution plan (including any simplified employee pension plan) which during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had account balances, the Top Heavy Ratio for this Plan alone or for the required or permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the present value of accrued benefits of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the present value of all accrued benefits, both determined in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. The present value of accrued benefits of an Employee as of the Determination Date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2) during the one year period ending on the Determination Date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i). In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting five year period for one year period.
(ii) If the Employer maintains one or more defined benefit plans and the Employer maintains or has maintained one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) which during the 5 year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had any account balances, the Top Heavy Ratio for any required or permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the present value of the accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees, determined in accordance with (i) above, and the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the present value of the accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Participants, determined in accordance with (i) above, and the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined contribution
K-5
plan or plans for all Participants as of the Determination Date(s), all determined in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an Employee as of the Determination Date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2) during the one year period ending on the Determination Date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i). In the case of a, distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting five year period for one year period.
K-6
APPENDIX L
LIMITATION ON BENEFITS TO HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES
L.1 Restrictions in Plan Years Beginning After December 31, 1991 . The Plan limits the benefit payable to any Highly Compensated Employee upon Plan Termination to a benefit that is non-discriminatory under Code Section 401 (a)(4). Prior to Plan termination, the Plan restricts the annual payments to the 25 Highly Compensated Employees with the greatest annual compensation for the Plan Year unless:
(a) after payment of the benefit, the value of Plan assets equals or exceeds 110% of the value of current liabilities (as defined in Code Section 412(1)); or
(b) the value of the benefit is less than 1% of the value of current liabilities; or
(c) the value of the benefit does not exceed $3,500.
The total payments in a Plan Year may not exceed an amount equal to: (1) the payments the Participant would receive under a single life annuity which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participants Accrued Benefit and other benefits (other than a social security supplement); plus (2) the amount the Participant would receive under a social security supplement. Other benefits include loans in excess of the Code Section 72(p)(2)(A) limitation, any periodic income, any withdrawal values payable to a living employee, and any death benefits not provided by insurance on the Participants life.
L.2 General Rule . For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1992, during the first ten years after any Commencement Date (as defined below) or if later, until the full current costs of the Plan are first met, the benefits provided by the Employers contributions to employees in the Restricted Group (as defined below) are subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph b below.
(a) Definitions . For the purposes of these limitations:
(i) Commencement Date means the Effective Date, or the effective date of any subsequent amendment of the Plan;
(ii) the Restricted Group consists of the twenty-five highest-paid employees as of any Commencement Date, including any employees who are not Participants but may later become Participants, whose annual retirement benefit provided by the Employers contributions can be anticipated to exceed $1,500.
(b) Limitation . Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraphs (2) and (2)(a) above, the amount of Employer contributions (or funds attributable thereto) that may be applied for the benefit of any employee in the Restricted Group shall not exceed the greater of:
L-1
(i) Employer contributions (or funds attributable thereto) which would have been applied to provide retirement benefits for the employee under the Plan if the Plan which was in effect on the day preceding the Commencement Date had been continued without change; and
(ii) $20,000;
(iii) the sum of (x) the Employers contributions (or funds attributable thereto) which would have been applied to provide retirement benefits for the employee if the Plan had been Terminated on the day before the Commencement Date, plus (y) 20% of the first $50,000 of the Participants average annual compensation during the last Commencement Date for which the full current costs have been met; or
(iv) if the Participant is a substantial owner (as defined in Section 4022(b)(5) of ERISA), a dollar amount equal to the present value of the benefit guaranteed for the Participant under Section 4022 of ERISA or, if the Plan has not terminated, the present value of the benefit that would be guaranteed if the Plan had terminated on the date the benefit commences, or (y) if the Participant is not a substantial owner, a dollar amount equal to the present value of the maximum benefit described in Section 4022(b)(3) of ERISA (determined on the date the Plan terminates or the date benefits commence, whichever is earlier).
For purposes of subparagraph (iv), the present value of any benefit shall be determined in accordance with regulations of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, and for purposes of clause (y), without regard to any other limitations in Section 4022 of ERISA.
(c) Limitations Not Effective . The limitations contained in this Appendix L shall not restrict the current payment of benefits while the Plan is in full effect and the full current costs are met. Further, the limitations shall not restrict the payment of a lump sum benefit to an employee in the Restricted Group provided the employee satisfies the security requirement pursuant to Revenue Ruling 92-76.
(d) Excess Funds . Any funds not allocated to a Participant as a result of this Section shall be used proportionately to provide additional benefits for all other Participants.
L-2
APPENDIX M
EARLY RETIREMENT INCENTIVE
A Participant who, as of July 1, 1991, is employed by the Employer, has reached age 55, and has completed a ten year Period of Service for vesting purposes shall be eligible to receive an enhanced benefit under this Plan. The Participant shall receive the enhanced benefit if, in accordance with procedures established by the Administrative Committee, the Participant elects in writing by September 9, 1991, to terminate employment under an additional five years of Credited Service to the Participants actual years of Credited Service in calculating the benefit under Section 4.01. In addition, in calculating any reduction under Section 4.03 for early commencement of benefit payments, the Participants age shall be increased by five years in calculating the reduction of the portions of the benefit formula described in Section 4.01(a)(ii)(A) and (C). The calculation of Final Average Monthly Earnings for purposes of determining the benefit under Section 4.01 shall not include any Earnings received by the Participant as severance pay in connection with the termination of employment under the early retirement incentive plan. If a Participant elects to have the benefit commence upon retirement at September 30, 1991, payments shall commence on November 1, 1991, and the first payment shall include both the November and the October payments. All other provisions of this Plan shall continue to apply without change to any Participant terminating under the early retirement incentive plan. Any Participant who elected to retire effective July 1, 1991, shall automatically receive the enhanced benefit provided under this Section 4.07. If a Participant who has elected to terminate under the early retirement incentive plan dies on or before September 30, 1991, the death benefit payable to his or her Spouse shall be calculated without reference to the enhanced benefit provided in this section. If the Participants death occurs after September 30, 1991, any payments to the Spouse upon the Participants death shall be based on the enhanced benefit.
M-1
APPENDIX N
BENEFIT INCREASES WHERE BENEFIT PAYMENTS COMMENCED PRIOR TO MARCH 1, 1980
If a former Participants benefit payment under this Plan commenced prior to March 1, 1980, the benefit payment currently being paid the former Participant, his Spouse, or his Beneficiary shall be increased by a percentage, up to a maximum of twenty percent (20%), equal to five percent (5%) plus twenty-five hundredths percent (.25%) multiplied by the number of months the former Participants Retirement Date preceded February 1980. This section shall be effective as of March 1, 1981.
If a retired Participants benefit payments under this Plan commenced before January 1, 1987 and such Participant (or his or her Spouse, former Spouse or Beneficiary) is still receiving monthly benefit payments as of January 1, 2001, monthly benefit payments paid on or after January 1, 2001 to the retired Participant, his or her Spouse or former Spouse, or his or her Beneficiary shall equal the greater of:
(i) one hundred dollars ($100) per month, or
(ii) the amount of the last monthly benefit paid prior to 2001, plus an amount equal to a percentage of the pre-2001 monthly benefit payment where such percentage is the lesser of (a) three percent (3%) multiplied by the number of years the Participant had been retired in excess of fourteen (14) years as of December 31, 2000, or (b) thirty percent (30%).
For purposes of calculating under this paragraph the number of years a retired Participant had been retired as of December 31, 2000, a fractional year shall be rounded up to one year. For purposes of this paragraph, one year is 12 months after the Participant retired and started receiving his or her Plan benefit payments, and each 12-month period that begins on the annual anniversary of the date the Participant retired and started receiving Plan benefit payments. For example, if a Participant retired and started receiving Plan benefits on May 1, 1986, such Participant would be considered retired for 15 years, and entitled to an increase in his monthly benefit payments equal to the greater of 3% of his pre-2001 benefit payment amount or the dollar amount needed to bring the amount of his monthly benefit payment to $100.
N-1
APPENDIX O
[RESERVED]
O-1
APPENDIX P
NON-U.S. AFFILIATES
The following affiliates of the Employer shall be treated as Non-U.S. Affiliates for purposes of Section 2.02 and Appendices G and H of the Plan:
Univar Canada Ltd.
P-1
APPENDIX Q
U.S. AFFILIATES
The following affiliates of the Employer shall be treated as U.S. Affiliates for purposes of calculating a participants Period of Service for vesting purposes under Sections 6.1 and 7 of the Plan:
1. Pakhoed Corporation, and any subsidiary thereof that is a participating employer in the Pakhoed Corporation Retirement Plan.
2. Ellis & Everard (US Holdings) Inc. and any subsidiary thereof. In addition, individuals who transfer employment from Ellis & Everard (US Holdings) Inc. or any subsidiary thereof to Univar USA Inc. on or after January 18, 2001 and who were at least age 60 on January 18, 2001 shall receive prior service credit for their most recent uninterrupted period of service with Ellis & Everard (US Holdings) Inc. and any subsidiary thereof which is immediately prior to their transfer to Univar USA Inc. employment for purposes of determining whether they have a five year Period of Service under Section 3.02 and are eligible to elect an Early Retirement Date. Under no circumstances will such employees receive prior service credit for purposes of determining their Credited Service, their Final Average Monthly Earnings or their Periods of Service for calculating the amount of their Early Retirement Benefit under Section 4.03.
Q-1
APPENDIX R
FORMER EMPLOYEES OF ELLIS & EVERARD (US HOLDINGS) INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES THEREOF
R.1. Periods of Service . For purposes of calculating a participants Period of Service for vesting purposes under Section 6.01 and 7 of the Plan, service credit for periods prior to January 18, 2001 shall be granted to current or former employees of Ellis & Everard (US Holdings) Inc. or any subsidiary thereof regardless of whether such current or former employees transferred employment directly to Vopak USA Inc. from Ellis & Everard (US Holdings) Inc. or any subsidiary thereof. The prior vesting service credit such current or former employee of Ellis & Everard (US Holdings) Inc. shall receive under this Plan shall be the same vesting service credit they had credited to them under the Ellis & Everard (U.S. Holdings) Inc. Savings and Investment Plan on January 18, 2001. Under no circumstances will such current or former employees receive prior service credit for purposes of determining their Credited Service under Section 4.01, their Final Average Monthly Earnings, their Period of Service for determining eligibility to elect to receive early retirement, their Periods of Service for calculating their eligibility for and the amount of their Early Retirement Benefit under Section 4.03, or their eligibility for and the amount of premiums they must pay for retiree medical.
R.2. Participation . A current or former employee of Ellis & Everard (US Holdings) Inc. or any subsidiary thereof who was employed by such company on January 18, 2001 shall commence participation in the Plan effective as of January 18, 2001. This provision shall be applicable notwithstanding such current or former employees transfer of employment to Vopak USA Inc. on a date that is after January 18, 2001. In addition, this provision shall be applicable if such current or former employee terminates employment with Ellis & Everard (US Holdings) Inc. after January 18, 2001 and such employee is never employed by Vopak USA Inc. In determining such a Participants Final Average Monthly Earnings, compensation that was paid to the Participant by Ellis & Everard (US Holdings) Inc. or any subsidiary thereof between January 1, 2001 and their date of hire with Vopak USA Inc. and otherwise meets the definition of Earnings shall be considered Earnings.
R-1
APPENDIX S
MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
S.1. General Rules . The provisions of this Appendix S will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year. The requirements of this article will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan. All distributions required under this article will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under section 401(a)(9) of the Code.
S.2. Time and Manner of Distribution .
S.2.1. Required Beginning Date . The Participants entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participants Required Beginning Date as set forth in Section 6.4 of this Appendix S.
S.2.2. Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin . If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participants entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:
(a) If the Participants surviving Spouse is the Participants sole Designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving Spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2, if later.
(b) If the Participants surviving Spouse is not the Participants sole Designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the Designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.
(c) If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participants death, the Participants entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participants death.
(d) If the Participants surviving Spouse is the Participants sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving Spouse begin, this Section 2.2, other than Section 2.2(a), will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.
For purposes of this Section 2.2 and Section 5 of this Appendix S, distributions are considered to begin on the Participants Required Beginning Date (or, if Section 2.2(d) of this Appendix S applies, the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under Section 2.2(a) of this Appendix S). If annuity payments irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participants Required Beginning Date (or to the Participants surviving Spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under Section 2.2(a) of this Appendix S), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.
S-1
S.2.3 Form of Distribution . Unless the Participants interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 3, 4 and 5 of this Appendix S. If the Participants interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury regulations. Any part of the Participants interest which is in the form of an individual account described in section 414(k) of the Code will be distributed in a manner satisfying the requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury regulations that apply to individual accounts.
S.3. Determination of Amount to be Distributed Each Year .
S.3.1. General Annuity Requirements . If the Participants interest is paid in the form of annuity distributions under the Plan, payments under the annuity will satisfy the following requirements:
(a) the annuity distributions will be paid in periodic payments made at intervals not longer than one year;
(b) the distribution period will be over a life (or lives) or over a period certain not longer than the period described in Section 4 or 5 of this Appendix S;
(c) once payments have begun over a period certain, the period certain will not be changed even if the period certain is shorter than the maximum permitted;
(d) payments will either be nonincreasing or increase only as follows:
(1) by an annual percentage increase that does not exceed the annual percentage increase in a cost-of-living index that is based on prices of all items and issued by the Bureau of Labor Statistics;
(2) to the extent of the reduction in the amount of the Participants payments to provide for a survivor benefit upon death, but only if the beneficiary whose life was being used to determine the distribution period described in Section 4 of this Appendix S dies or is no longer the Participants beneficiary pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of section 414(p);
(3) to provide cash refunds of Participant contributions upon the Participants death; or
(4) to pay increased benefits that result from a plan amendment.
S-2
S.3.2. Amount Required to be Distributed by Required Beginning Date . The amount that must be distributed on or before the Participants Required Beginning Date (or, if the Participant dies before distributions begin, the date distributions are required to begin under Section 2.2(a) or (b) of this Appendix S) is the payment that is required for one payment interval. The second payment need not be made until the end of the next payment interval even if that payment interval ends in the next calendar year. Payment intervals are the periods for which payments are received, e.g., bi-monthly, monthly, semi-annually, or annually. All of the Participants benefit accruals as of the last day of the first distribution calendar year will be included in the calculation of the amount of the annuity payments for payment intervals ending on or after the Participants Required Beginning Date.
S.3.3. Additional Accruals After First Distribution Calendar Year. Any additional benefits accruing to the Participant in a calendar year after the first distribution calendar year will be distributed beginning with the first payment interval ending in the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which such amount accrues.
S.4. Requirements For Annuity Distributions That Commence During Participants Lifetime.
S.4.1. Joint Life Annuities Where the Beneficiary Is Not the Participants Spouse . If the Participants interest is being distributed in the form of a joint and survivor annuity for the joint lives of the Participant and a nonspouse beneficiary, annuity payments to be made on or after the Participants Required Beginning Date to the Designated Beneficiary after the Participants death must not at any time exceed the applicable percentage of the annuity payment for such period that would have been payable to the Participant using the table set forth in Q&A-2 of section 1.401(a)(9)-6 of the Treasury regulations. If the form of distribution combines a joint and survivor annuity for the joint lives of the Participant and a nonspouse Beneficiary and a period certain annuity, the requirement in the preceding sentence will apply to annuity payments to be made to the Designated Beneficiary after the expiration of the period certain.
S.4.2. Period Certain Annuities . Unless the Participants Spouse is the sole Designated Beneficiary and the form of distribution is a period certain and no life annuity, the period certain for an annuity distribution commencing during the Participants lifetime may not exceed the applicable distribution period for the Participant under the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations for the calendar year that contains the annuity starting date. If the annuity starting date precedes the year in which the Participant reaches age 70, the applicable distribution period for the Participant is the distribution period for age 70 under the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations plus the excess of 70 over the age of the Participant as of the Participants birthday in the year that contains the annuity starting date. If the Participants Spouse is the Participants sole Designated Beneficiary and the form of distribution is a period certain and no life
S-3
annuity, the period certain may not exceed the longer of the Participants applicable distribution period, as determined under this Section 4.2 of this Appendix S, or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and the Participants Spouse as determined under the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participants and Spouses attained ages as of the Participants and Spouses birthdays in the calendar year that contains the annuity starting date.
S.5. Requirements For Minimum Distributions Where Participant Dies Before Date Distributions Begin .
S.5.1. Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distribution of his or her interest begins and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the Participants entire interest will be distributed, beginning no later than the time described in Section 2.2(a) or (b) of this Appendix S, over the life of the Designated Beneficiary or over a period certain not exceeding:
(a) unless the annuity starting date is before the first distribution calendar year, the life expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary determined using the Beneficiarys age as of the Beneficiarys birthday in the calendar year immediately following the calendar year of the Participants death; or
(b) if the annuity starting date is before the first distribution calendar year, the life expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary determined using the Beneficiarys age as of the Beneficiarys birthday in the calendar year that contains the annuity starting date.
S.5.2. No Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participants death, distribution of the Participants entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participants death.
S.5.3. Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Begin . If the Participant dies before the date distribution of his or her interest begins, the Participants surviving Spouse is the Participants sole Designated Beneficiary, and the surviving Spouse dies before distributions to the surviving Spouse begin, this Section 5 of this Appendix S will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant, except that the time by which distributions must begin will be determined without regard to Section 2.2(a) of this Appendix S.
S.6. Definitions .
S.6.1. Designated Beneficiary . For purposes of this Appendix S, the Designated Beneficiary is the individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under the beneficiary designation executed by the Participant and on file with the Plan Administrator and is the Designated Beneficiary under section 401(a)(9) of the Code and section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations.
S-4
S.6.2. Distribution Calendar Year . A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participants death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participants Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participants death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Appendix S.
S.6.3. Life Expectancy . Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.
S.6.4. Required Beginning Date . The April 1 St of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 ⁄ 2 or the calendar year in which the Participant retires. However, for a Participant who is a 5% owner (as defined in Section 416(d) of the Code) with respect to the Plan Year ending in the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 ⁄ 2 , the Required Beginning Date shall be April 1 St of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 ⁄ 2 .
S-5
APPENDIX T
CHEMCENTRAL CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED RETIREMENT PLAN
(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2012)
Effective January 1, 2008, the CHEMCENTRAL Corporation Consolidated Retirement Plan (LCC Plan) merged in and with the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2007 (Univar Retirement Plan), and became this Appendix T of the Univar Retirement Plan. Effective June 30, 2004, the Univar Retirement Plan was amended to preclude employees from entering the Univar Retirement Plan as new participants and inactive participants from resuming active participation in the Univar Retirement Plan. Effective December 31, 2007, the LCC Plan was amended to preclude employees from entering the LCC Plan as new participants and inactive participants from resuming active participation in the LCC Plan, except to the extent an employee is covered by a collective bargaining agreement that provides for active participation by such employee in the LCC Plan.
Although the merged plans constitute one plan on and after January 1, 2008, the Univar Retirement Plan will be administered as if it were still two separate plans, with all provisions of the Univar Retirement Plan other than this Appendix T applying to individuals who were Participants in the Univar Retirement Plan on December 31, 2007, and only the provisions of this Appendix T applying to individuals who were participants in the LLC Plan on December 31, 2007 and to those individuals who (i) are new hires or rehires or have changed job classifications and (ii) are in a position covered by a collective bargaining agreement that provides for participation by such individual in the LCC Plan.
The terms and conditions of the Univar Retirement Plan set forth in provisions of the Univar Retirement Plan other than this Appendix T shall exclusively govern the benefits, right and features for Participants (as defined in Section 1 above). The terms and conditions set forth in this Appendix T shall not apply or provide any benefit to Participants (as defined in Section 1 of the plan). Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Appendix T shall exclusively govern the benefits, rights and features for participants (as defined in this Appendix T) who are covered under this Appendix T. Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of the Univar Retirement Plan set forth in provisions other than this Appendix T shall not apply or provide any benefit to participants defined in and covered by this Appendix T. Pursuant to the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(12) and 414(1), until December 31, 2012, the Employer (as defined in Section 1.10 of the plan) shall maintain sufficient data to construct a special schedule of benefits to maintain the rights to benefits on a termination basis for such Participants to the extent required by Treasury Regulations Section 1.414(1)-1(e)(2).
T-1
Except as otherwise provided in this Appendix T, the terms used in this Appendix T shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this Appendix T. The provisions of this Appendix T govern the terms and conditions for the benefits, rights and features for participants and their beneficiaries as defined and described herein, effective as of January 1, 2012, as follows:
SECTION T.1
Introduction
T.1.1 Purpose
Chemcentral Corporation Consolidated Retirement Plan formerly known as Chemcentral Corporation Retirement Plan (for purposes of this Appendix T, the plan) was established by CHEMCENTRAL Corporation to provide retirement and other benefits for eligible employees. Effective October 1, 2007, Univar USA Inc. became the sponsor of the plan. With the merger of the plan into the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan, Univar USA Inc. remains the sponsor of the plan (as they are now benefits provided under the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan pursuant to this Appendix T). For purposes of this plan, company means Univar USA Inc. on and after October 1, 2007 and Chemcentral Corporation prior to October 1, 2007.
T.1.2 Effective Date, Plan Year
The effective date of the amendment and restatement of the prior plans as set forth herein is January 1, 2012. A plan year is the 12-month period beginning on January 1 and ending on the next following December 31.
T.1.3 Employers
Any related entity may adopt the plan with the companys consent, as described in subsection T.10.1. A related entity means a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of which the company is also a member, or an incorporated or unincorporated trade or business under common control with the company within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code. The company and any related entities which adopt the plan are referred to below collectively as the employers and sometimes individually as an employer.
T.1.4 Administration of the Plan
The plan is administered by the Pension Management Committee of Univar USA Inc (committee). Participants will be notified of the identity of the members of the committee, and of any change in committee membership. Any notice or document required to be given to or filed with the committee will be properly given or filed if delivered or mailed, by certified mail, postage prepaid, to the committee, in care of the company.
T.1.5 Funding of Benefits
Funds contributed under the plan are held and invested, until distribution, by one or more trustees (the trustees) appointed by the company in accordance with the terms of a trust agreement between the company and the trustee which implements and forms a part of the plan
T-2
and/or one or more group annuity contracts (the group annuity contract) issued to the company by an insurance company (the insurer). All assets held under the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan are available to pay all benefits accrued under such plan regardless of whether the benefits were accrued under the CHEMCENTRAL Corporation Consolidated Retirement Plan or the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan before such plans were merged, or under the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan (including, without limitation, this Appendix T) after the plans were merged. In the case of multiple trust agreements for the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan, all assets held pursuant to such agreements are available to pay any and all benefits accrued under the terms of such plan regardless of whether the benefits were accrued under the CHEMCENTRAL Corporation Consolidated Retirement Plan or Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan prior to the plan merger or under the Plan (including, without limitation, benefits accrued under this Appendix T) after the plan merger. Copies of the plan, trust agreement and/or group annuity contract, and any amendments thereto, will be on file at the office of the Secretary of the company and of each other employer which adopts the plan where they may be examined by any participant or other person entitled to benefits under the plan. The provisions of and benefits under the plan are subject to the terms and provisions of the trust agreement and/or group annuity contract.
T.1.6 Plan Benefits for Participants who Terminated Employment Prior to January 1, 2008
The benefits provided hereunder with respect to any participant who retired or whose employment with the employers otherwise terminated prior to January 1, 2008 will, except as otherwise specifically provided herein, be governed in all respects by the terms of the prior plans as in effect on the date of the participants retirement or other termination of employment.
T.1.7 Plan Supplements and Schedules
The provisions of the plan may be modified by supplements and/or schedules to the plan. The terms and provisions of each supplement and schedule are a part of the plan and supersede the provisions of the plan to the extent necessary to eliminate inconsistencies between the plan and the supplemental or schedule.
T-3
SECTION T.2
Participation and Retirement Dates
T.2.1 Participation
Subject to the conditions and limitations of the plan, each employee of an employer who was a participant in the CHEMCENTRAL Corporation Consolidated Retirement Plan immediately preceding January 1, 2008 will continue as a participant in this plan on and after that date. Beginning January 1, 2008, each other employee of an employer will become a participant in the plan on the first January 1 or July 1 (occurring on or after the first anniversary of his date of hire) on which he meets all of the following requirements:
(a) He has attained age 21 years;
(b) He has completed 1,000 hours of service during the 12-month period commencing on his date of hire or, if he has not completed 1,000 hours of service during such 12-month period, he has completed 1,000 hours of service during a plan year ending before such January 1 or July 1;
(c) He is a member of a group or class of employees to which the plan has been and continues to be extended, as set forth in a Coverage and Benefits Schedule attached to the plan;
(d) He is not an employee who is represented by or belongs to a group of employees covered by a collective bargaining representative in matters relating to his terms of employment (unless the plan is extended to such employee or group by collective bargaining); and
(e) He is not an employee whose terms of employment are covered by an employment agreement that precludes his participation in the plan.
An hour of service means each hour for which an employee is directly or indirectly paid or entitled to payment by an employer for the performance of duties and for reasons other than the performance of duties (but no more than 501 hours for any single continuous period during which no duties are performed), including each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to by an employer, determined and credited in accordance with Department of Labor Reg. Sec. 2530.200b-2. For this purpose, hours of service shall include all hours that, under the provisions of Sections 414(b), (c), (m), (n) and (o) of the Internal Revenue Code, are treated as hours of service with an employer. If an employee who fails to meet the requirements of subparagraphs 2.1(c), (d) and (e) has satisfied the requirements of subparagraphs 2.1(a) and (b) as of January 1 of July 1, he will become a participant in the plan on the date he subsequently meets the requirements of subparagraphs 2.1(c), (d) and (e). If an employee satisfies the requirements of subparagraphs 2.1(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) as of his date of employment by an employer, he will become a participant in the plan as of that date.
T-4
Notwithstanding anything in this plan to the contrary, on or after December 31, 2007, no person shall (i) become a participant in the plan, (ii) reenter the plan as an active participant or otherwise again be considered a participant, or (iii) otherwise commence or recommence active participation in or benefit accrual under the plan; provided, however, that the foregoing part of this sentence shall not apply to an employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement on or after December 31, 2007 that provides for active participation by such employee in the plan. Thus, on and after December 31, 2007, the only employees who shall actively participate in this plan and accrue additional benefits shall be those individuals who were employed by the employer and actively participating in the plan on December 30, 2007, and employees who otherwise meet the requirements to be a participant and actively participate in this plan and are covered by a collective bargaining agreement that provides for active participation in the plan by such employee.
For purposes of this Appendix T, an active participant means a participant who is accruing additional benefits under the plan based on additional benefit service or additional earnings (or both) as provided in subsection T.4.1.
Notwithstanding anything in this plan to the contrary, any active participant in the Plan on December 31, 2009 shall have his or her accrued benefit under the plan frozen as of December 31, 2009 and shall cease to be an active participant in the plan on December 31, 2009; provided, however, a participant who on December 31, 2009 is an active participant represented by Teamsters #406 in Grand Rapids, Michigan or Teamsters Local # 375 in Buffalo, New York shall continue to be an active participant in the plan under Coverage and Benefit Schedule Number 3 to the extent provided in the collective bargaining agreement that covers the terms of his or her employment with Univar USA Inc.
T.2.2 Salaried and Hourly Participants
For all purposes of the plan, a salaried employee means an employee whose basic or regular compensation for services rendered to an employer is paid to him in fixed amounts at regular intervals, or who is an hourly administrative employee; and an hourly employee means an employee whose basic compensation for services rendered to an employer is based on the number of hours worked, and who is not an hourly administrative employee. A salaried employee who becomes a participant in the plan is referred to below as a salaried participant; and an hourly employee who becomes a participant in the plan is referred to below as an hourly participant. Unless the context indicates otherwise, references in the plan to a participant or participants means both a salaried participant and an hourly participant.
T.2.3 Normal Retirement Date
A participants normal retirement date will be the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date (his normal retirement age) on which occurs the later of (a) the third anniversary (fifth anniversary prior to January 1, 2007) of the date he commenced participation in the plan, and (b) the date he attains age 65 years. A participants right to his normal retirement benefit shall be nonforfeitable on and after his normal retirement age.
T-5
T.2.4 Early Retirement Date
A participants early retirement date will be the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date of his retirement from the employ of all of the employers before his normal retirement date but after he has both attained age 55 years and completely 10 or more years of credited service.
T.2.5 Deferred Retirement Date
A participants deferred retirement date will be the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date of his retirement from the employ of all of the employers after his normal retirement date.
T.2.6 Retirement Date
A participants retirement date will be one of the dates described above as of which his retirement from the employ of the employers occurs.
T.2.7 Controlled Group Member
A controlled group member means:
(a) any corporation which is not an employer but is a member of a controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 1563(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, determined without regard to Sections 1563(e)(3)(C) thereof) which contains an employer; or
(b) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control with an employer (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code).
T.2.8 Employment with Controlled Group member
If a participant is transferred from employment with an employer to employment with a controlled group member then, for the purpose of determining which his retirement date occurs under this Section T.2 or which his date of termination of employment with the employers occurs under Section T.5, his employment with such controlled group member (or any controlled group member to which he is subsequently transferred) shall be considered as employment with the employer.
T-6
T.2.9 Employees and Leased Employees
For all purposes of the plan, an individual shall be an employee of or be employed by an employer for any plan year only if such individual is treated by the employer for such plan year as its employee for purposes of employment taxes and wage withholding for Federal income taxes, regardless of any subsequent reclassification by the employer, any governmental agency or court. A leased employee (as defined below) shall not be eligible to participate in the plan. A leased employee means any person who is not an employee of an employer, but who has provided services for an employer under primary direction or control by the employer, on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, pursuant to an agreement between the employer and a leasing organization. The period during which a leased employee performs services for an employer shall be taken into account for purposes of subsections 2.1 and 5.1 of the plan if such leased employee becomes an employee of an employer; unless (i) such leased employee is a participant in a money purchase pension plan maintained by the leasing organization which provides a non-integrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent of compensation, immediate participation for all employees and full and immediate vesting, and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the employers nonhighly compensated workforce.
T-7
SECTION T.3
Bases of Benefits
T.3.1 General
Credited service shall be applied to determine a participants eligibility for benefits under the plan, but not for the purpose of computing the amount of such benefits. Benefit service shall be applied to compute the amount of a participants benefits under the plan. A participants retirement income or deferred vesting benefit will be based on his benefit service and, in the case of a salaried participant, his final average earnings, both as determined in accordance with the provisions hereof.
T.3.2 Credited Service
A participants credited service means the total of his years of service computed in accordance with the following rules:
(a) A participant will be entitled to a full or fractional year of credited service for each full or fractional year of credited service to which he was entitled under a prior plan before January 1, 2008, in accordance with the terms of the prior plan in effect before the date.
(b) Beginning January 1, 1999, a salaried participant shall be entitled to 1/12 th of a year of credited service for each calendar month (or portion thereof) after December, 1998 during which he is employed by an employer or controlled group member.
(c) Beginning January 1, 1999, an hourly participant shall be entitled to a year of credited service for each plan year beginning after December 31, 1998 during which he has completed 1,000 or more hours of service.
(d) A period of leave of absence (whether paid or unpaid) will be included in determining participants credited service.
(e) A period of concurrent employment with two or more employers or controlled group members will be considered as employment with only one of them during the period.
(f) Termination of employment of a participant with one employer or a controlled group member will not interrupt his credited service for purposes of the plan, if concurrently with or immediately after such termination, he is employed by one or more other employers or controlled group members.
(g) Years of service with Univar USA, Inc. or its affiliates will be included in determining a participants credited service.
T-8
Notwithstanding anything in this plan to the contrary, on or after December 31, 2007, no person shall (i) become a participant in the plan, (ii) reenter the plan as an active participant or otherwise again be considered a participant, or (iii) otherwise commence or recommence active participation in or benefit accrual under the plan; provided, however, that the foregoing part of this sentence shall not apply to an employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement on or after December 31, 2007 that provides for active participation by such employee in the plan. Any participant who is rehired or has a job status change and who is prevented by the immediately preceding sentence from (i) reentering the plan as an active participant or otherwise again being considered a participant, or (ii) recommencing active participation in or benefit accrual under the plan, shall not accrue credited service on or after the date of such rehire or job status change except for the purpose of determining eligibility for (i) Early Retirement Immediate Payment pursuant to Section T.4.5, (ii) Special Retirement pursuant to Section T.4.6, (iii) Monthly Deferred Vested Benefit pursuant to Section T.5.1, (iv) Early Commencement of Benefit pursuant to Section T.5.2, (v) Special Surviving Spouses Benefit pursuant to Section T.7.3, and (vi) Spouse and Dependent Child Benefit for Salaried Participants pursuant to Section T.7.4.
Notwithstanding anything in this plan to the contrary, any active participant in the plan on December 31, 2009 shall have his or her accrued benefit under the plan frozen as of December 31, 2009, shall cease to be an active participant in the plan on December 31, 2009 but shall continue to accrue credited service after December 31, 2009 for certain periods of disability pursuant to Section T.4.8 and for the purpose of determining eligibility for (i) Early Retirement Immediate Payment pursuant to Section T.4.5, (ii) Special Retirement pursuant to Section T.4.6, (iii) Early Commencement of Benefit pursuant to Section T.5.2, (iv) Special Surviving Spouses Benefit pursuant to Section T.7.3, and (v) Spouse and Dependent Child Benefit for Salaried Participants pursuant to Section T.7.4.
T.3.3 Benefit Service
A participants benefit service shall be determined in accordance with the following rules:
(a) A participant who has a participant in a prior plan on December 31, 2007 will be entitled to a full or fractional year of benefit service for each full or fractional year of credited service or benefit service to which he was entitled for purposes of determining the amount of his benefits under the prior plan before January 1, 2008, in accordance with the terms of the prior plan in effect before the date, but including service before becoming a participant in the prior plan and after the participants normal retirement date.
(b) Beginning January 1, 1999 and ending December 31, 2008, a salaried participant shall be entitled to 1/12 th of a year of benefit service for each completed calendar month after December 1998 and ending December 2008, during which he is employed by the employers. An active salaried participant on or after January 1, 2009, in lieu of the method described in the preceding sentence, shall be entitled to 1/12 th of a year of benefit service for each completed anniversary month during which he is employed by the employers; provided, however, in no event shall a participants number of months of benefit service on or after January 1, 1999 be less than the benefit service credited as of December 31, 2008.
T-9
(c) Beginning January 1, 1999, an hourly participant shall be entitled to 1/12 th of a year of benefit service for each completed calendar month after December, 1998 during which he is employed by the employers; provided, however, that except for the plan year in which he is hired by the employers, transfers to a salaried position, or he retires or his employment with the employers otherwise terminates after he became entitled to a deferred vested benefit under subsection T.5.1, an hourly participant shall not be entitled to any benefit service for a plan year during which he has less than 1,000 hours of service.
(d) Except as required by law or provided by the committee, any period of unpaid leave of absence will be disregarded in computing a participants benefit service.
(e) Service during any period a participant fails to meet the requirements of subparagraphs 2.1(c), (d) and (e) will be disregarded in computing his benefit service.
(f) A participant (SWS Participant) who is described in Coverage and Benefit Schedule No. 1 and who transferred employment to the Company as of the closing of the transaction described in the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of September 28, 2001 between the company and Southwest Solvents and Chemicals Company, Inc. (SWS) shall earn an additional year of benefit service for each year of benefit service earned pursuant to subparagraphs (a) through (e) above during this period of consecutive employment with the employers immediately following such transfer of employment, subject to the following limitations:
(i) An SWS Participant shall earn no more than 15 additional years of benefit service pursuant to this subparagraph (f).
(ii) An SWS Participants additional years of benefit service under this subparagraph (f) shall not exceed his number of consecutive years of employment with SWS (or an affiliate of SWS) ending on the date of such transfer.
(iii) An SWS Participant shall earn no additional years of benefit service under this subparagraph (f) for any period during which he is a highly compensated employee (as determined under Internal Revenue Code Section 414(q)).
Notwithstanding anything in this plan to the contrary, on or after December 31, 2007, no person shall (i) become a participant in the plan, (ii) reenter the plan as an active participant or otherwise again be considered a participant, or (iii) otherwise commence or recommence active participation in or benefit accrual under the plan; provided, however, that the foregoing part of this sentence shall not apply to an employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement on or after December 31, 2007 that provides for active participation by such employee in the plan. Any participant who is rehired or has a job status change and who is prevented by the immediately preceding sentence from (i) reentering the plan as an active participant or otherwise again being considered a participant, or (ii) recommencing active participation in or benefit accrual under the plan, shall not accrue benefit service on or after the date of such rehire or job status change.
T-10
Notwithstanding anything in this plan to the contrary, any active participant in the plan on December 31, 2009 shall have his or her accrued benefit under the plan frozen as of December 31, 2009, shall cease to be an active participant in the plan on December 31, 2009, and shall not accrue any additional benefit service after December 31, 2009 except as provided in Section T.4.8 with respect to benefit service for certain periods of disability.
T.3.4 Earnings
A salaried participants earnings means the total cash compensation paid to him for services to the employers as an employee, including bonuses, commissions, overtime pay and amounts paid (or received) on the final paycheck a participant receives following termination of employment (provided, however, the amounts are paid by the later of 2 1 ⁄ 2 months after severance from employment or the end of the Plan Year that includes the date of severance from employment), before any reduction for salary deferral contributions made to a cash or deferred arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code or contributions to a cafeteria plan maintained pursuant to Section 125 of the Internal Revenue Code; but excluding expense reimbursements or allowances, fringe benefits, moving expenses, distributions from deferred compensation plans and compensation for any year in excess of $230,000 ($150,000 for benefits accruing in plan years beginning after December 31, 1993), or such greater amount as may be determined by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for that year.
Notwithstanding anything in this plan to the contrary, on or after December 31, 2007, no person shall (i) become a participant in the plan, (ii) reenter the plan as an active participant or otherwise again be considered a participant, or (iii) otherwise commence or recommence active participation in or benefit accrual under the plan; provided, however, that the foregoing part of this sentence shall not apply to an employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement on or after December 31, 2007 that provides for active participation by such employee in the plan. With respect to any participant who is rehired or has a job status change and who is prevented by the immediately preceding sentence from (i) reentering the plan as an active participant or otherwise again being considered a participant, or (ii) recommencing active participation in or benefit accrual under the plan, the compensation received by such participant on or after the date of such rehire or job status change shall not be considered earnings.
Notwithstanding anything in this plan to the contrary, any active participant in the plan on December 31, 2009 shall have his or her accrued benefit under the plan frozen as of December 31, 2009, shall cease to be an active participant in the plan on December 31, 2009, and shall have his or her final average earnings determined based only on earnings received prior to January 1, 2010. For purposes of this plan, pay earned by a participant described in the immediately preceding sentence during the payroll period commencing December 19, 2009 and ending January 1, 2010 shall be treated as having been received on December 31, 2009.
T-11
T.3.5 Final Average Earnings
The final average earnings of a salaried participant shall be the greater of:
(a) The monthly average of the earnings paid to him during the 5 consecutive calendar years for which his earnings were highest within the last 10 consecutive calendar years immediately preceding his retirement date or earlier termination of employment (or the monthly average of earnings for the entire period of his employment if such period is less than 5 calendar years); or
(b) The monthly average of the earnings paid to him during the 60 consecutive calendar month period immediately preceding his retirement date or earlier termination of employment (or the monthly average of earnings for the entire period of his employment if such period is less than 60 calendar months).
Such average shall be computed by dividing the total of the participants earnings for such 5 calendar year or 60 calendar month period (or shorter total period of employment if applicable) by the number of months within that period for which he had earnings.
T-12
SECTION T.4
Amount of Retirement Income
T.4.1 Normal Benefit
The normal benefit under the plan is a monthly retirement income, commencing on the participants normal retirement date and payable in accordance with subsection T.6.1, in an amount equal to the Benefit Amount specified in the Coverage and Benefit Schedule attached to the plan under which the participant is a member of the Covered Group of Employees. The amount of monthly retirement income determined under this subsection T.4.1 will be subject to actuarial reduction if the participant is to receive a joint and survivor annuity under subsection T.6.1. In no event shall the amount of a participants monthly retirement income determined under this subsection T.4.1 be less than an amount which is actuarially equivalent to the amount of the participants accrued benefit under the prior plans as of December 31, 1999 (determined under the terms of those plans as then in effect). In no event shall a salaried participants monthly retirement income be less than an amount equal to the sum of his accrued benefit under the plan as of December 31, 1993 (based on his benefit service and earnings through that date and the terms of the plan as then in effect) plus his benefit accrued under the plan after December 31, 1993 (based on his benefit service and earnings after that date and the terms of the plan as in effect on his retirement date).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any active participant in the plan on December 31, 2009 shall have his or her accrued benefit under the plan frozen as of December 31, 2009, shall have his or her accrued benefit determined based only on years of benefit service accumulated through December 31, 2009, and shall have his or her final average earnings determined based only upon earnings received through December 31, 2009.
T.4.2 Normal Retirement
A participant who retires on his normal retirement date will be entitled to a monthly retirement income computed in accordance with subsection T.4.1, commencing on his normal retirement date and payable in accordance with subsection T.6.1.
T.4.3 Deferred Retirement
A participant who retires on a deferred retirement date will be entitled to a monthly retirement income, commencing on the earlier of his deferred retirement date or his required commencement date (as defined in subsection T.6.6), and payable in accordance with subsection T. 6.1. The amount of his monthly retirement income will be computed in accordance with subsection T.4.1, but shall be actuarially increased to reflect the aggregate amount of monthly retirement income payments which were not paid to such participant for those calendar months (if any) beginning on or after his normal retirement date during which he was not employed within the meaning of Section 411(a)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. If payment of a participants monthly retirement income begins prior to retirement on his required commencement date, then: (a) the amount of any additional retirement income that otherwise
T-13
would be accrued by the participant after that date shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the actuarial equivalent of the retirement income payments made to the participant after that date; and (b) the amount of retirement income payable to the participant shall be adjusted, as of each subsequent January 1, to reflect the additional benefits, if any, accrued by the participant during the immediately preceding calendar year. In no event shall the amount of monthly retirement income payable to a participant under this subsection T.4.3 be less than the monthly retirement income the participant would have received had he retired on his normal retirement date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, active participants in the plan on December 31, 2009 shall not accrue additional benefit service after December 31, 2009 nor shall earnings received after December 31, 2009 be considered in determining their final average earnings.
T.4.4 Early RetirementDeferred Payment
A participant who retires on an early retirement date will be entitled to a monthly retirement income, commencing on his normal retirement date and payable in accordance with subsection T.6.1, computed in accordance with subsection T.4.1 (as in effect as of his early retirement date) and based on his final average earnings and benefit service at his early retirement date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, active participants in the plan on December 31, 2009 shall not accrue additional benefit service after December 31, 2009 nor shall earnings received after December 31, 2009 be considered in determining their final average earnings.
T.4.5 Early RetirementImmediate Payment
In lieu of receiving the monthly retirement income otherwise payable under subsection T.4.4 commencing on his normal retirement date, a participant who retires on an early retirement date may elect a monthly retirement income commencing on his early retirement date, or on the first day of any calendar month thereafter before his normal retirement date. Such monthly retirement income will be computed in accordance with subsection T.4.4, but multiplied by the percentage shown below corresponding to the number of years by which the date of commencement of the participants benefits precedes his normal retirement date:
Number of Years |
Percentage | |||
1 |
93 | % | ||
2 |
86 | % | ||
3 |
80 | % | ||
4 |
74 | % | ||
5 |
69 | % | ||
6 |
64 | % | ||
7 |
60 | % | ||
8 |
56 | % | ||
9 |
53 | % | ||
10 |
50 | % |
T-14
However, if an hourly participant had completed 20 or more years of credited service at his early retirement date, his monthly retirement income will be computed in accordance with subsection T.4.4, but shall be reduced by 5% thereof for each year by which the date of commencement of the hourly participants benefits precedes the date he would attain age 62. The foregoing percentages will be adjusted proportionately for fractional parts of a year. Such election must be in writing and filed with the committee at such time prior to the date earlier payment of the participants retirement income is to begin as the committee shall determine.
T.4.6 Special Retirement
If a salaried participant retires on an early retirement date, and the sum of his age and years of credited service total at least 90, he may elect a monthly retirement income commencing on his early retirement date, or on the first day of any calendar month thereafter before his normal retirement date. Such monthly retirement income will be computed in accordance with subsection T.4.4, but multiplied by the percentage shown below corresponding to the number of years by which the date of commencement of the salaried participants benefits precedes his normal retirement date:
Number of Years |
Percentage | |||
1 |
97 | % | ||
2 |
94 | % | ||
3 |
91 | % | ||
4 |
88 | % | ||
5 |
85 | % | ||
6 |
82 | % | ||
7 |
79 | % | ||
8 |
76 | % | ||
9 |
73 | % | ||
10 |
70 | % |
The foregoing percentages will be adjusted proportionately for fractional parts of a year. However, if a salaried participant had both attained age 62 and completed 30 or more years of credited service at his early retirement date, he shall be entitled to receive the full amount of his monthly retirement income computed in accordance with subsection T.4.4 commencing on his early retirement date. An election under this subsection T.4.6 must be in writing and filed with the committee at such time prior to the date earlier payment of the salaried participants retirement income is to begin as the committee shall determine.
T.4.7 Monthly Social Security Allowance
A salaried participants Monthly Social Security Allowance shall be an amount equal to the lesser of:
(a) the product of:
(i) 0.45% of the lesser of:
(A) the salaried participants Final Average Compensation (as defined below, or
T-15
(B) the salaried participants Covered Compensation (as defined below), multiplied by
(ii) the salaried participants number of years of benefit service as a salaried employee through December 31, 2009 (not to exceed 30 years).
(b) one-half of the salaried participants monthly retirement income calculated under Coverage and Benefit Schedule No. 1 (before reduction for the Monthly Social Security Allowance), but based on the smallest of:
(i) the salaried participants final average earnings,
(ii) the salaried participants Final Average Compensation, or
(iii) the salaried participants Covered Compensation
A salaried participants Final Average Compensation is the monthly average of the salaried participants earnings from the employers during the three consecutive plan years immediately preceding the year of his retirement or earlier termination of employment, but excluding earnings for any year in excess of the Social Security taxable wage base for that year. Notwithstanding anything in this plan to the contrary, any participant who is an active participant in the Plan on December 31, 2009 shall have his or her accrued benefit under the plan frozen as of December 31, 2009, shall cease to be an active participant in the plan on December 31, 2009, and shall have his or her Final Average Compensation determined based only on earnings received through December 31, 2009.
A salaried participants Covered Compensation is the monthly average of the Social Security taxable wage base in effect for each of the 35 calendar years ending with the year the salaried participant attains (or would attain) Social Security retirement age, assuming that the Social Security taxable wage base for future years is the same as the Social Security taxable wage base in effect for the current year. With respect to a participant whose accrued benefit under the plan becomes frozen on December 31, 2009 and who had not terminated employment with the employer prior to January 1, 2009, Covered Compensation is the monthly average of the Social Security taxable wage base in effect for each of the 35 calendar years ending with the year the salaried participant attains (or would attain) Social Security retirement age, assuming that the Social Security taxable wage base for future years is the same as the Social Security taxable wage base in effect for 2009.
T-16
Notwithstanding anything in this plan to the contrary, on or after December 31, 2007, no person shall (i) become a participant in the plan, (ii) reenter the plan as an active participant or otherwise again be considered a participant, or (iii) otherwise commence or recommence active participation in or benefit accrual under the plan; provided, however, that the foregoing part of this sentence shall not apply to an employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement on or after December 31, 2007 that provides for active participation by such employee in the plan. With respect to any participant who is rehired or has a job status change and who is prevented by the immediately preceding sentence from (i) reentering the plan as an active participant or otherwise again being considered a participant, or (ii) recommencing active participation in or benefit accrual under the plan, the compensation received by such participant on or after the date of such rehire or job status change shall not be considered in determining his or her Final Average Compensation.
T.4.8 Benefits Following Total and Permanent Disability
If a salaried participant becomes totally and permanently disabled and qualifies for long-term disability benefits under any insured program maintained by an employer, then even though his employment with the employers has been terminated, he may qualify for benefits under the plan in accordance with the provisions of this subsection in lieu of the benefits, if any, which otherwise would be provided for him hereunder. Such salaried participants period of total and permanent disability, but not beyond age 65, shall be taken into account in calculating his credited service and his benefit service in determining any benefits which because of this subsection become payable to him under Section T.4 or Section T.5 hereof. Such benefits, however, shall be based on the salaried participants final average earnings as at the date he became totally and permanently disabled. The totality and permanency of a salaried participants disability may be verified by the company at any reasonable time. If a salaried participant recovers from his disability or if he refuses to submit to a physical examination requested by the company then his period of disability shall be considered to have terminated for purposes of this subsection. This Section T.4.8 shall only apply to Participants who became totally and permanently disabled prior to January 1, 2009.
T.4.9 Benefits Limitations
Notwithstanding any other provisions of the plan, a participants benefits shall not exceed the limitations in Section 8.02 of the plan.
T.4.10 Combined Benefit Limitations
If a participant in this plan also is a participant in a defined contribution plan maintained by an employer, the aggregate benefits payable to, or on account of, him under both plans will be determined in a manner consistent with Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code and Section 1106 of the Tax Reform Act of 1986. Accordingly, there will be determined with respect to the participant a defined benefit plan fraction and a defined contribution plan fraction in accordance with said Sections 415 and 1106. The benefits provided for the participant under this plan will be adjusted to the extent necessary so that the sum of such fractions determined with respect to the participant does not exceed 1.0. The provisions of this subsection T.4.10 shall not be effective for any plan year beginning after December 31, 1999.
T-17
T.4.11 No Duplication of Benefits
If a participant who is entitled to a monthly retirement income or deferred vested benefit under this plan also is or was entitled to a benefit under any other pension plan (other than a governmental plan) to which an employer or controlled group member has made contributions, then, except as otherwise specifically provided, the benefits payable to such a participant under this plan shall be reduced by an amount which is actuarially equivalent to the portion, if any, of his benefits under such other plan which is based on service which is also taken into account in determining his benefits under this plan.
T.4.12 Special Rules for Transferred Employees
The following special rules shall apply to the calculation of retirement income for a participant (Transferred Participant) who transfers between employment as a member of a Covered Group of Employees under Coverage and Benefit Schedule No. 1 and employment as a member of a Covered Group of Employees under another Coverage and Benefit Schedule:
(a) The Transferred Participants normal benefit under subsection T.4.1 shall be the sum of the Benefit Amounts calculated under each Coverage and Benefit Schedule, with the Benefit Amount under a Coverage and Benefit Schedule based on service as a member of the Covered Group of Employees under that Schedule. In calculating such sum, any limitations on a benefit provided under a Coverage and Benefit Schedule (such as a limitation on the benefit as a percent of final average earnings or a limitation on the number of years of benefit service) shall apply only to calculating the portion of the benefit under that Coverage and Benefit Schedule.
(b) The Transferred Participants eligibility for Early Retirement under subsection T.2.4, his eligibility for immediate payment of his Early Retirement Benefit under subsection T.4.5, and his eligibility for Special Retirement under subsection T.4.6 shall be determined taking in consideration the Transferred Participants total years of credited service. However, the amount of his early or special retirement benefit shall be calculated by applying the percentage reduction for salaried participants to the Benefit Amount calculated under Coverage and Benefit Schedule No. 1 and the percentage reduction for hourly employees to the Benefit Amounts calculated under the applicable Coverage and Benefit Schedule for hourly employees.
(c) The Transferred Participants final average earnings shall be the greater of (i) his final average earnings based on all earnings, or (ii) in the case of a Transferred Participant who transfers from the Covered Group of Employees under Coverage and Benefit Schedule No. 1, his final average earnings calculated as though he terminated employment at the time he so transferred employment.
(d) The normal form of benefit shall be a life and five year certain annuity described in subparagraph 6.1(b) that is the sum of the salaried benefit in such form and the actuarial equivalent of the hourly benefit in the life annuity form described in subparagraph 6.1(a).
T-18
(e) Only the benefit accrued while he was a member of the Covered Group of Employees under the Coverage and Benefit Schedule No. 1 shall be increased under Section T. 13 to reflect changes in the cost of living.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any active participant in the plan on December 31, 2009 shall have his or her accrued benefit under the plan frozen as of December 31, 2009, shall have his or her accrued plan benefit determined based only on years of benefit service accumulated through December 31, 2009, and shall have his or her final average earnings determined based only upon earnings received through December 31, 2009.
T.4.13 Funding Based Limits on Benefits and Benefit Accruals
Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan to the contrary, benefits and benefit accruals under this Appendix T shall comply with the requirements of Section 4.10 and Appendix I of the plan, Funding Based Limits on Benefits and Benefit Accruals.
T-19
SECTION T.5
Termination of Employment Before Retirement
T.5.1 Monthly Deferred Vested Benefit
A participant whose employment with all of the employers is terminated for any reason other than his death before his retirement date, but after he has completed three or more years of credited service (for participants who earn at least one new hour of service on or after January 1, 2007) or five or more years of credited services (for participants who do not earn at least one new hour of service on or after January 1, 2007), will be entitled to a monthly deferred vested benefit commencing on his normal retirement date and payable in accordance with subsection T.6.1. The amount of his monthly deferred vested benefit will be computed in accordance with subsection T.4.1 (as in effect as of the date that his employment with the employers terminated) and will be based on the participants benefit service and his final average earnings at the date his employment with the employers terminated.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any active participant in the plan on December 31, 2009 shall have his or her accrued benefit under the plan frozen as of December 31, 2009, shall have his or her accrued plan benefit determined based only on years of benefit service accumulated through December 31, 2009, and shall have his or her final average earnings determined based only upon earnings received through December 31, 2009. Notwithstanding anything in this plan to the contrary, participants who are employed with the employer on or after December 31, 2009 shall automatically be made 100% vested in their accrued benefit.
T.5.2 Early Commencement of Benefit
A participant who is entitled to a monthly deferred vested benefit under subsection T.5.1 and who has completed ten or more years of credited service may elect to have such benefit commence as of the first day of any month after he attains age 55 years but before his normal retirement date. The amount of such deferred vested benefit shall be multiplied by the applicable percentage set forth in subsection T.4.5 as though it were payment of early retirement income. Each election under this subsection T.5.2 must be in writing and filed with the committee at such time prior to the date earlier payment of the participants monthly deferred vested benefit is to begin as the committee shall determine.
T-20
SECTION T.6
Payment of Benefits
T.6.1 Form of Payment
Except as otherwise specifically provided, payment of monthly retirement income and monthly deferred vested benefits shall be made to a participant as follows:
(a) Life Annuity . An hourly participant who is not legally married on the date as of which such payments commence, or an hourly participant who prior to that date elects under subparagraph (d) below not to receive his monthly retirement income or monthly deferred vested benefit in the form of a joint and survivor annuity, shall receive a monthly retirement income or monthly deferred vested benefit in accordance with the plan payable during his lifetime, with the last payment to be made for the month in which his death occurs.
(b) Life and Five-Year Certain Annuity . A salaried participant who is not legally married on the date as of which such payments commence, or a salaried participant who prior to that date elects under subparagraph (d) below not to receive his monthly retirement income or monthly deferred vested benefit in the form of a joint and survivor annuity, shall receive a monthly retirement income or monthly deferred vested benefit in accordance with the plan payable during his lifetime and, if the salaried participant dies within a period of five years from the date of the first monthly benefit payment, a continuing monthly payment of the same amount to a person or person designated by him for the balance of such five-year period, with the last payment to be made for the month in which the later of his death or the 60th payment occurs. If the salaried participant has not designated a person in accordance with the preceding sentence, he shall be deemed to have named the person who has been designated as his beneficiary under the plan.
(c) Joint and Survivor Annuity . A participant who is legally married on the date as of which such payments commence and who had not made an election in accordance with subparagraph (d) below shall receive a joint and survivor annuity commencing immediately which is actuarially equivalent to the amount of monthly retirement income or monthly deferred vested benefit otherwise payable to him in accordance with subparagraph (a) or (b) above. Such joint and survivor annuity shall consist of a reduced monthly retirement income or monthly deferred vested benefit continuing during the participants lifetime, and if the participants Spouse is living at the date of the participants death, payment equal to 100% of such reduced monthly retirement income or monthly deferred vested benefit to such Spouse until the Spouses death occurs, with the last payment to be made for the month of the death of the last to die of the participant and his Spouse.
(d) Election to Waive Joint and Survivor Annuity . A participant may make a written election to waive the joint and survivor annuity at any time during the 180-day period ending on the date payment of his benefits commences. Such an election will be effective only if the participants Spouse consents to the election in writing, and such consent acknowledges the effect of the waiver and is witnessed by a plan representative or a notary public. At least 30 but
T-21
no more than 180 days prior to the date on which a participant may begin to receive benefits under the plan (or, if the participant elects, at least 7 days before payment of his benefits commences), the committee shall furnish the participant with a written explanation of the terms and conditions of the joint and survivor annuity under subparagraph (c) above; the participants right to make, and the effect of, an election to waive the joint and survivor annuity; the requirement of spousal consent to such a waiver; and the participants right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of such a waiver. An election under this subparagraph may be revoked by a participant at any time prior to the date payment of his benefits commences.
For purposes of this subsection T.6.1, a participants Spouse means the Spouse to whom the participant was married at the date payment of his benefits commenced.
T.6.2 Optional Forms of Payment
In lieu of the form and amount of retirement income specified in subsection T.6.1, a participant before the date his retirement income commences may elect a retirement benefit in the following forms:
(a) Life Annuity . A life annuity shall be payable monthly during the participants lifetime, with the last payment to be made for the month in which the participants death occurs.
(b) Period Certain and Life Annuity . A reduced period certain and life annuity shall be payable monthly during the participants lifetime and if the participant dies within a period elected by the participant (5, 10, or 15 years) from the date of the first monthly benefit payment, a continuing monthly payment of the same amount to a person designated by the participant for the balance of such period, with the last payment to be made for the month in which the later of his death or the period certain ends.
(c) Joint and Survivor Annuity . A reduced joint and survivor annuity shall be payable monthly during the participants lifetime, and if the participants Spouse or domestic partner is living at the date of the participants death, payment of 50% or 100% (as elected by the participant) of such reduced monthly retirement income or monthly deferred vested benefit to such Spouse or domestic partner until the Spouses or domestic partners death occurs, with the last payment to be made for the month of the death of the last to die of the participant and his Spouse or domestic partner.
All of the optional forms of payment under this Subsection T.6.2 shall be actuarially equivalent to the form of payment specified in subparagraph 6.1(a) or (b). An election of an option under this subsection T.6.2 must be in writing and signed by the participant; and will be effective only if the participants Spouse, if any, consents to the election in writing, and such consent acknowledges the effect of the election and is witnessed by a plan representative or a notary public. Payment of an optional form of retirement income will commence no later than the date on which the participants monthly retirement income would otherwise commence, and shall comply with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder.
T-22
For purposes of Appendix T, Spouse and domestic partner mean those individuals as defined in Section 1 of the plan.
T.6.3 Facility of Payment
When a person entitled to benefits under the plan is under legal disability, or, in the committees opinion, is in any way incapacitated so as to be unable to manage his financial affairs, the committee may direct the trustee to pay the benefits to such persons legal representative, or to a relative or friend of such person for such persons benefit, or the committee may direct the application of such benefits for the benefit of such person. Any payment made in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be a full and complete discharge of any liability for such payment under the plan.
T.6.4 Missing Persons
Neither the committee nor any employer is required to search for or locate any person entitled to benefits under the plan. If the committee attempts to notify a person that he is entitled to benefits under the plan, and such person fails to claim his benefits or make his whereabouts known to the committee within a reasonable time after the notification, the benefits payable to such person shall be forfeited; provided that such benefits shall be reinstated if the person entitled thereto subsequently makes a claim for the forfeited benefits.
T.6.5 Lump Sum Payment of Accrued Benefits
If the present value of the immediate or deferred benefit of (a) a participants nonforfeitable accrued benefit under the plan, or (b) the death benefit payable under section 7 of the plan, does not $5,000; the trustee shall pay such present value to the participant (or in the event of his death, to his surviving Spouse) in a lump sum upon his termination of employment. For purposes of this subsection T.6.5, if the present value of a participants entire nonforfeitable accrued benefit under the plan is zero, the participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such nonforfeitable accrued benefit. For purposes of this subsection T.6.5, a present value shall be determined by using an interest rate equal to the applicable interest rate (as defined in Section 417(e)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code) in effect for the month of distribution, and mortality determined under the applicable mortality table (as defined in Section 417(e)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code). The applicable interest rate shall be the adjusted first, second, and third segment rates applied under rules similar to the rules of Code section 430(h)(2)(C). The applicable mortality table used for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Code Section 417(e) shall be the mortality table, modified as appropriate by the Secretary, based on the mortality table specified for the plan year under subparagraph (A) of Code section 430(h)(3) (without regard to subparagraph (C) or (D) of such section). Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection T.8.1, if a participant who received a lump sum payment under this subsection T.6.5 is subsequently reemployed by an employer, his years of employment before his termination of employment shall be disregarded in determining his benefit service under the plan. Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary, if a participant received a deemed distribution on termination and is rehired before incurring five consecutive one-year breaks in service (as defined in Subsection T. 8.1) then his benefit service before his termination of employment shall be reinstated upon reemployment.
T-23
T.6.6 Commencement of Benefits
Payment of a participants retirement income must commence by April 1 of the calendar year next following the later of the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70-1/2 or the calendar year in which his retirement date occurs (his required commencement date); provided, however, that the required commencement date of a participant who is a five percent owner (as defined in Section 416 of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the plan year ending in the calendar year in which he attains age 70-1/2 shall be April 1 of the next following calendar year. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, for purposes of determining minimum distributions required pursuant to Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code, the provisions of Appendix S of the plan apply, superseding any inconsistent provisions of this Subsection T.6.6 or any other section to the Plan.
T.6.7 Restrictions on Distributions
Notwithstanding any other provisions of the plan, for any plan year the benefits paid to a participant who was among the 25 highly compensated employees and highly compensated former employees (as defined in Section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code) receiving the greatest compensation from the employers for that or any prior plan year shall be restricted to an amount equal to the payments that would be made on behalf of the participant for the plan year under a single life annuity that is the actuarial equivalent of the participants accrued benefit under the plan. The foregoing restriction shall not apply for any plan year if:
(a) After payment of all benefits payable under the plan to such participant for that year, the value of plan assets equals or exceeds 110 percent of the value of the aggregate current liabilities to all participants and beneficiaries under the plan; or
(b) The value, of all benefits payable under the plan to such participant for that year is less than one percent of the value of the aggregate current liabilities to all participants and beneficiaries under the plan before payment of such benefits; or
(c) The value of the benefits payable under the plan to such participant for the year does not exceed $5,000; or
(d) The plan terminates and the benefit received by such participant is nondiscriminatory under Section 401 (a)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code; or
(e) Such participant has agreed to repay to the plan amounts distributed therefrom that are in excess of the foregoing restrictions and which are necessary for the distribution of assets upon plan termination to satisfy Section 401(a)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code, provided that such agreement has been secured or collateralized in accordance with applicable government requirements.
T-24
T.6.8 Direct Transfer of Eligible Rollover Distributions
A distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the plan administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover as provided under Section 5.06 of the Plan.
T.6.9 Automatic Rollovers
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section T.6, in the event of a mandatory distribution in accordance with subsection T.6.5 that is greater than $1,000, if the participant does not elect to have such distribution paid as a direct transfer to an individual retirement plan specified by the participant in a direct rollover in accordance with subsection T.6.8 or to receive the distribution directly in accordance with subsection T.6.5, then the committee shall direct that payment of such amount be made in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the committee.
T-25
SECTION T.7
Death Benefits
T.7.1 Death Before Commencement of Benefits
Except as provided in subsections T.7.3, T.7.4 and T.7.5 and in this subsection, no death benefits are payable on account of a participant who dies before commencement of his benefits under the plan. If a salaried participant dies on or after he has elected to commence benefit payments but before the payment of his benefits under the plan actually commence, and a pre-retirement Spouses benefit is not payable under subsection T.7.5, survivorship benefits will be paid in accordance with the form in which the participants benefits would have been paid if his benefits had commenced on the first day of the month in which his death occurred. If a participant dies before he has elected to commence benefit payments but on or after his 65 th birthday, and a pre-retirement Spouses benefit is not payable under subsection T.7.5, survivorship benefits will be paid as if he had retired on the first day of the month next following the date of his death. If a participant dies before his actual retirement and before his 65 th birthday, the only benefits (if any) payable on his account under the plan are: (a) those benefits payable under subsections T.7.3 or T.7.4; or (ii) if subsections T.7.3 and T.7.4 are not applicable, then those benefits payable under subsection T.7.5. Survivorship benefits payable under this subsection T.7.1 shall commence on the first day of the month next following the date of the participants death; provided that payments may not be made to the Spouse prior to the participants normal retirement date without the consent of the participants Spouse.
T.7.2 Death After Commencement of Benefits
The death benefits, if any, of a participant who dies after commencement of his benefits under the plan are those specified under the form in which his benefits were being paid.
T.7.3 Special Surviving Spouses Benefit
A monthly benefit shall be payable to the Spouse or domestic partner of a salaried participant who dies while he is employed by an employer prior to his 65 th birthday, subject to and determined in accordance with the following terms and conditions:
(a) Eligibility . A monthly Spouses or domestic partners benefit shall be payable on behalf of a salaried participant who, at the date of his death:
(i) in the case of a Spouse, was married and had been married to the same Spouse for the one-year period ending on that date;
(ii) met the requirements of subparagraphs 2.1(c) and (d); and
(iii) had previously attained age 55 years and completed ten years of credited service.
T-26
(b) Amount . The Spouses or domestic partners benefit shall be equal to the amount of monthly retirement income, computed pursuant to subsection T.4.5, to which the participant would have been entitled if the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date of his death were his early retirement date and his benefits were then payable in the form of a 100% joint and survivor annuity.
(c) Payment . Payment of the Spouses or domestic partners benefit shall commence as of the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date of the participants death, and shall end with the month in which the participants Spouse or domestic partner dies; provided that payments may not be made to the Spouse prior to the participants normal retirement date without the consent of the participants Spouse.
T.7.4 Spouse and Dependent Child Benefit for Salaried Participants
If a salaried participant dies while he is employed by an employer prior to his 65 th birthday, then the salaried participants Spouse, domestic partner or dependent child (as defined below) will become entitled to a Spouse and dependent child benefit in accordance with the following terms and conditions:
(a) Eligibility Requirements . A Spouse and dependent child benefit will not become payable unless the salaried participant, at the date of his death.
(i) met the requirements of subparagraphs 2.1(c) and (d); and
(ii) had previously attained age 45 years and had completed ten years of credited service; and
(iii) does not have a benefit payable on his account under subsection T.7.3 above, or such benefit is smaller than the benefit provided by this subsection T.7.4.
(b) Spouse; Dependent Child . A Spouse, for purposes of this subsection T.7.3 must have been married to the salaried participant on the date of the salaried participants death and for the one-year period ending on that date. A domestic partner is a defined in Section, 1 of the plan. A dependent child means a natural-born child, legally adopted child, stepchild or foster child of the salaried participant, which child:
(i) (A) had, prior to the salaried participants death, been dependent upon the salaried participant for his principal support and (if a stepchild or foster child) resided in the salaried participants household, or (B) if not born prior to the salaried participants death, was conceived at a time when said salaried participant was an active participant in the plan and was married to his Spouse (as defined above) or in the case of a domestic partner, was in a domestic partnership with the domestic partner;
(ii) is not married;
T-27
(iii) is not in the Armed Forces of any country; and
(iv) either (A) had not attained age 19 years or (B) in the case of a child attending school on a full-time basis (taking into account school vacation periods as part of full-time attendance), has not attained age 24 years.
(c) Amount of Benefit . The monthly amount of the Spouse and dependent child benefit shall be the amount of monthly retirement income which would have been payable to the salaried participant as of his normal retirement date if he had continued in the employ of the employers until that date (at the same rate of earnings in effect at his death), multiplied by either (i) 50 percent in the case of a participant whose age was (or would have been) at least 50 years or (ii) 47.5 percent in the case of a participant whose age was (or would have been) at least 45 years but less than 50 years, where such age is determined as of the salaried participants birthday nearest the last day of the plan year in which his death occurred.
(d) Payment of Benefit . The Spouse and dependent child benefit will be payable to the eligible surviving Spouse or domestic partner or, if there is no eligible surviving Spouse or domestic partner, to the person who has assumed the principal support of such dependent child as determined by the committee. If there are two or more such children, the benefit shall be divided equally among them and if any of such childrens benefits cease by virtue of their attaining age 18 or 24, as applicable, the benefits shall be divided equally among the remaining eligible children. Such monthly payments will commence as of the first day of the month next following the month in which the salaried participants death occurred, with the last monthly payment to be made as of the first day of the month coincident with or next preceding the later of (i) the date of such eligible surviving Spouses or domestic partners death or (ii) the date on which there is no longer a surviving dependent child of such participant.
(e) Additional Temporary Benefit . In addition to the Spouse and dependent child benefit determined in accordance with subparagraph (c) above, an additional temporary benefit shall be payable in accordance with the foregoing terms and conditions of this subsection T.7.4; provided, that no monthly payment of this additional temporary benefit will be made after the date on which the surviving eligible Spouse or domestic partner (if any) of the salaried participant attains (or would have attained) age 62 years. The monthly amount of the additional temporary benefit shall be: (A) $83.33 if the participants age was (or would have been) at least 50 years; or (B) $79.17 if the participants age was (or would have been) at least 45 years but less than 50 years, where such age is determined as in subparagraph (c) above.
(f) Other . The company reserves the right to enter into a group reversionary annuity contract with an insurer to provide an insured death benefit for those participants who are entitled to a death benefit under this subsection T.7.4.
T.7.5 Pre - retirement Spouses Benefit
A benefit shall be payable to the Spouse or domestic partner of a participant who dies before commencement of his benefits under the plan, subject to and determined in accordance with the following terms and conditions:
(a) Eligibility . A monthly Spouses or domestic partners benefit shall be payable on behalf of a participant who, at the date of his death:
(i) in the case of a Spouse, was married and had been married to the same Spouse for the one-year period ending on that date;
T-28
(ii) had either attained his normal retirement age or was entitled to a deferred vested benefit under subsection T.5. 1;
(iii) had not begun to receive benefits under the plan; and
(iv) does not have a benefit payable on his account under subsections T.7.3 or T.7.4 above.
(b) Amount . The Spouses or domestic partners benefit shall be in an amount determined as follows:
(i) If the participant had attained his normal retirement age at the date of his death, 100% of the amount of monthly retirement income, computed pursuant to subsection T.4.2, to which the participant would have been entitled is the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date of his death were his retirement date and his benefits were payable in the form specified in subparagraph 6.1(c) of the plan.
(ii) If the participant had met the requirements of subsection T.2.4 at the date of his death (or earlier retirement), 100% of the amount of monthly retirement income, computed pursuant to subsection T.4.5, to which the participant would have been entitled if the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date of his death were his earlier retirement date and his benefits were then payable in the form specified in subparagraph 6.1(c) of the plan.
(iii) If the participant had not met the requirements of subsection T.2.4 at the date of his death (or earlier termination of employment), 100% of the amount of monthly deferred vested benefit, computed pursuant to subsection T.5.2, to which the participant would have been entitled if his benefits were payable in the form specified in subparagraph 6.1(c) of the plan commencing on the first day of the month coincident with or next following his 55 h t birthday (or his date of death, if later).
(c) Payment . Payment of the Spouses or domestic partners benefit shall commence as of the first day of the month coincident with or next following the later of the date of the participants death or the date the participant would have attained age 55 years, and shall end with the month in which the participants Spouse or domestic partner dies; provided that payments may not be made to the Spouse prior to the participants normal retirement date without the consent of the participants Spouse. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any benefit payable pursuant to this section to a domestic partner shall begin on the first day of the month following the participants death.
T-29
T.7.6 Designation of Beneficiary
Each participant from time to time, by signing a form furnished by the committee, may designate any person or persons (who may be designated contingently, concurrently or successively) to whom his death benefits, if any, are to be paid in those cases where the plan does not specify the beneficiary of a particular death benefit. Each beneficiary designation will revoke all prior designations by the same participant, shall be in the form prescribed by the committee, and will be effective only when filed with the committee.
T-30
Section T.8
Absence and Reemployment
T.8.1 Breaks in Service
If an employees or participants employment with the employers should terminate and such employee or participant is subsequently reemployed by an employer, the following provisions shall apply:
(a) If the reemployment occurs before the employee or participant has five consecutive one-year breaks in service (as defined below), the credited service and benefit service to which he was entitled at the time of termination shall be reinstated, the period of a salaried participants employment termination (but not to exceed 12 months) shall be taken into account in determining his credited service if he has not incurred a one-year break in service, and, if the employee or participant had met the requirements of subparagraphs 2.1(a) and (b) at his date of termination, he will be considered to have become a participant in the plan upon his date of reemployment if he then meets the requirements of subparagraphs 2.1(c), (d) and (e), subject to subparagraph (c) below.
(b) A salaried participant shall incur a one-year break in service if he is not in the employ of an employer or controlled group member for a period of 12 consecutive months following his termination of employment. A one-year break in service for an hourly participant means a plan year during which the hourly participant has not completed more than 500 hours of service.
(c) In the case of any salaried participant who has a one-year break in service, he shall not again be considered as a participant in the plan until he has been employed by an employer or controlled group member for a period of 12 months following his date of reemployment. In the case of any hourly participant who has a one-year break in service, he shall not again be considered as a participant in the plan until he has completed 1,000 hours of service during a 12-month period commencing on his date of reemployment or any anniversary thereof.
(d) Subject to subparagraph (c) above, if a participant was eligible for monthly retirement income or deferred vested benefits at the time of termination, he will be considered to have again become a participant in the plan as of his date of reemployment if he then meets the requirements of subparagraphs 2.1(c), (d) and (e), and the credited service and benefit service to which the participant was entitled at the time of termination shall be reinstated.
T-31
(e) Subject to subparagraph (c) above, if any employee, or a participant who was not entitled to monthly retirement income or deferred vested benefits at the time of termination, is reemployed after he has five consecutive one-year breaks in service, then:
(i) if the credited service to which he was entitled at the time of termination exceeds his number of consecutive one-year breaks in service, the credits service and benefit service to which he was entitled at the time of termination shall be reinstated and, if he had met the requirements of subparagraphs 2.1(a) and (b) at his date of termination, he will be considered to have become a participant in the plan as of his date of reemployment if he then meets the requirements of subparagraphs 2.1(c), (d) and (e).
(ii) if his number of consecutive one-year breaks in service equals or exceeds the credited service to which he was entitled at the time of termination, he shall be considered as a new employee for all purposes of the plan and any credited service and benefit service to which he was entitled prior to the date of termination shall be disregarded.
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subsection T.8.1, the reinstatement of the credited service and benefit service to which a participant was entitled at the time of any termination of employment prior to January 1, 1976 shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the prior plan in effect at the date of his termination of employment.
(g) Notwithstanding anything in this plan to the contrary, on or after December 31, 2007, no person shall (i) become a participant in the plan, (ii) reenter the plan as an active participant or otherwise again be considered a participant, or (iii) otherwise commence or recommence active participation in or benefit accrual under the plan; provided, however, that the foregoing part of this sentence shall not apply to an employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement on or after December 31, 2007 that provides for active participation by such employee in the plan.
T.8.2 Leave of Absence
A leave of absence for plan purposes means an absence from work which is not treated by the employers as a termination of employment or which is required by law to be treated as a leave of absence. Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided as required by Section 414(u) of the Internal Revenue Code. Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Internal Revenue Code. In the case of a Participant who dies on or after January 1, 2007 while performing qualified military service within the meaning of Code section 414(u), the survivors of such Participant shall receive any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of such qualified military service) provided under the Plan had the Participant resumed and then terminated employment with the employer on account of death.
T.8.3 Maternity and Paternity Absence
In the case of a maternity or paternity absence (as defined below) by a salaried employee, the one-year periods beginning on the first day of such absence and the first anniversary thereof shall not constitute a one-year break in service. In the case of a maternity or paternity absence (as defined below), by an hourly employee, the hourly employee shall be credited, for the first plan year in which he otherwise would have incurred a one-year break in service (and solely for purposes of determining whether such a break in service has occurred), with the hours of service
T-32
which normally would have been credited to him but for such absence (or, if the committee is unable to determine the hours which would have been so credited, 8 hours for each work day of such absence), but in no event more than 501 hours for any one absence. A maternity or paternity absence means an employees absence from work because of the pregnancy of the employee or birth of a child of the employee, the placement of a child with the employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the employee, or for purposes of caring for the child immediately following such birth or placement. The committee may require the employee to furnish such information as the committee considers necessary to establish that the employees absence was for one of the reasons specified above.
T.8.4 Subsequent Employment
If a former participant who is receiving a monthly retirement income or monthly deferred vested benefit is reemployed by an employer, his benefits shall continue to be paid to him under the plan during his period of reemployment.
T-33
SECTION T.9
The Committee
T.9.1 Membership
A committee consisting of three or more persons (who may but need not be employees of the employers) shall be appointed by the company. The Secretary of the company shall certify to the trustee from time to time the appointment to (and termination of) office of each member of the committee and the person who is selected as secretary of the committee.
T.9.2 Committees General Powers, Rights and Duties
Except as otherwise specifically provided and in addition to the powers, rights and duties specifically given to the committee elsewhere in the plan, the trust agreement and/or the group annuity contract, the committee shall have the following discretionary powers, rights and duties:
(a) To select a secretary, if it believes it advisable, who may but need not be a committee member.
(b) To construe and interpret the provisions of the plan and make factual determinations thereunder, including the power to determine the rights or eligibility of employees or participants and any other persons, and the amounts of their benefits under the plan, and to remedy ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions, and such determinations shall be binding on all parties.
(c) To adopt such rules of procedure and regulations as in its opinion may be necessary for the proper and efficient administration of the plan as are consistent with the plan, trust agreement and/or group contract.
(d) To enforce the plan in accordance with the terms of the plan, trust agreement and/or group annuity contract and the rules and regulations adopted by the committee as above.
(e) To direct the trustee and/or the insurer as respects payments or distributions from the plan in accordance with the provisions of the plan.
(f) To furnish the employers with such information as may be required by them for tax or other purposes in connection with the plan.
(g) To employ agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries or other persons (who also may be employed by the employers) and to allocate or delegate to them such powers, rights and duties as the committee may consider necessary or advisable to properly carry out administration of the plan.
T-34
T.9.3 Manner of Action
During a period in which two or more committee members are acting, the following provisions apply where the context admits:
(a) A committee member by writing may delegate any or all of his rights, powers, duties and discretions to any other member, with the consent of the latter.
(b) The committee members may act by meeting or by writing signed without meeting, and may sign any document by signing one document or concurrent documents.
(c) An action or a decision of a majority of the members of the committee as to a matter shall be as effective as if taken or made by all members of the committee.
(d) If, because of the number qualified to act, there is an even division of opinion among the committee members as to a matter, a disinterested party selected by the committee shall decide the matter and his decision shall control.
(e) Except as otherwise provided by law, no member of the committee shall be liable or responsible for an act or omission of the other committee members in which the former has not concurred.
(f) The certificate of the secretary of the committee or of a majority of the committee members that the committee has taken or authorized any action shall be conclusive in favor of any person relying on the certificate.
T.9.4 Interested Committee Member
If a member of the committee also is a participant in the plan, he may not decide or determine any matter or question concerning distributions of any kind to be made to him or the nature or mode of settlement of his benefits unless such decisions or determination could be made by him under the plan if he were not serving on the committee.
T.9.5 Resignation or Removal of Committee Members
A member of the committee may be removed by the company at any time by ten days prior written notice to him and the other members of the committee. A member of the committee may resign at any time by giving ten days prior written notice to the company and the other members of the committee. The company may fill any vacancy in the membership of the committee; provided, however, that if a vacancy reduces the membership of the committee to less than three, such vacancy shall be filled as soon as practicable. The company shall give prompt written notice thereof to the other members of the committee. Until any such vacancy is filled, the remaining members may exercise all of the powers, rights and duties .conferred on the committee.
T-35
T.9.6 Plan Expenses
All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the committee and the employers in the administration of the plan, shall be paid from the assets of the plan to the extent determined by the company. Such administrative costs and expenses shall include, but shall not be limited to, reasonable compensation to agents, attorneys, actuaries, accountants and other persons employed by the employers or the committee; reimbursement to the employers for plan administrative costs such as premiums paid to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, and printing costs, audit fees, and other expenses incurred in complying with reporting and disclosure requirements; and reimbursement for reasonable compensation paid to employees of the employers and other employment costs paid by the employers attributable to services such employees render pursuant to duties and responsibilities delegated to them by the committee or the employers with respect to the administration of the plan. To the extent such amounts are not paid from the assets of the plan, they shall be paid by the employers in such proportions as the company may direct.
T.9.7 Information Required by Committee
Each person entitled to benefits under the plan must file with the committee from time to time in writing such persons post office address and each change of post office address. Any communication, statement or notice addressed to any person at the last post office address filed with the committee will be binding upon such person for all purposes of the plan. Each person entitled to benefits under the plan shall furnish the committee with such documents, evidence, date or information as the committee considered necessary or desirable in order to administer the plan. The records of the employers as to an employees or participants period of employment, hours of service, termination of employment and the reasons thereof, leave of absence, reemployment and earnings will be conclusive on all persons unless determined to the committees satisfaction to be incorrect.
T.9.8 Uniform Rules
The committee shall administer the plan on a reasonable and nondiscriminatory basis and shall apply uniform rules to all persons similarly situated.
T.9.9 Review of Benefit Determinations
The committee will provide notice in writing to any participant or beneficiary whose claim for benefits under the plan is denied and the committee shall afford such participant or beneficiary a full and fair review of its decision if so requested. The claims procedures outlined in Section 10.6 of the plan shall apply to claims and appeals regarding benefits under this Appendix T.
T.9.10 Committees Decision Final
Subject to applicable law, any interpretation of the provisions of the plan and any decisions on any matter within the discretion of the committee made by the committee in good faith shall be binding on all persons. A misstatement or other mistake of fact shall be corrected when it becomes known and the committee shall make such adjustment on account thereof as it considers equitable and practicable.
T-36
SECTION T.10
General Provisions
T.10.1 Additional Employers
Any related entity may adopt the plan by filing with the company a written instrument (approved by the company) to the effect which specifies the group or class of employees to which the plan has been extended.
T.10.2 Action by Employers
Any action required or permitted to be taken by an employer under the plan shall be by resolution of its Board of Directors, by resolution of a duly authorized committee of its Board of Directors, or by a person or persons authorized by the employers charter or by-laws or by resolution of its Board of Directors or such committee.
T.10.3 Waiver of Notice
Any notice required under the plan may be waived by the person entitled to such notice.
T.10.4 Gender and Number
Where the context admits, words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular.
T.10.5 Controlling Law
Except to the extent superseded by laws of the United. States, the laws of Illinois shall be controlling in all matters relating to the plan.
T.10.6 Employment Rights
The plan does not constitute a contract of employment, and participation in the plan will not give any employee the right to be retained in the employ of any employer, nor any right or claim to any benefit under the plan, unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the terms of the plan.
T.10.7 Interests Not Transferable
The interests of persons entitled to benefits under the plan are not subject to their debts or other obligations and, except as maybe required by the tax withholding provisions of the Internal Revenue Code or any states income tax act or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined in Section 414(p) of the Internal Revenue Code, may not be voluntarily or involuntarily sold, transferred, alienated, assigned or encumbered. The provisions of Section 10.08 of the Plan shall apply for determining whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order pursuant to Section 414(p) of the Internal Revenue Code.
T-37
T.10.8 Absence of Guaranty
Neither the committee nor the employers in any way guarantee the trust fund or the assets held in the group annuity contract from loss or depreciation. Except as required by applicable law, the employers do not guarantee any payment to any person. The liability of the trustee, the insurer, the employers or the committee to make any payment pursuant to the plan is limited to the assets held by the trustee and/or the insurer which are available for that purpose.
T.10.9 Evidence
Evidence required of anyone under the plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document or other information which the person acting on its considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties.
T.10.10 Actuarial Equivalent
Except as otherwise provided by law, a benefit shall be actuarially equivalent to any other benefit if the actuarial reserve required to provide the same is equal to the actuarial reserve required to provide such other benefit, computed on the basis of the actuarial rates, tables and procedures specified in Supplement A. No adjustment in a determination of an actuarially equivalent value or amount shall be made if such tables, rates and procedures are changed subsequent to such determination.
T.10.11 Indemnification
To the extent permitted by law, no present or former committee member, nor any person who is or was a director, officer, or employee of an employer, shall be personally liable for any act done or omitted to be done in good faith in the administration of the plan. Any employee of an employer to whom the committee or the company has delegated any portion of its responsibilities under the plan, any person who is or was a director or officer of an employer, members and former members of the committee, and each of them, shall, to the extent permitted by law, be indemnified and saved harmless by the employers (to the extent not indemnified or saved harmless under any liability insurance or other indemnification arrangement with respect to the plan) from and against any and all liability (including any judgments, losses, damages, civil penalties, excise taxes, interest and any other form of liability of any kind) or claim of liability (as defined above and including any investigatory action) to which they may be subjected by reason of any act done or omitted to be done in good faith in connection with the administration of the plan, including all expenses reasonably incurred in their defense if the employers fail to provide such defense after having been requested to do so in writing. To the extent permitted by law, payments under this subsection T.10.11 may also be made from the assets of the plan.
T-38
T.10.12 Successors
The term employer as used in the plan includes any entity that continues to plan in effect, as provided in the plan; and, if the employer concerned is the company, the term company also shall include such entity.
T.10.13 Severability
If any provision of the plan is held to be illegal or invalid, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the plan, and they shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted therein.
T.10.14 Statutory References
Any references in the plan to a Section of the Internal Revenue Code (the Code), the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) or the Tax Reform Act of 1986 shall include any comparable section or sections of any future legislation which amends, supplements or supersedes said Section.
T.10.15 Relating to the Insurer
Except as may be otherwise provided by the plan or required by applicable law, the insurer is not a party to the plan, nor will it be bound in any way by the provisions of the plan nor will it be required to look to the terms of the plan or determine whether the company or any employer has the authority to act in any particular manner or to make any contract or agreement. The company will have the power to appoint and remove the insurer.
T-39
SECTION T.11
Contributions
T.11.1 Employer Contributions
Subject to the provisions of Section T.12, the employers expect and intend to contribute to the plan from time to time such amounts as shall be required under accepted actuarial principles to maintain the plan in a sound condition. An employers contribution for a plan year is conditioned on its deductibility under Section 404 of the Internal Revenue Code in that year.
T.11.2 Participant Contributions
No participant will be required or permitted to make any contributions under the plan.
T.11.3 Minimum Funding Standards
The employers shall maintain a funding standard account which shall be credited with contributions and gains and charged with costs and losses for each plan year in accordance with Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code. Employer contributions to the plan for each plan year shall be made by such times and in such amounts as are required by said Section 412.
T.11.4 Application of Forfeitures
Forfeitures arising under the plan for any reason shall not be used to increase the benefit any person otherwise would be entitled to receive under the plan at any time prior to termination of the plan or prior to the complete discontinuance of contributions by his employer. The amounts so forfeited with respect to any employer shall be used to reduce the employers contributions under the plan.
T.11.5 No Interest in Employers
The employers shall have no right, title or interest in the assets of the plan, nor shall any part of the plan assets revert or be repaid to an employer, directly or indirectly unless:
(a) the Internal Revenue Service initially determines that the plan, as applied to such employer, does not meet the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, in which event the contributions made to the plan by such employer shall be returned to it within one year after such adverse determination;
(b) all liabilities under the plan shall have been paid or provided for in full and assets remain that are attributable to contributions made by an employer because of erroneous actuarial computations, in which event such remaining assets shall revert and be repaid to that employer;
T-40
(c) a contribution is made by such employer by mistake of fact and such contribution is returned to the employer within one year after payment to the trustee; or
(d) a contribution conditioned on the deductibility thereof is disallowed as an expense for federal income tax purposes and such contribution (to the extent disallowed) is returned to the employer within one year after the disallowance of the deduction.
Contributions may be returned to an employer pursuant to subparagraph (a) above only if they are conditioned upon initial qualification of the plan, and an application for determination was made by the time prescribed by law for filing the employers Federal income tax return for the taxable year in which the plan was adopted (or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe). The amount of any contribution that may be returned to an employer pursuant to subparagraph (c) or (d) above must be reduced by any losses allocable thereto.
T-41
SECTION T.12
Amendment and Termination
T.12.1 Amendment
While the employers expect and intend to continue the plan, the company reserves the right to amend the plan from time to time pursuant to Section 11 of the plan, except as follows:
(a) The duties and liabilities of the committee cannot be changed substantially without its consent;
(b) No amendment shall reduce the value of a participants benefits to less than the amount he would be entitled to receive if he had resigned from the employ of all of the employers on the day of the amendment; and
(c) Except as provided in subsection T.11.5, under no condition shall an amendment result in the return or repayment to any employer of any part of the plan assets or result in the distribution of plan assets for the benefit of anyone other than persons entitled to benefits under the plan.
T.12.2 Termination
The plan will terminate as to all employers on any date specified by the company if thirty days advance written notice of the termination is given to the committee, the trustee, the insurer and the other employers. The plan will terminate as to an individual employer other than the company on the first to occur of the following:
(a) The date it is terminated by that employer if 30 days advance written notice of the termination is given to the committee, the trustee, the insurer and the other employers.
(b) The date that employer is judicially declared bankrupt or insolvent.
(c) The date that employer completely discontinues its contributions under the plan (a mere failure of the employer to make a contribution for any year shall not be considered as a discontinuance so long as the plan does not have accumulated funding deficiency under Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code as applied to that employer at the end of such year).
(d) The dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization of that employer, or the sale by that employer of all or substantially all of its assets, except that:
(i) in any event arrangements may be made with the consent of the company whereby the plan will be continued by any successor to that employer or any purchaser of all or substantially all of its assets, in which case the successor or purchaser will be substituted for that employer under the plan and the trust agreement; and
T-42
(ii) if an employer is merged, dissolved or in any other way reorganized into, or consolidated with, any other employer, the plan as applied to the former employer will automatically continue in effect without a termination thereof.
T.12.3 Nonforfeitability on Termination
On termination or partial termination of the plan, the rights of all affected participants to benefits accrued to the date of such termination or partial termination shall be nonforfeitable; but each such participants recourse toward satisfaction of his benefits shall be limited, and shall be payable only to the extent his benefits are funded as of such date or from the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC).
T.12.4 Limitations on Termination
Notwithstanding any other provisions of the plan, in the event of termination of the plan, the benefits of any highly compensated employee or highly compensated former employee (as defined in Section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code) shall be limited to benefits that are nondiscriminatory under Section 401 (a)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code.
T.12.5 Notice of Amendment or Termination
Participants will be notified of an amendment or termination of the plan within a reasonable time. If the plan is to be terminated by an employer, the committee shall file appropriate notice with the PBGC.
T.12.6 Plan Merger, Consolidation, etc.
In the case of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to, any other plan, each participants benefit if the plan terminated immediately after such merger, consolidation or transfer shall be equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive if the plan had terminated immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer.
T.12.7 Allocation and Distribution of Assets on Termination
On termination of the plan as respects all employers, the committee will direct the allocation and distribution of the plan assets to participants, retired or terminated participants, and other persons entitled to benefits under the plan. After payment of any expenses of administration and liquidation, the assets remaining in the plan shall be allocated and distributed to such participants and other persons, to the extent of the sufficiency of such assets, in accordance with the provisions of Section 4044 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), as it may be amended from time to time. Distribution may be made in cash or property or partly in each, provided property is distributed at its fair market value as of the date of distribution as determined by the trustee.
T-43
SECTION T.13
Cost of Living Adjustment
T.13.1 In General
As of each adjustment date (as defined in subsection T.13.2), the amount of monthly benefit payable to or on account of a salaried participant who retires from active status under Section 4 and 7 of the plan will be increased to reflect changes in the cost of living by an amount determined by multiplying the amount of the initial monthly benefit by the appropriate adjustment factor (as defined in subsection T.13.4).
T.13.2 Adjustment Date
An adjustment date means each January 1 after 1976 (1980, in the case of any benefit payable under Section T.7) on which the consumer price index has increased by at least one percent since the last January 1 as of which the amount of monthly benefits described in subsection T.13.1 above were increased pursuant to the provisions of this Section T.13.
T.13.3 Consumer Price Index
The consumer price index means, as of any January 1, the Consumer Price Index (U.S. City Average for Urban Consumers, All Items) for the month of August immediately prior to such January 1, as published by the United States Department of Labor.
T.13.4 Adjustment Factor
The adjustment factor means, as of any adjustment date, the quotient of:
(a) the consumer price index as of such adjustment date, divided by
(b) the consumer price index as of the last previous adjustment date,
provided, however, that in no event will the adjustment factor exceed 1.03.
T.13.5 Early Retirees
A salaried participant who retires under subsection T.4.4, T.4.5 or T.4.6 will, for purposes of this Section T.13, be deemed to be receiving a monthly retirement benefit calculated in accordance with Section T.4, and the amount of that monthly benefit which he is deemed to be receiving shall be increased in accordance with this Section T.13 on each adjustment date occurring after his early retirement date. The amount of the first monthly benefit payment actually made to him or on his behalf shall reflect the increases described in the preceding sentence, and the amount of all monthly benefit payments made thereafter to him or on his behalf shall continue to be subject to increase in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section T.13.
T-44
T.13.6 Limitations
The foregoing provisions of this Section T.13 shall be subject to the following:
(a) In no event shall the application of the provisions of this Section T.13 result in the amount of any monthly benefit payment to any person under this plan before more than 140 percent of the monthly benefit amount to which that person would otherwise have been entitled if the provisions of this Section T.13 had never been in effect.
(b) On and after the effective date of the termination of the plan pursuant to Section T.12 thereof, no further increases in monthly benefit payments will be made in accordance with this Section T.13.
(c) Any amount of increases in any benefit determined in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section T.13 shall be payable subject to the same terms and conditions as apply to the benefit to which such increased amount is being added.
(d) The provisions of this Section T.13 shall apply only to benefits payable under the plan to or on behalf of a salaried participant.
T-45
SUPPLEMENT T.A
Actuarial Assumptions
T.A.1 | For the purpose of determining the amount of lump sum distributions only, the actuarial assumptions shall be those set forth in subsection 6.5 of the plan. |
T.A.2 | For the purpose of determining all optional forms of payment (except for the option described in T.A.1. Above), actuarial equivalence shall be based on the following actuarial assumptions: |
(a) Interest at the rate of 8% per annum.
(b) The applicable mortality table under Section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(I) of the Internal Revenue Code.
In no event shall the actuarial equivalent of a participants accrued benefit be less (i) than the actuarial equivalent of his accrued benefit determined as of December 31, 1997 in accordance with the actuarial assumptions then in use; or (ii) less than the actuarial equivalent of his accrued benefit determined as of December 31, 2004, in accordance with the actuarial assumptions than in use. If the actuarial assumptions in this Supplement A are amended, the actuarial equivalent of a participants accrued benefit shall be determined in accordance with the actuarial assumptions as amended; provided, however, the actuarial equivalent of a participants accrued benefit on and after the date of such amendment shall note less than the actuarial equivalent of his accrued benefit determined as of the date immediately before such amendment in accordance with the actuarial assumptions then in use.
T-A-1
SUPPLEMENT T.B
Special Rules for Top-Heavy Plans
T.B-1. Purpose and Effect . The purpose of this Supplement B is to comply with the requirements of Section 416 of the Internal Revenue Code. The provisions of this Supplement B shall be effective for each plan year in which the plan is a top-heavy plan within the meaning of Section 416(g) of the Internal Revenue Code.
T.B-2. Top-Heavy Plan . In general, the plan will be a top-heavy plan for any plan year if, as of the last day of the preceding plan year (the determination date), the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits on the last day of the preceding plan year (the valuation date) of participants who are key employees (as defined in Section 416(i)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code) exceeds 60 percent of the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits of all participants (the top-heavy ratio). In making the foregoing determination, the following special rules shall apply:
(a) The present value of a participants accrued benefit shall be increased by the aggregate distributions, if any, made with respect to the participant during the 5-year period ending on the determination date.
(b) The accrued benefit of a participant who was previously a key employee, but who is no longer a key employee, shall be disregarded.
(c) The accrued benefit of a beneficiary of a participant shall be considered an accrued benefit of the participant.
(d) The accrued benefit of a participant who did not perform any services for an employer during the 5-year period ending on the determination date shall be disregarded.
(e) The accrued benefit of a participant who is not a key employee shall be determined under the method used for all plans of the employers or, if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued no faster than the slowest accrual rate permitted under Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code.
T.B-3. Key Employee . In general, a key employee is an employee who at any time during the 5-year period ending on the determination date, is:
(a) an officer of an employer receiving annual compensation greater than 50% of the limitation in effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code; provided, that for purposes of this subparagraph (a), no more than 50 employees of the employers (or if lesser, the greater of 3 employees or 10 percent of the employees) shall be treated as officers;
T-B-1
(b) one of the ten employees receiving annual compensation from the employers of more than the limitation in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code and owning both more than a 1/2 percent interest and the largest interests in the employers;
(c) a 5 percent owner of an employer; or
(d) a 1 percent owner of an employer receiving annual compensation from the employers of more than $150,000.
A non-key employee is an employee who is not a key employee.
T.B-4. Minimum Vesting . For any plan year in which the plan is a top-heavy plan, a participants vested percentage in his accrued benefit shall not be less than the percentage determined under the following table:
Years of Credited Service |
Vested
Percentage |
|||
Less than 2 |
0 | |||
2 |
20 | |||
3 |
40 | |||
4 |
60 | |||
5 |
80 | |||
6 or more |
100 |
If the foregoing provisions of this paragraph T.B-4 become effective, and the plan subsequently ceases to be a top-heavy plan, no participant shall have his vested percentage reduced, and each participant who has then completed three or more years of credited service may elect to continue to have the vested percentage of his accrued benefit determined under the provisions of this paragraph T.B-4.
T.B-5. Minimum Benefit . A participants monthly retirement income or deferred vested benefit, commencing at his normal retirement date and payable as a life annuity, shall not be less than an amount equal to 2 percent of his average compensation (as defined below), multiplied by the number of years (not to exceed 10) of his top-heavy service (as defined below). A participants average compensation means the monthly average of his compensation for the 5 consecutive years for which his compensation was highest, disregarding any compensation paid after the last year in which the plan is a top-heavy plan. A participant shall be entitled to a year of top-heavy service for each year of his credited service during which the plan is a top-heavy plan and he is a participant thereunder. For purposes of this paragraph T.B-5, a participants compensation means his total cash compensation for services rendered to the employers as an employee, determined in accordance with Section 415(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder.
T.B-6. Aggregation of Plans . Each other qualified plan maintained by an employer in which at least one key employee participates, and any other qualified plan maintained by an employer which enables such a plan to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Internal Revenue Code (the required aggregation group), shall be aggregated with this plan in
T-B-2
determining whether this plan is top-heavy. In addition, any other qualified plan of an employer be included if all such plans which are included when aggregated would continue to satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Internal Revenue Code (the permissive aggregation group).
T.B-7. No Duplication of Benefits . If the employers maintain more than one plan, the minimum benefit otherwise required under paragraph T.B-5 above may be reduced in accordance with regulations of the Secretary of the Treasury to prevent inappropriate duplication of minimum benefits or contributions.
T.B-8. Adjustment of Combined Benefit Limitations . For any plan year in which the plan is a top-heavy plan, the determination of the defined benefit plan fraction and defined contribution plan fraction under subsection 4.10 of the plan shall be adjusted by substituting 1.0 for 1.25 in the calculation of the denominators of such fractions, unless the additional minimum benefit described in Section 416(h) of the Internal Revenue Code is provided for each participant who is not a key employee, and the plan is not a super top-heavy plan (as described below in Section 416(b) of the Internal Revenue Code) for that year. The plan will not be a super top-heavy plan for any plan year if the plan would not be a top-heavy plan under paragraph T.B-2 above if the figure 90 percent was substituted for the figure 60 percent in that paragraph.
T.B-9. Use of Terms . All terms and provisions of the plan shall apply to this Supplement B, except that where the terms and provisions of the plan and this Supplement B conflict, the terms and provisions of this Supplement B shall govern. This Supplement B shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the requirements of Section 416 of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder.
T-B-3
SUPPLEMENT T.C
Benefits for Certain Former Employees
T.C-1. Purpose . The purpose of this Supplement C is to set forth the amount of annual retirement income payable to certain former employees of the employers.
T.C-2. Supplement C Participants . The following former employees shall be participants in Supplement C:
Mary Lou Gustafson
Quinceola Wright
Donald Kwiatkowski
Melvin Sampson
Joseph Cutre
T.C-3. Additional Benefits for Supplement C Participants . The following amounts of annual retirement income shall be paid under this Supplement C in addition to any other amounts payable to or on behalf of the former employee under the plan:
Mary Lou Gustafson |
$ | 9,420 | ||
Quinceola Wright |
$ | 7,500 | ||
Donald Kwiatkowski |
$ | 11,520 | ||
Melvin Sampson |
$ | 12,852 | ||
Joseph Cutre |
$ | 13,296 |
Retirement income under this paragraph T.0-3 shall be paid in monthly installments, commencing on the first day of the month next following the Supplement C participants retirement date and ending with the month in which occurs the Supplement C participants 62 nd birthday (or date of death, if earlier).
T.C-4. Minimum Benefit for Supplement C Participant . The amount of retirement income payable under the plan to or on behalf of a Supplement C participant (excluding amounts payable under paragraph C above or pursuant to Section 13 of the plan) shall not be less than an amount that is actuarially equivalent to an annual retirement income commencing on the Supplement C participants retirement date and payable for life, equal to:
Mary Lou Gustafson |
$ | 10,908 | ||
Quinceola Wright |
$ | 9,540 | ||
Donald Kwiatkowski |
$ | 25,200 |
T.C-5. Form of Benefits Payable to Supplement C Participants . A Supplement C participant who is legally married on his retirement date and who does not make an election as provided below shall receive a joint and survivor annuity which is actuarially equivalent to the amount of retirement income otherwise payable to him under this Supplement C. Such joint and survivor annuity shall consist of reduced retirement income continuing during the Supplement C
T-C-1
participants lifetime, and if the Supplement C participants Spouse is living at the date of the Supplement C participants death, payment of one-half of such reduced retirement income to such Spouse until the Spouses death occurs, with the last payment to be made for the month of the death of the last to die of the Supplement C participant and his Spouse. A Supplement C participant may make a written election to waive the joint and survivor annuity. Such an election will be effective only if the Supplement C participants Spouse consent to the election in writing, and such consent acknowledges the effect of the waiver and is witnessed by a plan representative or a notary public.
T.C-6. Use of Terms . The terms and provisions of the plan shall apply to this Supplement C, except that where the terms and provisions of the plan and this Supplement C conflict, the terms and provisions of this Supplement C shall govern.
T-C-2
SUPPLEMENT T.D
EGTRRA Compliance
T.D.1. Purpose and Effect
This Supplement D is added to the plan to reflect certain provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA). It is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA and is to be construed in accordance with EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder. Except as otherwise provided, the provisions of this Supplement shall be effective as of the first day of the first plan year beginning December 31, 2001, and shall supersede the provisions of the plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Supplement.
T.D.2. Increase in Compensation Limit
The annual compensation of each participant taken into account in determining benefit accruals in any plan year beginning after December 31, 2001 shall not exceed $200,000. Annual compensation means compensation during the plan year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which compensation is otherwise determined under the plan year beginning after December 31, 2001, compensation for any prior determination period shall be limited as provided below in this paragraph T.D.2. The $200,000 limit on annual compensation shall be adjusted for cost-of-living increased in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code (the Code). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual compensation for the determination period that begins with or within such calendar year. In determining benefit accruals in plan years beginning after December 31, 2001, the annual compensation limit for determination periods beginning before January 1, 2002 shall be $200,000.
T.D.3. Limitations on Benefits
The defined benefit dollar limitation is $185,000, as adjusted effective January 1 of each year under Section 415(d) of the Code in such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe, and payable in the form of a straight life annuity. A limitation as adjusted under Section 415(d) will apply to limitation years ending with or within the calendar year for which the adjustment applies. The maximum permissible benefit is the lesser of the defined benefit dollar limitation or the defined benefit compensation limitation (both adjusted where required, as provided in (a) and, if applicable, in (b) or (c) below).
(a) If the participant has fewer than 10 years of participation in the plan, the defined benefit dollar limitation shall be multiplied by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the number of years (or part thereof) of participation in the plan and (ii) the denominator of which is 10. In the case of a participant who has fewer than 10 years of service with the employer, the defined benefit compensation limitation shall be multiplied by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the number of years (or part thereof) of service with the employer and (ii) the denominator of which is 10.
T-D-1
(b) If the benefit of a participant begins prior to age 62, the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable to the participant at such earlier age is an annual benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity beginning at the earlier age that is the actuarial equivalent of the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable to the participant at age 62 (adjusted under (a) above, if required). The defined benefit dollar limitation applicable at an age prior to age 62 is determined as the lesser of (i) the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the defined benefit dollar limitation computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in the plan and (ii) the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the defined benefit dollar limitation computed using a 5 percent interest rate and the applicable mortality table as defined in the plan. Any decrease in the defined benefit dollar limitation determined in accordance with this paragraph (b) shall not reflect a mortality decrement if benefits are not forfeited upon the death of the participant. If any benefits are forfeited upon death, the full mortality decrement is taken into account.
(c) If the benefit of a participant begins after the participant attains age 65, the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable to the participant at the later age is the annual benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity beginning at the later age that is actuarially equivalent to the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable to the participant at age 65 (adjusted under (a) above, if required). The actuarial equivalent of the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable at an age after age 65 is determined as (i) the lesser of the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the defined benefit dollar limitation computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in the plan and (ii) the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the defined benefit dollar limitation computed using a 5 percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table as defined in the plan. For these purposes, mortality between age 65 and the age at which benefits commence shall be ignored.
Benefits increases resulting from the increase in the limitations of Section 415(b) of the Code shall be provided to all employees participating in the plan who have one hour of service on or after the first day of the first limitation year ending after December 31, 2001. This paragraph T.D.3 shall be effective for limitation years ending after December 31, 2001.
T.D.4. Modification of Top-Heavy Rules
This paragraph T.D.4 shall apply for purposes of determining whether the plan is a top-heavy plan under Section 416(g) of the Code for plan years beginning after December 31, 2001, and whether the plan satisfies the minimum benefits requirements of Section 416(c) of the Code for such years. This paragraph amends the top-heavy provisions of the plan as follows:
(a) Key Employee. Key employee means an employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the plan year that includes the determination date was an officer of the employer having annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Section 416(i)(1) of the Code for plan years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the employer, or a 1-percent owner of the employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
T-D-2
(b) Determination of Present Values and Amounts. The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a termination plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting 5-year period for 1-year period. The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.
(c) Minimum Benefits. For purposes of satisfying the minimum benefit requirements of Section 416(c)(1) of the Code and the plan, in determining years of service with the employer, any service with the employer shall be disregarded to the extent that such service occurs during a plan year when the plan benefits (within the meaning of section 410(b) of the Code) no key employee or former key employee.
T.D.5. Direct Rollovers of Plan Distributions
For purposes of the direct rollover provisions of the plan, the following rules shall apply to distributions made after December 31,2001:
(a) Eligible Retirement Plan. An eligible retirement plan shall also mean any annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this plan. The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving Spouse, or to a Spouse of a former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.
(b) Eligible Rollover Distribution. A portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.
T-D-3
T.D.6. Distributions After December 31, 2001
With respect to distributions under the plan made for calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code in accordance with the regulations under Section 401(a)(9) that were proposed on January 17, 2001, notwithstanding any provisions of the plan in the contrary. This paragraph T.D.6 shall continue in effect until the end of the last calendar year beginning before the effective date of final regulations under Section 401(a)(9) or such other date as may be specified in guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service.
T-D-4
COVERAGE AND BENEFIT SCHEDULE NO. 1
The following provisions of this Coverage and Benefit Schedule No. 1 (Schedule No. 1) shall constitute a part of CHEMCENTRAL Corporation Consolidated Retirement Plan (the Plan) as contemplated by subsections T.2.1 and T.4.1 thereof.
Employer :
Univar USA Inc.
Covered Group of Employees :
Salaried employees of the Employer who are not represented by or do not belong to a group of employees covered by a collective bargaining representative in matters relating to their terms of employment.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective October 1, 2007, the covered group of employees includes only such employees who on September 30, 2007 were (i) employed by an entity that was an Employer under this Schedule on September 30, 2007, and (ii) part of the Covered Group of Employees under this Schedule and participants in the plan. Notwithstanding anything in this plan to the contrary, on or after December 31, 2007, no person shall become part of the Covered Group of Employees under this Schedule. For example, (i) no person hired or rehired by the employer on or after December 31, 2007 shall become part of the Covered Group of Employees under this Schedule; (ii) no former employee who is rehired or ineligible employee whose job status changes on or after December 31, 2007 shall become part of the Covered Group of Employees under this Schedule.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any active participant in the plan on December 31, 2009 shall have his or her accrued benefit under the plan frozen as of December 31, 2009, shall have his or her accrued plan benefit determined based only on years of benefit service accumulated through December 31, 2009, and shall have his or her final average earnings determined based only upon earnings received through December 31, 2009.
Benefits Amount :
(a) The product of:
(i) 2.5% times the number of years of benefit service prior to January 1, 1989 plus 1.67% times the number of years of benefit service after December 31, 1988 through December 31, 2009 (but not greater than 50%); multiplied by
(ii) the final average earnings (as defined in subsection T.3.5); less
(b) The Monthly Social Security Allowance (as defined in subsection T.4.7) .
Effective Date :
The provisions of this Schedule No. 1 were originally effective January 1, 1999, with respect to Covered Groups of Employees employed by CHEMCENTRAL Corporation.
General :
The terms used in this Schedule No. 1 which are defined in the Plan shall have the same meanings assigned to them in the Plan.
T-D-2
COVERAGE AND BENEFIT SCHEDULE NO.2
The following provisions of this Coverage and Benefit Schedule No. 2 (Schedule No. 2) shall constitute a part of Chemcentral Corporation Consolidated Retirement Plan (the Plan) as contemplated by subsections T.2.1 and T.4.1 thereof.
Employer :
Univar USA Inc.
Covered Group of Employees :
Hourly employees of the Employer who are not represented by or do not belong to a group of employees covered by a collective bargaining representative in matters relating to their terms of employment and who are employed at:
Employees of CHEMCENTRAL Atlantic Corporation at Atlanta, Georgia
Employees of CHEMCENTRAL Southwest, L.P., Dallas, Texas
Employees of CHEMCENTRAL Atlantic Corporation at Greensboro, North Carolina
Employees of CHEMCENTRAL Southwest, L.P. at Houston, Texas
Employees of CHEMCENTRAL Ohio Valley Corporation at Louisville, Kentucky
Employees of CHEMCENTRAL Midwest Corporation at Lakeville, Minnesota
Employees of CHEMCENTRAL Southwest, L.P. at New Orleans, Louisiana
Employees of CHEMCENTRAL Southwest, L.P. at Oklahoma City, Oklahoma (effective January 1, 2001)
Employees of CHEMCENTRAL Atlantic Corporation at Orlando, Florida
Employees of CHEMCENTRAL Atlantic Corporation at Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Employees of CHEMCENTRAL Pacific Corporation at Salt Lake City, Utah
Employees of CHEMCENTRAL Southwest, L.P., San Antonio, Texas
Employees of CHEMCENTRAL Pacific Corporation at Spokane, Washington
Employees of CHEMCENTRAL Southwest, L.P. at Tulsa, Oklahoma
3
Employees of the CHEMCENTRAL Atlantic Corporation who are represented by :
Teamsters Local #249 in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
(Effective August 30, 1999)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective October 1, 2007, the covered group of employees includes only such employees who on September 30, 2007 were (i) employed by an entity that was an Employer under this Schedule on September 30, 2007, and (ii) part of the Covered Group of Employees under this Schedule and participants in the plan; provided, however, that the foregoing part of this sentence shall not apply to an employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement on or after September 30, 2007 that provides for active participation by such employee in the plan. Notwithstanding anything in this plan to the contrary, on or after December 31, 2007, no person shall become part of the Covered Group of Employees under this Schedule; provided, however, that the foregoing part of this sentence shall not apply to an employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement on or after December 31, 2007 that provides for active participation by such employee in the plan. For example, (i) no person hired or rehired by the employer on or after December 31, 2007 shall become part of the Covered Group of Employees under this Schedule; (ii) no former employee who is rehired or ineligible employee whose job status changes on or after December 31, 2007 shall become part of the Covered Group of Employees under this Schedule, except to the extent provided by the terms of a collective bargaining agreement applicable to such person.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any active participant in the plan on December 31, 2009 shall have his or her accrued benefit under the plan frozen as of December 31, 2009, and his or her accrued benefit will be determined based only on years of benefit service accumulated through December 31, 2009.
Benefit Amount :
$67.00 multiplied by the number of years of benefit service through December 31, 2009.
Effective Date :
The provisions of this Schedule No. 2 were originally effective January 1, 2003 with respect to the Covered Groups of Employees of CHEMCENTRAL Corporation.
General :
The terms used in this Schedule No. 2 which are defined in the Plan shall have the same meanings assigned to them in the Plan.
4
COVERAGE AND BENEFIT SCHEDULE NO. 3
The following provisions of this Coverage and Benefit Schedule No. 3 (Schedule No. 3) shall constitute a part of CHEMCENTRAL Corporation Consolidated Retirement Plan (the Plan) as contemplated by subsections T.2.1 and T.4.1 thereof.
Employer :
Univar USA Inc.
Covered Group of Employees :
Employees of CHEMCENTRAL Midwest Corporation who are represented by Teamsters Local #406 in Grand Rapids, Michigan
Employees of CHEMCENTRAL Atlantic Corporation who are represented by Oil, Chemical and Atomic Workers Local #7-346 in Toledo, Ohio
Employees of CHEMCENTRAL Atlantic Corporation who are represented by Teamsters Local #375 in Buffalo, New York
Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective October 1, 2007, the covered group of employees includes only such employees who on September 30, 2007 were (i) employed by an entity that was an Employer under this Schedule on such date, and (ii) part of the Covered Group of Employees under this Schedule and participants in the plan; provided, however, that a person who is hired or rehired by the employer(s) or has a change in job status and is covered by a collective bargaining agreement that provides for active participation in the plan by such person may become a participant in the plan, or renew active participation in the plan, in accordance with the terms of the applicable collective bargaining agreement.
Notwithstanding anything in this plan to the contrary, on or after December 31, 2007, no person shall become part of the Covered Group of Employees under this Schedule; provided, however, that the foregoing part of this sentence shall not apply to an employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement on or after December 31, 2007 that provides for active participation by such employee in the plan. For example, (i) no person hired or rehired by the employer on or after December 31, 2007 shall become part of the Covered Group of Employees under this Schedule; (ii) no former employee who is rehired or ineligible employee whose job status changes on or after December 31, 2007 shall become part of the Covered Group of Employees under this Schedule, except to the extent provided by the terms of a collective bargaining agreement applicable to a person.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any active participant in the plan on December 31, 2009 shall have his or her accrued benefit under the plan frozen as of December 31, 2009, and his or her accrued benefit will be determined based only on years of benefit service accumulated
T-1
through December 31, 2009; provided, however, a participant who on December 31, 2009 is an active participant represented by Teamsters #406 in Grand Rapids, Michigan or Teamsters Local # 375 in Buffalo, New York shall continue to be an active participant in the plan under Coverage and Benefit Schedule Number 3 to the extent provided in the collective bargaining agreement that covers the terms of his or her employment with Univar USA Inc.
Benefit Amount :
$67.00 multiplied by the number of years of benefit service.
Early Retirement Immediate Payment
Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection T.4.5, if an employee covered by this Schedule No. 3 had completed 20 or more years of credited service at his early retirement date, his monthly retirement income will be computed in accordance with subsection T.4.4 but multiplied by the percentage shown below corresponding to the participants age on which the date of commencement of the participants benefits precedes his normal retirement date:
Age |
Percentage | |||
64 |
100 | % | ||
63 |
100 | % | ||
62 |
100 | % | ||
61 |
97.86 | % | ||
60 |
95.71 | % | ||
59 |
93.57 | % | ||
58 |
91.43 | % | ||
57 |
89.29 | % | ||
56 |
87.14 | % | ||
55 |
85 | % |
The provisions of this paragraph are effective April 1, 2001 for participants who are members of Teamsters Local #406 in Grand Rapids, Michigan; August 8, 2001 for participants who are members of Oil, Chemical and Atomic Workers Local #7-346 in Toledo, Ohio; and January 1, 2003 for participants who are members of Teamsters Local #375 in Buffalo, New York.
Effective Date :
The provisions of this Schedule No. 3 were originally effective January 1, 2003 (or as otherwise set forth herein) with respect to Covered Groups of Employees of CHEMCENTRAL Corporation.
General :
The terms used in this Schedule No. 3 which are defined in the Plan shall have the same meanings assigned to them in the Plan.
T-2
Exhibit 10.45
UNIVAR
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS PLAN
(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JULY 1, 2004)
UNIVAR SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS PLAN
AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF JULY 1, 2004
1. Purpose . The purpose in establishing this Supplemental Benefits Plan (Plan) is to provide retirement compensation to a select group of specifically designated participants of the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan (hereinafter Retirement Plan) under the terms of that Retirement Plan without regard to limitations on benefits imposed under Internal Revenue Code (Code) Sections 415 and Section 401(a)(17) which apply to the Retirement Plan. In addition, this Plan provides benefits to certain Retirement Plan participants who transfer to a Non-U.S. Affiliate of Univar USA Inc. as listed in Appendix P of the Retirement Plan, and may provide benefits to an additional select group of management or highly compensated employees (within the meaning of ERISA).
2. Effective Date . This Plan was established effective January 11, 1983 and has been known, from time to time, as the Univar Corporation Supplemental Benefits Plan, the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Benefits Plan, the VOPAK USA Inc. Supplemental Benefits Plan and the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Benefits Plan. It has been amended and restated several times since that date. The effective date of this amendment and restatement is July 1, 2004, and the Plan is renamed the Univar Supplemental Benefits Plan as of that date. The provisions of the amended and restated Plan apply only to those Participants who are employed by a Participating Employer on or after July 1, 2004. Participants who terminated employment before July 1, 2004, are subject to the provisions of the Plan as amended through June 30, 2004, which provisions are appended to this Plan as Exhibit A. This July 1, 2004 restatement does not make any substantive changes to the Plan but consolidates previous amendments and /or removes amendments not applicable to any active Participants.
3. Participation . This Plan shall include only those management or highly compensated employees (i) who are eligible to receive a benefit under the Retirement Plan; and (ii) whose benefits are affected by the statutory limitation imposed on compensation used to determine benefits under, and/or statutory limitation on benefits payable from, the Retirement Plan, or who transferred to a Non-U. S. Affiliate of a Participating Employer or its predecessor. Such an employee shall be referred to hereinafter as a Participant.
Effective June 30, 2004, benefit accruals under this Plan are frozen for those Participants whose benefits under the Retirement Plan are frozen as of June 30, 2004 pursuant to the terms of the Retirement Plan, and no additional benefits shall accrue for such Participants under this Plan after June 30, 2004. The only employees who may become Participants in this Plan after June 30, 2004 are employees of a Participating Employer who (i) meet the eligibility requirements set forth above in this Section 3, (ii) were eligible employees and active participants in the Retirement Plan on June 30, 2004, and (iii) had at least five (5) years of Credited Service under the Retirement Plan on June 30, 2004 and thus continued accruing additional benefits in the Retirement Plan after June 30, 2004. Participants accrue benefits under this Plan only if and while they are accruing benefits under the Retirement Plan.
As of the effective date of this amended and restated Plan, the Participating Employers are Univar, Inc., Univar Delaware, Inc., Univar USA, Inc., and Univar USA Delaware, Inc. Liabilities for Participants who are employed by any of the Participating Employers or their respective wholly owned subsidiaries on or after July 1, 2004 shall be the joint and several responsibility of each of the Participating Employers and such subsidiaries.
2
4. Benefit Determination Date . Benefits shall be determined under this Plan as of the same date that benefits are determined under the Retirement Plan, where such benefits are determined by reference to the Retirement Plan.
5. Benefit Amount . The Benefits under this Plan shall equal the difference, if any, between (a) and (b) below, plus any amounts described in (c) below:
(a) The monthly benefit for the life of the Participant, as calculated under the Retirement Plan, without regard to the limitations described in Internal Revenue Code Sections 415 and 401(a)(17), as amended from time to time, and as described in regulations and publications issued under those Code Sections.
(b) The monthly benefit for the life of the Participant, as calculated under the terms of the Retirement Plan, which includes limitations described in Internal Revenue Code Sections 415 and 401(a)(17), as amended from time to time, and as described in regulations and publications issued under those Code Sections.
(c) In addition to the difference between (a) and (b) above, this Plan shall provide make-whole payments described in Section 6(b)(ii) below to certain participants who transfer employment to a Non-U.S. Affiliate, and make-whole payments described in Section 6(d) below to certain participants who transfer employment to a U.S. Affiliate.
(d) A Participant shall not become vested in the benefits accrued under this Plan unless and until he or she becomes vested in the benefits provided by the Retirement Plan.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5 of the Plan, Univar USA, Inc. may amend the Plan at any time to provide to a select group of management or highly compensated employees (within the meaning of ERlSA) benefits in addition to, or in lieu of, those provided pursuant to Section 5.
6. Participants Who Transferred to or from Certain Affiliates.
(a) Transfers Occurring After August 15, 1997 .
(i) No Service Credit, No Offset for Foreign Benefits . For Participants who after August 15, 1997 either transferred from Univar USA Inc. to a Non-U.S. Affiliate of such corporation, or transferred to Univar USA Inc. from a Non-U.S. Affiliate of such corporation, the amount of benefits payable from this Plan shall be determined pursuant to subsections G.6 and G.7 of Appendix G and subsections H.6 and H.7 of Appendix H, respectively, of the Retirement Plan. Earnings from the Non-U.S. Affiliate shall be considered when determining the benefit payable from this Plan, and the benefit payable from this Plan shall not be offset by benefits paid by retirement plans of the Non-U.S. Affiliate.
(ii) Make-Whole for Transferees to Non-US. Affiliates . In addition, this Plan shall pay Participants who transfer from a Participating Employer (or its predecessor) to
3
a Non-U.S. Affiliate after August 15, 1997 and who did not previously participate in a retirement plan of a Non-U.S. Affiliate the difference between (A) the total benefits payable to the Participant under this Plan (without regard to this subsection (ii)) and the Retirement Plan and the Non-U.S. Affiliates retirement plans (including both qualified pension and supplemental benefits plans), and (B) the total amount the Participant would have received from this Plan and the Retirement Plan had the Participants earnings from and periods of service with the Non-U.S. Affiliate instead been with Univar USA, Inc. (including, without limitation, treating service with the Non-U.S. Affiliate as Credited Service under the Retirement Plan). The amount of the make-whole payment under this subsection (ii) shall be calculated as follows. First, a U.S. benefit shall be calculated by determining the combined benefit payable under this Plan and the Retirement Plan (without regard to this subsection (ii)) in the form of a single life annuity. In calculating the Participants U.S. Benefit, Credited Service shall not include service with the Non-U.S. Affiliate. Second, the benefit accrued under the Non-U.S. Affiliates retirement plans (Non-U.S. Benefit) payable in the same form shall be determined as of the date the U.S. Benefit is calculated and that monthly benefit shall be converted to U.S. dollars using the applicable exchange rate in effect on the preceding December 31. Third, the benefit which would have been paid under this Plan and the Retirement Plan if the Participants earnings from and periods of service with the Non-U.S. Affiliate had instead been earnings from and periods of service with Univar USA, Inc. shall be calculated, (including, without limitation, treating service with the Non-U.S. Affiliate as Credited Service under the Retirement Plan) (Comparison U.S. Benefit). Finally, if the sum of the U.S. Benefit and Non-U.S. Benefit is less than the Comparison U.S. Benefit, the difference shall be paid to the Participant through this Plan. The amount of this make-whole payment shall be recalculated as of the beginning of each calendar year, and the amount of the Non-U.S. Benefit used in making this recalculation shall be redetermined using the applicable exchange rate in effect on the preceding December 31. This make-whole payment shall be paid in the same form that the Participants benefit under the Retirement Plan is paid.
(iii) Currency Conversion Calculations Made After May 1, 1999 . Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 6(b), where this Section 6(b) requires the conversion of non-U.S. earnings or non-U.S. Benefits to U.S. dollars using the applicable foreign currency exchange rate which is in effect on December 31, any non-U.S. earnings or non-U.S. Benefits received by the Participant on or after January 1, 1999 shall instead be converted using the average exchange rate between U.S. dollars and the applicable foreign currency for the calendar year ending on the applicable December 31. The average rate used shall be the average rate of exchange between U.S. dollars and the applicable foreign currency for such calendar year, as published by the U.S. Federal Reserve in its Statistical Release on Foreign Exchange Rates (Annual). Where a Participant terminates employment from a Non-U.S. Affiliate on a day other than December 31, the foreign currency exchange rate used to convert to U.S. dollars his or her foreign earnings received in the year of termination shall be the exchange rate on such date of termination (as currently provided in Appendices G and H of the Retirement Plan). The rate used on such termination date shall be the currency exchange rate provided in the J.P. Morgan Index as published in the Wall Street Journal on the termination date (or if such date is not a business day, on the business day immediately preceding the termination date).
In the event that the application of this Subsection 6(a)(iii) would cause a Participants accrued benefit to be less than his or her accrued benefit as of December 31, 1998, the amount of the Participants benefit under this Plan shall be his or her accrued benefit as of December 31, 1998.
4
(b) Transfers Occurring Prior to August 15, 1997 Where Terminations Occur After August 15, 1997 . For a Participant who transferred to or from a Non-U.S. Affiliate of the a Participating Employer or its predecessor prior to August 15, 1997, who performs at least one hour of service for the Non-U.S. Affiliate or a Participating Employer after August 15, 1997, and who has accrued benefits under this Plan, the Participants benefit shall be the greater of (i) or (ii) below.
(i) Benefit Under New Formula for All Years . The Participants Accrued Benefit determined under Section 6(b) above as applied to the Participants total Period of Service (including service both before and after August 15, 1997), but with service with the Non-U.S. Affiliate not treated as Credited Service under the Retirement Plan or this Plan.
(ii) Without Wear-Away . The sum of
A) the Participants Frozen Accrued Benefit (as defined below), plus
B) the Participants Accrued Benefit as determined under Section 6(b) above for Periods of Service after August 15, 1997.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in determining which of the two options in the previous paragraph of this Section 6(c) provides the greater benefit to the Participant, calculations shall be made as if no benefits were paid through the Retirement Plan and all benefits were paid through this Plan. For example, if use of the new benefit formula for all years of service (option under Section 6(c)(i) of this Plan and Sections G.8(a) or H.8(a) of the Retirement Plan) would produce the highest total benefit from the combined plans for a Participant, then Section 6 (c)(i) shall apply even if because of the limits on compensation or benefits under the Retirement Plan, the benefit paid under the Retirement Plan is an option other than G.8(a) or H.8(a). However, the benefit paid by this Plan pursuant to this paragraph shall be reduced by the actual benefit paid by the Retirement Plan.
For purposes of this Section 6(c), Frozen Accrued Benefit means the Participants Accrued Benefit, determined under Section 5 above, as if the Participant had permanently terminated employment with Univar USA, Inc. and its affiliates (including Non-U.S. Affiliates) on August 15, 1997. The Frozen Accrued Benefit under this Plan and the Retirement Plan would be offset by the benefit which the Participant had accrued in the retirement plan and supplemental plan of the Non-U.S. Affiliate as of August 15, 1997.
(c) Transfers to or from U.S. Affiliates .
(i) Consideration of Earnings from U.S. Affiliate . For purposes of calculating Final Average Monthly Earnings under this Plan, the Retirement Plan shall be interpreted as if(i) the definition of Earnings under the Retirement Plan included earnings from a U.S. Affiliate, and (ii) Periods of Service under the Retirement Plan included service with a U.S. Affiliate. For purposes of Section 5(c), Section 7 and this subsection (d), a U.S. Affiliate is a
5
corporation or other entity listed on Appendix B to this Plan. Earnings from the U.S. Affiliate shall be determined by applying the definition of Earnings set forth in Section 1.08 of the Retirement Plan to the compensation received by the Participant from the U.S. Affiliate.
(ii) Make-Whole for Transferees to US. Affiliates . In addition, this Plan shall pay Participants who transfer from a Participating Employer or its predecessor to a U.S. Affiliate and who did not previously participate in a retirement plan of a U.S. Affiliate or Non-U.S. Affiliate the difference between (A) the total benefits payable to the Participant under this Plan (without regard to this subsection (ii)) and the Retirement Plan and the U.S. Affiliates retirement plans (including both qualified pension and supplemental benefits plans), and (B) the total amount the Participant would have received from this Plan and the Retirement Plan had the Participants earnings from and periods of service with the U.S. Affiliate instead been with Univar USA Inc. (including without limitation, treating service with the U.S. Affiliate as Credited Service under the Retirement Plan). The amount of the make-whole payment under this subsection (ii) shall be calculated as follows. First, a VWRI Benefit shall be calculated by determining the combined benefit payable under this Plan and the Retirement Plan (without regard to this subsection (ii)) in the form of a single life annuity. In calculating the Participants VWRI Benefit, Credited Service shall not include service with the U.S. Affiliate. Second, the benefit accrued under the U.S. Affiliates retirement plans (U.S. Affiliate Benefit payable in the same form shall be determined as of the date the VWRI Benefit is calculated. Third, the benefit which would have been paid under this Plan and the Retirement Plan if the Participants earnings from and periods of service with the U.S. Affiliate had instead been earnings from and periods of service with a Participating Employer shall be calculated, (including without limitation, treating service with the U.S. Affiliate as Credited Service under the Retirement Plan) (Comparison Benefit). Finally, if the sum of the VWRI Benefit and U.S. Affiliate Benefit is less than the Comparison Benefit, the difference shall be paid to the Participant through this Plan. The amount of this make-whole payment shall be recalculated as of the beginning of each calendar year if there is a change in the amount of the VWRI Benefit or U.S. Affiliate Benefit. This make-whole payment shall be paid in the same form that the Participants benefit under the Retirement Plan is paid.
7. Spouses Death Benefit . If a death benefit is payable under the Retirement Plan to a spouse of a Participant, that spouse is eligible to receive benefits under this Plan. The benefit shall be calculated in the same manner as under Section 5; that is, the death benefit under this Plan shall equal the difference, if any, between (a) the spouses death benefit calculated under the Retirement Plan without regard to the limitations described in Code Sections 415 and 401(a)(17), and (b) the spouses death benefit as calculated under the terms of the Retirement Plan which includes limitations described in Code Sections 415 and 401(a)(17). In the event a Participant had transferred to or from a Non U.S. Affiliate or a U.S. Affiliate of a Participating Employer, the spouses benefit under this Plan shall be calculated in the same manner as set forth in Section 6 above, with the applicable reductions made because the benefit is a spousal benefit.
8. Date and Form of Payment . Benefit payments under this Plan shall commence at the same time as the benefit under the Retirement Plan commences (or the date benefits could have commenced under the Retirement Plan had the Participant been a participant in the Retirement Plan). The benefit shall be paid in the same form as the benefit is paid under the Retirement Plan (to the extent the benefit is calculated by reference to the Retirement Plan) and the actuarial equivalent assumptions used in determining the benefit in a given form shall be the same as are used to determine the benefit under the Retirement Plan.
6
9. Reemployment After Payments Begin . If a Participant is reemployed after benefits commence, the Participant shall continue receiving benefits under this Plan. When the Participant retires for the final time, the benefit under this Plan shall be adjusted in the same manner as the benefit is adjusted under the Retirement Plan.
10. Termination and Amendment of the Plan . This Plan shall continue in effect until terminated by resolution of the Board of Directors of Univar USA, Inc. In the event of such termination, all amounts accrued and vested to date of such termination shall be payable pursuant to the terms of this Plan as if the Plan had not been terminated. The Plan may be amended from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors of Univar USA, Inc., or by action of any committee, officer or employee of Univar USA, Inc. to whom the Board of Directors has delegated authority to amend the Plan, including, without limitation, the Pension Management Committee. No amendment or terminating resolution shall reduce any vested benefit accrued to the date of the resolution amending or terminating the Plan. This Plan is intended to be exempt from the provisions of Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. If it is determined by an opinion of counsel or by a court of competent jurisdiction that the Plan is not so exempt, the Plan shall terminate as of the last day it was exempt and no benefits shall be paid under this Plan other than those which have accrued and vested as of the date of termination. In the event of such a termination, the Board of Directors of Univar USA, Inc. at its option, may accelerate the payment of benefits and may have benefits paid in a single, actuarially-equivalent, lump sum amount.
11. Source of Benefit Payments . Benefits shall be paid either from rabbi trusts established by Participating Employers (Trusts) (see next paragraph), or, to the extent not paid from such Trusts, then from the general assets of any Participating Employer who has liability under the terms of this Plan. No Participant shall acquire any property interest in any assets of any Participating Employer as a consequence of participating in this Plan. A Participants rights are limited to receiving payments as set forth in this Plan. The Plan is unfunded, and to the extent that any Participant acquires a right to receive benefits, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of a Participating Employer. Any funds of a Participating Employer available to pay benefits under the Plan shall be subject to the claims of general creditors of the Participating Employer and may be used for any purpose by a Participating Employer.
Each Participating Employer may establish a rabbi trust to pay benefits owed to Participants under this Plan. If a Participating Employer which is not the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, such Trust will only pay (and only have an obligation to pay) Plan benefits to those Participants whose last employment with any of the companies that are considered part of the same controlled group of corporations or entities with Univar N.V. pursuant to Code Sections 414(b) or (c) (Univar Companies) was with the Participating Employer sponsoring such Trust or the direct parent of such Participating Employer. For example, the Trust sponsored by Univar Delaware, Inc. will pay benefits to Participants whose last employment with a Univar Company was with Univar Delaware, Inc. or Univar Inc., but not those who were last employed by Univar USA Inc. or Univar USA, Delaware Inc. Similarly, the Trust sponsored by Univar USA Delaware, Inc. will cover Participants whose last employment with a Univar Company was with Univar USA
7
Delaware Inc. or Univar USA Inc., but not those who were last employed by Univar Inc. or Univar Delaware Inc. The Trust sponsored by Univar USA Inc. will cover Participants whose last employment with a Univar company was with Univar USA Inc. or Univar North America Corporation (under their current or former names), but not those who were last employed by Univar Inc. or Univar Delaware Inc. Univar USA Delaware Inc. If a Participating Employer does not establish a Trust then the Trust established by the Plan Sponsor shall pay benefits owned by the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants or beneficiaries who terminated employment with the Univar Companies prior to July 1, 2004 or who were employed by a Univar Company on July 1, 2004 and did not consent to have the obligation to have their Plan benefits paid through a trust other than the Trust sponsored by Univar USA Inc. shall have their Plan benefits paid solely through the Trust sponsored by Univar USA Inc. (or from the general assets of Participating Employers), even if their last employer within the Univar Companies was an entity other than Univar USA Inc. Though contributions of cash or other property (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) may be made to a Trust, this Plan shall continue to be unfunded as assets in the Trust shall be subject to the claims of general creditors of the Participating Employer sponsoring such Trust on the terms and conditions set forth in the Trust. Any reference in this Plan or a Trust to funding accrued benefits shall not change the nature of this Plan as being unfunded for purposes of the Code and ERISA.
A Participating Employer may fund a Trust with cash, securities or a letter of credit acceptable to the trustee of that Trust. For purposes of determining the face amount of a letter of credit in which the trustee is the beneficiary needed to fund a Trust with respect to the actuarial present value of the accrued benefits of participants expected to be covered by such Trust, the actuarial assumptions used shall be the same actuarial assumptions used by Univar USA Inc. to determine the Accumulated Benefit Obligation (ABO) for Univar USA Inc. and its United States affiliates as required under FASB Statement Number 87 as of the Measurement Date immediately preceding or concurrent with the date the letter of credit is expected to be deposited. In making the determination of necessary funds, it shall be assumed that the Participating Employer, and not a Trust, shall pay all expenses of the Trust and all taxes owed on the income earned by the Trust on Trust assets. The actuary who determines the amount needed to fund a Trust will be the actuary engaged at such time by the Retirement Plan.
If a letter of credit is deposited with the trustee of a Trust (with the trustee named as beneficiary of the letter of credit), the face amount of the letter of credit may change annually upon renewal of the letter of credit due, for example, to changes in the actuarial assumptions or the payment of benefits during the year being completed. Upon renewal, such amount will be calculated using the actuarial assumptions described about, except that the assumptions shall be those as of the Measurement Date immediately preceding or concurrent with the date of renewal of the letter of credit.
Contributions to a Trust of cash or other property (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) shall also be made by the Participating Employer sponsoring such Trust in an amount sufficient to fund the actuarial present value (determined as of the time of contribution or letter of credit renewal) of benefits which are accrued by Participants who are anticipated to be covered by such Trust either because they are currently employed by such Participating Employer or its immediate parent, or their last employer within the Univar Companies was such Participating Employer or its immediate parent. Contributions shall be made at least annually on or before July 15 of each year.
8
The face amount of a letter of credit which is used in funding an accrued benefit shall be no less than the amount equal to the sum of (i) the actuarial present value of the accrued benefit as of the date through which the accrued benefits are being calculated (Benefit Calculation Date), plus (ii) the earnings such present value amount would earn (based upon the expected rate of investment return used by the actuary to calculate the present value) between the Benefit Calculation Date and the date the letter of credit which is to be deposited is scheduled to expire unless renewed. For example, suppose a letter of credit is being deposited on July 15, 2005 for all benefits accrued through that date, and under the terms of the letter of credit it will be drawn upon unless renewed or replaced by July 15, 2006. Suppose further that on July 15, 2005, the actuarial present value of the accrued benefits equals $1,000,000, and the Plans expected rate of investment return is 8% per year. In this example, the face amount of the letter of credit would have to be no less than $1,080,000, which is the actuarial present value of the accrued benefit calculated as of July 15, 2005 plus 8% of such present value. In contrast, if in this example cash were deposited on July 15, 2005 to fund the accrued benefits through that date, then the amount of cash deposited would equal only $1,000,000, which is the actuarial present value of the accrued benefit calculated as of July 15, 2005. This difference in the methods used to calculate the amount of cash and letters of credit to be deposited is due to the fact that when calculating the actuarial present value of an accrued benefit as of a certain date, the actuaries assume a Trust will earn interest or other investment returns on assets deposited from such date. Because the face amount of a letter of credit does not increase over time, but can only be increased by the employer renewing the letter of credit at a higher face amount, the face amount of the letter of credit must include the expected rate of investment return on the actuarial present value of the accrued benefits through the date the letter of credit is scheduled to be renewed or expire.
12. Administrative Committee . This Plan shall be administered by the Administrative Committee, a committee appointed by the Pension Management Committee. The Administrative Committee (hereinafter Committee) shall have full discretion to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan, which interpretation or construction shall be final and binding on all parties. The Committee shall administer such terms and provisions in a uniform and nondiscriminating manner.
13. Claims Procedure . The following is the procedure for making claims under this Plan or appealing a decision made with respect to this Plan.
(a) Filing Claim for Benefits . If a person does not receive the timely payment of the benefits which he or she believes are due under the Plan (hereinafter referred to as the Applicant), the Applicant may make a claim for benefits. All claims for benefits under the Plan shall be made in writing and shall be signed by the Applicant. Claims shall be submitted to the Committee. Each claim shall be approved or disapproved within 90 days following the receipt of the information necessary to process the claim. In the event the Committee denies a claim for benefits in whole or in part, the Committee shall notify the Applicant in writing of the denial of the claim and notify the Applicant of the right to a review of the decision. Such notice shall also set forth the specific reason for such denial, the specific provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based, a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim with an explanation of the Plans appeals procedure. If no action is taken by the Committee on an Applicants claim within 90 days after receipt by the Committee, such claim shall be deemed to be denied for purposes of the following appeals procedure.
9
(b) Appeals Procedure . Any applicant whose claim for benefits is denied in whole or in part may appeal to the Committee for a review of the decision. Such appeal must be made within three months after the Applicant has received actual or constructive notice of the denial. An appeal must be submitted in writing within such period and must:
(i) Request a review by the Committee of the claim for benefits under the Plan;
(ii) Set forth all of the grounds upon which the Applicants request for review is based on and any facts in support thereof and
(iii) Set forth any issues or comments which the Applicant deems pertinent to the appeal.
The Committee shall act upon each appeal within 60 days after receipt unless special circumstances require an extension of the time for processing, in which case a decision shall be rendered by the Committee as soon as possible but not later than 120 days after the appeal is received by the Committee. The Committee shall make full and fair review of each appeal and any written materials submitted by the Applicant in connection therewith. The Committee may require the Applicant to submit therewith. The Committee may require the Applicant to submit such additional facts, documents or other evidence as the Committee in its discretion deems necessary or advisable in making its review. On the basis of its review the Committee shall make an independent determination of the Applicants eligibility for benefits under the Plan. The decision of the Committee shall be final and conclusive.
14. Alienation . The right of any person to receive payments under this Plan shall not be subject to any type of assignment or pledge, nor shall such right be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of such person.
15. Employee Benefit Statement . Each employee covered by this Plan shall receive a statement each year which shows total benefits accrued under this Plan.
16. Withholding . Benefit payments shall be subject to applicable federal, state or local withholding for taxes.
17. Successors . In the event of any consolidation, merger, acquisition or reorganization, the obligations of Participating Employers under this Plan shall continue and be binding on such corporations and their successors.
18. Governing Law . This Plan shall be construed in accordance with applicable federal law, and to the extent federal law is inapplicable, under the laws of the State of Washington.
10
This Univar Supplemental Benefits Plan, as amended and restated effective July 1, 2004, is executed the 22 nd day of July, 2004.
Univar USA Inc. |
|
Warren T. Hill |
11
APPENDIX A
NON-U.S. AFFILIATES
The following companies shall be treated as Non-U.S. Affiliates for purpose of the Retirement Plan and this Plan:
Univar Canada Ltd., formerly named Van Waters & Rogers Ltd.
12
APPENDIX B
The following affiliates of Participating Employers shall be treated as U.S. Affiliates for purposes of this Plan.
Pakhoed Corporation and any subsidiary thereof that is a participating employer in the Pakhoed Corporation Retirement Plan, and any successor corporations.
13
Exhibit 10.46
FOURTH AMENDMENT TO THE
UNIVAR USA INC. SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN
(As Amended and Restated Effective July 1, 2004)
WHEREAS, Univar USA Inc. (the Company) sponsors and maintains the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan (the Plan); and
WHEREAS, the Company has the authority to amend the Plan pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan; and
WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to provide a benefit payable to Mr. Richard Fox, a member of the Board of Directors of Univar Inc., payable commencing on Mr. Foxs 80 th birthday in the form of a 100% joint and survivor annuity with the woman who is his spouse on January 1, 2008 as his joint annuitant.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective January 1, 2008:
1. Section 1 of the Plan, Purpose , is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph to the end thereof to read as follows:
In addition, this Plan shall pay a benefit to Mr. Richard Fox, a member of the Board of Directors of Univar Inc., as described in Appendix D hereto, even though Mr. Fox does not participate in the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in no event shall Mr. Fox or his surviving spouse, if any, receive any benefit from this Plan other than the benefit described in Appendix D hereto.
2. Section 3 of the Plan, Participation , is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph to the end thereof to read as follows:
In addition, this Plan shall pay a benefit to Mr. Richard Fox, a member of the Board of Directors of Univar Inc., as described in Appendix D hereto, even though Mr. Fox does not participate in the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in no event shall Mr. Fox or his surviving spouse, if any, receive any benefit from this Plan other than the benefit described in Appendix D hereto.
3. Section 5 of the Plan, Benefit Amount , is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph to the end thereof to read as follows:
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, Mr. Richard Fox and his surviving spouse, if any, are entitled to the benefit as described in Appendix D hereto, and the benefit described in Appendix D shall be the only benefit Mr. Richard Fox and his surviving spouse, if any, will receive from this Plan.
4. Section 7 of the Plan, Spouses Death Benefit , is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph to the end thereof to read as follows:
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, If Mr. Richard Fox lives to at least age 80, is married on his 80 th birthday to the woman he was married to on January 1, 2008 and dies prior to such spouse, such surviving spouse shall be entitled to a death benefit payable in the form of a single life annuity payable monthly for her life equal to 100% of the amount of the benefit payable monthly to Mr. Fox during his lifetime as described in Appendix D hereto.
5. Section 8 of the Plan, Date and Form of Payment , is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph to the end thereof to read as follows:
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, any benefit payable to Richard Fox pursuant to Appendix D shall be paid in the form of a 100% joint and survivor annuity with the woman he was married to on January 1, 2008 as joint annuitant, commencing as soon as practicable after he attains age 80.
6. The Plan is hereby amended by adding a new Appendix D to read as follows:
APPENDIX D
BENEFIT FOR RICHARD FOX
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if Mr. Richard Fox lives to age 80, he shall be entitled to a monthly benefit payable from this Plan in an amount equal to $6,815 commencing the first of the month after he attains age 80 and continuing until the first of the month prior to his death. If when he attains age 80 he is married to the woman he was married to on January 1, 2008, and upon his subsequent death he is survived by such spouse, such spouse shall receive a monthly benefit from this Plan equal to $6,815 commencing the first of the month after Mr. Fox dies and continuing until the first of the month prior to the death of such spouse of Mr. Fox. All benefit payments shall be subject to (and reduced by) applicable tax withholdings. In the event Mr. Fox dies prior to attaining age 80, or dies after attaining age 80 but at such time is married to someone other than the woman who was his spouse on January 1, 2008, no benefit shall be payable from this Plan to his surviving spouse, if any.
This Fourth Amendment is executed this 6 th day of December, 2007.
UNIVAR USA INC. | ||
By |
|
|
Its |
John R. Yanney President Univar USA |
Exhibit 10.47
FORM OF UNIVAR INC.
2014 OMNIBUS EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
ARTICLE I
PURPOSES
This Univar Inc. 2014 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the Plan ), has the following purposes:
(1) To further the growth, development and financial success of Univar Inc. (the Company ) and its Subsidiaries (as defined herein), by providing additional incentives to employees, consultants and directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries by assisting them to become owners of Company Common Stock, thereby benefiting directly from the growth, development and financial success of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
(2) To enable the Company and its Subsidiaries to obtain and retain the services of the type of professional and managerial employees, consultants and directors considered essential to the long-range success of the Company and its Subsidiaries by providing and offering them an opportunity to become owners of Company Common Stock pursuant to the Awards granted hereunder.
The Plan is intended to replace and succeed the Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended effective November 30, 2012 (the Stock Incentive Plan ), and, from and after the Effective Date, no further awards shall be made under the Stock Incentive Plan and any available reserves under the Stock Incentive Plan now or in the future shall be terminated and not transferred to this or any other stock incentive plan (but, for the avoidance of doubt, the adoption of this Plan will have no effect on the terms and conditions of outstanding awards under the Stock Incentive Plan).
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
Whenever the following terms are used in this Plan, they shall have the meanings specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.
Section 2.1 Adjusted EBITDA shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.5.
Section 2.2 Administrator shall mean the Board or any committee of the Board designated by the Board to administer the Plan, in each case as further provided in Article III.
Section 2.3 Affiliate shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such first Person where control shall have the meaning given such term under Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Section 2.4 Alternative Award shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.1.
Section 2.5 Applicable Laws shall mean the requirements relating to the administration of stock option, restricted stock, restricted stock unit and other equity-based compensation plans under U.S. federal and state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Company Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted under the Plan.
Section 2.6 Award shall mean any Option, Stock Purchase Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, SAR, Dividend Equivalent, Deferred Share Unit or other Stock-Based Award granted to a Participant pursuant to the Plan, including an Award combining two or more types of Awards into a single grant.
Section 2.7 Award Agreement shall mean any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Award, including through an electronic medium. The Administrator may provide for the use of electronic, internet or other non-paper Award Agreements, and the use of electronic, internet or other non-paper means for the Participants acceptance of, or actions under, an Award Agreement, unless otherwise expressly specified herein. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between the express terms of the Plan and the express terms of an Award Agreement, the express terms of the Award Agreement shall govern.
Section 2.8 Base Price shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.59.
Section 2.9 Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
Section 2.10 Cause shall mean, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement or in a Participants effective employment, severance, consulting or other services agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary that employs such Participant, any of the following: ( a ) the Participants willful and continued failure to perform his or her material duties with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries (except where due to a physical or mental incapacity), which continues beyond ten (10) business days after a
2
written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Participant by the Company or a Subsidiary; ( b ) the Participants failure to comply with a policy or practice of the Company or its Subsidiaries; ( c ) the Participants failure to comply with any laws, regulations or ordinances related to the Participants employment with or duties for the Company or its Subsidiaries; ( d ) the Participants conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to ( i ) the commission of a felony, or ( ii ) any misdemeanor that is a crime of moral turpitude; ( e ) willful and gross misconduct by the Participant in connection with his duties as an employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries; or ( f ) the Participants breach of any Award Agreement, employment agreement, or non-competition, nonsolicitation or confidentiality obligations owed by the Participant to the Company or its Subsidiaries. For purposes of this definition, no act or omission on the part of the Participant shall be deemed willful if done, or omitted to be done, by the Participant in good faith and in the reasonable belief that such action or omission was in the best interest of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and no failure of the Participant or the Company or its Subsidiaries to achieve performance goals, in and of itself, shall be treated as a basis for the termination of a Participants employment by the Company or its Subsidiaries for Cause. A termination for Cause shall be deemed to include a determination by the Administrator following a Participants termination of employment that circumstances existing prior to such termination would have entitled the Company or a Subsidiary to have terminated such Participants employment for Cause.
Section 2.11 Change in Control shall mean the first to occur of any of the following events after the Effective Date:
(a) any transaction, whether by way of sales of capital stock, merger, consolidation or otherwise, that would result in the direct or indirect beneficial ownership by any person, entity or group (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), excluding the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and the Investors (and any group that includes any of the Investors and any member of such group, if the non-Investor members of such group do not by themselves, directly or indirectly, own more than 50% of the Companys then outstanding voting securities), or any Affiliates of any of the foregoing, of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Companys (or, if applicable, the surviving company after such a merger) then outstanding voting securities; provided that an Excluded Transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control;
(b) within any 12-month period, the persons who were members of the Board at the beginning of such period (the Incumbent Directors ) shall cease to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any director elected or nominated for election to the Board by a majority of the Incumbent Directors then still in office shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director for purposes of this clause (b); or
3
(c) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to one or more persons or entities that are not, immediately prior to such sale, transfer or other disposition, Affiliates of the Company;
in each case, provided that, as to Awards subject to Section 409A of the Code, such event also constitutes a change in control within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, ( i ) a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur if the Company files for bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization under the United States Bankruptcy Code or as a result of any restructuring that occurs as a result of any such proceeding and ( ii ) a Public Offering shall not constitute a Change in Control.
Section 2.12 Change in Control Price shall mean the highest price per share of Company Common Stock offered in conjunction with any transaction resulting in a Change in Control. If any part of the offered price is payable other than in cash, the value of the non-cash portion of the Change in Control Price shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator as constituted immediately prior to the Change in Control.
Section 2.13 Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Section 2.14 Company shall have the meaning set forth in Article I and shall include any successor.
Section 2.15 Company Common Stock shall mean the common stock, par value $0.000000014 per share, of the Company and such other stock or securities into which such common stock is hereafter converted or for which such common stock is exchanged.
Section 2.16 Competitive Activity shall mean a Participants material breach of restrictive covenants relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation (of customers or employees) or preservation of confidential information, or other covenants having the same or similar scope, included in an Award Agreement or other agreement to which the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party.
Section 2.17 Consultant shall mean any natural person who is engaged by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.
Section 2.18 Corporate Event shall mean, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, any transaction or event described in Section 4.3(a) or any unusual or nonrecurring transaction or event affecting the Company, any Subsidiary, or the financial statements of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or changes in Applicable Laws or accounting principles (including, without limitation, a recapitalization of the Company).
4
Section 2.19 Deferred Share Unit shall mean a unit credited to a Participants account in the books of the Company under Article X, which represents the right to receive one Share of Company Common Stock or cash equal to the Fair Market Value thereof on settlement of the account.
Section 2.20 Director shall mean a member of the Board or a member of the board of directors of any Subsidiary.
Section 2.21 Disability shall mean ( x ) for Awards that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code, disability as such term is defined in the long-term disability insurance plan or program of the Company or any Subsidiary then covering the Participant or, in the absence of such a plan or program, as determined by the Administrator and ( y ) for Awards that are subject to Section 409A of the Code, disability shall have the meaning set forth in Section 409A(a)(2)(c) of the Code; provided that with respect to Awards that are not subject to Section 409A, ( A ) in the case of any Participant who, as of the date of determination, is a party to an effective employment, severance, consulting or other services agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary that employs such Participant, Disability shall have the meaning, if any, specified in such agreement and ( B ) the Administrators reasoned and good faith judgment of Disability shall be final and shall be based on such competent medical evidence as shall be presented to it by the Participant or by any physician or group of physicians or other competent medical expert employed by the Participant or the Company to advise the Administrator.
Section 2.22 Dividend Equivalent shall mean the right to receive payments, in cash or in Shares, based on dividends paid with respect to Shares.
Section 2.23 EBITDA shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.5.
Section 2.24 Effective Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.7.
Section 2.25 Eligible Representative for a Participant shall mean such Participants personal representative or such other person as is empowered under the deceased Participants will or trust or the then applicable laws of descent and distribution to represent the Participant hereunder.
Section 2.26 Employee shall mean any individual classified as an employee by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, whether such employee is so employed at the time this Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of this Plan, including any person to whom an offer of employment has been extended (except that any Award granted to such person shall be conditioned on his or her commencement of
5
service). A person shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of ( a ) any leave of absence approved by the Company or ( b ) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, or any successor to the foregoing. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, the employment relationship shall be deemed to have terminated on the first day immediately following such three (3)-month period, and such Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the first (1 st ) day immediately following a three (3)-month period from the date the employment relationship is deemed terminated.
Section 2.27 Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Section 2.28 Excluded Transaction shall mean a transaction described in clause (i) of the definition of Change in Control in which immediately after such transaction CD&R Univar Holdings, L.P. or its Permitted Transferees own at least 10% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company and no shares of such capital stock are then owned by Univar N.V. or its Permitted Transferees.
Section 2.29 Executive Officer shall mean each person who is an officer of the Company or any Subsidiary and who is subject to the reporting requirements under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.
Section 2.30 Fair Market Value of a Share as of any date of determination shall be:
(a) If the Company Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, then the closing price on such date per Share as reported on such stock exchange or system shall be the Fair Market Value for the date of determination;
(b) If there are no transactions in the Company Common Stock that are available to the Company on any date of determination pursuant to clause (a) but transactions are available to the Company as of the immediately preceding trading date, then the Fair Market Value determined as of the immediately preceding trading date shall be the Fair Market Value for the date of determination; or
(c) If neither clause (a) nor clause (b) shall apply on any date of determination, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator with reference to ( x ) the most recent valuation of the Company
6
Common Stock performed by an independent valuation consultant or appraiser of nationally recognized standing selected by the Administrator, if any, ( y ) sales prices of securities issued to investors in any recent arms length transactions, and ( z ) any other factors determined to be relevant by the Administrator.
Section 2.31 FICA shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.11.
Section 2.32 Good Reason shall, as to any Participant, have the meaning set forth in an effective employment, severance, consulting or other services agreement to which the Participant is a party with the Company or a Subsidiary that employs the Participant, or, in the absence of such an agreement: ( i ) a material reduction in the Participants base salary or a material reduction in the Participants target annual incentive compensation opportunity, in each case, other than ( a ) any isolated or inadvertent failure by the Company or the applicable Subsidiary that is not in bad faith and is cured within thirty (30) business days after the Participant gives the Company or the applicable Subsidiary notice of such event or ( b ) a reduction which is applicable to all employees in the same salary grade as the Participant; ( ii ) a material diminution in the Participants title, duties and responsibilities, other than any isolated or inadvertent failure by the Company or the applicable Subsidiary that is not in bad faith and is cured within thirty (30) business days after the Participant gives the Company or the applicable Subsidiary notice of such event; or ( iii ) a transfer of the Participants primary workplace by more than thirty-five (35) miles.
Section 2.33 Incentive Stock Option shall mean an Option which qualifies under Section 422 of the Code and is expressly designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Award Agreement.
Section 2.34 Incumbent Directors shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of Change in Control.
Section 2.35 Investors means any of ( i ) CD&R Univar Holdings, L.P., ( ii ) Univar N.V., ( iii ) any Affiliate of any of the foregoing that acquires Company Common Stock, and ( iv ) any successor in interest to any of the foregoing.
Section 2.36 normal retirement age shall have the meaning set forth in the applicable Award Agreement or, if not defined in the Award Agreement, age 65 or older pursuant to the customary policies of the Company.
Section 2.37 Non-Qualified Stock Option shall mean an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.
Section 2.38 Non-U.S. Awards shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.
7
Section 2.39 Option shall mean an option to purchase Company Common Stock granted under the Plan. The term Option includes both an Incentive Stock Option and a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
Section 2.40 Option Price shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.
Section 2.41 Optionee shall mean a Participant to whom an Option or SAR is granted under the Plan.
Section 2.42 Participant shall mean any Service Provider who has been granted an Award pursuant to the Plan.
Section 2.43 Performance Award shall mean Performance Shares, Performance Units and all other Awards that vest (in whole or in part) upon the achievement of specified Performance Goals.
Section 2.44 Performance Cycle shall mean the period of time selected by the Administrator during which performance is measured for the purpose of determining the extent to which a Performance Award has been earned or vested.
Section 2.45 Performance Goals means the objectives established by the Administrator for a Performance Cycle pursuant to Section 9.5 for the purpose of determining the extent to which a Performance Award has been earned or vested.
Section 2.46 Performance Share means an Award granted pursuant to Article IX of the Plan of a contractual right to receive a Share (or the cash equivalent thereof) upon the achievement, in whole or in part, of the applicable Performance Goals.
Section 2.47 Performance Unit means a U.S. Dollar-denominated unit (or a unit denominated in the Participants local currency) granted pursuant to Article IX of the Plan, payable upon the achievement, in whole or in part, of the applicable Performance Goals.
Section 2.48 Permitted Transferees shall have the meaning given to such term in the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, by and among the Company, the Investors and the other parties thereto (as the same may be amended from time to time).
Section 2.49 Person shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, governmental authority or any other entity of whatever nature.
Section 2.50 Plan shall have the meaning set forth in Article I.
8
Section 2.51 Public Offering shall mean the first (1 st ) day as of which ( i ) sales of Company Common Stock are made to the public in the United States pursuant to an underwritten public offering of the Company Common Stock led by one or more underwriters at least one of which is an underwriter of nationally recognized standing, or ( ii ) the Administrator has determined that the Company Common Stock otherwise has become publicly traded for this purpose.
Section 2.52 Replacement Awards shall mean Shares or Awards, issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form or combination by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as reasonably determined by the Administrator.
Section 2.53 Restricted Stock shall mean an Award granted pursuant to Section 8.1.
Section 2.54 Restricted Stock Unit shall mean an Award granted pursuant to Section 8.2.
Section 2.55 Securities Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Section 2.56 Service Provider shall mean an Employee, Consultant or Director.
Section 2.57 Share shall mean a share of Company Common Stock.
Section 2.58 Special Termination shall mean a termination by reason of the Participants death or Disability.
Section 2.59 Stock Appreciation Right or SAR shall mean the right to receive a payment from the Company in cash and/or Shares equal to the product of ( i ) the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the exercise date over a specified price (the Base Price ) fixed by the Administrator on the grant date (which specified price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of one Share on the grant date), multiplied by ( ii ) a stated number of Shares.
Section 2.60 Stock-Based Award shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.
Section 2.61 Stock Incentive Plan shall have the meaning set forth in Article I.
Section 2.62 Stock Purchase Right shall mean an Award granted pursuant to Section 5.4.
9
Section 2.63 Subplans shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.
Section 2.64 Subscription Agreement shall mean any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document, including through an electronic medium, required by the Company to be entered into between the Company and the Participant upon the issuance of Company Common Stock subject to an Award, which establishes the rights and obligations of each of them relating to the Company Common Stock so issued to the Participant; it being understood that the Administrator may determine that no Subscription Agreement is required in all or individual cases.
Section 2.65 Subsidiary shall mean any entity that is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or any entity in which the Company directly or indirectly controls at least a 50% equity interest, provided that, to the extent required under Section 422 of the Code when granting an Incentive Stock Option, Subsidiary shall mean any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with such entity if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain then owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
Section 2.66 Termination of employment , termination of service and any similar term or terms shall mean, with respect to a Director who is not an Employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the date upon which such Director ceases to be a member of the Board; with respect to a Consultant who is not an Employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the date upon which such Consultant ceases to provide consulting or advisory services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and, with respect to an Employee, the date the Participant ceases to be an Employee; provided that with respect to any Award subject to Section 409A of the Code, such terms shall mean separation from service, as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the rules, regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. A termination of employment or termination of service shall not occur if a Director, immediately upon ceasing to be a member of the Board, becomes an Employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or if an Employee, immediately upon termination of employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, becomes or continues to serve as a member of the Board.
Section 2.67 Withholding Taxes shall mean the statutory minimum of any federal, state, local or foreign income taxes, withholding taxes or employment taxes required to be withheld under Applicable Law.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
Section 3.1 Administrator . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or an Administrator appointed by the Board, which Administrator, unless otherwise determined by the Board, shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws, including, without limitation, Section 16 of the Exchange Act and Section 162(m) of the Code.
10
Section 3.2 Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Administrator, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority (which in the case of a committee of the Board may be designated in the committees charter approved by the Board) to do the following:
(a) determine the Fair Market Value;
(b) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant;
(c) select the Service Providers to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder;
(d) determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of Shares to which an Award will relate;
(e) approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan, which need not be identical for each Service Provider;
(f) determine the terms and conditions of any Awards granted hereunder (including, without limitation, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions and any restriction or limitation regarding any Awards or the Company Common Stock relating thereto) based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;
(g) determine all matters and questions related to the termination of service of a Service Provider with respect to any Award, including, but not by way of limitation of, all questions of whether a particular Service Provider has taken a leave of absence, all questions of whether a leave of absence taken by a particular Service Provider constitutes a termination of service, and all questions of whether a termination of service of a particular Service Provider resulted from discharge for Cause;
(h) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to Subplans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;
11
(i) determine whether, to what extent, and pursuant to what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise or purchase price of an Award may be paid in, cash, Company Common Stock, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited or surrendered;
(j) suspend or accelerate the vesting of any Award or waive the forfeiture restrictions or any other restriction or limitation regarding any Awards or the Company Common Stock relating thereto;
(k) construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;
(l) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan;
(m) authorize any person to execute, on behalf of the Company, any instrument required to carry out the purposes of the Plan; and
(n) make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan.
Any determination made by the Administrator under the Plan, including, without limitation, under Section 4.3, shall be final, binding and conclusive on all Participants and other persons having or claiming any right or interest under the Plan.
Section 3.3 Delegation by the Administrator . The Administrator may delegate, subject to such terms or conditions or guidelines as the Board or Administrator shall determine (in the case of a committee acting as the Administrator, to the extent of its authority under the committees charter), to any officer or group of officers, or Director or group of Directors of the Company or its Affiliates any portion of the Administrators authority and powers under the Plan with respect to Participants who are not direct reports to the Chief Executive Officer, Executive Officers or non-employee directors of the Board; provided that any delegation to one or more officers of the Company shall be subject to and comply with Section 157(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (or successor provision). In addition, ( i ) with respect to any Award intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrator shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee or subcommittee of the Board or the Compensation Committee as the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board shall designate, consisting solely of two or more members, each of whom is an outside director within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and ( ii ) with respect to any Award intended to qualify for the exemption contained in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, the Administrator shall consist of solely two or more non-employee directors within the meaning of such rule, or, in the alternative, the entire Board.
12
Section 3.4 Compensation, Professional Assistance, Good Faith Actions . The Administrator may receive such compensation for its services hereunder as may be determined by the Board (including, in the case of a committee, to the extent that compensation is authorized under the committees charter). All expenses and liabilities incurred by the Administrator in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Company. The Administrator may, in its discretion, elect to engage the services of attorneys, consultants, accountants, appraisers, brokers or other persons. The Administrator, the Company and its officers and Directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any such persons. All actions taken and all interpretations, decisions and determinations made by the Administrator, in good faith shall be final and binding upon all Participants, the Company and all other interested persons. The Administrators determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by the Administrator selectively among persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards under the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated. The Administrator (and its members) shall not be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made with respect to the Plan or the Awards, and the Administrator (and its members) shall be fully indemnified by the Company with respect to any such action, determination or interpretation.
Section 3.5 Participants Based Outside the United States . To conform with the provisions of local laws and regulations, or with local compensation practices and policies, in foreign countries in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates operate, but subject to the limitations set forth herein regarding the maximum number of shares issuable hereunder and the maximum award to any single Participant, the Administrator may ( i ) modify the terms and conditions of Awards granted to Participants employed outside the United States ( Non-U.S. Awards ), ( ii ) establish subplans with such modifications as may be necessary or advisable under the circumstances ( Subplans ) and ( iii ) take any action which it deems advisable to obtain, comply with or otherwise reflect any necessary governmental regulatory procedures, exemptions or approvals with respect to the Plan. The Administrators decision to grant Non-U.S. Awards or to establish Subplans is entirely voluntary, and at the complete discretion of the Administrator. The Administrator may amend, modify or terminate any Subplans at any time, and such amendment, modification or termination may be made without prior notice to the Participants. The Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and members of the Administrator shall not incur any liability of any kind to any Participant as a result of any change, amendment or termination of any Subplan at any time. The benefits and rights provided under any Subplan or by any Non-U.S. Award ( x ) are wholly discretionary and, although provided by either the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate, do not constitute regular or periodic payments and ( y ) except as otherwise required under Applicable Laws, are not to be considered part of the Participants salary or
13
compensation under the Participants employment with the Participants local employer for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy or other end of service payments, vacation, bonuses, long-term service awards, indemnification, pension or retirement benefits, or any other payments, benefits or rights of any kind. If a Subplan is terminated, the Administrator may direct the payment of Non-U.S. Awards (or direct the deferral of payments whose amount shall be determined) prior to the dates on which payments would otherwise have been made, and, in the Administrators discretion, such payments may be made in a lump sum or in installments.
ARTICLE IV
SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN
Section 4.1 Shares Subject to Plan .
(a) Subject to Section 4.3, the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued under this Plan is [], all of which may be issued in the form of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. The Shares issued under the Plan may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Company Common Stock. No provision of this Plan shall be construed to require the Company to maintain the Shares in certificated form.
(b) Upon the grant of an Award, the maximum number of Shares set forth in Section 4.1(a) shall be reduced by the maximum number of Shares that are issued or may be issued pursuant to such Award. Upon the exercise, settlement or conversion of any Award or portion thereof, there shall again be available for grant under the Plan the number of Shares subject to such Award or portion thereof minus the actual number of Shares issued in connection with such exercise, settlement or conversion. If any such Award or portion thereof is for any reason forfeited, canceled, expired or otherwise terminated without the issuance of Shares, the Shares subject to such forfeited, canceled, expired or otherwise terminated Award or portion thereof shall again be available for grant under the Plan. If Shares are withheld from issuance with respect to an Award by the Company in satisfaction of any tax withholding or similar obligations, such withheld Shares shall again be available for grant under the Plan. Awards which the Administrator reasonably determines will be settled in cash shall not reduce the Plan maximum set forth in Section 4.1(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except to the extent required by Applicable Law, Replacement Awards shall not be counted against Shares available for grant pursuant to this Plan.
14
Section 4.2 Individual Award Limitations . Subject to Section 4.1(a) and Section 4.3, the following individual Award limits shall apply to the extent Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable to the Company and the Plan, and for those Awards intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code:
(a) No Participant may be granted more than 2,500,000 Options, SARs or any other Award based solely on the increase in value of the Shares from the date of grant under the Plan in any calendar year.
(b) No Participant may be granted more than 1,500,000 Performance Shares, shares of performance-based Restricted Stock, performance-based Restricted Stock Units or performance-based Dividend Equivalents under the Plan in any calendar year.
(c) No Participant may be granted Performance Units or any other performance-based Award settled in cash under the Plan in any calendar year with a value of more than U.S. $10,000,000 (or the equivalent of such amount denominated in the Participants local currency).
Section 4.3 Changes in Company Common Stock; Disposition of Assets and Corporate Events .
(a) If and to the extent necessary or appropriate to reflect any stock dividend, extraordinary dividend, stock split or share combination or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation, exchange of shares, spin-off, liquidation or dissolution of the Company or other similar transaction affecting the Company Common Stock (each, a Corporate Event ), the Administrator shall adjust the number of shares of Company Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan and the number, class and exercise price (if applicable) or Base Price (if applicable) of any outstanding Award, and/or make such substitution, revision or other provisions or take such other actions with respect to any outstanding Award or the holder or holders thereof, in each case as it determines to be equitable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, in the event of any Corporate Event, the Administrator shall have the power to make such changes as it deems appropriate in ( i ) the number and type of shares or other securities covered by outstanding Awards, ( ii ) the prices specified therein (if applicable), ( iii ) the securities, cash or other property to be received upon the exercise, settlement or conversion of such outstanding Awards or otherwise to be received in connection with such outstanding Awards, and ( iv ) and any applicable Performance Goals. After any adjustment made by the Administrator pursuant to this Section 4.3, the number of shares subject to each outstanding Award shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.
(b) Any adjustment of an Award pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be effected in compliance with Section 422 and 409A of the Code to the extent applicable.
Section 4.4 Award Agreement Provisions . The Administrator may include such further provisions and limitations in any Award Agreement as it may deem equitable and in the best interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
15
Section 4.5 Prohibition Against Repricing . From and after a Public Offering, except to the extent ( i ) approved in advance by holders of a majority of the Shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or ( ii ) pursuant to Section 4.3 as a result of any Corporate Event, the Administrator shall not have the power or authority to reduce, whether through amendment or otherwise, the exercise price of any outstanding Option or Base Price of any outstanding SAR or to grant any new Award, or make any cash payment, in substitution for or upon the cancellation of Options or SARs previously granted.
ARTICLE V
GRANTING OF OPTIONS AND SARS
AND SALE OF COMPANY COMMON STOCK
Section 5.1 Eligibility . Non-Qualified Stock Options and SARs may be granted to Service Providers. Subject to Section 5.2, Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to Employees.
Section 5.2 Qualification of Incentive Stock Options . No Employee may be granted an Incentive Stock Option under the Plan if such Employee, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any then existing Subsidiary or parent corporation (within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code) unless such Incentive Stock Option conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.
Section 5.3 Granting of Options and SARs to Service Providers .
(a) Options and SARs . The Administrator may from time to time:
(i) Select from among the Service Providers (including those to whom Options or SARs have been previously granted under the Plan) such of them as in its opinion should be granted Options and/or SARs;
(ii) Determine the number of Shares to be subject to such Options and/or SARs granted to such Service Provider, and determine whether such Options are to be Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options; and
(iii) Determine the terms and conditions of such Options and SARs, consistent with the Plan.
(b) SARs may be granted in tandem with Options or may be granted on a freestanding basis, not related to any Option. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator at the grant date or determined thereafter in a manner more favorable to the Participant, SARs granted in tandem with Options shall have substantially similar terms and conditions to such Options to the extent applicable, or may be granted on a freestanding basis, not related to any Option.
16
(c) Upon the selection of a Service Provider to be granted an Option or SAR under this Section 5.3, the Administrator shall issue, or shall instruct an authorized officer to issue, such Option or SAR and may impose such conditions on the grant of such Option or SAR as it deems appropriate. Subject to Section 15.2 of the Plan, any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan may be modified by the Administrator, without the consent of the Optionee, even if such modification would result in the disqualification of such Option as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.
Section 5.4 Sale of Company Common Stock to Service Providers . The Administrator, acting in its sole discretion, may from time to time designate one or more Service Providers to whom an offer to sell Shares shall be made and the terms and conditions thereof, provided , however , that the price per Share shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the date any such offer is accepted. Each Share sold to a Service Provider under this Section 5.4 shall be evidenced by a Subscription Agreement in a form approved by the Administrator, which shall contain terms consistent with the terms hereof. Any Shares sold under this Section 5.4 shall be subject to the same limitations, restrictions and administration hereunder as would apply to any Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option under this Plan including, without limitation, conditions and restrictions set forth in Section 7.6. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, Shares acquired pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall also be subject to the terms and conditions of a Subscription Agreement, which shall be accepted and acknowledged by the Participant, including by electronic means.
ARTICLE VI
TERMS OF OPTIONS AND SARS
Section 6.1 Award Agreement . Each Option and each SAR shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, which shall be accepted and acknowledged by the Optionee, including by electronic means, and which shall contain such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine, consistent with the Plan. Award Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to qualify such Options as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code.
Section 6.2 Exercisability and Vesting of Options and SARs .
(a) Each Option and SAR shall vest and become exercisable according to the terms of the applicable Award Agreement; provided , however , that by a resolution adopted after an Option or SAR is granted the Administrator may, on such terms and conditions as it may determine to be appropriate, accelerate the time at which such Option or SAR or any portion thereof may be exercised.
17
(b) Except as otherwise provided by the Administrator or in the applicable Award Agreement, no portion of an Option or SAR which is unexercisable on the date that an Optionee incurs a termination of service as a Service Provider shall thereafter become exercisable.
(c) The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of all Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Service Provider in any calendar year may not exceed U.S. $100,000 or such other limitation as imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code, or any successor provision. To the extent that Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in excess of such limitation, the excess shall be considered Non-Qualified Stock Options.
(d) SARs granted in tandem with an Option shall become vested and exercisable on the same date or dates as the Options with which such SARs are associated vest and become exercisable. SARs that are granted in tandem with an Option may only be exercised upon the surrender of the right to exercise such Option for an equivalent number of Shares, and may be exercised only with respect to the Shares for which the related Option is then exercisable.
Section 6.3 Option Price and Base Price . Excluding Replacement Awards, the per Share purchase price of the Shares subject to each Option (the Option Price ) and the Base Price of each SAR shall be set by the Administrator and shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the date such Option or SAR is granted.
Section 6.4 Expiration of Options and SARs . No Option or SAR may be exercised after the first to occur of the following events:
(a) The expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option or SAR was granted; or
(b) With respect to an Incentive Stock Option in the case of an Optionee owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code), at the time the Incentive Stock Option was granted, more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary, the expiration of five (5) years from the date the Incentive Stock Option was granted.
18
ARTICLE VII
EXERCISE OF OPTIONS AND SARS
Section 7.1 Person Eligible to Exercise . During the lifetime of the Optionee, only the Optionee may exercise an Option or SAR (or any portion thereof) granted to him or her; provided , however , that the Optionees Eligible Representative may exercise his or her Option or SAR or portion thereof during the period of the Optionees Disability. After the death of the Optionee, any exercisable portion of an Option or SAR may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, be exercised by his or her Eligible Representative.
Section 7.2 Partial Exercise . At any time and from time to time prior to the date on which the Option or SAR becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, the exercisable portion of an Option or SAR may be exercised in whole or in part; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to issue fractional Shares and the Administrator may, by the terms of the Option or SAR, require any partial exercise to exceed a specified minimum number of Shares.
Section 7.3 Manner of Exercise . Subject to any generally applicable conditions or procedures that may be imposed by the Administrator, an exercisable Option or SAR, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivery to the Administrator or its designee of all of the following prior to the time when such Option or SAR or such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement:
(a) Notice in writing delivered by the Optionee or his or her Eligible Representative, stating that such Option or SAR or portion is being exercised, and specifically stating the number of Shares with respect to which the Option or SAR is being exercised (which form of notice shall be provided by the Administrator upon request and may be electronic);
(b) A copy of the Subscription Agreement in use by the Company at the time of exercise (which shall be provided by the Administrator upon request);
(c) (i) With respect to the exercise of any Option, full payment (in cash (through wire transfer only) or by personal, certified, or bank cashier check) of the aggregate Option Price of the Shares with respect to which such Option (or portion thereof) is thereby exercised; or
(ii) With the consent of the Administrator, ( A ) Shares owned by the Optionee duly endorsed for transfer to the Company or ( B ) Shares issuable to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option, with a Fair Market Value on the date of Option exercise equal to the aggregate Option Price of the Shares with respect to which such Option (or portion thereof) is thereby exercised; or
19
(iii) With the consent of the Administrator, payment of the Option Price through a broker-assisted cashless exercise program established by the Company; or
(iv) With the consent of the Administrator, any form of payment of the Option Price permitted by Applicable Laws and any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.
(d) Full payment to the Company (in cash or by personal, certified or bank cashier check or by any other means of payment approved by the Administrator) of all minimum amounts necessary to satisfy any and all Withholding Taxes arising in connection with the exercise of the Option or SAR (notice of the amount of which shall be provided by the Administrator as soon as practicable following receipt by the Administrator of the notice of exercise);
(e) Such representations and documents as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with all applicable provisions of the Securities Act and any other federal or state securities laws or regulations. The Administrator shall provide the Optionee or Eligible Representative with all such representations and documents as soon as practicable following receipt by the Administrator of the notice of exercise. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance including, without limitation, placing legends on share certificates and issuing stop-transfer orders to transfer agents and registrars; and
(f) In the event that the Option or SAR or portion thereof shall be exercised as permitted under Section 7.1 by any person or persons other than the Optionee, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option or SAR or portion thereof.
Section 7.4 Optionee Representations . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may require an Optionee to make certain representations or acknowledgements, on or prior to the purchase of any Shares pursuant to any Option or SAR granted under this Plan, in respect thereof including, without limitation, that the Optionee is acquiring the Shares for an investment purpose and not for resale, and, if the Optionee is an Affiliate, additional acknowledgements regarding when and to what extent any transfers of such Shares may occur.
20
Section 7.5 Settlement of SARs . Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, upon exercise of a SAR, the Participant shall be entitled to receive payment in the form, determined by the Administrator, of Shares, or cash, or a combination of Shares and cash having an aggregate value equal to the amount determined by multiplying:
(a) any increase in the Fair Market Value of one Share on the exercise date over the Base Price of such SAR, by
(b) the number of Shares with respect to which such SAR is exercised;
provided , however , that on the grant date, the Administrator may establish, in its sole discretion, a maximum amount per Share that may be payable upon exercise of a SAR, and provided , further , that in no event shall the value of the Company Common Stock or cash delivered on exercise of a SAR exceed the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised over the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the grant date of such SAR.
Section 7.6 Conditions to Issuance of Shares . The Company shall evidence the issuance of Shares delivered upon exercise of an Option or SAR in the books and records of the Company or in a manner determined by the Company. Notwithstanding the above, the Company shall not be required to effect the issuance of any Shares purchased upon the exercise of any Option or SAR or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:
(a) The admission of such Shares to listing on any and all stock exchanges on which such class of Company Common Stock is then listed;
(b) The completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any other local, state, federal or foreign governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator shall, in its sole discretion, deem necessary or advisable;
(c) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Administrator shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and
(d) The payment to the Company (or any Subsidiary, as applicable) of all amounts which it is required to withhold under Applicable Law in connection with the exercise of the Option or SAR.
The Administrator shall not have any liability to any Optionee for any delay in the delivery of Shares to be issued upon an Optionees exercise of an Option or SAR.
21
Section 7.7 Rights as Stockholders . The holder of an Option or SAR shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares purchasable upon the exercise of any part of an Option or SAR unless and until such holder has accepted and acknowledged a Subscription Agreement (if provided by the Administrator) and the Shares attributable to the exercise of the Option or SAR have been issued by the Company to such holder.
Section 7.8 Transfer Restrictions . Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option or SAR shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Subscription Agreement (if any). In addition, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may set forth in an Award Agreement such further restrictions on the transferability of the Shares purchasable upon the exercise of an Option or SAR as it deems appropriate. Any such restriction may be referred to in the Share register maintained by the Company or otherwise in a manner reflecting its applicability to the Shares. The Administrator may require the Employee to give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of Shares acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option, within two (2) years from the date of granting such Option or one (1) year after the transfer of such Shares to such Employee. The Administrator may cause the Share register maintained by the Company to refer to such requirement.
ARTICLE VIII
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARDS
Section 8.1 Restricted Stock .
(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . The Administrator is authorized to make Awards of Restricted Stock to any Service Provider selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator. All Awards of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement and Subscription Agreement.
(b) Issuance and Restrictions . Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the Administrator may impose (including, without limitation, limitations on the right to vote Restricted Stock or the right to receive dividends on the Restricted Stock). These restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, pursuant to such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise, as the Administrator determines at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter.
(c) Issuance of Restricted Stock . The issuance of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator shall determine.
22
Section 8.2 Restricted Stock Units . The Administrator is authorized to make Awards of Restricted Stock Units to any Service Provider selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator. At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate, including the requirement of executing a Subscription Agreement. At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the settlement date applicable to each grant of Restricted Stock Units which shall be no earlier than the vesting date or dates of the Award and may be determined at the election of the grantee. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, on the settlement date, the Company shall, subject to the terms of this Plan (including satisfaction of applicable Withholding Taxes), transfer to the Participant one Share for each Restricted Stock Unit scheduled to be paid out on such date and not previously forfeited. The Administrator shall specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the grantee to the Company for such Shares.
Section 8.3 Rights as a Stockholder . A Participant shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder in respect of Restricted Stock Units awarded pursuant to the Plan unless and until such Participant has accepted and acknowledged a Subscription Agreement (if provided by the Administrator) and the Shares attributable to such Restricted Stock Units have been issued to such Participant.
ARTICLE IX
PERFORMANCE SHARES AND PERFORMANCE UNITS
Section 9.1 Grant of Performance Awards . The Administrator is authorized to make Awards of Performance Shares and Performance Units to any Participant selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator. All Performance Shares and Performance Units shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.
Section 9.2 Issuance and Restrictions . The Administrator shall have the authority to determine the Participants who shall receive Performance Shares and Performance Units, the number of Performance Shares and the number and value of Performance Units each Participant receives for any Performance Cycle, and the Performance Goals applicable in respect of such Performance Shares and Performance Units for each Performance Cycle. The Administrator shall determine the duration of each Performance Cycle (and the duration of Performance Cycles may differ from one another), and there may be more than one Performance Cycle in existence at any one time. An Award Agreement evidencing the grant of Performance Shares or Performance Units shall specify the number of Performance Shares and the number and value of Performance Units awarded to the Participant, the Performance Goals applicable thereto, and such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Administrator shall determine. No Company Common Stock will be issued at the time an Award of Performance Shares is made, and the Company shall not be required to set aside a fund for the payment of Performance Shares or Performance Units.
23
Section 9.3 Earned Performance Shares and Performance Units . Performance Shares and Performance Units shall become earned, in whole or in part, based upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals or the occurrence of any event or events, as the Administrator shall determine, either in an Award Agreement or thereafter on terms more favorable to the Participant to the extent consistent with Section 162(m). In addition to the achievement of the specified Performance Goals, the Administrator may condition payment of Performance Shares and Performance Units on such other conditions as the Administrator shall specify in an Award Agreement. The Administrator may also provide in an Award Agreement for the completion of a minimum period of service (in addition to the achievement of any applicable Performance Goals) as a condition to the vesting of any Performance Share or Performance Unit Award.
Section 9.4 Rights as a Stockholder . A Participant shall not have any rights as a stockholder in respect of Performance Shares or Performance Units awarded pursuant to the Plan (including, without limitation, the right to vote on any matter submitted to the Companys stockholders) until such time as the Participant has accepted and acknowledged a Subscription Agreement (if provided by the Administrator) and the Shares attributable to such Performance Shares or Performance Units have been issued to such Participant or his or her beneficiary.
Section 9.5 Performance Goals . The Administrator shall establish the Performance Goals that must be satisfied in order for a Participant to receive an Award for a Performance Period or for an Award of Performance Shares or Performance Units to be earned or vested. At the discretion of the Administrator, the Performance Goals may be based upon (alone or in combination): ( a ) net or operating income (before or after taxes); ( b ) earnings before taxes, interest, depreciation, and/or amortization ( EBITDA ); ( c ) EBITDA excluding charges for stock compensation, management fees, restructurings and impairments ( Adjusted EBITDA ); ( d ) basic or diluted earnings per share or improvement in basic or diluted earnings per share; ( e ) sales (including, but not limited to, total sales, net sales or revenue growth); ( f ) net operating profit; ( g ) financial return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, capital, invested capital, equity, sales, or revenue); ( h ) cash flow measures (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on equity, and cash flow return on investment); ( i ) productivity ratios (including but not limited to measuring liquidity, profitability or leverage); ( j ) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total shareholder return); ( k ) expense/cost management targets; ( l ) margins (including, but not limited to, operating margin, net income margin, cash margin, gross, net or operating profit margins, EBITDA margins, Adjusted EBITDA margins); ( m ) operating efficiency; ( n ) market share or market penetration; ( o ) customer targets (including, but not limited to, customer growth or customer satisfaction); ( p ) working capital targets or improvements; ( q ) economic value added; ( r ) balance sheet metrics (including, but not limited to, inventory, inventory turns, receivables turnover, net asset turnover, debt reduction, retained earnings, year-end cash, cash conversion cycle, ratio of debt to equity or to
24
EBITDA); ( s ) workforce targets (including but not limited to diversity goals, employee engagement or satisfaction, employee retention, and workplace health and safety goals); ( t ) implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research and development, key products or key projects, lines of business, acquisitions and divestitures and strategic plan development and/or implementation; ( u ) comparisons with various stock market indices, peer companies or industry groups or classifications with regard to one more of these criteria; or, for any period of time in which Section 162(m) is not applicable to the Company and the Plan, or at any time in the case of ( A ) persons who are not covered employees under Section 162(m) of the Code or ( B ) Awards (whether or not to covered employees) not intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, such other criteria as may be determined by the Administrator.
Performance Goals may be established on a Company-wide basis or with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Subsidiaries, or products and may be expressed in absolute terms, or relative to ( i ) current internal targets or budgets, ( ii ) the past performance of the Company (including the performance of one or more Subsidiaries, divisions or operating units), ( iii ) the performance of one or more similarly situated companies, ( iv ) the performance of an index covering a peer group of companies or ( v ) other external measures of the selected performance criteria. Any performance objective may measure performance on an individual basis, as appropriate. The Administrator may provide for a threshold level of performance below which no Shares or compensation will be granted or paid in respect of Performance Shares or Performance Units, and a maximum level of performance above which no additional Shares or compensation will be granted or paid in respect of Performance Shares or Performance Units, and it may provide for differing amounts of Shares or compensation to be granted or paid in respect of Performance Shares or Performance Units for different levels of performance. When establishing Performance Goals for a Performance Cycle, the Administrator may determine that any or all extraordinary items as determined under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and as identified in the financial statements, notes to the financial statements or managements discussion and analysis in the annual report, including, without limitation, the charges or costs associated with restructurings of the Company, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, capital gains and losses, dividends, Share repurchases, other unusual or non-recurring items, and the cumulative effects of accounting changes shall be excluded from the determination as to whether the Performance Goals have been met. Except in the case of Awards to covered employees intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrator may also adjust the Performance Goals for any Performance Cycle as it deems equitable in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company, changes in applicable tax laws or accounting principles, or such other factors as the Administrator may determine.
25
Section 9.6 Special Rule for Performance Goals . If, at the time of grant, the Administrator intends a Performance Share Award, Performance Unit or other Performance Award to qualify as performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrator must establish Performance Goals for the applicable Performance Cycle prior to the ninety-first (91 st ) day of the Performance Cycle (or by such other date as may be required under Section 162(m) of the Code) but not later than the date on which 25% of the Performance Cycle has elapsed.
Section 9.7 Negative Discretion . Notwithstanding anything in this Article IX to the contrary, the Administrator shall have the right, in its absolute discretion, ( i ) to reduce or eliminate the amount otherwise payable to any Participant under Section 9.9 based on individual performance or any other factors that the Administrator, in its discretion, shall deem appropriate and ( ii ) to establish rules or procedures that have the effect of limiting the amount payable to each Participant to an amount that is less than the maximum amount otherwise authorized under the Award or under the Plan.
Section 9.8 Affirmative Discretion . Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan to the contrary, but subject to the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under Article IV of the Plan, ( i ) the Administrator shall have the right, in its discretion, to grant an Award in cash, Shares or other Awards, or in any combination thereof, to any Participant (except for Awards intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable to the Company and the Plan) in a greater amount than would apply under the applicable Performance Goals, based on individual performance or any other criteria that the Administrator deems appropriate and ( ii ) in connection with the hiring of any person who is or becomes a covered employee as defined in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code, the Administrator may provide for a minimum bonus amount in any Performance Cycle, regardless of whether Performance Goals are attained. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in no event shall the Administrator have, or exercise, discretion with respect to a Performance Award intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code if such discretion or the exercise thereof would cause such qualification not to be available.
Section 9.9 Certification of Attainment of Performance Goals . As soon as practicable after the end of a Performance Cycle and prior to any payment or vesting in respect of such Performance Cycle, the Administrator shall certify in writing the number of Performance Shares or other Performance Awards and the number and value of Performance Units that have been earned or vested on the basis of performance in relation to the established Performance Goals.
Section 9.10 Payment of Awards . Payment or delivery of Company Common Stock with respect to earned Performance Shares and earned Performance Units shall be made to the Participant or, if the Participant has died, to the Participants Eligible Representative, as soon as practicable after the expiration of the Performance Cycle and
26
the Administrators certification under Section 9.9 and (unless an applicable Award Agreement shall set forth one or more other dates) in any event no later than the earlier of ( i ) ninety (90) days after the end of the fiscal year in which the Performance Cycle has ended and ( ii ) ninety (90) days after the expiration of the Performance Cycle. The Administrator shall determine and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement whether earned Performance Shares and the value of earned Performance Units are to be distributed in the form of cash, Shares or in a combination thereof, with the value or number of Shares payable to be determined based on the Fair Market Value of the Company Common Stock on the date of the Administrators certification under Section 9.9 or such other date specified in the Award Agreement. The Administrator may set forth in an Award Agreement conditions with respect to the award or delivery of Shares, including conditioning the vesting of such Shares on the performance of additional service.
Section 9.11 Newly Eligible Participants . Notwithstanding anything in this Article IX to the contrary, the Administrator shall be entitled to make such rules, determinations and adjustments as it deems appropriate with respect to any Participant who becomes eligible to receive Performance Shares, Performance Units or other Performance Awards after the commencement of a Performance Cycle.
ARTICLE X
DEFERRED SHARE UNITS
Section 10.1 Grant . Subject to Article III, the Administrator is authorized to make awards of Deferred Share Units to any Participant selected by the Administrator at such time or times as shall be determined by the Administrator without regard to any election by the Participant to defer receipt of any compensation or bonus amount payable to him. The grant date of any Deferred Share Unit under the Plan will be the date on which such Deferred Share Unit is awarded by the Administrator or on such other future date as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion. Upon the grant of Deferred Share Units pursuant to the Plan, the Company shall establish a notional account for the Participant and will record in such account the number of Deferred Share Units awarded to the Participant. No Shares will be issued to the Participant at the time an award of Deferred Share Units is granted. Subject to Article III and Applicable Law (including Section 409A of the Code), Deferred Share Units may become payable on a Corporate Event, termination of employment or on a specified date or dates set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Deferred Share Units.
Section 10.2 Rights as a Stockholder . A Participant shall not be, nor have any of the rights and privileges of, a stockholder of the Company in respect of Deferred Share Units awarded pursuant to the Plan unless and until such time as the Participant has accepted and acknowledged a Subscription Agreement (if provided by the Administrator) and the Shares attributable to such Deferred Share Units have been issued to such Participant.
27
Section 10.3 Vesting . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise at the grant date or provides thereafter in a manner more favorable to the Participant, Deferred Share Units shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable when granted.
Section 10.4 Further Deferral Elections . A Participant may elect to further defer receipt of Shares issuable in respect of Deferred Share Units (or an installment of an Award) for a specified period or until a specified event and in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code, subject in each case to the Administrators approval and to such terms as are determined by the Administrator, all in its sole discretion. Subject to any exceptions adopted by the Administrator in accordance with Applicable Law (including Section 409A of the Code), such election must generally be made at least twelve (12) months prior to the prior settlement date of such Deferred Share Units (or any such installment thereof) and must defer settlement for at least five (5) years after such prior settlement date. A further deferral opportunity does not have to be made available to all Participants, and different terms and conditions may apply with respect to the further deferral opportunities made available to different Participants.
Section 10.5 Settlement . Subject to this Article X, upon the date specified in the Award Agreement evidencing the Deferred Share Units, for each such Deferred Share Unit the Participant shall receive, as specified in the Award Agreement (and subject to satisfaction of applicable Withholding Taxes), ( i ) a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of one (1) Share as of such payment date, ( ii ) one (1) Share or ( iii ) any combination of clauses (i) and (ii).
ARTICLE XI
OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS
Section 11.1 Grant of Stock-Based Awards . The Administrator is authorized to make Awards of other types of equity-based or equity-related awards ( Stock-Based Awards ) not otherwise described by the terms of the Plan in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine. All Stock-Based Awards shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Such Stock-Based Awards may be granted as an inducement to enter the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary or in satisfaction of any obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary to an officer or other key employee, whether pursuant to this Plan or otherwise, that would otherwise have been payable in cash or in respect of any other obligation of the Company. Such Stock-Based Awards may entail the transfer of actual Shares, or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of Shares and may include, without limitation, Awards designed to comply with or take advantage of the Applicable Laws of jurisdictions other than the United States.
28
Section 11.2 Automatic Grants for Directors . The Administrator may institute, by resolution, grants of automatic Awards to new and continuing Directors, with the number and type of such Awards, the frequency of grant and all related terms and conditions, including any applicable vesting conditions, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.
ARTICLE XII
DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS
Section 12.1 Generally . Dividend Equivalents may be granted to Participants at such time or times as shall be determined by the Administrator. Dividend Equivalents may be granted in tandem with other Awards, in addition to other Awards, or freestanding and unrelated to other Awards. The grant date of any Dividend Equivalents under the Plan will be the date on which the Dividend Equivalent is awarded by the Administrator, or such other date permitted by Applicable Laws as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion. Dividend Equivalents may, at the discretion of the Administrator, be fully vested and nonforfeitable when granted or subject to such vesting conditions as determined by the Administrator. For the avoidance of doubt, Dividend Equivalents with respect to Awards shall not be fully vested until the Awards have been earned and shall be forfeited if the related Award is forfeited. Dividend Equivalents shall be evidenced in writing, whether as part of the Award Agreement governing the terms of the Award, if any, to which such Dividend Equivalent relates, or pursuant to a separate Award Agreement with respect to freestanding Dividend Equivalents, in each case, containing such provisions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Administrator shall determine, including customary representations, warranties and covenants with respect to securities law matters.
ARTICLE XIII
TERMINATION AND FORFEITURE
Section 13.1 Termination for Cause . Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator at the grant date and set forth in the Award Agreement covering the Award or otherwise in writing or determined thereafter in a manner more favorable to the Participant, if a Participants employment or service terminates for Cause, all Options and SARs, whether vested or unvested, and all other Awards that are unvested or unexercisable or otherwise unpaid (or were unvested or unexercisable or unpaid at the time of occurrence of Cause) shall be immediately forfeited and canceled, effective as of the date of the Participants termination of service.
29
Section 13.2 Termination for Any Other Reason . Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator at the grant date and set forth in the Award Agreement covering the Award or otherwise in writing or determined thereafter in a manner more favorable to the Participant, if a Participants employment or service terminates for any reason other than Cause:
(a) Treatment of Unvested Awards. If a Participants employment or service is terminated, all Awards that are unvested or unexercisable shall be immediately forfeited and canceled, effective as of the date of the Participants termination of service, provided that if a Participants employment or service is terminated in a Special Termination, any Awards that are unvested or unexercisable shall vest, as of the effective date of such Special Termination, on a pro rata basis, in an amount (taken together with other Awards of the same type that were granted on the same date) equal to the product of ( x ) the number of unvested Awards then held by the Participant that would have vested if the Participants employment or service with the Company or a Subsidiary had continued until the next following anniversary of such Awards grant date (which for Performance Awards shall be the number of Performance Awards that would have vested on the basis of actual achievement of the Performance Goals applicable to such Awards for the applicable Performance Cycle) multiplied by ( y ) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that have elapsed from the later of the grant date of such Award or the most recent anniversary of such grant date and the denominator of which is 365;
(b) Treatment of Vested Awards.
(i) Options and SARs . All Options and SARs that are vested shall remain outstanding until ( i ) in the case of retirement at normal retirement age, two (2) years after the effective date of the Participants retirement, ( ii ) in the case of a termination by the Company without Cause or a termination by the Participant for Good Reason, one hundred and eighty (180) days after the effective date of such termination, ( iii ) in the case of a Special Termination, twelve (12) months after the effective date of such termination, and ( iv ) in the case of any other termination of employment (other than a termination by the Company for Cause), ninety (90) days after the effective date of the Participants termination, or ( z ) the Awards normal expiration date, whichever is earlier, after which any unexercised Options and SARs shall immediately terminate; and
(ii) Other Awards . All Awards other than Options and SARs that are vested shall be treated as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement (or in any more favorable manner determined by the Administrator).
Section 13.3 Post-Termination Informational Requirements . Before the settlement of any Award following termination of employment or service, the Administrator may require the Participant (or the Participants Eligible Representative, if applicable) to make such representations and provide such documents as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with Applicable Law and determine whether the provisions of Section 13.1 or Section 13.4 may apply to such Award.
30
Section 13.4 Forfeiture of Awards . Awards (and gains earned or accrued in connection with Awards) shall be subject to such generally applicable policies as to forfeiture and recoupment (including, without limitation, upon the occurrence of material financial or accounting errors, financial or other misconduct or Competitive Activity) as may be adopted by the Administrator or the Board from time to time and communicated to Participants. Any such policies may (in the discretion of the Administrator or the Board) be applied to outstanding Awards at the time of adoption of such policies, or on a prospective basis only. The Participant shall also forfeit and disgorge to the Company any Awards granted or vested and any gains earned or accrued due to the exercise of Options or SARs or the sale of any Company Common Stock to the extent required by Applicable Law or regulations in effect on or after the Effective Date, including Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Section 10D of the Exchange Act. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrator shall have full authority to implement any policies and procedures necessary to comply with Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any rules promulgated thereunder. The implementation of policies and procedures pursuant to this Section 13.4 and any modification of the same shall not be subject to any restrictions on amendment or modification of Awards.
Section 13.5 Clawbacks . Awards shall be subject to any generally applicable clawback policy adopted by the Administrator, the Board or the Company that is communicated to the Participants or any such policy adopted to comply with Applicable Law.
ARTICLE XIV
CHANGE IN CONTROL
Section 14.1 Unless otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement, subject to Section 14.2, no cancellation, acceleration of vesting or other payment shall occur in connection with a Change in Control with respect to any ( i ) unvested or unexercisable Award and/or ( ii ) if reasonably determined in good faith by the Administrator prior to the occurrence of the Change in Control, vested Awards, and such Award shall be honored or assumed, or new rights substituted therefor following the Change in Control (such honored, assumed or substituted award, an Alternative Award ), provided that any Alternative Award must (x) give the Participant who held such Award rights and entitlements substantially equivalent to or better than the rights and terms applicable under such Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, including, without limitation, an identical or better schedule as to vesting and/or exercisability and that Alternative Awards that are stock options have identical or better methods of payment of the exercise price thereof; ( y ) as to any service-based vesting requirement applicable to the Award, provide for full vesting of the Alternative Award, if
31
within eighteen (18) months following a Change in Control, the Participants employment or service is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason during the remaining vesting period thereof; and ( z ) as to any performance-based vesting requirement applicable to the Award, provide for vesting of the Alternative Award at target levels, if within eighteen (18) months following a Change in Control, the Participants employment or service is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason during the remaining vesting period thereof. If a Participants employment or service is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason within three (3) months prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Participant shall be treated, solely for the purposes of this Plan (including, without limitation, this Article XIV) as continuing in the employment or service of the Company or the applicable Subsidiary until the occurrence of such Change in Control, and to have been terminated immediately thereafter. If the Administrator determines in connection with a Change in Control that performance-based vesting requirements applicable to an Award will no longer operate as intended following the Change in Control or will no longer provide the intended incentive, the Administrator may modify such performance-based vesting requirements or impose new performance-based vesting requirements so long as the Administrator determines that such modified or new performance-based vesting requirements are not materially more difficult to achieve than the performance-based vesting requirements applicable to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything in this Article XIV to the contrary, in the event of an Excluded Transaction, the Administrator may, in its reasonable discretion exercised in good faith, cause any or all outstanding Awards, whether vested or unvested, to be substituted with Alternative Awards having terms and conditions that are consistent with this Section 14.1.
Notwithstanding this Section 14.1, if the securities underlying the Alternative Award are not publicly traded, ( i ) the acquisition, holding and disposition of the shares underlying the Alternative Award may be subject to such terms and conditions as are established by the Administrator prior to the Change in Control) and ( ii ) the Company or the acquiror in such Change in Control shall be required to repurchase any vested Alternative Awards or securities underlying such Alternative Awards following termination of employment (other than termination for Cause or other circumstances resulting in the forfeiture of such Alternative Awards in accordance with Section 13.4 or an applicable award agreement) for cash or marketable securities equal to the fair market value of the securities subject to such Alternative Award on the effective date of termination (and, in the case of Alternative Awards that are stock options or stock appreciation rights, in excess of the exercise price or base price that the Participant would be required to pay in respect of such Alternative Award).
32
Section 14.2 Except as otherwise provided in this Article XIV or in an Award Agreement or thereafter on terms more favorable to a Participant, if the Administrator reasonably determines in good faith, prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, that no Alternative Awards will be provided upon a Change in Control:
(a) each unvested Award (other than Performance Awards and freestanding Dividend Equivalents not granted in connection with another Award) shall vest;
(b) each outstanding Option and SAR shall be canceled in exchange for a payment equal to the excess, if any, of the Change in Control Price over the applicable Option Price or Base Price;
(c) Shares underlying all Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units, and other Stock-Based Awards that are vested (as provided in this Section 14.2 or otherwise) shall be issued or released to the Participant holding such Award, except to the extent that the Administrator has determined, in accordance with authority granted to it by the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement to settle such Award in cash in lieu of shares;
(d) Each outstanding Performance Award shall be treated as provided in the individual Award Agreement governing such Performance Award; and
(e) all freestanding Dividend Equivalents not granted in connection with another Award shall be cancelled without payment therefor.
To the extent any portion of the Change in Control Price is payable other than in cash and/or other than at the time of the Change in Control, equity holders under the Plan may (to the extent consistent with Section 409A) receive the same time and form of payment in the Change in Control in the same proportion as the Companys stockholders, or the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, cause equity holders under the Plan to be paid in cash at the time of the Change in Control. For avoidance of doubt, upon a Change in Control the Administrator may cancel Options and SARs for no consideration if the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to Options and SARs is less than or equal to the Option Price of such Options or the Base Price of such SARs.
Section 14.3 Section 409A . Notwithstanding the discretion in Sections 14.1 and 14.2, if any Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code and an Alternative Award would be deemed a non-compliant modification of such Award under Section 409A, then no Alternative Award shall be provided and such Award shall instead be treated as provided in Section 14.2 or in the Award Agreement (or in such other manner determined by the Administrator that is a compliant modification under Section 409A).
33
ARTICLE XV
OTHER PROVISIONS
Section 15.1 Awards Not Transferable . Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Administrator, no Award or interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Participant or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 15.1 shall prevent transfers by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution or, with the prior approval of the Companys General Counsel or the Administrator, estate planning transfers.
Section 15.2 Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan or Award Agreements .
(a) The Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Administrator; provided that without the approval by a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a duly constituted meeting of shareholders of the Company, no amendment or modification to the Plan may ( i ) except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 4.3, increase the number of Shares subject to the Plan or the individual Award limitations specified in Section 4.2; ( ii ) modify the class of persons eligible for participation in the Plan; ( iii ) modify the prohibition against repricing in Section 4.5; or ( iv ) materially modify the Plan in any other way that would require shareholder approval under Applicable Law.
(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, neither the amendment, suspension nor termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the holder of the Award, adversely alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted. Except as provided by Section 4.3, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more existing Award Agreements, provided , however , that the rights of a Participant under an Award Agreement shall not be adversely impaired without the Participants written consent. The Company shall provide a Participant with notice of any amendment made to such Participants existing Award Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Section 15.2(b).
(c) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in no event shall adjustments made by the Administrator pursuant to Section 4.3 or the application of Section 13.4, Section 14.1, Section 14.2, Section 15.6 or Section 15.12 to any Participant constitute an amendment of the Plan or of any Award Agreement requiring the consent of any Participant.
34
(d) No Award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan, and in no event may any Award be granted under this Plan after the expiration of ten (10) years from the Effective Date.
Section 15.3 Effect of Plan upon Other Award and Compensation Plans . The adoption of this Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries ( a ) to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for Service Providers or ( b ) to grant or assume options or restricted stock other than under this Plan in connection with any proper corporate purpose, including, but not by way of limitation, the grant or assumption of options or restricted stock in connection with the acquisition by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business, stock or assets of any corporation, firm or association.
Section 15.4 At-Will Employment . Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement hereunder shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue as a Service Provider of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge any Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause.
Section 15.5 Titles . Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.
Section 15.6 Conformity to Securities Laws . The Plan is intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated under any of the foregoing, to the extent the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Participant is subject to the provisions thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and Awards shall be granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and Awards granted hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.
Section 15.7 Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon the effectiveness of the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the Effective Date ) and shall continue in effect, unless sooner terminated pursuant to Section 15.2, until the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date. The provisions of the Plan shall continue thereafter to govern all outstanding Awards.
35
Section 15.8 Governing Law . To the extent not preempted by federal law, the Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware regardless of the application of rules of conflict of law that would apply the laws of any other jurisdiction.
Section 15.9 Severability . In the event any portion of the Plan or any action taken pursuant thereto shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provisions had not been included, and the illegal or invalid action shall be null and void.
Section 15.10 Governing Documents . In the event of any express contradiction between the Plan and any Award Agreement or any other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary that has been approved by the Administrator, the express terms of the Plan shall govern, unless it is expressly specified in such Award Agreement or other written document that such express provision of the Plan shall not apply.
Section 15.11 Withholding Taxes . In addition to any rights or obligations with respect to Withholding Taxes under the Plan or any applicable Award Agreement, the Company or any Subsidiary employing a Service Provider shall have the right to withhold from the Service Provider, or otherwise require the Service Provider or an assignee to pay, any Withholding Taxes arising as a result of grant, exercise, vesting or settlement of any Award or any other taxable event occurring pursuant to the Plan or any Award Agreement, including, without limitation, to the extent permitted by law, the right to deduct any such Withholding Taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Service Provider or to take such other actions (including, without limitation, withholding any Shares or cash deliverable pursuant to the Plan or any Award) as may be necessary to satisfy all or any portion of such Withholding Taxes; provided , however , that in the event that the Company withholds Shares issued or issuable to the Participant to satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes, the Company shall withhold a number of whole Shares having a Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of withholding, not in excess of the minimum of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid liability award accounting) and any remaining amount shall be remitted in cash or withheld; and provided , further , that with respect to any Award subject to Section 409A of the Code, in no event shall Shares be withheld pursuant to this Section 15.11 (other than upon or immediately prior to settlement in accordance with the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement) other than to pay taxes imposed under the U.S. Federal Insurance Contributions Act ( FICA ) and any associated U.S. federal withholding tax imposed under Section 3401 of the Code and in no event shall the value of such Shares (other than upon immediately prior to settlement) exceed the amount of the tax imposed under FICA and any associated U.S. federal withholding tax imposed under Section 3401 of the Code. The Participant shall be responsible for all Withholding Taxes and other tax consequences of any Award.
36
Section 15.12 Section 409A . To the extent that the Administrator determines that any Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate any terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the adoption of the Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the adoption of the Plan, the Administrator determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related regulations and Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the adoption of the Plan), the Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to ( a ) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, ( b ) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance or ( c ) comply with any correction procedures available with respect to Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, if a Service Provider is a specified employee as determined pursuant to Section 409A under any Company Specified Employee policy in effect at the time of the Service Providers separation from service (as determined under Section 409A) or, if no such policy is in effect, as defined in Section 409A of the Code), then, to the extent necessary to comply with, and avoid imposition on such Service Provider of any tax penalty imposed under, Section 409A of the Code, any payment required to be made to a Service Provider hereunder upon or following his or her separation from service shall be delayed until the first to occur of ( i ) the six (6)-month anniversary of the Service Providers separation from service and ( ii ) the Service Providers death. Should payments be delayed in accordance with the preceding sentence, the accumulated payment that would have been made but for the period of the delay shall be paid in a single lump sum during the ten (10)-day period following the lapsing of the delay period. No provision of this Plan or an Award Agreement shall be construed to indemnify any Service Provider for any taxes incurred by reason of Section 409A (or timing of incurrence thereof), other than an express indemnification provision therefor.
Section 15.13 Notices . Except as provided otherwise in an Award Agreement, all notices and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Plan or any Award Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if delivered personally, sent by email or any other form of electronic transfer approved by
37
the Administrator, sent by certified or express mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by any recognized international equivalent of such delivery, ( i ) in the case of notices and communications to the Company, to 3075 Highland Parkway, Suite 200, Downers Grove, IL 60515 to the attention of the Corporate Secretary of the Company or ( ii ) in the case of a Participant, to the last known address, or email address or, where the individual is an employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, to the individuals workplace address or email address or by other means of electronic transfer acceptable to the Administrator. All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery, if sent by email or any other form of electronic transfer, at the time of dispatch or on the third (3 rd ) business day after the mailing thereof.
* * * * * * *
38
Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of Univar Inc.
Entity Name | Domestic Jurisdiction | |
Basic Chemical Solutions (Proprietary) Limited | South Africa | |
Bedford Insurance, Ltd. | Bermuda | |
Bedford Realty, LLC | Illinois | |
Briswim Ltd. | United Kingdom | |
BSC-Intertrade (China) Limited | Hong Kong | |
ChemPoint.com Inc. | Nevada | |
ChemPoint.com Singapore Pte Ltd | Singapore | |
ChemPoint.com-EMEA B.V. | Netherlands | |
Cravenhurst Properties Ltd | United Kingdom | |
Distrupol B.V. | Netherlands | |
Distrupol Ireland Limited | Ireland | |
Distrupol Limited | United Kingdom | |
Distrupol Nordic AB | Sweden | |
Ellis & Everard (Northern Ireland) Ltd. | United Kingdom | |
Ellis & Everard (Overseas) Ltd | United Kingdom | |
Ellis & Everard (UK Holdings) Ltd. | United Kingdom | |
Ellis & Everard Distribution Limited | United Kingdom | |
Ellis & Everard Finance | Ireland | |
Fiske Food Limited | United Kingdom | |
Hazardserv SA de CV | Mexico | |
Magnablend Holdings, Inc. | Delaware | |
Magnablend, Inc. | Texas | |
Marnic Limited | United Kingdom | |
Monaco Cayman Co. | Cayman Islands | |
Olympic Chemical Corporation | Washington | |
PMF Capital, LLC | Delaware | |
Quimicompuestos, SAPI de CV | Mexico | |
SCI Fonjac | France | |
SCI Jaquot | France | |
Servitas Calidad SA de CV | Mexico | |
Sistemas Ecologicos Para el control de Plagas SA de CV | Mexico | |
Transol Chemicals BV | Netherlands | |
Ulixes Limited | United Kingdom | |
Ulixes UKCOII Limited | United Kingdom | |
Univar (Hong Kong) Limited | Hong Kong | |
Univar (Ireland) Ltd. | Ireland | |
Univar A/S | Denmark | |
Univar AB | Sweden |
Univar AG | Switzerland | |
Univar AS | Norway | |
Univar Asia-Pacific Holdings Pte Ltd | Singapore | |
Univar Australia Pty Ltd | Australia | |
Univar Belgium NV | Belgium | |
Univar Brasil Ltda. | Brazil | |
Univar BV | Netherlands | |
Univar Canada Ltd. | Alberta | |
Univar China B.V. | Netherlands | |
Univar China Ltd | China | |
Univar Czech sro | Czech Republic | |
Univar de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. | Mexico | |
Univar Delaware, Inc. | Delaware | |
Univar Distribution (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd | Malaysia | |
Univar Eastern Europe B.V. | Netherlands | |
Univar Egypt LLC | Egypt | |
Univar Europe Holdings B.V. | Netherlands | |
Univar Europe Limited | United Kingdom | |
Univar Foundation | Washington | |
Univar France B.V. | Netherlands | |
Univar France SNC | France | |
Univar GmbH | Germany | |
Univar Hellas EPE | Greece | |
Univar Holdco III LLC | Delaware | |
Univar Holdco LLC | Delaware | |
Univar Hungary Sales Limited Liability Co | Hungary | |
Univar Iberia SA | Portugal | |
Univar Iberia SA (Spain) | Spain | |
Univar Inc. | Delaware | |
Univar International B.V. | Netherlands | |
Univar International Holdings LLC | Delaware | |
Univar Kimya Sanayi ve Dıs Ticaret Limited Sirketi | Turkey | |
Univar Limited | United Kingdom | |
Univar Middle East-Africa FZE | Dubai | |
Univar Monaco Luxembourg S.a.r.l | Luxembourg | |
Univar Northern Europe B.V. | Netherlands | |
Univar OG BV | Netherlands | |
Univar Oy | Finland | |
Univar Poland Sp.zo.o | Poland | |
Univar SAS | France | |
Univar Services (PTY) Ltd. | South Africa |
Univar Singapore PTE LTD | Singapore | |
Univar South-East Europe S.r.l. | Romania | |
Univar SpA | Italy | |
Univar Specialty Consumables Limited | United Kingdom | |
Univar Tunisia SARL | Tunisia | |
Univar UK Holdings Limited | United Kingdom | |
Univar UK Ltd. | United Kingdom | |
Univar USA Delaware, Inc. | Delaware | |
Univar USA Inc. | Washington | |
Univar Zwijndrecht N.V. | Netherlands | |
UnivarMEA SARL | Morocco | |
UVX Scandinavia AB | Sweden | |
Van Eyck Chemie NV | Belgium |
Exhibit 23.2
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption Experts and to the use of our report dated February 28, 2014, in the Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Univar Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP |
Chicago, Illinois |
August 14, 2014 |